The Acts of the Apostles
Acts
SummaryThe genre of the book of Acts is Narrative History with several Sermons. Luke, the author of the Gospel of Luke, was a doctor and Gentile. He wrote this book circa 60-62 A.D. It is Luke’s sequel to the Gospel of Luke. It is titled "Acts" to emphasize that this book records the "Acts of the Apostles through the work of the Holy Spirit". The key personalities of Acts are Peter, Paul, John, James, Stephen, Barnabas, Timothy, Lydia, Silas, and Apollos.Luke wrote the book of Acts (Acts of the Apostles) to record how believers were empowered by the Holy Spirit, worked to spread the Gospel of Christ, and are a model for the future church.The book of Acts is also the history of the birth, the founding, and the spread of the Church from Jerusalem to Rome. It also records the transition of the Church from being almost exclusively a Jewish institution into becoming a Gentile and an international institution. Consequently, it records the transition of Christianity from a Jewish religion into an international faith. The Gospel of salvation is for all because Jesus Christ is Lord of all.
• Chapters 1-6:7, contains the events that surround Jerusalem and the infancy of the church. The contents of these passages surround the early evangelistic work in Jerusalem. It describes the events of Pentecost, and the amazingly bold sermon presented by the Apostle Peter to all the Jews who gathered for the Feast of Weeks. The result of this sermon was 3000 new believers surrendering to Jesus Christ.
• In chapters 6:8-9:31, there is a shift in the focus of evangelism to other areas. Although the ministry continued in Jerusalem, witnessing the Gospel also included those who were not completely Jewish (Samaritans and Proselytes). In 8:5, Philip traveled down to Samaria, “and began proclaiming Christ to them”. Stephen is falsely accused and stoned to death while he preaches to the religious leaders. As Stephen was dying, he prayed to Jesus Christ, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit!” (7:59). Stephen’s executioners laid their robes at the feet of a young persecutor named Saul, who would soon become known as “Paul the Apostle”. Saul spent his early days oppressing Christians and imprisoning them, until he had a life changing experience with Jesus Christ on the road to Damascus in chapter 9:3.
• From chapters 9:32-12:24, evangelism of the gospel among the gentiles begins. Peter received a revelation that the gospel was also to be shared among the Gentiles. Cornelius, a Roman Commander and some of his men become followers of Christ. Saul (the persecutor) has become a passionate follower of Christ and immediately begins preaching the gospel. We also find that the term “Christians” is first used in Antioch.
• In 12:25-16:5 the gospel is shared geographically to the Gentiles in a different region farther outside Jerusalem. Saul changes his Hebrew name to Paul, a Greek name, to reach the Gentiles. Paul and Barnabas begin their first and second missionary journeys to the Gentile world with both success and opposition. In chapter 15, the Jerusalem Council takes place to authorize spreading the gospel message to the Gentile nations.
• From 16:6-19:20, after they are forbidden to enter Asia, Paul receives a vision. He and Silas head farther West to Macedonia to preach the gospel message in the Gentile European regions. Lydia, a woman who sold purple fabric, became the first convert along with her entire household. Paul preached to the Greek philosophers on Mars Hill and next sets out on his third missionary journey. “The word of the Lord was growing mightily and prevailing” (19:20).
• The final chapters from 19:21-28, describe Paul’s travel to Jerusalem where he was arrested, and then his difficult travel to Rome to be put on trial. When he arrives, he is imprisoned in house arrest and the book of Acts abruptly ends without describing the events of his trial before Caesar.
Outline
- 1. Introduction ( 1:1–26 )
- a. Dedication to Theophilus ( 1:1–5 )
- b. The Ascension ( 1:6–11 )
- c. Matthias Replaces Judas ( 1:12–26 )
- 2. Witnesses in Jerusalem ( 2:1–8:3 )
- a. Pentecost ( 2:1–47 )
- i. The Holy Spirit at Pentecost ( 2:1–13 )
- ii. Peter Addresses the Crowd ( 2:14–36 )
- iii. Three Thousand Believe ( 2:37–41 )
- iv. The Fellowship of Believers ( 2:42–47 )
- b. The Early Church in Jerusalem ( 3:1–8:3 )
- i. First Controversy at the Temple ( 3:1–4:31 )
- 1. A Lame Man Walks ( 3:1–10 )
- 2. Peter Speaks in Solomon’s Colonnade ( 3:11–26 )
- 3. Peter and John before the Sanhedrin ( 4:1–12 )
- 4. The Name Forbidden ( 4:13–22 )
- 5. The Believer’s Prayer ( 4:23–31 )
- ii. The Church Community ( 4:32–5:11 )
- 1. Sharing among Believers ( 4:32–37 )
- 2. Ananias and Sapphira ( 5:1–11 )
- iii. Second Controversy at the Temple ( 5:12– )
- 1. The Apostles Heal Many ( 5:12–16 )
- 2. The Apostles Arrested and Freed ( 5:17–23 )
- 3. The Apostles before the Sanhedrin ( 5:24–32 )
- 4. Gamaliel’s Advice ( 5:33–42 )
- iv. Early Persecutions ( 6:1–8:3 )
- 1. The Choosing of the Seven ( 6:1–7 )
- 2. The Arrest of Stephen ( 6:8–15 )
- 3. Stephen’s Defense ( 7:1–53 )
- a. Patriarchal Narratives ( 7:1–19 )
- i. The Call of Abraham ( 7:1–8 )
- ii. Joseph Sold into Egypt ( 7:9–14 )
- iii. Israel Oppressed in Egypt ( 7:15–19 )
- b. Moses Narrative ( 7:20–38 )
- i. The Birth and Adoption of Moses ( 7:20–22 )
- ii. The Rejection and Flight of Moses ( 7:23–29 )
- iii. The Call of Moses ( 7:30–38 )
- c. The Rebellion of Israel ( 7:39–43 )
- d. The Tabernacle of the Testimony ( 7:44–50 )
- e. The Accused becomes the Accuser ( 7:51–53 )
- 4. The Stoning of Stephen ( 7:54–60 )
- 5. Saul Persecutes the Church ( 8:1–3 )
- 3. Witnesses in Judea and Samaria ( 8:4–12:25 )
- a. Philip’s Ministry ( 8:4–40 )
- i. Philip Goes to Samaria ( 8:4–8 )
- ii. Simon the Sorcerer ( 8:9–25 )
- iii. Philip and the Ethiopian ( 8:26–40 )
- b. Conversion of Saul of Tarsus ( 9:1–30 )
- i. The Road to Damascus ( 9:1–9 )
- ii. Ananias Baptizes Saul ( 9:10–19 )
- iii. Saul Preaches at Damascus ( 9:20–22 )
- iv. The Escape from Damascus ( 9:23–25 )
- v. Saul in Jerusalem ( 9:26–30 )
- c. Peter’s Ministry ( 9:31–11:18 )
- i. The Healing of Aeneas ( 9:31–35 )
- ii. The Raising of Tabitha ( 9:36–43 )
- iii. Cornelius, the God-Fearing Gentile ( 10:1–11:18 )
- 1. Cornelius Sends for Peter ( 10:1–8 )
- 2. Peter’s Vision ( 10:9–16 )
- 3. Peter Called to Caesarea ( 10:17–23 )
- 4. Peter Visits Cornelius ( 10:24–33 )
- 5. Good News for Gentiles ( 10:34–43 )
- 6. The Gentiles Receive the Holy Spirit ( 10:44–48 )
- 7. Peter’s Report at Jerusalem ( 11:1–18 )
- d. The Church at Antioch ( 11:19–30 )
- e. Herod Persecutes the Church ( 12:1–25 )
- i. James Killed, Peter Imprisoned ( 12:1–4 )
- ii. The Rescue of Peter ( 12:5–19 )
- iii. The Death of Herod ( 12:20–25 )
- 4. Witnesses to the Ends of the Earth ( 13:1–28:31 )
- a. Paul’s First Missionary Journey to Asia Minor ( 13:1–14:28 )
- i. The Journey Begins ( 13:1–3 )
- ii. On Cyprus ( 13:4–12 )
- iii. In Pisidian Antioch ( 13:13–52 )
- iv. At Iconium ( 14:1–7 )
- v. In Lystra and Derbe ( 14:8–20 )
- vi. The Return to Pisidian Antioch ( 14:21–25 )
- vii. The Report to the Church at Antioch ( 14:26–28 )
- b. The Jerusalem Council ( 15:1–35 )
- i. The Dispute over Circumcision ( 15:1–6 )
- ii. Peter, Barnabas, and Paul Make Their Arguments ( 15:7–12 )
- iii. James, the Brother of Jesus, Makes the Ruling ( 15:13–29 )
- 1. The Fallen Tent of David ( 15:13–18 )
- 2. The Four Things ( 15:19–21 )
- 3. The Letter to the Gentile Believers ( 15:22–29 )
- iv. The Believers at Antioch Rejoice ( 15:30–35 )
- c. Paul’s Second Missionary Journey to Asia Minor and Greece ( 15:36–18:22 )
- i. Division between Paul and Barnabas ( 15:36–41 )
- ii. Timothy Joins Paul and Silas ( 16:1–5 )
- iii. Paul’s Vision of the Macedonian ( 16:6–10 )
- iv. Lydia’s Conversion in Philippi ( 16:11–15 )
- v. Persecution on the Road ( 16:16–40 )
- 1. The Girl with a Spirit of Divination ( 16:16–21 )
- 2. Paul and Silas Imprisoned ( 16:22–24 )
- 3. The Conversion of the Jailer ( 16:25–34 )
- 4. An Official Apology ( 16:35–40 )
- vi. The Uproar in Thessalonica ( 17:1–9 )
- vii. The Character of the Bereans ( 17:10–15 )
- viii. In Athens ( 17:16–34 )
- 1. The Epicurean and Stoic Philosophers ( 17:16–21 )
- 2. Paul’s Address in the Areopagus ( 17:22–34 )
- ix. In Corinth ( 18:1–11 )
- x. Paul before Gallio ( 18:12–17 )
- xi. Paul Returns to Antioch ( 18:18–22 )
- d. Paul’s Third Missionary Journey to Asia Minor and Greece ( 18:23–20:38 )
- i. Apollos ( 18:23–28 )
- ii. In Ephesus ( 19:1–41 )
- 1. The Holy Spirit Received ( 19:1–7 )
- 2. Paul Ministers ( 19:8–12 )
- 3. The Sons of Sceva ( 19:13–20 )
- 4. The Riot ( 19:21–41 )
- iii. Paul in Macedonia and Greece ( 20:1–6 )
- iv. Eutychus Revived at Troas ( 20:7–12 )
- v. From Troas to Miletus ( 20:13–16 )
- vi. Paul’s Farewell to the Ephesians ( 20:17–38 )
- e. Paul Travels to Jerusalem ( 21:1–22:30 )
- i. The Journey to Jerusalem ( 21:1–7 )
- ii. Paul Visits Philip the Evangelist ( 21:8–16 )
- iii. Paul’s Arrival at Jerusalem ( 21:17–26 )
- iv. Paul Seized at the Temple ( 21:27–36 )
- v. Paul Addresses the Crowd ( 21:37–22:30 )
- 1. Permission to Speak ( 21:37–40 )
- 2. Paul’s Defense to the Crowd ( 22:1–21 )
- 3. Paul the Roman Citizen ( 22:22–30 )
- f. Paul on Trial ( 23:1–26:32 )
- i. Paul before the Sanhedrin ( 23:1–22 )
- 1. On Trial for the Hope in the Resurrection of the Dead ( 23:1–11 )
- 2. The Plot to Kill Paul ( 23:12–22 )
- ii. Paul before Felix ( 23:23–24:27 )
- 1. Paul Sent to Felix ( 23:23–35 )
- 2. Tertullus Prosecutes Paul ( 24:1–9 )
- 3. Paul’s Defense to Felix ( 24:10–21 )
- 4. The Verdict Postposed ( 24:22–27 )
- iii. Paul before Festus ( 25:1–22 )
- 1. Paul’s Trial ( 25:1–9 )
- 2. Paul Appeals to Caesar ( 25:10–12 )
- 3. Festus Consults Agrippa ( 25:13–22 )
- iv. Paul before Agrippa ( 25:23–26:32 )
- 1. Agrippa and Bernice Arrive ( 25:23–27 )
- 2. Paul’s Testimony to Agrippa ( 26:1–23 )
- 3. Festus Interrupts Paul’s Defense ( 26:24–32 )
- g. Paul Travels to Rome ( 27:1–28:31 )
- i. The Journey ( 27:1–28:15 )
- 1. Sailing to Rome ( 27:1–12 )
- 2. The Storm at Sea ( 27:13–26 )
- 3. The Shipwreck ( 27:27–44 )
- 4. Ashore on Malta ( 28:1–10 )
- 5. Paul Arrives in Italy ( 28:11–15 )
- ii. Paul Preaches at Rome ( 28:16–31 )
1
Introduction
Dedication to Theophilus
τον μεν πρωτον λογον εποιησαμην περι παντων ω θεοφιλε ων ηρξατο ο ιησους ποιειν τε και διδασκειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G4413πρῶτονprōton (Adj-AMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
account
|
N-AMS
|
G4160ἐποιησάμηνepoiēsamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποιησάμηνepoiēsamēn
|
I composed
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all the things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G5599ὦō (I)
G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,
|
ὦō
|
O
|
I
|
G2321Θεόφιλε,Theophile (N-VMS)
G2321 Θεόφιλος Theóphilos theh-of-il-os from θεός and φίλος; friend of God; Theophilus, a Christian:--Theophilus.
|
Θεόφιλε,Theophile
|
Theophilus,
|
N-VMS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖνpoiein
|
to do
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκειν,didaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκειν,didaskein
|
to teach,
|
V-PNA
|
1
THe former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach,
Acts 1:1
Stats
Rank: #253 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 30 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον μεν πρωτον λογον εποιησαμην περι παντων ω θεοφιλε ων ηρξατο ο ιησους ποιειν τε και διδασκειν
Lit: The indeed first account I composed concerning all the things, O Theophilus, which began Jesus to do both and to teach,
KJV: The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach,
References
"former"Lu 1:24: After those days his wife Elisabeth conceived: and hid herself 5 months: saying: "O Theophilus"Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus: "of"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Mt 4:23: 24: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Mt 11:5: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.Lu 7:21-23: In that same hour he cured many of their infirmities and plagues: and of evil spirits; and to many that were blind he gave sight.Lu 24:19: He said to them: What things? And they said to Him: Concerning Jesus of Nazareth: which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people:Joh 10:32-38: Jesus answered them: Many good works have I showed you from my Father; for which of those works do you stone me?Joh 18:19-21: The high priest then asked Jesus of His disciples: and of His doctrine.1Pe 2:21-23: For even hereunto were you called: because Christ also suffered for us: leaving us an example: that you should follow His steps:
αχρι ης ημερας εντειλαμενος τοις αποστολοις δια πνευματος αγιου ους εξελεξατο ανεληφθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
the
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day,
|
N-GFS
|
G1781ἐντειλάμενοςenteilamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐντειλάμενοςenteilamenos
|
having given orders
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G652ἀποστόλοιςapostolois (N-DMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλοιςapostolois
|
apostles
|
N-DMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
He had chosen,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G353ἀνελήμφθη·anelēmphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀνελήμφθη·anelēmphthē
|
He was taken up,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
2
Until the day in which He was taken up, after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Acts 1:2
Stats
Rank: #1469 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 25 words, 110 letters, 37 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: αχρι ης ημερας εντειλαμενος τοις αποστολοις δια πνευματος αγιου ους εξελεξατο ανεληφθη
Lit: until the day, having given orders to the apostles by the Spirit Holy whom He had chosen, He was taken up,
KJV: Until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen:
References
"the day"Ac 1:9: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Lu 9:51: It came to pass: when the time was come that he should be received up: he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem: Lu 24:51: It came to pass: while he blessed them: he was parted from them: and carried up into heaven.Joh 6:62: What and if you will see the Son of man ascend up where He was before?Joh 13:1: 3: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end.Joh 16:28: I came forth from the Father: and am come into the world: again: I leave the world: and go to the Father.Joh 17:13: Now come I to you; and these things I speak in the world: that they might have my joy fulfilled in themselves.Joh 20:17: Jesus says to her: Touch not me; for I not am yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brothers: and say to them: I ascend to my Father: and your Father; and to my God: and your God.Eph 4:8-10: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.Heb 6:19: 20: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul: both sure and stedfast: and which enters into that within the veil;Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him."through"Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Isa 11:2: 3: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 48:16: Come you near to me: hear you this; I not have spoken in secret from the beginning; from the time that it was: there am I: and now the Lord GOD: and His Spirit: has sent me.Isa 59:20: 21: The Redeemer will come to Zion: and to them that turn from transgression in Jacob: says the LORD.Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 3:16: Jesus: when He was baptized: went up straightway out of the water: and: indeed: the heavens were opened to Him: and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove: and lighting upon Him:Mt 12:28: But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God: then the kingdom of God is come to you.Joh 1:16: Of his fulness have all we received: and grace for grace.Joh 3:34: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:16: 13: 22: So then because you are lukewarm: and neither cold nor hot: I will spue you out of my mouth."given"Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15-19: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 24:45-49: Then opened he their understanding: that they might understand the scriptures: "the apostles"Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 10:40-42: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Mt 10:1-4: When he had called to him his 12 disciples: he gave them power against unclean spirits: to cast them out: and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.Mr 3:14-19: He ordained 12: that they should be with him: and that he might send them forth to preach: Lu 6:13-16: When it was day: he called to him his disciples: and of them he chose 12: whom also he named apostles;Joh 6:70: Jesus answered them: not Have I chosen you 12: and one of you is a devil?Joh 13:18: I not speak of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled: He who eats bread with me has lifted up his heel against me.Joh 20:21: Then said Jesus to them again: Peace be to you: as my Father has sent me: even so send I you.Ga 1:1: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:Re 21:14: The wall of the city had 12 foundations: and in them the names of the 12 apostles of the Lamb.
οις και παρεστησεν εαυτον ζωντα μετα το παθειν αυτον εν πολλοις τεκμηριοις δι ημερων τεσσαρακοντα οπτανομενος αυτοις και λεγων τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3936παρέστησενparestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστησενparestēsen
|
He presented
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G2198ζῶνταzōnta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶνταzōnta
|
alive
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3958παθεῖνpathein (V-ANA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖνpathein
|
suffering
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
of Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλοῖςpollois (Adj-DNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῖςpollois
|
many
|
Adj-DNP
|
G5039τεκμηρίοις,tekmēriois (N-DNP)
G5039 τεκμήριον tekmḗrion tek-may-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a goal or fixed limit); a token (as defining a fact), i.e. criterion of certainty:--infallible proof.
|
τεκμηρίοις,tekmēriois
|
proofs,
|
N-DNP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
during
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-GFP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3700ὀπτανόμενοςoptanomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3700 ὀπτάνομαι optánomai op-tom-ahee a (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice) ; which is used for it in certain tenses; and both as alternate of ὁράω; to gaze (i.e. with wide-open eyes, as at something remarkable; and thus differing from βλέπω, which denotes simply voluntary observation; and from εἴδω, which expresses merely mechanical, passive or casual vision; while θεάομαι, and still more emphatically its intensive θεωρέω, signifies an earnest but more continued inspection; and σκοπέω a watching from a distance):--appear, look, see, shew self.
|
ὀπτανόμενοςoptanomenos
|
being seen
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
by them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
3
To whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them 40 days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:Acts 1:3
Stats
Rank: #618 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 173 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 50 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: οις και παρεστησεν εαυτον ζωντα μετα το παθειν αυτον εν πολλοις τεκμηριοις δι ημερων τεσσαρακοντα οπτανομενος αυτοις και λεγων τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου
Lit: to whom also He presented Himself alive after the suffering of Him with many proofs, during days forty being seen by them and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God.
KJV: To whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:
References
"he shewed"Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Mt 28:9: 16: As they went to tell His disciples: look: Jesus met them: saying: All hail. And they came and held Him by the feet: and worshipped Him.Mr 16:10-14: And she went and told them that had been with him: as they mourned and wept.Lu 24:1-53: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 20:1-21: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre.1Co 15:5-7: That he was seen of Cephas: then of the 12:1Jo 1:1: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;"forty"De 9:9: 18: When I was gone up into the mount to receive the tables of stone: even the tables of the covenant which the LORD made with you: then I abode in the mount 40 days and 40 nights: I neither did eat bread nor drink water:1Ki 19:8: He arose: and did eat and drink: and went in the strength of that meat 40 days and 40 nights to Horeb the mount of God.Mt 4:2: When he had fasted 40 days and 40 nights: he was afterward hungry."speaking"Ac 28:31: Preaching the kingdom of God: and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ: with all confidence: no man forbidding Him.Da 2:44: 45: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 21:43: Therefore say I to you: The kingdom of God will be taken from you: and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.Lu 17:20: 21: When He was demanded of the Pharisees: when the kingdom of God should come: He answered them and said: The kingdom of God comes not with observation:Lu 24:44-49: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Col 1:13: Who has delivered us from the power of darkness: and has translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son:1Th 2:12: That you would walk worthy of God: who has called you to His kingdom and glory.
και συναλιζομενος {VAR2: μετ αυτων } παρηγγειλεν αυτοις απο ιεροσολυμων μη χωριζεσθαι αλλα περιμενειν την επαγγελιαν του πατρος ην ηκουσατε μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4871συναλιζόμενοςsynalizomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4871 συναλίζω synalízō soon-al-id-zo from σύν and (to throng); to accumulate, i.e. convene:--assemble together.
|
συναλιζόμενοςsynalizomenos
|
being assembled together,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3853παρήγγειλενparēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρήγγειλενparēngeilen
|
He instructed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GNP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5563χωρίζεσθαι,chōrizesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρίζεσθαι,chōrizesthai
|
to depart,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4037περιμένεινperimenein (V-PNA)
G4037 περιμένω periménō per-ee-men-o from περί and μένω; to stay around, i.e. await:--wait for.
|
περιμένεινperimenein
|
to await
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίανepangelian (N-AFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίανepangelian
|
promise
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὸςPatros
|
Father:
|
N-GMS
|
G3739Ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
Ἣνhēn
|
That which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G191ἠκούσατέēkousate (V-AIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσατέēkousate
|
you heard
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1473μου·mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου·mou
|
of Me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
4
And, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they not should depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, says He, you have heard of me.Acts 1:4
Stats
Rank: #382 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 25 words, 140 letters, 50 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συναλιζομενος {VAR2: μετ αυτων } παρηγγειλεν αυτοις απο ιεροσολυμων μη χωριζεσθαι αλλα περιμενειν την επαγγελιαν του πατρος ην ηκουσατε μου
Lit: And being assembled together, He instructed them from Jerusalem not to depart, but to await the promise of the Father: That which you heard of Me;
KJV: And, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, [saith he], ye have heard of me.
References
"being assembled together"Ac 10:41: Not to all the people: but to witnesses chosen before of God: even to us: who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.Lu 24:41-43: While they yet not believed for joy: and wondered: he said to them: Have you here any meat?"commanded"Lu 24:49: And: look: I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry you in the city of Jerusalem: until you be endued with power from on high."the promise"Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Mt 10:20: For it not is you that speak: but the Spirit of your Father which speaks in you.Lu 11:13: If you then: being evil: know how to give good gifts to your children: how much more will your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?Lu 12:12: For the Holy Ghost will teach you in the same hour what you ought to say.Joh 7:39: (But this spoke He of the Spirit: which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost not was yet given; because that Jesus not was yet glorified.)Joh 14:16: 26-28: I will pray the Father: and He will give you another Comforter: that He may abide with you for ever;Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 16:7-15: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you.Joh 20:22: When He had said this: He breathed on them: and says to them: Receive you the Holy Ghost:
οτι ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν υδατι υμεις δε βαπτισθησεσθε εν πνευματι αγιω ου μετα πολλας ταυτας ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβάπτισενebaptisen (V-AIA-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισενebaptisen
|
baptized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5204ὕδατι,hydati (N-DNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατι,hydati
|
with water;
|
N-DNS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G907βαπτισθήσεσθεbaptisthēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθήσεσθεbaptisthēsesthe
|
will be baptized
|
V-FIP-2P
|
G40ἉγίῳHagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίῳHagiō
|
Holy,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλὰςpollas (Adj-AFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰςpollas
|
many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3778ταύταςtautas (DPro-AFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταςtautas
|
these
|
DPro-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
days.
|
N-AFP
|
5
For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Acts 1:5
Stats
Rank: #712 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 81 letters, 25 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν υδατι υμεις δε βαπτισθησεσθε εν πνευματι αγιω ου μετα πολλας ταυτας ημερας
Lit: for John indeed baptized with water; you however with the Spirit will be baptized Holy, not after many these days.
KJV: For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence.
References
"John"Ac 11:15: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 19:4: Then said Paul: John truly baptized with the baptism of repentance: saying to the people: that they should believe on Him which should come after Him: that is: on Christ Jesus.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Lu 3:16: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Joh 1:31: I knew not him: but that he should be made manifest to Israel: therefore am I come baptizing with water.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Tit 3:5: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;"but"Ac 2:1-4: 16-21: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:15: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Joe 2:28-32: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Joe 3:18: It will come to pass in that day: that the mountains will drop down new wine: and the hills will flow with milk: and all the rivers of Judah will flow with waters: and a fountain will come forth of the house of the LORD: and will water the valley of Shittim.
The Ascension
οι μεν ουν συνελθοντες επηρωτων αυτον λεγοντες κυριε ει εν τω χρονω τουτω αποκαθιστανεις την βασιλειαν τω ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4905συνελθόντεςsynelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθόντεςsynelthontes
|
having come together,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2065ἠρώτωνērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώτωνērōtōn
|
were asking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5550χρόνῳchronō (N-DMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνῳchronō
|
time
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this,
|
DPro-DMS
|
G600ἀποκαθιστάνειςapokathistaneis (V-PIA-2S)
G600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathístēmi ap-ok-ath-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and καθίστημι; to reconstitute (in health, home or organization):--restore (again).
|
ἀποκαθιστάνειςapokathistaneis
|
are you restoring
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ;Israēl (N-DMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ;Israēl
|
to Israel?
|
N-DMS
|
6
When they therefore were come together, they asked of Him, saying, Lord, will you at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?
Acts 1:6
Stats
Rank: #432 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 19 words, 105 letters, 41 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν συνελθοντες επηρωτων αυτον λεγοντες κυριε ει εν τω χρονω τουτω αποκαθιστανεις την βασιλειαν τω ισραηλ
Lit: Those indeed therefore having come together, were asking Him, saying, Lord, if at the time this, are you restoring the kingdom to Israel?
KJV: When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?
References
"Lord"Mt 24:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?Joh 21:21: Peter seeing Him says to Jesus: Lord: and what will this man do?"restore"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Isa 1:26: I will restore your judges as at the first: and your counsellers as at the beginning: afterward you will be called: The city of righteousness: the faithful city.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:15-17: 26: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Eze 37:24-27: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Da 7:27: The kingdom and dominion: and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven: will be given to the people of the saints of the most High: whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom: and all dominions will serve and obey him.Ho 3:4: For the children of Israel will abide many days without a king: and without a prince: and without a sacrifice: and without an image: and without an ephod: and without teraphim:Joe 3:16-21: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel.Am 9:11: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Ob 1:17-21: But upon mount Zion will be deliverance: and there will be holiness; and the house of Jacob will possess their possessions.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Zep 3:15-17: The LORD has taken away your judgments: He has cast out your enemy: the king of Israel: even the LORD: is in the middle of you: you will not see evil any more.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 20:21: He said to her: What will you? She says to him: Grant that these my two sons may sit: the one on your right hand: and the other on the left: in your kingdom.Lu 22:29: I appoint to you a kingdom: as my Father has appointed to me;
ειπεν δε προς αυτους ουχ υμων εστιν γνωναι χρονους η καιρους ους ο πατηρ εθετο εν τη ιδια εξουσια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161‹δὲ›de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
‹δὲ›de
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3756ΟὐχOuch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐχOuch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
yours
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G5550χρόνουςchronous (N-AMP)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνουςchronous
|
times
|
N-AMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2540καιροὺςkairous (N-AMP)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροὺςkairous
|
seasons
|
N-AMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
which
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962ΠατὴρPatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατὴρPatēr
|
Father
|
N-NMS
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
put in place
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
His own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳ,exousia (N-DFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳ,exousia
|
authority.
|
N-DFS
|
7
He said to them, It not is for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father has put in His own power.
Acts 1:7
Stats
Rank: #912 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 24 words, 90 letters, 34 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε προς αυτους ουχ υμων εστιν γνωναι χρονους η καιρους ους ο πατηρ εθετο εν τη ιδια εξουσια
Lit: He said then to them, Not yours it is to know times or seasons which the Father put in place by His own authority.
KJV: And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power.
References
"It"Ac 17:26: has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and has determined the times before appointed: and the bounds of their habitation;De 29:29: The secret things belong to the LORD our God: but those things which are revealed belong to us and to our children for ever: that we may do all the words of this law.Da 2:21: He changes the times and the seasons: he removes kings: and sets up kings: he gives wisdom to the wise: and knowledge to them that know understanding:Mt 24:36: But of that day and hour knows no man: no: not the angels of heaven: but my Father only.Mr 13:32: But of that day and that hour knows no man: no: not the angels which are in heaven: neither the Son: but the Father.Lu 21:24: They will fall by the edge of the sword: and will be led away captive into all nations: and Jerusalem will be trodden down of the Gentiles: until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:1Th 5:1: 2: But of the times and the seasons: brothers: you have no need that I write to you.1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;2Ti 3:1: This know also: that in the last days perilous times will come."which"Mt 20:23: He says to them: You will drink indeed of my cup: and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with: but to sit on my right hand: and on my left: not is my to give: but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared of my Father.Mr 10:40: But to sit on my right hand and on my left hand not is my to give; but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared.
αλλα ληψεσθε δυναμιν επελθοντος του αγιου πνευματος εφ υμας και εσεσθε μοι μαρτυρες εν τε ιερουσαλημ και εν παση τη ιουδαια και σαμαρεια και εως εσχατου της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2983λήμψεσθεlēmpsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λήμψεσθεlēmpsesthe
|
you will receive
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power,
|
N-AFS
|
G1904ἐπελθόντοςepelthontos (V-APA-GNS)
G1904 ἐπέρχομαι epérchomai ep-er-khom-ahee from ἐπί and ἔρχομαι; to supervene, i.e. arrive, occur, impend, attack, (figuratively) influence:--come (in, upon).
|
ἐπελθόντοςepelthontos
|
having come
|
V-APA-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσεσθέesesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθέesesthe
|
you will be
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
for Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3144μάρτυρεςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρεςmartyres
|
witnesses,
|
N-NMP
|
G1722ἔνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἔνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2449ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia (N-DFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia
|
Judea,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4540ΣαμαρείᾳSamareia (N-DFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμαρείᾳSamareia
|
Samaria,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2078ἐσχάτουeschatou (Adj-GNS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτουeschatou
|
the uttermost part
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
8
But you will receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and to the uttermost part of the earth.Acts 1:8
Stats
Rank: #8 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 201 characters, 34 words, 157 letters, 63 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα ληψεσθε δυναμιν επελθοντος του αγιου πνευματος εφ υμας και εσεσθε μοι μαρτυρες εν τε ιερουσαλημ και εν παση τη ιουδαια και σαμαρεια και εως εσχατου της γης
Lit: But you will receive power, having come the Holy Spirit upon you, and you will be for Me witnesses, in both Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and Samaria, and to the uttermost part of the earth.
KJV: But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.
References
"ye shall"Ac 2:1-4: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 6:8: Stephen: full of faith and power: did great wonders and miracles among the people.Ac 8:19: Saying: Give me also this power: that on whoever I lay hands: He may receive the Holy Ghost.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Zec 4:6: Then He answered and spoke to me: saying: This is the word of the LORD to Zerubbabel: saying: Not by might: nor by power: but by my spirit: says the LORD of hosts.Lu 10:19: Look: I give to you power to tread on serpents and scorpions: and over all the power of the enemy: not andhing will by any means hurt you.Re 11:3-6: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth."power, etc"Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Lu 24:29: But they constrained him: saying: Abide with us: for it is toward evening: and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ."and ye"Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:33: With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.Ac 5:32: We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost: whom God has given to them that obey Him.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Ac 22:15: For you will be his witness to all men of what you have seen and heard.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 24:46-49: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning."in Samaria"Ac 8:5-25: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria: and preached Christ to them."unto"Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 98:3: He has remembered His mercy and His truth toward the house of Israel: all the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God.Isa 42:10: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.Isa 66:19: I will set a sign among them: and I will send those that escape of them to the nations: to Tarshish: Pul: and Lud: that draw the bow: to Tubal: and Javan: to the isles afar off: that not have heard my fame: neither have seen my glory; and they will declare my glory among the Gentiles.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Mt 24:14: This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world for a witness to all nations; and then will the end come.Ro 10:18: But I say: Have not they heard? Yes truly: their sound went into all the earth: and their words to the ends of the world.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.
και ταυτα ειπων βλεποντων αυτων επηρθη και νεφελη υπελαβεν αυτον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004εἰπὼνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπὼνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G991βλεπόντωνblepontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπόντωνblepontōn
|
beholding
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1869ἐπήρθη,epērthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1869 ἐπαίρω epaírō ep-ahee-ro from ἐπί and αἴρω; to raise up (literally or figuratively):--exalt self, poise (lift, take) up.
|
ἐπήρθη,epērthē
|
He was taken up,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3507νεφέληnephelē (N-NFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληnephelē
|
a cloud
|
N-NFS
|
G5274ὑπέλαβενhypelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G5274 ὑπολαμβάνω hypolambánō hoop-ol-am-ban-o from ὑπό and λαμβάνω; to take from below, i.e. carry upward; figuratively, to take up, i.e. continue a discourse or topic; mentally, to assume (presume):--answer, receive, suppose.
|
ὑπέλαβενhypelaben
|
hid
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
9
When he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Acts 1:9
Stats
Rank: #97 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα ειπων βλεποντων αυτων επηρθη και νεφελη υπελαβεν αυτον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων
Lit: And these things having said, beholding they, He was taken up, and a cloud hid Him from the eyes of them.
KJV: And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.
References
"when"Ac 1:2: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Ps 68:18: You have ascended on high: you have led captivity captive: you have received gifts for men; yes: for the rebellious also: that the LORD God might dwell among them.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Lu 24:50: 51: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.Joh 6:62: What and if you will see the Son of man ascend up where He was before?Eph 4:8-12: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men."a cloud"Ex 19:9: The LORD said to Moses: Indeed: I come to you in a thick cloud: that the people may hear when I speak with you: and believe you for ever. And Moses told the words of the people to the LORD.Ex 34:5: The LORD descended in the cloud: and stood with Him there: and proclaimed the name of the LORD.Isa 19:1: The burden of Egypt. Look: the LORD rids upon a swift cloud: and will come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt will be moved at His presence: and the heart of Egypt will melt in the middle of it.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 11:12: They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them: Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.Re 14:4: These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men: being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb.
και ως ατενιζοντες ησαν εις τον ουρανον πορευομενου αυτου και ιδου ανδρες δυο παρειστηκεισαν αυτοις εν εσθητι λευκη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G816ἀτενίζοντεςatenizontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίζοντεςatenizontes
|
looking intently
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G4198πορευομένουporeuomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένουporeuomenou
|
as was going
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
He,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3936παρειστήκεισανpareistēkeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρειστήκεισανpareistēkeisan
|
stood by
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2066ἐσθήσεσιesthēsesi (N-DFP)
G2066 ἐσθής esthḗs es-thace from (to clothe); dress:--apparel, clothing, raiment, robe.
|
ἐσθήσεσιesthēsesi
|
apparel
|
N-DFP
|
G3022λευκαῖς,leukais (Adj-DFP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκαῖς,leukais
|
white,
|
Adj-DFP
|
10
While they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up, look, two men stood by them in white apparel;Acts 1:10
Stats
Rank: #2142 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ως ατενιζοντες ησαν εις τον ουρανον πορευομενου αυτου και ιδου ανδρες δυο παρειστηκεισαν αυτοις εν εσθητι λευκη
Lit: And as looking intently they were into the heaven as was going He, then behold men two stood by them in apparel white,
KJV: And while they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel;
References
"while"2Ki 2:11: 12: It came to pass: as they still went on: and talked: that: look: there appeared a chariot of fire: and horses of fire: and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven."two"Ac 10:3: 30: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Da 7:9: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:Mr 16:5: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Lu 24:4: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:Joh 20:12: sees two angels in white sitting: the one at the head: and the other at the feet: where the body of Jesus had lain.Re 3:4: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.
οι και ειπον ανδρες γαλιλαιοι τι εστηκατε εμβλεποντες εις τον ουρανον ουτος ο ιησους ο αναληφθεις αφ υμων εις τον ουρανον ουτως ελευσεται ον τροπον εθεασασθε αυτον πορευομενον εις τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G1057Γαλιλαῖοι,Galilaioi (N-VMP)
G1057 Γαλιλαῖος Galilaîos gal-ee-lah-yos from Γαλιλαία; Galilean or belonging to Galilea:--Galilean, of Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαῖοι,Galilaioi
|
Galileans,
|
N-VMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2476ἑστήκατεhestēkate (V-RIA-2P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστήκατεhestēkate
|
do you stand
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G991βλέποντεςblepontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέποντεςblepontes
|
looking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν;ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν;ouranon
|
heaven?
|
N-AMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G353ἀναλημφθεὶςanalēmphtheis (V-APP-NMS)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀναλημφθεὶςanalēmphtheis
|
having been taken up
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai (V-FIM-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai
|
will come
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
in that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5158τρόπονtropon (N-AMS)
G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.
|
τρόπονtropon
|
manner
|
N-AMS
|
G2300ἐθεάσασθεetheasasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G2300 θεάομαι theáomai theh-ah-om-ahee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεάσασθεetheasasthe
|
you beheld
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4198πορευόμενονporeuomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευόμενονporeuomenon
|
going
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν.ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν.ouranon
|
heaven.
|
N-AMS
|
11
Which also said, You men of Galilee, why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.
Acts 1:11
Stats
Rank: #154 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 193 characters, 34 words, 149 letters, 62 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι και ειπον ανδρες γαλιλαιοι τι εστηκατε εμβλεποντες εις τον ουρανον ουτος ο ιησους ο αναληφθεις αφ υμων εις τον ουρανον ουτως ελευσεται ον τροπον εθεασασθε αυτον πορευομενον εις τον ουρανον
Lit: who also said, Men, Galileans, why do you stand looking into heaven? This Jesus, having been taken up from you into heaven, thus will come in that manner you beheld Him going into heaven.
KJV: Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.
References
"Ye men"Ac 2:7: They were all amazed and marvelled: saying one to another: Look: not are all these which speak Galilaeans?Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Mr 14:70: He denied it again. And a little after: they that stood by said again to Peter: Surely you are one of them: for you are a Galilaean: and your speech agrees thereto."why"Ac 3:12: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Lu 24:5: As they were afraid: and bowed down their faces to the earth: they said to them: Why seek you the living among the dead?"shall"Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Mr 13:26: Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.1Th 4:16: For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout: with the voice of the archangel: and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ will rise first:2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.
Matthias Replaces Judas
τοτε υπεστρεψαν εις ιερουσαλημ απο ορους του καλουμενου ελαιωνος ο εστιν εγγυς ιερουσαλημ σαββατου εχον οδον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119ΤότεTote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
ΤότεTote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan
|
they returned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3735ὄρουςorous (N-GNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρουςorous
|
the mount
|
N-GNS
|
G2564καλουμένουkaloumenou (V-PPM/P-GNS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένουkaloumenou
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-GNS
|
G1638Ἐλαιῶνος,Elaiōnos (N-GMS)
G1638 ἐλαιών elaiṓn el-ah-yone from ἐλαία; an olive-orchard, i.e. (specially) the Mount of Olives:--Olivet.
|
Ἐλαιῶνος,Elaiōnos
|
Olivet,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1451ἐγγὺςengys (Prep)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγὺςengys
|
near
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-GFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-GFS
|
G4521σαββάτουsabbatou (N-GNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτουsabbatou
|
a Sabbath day’s
|
N-GNS
|
G2192ἔχονechon (V-PPA-NNS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονechon
|
holding
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3598ὁδόν.hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν.hodon
|
journey.
|
N-AFS
|
12
Then returned they to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a sabbath day's journey.Acts 1:12
Stats
Rank: #1548 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 17 words, 92 letters, 34 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε υπεστρεψαν εις ιερουσαλημ απο ορους του καλουμενου ελαιωνος ο εστιν εγγυς ιερουσαλημ σαββατου εχον οδον
Lit: Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is near Jerusalem, a Sabbath day’s holding journey.
KJV: Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a sabbath day's journey.
References
"from"Zec 14:4: His feet will stand in that day upon the mount of Olives: which is before Jerusalem on the east: and the mount of Olives will cleave in the middle thereof toward the east and toward the west: and there will be a very great valley; and half of the mountain will remove toward the north: and half of it toward the south.Mt 21:1: When they drew nigh to Jerusalem: and were come to Bethphage: to the mount of Olives: then sent Jesus two disciples: Mt 24:3: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?Mt 26:30: When they had sung an hymn: they went out into the mount of Olives.Lu 21:37: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Lu 24:52: They worshipped him: and returned to Jerusalem with great joy:"a sabbath"Lu 24:50: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.Joh 11:18: Now Bethany was nigh to Jerusalem: about 15 furlongs off:
και οτε εισηλθον ανεβησαν εις το υπερωον ου ησαν καταμενοντες ο τε πετρος και ιακωβος και ιωαννης και ανδρεας φιλιππος και θωμας βαρθολομαιος και ματθαιος ιακωβος αλφαιου και σιμων ο ζηλωτης και ιουδας ιακωβου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθον,eisēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθον,eisēlthon
|
they had entered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5253ὑπερῷονhyperōon (N-ANS)
G5253 ὑπερῷον hyperōion hoop-er-o-on neuter of a derivative of ὑπέρ; a higher part of the house, i.e. apartment in the third story:--upper chamber (room).
|
ὑπερῷονhyperōon
|
upper room,
|
N-ANS
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
they went up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2650καταμένοντες,katamenontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2650 καταμένω kataménō kat-am-en-o from κατά and μένω; to stay fully, i.e. reside:--abide.
|
καταμένοντες,katamenontes
|
staying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβοςIakōbos (N-NMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβοςIakōbos
|
James
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G406Ἀνδρέας,Andreas (N-NMS)
G406 Ἀνδρέας Andréas an-dreh-as from ἀνήρ; manly; Andreas, an Israelite:--Andrew.
|
Ἀνδρέας,Andreas
|
Andrew,
|
N-NMS
|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2381Θωμᾶς,Thōmas (N-NMS)
G2381 Θωμᾶς Thōmâs tho-mas of Chaldee origin (compare תָּאוֹם); the twin; Thomas, a Christian:--Thomas.
|
Θωμᾶς,Thōmas
|
Thomas,
|
N-NMS
|
G918ΒαρθολομαῖοςBartholomaios (N-NMS)
G918 Βαρθολομαῖος Bartholomaîos bar-thol-om-ah-yos of Chaldee origin (בַּר and תַּלְמַי); son of Tolmai; Bar-tholomæus, a Christian apostle:--Bartholomeus.
|
ΒαρθολομαῖοςBartholomaios
|
Bartholomew
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3156Μαθθαῖος,Maththaios (N-NMS)
G3156 Ματθαῖος Matthaîos mat-thah-yos a shorter form of Ματταθίας; Matthæus (i.e. Matthitjah), an Israelite and a Christian:--Matthew.
|
Μαθθαῖος,Maththaios
|
Matthew,
|
N-NMS
|
G2385ἸάκωβοςIakōbos (N-NMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβοςIakōbos
|
James son
|
N-NMS
|
G256ἉλφαίουHalphaiou (N-GMS)
G256 Ἀλφαῖος Alphaîos al-fah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare חֶלֶף); Alphæus, an Israelite:--Alpheus.
|
ἉλφαίουHalphaiou
|
of Alphaeus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2207ΖηλωτὴςZēlōtēs (N-NMS)
G2207 ζηλωτής zēlōtḗs dzay-lo-tace from ζηλόω; a zealot:--zealous.
|
ΖηλωτὴςZēlōtēs
|
Zealot,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas son
|
N-NMS
|
G2385Ἰακώβου.Iakōbou (N-GMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
Ἰακώβου.Iakōbou
|
of James.
|
N-GMS
|
13
When they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James.Acts 1:13
Stats
Rank: #1063 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 243 characters, 29 words, 186 letters, 70 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε εισηλθον ανεβησαν εις το υπερωον ου ησαν καταμενοντες ο τε πετρος και ιακωβος και ιωαννης και ανδρεας φιλιππος και θωμας βαρθολομαιος και ματθαιος ιακωβος αλφαιου και σιμων ο ζηλωτης και ιουδας ιακωβου
Lit: And when they had entered into the upper room, they went up where they were staying, both Peter and John, and James and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas son of James.
KJV: And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas [the brother] of James.
References
"an"Ac 9:37-39: It came to pass in those days: that she was sick: and died: whom when they had washed: they laid her in an upper chamber.Ac 20:8: There were many lights in the upper chamber: where they were gathered together.Mr 14:15: He will show you a large upper room furnished and prepared: there make ready for us.Lu 22:12: He will show you a large upper room furnished: there make ready."Peter"Ac 2:14: 38: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 3:1-10: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer: being the ninth hour.Ac 4:13: 19: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Ac 8:14-25: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 9:32-43: It came to pass: as Peter passed throughout all quarters: he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda.Ac 10:9-33: On the morrow: as they went on their journey: and drew nigh to the city: Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:Ac 12:2: 3: He killed James the brother of John with the sword.Ac 15:7-11: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Mt 4:18-22: Jesus: walking by the sea of Galilee: saw two brothers: Simon called Peter: and Andrew His brother: casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 10:2-4: Now the names of the 12 apostles are these; The first: Simon: who is called Peter: and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother;Mr 3:16-18: Simon he surnamed Peter;Mr 5:37: He suffered no man to follow him: save Peter: and James: and John the brother of James.Mr 9:2: After 6 days Jesus taketh with Him Peter: and James: and John: and leads them up into an high mountain apart by themselves: and He was transfigured before them.Mr 14:33: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;Lu 6:13-16: When it was day: he called to him his disciples: and of them he chose 12: whom also he named apostles;Joh 1:40-42: one of the two which heard John speak: and followed him: was Andrew: Simon Peter's brother.Joh 13:23-25: Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of His disciples: whom Jesus loved.Joh 18:17: 25-27: Then says the damsel that kept the door to Peter: Are not you also one of this man's disciples? He says: I not am.Joh 21:15-24: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.1Jo 1:1-5: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;2Jo 1:1-13: The elder to the elect lady and her children: whom I love in the truth; not and I only: but also all they that have known the truth;3Jo 1:1-14: The elder to the wellbeloved Gaius: whom I love in the truth.Re 1:1-3: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"Philip"Joh 1:43-46: The day following Jesus would go forth into Galilee: and finds Philip: and says to Him: Follow me.Joh 6:5-7: When Jesus then lifted up His eyes: and saw a great company come to Him: He says to Philip: Where will we buy bread: that these may eat?Joh 12:21: 22: The same came therefore to Philip: which was of Bethsaida of Galilee: and desired Him: saying: Sir: we would see Jesus.Joh 14:8: 9: Philip says to Him: Lord: show us the Father: and it suffices us."Thomas"Joh 11:16: Then said Thomas: which is called Didymus: to his fellowdisciples: Let us also go: that we may die with him.Joh 20:26-29: After 8 days again His disciples were within: and Thomas with them: then came Jesus: the doors being shut: and stood in the middle: and said: Peace be to you.Joh 21:2: There were together Simon Peter: and Thomas called Didymus: and Nathanael of Cana in Galilee: and the sons of Zebedee: and two other of his disciples."Matthew"Mt 9:9: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Mr 2:14: As he passed by: he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom: and said to him: Follow me. And he arose and followed him.Lu 5:27-29: After these things he went forth: and saw a publican: named Levi: sitting at the receipt of custom: and he said to him: Follow me."James"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 15:13: After they had held their peace: James answered: saying: Men and brothers: listen to me:1Co 15:7: After that: he was seen of James; then of all the apostles.Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."Alphaeus"Mr 2:14: As he passed by: he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom: and said to him: Follow me. And he arose and followed him.Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: "Simon"Mt 10:4: Simon the Canaanite: and Judas Iscariot: who also betrayed him.Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: "Canaanite"Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: "Judas"Mt 10:3: Philip: and Bartholomew; Thomas: and Matthew the publican; James the son of Alphaeus: and Lebbaeus: whose surname was Thaddaeus;"Lebbaeus whose surname was Thaddaeus"Mr 3:18: Andrew: and Philip: and Bartholomew: and Matthew: and Thomas: and James the son of Alphaeus: and Thaddaeus: and Simon the Canaanite: "Thaddaeus"Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:
ουτοι παντες ησαν προσκαρτερουντες ομοθυμαδον τη προσευχη και τη δεησει συν γυναιξιν και μαρια τη μητρι του ιησου και συν τοις αδελφοις αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4342προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes
|
steadfastly continuing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G4335προσευχῇproseuchē (N-DFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῇproseuchē
|
in prayer,
|
N-DFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with the
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναιξὶνgynaixin (N-DFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναιξὶνgynaixin
|
women,
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3137ΜαριὰμMariam (N-DFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαριὰμMariam
|
Mary
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3384μητρὶmētri (N-DFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὶmētri
|
mother
|
N-DFS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
14
These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with His brothers.Acts 1:14
Stats
Rank: #728 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 20 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι παντες ησαν προσκαρτερουντες ομοθυμαδον τη προσευχη και τη δεησει συν γυναιξιν και μαρια τη μητρι του ιησου και συν τοις αδελφοις αυτου
Lit: These all were steadfastly continuing with one accord in prayer, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with the brothers of Him.
KJV: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren.
References
"all"Ac 2:1: 42: 46: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 4:24-31: When they heard that: they lifted up their voice to God with one accord: and said: Lord: you are God: which have made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all that in them is:Ac 6:4: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.Mt 18:19: 20: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 21:22: All things: whatever you will ask in prayer: believing: you will receive.Lu 11:13: If you then: being evil: know how to give good gifts to your children: how much more will your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?Lu 18:1: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;Lu 24:53: Were continually in the temple: praising and blessing God. Amen.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;"with the"Mt 27:55: Many women were there beholding afar off: which followed Jesus from Galilee: ministering to Him:Mr 15:40: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Mr 16:1: When the sabbath was past: Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James: and Salome: had bought sweet spices: that they might come and anoint him.Lu 8:2: 3: Certain women: which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities: Mary called Magdalene: out of whom went 7 devils: Lu 23:49: 55: All his acquaintance: and the women that followed him from Galilee: stood afar off: beholding these things.Lu 24:10: It was Mary Magdalene: and Joanna: and Mary the mother of James: and other women that were with them: which told these things to the apostles.Joh 19:25: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene."Mary"Joh 19:25: 26: Now there stood by the cross of Jesus His mother: and His mother's sister: Mary the wife of Cleophas: and Mary Magdalene."with his"Mt 13:55: 56: not Is this the carpenter's son? not is his mother called Mary? and his brothers: James: and Joses: and Simon: and Judas?Mr 3:31-35: There came then his brothers and his mother: and: standing without: sent to him: calling him.
και εν ταις ημεραις ταυταις αναστας πετρος εν μεσω των μαθητων ειπεν ην τε οχλος ονοματων επι το αυτο ως εκατον εικοσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G3778ταύταιςtautais (DPro-DFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταιςtautais
|
these,
|
DPro-DFP
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having stood up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers,
|
N-GMP
|
G3004εἶπεν·eipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπεν·eipen
|
he said—
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
the number
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνομάτωνonomatōn (N-GNP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνομάτωνonomatōn
|
of names
|
N-GNP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
about
|
Adv
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-NMP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
a hundred
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-NMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty—
|
Adj-NMP
|
15
In those days Peter stood up in the middle of the disciples, and said, (the number of names together were about 120,)Acts 1:15
Stats
Rank: #1117 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 24 words, 108 letters, 40 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν ταις ημεραις ταυταις αναστας πετρος εν μεσω των μαθητων ειπεν ην τε οχλος ονοματων επι το αυτο ως εκατον εικοσιν
Lit: And in the days these, having stood up Peter in the midst of the brothers, he said— was then the number of names together the same about a hundred twenty—
KJV: And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said, (the number of names together were about an hundred and twenty,)
References
"Peter"Ps 32:5: 6: I acknowledged my sin to you: and my iniquity have not I hid. I said: I will confess my transgressions to the LORD; and you forgave the iniquity of my sin. Selah.Ps 51:9-13: Hide your face from my sins: and blot out all my iniquities.Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs."the names"Re 3:4: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven."an"Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Mt 13:31: Another parable put he forth to them: saying: The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed: which a man took: and sowed in his field:Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.1Co 15:6: After that: he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present: but some are fallen asleep.
ανδρες αδελφοι εδει πληρωθηναι την γραφην ταυτην ην προειπεν το πνευμα το αγιον δια στοματος δαβιδ περι ιουδα του γενομενου οδηγου τοις συλλαβουσιν τον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1163ἔδειedei (V-IIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ἔδειedei
|
it was necessary for
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4137πληρωθῆναιplērōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρωθῆναιplērōthēnai
|
to have been fulfilled
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1124γραφὴνgraphēn (N-AFS)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφὴνgraphēn
|
Scripture
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4277προεῖπενproeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G4277 προέπω proépō pro-ep-o from πρό and ἔπω; to say already, to predict:--forewarn, say (speak, tell) before. Compare προερέω.,
|
προεῖπενproeipen
|
spoke beforehand
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
the mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
of David
|
N-GMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2455ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
Judas,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the one
|
Art-GMS
|
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένουgenomenou
|
having become
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G3595ὁδηγοῦhodēgou (N-GMS)
G3595 ὁδηγός hodēgós hod-ayg-os from ὁδός and ἡγέομαι; a conductor (literally or figuratively (teacher)):--guide, leader.
|
ὁδηγοῦhodēgou
|
guide
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4815συλλαβοῦσινsyllabousin (V-APA-DMP)
G4815 συλλαμβάνω syllambánō sool-lam-ban-o from σύν and λαμβάνω; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, capture); specially, to conceive (literally or figuratively); by implication, to aid:--catch, conceive, help, take.
|
συλλαβοῦσινsyllabousin
|
having arrested
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus;
|
N-AMS
|
16
Men and brothers, this scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus.Acts 1:16
Stats
Rank: #2062 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 28 words, 145 letters, 50 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανδρες αδελφοι εδει πληρωθηναι την γραφην ταυτην ην προειπεν το πνευμα το αγιον δια στοματος δαβιδ περι ιουδα του γενομενου οδηγου τοις συλλαβουσιν τον ιησουν
Lit: Men, brothers, it was necessary for to have been fulfilled the Scripture which spoke beforehand the Spirit Holy by the mouth of David concerning Judas, the one having become guide to those having arrested Jesus;
KJV: Men and brethren, this scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spake before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus.
References
"Men"Ac 2:29: 37: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ac 13:15: 26: 38: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Ac 15:7: 13: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 23:1: 6: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans."this"Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 13:27-29: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Mt 26:54: 56: But how then will the scriptures be fulfilled: that thus it must be?Joh 10:35: If He called them gods: to whom the word of God came: and the scripture cannot be broken;Joh 12:38-40: That the saying of Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled: which He spoke: Lord: who has believed our report? and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?Joh 19:28-30: 36: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst."which the"Ac 2:30: 31: Therefore being a prophet: and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to Him: that of the fruit of His loins: according to the flesh: He would raise up Christ to sit on His throne;Ac 4:25-28: Who by the mouth of your servant David have said: Why did the heathen rage: and the people imagine vain things?Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: 2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Heb 3:7: 8: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: 1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.2Pe 2:21: For it had been better for not them to have known the way of righteousness: than: after they have known it: to turn from the holy commandment delivered to them."spake"Ps 41:9: Yes: my own familiar friend: in whom I trusted: which did eat of my bread: has lifted up his heel against me.Ps 55:12-15: For it was not an enemy that reproached me; then I could have borne it: neither was it he who hated me that did magnify himself against me; then I would have hid myself from him:Mt 26:47: While he yet spoke: indeed: Judas: one of the 12: came: and with him a great multitude with swords and staves: from the chief priests and elders of the people.Joh 13:18: I not speak of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled: He who eats bread with me has lifted up his heel against me.Joh 18:2-8: Judas also: which betrayed Him: knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted there with His disciples.
οτι κατηριθμημενος ην συν ημιν και ελαχεν τον κληρον της διακονιας ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2674κατηριθμημένοςkatērithmēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G2674 καταριθμέω katarithméō kat-ar-ith-meh-o from κατά and ἀριθμέω; to reckon among:--number with.
|
κατηριθμημένοςkatērithmēmenos
|
numbered
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2975ἔλαχενelachen (V-AIA-3S)
G2975 λαγχάνω lanchánō lang-khan-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses; to lot, i.e. determine (by implication, receive) especially by lot:--his lot be, cast lots, obtain.
|
ἔλαχενelachen
|
was allotted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2819κλῆρονklēron (N-AMS)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλῆρονklēron
|
a share
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1248διακονίαςdiakonias (N-GFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίαςdiakonias
|
ministry
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης.tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης.tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
17
For he was numbered with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.Acts 1:17
Stats
Rank: #1033 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 68 characters, 12 words, 54 letters, 19 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι κατηριθμημενος ην συν ημιν και ελαχεν τον κληρον της διακονιας ταυτης
Lit: for numbered he was with us, and was allotted a share of the ministry this.
KJV: For he was numbered with us, and had obtained part of this ministry.
References
"he"Mt 10:4: Simon the Canaanite: and Judas Iscariot: who also betrayed him.Mr 3:19: Judas Iscariot: which also betrayed him: and they went into an house.Lu 6:16: Judas the brother of James: and Judas Iscariot: which also was the traitor.Lu 22:47: While He yet spoke: look a multitude: and He that'>He who was called Judas: one of the 12: went before them: and drew near to Jesus to kiss Him.Joh 6:70: 71: Jesus answered them: not Have I chosen you 12: and one of you is a devil?Joh 17:12: While I was with them in the world: I kept them in your name: those that you gave me I have kept: and none of them is lost: but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled."this"Ac 1:25: That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship: from which Judas by transgression fell: that he might go to his own place.Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.2Co 4:1: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;2Co 5:18: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Eph 4:11: 12: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;
ουτος μεν ουν εκτησατο χωριον εκ του μισθου της αδικιας και πρηνης γενομενος ελακησεν μεσος και εξεχυθη παντα τα σπλαγχνα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Οὗτοςhoutos
|
This man
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2932ἐκτήσατοektēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G2932 κτάομαι ktáomai ktah-om-ahee a primary verb; to get, i.e. acquire (by any means; own):--obtain, possess, provide, purchase.
|
ἐκτήσατοektēsato
|
acquired
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5564χωρίονchōrion (N-ANS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίονchōrion
|
a field
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3408μισθοῦmisthou (N-GMS)
G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθοῦmisthou
|
the reward
|
N-GMS
|
G93ἀδικίας,adikias (N-GFS)
G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.
|
ἀδικίας,adikias
|
of unrighteousness,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4248πρηνὴςprēnēs (Adj-NMS)
G4248 πρηνής prēnḗs pray-nace from πρό; leaning (falling) forward (prone), i.e. head foremost:--headlong.
|
πρηνὴςprēnēs
|
headlong
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having fallen,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2997ἐλάκησενelakēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2997 λάσχω láschō las-kho a strengthened form of a primary verb, which only occurs in this and another prolonged form as alternate in certain tenses; to crack open (from a fall):--burst asunder.
|
ἐλάκησενelakēsen
|
he burst open
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3319μέσος,mesos (Adj-NMS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσος,mesos
|
in the middle,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1632ἐξεχύθηexechythē (V-AIP-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξεχύθηexechythē
|
gushed out
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4698σπλάγχναsplanchna (N-NNP)
G4698 σπλάγχνον splánchnon splangkh-non probably strengthened from (the spleen); an intestine (plural); figuratively, pity or sympathy:--bowels, inward affection, + tender mercy.
|
σπλάγχναsplanchna
|
intestines
|
N-NNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
18
Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the middle, and all his bowels gushed out.Acts 1:18
Stats
Rank: #2373 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 143 characters, 23 words, 114 letters, 41 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος μεν ουν εκτησατο χωριον εκ του μισθου της αδικιας και πρηνης γενομενος ελακησεν μεσος και εξεχυθη παντα τα σπλαγχνα αυτου
Lit: This man indeed then acquired a field out of the reward of unrighteousness, and headlong having fallen, he burst open in the middle, and gushed out all the intestines of him.
KJV: Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out.
References
"this"Mt 27:3-10: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: "with"Nu 22:7: 17: The elders of Moab and the elders of Midian departed with the rewards of divination in their hand; and they came to Balaam: and spoke to him the words of Balak.Jos 7:21-26: When I saw among the spoils a goodly Babylonish garment: and 200 shekels of silver: and a wedge of gold of 50 shekels weight: then I coveted them: and took them; and: look: they are hid in the earth in the middle of my tent: and the silver under it.2Ki 5:20-27: But Gehazi: the servant of Elisha the man of God: said: Look: my master has spared Naaman this Syrian: not in receiving at His hands that which He brought: but: as the LORD lives: I will run after Him: and take somewhat of Him.Job 20:12-15: Though wickedness be sweet in his mouth: though he hide it under his tongue;Mt 25:15: to one he gave 5 talents: to another two: and to another one; to every man according to his several ability; and straightway took his journey.2Pe 2:15: 16: Which have forsaken the right way: and are gone astray: following the way of Balaam the son of Bosor: who loved the wages of unrighteousness;"and falling"Ps 55:15: 23: Let death seize upon them: and let them go down quick into hell: for wickedness is in their dwellings: and among them.Mt 27:5: He cast down the pieces of silver in the temple: and departed: and went and hanged himself.
και γνωστον εγενετο πασιν τοις κατοικουσιν ιερουσαλημ ωστε κληθηναι το χωριον εκεινο τη ιδια διαλεκτω αυτων ακελδαμα τουτ εστιν χωριον αιματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3956πᾶσιpasi (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιpasi
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
in Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2564κληθῆναιklēthēnai (V-ANP)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κληθῆναιklēthēnai
|
was called
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5564χωρίονchōrion (N-ANS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίονchōrion
|
field
|
N-ANS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοekeino (DPro-ANS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοekeino
|
that
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G184Ἁκελδαμάχ*,Hakeldamach (N-ANS)
G184 Ἀκελδαμά Akeldamá ak-el-dam-ah of Chaldee origin (meaning field of blood; corresponding to חֵלֶק and דָּם); Akeldama, a place near Jerusalem:--Aceldama.
|
Ἁκελδαμάχ*,Hakeldamach
|
Akeldama,
|
N-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5564ΧωρίονChōrion (N-ANS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
ΧωρίονChōrion
|
Field
|
N-ANS
|
G129αἵματος.haimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματος.haimatos
|
of Blood.
|
N-GNS
|
19
It was known to all the dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch as that field is called in their proper tongue, Aceldama, that is to say, The field of blood.Acts 1:19
Stats
Rank: #1949 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 25 words, 122 letters, 47 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γνωστον εγενετο πασιν τοις κατοικουσιν ιερουσαλημ ωστε κληθηναι το χωριον εκεινο τη ιδια διαλεκτω αυτων ακελδαμα τουτ εστιν χωριον αιματος
Lit: And known it became to all those dwelling in Jerusalem, so that was called the field that in the own language of them Akeldama, that is, Field of Blood.
KJV: And it was known unto all the dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch as that field is called in their proper tongue, Aceldama, that is to say, The field of blood.
References
"it"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Mt 28:15: So they took the money: and did as they were taught: and this saying is commonly reported among the Jews until this day."Aceldama"2Sa 2:16: They caught every one his fellow by the head: and thrust his sword in his fellow's side; so they fell down together: for what reason that place was called Helkathhazzurim: which is in Gibeon.
γεγραπται γαρ εν βιβλω ψαλμων γενηθητω η επαυλις αυτου ερημος και μη εστω ο κατοικων εν αυτη και την επισκοπην αυτου λαβοι ετερος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1125Γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
Γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
It has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G976βίβλῳbiblō (N-DFS)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλῳbiblō
|
book
|
N-DFS
|
G5568ΨαλμῶνPsalmōn (N-GMP)
G5568 ψαλμός psalmós psal-mos from ψάλλω; a set piece of music, i.e. a sacred ode (accompanied with the voice, harp or other instrument; a psalm); collectively, the book of the Psalms:--psalm. Compare ᾠδή.
|
ΨαλμῶνPsalmōn
|
of Psalms:
|
N-GMP
|
G1096ΓενηθήτωGenēthētō (V-AMP-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ΓενηθήτωGenēthētō
|
Let become
|
V-AMP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1886ἔπαυλιςepaulis (N-NFS)
G1886 ἔπαυλις épaulis ep-ow-lis from ἐπί and an equivalent of αὐλή; a hut over the head, i.e. a dwelling:--habitation.
|
ἔπαυλιςepaulis
|
homestead
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2048ἔρημοςerēmos (Adj-NFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημοςerēmos
|
desolate,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστωestō (V-PMA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστωestō
|
let there be
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
one person
|
Art-NMS
|
G2730κατοικῶνkatoikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικῶνkatoikōn
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
it,’
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2532Καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΤὴνTēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὴνTēn
|
The
|
Art-AFS
|
G1984ἐπισκοπὴνepiskopēn (N-AFS)
G1984 ἐπισκοπή episkopḗ ep-is-kop-ay from ἐπισκέπτομαι; inspection (for relief); by implication, superintendence; specially, the Christian episcopate:--the office of a bishop, bishoprick, visitation.
|
ἐπισκοπὴνepiskopēn
|
position
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2983λαβέτωlabetō (V-AMA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβέτωlabetō
|
let take
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G2087ἕτερος.heteros (Adj-NMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερος.heteros
|
another.’
|
Adj-NMS
|
20
For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick let another take.
Acts 1:20
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 23 words, 110 letters, 42 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: γεγραπται γαρ εν βιβλω ψαλμων γενηθητω η επαυλις αυτου ερημος και μη εστω ο κατοικων εν αυτη και την επισκοπην αυτου λαβοι ετερος
Lit: It has been written for in the book of Psalms: Let become the homestead of him desolate, and not let there be one person dwelling in it,’ and, The position of him let take another.’
KJV: For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick let another take.
References
"in"Ac 13:33: God has fulfilled the same to us their children: in that He has raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you.Lu 20:42: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me."Let his"Ps 69:25: Let their habitation be desolate; and let none dwell in their tents.Ps 109:9-15: Let his children be fatherless: and his wife a widow.Zec 5:3: 4: Then said he to me: This is the curse that goes forth over the face of the whole earth: for every one that steals will be cut off as on this side according to it; and every one that swears will be cut off as on that side according to it."his"Ac 1:25: That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship: from which Judas by transgression fell: that he might go to his own place.Ps 109:8: Let his days be few; and let another take his office.
δει ουν των συνελθοντων ημιν ανδρων εν παντι χρονω εν ω εισηλθεν και εξηλθεν εφ ημας ο κυριος ιησους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1163Δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
Δεῖdei
|
It behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4905συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn
|
having accompanied
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G435ἀνδρῶνandrōn (N-GMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρῶνandrōn
|
men,
|
N-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5550χρόνῳchronō (N-DMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνῳchronō
|
the time
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
came in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
21
For what reason of these men which have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us,Acts 1:21
Stats
Rank: #2548 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 22 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: δει ουν των συνελθοντων ημιν ανδρων εν παντι χρονω εν ω εισηλθεν και εξηλθεν εφ ημας ο κυριος ιησους
Lit: It behooves therefore the having accompanied us men, during all the time that came in and went out among us the Lord Jesus,
KJV: Wherefore of these men which have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us,
References
"these"Lu 10:1: 2: After these things the Lord appointed other 70 also: and sent them two and two before His face into every city and place: whither He Himself would come.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning."went"Nu 27:17: Which may go out before them: and which may go in before them: and which may lead them out: and which may bring them in; that the congregation of the LORD not be as sheep which have no shepherd.De 31:2: He said to them: I am 120 years old this day; I can no more go out and come in: also the LORD has said to me: You will not go over this Jordan.2Sa 5:2: Also in time past: when Saul was king over us: you were He that'>He who led out and brought in Israel: and the LORD said to you: You will feed my people Israel: and you will be a captain over Israel.1Ki 3:7: Now: O LORD my God: you have made your servant king instead of David my father: and I am but a little child: I not know how to go out or come in.Joh 10:1-9: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who enters not by the door into the sheepfold: but climbs up some other way: the same is a thief and a robber.
αρξαμενος απο του βαπτισματος ιωαννου εως της ημερας ης ανεληφθη αφ ημων μαρτυρα της αναστασεως αυτου γενεσθαι συν ημιν ενα τουτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G756ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos
|
having begun
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G908βαπτίσματοςbaptismatos (N-GNS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βαπτίσματοςbaptismatos
|
baptism
|
N-GNS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John
|
N-GMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
in which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G353ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē
|
He was taken up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3144μάρτυραmartyra (N-AMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυραmartyra
|
a witness
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to become
|
V-ANM
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3778τούτων.toutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων.toutōn
|
of these.
|
DPro-GMP
|
22
Beginning from the baptism of John, to that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Acts 1:22
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 28 words, 118 letters, 45 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: αρξαμενος απο του βαπτισματος ιωαννου εως της ημερας ης ανεληφθη αφ ημων μαρτυρα της αναστασεως αυτου γενεσθαι συν ημιν ενα τουτων
Lit: having begun from the baptism of John until the day in which He was taken up from us, a witness of the resurrection of Him with us to become one of these.
KJV: Beginning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.
References
"Beginning"Ac 13:24: 25: When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.Mt 3:1-17: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Mr 1:1: 3-8: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Lu 3:1-18: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene: Joh 1:28-51: These things were done in Bethabara beyond Jordan: where John was baptizing."unto"Ac 1:2: 9: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:"witness"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 4:33: With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;
και εστησαν δυο ιωσηφ τον καλουμενον βαρσαβαν ος επεκληθη ιουστος και ματθιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2476ἔστησανestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησανestēsan
|
they put forward
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1417δύο,dyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο,dyo
|
two,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-AMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph
|
N-AMS
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G923Βαρσαββᾶν,Barsabban (N-AMS)
G923 Βαρσαβᾶς Barsabâs bar-sab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and probably צְבָא); son of Sabas (or Tsaba); Bar-sabas, the name of two Israelites:--Barsabas.
|
Βαρσαββᾶν,Barsabban
|
Barsabbas,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1941ἐπεκλήθηepeklēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπεκλήθηepeklēthē
|
was called
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2459Ἰοῦστος,Ioustos (N-NMS)
G2459 Ἰοῦστος Ioûstos ee-ooce-tos of Latin origin (just); Justus, the name of three Christian:--Justus.
|
Ἰοῦστος,Ioustos
|
Justus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3159Μαθθίαν.Maththian (N-AMS)
G3159 Ματθίας Matthías mat-thee-as apparently a shortened form of Ματταθίας; Matthias (i.e. Mattithjah), an Israelite:--Matthias.
|
Μαθθίαν.Maththian
|
Matthias.
|
N-AMS
|
23
They appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias.
Acts 1:23
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 10 words, 70 letters, 25 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εστησαν δυο ιωσηφ τον καλουμενον βαρσαβαν ος επεκληθη ιουστος και ματθιαν
Lit: And they put forward two, Joseph called Barsabbas, who was called Justus, and Matthias.
KJV: And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias.
References
"Barsabas"Ac 15:22: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:
και προσευξαμενοι ειπον συ κυριε καρδιογνωστα παντων αναδειξον εκ τουτων των δυο {VAR1: ενα ον } {VAR2: ον ενα } εξελεξω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G2589καρδιογνῶσταkardiognōsta (N-VMS)
G2589 καρδιογνώστης kardiognṓstēs kar-dee-og-noce-tace from καρδία and γινώσκω; a heart-knower:--which knowest the hearts.
|
καρδιογνῶσταkardiognōsta
|
knower of the hearts
|
N-VMS
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
of all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G322ἀνάδειξονanadeixon (V-AMA-2S)
G322 ἀναδείκνυμι anadeíknymi an-ad-ike-noo-mee from ἀνά and δεικνύω; to exhibit, i.e. (by implication) to indicate, appoint:--appoint, shew.
|
ἀνάδειξονanadeixon
|
show
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1586ἐξελέξωexelexō (V-AIM-2S)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξωexelexō
|
You have chosen
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-GMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
24
They prayed, and said, You, Lord, which know the hearts of all men, show whether of these two you have chosen,
Acts 1:24
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 17 words, 92 letters, 31 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσευξαμενοι ειπον συ κυριε καρδιογνωστα παντων αναδειξον εκ τουτων των δυο {VAR1: ενα ον } {VAR2: ον ενα } εξελεξω
Lit: And having prayed, they said, You Lord, knower of the hearts of all, show which You have chosen of these two, one
KJV: And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen,
References
"they"Ac 13:2: 3: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Pr 3:5: 6: Trust in the LORD with all your heart; and not lean to your own understanding.Lu 6:12: 13: It came to pass in those days: that He went out into a mountain to pray: and continued all night in prayer to God."Thou, Lord"Ac 15:8: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Nu 27:16: Let the LORD: the God of the spirits of all flesh: set a man over the congregation: 1Sa 16:7: But the LORD said to Samuel: not Look on His face: or on the height of His stature; because I have refused Him: for the LORD sees not as man sees; for man looks'>looks on the outward appearance: but the LORD looks'>looks on the heart.1Ki 8:39: Then hear you in heaven your dwelling place: and forgive: and do: and give to every man according to his ways: whose heart you know'>know; (for you: even you only: know'>know the hearts of all the children of men;)1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ch 29:17: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.Ps 7:9: Oh let the wickedness of the wicked come to an end; but establish the just: for the righteous God tries the hearts and reins.Ps 44:21: Will not God search this out? for He knows the secrets of the heart.Pr 15:11: Hell and destruction are before the LORD: how much more then the hearts of the children of men?Jer 11:20: But: O LORD of hosts: that judge righteously: that try the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I revealed my cause.Jer 17:10: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.Jer 20:12: But: O LORD of hosts: that try the righteous: and see the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I opened my cause.Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.
λαβειν τον κληρον της διακονιας ταυτης και αποστολης εξ ης παρεβη ιουδας πορευθηναι εις τον τοπον τον ιδιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1248διακονίαςdiakonias (N-GFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίαςdiakonias
|
ministry
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G651ἀποστολῆς,apostolēs (N-GFS)
G651 ἀποστολή apostolḗ ap-os-tol-ay from ἀποστέλλω; commission, i.e. (specially) apostolate:--apostleship.
|
ἀποστολῆς,apostolēs
|
apostleship,
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3845παρέβηparebē (V-AIA-3S)
G3845 παραβαίνω parabaínō par-ab-ah-ee-no from παρά and the base of βάσις; to go contrary to, i.e. violate a command:--(by) transgress(-ion).
|
παρέβηparebē
|
turned aside
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas
|
N-NMS
|
G4198πορευθῆναιporeuthēnai (V-ANP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευθῆναιporeuthēnai
|
to go
|
V-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G2398ἴδιον.idion (Adj-AMS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιον.idion
|
own.
|
Adj-AMS
|
25
That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place.Acts 1:25
Stats
Rank: #2781 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 33 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: λαβειν τον κληρον της διακονιας ταυτης και αποστολης εξ ης παρεβη ιουδας πορευθηναι εις τον τοπον τον ιδιον
Lit: to take the place of the ministry this and apostleship, from which turned aside Judas to go to the place own.
KJV: That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place.
References
"he may"Ac 1:17: 20: For he was numbered with us: and had obtained part of this ministry."from"Ac 1:16-21: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ps 109:7: When he will be judged: let him be condemned: and let his prayer become sin.Mt 27:3-5: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: "by"1Ch 10:13: 14: So Saul died for His transgression which He committed against the LORD: even against the word of the LORD: which He not kept: and also for asking counsel of one that had a familiar spirit: to inquire of it;2Pe 2:3-6: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.Jude 1:6: 7: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day."go"Mt 25:41: 46: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Mt 26:24: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.Joh 6:70: 71: Jesus answered them: not Have I chosen you 12: and one of you is a devil?Joh 13:27: After the sop Satan entered into Him. Then said Jesus to Him: That you do: do quickly.Joh 17:12: While I was with them in the world: I kept them in your name: those that you gave me I have kept: and none of them is lost: but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled.
και εδωκαν κληρους αυτων και επεσεν ο κληρος επι ματθιαν και συγκατεψηφισθη μετα των ενδεκα αποστολων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκανedōkan (V-AIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκανedōkan
|
they gave
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2819κλήρουςklērous (N-AMP)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλήρουςklērous
|
lots
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
for them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2819κλῆροςklēros (N-NMS)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλῆροςklēros
|
lot
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3159Μαθθίαν,Maththian (N-AMS)
G3159 Ματθίας Matthías mat-thee-as apparently a shortened form of Ματταθίας; Matthias (i.e. Mattithjah), an Israelite:--Matthias.
|
Μαθθίαν,Maththian
|
Matthias,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4785συνκατεψηφίσθηsynkatepsēphisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4785 συγκαταψηφίζω synkatapsēphízō soong-kat-aps-ay-fid-zo from σύν and a compound of κατά and ψηφίζω; to count down in company with, i.e. enroll among:--number with.
|
συνκατεψηφίσθηsynkatepsēphisthē
|
he was numbered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1733ἕνδεκαhendeka (Adj-GMP)
G1733 ἕνδεκα héndeka hen-dek-ah from (the neuter of) εἷς and δέκα; one and ten, i.e. eleven:--eleven.
|
ἕνδεκαhendeka
|
eleven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων.apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων.apostolōn
|
apostles.
|
N-GMP
|
26
They gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the 11 apostles.Acts 1:26
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδωκαν κληρους αυτων και επεσεν ο κληρος επι ματθιαν και συγκατεψηφισθη μετα των ενδεκα αποστολων
Lit: And they gave lots for them, and fell the lot on Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.
KJV: And they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.
References
"they"Ac 13:19: When he had destroyed 7 nations in the land of Chanaan: he divided their land to them by lot.Le 16:8: Aaron will cast lots upon the two goats; one lot for the LORD: and the other lot for the scapegoat.Jos 18:10: Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land to the children of Israel according to their divisions.1Sa 14:41: 42: Therefore Saul said to the LORD God of Israel: Give a perfect lot. And Saul and Jonathan were taken: but the people escaped.1Ch 24:5: Thus were they divided by lot: one sort with another; for the governors of the sanctuary: and governors of the house of God: were of the sons of Eleazar: and of the sons of Ithamar.Pr 16:22: Understanding is a wellspring of life to him that has it: but the instruction of fools is folly.Jon 1:7: They said every one to his fellow: Come: and let us cast lots: that we may know for whose cause this evil is upon us. So they cast lots: and the lot fell upon Jonah.
2
Witnesses in Jerusalem
Pentecost
και εν τω συμπληρουσθαι την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης ησαν απαντες ομοθυμαδον επι το αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4845συμπληροῦσθαιsymplērousthai (V-PNM/P)
G4845 συμπληρόω symplēróō soom-play-ro-o from σύν and πληρόω; to implenish completely, i.e. (of space) to swamp (a boat), or (of time) to accomplish (passive, be complete):--(fully) come, fill up.
|
συμπληροῦσθαιsymplērousthai
|
arriving of
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G4005ΠεντηκοστῆςPentēkostēs (N-GFS)
G4005 πεντηκοστή pentēkostḗ pen-tay-kos-tay feminine of the ordinal of πεντήκοντα; fiftieth (ἡμέρα being implied) from Passover, i.e. the festival of Pentecost:--Pentecost.
|
ΠεντηκοστῆςPentēkostēs
|
of Pentecost,
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3674ὁμοῦhomou (Adv)
G3674 ὁμοῦ homoû hom-oo genitive case of (the same; akin to ἅμα) as adverb; at the same place or time:--together.
|
ὁμοῦhomou
|
together
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτό·auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό·auto
|
one place.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
1
And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place.Acts 2:1
Stats
Rank: #42 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν τω συμπληρουσθαι την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης ησαν απαντες ομοθυμαδον επι το αυτο
Lit: And during the arriving of the day of Pentecost, they were all together in the one place.
KJV: And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place.
References
"the day"Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.Ex 23:16: The feast of harvest: the firstfruits of your labours: which you have sown in the field: and the feast of ingathering: which is in the end of the year: when you have gathered in your labours out of the field.Ex 34:22: you will observe the feast of weeks: of the firstfruits of wheat harvest: and the feast of ingathering at the year's end.Le 23:15-21: you will count to you from the morrow after the sabbath: from the day that you brought the sheaf of the wave offering; 7 sabbaths will be complete:Nu 28:16-31: In the fourteenth day of the first month is the passover of the LORD.De 16:9-12: 7 weeks will you number to you: begin to number the 7 weeks from such time as you begin to put the sickle to the grain.1Co 16:8: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost."they"Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 1:13-15: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 4:24: 32: When they heard that: they lifted up their voice to God with one accord: and said: Lord: you are God: which have made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all that in them is:Ac 5:12: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.2Ch 5:13: It came even to pass: as the trumpeters and singers were as one: to make one sound to be heard in praising and thanking the LORD; and when they lifted up their voice with the trumpets and cymbals and instruments of musick: and praised the LORD: saying: For He is good; for His mercy endureth for ever: that then the house was filled with a cloud: even the house of the LORD;2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Jer 32:39: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Zep 3:9: For then will I turn to the people a pure language: that they may all call upon the name of the LORD: to serve Him with one consent.Ro 15:6: That you may with one mind and one mouth glorify God: even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:2: Fulfil you my joy: that you be likeminded: having the same love: being of one accord: of one mind.
και εγενετο αφνω εκ του ουρανου ηχος ωσπερ φερομενης πνοης βιαιας και επληρωσεν ολον τον οικον ου ησαν καθημενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G869ἄφνωaphnō (Adv)
G869 ἄφνω áphnō af-no adverb from ἀφανής (contraction); unawares, i.e. unexpectedly:--suddenly.
|
ἄφνωaphnō
|
suddenly
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G2279ἦχοςēchos (N-NNS)
G2279 ἦχος ēchos ay-khos of uncertain affinity; a loud or confused noise (echo), i.e. roar; figuratively, a rumor:--fame, sound.
|
ἦχοςēchos
|
a sound,
|
N-NNS
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv)
G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
like
|
Adv
|
G5342φερομένηςpheromenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φερομένηςpheromenēs
|
the rushing
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G4157πνοῆςpnoēs (N-GFS)
G4157 πνοή pnoḗ pno-ay from πνέω; respiration, a breeze:--breath, wind.
|
πνοῆςpnoēs
|
of a wind
|
N-GFS
|
G972βιαίαςbiaias (Adj-GFS)
G972 βίαιος bíaios bee-ah-yos from βία; violent:--mighty.
|
βιαίαςbiaias
|
violent,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen
|
it filled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2521καθήμενοι,kathēmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοι,kathēmenoi
|
sitting.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
2
Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting.Acts 2:2
Stats
Rank: #2447 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 23 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο αφνω εκ του ουρανου ηχος ωσπερ φερομενης πνοης βιαιας και επληρωσεν ολον τον οικον ου ησαν καθημενοι
Lit: And came suddenly out of heaven a sound, like the rushing of a wind violent, and it filled all the house where they were sitting.
KJV: And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting.
References
"suddenly"Ac 16:25: 26: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Isa 65:24: It will come to pass: that before they call: I will answer; and while they are yet speaking: I will hear.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Lu 2:13: Suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God: and saying: "as"1Ki 19:11: He said: Go forth: and stand upon the mount before the LORD. And: look: the LORD passed by: and a great and strong wind tear the mountains: and brake in pieces the rocks before the LORD; but the LORD was not in the wind: and after the wind an earthquake; but the LORD was not in the earthquake:Ps 18:10: He rode upon a cherub: and did fly: yes: he did fly upon the wings of the wind.Song 4:16: Awake: O north wind; and come: you south; blow upon my garden: that the spices thereof may flow out. Let my beloved come into his garden: and eat his pleasant fruits.Eze 3:12: 13: Then the spirit took me up: and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing: saying: Blessed be the glory of the LORD from His place.Eze 37:9: 10: Then said He to me: Prophesy to the wind: prophesy: son of man: and say to the wind: Thus says the Lord GOD; Come from the 4 winds: O breath: and breathe upon these killed: that they may live.Joh 3:8: The wind blows where it listeth: and you hear the sound thereof: but not canst tell where it comes: and whither it goes: so is every one that is born of the Spirit."it"Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.
και ωφθησαν αυτοις διαμεριζομεναι γλωσσαι ωσει πυρος εκαθισεν τε εφ ενα εκαστον αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθησανōphthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθησανōphthēsan
|
there appeared
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1266διαμεριζόμεναιdiamerizomenai (V-PPM/P-NFP)
G1266 διαμερίζω diamerízō dee-am-er-id-zo from διά and μερίζω; to partition thoroughly (literally in distribution, figuratively in dissension):--cloven, divide, part.
|
διαμεριζόμεναιdiamerizomenai
|
dividing
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
G1100γλῶσσαιglōssai (N-NFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσαιglōssai
|
tongues
|
N-NFP
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
sat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
3
There appeared to them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them.Acts 2:3
Stats
Rank: #2061 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 71 letters, 30 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωφθησαν αυτοις διαμεριζομεναι γλωσσαι ωσει πυρος εκαθισεν τε εφ ενα εκαστον αυτων
Lit: And there appeared to them dividing tongues as of fire and sat upon one each of them.
KJV: And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them.
References
"cloven"Ac 2:4: 11: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ge 11:6: The LORD said: Look: the people is one: and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and not nowhing will be restrained from them: which they have imagined to do.Ps 55:9: Destroy: O Lord: and divide their tongues: for I have seen violence and strife in the city.1Co 12:10: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people: "like"Isa 6:5: Then said I: Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips: and I dwell in the middle of a people of unclean lips: for my eyes have seen the King: the LORD of hosts.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Mal 3:2: 3: But who may abide the day of his coming? and who will stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner's fire: and like fullers' soap:Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Lu 24:32: They said one to another: not Did our heart burn within us: while he talked with us by the way: and while he opened to us the scriptures?Jas 3:6: The tongue is a fire: a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members: that it defiles the whole body: and sets on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell.Re 11:3: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth."sat"Ac 1:15: In those days Peter stood up in the middle of the disciples: and said: (the number of names together were about 120: )Isa 11:2: 3: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Mt 3:15: Jesus answering said to Him: Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becomes us to fulfil all righteousness. Then He suffered Him.Joh 1:32: 33: John bare record: saying: I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove: and it abode upon Him.
και επλησθησαν απαντες πνευματος αγιου και ηρξαντο λαλειν ετεραις γλωσσαις καθως το πνευμα εδιδου αυτοις αποφθεγγεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4130ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan
|
they were filled with
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40Ἁγίου,Hagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίου,Hagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξαντοērxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξαντοērxanto
|
began
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G2087ἑτέραιςheterais (Adj-DFP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέραιςheterais
|
in other
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G1325ἐδίδουedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδίδουedidou
|
was giving
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G669ἀποφθέγγεσθαιapophthengesthai (V-PNM/P)
G669 ἀποφθέγγομαι apophthéngomai ap-of-theng-om-ahee from ἀπό and φθέγγομαι; to enunciate plainly, i.e. declare:--say, speak forth, utterance.
|
ἀποφθέγγεσθαιapophthengesthai
|
to utter forth
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
4
They were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.Acts 2:4
Stats
Rank: #106 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 95 letters, 34 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επλησθησαν απαντες πνευματος αγιου και ηρξαντο λαλειν ετεραις γλωσσαις καθως το πνευμα εδιδου αυτοις αποφθεγγεσθαι
Lit: And they were filled with all Spirit Holy, and began to speak in other tongues as the Spirit was giving to utter forth to them.
KJV: And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.
References
"filled"Ac 1:5: For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Ac 4:8: 31: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Ac 6:3: 5: 8: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:24: For He was a good man: and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added to the Lord.Ac 13:9: 52: Then Saul: (who also is called Paul: ) filled with the Holy Ghost: set His eyes on Him: Lu 1:15: 41: 67: For He will be great in the sight of the Lord: and will drink neither wine nor strong drink; and He will be filled with the Holy Ghost: even from His mother's womb.Lu 4:1: Jesus being full of the Holy Ghost returned from Jordan: and was led by the Spirit into the wilderness: Joh 14:26: But the Comforter: which is the Holy Ghost: whom the Father will send in my name: He will teach you all things: and bring all things to your remembrance: whatever I have said to you.Joh 20:22: When He had said this: He breathed on them: and says to them: Receive you the Holy Ghost:Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.Eph 3:19: To know the love of Christ: which passs knowledge: that you might be filled with all the fulness of God.Eph 5:18: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;"began"Ac 2:11: Cretes and Arabians: we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God.Ac 10:46: For they heard them speak with tongues: and magnify God. Then answered Peter: Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.Isa 28:11: For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;1Co 12:10: 28-30: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Co 13:1: 8: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 14:5: I would that you all spoke with tongues: but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues: except he interpret: that the church may receive edifying.1Co 14:18: 21-23: 29: I thank my God: I speak with tongues more than you all:"as"Ex 4:11: 12: The LORD said to Him: Who has made man's mouth? or who makes the dumb: or deaf: or the seeing: or the blind? not have I the LORD?Nu 11:25-29: The LORD came down in a cloud: and spoke to Him: and took of the spirit that was upon Him: and gave it to the 70 elders: and it came to pass: that: when the spirit rested upon them: they prophesied: and not did cease.1Sa 10:10: When they came there to the hill: look: a company of prophets met Him; and the Spirit of God came upon Him: and He prophesied among them.2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Isa 59:21: As for me: this is my covenant with them: says the LORD; My spirit that is upon you: and my words which I have put in your mouth: will not depart out of your mouth: nor out of the mouth of your seed: nor out of the mouth of your seed's seed: says the LORD: from henceforth and for ever.Jer 1:7-9: But the LORD said to me: not Say: I am a child: for you will go to all that I will send you: and whatever I command you you will speak.Jer 6:11: Therefore I am full of the fury of the LORD; I am weary with holding in: I will pour it out upon the children abroad: and upon the assembly of young men together: for even the husband with the wife will be taken: the aged with Him that is full of days.Eze 3:11: Go: get you to them of the captivity: to the children of your people: and speak to them: and tell them: Thus says the Lord GOD; whether they will hear: or whether they will forbear.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Mt 10:19: But when they deliver you up: take no thought how or what you will speak: for it will be given you in that same hour what you will speak.Lu 12:12: For the Holy Ghost will teach you in the same hour what you ought to say.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.1Co 14:26-32: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.
ησαν δε εν ιερουσαλημ κατοικουντες ιουδαιοι ανδρες ευλαβεις απο παντος εθνους των υπο τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮσανĒsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮσανĒsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2126εὐλαβεῖςeulabeis (Adj-NMP)
G2126 εὐλαβής eulabḗs yoo-lab-ace from εὖ and λαμβάνω; taking well (carefully), i.e. circumspect (religiously, pious):--devout.
|
εὐλαβεῖςeulabeis
|
devout
|
Adj-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
every
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1484ἔθνουςethnous (N-GNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνουςethnous
|
nation
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GNP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν·ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν·ouranon
|
heaven.
|
N-AMS
|
5
There were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven.Acts 2:5
Stats
Rank: #2579 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 13 words, 71 letters, 30 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε εν ιερουσαλημ κατοικουντες ιουδαιοι ανδρες ευλαβεις απο παντος εθνους των υπο τον ουρανον
Lit: Were now in Jerusalem dwelling Jews, men devout from every nation of those under heaven.
KJV: And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven.
References
"were"Ac 2:1: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 8:27: He arose and went: and: look: a man of Ethiopia: an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians: who had the charge of all her treasure: and had come to Jerusalem for to worship: Ex 23:16: The feast of harvest: the firstfruits of your labours: which you have sown in the field: and the feast of ingathering: which is in the end of the year: when you have gathered in your labours out of the field.Isa 66:18: For I know their works and their thoughts: it will come: that I will gather all nations and tongues; and they will come: and see my glory.Zec 8:18: The word of the LORD of hosts came to me: saying: Lu 24:18: The one of them: whose name was Cleopas: answering said to him: Are you only a stranger in Jerusalem: and have not known the things which are come to pass there in these days?Joh 12:20: There were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast:"devout"Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.Ac 10:2: 7: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 22:12: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him."under"De 2:25: This day will I begin to put the dread of you and the fear of you upon the nations that are under the whole heaven: who will hear report of you: and will tremble: and be in anguish because of you.Mt 24:14: This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world for a witness to all nations; and then will the end come.Lu 17:24: For as the lightning: that lightens out of the one part under heaven: shines to the other part under heaven; so will also the Son of man be in His day.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;
γενομενης δε της φωνης ταυτης συνηλθεν το πληθος και συνεχυθη οτι ηκουον εις εκαστος τη ιδια διαλεκτω λαλουντων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
Having come about
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
sound
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
of this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G4905συνῆλθενsynēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνῆλθενsynēlthen
|
came together
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4797συνεχύθη,synechythē (V-AIP-3S)
G4797 συγχέω synchéō soong-khoo-no from σύν and (to pour) or its alternate; to commingle promiscuously, i.e. (figuratively) to throw (an assembly) into disorder, to perplex (the mind):--confound, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.
|
συνεχύθη,synechythē
|
was confounded,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουονēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουονēkouon
|
was hearing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language
|
N-DFS
|
G2980λαλούντωνlalountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούντωνlalountōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
6
Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language.Acts 2:6
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 21 words, 116 letters, 47 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενης δε της φωνης ταυτης συνηλθεν το πληθος και συνεχυθη οτι ηκουον εις εκαστος τη ιδια διαλεκτω λαλουντων αυτων
Lit: Having come about now the sound of this, came together the multitude and was confounded, because was hearing one each the own language speaking them.
KJV: Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language.
References
"the multitude"Ac 3:11: As the lame man which was healed held Peter and John: all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's: greatly wondering.1Co 16:9: For a great door and effectual is opened to me: and there are many adversaries.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: "confounded"Mt 2:3: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.
εξισταντο δε παντες και εθαυμαζον λεγοντες προς αλληλους ουκ ιδου παντες ουτοι εισιν οι λαλουντες γαλιλαιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1839Ἐξίσταντοexistanto (V-IIM-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
Ἐξίσταντοexistanto
|
They were amazed
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2296ἐθαύμαζονethaumazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμαζονethaumazon
|
were marveling,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3756Οὐχ*Ouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐχ*Ouch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3778οὗτοίhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοίhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
who
|
Art-NMP
|
G2980λαλοῦντεςlalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντεςlalountes
|
are speaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1057Γαλιλαῖοι;Galilaioi (N-NMP)
G1057 Γαλιλαῖος Galilaîos gal-ee-lah-yos from Γαλιλαία; Galilean or belonging to Galilea:--Galilean, of Galilee.
|
Γαλιλαῖοι;Galilaioi
|
Galileans?
|
N-NMP
|
7
They were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Look, not are all these which speak Galilaeans?
Acts 2:7
Stats
Rank: #2513 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 16 words, 90 letters, 36 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξισταντο δε παντες και εθαυμαζον λεγοντες προς αλληλους ουκ ιδου παντες ουτοι εισιν οι λαλουντες γαλιλαιοι
Lit: They were amazed then and were marveling, saying, Not behold all these are who are speaking Galileans?
KJV: And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which speak Galilaeans?
References
"amazed"Ac 2:12: They were all amazed: and were in doubt: saying one to another: What means this?Ac 3:10: They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.Ac 14:11: 12: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Mr 2:12: Immediately He arose: took up the bed: and went forth before them all; insomuch that they were all amazed: and glorified God: saying: We never saw it on this fashion."are"Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.Mt 4:18-22: Jesus: walking by the sea of Galilee: saw two brothers: Simon called Peter: and Andrew His brother: casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 21:11: The multitude said: This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.Joh 7:52: They answered and said to him: Are you also of Galilee? Search: and look: for out of Galilee arises no prophet.
και πως ημεις ακουομεν εκαστος τη ιδια διαλεκτω ημων εν η εγεννηθημεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G191ἀκούομενakouomen (V-PIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούομενakouomen
|
hear
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language
|
N-DFS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G1080ἐγεννήθημεν,egennēthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγεννήθημεν,egennēthēmen
|
we were born?
|
V-AIP-1P
|
8
How hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born?Acts 2:8
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 13 words, 51 letters, 22 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πως ημεις ακουομεν εκαστος τη ιδια διαλεκτω ημων εν η εγεννηθημεν
Lit: And how we hear each the own language of us, in which we were born?
KJV: And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born?
παρθοι και μηδοι και ελαμιται και οι κατοικουντες την μεσοποταμιαν ιουδαιαν τε και καππαδοκιαν ποντον και την ασιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3934ΠάρθοιParthoi (N-NMP)
G3934 Πάρθος Párthos par-thos probably of foreign origin; a Parthian, i.e. inhabitant of Parthia:--Parthian.
|
ΠάρθοιParthoi
|
Parthians,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3370ΜῆδοιMēdoi (N-NMP)
G3370 Μῆδος Mēdos may-dos of foreign origin (compare מָדַי); a Median, or inhabitant of Media:--Mede.
|
ΜῆδοιMēdoi
|
Medes,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1639Ἐλαμῖται*,Elamitai (N-NMP)
G1639 Ἐλαμίτης Elamítēs el-am-ee-tace of Hebrew origin (עֵילָם); an Elamite or Persian:--Elamite.
|
Ἐλαμῖται*,Elamitai
|
Elamites;
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3318Μεσοποταμίαν,Mesopotamian (N-AFS)
G3318 Μεσοποταμία Mesopotamía mes-op-ot-am-ee-ah from μέσος and ποταμός; Mesopotamia (as lying between the Euphrates and the Tigris; compare אֲרַם נַהֲרַיִם), a region of Asia:--Mesopotamia.
|
Μεσοποταμίαν,Mesopotamian
|
Mesopotamia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2449ἸουδαίανIoudaian (N-AFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίανIoudaian
|
Judea
|
N-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2587Καππαδοκίαν,Kappadokian (N-AFS)
G2587 Καππαδοκία Kappadokía kap-pad-ok-ee-ah of foreign origin; Cappadocia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cappadocia.
|
Καππαδοκίαν,Kappadokian
|
Cappadocia,
|
N-AFS
|
G4195ΠόντονPonton (N-AMS)
G4195 Πόντος Póntos pon-tos of Latin origin; a sea; Pontus, a region of Asia Minor:--Pontus.
|
ΠόντονPonton
|
Pontus
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G773Ἀσίαν,Asian (N-AFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίαν,Asian
|
Asia;
|
N-AFS
|
9
Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judaea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia,Acts 2:9
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 12 words, 94 letters, 41 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρθοι και μηδοι και ελαμιται και οι κατοικουντες την μεσοποταμιαν ιουδαιαν τε και καππαδοκιαν ποντον και την ασιαν
Lit: Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites; and those inhabiting Mesopotamia, Judea also, and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia;
KJV: Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judaea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia,
References
"Medes"2Ki 17:6: In the ninth year of Hoshea the king of Assyria took Samaria: and carried Israel away into Assyria: and placed them in Halah and in Habor by the river of Gozan: and in the cities of the Medes.Ezr 6:2: There was found at Achmetha: in the palace that is in the province of the Medes: a roll: and therein was a record thus written:Da 8:20: The ram which you saw having two horns are the kings of Media and Persia."Elamites"Ge 10:22: The children of Shem; Elam: and Asshur: and Arphaxad: and Lud: and Aram.Ge 14:1: It came to pass in the days of Amraphel king of Shinar: Arioch king of Ellasar: Chedorlaomer king of Elam: and Tidal king of nations;Isa 11:11: It will come to pass in that day: that the Lord will set His hand again the second time to recover the remnant of His people: which will be left: from Assyria: and from Egypt: and from Pathros: and from Cush: and from Elam: and from Shinar: and from Hamath: and from the islands of the sea.Isa 21:2: A grievous vision is declared to me; the treacherous dealer deals treacherously: and the spoiler spoils. Go up: O Elam: besiege: O Media; all the sighing thereof have I made to cease.Da 8:2: I saw in a vision; and it came to pass: when I saw: that I was at Shushan in the palace: which is in the province of Elam; and I saw in a vision: and I was by the river of Ulai."Mesopotamia"Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ge 24:10: The servant took 10 camels of the camels of his master: and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose: and went to Mesopotamia: to the city of Nahor.De 23:4: Because they met you not with bread and with water in the way: when you came forth out of Egypt; and because they hired against you Balaam the son of Beor of Pethor of Mesopotamia: to curse you.Jg 3:8: Therefore the anger of the LORD was hot against Israel: and He sold them into the hand of Chushanrishathaim king of Mesopotamia: and the children of Israel served Chushanrishathaim 8 years.1Ch 19:6: When the children of Ammon saw that they had made themselves odious to David: Hanun and the children of Ammon sent a000 talents of silver to hire them chariots and horsemen out of Mesopotamia: and out of Syriamaachah: and out of Zobah."Cappadocia"1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: "Pontus"Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: "Asia"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 19:10: 27: 31: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 20:16: 18: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.2Ti 1:15: This you know: that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes.Re 1:4: 11: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;
φρυγιαν τε και παμφυλιαν αιγυπτον και τα μερη της λιβυης της κατα κυρηνην και οι επιδημουντες ρωμαιοι ιουδαιοι τε και προσηλυτοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5435ΦρυγίανPhrygian (N-AFS)
G5435 Φρυγία Phrygía froog-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor:--Phrygia.
|
ΦρυγίανPhrygian
|
Phrygia
|
N-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3828Παμφυλίαν,Pamphylian (N-AFS)
G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphylía pam-fool-ee-ah from a compound of πᾶς and πυρά; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (χώρα being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.
|
Παμφυλίαν,Pamphylian
|
Pamphylia,
|
N-AFS
|
G125ΑἴγυπτονAigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἴγυπτονAigypton
|
Egypt
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3313μέρηmerē (N-ANP)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρηmerē
|
parts
|
N-ANP
|
G3033ΛιβύηςLibyēs (N-GFS)
G3033 Λιβύη Libýē lib-oo-ay probably from λίψ; Libye, a region of Africa:--Libya.
|
ΛιβύηςLibyēs
|
of Libya
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
that
|
Art-GFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
are around
|
Prep
|
G2957Κυρήνην,Kyrēnēn (N-AFS)
G2957 Κυρήνη Kyrḗnē koo-ray-nay of uncertain derivation; Cyrene, a region of Africa:--Cyrene.
|
Κυρήνην,Kyrēnēn
|
Cyrene,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1927ἐπιδημοῦντεςepidēmountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1927 ἐπιδημέω epidēméō ep-ee-day-meh-o from a compound of ἐπί and δῆμος; to make oneself at home, i.e. (by extension) to reside (in a foreign country):--(be) dwelling (which were) there, stranger.
|
ἐπιδημοῦντεςepidēmountes
|
visiting here
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4514Ῥωμαῖοι,Rhōmaioi (Adj-NMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
Ῥωμαῖοι,Rhōmaioi
|
from Rome;
|
Adj-NMP
|
10
Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes,
Acts 2:10
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 15 words, 92 letters, 31 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: φρυγιαν τε και παμφυλιαν αιγυπτον και τα μερη της λιβυης της κατα κυρηνην και οι επιδημουντες ρωμαιοι ιουδαιοι τε και προσηλυτοι
Lit: Phrygia both and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of Libya that are around Cyrene, and those visiting here from Rome;
KJV: Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes,
References
"Phrygia"Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples."Pamphylia"Ac 13:13: Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos: they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.Ac 14:24: After they had passed throughout Pisidia: they came to Pamphylia.Ac 15:38: But Paul not thought good to take him with them: who departed from them from Pamphylia: and not went with them to the work.Ac 27:5: When we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia: we came to Myra: a city of Lycia."Egypt"Ge 12:10: There was a famine in the land: and Abram went down into Egypt to sojourn there; for the famine was grievous in the land.Isa 19:23-25: In that day will there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria: and the Assyrian will come into Egypt: and the Egyptian into Assyria: and the Egyptians will serve with the Assyrians.Jer 9:26: Egypt: and Judah: and Edom: and the children of Ammon: and Moab: and all that are in the utmost corners: that dwell in the wilderness: for all these nations are uncircumcised: and all the house of Israel are uncircumcised in the heart.Ho 11:1: When Israel was a child: then I loved him: and called my son out of Egypt.Mt 2:15: Was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet: saying: Out of Egypt have I called my son.Re 11:8: Their dead bodies will lie in the street of the great city: which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt: where also our Lord was crucified."Libya"Jer 46:9: Come up: you horses; and rage: you chariots; and let the mighty men come forth; the Ethiopians and the Libyans: that handle the shield; and the Lydians: that handle and bend the bow.Eze 30:5: Ethiopia: and Libya: and Lydia: and all the mingled people: and Chub: and the men of the land that is in league: will fall with them by the sword.Da 11:43: But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver: and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps."Cyrene"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Mr 15:21: They compel one Simon a Cyrenian: who passed by: coming out of the country: the father of Alexander and Rufus: to bear his cross."strangers"Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 28:15: From there: when the brothers heard of us: they came to meet us as far as Appii forum: and The 3 taverns: whom when Paul saw: He thanked God: and took courage.Ro 1:7: 15: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Ti 1:17: But: when he was in Rome: he sought me out very diligently: and found me."Jews"Ac 6:5: The saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen: a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost: and Philip: and Prochorus: and Nicanor: and Timon: and Parmenas: and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Es 8:17: In every province: and in every city: wherever the king's commandment and his decree came: the Jews had joy and gladness: a feast and a good day. And many of the people of the land became Jews; for the fear of the Jews fell upon them.Zec 8:20: 23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:
κρητες και αραβες ακουομεν λαλουντων αυτων ταις ημετεραις γλωσσαις τα μεγαλεια του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2453ἸουδαῖοίIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοίIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4339προσήλυτοι,prosēlytoi (N-NMP)
G4339 προσήλυτος prosḗlytos pros-ay-loo-tos from the alternate of προσέρχομαι; an arriver from a foreign region, i.e. (specially), an acceder (convert) to Judaism (proselyte):--proselyte.
|
προσήλυτοι,prosēlytoi
|
converts,
|
N-NMP
|
G2912ΚρῆτεςKrētes (N-NMP)
G2912 Κρής Krḗs krace from Κρήτη; a Cretan, i.e. inhabitant of Crete:--Crete, Cretian.
|
ΚρῆτεςKrētes
|
Cretans
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G690Ἄραβες,Arabes (N-NMP)
G690 Ἄραψ Áraps ar-aps from Ἀραβία; an Arab or native of Arabia:--Arabian.
|
Ἄραβες,Arabes
|
Arabs—
|
N-NMP
|
G191ἀκούομενakouomen (V-PIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούομενakouomen
|
we hear
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2980λαλούντωνlalountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούντωνlalountōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2251ἡμετέραιςhēmeterais (PPro-DF1P)
G2251 ἡμέτερος hēméteros hay-met-er-os from θνητός; our:--our, your (by a different reading).,
|
ἡμετέραιςhēmeterais
|
in our own
|
PPro-DF1P
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3167μεγαλεῖαmegaleia (Adj-ANP)
G3167 μεγαλεῖος megaleîos meg-al-i-os from μέγας; magnificent, i.e. (neuter, plural as noun) a conspicuous favor, or (subjectively) perfection:--great things, wonderful works.
|
μεγαλεῖαmegaleia
|
great things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2316Θεοῦ;Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ;Theou
|
of God!
|
N-GMS
|
11
Cretes and Arabians, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God.Acts 2:11
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: κρητες και αραβες ακουομεν λαλουντων αυτων ταις ημετεραις γλωσσαις τα μεγαλεια του θεου
Lit: Jews both and converts, Cretans and Arabs— we hear speaking them in our own tongues the great things of God!
KJV: Cretes and Arabians, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God.
References
"Cretes"Ac 27:7: 12: When we had sailed slowly many days: and scarce were come over against Cnidus: the not wind suffering us: we sailed under Crete: over against Salmone;Tit 1:5: 12: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:"Arabians"1Ki 10:15: Beside that he had of the merchantmen: and of the traffick of the spice merchants: and of all the kings of Arabia: and of the governors of the country.2Ch 17:11: Also some of the Philistines brought Jehoshaphat presents: and tribute silver; and the Arabians brought him flocks: 7700 rams: and 7700 he goats.2Ch 26:7: God helped Him against the Philistines: and against the Arabians that dwelt in Gurbaal: and the Mehunims.Isa 13:20: It will never be inhabited: neither will it be dwelt in from generation to generation: neither will the Arabian pitch tent there; neither will the shepherds make their fold there.Isa 21:13: The burden upon Arabia. In the for in Arabia will you lodge: O you travelling companies of Dedanim.Jer 3:2: Lift up your eyes to the high places: and see where you have not been lien with. In the ways have you sat for them: as the Arabian in the wilderness; and you have polluted the land with your whoredoms and with your wickedness.Jer 25:24: All the kings of Arabia: and all the kings of the mingled people that dwell in the desert: Ga 1:17: Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia: and returned again to Damascus.Ga 4:25: For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia: and answers to Jerusalem which now is: and is in bondage with her children."wonderful"Ex 15:11: Who is like to you: O LORD: among the gods? who is like you: glorious in holiness: fearful in praises: doing wonders?Job 9:10: Which does great things past finding out; yes: and wonders without number.Ps 26:7: That I may publish with the voice of thanksgiving: and tell of all your wondrous works.Ps 40:5: Many: O LORD my God: are your wonderful works which you have done: and your thoughts which are to us-ward: they cannot be reckoned up in order to you: if I would declare and speak of them: they are more than can be numbered.Ps 71:17: O God: you have taught me from my youth: and hitherto have I declared your wondrous works.Ps 77:11: I will remember the works of the LORD: surely I will remember your wonders of old.Ps 78:4: We not will hide them from their children: shewing to the generation to come the praises of the LORD: and His strength: and His wonderful works that He has done.Ps 89:5: The heavens will praise your wonders: O LORD: your faithfulness also in the congregation of the saints.Ps 96:3: Declare his glory among the heathen: his wonders among all people.Ps 107:8: 15: 21: Oh that men would praise the LORD for His goodness: and for His wonderful works to the children of men!Ps 111:4: He has made His wonderful works to be remembered: the LORD is gracious and full of compassion.Ps 136:4: To him who alone does great wonders: for his mercy endureth for ever.Isa 25:1: O LORD: you are my God; I will exalt you: I will praise your name; for you have done wonderful things; your counsels of old are faithfulness and truth.Isa 28:29: This also comes forth from the LORD of hosts: which is wonderful in counsel: and excellent in working.Da 4:2: 3: I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me.1Co 12:10: 28: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?
εξισταντο δε παντες και διηπορουν αλλος προς αλλον λεγοντες τι αν θελοι τουτο ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1839Ἐξίσταντοexistanto (V-IIM-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
Ἐξίσταντοexistanto
|
Were amazed
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1280διηπόρουν*,diēporoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1280 διαπορέω diaporéō dee-ap-or-eh-o from διά and ἀπορέω; to be thoroughly nonplussed:--(be in) doubt, be (much) perplexed.
|
διηπόρουν*,diēporoun
|
were perplexed,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
other
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
other
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
wishes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510εἶναι;einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι;einai
|
to be?
|
V-PNA
|
12
They were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What means this?
Acts 2:12
Stats
Rank: #3856 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 27 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξισταντο δε παντες και διηπορουν αλλος προς αλλον λεγοντες τι αν θελοι τουτο ειναι
Lit: Were amazed then all and were perplexed, other to other saying, What wishes this to be?
KJV: And they were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth this?
References
"What"Ac 10:17: Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean: look: the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house: and stood before the gate: Ac 17:20: For you bring certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean.Lu 15:26: He called one of the servants: and asked what these things meant.Lu 18:36: Hearing the multitude pass by: he asked what it meant.
ετεροι δε χλευαζοντες ελεγον οτι γλευκους μεμεστωμενοι εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2087Ἕτεροιheteroi (Adj-NMP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
Ἕτεροιheteroi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5512διαχλευάζοντεςdiachleuazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5512 χλευάζω chleuázō khlyoo-ad-zo from a derivative probably of χεῖλος; to throw out the lip, i.e. jeer at:--mock.
|
διαχλευάζοντεςdiachleuazontes
|
mocking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1098ΓλεύκουςGleukous (N-GNS)
G1098 γλεῦκος gleûkos glyoo-kos akin to γλυκύς; sweet wine, i.e. (properly) must (fresh juice), but used of the more saccharine (and therefore highly inebriating) fermented wine:--new wine.
|
ΓλεύκουςGleukous
|
Of new wine
|
N-GNS
|
G3325μεμεστωμένοιmemestōmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G3325 μεστόω mestóō mes-to-o from μεστός; to replenish, i.e. (by implication) to intoxicate:--fill.
|
μεμεστωμένοιmemestōmenoi
|
full
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1510εἰσίν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν.eisin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
13
Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine.
Acts 2:13
Stats
Counts: 52 characters, 9 words, 41 letters, 16 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετεροι δε χλευαζοντες ελεγον οτι γλευκους μεμεστωμενοι εισιν
Lit: Others however mocking were saying - , Of new wine full they are.
KJV: Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine.
References
"These"Ac 2:15: For these not are drunken: as you suppose: seeing it is but the third hour of the day.1Sa 1:14: Eli said to her: How long will you be drunken? put away your wine from you.Job 32:19: Look: my belly is as wine which has no vent; it is ready to burst like new bottles.Song 7:9: The roof of your mouth like the best wine for my beloved: that goes down sweetly: causing the lips of those that are asleep to speak.Isa 25:6: In this mountain will the LORD of hosts make to all people a feast of fat things: a feast of wines on the lees: of fat things full of marrow: of wines on the lees well refined.Zec 9:15: 17: The LORD of hosts will defend them; and they will devour: and subdue with sling stones; and they will drink: and make a noise as through wine; and they will be filled like bowls: and as the corners of the altar.Zec 10:7: they of Ephraim will be like a mighty man: and their heart will rejoice as through wine: yes: their children will see it: and be glad; their heart will rejoice in the LORD.Eph 5:18: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;
Peter Addresses the Crowd
σταθεις δε πετρος συν τοις ενδεκα επηρεν την φωνην αυτου και απεφθεγξατο αυτοις ανδρες ιουδαιοι και οι κατοικουντες ιερουσαλημ απαντες τουτο υμιν γνωστον εστω και ενωτισασθε τα ρηματα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2476ΣταθεὶςStatheis (V-APP-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ΣταθεὶςStatheis
|
Having stood up
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1733ἕνδεκαhendeka (Adj-DMP)
G1733 ἕνδεκα héndeka hen-dek-ah from (the neuter of) εἷς and δέκα; one and ten, i.e. eleven:--eleven.
|
ἕνδεκαhendeka
|
eleven,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1869ἐπῆρενepēren (V-AIA-3S)
G1869 ἐπαίρω epaírō ep-ahee-ro from ἐπί and αἴρω; to raise up (literally or figuratively):--exalt self, poise (lift, take) up.
|
ἐπῆρενepēren
|
he lifted up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G669ἀπεφθέγξατοapephthenxato (V-AIM-3S)
G669 ἀποφθέγγομαι apophthéngomai ap-of-theng-om-ahee from ἀπό and φθέγγομαι; to enunciate plainly, i.e. declare:--say, speak forth, utterance.
|
ἀπεφθέγξατοapephthenxato
|
spoke forth
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them:
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men
|
N-VMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-VMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
of Judea
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-VMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-VMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-VMP
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G3956πάντες,pantes (Adj-VMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες,pantes
|
all,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἔστω,estō (V-PMA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστω,estō
|
let be,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1801ἐνωτίσασθεenōtisasthe (V-AMM-2P)
G1801 ἐνωτίζομαι enōtízomai en-o-tid-zom-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἐν and οὖς; to take in ones ear, i.e. to listen:--hearken.
|
ἐνωτίσασθεenōtisasthe
|
give heed to
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4487ῥήματάrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματάrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
14
But Peter, standing up with the 11, lifted up his voice, and said to them, You men of Judaea, and all you that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known to you, and listen to my words:
Acts 2:14
Stats
Rank: #711 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 54 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: σταθεις δε πετρος συν τοις ενδεκα επηρεν την φωνην αυτου και απεφθεγξατο αυτοις ανδρες ιουδαιοι και οι κατοικουντες ιερουσαλημ απαντες τουτο υμιν γνωστον εστω και ενωτισασθε τα ρηματα μου
Lit: Having stood up however Peter with the eleven, he lifted up the voice of him and spoke forth to them: Men of Judea and those inhabiting Jerusalem all, this to you known let be, and give heed to the words of me.
KJV: But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words:
References
"with"Ac 1:26: They gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the 11 apostles."lifted"Isa 40:9: O Zion: that bring'>bring good tidings: get you up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem: that bring'>bring good tidings: lift up your voice with strength; lift it up: not be afraid; say to the cities of Judah: Look your God!Isa 52:8: Your watchmen will lift up the voice; with the voice together will they sing: for they will see eye to eye: when the LORD will bring again Zion.Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Ho 8:1: Set the trumpet to your mouth. He will come as an eagle against the house of the LORD: because they have transgressed my covenant: and trespassed against my law."Ye men"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 5:35: Said to them: You men of Israel: take heed to yourselves what you intend to do as touching these men.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place."hearken"Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: De 27:9: Moses and the priests the Levites spoke to all Israel: saying: Take heed: and listen: O Israel; this day you are become the people of the LORD your God.Pr 8:32: Now therefore listen to me: O you children: for blessed are they that keep my ways.Isa 51:1: 4: 7: Listen to me: you that follow after righteousness: you that seek the LORD: look to the rock where you are cut: and to the hole of the pit where you are digged.Isa 55:2: For what reason do you spend money for that which is not bread? and your labour for that which satisfies not? listen diligently to me: and eat you that which is good: and let your soul delight itself in fatness.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?
ου γαρ ως υμεις υπολαμβανετε ουτοι μεθυουσιν εστιν γαρ ωρα τριτη της ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G5274ὑπολαμβάνετεhypolambanete (V-PIA-2P)
G5274 ὑπολαμβάνω hypolambánō hoop-ol-am-ban-o from ὑπό and λαμβάνω; to take from below, i.e. carry upward; figuratively, to take up, i.e. continue a discourse or topic; mentally, to assume (presume):--answer, receive, suppose.
|
ὑπολαμβάνετεhypolambanete
|
suppose,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3184μεθύουσιν,methyousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3184 μεθύω methýō meth-oo-o from another form of μέθη; to drink to intoxication, i.e. get drunk:--drink well, make (be) drunk(-en).
|
μεθύουσιν,methyousin
|
are drunkards;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5610ὥραhōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραhōra
|
the hour
|
N-NFS
|
G5154τρίτηtritē (Adj-NFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτηtritē
|
third
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
day;
|
N-GFS
|
15
For these not are drunken, as you suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day.Acts 2:15
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 16 words, 65 letters, 26 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ ως υμεις υπολαμβανετε ουτοι μεθυουσιν εστιν γαρ ωρα τριτη της ημερας
Lit: Not for as you suppose, these are drunkards; it is for the hour third of the day;
KJV: For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day.
References
"these"1Sa 1:15: Hannah answered and said: No: my lord: I am a woman of a sorrowful spirit: I have drunk neither wine nor strong drink: but have poured out my soul before the LORD."seeing"Mt 20:3: He went out about the third hour: and saw others standing idle in the marketplace: 1Th 5:5-8: You are all the children of light: and the children of the day: we not are of the night: nor of darkness.
αλλα τουτο εστιν το ειρημενον δια του προφητου ιωηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτόtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτόtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-NNS
|
G2046εἰρημένονeirēmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρημένονeirēmenon
|
having been spoken
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4396προφήτουprophētou (N-GMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτουprophētou
|
prophet
|
N-GMS
|
G2493ἸωήλIōēl (N-GMS)
G2493 Ἰωήλ Iōḗl ee-o-ale of Hebrew origin (יוֹאֵל); Joel, an Israelite:--Joel.
|
ἸωήλIōēl
|
Joel:
|
N-GMS
|
16
But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel;Acts 2:16
Stats
Rank: #1796 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 11 words, 43 letters, 13 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα τουτο εστιν το ειρημενον δια του προφητου ιωηλ
Lit: but this is that having been spoken by the prophet Joel:
KJV: But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel;
References
"the prophet"Joe 2:28-32: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:
και εσται εν ταις εσχαταις ημεραις λεγει ο θεος εκχεω απο του πνευματος μου επι πασαν σαρκα και προφητευσουσιν οι υιοι υμων και αι θυγατερες υμων και οι νεανισκοι υμων ορασεις οψονται και οι πρεσβυτεροι υμων ενυπνια ενυπνιασθησονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2078ἐσχάταιςeschatais (Adj-DFP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάταιςeschatais
|
last
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραις,hēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραις,hēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1632ἐκχεῶekcheō (V-FIA-1S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐκχεῶekcheō
|
I will pour out
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματόςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματόςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4561σάρκα,sarka (N-AFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκα,sarka
|
flesh;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύσουσινprophēteusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύσουσινprophēteusousin
|
will prophesy
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2364θυγατέρεςthygateres (N-NFP)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατέρεςthygateres
|
daughters
|
N-NFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you;
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3495νεανίσκοιneaniskoi (N-NMP)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκοιneaniskoi
|
young men
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3706ὁράσειςhoraseis (N-AFP)
G3706 ὅρασις hórasis hor-as-is from ὁράω; the act of gazing, i.e. (externally) an aspect or (internally) an inspired appearance:--sight, vision.
|
ὁράσειςhoraseis
|
visions
|
N-AFP
|
G3708ὄψονται,opsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψονται,opsontai
|
will see,
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP-C)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1798ἐνυπνίοιςenypniois (N-DNP)
G1798 ἐνύπνιον enýpnion en-oop-nee-on from ἐν and ὕπνος; something seen in sleep, i.e. a dream (vision in a dream):--dream.
|
ἐνυπνίοιςenypniois
|
dreams
|
N-DNP
|
G1797ἐνυπνιασθήσονται·enypniasthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1797 ἐνυπνιάζομαι enypniázomai en-oop-nee-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἐνύπνιον; to dream:--dream(-er).
|
ἐνυπνιασθήσονται·enypniasthēsontai
|
will dream;
|
V-FIP-3P
|
17
It will come to pass in the last days, says God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy, and your young men will see visions, and your old men will dream dreams:
Acts 2:17
Stats
Rank: #381 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 223 characters, 39 words, 174 letters, 62 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εσται εν ταις εσχαταις ημεραις λεγει ο θεος εκχεω απο του πνευματος μου επι πασαν σαρκα και προφητευσουσιν οι υιοι υμων και αι θυγατερες υμων και οι νεανισκοι υμων ορασεις οψονται και οι πρεσβυτεροι υμων ενυπνια ενυπνιασθησονται
Lit: And it will be in the last days, says God, I will pour out of the Spirit of Me upon all flesh; and will prophesy the sons of you, and the daughters of you; and the young men of you visions will see, and the elders of you dreams will dream;
KJV: And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams:
References
"in"Ge 49:1: Jacob called to his sons: and said: Gather yourselves together: that I may tell you that which will befall you in the last days.Isa 2:2: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Da 10:14: Now I am come to make you understand what will befall your people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Mic 4:1: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Jas 5:3: your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them will be a witness against you: and will eat your flesh as it were fire. You have heaped treasure together for the last days.2Pe 3:3: Knowing this first: that there will come in the last days scoffers: walking after their own lusts: "I will"Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ps 72:6: He will come down like rain upon the mown grass: as showers that water the earth.Pr 1:23: Turn you at my reproof: look: I will pour out my spirit to you: I will make known my words to you.Isa 32:15: 16: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 44:3: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Eze 11:19: I will give them one heart: and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh: and will give them an heart of flesh:Eze 36:25-27: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Eze 39:29: Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel: says the Lord GOD.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Joh 7:39: (But this spoke He of the Spirit: which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost not was yet given; because that Jesus not was yet glorified.)Tit 3:4-6: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: "all"Ge 6:12: God looked upon the earth: and: look: it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted His way upon the earth.Ps 65:2: O you that hear prayer: to you will all flesh come.Isa 40:5: The glory of the LORD will be revealed: and all flesh will see it together: for the mouth of the LORD has spoken it.Isa 49:26: I will feed them that oppress you with their own flesh; and they will be drunken with their own blood: as with sweet wine: and all flesh will know that I the LORD am your Saviour and your Redeemer: the mighty one of Jacob.Isa 66:23: It will come to pass: that from one new moon to another: and from one sabbath to another: will all flesh come to worship before me: says the LORD.Zec 2:13: Be silent: O all flesh: before the LORD: for He is raised up out of His holy habitation.Lu 3:6: All flesh will see the salvation of God.Joh 17:2: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him."your sons"Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.Ac 21:9: The same man had 4 daughters: virgins: which did prophesy.1Co 12:10: 28: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Co 14:26-31: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.
και γε επι τους δουλους μου και επι τας δουλας μου εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις εκχεω απο του πνευματος μου και προφητευσουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καί‿kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καί‿kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl)
G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
even
|
Prtcl
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1401δούλουςdoulous (N-AMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλουςdoulous
|
servants
|
N-AMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1399δούλαςdoulas (N-AFP)
G1399 δούλη doúlē doo-lay feminine of δοῦλος; a female slave (involuntarily or voluntarily):--handmaid(-en).
|
δούλαςdoulas
|
handmaidens
|
N-AFP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G1632ἐκχεῶekcheō (V-FIA-1S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐκχεῶekcheō
|
I will pour out
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματόςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματόςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύσουσιν.prophēteusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύσουσιν.prophēteusousin
|
they will prophesy.
|
V-FIA-3P
|
18
On my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they will prophesy:Acts 2:18
Stats
Rank: #4903 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 21 words, 86 letters, 28 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γε επι τους δουλους μου και επι τας δουλας μου εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις εκχεω απο του πνευματος μου και προφητευσουσιν
Lit: and even upon the servants of Me, and upon the handmaidens of Me, in the days those I will pour out of the Spirit of Me, and they will prophesy.
KJV: And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy:
References
"on my servants"1Co 7:21: 22: Are you called being a servant? not care for it: but if you may be made free: use it rather.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
και δωσω τερατα εν τω ουρανω ανω και σημεια επι της γης κατω αιμα και πυρ και ατμιδα καπνου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will show
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven
|
N-DMS
|
G507ἄνωanō (Adv)
G507 ἄνω ánō an-o adverb from ἀντί; upward or on the top:--above, brim, high, up.
|
ἄνωanō
|
above,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2736κάτω,katō (Adv)
G2736 κάτω kátō kat-o-ter-o (compare κατώτερος); adverb from κατά; downwards:--beneath, bottom, down, under.,
|
κάτω,katō
|
below,
|
Adv
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-ANS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G822ἀτμίδαatmida (N-AFS)
G822 ἀτμίς atmís at-mece from the same as ἀήρ; mist:--vapour.
|
ἀτμίδαatmida
|
vapor
|
N-AFS
|
G2586καπνοῦ.kapnou (N-GMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνοῦ.kapnou
|
of smoke.
|
N-GMS
|
19
I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke:Acts 2:19
Stats
Rank: #5119 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δωσω τερατα εν τω ουρανω ανω και σημεια επι της γης κατω αιμα και πυρ και ατμιδα καπνου
Lit: and I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs on the earth below, blood and fire and vapor of smoke.
KJV: And I will shew wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke:
References
"And I will shew wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke:"Joe 2:30: 31: I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth: blood: and fire: and pillars of smoke.Zep 1:14-18: The great day of the LORD is near: it is near: and hasts greatly: even the voice of the day of the LORD: the mighty man will cry there bitterly.Mal 4:1-6: For: look: the day comes'>comes: that will burn as an oven; and all the proud: yes: and all that do wickedly: will be stubble: and the day that comes'>comes will burn them up: says the LORD of hosts: that it will leave them neither root nor branch.
ο ηλιος μεταστραφησεται εις σκοτος και η σεληνη εις αιμα πριν η ελθειν την ημεραν κυριου την μεγαλην και επιφανη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun
|
N-NMS
|
G3344μεταστραφήσεταιmetastraphēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G3344 μεταστρέφω metastréphō met-as-tref-o from μετά and στρέφω; to turn across, i.e. transmute or (figuratively) corrupt:--pervert, turn.
|
μεταστραφήσεταιmetastraphēsetai
|
will be turned
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4655σκότοςskotos (N-ANS)
G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.
|
σκότοςskotos
|
darkness,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4582σελήνηselēnē (N-NFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνηselēnē
|
moon
|
N-NFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G129αἷμα,haima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμα,haima
|
blood,
|
N-ANS
|
G4250πρὶνprin (Adv)
G4250 πρίν prín prin adverb from πρό; prior, sooner:--before (that), ere.
|
πρὶνprin
|
before
|
Adv
|
G2228‹ἢ›ē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
‹ἢ›ē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖνelthein
|
coming
|
V-ANA
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2016ἐπιφανῆ.epiphanē (Adj-AFS)
G2016 ἐπιφανής epiphanḗs ep-if-an-ace from ἐπιφαίνω; conspicuous, i.e. (figuratively) memorable:--notable.
|
ἐπιφανῆ.epiphanē
|
glorious.
|
Adj-AFS
|
20
The sun will be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before that great not andable day of the Lord come:Acts 2:20
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ηλιος μεταστραφησεται εις σκοτος και η σεληνη εις αιμα πριν η ελθειν την ημεραν κυριου την μεγαλην και επιφανη
Lit: The sun will be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before than coming day of the Lord, great and glorious.
KJV: The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come:
References
"sun"Isa 13:9: 15: Look: the day of the LORD comes: cruel both with wrath and fierce anger: to lay the land desolate: and He will destroy the sinners thereof out of it.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Jer 4:23: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.Am 8:9: It will come to pass in that day: says the Lord GOD: that I will cause the sun to go down at noon: and I will darken the earth in the clear day:Mt 24:29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days will the sun be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: and the stars will fall from heaven: and the powers of the heavens will be shaken:Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Mr 13:24: But in those days: after that tribulation: the sun will be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: Lu 21:25: There will be signs in the sun: and in the moon: and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations: with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;2Pe 3:7: 10: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.Re 6:12: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Re 16:8: The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire."great"Isa 2:12-21: For the day of the LORD of hosts will be upon every one that is proud and lofty: and upon every one that is lifted up; and He will be brought low:Isa 34:8: For it is the day of the LORD's vengeance: and the year of recompences for the controversy of Zion.Joe 2:1: Blow you the trumpet in Zion: and sound an alarm in my holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the LORD comes: for it is nigh at hand;Joe 3:14: Multitudes: multitudes in the valley of decision: for the day of the LORD is near in the valley of decision.Zep 2:2: 3: Before the decree bring forth: before the day pass as the chaff: before the fierce anger of the LORD come upon you: before the day of the LORD's anger come upon you.Mal 4:5: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:1Co 5:5: To deliver such an one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh: that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.1Th 5:2: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.
και εσται πας ος αν επικαλεσηται το ονομα κυριου σωθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it shall be,
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Prtcl)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Prtcl
|
G1941ἐπικαλέσηταιepikalesētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλέσηταιepikalesētai
|
they shall call upon
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G4982σωθήσεται.sōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσεται.sōthēsetai
|
will be saved.’
|
V-FIP-3S
|
21
It will come to pass, that whoever will call on the name of the Lord will be saved.Acts 2:21
Stats
Rank: #722 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 18 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εσται πας ος αν επικαλεσηται το ονομα κυριου σωθησεται
Lit: And it shall be, everyone who if they shall call upon the name of the Lord will be saved.’
KJV: And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.
References
"whosoever"Ac 9:11: 15: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Ps 86:5: For you: Lord: are good: and ready to forgive; and plenteous in mercy to all them that call upon you.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Ro 10:12: 13: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.
ανδρες ισραηλιται ακουσατε τους λογους τουτους ιησουν τον ναζωραιον ανδρα απο του θεου αποδεδειγμενον εις υμας δυναμεσιν και τερασιν και σημειοις οις εποιησεν δι αυτου ο θεος εν μεσω υμων καθως και αυτοι οιδατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2475Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai (N-VMP)
G2475 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlítēs is-rah-ale-ee-tace from Ἰσραήλ; an Israelite, i.e. descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively):--Israelite.
|
Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai
|
Israelites,
|
N-VMP
|
G191ἀκούσατεakousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσατεakousate
|
hear
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3778τούτους·toutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτους·toutous
|
these:
|
DPro-AMP
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
of
|
Art-AMS
|
G3480Ναζωραῖον,Nazōraion (N-AMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
Ναζωραῖον,Nazōraion
|
Nazareth,
|
N-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G584ἀποδεδειγμένονapodedeigmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G584 ἀποδείκνυμι apodeíknymi ap-od-ike-noo-mee from ἀπό and δεικνύω; to show off, i.e. exhibit; figuratively, to demonstrate, i.e. accredit:--(ap-)prove, set forth, shew.
|
ἀποδεδειγμένονapodedeigmenon
|
having been set forth
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1411δυνάμεσιdynamesi (N-DFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεσιdynamesi
|
by miracles
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέρασιterasi (N-DNP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέρασιterasi
|
wonders
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημείοις,sēmeiois (N-DNP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημείοις,sēmeiois
|
signs,
|
N-DNP
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
you yourselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1492οἴδατε,oidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατε,oidate
|
know,
|
V-RIA-2P
|
22
You men of Israel, hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by Him in the middle of you, as you yourselves also know:Acts 2:22
Stats
Rank: #317 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 191 characters, 33 words, 148 letters, 55 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανδρες ισραηλιται ακουσατε τους λογους τουτους ιησουν τον ναζωραιον ανδρα απο του θεου αποδεδειγμενον εις υμας δυναμεσιν και τερασιν και σημειοις οις εποιησεν δι αυτου ο θεος εν μεσω υμων καθως και αυτοι οιδατε
Lit: Men, Israelites, hear the words these: Jesus of Nazareth, a man having been set forth by God to you by miracles and wonders and signs, which did by Him God in the midst of you, as you yourselves know,
KJV: Ye men of Israel, hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by him in the midst of you, as ye yourselves also know:
References
"men"Ac 3:12: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Ac 5:35: Said to them: You men of Israel: take heed to yourselves what you intend to do as touching these men.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Isa 41:14: not Fear: you worm Jacob: and you men of Israel; I will help you: says the LORD: and your redeemer: the Holy one of Israel."Jesus"Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Ac 22:8: I answered: Who are you: Lord? And He said to me: I am Jesus of Nazareth: whom you persecutest.Ac 24:5: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 26:9: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.Mt 2:23: He came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets: He will be called a Nazarene.Joh 1:45: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph.Joh 19:19: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS."a man"Ac 10:37: That word: I say: you know: which was published throughout all Judaea: and began from Galilee: after the baptism which John preached;Ac 26:26: For the king knows of these things: before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner.Mt 11:2-6: Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ: He sent two of His disciples: Lu 7:20-23: When the men were come to him: they said: John Baptist has sent us to you: saying: Are you he who should come? or look we for another?Lu 24:18: The one of them: whose name was Cleopas: answering said to him: Are you only a stranger in Jerusalem: and have not known the things which are come to pass there in these days?Joh 3:2: The same came to Jesus by night: and said to Him: Rabbi: we know that you are a teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that you do: except God be with Him.Joh 5:36: But I have greater witness than that of John: for the works which the Father has given me to finish: the same works that I do: bear witness of me: that the Father has sent me.Joh 6:14: 27: Then those men: when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did: said: This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world.Joh 7:31: Many of the people believed on Him: and said: When Christ comes: will He do more miracles than these which this man has done?Joh 10:37: If I not do the works of my Father: believe not me.Joh 11:47: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Joh 12:17: The people therefore that was with him when he called Lazarus out of his grave: and raised him from the dead: bare record.Joh 14:10: 11: Believe you not that I am in the Father: and the Father in me? the words that I speak to you I not speak of myself: but the Father that dwells in me: He does the works.Joh 15:24: If I not had done among them the works which none other man did: they not had had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both me and my Father.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"which"Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Mt 9:8: But when the multitudes saw it: they marvelled: and glorified God: which had given such power to men.Mt 12:28: But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God: then the kingdom of God is come to you.Lu 11:20: But if I with the finger of God cast out devils: no doubt the kingdom of God is come upon you.Joh 5:17-20: But Jesus answered them: My Father works hitherto: and I work.Joh 9:33: If this man not were of God: He could not dohing.Joh 11:40-42: Jesus says to her: Said not I to you: that: if you would believe: you should see the glory of God?Joh 14:10: 11: Believe you not that I am in the Father: and the Father in me? the words that I speak to you I not speak of myself: but the Father that dwells in me: He does the works.
τουτον τη ωρισμενη βουλη και προγνωσει του θεου εκδοτον λαβοντες δια χειρων ανομων προσπηξαντες ανειλετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
Him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
by the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3724ὡρισμένῃhōrismenē (V-RPM/P-DFS)
G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὡρισμένῃhōrismenē
|
determinate
|
V-RPM/P-DFS
|
G1012βουλῇboulē (N-DFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλῇboulē
|
plan
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4268προγνώσειprognōsei (N-DFS)
G4268 πρόγνωσις prógnōsis prog-no-sis from προγινώσκω; forethought:--foreknowledge.
|
προγνώσειprognōsei
|
foreknowledge
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1560ἔκδοτονekdoton (Adj-AMS)
G1560 ἔκδοτος ékdotos ek-dot-os from ἐκ and a derivative of δίδωμι; given out or over, i.e. surrendered:--delivered.
|
ἔκδοτονekdoton
|
delivered up
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hands
|
N-GFS
|
G459ἀνόμωνanomōn (Adj-GMP)
G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἀνόμωνanomōn
|
lawless,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4362προσπήξαντεςprospēxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4362 προσπήγνυμι prospḗgnymi pros-payg-noo-mee from πρός and πήγνυμι; to fasten to, i.e. (specially), to impale (on a cross):--crucify.
|
προσπήξαντεςprospēxantes
|
having crucified,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G337ἀνείλατε,aneilate (V-AIA-2P)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνείλατε,aneilate
|
You put to death,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
23
Him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, you have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Acts 2:23
Stats
Rank: #756 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 19 words, 109 letters, 42 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον τη ωρισμενη βουλη και προγνωσει του θεου εκδοτον λαβοντες δια χειρων ανομων προσπηξαντες ανειλετε
Lit: Him by the determinate plan and foreknowledge of God, delivered up by hands lawless, having crucified, You put to death,
KJV: Him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain:
References
"being"Ac 3:18: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.Ac 4:28: For to do whatever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done.Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ac 15:18: Known to God are all His works from the beginning of the world.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Isa 10:6: 7: I will send him against an hypocritical nation: and against the people of my wrath will I give him a charge: to take the spoil: and to take the prey: and to tread them down like the mire of the streets.Isa 46:10: 11: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Da 9:24-27: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mt 26:24: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.Lu 22:22: 37: Truly the Son of man goes: as it was determined: but woe to that man by whom He is betrayed!Lu 24:44-46: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 19:24: 31-37: They said therefore among themselves: Let not us rend it: but cast lots for it: whose it will be: that the scripture might be fulfilled: which says: They parted my clothing among them: and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did.Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.Ro 11:33-36: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: 1Pe 2:8: A stone of stumbling: and a rock of offence: even to them which stumble at the word: being disobedient: to what also they were appointed.Jude 1:4: For there are certain men crept in unawares: who were before of old ordained to this condemnation: ungodly men: turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness: and denying the only Lord God: and our Lord Jesus Christ.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world."ye have"Ac 3:13-15: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 4:10: 11: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ge 50:20: But as for you: you thought evil against me; but God meant it to good: to bring to pass: as it is this day: to save much people alive.Mt 27:20-25: But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barabbas: and destroy Jesus.
ον ο θεος ανεστησεν λυσας τας ωδινας του θανατου καθοτι ουκ ην δυνατον κρατεισθαι αυτον υπ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G450ἀνέστησενanestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησενanestēsen
|
raised up,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3089λύσαςlysas (V-APA-NMS)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λύσαςlysas
|
having loosed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5604ὠδῖναςōdinas (N-AFP)
G5604 ὠδίν ōdín o-deen akin to ὀδύνη; a pang or throe, especially of childbirth:--pain, sorrow, travail.
|
ὠδῖναςōdinas
|
agony
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2288θανάτου,thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου,thanatou
|
death,
|
N-GMS
|
G2530καθότιkathoti (Adv)
G2530 καθότι kathóti kath-ot-ee from κατά; and ὅς and τὶς; according to which certain thing, i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as:--(according, forasmuch) as, because (that).
|
καθότιkathoti
|
inasmuch as
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1415δυνατὸνdynaton (Adj-NNS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸνdynaton
|
possible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2902κρατεῖσθαιkrateisthai (V-PNM/P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατεῖσθαιkrateisthai
|
for to be held
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
it.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
24
Whom God has raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Acts 2:24
Stats
Rank: #1699 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 37 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον ο θεος ανεστησεν λυσας τας ωδινας του θανατου καθοτι ουκ ην δυνατον κρατεισθαι αυτον υπ αυτου
Lit: whom God raised up, having loosed the agony of death, inasmuch as not it was possible for to be held Him by it.
KJV: Whom God hath raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it was not possible that he should be holden of it.
References
"God"Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: 26: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 10:40: 41: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 13:30: 34: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Mt 27:63: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.Lu 24:1-53: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 2:19-21: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 10:18: No man takes it from me: but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down: and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.Ro 4:24: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 6:4: Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father: even so we also should walk in newness of life.Ro 8:11: 34: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 6:14: God has both raised up the Lord: and will also raise up us by His own power.1Co 15:12: Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead: how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?2Co 4:14: Knowing that He which raised up the Lord Jesus will raise up us also by Jesus: and will present us with you.Ga 1:1: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Eph 1:20: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead.1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: 1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God."loosed"Ps 116:3: 4: 16: The sorrows of death compassed me: and the pains of hell gat hold upon me: I found trouble and sorrow."because"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Isa 26:19: Your dead men will live: together with my dead body will they arise. Awake and sing: you that dwell in dust: for your dew is as the dew of herbs: and the earth will cast out the dead.Isa 53:10: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.Lu 24:46: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Joh 10:35: If He called them gods: to whom the word of God came: and the scripture cannot be broken;Joh 12:39: Therefore they not could believe: because that Isaiah said again: Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
δαβιδ γαρ λεγει εις αυτον προωρωμην τον κυριον ενωπιον μου δια παντος οτι εκ δεξιων μου εστιν ινα μη σαλευθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him:
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4308ΠροορώμηνProorōmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G4308 προοράω prooráō pro-or-ah-o from πρό and ὁράω; to behold in advance, i.e. (actively) to notice (another) previously, or (middle voice) to keep in (ones own) view:--foresee, see before.
|
ΠροορώμηνProorōmēn
|
I foresaw
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1799ἐνώπιόνenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιόνenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
continually
|
Prep
|
G3956παντός,pantos (Adj-GMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντός,pantos
|
everything,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at the
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1473μούmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μούmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
He is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4531σαλευθῶ.saleuthō (V-ASP-1S)
G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλευθῶ.saleuthō
|
I should be shaken.
|
V-ASP-1S
|
25
For David speaks concerning Him, I foresaw the Lord always before my face, for He is on my right hand, that I not should be moved:
Acts 2:25
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 23 words, 103 letters, 37 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: δαβιδ γαρ λεγει εις αυτον προωρωμην τον κυριον ενωπιον μου δια παντος οτι εκ δεξιων μου εστιν ινα μη σαλευθω
Lit: David for says about Him: I foresaw the Lord before me continually everything, because at the right hand of me He is, that not I should be shaken.
KJV: For David speaketh concerning him, I foresaw the Lord always before my face, for he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved:
References
"David"Ac 2:29: 30: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 13:32-36: We declare to you glad tidings: how that the promise which was made to the fathers: "I foresaw"Ps 16:8-11: I have set the LORD always before me: because He is at my right hand: I will not be moved."for"Ps 73:23: Nevertheless I am continually with you: you have holden me by my right hand.Ps 109:31: For he will stand at the right hand of the poor: to save him from those that condemn his soul.Ps 110:5: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Isa 41:13: For I the LORD your God will hold your right hand: saying to you: not Fear; I will help you.Isa 50:7-9: For the Lord GOD will help me; therefore will not I be confounded: therefore have I set my face like a flint: and I know that I will not be ashamed.Joh 16:32: Look: the hour comes: yes: is now come: that you will be scattered: every man to His own: and will leave me alone: and yet I not am alone: because the Father is with me."I should not"Ps 21:7: For the king trusts in the LORD: and through the mercy of the most High He will not be moved.Ps 30:6: In my prosperity I said: I will never be moved.Ps 62:2: 6: He only is my rock and my salvation; he is my defence; I will not be greatly moved.
δια τουτο ευφρανθη η καρδια μου και ηγαλλιασατο η γλωσσα μου ετι δε και η σαρξ μου κατασκηνωσει επ ελπιδι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2165ηὐφράνθηēuphranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2165 εὐφραίνω euphraínō yoo-frah-ee-no from εὖ and φρήν; to put (middle voice or passively, be) in a good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:--fare, make glad, be (make) merry, rejoice.
|
ηὐφράνθηēuphranthē
|
was glad
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1473μου ⇔mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου ⇔mou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588««ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
««ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2588καρδία»kardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδία»kardia
|
heart,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G21ἠγαλλιάσατοēgalliasato (V-AIM-3S)
G21 ἀγαλλιάω agalliáō ag-al-lee-ah-o from agan (much) and ἅλλομαι; properly, to jump for joy, i.e. exult:--be (exceeding) glad, with exceeding joy, rejoice (greatly).
|
ἠγαλλιάσατοēgalliasato
|
rejoiced
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1100γλῶσσάglōssa (N-NFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσάglōssa
|
tongue
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
and
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4561σάρξsarx (N-NFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2681κατασκηνώσειkataskēnōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2681 κατασκηνόω kataskēnóō kat-as-kay-no-o from κατά and σκηνόω; to camp down, i.e. haunt; figuratively, to remain:--lodge, rest.
|
κατασκηνώσειkataskēnōsei
|
will dwell
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1680ἐλπίδι,elpidi (N-DFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδι,elpidi
|
hope,
|
N-DFS
|
26
Therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh will rest in hope:Acts 2:26
Stats
Rank: #5507 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο ευφρανθη η καρδια μου και ηγαλλιασατο η γλωσσα μου ετι δε και η σαρξ μου κατασκηνωσει επ ελπιδι
Lit: Because of this was glad of me the heart, and rejoiced the tongue of me; and now also the flesh of me will dwell in hope,
KJV: Therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh shall rest in hope:
References
"my tongue"Ps 16:9: Therefore my heart is glad: and my glory rejoices: my flesh also will rest in hope.Ps 22:22-24: I will declare your name to my brothers: in the middle of the congregation will I praise you.Ps 30:11: You have turned for me my mourning into dancing: you have put off my sackcloth: and girded me with gladness;Ps 63:5: My soul will be satisfied as with marrow and fatness; and my mouth will praise you with joyful lips:Ps 71:23: My lips will greatly rejoice when I sing to you; and my soul: which you have redeemed.
οτι ουκ εγκαταλειψεις την ψυχην μου εις αδου ουδε δωσεις τον οσιον σου ιδειν διαφθοραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1459ἐνκαταλείψειςenkataleipseis (V-FIA-2S)
G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω enkataleípō eng-kat-al-i-po from ἐν and καταλείπω; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert:--forsake, leave.
|
ἐνκαταλείψειςenkataleipseis
|
You will abandon
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχήνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχήνpsychēn
|
soul
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G86ᾅδηνhadēn (N-AMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδηνhadēn
|
Hades,
|
N-AMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσειςdōseis (V-FIA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσειςdōseis
|
will You allow
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3741ὍσιόνHosion (Adj-AMS)
G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
ὍσιόνHosion
|
Holy One
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G1312διαφθοράν.diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν.diaphthoran
|
decay.
|
N-AFS
|
27
Because you will not leave my soul in hell, neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Acts 2:27
Stats
Rank: #2318 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 35 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ουκ εγκαταλειψεις την ψυχην μου εις αδου ουδε δωσεις τον οσιον σου ιδειν διαφθοραν
Lit: for not You will abandon the soul of me into Hades, nor will You allow the Holy One of You to see decay.
KJV: Because thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.
References
"leave"Ps 49:15: But God will redeem my soul from the power of the grave: for He will receive me. Selah.Ps 86:13: For great is your mercy toward me: and you have delivered my soul from the low hell.Ps 116:3: The sorrows of death compassed me: and the pains of hell gat hold upon me: I found trouble and sorrow.Lu 16:23: In hell he lift up his eyes: being in torments: and sees Abraham afar off: and Lazarus in his bosom.1Co 15:55: O death: where is your sting? O grave: where is your victory?Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 20:13: The sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works."thine"Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Ps 89:19: Then you spake in vision to your holy one: and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Lu 4:34: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are; the Holy one of God.1Jo 2:20: But you have an unction from the Holy one: and you know all things.Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;"to see"Ac 2:31: He seeing this before spoke of the resurrection of Christ: that His soul not was left in hell: neither His flesh did see corruption.Ac 13:27-37: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Job 19:25-27: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Jon 2:6: I went down to the bottoms of the mountains; the earth with her bars was about me for ever: yet have you brought up my life from corruption: O LORD my God.Joh 11:39: Jesus said: Take you away the stone. Martha: the sister of Him that was dead: says to Him: Lord: by this time He stinks: for He has been dead 4 days.1Co 15:52: In a moment: in the twinkling of an eye: at the last trump: for the trumpet will sound: and the dead will be raised incorruptible: and we will be changed.
εγνωρισας μοι οδους ζωης πληρωσεις με ευφροσυνης μετα του προσωπου σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1107ἐγνώρισάςegnōrisas (V-AIA-2S)
G1107 γνωρίζω gnōrízō gno-rid-zo from a derivative of γινώσκω; to make known; subjectively, to know:--certify, declare, make known, give to understand, do to wit, wot.
|
ἐγνώρισάςegnōrisas
|
You have made known
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3598ὁδοὺςhodous (N-AFP)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδοὺςhodous
|
the paths
|
N-AFP
|
G2222ζωῆς,zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς,zōēs
|
of life;
|
N-GFS
|
G4137πληρώσειςplērōseis (V-FIA-2S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρώσειςplērōseis
|
You will fill
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2167εὐφροσύνηςeuphrosynēs (N-GFS)
G2167 εὐφροσύνη euphrosýnē yoo-fros-oo-nay from the same as εὐφραίνω; joyfulness:--gladness, joy.
|
εὐφροσύνηςeuphrosynēs
|
with joy
|
N-GFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
presence
|
N-GNS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.’
|
PPro-G2S
|
28
You have made known to me the ways of life; you will make me full of joy with your face.Acts 2:28
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 19 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγνωρισας μοι οδους ζωης πληρωσεις με ευφροσυνης μετα του προσωπου σου
Lit: You have made known to me the paths of life; You will fill me with joy in the presence of You.’
KJV: Thou hast made known to me the ways of life; thou shalt make me full of joy with thy countenance.
References
"made"Ps 16:11: You will show me the path of life: in your presence is fulness of joy; at your right hand there are pleasures for evermore.Ps 21:4: He asked life of you: and you gave it him: even length of days for ever and ever.Ps 25:4: Show me your ways: O LORD; teach me your paths.Pr 2:19: None that go to her return again: neither take they hold of the paths of life.Pr 8:20: I lead in the way of righteousness: in the middle of the paths of judgment:Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me."make"Ps 4:6: 7: There be many that say: Who will show us any good? LORD: lift you up the light of your face upon us.Ps 17:15: As for me: I will look your face in righteousness: I will be satisfied: when I awake: with your likeness.Ps 21:6: For you have made him most blessed for ever: you have made him exceeding glad with your face.Ps 42:5: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted in me? hope you in God: for I will yet praise Him for the help of His face.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
ανδρες αδελφοι εξον ειπειν μετα παρρησιας προς υμας περι του πατριαρχου δαβιδ οτι και ετελευτησεν και εταφη και το μνημα αυτου εστιν εν ημιν αχρι της ημερας ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1832ἐξὸνexon (V-PPA-NNS)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἐξὸνexon
|
it is permitted me
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to speak
|
V-ANA
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3954παρρησίαςparrēsias (N-GFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίαςparrēsias
|
freedom
|
N-GFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3966πατριάρχουpatriarchou (N-GMS)
G3966 πατριάρχης patriárchēs pat-ree-arkh-ace from πατριά and ἄρχω; a progenitor (patriarch):--patriarch.
|
πατριάρχουpatriarchou
|
patriarch
|
N-GMS
|
G1138Δαυὶδ,Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυὶδ,Dauid
|
David,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G5053ἐτελεύτησενeteleutēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
ἐτελεύτησενeteleutēsen
|
he died
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2290ἐτάφη,etaphē (V-AIP-3S)
G2290 θάπτω tháptō thap-to a primary verb; to celebrate funeral rites, i.e. inter:--bury.
|
ἐτάφη,etaphē
|
was buried,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3418μνῆμαmnēma (N-NNS)
G3418 μνῆμα mnēma mnay-mah from μνάομαι; a memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνῆμαmnēma
|
tomb
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης.tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης.tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
29
Men and brothers, let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Acts 2:29
Stats
Rank: #1948 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 147 characters, 26 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανδρες αδελφοι εξον ειπειν μετα παρρησιας προς υμας περι του πατριαρχου δαβιδ οτι και ετελευτησεν και εταφη και το μνημα αυτου εστιν εν ημιν αχρι της ημερας ταυτης
Lit: Men, brothers, it is permitted me to speak with freedom to you concerning the patriarch David, that both he died and was buried, and the tomb of him is among us unto the day this.
KJV: Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day.
References
"freely"Ac 26:26: For the king knows of these things: before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner."the patriarch"Ac 7:8: 9: He gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begot Isaac: and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begot Jacob; and Jacob begot the 12 patriarchs.Heb 7:4: Now consider how great this man was: to whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils."David"Ac 13:36: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:1Ki 2:10: So David slept with his fathers: and was buried in the city of David.
προφητης ουν υπαρχων και ειδως οτι ορκω ωμοσεν αυτω ο θεος εκ καρπου της οσφυος αυτου το κατα σαρκα αναστησειν τον χριστον καθισαι επι του θρονου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
A prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5225ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1492εἰδὼςeidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδὼςeidōs
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3727ὅρκῳhorkō (N-DMS)
G3727 ὅρκος hórkos hor-kos from (a fence; perhaps akin to ὅριον); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath):--oath.
|
ὅρκῳhorkō
|
with an oath
|
N-DMS
|
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S)
G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσενōmosen
|
swore
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of the
|
Prep
|
G2590καρποῦkarpou (N-GMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρποῦkarpou
|
fruit
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3751ὀσφύοςosphyos (N-GFS)
G3751 ὀσφῦς osphŷs os-foos of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. the hip; internally (by extension) procreative power:--loin.
|
ὀσφύοςosphyos
|
loins
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2523καθίσαιkathisai (V-ANA)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαιkathisai
|
to set
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
throne
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
30
Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to Him, that of the fruit of His loins, according to the flesh, He would raise up Christ to sit on His throne;Acts 2:30
Stats
Rank: #2578 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 51 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: προφητης ουν υπαρχων και ειδως οτι ορκω ωμοσεν αυτω ο θεος εκ καρπου της οσφυος αυτου το κατα σαρκα αναστησειν τον χριστον καθισαι επι του θρονου αυτου
Lit: A prophet therefore being, and knowing that with an oath swore to him God out of the fruit of the loins of him to set upon the throne of him.
KJV: Therefore being a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne;
References
"being"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Mt 27:35: They crucified him: and parted his garments: casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: They parted my garments among them: and upon my vesture did they cast lots.Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Heb 3:7: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 4:7: Again: he limits a certain day: saying in David: Today: after so long a time; as it is said: Today if you will hear his voice: not harden your hearts.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost."knowing"2Sa 7:11-16: As since the time that I commanded judges to be over my people Israel: and have caused you to rest from all your enemies. Also the LORD tells you that He will make you an house.1Ch 17:11-15: It will come to pass: when your days be expired that you must go to be with your fathers: that I will raise up your seed after you: which will be of your sons; and I will establish his kingdom.Ps 89:3: 4: 19-37: I have made a covenant with my chosen: I have sworn to David my servant: Ps 110:1-5: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Ps 132:11-18: The LORD has sworn in truth to David; He not will turn from it; Of the fruit of your body will I set upon your throne.Ro 1:3: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;2Ti 2:8: Remember that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead according to my gospel:Heb 7:1: 2: 21: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;"with"Heb 6:17: Wherein God: willing more abundantly to show to the heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel: confirmed it by an oath:"he"Ps 2:6-12: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 72:1-19: A Psalm for Solomon.>> Give the king your judgments: O God: and your righteousness to the king's son.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:14: 15: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will perform that good thing which I have promised to the house of Israel and to the house of Judah.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Lu 1:31-33: 69: 70: And: look: you will conceive in your womb: and bring forth a son: and will call his name JESUS.Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Joh 18:36: 37: Jesus answered: My kingdom not is of this world: if my kingdom were of this world: then would my servants fight: that I not should be delivered to the Jews: but now is my not kingdom from here.Ro 15:12: Again: Isaiah says: There will be a root of Jesse: and he who will rise to reign over the Gentiles; in him will the Gentiles trust.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.
προιδων ελαλησεν περι της αναστασεως του χριστου οτι ου κατελειφθη η ψυχη αυτου εις αδου ουδε η σαρξ αυτου ειδεν διαφθοραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4308προϊδὼνproidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4308 προοράω prooráō pro-or-ah-o from πρό and ὁράω; to behold in advance, i.e. (actively) to notice (another) previously, or (middle voice) to keep in (ones own) view:--foresee, see before.
|
προϊδὼνproidōn
|
Having foreseen,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
he spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1459ἐνκατελείφθηenkateleiphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω enkataleípō eng-kat-al-i-po from ἐν and καταλείπω; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert:--forsake, leave.
|
ἐνκατελείφθηenkateleiphthē
|
was He abandoned
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G86ᾅδηνhadēn (N-AMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδηνhadēn
|
Hades,
|
N-AMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1312διαφθοράν.diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν.diaphthoran
|
decay.
|
N-AFS
|
31
He seeing this before spoke of the resurrection of Christ, that His soul not was left in hell, neither His flesh did see corruption.Acts 2:31
Stats
Rank: #2743 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: προιδων ελαλησεν περι της αναστασεως του χριστου οτι ου κατελειφθη η ψυχη αυτου εις αδου ουδε η σαρξ αυτου ειδεν διαφθοραν
Lit: Having foreseen, he spoke concerning the resurrection of the Christ, that neither was He abandoned into Hades, nor the flesh of Him saw decay.
KJV: He seeing this before spake of the resurrection of Christ, that his soul was not left in hell, neither his flesh did see corruption.
References
"seeing"1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."spake"Ac 2:27: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ac 13:35: For what reason He says also in another psalm: You will not suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.
τουτον τον ιησουν ανεστησεν ο θεος ου παντες ημεις εσμεν μαρτυρες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτονtouton
|
This
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G450ἀνέστησενanestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησενanestēsen
|
has raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whereof
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3144μάρτυρες·martyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρες·martyres
|
witnesses.
|
N-NMP
|
32
This Jesus has God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses.Acts 2:32
Stats
Rank: #1881 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 10 words, 48 letters, 19 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον τον ιησουν ανεστησεν ο θεος ου παντες ημεις εσμεν μαρτυρες
Lit: This Jesus has raised up God, whereof all we are witnesses.
KJV: This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses.
References
"whereof"Ac 2:24: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:33: With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.Ac 5:31: 32: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Lu 24:46-48: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Joh 20:26-31: After 8 days again His disciples were within: and Thomas with them: then came Jesus: the doors being shut: and stood in the middle: and said: Peace be to you.
τη δεξια ουν του θεου υψωθεις την τε επαγγελιαν του αγιου πνευματος λαβων παρα του πατρος εξεχεεν τουτο ο νυν υμεις βλεπετε και ακουετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
To the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5312ὑψωθεὶςhypsōtheis (V-APP-NMS)
G5312 ὑψόω hypsóō hoop-so-o from ὕψος; to elevate (literally or figuratively):--exalt, lift up.
|
ὑψωθεὶςhypsōtheis
|
having been exalted,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίανepangelian (N-AFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίανepangelian
|
the promise
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having received
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὸςPatros
|
Father,
|
N-GMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
He has poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PIA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
are seeing
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούετε.akouete (V-PIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούετε.akouete
|
hearing.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
33
Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, He has shed forth this, which you now see and hear.Acts 2:33
Stats
Rank: #1240 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 166 characters, 29 words, 131 letters, 46 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δεξια ουν του θεου υψωθεις την τε επαγγελιαν του αγιου πνευματος λαβων παρα του πατρος εξεχεεν τουτο ο νυν υμεις βλεπετε και ακουετε
Lit: To the right hand therefore of God having been exalted, and the promise of the Spirit Holy having received from the Father, He has poured out this which you both are seeing and hearing.
KJV: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear.
References
"by"Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ps 89:19: 24: Then you spake in vision to your holy one: and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.Ps 118:16: 22: 23: The right hand of the LORD is exalted: the right hand of the LORD does valiantly.Isa 52:13: Look: my servant will deal prudently: he will be exalted and extolled: and be very high.Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Joh 17:5: Now: O Father: glorify you me with your own self with the glory which I had with you before the world was.Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Heb 1:2-4: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him."having"Ac 1:4: And: being assembled together with them: commanded them that they not should depart from Jerusalem: but wait for the promise of the Father: which: says He: you have heard of me.Lu 24:49: And: look: I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry you in the city of Jerusalem: until you be endued with power from on high.Joh 7:38: 39: He who believes on me: as the scripture has said: out of his belly will flow rivers of living water.Joh 14:16: 26: I will pray the Father: and He will give you another Comforter: that He may abide with you for ever;Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 16:7-15: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you."he"Ac 2:17: 38: 39: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ro 5:5: Hope makes not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given to us.Eph 4:8: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.Tit 3:6: Which He shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Saviour;
ου γαρ δαβιδ ανεβη εις τους ουρανους λεγει δε αυτος ειπεν ο κυριος τω κυριω μου καθου εκ δεξιων μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756Οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-NMS
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
ascended
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3772οὐρανούς,ouranous (N-AMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανούς,ouranous
|
heavens;
|
N-AMP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτόςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόςautos
|
himself:
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3004ΕἶπενEipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἶπενEipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588‹ὁ›ho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹ὁ›ho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
the Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2521ΚάθουKathou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ΚάθουKathou
|
Sit
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
34
For David not is ascended into the heavens: but He says Himself, The LORD said to my Lord, Sit you on my right hand,
Acts 2:34
Stats
Rank: #3041 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 33 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ δαβιδ ανεβη εις τους ουρανους λεγει δε αυτος ειπεν ο κυριος τω κυριω μου καθου εκ δεξιων μου
Lit: Not for David ascended into the heavens; he says however himself: Said the Lord to the Lord of me, Sit at the right hand of Me,
KJV: For David is not ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand,
References
"The Lord"Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Mt 22:42-45: Saying: What think you of Christ? whose son is He? They say to Him: The Son of David.Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 20:42: 43: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: 1Co 15:25: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.Eph 1:22: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?
εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5087θῶthō (V-ASA-1S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θῶthō
|
I place
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2190ἐχθρούςechthrous (Adj-AMP)
G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθρούςechthrous
|
enemies
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5286ὑποπόδιονhypopodion (N-ANS)
G5286 ὑποπόδιον hypopódion hoop-op-od-ee-on neuter of a compound of ὑπό and πούς; something under the feet, i.e. a foot-rest (figuratively):--footstool.
|
ὑποπόδιονhypopodion
|
a footstool
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.’
|
PPro-G2S
|
35
Until I make your foes your footstool.Acts 2:35
Stats
Counts: 36 characters, 7 words, 29 letters, 11 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
Lit: until I place the enemies of You, a footstool of the feet of You.’
KJV: Until I make thy foes thy footstool.
References
"thy foes"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Jos 10:24: 25: It came to pass: when they brought out those kings to Joshua: that Joshua called for all the men of Israel: and said to the captains of the men of war which went with him: Come near: put your feet upon the necks of these kings. And they came near: and put their feet upon the necks of them.Ps 2:8-12: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 18:40-42: You have also given me the necks of my enemies; that I might destroy them that hate me.Ps 21:8-12: Your hand will find out all your enemies: your right hand will find out those that hate you.Ps 72:9: They that dwell in the wilderness will bow before him; and his enemies will lick the dust.Isa 49:23: Kings will be your nursing fathers: and their queens your nursing mothers: they will bow down to you with their face toward the earth: and lick up the dust of your feet; and you will know that I am the LORD: for they will not be ashamed that wait for me.Isa 59:18: According to their deeds: accordingly he will repay: fury to his adversaries: recompence to his enemies; to the islands he will repay recompence.Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Isa 63:4-6: For the day of vengeance is in my heart: and the year of my redeemed is come.Lu 19:27: But those my enemies: which not would that I should reign over them: bring here: and kill them before me.Lu 20:16-18: He will come and destroy these husbandmen: and will give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it: they said: God forbid.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Re 19:19-21: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Re 20:1-3: 8-15: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
ασφαλως ουν γινωσκετω πας οικος ισραηλ οτι και κυριον και χριστον αυτον ο θεος εποιησεν τουτον τον ιησουν ον υμεις εσταυρωσατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G806Ἀσφαλῶςasphalōs (Adv)
G806 ἀσφαλῶς asphalōs as-fal-oce adverb from ἀσφαλής; securely (literally or figuratively):--assuredly, safely.
|
Ἀσφαλῶςasphalōs
|
Assuredly
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1097γινωσκέτωginōsketō (V-PMA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινωσκέτωginōsketō
|
let know
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκοςoikos
|
the house
|
N-NMS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
has made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God —
|
N-NMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G4717ἐσταυρώσατε.estaurōsate (V-AIA-2P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρώσατε.estaurōsate
|
crucified.
|
V-AIA-2P
|
36
Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God has made that same Jesus, whom you have crucified, both Lord and Christ.Acts 2:36
Stats
Rank: #439 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 21 words, 108 letters, 40 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ασφαλως ουν γινωσκετω πας οικος ισραηλ οτι και κυριον και χριστον αυτον ο θεος εποιησεν τουτον τον ιησουν ον υμεις εσταυρωσατε
Lit: Assuredly therefore let know all the house of Israel that both Lord Him and Christ has made God — this Jesus whom you crucified.
KJV: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and Christ.
References
"all"Jer 2:4: Hear you the word of the LORD: O house of Jacob: and all the families of the house of Israel:Jer 9:26: Egypt: and Judah: and Edom: and the children of Ammon: and Moab: and all that are in the utmost corners: that dwell in the wilderness: for all these nations are uncircumcised: and all the house of Israel are uncircumcised in the heart.Jer 31:31: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel: and with the house of Judah:Jer 33:14: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will perform that good thing which I have promised to the house of Israel and to the house of Judah.Eze 34:30: Thus will they know that I the LORD their God am with them: and that they: even the house of Israel: are my people: says the Lord GOD.Eze 39:25-29: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob: and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel: and will be jealous for my holy name;Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Ro 9:3-6: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:"that same"Ac 2:22: 23: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 4:11: 12: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.Ac 5:30: 31: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 10:36-42: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ps 2:1-8: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Mt 28:18-20: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: 36: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 5:22-29: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Ro 14:8-12: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels:
Three Thousand Believe
ακουσαντες δε κατενυγησαν τη καρδια ειπον τε προς τον πετρον και τους λοιπους αποστολους τι ποιησομεν ανδρες αδελφοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2660κατενύγησανkatenygēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2660 κατανύσσω katanýssō kat-an-oos-so from κατά and νύσσω; to pierce thoroughly, i.e. (figuratively) to agitate violently (sting to the quick):--prick.
|
κατενύγησανkatenygēsan
|
they were pierced
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
to the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίαν,kardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαν,kardian
|
heart;
|
N-AFS
|
G3004εἶπόνeipon (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπόνeipon
|
they said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3062λοιποὺςloipous (Adj-AMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὺςloipous
|
other
|
Adj-AMP
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles,
|
N-AMP
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσωμεν,poiēsōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωμεν,poiēsōmen
|
shall we do,
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί;adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί;adelphoi
|
brothers?
|
N-VMP
|
37
Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brothers, what will we do?
Acts 2:37
Stats
Rank: #349 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 23 words, 115 letters, 40 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε κατενυγησαν τη καρδια ειπον τε προς τον πετρον και τους λοιπους αποστολους τι ποιησομεν ανδρες αδελφοι
Lit: Having heard then, they were pierced to the heart; they said then to Peter and the other apostles, What shall we do, men, brothers?
KJV: Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men [and] brethren, what shall we do?
References
"they"Ac 5:33: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Eze 7:16: But they that escape of them will escape: and will be on the mountains like doves of the valleys: all of them mourning: every one for his iniquity.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Lu 3:10: The people asked him: saying: What will we do then?Joh 8:9: They which heard it: being convicted by their own conscience: went out one by one: beginning at the eldest: even to the last: and Jesus was left alone: and the woman standing in the middle.Joh 16:8-11: When he is come: he will reprove the world of sin: and of righteousness: and of judgment:Ro 7:9: For I was alive without the law once: but when the commandment came: sin revived: and I died.1Co 14:24: 25: But if all prophesy: and there come in one that believes not: or one unlearned: he is convinced of all: he is judged of all:Heb 4:12: 13: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart."Men"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus."what"Ac 9:5: 6: He said: Who are you: Lord? And the Lord said: I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ac 16:29-31: Then he called for a light: and sprang in: and came trembling: and fell down before Paul and Silas: Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.Ac 24:25: 26: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.
πετρος δε εφη προς αυτους μετανοησατε και βαπτισθητω εκαστος υμων επι τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου εις αφεσιν αμαρτιων και ληψεσθε την δωρεαν του αγιου πνευματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3340Μετανοήσατε,Metanoēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
Μετανοήσατε,Metanoēsate
|
Repent,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G5346[φησίν]phēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
[φησίν]phēsin
|
he declared,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτισθήτωbaptisthētō (V-AMP-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθήτωbaptisthētō
|
be baptized,
|
V-AMP-3S
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
every one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for the
|
Prep
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λήμψεσθεlēmpsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λήμψεσθεlēmpsesthe
|
you will receive
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1431δωρεὰνdōrean (N-AFS)
G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.
|
δωρεὰνdōrean
|
gift
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151Πνεύματος.Pneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματος.Pneumatos
|
Spirit.
|
N-GNS
|
38
Then Peter said to them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.
Acts 2:38
Stats
Rank: #12 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 31 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: πετρος δε εφη προς αυτους μετανοησατε και βαπτισθητω εκαστος υμων επι τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου εις αφεσιν αμαρτιων και ληψεσθε την δωρεαν του αγιου πνευματος
Lit: Peter then to them, Repent, he declared, and be baptized, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of the sins of you, and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.
KJV: Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.
References
"Repent"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Mt 3:2: 8: 9: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 21:28-32: But what think you? A certain man had two sons; and He came to the first: and said: Son: go work today in my vineyard.Lu 15:1-32: Then drew near to him all the publicans and sinners for to hear him.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem."be"Ac 8:36-38: As they went on their way: they came to a certain water: and the eunuch said: See: here is water; what does hinder me to be baptized?Ac 16:15: 31-34: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Tit 3:5: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"in"Ac 8:12: 16: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 10:48: He commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they Him to tarry certain days.Ac 19:4: 5: Then said Paul: John truly baptized with the baptism of repentance: saying to the people: that they should believe on Him which should come after Him: that is: on Christ Jesus.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Ro 6:3: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?1Co 1:13-17: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?"and ye"Ac 2:16-18: But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel;Ac 8:15-17: Who: when they were come down: prayed for them: that they might receive the Holy Ghost:Ac 10:44: 45: While Peter yet spoke these words: the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Isa 32:15: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 44:3: 4: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Isa 59:21: As for me: this is my covenant with them: says the LORD; My spirit that is upon you: and my words which I have put in your mouth: will not depart out of your mouth: nor out of the mouth of your seed: nor out of the mouth of your seed's seed: says the LORD: from henceforth and for ever.Eze 36:25-27: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Eze 39:29: Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel: says the Lord GOD.Joe 2:28: 29: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.
υμιν γαρ εστιν η επαγγελια και τοις τεκνοις υμων και πασιν τοις εις μακραν οσους αν προσκαλεσηται κυριος ο θεος ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
To you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαepangelia (N-NFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαepangelia
|
promise,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G5043τέκνοιςteknois (N-DNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνοιςteknois
|
children
|
N-DNP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3117μακρὰν,makran (Adj-AFS)
G3117 μακρός makrós mak-ros from μῆκος; long (in place (distant) or time (neuter plural)):--far, long.
|
μακρὰν,makran
|
a distance,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3745ὅσουςhosous (RelPro-AMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσουςhosous
|
as many as
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G4341προσκαλέσηταιproskalesētai (V-ASM-3S)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλέσηταιproskalesētai
|
shall call to Himself
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
39
For the promise is to you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God will call.Acts 2:39
Stats
Rank: #1219 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 24 words, 95 letters, 37 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμιν γαρ εστιν η επαγγελια και τοις τεκνοις υμων και πασιν τοις εις μακραν οσους αν προσκαλεσηται κυριος ο θεος ημων
Lit: To you for is the promise, and to the children of you, and to all those at a distance, as many as shall call to Himself the Lord, the God of us.
KJV: For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.
References
"the promise"Ac 3:25: 26: You are the children of the prophets: and of the covenant which God made with our fathers: saying to Abraham: And in your seed will all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Ps 115:14: 15: The LORD will increase you more and more: you and your children.Jer 32:39: 40: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Eze 37:25: They will dwell in the land that I have given to Jacob my servant: wherein your fathers have dwelt; and they will dwell therein: even they: and their children: and their children's children for ever: and my servant David will be their prince for ever.Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Ro 11:16: 17: For if the firstfruit be holy: the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy: so are the branches.1Co 7:14: For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife: and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy."and to all"Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:15-18: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 15:3: 8: 14: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Isa 59:19: So will they fear the name of the LORD from the west: and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy will come in like a flood: the Spirit of the LORD will lift up a standard against Him.Eph 2:13-22: But now in Christ Jesus you who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ.Eph 3:5-8: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;"as many"Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Ro 8:30: Moreover whom he did predestinate: them he also called: and whom he called: them he also justified: and whom he justified: them he also glorified.Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?Ro 11:29: For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: Eph 4:4: There is one body: and one Spirit: even as you are called in one hope of your calling;2Th 1:11: For what reason also we pray always for you: that our God would count you worthy of this calling: and fulfil all the good pleasure of His goodness: and the work of faith with power:2Th 2:13: 14: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.2Pe 1:3: 10: According as his divine power has given to us all things that pertain to life and godliness: through the knowledge of him that has called us to glory and virtue:Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.
ετεροις τε λογοις πλειοσιν διεμαρτυρετο και παρεκαλει λεγων σωθητε απο της γενεας της σκολιας ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2087Ἑτέροιςheterois (Adj-DMP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
Ἑτέροιςheterois
|
Other
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3056λόγοιςlogois (N-DMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιςlogois
|
words
|
N-DMP
|
G4119πλείοσινpleiosin (Adj-DMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοσινpleiosin
|
many
|
Adj-DMP-C
|
G1263διεμαρτύρατο,diemartyrato (V-AIM-3S)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διεμαρτύρατο,diemartyrato
|
he earnestly testified,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλειparekalei (V-IIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλειparekalei
|
was exhorting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4982ΣώθητεSōthēte (V-AMP-2P)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
ΣώθητεSōthēte
|
Be saved
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1074γενεᾶςgeneas (N-GFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεᾶςgeneas
|
generation
|
N-GFS
|
G4646σκολιᾶςskolias (Adj-GFS)
G4646 σκολιός skoliós skol-ee-os from the base of σκέλος; warped, i.e. winding; figuratively, perverse:--crooked, froward, untoward.
|
σκολιᾶςskolias
|
perverse
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης.tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης.tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
40
With many other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation.
Acts 2:40
Stats
Rank: #2446 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 15 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετεροις τε λογοις πλειοσιν διεμαρτυρετο και παρεκαλει λεγων σωθητε απο της γενεας της σκολιας ταυτης
Lit: Other and words many he earnestly testified, and was exhorting them, saying, Be saved from the generation perverse this.
KJV: And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation.
References
"with"Ac 15:32: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ac 20:2: 9: 11: When he had gone over those parts: and had given them much exhortation: he came into Greece: Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Joh 21:25: There are also many other things which Jesus did: the which: if they should be written every one: I suppose that even the world itself not could contain the books that should be written. Amen."did"Ac 10:42: He commanded us to preach to the people: and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Ac 20:21: 24: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ga 5:3: For I testify again to every man that is circumcised: that he is a debtor to do the whole law.Eph 4:17: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: 1Th 2:11: As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you: as a father does his children: 1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand."Save"Nu 16:28-34: Moses said: Hereby you will know that the LORD has sent me to do all these works; for I have not done them of my own mind.Pr 9:6: Forsake the foolish: and live; and go in the way of understanding.Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.2Co 5:20: Now then we are ambassadors for Christ: as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ's stead: be you reconciled to God.2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: 1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.Heb 3:12: 13: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Jas 4:8-10: Draw nigh to God: and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands: you sinners; and purify your hearts: you double minded.Re 3:17-19: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:Re 18:4: 5: I heard another voice from heaven: saying: Come out of her: my people: that you not be partakers of her sins: and that you not receive of her plagues."untoward"Mt 3:7-10: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?Mt 12:34: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Mt 16:4: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas. And he left them: and departed.Mt 17:17: Then Jesus answered and said: O faithless and perverse generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring Him here to me.Mt 23:33: You serpents: you generation of vipers: how can you escape the damnation of hell?Mr 8:38: Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed: when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.
οι μεν ουν ασμενως αποδεξαμενοι τον λογον αυτου εβαπτισθησαν και προσετεθησαν τη ημερα εκεινη ψυχαι ωσει τρισχιλιαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G588ἀποδεξάμενοιapodexamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G588 ἀποδέχομαι apodéchomai ap-od-ekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and δέχομαι; to take fully, i.e. welcome (persons), approve (things):--accept, receive (gladly).
|
ἀποδεξάμενοιapodexamenoi
|
having received
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθησαν,ebaptisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθησαν,ebaptisthēsan
|
were baptized;
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4369προσετέθησανprosetethēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσετέθησανprosetethēsan
|
were added
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that,
|
DPro-DFS
|
G5590ψυχαὶpsychai (N-NFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχαὶpsychai
|
souls
|
N-NFP
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5153τρισχίλιαι·trischiliai (Adj-NFP)
G5153 τρισχίλιοι trischílioi tris-khil-ee-oy from τρίς and χίλιοι; three times a thousand:--three thousand.
|
τρισχίλιαι·trischiliai
|
three thousand.
|
Adj-NFP
|
41
Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Acts 2:41
Stats
Rank: #108 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 39 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν ασμενως αποδεξαμενοι τον λογον αυτου εβαπτισθησαν και προσετεθησαν τη ημερα εκεινη ψυχαι ωσει τρισχιλιαι
Lit: Those indeed therefore having received the word of him were baptized; and were added on the day that, souls about three thousand.
KJV: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls.
References
"gladly"Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 8:6-8: The people with one accord gave heed to those things which Philip spoke: hearing and seeing the miracles which he did.Ac 13:48: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Ac 16:31-34: They said: Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ: and you will be saved: and your house.Mt 13:44-46: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to treasure hid in a field; the which when a man has found: he hides: and for joy thereof goes and sells all that he has: and buys that field.Ga 4:14: 15: My temptation which was in my flesh you not despised: nor rejected; but received me as an angel of God: even as Christ Jesus.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:"added"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ac 1:15: In those days Peter stood up in the middle of the disciples: and said: (the number of names together were about 120: )Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ps 72:16: 17: There will be an handful of grain in the earth upon the top of the mountains; the fruit thereof will shake like Lebanon: and they of the city will flourish like grass of the earth.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Lu 5:5-7: Simon answering said to him: Master: we have toiled all the night: and have not takenhing: nevertheless at your word I will let down the net.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.
The Fellowship of Believers
ησαν δε προσκαρτερουντες τη διδαχη των αποστολων και τη κοινωνια και τη κλασει του αρτου και ταις προσευχαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦσανēsan
|
They were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4342προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes
|
steadfastly continuing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2842κοινωνίᾳ,koinōnia (N-DFS)
G2842 κοινωνία koinōnía koy-nohn-ee-ah from κοινωνός; partnership, i.e. (literally) participation, or (social) intercourse, or (pecuniary) benefaction:--(to) communicate(-ation), communion, (contri-)distribution, fellowship.
|
κοινωνίᾳ,koinōnia
|
in fellowship,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2800κλάσειklasei (N-DFS)
G2800 κλάσις klásis klas-is from κλάω; fracture (the act):--breaking.
|
κλάσειklasei
|
breaking
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G740ἄρτουartou (N-GMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουartou
|
bread,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4335προσευχαῖς.proseuchais (N-DFP)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχαῖς.proseuchais
|
prayers.
|
N-DFP
|
42
They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.Acts 2:42
Stats
Rank: #25 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 15 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε προσκαρτερουντες τη διδαχη των αποστολων και τη κοινωνια και τη κλασει του αρτου και ταις προσευχαις
Lit: They were now steadfastly continuing in the teaching of the apostles, and in fellowship, the breaking of the bread, and the prayers.
KJV: And they continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.
References
"they"Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Mr 4:16: 17: These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who: when they have heard the word: immediately receive it with gladness;Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;1Co 11:2: Now I praise you: brothers: that you remember me in all things: and keep the ordinances: as I delivered them to you.Ga 1:6: I marvel that you are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ to another gospel:Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;2Ti 3:14: But continue you in the things which you have learned and have been assured of: knowing of whom you have learned them;Heb 10:39: But we not are of them who draw back to perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul.2Pe 3:1: 2: 17: 18: This second epistle: beloved: I now write to you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance:1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us."fellowship"Ac 4:23: Being let go: they went to their own company: and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.Ac 5:12-14: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.1Jo 1:3: 7: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ."in breaking"Ac 20:7: 11: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.1Co 10:16: 17: 21: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1Co 11:20-26: When you come together therefore into one place: this not is to eat the Lord's supper."and in prayers"Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 6:4: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Col 4:2: Continue in prayer: and watch in the same with thanksgiving;Heb 10:25: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together: as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more: as you see the day approaching.Jude 1:20: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost:
εγενετο δε παση ψυχη φοβος πολλα τε τερατα και σημεια δια των αποστολων εγινετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγίνετοEgineto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγίνετοEgineto
|
There was coming
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
upon every
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5590ψυχῇpsychē (N-DFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῇpsychē
|
soul
|
N-DFS
|
G5401φόβος·phobos (N-NMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβος·phobos
|
awe,
|
N-NMS
|
G4183πολλάpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλάpolla
|
many
|
Adj-NNP
|
G5037τε*te (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τε*te
|
and both
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-NNP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-NNP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-NNP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G1096ἐγίνετο.egineto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγίνετο.egineto
|
were taking place.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
43
Fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles.Acts 2:43
Stats
Rank: #2349 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε παση ψυχη φοβος πολλα τε τερατα και σημεια δια των αποστολων εγινετο
Lit: There was coming then upon every soul awe, many and both wonders and signs through the apostles were taking place.
KJV: And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles.
References
"fear"Ac 5:11: 13: Great fear came upon all the church: and upon as many as heard these things.Es 8:17: In every province: and in every city: wherever the king's commandment and his decree came: the Jews had joy and gladness: a feast and a good day. And many of the people of the land became Jews; for the fear of the Jews fell upon them.Jer 33:9: It will be to me a name of joy: a praise and an honour before all the nations of the earth: which will hear all the good that I do to them: and they will fear and tremble for all the goodness and for all the prosperity that I procure to it.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Lu 7:16: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people.Lu 8:37: Then the whole multitude of the country of the Gadarenes round about besought him to depart from them; for they were taken with great fear: and he went up into the ship: and returned back again."many"Ac 3:6-9: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:33: With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.Ac 5:12: 15: 16: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 9:34: 40: Peter said to Him: AEneas: Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise: and make your bed. And He arose immediately.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.
παντες δε οι πιστευοντες ησαν επι το αυτο και ειχον απαντα κοινα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956Πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πάντεςpantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4100‹πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
‹πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes
|
having believed
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1510‹ἦσαν›ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
‹ἦσαν›ēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532‹καὶ›kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶ›kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
having
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G537ἅπανταhapanta (Adj-ANP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανταhapanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2839κοινά,koina (Adj-ANP)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινά,koina
|
in common;
|
Adj-ANP
|
44
All that believed were together, and had all things common;Acts 2:44
Stats
Rank: #666 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 10 words, 51 letters, 18 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντες δε οι πιστευοντες ησαν επι το αυτο και ειχον απαντα κοινα
Lit: All now having believed were together the same and having all things in common;
KJV: And all that believed were together, and had all things common;
References
"had"Ac 4:32: The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.Ac 5:4: While it remained: was not it your own? and after it was sold: was not it in your own power? why have you conceived this thing in your heart? you have not lied to men: but to God.Ac 6:1-3: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.2Co 8:9: 14: 15: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.2Co 9:6-15: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully.1Jo 3:16-18: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers.
και τα κτηματα και τας υπαρξεις επιπρασκον και διεμεριζον αυτα πασιν καθοτι αν τις χρειαν ειχεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2933κτήματαktēmata (N-ANP)
G2933 κτῆμα ktēma ktay-mah from κτάομαι; an acquirement, i.e. estate:--possession.
|
κτήματαktēmata
|
possessions
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5223ὑπάρξειςhyparxeis (N-AFP)
G5223 ὕπαρξις hýparxis hoop-arx-is from ὑπάρχω; existency or proprietorship, i.e. (concretely) property, wealth:--goods, substance.
|
ὑπάρξειςhyparxeis
|
goods
|
N-AFP
|
G4097ἐπίπρασκονepipraskon (V-IIA-3P)
G4097 πιπράσκω pipráskō prah-o contracted from (to traverse; from the base of πέραν); to traffic (by travelling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery (literally or figuratively):--sell.
|
ἐπίπρασκονepipraskon
|
they were selling
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1266διεμέριζονdiemerizon (V-IIA-3P)
G1266 διαμερίζω diamerízō dee-am-er-id-zo from διά and μερίζω; to partition thoroughly (literally in distribution, figuratively in dissension):--cloven, divide, part.
|
διεμέριζονdiemerizon
|
were dividing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G3956πᾶσιν,pasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν,pasin
|
to all,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2530καθότιkathoti (Adv)
G2530 καθότι kathóti kath-ot-ee from κατά; and ὅς and τὶς; according to which certain thing, i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as:--(according, forasmuch) as, because (that).
|
καθότιkathoti
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192εἶχεν.eichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχεν.eichen
|
had.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
45
Sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need.Acts 2:45
Stats
Counts: 88 characters, 15 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα κτηματα και τας υπαρξεις επιπρασκον και διεμεριζον αυτα πασιν καθοτι αν τις χρειαν ειχεν
Lit: and the possessions and the goods they were selling and were dividing them to all, as anyone need had.
KJV: And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need.
References
"sold"Ac 4:34-37: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: Ac 5:1: 2: But a certain man named Ananias: with Sapphira his wife: sold a possession: Ac 11:29: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Lu 12:33: 34: Sell that you have: and give alms; provide yourselves bags which not wax old: a treasure in the heavens that fails not: where no thief approaches: neither moth corrupts.Lu 16:9: I say to you: Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that: when you fail: they may receive you into everlasting habitations.Lu 18:22: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Lu 19:8: Zacchaeus stood: and said to the Lord; Look: Lord: the half of my goods I give to the poor; and if I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation: I restore Him fourfold."parted"Ps 112:9: He has dispersed: he has given to the poor; his righteousness endures for ever; his horn will be exalted with honour.Pr 11:24: 25: There is that scatters: and yet increases; and there is that withholds more than is meet: but it tendeth to poverty.Pr 19:17: He who has pity upon the poor lends to the LORD; and that which He has given will He pay Him again.Ec 11:1: 2: Cast your bread upon the waters: for you will find it after many days.Isa 58:7-12: Is it not to deal your bread to the hungry: and that you bring the poor that are cast out to your house? when you see the naked: that you cover him; and that you not hide yourself from your own flesh?2Co 9:1: 9: For as touching the ministering to the saints: it is superfluous for me to write to you:1Ti 6:18: 19: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;Jas 2:14-16: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?Jas 5:1-5: Go to now: you rich men: weep and howl for your miseries that will come upon you.1Jo 3:17: But whoever has this world's good: and sees His brother have need: and shuts up His bowels of compassion from Him: how dwells the love of God in Him?
καθ ημεραν τε προσκαρτερουντες ομοθυμαδον εν τω ιερω κλωντες τε κατ οικον αρτον μετελαμβανον τροφης εν αγαλλιασει και αφελοτητι καρδιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596Καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
Καθ’kath’
|
Every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4342προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτεροῦντεςproskarterountes
|
steadfastly continuing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷ,hierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷ,hierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G2806κλῶντέςklōntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
κλῶντέςklōntes
|
breaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
at each
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G740ἄρτον,arton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτον,arton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G3335μετελάμβανονmetelambanon (V-IIA-3P)
G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μετελάμβανονmetelambanon
|
they were partaking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5160τροφῆςtrophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆςtrophēs
|
of food
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G20ἀγαλλιάσειagalliasei (N-DFS)
G20 ἀγαλλίασις agallíasis ag-al-lee-as-is from ἀγαλλιάω; exultation; specially, welcome:--gladness, (exceeding) joy.
|
ἀγαλλιάσειagalliasei
|
gladness
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G858ἀφελότητιaphelotēti (N-DFS)
G858 ἀφελότης aphelótēs af-el-ot-ace from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and (in the sense of a stone as stubbing the foot); smoothness, i.e. (figuratively) simplicity:--singleness.
|
ἀφελότητιaphelotēti
|
sincerity
|
N-DFS
|
G2588καρδίας,kardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίας,kardias
|
of heart,
|
N-GFS
|
46
They, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart,Acts 2:46
Stats
Rank: #773 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 24 words, 125 letters, 48 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθ ημεραν τε προσκαρτερουντες ομοθυμαδον εν τω ιερω κλωντες τε κατ οικον αρτον μετελαμβανον τροφης εν αγαλλιασει και αφελοτητι καρδιας
Lit: Every day and steadfastly continuing with one accord in the temple, breaking then at each house bread, they were partaking of food with gladness and sincerity of heart,
KJV: And they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart,
References
"daily"Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 3:1: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer: being the ninth hour.Ac 5:42: Daily in the temple: and in every house: they not ceased to teach and preach Jesus Christ.Lu 24:53: Were continually in the temple: praising and blessing God. Amen."breaking"Ac 2:42: They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship: and in breaking of bread: and in prayers.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight."from house to house"Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.1Co 11:20-22: When you come together therefore into one place: this not is to eat the Lord's supper."did"Ac 16:34: When He had brought them into His house: He set meat before them: and rejoiced: believing in God with all His house.De 12:7: 12: There you will eat before the LORD your God: and you will rejoice in all that you put your hand to: you and your households: wherein the LORD your God has blessed you.De 16:11: you will rejoice before the LORD your God: you: and your son: and your daughter: and your manservant: and your maidservant: and the Levite that is within your gates: and the stranger: and the fatherless: and the widow: that are among you: in the place which the LORD your God has chosen to place His name there.Ne 8:10: Then He said to them: Go your way: eat the fat: and drink the sweet: and send portions to them for not whomhing is prepared: for this day is holy to our Lord: neither be you sorry; for the joy of the LORD is your strength.Ec 9:7: Go your way: eat your bread with joy: and drink your wine with a merry heart; for God now accepts your works.Lu 11:41: But rather give alms of such things as you have; and: look: all things are clean to you.1Co 10:30: 31: For if I by grace be a partaker: why am I evil spoken of for that for which I give thanks?"singleness"Ps 86:11: Teach me your way: O LORD; I will walk in your truth: unite my heart to fear your name.Mt 6:22: The light of the body is the eye: if therefore your eye be single: your whole body will be full of light.Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 11:3: But I fear: lest by any means: as the serpent beguiled Eve through His subtilty: so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.Eph 6:5: Servants: be obedient to them that are your masters according to the flesh: with fear and trembling: in singleness of your heart: as to Christ;Col 3:22: Servants: obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice: as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart: fearing God:
αινουντες τον θεον και εχοντες χαριν προς ολον τον λαον ο δε κυριος προσετιθει τους σωζομενους καθ ημεραν τη εκκλησια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G134αἰνοῦντεςainountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G134 αἰνέω ainéō ahee-neh-o from αἶνος; to praise (God):--praise.
|
αἰνοῦντεςainountes
|
praising
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
favor
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν.laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν.laon
|
people.
|
N-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G4369προσετίθειprosetithei (V-IIA-3S)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσετίθειprosetithei
|
kept adding
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those who
|
Art-AMP
|
G4982σῳζομένουςsōzomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῳζομένουςsōzomenous
|
were being saved
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
their
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτό.auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό.auto
|
number.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
47
Praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Acts 2:47
Stats
Rank: #626 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 33 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αινουντες τον θεον και εχοντες χαριν προς ολον τον λαον ο δε κυριος προσετιθει τους σωζομενους καθ ημεραν τη εκκλησια
Lit: praising God and having favor with all the people. And the Lord kept adding those who were being saved every day to their number.
KJV: Praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.
References
"having"Ac 4:21: 33: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Lu 2:52: Jesus increased in wisdom and stature: and in favour with God and man.Lu 19:48: not could find what they might do: for all the people were very attentive to hear him.Ro 14:18: For He that'>He who in these things serves Christ is acceptable to God: and approved of men."the Lord"Ac 2:39: For the promise is to you: and to your children: and to all that are afar off: even as many as the Lord our God will call.Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ac 11:24: For He was a good man: and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added to the Lord.Ac 13:48: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Ro 8:30: Moreover whom he did predestinate: them he also called: and whom he called: them he also justified: and whom he justified: them he also glorified.Ro 9:27: Isaiah also cries concerning Israel: Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea: a remnant will be saved:Ro 11:5-7: Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.Tit 3:4: 5: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared:
3
The Early Church in Jerusalem
First Controversy at the Temple
επι το αυτο δε πετρος και ιωαννης ανεβαινον εις το ιερον επι την ωραν της προσευχης την εννατην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G305ἀνέβαινονanebainon (V-IIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβαινονanebainon
|
were going up
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G4335προσευχῆςproseuchēs (N-GFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῆςproseuchēs
|
of prayer,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1766ἐνάτην.enatēn (Adj-AFS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἐνάτην.enatēn
|
ninth.
|
Adj-AFS
|
1
Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour.Acts 3:1
Stats
Rank: #821 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: επι το αυτο δε πετρος και ιωαννης ανεβαινον εις το ιερον επι την ωραν της προσευχης την εννατην
Lit: Peter now and John were going up into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth.
KJV: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth [hour].
References
"Peter"Ac 4:13: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Ac 8:14: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Mt 17:1: After 6 days Jesus taketh Peter: James: and John His brother: and brings them up into an high mountain apart: Mt 26:37: He took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee: and began to be sorrowful and very heavy.Joh 13:23-25: Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of His disciples: whom Jesus loved.Joh 20:2-9: Then she runs: and comes to Simon Peter: and to the other disciple: whom Jesus loved: and says to them: They have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre: and we know nowhere they have laid Him.Joh 21:7: 18-22: Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved says to Peter: It is the Lord. Now when Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord: He girt His fisher's coat to Him: (for He was naked: ) and did cast Himself into the sea.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision."went"Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 5:25: Then came one and told them: saying: Look: the men whom you put in prison are standing in the temple: and teaching the people.Lu 24:53: Were continually in the temple: praising and blessing God. Amen."the hour"Ac 10:3: 30: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ex 29:39: The one lamb you will offer in the morning; and the other lamb you will offer at even:Nu 28:4: The one lamb will you offer in the morning: and the other lamb will you offer at even;1Ki 18:36: It came to pass at the time of the offering of the evening sacrifice: that Elijah the prophet came near: and said: LORD God of Abraham: Isaac: and of Israel: let it be known this day that you are God in Israel: and that I am your servant: and that I have done all these things at your word.Ps 55:17: Evening: and morning: and at noon: will I pray: and cry aloud: and he will hear my voice.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Da 9:21: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation.Lu 1:10: The whole multitude of the people were praying without at the time of incense.Lu 23:44-46: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour.
και τις ανηρ χωλος εκ κοιλιας μητρος αυτου υπαρχων εβασταζετο ον ετιθουν καθ ημεραν προς την θυραν του ιερου την λεγομενην ωραιαν του αιτειν ελεημοσυνην παρα των εισπορευομενων εις το ιερον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man,
|
N-NMS
|
G5560χωλὸςchōlos (Adj-NMS)
G5560 χωλός chōlós kho-los apparently a primary word; halt, i.e. limping:--cripple, halt, lame.
|
χωλὸςchōlos
|
lame
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2836κοιλίαςkoilias (N-GFS)
G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαςkoilias
|
womb
|
N-GFS
|
G3384μητρὸςmētros (N-GFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὸςmētros
|
of mother
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5225ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G941ἐβαστάζετο,ebastazeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
ἐβαστάζετο,ebastazeto
|
was being carried,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5087ἐτίθουνetithoun (V-IIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἐτίθουνetithoun
|
they placed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
gate
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦhierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦhierou
|
temple
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λεγομένηνlegomenēn (V-PPM/P-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένηνlegomenēn
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AFS
|
G5611ὩραίανHōraian (Adj-AFS)
G5611 ὡραῖος hōraîos ho-rah-yos from ὥρα; belonging to the right hour or season (timely), i.e. (by implication) flourishing (beauteous (figuratively)):--beautiful.
|
ὩραίανHōraian
|
Beautiful
|
Adj-AFS
|
G154αἰτεῖνaitein (V-PNA)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτεῖνaitein
|
to ask for
|
V-PNA
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn (N-AFS)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn
|
alms
|
N-AFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those who
|
Art-GMP
|
G1531εἰσπορευομένωνeisporeuomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευομένωνeisporeuomenōn
|
were going
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερόν·hieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερόν·hieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
2
A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Acts 3:2
Stats
Rank: #5878 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 182 characters, 33 words, 144 letters, 54 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τις ανηρ χωλος εκ κοιλιας μητρος αυτου υπαρχων εβασταζετο ον ετιθουν καθ ημεραν προς την θυραν του ιερου την λεγομενην ωραιαν του αιτειν ελεημοσυνην παρα των εισπορευομενων εις το ιερον
Lit: And a certain man, lame from womb of mother of him being, was being carried, whom they placed every day at the gate of the temple called Beautiful to ask for alms from those who were going into the temple,
KJV: And a certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;
References
"lame"Ac 4:22: For the man was above 40 years old: on whom this miracle of healing was showed.Ac 14:8: There sat a certain man at Lystra: impotent in his feet: being a cripple from his mother's womb: who never had walked:Joh 1:9-30: That was the true Light: which lights every man that comes into the world."whom"Lu 16:20: There was a certain beggar named Lazarus: which was laid at his gate: full of sores: "to ask"Ac 10:4: 31: When He looked on Him: He was afraid: and said: What is it: Lord? And He said to Him: Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God.Lu 18:35: It came to pass: that as he was come nigh to Jericho: a certain blind man sat by the way side begging:Joh 9:8: The neighbours therefore: and they which before had seen him that he was blind: said: not Is this he who sat and begged?
ος ιδων πετρον και ιωαννην μελλοντας εισιεναι εις το ιερον ηρωτα ελεημοσυνην {VAR1: λαβειν }
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G3195μέλλονταςmellontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταςmellontas
|
being about
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1524εἰσιέναιeisienai (V-PNA)
G1524 εἴσειμι eíseimi ice-i-mee from εἰς and (to go); to enter:--enter (go) into.
|
εἰσιέναιeisienai
|
to enter
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G2065ἠρώταērōta (V-IIA-3S)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώταērōta
|
was asking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn (N-AFS)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn
|
alms
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαβεῖν.labein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖν.labein
|
to receive.
|
V-ANA
|
3
Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms.Acts 3:3
Stats
Rank: #8138 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 68 characters, 14 words, 54 letters, 22 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ιδων πετρον και ιωαννην μελλοντας εισιεναι εις το ιερον ηρωτα ελεημοσυνην {VAR1: λαβειν }
Lit: who having seen Peter and John being about to enter into the temple, was asking alms to receive.
KJV: Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms.
ατενισας δε πετρος εις αυτον συν τω ιωαννη ειπεν βλεψον εις ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G816Ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
Ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
Having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2491ἸωάννῃIōannē (N-DMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννῃIōannē
|
John,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G991ΒλέψονBlepson (V-AMA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέψονBlepson
|
Look
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
us.
|
PPro-A1P
|
4
Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us.
Acts 3:4
Stats
Counts: 67 characters, 10 words, 51 letters, 20 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: ατενισας δε πετρος εις αυτον συν τω ιωαννη ειπεν βλεψον εις ημας
Lit: Having looked intently now Peter upon him, with John, he said, Look unto us.
KJV: And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us.
References
"fastening"Ac 11:6: Upon the which when I had fastened my eyes: I considered: and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth: and wild beasts: and creeping things: and fowls of the air.Ac 14:9: 10: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him: and perceiving that he had faith to be healed: Lu 4:20: He closed the book: and he gave it again to the minister: and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him."Look"Ac 3:12: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Joh 5:6: When Jesus saw Him lie: and knew that He had been now a long time in that case: He says to Him: Will you be made whole?Joh 11:40: Jesus says to her: Said not I to you: that: if you would believe: you should see the glory of God?
ο δε επειχεν αυτοις προσδοκων τι παρ αυτων λαβειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1907ἐπεῖχενepeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G1907 ἐπέχω epéchō ep-ekh-o from ἐπί and ἔχω; to hold upon, i.e. (by implication) to retain; (by extension) to detain; (with implication, of νοῦς) to pay attention to:--give (take) heed unto, hold forth, mark, stay.
|
ἐπεῖχενepeichen
|
he began to give heed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4328προσδοκῶνprosdokōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokáō pros-dok-ah-o from πρός and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await:--(be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for.
|
προσδοκῶνprosdokōn
|
expecting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2983λαβεῖν.labein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖν.labein
|
to receive.
|
V-ANA
|
5
He gave heed to them, expecting to receive something of them.Acts 3:5
Stats
Rank: #1181 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 11 words, 54 letters, 22 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε επειχεν αυτοις προσδοκων τι παρ αυτων λαβειν
Lit: And he began to give heed to them, expecting something from them to receive.
KJV: And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something of them.
ειπεν δε πετρος αργυριον και χρυσιον ουχ υπαρχει μοι ο δε εχω τουτο σοι διδωμι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου του ναζωραιου εγειραι και περιπατει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G694ἈργύριονArgyrion (N-NNS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
ἈργύριονArgyrion
|
Silver
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5553χρυσίονchrysion (N-NNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίονchrysion
|
gold
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
none
|
Adv
|
G5225ὑπάρχειhyparchei (V-PIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχειhyparchei
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοι·moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι·moi
|
to me;
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
I have,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3778τοῦτόtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτόtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1325δίδωμι·didōmi (V-PIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδωμι·didōmi
|
I give:
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3480ΝαζωραίουNazōraiou (N-GMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζωραίουNazōraiou
|
Nazareth,
|
N-GMS
|
G1453[ἔγειρεegeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
[ἔγειρεegeire
|
rise up
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2532καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιπάτει.peripatei (V-PMA-2S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπάτει.peripatei
|
walk!”
|
V-PMA-2S
|
6
Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.
Acts 3:6
Stats
Rank: #2189 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 26 words, 103 letters, 42 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε πετρος αργυριον και χρυσιον ουχ υπαρχει μοι ο δε εχω τουτο σοι διδωμι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου του ναζωραιου εγειραι και περιπατει
Lit: Said however Peter, Silver and gold none there is to me; what however I have, this to you I give: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, rise up and walk!”
KJV: Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.
References
"Silver"Mt 10:9: Provide neither gold: nor silver: nor brass in your purses: 1Co 4:11: Even to this present hour we both hunger: and thirst: and are naked: and are buffeted: and have no certain dwellingplace;2Co 6:10: As sorrowful: yet alway rejoicing; as poor: yet making many rich; as not havinghing: and yet possessing all things.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?"but"Mr 14:8: She has done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.2Co 8:12: For if there be first a willing mind: it is accepted according to that a man has: and not according to that he has not.1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God."In"Ac 3:16: His name through faith in his name has made this man strong: whom you see and know: yes: the faith which is by him has given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.Ac 4:7: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Ac 9:34: Peter said to Him: AEneas: Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise: and make your bed. And He arose immediately.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Ac 19:13-16: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.Mt 7:22: Many will say to me in that day: Lord: Lord: have not we prophesied in your name? and in your name have cast out devils? and in your name done many wonderful works?Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;"Jesus"Ac 2:22: 36: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Joh 19:19: Pilate wrote a title: and put it on the cross. And the writing was: JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.
και πιασας αυτον της δεξιας χειρος ηγειρεν παραχρημα δε εστερεωθησαν αυτου αι βασεις και τα σφυρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4084πιάσαςpiasas (V-APA-NMS)
G4084 πιάζω piázō pee-ad-zo probably another form of βιάζω; to squeeze, i.e. seize (gently by the hand (press), or officially (arrest), or in hunting (capture)):--apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Compare πιέζω.
|
πιάσαςpiasas
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
by the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1188δεξιᾶςdexias (Adj-GFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾶςdexias
|
right
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand,
|
N-GFS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
he raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3916παραχρῆμαparachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
παραχρῆμαparachrēma
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4732ἐστερεώθησανestereōthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4732 στερεόω stereóō ster-eh-o-o from στερεός; to solidify, i.e. confirm (literally or figuratively):--establish, receive strength, make strong.
|
ἐστερεώθησανestereōthēsan
|
were strengthened
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G939βάσειςbaseis (N-NFP)
G939 βάσις básis bas-ece from (to walk); a pace (base), i.e. (by implication) the foot:--foot.
|
βάσειςbaseis
|
feet
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4974σφυδρά,sphydra (N-NNP)
G4974 σφυρόν sphyrón sfoo-ron neuter of a presumed derivative probably of the same as (a ball, sphere; compare the feminine , a hammer); the ankle (as globular):--ancle bone.
|
σφυδρά,sphydra
|
ankles.
|
N-NNP
|
7
He took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ancle bones received strength.Acts 3:7
Stats
Rank: #3652 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 32 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πιασας αυτον της δεξιας χειρος ηγειρεν παραχρημα δε εστερεωθησαν αυτου αι βασεις και τα σφυρα
Lit: And having taken him by the right hand, he raised up him; immediately then were strengthened the feet of him, and the ankles.
KJV: And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ancle bones received strength.
References
"And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ankle bones received strength."Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive.Mr 1:31: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them.Mr 5:41: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Mr 9:27: But Jesus took Him by the hand: and lifted Him up; and He arose.Lu 13:13: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God.
και εξαλλομενος εστη και περιεπατει και εισηλθεν συν αυτοις εις το ιερον περιπατων και αλλομενος και αινων τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1814ἐξαλλόμενοςexallomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1814 ἐξάλλομαι exállomai ex-al-lom-ahee from ἐκ and ἅλλομαι; to spring forth :--leap up.
|
ἐξαλλόμενοςexallomenos
|
leaping up,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2476ἔστηestē (V-AIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστηestē
|
he stood
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιεπάτει,periepatei (V-IIA-3S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιεπάτει,periepatei
|
began walking,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
he entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G4043περιπατῶνperipatōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατῶνperipatōn
|
walking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G242ἁλλόμενοςhallomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G242 ἅλλομαι hállomai hal-lom-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to jump; figuratively, to gush:--leap, spring up.
|
ἁλλόμενοςhallomenos
|
leaping
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G134αἰνῶνainōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G134 αἰνέω ainéō ahee-neh-o from αἶνος; to praise (God):--praise.
|
αἰνῶνainōn
|
praising
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2316Θεόν.Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν.Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
8
He leaping up stood, and walked, and entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God.Acts 3:8
Stats
Rank: #3783 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 15 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξαλλομενος εστη και περιεπατει και εισηλθεν συν αυτοις εις το ιερον περιπατων και αλλομενος και αινων τον θεον
Lit: And leaping up, he stood and began walking, and he entered with them into the temple, walking and leaping and praising God.
KJV: And he leaping up stood, and walked, and entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God.
References
"he"Ac 14:10: Said with a loud voice: Stand upright on your feet. And he leaped and walked.Isa 35:6: Then will the lame man leap as an hart: and the tongue of the dumb sing: for in the wilderness will waters break out: and streams in the desert.Lu 6:23: Rejoice you in that day: and leap for joy: for: look: your reward is great in heaven: for in the like manner did their fathers to the prophets.Joh 5:8: 9: 14: Jesus says to Him: Rise: take up your bed: and walk."praising"Ps 103:1: 2: A Psalm of David.>> Bless the LORD: O my soul: and all that is within me: bless His holy name.Ps 107:20-22: He sent his word: and healed them: and delivered them from their destructions.Lu 17:15-18: One of them: when He saw that He was healed: turned back: and with a loud voice glorified God: Lu 18:43: Immediately He received His sight: and followed Him: glorifying God: and all the people: when they saw it: gave praise to God.
και ειδεν αυτον πας ο λαος περιπατουντα και αινουντα τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4043περιπατοῦνταperipatounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦνταperipatounta
|
walking
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G134αἰνοῦνταainounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G134 αἰνέω ainéō ahee-neh-o from αἶνος; to praise (God):--praise.
|
αἰνοῦνταainounta
|
praising
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2316Θεόν·Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν·Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
9
All the people saw Him walking and praising God:Acts 3:9
Stats
Rank: #4022 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 52 characters, 10 words, 42 letters, 15 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδεν αυτον πας ο λαος περιπατουντα και αινουντα τον θεον
Lit: And saw all the people him walking and praising God.
KJV: And all the people saw him walking and praising God:
References
"And all the people saw him walking and praising God:"Ac 14:11: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.Mr 2:11: 12: I say to you: Arise: and take up your bed: and go your way into your house.Lu 13:17: When he had said these things: all his adversaries were ashamed: and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him.
επεγινωσκον τε αυτον οτι ουτος ην ο προς την ελεημοσυνην καθημενος επι τη ωραια πυλη του ιερου και επλησθησαν θαμβους και εκστασεως επι τω συμβεβηκοτι αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1921ἐπεγίνωσκονepeginōskon (V-IIA-3P)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπεγίνωσκονepeginōskon
|
They recognized
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn (N-AFS)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύνηνeleēmosynēn
|
alms
|
N-AFS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5611ὩραίᾳHōraia (Adj-DFS)
G5611 ὡραῖος hōraîos ho-rah-yos from ὥρα; belonging to the right hour or season (timely), i.e. (by implication) flourishing (beauteous (figuratively)):--beautiful.
|
ὩραίᾳHōraia
|
Beautiful
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4439ΠύλῃPylē (N-DFS)
G4439 πύλη pýlē poo-lay apparently a primary word; a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (literally or figuratively):--gate.
|
ΠύλῃPylē
|
Gate
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦ,hierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦ,hierou
|
temple;
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4130ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan
|
they were filled
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2285θάμβουςthambous (N-GNS)
G2285 θάμβος thámbos tham-bos akin to an obsolete (to dumbfound); stupefaction (by surprise), i.e. astonishment:--X amazed, + astonished, wonder.
|
θάμβουςthambous
|
with wonder
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1611ἐκστάσεωςekstaseōs (N-GFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἐκστάσεωςekstaseōs
|
amazement
|
N-GFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
that
|
Art-DNS
|
G4819συμβεβηκότιsymbebēkoti (V-RPA-DNS)
G4819 συμβαίνω symbaínō soom-bah-ee-no from σύν and the base of βάσις; to walk (figuratively, transpire) together, i.e. concur (take place):--be(-fall), happen (unto).
|
συμβεβηκότιsymbebēkoti
|
having happened
|
V-RPA-DNS
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
10
They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.Acts 3:10
Stats
Rank: #4342 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 32 words, 134 letters, 48 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: επεγινωσκον τε αυτον οτι ουτος ην ο προς την ελεημοσυνην καθημενος επι τη ωραια πυλη του ιερου και επλησθησαν θαμβους και εκστασεως επι τω συμβεβηκοτι αυτω
Lit: They recognized then him, that he was the one for the alms sitting at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that having happened to him.
KJV: And they knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him.
References
"they knew"Ac 3:2: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Ac 4:14-16: 21: 22: Beholding the man which was healed standing with them: they could not sayhing against it.Joh 9:3: 18-21: Jesus answered: Neither has this man sinned: nor His parents: but that the works of God should be made manifest in Him."they were"Ac 2:7: 12: They were all amazed and marvelled: saying one to another: Look: not are all these which speak Galilaeans?Lu 4:36: They were all amazed: and spoke among themselves: saying: What a word is this! for with authority and power he commands the unclean spirits: and they come out.Lu 9:43: They were all amazed at the mighty power of God. But while they wondered every one at all things which Jesus did: He said to His disciples: Joh 5:20: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.
Peter Speaks in Solomon’s Colonnade
κρατουντος δε του ιαθεντος χωλου τον πετρον και ιωαννην συνεδραμεν προς αυτους πας ο λαος επι τη στοα τη καλουμενη σολομωντος εκθαμβοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2902ΚρατοῦντοςKratountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ΚρατοῦντοςKratountos
|
Is clinging
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
to
|
Art-AMS
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John;
|
N-AMS
|
G4936συνέδραμενsynedramen (V-AIA-3S)
G4936 συντρέχω syntréchō soon-trekh-o from σύν and τρέχω (including its alternate); to rush together (hastily assemble) or headlong (figuratively):--run (together, with).
|
συνέδραμενsynedramen
|
ran together
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4745στοᾷstoa (N-DFS)
G4745 στοά stoá sto-ah probably from ἵστημι; a colonnade or interior piazza:--porch.
|
στοᾷstoa
|
porch
|
N-DFS
|
G2564καλουμένῃkaloumenē (V-PPM/P-DFS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένῃkaloumenē
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-DFS
|
G4672ΣολομῶντοςSolomōntos (N-GMS)
G4672 Σολομών Solomṓn sol-om-one of Hebrew origin (שְׁלֹמֹה); Solomon (i.e. Shelomoh), the son of David:--Solomon.
|
ΣολομῶντοςSolomōntos
|
Solomon’s,
|
N-GMS
|
G1569ἔκθαμβοι.ekthamboi (Adj-NMP)
G1569 ἔκθαμβος ékthambos ek-tham-bos from ἐκ and θάμβος; utterly astounded:--greatly wondering.
|
ἔκθαμβοι.ekthamboi
|
greatly amazed.
|
Adj-NMP
|
11
As the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly wondering.Acts 3:11
Stats
Counts: 153 characters, 26 words, 122 letters, 43 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: κρατουντος δε του ιαθεντος χωλου τον πετρον και ιωαννην συνεδραμεν προς αυτους πας ο λαος επι τη στοα τη καλουμενη σολομωντος εκθαμβοι
Lit: Is clinging now he to Peter and John; ran together all the people to them in the porch called Solomon’s, greatly amazed.
KJV: And as the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly wondering.
References
"held"Lu 8:38: Now the man out of whom the devils were departed besought Him that He might be with Him: but Jesus sent Him away: saying: "all"Ac 2:6: Now when this was noised abroad: the multitude came together: and were confounded: because that every man heard them speak in his own language."in"Ac 5:12: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Joh 10:23: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch.
ιδων δε πετρος απεκρινατο προς τον λαον ανδρες ισραηλιται τι θαυμαζετε επι τουτω η ημιν τι ατενιζετε ως ιδια δυναμει η ευσεβεια πεποιηκοσιν του περιπατειν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen it
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G611ἀπεκρίνατοapekrinato (V-AIM-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίνατοapekrinato
|
answered
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόνlaon
|
people:
|
N-AMS
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2475Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai (N-VMP)
G2475 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlítēs is-rah-ale-ee-tace from Ἰσραήλ; an Israelite, i.e. descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively):--Israelite.
|
Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai
|
Israelites,
|
N-VMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2296θαυμάζετεthaumazete (V-PIA-2P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
θαυμάζετεthaumazete
|
wonder you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳ,toutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ,toutō
|
this?
|
DPro-DNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
on us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G816ἀτενίζετεatenizete (V-PIA-2P)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίζετεatenizete
|
you look intently,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as if
|
Adv
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
by our own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
power
|
N-DFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2150εὐσεβείᾳeusebeia (N-DFS)
G2150 εὐσέβεια eusébeia yoo-seb-i-ah from εὐσεβής; piety; specially, the gospel scheme:--godliness, holiness.
|
εὐσεβείᾳeusebeia
|
godliness
|
N-DFS
|
G4160πεποιηκόσινpepoiēkosin (V-RPA-DMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποιηκόσινpepoiēkosin
|
we have made
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G4043περιπατεῖνperipatein (V-PNA)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατεῖνperipatein
|
to walk
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτόν;auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν;auton
|
him?
|
PPro-AM3S
|
12
When Peter saw it, he answered to the people, You men of Israel, why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us, as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?
Acts 3:12
Stats
Counts: 196 characters, 37 words, 149 letters, 57 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων δε πετρος απεκρινατο προς τον λαον ανδρες ισραηλιται τι θαυμαζετε επι τουτω η ημιν τι ατενιζετε ως ιδια δυναμει η ευσεβεια πεποιηκοσιν του περιπατειν αυτον
Lit: Having seen it however, Peter answered to the people: Men, Israelites, why wonder you at this? Or on us why you look intently, as if by our own power or godliness we have made to walk him?
KJV: And when Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this? or why look ye so earnestly on us, as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?
References
"Ye men"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 13:26: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ro 9:4: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ro 11:1: I say then: Has God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite: of the seed of Abraham: of the tribe of Benjamin."or"Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Ac 14:11-15: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.Ge 40:8: They said to Him: We have dreamed a dream: and there is no interpreter of it. And Joseph said to them: Do not interpretations belong to God? tell me them: I pray you.Ge 41:16: Joseph answered Pharaoh: saying: It is not in me: God will give Pharaoh an answer of peace.Da 2:28-30: But there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets: and makes known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days. Your dream: and the visions of your head upon your bed: are these;Joh 3:27: 28: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him."as"2Co 3:5: Not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God;
ο θεος αβρααμ και ισαακ και ιακωβ ο θεος των πατερων ημων εδοξασεν τον παιδα αυτου ιησουν ον υμεις παρεδωκατε και ηρνησασθε αυτον κατα προσωπον πιλατου κριναντος εκεινου απολυειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
of Abraham,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588[ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316θεὸς]theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεὸς]theos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-GMS)
G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
of Isaac,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588[ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316θεὸς]theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεὸς]theos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2384Ἰακώβ,Iakōb (N-GMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
Ἰακώβ,Iakōb
|
Jacob,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1392ἐδόξασενedoxasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξασενedoxasen
|
has glorified
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3816ΠαῖδαPaida (N-AMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
ΠαῖδαPaida
|
servant
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3860παρεδώκατεparedōkate (V-AIA-2P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδώκατεparedōkate
|
betrayed
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G720ἠρνήσασθεērnēsasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσασθεērnēsasthe
|
disowned
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
the presence
|
N-ANS
|
G4091Πιλάτου,Pilatou (N-GMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
Πιλάτου,Pilatou
|
of Pilate,
|
N-GMS
|
G2919κρίναντοςkrinantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίναντοςkrinantos
|
having adjudged
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1565ἐκείνουekeinou (DPro-GMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνουekeinou
|
that one
|
DPro-GMS
|
G630ἀπολύειν·apolyein (V-PNA)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολύειν·apolyein
|
to release Him.
|
V-PNA
|
13
The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up, and denied Him in the presence of Pilate, when He was determined to let Him go.Acts 3:13
Stats
Rank: #3004 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 203 characters, 33 words, 156 letters, 63 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο θεος αβρααμ και ισαακ και ιακωβ ο θεος των πατερων ημων εδοξασεν τον παιδα αυτου ιησουν ον υμεις παρεδωκατε και ηρνησασθε αυτον κατα προσωπον πιλατου κριναντος εκεινου απολυειν
Lit: The God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God Jacob, the God of the fathers of us, has glorified the servant of Him, Jesus, whom you indeed betrayed and disowned in the presence of Pilate, having adjudged that one to release Him.
KJV: The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Son Jesus; whom ye delivered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to let him go.
References
"God of Abraham"Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 7:32: Saying: I am the God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled: and not durst look.Ex 3:6: Moreover He said: I am the God of your father: the God of Abraham: the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid His face; for He was afraid to look upon God.Ps 105:6-10: O you seed of Abraham his servant: you children of Jacob his chosen.Mt 22:32: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob? God not is the God of the dead: but of the living.Heb 11:9-16: By faith he sojourned in the land of promise: as in a strange country: dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob: the heirs with him of the same promise:"hath"Ac 2:33-36: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ps 2:6-12: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 110:1: 2: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: 36: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 5:22: 23: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Joh 7:39: (But this spoke He of the Spirit: which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost not was yet given; because that Jesus not was yet glorified.)Joh 12:16: These things not understood His disciples at the first: but when Jesus was glorified: then remembered they that these things were written of Him: and that they had done these things to Him.Joh 13:31: 32: Therefore: when He was gone out: Jesus said: Now is the Son of man glorified: and God is glorified in Him.Joh 16:14: 15: He will glorify me: for he will receive of my: and will show it to you.Joh 17:1-5: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man.Re 1:5: 18: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "whom"Ac 2:23: 24: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 13:27: 28: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Mt 27:2: 17-25: When they had bound him: they led him away: and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor.Mr 15:11: But the chief priests moved the people: that he should rather release Barabbas to them.Lu 23:16-23: I will therefore chastise him: and release him.Joh 18:40: Then cried they all again: saying: Not this man: but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar.
υμεις δε τον αγιον και δικαιον ηρνησασθε και ητησασθε ανδρα φονεα χαρισθηναι υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-AMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1342ΔίκαιονDikaion (Adj-AMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
ΔίκαιονDikaion
|
Righteous One
|
Adj-AMS
|
G720ἠρνήσασθε,ērnēsasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσασθε,ērnēsasthe
|
denied,
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G154ᾐτήσασθεētēsasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσασθεētēsasthe
|
requested
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man,
|
N-AMS
|
G5406φονέαphonea (N-AMS)
G5406 φονεύς phoneús fon-yooce from φόνος; a murderer (always of criminal (or at least intentional) homicide; which ἀνθρωποκτόνος does not necessarily imply; while σικάριος is a special term for a public bandit):--murderer.
|
φονέαphonea
|
a murderer,
|
N-AMS
|
G5483χαρισθῆναιcharisthēnai (V-ANP)
G5483 χαρίζομαι charízomai khar-id-zom-ahee middle voice from χάρις; to grant as a favor, i.e. gratuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:--deliver, (frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.
|
χαρισθῆναιcharisthēnai
|
to be granted
|
V-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you;
|
PPro-D2P
|
14
But you denied the Holy one and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Acts 3:14
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 17 words, 68 letters, 28 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις δε τον αγιον και δικαιον ηρνησασθε και ητησασθε ανδρα φονεα χαρισθηναι υμιν
Lit: You however the Holy and Righteous One denied, and requested a man, a murderer, to be granted to you;
KJV: But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted unto you;
References
"the Holy One"Ac 2:27: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ac 22:14: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Jas 5:6: You have condemned and killed the just; and he does not resist you.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:1Jo 2:1: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;"desired"Mr 15:7: There was one named Barabbas: which lay bound with them that had made insurrection with him: who had committed murder in the insurrection.Lu 23:19: (Who for a certain sedition made in the city: and for murder: was cast into prison.)
τον δε αρχηγον της ζωης απεκτεινατε ον ο θεος ηγειρεν εκ νεκρων ου ημεις μαρτυρες εσμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G747ἈρχηγὸνArchēgon (N-AMS)
G747 ἀρχηγός archēgós ar-khay-gos from ἀρχή and ἄγω; a chief leader:--author, captain, prince.
|
ἈρχηγὸνArchēgon
|
the Author
|
N-AMS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G615ἀπεκτείνατε,apekteinate (V-AIA-2P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτείνατε,apekteinate
|
you killed,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
has raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whereof
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3144μάρτυρέςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρέςmartyres
|
witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμεν.esmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμεν.esmen
|
are.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
15
Killed the Prince of life, whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Acts 3:15
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 15 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον δε αρχηγον της ζωης απεκτεινατε ον ο θεος ηγειρεν εκ νεκρων ου ημεις μαρτυρες εσμεν
Lit: and the Author of life you killed, whom God has raised up out from the dead, whereof we witnesses are.
KJV: And killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.
References
"Prince"Joh 1:4: In him was life; and the life was the light of men.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 5:26: For as the Father has life in Himself; so has He given to the Son to have life in Himself;Joh 10:28: I give to them eternal life; and they will never perish: neither will any man pluck them out of my hand.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Joh 17:2: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.Ro 8:1: 2: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.1Co 15:45: So it is written: The first man Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit.Col 3:3: 4: For you are dead: and your life is hid with Christ in God.Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;1Jo 5:11: 12: 20: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Re 22:1: 17: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb."whom"Ac 2:24: 32: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Mt 28:2-5: And: look: there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven: and came and rolled back the stone from the door: and sat upon it.Eph 1:20: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: "whereof"Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 10:40: 41: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 13:30-32: But God raised Him from the dead:
και επι τη πιστει του ονοματος αυτου τουτον ον θεωρειτε και οιδατε εστερεωσεν το ονομα αυτου και η πιστις η δι αυτου εδωκεν αυτω την ολοκληριαν ταυτην απεναντι παντων υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστειpistei
|
faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
in the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3778τοῦτον,touton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτον,touton
|
this man
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2334θεωρεῖτεtheōreite (V-PIA-2P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖτεtheōreite
|
you see
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1492οἴδατε,oidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατε,oidate
|
know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G4732ἐστερέωσενestereōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4732 στερεόω stereóō ster-eh-o-o from στερεός; to solidify, i.e. confirm (literally or figuratively):--establish, receive strength, make strong.
|
ἐστερέωσενestereōsen
|
has strengthened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
which is
|
Art-NFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
has given
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3647ὁλοκληρίανholoklērian (N-AFS)
G3647 ὁλοκληρία holoklēría hol-ok-lay-ree-ah from ὁλόκληρος; integrity, i.e. physical wholeness:--perfect soundness.
|
ὁλοκληρίανholoklērian
|
complete soundness
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G561ἀπέναντιapenanti (Prep)
G561 ἀπέναντι apénanti ap-en-an-tee from ἀπό and ἔναντι; from in front, i.e. opposite, before or against:--before, contrary, over against, in the presence of.
|
ἀπέναντιapenanti
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
16
His name through faith in his name has made this man strong, whom you see and know: yes, the faith which is by him has given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.Acts 3:16
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 34 words, 144 letters, 51 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επι τη πιστει του ονοματος αυτου τουτον ον θεωρειτε και οιδατε εστερεωσεν το ονομα αυτου και η πιστις η δι αυτου εδωκεν αυτω την ολοκληριαν ταυτην απεναντι παντων υμων
Lit: And on the faith in the name of Him, this man whom you see and know has strengthened the name of Him; and the faith which is through Him has given to him the complete soundness this before all of you.
KJV: And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong, whom ye see and know: yea, the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.
References
"his"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:7: 10: 30: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Mt 9:22: But Jesus turned Him about: and when He saw her: He said: Daughter: be of good comfort; your faith has made you whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour."through"Ac 14:9: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him: and perceiving that he had faith to be healed: Ac 19:13-17: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.Mt 17:19: 20: Then came the disciples to Jesus apart: and said: Why not could we cast Him out?Mt 21:21: 22: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Mr 11:22: 23: Jesus answering says to them: Have faith in God.Mr 16:17: 18: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 17:5: 6: The apostles said to the Lord: Increase our faith.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing."perfect"Ac 3:8: He leaping up stood: and walked: and entered with them into the temple: walking: and leaping: and praising God.Ac 8:14-16: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Joh 7:23: If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision: that the law of Moses not should be broken; are you angry at me: because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day?
και νυν αδελφοι οιδα οτι κατα αγνοιαν επραξατε ωσπερ και οι αρχοντες υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦν,nyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦν,nyn
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G52ἄγνοιανagnoian (N-AFS)
G52 ἄγνοια ágnoia ag-noy-ah from ἀγνοέω; ignorance (properly, the quality):--ignorance.
|
ἄγνοιανagnoian
|
ignorance
|
N-AFS
|
G4238ἐπράξατε,epraxate (V-AIA-2P)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
ἐπράξατε,epraxate
|
you acted,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv)
G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G758ἄρχοντεςarchontes (N-NMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχοντεςarchontes
|
rulers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν·hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν·hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
17
Now, brothers, I know that through ignorance you did it, as did also your rulers.
Acts 3:17
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 11 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν αδελφοι οιδα οτι κατα αγνοιαν επραξατε ωσπερ και οι αρχοντες υμων
Lit: And now, brothers, I know that in ignorance you acted, as also the rulers of you.
KJV: And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as [did] also your rulers.
References
"wot"Ac 7:40: Saying to Aaron: Make us gods to go before us: for as for this Moses: which brought us out of the land of Egypt: we know not what is become of him.Ge 21:26: Abimelech said: I know not who has done this thing: neither did you tell me: neither yet heard I of it: but today.Ge 39:8: But he refused: and said to his master's wife: Look: my master wots not what is with me in the house: and he has committed all that he has to my hand;Ge 44:15: Joseph said to them: What deed is this that you have done? know you not that such a man as I can certainly divine?Ex 32:1: When the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mount: the people gathered themselves together to Aaron: and said to him: Up: make us gods: which will go before us; for as for this Moses: the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt: we know not what is become of him.Nu 22:6: Come now therefore: I pray you: curse me this people; for they are too mighty for me: perhaps I will prevail: that we may smite them: and that I may drive them out of the land: for I know that he whom you bless is blessed: and he whom you curse is cursed.Ro 11:2: God has not cast away His people which He foreknew. Know you not what the scripture says of Elias? how He makes intercession to God against Israel: saying: Php 1:22: But if I live in the flesh: this is the fruit of my labour: yet what I will choose I know not."through"Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Nu 15:24-31: Then it will be: if ought be committed by ignorance without the knowledge of the congregation: that all the congregation will offer one young bullock for a burnt offering: for a sweet savour to the LORD: with His meat offering: and His drink offering: according to the manner: and one kid of the goats for a sin offering.Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Joh 7:26: 27: 52: But: indeed: He speaks boldly: and they not sayhing to Him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is the very Christ?Joh 16:3: These things will they do to you: because they not have known the Father: nor me.1Co 2:8: Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it: they not would have crucified the Lord of glory.2Co 3:14: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
ο δε θεος α προκατηγγειλεν δια στοματος παντων των προφητων αυτου παθειν τον χριστον επληρωσεν ουτως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4293προκατήγγειλενprokatēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G4293 προκαταγγέλλω prokatangéllō prok-at-ang-ghel-lo from πρό and καταγγέλλω; to anounce beforehand, i.e. predict, promise:--foretell, have notice, (shew) before.
|
προκατήγγειλενprokatēngeilen
|
He foretold
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
the mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν,prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν,prophētōn
|
prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G3958παθεῖνpathein (V-ANA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖνpathein
|
that should suffer
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4137ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen
|
He has fulfilled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3779οὕτως.houtōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως.houtōs
|
thus.
|
Adv
|
18
But those things, which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets, that Christ should suffer, He has so fulfilled.Acts 3:18
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 20 words, 102 letters, 32 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε θεος α προκατηγγειλεν δια στοματος παντων των προφητων αυτου παθειν τον χριστον επληρωσεν ουτως
Lit: But God what He foretold by the mouth of all the prophets, that should suffer the Christ of Him, He has fulfilled thus.
KJV: But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled.
References
"those"Ac 17:2: 3: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Lu 24:26: 27: 44: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;1Pe 1:10: 11: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."all"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 22:1-30: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1-36: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Isa 50:6: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:26: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.
μετανοησατε ουν και επιστρεψατε εις το εξαλειφθηναι υμων τας αμαρτιας οπως αν ελθωσιν καιροι αναψυξεως απο προσωπου του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3340μετανοήσατεmetanoēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοήσατεmetanoēsate
|
Repent,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψατεepistrepsate (V-AMA-2P)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψατεepistrepsate
|
turn again,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1813ἐξαλειφθῆναιexaleiphthēnai (V-ANP)
G1813 ἐξαλείφω exaleíphō ex-al-i-fo from ἐκ and ἀλείφω; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, figuratively, pardon sin):--blot out, wipe away.
|
ἐξαλειφθῆναιexaleiphthēnai
|
blotting out
|
V-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of your
|
PPro-G2P
|
G266ἁμαρτίας,hamartias (N-AFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας,hamartias
|
sins,
|
N-AFP
|
19
Repent you therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Acts 3:19
Stats
Rank: #159 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 23 words, 115 letters, 41 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετανοησατε ουν και επιστρεψατε εις το εξαλειφθηναι υμων τας αμαρτιας οπως αν ελθωσιν καιροι αναψυξεως απο προσωπου του κυριου
Lit: Repent, therefore, and turn again, for the blotting out of your sins,
KJV: Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord;
References
"Repent"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"be"Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 26:18-20: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Ac 28:27: For the heart of this people is waxed gross: and their ears are dull of hearing: and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and understand with their heart: and should be converted: and I should heal them.Ps 51:13: Then will I teach transgressors your ways; and sinners will be converted to you.Isa 1:16-20: Wash you: make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before my eyes; cease to do evil;Isa 6:10: Make the heart of this people fat: and make their ears heavy: and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and understand with their heart: and convert: and be healed.Isa 55:6: 7: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.La 3:40: Let us search and try our ways: and turn again to the LORD.La 5:21: Turn you us to you: O LORD: and we will be turned; renew our days as of old.Eze 18:30-32: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Da 9:13: As it is written in the law of Moses: all this evil is come upon us: yet made not we our prayer before the LORD our God: that we might turn from our iniquities: and understand your truth.Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.Joe 2:13: Rend your heart: not and your garments: and turn to the LORD your God: for He is gracious and merciful: slow to anger: and of great kindness: and repents Him of the evil.Mt 13:15: For this people's heart is waxed gross: and their ears are dull of hearing: and their eyes they have closed; lest at any time they should see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and should understand with their heart: and should be converted: and I should heal them.Mt 18:3: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Lu 1:16: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.Jas 4:7-10: Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil: and He will flee from you.Jas 5:19: 20: Brothers: if any of you do err from the truth: and one convert him;1Pe 2:25: For you were as sheep going astray; but are now returned to the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls."that"De 4:29-31: But if from there you will seek the LORD your God: you will find Him: if you seek Him with all your heart and with all your soul.1Ki 8:48-50: so return to you with all their heart: and with all their soul: in the land of their enemies: which led them away captive: and pray to you toward their land: which you gave to their fathers: the city which you have chosen: and the house which I have built for your name:Ps 32:1-5: A Psalm of David: Maschil.>> Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven: whose sin is covered.Ps 51:1-3: 9: A Psalm of David: when Nathan the prophet came to Him: after He had gone in to Bathsheba.>> Have mercy upon me: O God: according to your lovingkindness: according to the multitude of your tender mercies blot out my transgressions.Ps 103:12: As far as the east is from the west: so far has he removed our transgressions from us.Isa 1:16-18: Wash you: make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before my eyes; cease to do evil;Isa 43:25: I: even I: am he who blots out your transgressions for my own sake: and not will remember your sins.Isa 44:22: I have blotted out: as a thick cloud: your transgressions: and: as a cloud: your sins: return to me; for I have redeemed you.Jer 31:33: 34: But this will be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days: says the LORD: I will put my law in their inward parts: and write it in their hearts; and will be their God: and they will be my people.Jer 50:20: In those days: and in that time: says the LORD: the iniquity of Israel will be sought for: and there will be none; and the sins of Judah: and they will not be found: for I will pardon them whom I reserve.Mic 7:18: 19: Who is a God like to you: that pardons iniquity: and passs by the transgression of the remnant of His heritage? He retains not His anger for ever: because He delights in mercy.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away."when"Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Ac 1:6: When they therefore were come together: they asked of Him: saying: Lord: will you at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?Ac 17:26: has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and has determined the times before appointed: and the bounds of their habitation;Ps 72:6-19: He will come down like rain upon the mown grass: as showers that water the earth.Ps 98:1-9: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Isa 2:1-3: The word that Isaiah the son of Amoz saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem.Isa 49:10-22: They will not hunger nor thirst; neither will the heat nor sun smite them: for he who has mercy on them will lead them: even by the springs of water will he guide them.Isa 51:11: Therefore the redeemed of the LORD will return: and come with singing to Zion; and everlasting joy will be upon their head: they will obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning will flee away.Isa 52:1-10: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Isa 54:1-14: Sing: O barren: you that did not bear; break forth into singing: and cry aloud: you that did not travail with child: for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the married wife: says the LORD.Isa 60:1-22: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Isa 61:3: 9-11: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.Isa 62:1-5: For Zion's sake will not I hold my peace: and for Jerusalem's sake I not will rest: until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness: and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burns.Isa 65:17-25: For: look: I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former will not be remembered: nor come into mind.Isa 66:10-14: 18-22: Rejoice you with Jerusalem: and be glad with her: all you that love her: rejoice for joy with her: all you that mourn for her:Jer 31:22-26: How long will you go about: O you backsliding daughter? for the LORD has created a new thing in the earth: A woman will compass a man.Jer 32:37-41: Look: I will gather them out of all countries: whither I have driven them in my anger: and in my fury: and in great wrath; and I will bring them again to this place: and I will cause them to dwell safely:Jer 33:15-26: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Eze 34:23-31: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:21-28: Say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD; Look: I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen: whither they be gone: and will gather them on every side: and bring them into their own land:Eze 39:25-29: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob: and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel: and will be jealous for my holy name;Ho 2:19-23: I will betroth you to me for ever; yes: I will betroth you to me in righteousness: and in judgment: and in lovingkindness: and in mercies.Joe 3:16-21: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel.Am 9:13-15: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that the plowman will overtake the reaper: and the treader of grapes Him that sows seed; and the mountains will drop sweet wine: and all the hills will melt.Mic 7:14: 15: Feed your people with your rod: the flock of your heritage: which dwell solitarily in the wood: in the middle of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead: as in the days of old.Zep 3:14-20: Sing: O daughter of Zion; shout: O Israel; be glad and rejoice with all the heart: O daughter of Jerusalem.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.2Th 1:7: 10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: 2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.
και αποστειλη τον προκεκηρυγμενον υμιν ιησουν χριστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθωσινelthōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωσινelthōsin
|
may come
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2540καιροὶkairoi (N-NMP)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροὶkairoi
|
times
|
N-NMP
|
G403ἀναψύξεωςanapsyxeōs (N-GFS)
G403 ἀνάψυξις anápsyxis an-aps-ook-sis from ἀναψύχω; properly, a recovery of breath, i.e. (figuratively) revival:--revival.
|
ἀναψύξεωςanapsyxeōs
|
of refreshing
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
the presence
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G649ἀποστείλῃaposteilē (V-ASA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλῃaposteilē
|
that He may send
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G4400προκεχειρισμένονprokecheirismenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4400 προχειρίζομαι procheirízomai prokh-i-rid-zom-ahee middle voice from πρό and a derivative of χείρ; to handle for oneself in advance, i.e. (figuratively) to purpose:--choose, make.
|
προκεχειρισμένονprokecheirismenon
|
having been appointed
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
20
He will send Jesus Christ, which before was preached to you:Acts 3:20
Stats
Counts: 67 characters, 11 words, 54 letters, 19 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αποστειλη τον προκεκηρυγμενον υμιν ιησουν χριστον
Lit: so that may come times of refreshing from the presence of the Lord, and that He may send the One having been appointed to you, Christ Jesus,
KJV: And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you:
References
"And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you:"Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Mt 24:3: 30-36: As he sat upon the mount of Olives: the disciples came to him privately: saying: Tell us: when will these things be? and what will be the sign of your coming: and of the end of the world?Mr 13:26: 30-37: Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Lu 19:11: As they heard these things: He added and spoke a parable: because He was nigh to Jerusalem: and because they thought that the kingdom of God should immediately appear.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.2Th 2:2: 8: That you not be soon shaken in mind: or be troubled: neither by spirit: nor by word: nor by letter as from us: as that the day of Christ is at hand.Heb 9:28: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 19:11-16: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.
ον δει ουρανον μεν δεξασθαι αχρι χρονων αποκαταστασεως παντων ων ελαλησεν ο θεος δια στοματος παντων αγιων αυτου προφητων απ αιωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G1209δέξασθαιdexasthai (V-ANM)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέξασθαιdexasthai
|
to receive,
|
V-ANM
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G5550χρόνωνchronōn (N-GMP)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνωνchronōn
|
the times
|
N-GMP
|
G605ἀποκαταστάσεωςapokatastaseōs (N-GFS)
G605 ἀποκατάστασις apokatástasis ap-ok-at-as-tas-is from ἀποκαθίστημι; reconstitution:--restitution.
|
ἀποκαταστάσεωςapokatastaseōs
|
of restoration
|
N-GFS
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
the mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
holy
|
Adj-GMP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
the age
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
His
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4396προφητῶν.prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν.prophētōn
|
prophets.
|
N-GMP
|
21
Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things, which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Acts 3:21
Stats
Rank: #1347 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 28 words, 127 letters, 44 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον δει ουρανον μεν δεξασθαι αχρι χρονων αποκαταστασεως παντων ων ελαλησεν ο θεος δια στοματος παντων αγιων αυτου προφητων απ αιωνος
Lit: whom it behooves heaven indeed to receive, until the times of restoration of all things, of which spoke God by the mouth of holy from the age His prophets.
KJV: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began.
References
"the heaven"Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven."the times"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Isa 1:26: I will restore your judges as at the first: and your counsellers as at the beginning: afterward you will be called: The city of righteousness: the faithful city.Mal 3:3: 4: He will sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and He will purify the sons of Levi: and purge them as gold and silver: that they may offer to the LORD an offering in righteousness.Mal 4:5: 6: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:Mt 17:11: 12: Jesus answered and said to them: Elias truly will first come: and restore all things.Mr 9:11-13: They asked him: saying: Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?"holy"Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Lu 1:70: As he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets: which have been since the world began:2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.
μωσης μεν γαρ προς τους πατερας ειπεν οτι προφητην υμιν αναστησει κυριος ο θεος υμων εκ των αδελφων υμων ως εμε αυτου ακουσεσθε κατα παντα οσα αν λαληση προς υμας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4396ΠροφήτηνProphētēn (N-AMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
ΠροφήτηνProphētēn
|
A prophet
|
N-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G450ἀναστήσειanastēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσειanastēsei
|
will raise up
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4771[ὑμῶν]hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
[ὑμῶν]hymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐμέ·eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ·eme
|
me;
|
PPro-A1S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἀκούσεσθεakousesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσεσθεakousesthe
|
You will listen to
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
as many as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2980λαλήσῃlalēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσῃlalēsē
|
He might say
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς.hymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς.hymas
|
you.
|
PPro-A2P
|
22
For Moses truly said to the fathers, A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers, like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.
Acts 3:22
Stats
Rank: #1778 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 188 characters, 34 words, 148 letters, 57 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: μωσης μεν γαρ προς τους πατερας ειπεν οτι προφητην υμιν αναστησει κυριος ο θεος υμων εκ των αδελφων υμων ως εμε αυτου ακουσεσθε κατα παντα οσα αν λαληση προς υμας
Lit: Moses indeed said - , A prophet to you will raise up the Lord the God of you out from the brothers of you, like me; Him You will listen to in all things, as many as He might say to you.
KJV: For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you.
References
"Moses"Ac 7:37: This is that Moses: which said to the children of Israel: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear.De 18:15-19: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;"A prophet"Lu 13:33: Nevertheless I must walk today: and to morrow: and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.Lu 24:19: He said to them: What things? And they said to Him: Concerning Jesus of Nazareth: which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people:Joh 8:12: Then spoke Jesus again to them: saying: I am the light of the world: He that'>He who follows me will not walk in darkness: but will have the light of life.Joh 12:46: I am come a light into the world: that whoever believes on me not should abide in darkness.Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"of your"Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ro 9:5: Whose are the fathers: and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came: who is over all: God blessed for ever. Amen.Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Heb 2:9-17: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man."like"De 18:18: I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brothers: like to you: and will put my words in his mouth; and he will speak to them all that I will command him."him"Isa 55:3: 4: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Mt 17:4: 5: Then answered Peter: and said to Jesus: Lord: it is good for us to be here: if you will: let us make here 3 tabernacles; one for you: and one for Moses: and one for Elias.Mr 9:4-7: There appeared to them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus.Lu 9:30-35: And: look: there talked with him two men: which were Moses and Elias:Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Joh 5:24: 39-47: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Heb 1:1: 2: God: who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets: Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;
εσται δε πασα ψυχη ητις αν μη ακουση του προφητου εκεινου εξολοθρευθησεται εκ του λαου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
It will be that
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5590ψυχὴpsychē (N-NFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴpsychē
|
soul
|
N-NFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
who,
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκούσῃakousē (V-ASA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσῃakousē
|
might heed
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4396προφήτουprophētou (N-GMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτουprophētou
|
prophet
|
N-GMS
|
G1565ἐκείνουekeinou (DPro-GMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνουekeinou
|
that,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G1842ἐξολεθρευθήσεταιexolethreuthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1842 ἐξολοθρεύω exolothreúō ex-ol-oth-ryoo-o from ἐκ and ὀλοθρεύω; to extirpate:--destroy.
|
ἐξολεθρευθήσεταιexolethreuthēsetai
|
will be utterly destroyed
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ.laou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ.laou
|
people.’
|
N-GMS
|
23
It will come to pass, that every soul, which not will hear that prophet, will be destroyed from among the people.Acts 3:23
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 94 letters, 32 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσται δε πασα ψυχη ητις αν μη ακουση του προφητου εκεινου εξολοθρευθησεται εκ του λαου
Lit: It will be that now every soul who, if not might heed the prophet that, will be utterly destroyed out from the people.’
KJV: And it shall come to pass, that every soul, which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people.
References
"that every"Ac 13:38-41: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:De 18:19: It will come to pass: that whoever not will listen to my words which he will speak in my name: I will require it of him.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 3:18-20: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.Joh 8:24: I said therefore to you: that you will die in your sins: for if you not believe that I am he: you will die in your sins.Joh 12:48: He who rejects me: and receives not my words: has one that judges him: the word that I have spoken: the same will judge him in the last day.2Th 1:7-9: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 10:28-30: 39: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.
και παντες δε οι προφηται απο σαμουηλ και των καθεξης οσοι ελαλησαν και προκατηγγειλαν τας ημερας ταυτας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4545ΣαμουὴλSamouēl (N-GMS)
G4545 Σαμουήλ Samouḗl sam-oo-ale of Hebrew origin (שְׁמוּאֵל); Samuel (i.e. Shemuel), an Israelite:--Samuel.
|
ΣαμουὴλSamouēl
|
Samuel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2517καθεξῆςkathexēs (Adv)
G2517 καθεξῆς kathexēs kath-ex-ace from κατά and ἑξῆς; thereafter, i.e. consecutively; as a noun (by ellipsis of noun) a subsequent person or time:--after(-ward), by (in) order.
|
καθεξῆςkathexēs
|
subsequently,
|
Adv
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
have spoken,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2605κατήγγειλανkatēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
κατήγγειλανkatēngeilan
|
have announced
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G3778ταύτας.tautas (DPro-AFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτας.tautas
|
these.
|
DPro-AFP
|
24
Yes, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days.Acts 3:24
Stats
Rank: #8524 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 20 words, 102 letters, 39 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παντες δε οι προφηται απο σαμουηλ και των καθεξης οσοι ελαλησαν και προκατηγγειλαν τας ημερας ταυτας
Lit: And all now the prophets from Samuel, and those subsequently, as many as have spoken, also have announced the days these.
KJV: Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days.
References
"and all"Ac 3:19: 21: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ro 3:21: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;"Samuel"Ac 13:20: After that he gave to them judges about the space of 450 years: until Samuel the prophet.1Sa 2:18: But Samuel ministered before the LORD: being a child: girded with a linen ephod.1Sa 3:1: 20: The child Samuel ministered to the LORD before Eli. And the word of the LORD was precious in those days; there was no open vision.Ps 99:6: Moses and Aaron among His priests: and Samuel among them that call upon His name; they called upon the LORD: and He answered them.Jer 15:1: Then said the LORD to me: Though Moses and Samuel stood before me: yet my mind could not be toward this people: cast them out of my sight: and let them go forth.
υμεις εστε υιοι των προφητων και της διαθηκης ης διεθετο ο θεος προς τους πατερας ημων λεγων προς αβρααμ και τω σπερματι σου ενευλογηθησονται πασαι αι πατριαι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS)
G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
that
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2316Θεὸς» ⇔Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεὸς» ⇔Theos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1303διέθετοdietheto (V-AIM-3S)
G1303 διατίθεμαι diatíthemai dee-at-ith-em-ahee middle voice from διά and τίθημι; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest):--appoint, make, testator.
|
διέθετοdietheto
|
made
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G11ἈβραάμAbraam (N-AMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραάμAbraam
|
Abraham,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4690σπέρματίspermati (N-DNS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματίspermati
|
seed
|
N-DNS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1757ἐνευλογηθήσονταιeneulogēthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G1757 ἐνευλογέω eneulogéō en-yoo-log-eh-o from ἐν and εὐλογέω; to confer a benefit on:--bless.
|
ἐνευλογηθήσονταιeneulogēthēsontai
|
will be blessed
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G3956πᾶσαιpasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαιpasai
|
all
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G3965πατριαὶpatriai (N-NFP)
G3965 πατριά patriá pat-ree-ah as if feminine of a derivative of πατήρ; paternal descent, i.e. (concretely) a group of families or a whole race (nation):--family, kindred, lineage.
|
πατριαὶpatriai
|
families
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.’
|
N-GFS
|
25
You are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying to Abraham, And in your seed will all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.
Acts 3:25
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 30 words, 138 letters, 48 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις εστε υιοι των προφητων και της διαθηκης ης διεθετο ο θεος προς τους πατερας ημων λεγων προς αβρααμ και τω σπερματι σου ενευλογηθησονται πασαι αι πατριαι της γης
Lit: You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant that God made with the fathers of you, saying to Abraham, And in the seed of you will be blessed all the families of the earth.’
KJV: Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.
References
"the children"Ac 2:39: For the promise is to you: and to your children: and to all that are afar off: even as many as the Lord our God will call.Ac 13:26: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ge 20:7: Now therefore restore the man his wife; for he is a prophet: and he will pray for you: and you will live: and if you restore her not: know you that you will surely die: you: and all that are your.Ge 27:36-40: He said: not Is he rightly named Jacob? for he has supplanted me these two times: he took away my birthright; and: look: now he has taken away my blessing. And he said: Have you not reserved a blessing for me?Ge 48:14-20: Israel stretched out his right hand: and laid it upon Ephraim's head: who was the younger: and his left hand upon Manasseh's head: guiding his hands wittingly; for Manasseh was the firstborn.Ge 49:1-33: Jacob called to his sons: and said: Gather yourselves together: that I may tell you that which will befall you in the last days.Ps 105:8-15: He has remembered his covenant for ever: the word which he commanded to a000 generations.Mt 3:9: 10: not think to say within yourselves: We have Abraham to our father: for I say to you: that God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham."the covenant"Ge 17:9: 10: 19: God said to Abraham: You will keep my covenant therefore: you: and your seed after you in their generations.1Ch 16:17: has confirmed the same to Jacob for a law: and to Israel for an everlasting covenant: Ne 9:8: found his heart faithful before you: and mad a covenant with him to give the land of the Canaanites: the Hittites: the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Jebusites: and the Girgashites: to give it: I say: to his seed: and have performed your words; for you are righteous:Lu 1:72: To perform the mercy promised to our fathers: and to remember his holy covenant;Ro 9:4: 5: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ro 15:8: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise."And in"Ge 12:3: I will bless them that bless you: and curse him that curses you: and in you will all families of the earth be blessed.Ge 18:18: Seeing that Abraham will surely become a great and mighty nation: and all the nations of the earth will be blessed in him?Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Ge 26:4: I will make your seed to multiply as the stars of heaven: and will give to your seed all these countries; and in your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed;Ge 28:14: your seed will be as the dust of the earth: and you will spread abroad to the west: and to the east: and to the north: and to the south: and in you and in your seed will all the families of the earth be blessed.Ro 4:13: For the promise: that he should be the heir of the world: was not to Abraham: or to his seed: through the law: but through the righteousness of faith.Ga 3:8: 16: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed."all"Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 96:7: Give to the LORD: O you kindreds of the people: give to the LORD glory and strength.Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people:
υμιν πρωτον ο θεος αναστησας τον παιδα αυτου ιησουν απεστειλεν αυτον ευλογουντα υμας εν τω αποστρεφειν εκαστον απο των πονηριων υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
To you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first,
|
Adv-S
|
G450ἀναστήσαςanastēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσαςanastēsas
|
having raised up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3816ΠαῖδαPaida (N-AMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
ΠαῖδαPaida
|
servant
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2127εὐλογοῦνταeulogounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογοῦνταeulogounta
|
blessing
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G654ἀποστρέφεινapostrephein (V-PNA)
G654 ἀποστρέφω apostréphō ap-os-tref-o from ἀπό and στρέφω; to turn away or back (literally or figuratively):--bring again, pervert, turn away (from).
|
ἀποστρέφεινapostrephein
|
turning away
|
V-PNA
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4189πονηριῶνponēriōn (N-GFP)
G4189 πονηρία ponēría pon-ay-ree-ah from πονηρός; depravity, i.e. (specially), malice; plural (concretely) plots, sins:--iniquity, wickedness.
|
πονηριῶνponēriōn
|
wickednesses
|
N-GFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
26
To you first God, having raised up His Son Jesus, sent Him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Acts 3:26
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 42 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμιν πρωτον ο θεος αναστησας τον παιδα αυτου ιησουν απεστειλεν αυτον ευλογουντα υμας εν τω αποστρεφειν εκαστον απο των πονηριων υμων
Lit: To you first, having raised up God the servant of Him, sent Him, blessing you in turning away each from the wickednesses of you.
KJV: Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities.
References
"first"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 13:26: 32: 33: 46: 47: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ac 18:4-6: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Ac 28:23-28: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Mt 10:5: 6: These 12 Jesus sent forth: and commanded them: saying: not Go into the way of the Gentiles: and into any city of the Samaritans enter you not:Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ro 2:9: 10: Tribulation and anguish: upon every soul of man that does evil: of the Jew first: and also of the Gentile;Re 7:4-9: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel."having"Ac 3:15: 22: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses."sent"Ac 3:20: 25: He will send Jesus Christ: which before was preached to you:Ps 67:6: 7: Then will the earth yield her increase; and God: even our own God: will bless us.Ps 72:17: His name will endure for ever: his name will be continued as long as the sun: and men will be blessed in him: all nations will call him blessed.Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ro 15:29: I am sure that: when I come to you: I will come in the fulness of the blessing of the gospel of Christ.Ga 3:9-14: So then they which be of faith are blessed with faithful Abraham.Eph 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:1Pe 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: 1Pe 3:9: Not rendering evil for evil: or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that you are thereunto called: that you should inherit a blessing."in"Isa 59:20: 21: The Redeemer will come to Zion: and to them that turn from transgression in Jacob: says the LORD.Jer 32:38-41: They will be my people: and I will be their God:Jer 33:8: 9: I will cleanse them from all their iniquity: whereby they have sinned against me; and I will pardon all their iniquities: whereby they have sinned: and whereby they have transgressed against me.Eze 11:19: 20: I will give them one heart: and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh: and will give them an heart of flesh:Eze 36:25-29: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Eph 5:26: 27: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Tit 2:11-14: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: 1Jo 3:5-8: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin.Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy:
4
Peter and John before the Sanhedrin
λαλουντων δε αυτων προς τον λαον επεστησαν αυτοις οι ιερεις και ο στρατηγος του ιερου και οι σαδδουκαιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2980ΛαλούντωνLalountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ΛαλούντωνLalountōn
|
Speaking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G2186ἐπέστησανepestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπέστησανepestēsan
|
came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
upon them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-NMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4755στρατηγὸςstratēgos (N-NMS)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγὸςstratēgos
|
captain
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦhierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦhierou
|
temple
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4523Σαδδουκαῖοι,Saddoukaioi (N-NMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
Σαδδουκαῖοι,Saddoukaioi
|
Sadducees,
|
N-NMP
|
1
And as they spoke to the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them,Acts 4:1
Stats
Rank: #1211 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 17 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: λαλουντων δε αυτων προς τον λαον επεστησαν αυτοις οι ιερεις και ο στρατηγος του ιερου και οι σαδδουκαιοι
Lit: Speaking now of them to the people, came upon them the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees,
KJV: And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them,
References
"the priests"Ac 4:6: Annas the high priest'>priest: and Caiaphas: and John: and Alexander: and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest'>priest: were gathered together at Jerusalem.Ac 6:7: 12: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Mt 26:3: 4: Then assembled together the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders of the people: to the palace of the high priest: who was called Caiaphas: Mt 27:1: 2: 20: 41: When the morning was come: all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death:Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 18:3: Judas then: having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees: comes there with lanterns and torches and weapons."the captain"Ac 5:24: 26: Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things: they doubted of them to what this would grow.2Ch 23:4-9: This is the thing that you will do; A third part of you entering on the sabbath: of the priests and of the Levites: will be porters of the doors;Lu 22:4: He went his way: and communed with the chief priests and captains: how he might betray him to them."the Sadducees"Ac 23:6-9: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Mt 16:12: Then understood they how that he bade them not beware of the leaven of bread: but of the doctrine of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees.Mt 22:16: 23: 24: They sent out to Him their disciples with the Herodians: saying: Master: we know that you are true: and teach the way of God in truth: neither care you for any man: for you regard not the person of men.
διαπονουμενοι δια το διδασκειν αυτους τον λαον και καταγγελλειν εν τω ιησου την αναστασιν την εκ νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1278διαπονούμενοιdiaponoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1278 διαπονέω diaponéō dee-ap-on-eh-o from διά and a derivative of πόνος; to toil through, i.e. (passively) be worried:--be grieved.
|
διαπονούμενοιdiaponoumenoi
|
being distressed
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
teaching
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
their
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2605καταγγέλλεινkatangellein (V-PNA)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλεινkatangellein
|
proclaiming
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
resurrection
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead;
|
Adj-GMP
|
2
Being grieved that they taught the people, and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead.Acts 4:2
Stats
Rank: #5905 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 15 words, 84 letters, 31 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαπονουμενοι δια το διδασκειν αυτους τον λαον και καταγγελλειν εν τω ιησου την αναστασιν την εκ νεκρων
Lit: being distressed because of teaching their the people and proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection out from the dead;
KJV: Being grieved that they taught the people, and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead.
References
"grieved"Ac 5:17: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 19:23: The same time there arose no small stir about that way.Ne 2:10: When Sanballat the Horonite: and Tobiah the servant: the Ammonite: heard of it: it grieved them exceedingly that there was come a man to seek the welfare of the children of Israel.Joh 11:47: 48: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles."preached"Ac 10:40-43: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 17:18: 31: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 24:14: 15: 21: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:Ac 26:8: 23: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.1Co 15:12-20: Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead: how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.2Co 4:13: 14: We having the same spirit of faith: according as it is written: I believed: and therefore have I spoken; we also believe: and therefore speak;1Th 4:13: 14: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.
και επεβαλον αυτοις τας χειρας και εθεντο εις τηρησιν εις την αυριον ην γαρ εσπερα ηδη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπέβαλονepebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλονepebalon
|
they laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
on them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθεντοethento (V-AIM-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθεντοethento
|
put them
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5084τήρησινtērēsin (N-AFS)
G5084 τήρησις tḗrēsis tay-ray-sis from τηρέω; a watching, i.e. (figuratively) observance, or (concretely) a prison:--hold.
|
τήρησινtērēsin
|
custody
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G839αὔριον·aurion (Adv)
G839 αὔριον aúrion ow-ree-on from a derivative of the same as ἀήρ (meaning a breeze, i.e. the morning air); properly, fresh, i.e. (adverb with ellipsis of ἡμέρα) to-morrow:--(to-)morrow, next day.
|
αὔριον·aurion
|
next day;
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2073ἑσπέραhespera (N-NFS)
G2073 ἑσπέρα hespéra hes-per-ah feminine of an adjective hesperos (evening); the eve (ὥρα being implied):--evening(-tide).
|
ἑσπέραhespera
|
evening
|
N-NFS
|
G2235ἤδη.ēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδη.ēdē
|
already.
|
Adv
|
3
They laid hands on them, and put them in hold to the next day: for it was now eventide.Acts 4:3
Stats
Rank: #6800 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 18 words, 71 letters, 25 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεβαλον αυτοις τας χειρας και εθεντο εις τηρησιν εις την αυριον ην γαρ εσπερα ηδη
Lit: and they laid on them the hands and put them in custody until the next day; it was for evening already.
KJV: And they laid hands on them, and put them in hold unto the next day: for it was now eventide.
References
"laid"Ac 5:18: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 12:1-3: Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church.Ac 16:19-24: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Mt 10:16: 17: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.Lu 22:52: 54: Then Jesus said to the chief priests: and captains of the temple: and the elders: which were come to Him: Be you come out: as against a thief: with swords and staves?Joh 18:12: Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus: and bound Him:
πολλοι δε των ακουσαντων τον λογον επιστευσαν και εγενηθη ο αριθμος των ανδρων ωσει χιλιαδες πεντε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G191ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn
|
having heard
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G4100ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan
|
believed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγενήθηegenēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθηegenēthē
|
became
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588‹ὁ›ho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹ὁ›ho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G435ἀνδρῶνandrōn (N-GMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρῶνandrōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G4002πέντε.pente (Adj-NFP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε.pente
|
five.
|
Adj-NFP
|
4
Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Acts 4:4
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι δε των ακουσαντων τον λογον επιστευσαν και εγενηθη ο αριθμος των ανδρων ωσει χιλιαδες πεντε
Lit: Many however of those having heard the word believed, and became the number of the men about thousand five.
KJV: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about five thousand.
References
"many"Ac 28:24: Some believed the things which were spoken: and some not believed.2Co 2:14-17: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.Php 1:12-18: But I would you should understand: brothers: that the things which happened to me have fallen out rather to the furtherance of the gospel;2Ti 2:9: 10: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound."the number"Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Isa 45:24: Surely: will one say: in the LORD have I righteousness and strength: even to Him will men come; and all that are incensed against Him will be ashamed.Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Joh 12:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit.
εγενετο δε επι την αυριον συναχθηναι αυτων τους αρχοντας και πρεσβυτερους και γραμματεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G839αὔριονaurion (Adv)
G839 αὔριον aúrion ow-ree-on from a derivative of the same as ἀήρ (meaning a breeze, i.e. the morning air); properly, fresh, i.e. (adverb with ellipsis of ἡμέρα) to-morrow:--(to-)morrow, next day.
|
αὔριονaurion
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G4863συναχθῆναιsynachthēnai (V-ANP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναχθῆναιsynachthēnai
|
were gathered together
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
their
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G758ἄρχονταςarchontas (N-AMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχονταςarchontas
|
rulers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1122γραμματεῖςgrammateis (N-AMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖςgrammateis
|
scribes
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-DFS
|
5
It came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and scribes,Acts 4:5
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 21 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε επι την αυριον συναχθηναι αυτων τους αρχοντας και πρεσβυτερους και γραμματεις
Lit: It came to pass then on the next day were gathered together their rulers and elders and scribes in Jerusalem,
KJV: And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and scribes,
References
"on"Ac 5:20: 21: Go: stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.Mic 2:1: Woe to them that devise iniquity: and work evil upon their beds! when the morning is light: they practise it: because it is in the power of their hand.Mt 27:1: 2: When the morning was come: all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death:"rulers"Ac 4:8: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Ac 5:34: Then stood there up one in the council: a Pharisee: named Gamaliel: a doctor of the law: had in reputation among all the people: and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space;Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Isa 1:10: Hear the word of the LORD: you rulers of Sodom; give ear to the law of our God: you people of Gomorrah.Mr 15:1: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Lu 20:1: It came to pass: that on one of those days: as he taught the people in the temple: and preached the gospel: the chief priests and the scribes came upon him with the elders: Lu 22:66: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying: Lu 24:20: How the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death: and have crucified him.
εις ιερουσαλημ και ανναν τον αρχιερεα και καιαφαν και ιωαννην και αλεξανδρον και οσοι ησαν εκ γενους αρχιερατικου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G452ἍνναςHannas (N-NMS)
G452 Ἄννας Ánnas an-nas of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Annas (i.e. Ἀνανίας), an Israelite:--Annas.
|
ἍνναςHannas
|
Annas
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2533ΚαϊάφαςKaiaphas (N-NMS)
G2533 Καϊάφας Kaïáphas kah-ee-af-as of Chaldee origin; the dell; Caiaphas (i.e. Cajepha), an Israelite:--Caiaphas.
|
ΚαϊάφαςKaiaphas
|
Caiaphas,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G223ἈλέξανδροςAlexandros (N-NMS)
G223 Ἀλέξανδρος Aléxandros al-ex-an-dros from the same as (the first part of) ἀλέκτωρ and ἀνήρ; man-defender; Alexander, the name of three Israelites and one other man:--Alexander.
|
ἈλέξανδροςAlexandros
|
Alexander,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1085γένουςgenous (N-GNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένουςgenous
|
descent
|
N-GNS
|
G748ἀρχιερατικοῦ,archieratikou (Adj-GNS)
G748 ἀρχιερατικός archieratikós ar-khee-er-at-ee-kos from ἀρχή and a derivative of ἱερός; high-priestly:--of the high-priest.
|
ἀρχιερατικοῦ,archieratikou
|
high-priestly.
|
Adj-GNS
|
6
Annas the high priest'>priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest'>priest, were gathered together at Jerusalem.Acts 4:6
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 23 words, 124 letters, 47 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις ιερουσαλημ και ανναν τον αρχιερεα και καιαφαν και ιωαννην και αλεξανδρον και οσοι ησαν εκ γενους αρχιερατικου
Lit: and Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of descent high-priestly.
KJV: And Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered together at Jerusalem.
References
"Annas"Lu 3:2: Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests: the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness.Joh 11:49: One of them: named Caiaphas: being the high priest that same year: said to them: You not knowhing at all: Joh 18:13: 14: 24: Led him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas: which was the high priest that same year.
και στησαντες αυτους εν τω μεσω επυνθανοντο εν ποια δυναμει η εν ποιω ονοματι εποιησατε τουτο υμεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2476στήσαντεςstēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στήσαντεςstēsantes
|
having placed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
midst,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G4441ἐπυνθάνοντοepynthanonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
ἐπυνθάνοντοepynthanonto
|
they began to inquire,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίᾳpoia (IPro-DFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίᾳpoia
|
what
|
IPro-DFS
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
power
|
N-DFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίῳpoiō (IPro-DNS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίῳpoiō
|
what
|
IPro-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G4160ἐποιήσατεepoiēsate (V-AIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποιήσατεepoiēsate
|
did
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4771ὑμεῖς;hymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖς;hymeis
|
you?
|
PPro-N2P
|
7
When they had set them in the middle, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have you done this?
Acts 4:7
Stats
Rank: #1731 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 77 letters, 25 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και στησαντες αυτους εν τω μεσω επυνθανοντο εν ποια δυναμει η εν ποιω ονοματι εποιησατε τουτο υμεις
Lit: And having placed them in the midst, they began to inquire, In what power or in what name did this you?
KJV: And when they had set them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done this?
References
"when"Ac 5:27: When they had brought them: they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them: 1Ki 21:12-14: They proclaimed a fast: and set Naboth on high among the people.Joh 8:3: 9: The scribes and Pharisees brought to him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the middle: "By what power"Ex 2:14: He said: Who made you a prince and a judge over us? intend you to kill me: as you killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared: and said: Surely this thing is known.Mt 21:23: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Mr 11:28: Say to him: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority to do these things?Joh 2:18: Then answered the Jews and said to him: What sign shew you to us: seeing that you do these things?"by what name"Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:28: 40: Saying: not Did we straitly command you that you not should teach in this name? and: look: you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine: and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.
τοτε πετρος πλησθεις πνευματος αγιου ειπεν προς αυτους αρχοντες του λαου και πρεσβυτεροι του ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G4130πλησθεὶςplēstheis (V-APP-NMS)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
πλησθεὶςplēstheis
|
having been filled
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
with the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G758ἌρχοντεςArchontes (N-VMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἌρχοντεςArchontes
|
Rulers
|
N-VMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροι,presbyteroi (Adj-VMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροι,presbyteroi
|
elders,
|
Adj-VMP
|
8
Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said to them, You rulers of the people, and elders of Israel,
Acts 4:8
Stats
Rank: #2512 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 15 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε πετρος πλησθεις πνευματος αγιου ειπεν προς αυτους αρχοντες του λαου και πρεσβυτεροι του ισραηλ
Lit: Then Peter, having been filled with the Spirit Holy, said to them, Rulers of the people and elders,
KJV: Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel,
References
"filled"Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: Mt 10:19: 20: But when they deliver you up: take no thought how or what you will speak: for it will be given you in that same hour what you will speak.Lu 12:11: 12: When they bring you to the synagogues: and to magistrates: and powers: take you no thought how or what thing you will answer: or what you will say:Lu 21:14: 15: Settle it therefore in your hearts: not to meditate before what you will answer:
ει ημεις σημερον ανακρινομεθα επι ευεργεσια ανθρωπου ασθενους εν τινι ουτος σεσωσται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
this day
|
Adv
|
G350ἀνακρινόμεθαanakrinometha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρινόμεθαanakrinometha
|
are being examined
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
as to
|
Prep
|
G2108εὐεργεσίᾳeuergesia (N-DFS)
G2108 εὐεργεσία euergesía yoo-erg-es-ee-ah from εὐεργέτης; beneficence (genitive case or specially):--benefit, good deed done.
|
εὐεργεσίᾳeuergesia
|
a good work
|
N-DFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
to the man
|
N-GMS
|
G772ἀσθενοῦς,asthenous (Adj-GMS)
G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενοῦς,asthenous
|
ailing,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5101τίνιtini (IPro-DNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνιtini
|
what means
|
IPro-DNS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4982σέσωσται,sesōstai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σέσωσται,sesōstai
|
has been healed,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
9
If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he is made whole;Acts 4:9
Stats
Rank: #3434 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 21 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει ημεις σημερον ανακρινομεθα επι ευεργεσια ανθρωπου ασθενους εν τινι ουτος σεσωσται
Lit: if we this day are being examined as to a good work to the man ailing, by what means he has been healed,
KJV: If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he is made whole;
References
"the good"Ac 3:7: He took him by the right hand: and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ancle bones received strength.Joh 7:23: If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision: that the law of Moses not should be broken; are you angry at me: because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day?Joh 10:32: Jesus answered them: Many good works have I showed you from my Father; for which of those works do you stone me?1Pe 3:15-17: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified.
γνωστον εστω πασιν υμιν και παντι τω λαω ισραηλ οτι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου του ναζωραιου ον υμεις εσταυρωσατε ον ο θεος ηγειρεν εκ νεκρων εν τουτω ουτος παρεστηκεν ενωπιον υμων υγιης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἔστωestō (V-PMA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστωestō
|
let it be
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2474Ἰσραὴλ,Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραὴλ,Israēl
|
of Israel
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3480Ναζωραίου,Nazōraiou (N-GMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
Ναζωραίου,Nazōraiou
|
Nazareth,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G4717ἐσταυρώσατε,estaurōsate (V-AIA-2P)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρώσατε,estaurōsate
|
crucified,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
raised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
Him
|
DPro-DNS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this man
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3936παρέστηκενparestēken (V-RIA-3S)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστηκενparestēken
|
stands
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5199ὑγιής.hygiēs (Adj-NMS)
G5199 ὑγιής hygiḗs hoog-ee-ace from the base of αὐξάνω; healthy, i.e. well (in body); figuratively, true (in doctrine):--sound, whole.
|
ὑγιής.hygiēs
|
sound.
|
Adj-NMS
|
10
Be it known to you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Acts 4:10
Stats
Rank: #1571 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 209 characters, 37 words, 162 letters, 62 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωστον εστω πασιν υμιν και παντι τω λαω ισραηλ οτι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου του ναζωραιου ον υμεις εσταυρωσατε ον ο θεος ηγειρεν εκ νεκρων εν τουτω ουτος παρεστηκεν ενωπιον υμων υγιης
Lit: known let it be to all you and to all the people of Israel that in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, whom God raised out from the dead, in Him this man stands before you sound.
KJV: Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole.
References
"known"Ac 13:38: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Jer 42:19: 20: The LORD has said concerning you: O you remnant of Judah; Go you not into Egypt: know certainly that I have admonished you this day.Da 3:18: But not if: be it known to you: O king: that we not will serve your gods: nor worship the golden image which you have set up."that by"Ac 2:22-24: 36: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 3:6: 13-16: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 5:29-32: Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said: We ought to obey God rather than men."whom God"Ac 2:24: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 10:40-42: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 13:29-41: When they had fulfilled all that was written of him: they took him down from the tree: and laid him in a sepulchre.Mt 27:63-66: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.Mt 28:11-15: Now when they were going: look: some of the watch came into the city: and showed to the chief priests all the things that were done.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:
ουτος εστιν ο λιθος ο εξουθενηθεις υφ υμων των οικοδομουντων ο γενομενος εις κεφαλην γωνιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3037λίθοςlithos (N-NMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθοςlithos
|
stone
|
N-NMS
|
G1848ἐξουθενηθεὶςexouthenētheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1848 ἐξουθενέω exouthenéō ex-oo-then-eh-o a variation of ἐξουδενόω and meaning the same:--contemptible, despise, least esteemed, set at nought.
|
ἐξουθενηθεὶςexouthenētheis
|
having been rejected
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G5259ὑφ’hyph’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑφ’hyph’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3618οἰκοδόμων,oikodomōn (N-GMP)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδόμων,oikodomōn
|
builders,
|
N-GMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
which
|
Art-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
has become
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G1137γωνίας.gōnias (N-GFS)
G1137 γωνία gōnía go-nee-ah probably akin to γόνυ; an angle:--corner, quarter.
|
γωνίας.gōnias
|
of the corner.’
|
N-GFS
|
11
This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner.Acts 4:11
Stats
Rank: #2780 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος εστιν ο λιθος ο εξουθενηθεις υφ υμων των οικοδομουντων ο γενομενος εις κεφαλην γωνιας
Lit: This is the stone having been rejected by you, the builders, which has become into head of the corner.’
KJV: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become the head of the corner.
References
"the stone"Ps 118:22: 23: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.Isa 28:16: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone: a tried stone: a precious corner stone: a sure foundation: He that'>He who believes will not make haste.Mt 21:42-45: Jesus says to them: Did you never read in the scriptures: The stone which the builders rejected: the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord's doing: and it is marvellous in our eyes?Mr 12:10-12: Have you not read this scripture; The stone which the builders rejected is become the head of the corner:Lu 20:16-18: He will come and destroy these husbandmen: and will give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it: they said: God forbid.1Pe 2:6-8: For what reason also it is contained in the scripture: Look: I lay in Sion a chief corner stone: elect: precious: and he who believes on him will not be confounded."you"Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ac 20:26: 27: For what reason I take you to record this day: that I am pure from the blood of all men.Pr 28:1: The wicked flee when no man pursues: but the righteous are bold as a lion.Isa 58:1: 2: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Eze 2:6: 7: you: son of man: not be afraid of them: neither be afraid of their words: though briers and thorns be with you: and you do dwell among scorpions: not be afraid of their words: nor be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Eze 3:7-11: 18: 19: But the house of Israel not will listen to you; for they not will listen to me: for all the house of Israel are impudent and hardhearted.Eze 33:7-9: So you: O son of man: I have set you a watchman to the house of Israel; therefore you will hear the word at my mouth: and warn them from me.2Co 3:12: Seeing then that we have such hope: we use great plainness of speech:2Co 4:1: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;"the head"Zec 3:9: For look the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone will be 7 eyes: look: I will engrave the graving thereof: says the LORD of hosts: and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day.Zec 4:6: 7: Then He answered and spoke to me: saying: This is the word of the LORD to Zerubbabel: saying: Not by might: nor by power: but by my spirit: says the LORD of hosts.Eph 2:20-22: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;
και ουκ εστιν εν αλλω ουδενι η σωτηρια ουτε γαρ ονομα εστιν ετερον υπο τον ουρανον το δεδομενον εν ανθρωποις εν ω δει σωθηναι ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
other
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3762οὐδενὶoudeni (Adj-DMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὶoudeni
|
no one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4991σωτηρία·sōtēria (N-NFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρία·sōtēria
|
salvation,
|
N-NFS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is there
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-NNS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
another
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G1325δεδομένονdedomenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δεδομένονdedomenon
|
having been given
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4982σωθῆναιsōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναιsōthēnai
|
to be saved
|
V-ANP
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
us.
|
PPro-A1P
|
12
Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.Acts 4:12
Stats
Rank: #24 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 41 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ εστιν εν αλλω ουδενι η σωτηρια ουτε γαρ ονομα εστιν ετερον υπο τον ουρανον το δεδομενον εν ανθρωποις εν ω δει σωθηναι ημας
Lit: And not there is in other no one the salvation, not for name is there another under heaven having been given among men by which it behooves to be saved us.
KJV: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.
References
"is there"Ac 10:42: 43: He commanded us to preach to the people: and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Mr 16:15: 16: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Joh 3:36: He who believes'>believes on the Son has everlasting life: and He that'>He who believes'>believes not the Son will not see life; but the wrath of God abides on Him.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.1Co 3:11: For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid: which is Jesus Christ.1Ti 2:5: 6: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.Re 7:9: 10: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire."under"Ac 2:5: There were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews: devout men: out of every nation under heaven.Ge 7:19: The waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills: that were under the whole heaven: were covered.Job 41:11: Who has prevented me: that I should repay him? whatever is under the whole heaven is my.Ps 45:17: I will make your name to be remembered in all generations: therefore will the people praise you for ever and ever.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;
The Name Forbidden
θεωρουντες δε την του πετρου παρρησιαν και ιωαννου και καταλαβομενοι οτι ανθρωποι αγραμματοι εισιν και ιδιωται εθαυμαζον επεγινωσκον τε αυτους οτι συν τω ιησου ησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2334ΘεωροῦντεςTheōrountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΘεωροῦντεςTheōrountes
|
Seeing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter
|
N-GMS
|
G3954παρρησίανparrēsian (N-AFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίανparrēsian
|
boldness,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491Ἰωάννου,Iōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννου,Iōannou
|
of John,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2638καταλαβόμενοιkatalabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambánō kat-al-am-ban-o from κατά and λαμβάνω; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, possess, etc. (literally or figuratively):--apprehend, attain, come upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)take.
|
καταλαβόμενοιkatalabomenoi
|
having understood
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G62ἀγράμματοίagrammatoi (Adj-NMP)
G62 ἀγράμματος agrámmatos ag-ram-mat-os from Α (as negative particle) and γράμμα; unlettered, i.e. illiterate:--unlearned.
|
ἀγράμματοίagrammatoi
|
unschooled
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
they are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2399ἰδιῶται,idiōtai (N-NMP)
G2399 ἰδιώτης idiṓtēs id-ee-o-tace from ἴδιος; a private person, i.e. (by implication) an ignoramus (compare idiot):--ignorant, rude, unlearned.
|
ἰδιῶται,idiōtai
|
ordinary,
|
N-NMP
|
G2296ἐθαύμαζον,ethaumazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμαζον,ethaumazon
|
they were astonished.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1921ἐπεγίνωσκόνepeginōskon (V-IIA-3P)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπεγίνωσκόνepeginōskon
|
They recognized
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-DMS
|
G1510ἦσαν,ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν,ēsan
|
they had been.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
13
Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus.Acts 4:13
Stats
Rank: #1320 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 186 characters, 29 words, 149 letters, 51 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεωρουντες δε την του πετρου παρρησιαν και ιωαννου και καταλαβομενοι οτι ανθρωποι αγραμματοι εισιν και ιδιωται εθαυμαζον επεγινωσκον τε αυτους οτι συν τω ιησου ησαν
Lit: Seeing now the of Peter boldness, and of John, and having understood that men unschooled they are, and ordinary, they were astonished. They recognized then them, that with Jesus they had been.
KJV: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus.
References
"were"Ac 2:7-12: They were all amazed and marvelled: saying one to another: Look: not are all these which speak Galilaeans?Mt 4:18-22: Jesus: walking by the sea of Galilee: saw two brothers: Simon called Peter: and Andrew His brother: casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Joh 7:15: 49: The Jews marvelled: saying: How knows this man letters: having never learned?1Co 1:27: But God has chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God has chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty;"they took"Mt 26:57: 58: 71: 73: They that had laid hold on Jesus led Him away to Caiaphas the high priest: where the scribes and the elders were assembled.Lu 22:52-54: 56-60: Then Jesus said to the chief priests: and captains of the temple: and the elders: which were come to Him: Be you come out: as against a thief: with swords and staves?Joh 18:16: 17: But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple: which was known to the high priest: and spoke to her that kept the door: and brought in Peter.Joh 19:26: When Jesus therefore saw His mother: and the disciple standing by: whom He loved: He says to His mother: Woman: look your son!
τον δε ανθρωπον βλεποντες συν αυτοις εστωτα τον τεθεραπευμενον ουδεν ειχον αντειπειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
And
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
the man
|
N-AMS
|
G991βλέποντεςblepontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέποντεςblepontes
|
beholding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G2323τεθεραπευμένον,tetherapeumenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
τεθεραπευμένον,tetherapeumenon
|
having been healed,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G483ἀντειπεῖν.anteipein (V-ANA)
G483 ἀντιλέγω antilégō an-til-eg-o from ἀντί and λέγω; to dispute, refuse:--answer again, contradict, deny, gainsay(-er), speak against.
|
ἀντειπεῖν.anteipein
|
to contradict.
|
V-ANA
|
14
Beholding the man which was healed standing with them, they could not sayhing against it.Acts 4:14
Stats
Rank: #5306 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 15 words, 76 letters, 25 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον δε ανθρωπον βλεποντες συν αυτοις εστωτα τον τεθεραπευμενον ουδεν ειχον αντειπειν
Lit: And the man beholding with them standing having been healed, nothing they had to contradict.
KJV: And beholding the man which was healed standing with them, they could say nothing against it.
References
"beholding"Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 3:8-12: He leaping up stood: and walked: and entered with them into the temple: walking: and leaping: and praising God."they"Ac 4:16: 21: Saying: What will we do to these men? for that indeed not aable miracle has been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it.Ac 19:36: Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against: you ought to be quiet: and to not dohing rashly.
κελευσαντες δε αυτους εξω του συνεδριου απελθειν συνεβαλον προς αλληλους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2753κελεύσαντεςkeleusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
κελεύσαντεςkeleusantes
|
Having commanded
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4892συνεδρίουsynedriou (N-GNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίουsynedriou
|
Council
|
N-GNS
|
G565ἀπελθεῖν,apelthein (V-ANA)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθεῖν,apelthein
|
to go,
|
V-ANA
|
G4820συνέβαλλονsyneballon (V-IIA-3P)
G4820 συμβάλλω symbállō soom-bal-lo from σύν and βάλλω; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to converse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by implication) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:--confer, encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder.
|
συνέβαλλονsyneballon
|
they began to confer
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
15
But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred among themselves,Acts 4:15
Stats
Rank: #5511 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: κελευσαντες δε αυτους εξω του συνεδριου απελθειν συνεβαλον προς αλληλους
Lit: Having commanded however them outside the Council to go, they began to confer with one another,
KJV: But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred among themselves,
References
"to go"Ac 5:34-42: Then stood there up one in the council: a Pharisee: named Gamaliel: a doctor of the law: had in reputation among all the people: and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space;Ac 26:30-32: When he had thus spoken: the king rose up: and the governor: and Bernice: and they that sat with them:
λεγοντες τι ποιησομεν τοις ανθρωποις τουτοις οτι μεν γαρ γνωστον σημειον γεγονεν δι αυτων πασιν τοις κατοικουσιν ιερουσαλημ φανερον και ου δυναμεθα αρνησασθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσωμενpoiēsōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωμενpoiēsōmen
|
shall we do
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G3778τούτοις;toutois (DPro-DMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτοις;toutois
|
these?
|
DPro-DMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
That
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
a noteworthy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
sign
|
N-NNS
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
has come to pass
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G5318φανερόν,phaneron (Adj-NNS)
G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερόν,phaneron
|
is evident,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνάμεθαdynametha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμεθαdynametha
|
we are able
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G720ἀρνεῖσθαι·arneisthai (V-PNM/P)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἀρνεῖσθαι·arneisthai
|
to deny it.
|
V-PNM/P
|
16
Saying, What will we do to these men? for that indeed not aable miracle has been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it.
Acts 4:16
Stats
Rank: #5753 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 29 words, 131 letters, 48 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες τι ποιησομεν τοις ανθρωποις τουτοις οτι μεν γαρ γνωστον σημειον γεγονεν δι αυτων πασιν τοις κατοικουσιν ιερουσαλημ φανερον και ου δυναμεθα αρνησασθαι
Lit: saying, What shall we do to the men these? That truly for a noteworthy sign has come to pass through them, to all those inhabiting Jerusalem is evident, and not we are able to deny it.
KJV: Saying, What shall we do to these men? for that indeed a notable miracle hath been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny [it].
References
"What"Joh 11:47: 48: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Joh 12:18: For this cause the people also met him: for that they heard that he had done this miracle."a notable"Ac 3:9: 10: All the people saw Him walking and praising God:Da 8:5: 8: As I was considering: look: an he goat came from the west on the face of the whole earth: and not touched the ground: and the goat had not aable horn between his eyes.Mt 27:16: They had then not aable prisoner: called Barabbas."and we"Ac 6:10: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Lu 6:10: 11: Looking round about upon them all: he said to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he did so: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.
αλλ ινα μη επι πλειον διανεμηθη εις τον λαον απειλη απειλησωμεθα αυτοις μηκετι λαλειν επι τω ονοματι τουτω μηδενι ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G4119πλεῖονpleion (Adj-ANS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλεῖονpleion
|
further
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G1268διανεμηθῇdianemēthē (V-ASP-3S)
G1268 διανέμω dianémō dee-an-em-o from διά and the base of νόμος; to distribute, i.e. (of information) to disseminate:--spread.
|
διανεμηθῇdianemēthē
|
it might spread
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G546ἀπειλησώμεθαapeilēsōmetha (V-ASM-1P)
G546 ἀπειλέω apeiléō ap-i-leh-o of uncertain derivation; to menace; by implication, to forbid:--threaten.
|
ἀπειλησώμεθαapeilēsōmetha
|
let us warn
|
V-ASM-1P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3371μηκέτιmēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτιmēketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
to no
|
Adj-DMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
man.
|
N-GMP
|
17
But that it spread no further among the people, let us straitly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.Acts 4:17
Stats
Rank: #5847 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 22 words, 103 letters, 36 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ινα μη επι πλειον διανεμηθη εις τον λαον απειλη απειλησωμεθα αυτοις μηκετι λαλειν επι τω ονοματι τουτω μηδενι ανθρωπων
Lit: But that not on further it might spread among the people, let us warn them no longer to speak in the name this to no man.
KJV: But that it spread no further among the people, let us straitly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.
References
"that it"Ac 5:39: But if it be of God: you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.Ps 2:1-4: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Da 2:34: 35: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Ro 10:16-18: But they not have all obeyed the gospel. For Isaiah says: Lord: who has believed our report?Ro 15:18-22: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Th 1:8: For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia: but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we not need to speak any thing."let"Ac 4:21: 29: 30: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Ac 5:24: 28: 40: Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things: they doubted of them to what this would grow.2Ch 25:15: 16: For what reason the anger of the LORD was kindled against Amaziah: and He sent to Him a prophet: which said to Him: Why have you sought after the gods of the people: which not could deliver their own people out of your hand?Isa 30:8-11: Now go: write it before them in a table: not ande it in a book: that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever:Jer 20:1-3: Now Pashur the son of Immer the priest: who was also chief governor in the house of the LORD: heard that Jeremiah prophesied these things.Jer 29:25-32: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel: saying: Because you have sent letters in your name to all the people that are at Jerusalem: and to Zephaniah the son of Maaseiah the priest: and to all the priests: saying: Jer 38:4: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Am 2:12: But you gave the Nazarites wine to drink; and commanded the prophets: saying: not Prophesy.Am 7:12-17: Also Amaziah said to Amos: O you seer: go: flee you away into the land of Judah: and there eat bread: and prophesy there:Mic 2:6: 7: Prophesy you not: say they to them that prophesy: they will not prophesy to them: that they will not take shame.Mt 27:64: Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day: lest his disciples come by night: and steal him away: and say to the people: He is risen from the dead: so the last error will be worse than the first.Joh 11:47: 48: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.1Th 2:15: 16: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
και καλεσαντες αυτους παρηγγειλαν αυτοις το καθολου μη φθεγγεσθαι μηδε διδασκειν επι τω ονοματι του ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2564καλέσαντεςkalesantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλέσαντεςkalesantes
|
having called
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3853παρήγγειλανparēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρήγγειλανparēngeilan
|
they commanded them
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2527καθόλουkatholou (Adv)
G2527 καθόλου kathólou kath-ol-oo from κατά and ὅλος; on the whole, i.e. entirely:--at all.
|
καθόλουkatholou
|
at all
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5350φθέγγεσθαιphthengesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5350 φθέγγομαι phthéngomai ftheng-gom-ahee probably akin to φέγγος and thus to φημί; to utter a clear sound, i.e. (generally) to proclaim:--speak.
|
φθέγγεσθαιphthengesthai
|
to speak
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
18
They called them, and commanded not them to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus.Acts 4:18
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 18 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καλεσαντες αυτους παρηγγειλαν αυτοις το καθολου μη φθεγγεσθαι μηδε διδασκειν επι τω ονοματι του ιησου
Lit: And having called them, they commanded them at all not to speak nor to teach in the name of Jesus.
KJV: And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus.
References
"And they"Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go."not to speak"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 5:20: Go: stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.Lu 24:46-48: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:
ο δε πετρος και ιωαννης αποκριθεντες προς αυτους ειπον ει δικαιον εστιν ενωπιον του θεου υμων ακουειν μαλλον η του θεου κρινατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G611ἀποκριθέντεςapokrithentes (V-APP-NMP)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθέντεςapokrithentes
|
answering,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G3004εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπονeipon
|
said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
Whether
|
Conj
|
G1342δίκαιόνdikaion (Adj-NNS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιόνdikaion
|
right
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
to you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to listen,
|
V-PNA
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2919κρίνατε·krinate (V-AMA-2P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνατε·krinate
|
you must judge;
|
V-AMA-2P
|
19
But Peter and John answered and said to them, Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God, judge you.
Acts 4:19
Stats
Rank: #1720 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 26 words, 107 letters, 41 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος και ιωαννης αποκριθεντες προς αυτους ειπον ει δικαιον εστιν ενωπιον του θεου υμων ακουειν μαλλον η του θεου κρινατε
Lit: But Peter and John answering, said to them, Whether right it is before God to you to listen, rather than God, you must judge;
KJV: But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye.
References
"Whether"2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Eph 6:1: Children: obey your parents in the Lord: for this is right.1Ti 2:3: For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Saviour;"to hearken"Ac 5:29: Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said: We ought to obey God rather than men.Ex 1:17: But the midwives feared God: and not did as the king of Egypt commanded them: but saved the men children alive.1Ki 12:30: This thing became a sin: for the people went to worship before the one: even to Dan.1Ki 14:16: He will give Israel up because of the sins of Jeroboam: who did sin: and who made Israel to sin.1Ki 21:11: The men of his city: even the elders and the nobles who were the inhabitants in his city: did as Jezebel had sent to them: and as it was written in the letters which she had sent to them.1Ki 22:14: Micaiah said: As the LORD lives: what the LORD says to me: that will I speak.2Ki 16:15: King Ahaz commanded Urijah the priest: saying: Upon the great altar burn the morning burnt offering: and the evening meat offering: and the king's burnt sacrifice: and his meat offering: with the burnt offering of all the people of the land: and their meat offering: and their drink offerings; and sprinkle upon it all the blood of the burnt offering: and all the blood of the sacrifice: and the brasen altar will be for me to inquire by.2Ch 26:16-20: But when He was strong: His heart was lifted up to His destruction: for He transgressed against the LORD His God: and went into the temple of the LORD to burn incense upon the altar of incense.Da 3:18: But not if: be it known to you: O king: that we not will serve your gods: nor worship the golden image which you have set up.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Ho 5:11: Ephraim is oppressed and broken in judgment: because he willingly walked after the commandment.Am 7:16: Now therefore hear you the word of the LORD: You say: not Prophesy against Israel: and not drop your word against the house of Isaac.Mic 6:16: For the statutes of Omri are kept: and all the works of the house of Ahab: and you walk in their counsels; that I should make you a desolation: and the inhabitants thereof an hissing: therefore you will bear the reproach of my people.Mt 22:21: They say to Him: Caesar's. Then says He to them: Render therefore to Caesar the things which are Caesar's; and to God the things that are God's.Heb 11:23: By faith Moses: when he was born: was hid 3 months of his parents: because they saw he was a proper child; and they not were afraid of the king's commandment.Re 13:3-10: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.Re 14:9-12: The third angel followed them: saying with a loud voice: If any man worship the beast and his image: and receive his mark in his forehead: or in his hand: "judge"Ps 58:1: > Do you indeed speak righteousness: O congregation? do you judge uprightly: O you sons of men?Joh 7:24: not Judge according to the appearance: but judge righteous judgment.1Co 10:15: I speak as to wise men; judge you what I say.Jas 2:4: Are you not then partial in yourselves: and are become judges of evil thoughts?
ου δυναμεθα γαρ ημεις α ειδομεν και ηκουσαμεν μη λαλειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνάμεθαdynametha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμεθαdynametha
|
are able
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we,
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἴδαμενeidamen (V-AIA-1P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἴδαμενeidamen
|
we have seen
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἠκούσαμενēkousamen (V-AIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσαμενēkousamen
|
heard,
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλεῖν.lalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖν.lalein
|
to speak.
|
V-PNA
|
20
For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Acts 4:20
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 13 words, 51 letters, 18 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου δυναμεθα γαρ ημεις α ειδομεν και ηκουσαμεν μη λαλειν
Lit: not are able for we, what we have seen and heard, not to speak.
KJV: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.
References
"we cannot"Ac 2:4: 32: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 17:16: 17: Now while Paul waited for them at Athens: his spirit was stirred in him: when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Nu 22:38: Balaam said to Balak: Indeed: I am come to you: have I now any power at all to say any thing? the word that God puts in my mouth: that will I speak.Nu 23:20: Look: I have received commandment to bless: and he has blessed; and I cannot reverse it.2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Job 32:18-20: For I am full of matter: the spirit within me constrains me.Jer 1:7: 17-19: But the LORD said to me: not Say: I am a child: for you will go to all that I will send you: and whatever I command you you will speak.Jer 4:19: My bowels: my bowels! I am pained at my very heart; my heart makes a noise in me; I cannot hold my peace: because you have heard: O my soul: the sound of the trumpet: the alarm of war.Jer 6:11: Therefore I am full of the fury of the LORD; I am weary with holding in: I will pour it out upon the children abroad: and upon the assembly of young men together: for even the husband with the wife will be taken: the aged with Him that is full of days.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Eze 3:11: 14-21: Go: get you to them of the captivity: to the children of your people: and speak to them: and tell them: Thus says the Lord GOD; whether they will hear: or whether they will forbear.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.1Co 9:16: 17: For though I preach the gospel: I not havehing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yes: woe is to me: if I not preach the gospel!"the things"Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 5:32: We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost: whom God has given to them that obey Him.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 22:15: For you will be his witness to all men of what you have seen and heard.Lu 1:2: Even as they delivered them to us: which from the beginning were eyewitnesses: and ministers of the word;Heb 2:3: 4: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;
οι δε προσαπειλησαμενοι απελυσαν αυτους μηδεν ευρισκοντες το πως κολασωνται αυτους δια τον λαον οτι παντες εδοξαζον τον θεον επι τω γεγονοτι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4324προσαπειλησάμενοιprosapeilēsamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4324 προσαπειλέω prosapeiléō pros-ap-i-leh-o from πρός and ἀπειλέω; to menace additionally:--i.e. threaten further.
|
προσαπειλησάμενοιprosapeilēsamenoi
|
having further threatened them,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G630ἀπέλυσανapelysan (V-AIA-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσανapelysan
|
they let go
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2147εὑρίσκοντεςheuriskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρίσκοντεςheuriskontes
|
finding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G2849κολάσωνταιkolasōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G2849 κολάζω kolázō kol-ad-zo from (dwarf); properly, to curtail, i.e. (figuratively) to chastise (or reserve for infliction):--punish.
|
κολάσωνταιkolasōntai
|
they might punish
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1392ἐδόξαζονedoxazon (V-IIA-3P)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξαζονedoxazon
|
were glorifying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
that
|
Art-DNS
|
G1096γεγονότι·gegonoti (V-RPA-DNS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονότι·gegonoti
|
having happened;
|
V-RPA-DNS
|
21
So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, not findinghing how they might punish them, because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Acts 4:21
Stats
Rank: #7210 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 28 words, 141 letters, 48 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε προσαπειλησαμενοι απελυσαν αυτους μηδεν ευρισκοντες το πως κολασωνται αυτους δια τον λαον οτι παντες εδοξαζον τον θεον επι τω γεγονοτι
Lit: And having further threatened them, they let go them, nothing finding the how they might punish them, on account of the people, because all were glorifying God for that having happened;
KJV: So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.
References
"when"Ac 4:17: But that it spread no further among the people: let us straitly threaten them: that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go."how"Ac 5:26: Then went the captain with the officers: and brought them without violence: for they feared the people: lest they should have been stoned.Mt 21:46: But when they sought to lay hands on him: they feared the multitude: because they took him for a prophet.Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.Lu 19:47: 48: He taught daily in the temple. But the chief priests and the scribes and the chief of the people sought to destroy him: Lu 20:6: 19: But and if we say: Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet.Lu 22:2: The chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him; for they feared the people."for all"Ac 3:6-9: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Mt 9:33: When the devil was cast out: the dumb spoke: and the multitudes marvelled: saying: It was never so seen in Israel.Mt 15:31: Insomuch that the multitude wondered: when they saw the dumb to speak: the maimed to be whole: the lame to walk: and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of Israel.Lu 5:26: They were all amazed: and they glorified God: and were filled with fear: saying: We have seen strange things today.Lu 13:17: When he had said these things: all his adversaries were ashamed: and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him.Joh 12:18: 19: For this cause the people also met him: for that they heard that he had done this miracle.
ετων γαρ ην πλειονων τεσσαρακοντα ο ανθρωπος εφ ον εγεγονει το σημειον τουτο της ιασεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
years old
|
N-GNP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4119πλειόνωνpleionōn (Adj-GNP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλειόνωνpleionōn
|
more than
|
Adj-GNP-C
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-GNP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1096γεγόνειgegonei (V-LIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγόνειgegonei
|
had taken place
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
sign
|
N-NNS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G2392ἰάσεως.iaseōs (N-GFS)
G2392 ἴασις íasis ee-as-is from ἰάομαι; curing (the act):--cure, heal(-ing).
|
ἰάσεως.iaseōs
|
healing.
|
N-GFS
|
22
For the man was above 40 years old, on whom this miracle of healing was showed.Acts 4:22
Stats
Rank: #6671 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 15 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετων γαρ ην πλειονων τεσσαρακοντα ο ανθρωπος εφ ον εγεγονει το σημειον τουτο της ιασεως
Lit: years old for was more than forty, the man on whom had taken place the sign this of healing.
KJV: For the man was above forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was shewed.
References
"forty"Ac 3:2: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Ac 9:33: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.Mt 9:20: And: look: a woman: which was diseased with an issue of blood 12 years: came behind him: and touched the hem of his garment:Lu 13:11: And: look: there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity 18 years: and was bowed together: and could in no wise lift up herself.Joh 5:5: A certain man was there: which had an infirmity 38 years.Joh 9:1: As Jesus passed by: He saw a man which was blind from His birth.
The Believer’s Prayer
απολυθεντες δε ηλθον προς τους ιδιους και απηγγειλαν οσα προς αυτους οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι ειπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G630ἈπολυθέντεςApolythentes (V-APP-NMP)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἈπολυθέντεςApolythentes
|
Having been let go
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2398ἰδίουςidious (Adj-AMP)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουςidious
|
own
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
reported
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how much
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3004εἶπαν.eipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπαν.eipan
|
had said.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
23
Being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.Acts 4:23
Stats
Rank: #2224 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 33 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: απολυθεντες δε ηλθον προς τους ιδιους και απηγγειλαν οσα προς αυτους οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι ειπον
Lit: Having been let go now, they came to the own and reported how much to them the chief priests and the elders had said.
KJV: And being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said unto them.
References
"they"Ac 1:13: 14: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 2:44-46: All that believed were together: and had all things common;Ac 12:11: 12: When Peter was come to Himself: He said: Now I know of a surety: that the Lord has sent His angel: and has delivered me out of the hand of Herod: and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.Ac 16:40: They went out of the prison: and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers: they comforted them: and departed.Ps 16:3: But to the saints that are in the earth: and to the excellent: in whom is all my delight.Ps 42:4: When I remember these things: I pour out my soul in me: for I had gone with the multitude: I went with them to the house of God: with the voice of joy and praise: with a multitude that kept holyday.Ps 119:63: I am a companion of all them that fear you: and of them that keep your precepts.Pr 13:20: He who walks with wise men will be wise: but a companion of fools will be destroyed.Mal 3:16: Then they that feared the LORD spoke often one to another: and the LORD listened: and heard it: and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the LORD: and that thought upon His name.2Co 6:14-17: Be you not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship has righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion has light with darkness?
οι δε ακουσαντες ομοθυμαδον ηραν φωνην προς τον θεον και ειπον δεσποτα συ ο θεος ο ποιησας τον ουρανον και την γην και την θαλασσαν και παντα τα εν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G142ἦρανēran (V-AIA-3P)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρανēran
|
they lifted up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
their voice
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1203Δέσποτα,Despota (N-VMS)
G1203 δεσπότης despótēs des-pot-ace perhaps from δέω and (a husband); an absolute ruler (despot):--Lord, master.
|
Δέσποτα,Despota
|
Sovereign Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
made
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
that is
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DN3P
|
24
When they heard that, they lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, you are God, which have made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is:
Acts 4:24
Stats
Rank: #2141 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 28 words, 135 letters, 50 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ακουσαντες ομοθυμαδον ηραν φωνην προς τον θεον και ειπον δεσποτα συ ο θεος ο ποιησας τον ουρανον και την γην και την θαλασσαν και παντα τα εν αυτοις
Lit: And having heard, with one accord they lifted up their voice to God and said, Sovereign Lord, You made the heaven, and the earth, and the sea, and all that is in them,
KJV: And when they heard that, they lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, thou art God, which hast made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is:
References
"they"Ac 16:25: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Ps 55:16-18: As for me: I will call upon God; and the LORD will save me.Ps 62:5-8: My soul: wait you only upon God; for my expectation is from Him.Ps 69:29: 30: But I am poor and sorrowful: let your salvation: O God: set me up on high.Ps 109:29-31: Let my adversaries be clothed with shame: and let them cover themselves with their own confusion: as with a mantle.Jer 20:13: Sing to the LORD: praise you the LORD: for He has delivered the soul of the poor from the hand of evildoers.Lu 6:11: 12: They were filled with madness; and communed one with another what they might do to Jesus.2Co 1:8-11: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:1Th 5:16-18: Rejoice evermore.2Ti 4:17: 18: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion."Lord"2Ki 19:15: 19: Hezekiah prayed before the LORD: and said: O LORD God of Israel: which dwell between the cherubims: you are the God: even you alone: of all the kingdoms of the earth; you have made heaven and earth.Ne 9:6: You: even you: are LORD alone; you have made heaven: the heaven of heavens: with all their host: the earth: and all things that are therein: the seas: and all that is therein: and you preserve them all; and the host of heaven worships you.Ps 146:5: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Isa 51:12: I: even I: am he who comforts you: who are you: that you should be afraid of a man that will die: and of the son of man which will be made as grass;Jer 10:10-12: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:
ο δια στοματος δαβιδ του παιδος σου ειπων ινα τι εφρυαξαν εθνη και λαοι εμελετησαν κενα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὸςpatros
|
father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
through the mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-GMS
|
G3816παιδόςpaidos (N-GMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
παιδόςpaidos
|
servant
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3004εἰπώνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπώνeipōn
|
having spoken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2443Ἵνα‿Hina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
Ἵνα‿Hina
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G5101Τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5433ἐφρύαξανephryaxan (V-AIA-3P)
G5433 φρυάσσω phryássō froo-as-so akin to βρύω, βρύχω; to snort (as a spirited horse), i.e. (figuratively) to make a tumult:--rage.
|
ἐφρύαξανephryaxan
|
did rage
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
the Gentiles,
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαοὶlaoi (N-NMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοὶlaoi
|
peoples
|
N-NMP
|
G3191ἐμελέτησανemeletēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3191 μελετάω meletáō mel-et-ah-o from a presumed derivative of μέλω; to take care of, i.e. (by implication) revolve in the mind:--imagine, (pre-)meditate.
|
ἐμελέτησανemeletēsan
|
did devise
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2756κενά;kena (Adj-ANP)
G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενά;kena
|
vain things?
|
Adj-ANP
|
25
Who by the mouth of your servant David have said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people imagine vain things?
Acts 4:25
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δια στοματος δαβιδ του παιδος σου ειπων ινα τι εφρυαξαν εθνη και λαοι εμελετησαν κενα
Lit: of the father of us by the Spirit Holy through the mouth David servant of You having spoken - : Why did rage the Gentiles, and peoples did devise vain things?
KJV: Who by the mouth of thy servant David hast said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people imagine vain things?
References
"by"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ac 2:30: Therefore being a prophet: and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to Him: that of the fruit of His loins: according to the flesh: He would raise up Christ to sit on His throne;"Why"Ps 2:1-6: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?
παρεστησαν οι βασιλεις της γης και οι αρχοντες συνηχθησαν επι το αυτο κατα του κυριου και κατα του χριστου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3936παρέστησανparestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστησανparestēsan
|
Took their stand
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G758ἄρχοντεςarchontes (N-NMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχοντεςarchontes
|
rulers
|
N-NMP
|
G4863συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan
|
were gathered
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
themselves
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.’
|
PPro-GM3S
|
26
The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord, and against His Christ.Acts 4:26
Stats
Rank: #7665 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 90 letters, 32 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρεστησαν οι βασιλεις της γης και οι αρχοντες συνηχθησαν επι το αυτο κατα του κυριου και κατα του χριστου αυτου
Lit: Took their stand the kings of the earth, and the rulers were gathered together themselves against the Lord and against the Christ of Him.’
KJV: The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord, and against his Christ.
References
"kings"Ps 83:2-8: For: indeed: your enemies make a tumult: and they that hate you have lifted up the head.Joe 3:9-14: Proclaim you this among the Gentiles; Prepare war: wake up the mighty men: let all the men of war draw near; let them come up:Re 17:12-14: 17: The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings: which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.Re 19:16-21: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS."against his"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.
συνηχθησαν γαρ επ αληθειας επι τον αγιον παιδα σου ιησουν ον εχρισας ηρωδης τε και ποντιος πιλατος συν εθνεσιν και λαοις ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4863Συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
Συνήχθησανsynēchthēsan
|
Were gathered together
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείαςalētheias
|
truth,
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this,
|
DPro-DFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G40ἅγιονhagion (Adj-AMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιονhagion
|
holy
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3816ΠαῖδάPaida (N-AMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
ΠαῖδάPaida
|
servant
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5548ἔχρισας,echrisas (V-AIA-2S)
G5548 χρίω chríō khree-o probably akin to χράομαι through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with oil, i.e. (by implication) to consecrate to an office or religious service:--anoint.
|
ἔχρισας,echrisas
|
You anointed,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4194ΠόντιοςPontios (N-NMS)
G4194 Πόντιος Póntios pon-tee-os of Latin origin; apparently bridged; Pontius, a Roman:--Pontius.
|
ΠόντιοςPontios
|
Pontius
|
N-NMS
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos (N-NMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτοςPilatos
|
Pilate,
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
the Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαοῖςlaois (N-DMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῖςlaois
|
peoples
|
N-DMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ,Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ,Israēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
27
For of a truth against your holy child Jesus, whom you have anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered together,Acts 4:27
Stats
Rank: #2188 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 23 words, 135 letters, 51 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνηχθησαν γαρ επ αληθειας επι τον αγιον παιδα σου ιησουν ον εχρισας ηρωδης τε και ποντιος πιλατος συν εθνεσιν και λαοις ισραηλ
Lit: Were gathered together for in truth, in the city this, against the holy servant of You Jesus whom You anointed, Herod both and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and peoples of Israel,
KJV: For of a truth against thy holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered together,
References
"of a"Mt 26:3: Then assembled together the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders of the people: to the palace of the high priest: who was called Caiaphas: Lu 22:1: Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh: which is called the Passover.Lu 23:1: 8-12: The whole multitude of them arose: and led him to Pilate."thy"Ac 4:30: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Ac 2:27: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Job 14:4: Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? not one.Job 15:14: What is man: that he should be clean? and he which is born of a woman: that he should be righteous?Job 25:4: How then can man be justified with God? or how can He be clean that is born of a woman?Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;"whom"Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Ps 2:2: 6: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Ps 45:7: You love righteousness: and hate wickedness: therefore God: your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Joh 10:36: Say you of Him: whom the Father has sanctified: and sent into the world: You blaspheme; because I said: I am the Son of God?"both"Mt 2:13-16: When they were departed: look: the angel of the Lord appears to Joseph in a dream: saying: Arise: and take the young child and His mother: and flee into Egypt: and be you there until I bring you word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy Him.Lu 13:31-33: The same day there came certain of the Pharisees: saying to him: Get you out: and depart here: for Herod will kill you.Lu 23:7-12: As soon as he knew that he belonged to Herod's jurisdiction: he sent him to Herod: who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time."Pontius Pilate"Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Mt 27:2: 11-36: When they had bound him: they led him away: and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor.Mr 15:1-28: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 23:13-38: Pilate: when he had called together the chief priests and the rulers and the people: Joh 19:1-24: 34: Then Pilate therefore took Jesus: and scourged Him."the people"Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Zec 11:7: 8: I will feed the flock of slaughter: even you: O poor of the flock. And I took to me two staves; the one I called Beauty: and the other I called Bands; and I fed the flock.Mt 20:18: 19: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Mt 21:28: But what think you? A certain man had two sons; and He came to the first: and said: Son: go work today in my vineyard.Mt 23:37: O Jerusalem: Jerusalem: you that kill the prophets: and stone them which are sent to you: how often would I have gathered your children together: even as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings: and you not would!Mt 26:3: 4: 59-68: Then assembled together the chief priests: and the scribes: and the elders of the people: to the palace of the high priest: who was called Caiaphas: Mt 27:25: 40-43: Then answered all the people: and said: His blood be on us: and on our children.Mr 10:33: Saying: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests: and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death: and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:Mr 14:1: 2: 43-65: After two days was the feast of the passover: and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft: and put him to death.Mr 15:1-3: 31: Straightway in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council: and bound Jesus: and carried Him away: and delivered Him to Pilate.Lu 9:22: Saying: The Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised the third day.Lu 20:13-19: Then said the lord of the vineyard: What will I do? I will send my beloved son: it may be they will reverence him when they see him.Lu 22:2-6: 47-52: 63-71: The chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him; for they feared the people.Lu 23:1-5: The whole multitude of them arose: and led him to Pilate.Joh 1:11: He came to his own: and his own received not him.Joh 18:1-14: 19-24: When Jesus had spoken these words: He went forth with His disciples over the brook Cedron: where was a garden: into the which He entered: and His disciples.Joh 18:28-40: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar.
ποιησαι οσα η χειρ σου και η βουλη σου προωρισεν γενεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5495χείρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χείρcheir
|
hand
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1012βουλὴboulē (N-NFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὴboulē
|
purpose
|
N-NFS
|
G4771[σου]sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
[σου]sou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4309προώρισενproōrisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4309 προορίζω proorízō pro-or-id-zo from πρό and ὁρίζω; to limit in advance, i.e. (figuratively) predetermine:--determine before, ordain, predestinate.
|
προώρισενproōrisen
|
had determined beforehand
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαι.genesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαι.genesthai
|
to happen.
|
V-ANM
|
28
For to do whatever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done.Acts 4:28
Stats
Rank: #7643 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ποιησαι οσα η χειρ σου και η βουλη σου προωρισεν γενεσθαι
Lit: to do whatever the hand of You and the purpose of You had determined beforehand to happen.
KJV: For to do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel determined before to be done.
References
"to do"Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 3:18: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.Ac 13:27-29: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ge 50:20: But as for you: you thought evil against me; but God meant it to good: to bring to pass: as it is this day: to save much people alive.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Mt 26:24: 54: The Son of man goes as it is written of Him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if He not had been born.Lu 22:22: Truly the Son of man goes: as it was determined: but woe to that man by whom He is betrayed!Lu 24:44-46: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.1Pe 2:7: 8: To you therefore which believe he is precious: but to them which be disobedient: the stone which the builders disallowed: the same is made the head of the corner: "and"Job 12:13: With him is wisdom and strength: he has counsel and understanding.Pr 21:30: There is no wisdom nor understanding nor counsel against the LORD.Isa 5:19: That say: Let Him make speed: and hasten His work: that we may see it: and let the counsel of the Holy one of Israel draw nigh and come: that we may know it!Isa 28:29: This also comes forth from the LORD of hosts: which is wonderful in counsel: and excellent in working.Isa 40:13: Who has directed the Spirit of the LORD: or being His counseller has taught Him?Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Isa 53:10: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Eph 1:11: In whom also we have obtained an inheritance: being predestinated according to the purpose of him who works all things after the counsel of his own will:Heb 6:17: Wherein God: willing more abundantly to show to the heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel: confirmed it by an oath:
και τα νυν κυριε επιδε επι τας απειλας αυτων και δος τοις δουλοις σου μετα παρρησιας πασης λαλειν τον λογον σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦν,nyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦν,nyn
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G1896ἔπιδεepide (V-AMA-2S)
G1896 ἐπεῖδον epeîdon ep-i-don and other moods and persons of the same tense; from ἐπί and εἴδω; to regard (favorably or otherwise):--behold, look upon.
|
ἔπιδεepide
|
look
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G547ἀπειλὰςapeilas (N-AFP)
G547 ἀπειλή apeilḗ ap-i-lay from ἀπειλέω; a menace:--X straitly, threatening.
|
ἀπειλὰςapeilas
|
threats
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δὸςdos (V-AMA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δὸςdos
|
grant
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1401δούλοιςdoulois (N-DMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλοιςdoulois
|
servants
|
N-DMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3954παρρησίαςparrēsias (N-GFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίαςparrēsias
|
boldness
|
N-GFS
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
29
Now, Lord, look their threatenings: and grant to your servants, that with all boldness they may speak your word,
Acts 4:29
Stats
Rank: #2928 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 16 words, 94 letters, 27 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα νυν κυριε επιδε επι τας απειλας αυτων και δος τοις δουλοις σου μετα παρρησιας πασης λαλειν τον λογον σου
Lit: And now, Lord, look upon the threats of them, and grant to the servants of You with boldness all to speak the word of You,
KJV: And now, Lord, behold their threatenings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all boldness they may speak thy word,
References
"behold"Ac 4:17: 18: 21: But that it spread no further among the people: let us straitly threaten them: that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.Isa 37:17-20: Incline your ear: O LORD: and hear; open your eyes: O LORD: and see: and hear all the words of Sennacherib: which has sent to reproach the living God.Isa 63:15: Look down from heaven: and look from the habitation of your holiness and of your glory: where is your zeal and your strength: the sounding of your bowels and of your mercies toward me? are they restrained?La 3:50: Till the LORD look down: and look from heaven.La 5:1: Remember: O LORD: what is come upon us: consider: and look our reproach.Da 9:18: O my God: incline your ear: and hear; open your eyes: and look our desolations: and the city which is called by your name: for we not do present our supplications before you for our righteousnesses: but for your great mercies."that"Ac 4:13: 31: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Ac 9:27: But Barnabas took Him: and brought Him to the apostles: and declared to them how He had seen the Lord in the way: and that He had spoken to Him: and how He had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Ac 20:26: 27: For what reason I take you to record this day: that I am pure from the blood of all men.Ac 26:26: For the king knows of these things: before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner.Ac 28:31: Preaching the kingdom of God: and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ: with all confidence: no man forbidding Him.Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Eze 2:6: you: son of man: not be afraid of them: neither be afraid of their words: though briers and thorns be with you: and you do dwell among scorpions: not be afraid of their words: nor be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Eph 6:18-20: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Php 1:14: Many of the brothers in the Lord: waxing confident by my bonds: are much more bold to speak the word without fear.1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.2Ti 1:7: 8: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.
εν τω την χειρα σου εκτεινειν σε εις ιασιν και σημεια και τερατα γινεσθαι δια του ονοματος του αγιου παιδος σου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
that
|
Art-DNS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖράcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖράcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G4771‹σου›sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
‹σου›sou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1614ἐκτείνεινekteinein (V-PNA)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἐκτείνεινekteinein
|
stretch out
|
V-PNA
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
You
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2392ἴασινiasin (N-AFS)
G2392 ἴασις íasis ee-as-is from ἰάομαι; curing (the act):--cure, heal(-ing).
|
ἴασινiasin
|
healing,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-ANP
|
G1096γίνεσθαιginesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαιginesthai
|
to take place,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G40ἁγίουhagiou (Adj-GMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίουhagiou
|
holy
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3816ΠαιδόςPaidos (N-GMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
ΠαιδόςPaidos
|
servant
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
30
By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Acts 4:30
Stats
Rank: #7004 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 22 words, 91 letters, 27 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τω την χειρα σου εκτεινειν σε εις ιασιν και σημεια και τερατα γινεσθαι δια του ονοματος του αγιου παιδος σου ιησου
Lit: in that the hand of You stretch out You for healing, and signs and wonders to take place, through the name of the holy servant of You, Jesus.
KJV: By stretching forth thine hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of thy holy child Jesus.
References
"By stretching"Ex 6:6: For what reason say to the children of Israel: I am the LORD: and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians: and I will rid you out of their bondage: and I will redeem you with a stretched out arm: and with great judgments:De 4:34: Or has God assayed to go and take Him a nation from the middle of another nation: by temptations: by signs: and by wonders: and by war: and by a mighty hand: and by a stretched out arm: and by great terrors: according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?Jer 15:15: O LORD: you know: remember me: and visit me: and revenge me of my persecutors; take not me away in your longsuffering: know that for your sake I have suffered rebuke.Jer 20:11: 12: But the LORD is with me as a mighty terrible one: therefore my persecutors will stumble: and they will not prevail: they will be greatly ashamed; for they will not prosper: their everlasting confusion will never be forgotten.Lu 9:54-56: When His disciples James and John saw this: they said: Lord: will you that we command fire to come down from heaven: and consume them: even as Elias did?Lu 22:49-51: When they which were about Him saw what would follow: they said to Him: Lord: will we smite with the sword?"and that"Ac 2:22: 43: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 5:12: 15: 16: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 6:8: Stephen: full of faith and power: did great wonders and miracles among the people.Ac 9:34: 35: 40-42: Peter said to Him: AEneas: Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise: and make your bed. And He arose immediately."the name"Ac 4:10: 27: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 3:6: 16: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.
και δεηθεντων αυτων εσαλευθη ο τοπος εν ω ησαν συνηγμενοι και επλησθησαν απαντες πνευματος αγιου και ελαλουν τον λογον του θεου μετα παρρησιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1189δεηθέντωνdeēthentōn (V-APP-GMP)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
δεηθέντωνdeēthentōn
|
having prayed
|
V-APP-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4531ἐσαλεύθηesaleuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
ἐσαλεύθηesaleuthē
|
was shaken
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
place
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4863συνηγμένοι,synēgmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνηγμένοι,synēgmenoi
|
assembled,
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4130ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan
|
they were filled with
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G537ἅπαντεςhapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντεςhapantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151Πνεύματος,Pneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματος,Pneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλουνelaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλουνelaloun
|
were speaking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3954παρρησίας.parrēsias (N-GFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίας.parrēsias
|
boldness.
|
N-GFS
|
31
When they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Acts 4:31
Stats
Rank: #1648 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 29 words, 139 letters, 45 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δεηθεντων αυτων εσαλευθη ο τοπος εν ω ησαν συνηγμενοι και επλησθησαν απαντες πνευματος αγιου και ελαλουν τον λογον του θεου μετα παρρησιας
Lit: And having prayed they, was shaken the place in which they were assembled, and they were filled with all the Holy Spirit and were speaking the word of God with boldness.
KJV: And when they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word of God with boldness.
References
"the place"Ac 2:2: Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind: and it filled all the house where they were sitting.Ac 16:25: 26: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them."they were all"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance."spake"Ac 4:29: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Isa 65:24: It will come to pass: that before they call: I will answer; and while they are yet speaking: I will hear.Mt 18:19: 20: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 21:22: All things: whatever you will ask in prayer: believing: you will receive.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.Joh 15:7: 16: If you abide in me: and my words abide in you: you will ask what you will: and it will be done to you.Joh 16:23: 24: In that day you will ask not mehing. Truly: truly: I say to you: Whatever you will ask the Father in my name: He will give it you.Jas 1:5: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him.
The Church Community
του δε πληθους των πιστευσαντων ην η καρδια και η ψυχη μια και {VAR1: ουδε } {VAR2: ουδ } εις τι των υπαρχοντων αυτω ελεγεν ιδιον ειναι αλλ ην αυτοις απαντα κοινα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4128πλήθουςplēthous (N-GNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλήθουςplēthous
|
the multitude
|
N-GNS
|
G4100πιστευσάντωνpisteusantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστευσάντωνpisteusantōn
|
having believed
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
were in
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
heart
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5590ψυχὴpsychē (N-NFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴpsychē
|
soul
|
N-NFS
|
G1520μία,mia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μία,mia
|
one,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of that which
|
Art-GNP
|
G5225ὑπαρχόντωνhyparchontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπαρχόντωνhyparchontōn
|
possessed
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
he,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
claimed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-ANS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
his own
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2839κοινά.koina (Adj-NNP)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινά.koina
|
in common.
|
Adj-NNP
|
32
The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.Acts 4:32
Stats
Rank: #438 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 188 characters, 35 words, 149 letters, 55 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: του δε πληθους των πιστευσαντων ην η καρδια και η ψυχη μια και {VAR1: ουδε } {VAR2: ουδ } εις τι των υπαρχοντων αυτω ελεγεν ιδιον ειναι αλλ ην αυτοις απαντα κοινα
Lit: And the multitude having believed were in heart and soul one, and not one anything of that which possessed he, claimed his own to be, but were to them all things in common.
KJV: And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.
References
"the multitude"Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 2:1: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 5:12: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Jer 32:39: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Eze 11:19: 20: I will give them one heart: and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh: and will give them an heart of flesh:Joh 17:11: 21-23: Now I am no more in the world: but these are in the world: and I come to you. Holy Father: keep through your own name those whom you have given me: that they may be one: as we are.Ro 12:5: So we: being many: are one body in Christ: and every one members one of another.Ro 15:5: 6: Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus:1Co 1:10: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.1Co 12:12-14: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Eph 4:2-6: With all lowliness and meekness: with longsuffering: forbearing one another in love;Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:1: 2: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:"ought"Ac 2:44-46: All that believed were together: and had all things common;1Ch 29:14-16: But who am I: and what is my people: that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of you: and of your own have we given you.Lu 16:10-12: He who is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he who is unjust in the least is unjust also in much.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.
και μεγαλη δυναμει απεδιδουν το μαρτυριον οι αποστολοι της αναστασεως του κυριου ιησου χαρις τε μεγαλη ην επι παντας αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
with power
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
great,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G591ἀπεδίδουνapedidoun (V-IIA-3P)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπεδίδουνapedidoun
|
were giving
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G3588««τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
««τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ» ⇔Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ» ⇔Iēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G3588««τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
««τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G386ἀναστάσεως»,anastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεως»,anastaseōs
|
resurrection;
|
N-GFS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
grace
|
N-NFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
abundant
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
33
With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.Acts 4:33
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 36 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μεγαλη δυναμει απεδιδουν το μαρτυριον οι αποστολοι της αναστασεως του κυριου ιησου χαρις τε μεγαλη ην επι παντας αυτους
Lit: And with power great, were giving testimony the apostles of the Lord Jesus of the resurrection; grace then abundant was upon all them.
KJV: And with great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all.
References
"with"Ac 4:30: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 2:32: 33: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: 16: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 5:12-16: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Lu 24:48: 49: you are witnesses of these things.Ro 15:18: 19: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"grace"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Lu 2:52: Jesus increased in wisdom and stature: and in favour with God and man.Joh 1:16: Of his fulness have all we received: and grace for grace.
ουδε γαρ ενδεης τις υπηρχεν εν αυτοις οσοι γαρ κτητορες χωριων η οικιων υπηρχον πωλουντες εφερον τας τιμας των πιπρασκομενων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3761Οὐδὲoude (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
Οὐδὲoude
|
Not even
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1729ἐνδεήςendeēs (Adj-NMS)
G1729 ἐνδεής endeḗs en-deh-ace from a compound of ἐν and δέω (in the sense of lacking); deficient in:--lacking.
|
ἐνδεήςendeēs
|
in need
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
them;
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2935κτήτορεςktētores (N-NMP)
G2935 κτήτωρ ktḗtōr ktay-tore from κτάομαι; an owner:--possessor.
|
κτήτορεςktētores
|
owners
|
N-NMP
|
G5564χωρίωνchōriōn (N-GNP)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίωνchōriōn
|
of lands
|
N-GNP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3614οἰκιῶνoikiōn (N-GFP)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκιῶνoikiōn
|
houses
|
N-GFP
|
G5225ὑπῆρχον,hypērchon (V-IIA-3P)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχον,hypērchon
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4453πωλοῦντεςpōlountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλοῦντεςpōlountes
|
selling them,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5342ἔφερονepheron (V-IIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἔφερονepheron
|
were bringing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5092τιμὰςtimas (N-AFP)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὰςtimas
|
proceeds
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of what
|
Art-GNP
|
G4097πιπρασκομένωνpipraskomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP)
G4097 πιπράσκω pipráskō prah-o contracted from (to traverse; from the base of πέραν); to traffic (by travelling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery (literally or figuratively):--sell.
|
πιπρασκομένωνpipraskomenōn
|
is sold,
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
34
Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold,Acts 4:34
Stats
Rank: #3144 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 28 words, 127 letters, 43 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδε γαρ ενδεης τις υπηρχεν εν αυτοις οσοι γαρ κτητορες χωριων η οικιων υπηρχον πωλουντες εφερον τας τιμας των πιπρασκομενων
Lit: Not even for in need anyone there was among them; as many as for owners of lands or houses were selling them, were bringing the proceeds of what is sold,
KJV: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold,
References
"was"De 2:7: For the LORD your God has blessed you in all the works of your hand: He knows your walking through this great wilderness: these 40 years the LORD your God has been with you; you have not lackedhing.Ps 34:9: 10: O fear the LORD: you His saints: for there is no want to them that fear Him.Lu 22:35: He said to them: When I sent you without purse: and scrip: and shoes: lacked you any thing? And they said: Nothing.1Th 4:12: That you may walk honestly toward them that are without: and that you may have lack not ofhing."for"Ac 4:37: Having land: sold it: and brought the money: and laid it at the apostles' feet.Ac 2:45: Sold their possessions and goods: and parted them to all men: as every man had need.Ac 5:1-3: But a certain man named Ananias: with Sapphira his wife: sold a possession: Mr 10:21: Then Jesus beholding Him loved Him: and said to Him: one thing you lack: go your way: sell whatever you have: and give to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: take up the cross: and follow me.Lu 12:33: Sell that you have: and give alms; provide yourselves bags which not wax old: a treasure in the heavens that fails not: where no thief approaches: neither moth corrupts.Lu 16:9: I say to you: Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that: when you fail: they may receive you into everlasting habitations.1Ti 6:19: Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come: that they may lay hold on eternal life.Jas 1:27: Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this: To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction: and to keep Himself unspotted from the world.
και ετιθουν παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων διεδιδοτο δε εκαστω καθοτι αν τις χρειαν ειχεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἐτίθουνetithoun (V-IIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἐτίθουνetithoun
|
were laying them
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων·apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων·apostolōn
|
apostles;
|
N-GMP
|
G1239διεδίδετοdiedideto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1239 διαδίδωμι diadídōmi dee-ad-id-o-mee from διά and δίδωμι; to give throughout a crowd, i.e. deal out; also to deliver over (as to a successor):--(make) distribute(-ion), divide, give.
|
διεδίδετοdiedideto
|
distribution was made
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2530καθότιkathoti (Adv)
G2530 καθότι kathóti kath-ot-ee from κατά; and ὅς and τὶς; according to which certain thing, i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as:--(according, forasmuch) as, because (that).
|
καθότιkathoti
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192εἶχεν.eichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχεν.eichen
|
had.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
35
Laid them down at the apostles' feet: and distribution was made to every man according as he had need.Acts 4:35
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ετιθουν παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων διεδιδοτο δε εκαστω καθοτι αν τις χρειαν ειχεν
Lit: and were laying them at the feet of the apostles; distribution was made then to each just as anyone need had.
KJV: And laid them down at the apostles' feet: and distribution was made unto every man according as he had need.
References
"at"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 5:2: Kept back part of the price: his wife also being privy to it: and brought a certain part: and laid it at the apostles' feet.Ac 6:1-6: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.2Co 8:20: 21: Avoiding this: that no man should blame us in this abundance which is administered by us:"distribution"Ac 2:45: Sold their possessions and goods: and parted them to all men: as every man had need.Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.
ιωσης δε ο επικληθεις βαρναβας υπο των αποστολων ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον υιος παρακλησεως λευιτης κυπριος τω γενει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-NMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1941ἐπικληθεὶςepiklētheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικληθεὶςepiklētheis
|
having been called
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων,apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων,apostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3177μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneúō meth-er-mane-yoo-o from μετά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain over, i.e. translate:--(by) interpret(-ation).
|
μεθερμηνευόμενονmethermēneuomenon
|
translated
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G3874παρακλήσεως,paraklēseōs (N-GFS)
G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσεως,paraklēseōs
|
of encouragement
|
N-GFS
|
G3019Λευίτης,Leuitēs (N-NMS)
G3019 Λευΐτης Leuḯtēs lyoo-ee-tace from Λευΐ; a Levite, i.e. descendant of Levi:--Levite.
|
Λευίτης,Leuitēs
|
a Levite,
|
N-NMS
|
G2953ΚύπριοςKyprios (N-NMS)
G2953 Κύπριος Kýprios koo-pree-os from Κύπρος; a Cyprian (Cypriot), i.e. inhabitant of Cyprus:--of Cyprus.
|
ΚύπριοςKyprios
|
a Cypriot
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
at the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1085γένει,genei (N-DNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένει,genei
|
birth,
|
N-DNS
|
36
Joses, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas, (which is, being interpreted, The son of consolation,) a Levite, and of the country of Cyprus,
Acts 4:36
Stats
Rank: #2927 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 19 words, 115 letters, 42 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιωσης δε ο επικληθεις βαρναβας υπο των αποστολων ο εστιν μεθερμηνευομενον υιος παρακλησεως λευιτης κυπριος τω γενει
Lit: Joseph now having been called Barnabas by the apostles which is translated Son of encouragement a Levite, a Cypriot at the birth,
KJV: And Joses, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas, (which is, being interpreted, The son of consolation,) a Levite, and of the country of Cyprus,
References
"Barnabas"Ac 11:22-25: 30: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:2: 12: 37: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.1Co 9:6: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?Ga 2:1: 9: 13: Then 14 years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas: and took Titus with me also."The son"Mr 3:17: James the son of Zebedee: and John the brother of James; and he surnamed them Boanerges: which is: The sons of thunder:"Cyprus"Ac 11:19: 20: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 15:39: The contention was so sharp between them: that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark: and sailed to Cyprus;Ac 21:16: There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea: and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus: an old disciple: with whom we should lodge.
υπαρχοντος αυτω αγρου πωλησας ηνεγκεν το χρημα και εθηκεν παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5225ὑπάρχοντοςhyparchontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντοςhyparchontos
|
owns
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
by him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G68ἀγροῦ,agrou (N-GMS)
G68 ἀγρός agrós ag-ros from ἄγω; a field (as a drive for cattle); genitive case, the country; specially, a farm, i.e. hamlet:--country, farm, piece of ground, land.
|
ἀγροῦ,agrou
|
a field,
|
N-GMS
|
G4453πωλήσαςpōlēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλήσαςpōlēsas
|
having sold it,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5342ἤνεγκενēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἤνεγκενēnenken
|
brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5536χρῆμαchrēma (N-ANS)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρῆμαchrēma
|
money
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκενethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκενethēken
|
laid it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων.apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων.apostolōn
|
apostles.
|
N-GMP
|
37
Having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid it at the apostles' feet.Acts 4:37
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 9 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: υπαρχοντος αυτω αγρου πωλησας ηνεγκεν το χρημα και εθηκεν παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων
Lit: owns by him a field, having sold it, brought the money and laid it at the feet of the apostles.
KJV: Having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid [it] at the apostles' feet.
References
"sold"Ac 4:34: 35: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: Ac 5:1: 2: But a certain man named Ananias: with Sapphira his wife: sold a possession: Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.
5
Ananias and Sapphira
ανηρ δε τις ανανιας ονοματι συν σαπφειρη τη γυναικι αυτου επωλησεν κτημα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἈνὴρAnēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἈνὴρAnēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named,
|
N-DNS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4551ΣαπφίρῃSapphirē (N-DFS)
G4551 Σαπφείρη Sappheírē sap-fi-ray feminine of σάπφειρος; Sapphire, an Israelitess:--Sapphira.
|
ΣαπφίρῃSapphirē
|
Sapphira,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
wife
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4453ἐπώλησενepōlēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
ἐπώλησενepōlēsen
|
sold
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2933κτῆμα,ktēma (N-ANS)
G2933 κτῆμα ktēma ktay-mah from κτάομαι; an acquirement, i.e. estate:--possession.
|
κτῆμα,ktēma
|
a property,
|
N-ANS
|
1
But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession,Acts 5:1
Stats
Rank: #458 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 11 words, 60 letters, 25 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανηρ δε τις ανανιας ονοματι συν σαπφειρη τη γυναικι αυτου επωλησεν κτημα
Lit: A man now certain, Ananias named, with Sapphira, the wife of him, sold a property,
KJV: But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession,
References
"But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession,"Le 10:1-3: Nadab and Abihu: the sons of Aaron: took either of them His censer: and put fire therein: and put incense thereon: and offered strange fire before the LORD: which He commanded not them.Jos 6:1: Now Jericho was straitly shut up because of the children of Israel: none went out: and none came in.Mt 13:47: 48: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to a net: that was cast into the sea: and gathered of every kind:Joh 6:37: All that the Father gives me will come to me; and Him that comes to me I will in no wise cast out.2Ti 2:20: But in a great house there not are only vessels of gold and of silver: but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour: and some to dishonour.
και ενοσφισατο απο της τιμης συνειδυιας και της γυναικος αυτου και ενεγκας μερος τι παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων εθηκεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3557ἐνοσφίσατοenosphisato (V-AIM-3S)
G3557 νοσφίζομαι nosphízomai nos-fid-zom-ahee middle voice from (apart or clandestinely); to sequestrate for oneself, i.e. embezzle:--keep back, purloin.
|
ἐνοσφίσατοenosphisato
|
he kept back
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5092τιμῆς,timēs (N-GFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῆς,timēs
|
proceeds,
|
N-GFS
|
G4894συνειδυίηςsyneiduiēs (V-RPA-GFS)
G4894 συνείδω syneídō soon-i-do from σύν and εἴδω; to see completely; used (like its primary) only in two past tenses, respectively meaning to understand or become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely) informed of:--consider, know, be privy, be ware of.
|
συνειδυίηςsyneiduiēs
|
being aware of it
|
V-RPA-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1135γυναικός,gynaikos (N-GFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικός,gynaikos
|
wife,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5342ἐνέγκαςenenkas (V-APA-NMS)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἐνέγκαςenenkas
|
having brought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-ANS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
a portion
|
N-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
certain,
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G5087ἔθηκεν.ethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκεν.ethēken
|
he laid it.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
2
Kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy to it, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles' feet.Acts 5:2
Stats
Rank: #6728 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ενοσφισατο απο της τιμης συνειδυιας και της γυναικος αυτου και ενεγκας μερος τι παρα τους ποδας των αποστολων εθηκεν
Lit: and he kept back from the proceeds, being aware of it also the wife, and having brought a portion certain, at the feet of the apostles he laid it.
KJV: And kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy [to it], and brought a certain part, and laid [it] at the apostles' feet.
References
"kept"Jos 7:11: 12: Israel has sinned: and they have also transgressed my covenant which I commanded them: for they have even taken of the accursed thing: and have also stolen: and dissembled also: and they have put it even among their own stuff.2Ki 5:21-25: So Gehazi followed after Naaman. And when Naaman saw him running after him: he lighted down from the chariot to meet him: and said: Is all well?Mal 1:14: But cursed be the deceiver: which has in His flock a male: and vows: and sacrifices to the Lord a corrupt thing: for I am a great King: says the LORD of hosts: and my name is dreadful among the heathen.Mal 3:8: 9: Will a man rob God? Yet you have robbed me. But you say: Wherein have we robbed you? In tithes and offerings.Joh 12:6: This he said: not that he cared for the poor; but because he was a thief: and had the bag: and bare what was put therein.1Ti 6:10: For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after: they have erred from the faith: and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.2Pe 2:14: 15: Having eyes full of adultery: and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children:"laid"Ac 4:34: 35: 37: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: Mt 6:2: 3: Therefore when you do your alms: not do sound a trumpet before you: as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets: that they may have glory of men. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Mt 23:5: But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phylacteries: and enlarge the borders of their garments: Php 2:3: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.
ειπεν δε πετρος ανανια δια τι επληρωσεν ο σατανας την καρδιαν σου ψευσασθαι σε το πνευμα το αγιον και νοσφισασθαι απο της τιμης του χωριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G367Ἁνανία,Hanania (N-VMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
Ἁνανία,Hanania
|
Ananias,
|
N-VMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4137ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρωσενeplērōsen
|
has filled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5574ψεύσασθαίpseusasthai (V-ANM)
G5574 ψεύδομαι pseúdomai psyoo-dom-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to utter an untruth or attempt to deceive by falsehood:--falsely, lie.
|
ψεύσασθαίpseusasthai
|
to lie to
|
V-ANM
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
for you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3557νοσφίσασθαιnosphisasthai (V-ANM)
G3557 νοσφίζομαι nosphízomai nos-fid-zom-ahee middle voice from (apart or clandestinely); to sequestrate for oneself, i.e. embezzle:--keep back, purloin.
|
νοσφίσασθαιnosphisasthai
|
to keep back
|
V-ANM
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5092τιμῆςtimēs (N-GFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῆςtimēs
|
proceeds
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5564χωρίου;chōriou (N-GNS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίου;chōriou
|
land?
|
N-GNS
|
3
But Peter said, Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the price of the land?Acts 5:3
Stats
Rank: #370 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 24 words, 102 letters, 38 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε πετρος ανανια δια τι επληρωσεν ο σατανας την καρδιαν σου ψευσασθαι σε το πνευμα το αγιον και νοσφισασθαι απο της τιμης του χωριου
Lit: Said however Peter, Ananias, because of why has filled Satan the heart of you to lie to for you the Spirit Holy and to keep back from the proceeds of the land?
KJV: But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the price of the land?
References
"why"Ge 3:13-17: The LORD God said to the woman: What is this that you have done? And the woman said: The serpent beguiled me: and I did eat.1Ki 22:21: 22: There came forth a spirit: and stood before the LORD: and said: I will persuade Him.1Ch 21:1-3: Satan stood up against Israel: and provoked David to number Israel.Mt 4:3-11: When the tempter came to Him: He said: If you be the Son of God: command that these stones be made bread.Mt 13:19: When any one hears the word of the kingdom: and understands it not: then comes the wicked one: and catches away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the way side.Lu 22:3: Then entered Satan into Judas surnamed Iscariot: being of the number of the 12.Joh 13:2: 27: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;Eph 6:11-16: Put on the whole armour of God: that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.Jas 4:7: Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil: and He will flee from you.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 12:9-11: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him."lie to"Ac 5:9: Then Peter said to her: How is it that you have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? look: the feet of them which have buried your husband are at the door: and will carry you out.Job 22:13: you say: How does God know? can He judge through the dark cloud?Ps 94:7-9: Yet they say: The LORD will not see: neither will the God of Jacob regard it.Isa 29:15: Woe to them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the LORD: and their works are in the dark: and they say: Who sees us? and who knows us?Jer 23:24: Can any hide Himself in secret places that I will not see Him? says the LORD. not Do I fill heaven and earth? says the LORD.Ho 11:12: Ephraim compasss me about with lies: and the house of Israel with deceit: but Judah yet rules with God: and is faithful with the saints."to keep"Nu 30:2: If a man vow a vow to the LORD: or swear an oath to bind His soul with a bond; He will not break His word: He will do according to all that proceeds out of His mouth.De 23:21: When you will vow a vow to the LORD your God: you will not slack to pay it: for the LORD your God will surely require it of you; and it would be sin in you.Pr 20:25: It is a snare to the man who devours that which is holy: and after vows to make inquiry.Ec 5:4: When you vow a vow to God: not defer to pay it; for He has no pleasure in fools: pay that which you have vowed.Ro 2:21: 22: You therefore which teach'>teach another: teach'>teach you not yourself? you that preach a man not should steal: do you steal?
ουχι μενον σοι εμενεν και πραθεν εν τη ση εξουσια υπηρχεν τι οτι εθου εν τη καρδια σου το πραγμα τουτο ουκ εψευσω ανθρωποις αλλα τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl)
G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3306μένονmenon (V-PPA-NNS)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένονmenon
|
remaining
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3306ἔμενενemenen (V-IIA-3S)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἔμενενemenen
|
did it remain?
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4097πραθὲνprathen (V-APP-NNS)
G4097 πιπράσκω pipráskō prah-o contracted from (to traverse; from the base of πέραν); to traffic (by travelling), i.e. dispose of as merchandise or into slavery (literally or figuratively):--sell.
|
πραθὲνprathen
|
having been sold,
|
V-APP-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4674σῇsē (PPro-DF2S)
G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σῇsē
|
own
|
PPro-DF2S
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
authority
|
N-DFS
|
G5225ὑπῆρχεν;hypērchen (V-IIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχεν;hypērchen
|
it was?
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5087ἔθουethou (V-AIM-2S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθουethou
|
did you purpose
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳkardia (N-DFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳkardia
|
heart
|
N-DFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4229πρᾶγμαpragma (N-ANS)
G4229 πρᾶγμα prâgma prag-mah from πράσσω; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material):--business, matter, thing, work.
|
πρᾶγμαpragma
|
deed
|
N-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτο;touto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο;touto
|
this?
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5574ἐψεύσωepseusō (V-AIM-2S)
G5574 ψεύδομαι pseúdomai psyoo-dom-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to utter an untruth or attempt to deceive by falsehood:--falsely, lie.
|
ἐψεύσωepseusō
|
you have lied
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
to men,
|
N-DMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
to God!
|
N-DMS
|
4
While it remained, was not it your own? and after it was sold, was not it in your own power? why have you conceived this thing in your heart? you have not lied to men, but to God.Acts 5:4
Stats
Counts: 189 characters, 32 words, 145 letters, 55 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουχι μενον σοι εμενεν και πραθεν εν τη ση εξουσια υπηρχεν τι οτι εθου εν τη καρδια σου το πραγμα τουτο ουκ εψευσω ανθρωποις αλλα τω θεω
Lit: Not remaining to you did it remain? And having been sold, in the own authority it was? Why did you purpose in the heart of you the deed this? Not you have lied to men, but to God!
KJV: Whiles it remained, was it not thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thine own power? why hast thou conceived this thing in thine heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God.
References
"was it not thine"Ex 35:21: 22: 29: They came: every one whose heart stirred Him up: and every one whom His spirit made willing: and they brought the LORD's offering to the work of the tabernacle of the congregation: and for all His service: and for the holy garments.1Ch 29:3: 5: 9: 17: Moreover: because I have set my affection to the house of my God: I have of my own proper good: of gold and silver: which I have given to the house of my God: over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house: 1Co 8:8: But meat commends not us to God: for neither: if we eat: are we the better; neither: if we not eat: are we the worse.1Co 9:5-17: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?Phm 1:14: But without your mind would I not dohing; that your benefit not should be as it were of necessity: but willingly."why"Ac 8:21: 22: You have neither part nor lot in this matter: for your heart not is right in the sight of God.Jos 7:25: 26: Joshua said: Why have you troubled us? the LORD will trouble you this day. And all Israel stoned Him with stones: and burned them with fire: after they had stoned them with stones.Job 15:35: They conceive mischief: and bring forth vanity: and their belly prepares deceit.Ps 7:14: Look: he travails with iniquity: and has conceived mischief: and brought forth falsehood.Isa 59:4: None calls for justice: nor any pleads for truth: they trust in vanity: and speak lies; they conceive mischief: and bring forth iniquity.Eze 38:10: Thus says the Lord GOD; It will also come to pass: that at the same time will things come into your mind: and you will think an evil thought:Jas 1:15: Then when lust has conceived: it brings'>brings forth sin: and sin: when it is finished: brings'>brings forth death."thou hast"Ac 5:3: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?Ex 16:8: Moses said: This will be: when the LORD will give you in the evening flesh to eat: and in the morning bread to the full; for that the LORD hears your murmurings which you murmur against Him: and what are we? your murmurings are not against us: but against the LORD.Nu 16:11: For which cause both you and all your company are gathered together against the LORD: and what is Aaron: that you murmur against Him?1Sa 8:7: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.2Ki 5:25-27: But he went in: and stood before his master. And Elisha said to him: Where comest you: Gehazi? And he said: Your servant went no whither.Ps 139:4: For there is not a word in my tongue: but: indeed: O LORD: you know it altogether.Lu 10:16: He who hears'>hears you hears'>hears me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises you despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me despises'>despises'>despises'>despises him that sent me.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.
ακουων δε ανανιας τους λογους τουτους πεσων εξεψυξεν και εγενετο φοβος μεγας επι παντας τους ακουοντας ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούωνakouōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούωνakouōn
|
Hearing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these,
|
DPro-AMP
|
G4098πεσὼνpesōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσὼνpesōn
|
having fallen down,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1634ἐξέψυξεν·exepsyxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1634 ἐκψύχω ekpsýchō ek-psoo-kho from ἐκ and ψύχω; to expire:--give (yield) up the ghost.
|
ἐξέψυξεν·exepsyxen
|
he breathed his last.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5401φόβοςphobos (N-NMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβοςphobos
|
fear
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G191ἀκούοντας.akouontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντας.akouontas
|
hearing.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
5
Ananias hearing these words fell down, and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.Acts 5:5
Stats
Rank: #7418 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουων δε ανανιας τους λογους τουτους πεσων εξεψυξεν και εγενετο φοβος μεγας επι παντας τους ακουοντας ταυτα
Lit: Hearing now Ananias the words these, having fallen down, he breathed his last. And came fear great upon all those hearing.
KJV: And Ananias hearing these words fell down, and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.
References
"hearing"Ac 5:10: 11: Then fell she down straightway at his feet: and yielded up the ghost: and the young men came in: and found her dead: and: carrying her forth: buried her by her husband.Ac 13:11: Now: look: the hand of the Lord is upon you: and you will be blind: not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on Him a mist and a darkness; and He went about seeking some to lead Him by the hand.Nu 16:26-33: He spoke to the congregation: saying: Depart: I pray you: from the tents of these wicked men: and not touchhing of theirs: lest you be consumed in all their sins.2Ki 1:10-14: Elijah answered and said to the captain of 50: If I be a man of God: then let fire come down from heaven: and consume you and your 50. And there came down fire from heaven: and consumed Him and His 50.2Ki 2:24: He turned back: and looked on them: and cursed them in the name of the LORD. And there came forth two she bears out of the wood: and tare 42 children of them.Jer 5:14: For what reason thus says the LORD God of hosts: Because you speak this word: look: I will make my words in your mouth fire: and this people wood: and it will devour them.1Co 4:21: What will you? will I come to you with a rod: or in love: and in the spirit of meekness?2Co 10:2-6: But I beseech you: that I not may be bold when I am present with that confidence: wherewith I think to be bold against some: which think of us as if we walked according to the flesh.2Co 13:2: 10: I told you before: and foretell you: as if I were present: the second time; and being absent now I write to them which heretofore have sinned: and to all other: that: if I come again: I not will spare:Re 11:5: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed."great"Ac 5:11: 13: Great fear came upon all the church: and upon as many as heard these things.Ac 2:43: Fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles.Le 10:3: Then Moses said to Aaron: This is it that the LORD spoke: saying: I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me: and before all the people I will be glorified. And Aaron held His peace.Nu 16:34: All Israel that were round about them fled at the cry of them: for they said: Lest the earth swallow us up also.Nu 17:12: 13: The children of Israel spoke to Moses: saying: Look: we die: we perish: we all perish.De 13:11: All Israel will hear: and fear: and will do no more any such wickedness as this is among you.De 21:21: All the men of his city will stone him with stones: that he die: so will you put evil away from among you; and all Israel will hear: and fear.Jos 22:20: not Did Achan the son of Zerah commit a trespass in the accursed thing: and wrath fell on all the congregation of Israel? and that man not perished alone in his iniquity.1Sa 6:19-21: He smote the men of Bethshemesh: because they had looked into the ark of the LORD: even He smote of the people 50000 and threescore and 10 men: and the people lamented: because the LORD had smitten many of the people with a great slaughter.1Ch 13:12: David was afraid of God that day: saying: How will I bring the ark of God home to me?1Ch 15:13: For because you did it not at the first: the LORD our God made a breach upon us: for that we sought Him not">not Him after the due order.Ps 64:9: All men will fear: and will declare the work of God; for they will wisely consider of His doing.Ps 119:120: My flesh trembles for fear of you; and I am afraid of your judgments.2Co 7:11: For look this selfsame thing: that you sorrowed after a godly sort: what carefulness it wrought in you: yes: what clearing of yourselves: yes: what indignation: yes: what fear: yes: what vehement desire: yes: what zeal: yes: what revenge! In all things you have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter.Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.
ανασταντες δε οι νεωτεροι συνεστειλαν αυτον και εξενεγκαντες εθαψαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἀναστάντεςanastantes (V-APA-NMP)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστάντεςanastantes
|
Having arisen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3501νεώτεροιneōteroi (Adj-NMP-C)
G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
νεώτεροιneōteroi
|
younger men
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G4958συνέστειλανsynesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G4958 συστέλλω systéllō soos-tel-lo from σύν and στέλλω; to send (draw) together, i.e. enwrap (enshroud a corpse for burial), contract (an interval):-- short, wind up.
|
συνέστειλανsynesteilan
|
covered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1627ἐξενέγκαντεςexenenkantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐξενέγκαντεςexenenkantes
|
having carried him out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2290ἔθαψαν.ethapsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2290 θάπτω tháptō thap-to a primary verb; to celebrate funeral rites, i.e. inter:--bury.
|
ἔθαψαν.ethapsan
|
buried him.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
6
The young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried him.Acts 5:6
Stats
Rank: #487 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 24 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανασταντες δε οι νεωτεροι συνεστειλαν αυτον και εξενεγκαντες εθαψαν
Lit: Having arisen then, the younger men covered him, and having carried him out, buried him.
KJV: And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried [him].
References
"And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried him."Le 10:4-6: Moses called Mishael and Elzaphan: the sons of Uzziel the uncle of Aaron: and said to them: Come near: carry your brothers from before the sanctuary out of the camp.De 21:23: His body will not remain all night upon the tree: but you will in any wise bury Him that day; (for He that'>He who is hanged is accursed of God;) that your land not be defiled: which the LORD your God gives you for an inheritance.2Sa 18:17: They took Absalom: and cast him into a great pit in the wood: and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.Joh 19:40: Then took they the body of Jesus: and wound it in linen clothes with the spices: as the manner of the Jews is to bury.
εγενετο δε ως ωρων τριων διαστημα και η γυνη αυτου μη ειδυια το γεγονος εισηλθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5610ὡρῶνhōrōn (N-GFP)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὡρῶνhōrōn
|
hours
|
N-GFP
|
G5140τριῶνtriōn (Adj-GFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τριῶνtriōn
|
three
|
Adj-GFP
|
G1292διάστημαdiastēma (N-NNS)
G1292 διάστημα diástēma dee-as-tay-mah from διΐστημι; an interval:--space.
|
διάστημαdiastēma
|
afterward,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
wife
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492εἰδυῖαeiduia (V-RPA-NFS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδυῖαeiduia
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1096γεγονὸςgegonos (V-RPA-ANS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονὸςgegonos
|
having come to pass,
|
V-RPA-ANS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθεν.eisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθεν.eisēlthen
|
came in.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
7
It was about the space of 3 hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in.Acts 5:7
Stats
Rank: #1208 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε ως ωρων τριων διαστημα και η γυνη αυτου μη ειδυια το γεγονος εισηλθεν
Lit: It came to pass now about hours three afterward, also the wife of him, not knowing that having come to pass, came in.
KJV: And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in.
απεκριθη δε αυτη ο πετρος ειπε μοι ει τοσουτου το χωριον απεδοσθε η δε ειπεν ναι τοσουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
Replied
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004ΕἰπέEipe (V-AMA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἰπέEipe
|
Tell
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473μοι,moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι,moi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5118τοσούτουtosoutou (DPro-GNS)
G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσούτουtosoutou
|
for so much,
|
DPro-GNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5564χωρίονchōrion (N-ANS)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίονchōrion
|
land
|
N-ANS
|
G591ἀπέδοσθε;apedosthe (V-AIM-2P)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπέδοσθε;apedosthe
|
you sold?
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
she said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3483Ναί,Nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
Ναί,Nai
|
Yes,
|
Prtcl
|
G5118τοσούτου.tosoutou (DPro-GNS)
G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσούτου.tosoutou
|
for so much.
|
DPro-GNS
|
8
Peter answered to her, Tell me whether you sold the land for so much? And she said, Yes, for so much.
Acts 5:8
Stats
Rank: #1816 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 18 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε αυτη ο πετρος ειπε μοι ει τοσουτου το χωριον απεδοσθε η δε ειπεν ναι τοσουτου
Lit: Replied then to her Peter, Tell me if for so much, the land you sold? And she said, Yes, for so much.
KJV: And Peter answered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much? And she said, Yea, for so much.
ο δε πετρος ειπεν προς αυτην τι οτι συνεφωνηθη υμιν πειρασαι το πνευμα κυριου ιδου οι ποδες των θαψαντων τον ανδρα σου επι τη θυρα και εξοισουσιν σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter said
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήνautēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Why is it
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4856συνεφωνήθηsynephōnēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4856 συμφωνέω symphōnéō soom-fo-neh-o from σύμφωνος; to be harmonious, i.e. (figuratively) to accord (be suitable, concur) or stipulate (by compact):--agree (together, with).
|
συνεφωνήθηsynephōnēthē
|
have agreed together
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3985πειράσαιpeirasai (V-ANA)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράσαιpeirasai
|
to test
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G2962Κυρίου;Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου;Kyriou
|
of the Lord?
|
N-GMS
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδεςpodes
|
feet
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2290θαψάντωνthapsantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G2290 θάπτω tháptō thap-to a primary verb; to celebrate funeral rites, i.e. inter:--bury.
|
θαψάντωνthapsantōn
|
having buried
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
husband
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
are at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2374θύρᾳthyra (N-DFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρᾳthyra
|
door,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1627ἐξοίσουσίνexoisousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐξοίσουσίνexoisousin
|
they will carry out
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
9
Then Peter said to her, How is it that you have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? look, the feet of them which have buried your husband are at the door, and will carry you out.
Acts 5:9
Stats
Rank: #2846 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 195 characters, 35 words, 152 letters, 57 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος ειπεν προς αυτην τι οτι συνεφωνηθη υμιν πειρασαι το πνευμα κυριου ιδου οι ποδες των θαψαντων τον ανδρα σου επι τη θυρα και εξοισουσιν σε
Lit: But Peter said to her, Why is it that have agreed together you to test the Spirit of the Lord? Behold, the feet of those having buried the husband of you are at the door, and they will carry out you.
KJV: Then Peter said unto her, How is it that ye have agreed together to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? behold, the feet of them which have buried thy husband are at the door, and shall carry thee out.
References
"How"Ge 3:9-13: The LORD God called to Adam: and said to Him: Where are you?Lu 16:2: He called him: and said to him: How is it that I hear this of you? give an account of your stewardship; for you may be no longer steward.Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God."have"Ac 23:20-22: He said: The Jews have agreed to desire you that you would bring down Paul to morrow into the council: as though they would inquire somewhat of him more perfectly.De 13:6-8: If your brother: the son of your mother: or your son: or your daughter: or the wife of your bosom: or your friend: which is as your own soul: entice you secretly: saying: Let us go and serve other gods: which you have not known: you: nor your fathers;Pr 11:21: Though hand join in hand: the wicked will not be unpunished: but the seed of the righteous will be delivered.Pr 16:5: Every one that is proud in heart is an abomination to the LORD: though hand join in hand: He will not be unpunished.Ps 50:18: When you saw a thief: then you consentedst with him: and have been partaker with adulterers.Mic 7:3: That they may do evil with both hands earnestly: the prince asks: and the judge asks for a reward; and the great man: he utters his mischievous desire: so they wrap it up."to tempt"Ac 5:3: 4: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?Ex 17:2: 7: For what reason the people did chide with Moses: and said: Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said to them: Why chide you with me? for what reason do you tempt the LORD?Nu 14:22: Because all those men which have seen my glory: and my miracles: which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness: and have tempted me now these 10 times: and not have listened to my voice;Ps 78:18-20: 40: 41: 56: They tempted God in their heart by asking meat for their lust.Ps 95:8-11: not Harden your heart: as in the provocation: and as in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Mt 4:7: Jesus said to Him: It is written again: You will not tempt the Lord your God.1Co 10:9: Neither let us tempt Christ: as some of them also tempted: and were destroyed of serpents."the feet"Ac 5:6: The young men arose: wound him up: and carried him out: and buried him.2Ki 6:32: But Elisha sat in his house: and the elders sat with him; and the king sent a man from before him: but ere the messenger came to him: he said to the elders: See you how this son of a murderer has sent to take away my head? look: when the messenger comes: shut the door: and hold him fast at the door: is not the sound of his master's feet behind him?Ro 10:15: How will they preach: except they be sent? as it is written: How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace: and bring glad tidings of good things!
επεσεν δε παραχρημα παρα τους ποδας αυτου και εξεψυξεν εισελθοντες δε οι νεανισκοι ευρον αυτην νεκραν και εξενεγκαντες εθαψαν προς τον ανδρα αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4098Ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
Ἔπεσενepesen
|
She fell down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3916παραχρῆμαparachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
παραχρῆμαparachrēma
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1634ἐξέψυξεν·exepsyxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1634 ἐκψύχω ekpsýchō ek-psoo-kho from ἐκ and ψύχω; to expire:--give (yield) up the ghost.
|
ἐξέψυξεν·exepsyxen
|
breathed her last.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1525εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes
|
Having come in
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3495νεανίσκοιneaniskoi (N-NMP)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκοιneaniskoi
|
young men
|
N-NMP
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3498νεκράν,nekran (Adj-AFS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκράν,nekran
|
dead;
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1627ἐξενέγκαντεςexenenkantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐξενέγκαντεςexenenkantes
|
having carried out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2290ἔθαψανethapsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2290 θάπτω tháptō thap-to a primary verb; to celebrate funeral rites, i.e. inter:--bury.
|
ἔθαψανethapsan
|
they buried her
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
husband
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
10
Then fell she down straightway at his feet, and yielded up the ghost: and the young men came in, and found her dead, and, carrying her forth, buried her by her husband.Acts 5:10
Stats
Rank: #3406 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 24 words, 130 letters, 44 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: επεσεν δε παραχρημα παρα τους ποδας αυτου και εξεψυξεν εισελθοντες δε οι νεανισκοι ευρον αυτην νεκραν και εξενεγκαντες εθαψαν προς τον ανδρα αυτης
Lit: She fell down then immediately at the feet of him and breathed her last. Having come in then, the young men found her dead; and having carried out, they buried her by the husband of her.
KJV: Then fell she down straightway at his feet, and yielded up the ghost: and the young men came in, and found her dead, and, carrying her forth, buried [her] by her husband.
και εγενετο φοβος μεγας εφ ολην την εκκλησιαν και επι παντας τους ακουοντας ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5401φόβοςphobos (N-NMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβοςphobos
|
fear
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G191ἀκούονταςakouontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούονταςakouontas
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
11
Great fear came upon all the church, and upon as many as heard these things.Acts 5:11
Stats
Rank: #3335 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 15 words, 63 letters, 23 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο φοβος μεγας εφ ολην την εκκλησιαν και επι παντας τους ακουοντας ταυτα
Lit: And came fear great upon all the church and upon all those hearing these things.
KJV: And great fear came upon all the church, and upon as many as heard these things.
References
"And great fear came upon all the church, and upon as many as heard these things."Ac 5:5: Ananias hearing these words fell down: and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.Ac 19:17: This was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all: and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.1Co 10:11: 12: Now all these things happened to them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition: upon whom the ends of the world are come.Php 2:12: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.Heb 4:1: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 11:7: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.Heb 12:15: 28: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;1Pe 1:17: If you call on the Father: who without respect of persons judges according to every man's work: pass the time of your sojourning here in fear:Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.
Second Controversy at the Temple
δια δε των χειρων των αποστολων {VAR1: εγενετο } {VAR2: εγινετο } σημεια και τερατα εν τω λαω πολλα και ησαν ομοθυμαδον απαντες εν τη στοα σολομωντος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
By
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G1096ἐγίνετοegineto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγίνετοegineto
|
were happening
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-NNP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-NNP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-NNP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ·laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ·laō
|
people.
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord,
|
Adv
|
G537ἅπαντες*hapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντες*hapantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4745στοᾷstoa (N-DFS)
G4745 στοά stoá sto-ah probably from ἵστημι; a colonnade or interior piazza:--porch.
|
στοᾷstoa
|
Colonnade
|
N-DFS
|
G4672Σολομῶντος·Solomōntos (N-GMS)
G4672 Σολομών Solomṓn sol-om-one of Hebrew origin (שְׁלֹמֹה); Solomon (i.e. Shelomoh), the son of David:--Solomon.
|
Σολομῶντος·Solomōntos
|
of Solomon;
|
N-GMS
|
12
By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Acts 5:12
Stats
Rank: #1590 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 25 words, 112 letters, 38 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια δε των χειρων των αποστολων {VAR1: εγενετο } {VAR2: εγινετο } σημεια και τερατα εν τω λαω πολλα και ησαν ομοθυμαδον απαντες εν τη στοα σολομωντος
Lit: By now the hands of the apostles were happening signs and wonders many among the people. And they were with one accord, all in the Colonnade of Solomon;
KJV: And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.
References
"by"Ac 2:43: Fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles.Ac 3:6: 7: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:30: 33: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Ac 9:33: 40: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.Ac 14:3: 8-10: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Ac 19:11: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Mr 16:17: 18: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.2Co 12:12: Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience: in signs: and wonders: and mighty deeds.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"they"Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 2:42: 46: They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship: and in breaking of bread: and in prayers.Ac 4:32: The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common."in"Ac 3:11: As the lame man which was healed held Peter and John: all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's: greatly wondering.Joh 10:23: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch.
των δε λοιπων ουδεις ετολμα κολλασθαι αυτοις αλλ εμεγαλυνεν αυτους ο λαος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3062λοιπῶνloipōn (Adj-GMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπῶνloipōn
|
rest,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5111ἐτόλμαetolma (V-IIA-3S)
G5111 τολμάω tolmáō tol-mah-o from (boldness; probably itself from the base of τέλος through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture (objectively or in act; while θαῤῥέω is rather subjective or in feeling); by implication, to be courageous:--be bold, boldly, dare, durst.
|
ἐτόλμαetolma
|
dared
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2853κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai (V-PNM/P)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai
|
to join
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3170ἐμεγάλυνενemegalynen (V-IIA-3S)
G3170 μεγαλύνω megalýnō meg-al-oo-no from μέγας; to make (or declare) great, i.e. increase or (figuratively) extol:--enlarge, magnify, shew great.
|
ἐμεγάλυνενemegalynen
|
were magnifying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαός·laos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαός·laos
|
people;
|
N-NMS
|
13
Of the rest durst no man join himself to them: but the people magnified them.Acts 5:13
Stats
Rank: #4637 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 23 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: των δε λοιπων ουδεις ετολμα κολλασθαι αυτοις αλλ εμεγαλυνεν αυτους ο λαος
Lit: of the now rest, no one dared to join them, but were magnifying them the people;
KJV: And of the rest durst no man join himself to them: but the people magnified them.
References
"of"Ac 5:5: Ananias hearing these words fell down: and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.Nu 17:12: 13: The children of Israel spoke to Moses: saying: Look: we die: we perish: we all perish.Nu 24:8-10: God brought Him forth out of Egypt; He has as it were the strength of an unicorn: He will eat up the nations His enemies: and will break their bones: and pierce them through with His arrows.1Sa 16:4: 5: Samuel did that which the LORD spoke: and came to Bethlehem. And the elders of the town trembled at His coming: and said: Comest you peaceably?1Ki 17:18: She said to Elijah: What have I to do with you: O you man of God? are you come to me to call my sin to remembrance: and to kill my son?Isa 33:14: The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness has surprised the hypocrites. Who among us will dwell with the devouring fire? who among us will dwell with everlasting burnings?Lu 12:1: 2: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Lu 14:26-35: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.Joh 9:22: These words spoke His parents: because they feared the Jews: for the Jews had agreed already: that if any man did confess that He was Christ: He should be put out of the synagogue.Joh 12:42: Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on him; but because of the Pharisees they not did confess him: lest they should be put out of the synagogue:Joh 19:38: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.2Pe 2:20-22: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning."but"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ac 4:21: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Ac 19:17: This was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all: and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.Lu 19:37: 38: 48: When He was come nigh: even now at the descent of the mount of Olives: the whole multitude of the disciples began to rejoice and praise God with a loud voice for all the mighty works that they had seen;
μαλλον δε προσετιθεντο πιστευοντες τω κυριω πληθη ανδρων τε και γυναικων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4369προσετίθεντοprosetithento (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσετίθεντοprosetithento
|
were added
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G4100πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes
|
believing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962Κυρίῳ,Kyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ,Kyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G4128πλήθηplēthē (N-NNP)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλήθηplēthē
|
multitudes
|
N-NNP
|
G435ἀνδρῶνandrōn (N-GMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρῶνandrōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναικῶν·gynaikōn (N-GFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικῶν·gynaikōn
|
women,
|
N-GFP
|
14
Believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women.)Acts 5:14
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μαλλον δε προσετιθεντο πιστευοντες τω κυριω πληθη ανδρων τε και γυναικων
Lit: more now were added believing in the Lord, multitudes of men both, and women,
KJV: And believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women.)
References
"believers"Ac 2:41: 47: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 9:31: 35: 42: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Isa 44:3-5: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Isa 45:24: Surely: will one say: in the LORD have I righteousness and strength: even to Him will men come; and all that are incensed against Him will be ashamed.Isa 55:11-13: So will my word be that goes forth out of my mouth: it will not return to me void: but it will accomplish that which I please: and it will prosper in the thing whereto I sent it."multitudes"Ac 8:3: 12: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 22:4: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ex 35:22: They came: both men and women: as many as were willing hearted: and brought bracelets: and earrings: and rings: and tablets: all jewels of gold: and every man that offered offered an offering of gold to the LORD.De 29:11: 12: your little ones: your wives: and your stranger that is in your camp: from the hewer of your wood to the drawer of your water:De 31:11: 12: When all Israel is come to appear before the LORD your God in the place which He will choose: you will read this law before all Israel in their hearing.2Sa 6:19: He dealt among all the people: even among the whole multitude of Israel: as well to the women as men: to every one a cake of bread: and a good piece of flesh: and a flagon of wine. So all the people departed every one to his house.Ezr 10:1: Now when Ezra had prayed: and when He had confessed: weeping and casting Himself down before the house of God: there assembled to Him out of Israel a very great congregation of men and women and children: for the people wept very sore.Ne 8:2: Ezra the priest brought the law before the congregation both of men and women: and all that could hear with understanding: upon the first day of the seventh month.1Co 11:11: 12: Nevertheless neither is the man without the woman: neither the woman without the man: in the Lord.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.
ωστε κατα τας πλατειας εκφερειν τους ασθενεις και τιθεναι επι κλινων και κραββατων ινα ερχομενου πετρου καν η σκια επισκιαση τινι αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4113πλατείαςplateias (N-AFP)
G4113 πλατεῖα plateîa plat-i-ah feminine of πλατύς; a wide plat or place, i.e. open square:--street.
|
πλατείαςplateias
|
streets
|
N-AFP
|
G1627ἐκφέρεινekpherein (V-PNA)
G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐκφέρεινekpherein
|
to bring out
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G772ἀσθενεῖςastheneis (Adj-AMP)
G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενεῖςastheneis
|
sick,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087τιθέναιtithenai (V-PNA)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τιθέναιtithenai
|
to put them
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G2826κλιναρίωνklinariōn (N-GNP)
G2826 κλινίδιον klinídion klin-id-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κλίνη; a pallet or little couch:--bed.
|
κλιναρίωνklinariōn
|
cots
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2895κραβάττων,krabattōn (N-GMP)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κραβάττων,krabattōn
|
mats,
|
N-GMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐρχομένουerchomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένουerchomenou
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter,
|
N-GMS
|
G2579κἂνkan (Conj)
G2579 κἄν kán kan from καί and ἐάν; and (or even) if:--and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the least, though, yet.,
|
κἂνkan
|
at least
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4639σκιὰskia (N-NFS)
G4639 σκιά skiá skee-ah apparently a primary word; shade or a shadow (literally or figuratively (darkness of error or an adumbration)):-- shadow.
|
σκιὰskia
|
shadow
|
N-NFS
|
G1982ἐπισκιάσῃepiskiasē (V-ASA-3S)
G1982 ἐπισκιάζω episkiázō ep-ee-skee-ad-zo from ἐπί and a derivative of σκιά; to cast a shade upon, i.e. (by analogy) to envelop in a haze of brilliancy; figuratively, to invest with preternatural influence:--overshadow.
|
ἐπισκιάσῃepiskiasē
|
might envelop
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G5100τινὶtini (IPro-DMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὶtini
|
some
|
IPro-DMS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
15
Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.Acts 5:15
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 30 words, 140 letters, 47 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε κατα τας πλατειας εκφερειν τους ασθενεις και τιθεναι επι κλινων και κραββατων ινα ερχομενου πετρου καν η σκια επισκιαση τινι αυτων
Lit: so as even into the streets to bring out the sick, and to put them on cots and mats, that coming of Peter, at least the shadow might envelop some of them.
KJV: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.
References
"they brought"Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Mt 9:21: For she said within herself: If I may but touch his garment: I will be whole.Mt 14:36: Besought him that they might only touch the hem of his garment: and as many as touched were made perfectly whole.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.
συνηρχετο δε και το πληθος των περιξ πολεων εις ιερουσαλημ φεροντες ασθενεις και οχλουμενους υπο πνευματων ακαθαρτων οιτινες εθεραπευοντο απαντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4905συνήρχετοsynērcheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνήρχετοsynērcheto
|
Were coming together
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
from the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4038πέριξperix (Adv)
G4038 πέριξ périx per-ix adverb from περί; all around, i.e. (as an adjective) circumjacent:--round about.
|
πέριξperix
|
surrounding
|
Adv
|
G4172πόλεωνpoleōn (N-GFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωνpoleōn
|
cities
|
N-GFP
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-GFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-GFS
|
G5342φέροντεςpherontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέροντεςpherontes
|
bringing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G772ἀσθενεῖςastheneis (Adj-AMP)
G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενεῖςastheneis
|
the sick
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3791ὀχλουμένουςochloumenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G3791 ὀχλέω ochléō okh-leh-o from ὄχλος; to mob, i.e. (by implication) to harass:--vex.
|
ὀχλουμένουςochloumenous
|
those being tormented
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4151πνευμάτωνpneumatōn (N-GNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτωνpneumatōn
|
spirits
|
N-GNP
|
G169ἀκαθάρτων,akathartōn (Adj-GNP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτων,akathartōn
|
unclean,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2323ἐθεραπεύοντοetherapeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεραπεύοντοetherapeuonto
|
were healed
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G537ἅπαντες.hapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντες.hapantes
|
all.
|
Adj-NMP
|
16
There came also a multitude out of the cities round about to Jerusalem, bringing sick folks, and them which were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one.Acts 5:16
Stats
Rank: #5299 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 27 words, 141 letters, 57 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνηρχετο δε και το πληθος των περιξ πολεων εις ιερουσαλημ φεροντες ασθενεις και οχλουμενους υπο πνευματων ακαθαρτων οιτινες εθεραπευοντο απαντες
Lit: Were coming together now also the multitude from the surrounding cities Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those being tormented by spirits unclean, who were healed all.
KJV: There came also a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folks, and them which were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one.
References
"bringing"Mt 4:24: His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought to him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments: and those which were possessed with devils: and those which were lunatick: and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.Mt 8:16: When the even was come: they brought to him many that were possessed with devils: and he cast out the spirits with his word: and healed all that were sick:Mt 15:30: 31: Great multitudes came to Him: having with them those that were lame: blind: dumb: maimed: and many others: and cast them down at Jesus' feet; and He healed them:Mr 2:3: 4: They come to him: bringing one sick of the palsy: which was borne of 4.Mr 6:54-56: When they were come out of the ship: straightway they knew him: Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father."healed"Ac 4:30: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Mr 16:17: 18: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 5:17: It came to pass on a certain day: as He was teaching: that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by: which were come out of every town of Galilee: and Judaea: and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them.Lu 9:11: The people: when they knew it: followed Him: and He received them: and spoke to them of the kingdom of God: and healed them that had need of healing.1Co 12:9: To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;Jas 5:16: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much.
The Apostles Arrested and Freed
αναστας δε ο αρχιερευς και παντες οι συν αυτω η ουσα αιρεσις των σαδδουκαιων επλησθησαν ζηλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἈναστὰςAnastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈναστὰςAnastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510οὖσαousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσαousa
|
being
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G139αἵρεσιςhairesis (N-NFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἵρεσιςhairesis
|
the sect
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4523Σαδδουκαίων,Saddoukaiōn (N-GMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
Σαδδουκαίων,Saddoukaiōn
|
Sadducees,
|
N-GMP
|
G4130ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan
|
were filled
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2205ζήλουzēlou (N-GMS)
G2205 ζῆλος zēlos dzay-los from ζέω; properly, heat, i.e. (figuratively) zeal (in a favorable sense, ardor; in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband (figuratively, of God), or an enemy, malice):--emulation, envy(-ing), fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal.
|
ζήλουzēlou
|
with jealousy,
|
N-GMS
|
17
Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with indignation,Acts 5:17
Stats
Rank: #2372 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε ο αρχιερευς και παντες οι συν αυτω η ουσα αιρεσις των σαδδουκαιων επλησθησαν ζηλου
Lit: Having risen up however the high priest and all those with him, being the sect of the Sadducees, were filled with jealousy,
KJV: Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with indignation,
References
"the high"Ac 4:26: The kings of the earth stood up: and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord: and against His Christ.Ps 2:1-3: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Joh 11:47-49: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Joh 12:10: 19: But the chief priests consulted that they might put Lazarus also to death;"all"Ac 4:1: 2: 6: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Ac 23:6-8: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question."indignation"Ac 7:9: The patriarchs: moved with envy: sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with Him: Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.1Sa 18:12-16: Saul was afraid of David: because the LORD was with Him: and was departed from Saul.Job 5:2: For wrath kills the foolish man: and envy slays the silly one.Pr 14:30: A sound heart is the life of the flesh: but envy the rottenness of the bones.Pr 27:4: Wrath is cruel: and anger is outrageous; but who is able to stand before envy?Ec 4:4: Again: I considered all travail: and every right work: that for this a man is envied of his neighbour. This is also vanity and vexation of spirit.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.Ga 5:21: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.Jas 3:14-16: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?1Pe 2:1: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings:
και επεβαλον τας χειρας αυτων επι τους αποστολους και εθεντο αυτους εν τηρησει δημοσια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπέβαλονepebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλονepebalon
|
they laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθεντοethento (V-AIM-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθεντοethento
|
put
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5084τηρήσειtērēsei (N-DFS)
G5084 τήρησις tḗrēsis tay-ray-sis from τηρέω; a watching, i.e. (figuratively) observance, or (concretely) a prison:--hold.
|
τηρήσειtērēsei
|
the jail
|
N-DFS
|
G1219δημοσίᾳ.dēmosia (Adj-DFS)
G1219 δημόσιος dēmósios day-mosee-os from δῆμος; public; (feminine singular dative case as adverb) in public:--common, openly, publickly.
|
δημοσίᾳ.dēmosia
|
public.
|
Adj-DFS
|
18
Laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison.Acts 5:18
Stats
Rank: #6727 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 57 letters, 20 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεβαλον τας χειρας αυτων επι τους αποστολους και εθεντο αυτους εν τηρησει δημοσια
Lit: and they laid the hands on the apostles and put them in the jail public.
KJV: And laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison.
References
"And laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison."Ac 4:3: They laid hands on them: and put them in hold to the next day: for it was now eventide.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 12:5-7: Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church to God for Him.Ac 16:23-27: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.
αγγελος δε κυριου δια της νυκτος ηνοιξεν τας θυρας της φυλακης εξαγαγων τε αυτους ειπεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G32ἌγγελοςAngelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἌγγελοςAngelos
|
An angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
the night
|
N-GFS
|
G455ἤνοιξεēnoixe (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξεēnoixe
|
having opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2374θύραςthyras (N-AFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραςthyras
|
doors
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5438φυλακῆςphylakēs (N-GFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆςphylakēs
|
prison,
|
N-GFS
|
G1806ἐξαγαγώνexagagōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξαγαγώνexagagōn
|
having brought out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
19
But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said,Acts 5:19
Stats
Rank: #6357 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 24 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγγελος δε κυριου δια της νυκτος ηνοιξεν τας θυρας της φυλακης εξαγαγων τε αυτους ειπεν
Lit: An angel however of the Lord, during the night having opened the doors of the prison, having brought out then them, said,
KJV: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said,
References
"But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said,"Ac 12:7-11: And: look: the angel of the Lord came upon Him: and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side: and raised Him up: saying: Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.Ac 16:26: Suddenly there was a great earthquake: so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened: and every one's bands were loosed.Ps 34:7: The angel of the LORD encamps round about them that fear Him: and delivers them.Ps 105:17-20: He sent a man before them: even Joseph: who was sold for a servant:Ps 146:7: Which executes judgment for the oppressed: which gives food to the hungry. The LORD looses the prisoners:Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;
πορευεσθε και σταθεντες λαλειτε εν τω ιερω τω λαω παντα τα ρηματα της ζωης ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4198ΠορεύεσθεPoreuesthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ΠορεύεσθεPoreuesthe
|
Go,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2476σταθέντεςstathentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθέντεςstathentes
|
having stood,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G2980λαλεῖτεlaleite (V-PMA-2P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖτεlaleite
|
speak
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2222ΖωῆςZōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ΖωῆςZōēs
|
life
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης.tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης.tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
20
Go, stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.Acts 5:20
Stats
Rank: #7152 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 15 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: πορευεσθε και σταθεντες λαλειτε εν τω ιερω τω λαω παντα τα ρηματα της ζωης ταυτης
Lit: Go, and having stood, speak in the temple to the people all the words of the life this.
KJV: Go, stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.
References
"stand"Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Jer 7:2: Stand in the gate of the LORD's house: and proclaim there this word: and say: Hear the word of the LORD: all you of Judah: that enter in at these gates to worship the LORD.Jer 19:14: 15: Then came Jeremiah from Tophet: whither the LORD had sent Him to prophesy; and He stood in the court of the LORD's house; and said to all the people: Jer 20:2: 3: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 22:1: 2: Thus says the LORD; Go down to the house of the king of Judah: and speak there this word: Jer 26:2: Thus says the LORD; Stand in the court of the LORD's house: and speak to all the cities of Judah: which come to worship in the LORD's house: all the words that I command you to speak to them; not diminish a word:Jer 36:10: Then read Baruch in the book the words of Jeremiah in the house of the LORD: in the chamber of Gemariah the son of Shaphan the scribe: in the higher court: at the entry of the new gate of the LORD's house: in the ears of all the people.Mt 21:23: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing."all"Ac 11:14: Who will tell you words: whereby you and all your house will be saved.Ex 24:3: Moses came and told the people all the words of the LORD: and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice: and said: All the words which the LORD has said will we do.Joh 6:63: 68: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.Joh 12:50: I know that His commandment is life everlasting: whatever I speak therefore: even as the Father said to me: so I speak.Joh 17:3: 8: This is life eternal: that they might know you the only true God: and Jesus Christ: whom you have sent.1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.
ακουσαντες δε εισηλθον υπο τον ορθρον εις το ιερον και εδιδασκον παραγενομενος δε ο αρχιερευς και οι συν αυτω συνεκαλεσαν το συνεδριον και πασαν την γερουσιαν των υιων ισραηλ και απεστειλαν εις το δεσμωτηριον αχθηναι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon
|
they entered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3722ὄρθρονorthron (N-AMS)
G3722 ὄρθρος órthros or-thros from the same as ὄρος; dawn (as sun-rise, rising of light); by extension, morn:--early in the morning.
|
ὄρθρονorthron
|
dawn
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321ἐδίδασκον.edidaskon (V-IIA-3P)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκον.edidaskon
|
were teaching.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3854ΠαραγενόμενοςParagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
ΠαραγενόμενοςParagenomenos
|
Having come
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4779συνεκάλεσανsynekalesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4779 συγκαλέω synkaléō soong-kal-eh-o from σύν and καλέω; to convoke:--call together.
|
συνεκάλεσανsynekalesan
|
they called together
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4892συνέδριονsynedrion (N-ANS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριονsynedrion
|
Council,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1087γερουσίανgerousian (N-AFS)
G1087 γερουσία gerousía gher-oo-see-ah from γέρων; the eldership, i.e. (collectively) the Jewish Sanhedrin:--senate.
|
γερουσίανgerousian
|
Senate
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ,Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ,Israēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1201δεσμωτήριονdesmōtērion (N-ANS)
G1201 δεσμωτήριον desmōtḗrion des-mo-tay-ree-on from a derivative of δεσμόν (equivalent to δεσμέω); a place of bondage, i.e. a dungeon:--prison.
|
δεσμωτήριονdesmōtērion
|
prison house
|
N-ANS
|
G71ἀχθῆναιachthēnai (V-ANP)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀχθῆναιachthēnai
|
to bring
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
21
When they heard that, they entered into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison to have them brought.Acts 5:21
Stats
Rank: #7003 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 267 characters, 43 words, 210 letters, 74 vowels, 136 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε εισηλθον υπο τον ορθρον εις το ιερον και εδιδασκον παραγενομενος δε ο αρχιερευς και οι συν αυτω συνεκαλεσαν το συνεδριον και πασαν την γερουσιαν των υιων ισραηλ και απεστειλαν εις το δεσμωτηριον αχθηναι αυτους
Lit: Having heard now, they entered at the dawn into the temple and were teaching. Having come now the high priest and those with him, they called together the Council, even all the Senate of the sons of Israel, and sent to the prison house to bring them.
KJV: And when they heard that, they entered into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison to have them brought.
References
"entered"Ac 5:25: Then came one and told them: saying: Look: the men whom you put in prison are standing in the temple: and teaching the people.Lu 21:37: 38: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Joh 8:2: Early in the morning he came again into the temple: and all the people came to him; and he sat down: and taught them."But"Ac 5:17: 24: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 4:5: 6: It came to pass on the morrow: that their rulers: and elders: and scribes: Ac 22:2: 3: 15: (And when they heard that he spoke in the Hebrew tongue to them: they kept the more silence: and he says: )Lu 22:66: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying: Joh 18:35: Pilate answered: Am I a Jew? Your own nation and the chief priests have delivered you to me: what have you done?"senate"Ps 105:22: To bind his princes at his pleasure; and teach his senators wisdom."sent"Ac 4:7: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Ac 12:18: 19: Now as soon as it was day: there was no small stir among the soldiers: what was become of Peter.
οι δε υπηρεται παραγενομενοι ουχ ευρον αυτους εν τη φυλακη αναστρεψαντες δε απηγγειλαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3854παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi
|
having come,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G5257ὑπηρέταιhypēretai (N-NMP)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέταιhypēretai
|
the officers
|
N-NMP
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
did find
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5438φυλακῇ·phylakē (N-DFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῇ·phylakē
|
prison;
|
N-DFS
|
G390ἀναστρέψαντεςanastrepsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G390 ἀναστρέφω anastréphō an-as-tref-o from ἀνά and στρέφω; to overturn; also to return; by implication, to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:--abide, behave self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return, be used.
|
ἀναστρέψαντεςanastrepsantes
|
having returned
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
they reported back,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
22
But when the officers came, and found not them in the prison, they returned, and told,Acts 5:22
Stats
Rank: #7706 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 23 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε υπηρεται παραγενομενοι ουχ ευρον αυτους εν τη φυλακη αναστρεψαντες δε απηγγειλαν
Lit: And having come, the officers not did find them in the prison; having returned then they reported back,
KJV: But when the officers came, and found them not in the prison, they returned, and told,
λεγοντες οτι το μεν δεσμωτηριον ευρομεν κεκλεισμενον εν παση ασφαλεια και τους φυλακας εξω εστωτας προ των θυρων ανοιξαντες δε εσω ουδενα ευρομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-ANS
|
G1201δεσμωτήριονdesmōtērion (N-ANS)
G1201 δεσμωτήριον desmōtḗrion des-mo-tay-ree-on from a derivative of δεσμόν (equivalent to δεσμέω); a place of bondage, i.e. a dungeon:--prison.
|
δεσμωτήριονdesmōtērion
|
prison house
|
N-ANS
|
G2147εὕρομενheuromen (V-AIA-1P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρομενheuromen
|
we found
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2808κεκλεισμένονkekleismenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κεκλεισμένονkekleismenon
|
shut,
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G803ἀσφαλείᾳasphaleia (N-DFS)
G803 ἀσφάλεια aspháleia as-fal-i-ah from ἀσφαλής; security (literally or figuratively):--certainty, safety.
|
ἀσφαλείᾳasphaleia
|
security,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5441φύλακαςphylakas (N-AMP)
G5441 φύλαξ phýlax foo-lax from φυλάσσω; a watcher or sentry:--keeper.
|
φύλακαςphylakas
|
guards
|
N-AMP
|
G2476ἑστῶταςhestōtas (V-RPA-AMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταςhestōtas
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2374θυρῶν,thyrōn (N-GFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θυρῶν,thyrōn
|
doors;
|
N-GFP
|
G455ἀνοίξαντεςanoixantes (V-APA-NMP)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίξαντεςanoixantes
|
having opened them
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2080ἔσωesō (Adv)
G2080 ἔσω ésō es-o from εἰς; inside (as preposition or adjective):-- (with-)in(-ner, -to, -ward).
|
ἔσωesō
|
inside
|
Adv
|
G3762οὐδέναoudena (Adj-AMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέναoudena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2147εὕρομεν.heuromen (V-AIA-1P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρομεν.heuromen
|
we found.
|
V-AIA-1P
|
23
Saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man within.
Acts 5:23
Stats
Rank: #7300 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 24 words, 122 letters, 44 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες οτι το μεν δεσμωτηριον ευρομεν κεκλεισμενον εν παση ασφαλεια και τους φυλακας εξω εστωτας προ των θυρων ανοιξαντες δε εσω ουδενα ευρομεν
Lit: saying - , The prison house we found shut, with all security, and the guards standing before the doors; having opened them however, inside no one we found.
KJV: Saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man within.
References
"The prison"Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ps 2:4: He who sits in the heavens will laugh: the Lord will have them in derision.Ps 33:10: The LORD brings the counsel of the heathen to nought: He makes the devices of the people of none effect.Pr 21:30: There is no wisdom nor understanding nor counsel against the LORD.La 3:37: 55-58: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?Da 3:11-25: whoever falls not down and worships: that he should be cast into the middle of a burning fiery furnace.Da 6:22-24: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Mt 27:63-66: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.Mt 28:12-15: When they were assembled with the elders: and had taken counsel: they gave large money to the soldiers: Joh 8:59: Then took they up stones to cast at Him: but Jesus hid Himself: and went out of the temple: going through the middle of them: and so passed by.
The Apostles before the Sanhedrin
ως δε ηκουσαν τους λογους τουτους ο τε ιερευς και ο στρατηγος του ιερου και οι αρχιερεις διηπορουν περι αυτων τι αν γενοιτο τουτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσανēkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσανēkousan
|
they heard
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these,
|
DPro-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G4755στρατηγὸςstratēgos (N-NMS)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγὸςstratēgos
|
the captain
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦhierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦhierou
|
temple
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖς,archiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖς,archiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G1280διηπόρουνdiēporoun (V-IIA-3P)
G1280 διαπορέω diaporéō dee-ap-or-eh-o from διά and ἀπορέω; to be thoroughly nonplussed:--(be in) doubt, be (much) perplexed.
|
διηπόρουνdiēporoun
|
were perplexed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1096γένοιτοgenoito (V-AOM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένοιτοgenoito
|
might be
|
V-AOM-3S
|
G3778τοῦτο.touto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο.touto
|
this.
|
DPro-NNS
|
24
Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of them to what this would grow.Acts 5:24
Stats
Rank: #7417 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 25 words, 117 letters, 40 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε ηκουσαν τους λογους τουτους ο τε ιερευς και ο στρατηγος του ιερου και οι αρχιερεις διηπορουν περι αυτων τι αν γενοιτο τουτο
Lit: When now they heard the words these, both the captain of the temple and the chief priests were perplexed concerning them, what might be this.
KJV: Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of them whereunto this would grow.
References
"the captain"Ac 5:26: Then went the captain with the officers: and brought them without violence: for they feared the people: lest they should have been stoned.Ac 4:1: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Lu 22:4: 52: He went his way: and communed with the chief priests and captains: how he might betray him to them."they"Ac 2:12: They were all amazed: and were in doubt: saying one to another: What means this?Ac 4:16: 17: 21: Saying: What will we do to these men? for that indeed not aable miracle has been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it.Joh 11:47: 48: Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a council: and said: What do we? for this man does many miracles.Joh 12:19: The Pharisees therefore said among themselves: Perceive you how you not prevailhing? look: the world is gone after him."this"Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Isa 53:1: 2: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 2:34: 35: 44: 45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Zec 6:12: 13: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Mr 4:30-32: He said: To what will we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison will we compare it?
παραγενομενος δε τις απηγγειλεν αυτοις λεγων οτι ιδου οι ανδρες ους εθεσθε εν τη φυλακη εισιν εν τω ιερω εστωτες και διδασκοντες τον λαον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
Having come
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
reported
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρες,andres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρες,andres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G5087ἔθεσθεethesthe (V-AIM-2P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθεσθεethesthe
|
you put
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5438φυλακῇ,phylakē (N-DFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῇ,phylakē
|
prison
|
N-DFS
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G2476ἑστῶτεςhestōtes (V-RPA-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶτεςhestōtes
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν.laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν.laon
|
people!
|
N-AMS
|
25
Then came one and told them, saying, Look, the men whom you put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people.
Acts 5:25
Stats
Rank: #7195 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 20 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραγενομενος δε τις απηγγειλεν αυτοις λεγων οτι ιδου οι ανδρες ους εθεσθε εν τη φυλακη εισιν εν τω ιερω εστωτες και διδασκοντες τον λαον
Lit: Having come then, a certain one reported to them - , Behold, the men whom you put in the prison are in the temple, standing and teaching the people!
KJV: Then came one and told them, saying, Behold, the men whom ye put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people.
τοτε απελθων ο στρατηγος συν τοις υπηρεταις ηγαγεν αυτους ου μετα βιας εφοβουντο γαρ τον λαον ινα μη λιθασθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119ΤότεTote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
ΤότεTote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G565ἀπελθὼνapelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθὼνapelthōn
|
having gone,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4755στρατηγὸςstratēgos (N-NMS)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγὸςstratēgos
|
captain
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5257ὑπηρέταιςhypēretais (N-DMP)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέταιςhypēretais
|
officers
|
N-DMP
|
G71ἦγενēgen (V-IIA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἦγενēgen
|
was bringing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G970βίας,bias (N-GFS)
G970 βία bía bee-ah probably akin to βίος (through the idea of vital activity); force:--violence.
|
βίας,bias
|
force;
|
N-GFS
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
they were afraid of
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G3034λιθασθῶσιν·lithasthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G3034 λιθάζω litházō lith-ad-zo from λίθος; to lapidate:--stone.
|
λιθασθῶσιν·lithasthōsin
|
they might be stoned.
|
V-ASP-3P
|
26
Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without violence: for they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned.Acts 5:26
Stats
Rank: #9151 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 20 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε απελθων ο στρατηγος συν τοις υπηρεταις ηγαγεν αυτους ου μετα βιας εφοβουντο γαρ τον λαον ινα μη λιθασθωσιν
Lit: Then having gone, the captain with the officers was bringing them, not with force; they were afraid of for the people lest they might be stoned.
KJV: Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without violence: for they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned.
References
"they"Ac 5:13: Of the rest durst no man join himself to them: but the people magnified them.Mt 14:5: When he would have put him to death: he feared the multitude: because they counted him as a prophet.Mt 21:26: But if we will say: Of men; we fear the people; for all hold John as a prophet.Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.Lu 20:6: 19: But and if we say: Of men; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet.Lu 22:2: The chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him; for they feared the people.
αγαγοντες δε αυτους εστησαν εν τω συνεδριω και επηρωτησεν αυτους ο αρχιερευς
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G71ἀγαγόντεςagagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀγαγόντεςagagontes
|
Having brought
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2476ἔστησανestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησανestēsan
|
they set them
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳ.synedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳ.synedriō
|
Council.
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπηρώτησενepērōtēsen
|
asked
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
27
When they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them,Acts 5:27
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 77 letters, 25 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγαγοντες δε αυτους εστησαν εν τω συνεδριω και επηρωτησεν αυτους ο αρχιερευς
Lit: Having brought then them, they set them in the Council. And asked them the high priest,
KJV: And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them,
References
"set"Ac 4:7: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 22:30: On the morrow: because he would have known the certainty for what reason he was accused of the Jews: he loosed him from his bands: and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear: and brought Paul down: and set him before them.Ac 23:1: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Lu 22:66: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying:
λεγων ου παραγγελια παρηγγειλαμεν υμιν μη διδασκειν επι τω ονοματι τουτω και ιδου πεπληρωκατε την ιερουσαλημ της διδαχης υμων και βουλεσθε επαγαγειν εφ ημας το αιμα του ανθρωπου τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756[Οὐ]ou (Prtcl)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
[Οὐ]ou
|
Not
|
Prtcl
|
G3852ΠαραγγελίᾳParangelia (N-DFS)
G3852 παραγγελία parangelía par-ang-gel-ee-ah from παραγγέλλω; a mandate:--charge, command.
|
ΠαραγγελίᾳParangelia
|
by a charge
|
N-DFS
|
G3853παρηγγείλαμενparēngeilamen (V-AIA-1P)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρηγγείλαμενparēngeilamen
|
we commanded
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳ,toutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ,toutō
|
this?
|
DPro-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4137πεπληρώκατεpeplērōkate (V-RIA-2P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πεπληρώκατεpeplērōkate
|
you have filled
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
with the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1322διδαχῆςdidachēs (N-GFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῆςdidachēs
|
teaching
|
N-GFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1014βούλεσθεboulesthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βούλεσθεboulesthe
|
you intend
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G1863ἐπαγαγεῖνepagagein (V-ANA)
G1863 ἐπάγω epágō ep-ag-o from ἐπί and ἄγω; to superinduce, i.e. inflict (an evil), charge (a crime):--bring upon.
|
ἐπαγαγεῖνepagagein
|
to bring
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου.toutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου.toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GMS
|
28
Saying, not Did we straitly command you that you not should teach in this name? and, look, you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.
Acts 5:28
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 28 words, 143 letters, 52 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων ου παραγγελια παρηγγειλαμεν υμιν μη διδασκειν επι τω ονοματι τουτω και ιδου πεπληρωκατε την ιερουσαλημ της διδαχης υμων και βουλεσθε επαγαγειν εφ ημας το αιμα του ανθρωπου τουτου
Lit: saying, Not by a charge we commanded you not to teach in the name this? And behold, you have filled Jerusalem with the teaching of you, and you intend to bring upon us the blood of the man this.
KJV: Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.
References
"Did not"Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go.Ac 4:18-21: They called them: and commanded not them to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus."intend"Ac 2:23-36: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:10: 11: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:1Ki 18:17: 18: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD.1Ki 22:8: The king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat: There is yet one man: Micaiah the son of Imlah: by whom we may inquire of the LORD: but I hate Him; for He does not prophesy good concerning me: but evil. And Jehoshaphat said: not Let the king say so.Jer 38:4: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Am 7:10: Then Amaziah the priest of Bethel sent to Jeroboam king of Israel: saying: Amos has conspired against you in the middle of the house of Israel: the land not is able to bear all his words."blood"Jer 26:15: But know you for certain: that if you put me to death: you will surely bring innocent blood upon yourselves: and upon this city: and upon the inhabitants thereof: for of a truth the LORD has sent me to you to speak all these words in your ears.Mt 21:44: whoever will fall on this stone will be broken: but on whoever it will fall: it will grind him to powder.Mt 23:35: 36: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.Mt 27:25: Then answered all the people: and said: His blood be on us: and on our children.1Th 2:15: 16: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
αποκριθεις δε ο πετρος και οι αποστολοι ειπον πειθαρχειν δει θεω μαλλον η ανθρωποις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
Answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3980ΠειθαρχεῖνPeitharchein (V-PNA)
G3980 πειθαρχέω peitharchéō pi-tharkh-eh-o from a compound of πείθω and ἄρχω; to be persuaded by a ruler, i.e. (genitive case) to submit to authority; by analogy, to conform to advice:--hearken, obey (magistrates).
|
ΠειθαρχεῖνPeitharchein
|
To obey
|
V-PNA
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώποις.anthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποις.anthrōpois
|
men.
|
N-DMP
|
29
Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men.
Acts 5:29
Stats
Rank: #419 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκριθεις δε ο πετρος και οι αποστολοι ειπον πειθαρχειν δει θεω μαλλον η ανθρωποις
Lit: Answering however, Peter and the apostles said, To obey it is necessary God, rather than men.
KJV: Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men.
References
"We"Ac 4:19: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you.Ge 3:17: to Adam he said: Because you have listened to the voice of your wife: and have eaten of the tree: of which I commanded you: saying: You will not eat of it: cursed is the ground for your sake; in sorrow will you eat of it all the days of your life;1Sa 15:24: Saul said to Samuel: I have sinned: for I have transgressed the commandment of the LORD: and your words: because I feared the people: and obeyed their voice.Mr 7:7-9: Howbeit in vain do they worship me: teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.Re 14:8-12: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
ο θεος των πατερων ημων ηγειρεν ιησουν ον υμεις διεχειρισασθε κρεμασαντες επι ξυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1315διεχειρίσασθεdiecheirisasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G1315 διαχειρίζομαι diacheirízomai dee-akh-i-rid-zom-ahee from διά and a derivative of χείρ; to handle thoroughly, i.e. lay violent hands upon:--kill, slay.
|
διεχειρίσασθεdiecheirisasthe
|
killed,
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G2910κρεμάσαντεςkremasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2910 κρεμάννυμι kremánnymi krem-an-noo-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to hang:--hang.
|
κρεμάσαντεςkremasantes
|
having hanged Him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3586ξύλου·xylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλου·xylou
|
a tree.
|
N-GNS
|
30
The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Acts 5:30
Stats
Rank: #2676 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 15 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο θεος των πατερων ημων ηγειρεν ιησουν ον υμεις διεχειρισασθε κρεμασαντες επι ξυλου
Lit: The God of the fathers of us raised up Jesus, whom you killed, having hanged Him on a tree.
KJV: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew and hanged on a tree.
References
"God"Ac 3:13-15: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 22:14: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.1Ch 12:17: David went out to meet them: and answered and said to them: If you be come peaceably to me to help me: my heart will be knit to you: but if you be come to betray me to my enemies: seeing there is no wrong in my hands: the God of our fathers look thereon: and rebuke it.1Ch 29:18: O LORD God of Abraham: Isaac: and of Israel: our fathers: keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of your people: and prepare their heart to you:Ezr 7:27: Blessed be the LORD God of our fathers: which has put such a thing as this in the king's heart: to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem:Lu 1:55: 72: As he spoke to our fathers: to Abraham: and to his seed for ever."raised"Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 13:33: God has fulfilled the same to us their children: in that He has raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you."ye slew"Ac 2:22-24: 32: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 4:10: 11: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 10:39: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 13:28: Though they found no cause of death in him: yet desired they Pilate that he should be killed.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
τουτον ο θεος αρχηγον και σωτηρα υψωσεν τη δεξια αυτου δουναι μετανοιαν τω ισραηλ και αφεσιν αμαρτιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
Him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G747ἈρχηγὸνArchēgon (N-AMS)
G747 ἀρχηγός archēgós ar-khay-gos from ἀρχή and ἄγω; a chief leader:--author, captain, prince.
|
ἈρχηγὸνArchēgon
|
as Prince
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4990ΣωτῆραSōtēra (N-AMS)
G4990 σωτήρ sōtḗr so-tare from σώζω; a deliverer, i.e. God or Christ:--saviour.
|
ΣωτῆραSōtēra
|
Savior
|
N-AMS
|
G5312ὕψωσενhypsōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5312 ὑψόω hypsóō hoop-so-o from ὕψος; to elevate (literally or figuratively):--exalt, lift up.
|
ὕψωσενhypsōsen
|
exalted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
by the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3341μετάνοιανmetanoian (N-AFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετάνοιανmetanoian
|
repentance
|
N-AFS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-DMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
to Israel
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn
|
of sins.
|
N-GFP
|
31
Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins.Acts 5:31
Stats
Rank: #1698 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 23 words, 102 letters, 40 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον ο θεος αρχηγον και σωτηρα υψωσεν τη δεξια αυτου δουναι μετανοιαν τω ισραηλ και αφεσιν αμαρτιων
Lit: Him God as Prince and Savior exalted by the right hand of Him, to give repentance to Israel and forgiveness of sins.
KJV: Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins.
References
"hath"Ac 2:33: 36: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Ac 4:11: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.Ps 89:19: 24: Then you spake in vision to your holy one: and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.Ps 110:1: 2: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Eze 17:24: All the trees of the field will know that I the LORD have brought down the high tree: have exalted the low tree: have dried up the green tree: and have made the dry tree to flourish: I the LORD have spoken and have done it.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him."a Prince"Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ps 2:6-12: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Isa 9:6: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Eze 34:24: I the LORD will be their God: and my servant David a prince among them; I the LORD have spoken it.Eze 37:25: They will dwell in the land that I have given to Jacob my servant: wherein your fathers have dwelt; and they will dwell therein: even they: and their children: and their children's children for ever: and my servant David will be their prince for ever.Da 9:25: Know therefore and understand: that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem to the Messiah the Prince will be 7 weeks: and threescore and two weeks: the street will be built again: and the wall: even in troublous times.Da 10:21: But I will show you that which not ised in the scripture of truth: and there is none that holds with me in these things: but Michael your prince.Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "a Saviour"Ac 13:23: Of this man's seed has God according to His promise raised to Israel a Saviour: Jesus:Isa 43:3: 11: For I am the LORD your God: the Holy one of Israel: your Saviour: I gave Egypt for your ransom: Ethiopia and Seba for you.Isa 45:21: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Isa 49:26: I will feed them that oppress you with their own flesh; and they will be drunken with their own blood: as with sweet wine: and all flesh will know that I the LORD am your Saviour and your Redeemer: the mighty one of Jacob.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Lu 2:11: For to you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour: which is Christ the Lord.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:Tit 1:4: To Titus: my own son after the common faith: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour.Tit 2:10: 13: Not purloining: but shewing all good fidelity; that they may adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things.Tit 3:4-6: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: 2Pe 1:1: 11: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:2Pe 2:20: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning.2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.1Jo 4:14: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen."to give"Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Jer 31:31-33: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel: and with the house of Judah:Eze 36:25-38: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ro 11:26: 27: So all Israel will be saved: as it is written: There will come out of Sion the Deliverer: and will turn away ungodliness from Jacob:2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"forgiveness"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Mr 2:10: But that you may know that the Son of man has power on earth to forgive sins: (He says to the sick of the palsy: )Mr 4:12: That seeing they may see: not and perceive; and hearing they may hear: not and understand; lest at any time they should be converted: and their sins should be forgiven them.Joh 20:21-23: Then said Jesus to them again: Peace be to you: as my Father has sent me: even so send I you.2Co 2:10: To whom you forgive any thing: I forgive also: for if I forgave any thing: to whom I forgave it: for your sakes forgave I it in the person of Christ;Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:
και ημεις εσμεν αυτου μαρτυρες των ρηματων τουτων και το πνευμα δε το αγιον ο εδωκεν ο θεος τοις πειθαρχουσιν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3144μάρτυρεςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρεςmartyres
|
witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4487ῥημάτωνrhēmatōn (N-GNP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥημάτωνrhēmatōn
|
things
|
N-GNP
|
G3778τούτων,toutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων,toutōn
|
these,
|
DPro-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
whom
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
has given
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3980πειθαρχοῦσινpeitharchousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G3980 πειθαρχέω peitharchéō pi-tharkh-eh-o from a compound of πείθω and ἄρχω; to be persuaded by a ruler, i.e. (genitive case) to submit to authority; by analogy, to conform to advice:--hearken, obey (magistrates).
|
πειθαρχοῦσινpeitharchousin
|
obeying
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
32
We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost, whom God has given to them that obey Him.Acts 5:32
Stats
Rank: #2094 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 22 words, 89 letters, 31 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ημεις εσμεν αυτου μαρτυρες των ρηματων τουτων και το πνευμα δε το αγιον ο εδωκεν ο θεος τοις πειθαρχουσιν αυτω
Lit: And we are witnesses of the things these, and also the Spirit Holy, whom has given God to those obeying Him.
KJV: And we are his witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost, whom God hath given to them that obey him.
References
"are"Ac 5:29: Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said: We ought to obey God rather than men.Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Lu 24:47: 48: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established.Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;"and so"Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 16:7-14: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."whom"Ac 2:4: 38: 39: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:44: While Peter yet spoke these words: the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Joh 7:39: (But this spoke He of the Spirit: which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost not was yet given; because that Jesus not was yet glorified.)
Gamaliel’s Advice
οι δε ακουσαντες διεπριοντο και εβουλευοντο ανελειν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1282διεπρίοντοdieprionto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1282 διαπρίω diapríō dee-ap-ree-o from διά and the base of πρίζω; to saw asunder, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--cut (to the heart).
|
διεπρίοντοdieprionto
|
they were cut to the heart
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1014ἐβούλοντοeboulonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
ἐβούλοντοeboulonto
|
were desiring
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to put to death
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
33
When they heard that, they were cut to the heart, and took counsel to kill them.Acts 5:33
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 13 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ακουσαντες διεπριοντο και εβουλευοντο ανελειν αυτους
Lit: And having heard, they were cut to the heart and were desiring to put to death them.
KJV: When they heard that, they were cut [to the heart], and took counsel to slay them.
References
"they"Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Lu 4:28: 29: All they in the synagogue: when they heard these things: were filled with wrath: Lu 6:11: They were filled with madness; and communed one with another what they might do to Jesus.Lu 11:50-54: That the blood of all the prophets: which was shed from the foundation of the world: may be required of this generation;Lu 19:45-48: He went into the temple: and began to cast out them that sold therein: and them that bought;Lu 20:19: The chief priests and the scribes the same hour sought to lay hands on him; and they feared the people: for they perceived that he had spoken this parable against them."took"Ac 9:23: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:Ge 4:5-8: But to Cain and to his offering he not had respect. And Cain was very angry: and his face fell.Ps 37:12-15: 32: 33: The wicked plotteth against the just: and gnashes upon him with his teeth.Ps 64:2-8: Hide me from the secret counsel of the wicked; from the insurrection of the workers of iniquity:Mt 10:21: 25: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Mt 23:34: 35: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.
αναστας δε τις εν τω συνεδριω φαρισαιος ονοματι γαμαλιηλ νομοδιδασκαλος τιμιος παντι τω λαω εκελευσεν εξω βραχυ τι τους αποστολους ποιησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἈναστὰςAnastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈναστὰςAnastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain man
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳsynedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳsynedriō
|
Council,
|
N-DNS
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοςPharisaios (N-NMS)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοςPharisaios
|
a Pharisee
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G1059Γαμαλιήλ,Gamaliēl (N-NMS)
G1059 Γαμαλιήλ Gamaliḗl gam-al-ee-ale of Hebrew origin (גַּמְלִיאֵל); Gamaliel (i.e. Gamliel), an Israelite:--Gamaliel.
|
Γαμαλιήλ,Gamaliēl
|
Gamaliel,
|
N-NMS
|
G3547νομοδιδάσκαλοςnomodidaskalos (N-NMS)
G3547 νομοδιδάσκαλος nomodidáskalos nom-od-id-as-kal-os from νόμος and διδάσκαλος; an expounder of the (Jewish) law, i.e. a Rabbi:--doctor (teacher) of the law.
|
νομοδιδάσκαλοςnomodidaskalos
|
a teacher of the law
|
N-NMS
|
G5093τίμιοςtimios (Adj-NMS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τίμιοςtimios
|
honored
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
by all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ,laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ,laō
|
people,
|
N-DMS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he commanded them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G1024βραχὺbrachy (Adj-ANS)
G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).
|
βραχὺbrachy
|
for a short while
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G4160ποιῆσαι,poiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι,poiēsai
|
to put.
|
V-ANA
|
34
Then stood there up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in reputation among all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space;Acts 5:34
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 29 words, 145 letters, 60 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε τις εν τω συνεδριω φαρισαιος ονοματι γαμαλιηλ νομοδιδασκαλος τιμιος παντι τω λαω εκελευσεν εξω βραχυ τι τους αποστολους ποιησαι
Lit: Having risen up however a certain man in the Council, a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the law honored by all the people, he commanded them outside for a short while the men to put.
KJV: Then stood there up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in reputation among all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space;
References
"stood"Ac 23:7-9: When he had so said: there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sadducees: and the multitude was divided.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Joh 7:50-53: Nicodemus says to them: (He that'>He who came to Jesus by night: being one of them: )"Gamaliel"Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day."a doctor"Lu 2:46: It came to pass: that after 3 days they found him in the temple: sitting in the middle of the doctors: both hearing them: and asking them questions.Lu 5:17: It came to pass on a certain day: as He was teaching: that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law sitting by: which were come out of every town of Galilee: and Judaea: and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them."and commanded"Ac 4:15: But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council: they conferred among themselves:
ειπεν τε προς αυτους ανδρες ισραηλιται προσεχετε εαυτοις επι τοις ανθρωποις τουτοις τι μελλετε πρασσειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπένeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2475Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai (N-VMP)
G2475 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlítēs is-rah-ale-ee-tace from Ἰσραήλ; an Israelite, i.e. descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively):--Israelite.
|
Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai
|
Israelites,
|
N-VMP
|
G4337προσέχετεprosechete (V-PMA-2P)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσέχετεprosechete
|
take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
to yourselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G3778τούτοιςtoutois (DPro-DMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτοιςtoutois
|
these,
|
DPro-DMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3195μέλλετεmellete (V-PIA-2P)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλετεmellete
|
you are about
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4238πράσσειν.prassein (V-PNA)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσειν.prassein
|
to do.
|
V-PNA
|
35
Said to them, You men of Israel, take heed to yourselves what you intend to do as touching these men.
Acts 5:35
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 19 words, 82 letters, 34 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν τε προς αυτους ανδρες ισραηλιται προσεχετε εαυτοις επι τοις ανθρωποις τουτοις τι μελλετε πρασσειν
Lit: He said then to them, Men, Israelites, take heed to yourselves with the men these, what you are about to do.
KJV: And said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yourselves what ye intend to do as touching these men.
References
"take"Ac 19:36: Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against: you ought to be quiet: and to not dohing rashly.Ac 22:26: When the centurion heard that: he went and told the chief captain: saying: Take heed what you do: for this man is a Roman.Jer 26:19: Did Hezekiah king of Judah and all Judah put Him at all to death? did He not">not He fear the LORD: and besought the LORD: and the LORD repented Him of the evil which He had pronounced against them? Thus might we procure great evil against our souls.Mt 27:19: When he was set down on the judgment seat: his wife sent to him: saying: Have you nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him.
προ γαρ τουτων των ημερων ανεστη θευδας λεγων ειναι τινα εαυτον ω προσεκολληθη αριθμος ανδρων ωσει τετρακοσιων ος ανηρεθη και παντες οσοι επειθοντο αυτω διελυθησαν και εγενοντο εις ουδεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
Before
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GFP
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G450ἀνέστηanestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστηanestē
|
rose up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2333Θευδᾶς,Theudas (N-NMS)
G2333 Θευδᾶς Theudâs thyoo-das of uncertain origin; Theudas, an Israelite:--Theudas.
|
Θευδᾶς,Theudas
|
Theudas,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
affirming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1510εἶναίeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναίeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
somebody
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1438ἑαυτόν,heauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτόν,heauton
|
himself,
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G4346προσεκλίθηproseklithē (V-AIP-3S)
G4346 πρόσκλισις prósklisis pros-klis-is from a compound of πρός and κλίνω; a leaning towards, i.e. (figuratively) proclivity (favoritism):--partiality.
|
προσεκλίθηproseklithē
|
were joined
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G435ἀνδρῶνandrōn (N-GMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρῶνandrōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5071τετρακοσίων·tetrakosiōn (Adj-GMP)
G5071 τετρακόσιοι tetrakósioi tet-rak-os-ee-ah plural from τέσσαρες and ἑκατόν; four hundred:--four hundred.
|
τετρακοσίων·tetrakosiōn
|
four hundred,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G337ἀνῃρέθη,anērethē (V-AIP-3S)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνῃρέθη,anērethē
|
was put to death,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3982ἐπείθοντοepeithonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἐπείθοντοepeithonto
|
were persuaded
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
by him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1262διελύθησανdielythēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1262 διαλύω dialýō dee-al-oo-o from διά and λύω; to dissolve utterly:--scatter.
|
διελύθησανdielythēsan
|
were dispersed,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
it came
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδέν.ouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέν.ouden
|
nothing.
|
Adj-ANS
|
36
For before these days rose up Theudas, boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men, about 400, joined themselves: who was killed; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered, and brought to nought.Acts 5:36
Stats
Counts: 221 characters, 30 words, 173 letters, 67 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: προ γαρ τουτων των ημερων ανεστη θευδας λεγων ειναι τινα εαυτον ω προσεκολληθη αριθμος ανδρων ωσει τετρακοσιων ος ανηρεθη και παντες οσοι επειθοντο αυτω διελυθησαν και εγενοντο εις ουδεν
Lit: Before for these days rose up Theudas, affirming to be somebody himself, to whom were joined of men number about four hundred, who was put to death, and all, as many as were persuaded by him, were dispersed, and it came to nothing.
KJV: For before these days rose up Theudas, boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men, about four hundred, joined themselves: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered, and brought to nought.
References
"boasting"Ac 8:9: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.2Th 2:3-7: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;2Pe 2:18: For when they speak great swelling words of vanity: they allure through the lusts of the flesh: through much wantonness: those that were clean escaped from them who live in error.Jude 1:16: These are murmurers: complainers: walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaks great swelling words: having men's persons in admiration because of advantage.Re 17:3: 5: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns."to whom"Ac 21:38: Are not you that Egyptian: which before these days mad an uproar: and led out into the wilderness 4000 men that were murderers?2Pe 2:2: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of."obeyed"Mt 24:26: For what reason if they will say to you: Look: he is in the desert; not go forth: look: he is in the secret chambers; believe it not.
μετα τουτον ανεστη ιουδας ο γαλιλαιος εν ταις ημεραις της απογραφης και απεστησεν λαον ικανον οπισω αυτου κακεινος απωλετο και παντες οσοι επειθοντο αυτω διεσκορπισθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this man
|
DPro-AMS
|
G450ἀνέστηanestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστηanestē
|
rose up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1057ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilaios (N-NMS)
G1057 Γαλιλαῖος Galilaîos gal-ee-lah-yos from Γαλιλαία; Galilean or belonging to Galilea:--Galilean, of Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilaios
|
Galilean
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G582ἀπογραφῆςapographēs (N-GFS)
G582 ἀπογραφή apographḗ ap-og-raf-ay from ἀπογράφω; an enrollment; by implication, an assessment:--taxing.
|
ἀπογραφῆςapographēs
|
registration
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G868ἀπέστησενapestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀπέστησενapestēsen
|
drew away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2548κἀκεῖνοςkakeinos (DPro-NMS)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοςkakeinos
|
And he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G622ἀπώλετο,apōleto (V-AIM-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπώλετο,apōleto
|
perished,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3982ἐπείθοντοepeithonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἐπείθοντοepeithonto
|
were persuaded
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
by him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1287διεσκορπίσθησαν.dieskorpisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1287 διασκορπίζω diaskorpízō dee-as-kor-pid-zo from διά and σκορπίζω; to dissipate, i.e. (genitive case) to rout or separate; specially, to winnow; figuratively, to squander:--disperse, scatter (abroad), strew, waste.
|
διεσκορπίσθησαν.dieskorpisthēsan
|
were scattered.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
37
After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him: he also perished; and all, even as many as obeyed him, were dispersed.Acts 5:37
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 29 words, 135 letters, 54 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα τουτον ανεστη ιουδας ο γαλιλαιος εν ταις ημεραις της απογραφης και απεστησεν λαον ικανον οπισω αυτου κακεινος απωλετο και παντες οσοι επειθοντο αυτω διεσκορπισθησαν
Lit: After this man rose up Judas the Galilean in the days of the registration and drew away people after him. And he perished, and all as many as were persuaded by him, were scattered.
KJV: After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him: he also perished; and all, even as many as obeyed him, were dispersed.
References
"Judas"Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.Lu 13:1: There were present at that season some that told him of the Galilaeans: whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices."he also"Job 20:5-9: That the triumphing of the wicked is short: and the joy of the hypocrite but for a moment?Ps 7:14: 15: Look: he travails with iniquity: and has conceived mischief: and brought forth falsehood.Ps 9:15: 16: The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made: in the net which they hid is their own foot taken.Mt 26:52: Then said Jesus to Him: Put up again your sword into His place: for all they that take the sword will perish with the sword.Lu 13:1: 2: There were present at that season some that told him of the Galilaeans: whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices.
και τα νυν λεγω υμιν αποστητε απο των ανθρωπων τουτων και εασατε αυτους οτι εαν η εξ ανθρωπων η βουλη αυτη η το εργον τουτο καταλυθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G868ἀπόστητεapostēte (V-AMA-2P)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀπόστητεapostēte
|
withdraw
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these,
|
DPro-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G863ἄφετεaphete (V-AMA-2P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἄφετεaphete
|
let alone
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men,
|
N-GMP
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1012βουλὴboulē (N-NFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὴboulē
|
plan
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G3778τοῦτο,touto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο,touto
|
this,
|
DPro-NNS
|
G2647καταλυθήσεται·katalythēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλυθήσεται·katalythēsetai
|
it will be overthrown;
|
V-FIP-3S
|
38
Now I say to you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will come to nought:
Acts 5:38
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 102 letters, 40 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα νυν λεγω υμιν αποστητε απο των ανθρωπων τουτων και εασατε αυτους οτι εαν η εξ ανθρωπων η βουλη αυτη η το εργον τουτο καταλυθησεται
Lit: And now I say to you, withdraw from the men these, and let alone them, for if be from men, the plan this or the work this, it will be overthrown;
KJV: And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will come to nought:
References
"Refrain"Ac 5:35: Said to them: You men of Israel: take heed to yourselves what you intend to do as touching these men.Joh 11:48: If we let him thus alone: all men will believe on him: and the Romans will come and take away both our place and nation."for"Ne 4:15: It came to pass: when our enemies heard that it was known to us: and God had brought their counsel to nought: that we returned all of us to the wall: every one to His work.Job 5:12-14: He disappoints the devices of the crafty: so that their hands cannot perform their enterprise.Ps 33:10: 11: The LORD brings the counsel of the heathen to nought: He makes the devices of the people of none effect.Pr 21:30: There is no wisdom nor understanding nor counsel against the LORD.Isa 7:5-7: Because Syria: Ephraim: and the son of Remaliah: have taken evil counsel against you: saying: Isa 8:9: 10: Associate yourselves: O you people: and you will be broken in pieces; and give ear: all you of far countries: gird yourselves: and you will be broken in pieces; gird yourselves: and you will be broken in pieces.Isa 14:25: That I will break the Assyrian in my land: and upon my mountains tread him under foot: then will his yoke depart from off them: and his burden depart from off their shoulders.La 3:37: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?Mt 15:13: But He answered and said: Every plant: which my heavenly Father has not planted: will be rooted up.1Co 1:26-28: For you see your calling: brothers: how not that many wise men after the flesh: not many mighty: not many noble: are called:1Co 3:19: For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written: He takes the wise in their own craftiness.
ει δε εκ θεου εστιν ου δυνασθε καταλυσαι αυτο μηποτε και θεομαχοι ευρεθητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνήσεσθεdynēsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσεσθεdynēsesthe
|
you will be able
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G2647καταλῦσαιkatalysai (V-ANA)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλῦσαιkatalysai
|
to overthrow
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2314θεομάχοιtheomachoi (Adj-NMP)
G2314 θεομάχος theomáchos theh-om-akh-os from θεός and μάχομαι; an opponent of deity:--to fight against God.
|
θεομάχοιtheomachoi
|
fighting against God
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2147εὑρεθῆτε.heurethēte (V-ASP-2P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεθῆτε.heurethēte
|
You would be found.
|
V-ASP-2P
|
39
But if it be of God, you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.Acts 5:39
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 18 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε εκ θεου εστιν ου δυνασθε καταλυσαι αυτο μηποτε και θεομαχοι ευρεθητε
Lit: if however from God it is, not you will be able to overthrow them, lest ever also fighting against God You would be found.
KJV: But if it be of God, ye cannot overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to fight against God.
References
"if"Ac 6:10: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Ge 24:50: Then Laban and Bethuel answered and said: The thing proceeds from the LORD: we cannot speak to you bad or good.2Sa 5:2: Also in time past: when Saul was king over us: you were He that'>He who led out and brought in Israel: and the LORD said to you: You will feed my people Israel: and you will be a captain over Israel.1Ki 12:24: Thus says the LORD: You will not go up: nor fight against your brothers the children of Israel: return every man to His house; for this thing is from me. They listened therefore to the word of the LORD: and returned to depart: according to the word of the LORD.Job 34:29: When he gives quietness: who then can make trouble? and when he hides his face: who then can look him? whether it be done against a nation: or against a man only:Isa 43:13: Yes: before the day was I am he; and there is none that can deliver out of my hand: I will work: and who will let it?Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.1Co 1:25: Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men.Re 17:12-14: The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings: which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast."to fight"Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ac 9:5: He said: Who are you: Lord? And the Lord said: I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ac 23:9: There arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose: and strove: saying: We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel has spoken to Him: let not us fight against God.Ex 10:3-7: Moses and Aaron came in to Pharaoh: and said to Him: Thus says the LORD God of the Hebrews: How long will you refuse to humble yourself before me? let my people go: that they may serve me.2Ki 19:22: Whom have you reproached and blasphemed? and against whom have you exalted your voice: and lifted up your eyes on high? even against the Holy one of Israel.Job 15:25-27: For He stretches out His hand against God: and strengthens Himself against the Almighty.Job 40:9-14: Have you an arm like God? or canst you thunder with a voice like Him?Isa 45:9: Woe to him that strives with his Maker! Let the potsherd strive with the potsherds of the earth. Will the clay say to him that fashions it: What make you? or your work: He has no hands?1Co 10:22: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?
επεισθησαν δε αυτω και προσκαλεσαμενοι τους αποστολους δειραντες παρηγγειλαν μη λαλειν επι τω ονοματι του ιησου και απελυσαν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3982Ἐπείσθησανepeisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
Ἐπείσθησανepeisthēsan
|
They were persuaded
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
by him;
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοιproskalesamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοιproskalesamenoi
|
having called in
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles,
|
N-AMP
|
G1194δείραντεςdeirantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
δείραντεςdeirantes
|
having beaten,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3853παρήγγειλανparēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρήγγειλανparēngeilan
|
they commanded them
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπέλυσαν.apelysan (V-AIA-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσαν.apelysan
|
released them.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
40
To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles, and beaten them, they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go.Acts 5:40
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 27 words, 125 letters, 44 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: επεισθησαν δε αυτω και προσκαλεσαμενοι τους αποστολους δειραντες παρηγγειλαν μη λαλειν επι τω ονοματι του ιησου και απελυσαν αυτους
Lit: They were persuaded now by him; and having called in the apostles, having beaten, they commanded them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and released them.
KJV: And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles, and beaten them, they commanded that they should not speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go.
References
"when"Ac 4:18: They called them: and commanded not them to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus."beaten"Pr 12:10: A righteous man regards the life of his beast: but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruel.Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Lu 20:10: At the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen: that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard: but the husbandmen beat him: and sent him away empty.Joh 19:1-4: Then Pilate therefore took Jesus: and scourged Him.2Co 11:24: Of the Jews 5 times received I 40 stripes save one."they commanded"Ac 5:28: Saying: not Did we straitly command you that you not should teach in this name? and: look: you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine: and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.Ac 4:17-21: But that it spread no further among the people: let us straitly threaten them: that they speak henceforth to no man in this name.Isa 30:10: Which say to the seers: not See; and to the prophets: not Prophesy to us right things: speak to us smooth things: prophesy deceits:Am 2:12: But you gave the Nazarites wine to drink; and commanded the prophets: saying: not Prophesy.Mic 2:6: Prophesy you not: say they to them that prophesy: they will not prophesy to them: that they will not take shame.
οι μεν ουν επορευοντο χαιροντες απο προσωπου του συνεδριου οτι υπερ του ονοματος αυτου κατηξιωθησαν ατιμασθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
They
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4198ἐπορεύοντοeporeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορεύοντοeporeuonto
|
departed,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G5463χαίροντεςchairontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίροντεςchairontes
|
rejoicing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
the presence
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4892συνεδρίου,synedriou (N-GNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίου,synedriou
|
Council,
|
N-GNS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2661κατηξιώθησανkatēxiōthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2661 καταξιόω kataxióō kat-ax-ee-o-o from κατά and ἀξιόω; to deem entirely deserving:--(ac-)count worthy.
|
κατηξιώθησανkatēxiōthēsan
|
they had been counted worthy
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὈνόματοςOnomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὈνόματοςOnomatos
|
Name
|
N-GNS
|
G818ἀτιμασθῆναι·atimasthēnai (V-ANP)
G818 ἀτιμάζω atimázō at-im-ad-zo from ἄτιμος; to render infamous, i.e. (by implication) contemn or maltreat:--despise, dishonour, suffer shame, entreat shamefully.
|
ἀτιμασθῆναι·atimasthēnai
|
to suffer dishonor.
|
V-ANP
|
41
They departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Acts 5:41
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 20 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν επορευοντο χαιροντες απο προσωπου του συνεδριου οτι υπερ του ονοματος αυτου κατηξιωθησαν ατιμασθηναι
Lit: They indeed therefore departed, rejoicing, from the presence of the Council, that they had been counted worthy for the Name to suffer dishonor.
KJV: And they departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.
References
"rejoicing"Ac 16:23-25: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Isa 65:14: Look: my servants will sing for joy of heart: but you will cry for sorrow of heart: and will howl for vexation of spirit.Isa 66:5: Hear the word of the LORD: you that tremble at His word; your brothers that hated you: that cast you out for my name's sake: said: Let the LORD be glorified: but He will appear to your joy: and they will be ashamed.Mt 5:10-12: Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Lu 6:22: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.Php 1:29: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Jas 1:2: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;1Pe 4:13-16: But rejoice: inasmuch as you are partakers of Christ's sufferings; that: when His glory will be revealed: you may be glad also with exceeding joy."shame"Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
πασαν τε ημεραν εν τω ιερω και κατ οικον ουκ επαυοντο διδασκοντες και ευαγγελιζομενοι ιησουν τον χριστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πᾶσάνpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσάνpasan
|
Every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house,
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3973ἐπαύοντοepauonto (V-IIM-3P)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
ἐπαύοντοepauonto
|
they ceased
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1321διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
proclaiming the good news that
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
is Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
42
Daily in the temple, and in every house, they not ceased to teach and preach Jesus Christ.Acts 5:42
Stats
Rank: #2445 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: πασαν τε ημεραν εν τω ιερω και κατ οικον ουκ επαυοντο διδασκοντες και ευαγγελιζομενοι ιησουν τον χριστον
Lit: Every then day, in the temple and in house, not they ceased teaching and proclaiming the good news that the Christ is Jesus.
KJV: And daily in the temple, and in every house, they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ.
References
"daily"Ac 5:20: 21: Go: stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 3:1: 2-10: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer: being the ninth hour.Lu 21:37: In the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out: and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.Lu 22:53: When I was daily with you in the temple: you stretched forth no hands against me: but this is your hour: and the power of darkness.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine."in"Ac 20:20: And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you: but have showed you: and have taught you publickly: and from house to house: "they"Ac 4:20: 29: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.2Sa 6:22: I will yet be more vile than thus: and will be base in my own sight: and of the maidservants which you have spoken of: of them will I be had in honour.Ro 1:15: 16: So: as much as in me is: I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also.Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world."preach"Ac 8:5: 35: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria: and preached Christ to them.Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 17:3: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Eph 4:20: 21: But you not have so learned Christ;
6
Early Persecutions
The Choosing of the Seven
εν δε ταις ημεραις ταυταις πληθυνοντων των μαθητων εγενετο γογγυσμος των ελληνιστων προς τους εβραιους οτι παρεθεωρουντο εν τη διακονια τη καθημερινη αι χηραι αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G3778ταύταιςtautais (DPro-DFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταιςtautais
|
these,
|
DPro-DFP
|
G4129πληθυνόντωνplēthynontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
πληθυνόντωνplēthynontōn
|
as are multiplying
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples,
|
N-GMP
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1112γογγυσμὸςgongysmos (N-NMS)
G1112 γογγυσμός gongysmós gong-goos-mos from γογγύζω; a grumbling:--grudging, murmuring.
|
γογγυσμὸςgongysmos
|
a grumbling
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1675ἙλληνιστῶνHellēnistōn (N-GMP)
G1675 Ἑλληνιστής Hellēnistḗs hel-lay-nis-tace from a derivative of Ἕλλην; a Hellenist or Greek-speaking Jew:--Grecian.
|
ἙλληνιστῶνHellēnistōn
|
Hellenists
|
N-GMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1445Ἑβραίους,Hebraious (N-AMP)
G1445 Ἑβραῖος Hebraîos heb-rah-yos from Ἐβέρ; a Hebræan (i.e. Hebrew) or Jew:--Hebrew.
|
Ἑβραίους,Hebraious
|
Hebrews,
|
N-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3865παρεθεωροῦντοparetheōrounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3865 παραθεωρέω paratheōréō par-ath-eh-o-reh-o from παρά and θεωρέω; to overlook or disregard:--neglect.
|
παρεθεωροῦντοparetheōrounto
|
were being overlooked
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1248διακονίᾳdiakonia (N-DFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίᾳdiakonia
|
distribution
|
N-DFS
|
G2522καθημερινῇkathēmerinē (Adj-DFS)
G2522 καθημερινός kathēmerinós kath-ay-mer-ee-nos from κατά and ἡμέρα; quotidian:--daily.
|
καθημερινῇkathēmerinē
|
daily
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G5503χῆραιchērai (N-NFP)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χῆραιchērai
|
widows
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
1
And in those days, when the number of the disciples was multiplied, there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Acts 6:1
Stats
Rank: #224 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 191 characters, 28 words, 157 letters, 61 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε ταις ημεραις ταυταις πληθυνοντων των μαθητων εγενετο γογγυσμος των ελληνιστων προς τους εβραιους οτι παρεθεωρουντο εν τη διακονια τη καθημερινη αι χηραι αυτων
Lit: In now the days these, as are multiplying the disciples, there arose a grumbling of the Hellenists against the Hebrews, because were being overlooked in the distribution daily the widows of them.
KJV: And in those days, when the number of the disciples was multiplied, there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.
References
"when"Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 2:41: 47: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 5:14: 28: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ps 72:16: There will be an handful of grain in the earth upon the top of the mountains; the fruit thereof will shake like Lebanon: and they of the city will flourish like grass of the earth.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Isa 27:6: He will cause them that come of Jacob to take root: Israel will blossom and bud: and fill the face of the world with fruit.Jer 30:19: Out of them will proceed thanksgiving and the voice of them that make merry: and I will multiply them: and they will not be few; I will also glorify them: and they will not be small."there"1Co 10:10: Neither murmur you: as some of them also murmured: and were destroyed of the destroyer.Heb 13:1: Let brotherly love continue.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?Jas 5:9: not Grudge one against another: brothers: lest you be condemned: look: the judge stands before the door."Grecians"Ac 9:29: He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus: and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to kill Him.Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus."Hebrews"2Co 11:22: Are they Hebrews? so am I. Are they Israelites? so am I. Are they the seed of Abraham? so am I.Php 3:5: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"their"Ac 9:39: 41: Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come: they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping: and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made: while she was with them.De 24:19-21: When you cut down your harvest in your field: and have forgot a sheaf in the field: you will not go again to fetch it: it will be for the stranger: for the fatherless: and for the widow: that the LORD your God may bless you in all the work of your hands.De 26:12: When you have made an end of tithing all the tithes of your increase the third year: which is the year of tithing: and have given it to the Levite: the stranger: the fatherless: and the widow: that they may eat within your gates: and be filled;Job 29:13: The blessing of him that was ready to perish came upon me: and I caused the widow's heart to sing for joy.Job 31:16: If I have withheld the poor from their desire: or have caused the eyes of the widow to fail;Isa 1:17: Learn to do well; seek judgment: relieve the oppressed: judge the fatherless: plead for the widow.Eze 22:7: In you have they set light by father and mother: in the middle of you have they dealt by oppression with the stranger: in you have they vexed the fatherless and the widow.Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 23:14: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you devour widows' houses: and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore you will receive the greater damnation.1Ti 5:4: 5: 9: But if any widow have children or nephews: let them learn first to show piety at home: and to requite their parents: for that is good and acceptable before God.Jas 1:27: Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this: To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction: and to keep Himself unspotted from the world."the daily"Ac 2:45: Sold their possessions and goods: and parted them to all men: as every man had need.Ac 4:35: Laid them down at the apostles' feet: and distribution was made to every man according as he had need.
προσκαλεσαμενοι δε οι δωδεκα το πληθος των μαθητων ειπον ουκ αρεστον εστιν ημας καταλειψαντας τον λογον του θεου διακονειν τραπεζαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4341Προσκαλεσάμενοιproskalesamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
Προσκαλεσάμενοιproskalesamenoi
|
Having called near
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
Twelve
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-ANS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples,
|
N-GMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G701ἀρεστόνareston (Adj-NNS)
G701 ἀρεστός arestós ar-es-tos from ἀρέσκω; agreeable; by implication, fit:--(things that) please(-ing), reason.
|
ἀρεστόνareston
|
desirable
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us,
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2641καταλείψανταςkataleipsantas (V-APA-AMP)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλείψανταςkataleipsantas
|
having neglected
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1247διακονεῖνdiakonein (V-PNA)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονεῖνdiakonein
|
to attend
|
V-PNA
|
G5132τραπέζαις.trapezais (N-DFP)
G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τραπέζαις.trapezais
|
tables.
|
N-DFP
|
2
Then the 12 called the multitude of the disciples to them, and said, It not is reason that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables.
Acts 6:2
Stats
Rank: #3003 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 147 characters, 25 words, 116 letters, 44 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσκαλεσαμενοι δε οι δωδεκα το πληθος των μαθητων ειπον ουκ αρεστον εστιν ημας καταλειψαντας τον λογον του θεου διακονειν τραπεζαις
Lit: Having called near then the Twelve the multitude of the disciples, they said, Not desirable it is for us, having neglected the word of God, to attend tables.
KJV: Then the twelve called the multitude of the disciples unto them, and said, It is not reason that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables.
References
"the twelve"Ac 21:22: What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that you are come."It"Ac 4:19: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you.Ac 25:27: For it seems to me unreasonable to send a prisoner: not and withal to signify the crimes laid against him."we should"Ex 18:17-26: Moses' father in law said to him: The thing that you do is not good.Nu 11:11-13: Moses said to the LORD: For what reason have you afflicted your servant? and for what reason have not I found favour in your sight: that you lay the burden of all this people upon me?De 1:9-14: I spoke to you at that time: saying: I not am able to bear you myself alone:Ne 6:3: I sent messengers to them: saying: I am doing a great work: so that I cannot come down: why should the work cease: whilst I leave it: and come down to you?2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.
επισκεψασθε ουν αδελφοι ανδρας εξ υμων μαρτυρουμενους επτα πληρεις πνευματος αγιου και σοφιας ους καταστησομεν επι της χρειας ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1980ἐπισκέψασθεepiskepsasthe (V-AMM-2P)
G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.
|
ἐπισκέψασθεepiskepsasthe
|
Select
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G1161δέ,de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέ,de
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
yourselves
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3140μαρτυρουμένουςmartyroumenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρουμένουςmartyroumenous
|
being well attested,
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4134πλήρειςplēreis (Adj-AMP)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρειςplēreis
|
full
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίας,sophias (N-GFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίας,sophias
|
wisdom,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G2525καταστήσομενkatastēsomen (V-FIA-1P)
G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
καταστήσομενkatastēsomen
|
we will appoint
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5532χρείαςchreias (N-GFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείαςchreias
|
task
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης·tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης·tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
3
For what reason, brothers, look you out among you 7 men of ho report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business.Acts 6:3
Stats
Rank: #1777 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 22 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: επισκεψασθε ουν αδελφοι ανδρας εξ υμων μαρτυρουμενους επτα πληρεις πνευματος αγιου και σοφιας ους καταστησομεν επι της χρειας ταυτης
Lit: Select therefore, brothers, men out from yourselves being well attested, seven full of the Spirit and wisdom, whom we will appoint over the task this.
KJV: Wherefore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business.
References
"brethren"Ac 9:30: Which when the brothers knew: they brought him down to Caesarea: and sent him forth to Tarsus.Ac 15:23: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Mt 23:8: But not be you called Rabbi: for one is your Master: even Christ; and all you are brothers.1Jo 3:14-16: We know that we have passed from death to life: because we love the brothers. He who loves not his brother abides in death."look"Ac 1:21: For what reason of these men which have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us: Nu 11:16: The LORD said to Moses: Gather to me 70 men of the elders of Israel: whom you know to be the elders of the people: and officers over them; and bring them to the tabernacle of the congregation: that they may stand there with you.De 1:13: Take you wise men: and understanding: and known among your tribes: and I will make them rulers over you.1Co 16:3: When I come: whoever you will approve by your letters: them will I send to bring your liberality to Jerusalem.2Co 8:19-21: not And that only: but who was also chosen of the churches to travel with us with this grace: which is administered by us to the glory of the same Lord: and declaration of your ready mind:"honest"Ac 10:22: They said: Cornelius the centurion: a just man: and one that fears God: and of good report among all the nation of the Jews: was warned from God by an holy angel to send for you into His house: and to hear words of you.Ac 16:2: Which was well reported of by the brothers that were at Lystra and Iconium.Ac 22:12: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: 1Ti 3:7: 8: 10: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.3Jo 1:12: Demetrius has good report of all men: and of the truth itself: yes: and we also bear record; and you know that our record is true."full"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ge 41:38: 39: Pharaoh said to His servants: Can we find such a one as this is: a man in whom the Spirit of God is?Nu 11:17-25: I will come down and talk with you there: and I will take of the spirit which is upon you: and will put it upon them; and they will bear the burden of the people with you: that you bear it not yourself alone.Nu 27:18: 19: The LORD said to Moses: Take you Joshua the son of Nun: a man in whom is the spirit: and lay your hand upon Him;Job 32:7: 8: I said: Days should speak: and multitude of years should teach wisdom.Isa 11:2-5: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Isa 28:6: 26: For a spirit of judgment to him that sits in judgment: and for strength to them that turn the battle to the gate.1Co 12:8: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;Eph 5:18: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning.Jas 3:17: 18: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy."whom"Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 13:2: 3: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.1Ti 3:8-15: Likewise must the deacons be grave: not doubletongued: not given to much wine: not greedy of filthy lucre;
ημεις δε τη προσευχη και τη διακονια του λογου προσκαρτερησομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4335προσευχῇproseuchē (N-DFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῇproseuchē
|
prayer
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1248διακονίᾳdiakonia (N-DFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίᾳdiakonia
|
ministry
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
word
|
N-GMS
|
G4342προσκαρτερήσομεν.proskarterēsomen (V-FIA-1P)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτερήσομεν.proskarterēsomen
|
will steadfastly continue.
|
V-FIA-1P
|
4
But we will give ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word.Acts 6:4
Stats
Rank: #2675 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 66 letters, 24 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε τη προσευχη και τη διακονια του λογου προσκαρτερησομεν
Lit: We now in the prayer and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue.
KJV: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word.
References
"give"Ac 2:42: They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship: and in breaking of bread: and in prayers.Ac 20:19-31: Serving the Lord with all humility of mind: and with many tears: and temptations: which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews:Ro 12:6-8: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;1Co 9:16: For though I preach the gospel: I not havehing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yes: woe is to me: if I not preach the gospel!Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.1Ti 4:13-16: Till I come: give attendance to reading: to exhortation: to doctrine.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine."prayer"Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 13:2: 3: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ro 1:9: For God is my witness: whom I serve with my spirit in the gospel of His Son: that without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers;Eph 1:15-17: For what reason I also: after I heard of your faith in the Lord Jesus: and love to all the saints: Eph 3:14-21: For this cause I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: Php 1:4: 9-11: Always in every prayer of my for you all making request with joy: Col 1:9-13: For this cause we also: since the day we heard it: not do cease to pray for you: and to desire that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;Col 2:1: For I would that you knew what great conflict I have for you: and for them at Laodicea: and for as many as not have seen my face in the flesh;Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.
και ηρεσεν ο λογος ενωπιον παντος του πληθους και εξελεξαντο στεφανον ανδρα πληρη πιστεως και πνευματος αγιου και φιλιππον και προχορον και νικανορα και τιμωνα και παρμεναν και νικολαον προσηλυτον αντιοχεα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G700ἤρεσενēresen (V-AIA-3S)
G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἤρεσενēresen
|
was pleasing
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
statement
|
N-NMS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
all
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4128πλήθους,plēthous (N-GNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλήθους,plēthous
|
multitude;
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1586ἐξελέξαντοexelexanto (V-AIM-3P)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξαντοexelexanto
|
they chose
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4736Στέφανον,Stephanon (N-AMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
Στέφανον,Stephanon
|
Stephen,
|
N-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G4134πλήρης*plērēs (Adj-NMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρης*plērēs
|
full
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
of faith
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40Ἁγίου,Hagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίου,Hagiou
|
holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιππονPhilippon (N-AMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιππονPhilippon
|
Philip,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4402ΠρόχορονProchoron (N-AMS)
G4402 Πρόχορος Próchoros prokh-or-os from πρό and χορός; before the dance; Prochorus, a Christian:--Prochorus.
|
ΠρόχορονProchoron
|
Prochorus,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3527ΝικάνοραNikanora (N-AMS)
G3527 Νικάνωρ Nikánōr nik-an-ore probably from νικάω; victorious; Nicanor, a Christian:--Nicanor.
|
ΝικάνοραNikanora
|
Nicanor,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5096ΤίμωναTimōna (N-AMS)
G5096 Τίμων Tímōn tee-mone from τιμή; valuable; Timon, a Christian:--Timon.
|
ΤίμωναTimōna
|
Timon,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3937ΠαρμενᾶνParmenan (N-AMS)
G3937 Παρμενᾶς Parmenâs par-men-as probably by contraction for (a derivative of a compound of παρά and μένω); constant; Parmenas, a Christian:--Parmenas.
|
ΠαρμενᾶνParmenan
|
Parmenas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3532ΝικόλαονNikolaon (N-AMS)
G3532 Νικόλαος Nikólaos nik-ol-ah-os from νῖκος and λαός; victorious over the people; Nicolaüs, a heretic:--Nicolaus.
|
ΝικόλαονNikolaon
|
Nicolas
|
N-AMS
|
G4339προσήλυτονprosēlyton (N-AMS)
G4339 προσήλυτος prosḗlytos pros-ay-loo-tos from the alternate of προσέρχομαι; an arriver from a foreign region, i.e. (specially), an acceder (convert) to Judaism (proselyte):--proselyte.
|
προσήλυτονprosēlyton
|
a convert
|
N-AMS
|
G491Ἀντιοχέα,Antiochea (N-AMS)
G491 Ἀντιοχεύς Antiocheús an-tee-okh-yoos from Ἀντιόχεια; an Antiochian or inhabitant of Antiochia:--of Antioch.
|
Ἀντιοχέα,Antiochea
|
of Antioch,
|
N-AMS
|
5
The saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:Acts 6:5
Stats
Rank: #2161 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 211 characters, 29 words, 166 letters, 61 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρεσεν ο λογος ενωπιον παντος του πληθους και εξελεξαντο στεφανον ανδρα πληρη πιστεως και πνευματος αγιου και φιλιππον και προχορον και νικανορα και τιμωνα και παρμεναν και νικολαον προσηλυτον αντιοχεα
Lit: And was pleasing the statement before all the multitude; and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Spirit holy, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a convert of Antioch,
KJV: And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:
References
"the saying"Ac 15:22: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:Ge 41:37: The thing was good in the eyes of Pharaoh: and in the eyes of all his servants.Pr 15:1: 23: A soft answer turns away wrath: but grievous words stir up anger.Pr 25:11: 12: A word fitly spoken is like apples of gold in pictures of silver."Stephen"Ac 6:3: 8: 10: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 7:1-60: Then said the high priest: Are these things so?Ac 8:1: 2: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 11:24: For He was a good man: and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added to the Lord.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin."Philip"Ac 8:5-13: 26-40: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria: and preached Christ to them.Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him."Nicolas"Re 2:6: 15: But this you have: that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans: which I also hate."a proselyte"Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.
ους εστησαν ενωπιον των αποστολων και προσευξαμενοι επεθηκαν αυτοις τας χειρας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G2476ἔστησανestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησανestēsan
|
they set
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων,apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων,apostolōn
|
apostles;
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G2007ἐπέθηκανepethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπέθηκανepethēkan
|
they laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
on them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖρας.cheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρας.cheiras
|
hands.
|
N-AFP
|
6
Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them.Acts 6:6
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 15 words, 72 letters, 24 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ους εστησαν ενωπιον των αποστολων και προσευξαμενοι επεθηκαν αυτοις τας χειρας
Lit: whom they set before the apostles; and having prayed, they laid on them the hands.
KJV: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands on them.
References
"when"Ac 1:24: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen: Ac 8:17: Then laid they their hands on them: and they received the Holy Ghost.Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 1:6: For what reason I put you in remembrance that you stir up the gift of God: which is in you by the putting on of my hands.
και ο λογος του θεου ηυξανεν και επληθυνετο ο αριθμος των μαθητων εν ιερουσαλημ σφοδρα πολυς τε οχλος των ιερεων υπηκουον τη πιστει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G837ηὔξανεν,ēuxanen (V-IIA-3S)
G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
ηὔξανεν,ēuxanen
|
continued to increase,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4129ἐπληθύνετοeplēthyneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
ἐπληθύνετοeplēthyneto
|
was multiplied
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DFS
|
G4970σφόδρα,sphodra (Adv)
G4970 σφόδρα sphódra sfod-rah neuter plural of (violent; of uncertain derivation) as adverb; vehemently, i.e. in a high degree, much:-- exceeding(-ly), greatly, sore, very.
|
σφόδρα,sphodra
|
exceedingly;
|
Adv
|
G4183πολύςpolys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολύςpolys
|
a great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
multitude
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2409ἱερέωνhiereōn (N-GMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερέωνhiereōn
|
priests
|
N-GMP
|
G5219ὑπήκουονhypēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπήκουονhypēkouon
|
were becoming obedient
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστει.pistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστει.pistei
|
faith.
|
N-DFS
|
7
The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Acts 6:7
Stats
Rank: #1533 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 26 words, 128 letters, 49 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο λογος του θεου ηυξανεν και επληθυνετο ο αριθμος των μαθητων εν ιερουσαλημ σφοδρα πολυς τε οχλος των ιερεων υπηκουον τη πιστει
Lit: And the word of God continued to increase, and was multiplied the number of the disciples in Jerusalem exceedingly; a great then multitude of the priests were becoming obedient to the faith.
KJV: And the word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.
References
"the word"Ac 12:24: But the word of God grew and multiplied.Ac 19:20: So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.Col 1:6: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound."the number"Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:"the priests"2Ch 29:34: But the priests were too few: so that they not could flay all the burnt offerings: for what reason their brothers the Levites did help them: till the work was ended: and until the other priests had sanctified themselves: for the Levites were more upright in heart to sanctify themselves than the priests.2Ch 30:24: For Hezekiah king of Judah did give to the congregation a000 bullocks and 7000 sheep; and the princes gave to the congregation a000 bullocks and 10000 sheep: and a great number of priests sanctified themselves.Ps 132:9: 16: Let your priests be clothed with righteousness; and let your saints shout for joy.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;Joh 12:42: Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on him; but because of the Pharisees they not did confess him: lest they should be put out of the synagogue:"obedient"Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 16:26: But now is made manifest: and by the scriptures of the prophets: according to the commandment of the everlasting God: made known to all nations for the obedience of faith:2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went.
The Arrest of Stephen
στεφανος δε πληρης πιστεως και δυναμεως εποιει τερατα και σημεια μεγαλα εν τω λαω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4736ΣτέφανοςStephanos (N-NMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
ΣτέφανοςStephanos
|
Stephen
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-NMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power,
|
N-GFS
|
G4160ἐποίειepoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίειepoiei
|
was performing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G3173μεγάλαmegala (Adj-ANP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλαmegala
|
great
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ.laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ.laō
|
people.
|
N-DMS
|
8
Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people.Acts 6:8
Stats
Rank: #1776 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: στεφανος δε πληρης πιστεως και δυναμεως εποιει τερατα και σημεια μεγαλα εν τω λαω
Lit: Stephen now, full grace and power, was performing wonders and signs great among the people.
KJV: And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people.
References
"full"Ac 6:3: 5: 10: 15: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;1Ti 3:13: For they that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good degree: and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus."did"Ac 2:17: 18: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 4:29: 30: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Ac 8:6: The people with one accord gave heed to those things which Philip spoke: hearing and seeing the miracles which he did.
ανεστησαν δε τινες των εκ της συναγωγης της λεγομενης λιβερτινων και κυρηναιων και αλεξανδρεων και των απο κιλικιας και ασιας συζητουντες τω στεφανω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἀνέστησανanestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησανanestēsan
|
Arose
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
certain
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4864συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs (N-GFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs
|
synagogue
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λεγομένηςlegomenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένηςlegomenēs
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G3032ΛιβερτίνωνLibertinōn (N-GMP)
G3032 Λιβερτῖνος Libertînos lib-er-tee-nos of Latin origin; a Roman freedman:--Libertine.
|
ΛιβερτίνωνLibertinōn
|
Freedmen,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
including
|
Conj
|
G2956ΚυρηναίωνKyrēnaiōn (N-GMP)
G2956 Κυρηναῖος Kyrēnaîos koo-ray-nah-yos from Κυρήνη; i.e. Cyrenæan, i.e. inhabitant of Cyrene:--of Cyrene, Cyrenian.
|
ΚυρηναίωνKyrēnaiōn
|
Cyrenians
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G221ἈλεξανδρέωνAlexandreōn (N-GMP)
G221 Ἀλεξανδρεύς Alexandreús al-ex-and-reuce from (the city so called); an Alexandreian or inhabitant of Alexandria:--of Alexandria, Alexandrian.
|
ἈλεξανδρέωνAlexandreōn
|
Alexandrians
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2791ΚιλικίαςKilikias (N-GFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίαςKilikias
|
Cilicia
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G773ἈσίαςAsias (N-GFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίαςAsias
|
Asia,
|
N-GFS
|
G4802συζητοῦντεςsyzētountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συζητοῦντεςsyzētountes
|
disputing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with
|
Art-DMS
|
G4736Στεφάνῳ,Stephanō (N-DMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
Στεφάνῳ,Stephanō
|
Stephen.
|
N-DMS
|
9
Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen.Acts 6:9
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 25 words, 149 letters, 59 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανεστησαν δε τινες των εκ της συναγωγης της λεγομενης λιβερτινων και κυρηναιων και αλεξανδρεων και των απο κιλικιας και ασιας συζητουντες τω στεφανω
Lit: Arose however certain of those from the synagogue called Freedmen, including Cyrenians and Alexandrians and of those from Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen.
KJV: Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen.
References
"there"Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 17:17: 18: Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews: and with the devout persons: and in the market daily with them that met with him."the synagogue"Ac 22:19: I said: Lord: they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake."Cyrenians"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Mt 27:32: As they came out: they found a man of Cyrene: Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross."Alexandrians"Ac 18:24: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 27:6: There the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein."Cilicia"Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ac 23:34: When the governor had read the letter: he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia;Ac 27:5: When we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia: we came to Myra: a city of Lycia.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"Asia"Ac 2:9: Parthians: and Medes: and Elamites: and the dwellers in Mesopotamia: and in Judaea: and Cappadocia: in Pontus: and Asia: Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 19:10: 26: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 21:27: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: "disputing"1Co 1:20: Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?
και ουκ ισχυον αντιστηναι τη σοφια και τω πνευματι ω ελαλει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2480ἴσχυονischyon (V-IIA-3P)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυονischyon
|
they were able
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G436ἀντιστῆναιantistēnai (V-ANA)
G436 ἀνθίστημι anthístēmi anth-is-tay-mee from ἀντί and ἵστημι; to stand against, i.e. oppose:--resist, withstand.
|
ἀντιστῆναιantistēnai
|
to withstand
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4678σοφίᾳsophia (N-DFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίᾳsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
by whom
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2980ἐλάλει.elalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλει.elalei
|
he was speaking.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
10
They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Acts 6:10
Stats
Rank: #3328 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 16 words, 61 letters, 21 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ ισχυον αντιστηναι τη σοφια και τω πνευματι ω ελαλει
Lit: And not they were able to withstand the wisdom and the Spirit by whom he was speaking.
KJV: And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake.
References
"able"Ac 5:39: But if it be of God: you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ex 4:12: Now therefore go: and I will be with your mouth: and teach you what you will say.Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.Jer 1:18: 19: For: look: I have made you this day a defenced city: and an iron pillar: and brasen walls against the whole land: against the kings of Judah: against the princes thereof: against the priests thereof: and against the people of the land.Jer 15:20: I will make you to this people a fenced brasen wall: and they will fight against you: but they will not prevail against you: for I am with you to save you and to deliver you: says the LORD.Eze 3:27: But when I speak with you: I will open your mouth: and you will say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD; He who hears: let Him hear; and He that'>He who forbears: let Him forbear: for they are a rebellious house.Mt 10:19: 20: But when they deliver you up: take no thought how or what you will speak: for it will be given you in that same hour what you will speak.Lu 12:11: 12: When they bring you to the synagogues: and to magistrates: and powers: take you no thought how or what thing you will answer: or what you will say:Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.Joh 7:46: The officers answered: Never man spoke like this man."the spirit"Job 32:8: 18: But there is a spirit in man: and the inspiration of the Almighty gives them understanding.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Lu 1:17: He will go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias: to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children: and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.1Co 2:4: My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom: but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:
τοτε υπεβαλον ανδρας λεγοντας οτι ακηκοαμεν αυτου λαλουντος ρηματα βλασφημα εις μωσην και τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G5260ὑπέβαλονhypebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G5260 ὑποβάλλω hypobállō hoop-ob-al-lo from ὑπό and βάλλω; to throw in stealthily, i.e. introduce by collusion:--suborn.
|
ὑπέβαλονhypebalon
|
they suborned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G191ἈκηκόαμενAkēkoamen (V-RIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκηκόαμενAkēkoamen
|
We have heard
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G989βλάσφημαblasphēma (Adj-ANP)
G989 βλάσφημος blásphēmos blas-fay-mos from a derivative of βλάπτω and φήμη; scurrilious, i.e. calumnious (against men), or (specially) impious (against God):--blasphemer(-mous), railing.
|
βλάσφημαblasphēma
|
blasphemous
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn (N-AMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn
|
Moses
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεόν·Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν·Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
11
Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God.
Acts 6:11
Stats
Rank: #3542 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 15 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε υπεβαλον ανδρας λεγοντας οτι ακηκοαμεν αυτου λαλουντος ρηματα βλασφημα εις μωσην και τον θεον
Lit: Then they suborned men, saying - , We have heard him speaking words blasphemous against Moses and God.
KJV: Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God.
References
"they"Ac 23:12-15: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 24:1-13: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul.Ac 25:3: 7: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.1Ki 21:10: 13: Set two men: sons of Belial: before Him: to bear witness against Him: saying: You did blaspheme God and the king. And then carry Him out: and stone Him: that He may die.Mt 26:59: 60: Now the chief priests: and elders: and all the council: sought false witness against Jesus: to put Him to death;Mt 28:12-15: When they were assembled with the elders: and had taken counsel: they gave large money to the soldiers: Joh 16:3: These things will they do to you: because they not have known the Father: nor me.Ro 3:8: not And rather: (as we be slanderously reported: and as some affirm that we say: ) Let us do evil: that good may come? whose damnation is just."blasphemous"Ac 6:13: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.Le 24:16: He that'>He who blasphemes the name of the LORD: He will surely be put to death: and all the congregation will certainly stone Him: as well the stranger: as He that'>He who is born in the land: when He blasphemes the name of the LORD: will be put to death.1Ki 21:10-13: Set two men: sons of Belial: before Him: to bear witness against Him: saying: You did blaspheme God and the king. And then carry Him out: and stone Him: that He may die.Joh 10:33-36: The Jews answered Him: saying: For a good work we stone you not; but for blasphemy; and because that you: being a man: make yourself God.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."against Moses"Ac 7:37-39: This is that Moses: which said to the children of Israel: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear.Ac 15:21: For Moses of old time has in every city them that preach him: being read in the synagogues every sabbath day.Ac 21:20-22: 28: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Joh 5:45-47: not Do think that I will accuse you to the Father: there is one that accuses you: even Moses: in whom you trust.Joh 9:29: We know that God spoke to Moses: as for this fellow: we not know from where He is.Heb 3:2-5: Who was faithful to him that appointed him: as also Moses was faithful in all his house.
συνεκινησαν τε τον λαον και τους πρεσβυτερους και τους γραμματεις και επισταντες συνηρπασαν αυτον και ηγαγον εις το συνεδριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4787συνεκίνησάνsynekinēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4787 συγκινέω synkinéō soong-kin-eh-o from σπαράσσω and κινέω; to move together, i.e. (specially), to excite as a mass (to sedition):--stir up.
|
συνεκίνησάνsynekinēsan
|
They stirred up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1122γραμματεῖς,grammateis (N-AMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεῖς,grammateis
|
scribes,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2186ἐπιστάντεςepistantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπιστάντεςepistantes
|
having come upon him,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4884συνήρπασανsynērpasan (V-AIA-3P)
G4884 συναρπάζω synarpázō soon-ar-pad-zo from σύν and ἁρπάζω; to snatch together, i.e. seize:--catch.
|
συνήρπασανsynērpasan
|
they seized
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G71ἤγαγονēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγονēgagon
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4892συνέδριον,synedrion (N-ANS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριον,synedrion
|
Council.
|
N-ANS
|
12
They stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council,Acts 6:12
Stats
Rank: #3791 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 18 words, 101 letters, 36 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνεκινησαν τε τον λαον και τους πρεσβυτερους και τους γραμματεις και επισταντες συνηρπασαν αυτον και ηγαγον εις το συνεδριον
Lit: They stirred up then the people and the elders and the scribes, and having come upon him, they seized him and brought him to the Council.
KJV: And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought [him] to the council,
References
"they stirred"Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:2: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 17:5: 13: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 21:27: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: Pr 15:18: A wrathful man stirs up strife: but he who is slow to anger appeases strife."and caught"Ac 4:1-3: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Ac 5:18: 27: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 16:19-21: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ac 17:5: 6: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Mt 26:57: They that had laid hold on Jesus led Him away to Caiaphas the high priest: where the scribes and the elders were assembled.
εστησαν τε μαρτυρας ψευδεις λεγοντας ο ανθρωπος ουτος ου παυεται ρηματα βλασφημα λαλων κατα του τοπου του αγιου τουτου και του νομου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2476Ἔστησάνestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
Ἔστησάνestēsan
|
They set
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3144μάρτυραςmartyras (N-AMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυραςmartyras
|
witnesses
|
N-AMP
|
G5571ψευδεῖςpseudeis (Adj-AMP)
G5571 ψευδής pseudḗs psyoo-dace from ψεύδομαι; untrue, i.e. erroneous, deceitful, wicked:--false, liar.
|
ψευδεῖςpseudeis
|
FALSE,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3973παύεταιpauetai (V-PIM-3S)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
παύεταιpauetai
|
does stop
|
V-PIM-3S
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5117τόπουtopou (N-GMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπουtopou
|
place
|
N-GMS
|
G40ἁγίουhagiou (Adj-GMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίουhagiou
|
holy
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3778[τούτου]toutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
[τούτου]toutou
|
this
|
DPro-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμου·nomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμου·nomou
|
law;
|
N-GMS
|
13
Set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law:
Acts 6:13
Stats
Rank: #4625 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 19 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: εστησαν τε μαρτυρας ψευδεις λεγοντας ο ανθρωπος ουτος ου παυεται ρηματα βλασφημα λαλων κατα του τοπου του αγιου τουτου και του νομου
Lit: They set also witnesses FALSE, saying, The man this, not does stop speaking words against the place holy this and the law;
KJV: And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law:
References
"set"Ac 6:11: Then they suborned men: which said: We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses: and against God.Ps 27:12: Deliver not me over to the will of my enemies: for false witnesses are risen up against me: and such as breathe out cruelty.Ps 35:11: False witnesses did rise up; they laid to my charge things that I not knew.Ps 56:5: Every day they wrest my words: all their thoughts are against me for evil.
ακηκοαμεν γαρ αυτου λεγοντος οτι ιησους ο ναζωραιος ουτος καταλυσει τον τοπον τουτον και αλλαξει τα εθη α παρεδωκεν ημιν μωυσης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἀκηκόαμενakēkoamen (V-RIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκηκόαμενakēkoamen
|
we have heard
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
of
|
Art-NMS
|
G3480ΝαζωραῖοςNazōraios (N-NMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζωραῖοςNazōraios
|
Nazareth
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G2647καταλύσειkatalysei (V-FIA-3S)
G2647 καταλύω katalýō kat-al-oo-o from κατά and λύω; to loosen down (disintegrate), i.e. (by implication) to demolish (literally or figuratively); specially (compare κατάλυμα) to halt for the night:--destroy, dissolve, be guest, lodge, come to nought, overthrow, throw down.
|
καταλύσειkatalysei
|
will destroy
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G236ἀλλάξειallaxei (V-FIA-3S)
G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.
|
ἀλλάξειallaxei
|
will change
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1485ἔθηethē (N-ANP)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθηethē
|
customs
|
N-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκενparedōken
|
delivered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3475Μωϋσῆς.Mōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσῆς.Mōusēs
|
Moses.
|
N-NMS
|
14
For we have heard Him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place, and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Acts 6:14
Stats
Rank: #5496 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 22 words, 109 letters, 37 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακηκοαμεν γαρ αυτου λεγοντος οτι ιησους ο ναζωραιος ουτος καταλυσει τον τοπον τουτον και αλλαξει τα εθη α παρεδωκεν ημιν μωυσης
Lit: we have heard for him saying that Jesus of Nazareth this will destroy the place this and will change the customs that delivered to us Moses.
KJV: For we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us.
References
"we have"Ac 25:8: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all."that"Isa 66:1-6: Thus says the LORD: The heaven is my throne: and the earth is my footstool: where is the house that you build to me? and where is the place of my rest?Jer 7:4-14: Trust you not in lying words: saying: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: are these.Jer 26:6-9: 12: 18: Then will I make this house like Shiloh: and will make this city a curse to all the nations of the earth.Da 9:26: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined.Mic 3:12: Therefore will Zion for your sake be plowed as a field: and Jerusalem will become heaps: and the mountain of the house as the high places of the for.Zec 11:1: Open your doors: O Lebanon: that the fire may devour your cedars.Zec 14:2: For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city will be taken: and the houses rifled: and the women ravished; and half of the city will go forth into captivity: and the residue of the people will not be cut off from the city.Mt 24:1: 2: Jesus went out: and departed from the temple: and His disciples came to Him for to show Him the buildings of the temple.Mr 14:58: We heard him say: I will destroy this temple that is made with hands: and within 3 days I will build another made without hands.Lu 13:34: 35: O Jerusalem: Jerusalem: which kill the prophets: and stone them that are sent to you; how often would I have gathered your children together: as a hen does gather her brood under her wings: and you not would!Lu 21:6: 24: As for these things which you look: the days will come: in the which there will not be left one stone upon another: that will not be thrown down.Joh 4:21: Jesus says to her: Woman: believe me: the hour comes: when you will neither in this mountain: nor yet at Jerusalem: worship the Father."change"Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:Isa 66:19-21: I will set a sign among them: and I will send those that escape of them to the nations: to Tarshish: Pul: and Lud: that draw the bow: to Tubal: and Javan: to the isles afar off: that not have heard my fame: neither have seen my glory; and they will declare my glory among the Gentiles.Ho 3:4: For the children of Israel will abide many days without a king: and without a prince: and without a sacrifice: and without an image: and without an ephod: and without teraphim:Ga 3:19: 23: For what reason then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions: till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a mediator.Ga 4:3-5: Even so we: when we were children: were in bondage under the elements of the world:Heb 7:11-19: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 8:6-13: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 9:9-11: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:1-18: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Heb 12:26-28: Whose voice then shook the earth: but now he has promised: saying: Yet once more I not shake the earth only: but also heaven.
και ατενισαντες εις αυτον απαντες οι καθεζομενοι εν τω συνεδριω ειδον το προσωπον αυτου ωσει προσωπον αγγελου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G816ἀτενίσαντεςatenisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαντεςatenisantes
|
having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2516καθεζόμενοιkathezomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2516 καθέζομαι kathézomai kath-ed-zom-ahee from κατά and the base of ἑδραῖος; to sit down:--sit.
|
καθεζόμενοιkathezomenoi
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳsynedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳsynedriō
|
Council
|
N-DNS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
the face
|
N-ANS
|
G32ἀγγέλου.angelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλου.angelou
|
of an angel.
|
N-GMS
|
15
All that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel.Acts 6:15
Stats
Rank: #5312 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 21 words, 84 letters, 32 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ατενισαντες εις αυτον απαντες οι καθεζομενοι εν τω συνεδριω ειδον το προσωπον αυτου ωσει προσωπον αγγελου
Lit: And having looked intently on him, all sitting in the Council saw the face of him as the face of an angel.
KJV: And all that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel.
References
"saw"Ex 34:29-35: It came to pass: when Moses came down from mount Sinai with the two tables of testimony in Moses' hand: when he came down from the mount: that Moses not wist that the skin of his face shone while he talked with him.Ec 8:1: Who is as the wise man? and who knows the interpretation of a thing? a man's wisdom makes his face to shine: and the boldness of his face will be changed.Mt 13:43: Then will the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who has ears to hear: let Him hear.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.2Co 3:7: 8: 18: But if the ministration of death: written and engraven in stones: was glorious: so that the children of Israel not could stedfastly look the face of Moses for the glory of his face; which glory was to be done away:
7
Stephen’s Defense
Patriarchal Narratives
ειπεν δε ο αρχιερευς ει αρα ταυτα ουτως εχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ΕἶπενEipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἶπενEipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεύςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεύςarchiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχει;echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει;echei
|
are?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
1
Then said the high priest, Are these things so?
Acts 7:1
Stats
Rank: #2779 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 8 words, 37 letters, 13 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε ο αρχιερευς ει αρα ταυτα ουτως εχει
Lit: Said then the high priest, If these things so are?
KJV: Then said the high priest, Are these things so?
References
"Are"Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Mt 26:61: 62: Said: This fellow said: I am able to destroy the temple of God: and to build it in 3 days.Mr 14:58-60: We heard him say: I will destroy this temple that is made with hands: and within 3 days I will build another made without hands.Joh 18:19-21: 33-35: The high priest then asked Jesus of His disciples: and of His doctrine.
ο δε εφη ανδρες αδελφοι και πατερες ακουσατε ο θεος της δοξης ωφθη τω πατρι ημων αβρααμ οντι εν τη μεσοποταμια πριν η κατοικησαι αυτον εν χαρραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he began to speak:
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3962πατέρες,pateres (N-VMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρες,pateres
|
fathers,
|
N-VMP
|
G191ἀκούσατε.akousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσατε.akousate
|
listen!
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
of glory
|
N-GFS
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3962πατρὶpatri (N-DMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὶpatri
|
father
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-DMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham,
|
N-DMS
|
G1510ὄντιonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντιonti
|
being
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3318ΜεσοποταμίᾳMesopotamia (N-DFS)
G3318 Μεσοποταμία Mesopotamía mes-op-ot-am-ee-ah from μέσος and ποταμός; Mesopotamia (as lying between the Euphrates and the Tigris; compare אֲרַם נַהֲרַיִם), a region of Asia:--Mesopotamia.
|
ΜεσοποταμίᾳMesopotamia
|
Mesopotamia,
|
N-DFS
|
G4250πρὶνprin (Adv)
G4250 πρίν prín prin adverb from πρό; prior, sooner:--before (that), ere.
|
πρὶνprin
|
before
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
rather
|
Conj
|
G2730κατοικῆσαιkatoikēsai (V-ANA)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικῆσαιkatoikēsai
|
dwelling
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
his
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5488Χαρράν,Charran (N-DFS)
G5488 Χαῤῥάν Charrhán khar-hran of Hebrew origin (חָרָן); Charrhan (i.e. Charan), a place in Mesopotamia:--Charran.
|
Χαρράν,Charran
|
Haran,
|
N-DFS
|
2
He said, Men, brothers, and fathers, listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham, when He was in Mesopotamia, before He dwelt in Charran,
Acts 7:2
Stats
Rank: #2403 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 20 words, 122 letters, 48 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εφη ανδρες αδελφοι και πατερες ακουσατε ο θεος της δοξης ωφθη τω πατρι ημων αβρααμ οντι εν τη μεσοποταμια πριν η κατοικησαι αυτον εν χαρραν
Lit: And he began to speak: Men, brothers, and fathers, listen! The God of glory appeared to the father of us Abraham, being in Mesopotamia, before rather dwelling his in Haran,
KJV: And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken; The God of glory appeared unto our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran,
References
"Men"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 23:7: When he had so said: there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sadducees: and the multitude was divided."The God"Ps 24:7: 10: Lift up your heads: O you gates; and be you lift up: you everlasting doors; and the King of glory will come in.Ps 29:3: The voice of the LORD is upon the waters: the God of glory thunders: the LORD is upon many waters.Isa 6:3: One cried to another: and said: Holy: holy: holy: is the LORD of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 12:41: These things said Isaiah: when he saw his glory: and spoke of him.2Co 4:4-6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Tit 2:13: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Re 5:12: 13: Saying with a loud voice: Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power: and riches: and wisdom: and strength: and honour: and glory: and blessing."appeared"Ge 12:1: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Ne 9:7: You are the LORD the God: who did choose Abram: and brought Him forth out of Ur of the Chaldees: and gave Him the name of Abraham;Isa 51:2: Look to Abraham your father: and to Sarah that bare you: for I called him alone: and blessed him: and increased him."when"Jos 24:2: Joshua said to all the people: Thus says the LORD God of Israel: your fathers dwelt on the other side of the flood in old time: even Terah: the father of Abraham: and the father of Nachor: and they served other gods."Charran"Ge 11:31: Terah took Abram his son: and Lot the son of Haran his son's son: and Sarai his daughter in law: his son Abram's wife; and they went forth with them from Ur of the Chaldees: to go into the land of Canaan; and they came to Haran: and dwelt there.Ge 12:5: Abram took Sarai his wife: and Lot his brother's son: and all their substance that they had gathered: and the souls that they had gotten in Haran; and they went forth to go into the land of Canaan; and into the land of Canaan they came.Ge 29:4: Jacob said to them: My brothers: where be you? And they said: Of Haran are we.
και ειπεν προς αυτον εξελθε εκ της γης σου και εκ της συγγενειας σου και δευρο εις γην ην αν σοι δειξω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1831ἜξελθεExelthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἜξελθεExelthe
|
Go out
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
country
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537‹ἐκ›ek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
‹ἐκ›ek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4772συγγενείαςsyngeneias (N-GFS)
G4772 συγγένεια syngéneia soong-ghen-i-ah from συγγενής; relationship, i.e. (concretely) relatives:--kindred.
|
συγγενείαςsyngeneias
|
kindred
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1204δεῦροdeuro (V-M-2S)
G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).
|
δεῦροdeuro
|
come
|
V-M-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1166δείξω.deixō (V-ASA-1S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείξω.deixō
|
I will show.’
|
V-ASA-1S
|
3
Said to him, Get you out of your country, and from your kindred, and come into the land which I will show you.
Acts 7:3
Stats
Rank: #8596 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 21 words, 90 letters, 31 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν προς αυτον εξελθε εκ της γης σου και εκ της συγγενειας σου και δευρο εις γην ην αν σοι δειξω
Lit: and He said to him, Go out from the country of you and from the kindred of you, and come into the land which to you I will show.’
KJV: And said unto him, Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and come into the land which I shall shew thee.
References
"Get"Ge 12:1: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Mt 10:37: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 14:33: So likewise: whoever he be of you that forsakes not all that he has: he cannot be my disciple.2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went."the land"Ge 13:14-17: The LORD said to Abram: after that Lot was separated from Him: Lift up now your eyes: and look from the place where you are northward: and southward: and eastward: and westward:Ge 15:7: He said to Him: I am the LORD that brought you out of Ur of the Chaldees: to give you this land to inherit it.Jos 24:3: I took your father Abraham from the other side of the flood: and led him throughout all the land of Canaan: and multiplied his seed: and gave him Isaac.Ne 9:8: found his heart faithful before you: and mad a covenant with him to give the land of the Canaanites: the Hittites: the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Jebusites: and the Girgashites: to give it: I say: to his seed: and have performed your words; for you are righteous:
τοτε εξελθων εκ γης χαλδαιων κατωκησεν εν χαρραν κακειθεν μετα το αποθανειν τον πατερα αυτου μετωκισεν αυτον εις την γην ταυτην εις ην υμεις νυν κατοικειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having gone out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
the land
|
N-GFS
|
G5466ΧαλδαίωνChaldaiōn (N-GMP)
G5466 Χαλδαῖος Chaldaîos khal-dah-yos probably of Hebrew or (כַּשְׂדִּי); a Chaldæan (i.e. Kasdi), or native or the region of the lower Euphrates:--Chaldæan.
|
ΧαλδαίωνChaldaiōn
|
of Chaldeans,
|
N-GMP
|
G2730κατῴκησενkatōkēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατῴκησενkatōkēsen
|
he dwelt
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5488Χαρράν.Charran (N-DFS)
G5488 Χαῤῥάν Charrhán khar-hran of Hebrew origin (חָרָן); Charrhan (i.e. Charan), a place in Mesopotamia:--Charran.
|
Χαρράν.Charran
|
Haran.
|
N-DFS
|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
And from there,
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G599ἀποθανεῖνapothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖνapothanein
|
died
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3351μετῴκισενmetōkisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3351 μετοικίζω metoikízō met-oy-kid-zo from the same as μετοικεσία; to transfer as a settler or captive, i.e colonize or exile:--carry away, remove into.
|
μετῴκισενmetōkisen
|
He removed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G2730κατοικεῖτε,katoikeite (V-PIA-2P)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖτε,katoikeite
|
dwell.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
4
Then came he out of the land of the Chaldaeans, and dwelt in Charran: and from there, when his father was dead, he removed him into this land, wherein you now dwell.Acts 7:4
Stats
Rank: #7898 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 165 characters, 27 words, 128 letters, 46 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε εξελθων εκ γης χαλδαιων κατωκησεν εν χαρραν κακειθεν μετα το αποθανειν τον πατερα αυτου μετωκισεν αυτον εις την γην ταυτην εις ην υμεις νυν κατοικειτε
Lit: Then having gone out from the land of Chaldeans, he dwelt in Haran. And from there, after died the father of him, He removed him into the land this, in which you now dwell.
KJV: Then came he out of the land of the Chaldaeans, and dwelt in Charran: and from thence, when his father was dead, he removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell.
References
"came"Ge 11:31: 32: Terah took Abram his son: and Lot the son of Haran his son's son: and Sarai his daughter in law: his son Abram's wife; and they went forth with them from Ur of the Chaldees: to go into the land of Canaan; and they came to Haran: and dwelt there.Ge 12:4: 5: So Abram departed: as the LORD had spoken to Him; and Lot went with Him: and Abram was 75 years old when He departed out of Haran.Isa 41:2: 9: Who raised up the righteous man from the east: called him to his foot: gave the nations before him: and made him rule over kings? he gave them as the dust to his sword: and as driven stubble to his bow.
και ουκ εδωκεν αυτω κληρονομιαν εν αυτη ουδε βημα ποδος και επηγγειλατο αυτω δουναι εις κατασχεσιν αυτην και τω σπερματι αυτου μετ αυτον ουκ οντος αυτω τεκνου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
He did give
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2817κληρονομίανklēronomian (N-AFS)
G2817 κληρονομία klēronomía klay-ron-om-ee-ah from κληρονόμος; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession:--inheritance.
|
κληρονομίανklēronomian
|
an inheritance
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Conj
|
G968βῆμαbēma (N-ANS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βῆμαbēma
|
the length
|
N-ANS
|
G4228ποδός,podos (N-GMS)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδός,podos
|
of a foot;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1861ἐπηγγείλατοepēngeilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπηγγείλατοepēngeilato
|
He promised
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2697κατάσχεσινkataschesin (N-AFS)
G2697 κατάσχεσις katáschesis kat-as-khes-is from κατέχω; a holding down, i.e. occupancy:--possession.
|
κατάσχεσινkataschesin
|
a possession
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4690σπέρματιspermati (N-DNS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματιspermati
|
descendants
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
after
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
there being
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5043τέκνου.teknou (N-GNS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνου.teknou
|
a child.
|
N-GNS
|
5
He gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child.Acts 7:5
Stats
Rank: #7932 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 37 words, 148 letters, 60 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ εδωκεν αυτω κληρονομιαν εν αυτη ουδε βημα ποδος και επηγγειλατο αυτω δουναι εις κατασχεσιν αυτην και τω σπερματι αυτου μετ αυτον ουκ οντος αυτω τεκνου
Lit: And not He did give to him an inheritance in it, not even the length of a foot; but He promised to give to him for a possession it, and to the descendants of him after him, not there being to him a child.
KJV: And he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when [as yet] he had no child.
References
"he gave"Ge 23:4: I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you: that I may bury my dead out of my sight.Ps 105:11: 12: Saying: To you will I give the land of Canaan: the lot of your inheritance:Heb 11:9: 10: 13-16: By faith he sojourned in the land of promise: as in a strange country: dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob: the heirs with him of the same promise:"not"De 2:5: not Meddle with them; for I not will give you of their land: no: not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given mount Seir to Esau for a possession."yet"Ge 12:7: The LORD appeared to Abram: and said: To your seed will I give this land: and there built He an altar to the LORD: who appeared to Him.Ge 13:15: For all the land which you see: to you will I give it: and to your seed for ever.Ge 15:3: 18: Abram said: Look: to me you have given no seed: and: indeed: one born in my house is my heir.Ge 17:8: I will give to you: and to your seed after you: the land wherein you are a stranger: all the land of Canaan: for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.Ge 26:3: Sojourn in this land: and I will be with you: and will bless you; for to you: and to your seed: I will give all these countries: and I will perform the oath which I sware to Abraham your father;Ge 28:13-15: And: look: the LORD stood above it: and said: I am the LORD God of Abraham your father: and the God of Isaac: the land whereon you lie: to you will I give it: and to your seed;Ex 6:7: 8: I will take you to me for a people: and I will be to you a God: and you will know that I am the LORD your God: which brings you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians.De 6:10: 11: It will be: when the LORD your God will have brought you into the land which He sware to your fathers: to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: to give you great and goodly cities: which you not buildedst: De 9:5: Not for your righteousness: or for the uprightness of your heart: do you go to possess their land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD your God does drive them out from before you: and that He may perform the word which the LORD sware to your fathers: Abraham: Isaac: and Jacob.De 10:11: The LORD said to me: Arise: take your journey before the people: that they may go in and possess the land: which I sware to their fathers to give to them.De 11:9: That you may prolong your days in the land: which the LORD sware to your fathers to give to them and to their seed: a land that flows with milk and honey.De 34:4: The LORD said to Him: This is the land which I sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: saying: I will give it to your seed: I have caused you to see it with your eyes: but you will not go over there.Ne 9:8: found his heart faithful before you: and mad a covenant with him to give the land of the Canaanites: the Hittites: the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Jebusites: and the Girgashites: to give it: I say: to his seed: and have performed your words; for you are righteous:Ps 105:8-11: He has remembered his covenant for ever: the word which he commanded to a000 generations."when"Ge 15:2-5: Abram said: Lord GOD: what will you give me: seeing I go childless: and the steward of my house is this Eliezer of Damascus?Ge 16:2: Sarai said to Abram: Look now: the LORD has restrained me from bearing: I pray you: go in to my maid; it may be that I may obtain children by her. And Abram listened to the voice of Sarai.Ge 17:16-19: I will bless her: and give you a son also of her: yes: I will bless her: and she will be a mother of nations; kings of people will be of her.
ελαλησεν δε ουτως ο θεος οτι εσται το σπερμα αυτου παροικον εν γη αλλοτρια και δουλωσουσιν αυτο και κακωσουσιν ετη τετρακοσια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
Spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2316Θεὸς,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεὸς,Theos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4690σπέρμαsperma (N-NNS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμαsperma
|
seed
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3941πάροικονparoikon (Adj-NNS)
G3941 πάροικος pároikos par-oy-kos from παρά and οἶκος; having a home near, i.e. (as noun) a by-dweller (alien resident):--foreigner, sojourn, stranger.
|
πάροικονparoikon
|
a sojourner
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῇgē (N-DFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῇgē
|
a land
|
N-DFS
|
G245ἀλλοτρίᾳ,allotria (Adj-DFS)
G245 ἀλλότριος allótrios al-lot-ree-os from ἄλλος; anothers, i.e. not ones own; by extension foreign, not akin, hostile:--alien, (an-)other (mans, mens), strange(-r).
|
ἀλλοτρίᾳ,allotria
|
strange,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1402δουλώσουσινdoulōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1402 δουλόω doulóō doo-lo-o from δοῦλος; to enslave (literally or figuratively):--bring into (be under) bondage, X given, become (make) servant.
|
δουλώσουσινdoulōsousin
|
they will enslave
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
it,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2559κακώσουσινkakōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2559 κακόω kakóō kak-o-o from κακός; to injure; figuratively, to exasperate:--make evil affected, entreat evil, harm, hurt, vex.
|
κακώσουσινkakōsousin
|
will mistreat it
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-ANP
|
G5071τετρακόσια·tetrakosia (Adj-ANP)
G5071 τετρακόσιοι tetrakósioi tet-rak-os-ee-ah plural from τέσσαρες and ἑκατόν; four hundred:--four hundred.
|
τετρακόσια·tetrakosia
|
four hundred.
|
Adj-ANP
|
6
God spoke on this wise, That His seed should sojourn in a strange land; and that they should bring them into bondage, and entreat them evil 400 years.
Acts 7:6
Stats
Rank: #8077 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 27 words, 130 letters, 47 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελαλησεν δε ουτως ο θεος οτι εσται το σπερμα αυτου παροικον εν γη αλλοτρια και δουλωσουσιν αυτο και κακωσουσιν ετη τετρακοσια
Lit: Spoke however thus God that will be the seed of him a sojourner in a land strange, and they will enslave it, and will mistreat it years four hundred.
KJV: And God spake on this wise, That his seed should sojourn in a strange land; and that they should bring them into bondage, and entreat them evil four hundred years.
References
"That"Ge 15:13: 16: He said to Abram: Know of a surety that your seed will be a stranger in a land that is not theirs: and will serve them; and they will afflict them 400 years;"four"Ex 12:40: 41: Now the sojourning of the children of Israel: who dwelt in Egypt: was 430 years.Ga 3:17: This I say: that the covenant: that was confirmed before of God in Christ: the law: which was 430 years after: cannot disannul: that it should make the promise of none effect.
και το εθνος ω εαν δουλευσωσιν κρινω εγω ειπεν ο θεος και μετα ταυτα εξελευσονται και λατρευσουσιν μοι εν τω τοπω τουτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1398δουλεύσουσινdouleusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1398 δουλεύω douleúō dool-yoo-o from δοῦλος; to be a slave to (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary):--be in bondage, (do) serve(-ice).
|
δουλεύσουσινdouleusousin
|
they will be in bondage,
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2919κρινῶkrinō (V-FIA-1S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινῶkrinō
|
will judge
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1473ἐγώ,egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ,egō
|
I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπεν,eipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπεν,eipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1831ἐξελεύσονταιexeleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελεύσονταιexeleusontai
|
they will come forth
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3000λατρεύσουσίνlatreusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύσουσίνlatreusousin
|
will serve
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5117τόπῳtopō (N-DMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπῳtopō
|
place
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ.toutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ.toutō
|
this.’
|
DPro-DMS
|
7
The nation to whom they will be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that will they come forth, and serve me in this place.Acts 7:7
Stats
Rank: #8106 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 25 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το εθνος ω εαν δουλευσωσιν κρινω εγω ειπεν ο θεος και μετα ταυτα εξελευσονται και λατρευσουσιν μοι εν τω τοπω τουτω
Lit: And the nation to which if they will be in bondage, will judge I, God said, and after these things they will come forth and will serve Me in the place this.’
KJV: And the nation to whom they shall be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve me in this place.
References
"the nation"Ge 15:14-16: Also that nation: whom they will serve: will I judge: and afterward will they come out with great substance.Ex 7:1-14: The LORD said to Moses: See: I have made you a god to Pharaoh: and Aaron your brother will be your prophet.Ne 9:9-11: did see the affliction of our fathers in Egypt: and heard their cry by the Red sea;Ps 74:12-14: For God is my King of old: working salvation in the middle of the earth.Ps 78:43-51: How he had wrought his signs in Egypt: and his wonders in the field of Zoan:Ps 105:27-36: They showed his signs among them: and wonders in the land of Ham.Ps 135:8: 9: Who smote the firstborn of Egypt: both of man and beast.Ps 136:10-15: To him that smote Egypt in their firstborn: for his mercy endureth for ever:Isa 51:9: 10: Awake: awake: put on strength: O arm of the LORD; awake: as in the ancient days: in the generations of old. Are you not it that has cut Rahab: and wounded the dragon?"and serve"Ex 3:12: He said: Certainly I will be with you; and this will be a token to you: that I have sent you: When you have brought forth the people out of Egypt: you will serve God upon this mountain.
και εδωκεν αυτω διαθηκην περιτομης και ουτως εγεννησεν τον ισαακ και περιετεμεν αυτον τη ημερα τη ογδοη και ο ισαακ τον ιακωβ και ο ιακωβ τους δωδεκα πατριαρχας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
He gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1242διαθήκηνdiathēkēn (N-AFS)
G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηνdiathēkēn
|
the covenant
|
N-AFS
|
G4061περιτομῆς·peritomēs (N-GFS)
G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.
|
περιτομῆς·peritomēs
|
of circumcision;
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1080ἐγέννησενegennēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγέννησενegennēsen
|
he begat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-AMS)
G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4059περιέτεμενperietemen (V-AIA-3S)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιέτεμενperietemen
|
circumcised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3590ὀγδόῃ,ogdoē (Adj-DFS)
G3590 ὄγδοος ógdoos og-do-os from ὀκτώ; the eighth:--eighth.
|
ὀγδόῃ,ogdoē
|
eighth;
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-NMS)
G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac
|
N-NMS
|
G2384Ἰακώβ,Iakōb (N-AMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
Ἰακώβ,Iakōb
|
Jacob,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-NMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3966πατριάρχας.patriarchas (N-AMP)
G3966 πατριάρχης patriárchēs pat-ree-arkh-ace from πατριά and ἄρχω; a progenitor (patriarch):--patriarch.
|
πατριάρχας.patriarchas
|
patriarchs.
|
N-AMP
|
8
He gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begot Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begot Jacob; and Jacob begot the 12 patriarchs.Acts 7:8
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 21 words, 138 letters, 54 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδωκεν αυτω διαθηκην περιτομης και ουτως εγεννησεν τον ισαακ και περιετεμεν αυτον τη ημερα τη ογδοη και ο ισαακ τον ιακωβ και ο ιακωβ τους δωδεκα πατριαρχας
Lit: And He gave to him the covenant of circumcision; and thus he begat Isaac and circumcised him on the day eighth; and Isaac Jacob, and Jacob the twelve patriarchs.
KJV: And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac [begat] Jacob; and Jacob [begat] the twelve patriarchs.
References
"the covenant"Ge 17:9-14: God said to Abraham: You will keep my covenant therefore: you: and your seed after you in their generations.Joh 7:22: Moses therefore gave to you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses: but of the fathers;) and you on the sabbath day circumcise a man.Ro 4:10: How was it then reckoned? when he was in circumcision: or in uncircumcision? Not in circumcision: but in uncircumcision.Ga 3:15: 17: Brothers: I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man's covenant: yet if it be confirmed: no man disannuls: or adds thereto."and so"Ge 17:12: he who is 8 days old will be circumcised among you: every man child in your generations: he who is born in the house: or bought with money of any stranger: which is not of your seed.Ge 21:1-4: The LORD visited Sarah as He had said: and the LORD did to Sarah as He had spoken."and Isaac"Ge 25:21-26: Isaac intreated the LORD for His wife: because she was barren: and the LORD was intreated of Him: and Rebekah His wife conceived.1Ch 1:34: Abraham begot Isaac. The sons of Isaac; Esau and Israel.Mt 1:2: Abraham begot Isaac; and Isaac begot Jacob; and Jacob begot Judas and his brothers;Ro 9:9-13: For this is the word of promise: At this time will I come: and Sara will have a son."and Jacob"Ge 29:31-35: When the LORD saw that Leah was hated: He opened her womb: but Rachel was barren.Ge 30:1-24: When Rachel saw that she bare Jacob no children: Rachel envied her sister; and said to Jacob: Give me children: or else I die.Ge 35:16: 23-26: They journeyed from Bethel; and there was but a little way to come to Ephrath: and Rachel travailed: and she had hard labour.Ex 1:1-4: Now these are the names of the children of Israel: which came into Egypt; every man and his household came with Jacob.1Ch 2:1: 2: These are the sons of Israel; Reuben: Simeon: Levi: and Judah: Issachar: and Zebulun: "patriarchs"Ac 2:29: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Heb 7:4: Now consider how great this man was: to whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.
Joseph Sold into Egypt
και οι πατριαρχαι ζηλωσαντες τον ιωσηφ απεδοντο εις αιγυπτον και ην ο θεος μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3966πατριάρχαιpatriarchai (N-NMP)
G3966 πατριάρχης patriárchēs pat-ree-arkh-ace from πατριά and ἄρχω; a progenitor (patriarch):--patriarch.
|
πατριάρχαιpatriarchai
|
patriarchs,
|
N-NMP
|
G2206ζηλώσαντεςzēlōsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζηλώσαντεςzēlōsantes
|
having envied
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-AMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph,
|
N-AMS
|
G591ἀπέδοντοapedonto (V-AIM-3P)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπέδοντοapedonto
|
sold him
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G125Αἴγυπτον·Aigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον·Aigypton
|
Egypt.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
9
The patriarchs, moved with envy, sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with Him,Acts 7:9
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 20 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι πατριαρχαι ζηλωσαντες τον ιωσηφ απεδοντο εις αιγυπτον και ην ο θεος μετ αυτου
Lit: And the patriarchs, having envied Joseph, sold him into Egypt. But was God with him,
KJV: And the patriarchs, moved with envy, sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with him,
References
"moved"Ge 37:4-11: When his brothers saw that their father loved him more than all his brothers: they hated him: and not could speak peaceably to him.Ge 49:23: The archers have sorely grieved him: and shot at him: and hated him:Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him."sold"Ge 37:18-29: When they saw him afar off: even before he came near to them: they conspired against him to kill him.Ge 45:4: Joseph said to his brothers: Come near to me: I pray you. And they came near. And he said: I am Joseph your brother: whom you sold into Egypt.Ge 50:15-20: When Joseph's brothers saw that their father was dead: they said: Joseph will perhaps hate us: and will certainly requite us all the evil which we did to him.Ps 105:17: He sent a man before them: even Joseph: who was sold for a servant:"but"Ge 39:2: 5: 21-23: The LORD was with Joseph: and He was a prosperous man; and He was in the house of His master the Egyptian.Ge 49:24: But His bow abode in strength: and the arms of His hands were made strong by the hands of the mighty God of Jacob; (from there is the shepherd: the stone of Israel:)Isa 41:10: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.
και εξειλετο αυτον εκ πασων των θλιψεων αυτου και εδωκεν αυτω χαριν και σοφιαν εναντιον φαραω βασιλεως αιγυπτου και κατεστησεν αυτον ηγουμενον επ αιγυπτον και ολον τον οικον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1807ἐξείλατοexeilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1807 ἐξαιρέω exairéō ex-ahee-reh-o from ἐκ and αἱρέομαι; actively, to tear out; middle voice, to select; figuratively, to release:--deliver, pluck out, rescue.
|
ἐξείλατοexeilato
|
rescued
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3956πασῶνpasōn (Adj-GFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πασῶνpasōn
|
all
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2347θλίψεωνthlipseōn (N-GFP)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεωνthlipseōn
|
tribulations
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
favor
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G1726ἐναντίονenantion (Prep)
G1726 ἐναντίον enantíon en-an-tee-on neuter of ἐναντίος; (adverbially) in the presence (view) of:--before, in the presence of.
|
ἐναντίονenantion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G5328ΦαραὼPharaō (N-GMS)
G5328 Φαραώ Pharaṓ far-ah-o of foreign origin (פַּרְעֹה); Pharao (i.e. Pharoh), an Egyptian king:--Pharaoh.
|
ΦαραὼPharaō
|
Pharaoh,
|
N-GMS
|
G935βασιλέωςbasileōs (N-GMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωςbasileōs
|
king
|
N-GMS
|
G125Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou (N-GFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou
|
of Egypt;
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2525κατέστησενkatestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
κατέστησενkatestēsen
|
he appointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2233ἡγούμενονhēgoumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγούμενονhēgoumenon
|
ruler
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G125ΑἴγυπτονAigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἴγυπτονAigypton
|
Egypt,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909[ἐφ’]eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
[ἐφ’]eph’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
10
Delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favour and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house.Acts 7:10
Stats
Rank: #1647 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 31 words, 135 letters, 52 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξειλετο αυτον εκ πασων των θλιψεων αυτου και εδωκεν αυτω χαριν και σοφιαν εναντιον φαραω βασιλεως αιγυπτου και κατεστησεν αυτον ηγουμενον επ αιγυπτον και ολον τον οικον αυτου
Lit: and rescued him out of all the tribulations of him, and gave him favor and wisdom before Pharaoh, king of Egypt; and he appointed him ruler over Egypt, and over all the house of him.
KJV: And delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favour and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house.
References
"delivered"Ge 48:16: The Angel which redeemed me from all evil: bless the lads; and let my name be named on them: and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaac; and let them grow into a multitude in the middle of the earth.Ps 22:24: For he has not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the afflicted; neither has he hid his face from him; but when he cried to him: he heard.Ps 34:17-19: The righteous cry: and the LORD hears: and delivers them out of all their troubles.Ps 37:40: The LORD will help them: and deliver them: He will deliver them from the wicked: and save them: because they trust in Him.Ps 40:1-3: A Psalm of David.>> I waited patiently for the LORD; and He inclined to me: and heard my cry.2Ti 4:18: The Lord will deliver me from every evil work: and will preserve me to His heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy.Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb."gave"Ge 41:12-46: there was there with us a young man: an Hebrew: servant to the captain of the guard; and we told him: and he interpreted to us our dreams; to each man according to his dream he did interpret.Ge 42:6: Joseph was the governor over the land: and he it was that sold to all the people of the land: and Joseph's brothers came: and bowed down themselves before him with their faces to the earth.Ge 44:18: Then Judah came near to him: and said: Oh my lord: let your servant: I pray you: speak a word in my lord's ears: and not let your anger burn against your servant: for you are even as Pharaoh.Ge 45:8: 9: So now it was not you that sent me here: but God: and He has made me a father to Pharaoh: and lord of all His house: and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt.Ps 105:19-22: Until the time that His word came: the word of the LORD tried Him.Pr 2:6: For the LORD gives wisdom: out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding.Pr 3:4: So will you find favour and good understanding in the sight of God and man.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.
ηλθεν δε λιμος εφ ολην την γην αιγυπτου και χανααν και θλιψις μεγαλη και ουχ ευρισκον χορτασματα οι πατερες ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064Ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἦλθενēlthen
|
Came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3042λιμὸςlimos (N-NMS)
G3042 λιμός limós lee-mos probably from λείπω (through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of food:--dearth, famine, hunger.
|
λιμὸςlimos
|
a famine
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G125ΑἴγυπτονAigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἴγυπτονAigypton
|
of Egypt
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5477ΧανάανChanaan (N-AFS)
G5477 Χαναάν Chanaán khan-ah-an of Hebrew origin (כְּנַעַן); Chanaan (i.e. Kenaan), the early name of Palestine:--Chanaan.
|
ΧανάανChanaan
|
Canaan,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2347θλῖψιςthlipsis (N-NFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψιςthlipsis
|
affliction
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147ηὕρισκονhēuriskon (V-IIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
ηὕρισκονhēuriskon
|
were finding
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5527χορτάσματαchortasmata (N-ANP)
G5527 χόρτασμα chórtasma khor-tas-mah from χορτάζω; forage, i.e. food:--sustenance.
|
χορτάσματαchortasmata
|
sustenance
|
N-ANP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
11
Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance.Acts 7:11
Stats
Rank: #3002 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 98 letters, 38 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηλθεν δε λιμος εφ ολην την γην αιγυπτου και χανααν και θλιψις μεγαλη και ουχ ευρισκον χορτασματα οι πατερες ημων
Lit: Came then a famine upon all of Egypt and Canaan, and affliction great, and not were finding sustenance the fathers of us.
KJV: Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance.
References
"Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance."Ge 41:54-57: The 7 years of dearth began to come: according as Joseph had said: and the dearth was in all lands; but in all the land of Egypt there was bread.Ge 43:1: The famine was sore in the land.Ge 45:5: 6: 11: Now therefore not be grieved: nor angry with yourselves: that you sold me here: for God did send me before you to preserve life.Ge 47:13-15: there was no bread in all the land; for the famine was very sore: so that the land of Egypt and all the land of Canaan fainted by reason of the famine.Ps 105:16: Moreover he called for a famine upon the land: he brake the whole staff of bread.
ακουσας δε ιακωβ οντα σιτα εν αιγυπτω εξαπεστειλεν τους πατερας ημων πρωτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαςakousas
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-NMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-ANP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
there is
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G4621σιτίαsitia (N-ANP)
G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σιτίαsitia
|
grain
|
N-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G125ΑἴγυπτονAigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἴγυπτονAigypton
|
Egypt,
|
N-AFS
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen
|
he sent forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G4412πρῶτον·prōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτον·prōton
|
first;
|
Adv-S
|
12
But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first.Acts 7:12
Stats
Rank: #2348 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 22 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσας δε ιακωβ οντα σιτα εν αιγυπτω εξαπεστειλεν τους πατερας ημων πρωτον
Lit: Having heard now Jacob there is grain in Egypt, he sent forth the fathers of us first;
KJV: But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first.
References
"But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first."Ge 42:1-24: Now when Jacob saw that there was grain in Egypt: Jacob said to his sons: Why do you look one upon another?Ge 43:2: It came to pass: when they had eaten up the grain which they had brought out of Egypt: their father said to them: Go again: buy us a little food.
και εν τω δευτερω ανεγνωρισθη ιωσηφ τοις αδελφοις αυτου και φανερον εγενετο τω φαραω το γενος του ιωσηφ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1208δευτέρῳdeuterō (Adj-DNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρῳdeuterō
|
second time,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G319ἀνεγνωρίσθη*anegnōristhē (V-AIP-3S)
G319 ἀναγνωρίζομαι anagnōrízomai an-ag-no-rid-zom-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and γνωρίζω; to make (oneself) known:--be made known.
|
ἀνεγνωρίσθη*anegnōristhē
|
was made known
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-NMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5318φανερὸνphaneron (Adj-NNS)
G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερὸνphaneron
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5328ΦαραὼPharaō (N-DMS)
G5328 Φαραώ Pharaṓ far-ah-o of foreign origin (פַּרְעֹה); Pharao (i.e. Pharoh), an Egyptian king:--Pharaoh.
|
ΦαραὼPharaō
|
to Pharaoh
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-NNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
family
|
N-NNS
|
G2501Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph (N-GMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph
|
of Joseph.
|
N-GMS
|
13
At the second time Joseph was made known to his brothers; and Joseph's kindred was made known to Pharaoh.Acts 7:13
Stats
Rank: #2819 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 19 words, 89 letters, 31 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν τω δευτερω ανεγνωρισθη ιωσηφ τοις αδελφοις αυτου και φανερον εγενετο τω φαραω το γενος του ιωσηφ
Lit: and on the second time, was made known Joseph to brothers of him, and known became to Pharaoh the family of Joseph.
KJV: And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Joseph's kindred was made known unto Pharaoh.
References
"Joseph"Ge 45:1-18: Then Joseph not could refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried: Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him: while Joseph made himself known to his brothers.Ge 46:31-34: Joseph said to his brothers: and to his father's house: I will go up: and show Pharaoh: and say to him: My brothers: and my father's house: which were in the land of Canaan: are come to me;Ge 47:1-10: Then Joseph came and told Pharaoh: and said: My father and my brothers: and their flocks: and their herds: and all that they have: are come out of the land of Canaan; and: look: they are in the land of Goshen.
αποστειλας δε ιωσηφ μετεκαλεσατο τον πατερα αυτου ιακωβ και πασαν την συγγενειαν αυτου εν ψυχαις εβδομηκοντα πεντε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G649ἀποστείλαςaposteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαςaposteilas
|
Having sent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-NMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph,
|
N-NMS
|
G3333μετεκαλέσατοmetekalesato (V-AIM-3S)
G3333 μετακαλέω metakaléō met-ak-al-eh-o from μετά and καλέω; to call elsewhere, i.e. summon:--call (for, hither).
|
μετεκαλέσατοmetekalesato
|
he called for
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-AMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4772συγγένειανsyngeneian (N-AFS)
G4772 συγγένεια syngéneia soong-ghen-i-ah from συγγενής; relationship, i.e. (concretely) relatives:--kindred.
|
συγγένειανsyngeneian
|
kindred,
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in all
|
Prep
|
G5590ψυχαῖςpsychais (N-DFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχαῖςpsychais
|
souls
|
N-DFP
|
G1440ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta (Adj-DFP)
G1440 ἑβδομήκοντα hebdomḗkonta heb-dom-ay-kon-tah from ἕβδομος and a modified form of δέκα; seventy:--seventy, three score and ten.
|
ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta
|
seventy
|
Adj-DFP
|
G4002πέντε.pente (Adj-DFP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε.pente
|
five.
|
Adj-DFP
|
14
Then sent Joseph, and called his father Jacob to him, and all his kindred, threescore and 15 souls.Acts 7:14
Stats
Rank: #3424 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 15 words, 83 letters, 29 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποστειλας δε ιωσηφ μετεκαλεσατο τον πατερα αυτου ιακωβ και πασαν την συγγενειαν αυτου εν ψυχαις εβδομηκοντα πεντε
Lit: Having sent then Joseph, he called for Jacob, the father of him, and all the kindred, in all souls seventy five.
KJV: Then sent Joseph, and called his father Jacob to him, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls.
References
"sent"Ge 45:9-11: Haste you: and go up to my father: and say to Him: Thus says your son Joseph: God has made me lord of all Egypt: come down to me: not tarry:Ps 105:23: Israel also came into Egypt; and Jacob sojourned in the land of Ham."threescore"Ge 46:12: 26: 27: The sons of Judah; Er: and Onan: and Shelah: and Pharez: and Zerah: but Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan. And the sons of Pharez were Hezron and Hamul.De 10:22: Your fathers went down into Egypt with threescore and 10 persons; and now the LORD your God has made you as the stars of heaven for multitude.1Ch 2:5: 6: The sons of Pharez; Hezron: and Hamul.
Israel Oppressed in Egypt
κατεβη δε ιακωβ εις αιγυπτον και ετελευτησεν αυτος και οι πατερες ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2597κατέβηkatebē (V-AIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηkatebē
|
went down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-NMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G125Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton
|
Egypt
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5053ἐτελεύτησενeteleutēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
ἐτελεύτησενeteleutēsen
|
died,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
15
So Jacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers,Acts 7:15
Stats
Rank: #5126 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 9 words, 46 letters, 17 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατεβη δε ιακωβ εις αιγυπτον και ετελευτησεν αυτος και οι πατερες ημων
Lit: And went down Jacob into Egypt and died, he and the fathers of us,
KJV: So Jacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers,
References
"Jacob"Ge 46:3-7: He said: I am God: the God of your father: not fear to go down into Egypt; for I will there make of you a great nation:Nu 20:15: How our fathers went down into Egypt: and we have dwelt in Egypt a long time; and the Egyptians vexed us: and our fathers:De 10:22: Your fathers went down into Egypt with threescore and 10 persons; and now the LORD your God has made you as the stars of heaven for multitude.De 26:5: you will speak and say before the LORD your God: A Syrian ready to perish was my father: and He went down into Egypt: and sojourned there with a few: and became there a nation: great: mighty: and populous:Jos 24:4: I gave to Isaac Jacob and Esau: and I gave to Esau mount Seir: to possess it; but Jacob and his children went down into Egypt."died"Ge 49:33: When Jacob had made an end of commanding his sons: he gathered up his feet into the bed: and yielded up the ghost: and was gathered to his people.Ex 1:6: Joseph died: and all his brothers: and all that generation.Heb 11:21: 22: By faith Jacob: when he was a dying: blessed both the sons of Joseph; and worshipped: leaning upon the top of his staff.
και μετετεθησαν εις {VAR1: συχεμ } {VAR2: σιχεμ } και ετεθησαν εν τω μνηματι ο ωνησατο αβρααμ τιμης αργυριου παρα των υιων {VAR1: εμμορ {VAR1: εμορ } {VAR2: του } συχεμ } {VAR2: σιχεμ }
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3346μετετέθησανmetetethēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3346 μετατίθημι metatíthēmi met-at-ith-ay-mee from μετά and τίθημι; to transfer, i.e. (literally) transport, (by implication) exchange, (reflexively) change sides, or (figuratively) pervert:--carry over, change, remove, translate, turn.
|
μετετέθησανmetetethēsan
|
they were carried over
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4966ΣυχὲμSychem (N-AFS)
G4966 Συχέμ Sychém soo-khem of Hebrew origin (שְׁכֶם); Sychem (i.e. Shekem), the name of a Canaanite and of a place in Palestine:--Sychem.
|
ΣυχὲμSychem
|
Shechem
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087ἐτέθησανetethēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἐτέθησανetethēsan
|
were placed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3418μνήματιmnēmati (N-DNS)
G3418 μνῆμα mnēma mnay-mah from μνάομαι; a memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνήματιmnēmati
|
tomb
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G5608ὠνήσατοōnēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G5608 ὠνέομαι ōnéomai o-neh-om-ahee middle voice from an apparently primary (a sum or price); to purchase (synonymous with the earlier πίμπρημι):-- buy.
|
ὠνήσατοōnēsato
|
had bought
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-NMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-NMS
|
G5092τιμῆςtimēs (N-GFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῆςtimēs
|
for a sum
|
N-GFS
|
G694ἀργυρίουargyriou (N-GNS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
ἀργυρίουargyriou
|
of silver
|
N-GNS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G1697Ἑμμὼρ*Hemmōr (N-GMS)
G1697 Ἐμμόρ Emmór em-mor of Hebrew origin (חֲמוֹר); Emmor (i.e. Chamor), a Canaanite:--Emmor.
|
Ἑμμὼρ*Hemmōr
|
of Hamor
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4966Συχέμ.Sychem (N-DFS)
G4966 Συχέμ Sychém soo-khem of Hebrew origin (שְׁכֶם); Sychem (i.e. Shekem), the name of a Canaanite and of a place in Palestine:--Sychem.
|
Συχέμ.Sychem
|
Shechem.
|
N-DFS
|
16
Were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for a sum of money of the sons of Emmor the father of Sychem.Acts 7:16
Stats
Rank: #5151 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 27 words, 113 letters, 42 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετετεθησαν εις {VAR1: συχεμ } {VAR2: σιχεμ } και ετεθησαν εν τω μνηματι ο ωνησατο αβρααμ τιμης αργυριου παρα των υιων {VAR1: εμμορ {VAR1: εμορ } {VAR2: του } συχεμ } {VAR2: σιχεμ }
Lit: and they were carried over into Shechem and were placed in the tomb which had bought Abraham for a sum of silver from the sons of Hamor in Shechem.
KJV: And were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for a sum of money of the sons of Emmor the father of Sychem.
References
"were"Ex 13:19: Moses took the bones of Joseph with Him: for He had straitly sworn the children of Israel: saying: God will surely visit you; and you will carry up my bones away here with you.Jos 24:32: The bones of Joseph: which the children of Israel brought up out of Egypt: buried they in Shechem: in a parcel of ground which Jacob bought of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem for 100 pieces of silver: and it became the inheritance of the children of Joseph."the sepulchre"Ge 33:9-20: Esau said: I have enough: my brother; keep that you have to yourself.Ge 35:19: Rachel died: and was buried in the way to Ephrath: which is Bethlehem.Ge 49:29-32: He charged them: and said to them: I am to be gathered to my people: bury me with my fathers in the cave that is in the field of Ephron the Hittite: "Emmor"Ge 34:2-31: When Shechem the son of Hamor the Hivite: prince of the country: saw her: he took her: and lay with her: and defiled her.
καθως δε ηγγιζεν ο χρονος της επαγγελιας ης ωμοσεν ο θεος τω αβρααμ ηυξησεν ο λαος και επληθυνθη εν αιγυπτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2531ΚαθὼςKathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
ΚαθὼςKathōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1448ἤγγιζενēngizen (V-IIA-3S)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἤγγιζενēngizen
|
was drawing near
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5550χρόνοςchronos (N-NMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνοςchronos
|
time
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promise
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
that
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3670ὡμολόγησενhōmologēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
ὡμολόγησενhōmologēsen
|
had made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G11Ἀβραάμ,Abraam (N-DMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
Ἀβραάμ,Abraam
|
to Abraham,
|
N-DMS
|
G837ηὔξησενēuxēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
ηὔξησενēuxēsen
|
increased
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4129ἐπληθύνθηeplēthynthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
ἐπληθύνθηeplēthynthē
|
multiplied
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G125Αἰγύπτῳ,Aigyptō (N-DFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτῳ,Aigyptō
|
Egypt,
|
N-DFS
|
17
But when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt,Acts 7:17
Stats
Rank: #5641 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθως δε ηγγιζεν ο χρονος της επαγγελιας ης ωμοσεν ο θεος τω αβρααμ ηυξησεν ο λαος και επληθυνθη εν αιγυπτω
Lit: As now was drawing near the time of the promise that had made God to Abraham, increased the people and multiplied in Egypt,
KJV: But when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt,
References
"when"Ac 7:6: God spoke on this wise: That His seed should sojourn in a strange land; and that they should bring them into bondage: and entreat them evil 400 years.Ge 15:13-16: He said to Abram: Know of a surety that your seed will be a stranger in a land that is not theirs: and will serve them; and they will afflict them 400 years;2Pe 3:8: 9: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day."the people"Ac 13:17: The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers: and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt: and with an high arm brought He them out of it.Ex 1:7-12: 20: The children of Israel were fruitful: and increased abundantly: and multiplied: and waxed exceeding mighty; and the land was filled with them.Ps 105:24: 25: He increased his people greatly; and made them stronger than their enemies.
αχρις ου ανεστη βασιλευς ετερος ος ουκ ηδει τον ιωσηφ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G450ἀνέστηanestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστηanestē
|
there arose
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G2087ἕτεροςheteros (Adj-NMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτεροςheteros
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G125Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton
|
Egypt,
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492ᾔδειēdei (V-LIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδειēdei
|
knew
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G2501Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph (N-AMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
Ἰωσήφ.Iōsēph
|
Joseph.
|
N-AMS
|
18
Till another king arose, which not knew Joseph.Acts 7:18
Stats
Rank: #6102 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 7 words, 38 letters, 13 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: αχρις ου ανεστη βασιλευς ετερος ος ουκ ηδει τον ιωσηφ
Lit: until that there arose king another over Egypt, who not knew Joseph.
KJV: Till another king arose, which knew not Joseph.
References
"Till another king arose, which knew not Joseph."Ex 1:8: Now there arose up a new king over Egypt: which not knew Joseph.
ουτος κατασοφισαμενος το γενος ημων εκακωσεν τους πατερας ημων του ποιειν εκθετα τα βρεφη αυτων εις το μη ζωογονεισθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G2686κατασοφισάμενοςkatasophisamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G2686 κατασοφίζομαι katasophízomai kat-as-of-id-zom-ahee middle voice from κατά and σοφίζω; to be crafty against, i.e. circumvent:--deal subtilly with.
|
κατασοφισάμενοςkatasophisamenos
|
having dealt treacherously with
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-ANS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
race
|
N-ANS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2559ἐκάκωσενekakōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2559 κακόω kakóō kak-o-o from κακός; to injure; figuratively, to exasperate:--make evil affected, entreat evil, harm, hurt, vex.
|
ἐκάκωσενekakōsen
|
he mistreated
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G1473[ἡμῶν]hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
[ἡμῶν]hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖνpoiein
|
making them
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1025βρέφηbrephē (N-ANP)
G1025 βρέφος bréphos bref-os of uncertain affinity; an infant (properly, unborn) literally or figuratively:--babe, (young) child, infant.
|
βρέφηbrephē
|
infants
|
N-ANP
|
G1570ἔκθεταektheta (Adj-ANP)
G1570 ἔκθετος ékthetos ek-thet-os from ἐκ and a derivative of τίθημι; put out, i.e. exposed to perish:--cast out.
|
ἔκθεταektheta
|
abandon
|
Adj-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2225ζωογονεῖσθαι.zōogoneisthai (V-PNM/P)
G2225 ζωογονέω zōogonéō dzo-og-on-eh-o from the same as ζῶον and a derivative of γίνομαι; to engender alive, i.e. (by analogy) to rescue (passively, be saved) from death:--live, preserve.
|
ζωογονεῖσθαι.zōogoneisthai
|
they would live.
|
V-PNM/P
|
19
The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entreated our fathers, so that they cast out their young children, to the end they not might live.Acts 7:19
Stats
Rank: #6515 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 24 words, 119 letters, 43 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος κατασοφισαμενος το γενος ημων εκακωσεν τους πατερας ημων του ποιειν εκθετα τα βρεφη αυτων εις το μη ζωογονεισθαι
Lit: He having dealt treacherously with the race of us, he mistreated the fathers of us, making them the infants abandon of them unto the not they would live.
KJV: The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entreated our fathers, so that they cast out their young children, to the end they might not live.
References
"The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entreated our fathers, so that they cast out their young children, to the end they might not live."Ex 1:9-22: He said to his people: Look: the people of the children of Israel are more and mightier than we:Ps 83:4: 5: They have said: Come: and let us cut them off from being a nation; that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance.Ps 105:25: He turned their heart to hate his people: to deal subtilly with his servants.Ps 129:1-3: > Many a time have they afflicted me from my youth: may Israel now say:Re 12:4: 5: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.
Moses Narrative
εν ω καιρω εγεννηθη μωσης και ην αστειος τω θεω ος ανετραφη μηνας τρεις εν τω οικω του πατρος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2540καιρῷkairō (N-DMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρῷkairō
|
time
|
N-DMS
|
G1080ἐγεννήθηegennēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγεννήθηegennēthē
|
was born
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3475Μωϋσῆς,Mōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσῆς,Mōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G791ἀστεῖοςasteios (Adj-NMS)
G791 ἀστεῖος asteîos as-ti-os from (a city); urbane, i.e. (by implication) handsome:--fair.
|
ἀστεῖοςasteios
|
beautiful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεῷ·Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ·Theō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G397ἀνετράφηanetraphē (V-AIP-3S)
G397 ἀνατρέφω anatréphō an-at-ref-o from ἀνά and τρέφω; to rear (physically or mentally):--bring up, nourish (up).
|
ἀνετράφηanetraphē
|
was brought up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962πατρός·patros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρός·patros
|
father.
|
N-GMS
|
20
In which time Moses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father's house 3 months:Acts 7:20
Stats
Rank: #6007 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 32 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ω καιρω εγεννηθη μωσης και ην αστειος τω θεω ος ανετραφη μηνας τρεις εν τω οικω του πατρος αυτου
Lit: In that time was born Moses, and he was beautiful to God, who was brought up months three in the house of the father.
KJV: In which time Moses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father's house three months:
References
"Moses"Ex 2:2-10: The woman conceived: and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child: she hid him 3 months."and was"1Sa 16:12: He sent: and brought Him in. Now He was ruddy: and withal of a beautiful face: and goodly to look to. And the LORD said: Arise: anoint Him: for this is He.Heb 11:23: By faith Moses: when he was born: was hid 3 months of his parents: because they saw he was a proper child; and they not were afraid of the king's commandment.
εκτεθεντα δε αυτον ανειλετο αυτον η θυγατηρ φαραω και ανεθρεψατο αυτον εαυτη εις υιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1620ἐκτεθέντοςektethentos (V-APP-GMS)
G1620 ἐκτίθημι ektíthēmi ek-tith-ay-mee from ἐκ and τίθημι; to expose; figuratively, to declare:--cast out, expound.
|
ἐκτεθέντοςektethentos
|
Having been set outside
|
V-APP-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G337ἀνείλατοaneilato (V-AIM-3S)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνείλατοaneilato
|
took up
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2364θυγάτηρthygatēr (N-NFS)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγάτηρthygatēr
|
daughter
|
N-NFS
|
G5328ΦαραὼPharaō (N-GMS)
G5328 Φαραώ Pharaṓ far-ah-o of foreign origin (פַּרְעֹה); Pharao (i.e. Pharoh), an Egyptian king:--Pharaoh.
|
ΦαραὼPharaō
|
of Pharaoh,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G397ἀνεθρέψατοanethrepsato (V-AIM-3S)
G397 ἀνατρέφω anatréphō an-at-ref-o from ἀνά and τρέφω; to rear (physically or mentally):--bring up, nourish (up).
|
ἀνεθρέψατοanethrepsato
|
brought up
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1438ἑαυτῇheautē (RefPro-DF3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῇheautē
|
for herself
|
RefPro-DF3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5207υἱόν.huion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱόν.huion
|
a son.
|
N-AMS
|
21
When he was cast out, Pharaoh's daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son.
Acts 7:21
Stats
Rank: #5628 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 27 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκτεθεντα δε αυτον ανειλετο αυτον η θυγατηρ φαραω και ανεθρεψατο αυτον εαυτη εις υιον
Lit: Having been set outside then he, took up him the daughter of Pharaoh, and brought up him for herself for a son.
KJV: And when he was cast out, Pharaoh's daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son.
References
"when"Ex 2:2-10: The woman conceived: and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child: she hid him 3 months.De 32:26: I said: I would scatter them into corners: I would make the remembrance of them to cease from among men:"for"Heb 11:24: By faith Moses: when he was come to years: refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;
και επαιδευθη μωσης παση σοφια αιγυπτιων ην δε δυνατος εν λογοις και εν εργοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3811ἐπαιδεύθηepaideuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
ἐπαιδεύθηepaideuthē
|
was instructed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1722[ἐν]en (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
[ἐν]en
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4678σοφίᾳsophia (N-DFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίᾳsophia
|
the wisdom
|
N-DFS
|
G124Αἰγυπτίων,Aigyptiōn (Adj-GMP)
G124 Αἰγύπτιος Aigýptios ahee-goop-tee-os from Αἴγυπτος; an Ægyptian or inhabitant of Ægyptus:--Egyptian.
|
Αἰγυπτίων,Aigyptiōn
|
of the Egyptians;
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1415δυνατὸςdynatos (Adj-NMS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸςdynatos
|
mighty
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγοιςlogois (N-DMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιςlogois
|
words
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2041ἔργοιςergois (N-DNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργοιςergois
|
deeds
|
N-DNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
22
Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deeds.Acts 7:22
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 18 words, 75 letters, 26 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επαιδευθη μωσης παση σοφια αιγυπτιων ην δε δυνατος εν λογοις και εν εργοις
Lit: And was instructed Moses in all the wisdom of the Egyptians; he was now mighty in words and deeds of him.
KJV: And Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deeds.
References
"was learned"1Ki 4:29: God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much: and largeness of heart: even as the sand that is on the sea shore.2Ch 9:22: King Solomon passed all the kings of the earth in riches and wisdom.Isa 19:11: Surely the princes of Zoan are fools: the counsel of the wise counsellers of Pharaoh is become brutish: how say you to Pharaoh: I am the son of the wise: the son of ancient kings?Da 1:4: 17-20: Children in whom was no blemish: but well favoured: and skilful in all wisdom: and cunning in knowledge: and understanding science: and such as had ability in them to stand in the king's palace: and whom they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans."and was"Lu 24:19: He said to them: What things? And they said to Him: Concerning Jesus of Nazareth: which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people:
The Rejection and Flight of Moses
ως δε επληρουτο αυτω τεσσαρακονταετης χρονος ανεβη επι την καρδιαν αυτου επισκεψασθαι τους αδελφους αυτου τους υιους ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπληροῦτοeplērouto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπληροῦτοeplērouto
|
was fulfilled
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5063τεσσερακονταέτηςtesserakontaetēs (Adj-NMS)
G5063 τεσσαρακονταετής tessarakontaetḗs tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace from τεσσαράκοντα and ἔτος; of forty years of age:--(+ full, of) forty years (old).
|
τεσσερακονταέτηςtesserakontaetēs
|
of forty years
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5550χρόνος,chronos (N-NMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνος,chronos
|
a period,
|
N-NMS
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
it came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
mind
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1980ἐπισκέψασθαιepiskepsasthai (V-ANM)
G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.
|
ἐπισκέψασθαιepiskepsasthai
|
to visit
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5207υἱοὺςhuious (N-AMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὺςhuious
|
sons
|
N-AMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ.Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ.Israēl
|
of Israel.
|
N-GMS
|
23
When he was full 40 years old, it came into his heart to visit his brothers the children of Israel.Acts 7:23
Stats
Rank: #6645 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 20 words, 84 letters, 30 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε επληρουτο αυτω τεσσαρακονταετης χρονος ανεβη επι την καρδιαν αυτου επισκεψασθαι τους αδελφους αυτου τους υιους ισραηλ
Lit: When then was fulfilled to him of forty years a period, it came into the mind of him to visit the brothers of him, the sons of Israel.
KJV: And when he was full forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel.
References
"when"Ex 2:11: 12: It came to pass in those days: when Moses was grown: that he went out to his brothers: and looked on their burdens: and he spied an Egyptian smiting an Hebrew: one of his brothers.Heb 11:24-26: By faith Moses: when he was come to years: refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;"it came"Ex 35:21: 29: They came: every one whose heart stirred Him up: and every one whom His spirit made willing: and they brought the LORD's offering to the work of the tabernacle of the congregation: and for all His service: and for the holy garments.1Ch 29:17-19: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Ezr 1:1: 5: Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia: that the word of the LORD by the mouth of Jeremiah might be fulfilled: the LORD stirred up the spirit of Cyrus king of Persia: that He made a proclamation throughout all His kingdom: and put it also in writing: saying: Ezr 7:27: Blessed be the LORD God of our fathers: which has put such a thing as this in the king's heart: to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem:Pr 21:1: The king's heart is in the hand of the LORD: as the rivers of water: He turns it wherever He will.2Co 8:16: But thanks be to God: which put the same ear care into the heart of Titus for you.Php 2:12: 13: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning.Re 17:17: For God has put in their hearts to fulfil His will: and to agree: and give their kingdom to the beast: until the words of God will be fulfilled."to"Ac 15:36: Some days after Paul said to Barnabas: Let us go again and visit our brothers in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord: and see how they do.Ex 4:18: Moses went and returned to Jethro his father in law: and said to him: Let me go: I pray you: and return to my brothers which are in Egypt: and see whether they be yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses: Go in peace.
και ιδων τινα αδικουμενον ημυνατο και εποιησεν εκδικησιν τω καταπονουμενω παταξας τον αιγυπτιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδώνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδώνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
a certain one
|
IPro-AMS
|
G91ἀδικούμενονadikoumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικούμενονadikoumenon
|
being wronged,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G292ἠμύνατο,ēmynato (V-AIM-3S)
G292 ἀμύνομαι amýnomai am-oo-nom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to ward off (for oneself), i.e. protect:--defend.
|
ἠμύνατο,ēmynato
|
he defended him
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1557ἐκδίκησινekdikēsin (N-AFS)
G1557 ἐκδίκησις ekdíkēsis ek-dik-ay-sis from ἐκδικέω; vindication, retribution:--(a-, re-)venge(-ance), punishment.
|
ἐκδίκησινekdikēsin
|
vengeance
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G2669καταπονουμένῳkataponoumenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2669 καταπονέω kataponéō kat-ap-on-eh-o from κατά and a derivative of πόνος; to labor down, i.e. wear with toil (figuratively, harass):--oppress, vex.
|
καταπονουμένῳkataponoumenō
|
being oppressed,
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G3960πατάξαςpataxas (V-APA-NMS)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
πατάξαςpataxas
|
having struck down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G124Αἰγύπτιον.Aigyption (Adj-AMS)
G124 Αἰγύπτιος Aigýptios ahee-goop-tee-os from Αἴγυπτος; an Ægyptian or inhabitant of Ægyptus:--Egyptian.
|
Αἰγύπτιον.Aigyption
|
Egyptian.
|
Adj-AMS
|
24
Seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian:Acts 7:24
Stats
Rank: #7986 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 16 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδων τινα αδικουμενον ημυνατο και εποιησεν εκδικησιν τω καταπονουμενω παταξας τον αιγυπτιον
Lit: And having seen a certain one being wronged, he defended him and did vengeance for the one being oppressed, having struck down the Egyptian.
KJV: And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended [him], and avenged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian:
References
"And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian:"Ac 7:28: Will you kill me: as you did the Egyptian yesterday?Joh 18:10: 11: 25-27: Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it: and smote the high priest's servant: and cut off his right ear. The servant's name was Malchus.
ενομιζεν δε συνιεναι τους αδελφους αυτου οτι ο θεος δια χειρος αυτου διδωσιν αυτοις σωτηριαν οι δε ου συνηκαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3543ἐνόμιζενenomizen (V-IIA-3S)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
ἐνόμιζενenomizen
|
He was supposing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4920συνιέναιsynienai (V-PNA)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνιέναιsynienai
|
to understand
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G846[αὐτοῦ]autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
[αὐτοῦ]autou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
the hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1325δίδωσινdidōsin (V-PIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδωσινdidōsin
|
is giving
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4991σωτηρίανsōtērian (N-AFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίανsōtērian
|
salvation
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4920συνῆκαν.synēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνῆκαν.synēkan
|
they understood.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
25
For He supposed His brothers would have understood how that God by His hand would deliver them: but they not understood.Acts 7:25
Stats
Rank: #7931 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 20 words, 98 letters, 34 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ενομιζεν δε συνιεναι τους αδελφους αυτου οτι ο θεος δια χειρος αυτου διδωσιν αυτοις σωτηριαν οι δε ου συνηκαν
Lit: He was supposing now to understand the brothers of him that God by the hand of him is giving salvation them, but not they understood.
KJV: For he supposed his brethren would have understood how that God by his hand would deliver them: but they understood not.
References
"God"Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 15:4: 7: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.1Sa 14:45: The people said to Saul: Will Jonathan die: who has wrought this great salvation in Israel? God forbid: as the LORD lives: there will not one hair of His head fall to the ground; for He has wrought with God this day. So the people rescued Jonathan: that He not died.1Sa 19:5: For He did put His life in His hand: and killed the Philistine: and the LORD wrought a great salvation for all Israel: you saw it: and did rejoice: for what reason then will you sin against innocent blood: to kill David without a cause?2Ki 5:1: Now Naaman: captain of the host of the king of Syria: was a great man with His master: and honourable: because by Him the LORD had given deliverance to Syria: He was also a mighty man in valour: but He was a leper.Ro 15:18: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Col 1:29: To what I also labour: striving according to his working: which works in me mightily."but"Ps 106:7: Our fathers not understood your wonders in Egypt; they not remembered the multitude of your mercies; but provoked him at the sea: even at the Red sea.Mr 9:32: But they not understood that saying: and were afraid to ask him.Lu 9:45: But they not understood this saying: and it was hid from them: that they perceived not it: and they feared to ask him of that saying.Lu 18:34: They understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them: neither knew they the things which were spoken.
τη {VAR1: τε } {VAR2: δε } επιουση ημερα ωφθη αυτοις μαχομενοις και συνηλασεν αυτους εις ειρηνην ειπων ανδρες αδελφοι εστε υμεις ινα τι αδικειτε αλληλους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1966ἐπιούσῃepiousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epioûsa ep-ee-oo-sah feminine singular participle of a comparative of ἐπί and (to go); supervening, i.e. (ἡμέρα or νύξ being expressed or implied) the ensuing day or night:--following, next.,
|
ἐπιούσῃepiousē
|
following
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
he appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to those who
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3164μαχομένοις,machomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G3164 μάχομαι máchomai makh-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to war, i.e. (figuratively) to quarrel, dispute:--fight, strive.
|
μαχομένοις,machomenois
|
were quarreling
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4900συνήλλασσενsynēllassen (V-IIA-3S)
G4900 συνελαύνω synelaúnō soon-el-ow-no from σύν and ἐλαύνω; to drive together, i.e. (figuratively) exhort (to reconciliation):--+ set at one again.
|
συνήλλασσενsynēllassen
|
urged
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνηνeirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηνeirēnēn
|
peace,
|
N-AFS
|
G3004εἰπώνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπώνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G435Ἄνδρες,Andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
Ἄνδρες,Andres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἐστε·este (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε·este
|
you are.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2443ἱνα‿hina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἱνα‿hina
|
So that
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G91ἀδικεῖτεadikeite (V-PIA-2P)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικεῖτεadikeite
|
wrong you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G240ἀλλήλους;allēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλους;allēlous
|
one another?
|
RecPro-AMP
|
26
The next day he showed himself to them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sirs, you are brothers; why do you wrong one to another?
Acts 7:26
Stats
Rank: #8742 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 27 words, 124 letters, 46 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη {VAR1: τε } {VAR2: δε } επιουση ημερα ωφθη αυτοις μαχομενοις και συνηλασεν αυτους εις ειρηνην ειπων ανδρες αδελφοι εστε υμεις ινα τι αδικειτε αλληλους
Lit: On the and following day, he appeared to those who were quarreling and urged them to peace, having said, Men, brothers you are. So that why wrong you one another?
KJV: And the next day he shewed himself unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren; why do ye wrong one to another?
References
"the next"Ex 2:13-15: When he went out the second day: look: two men of the Hebrews strove together: and he said to him that did the wrong: For what reason smite you your fellow?"ye are"Ge 13:8: Abram said to Lot: Let there be no strife: I pray you: between me and you: and between my herdmen and your herdmen; for we be brothers.Ge 45:24: So he sent his brothers away: and they departed: and he said to them: See that you not fall out by the way.Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Pr 18:19: A brother offended is harder to be won than a strong city: and their contentions are like the bars of a castle.Joh 15:17: 18: These things I command you: that you love one another.1Co 6:6-8: But brother goes to law with brother: and that before the unbelievers.Php 2:1: 3: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 1Jo 3:11-15: For this is the message that you heard from the beginning: that we should love one another.
ο δε αδικων τον πλησιον απωσατο αυτον ειπων τις σε κατεστησεν αρχοντα και δικαστην εφ ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G91ἀδικῶνadikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῶνadikōn
|
mistreating
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4139πλησίονplēsion (Adv)
G4139 πλησίον plēsíon play-see-on neuter of a derivative of (near); (adverbially) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. fellow (as man, countryman, Christian or friend):--near, neighbour.
|
πλησίονplēsion
|
neighbor
|
Adv
|
G683ἀπώσατοapōsato (V-AIM-3S)
G683 ἀπωθέομαι apōthéomai ap-o-thom-ahee from ἀπό and the middle voice of or (to shove); to push off, figuratively, to reject:--cast away, put away (from), thrust away (from).
|
ἀπώσατοapōsato
|
pushed away
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004εἰπώνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπώνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2525κατέστησενkatestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
κατέστησενkatestēsen
|
appointed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G758ἄρχονταarchonta (N-AMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχονταarchonta
|
ruler
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1348δικαστὴνdikastēn (N-AMS)
G1348 δικαστής dikastḗs dik-as-tace from a derivative of δίκη; a judger:--judge.
|
δικαστὴνdikastēn
|
judge
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν;hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν;hēmōn
|
us?
|
PPro-G1P
|
27
But he who did his neighbour wrong thrust him away, saying, Who made you a ruler and a judge over us?
Acts 7:27
Stats
Rank: #8855 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 31 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αδικων τον πλησιον απωσατο αυτον ειπων τις σε κατεστησεν αρχοντα και δικαστην εφ ημας
Lit: The one however mistreating the neighbor pushed away him, having said, Who you appointed, ruler and judge over us?
KJV: But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge over us?
References
"he that"Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 5:33: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Ge 19:19: Look now: your servant has found grace in your sight: and you have magnified your mercy: which you have showed to me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain: lest some evil take me: and I die:1Sa 25:14: 15: But one of the young men told Abigail: Nabal's wife: saying: Look: David sent messengers out of the wilderness to greet our master; and he railed on them.Pr 9:7: 8: He who reproves a scorner gets to himself shame: and he who rebukes a wicked man gets himself a blot."Who"Ac 7:35: 39: This Moses whom they refused: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush.Ac 3:13-15: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 4:7: 11: 12: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Mt 21:23: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Lu 12:14: He said to him: Man: who made me a judge or a divider over you?Joh 18:36: 37: Jesus answered: My kingdom not is of this world: if my kingdom were of this world: then would my servants fight: that I not should be delivered to the Jews: but now is my not kingdom from here.Joh 19:12-15: From thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out: saying: If you let this man go: you are not Caesar's friend: whoever makes himself a king speaks against Caesar.
μη ανελειν με συ θελεις ον τροπον ανειλες χθες τον αιγυπτιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2309θέλειςtheleis (V-PIA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειςtheleis
|
desire,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
the same
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5158τρόπονtropon (N-AMS)
G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.
|
τρόπονtropon
|
way
|
N-AMS
|
G337ἀνεῖλεςaneiles (V-AIA-2S)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνεῖλεςaneiles
|
you put to death
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G5504ἐχθὲςechthes (Adv)
G5504 χθές chthés khthes of uncertain derivation; yesterday; by extension, in time past or hitherto:--yesterday.
|
ἐχθὲςechthes
|
yesterday
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G124Αἰγύπτιον;Aigyption (Adj-AMS)
G124 Αἰγύπτιος Aigýptios ahee-goop-tee-os from Αἴγυπτος; an Ægyptian or inhabitant of Ægyptus:--Egyptian.
|
Αἰγύπτιον;Aigyption
|
Egyptian?’
|
Adj-AMS
|
28
Will you kill me, as you did the Egyptian yesterday?Acts 7:28
Stats
Counts: 58 characters, 9 words, 47 letters, 17 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη ανελειν με συ θελεις ον τροπον ανειλες χθες τον αιγυπτιον
Lit: Not to kill me you desire, the same way you put to death yesterday the Egyptian?’
KJV: Wilt thou kill me, as thou diddest the Egyptian yesterday?
εφυγεν δε μωσης εν τω λογω τουτω και εγενετο παροικος εν γη μαδιαμ ου εγεννησεν υιους δυο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5343ἔφυγενephygen (V-AIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγενephygen
|
Fled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
remark
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ,toutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ,toutō
|
this,
|
DPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3941πάροικοςparoikos (Adj-NMS)
G3941 πάροικος pároikos par-oy-kos from παρά and οἶκος; having a home near, i.e. (as noun) a by-dweller (alien resident):--foreigner, sojourn, stranger.
|
πάροικοςparoikos
|
exiled
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῇgē (N-DFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῇgē
|
the land
|
N-DFS
|
G3099Μαδιάμ,Madiam (N-GMS)
G3099 Μαδιάν Madián mad-ee-on of Hebrew origin (מִדְיָן); Madian (i.e. Midian), a region of Arabia:--Madian.
|
Μαδιάμ,Madiam
|
of Midian,
|
N-GMS
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1080ἐγέννησενegennēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγέννησενegennēsen
|
he begat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5207υἱοὺςhuious (N-AMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὺςhuious
|
sons
|
N-AMP
|
G1417δύο.dyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο.dyo
|
two.
|
Adj-AMP
|
29
Then fled Moses at this saying, and was a stranger in the land of Madian, where he begot two sons.Acts 7:29
Stats
Rank: #7729 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφυγεν δε μωσης εν τω λογω τουτω και εγενετο παροικος εν γη μαδιαμ ου εγεννησεν υιους δυο
Lit: Fled then Moses at the remark this, and became exiled in the land of Midian, where he begat sons two.
KJV: Then fled Moses at this saying, and was a stranger in the land of Madian, where he begat two sons.
References
"Then fled Moses at this saying, and was a stranger in the land of Madian, where he begat two sons."Ex 2:14-22: He said: Who made you a prince and a judge over us? intend you to kill me: as you killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared: and said: Surely this thing is known.Ex 4:19: 20: The LORD said to Moses in Midian: Go: return into Egypt: for all the men are dead which sought your life."Midian"Ex 18:2-4: Then Jethro: Moses' father in law: took Zipporah: Moses' wife: after he had sent her back:
The Call of Moses
και πληρωθεντων ετων τεσσαρακοντα ωφθη αυτω εν τη ερημω του ορους σινα αγγελος κυριου εν φλογι πυρος βατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4137πληρωθέντωνplērōthentōn (V-APP-GNP)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρωθέντωνplērōthentōn
|
having been passed
|
V-APP-GNP
|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
years
|
N-GNP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-GNP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3735ὄρουςorous (N-GNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρουςorous
|
Mount
|
N-GNS
|
G4614ΣινᾶSina (N-GNS)
G4614 Σινᾶ Sinâ see-nah of Hebrew origin (סִינַי); Sina (i.e. Sinai), a mountain in Arabia:--Sina.
|
ΣινᾶSina
|
Sinai
|
N-GNS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
an angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5395φλογὶphlogi (N-DFS)
G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).
|
φλογὶphlogi
|
a flame
|
N-DFS
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G942βάτου.batou (N-GFS)
G942 βάτος bátos bat-os of uncertain derivation; a brier shrub:--bramble, bush.
|
βάτου.batou
|
of a bush.
|
N-GFS
|
30
When 40 years were expired, there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush.Acts 7:30
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 28 words, 109 letters, 44 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πληρωθεντων ετων τεσσαρακοντα ωφθη αυτω εν τη ερημω του ορους σινα αγγελος κυριου εν φλογι πυρος βατου
Lit: And having been passed years forty, appeared to him in the wilderness of the Mount Sinai an angel in a flame of fire of a bush.
KJV: And when forty years were expired, there appeared to him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush.
References
"when"Ac 7:17: But when the time of the promise drew nigh: which God had sworn to Abraham: the people grew and multiplied in Egypt: Ex 7:7: Moses was fourscore years old: and Aaron fourscore and 3 years old: when they spoke to Pharaoh."there"Ex 3:1: Now Moses kept the flock of Jethro His father in law: the priest of Midian: and He led the flock to the backside of the desert: and came to the mountain of God: even to Horeb.Ex 19:1: 2: In the third month: when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt: the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.1Ki 19:8: He arose: and did eat and drink: and went in the strength of that meat 40 days and 40 nights to Horeb the mount of God.Ga 4:25: For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia: and answers to Jerusalem which now is: and is in bondage with her children."an"Ac 7:32: 35: Saying: I am the God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled: and not durst look.Ge 16:7-13: The angel of the LORD found her by a fountain of water in the wilderness: by the fountain in the way to Shur.Ge 22:15-18: The angel of the LORD called to Abraham out of heaven the second time: Ge 32:24-30: Jacob was left alone; and there wrestled a man with him until the breaking of the day.Ge 48:15: 16: He blessed Joseph: and said: God: before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac did walk: the God which fed me all my life long to this day: Ex 3:2: 6: The angel of the LORD appeared to Him in a flame of fire out of the middle of a bush: and He looked: and: look: the bush burned with fire: and the bush was not consumed.Isa 63:9: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Ho 12:3-5: He took His brother by the heel in the womb: and by His strength He had power with God:Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts."in a flame"De 4:20: But the LORD has taken you: and brought you forth out of the iron furnace: even out of Egypt: to be to Him a people of inheritance: as you are this day.Ps 66:12: You have caused men to ride over our heads; we went through fire and through water: but you brought us out into a wealthy place.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Da 3:27: The princes: governors: and captains: and the king's counsellers: being gathered together: saw these men: upon whose bodies the fire had no power: nor was an hair of their head singed: neither were their coats changed: nor the smell of fire had passed on them."in a bush"Ac 7:35: This Moses whom they refused: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush.De 33:16: For the precious things of the earth and fulness thereof: and for the good will of him that dwelt in the bush: let the blessing come upon the head of Joseph: and upon the top of the head of him that was separated from his brothers.Mr 12:26: As touching the dead: that they rise: have you not read in the book of Moses: how in the bush God spoke to Him: saying: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob?Lu 20:37: Now that the dead are raised: even Moses showed at the bush: when He calls the Lord the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob.
ο δε μωσης ιδων εθαυμασεν το οραμα προσερχομενου δε αυτου κατανοησαι εγενετο φωνη κυριου προς αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen it,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2296ἐθαύμαζενethaumazen (V-IIA-3S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμαζενethaumazen
|
marveled at
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3705ὅραμα·horama (N-ANS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμα·horama
|
vision;
|
N-ANS
|
G4334προσερχομένουproserchomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχομένουproserchomenou
|
coming near
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2657κατανοῆσαιkatanoēsai (V-ANA)
G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατανοῆσαιkatanoēsai
|
to behold it,
|
V-ANA
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the voice
|
N-NFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord:
|
N-GMS
|
31
When Moses saw it, He wondered at the sight: and as He drew near to look it, the voice of the Lord came to Him,Acts 7:31
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 21 words, 87 letters, 34 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε μωσης ιδων εθαυμασεν το οραμα προσερχομενου δε αυτου κατανοησαι εγενετο φωνη κυριου προς αυτον
Lit: And Moses having seen it, marveled at the vision; coming near then of him to behold it, there was the voice of the Lord:
KJV: When Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight: and as he drew near to behold [it], the voice of the Lord came unto him,
References
"and as"Ex 3:3: 4: Moses said: I will now turn aside: and see this great sight: why the bush not is burnt.
εγω ο θεος των πατερων σου ο θεος αβρααμ και ο θεος ισαακ και ο θεος ιακωβ εντρομος δε γενομενος μωσης ουκ ετολμα κατανοησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I am
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
Fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
of Abraham,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-GMS)
G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
of Isaac,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2384Ἰακώβ.Iakōb (N-GMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
Ἰακώβ.Iakōb
|
of Jacob.’
|
N-GMS
|
G1790ἔντρομοςentromos (Adj-NMS)
G1790 ἔντρομος éntromos en-trom-os from ἐν and τρόμος; terrified:--X quake, X trembled.
|
ἔντρομοςentromos
|
Terrified
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5111ἐτόλμαetolma (V-IIA-3S)
G5111 τολμάω tolmáō tol-mah-o from (boldness; probably itself from the base of τέλος through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture (objectively or in act; while θαῤῥέω is rather subjective or in feeling); by implication, to be courageous:--be bold, boldly, dare, durst.
|
ἐτόλμαetolma
|
he dared
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2657κατανοῆσαι.katanoēsai (V-ANA)
G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατανοῆσαι.katanoēsai
|
to look.
|
V-ANA
|
32
Saying, I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and not durst look.
Acts 7:32
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 21 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ο θεος των πατερων σου ο θεος αβρααμ και ο θεος ισαακ και ο θεος ιακωβ εντρομος δε γενομενος μωσης ουκ ετολμα κατανοησαι
Lit: I am the God of the Fathers of you, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob.’ Terrified then having become Moses, not he dared to look.
KJV: Saying, I [am] the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not behold.
References
"I am"Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ge 50:24: Joseph said to His brothers: I die: and God will surely visit you: and bring you out of this land to the land which He sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob.Ex 3:6: 15: Moreover He said: I am the God of your father: the God of Abraham: the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid His face; for He was afraid to look upon God.Ex 4:5: That they may believe that the LORD God of their fathers: the God of Abraham: the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob: has appeared to you.Mt 22:32: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob? God not is the God of the dead: but of the living.Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city."Then"Ac 9:4-6: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ge 28:13-17: And: look: the LORD stood above it: and said: I am the LORD God of Abraham your father: and the God of Isaac: the land whereon you lie: to you will I give it: and to your seed;Ex 33:20: He said: You not canst see my face: for there will no man see me: and live.1Ki 19:13: It was so: when Elijah heard it: that he wrapped his face in his mantle: and went out: and stood in the entering in of the cave. And: look: there came a voice to him: and said: What do you here: Elijah?Job 4:14: Fear came upon me: and trembling: which made all my bones to shake.Job 37:1: 2: At this also my heart trembles: and is moved out of his place.Job 42:5: 6: I have heard of you by the hearing of the ear: but now my eye sees you.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Isa 6:1-5: In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne: high and lifted up: and His train filled the temple.Da 10:7: 8: I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me not saw the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them: so that they fled to hide themselves.Mt 17:6: When the disciples heard it: they fell on their face: and were sore afraid.Lu 5:8: When Simon Peter saw it: He fell down at Jesus' knees: saying: Depart from me; for I am a sinful man: O Lord.Re 1:17: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:
ειπεν δε αυτω ο κυριος λυσον το υποδημα των ποδων σου ο γαρ τοπος εν ω εστηκας γη αγια εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3089ΛῦσονLyson (V-AMA-2S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ΛῦσονLyson
|
Take off
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5266ὑπόδημαhypodēma (N-ANS)
G5266 ὑπόδημα hypódēma hoop-od-ay-mah from ὑποδέω; something bound under the feet, i.e. a shoe or sandal:--shoe.
|
ὑπόδημαhypodēma
|
sandal
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου·sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου·sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
the place
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2476ἕστηκαςhestēkas (V-RIA-2S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκαςhestēkas
|
you stand,
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
ground
|
N-NFS
|
G40ἁγίαhagia (Adj-NFS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίαhagia
|
holy
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
33
Then said the Lord to Him, Put off your shoes from your feet: for the place where you stand is holy ground.
Acts 7:33
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 28 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε αυτω ο κυριος λυσον το υποδημα των ποδων σου ο γαρ τοπος εν ω εστηκας γη αγια εστιν
Lit: Said then to him the Lord, Take off the sandal of the feet of you, for the place on which you stand, ground holy is.
KJV: Then said the Lord to him, Put off thy shoes from thy feet: for the place where thou standest is holy ground.
References
"Put"Ex 3:5: He said: not Draw nigh here: put off your shoes from off your feet: for the place whereon you stand is holy ground.Jos 5:15: The captain of the LORD's host said to Joshua: Loose your shoe from off your foot; for the place whereon you stand is holy. And Joshua did so.Ec 5:1: Keep your foot when you go to the house of God: and be more ready to hear: than to give the sacrifice of fools: for they not consider that they do evil.2Pe 1:18: This voice which came from heaven we heard: when we were with him in the holy mount.
ιδων ειδον την κακωσιν του λαου μου του εν αιγυπτω και του στεναγμου αυτων ηκουσα και κατεβην εξελεσθαι αυτους και νυν δευρο αποστελω σε εις αιγυπτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2561κάκωσινkakōsin (N-AFS)
G2561 κάκωσις kákōsis kak-o-sis from κακόω; maltreatment:--affliction.
|
κάκωσινkakōsin
|
oppression
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G125Αἰγύπτῳ,Aigyptō (N-DFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτῳ,Aigyptō
|
Egypt,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4726στεναγμοῦstenagmou (N-GMS)
G4726 στεναγμός stenagmós sten-ag-mos from στενάζω; a sigh:--groaning.
|
στεναγμοῦstenagmou
|
groans
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἤκουσα,ēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσα,ēkousa
|
I have heard,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2597κατέβηνkatebēn (V-AIA-1S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηνkatebēn
|
I have come down
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1807ἐξελέσθαιexelesthai (V-ANM)
G1807 ἐξαιρέω exairéō ex-ahee-reh-o from ἐκ and αἱρέομαι; actively, to tear out; middle voice, to select; figuratively, to release:--deliver, pluck out, rescue.
|
ἐξελέσθαιexelesthai
|
to deliver
|
V-ANM
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them;
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1204δεῦροdeuro (V-M-2S)
G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).
|
δεῦροdeuro
|
come,
|
V-M-2S
|
G649ἀποστείλωaposteilō (V-ASA-1S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλωaposteilō
|
I will send
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G125Αἴγυπτον.Aigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον.Aigypton
|
Egypt.’
|
N-AFS
|
34
I have seen, I have seen the affliction of my people which is in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. And now come, I will send you into Egypt.
Acts 7:34
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 32 words, 139 letters, 56 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδων ειδον την κακωσιν του λαου μου του εν αιγυπτω και του στεναγμου αυτων ηκουσα και κατεβην εξελεσθαι αυτους και νυν δευρο αποστελω σε εις αιγυπτον
Lit: Having seen, I saw the oppression of the people of Me in Egypt, and the groans of them I have heard, and I have come down to deliver them; and now come, I will send you to Egypt.’
KJV: I have seen, I have seen the affliction of my people which is in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. And now come, I will send thee into Egypt.
References
"I have seen"Ex 2:23-25: It came to pass in process of time: that the king of Egypt died: and the children of Israel sighed by reason of the bondage: and they cried: and their cry came up to God by reason of the bondage.Ex 3:7: 9: The LORD said: I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in Egypt: and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows;Ex 4:31: The people believed: and when they heard that the LORD had visited the children of Israel: and that He had looked upon their affliction: then they bowed their heads and worshipped.Ex 6:5: 6: I have also heard the groaning of the children of Israel: whom the Egyptians keep in bondage; and I have remembered my covenant.Jg 2:18: When the LORD raised them up judges: then the LORD was with the judge: and delivered them out of the hand of their enemies all the days of the judge: for it repented the LORD because of their groanings by reason of them that oppressed them and vexed them.Jg 10:15: 16: The children of Israel said to the LORD: We have sinned: do you to us whatever seems good to you; deliver us only: we pray you: this day.Ne 9:9: did see the affliction of our fathers in Egypt: and heard their cry by the Red sea;Ps 106:44: Nevertheless he regarded their affliction: when he heard their cry:Isa 63:8: 9: For he said: Surely they are my people: children that not will lie: so he was their Saviour."and am"Ge 11:5: 7: The LORD came down to see the city and the tower: which the children of men built.Ge 18:21: I will go down now: and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it: which is come to me; and not if: I will know.Ex 3:8: I am come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians: and to bring them up out of that land to a good land and a large: to a land flowing with milk and honey; to the place of the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Hivites: and the Jebusites.Nu 11:17: I will come down and talk with you there: and I will take of the spirit which is upon you: and will put it upon them; and they will bear the burden of the people with you: that you bear it not yourself alone.Ps 144:5: Bow your heavens: O LORD: and come down: touch the mountains: and they will smoke.Isa 64:1: Oh that you would'>would rend the heavens: that you would'>would come down: that the mountains might flow down at your presence: Joh 3:13: No man has ascended up to heaven: but He that'>He who came down from heaven: even the Son of man which is in heaven.Joh 6:38: For I came down from heaven: not to do my own will: but the will of him that sent me."And now"Ex 3:10: 14: Come now therefore: and I will send you to Pharaoh: that you may bring forth my people the children of Israel out of Egypt.Ps 105:26: He sent Moses his servant; and Aaron whom he had chosen.Ho 12:13: By a prophet the LORD brought Israel out of Egypt: and by a prophet was He preserved.Mic 6:4: For I brought you up out of the land of Egypt: and redeemed you out of the house of servants; and I sent before you Moses: Aaron: and Miriam.
τουτον τον μωυσην ον ηρνησαντο ειποντες τις σε κατεστησεν αρχοντα και δικαστην τουτον ο θεος αρχοντα και λυτρωτην απεστειλεν εν χειρι αγγελου του οφθεντος αυτω εν τη βατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778ΤοῦτονTouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτονTouton
|
This
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3475Μωϋσῆν,Mōusēn (N-AMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσῆν,Mōusēn
|
Moses,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G720ἠρνήσαντοērnēsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσαντοērnēsanto
|
they rejected,
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3004εἰπόντεςeipontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντεςeipontes
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2525κατέστησενkatestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
κατέστησενkatestēsen
|
appointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G758ἄρχονταarchonta (N-AMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχονταarchonta
|
ruler
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1348δικαστήν;dikastēn (N-AMS)
G1348 δικαστής dikastḗs dik-as-tace from a derivative of δίκη; a judger:--judge.
|
δικαστήν;dikastēn
|
judge?’ —
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
whom
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God as
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G758ἄρχονταarchonta (N-AMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχονταarchonta
|
ruler
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3086λυτρωτὴνlytrōtēn (N-AMS)
G3086 λυτρωτής lytrōtḗs loo-tro-tace from λυτρόω; a redeemer (figuratively):--deliverer.
|
λυτρωτὴνlytrōtēn
|
redeemer
|
N-AMS
|
G649ἀπέσταλκενapestalken (V-RIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέσταλκενapestalken
|
sent
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
the hand
|
N-DFS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
of the angel
|
N-GMS
|
G3708ὀφθέντοςophthentos (V-APP-GMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὀφθέντοςophthentos
|
having appeared
|
V-APP-GMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G942βάτῳ.batō (N-DFS)
G942 βάτος bátos bat-os of uncertain derivation; a brier shrub:--bramble, bush.
|
βάτῳ.batō
|
bush —
|
N-DFS
|
35
This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush.
Acts 7:35
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 36 words, 142 letters, 55 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον τον μωυσην ον ηρνησαντο ειποντες τις σε κατεστησεν αρχοντα και δικαστην τουτον ο θεος αρχοντα και λυτρωτην απεστειλεν εν χειρι αγγελου του οφθεντος αυτω εν τη βατω
Lit: This Moses, whom they rejected, having said, Who you appointed ruler and judge?’ — him whom God as and ruler and redeemer sent by the hand of the angel having appeared to him in the bush —
KJV: This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to him in the bush.
References
"Moses"Ac 7:9-15: 27: 28: 51: The patriarchs: moved with envy: sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with Him: 1Sa 8:7: 8: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.1Sa 10:27: But the children of Belial said: How will this man save us? And they despised him: and brought him no presents. But he held his peace.Lu 19:14: But his citizens hated him: and sent a message after him: saying: We not will have this man to reign over us.Joh 18:40: Then cried they all again: saying: Not this man: but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar."the same"Ps 75:7: But God is the judge: He puts down one: and sets up another.Ps 113:7: 8: He raises up the poor out of the dust: and lifts the needy out of the dunghill;Ps 118:22: 23: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner."a ruler"Ac 2:36: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 3:22: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.1Sa 12:8: When Jacob was come into Egypt: and your fathers cried to the LORD: then the LORD sent Moses and Aaron: which brought forth your fathers out of Egypt: and made them dwell in this place.Ne 9:10-14: Shewedst signs and wonders upon Pharaoh: and on all his servants: and on all the people of his land: for you knew that they dealt proudly against them. So did you get you a name: as it is this day.Ps 77:20: You led your people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron.Isa 63:11: 12: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints."by"Ac 7:30: When 40 years were expired: there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush.Ex 14:19: 24: The angel of God: which went before the camp of Israel: removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face: and stood behind them:Ex 23:20-23: Look: I send an Angel before you: to keep you in the way: and to bring you into the place which I have prepared.Ex 32:34: Therefore now go: lead the people to the place of which I have spoken to you: look: my Angel will go before you: nevertheless in the day when I visit I will visit their sin upon them.Ex 33:2: 12-15: I will send an angel before you; and I will drive out the Canaanite: the Amorite: and the Hittite: and the Perizzite: the Hivite: and the Jebusite:Nu 20:16: When we cried to the LORD: He heard our voice: and sent an angel: and has brought us forth out of Egypt: and: look: we are in Kadesh: a city in the uttermost of your border:Isa 63:9: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Col 1:15: Who is the image of the invisible God: the firstborn of every creature:Heb 2:2: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;
ουτος εξηγαγεν αυτους ποιησας τερατα και σημεια εν γη αιγυπτου και εν ερυθρα θαλασση και εν τη ερημω ετη τεσσαρακοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this one
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1806ἐξήγαγενexēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξήγαγενexēgagen
|
led out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
having done
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῇgē (N-DFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῇgē
|
the land
|
N-DFS
|
G125ΑἰγύπτῳAigyptō (N-DFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἰγύπτῳAigyptō
|
of Egypt,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2063ἘρυθρᾷErythra (Adj-DFS)
G2063 ἐρυθρός erythrós er-oo-thros of uncertain affinity; red, i.e. (with θάλασσα) the Red Sea:--red.
|
ἘρυθρᾷErythra
|
the Red
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2281ΘαλάσσῃThalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
ΘαλάσσῃThalassē
|
Sea,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-ANP
|
G5062τεσσεράκοντα.tesserakonta (Adj-ANP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκοντα.tesserakonta
|
forty.
|
Adj-ANP
|
36
He brought them out, after that he had showed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilderness 40 years.Acts 7:36
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 25 words, 109 letters, 37 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος εξηγαγεν αυτους ποιησας τερατα και σημεια εν γη αιγυπτου και εν ερυθρα θαλασση και εν τη ερημω ετη τεσσαρακοντα
Lit: this one led out them, having done wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red Sea, and in the wilderness years forty.
KJV: He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, and in the wilderness forty years.
References
"brought"Ex 12:41: It came to pass at the end of the 430 years: even the selfsame day it came to pass: that all the hosts of the LORD went out from the land of Egypt.Ex 33:1: The LORD said to Moses: Depart: and go up here: you and the people which you have brought up out of the land of Egypt: to the land which I sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: saying: To your seed will I give it:"after"Ex 7:1-14: The LORD said to Moses: See: I have made you a god to Pharaoh: and Aaron your brother will be your prophet.De 4:33-37: Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the middle of the fire: as you have heard: and live?De 6:21: 22: Then you will say to your son: We were Pharaoh's bondmen in Egypt; and the LORD brought us out of Egypt with a mighty hand:Ne 9:10: Shewedst signs and wonders upon Pharaoh: and on all his servants: and on all the people of his land: for you knew that they dealt proudly against them. So did you get you a name: as it is this day.Ps 78:12: 13: 42-51: Marvellous things did he in the sight of their fathers: in the land of Egypt: in the field of Zoan.Ps 105:27-36: They showed his signs among them: and wonders in the land of Ham.Ps 106:8-11: Nevertheless he saved them for his name's sake: that he might make his mighty power to be known.Ps 135:8-12: Who smote the firstborn of Egypt: both of man and beast.Ps 136:9-15: The moon and stars to rule by night: for his mercy endureth for ever."in the Red"Ex 14:21: 27-29: Moses stretched out His hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night: and made the sea dry land: and the waters were divided."and in the wilderness"Ex 15:23-25: When they came to Marah: they not could drink of the waters of Marah: for they were bitter: therefore the name of it was called Marah.Ex 16:1-17: They took their journey from Elim: and all the congregation of the children of Israel came to the wilderness of Sin: which is between Elim and Sinai: on the fifteenth day of the second month after their departing out of the land of Egypt.Ex 19:1-20: In the third month: when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt: the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.Nu 9:15-23: On the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the tabernacle: namely: the tent of the testimony: and at even there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire: until the morning.Nu 11:1-35: when the people complained: it displeased the LORD: and the LORD heard it; and His anger was kindled; and the fire of the LORD burnt among them: and consumed them that were in the uttermost parts of the camp.Nu 14:1-45: All the congregation lifted up their voice: and cried; and the people wept that night.Nu 16:1-17: Now Korah: the son of Izhar: the son of Kohath: the son of Levi: and Dathan and Abiram: the sons of Eliab: and On: the son of Peleth: sons of Reuben: took men:Nu 20:1-21: Then came the children of Israel: even the whole congregation: into the desert of Zin in the first month: and the people abode in Kadesh; and Miriam died there: and was buried there.De 2:25-37: This day will I begin to put the dread of you and the fear of you upon the nations that are under the whole heaven: who will hear report of you: and will tremble: and be in anguish because of you.De 8:4: Your clothing not waxed old upon you: neither did your foot swell: these 40 years.Ne 9:12-15: 18-22: Moreover you led them in the day by a cloudy pillar; and in the night by a pillar of fire: to give them light in the way wherein they should go.Ps 78:14-33: In the daytime also he led them with a cloud: and all the night with a light of fire.Ps 105:39-45: He spread a cloud for a covering; and fire to give light in the night.Ps 106:17: 18: The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan: and covered the company of Abiram.Ps 135:10-12: Who smote great nations: and killed mighty kings;Ps 136:16-21: To him which led his people through the wilderness: for his mercy endureth for ever.
ουτος εστιν ο μωυσης ο ειπων τοις υιοις ισραηλ προφητην υμιν αναστησει κυριος ο θεος υμων εκ των αδελφων υμων ως εμε αυτου ακουσεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Οὗτόςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἴπαςeipas (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπαςeipas
|
having said
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5207υἱοῖςhuiois (N-DMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοῖςhuiois
|
sons
|
N-DMP
|
G2474ἸσραήλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραήλIsraēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G4396ΠροφήτηνProphētēn (N-AMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
ΠροφήτηνProphētēn
|
A prophet
|
N-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
for you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G450ἀναστήσειanastēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσειanastēsei
|
will raise up
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐμέ.eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ.eme
|
me.’
|
PPro-A1S
|
37
This is that Moses, which said to the children of Israel, A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers, like to me; Him will you hear.
Acts 7:37
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 28 words, 126 letters, 49 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος εστιν ο μωυσης ο ειπων τοις υιοις ισραηλ προφητην υμιν αναστησει κυριος ο θεος υμων εκ των αδελφων υμων ως εμε αυτου ακουσεσθε
Lit: This is the Moses having said to the sons of Israel, A prophet for you will raise up God out from the brothers of you, like me.’
KJV: This is that Moses, which said unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear.
References
"that"Ac 7:38: This is he: that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spoke to him in the mount Sina: and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give to us:2Ch 28:22: In the time of His distress did He trespass yet more against the LORD: this is that king Ahaz.Da 6:13: Then answered they and said before the king: That Daniel: which is of the children of the captivity of Judah: regards not you: O king: nor the decree that you have signed: but makes his petition 3 times a day."A prophet"Ac 3:22: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.De 18:15-19: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;"him"Ac 3:23: It will come to pass: that every soul: which not will hear that prophet: will be destroyed from among the people.Mt 17:3-5: And: look: there appeared to them Moses and Elias talking with him.Mr 9:7: There was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud: saying: This is my beloved Son: hear Him.Lu 9:30: 31: 35: And: look: there talked with him two men: which were Moses and Elias:Joh 8:46: 47: Which of you convinces me of sin? And if I say the truth: why do you not believe me?Joh 18:37: Pilate therefore said to Him: Are you a king then? Jesus answered: You say that I am a king. To this end was I born: and for this cause came I into the world: that I should bear witness to the truth. Every one that is of the truth hears my voice.
ουτος εστιν ο γενομενος εν τη εκκλησια εν τη ερημω μετα του αγγελου του λαλουντος αυτω εν τω ορει σινα και των πατερων ημων ος εδεξατο λογια ζωντα δουναι ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having been
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
congregation
|
N-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳerēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳerēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel
|
N-GMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3735ὄρειorei (N-DNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρειorei
|
Mount
|
N-DNS
|
G4614ΣινᾶSina (N-DNS)
G4614 Σινᾶ Sinâ see-nah of Hebrew origin (סִינַי); Sina (i.e. Sinai), a mountain in Arabia:--Sina.
|
ΣινᾶSina
|
Sinai,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1209ἐδέξατοedexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
ἐδέξατοedexato
|
received
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3051λόγιαlogia (N-ANP)
G3051 λόγιον lógion log-ee-on neuter of λόγιος; an utterance (of God):--oracle.
|
λόγιαlogia
|
oracles
|
N-ANP
|
G2198ζῶνταzōnta (V-PPA-ANP)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶνταzōnta
|
living
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G1473ἡμῖν*,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν*,hēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
38
This is he, that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spoke to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give to us:Acts 7:38
Stats
Rank: #2187 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 32 words, 138 letters, 51 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος εστιν ο γενομενος εν τη εκκλησια εν τη ερημω μετα του αγγελου του λαλουντος αυτω εν τω ορει σινα και των πατερων ημων ος εδεξατο λογια ζωντα δουναι ημιν
Lit: This is the one having been in the congregation in the wilderness, with the angel speaking to him in the Mount Sinai, and of the fathers of us, who received oracles living to give to us,
KJV: This is he, that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give unto us:
References
"in the church"Ex 19:3-17: Moses went up to God: and the LORD called to Him out of the mountain: saying: Thus will you say to the house of Jacob: and tell the children of Israel;Ex 20:19: 20: They said to Moses: Speak you with us: and we will hear: but not let God speak with us: lest we die.Nu 16:3-35: 41: 42: They gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron: and said to them: You take too much upon you: seeing all the congregation are holy: every one of them: and the LORD is among them: for what reason then lift you up yourselves above the congregation of the LORD?"with the"Ac 7:30: 35: 53: When 40 years were expired: there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush.Isa 63:9: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Ga 3:19: For what reason then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions: till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a mediator.Heb 2:2: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;"who"Ex 21:1-11: Now these are the judgments which you will set before them.De 5:27-31: Go you near: and hear all that the LORD our God will say: and speak you to us all that the LORD our God will speak to you; and we will hear it: and do it.De 6:1-3: Now these are the commandments: the statutes: and the judgments: which the LORD your God commanded to teach you: that you might do them in the land whither you go to possess it:De 33:4: Moses commanded us a law: even the inheritance of the congregation of Jacob.Ne 9:13: 14: You came down also upon mount Sinai: and spake with them from heaven: and gave them right judgments: and true laws: good statutes and commandments:Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ."lively"De 30:19: 20: I call heaven and earth to record this day against you: that I have set before you life and death: blessing and cursing: therefore choose life: that both you and your seed may live:De 32:46: 47: He said to them: Set your hearts to all the words which I testify among you this day: which you will command your children to observe to do: all the words of this law.Ps 78:5-9: For he established a testimony in Jacob: and appointed a law in Israel: which he commanded our fathers: that they should make them known to their children:Joh 6:63: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.Ro 3:2: Much every way: chiefly: because that to them were committed the oracles of God.Ro 9:4: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ro 10:6-10: But the righteousness which is of faith speaks on this wise: not Say in your heart: Who will ascend into heaven? (that is: to bring Christ down from above:)Heb 5:12: For when for the time you ought to be teachers: you have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk: not and of strong meat.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.
The Rebellion of Israel
ω ουκ ηθελησαν υπηκοοι γενεσθαι οι πατερες ημων αλλ απωσαντο και εστραφησαν ταις καρδιαις αυτων εις αιγυπτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησανēthelēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησανēthelēsan
|
were willing
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5255ὑπήκοοιhypēkooi (Adj-NMP)
G5255 ὑπήκοος hypḗkoos hoop-ay-ko-os from ὑπακούω; attentively listening, i.e. (by implication) submissive:--obedient.
|
ὑπήκοοιhypēkooi
|
obedient
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to be
|
V-ANM
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G683ἀπώσαντοapōsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G683 ἀπωθέομαι apōthéomai ap-o-thom-ahee from ἀπό and the middle voice of or (to shove); to push off, figuratively, to reject:--cast away, put away (from), thrust away (from).
|
ἀπώσαντοapōsanto
|
thrust away,
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4762ἐστράφησανestraphēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4762 στρέφω stréphō stref-o strengthened from the base of τροπή; to twist, i.e. turn quite around or reverse (literally or figuratively):--convert, turn (again, back again, self, self about).
|
ἐστράφησανestraphēsan
|
turned back
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαιςkardiais
|
hearts
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G125Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton (N-AFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton
|
Egypt,
|
N-AFS
|
39
To whom our fathers not would obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned back again into Egypt,Acts 7:39
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 19 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ω ουκ ηθελησαν υπηκοοι γενεσθαι οι πατερες ημων αλλ απωσαντο και εστραφησαν ταις καρδιαις αυτων εις αιγυπτον
Lit: to whom not were willing obedient to be the fathers of us, but thrust away, and turned back in the hearts of them to Egypt,
KJV: To whom our fathers would not obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned back again into Egypt,
References
"whom"Ac 7:51: 52: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ne 9:16: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Ps 106:16: 32: 33: They envied Moses also in the camp: and Aaron the saint of the LORD.Eze 20:6-14: In the day that I lifted up my hand to them: to bring them forth of the land of Egypt into a land that I had espied for them: flowing with milk and honey: which is the glory of all lands:"but"Ac 7:27: But he who did his neighbour wrong thrust him away: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge over us?Jg 11:2: Gilead's wife bare him sons; and his wife's sons grew up: and they thrust out Jephthah: and said to him: You will not inherit in our father's house; for you are the son of a strange woman.1Ki 2:27: So Solomon thrust out Abiathar from being priest to the LORD; that He might fulfil the word of the LORD: which He spoke concerning the house of Eli in Shiloh."and in"Ex 14:11: 12: They said to Moses: Because there were no graves in Egypt: have you taken us away to die in the wilderness? for what reason have you dealt thus with us: to carry us forth out of Egypt?Ex 16:3: The children of Israel said to them: Would to God we had died by the hand of the LORD in the land of Egypt: when we sat by the flesh pots: and when we did eat bread to the full; for you have brought us forth into this wilderness: to kill this whole assembly with hunger.Ex 17:3: The people thirsted there for water; and the people murmured against Moses: and said: For what reason is this that you have brought us up out of Egypt: to kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst?Nu 11:5: We remember the fish: which we did eat in Egypt freely; the cucumbers: and the melons: and the leeks: and the onions: and the garlick:Nu 14:3: 4: for what reason has the LORD brought us to this land: to fall by the sword: that our wives and our children should be a prey? were not it better for us to return into Egypt?Nu 21:5: The people spoke against God: and against Moses: For what reason have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread: neither is there any water; and our soul loathes this light bread.Ne 9:17: Refused to obey: neither were mindful of your wonders that you did among them; but hardened their necks: and in their rebellion appointed a captain to return to their bondage: but you are a God ready to pardon: gracious and merciful: slow to anger: and of great kindness: and forsook not them.
ειποντες τω ααρων ποιησον ημιν θεους οι προπορευσονται ημων ο γαρ μωσης ουτος ος εξηγαγεν ημας εκ γης αιγυπτου ουκ οιδαμεν τι γεγονεν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἰπόντεςeipontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντεςeipontes
|
having said
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2ἈαρώνAarōn (N-DMS)
G2 Ἀαρών Aarṓn ah-ar-ohn of Hebrew origin (אַהֲרוֹן); Aaron, the brother of Moses:--Aaron.
|
ἈαρώνAarōn
|
to Aaron,
|
N-DMS
|
G4160ΠοίησονPoiēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ΠοίησονPoiēson
|
Make
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2316θεοὺςtheous (N-AMP)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοὺςtheous
|
gods
|
N-AMP
|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G4313προπορεύσονταιproporeusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G4313 προπορεύομαι proporeúomai prop-or-yoo-om-ahee from πρό and πορεύομαι; to precede (as guide or herald):--go before.
|
προπορεύσονταιproporeusontai
|
will go before
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
As for
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτος,houtos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτος,houtos
|
this,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1806ἐξήγαγενexēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξήγαγενexēgagen
|
brought out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
the land
|
N-GFS
|
G125Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou (N-GFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou
|
of Egypt,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδαμενoidamen
|
we know
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
has happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to him.’
|
PPro-DM3S
|
40
Saying to Aaron, Make us gods to go before us: for as for this Moses, which brought us out of the land of Egypt, we know not what is become of him.
Acts 7:40
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 28 words, 112 letters, 44 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειποντες τω ααρων ποιησον ημιν θεους οι προπορευσονται ημων ο γαρ μωσης ουτος ος εξηγαγεν ημας εκ γης αιγυπτου ουκ οιδαμεν τι γεγονεν αυτω
Lit: having said to Aaron, Make us gods who will go before us. As for Moses this, who brought out us from the land of Egypt, not we know what has happened to him.’
KJV: Saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to go before us: for as for this Moses, which brought us out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.
References
"unto"Ex 32:1: When the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mount: the people gathered themselves together to Aaron: and said to him: Up: make us gods: which will go before us; for as for this Moses: the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt: we know not what is become of him.
και εμοσχοποιησαν εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις και ανηγαγον θυσιαν τω ειδωλω και ευφραινοντο εν τοις εργοις των χειρων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3447ἐμοσχοποίησανemoschopoiēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3447 μοσχοποιέω moschopoiéō mos-khop-oy-eh-o from μόσχος and ποιέω; to fabricate the image of a bullock:--make a calf.
|
ἐμοσχοποίησανemoschopoiēsan
|
they made a calf
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G321ἀνήγαγονanēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήγαγονanēgagon
|
offered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2378θυσίανthysian (N-AFS)
G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίανthysian
|
a sacrifice
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1497εἰδώλῳ,eidōlō (N-DNS)
G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἰδώλῳ,eidōlō
|
idol,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2165εὐφραίνοντοeuphrainonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2165 εὐφραίνω euphraínō yoo-frah-ee-no from εὖ and φρήν; to put (middle voice or passively, be) in a good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:--fare, make glad, be (make) merry, rejoice.
|
εὐφραίνοντοeuphrainonto
|
they were rejoicing
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G2041ἔργοιςergois (N-DNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργοιςergois
|
works
|
N-DNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
41
They made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands.Acts 7:41
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 36 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εμοσχοποιησαν εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις και ανηγαγον θυσιαν τω ειδωλω και ευφραινοντο εν τοις εργοις των χειρων αυτων
Lit: And they made a calf in the days those and offered a sacrifice to the idol, and they were rejoicing in the works of the hands of them.
KJV: And they made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice unto the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands.
References
"they"Ex 32:2-8: 17-20: Aaron said to them: Break off the golden earrings: which are in the ears of your wives: of your sons: and of your daughters: and bring them to me.De 9:12-18: The LORD said to me: Arise: get you down quickly from here; for your people which you have brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves; they are quickly turned aside out of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten image.Ne 9:18: Yes: when they had made them a molten calf: and said: This is your God that brought you up out of Egypt: and had wrought great provocations;Ps 106:19-21: They made a calf in Horeb: and worshipped the molten image."rejoiced"Isa 2:8: 9: Their land also is full of idols; they worship the work of their own hands: that which their own fingers have made:Isa 44:9-20: They that make a graven image are all of them vanity; and their delectable things will not profit; and they are their own witnesses; they not see: nor know; that they may be ashamed.Ho 9:1: 10: not Rejoice: O Israel: for joy: as other people: for you have gone a whoring from your God: you have loved a reward upon every cornfloor.Hab 2:18-20: What profits the graven image that the maker thereof has graven it; the molten image: and a teacher of lies: that the maker of his work trusts therein: to make dumb idols?
εστρεψεν δε ο θεος και παρεδωκεν αυτους λατρευειν τη στρατια του ουρανου καθως γεγραπται εν βιβλω των προφητων μη σφαγια και θυσιας προσηνεγκατε μοι ετη τεσσαρακοντα εν τη ερημω οικος ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4762ἔστρεψενestrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4762 στρέφω stréphō stref-o strengthened from the base of τροπή; to twist, i.e. turn quite around or reverse (literally or figuratively):--convert, turn (again, back again, self, self about).
|
ἔστρεψενestrepsen
|
Turned away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκενparedōken
|
delivered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3000λατρεύεινlatreuein (V-PNA)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύεινlatreuein
|
to worship
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4756στρατιᾷstratia (N-DFS)
G4756 στρατιά stratiá strat-ee-ah feminine of a derivative of (an army; from the base of στρώννυμι, as encamped); camp-likeness, i.e. an army, i.e. (figuratively) the angels, the celestial luminaries:--host.
|
στρατιᾷstratia
|
host
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G976βίβλῳbiblō (N-DFS)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλῳbiblō
|
book
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets:
|
N-GMP
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4968σφάγιαsphagia (N-ANP)
G4968 σφάγιον sphágion sfag-ee-on neuter of a derivative of σφαγή; a victim (in sacrifice):--slain beast.
|
σφάγιαsphagia
|
slain beasts
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-AFP)
G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifices
|
N-AFP
|
G4374προσηνέγκατέprosēnenkate (V-AIA-2P)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσηνέγκατέprosēnenkate
|
did you offer
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-ANP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-ANP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ,erēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ,erēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-VMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκοςoikos
|
O house
|
N-VMS
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ,Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ,Israēl
|
of Israel?
|
N-GMS
|
42
Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O you house of Israel, have you offered to me killed beasts and sacrifices by the space of 40 years in the wilderness?
Acts 7:42
Stats
Counts: 229 characters, 42 words, 179 letters, 69 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: εστρεψεν δε ο θεος και παρεδωκεν αυτους λατρευειν τη στρατια του ουρανου καθως γεγραπται εν βιβλω των προφητων μη σφαγια και θυσιας προσηνεγκατε μοι ετη τεσσαρακοντα εν τη ερημω οικος ισραηλ
Lit: Turned away however God and delivered them to worship the host of heaven, as it has been written in the book of the prophets: Not slain beasts and sacrifices did you offer to Me, years forty in the wilderness, O house of Israel?
KJV: Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye house of Israel, have ye offered to me slain beasts and sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness?
References
"and gave"Ps 81:11: 12: But my people not would listen to my voice; and Israel would none of me.Isa 66:4: I also will choose their delusions: and will bring their fears upon them; because when I called: none did answer; when I spoke: they not did hear: but they did evil before my eyes: and chose that in which I not delighted.Eze 14:7-10: For every one of the house of Israel: or of the stranger that sojourns in Israel: which separates Himself from me: and sets up His idols in His heart: and puts the stumblingblock of His iniquity before His face: and comes to a prophet to inquire of Him concerning me; I the LORD will answer Him by myself:Eze 20:25: 39: For what reason I gave them also statutes that were not good: and judgments whereby they not should live;Ho 4:17: Ephraim is joined to idols: let him alone.Ro 1:24-28: For what reason God also gave them up to uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts: to dishonour their own bodies between themselves:2Th 2:10-12: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved."the host"De 4:19: lest you lift up your eyes to heaven: and when you see the sun: and the moon: and the stars: even all the host of heaven: should be driven to worship them: and serve them: which the LORD your God has divided to all nations under the whole heaven.De 17:3: has gone and served other gods: and worshipped them: either the sun: or moon: or any of the host of heaven: which I not have commanded;2Ki 17:16: They left all the commandments of the LORD their God: and made them molten images: even two calves: and made a grove: and worshipped all the host of heaven: and served Baal.2Ki 21:3: For he built up again the high places which Hezekiah his father had destroyed; and he reared up altars for Baal: and made a grove: as did Ahab king of Israel; and worshipped all the host of heaven: and served them.Job 31:26-28: If I beheld the sun when it shined: or the moon walking in brightness;Jer 19:13: The houses of Jerusalem: and the houses of the kings of Judah: will be defiled as the place of Tophet: because of all the houses upon whose roofs they have burned incense to all the host of heaven: and have poured out drink offerings to other gods.Eze 8:16: He brought me into the inner court of the LORD's house: and: look: at the door of the temple of the LORD: between the porch and the altar: were about 25 men: with their backs toward the temple of the LORD: and their faces toward the east; and they worshipped the sun toward the east."O ye"Am 5:25: 26: Have you offered to me sacrifices and offerings in the wilderness 40 years: O house of Israel?"have ye"Isa 43:23: You have not brought me the small cattle of your burnt offerings; neither have you honoured me with your sacrifices. I not have caused you to serve with an offering: nor wearied you with incense."of forty"Ps 95:10: 40 years long was I grieved with this generation: and said: It is a people that do err in their heart: and they not have known my ways:Heb 3:9: 15-17: When your fathers tempted me: proved me: and saw my works 40 years.
και ανελαβετε την σκηνην του μολοχ και το αστρον του θεου υμων ρεμφαν τους τυπους ους εποιησατε προσκυνειν αυτοις και μετοικιω υμας επεκεινα βαβυλωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G353ἀνελάβετεanelabete (V-AIA-2P)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀνελάβετεanelabete
|
You took up
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4633σκηνὴνskēnēn (N-AFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴνskēnēn
|
tabernacle
|
N-AFS
|
G3434ΜολὸχMoloch (N-GMS)
G3434 Μολόχ Molóch mol-okh of Hebrew origin (מֹלֶךְ); Moloch (i.e. Molek), an idol:--Moloch.
|
ΜολὸχMoloch
|
of Moloch,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G798ἄστρονastron (N-ANS)
G798 ἄστρον ástron as-tron neuter from ἀστήρ; properly, a constellation; put for a single star (natural or artificial):--star.
|
ἄστρονastron
|
star
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316θεοῦtheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοῦtheou
|
god
|
N-GMS
|
G4771[ὑμῶν]hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
[ὑμῶν]hymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G4481Ῥαιφάν,Rhaiphan (N-GMS)
G4481 Ῥεμφάν Rhemphán hrem-fan by incorrect transliteration for a word of Hebrew origin (כִּיּוּן); Remphan (i.e. Kijun), an Egyptian idol:--Remphan.
|
Ῥαιφάν,Rhaiphan
|
Rephan,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5179τύπουςtypous (N-AMP)
G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τύπουςtypous
|
images
|
N-AMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
that
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G4160ἐποιήσατεepoiēsate (V-AIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποιήσατεepoiēsate
|
you made
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G4352προσκυνεῖνproskynein (V-PNA)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνεῖνproskynein
|
to worship
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοῖς;autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς;autois
|
them;
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3351μετοικιῶmetoikiō (V-FIA-1S)
G3351 μετοικίζω metoikízō met-oy-kid-zo from the same as μετοικεσία; to transfer as a settler or captive, i.e colonize or exile:--carry away, remove into.
|
μετοικιῶmetoikiō
|
I will remove
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1900ἐπέκειναepekeina (Prep)
G1900 ἐπέκεινα epékeina ep-ek-i-nah from ἐπί and (the accusative case plural neuter of) ἐκεῖνος; upon those parts of, i.e. on the further side of:--beyond.
|
ἐπέκειναepekeina
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G897Βαβυλῶνος.Babylōnos (N-GFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
Βαβυλῶνος.Babylōnos
|
Babylon.’
|
N-GFS
|
43
Yes, you took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which you made to worship them: and I will carry you away beyond Babylon.Acts 7:43
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 26 words, 122 letters, 46 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανελαβετε την σκηνην του μολοχ και το αστρον του θεου υμων ρεμφαν τους τυπους ους εποιησατε προσκυνειν αυτοις και μετοικιω υμας επεκεινα βαβυλωνος
Lit: And You took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of the god of you Rephan, the images that you made to worship them; and I will remove you beyond Babylon.’
KJV: Yea, ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which ye made to worship them: and I will carry you away beyond Babylon.
References
"ye took"Le 18:21: you will not let any of your seed pass through the fire to Molech: neither will you profane the name of your God: I am the LORD.Le 20:2-5: Again: you will say to the children of Israel: Whoever he be of the children of Israel: or of the strangers that sojourn in Israel: that gives any of his seed to Molech; he will surely be put to death: the people of the land will stone him with stones.2Ki 17:16-18: They left all the commandments of the LORD their God: and made them molten images: even two calves: and made a grove: and worshipped all the host of heaven: and served Baal.2Ki 21:6: He made His son pass through the fire: and observed times: and used enchantments: and dealt with familiar spirits and wizards: He wrought much wickedness in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger."figures"Ex 20:4: 5: You will not make to you any graven image: or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above: or that is in the earth beneath: or that is in the water under the earth:De 4:16-18: Lest you corrupt yourselves: and make you a graven image: the similitude of any figure: the likeness of male or female: De 5:8: 9: You will not make you any graven image: or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above: or that is in the earth beneath: or that is in the waters beneath the earth:"and I"2Ki 17:6: In the ninth year of Hoshea the king of Assyria took Samaria: and carried Israel away into Assyria: and placed them in Halah and in Habor by the river of Gozan: and in the cities of the Medes.2Ki 18:11: The king of Assyria did carry away Israel to Assyria: and put them in Halah and in Habor by the river of Gozan: and in the cities of the Medes:Am 5:27: Therefore will I cause you to go into captivity beyond Damascus: says the LORD: whose name is The God of hosts.
The Tabernacle of the Testimony
η σκηνη του μαρτυριου ην {VAR1: εν } τοις πατρασιν ημων εν τη ερημω καθως διεταξατο ο λαλων τω μωση ποιησαι αυτην κατα τον τυπον ον εωρακει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ἩHĒ (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἩHĒ
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G4633σκηνὴskēnē (N-NFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴskēnē
|
tabernacle
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3142μαρτυρίουmartyriou (N-GNS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίουmartyriou
|
testimony
|
N-GNS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with
|
Art-DMP
|
G3962πατράσινpatrasin (N-DMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατράσινpatrasin
|
fathers
|
N-DMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ,erēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ,erēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G1299διετάξατοdietaxato (V-AIM-3S)
G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διετάξατοdietaxato
|
had commanded
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῇMōusē (N-DMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῇMōusē
|
to Moses,
|
N-DMS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to make
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5179τύπονtypon (N-AMS)
G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τύπονtypon
|
pattern
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3708ἑωράκει·heōrakei (V-LIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἑωράκει·heōrakei
|
he had seen,
|
V-LIA-3S
|
44
Our fathers had the tabernacle of witness in the wilderness, as he had appointed, speaking to Moses, that he should make it according to the fashion that he had seen.Acts 7:44
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 27 words, 135 letters, 52 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: η σκηνη του μαρτυριου ην {VAR1: εν } τοις πατρασιν ημων εν τη ερημω καθως διεταξατο ο λαλων τω μωση ποιησαι αυτην κατα τον τυπον ον εωρακει
Lit: The tabernacle of the testimony was with fathers of us in the wilderness, just as had commanded the One speaking to Moses, to make it according to the pattern that he had seen,
KJV: Our fathers had the tabernacle of witness in the wilderness, as he had appointed, speaking unto Moses, that he should make it according to the fashion that he had seen.
References
"the tabernacle"Ex 38:21: This is the sum of the tabernacle: even of the tabernacle of testimony: as it was counted: according to the commandment of Moses: for the service of the Levites: by the hand of Ithamar: son to Aaron the priest.Nu 1:50-53: But you will appoint the Levites over the tabernacle of testimony: and over all the vessels thereof: and over all things that belong to it: they will bear the tabernacle: and all the vessels thereof; and they will minister to it: and will encamp round about the tabernacle.Nu 9:15: On the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the tabernacle: namely: the tent of the testimony: and at even there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire: until the morning.Nu 10:11: It came to pass on the twentieth day of the second month: in the second year: that the cloud was taken up from off the tabernacle of the testimony.Nu 17:7: 8: Moses laid up the rods before the LORD in the tabernacle of witness.Nu 18:2: your brothers also of the tribe of Levi: the tribe of your father: bring you with you: that they may be joined to you: and minister to you: but you and your sons with you will minister before the tabernacle of witness.Jos 18:1: The whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh: and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.2Ch 24:6: The king called for Jehoiada the chief: and said to Him: Why have you not required of the Levites to bring in out of Judah and out of Jerusalem the collection: according to the commandment of Moses the servant of the LORD: and of the congregation of Israel: for the tabernacle of witness?"that he"Ex 25:40: Look that you make them after their pattern: which was showed you in the mount.Ex 26:30: you will rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed you in the mount.1Ch 28:11: 19: Then David gave to Solomon his son the pattern of the porch: and of the houses thereof: and of the treasuries thereof: and of the upper chambers thereof: and of the inner parlours thereof: and of the place of the mercy seat: Heb 8:2: 5: A minister of the sanctuary: and of the true tabernacle: which the Lord pitched: not and man.
ην και εισηγαγον διαδεξαμενοι οι πατερες ημων μετα ιησου εν τη κατασχεσει των εθνων ων εξωσεν ο θεος απο προσωπου των πατερων ημων εως των ημερων δαβιδ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1521εἰσήγαγονeisēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσήγαγονeisēgagon
|
brought it,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1237διαδεξάμενοιdiadexamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1237 διαδέχομαι diadéchomai dee-ad-ekh-om-ahee from διά and δέχομαι; to receive in turn, i.e. (figuratively) succeed to:--come after.
|
διαδεξάμενοιdiadexamenoi
|
having received by succession,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Joshua
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2697κατασχέσειkataschesei (N-DFS)
G2697 κατάσχεσις katáschesis kat-as-khes-is from κατέχω; a holding down, i.e. occupancy:--possession.
|
κατασχέσειkataschesei
|
taking possession
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν,ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν,ethnōn
|
nations
|
N-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whom
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1856ἐξῶσενexōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1856 ἐξωθέω exōthéō ex-o-tho from ἐκ and (to push); to expel; by implication, to propel:--drive out, thrust in.
|
ἐξῶσενexōsen
|
drove out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from the
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
face
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G1138Δαυίδ·Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ·Dauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
45
Which also our fathers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles, whom God drave out before the face of our fathers, to the days of David;Acts 7:45
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 30 words, 138 letters, 54 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην και εισηγαγον διαδεξαμενοι οι πατερες ημων μετα ιησου εν τη κατασχεσει των εθνων ων εξωσεν ο θεος απο προσωπου των πατερων ημων εως των ημερων δαβιδ
Lit: which also brought it, having received by succession, the fathers of us, with Joshua in the taking possession of the nations whom drove out God from the face of the fathers of us, until the days of David,
KJV: Which also our fathers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles, whom God drave out before the face of our fathers, unto the days of David;
References
"Which"Jos 3:11-14: Look: the ark of the covenant of the Lord of all the earth passs over before you into Jordan.Jos 18:1: The whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh: and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.Jg 18:31: They set them up Micah's graven image: which He made: all the time that the house of God was in Shiloh.1Sa 4:4: So the people sent to Shiloh: that they might bring from there the ark of the covenant of the LORD of hosts: which dwells between the cherubims: and the two sons of Eli: Hophni and Phinehas: were there with the ark of the covenant of God.1Ki 8:4: They brought up the ark of the LORD: and the tabernacle of the congregation: and all the holy vessels that were in the tabernacle: even those did the priests and the Levites bring up.1Ch 16:39: Zadok the priest: and His brothers the priests: before the tabernacle of the LORD in the high place that was at Gibeon: 1Ch 21:29: For the tabernacle of the LORD: which Moses made in the wilderness: and the altar of the burnt offering: were at that season in the high place at Gibeon."Jesus"Jos 3:6: 7: Joshua spoke to the priests: saying: Take up the ark of the covenant: and pass over before the people. And they took up the ark of the covenant: and went before the people."Joshua"Heb 4:8: For if Jesus had given them rest: then would He not">not He afterward have spoken of another day."whom"Ac 13:19: When he had destroyed 7 nations in the land of Chanaan: he divided their land to them by lot.Ne 9:24: So the children went in and possessed the land: and you subduedst before them the inhabitants of the land: the Canaanites: and gave them into their hands: with their kings: and the people of the land: that they might do with them as they would.Ps 44:2: How you did drive out the heathen with your hand: and plantedst them; how you did afflict the people: and cast them out.Ps 78:55: He cast out the heathen also before them: and divided them an inheritance by line: and made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents."unto"2Sa 6:1-23: Again: David gathered together all the chosen men of Israel: 30000.1Ch 15:1-17: David made Him houses in the city of David: and prepared a place for the ark of God: and pitched for it a tent.
ος ευρεν χαριν ενωπιον του θεου και ητησατο ευρειν σκηνωμα τω θεω ιακωβ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2147εὗρενheuren (V-AIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρενheuren
|
found
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
favor
|
N-AFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G154ᾐτήσατοētēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσατοētēsato
|
asked
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2147εὑρεῖνheurein (V-ANA)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεῖνheurein
|
to find
|
V-ANA
|
G4638σκήνωμαskēnōma (N-ANS)
G4638 σκήνωμα skḗnōma skay-no-mah from σκηνόω; an encampment, i.e. (figuratively) the Temple (as Gods residence), the body (as a tenement for the soul):-- tabernacle.
|
σκήνωμαskēnōma
|
a dwelling place
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G2384Ἰακώβ.Iakōb (N-GMS)
G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
Ἰακώβ.Iakōb
|
of Jacob.
|
N-GMS
|
46
Who found favour before God, and desired to find a tabernacle for the God of Jacob.Acts 7:46
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 15 words, 66 letters, 27 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ευρεν χαριν ενωπιον του θεου και ητησατο ευρειν σκηνωμα τω θεω ιακωβ
Lit: who found favor before God and asked to find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob.
KJV: Who found favour before God, and desired to find a tabernacle for the God of Jacob.
References
"found"Ac 13:22: When he had removed him: he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony: and said: I have found David the son of Jesse: a man after my own heart: which will fulfil all my will.1Sa 15:28: Samuel said to Him: The LORD has tear the kingdom of Israel from you this day: and has given it to a neighbour of your: that is better than you.1Sa 16:1: 11-13: The LORD said to Samuel: How long will you mourn for Saul: seeing I have rejected Him from reigning over Israel? fill your horn with oil: and go: I will send you to Jesse the Bethlehemite: for I have provided me a king among His sons.2Sa 6:21: David said to Michal: It was before the LORD: which chose me before your father: and before all His house: to appoint me ruler over the people of the LORD: over Israel: therefore will I play before the LORD.2Sa 7:1: 8: 18: 19: It came to pass: when the king sat in His house: and the LORD had given Him rest round about from all His enemies;1Ch 28:4: 5: Howbeit the LORD God of Israel chose me before all the house of my father to be king over Israel for ever: for He has chosen Judah to be the ruler; and of the house of Judah: the house of my father; and among the sons of my father He liked me to make me king over all Israel:Ps 78:68-72: But chose the tribe of Judah: the mount Zion which he loved.Ps 89:19-37: Then you spake in vision to your holy one: and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.Ps 132:11: The LORD has sworn in truth to David; He not will turn from it; Of the fruit of your body will I set upon your throne."and desired"2Sa 7:1-5: It came to pass: when the king sat in His house: and the LORD had given Him rest round about from all His enemies;1Ki 8:17-19: It was in the heart of David my father to build an house for the name of the LORD God of Israel.1Ch 17:1-4: Now it came to pass: as David sat in His house: that David said to Nathan the prophet: Indeed: I dwell in an house of cedars: but the ark of the covenant of the LORD remaineth under curtains.1Ch 22:7: 8: David said to Solomon: My son: as for me: it was in my mind to build an house to the name of the LORD my God:1Ch 28:2: 3: Then David the king stood up upon His feet: and said: Hear me: my brothers: and my people: As for me: I had in my heart to build an house of rest for the ark of the covenant of the LORD: and for the footstool of our God: and had made ready for the building:1Ch 29:2: 3: Now I have prepared with all my might for the house of my God the gold for things to be made of gold: and the silver for things of silver: and the brass for things of brass: the iron for things of iron: and wood for things of wood; onyx stones: and stones to be set: glistering stones: and of divers colours: and all manner of precious stones: and marble stones in abundance.Ps 132:1-5: > LORD: remember David: and all His afflictions:
σολομων δε ωκοδομησεν αυτω οικον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4672ΣολομῶνSolomōn (N-NMS)
G4672 Σολομών Solomṓn sol-om-one of Hebrew origin (שְׁלֹמֹה); Solomon (i.e. Shelomoh), the son of David:--Solomon.
|
ΣολομῶνSolomōn
|
Solomon
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3618οἰκοδόμησενoikodomēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδόμησενoikodomēsen
|
built
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3624οἶκον.oikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκον.oikon
|
the house.
|
N-AMS
|
47
But Solomon built him an house.Acts 7:47
Stats
Counts: 31 characters, 6 words, 25 letters, 11 vowels, 14 consonants
Translation
Greek: σολομων δε ωκοδομησεν αυτω οικον
Lit: Solomon however built Him the house.
KJV: But Solomon built him an house.
References
"But Solomon built him an house."2Sa 7:13: He will build an house for my name: and I will stablish the throne of his kingdom for ever.1Ki 5:1-18: Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants to Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David.1Ki 6:1: 37: 38: It came to pass in the 400 and eightieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt: in the fourth year of Solomon's reign over Israel: in the month Zif: which is the second month: that He began to build the house of the LORD.1Ki 7:13-51: King Solomon sent and fetched Hiram out of Tyre.1Ki 8:20: The LORD has performed His word that He spoke: and I am risen up in the room of David my father: and sit on the throne of Israel: as the LORD promised: and have built an house for the name of the LORD God of Israel.1Ch 17:1: Now it came to pass: as David sat in His house: that David said to Nathan the prophet: Indeed: I dwell in an house of cedars: but the ark of the covenant of the LORD remaineth under curtains.2Ch 2:1-4: Solomon determined to build an house for the name of the LORD: and an house for His kingdom.Zec 6:12: 13: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:
αλλ ουχ ο υψιστος εν χειροποιητοις ναοις κατοικει καθως ο προφητης λεγει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’all’
|
Yet
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5310ὝψιστοςHypsistos (Adj-NMS-S)
G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.
|
ὝψιστοςHypsistos
|
Most High
|
Adj-NMS-S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5499χειροποιήτοιςcheiropoiētois (Adj-DMP)
G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoíētos khi-rop-oy-ay-tos from χείρ and a derivative of ποιέω; manufactured, i.e. of human construction:--made by (make with) hands.
|
χειροποιήτοιςcheiropoiētois
|
hand-made houses
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2730κατοικεῖ·katoikei (V-PIA-3S)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖ·katoikei
|
dwells.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
48
Howbeit the most High dwells not in temples made with hands; as says the prophet,Acts 7:48
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 22 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ουχ ο υψιστος εν χειροποιητοις ναοις κατοικει καθως ο προφητης λεγει
Lit: Yet not the Most High in hand-made houses dwells. As the prophet says:
KJV: Howbeit the most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as saith the prophet,
References
"the most High"De 32:8: When the most High divided to the nations their inheritance: when he separated the sons of Adam: he set the bounds of the people according to the number of the children of Israel.Ps 7:17: I will praise the LORD according to His righteousness: and will sing praise to the name of the LORD most high.Ps 46:4: There is a river: the streams whereof will make glad the city of God: the holy place of the tabernacles of the most High.Ps 91:1: 9: He who dwells in the secret place of the most High will abide under the shadow of the Almighty.Ps 92:8: But you: LORD: are most high for evermore.Da 4:17: 24: 25: 34: This matter is by the decree of the watchers: and the demand by the word of the holy ones: to the intent that the living may know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men: and gives it to whoever he will: and sets up over it the base of men.Ho 7:16: They return: but not to the most High: they are like a deceitful bow: their princes will fall by the sword for the rage of their tongue: this will be their derision in the land of Egypt."dwelleth"Ac 17:24: 25: God that made the world and all things therein: seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth: dwells not in temples made with hands;1Ki 8:27: But will God indeed dwell on the earth? look: the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house that I have built?2Ch 2:5: 6: The house which I build is great: for great is our God above all gods.2Ch 6:18: But will God in very deed dwell with men on the earth? look: heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house which I have built!"as"Isa 66:1: 2: Thus says the LORD: The heaven is my throne: and the earth is my footstool: where is the house that you build to me? and where is the place of my rest?
ο ουρανος μοι θρονος η δε γη υποποδιον των ποδων μου ποιον οικον οικοδομησετε μοι λεγει κυριος η τις τοπος της καταπαυσεως μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3772οὐρανόςouranos (N-NMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόςouranos
|
Heaven is
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2362θρόνος,thronos (N-NMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνος,thronos
|
a throne,
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
the earth
|
N-NFS
|
G5286ὑποπόδιονhypopodion (N-NNS)
G5286 ὑποπόδιον hypopódion hoop-op-od-ee-on neuter of a compound of ὑπό and πούς; something under the feet, i.e. a foot-rest (figuratively):--footstool.
|
ὑποπόδιονhypopodion
|
a footstool
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G1473μου·mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου·mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4169ποῖονpoion (IPro-AMS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποῖονpoion
|
What kind of
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G3618οἰκοδομήσετέoikodomēsete (V-FIA-2P)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομήσετέoikodomēsete
|
will you build
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G1473μοι,moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι,moi
|
Me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what is
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
the place
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2663καταπαύσεώςkatapauseōs (N-GFS)
G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
καταπαύσεώςkatapauseōs
|
rest
|
N-GFS
|
G1473μου;mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου;mou
|
of Me?
|
PPro-G1S
|
49
Heaven is my throne, and earth is my footstool: what house will you build me? says the Lord: or what is the place of my rest?Acts 7:49
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 18 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ουρανος μοι θρονος η δε γη υποποδιον των ποδων μου ποιον οικον οικοδομησετε μοι λεγει κυριος η τις τοπος της καταπαυσεως μου
Lit: Heaven is to Me a throne, and the earth a footstool of the feet of Me. What kind of house will you build Me, says the Lord, or what is the place of the rest of Me?
KJV: Heaven is my throne, and earth [is] my footstool: what house will ye build me? saith the Lord: or what [is] the place of my rest?
References
"Heaven"1Ki 22:19: He said: Hear you therefore the word of the LORD: I saw the LORD sitting on His throne: and all the host of heaven standing by Him on His right hand and on His left.Ps 11:4: The LORD is in His holy temple: the LORD's throne is in heaven: His eyes look: His eyelids try: the children of men.Jer 23:24: Can any hide Himself in secret places that I will not see Him? says the LORD. not Do I fill heaven and earth? says the LORD.Mt 5:34: 35: But I say to you: not Swear at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne:Mt 23:22: He that'>He who will swear by heaven: swears by the throne of God: and by Him that sits thereon.Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne."what house"Jer 7:4-11: Trust you not in lying words: saying: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: are these.Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 24:2: Jesus said to them: See you not all these things? truly I say to you: There will not be left here one stone upon another: that will not be thrown down.Joh 4:21: Jesus says to her: Woman: believe me: the hour comes: when you will neither in this mountain: nor yet at Jerusalem: worship the Father.
ουχι η χειρ μου εποιησεν ταυτα παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl)
G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5495χείρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χείρcheir
|
hand
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
has made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3956πάντα;panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα;panta
|
all?’
|
Adj-ANP
|
50
Has not my hand made all these things?Acts 7:50
Stats
Counts: 39 characters, 8 words, 31 letters, 9 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουχι η χειρ μου εποιησεν ταυτα παντα
Lit: Not the hand of Me has made these things all?’
KJV: Hath not my hand made all these things?
References
"Hath not my hand made all these things?"Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it.Ps 33:6-9: By the word of the LORD were the heavens made; and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.Ps 50:9-12: I will take no bullock out of your house: nor he goats out of your folds.Ps 146:5: 6: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Isa 40:28: Have you not known? have you not heard: that the everlasting God: the LORD: the Creator of the ends of the earth: faints not: neither is weary? there is no searching of His understanding.Isa 44:24: Thus says the LORD: your redeemer: and He that'>He who formed you from the womb: I am the LORD that makes all things; that stretches forth the heavens alone; that spreads abroad the earth by myself;Isa 45:7: 8: 12: I form the light: and create darkness: I make peace: and create evil: I the LORD do all these things.Jer 10:11: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:
The Accused becomes the Accuser
σκληροτραχηλοι και απεριτμητοι τη καρδια και τοις ωσιν υμεις αει τω πνευματι τω αγιω αντιπιπτετε ως οι πατερες υμων και υμεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4644ΣκληροτράχηλοιSklērotrachēloi (Adj-VMP)
G4644 σκληροτράχηλος sklērotráchēlos sklay-rot-rakh-ay-los from σκληρός and τράχηλος; hardnaped, i.e. (figuratively) obstinate:--stiffnecked.
|
ΣκληροτράχηλοιSklērotrachēloi
|
Stiff-necked
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G564ἀπερίτμητοιaperitmētoi (Adj-VMP)
G564 ἀπερίτμητος aperítmētos ap-er-eet-may-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of περιτέμνω; uncircumcised (figuratively):--uncircumcised.
|
ἀπερίτμητοιaperitmētoi
|
uncircumcised
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαιςkardiais
|
in heart
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3775ὠσίν,ōsin (N-DNP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὠσίν,ōsin
|
ears,
|
N-DNP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G104ἀεὶaei (Adv)
G104 ἀεί aeí ah-eye from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); ever
|
ἀεὶaei
|
always
|
Adv
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40ἉγίῳHagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίῳHagiō
|
Holy
|
Adj-DNS
|
G496ἀντιπίπτετε,antipiptete (V-PIA-2P)
G496 ἀντιπίπτω antipíptō an-tee-pip-to from ἀντί and πίπτω (including its alternate); to oppose:--resist.
|
ἀντιπίπτετε,antipiptete
|
resist;
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖς.hymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖς.hymeis
|
you.
|
PPro-N2P
|
51
You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did, so do you.Acts 7:51
Stats
Rank: #1255 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 17 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: σκληροτραχηλοι και απεριτμητοι τη καρδια και τοις ωσιν υμεις αει τω πνευματι τω αγιω αντιπιπτετε ως οι πατερες υμων και υμεις
Lit: Stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, you always the Spirit Holy resist; as the fathers of you, also you.
KJV: Ye stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did, so [do] ye.
References
"stiffnecked"Ex 32:9: The LORD said to Moses: I have seen this people: and: look: it is a stiffnecked people:Ex 33:3: 5: To a land flowing with milk and honey: for I not will go up in the middle of you; for you are a stiffnecked people: lest I consume you in the way.Ex 34:9: He said: If now I have found grace in your sight: O Lord: let my Lord: I pray you: go among us; for it is a stiffnecked people; and pardon our iniquity and our sin: and take us for your inheritance.De 9:6: 13: Understand therefore: that the LORD your God gives you not this good land to possess it for your righteousness; for you are a stiffnecked people.De 31:27: For I know your rebellion: and your stiff neck: look: while I am yet alive with you this day: you have been rebellious against the LORD; and how much more after my death?2Ch 30:8: Now be you not stiffnecked: as your fathers were: but yield yourselves to the LORD: and enter into His sanctuary: which He has sanctified for ever: and serve the LORD your God: that the fierceness of His wrath may turn away from you.Ne 9:16: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Ps 75:5: not Lift up your horn on high: speak not with a stiff neck.Ps 78:8: not might be as their fathers: a stubborn and rebellious generation; a generation that not set their heart aright: and whose spirit not was stedfast with God.Isa 48:4: Because I knew that you are obstinate: and your neck is an iron sinew: and your brow brass;Jer 17:23: But they not obeyed: neither inclined their ear: but made their neck stiff: that they not might hear: nor receive instruction.Eze 2:4: For they are impudent children and stiffhearted. I do send you to them; and you will say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD.Zec 7:11: 12: But they refused to listen: and pulled away the shoulder: and stopped their ears: that they not should hear."uncircumcised"Le 26:41: that I also have walked contrary to them: and have brought them into the land of their enemies; if then their uncircumcised hearts be humbled: and they then accept of the punishment of their iniquity:De 10:16: Circumcise therefore the foreskin of your heart: and be no more stiffnecked.De 30:6: The LORD your God will circumcise your heart: and the heart of your seed: to love the LORD your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: that you may live.Jer 4:4: Circumcise yourselves to the LORD: and take away the foreskins of your heart: you men of Judah and inhabitants of Jerusalem: lest my fury come forth like fire: and burn that none can quench it: because of the evil of your doings.Jer 6:10: To whom will I speak: and give warning: that they may hear? look: their ear is uncircumcised: and they cannot listen: look: the word of the LORD is to them a reproach; they have no delight in it.Jer 9:25: 26: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will punish all them which are circumcised with the uncircumcised;Eze 44:7: 9: In that you have brought into my sanctuary strangers: uncircumcised in heart: and uncircumcised in flesh: to be in my sanctuary: to pollute it: even my house: when you offer my bread: the fat and the blood: and they have broken my covenant because of all your abominations.Ro 2:25: 28: 29: For circumcision truly profits: if you keep the law: but if you be a breaker of the law: your circumcision is made uncircumcision.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh.Col 2:11: In whom also you are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands: in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ:"resist"Ac 6:10: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Ne 9:30: Yet many years did you forbear them: and testifiedst against them by your spirit in your prophets: yet would not they give ear: therefore gave you them into the hand of the people of the lands.Isa 63:10: But they rebelled: and vexed His holy Spirit: therefore He was turned to be their enemy: and He fought against them.Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption."as"Ac 7:9: 27: 35: 39: The patriarchs: moved with envy: sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with Him: Mt 23:31-33: For what reason you be witnesses to yourselves: that you are the children of them which killed the prophets.
τινα των προφητων ουκ εδιωξαν οι πατερες υμων και απεκτειναν τους προκαταγγειλαντας περι της ελευσεως του δικαιου ου νυν υμεις προδοται και φονεις γεγενησθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίναtina
|
Which
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets
|
N-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1377ἐδίωξανediōxan (V-AIA-3P)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ἐδίωξανediōxan
|
did persecute
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν;hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν;hymōn
|
of you?
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G615ἀπέκτεινανapekteinan (V-AIA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπέκτεινανapekteinan
|
they killed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4293προκαταγγείλανταςprokatangeilantas (V-APA-AMP)
G4293 προκαταγγέλλω prokatangéllō prok-at-ang-ghel-lo from πρό and καταγγέλλω; to anounce beforehand, i.e. predict, promise:--foretell, have notice, (shew) before.
|
προκαταγγείλανταςprokatangeilantas
|
having foretold
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1660ἐλεύσεωςeleuseōs (N-GFS)
G1660 ἔλευσις éleusis el-yoo-sis from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; an advent:--coming.
|
ἐλεύσεωςeleuseōs
|
coming
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1342ΔικαίουDikaiou (Adj-GMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
ΔικαίουDikaiou
|
Righteous One,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G4273προδόταιprodotai (N-NMP)
G4273 προδότης prodótēs prod-ot-ace from προδίδωμι (in the sense of giving forward into anothers (the enemys) hands); a surrender:--betrayer, traitor.
|
προδόταιprodotai
|
betrayers
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5406φονεῖςphoneis (N-NMP)
G5406 φονεύς phoneús fon-yooce from φόνος; a murderer (always of criminal (or at least intentional) homicide; which ἀνθρωποκτόνος does not necessarily imply; while σικάριος is a special term for a public bandit):--murderer.
|
φονεῖςphoneis
|
murderers
|
N-NMP
|
G1096ἐγένεσθε,egenesthe (V-AIM-2P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένεσθε,egenesthe
|
have become,
|
V-AIM-2P
|
52
Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Acts 7:52
Stats
Counts: 185 characters, 32 words, 149 letters, 54 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινα των προφητων ουκ εδιωξαν οι πατερες υμων και απεκτειναν τους προκαταγγειλαντας περι της ελευσεως του δικαιου ου νυν υμεις προδοται και φονεις γεγενησθε
Lit: Which of the prophets not did persecute the fathers of you? And they killed those having foretold about the coming of the Righteous One, of whom now you betrayers and murderers have become,
KJV: Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted? and they have slain them which shewed before of the coming of the Just One; of whom ye have been now the betrayers and murderers:
References
"Which of"1Sa 8:7: 8: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.1Ki 19:10: 14: He said: I have been very jealous for the LORD God of hosts: for the children of Israel have forsaken your covenant: thrown down your altars: and killed your prophets with the sword; and I: even I only: am left; and they seek my life: to take it away.2Ch 24:19-22: Yet He sent prophets to them: to bring them again to the LORD; and they testified against them: but they not would give ear.2Ch 36:16: But they mocked the messengers of God: and despised His words: and misused His prophets: until the wrath of the LORD arose against His people: till there was no remedy.Ne 9:26: Nevertheless they were disobedient: and rebelled against you: and cast your law behind their backs: and killed your prophets which testified against them to turn them to you: and they wrought great provocations.Jer 2:30: In vain have I smitten your children; they received no correction: your own sword has devoured your prophets: like a destroying lion.Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 26:15: 23: But know you for certain: that if you put me to death: you will surely bring innocent blood upon yourselves: and upon this city: and upon the inhabitants thereof: for of a truth the LORD has sent me to you to speak all these words in your ears.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Mt 21:35-41: The husbandmen took his servants: and beat one: and killed another: and stoned another.Mt 23:31-37: For what reason you be witnesses to yourselves: that you are the children of them which killed the prophets.Lu 11:47-51: Woe to you! for you build the sepulchres of the prophets: and your fathers killed them.Lu 13:33: 34: Nevertheless I must walk today: and to morrow: and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.1Th 2:15: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:"which shewed"Ac 3:18: 24: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."the Just One"Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 22:14: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.1Jo 2:1: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;"of whom"Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:28-30: Saying: not Did we straitly command you that you not should teach in this name? and: look: you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine: and intend to bring this man's blood upon us.
οιτινες ελαβετε τον νομον εις διαταγας αγγελων και ουκ εφυλαξατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2983ἐλάβετεelabete (V-AIA-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἐλάβετεelabete
|
received
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1296διαταγὰςdiatagas (N-AFP)
G1296 διαταγή diatagḗ dee-at-ag-ay from διατάσσω; arrangement, i.e. institution:--instrumentality.
|
διαταγὰςdiatagas
|
the ordination
|
N-AFP
|
G32ἀγγέλων,angelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλων,angelōn
|
of angels,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5442ἐφυλάξατε.ephylaxate (V-AIA-2P)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
ἐφυλάξατε.ephylaxate
|
have kept it.
|
V-AIA-2P
|
53
Who have received the law by the disposition of angels, and not have kept it.Acts 7:53
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 24 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες ελαβετε τον νομον εις διαταγας αγγελων και ουκ εφυλαξατε
Lit: who received the law by the ordination of angels, and not have kept it.
KJV: Who have received the law by the disposition of angels, and have not kept it.
References
"have received"Ex 19:1-20: In the third month: when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt: the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.De 33:2: He said: The LORD came from Sinai: and rose up from Seir to them; He shined forth from mount Paran: and He came with 10 thousands of saints: from His right hand went a fiery law for them.Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Ga 3:19: For what reason then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions: till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a mediator.Heb 2:2: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;"and have"Eze 20:18-21: But I said to their children in the wilderness: Walk you not in the statutes of your fathers: neither observe their judgments: nor defile yourselves with their idols:Joh 7:19: not Did Moses give you the law: and yet none of you keeps the law? Why go you about to kill me?Ro 2:23-25: You that make your boast of the law: through breaking the law dishonour you God?Ga 6:13: For neither they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but desire to have you circumcised: that they may glory in your flesh.
The Stoning of Stephen
ακουοντες δε ταυτα διεπριοντο ταις καρδιαις αυτων και εβρυχον τους οδοντας επ αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἈκούοντεςAkouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούοντεςAkouontes
|
Hearing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1282διεπρίοντοdieprionto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1282 διαπρίω diapríō dee-ap-ree-o from διά and the base of πρίζω; to saw asunder, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--cut (to the heart).
|
διεπρίοντοdieprionto
|
they were cut
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2588καρδίαιςkardiais (N-DFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαιςkardiais
|
hearts
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1031ἔβρυχονebrychon (V-IIA-3P)
G1031 βρύχω brýchō broo-kho a primary verb; to grate the teeth (in pain or rage):--gnash.
|
ἔβρυχονebrychon
|
began gnashing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3599ὀδόνταςodontas (N-AMP)
G3599 ὀδούς odoús od-ooce perhaps from the base of ἐσθίω; a tooth:--tooth.
|
ὀδόνταςodontas
|
teeth
|
N-AMP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
at
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
54
When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Acts 7:54
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 26 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουοντες δε ταυτα διεπριοντο ταις καρδιαις αυτων και εβρυχον τους οδοντας επ αυτον
Lit: Hearing now these things, they were cut in the hearts of them and began gnashing the teeth at him.
KJV: When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth.
References
"they were"Ac 5:33: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Ac 22:22: 23: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live."they gnashed"Job 16:9: He tears me in his wrath: who hates me: he gnashes upon me with his teeth; my enemy sharpens his eyes upon me.Ps 35:16: With hypocritical mockers in feasts: they gnashed upon me with their teeth.Ps 112:10: The wicked will see it: and be grieved; he will gnash with his teeth: and melt away: the desire of the wicked will perish.La 2:16: All your enemies have opened their mouth against you: they hiss and gnash the teeth: they say: We have swallowed her up: certainly this is the day that we looked for; we have found: we have seen it.Mt 8:12: But the children of the kingdom will be cast out into outer darkness: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Mt 13:42: 50: will cast them into a furnace of fire: there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth.Mt 22:13: Then said the king to the servants: Bind him hand and foot: and take him away: and cast him into outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Mt 24:51: will cut him asunder: and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Mt 25:30: Cast you the unprofitable servant into outer darkness: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Lu 13:28: There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth: when you will see Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: and all the prophets: in the kingdom of God: and you yourselves thrust out.
υπαρχων δε πληρης πνευματος αγιου ατενισας εις τον ουρανον ειδεν δοξαν θεου και ιησουν εστωτα εκ δεξιων του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5225ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn
|
He being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-NMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G816ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
the glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
55
But He, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God,Acts 7:55
Stats
Rank: #1589 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 24 words, 110 letters, 37 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: υπαρχων δε πληρης πνευματος αγιου ατενισας εις τον ουρανον ειδεν δοξαν θεου και ιησουν εστωτα εκ δεξιων του θεου
Lit: He being however full of the Spirit Holy, having looked intently into heaven, saw the glory of God and Jesus standing at the right hand of God,
KJV: But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God,
References
"full"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:8: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Ac 6:3: 5: 8: 10: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 13:9: 10: Then Saul: (who also is called Paul: ) filled with the Holy Ghost: set His eyes on Him: Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin."looked"Ac 1:10: 11: While they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up: look: two men stood by them in white apparel;2Co 12:2-4: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven.Re 4:1-3: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter."and saw"Isa 6:1-3: In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne: high and lifted up: and His train filled the temple.Eze 1:26-28: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Eze 10:4: 18: Then the glory of the LORD went up from the cherub: and stood over the threshold of the house; and the house was filled with the cloud: and the court was full of the brightness of the LORD's glory.Eze 11:23: The glory of the LORD went up from the middle of the city: and stood upon the mountain which is on the east side of the city.Joh 12:41: These things said Isaiah: when he saw his glory: and spoke of him.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.2Pe 1:17: For He received from God the Father honour and glory: when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Re 21:11: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;"standing"Ps 109:31: For he will stand at the right hand of the poor: to save him from those that condemn his soul.Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;
και ειπεν ιδου θεωρω τους ουρανους ανεωγμενους και τον υιον του ανθρωπου εκ δεξιων εστωτα του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2334θεωρῶtheōrō (V-PIA-1S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρῶtheōrō
|
I see
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3772οὐρανοὺςouranous (N-AMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοὺςouranous
|
heavens
|
N-AMP
|
G1272διηνοιγμένουςdiēnoigmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G1272 διανοίγω dianoígō dee-an-oy-go from διά and ἀνοίγω; to open thoroughly, literally (as a first-born) or figuratively (to expound):--open.
|
διηνοιγμένουςdiēnoigmenous
|
having been opened,
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of Man
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
56
Said, Look, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.
Acts 7:56
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν ιδου θεωρω τους ουρανους ανεωγμενους και τον υιον του ανθρωπου εκ δεξιων εστωτα του θεου
Lit: and he said, Behold, I see the heavens having been opened, and the Son of Man at the right hand standing of God.
KJV: And said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.
References
"I see"Ac 10:11: 16: Saw heaven opened: and a certain vessel descending to him: as it had been a great sheet knit at the 4 corners: and let down to the earth:Eze 1:1: Now it came to pass in the thirtieth year: in the fourth month: in the fifth day of the month: as I was among the captives by the river of Chebar: that the heavens were opened: and I saw visions of God.Mt 3:16: Jesus: when He was baptized: went up straightway out of the water: and: indeed: the heavens were opened to Him: and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove: and lighting upon Him:Mr 1:10: Straightway coming up out of the water: He saw the heavens opened: and the Spirit like a dove descending upon Him:Lu 3:21: Now when all the people were baptized: it came to pass: that Jesus also being baptized: and praying: the heaven was opened: Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war."the Son"Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 16:27: 28: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Mt 26:64: 65: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Joh 5:22-27: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:
κραξαντες δε φωνη μεγαλη συνεσχον τα ωτα αυτων και ωρμησαν ομοθυμαδον επ αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2896Κράξαντεςkraxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
Κράξαντεςkraxantes
|
Having cried out
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4912συνέσχονsyneschon (V-AIA-3P)
G4912 συνέχω synéchō soon-ekh-o from σύν and ἔχω; to hold together, i.e. to compress (the ears, with a crowd or siege) or arrest (a prisoner); figuratively, to compel, perplex, afflict, preoccupy:--constrain, hold, keep in, press, lie sick of, stop, be in a strait, straiten, be taken with, throng.
|
συνέσχονsyneschon
|
they held
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3729ὥρμησανhōrmēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3729 ὁρμάω hormáō hor-mah-o from ὁρμή; to start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflexively) to dash or plunge:--run (violently), rush.
|
ὥρμησανhōrmēsan
|
rushed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
57
Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord,Acts 7:57
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 75 letters, 30 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: κραξαντες δε φωνη μεγαλη συνεσχον τα ωτα αυτων και ωρμησαν ομοθυμαδον επ αυτον
Lit: Having cried out then in a voice loud, they held the ears of them and rushed with one accord upon him,
KJV: Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord,
References
"they cried"Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 21:27-31: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: Ac 23:27: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman."stopped"Ps 58:4: Their poison is like the poison of a serpent: they are like the deaf adder that stops her ear;Pr 21:13: Whoever stops his ears at the cry of the poor: he also will cry himself: but will not be heard.Zec 7:11: But they refused to listen: and pulled away the shoulder: and stopped their ears: that they not should hear.
και εκβαλοντες εξω της πολεως ελιθοβολουν και οι μαρτυρες απεθεντο τα ιματια αυτων παρα τους ποδας νεανιου καλουμενου σαυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1544ἐκβαλόντεςekbalontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβαλόντεςekbalontes
|
having cast him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G3036ἐλιθοβόλουν.elithoboloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3036 λιθοβολέω lithoboléō lith-ob-ol-eh-o from a compound of λίθος and βάλλω; to throw stones, i.e. lapidate:--stone, cast stones.
|
ἐλιθοβόλουν.elithoboloun
|
they began to stone him.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3144μάρτυρεςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρεςmartyres
|
witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G659ἀπέθεντοapethento (V-AIM-3P)
G659 ἀποτίθημι apotíthēmi ap-ot-eeth-ay-mee from ἀπό and τίθημι; to put away (literally or figuratively):--cast off, lay apart (aside, down), put away (off).
|
ἀπέθεντοapethento
|
laid aside
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G3494νεανίουneaniou (N-GMS)
G3494 νεανίας neanías neh-an-ee-as from a derivative of νέος; a youth (up to about forty years):--young man.
|
νεανίουneaniou
|
of a young man
|
N-GMS
|
G2564καλουμένουkaloumenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένουkaloumenou
|
named
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G4569Σαύλου.Saulou (N-GMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
Σαύλου.Saulou
|
Saul.
|
N-GMS
|
58
Cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul.Acts 7:58
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 38 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκβαλοντες εξω της πολεως ελιθοβολουν και οι μαρτυρες απεθεντο τα ιματια αυτων παρα τους ποδας νεανιου καλουμενου σαυλου
Lit: and having cast him out of the city, they began to stone him. And the witnesses laid aside the garments of them at the feet of a young man named Saul.
KJV: And cast him out of the city, and stoned [him]: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul.
References
"cast"Nu 15:35: The LORD said to Moses: The man will be surely put to death: all the congregation will stone Him with stones without the camp.1Ki 21:13: There came in two men: children of Belial: and sat before Him: and the men of Belial witnessed against Him: even against Naboth: in the presence of the people: saying: Naboth did blaspheme God and the king. Then they carried Him forth out of the city: and stoned Him with stones: that He died.Lu 4:29: Rose up: and thrust him out of the city: and led him to the brow of the hill whereon their city was built: that they might cast him down headlong.Heb 13:12: 13: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate."stoned"Ac 6:11: Then they suborned men: which said: We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses: and against God.Le 24:14-16: Bring forth him that has cursed without the camp; and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head: and let all the congregation stone him.Joh 10:23-26: Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon's porch."the witnesses"Ac 6:13: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:De 13:9: 10: But you will surely kill him; your hand will be first upon him to put him to death: and afterwards the hand of all the people.De 17:7: The hands of the witnesses will be first upon him to put him to death: and afterward the hands of all the people. So you will put the evil away from among you."their"Ac 8:1: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:1-19: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 22:4: 20: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.
και ελιθοβολουν τον στεφανον επικαλουμενον και λεγοντα κυριε ιησου δεξαι το πνευμα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And as
|
Conj
|
G3036ἐλιθοβόλουνelithoboloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3036 λιθοβολέω lithoboléō lith-ob-ol-eh-o from a compound of λίθος and βάλλω; to throw stones, i.e. lapidate:--stone, cast stones.
|
ἐλιθοβόλουνelithoboloun
|
they were stoning
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4736Στέφανον,Stephanon (N-AMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
Στέφανον,Stephanon
|
Stephen,
|
N-AMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλούμενονepikaloumenon (V-PPM-AMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλούμενονepikaloumenon
|
he was calling out
|
V-PPM-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγονταlegonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταlegonta
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-VMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-VMS
|
G1209δέξαιdexai (V-AMM-2S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέξαιdexai
|
receive
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151πνεῦμάpneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμάpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
59
They stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.
Acts 7:59
Stats
Rank: #1895 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 10 words, 67 letters, 23 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελιθοβολουν τον στεφανον επικαλουμενον και λεγοντα κυριε ιησου δεξαι το πνευμα μου
Lit: And as they were stoning Stephen, he was calling out and saying, Lord Jesus, receive the spirit of me.
KJV: And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.
References
"calling"Ac 2:21: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the Lord will be saved.Ac 9:14: 21: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Ro 10:12-14: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:"Lord"Ps 31:5: Into your hand I commit my spirit: you have redeemed me: O LORD God of truth.Lu 23:46: When Jesus had cried with a loud voice: He said: Father: into your hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus: He gave up the ghost.
θεις δε τα γονατα εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη κυριε μη στησης αυτοις την αμαρτιαν ταυτην και τουτο ειπων εκοιμηθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5087θεὶςtheis (V-APA-NMS)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θεὶςtheis
|
Having fallen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
on his
|
Art-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP)
G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knees,
|
N-ANP
|
G2896ἔκραξενekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξενekraxen
|
he cried
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2476στήσῃςstēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στήσῃςstēsēs
|
place
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτίαν.hamartian (N-AFS)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαν.hamartian
|
sin.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3004εἰπὼνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπὼνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2837ἐκοιμήθη.ekoimēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
ἐκοιμήθη.ekoimēthē
|
he fell asleep.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
60
He kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this, He fell asleep.
Acts 7:60
Stats
Rank: #9849 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεις δε τα γονατα εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη κυριε μη στησης αυτοις την αμαρτιαν ταυτην και τουτο ειπων εκοιμηθη
Lit: Having fallen then on his knees, he cried in a voice loud, Lord, not place to them this sin. And this having said, he fell asleep.
KJV: And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep.
References
"he kneeled"Ac 9:40: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up.Ac 20:36: When he had thus spoken: he kneeled down: and prayed with them all.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ezr 9:5: At the evening sacrifice I arose up from my heaviness; and having tear my garment and my mantle: I fell upon my knees: and spread out my hands to the LORD my God: Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Lu 22:41: He was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast: and kneeled down: and prayed: "Lord"Mt 5:44: But I say to you: Love your enemies: bless them that curse you: do good to them that hate you: and pray for them which despitefully use you: and persecute you;Lu 6:28: Bless them that curse you: and pray for them which despitefully use you.Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Ro 12:14-21: Bless them which persecute you: bless: and not curse."he fell"Ac 13:36: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:1Co 11:30: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you: and many sleep.1Co 15:6: 18: 20: 51: After that: he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present: but some are fallen asleep.1Th 4:13: 14: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.1Th 5:10: Who died for us: that: whether we wake or sleep: we should live together with him.
8
Saul Persecutes the Church
σαυλος δε ην συνευδοκων τη αναιρεσει αυτου εγενετο δε εν εκεινη τη ημερα διωγμος μεγας επι την εκκλησιαν την εν ιεροσολυμοις παντες τε διεσπαρησαν κατα τας χωρας της ιουδαιας και σαμαρειας πλην των αποστολων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was there
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4909συνευδοκῶνsyneudokōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4909 συνευδοκέω syneudokéō soon-yoo-dok-eh-o from σύν and εὐδοκέω; to think well of in common, i.e. assent to, feel gratified with:--allow, assent, be pleased, have pleasure.
|
συνευδοκῶνsyneudokōn
|
consenting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G336ἀναιρέσειanairesei (N-DFS)
G336 ἀναίρεσις anaíresis an-ah-ee-res-is from ἀναιρέω; (the act of) killing:--death.
|
ἀναιρέσειanairesei
|
killing
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
Arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G1375διωγμὸςdiōgmos (N-NMS)
G1375 διωγμός diōgmós dee-ogue-mos from διώκω; persecution:--persecution.
|
διωγμὸςdiōgmos
|
a persecution
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
which was
|
Art-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσολύμοις·Hierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσολύμοις·Hierosolymois
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-DNP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1289διεσπάρησανdiesparēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1289 διασπείρω diaspeírō dee-as-pi-ro from διά and σπείρω; to sow throughout, i.e. (figuratively) distribute in foreign lands:--scatter abroad.
|
διεσπάρησανdiesparēsan
|
were scattered
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
throughout
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5561χώραςchōras (N-AFP)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώραςchōras
|
regions
|
N-AFP
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
of Judea
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4540ΣαμαρείαςSamareias (N-GFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμαρείαςSamareias
|
Samaria,
|
N-GFS
|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Prep)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
except
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων.apostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων.apostolōn
|
apostles.
|
N-GMP
|
1
And Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles.Acts 8:1
Stats
Rank: #920 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 36 words, 189 letters, 75 vowels, 114 consonants
Translation
Greek: σαυλος δε ην συνευδοκων τη αναιρεσει αυτου εγενετο δε εν εκεινη τη ημερα διωγμος μεγας επι την εκκλησιαν την εν ιεροσολυμοις παντες τε διεσπαρησαν κατα τας χωρας της ιουδαιας και σαμαρειας πλην των αποστολων
Lit: Saul now was there consenting to the killing of him. Arose then on that day a persecution great against the church which was in Jerusalem. All then were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles.
KJV: And Saul was consenting unto his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles.
References
"And Saul"Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 22:20: When the blood of your martyr Stephen was shed: I also was standing by: and consenting to his death: and kept the clothing of them that killed him."there"Ac 5:33: 40: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Mt 10:25-28: It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master: and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub: how much more will they call them of his household?Mt 22:6: The remnant took his servants: and entreated them spitefully: and killed them.Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Lu 11:49: 50: Therefore also said the wisdom of God: I will send them prophets and apostles: and some of them they will kill and persecute:Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service."the church"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ac 7:38: This is he: that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spoke to him in the mount Sina: and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give to us:Ac 11:22: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul."and they"Ac 8:4: Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.Ac 11:19-21: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Mt 5:13: You are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour: wherewith will it be salted? it is thenceforth good not forhing: but to be cast out: and to be trodden under foot of men.Php 1:12: But I would you should understand: brothers: that the things which happened to me have fallen out rather to the furtherance of the gospel;"Samaria"Ac 8:14: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Joh 4:39-42: Many of the Samaritans of that city believed on him for the saying of the woman: which testified: He told me all that ever I did."except"Ac 5:18: 20: 33: 40: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ex 10:28: 29: Pharaoh said to him: Get you from me: take heed to yourself: see my face no more; for in that day you see my face you will die.Ne 6:3: I sent messengers to them: saying: I am doing a great work: so that I cannot come down: why should the work cease: whilst I leave it: and come down to you?Da 3:16-18: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Da 6:10: 23: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Heb 11:27: By faith he forsook Egypt: not fearing the wrath of the king: for he endured: as seeing him who is invisible.
συνεκομισαν δε τον στεφανον ανδρες ευλαβεις και εποιησαντο κοπετον μεγαν επ αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4792συνεκόμισανsynekomisan (V-AIA-3P)
G4792 συγκομίζω synkomízō soong-kom-id-zo from σύν and κομίζω; to convey together, i.e. collect or bear away in company with others:--carry.
|
συνεκόμισανsynekomisan
|
Buried
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4736ΣτέφανονStephanon (N-AMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
ΣτέφανονStephanon
|
Stephen
|
N-AMS
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2126εὐλαβεῖςeulabeis (Adj-NMP)
G2126 εὐλαβής eulabḗs yoo-lab-ace from εὖ and λαμβάνω; taking well (carefully), i.e. circumspect (religiously, pious):--devout.
|
εὐλαβεῖςeulabeis
|
devout,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησανepoiēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησανepoiēsan
|
made
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2870κοπετὸνkopeton (N-AMS)
G2870 κοπετός kopetós kop-et-os from κόπτω; mourning (properly, by beating the breast):--lamentation.
|
κοπετὸνkopeton
|
lamentation
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
2
Devout men carried Stephen to his burial, and made great lamentation over him.Acts 8:2
Stats
Rank: #7169 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 28 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνεκομισαν δε τον στεφανον ανδρες ευλαβεις και εποιησαντο κοπετον μεγαν επ αυτω
Lit: Buried now Stephen men devout, and made lamentation great over him.
KJV: And devout men carried Stephen to his burial, and made great lamentation over him.
References
"devout"Ac 2:5: There were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews: devout men: out of every nation under heaven.Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him."made"Ge 23:2: Sarah died in Kirjatharba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah: and to weep for her.Ge 50:10: 11: They came to the threshingfloor of Atad: which is beyond Jordan: and there they mourned with a great and very sore lamentation: and he made a mourning for his father 7 days.Nu 20:29: When all the congregation saw that Aaron was dead: they mourned for Aaron 30 days: even all the house of Israel.De 34:8: The children of Israel wept for Moses in the plains of Moab 30 days: so the days of weeping and mourning for Moses were ended.1Sa 28:3: Now Samuel was dead: and all Israel had lamented him: and buried him in Ramah: even in his own city. And Saul had put away those that had familiar spirits: and the wizards: out of the land.2Sa 3:31: David said to Joab: and to all the people that were with him: Rend your clothes: and gird you with sackcloth: and mourn before Abner. And king David himself followed the bier.2Ch 32:33: Hezekiah slept with his fathers: and they buried him in the chief of the sepulchres of the sons of David: and all Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem did him honour at his death. And Manasseh his son reigned in his stead.2Ch 35:25: Jeremiah lamented for Josiah: and all the singing men and the singing women spoke of Josiah in their lamentations to this day: and made them an ordinance in Israel: and: look: they are written in the lamentations.Isa 57:1: 2: The righteous perishes: and no man lays it to heart: and merciful men are taken away: none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come.Jer 22:10: 18: Weep you not for the dead: neither bemoan him: but weep sore for him that goes away: for he will return no more: nor see his native country.Joh 11:31-35: The Jews then which were with her in the house: and comforted her: when they saw Mary: that she rose up hastily and went out: followed her: saying: She goes to the grave to weep there.
σαυλος δε ελυμαινετο την εκκλησιαν κατα τους οικους εισπορευομενος συρων τε ανδρας και γυναικας παρεδιδου εις φυλακην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3075ἐλυμαίνετοelymaineto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3075 λυμαίνομαι lymaínomai loo-mah-ee-nom-ahee middle voice from a probably derivative of λύω (meaning filth); properly, to soil, i.e. (figuratively) insult (maltreat):--make havock of.
|
ἐλυμαίνετοelymaineto
|
was destroying
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church;
|
N-AFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
houses after
|
Prep
|
G3624οἴκουςoikous (N-AMP)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκουςoikous
|
houses
|
N-AMP
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμενος,eisporeuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμενος,eisporeuomenos
|
entering,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G4951σύρωνsyrōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4951 σύρω sýrō soo-ro probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to trail:--drag, draw, hale.,
|
σύρωνsyrōn
|
dragging off
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκαςgynaikas (N-AFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαςgynaikas
|
women,
|
N-AFP
|
G3860παρεδίδουparedidou (V-IIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδίδουparedidou
|
he was delivering them
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακήν.phylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακήν.phylakēn
|
prison.
|
N-AFS
|
3
As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and haling men and women committed them to prison.Acts 8:3
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 19 words, 95 letters, 36 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: σαυλος δε ελυμαινετο την εκκλησιαν κατα τους οικους εισπορευομενος συρων τε ανδρας και γυναικας παρεδιδου εις φυλακην
Lit: Saul however was destroying the church; houses after houses entering, dragging off then men and women, he was delivering them to prison.
KJV: As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and haling men and women committed them to prison.
References
"As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and haling men and women committed them to prison."Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 9:1-13: 21: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 22:3: 4: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ac 26:9-11: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Ga 1:13: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
Witnesses in Judea and Samaria
οι μεν ουν διασπαρεντες διηλθον ευαγγελιζομενοι τον λογον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1289διασπαρέντεςdiasparentes (V-APP-NMP)
G1289 διασπείρω diaspeírō dee-as-pi-ro from διά and σπείρω; to sow throughout, i.e. (figuratively) distribute in foreign lands:--scatter abroad.
|
διασπαρέντεςdiasparentes
|
having been scattered
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1330διῆλθονdiēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διῆλθονdiēlthon
|
went about,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
preaching
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον.logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον.logon
|
word.
|
N-AMS
|
4
Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.Acts 8:4
Stats
Rank: #1831 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 66 letters, 24 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν διασπαρεντες διηλθον ευαγγελιζομενοι τον λογον
Lit: Those indeed therefore having been scattered went about, preaching the word.
KJV: Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.
References
"Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word."Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 14:2-7: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come.1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.
φιλιππος δε κατελθων εις πολιν της σαμαρειας εκηρυσσεν αυτοις τον χριστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2718κατελθὼνkatelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατελθὼνkatelthōn
|
having gone down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
a city
|
N-AFS
|
G4540ΣαμαρείαςSamareias (N-GFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμαρείαςSamareias
|
of Samaria,
|
N-GFS
|
G2784ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen (V-IIA-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen
|
was proclaiming
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547Χριστόν.Christon (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν.Christon
|
Christ.
|
N-AMS
|
5
Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ to them.Acts 8:5
Stats
Rank: #2186 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 76 characters, 13 words, 61 letters, 21 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: φιλιππος δε κατελθων εις πολιν της σαμαρειας εκηρυσσεν αυτοις τον χριστον
Lit: Philip now, having gone down to a city of Samaria, was proclaiming to them the Christ.
KJV: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them.
References
"Philip"Ac 8:1: 14: 15: 40: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 6:5: The saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen: a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost: and Philip: and Prochorus: and Nicanor: and Timon: and Parmenas: and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him."the city"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Mt 10:5: 6: These 12 Jesus sent forth: and commanded them: saying: not Go into the way of the Gentiles: and into any city of the Samaritans enter you not:"preached"Ac 8:35-37: Then Philip opened His mouth: and began at the same scripture: and preached to Him Jesus.Ac 5:42: Daily in the temple: and in every house: they not ceased to teach and preach Jesus Christ.Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 17:2: 3: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Joh 4:25: 26: The woman says to Him: I know that Messias comes: which is called Christ: when He is come: He will tell us all things.1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.1Co 3:11: For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid: which is Jesus Christ.
προσειχον τε οι οχλοι τοις λεγομενοις υπο του φιλιππου ομοθυμαδον εν τω ακουειν αυτους και βλεπειν τα σημεια α εποιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4337προσεῖχονproseichon (V-IIA-3P)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσεῖχονproseichon
|
Were giving heed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3793ὄχλοιochloi (N-NMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοιochloi
|
crowds
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G3004λεγομένοιςlegomenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένοιςlegomenois
|
being spoken
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5376ΦιλίππουPhilippou (N-GMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππουPhilippou
|
Philip
|
N-GMS
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord,
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the time
|
Art-DNS
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to hear
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπεινblepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεινblepein
|
to see
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίει.epoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίει.epoiei
|
he was performing.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
6
The people with one accord gave heed to those things which Philip spoke, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did.Acts 8:6
Stats
Rank: #7151 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 21 words, 101 letters, 38 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσειχον τε οι οχλοι τοις λεγομενοις υπο του φιλιππου ομοθυμαδον εν τω ακουειν αυτους και βλεπειν τα σημεια α εποιει
Lit: Were giving heed now the crowds to the things being spoken by Philip with one accord, in the time to hear them and to see the signs that he was performing.
KJV: And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did.
References
"with one"Ac 13:44: The next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God.2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Mt 20:15: 16: Is not it lawful for me to do what I will with my own? Is your eye evil: because I am good?Joh 4:41: 42: Many more believed because of his own word;
πολλων γαρ των εχοντων πνευματα ακαθαρτα βοωντα μεγαλη φωνη εξηρχετο πολλοι δε παραλελυμενοι και χωλοι εθεραπευθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-ANP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-ANP
|
G169ἀκάθαρταakatharta (Adj-ANP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρταakatharta
|
unclean,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G994βοῶνταboōnta (V-PPA-ANP)
G994 βοάω boáō bo-ah-o apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a tumultuous way):--cry.
|
βοῶνταboōnta
|
crying
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
in a loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1831ἐξήρχοντο·exērchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξήρχοντο·exērchonto
|
they were coming out of them;
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3886παραλελυμένοιparalelymenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G3886 παραλύω paralýō par-al-oo-o from παρά and λύω; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perfect passive participle, paralyzed or enfeebled):--feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy.
|
παραλελυμένοιparalelymenoi
|
having been paralyzed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5560χωλοὶchōloi (Adj-NMP)
G5560 χωλός chōlós kho-los apparently a primary word; halt, i.e. limping:--cripple, halt, lame.
|
χωλοὶchōloi
|
lame,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2323ἐθεραπεύθησαν·etherapeuthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεραπεύθησαν·etherapeuthēsan
|
were healed.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
7
For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed.Acts 8:7
Stats
Rank: #6670 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 22 words, 122 letters, 46 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλων γαρ των εχοντων πνευματα ακαθαρτα βοωντα μεγαλη φωνη εξηρχετο πολλοι δε παραλελυμενοι και χωλοι εθεραπευθησαν
Lit: Many for of those having spirits unclean, crying voice in a loud, they were coming out of them; many now, having been paralyzed and lame, were healed.
KJV: For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed.
References
"unclean"Ac 5:16: There came also a multitude out of the cities round about to Jerusalem: bringing sick folks: and them which were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one.Mt 10:1: When he had called to him his 12 disciples: he gave them power against unclean spirits: to cast them out: and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.Mr 9:26: the spirit cried: and tear him sore: and came out of him: and he was as one dead; insomuch that many said: He is dead.Mr 16:17: 18: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 10:17: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"palsies"Ac 9:33: 34: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.Mr 2:3-11: They come to him: bringing one sick of the palsy: which was borne of 4."lame"Ac 3:6: 7: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 14:8-10: There sat a certain man at Lystra: impotent in his feet: being a cripple from his mother's womb: who never had walked:Isa 35:6: Then will the lame man leap as an hart: and the tongue of the dumb sing: for in the wilderness will waters break out: and streams in the desert.Mt 11:5: The blind receive their sight: and the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: and the deaf hear: the dead are raised up: and the poor have the gospel preached to them.Mt 15:30: 31: Great multitudes came to Him: having with them those that were lame: blind: dumb: maimed: and many others: and cast them down at Jesus' feet; and He healed them:
και εγενετο χαρα μεγαλη εν τη πολει εκεινη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
There was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὴpollē (Adj-NFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὴpollē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5479χαρὰchara (N-NFS)
G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρὰchara
|
joy
|
N-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G1565ἐκείνῃ.ekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃ.ekeinē
|
that.
|
DPro-DFS
|
8
There was great joy in that city.Acts 8:8
Stats
Rank: #7618 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 37 characters, 8 words, 29 letters, 10 vowels, 19 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο χαρα μεγαλη εν τη πολει εκεινη
Lit: There was then great joy in the city that.
KJV: And there was great joy in that city.
References
"And there was great joy in that city."Ac 13:48: 52: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Ps 96:10-12: Say among the heathen that the LORD reigns: the world also will be established that it will not be moved: He will judge the people righteously.Ps 98:2-6: The LORD has made known His salvation: His righteousness has He openly showed in the sight of the heathen.Isa 35:1: 2: The wilderness and the solitary place will be glad for them; and the desert will rejoice: and blossom as the rose.Isa 42:10-12: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof.Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ro 15:9-12: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name.
Simon the Sorcerer
ανηρ δε τις ονοματι σιμων προυπηρχεν εν τη πολει μαγευων και εξιστων το εθνος της σαμαρειας λεγων ειναι τινα εαυτον μεγαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἈνὴρAnēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἈνὴρAnēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon,
|
N-NMS
|
G4391προϋπῆρχενproupērchen (V-IIA-3S)
G4391 προϋπάρχω proÿpárchō pro-oop-ar-kho from πρό and ὑπάρχω; to exist before, i.e. (adverbially) to be or do something previously:--+ be before(-time).
|
προϋπῆρχενproupērchen
|
had been formerly
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G3096μαγεύωνmageuōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3096 μαγεύω mageúō mag-yoo-o from μάγος; to practice magic:--use sorcery.
|
μαγεύωνmageuōn
|
practicing sorcery
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1839ἐξιστάνωνexistanōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξιστάνωνexistanōn
|
amazing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
people
|
N-ANS
|
G4540Σαμαρείας,Samareias (N-GFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
Σαμαρείας,Samareias
|
of Samaria,
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1510εἶναίeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναίeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
someone
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G3173μέγαν,megan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαν,megan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
9
But there was a certain man, called Simon, which beforetime in the same city used sorcery, and bewitched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one:Acts 8:9
Stats
Rank: #1618 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 26 words, 137 letters, 55 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανηρ δε τις ονοματι σιμων προυπηρχεν εν τη πολει μαγευων και εξιστων το εθνος της σαμαρειας λεγων ειναι τινα εαυτον μεγαν
Lit: A man now certain, named Simon, had been formerly in the city practicing sorcery and amazing the people of Samaria, declaring to be someone himself great,
KJV: But there was a certain man, called Simon, which beforetime in the same city used sorcery, and bewitched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one:
References
"used"Ac 13:6: When they had gone through the isle to Paphos: they found a certain sorcerer: a false prophet: a Jew: whose name was Barjesus:Ac 16:16-18: It came to pass: as we went to prayer: a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us: which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:Ac 19:18-20: Many that believed came: and confessed: and showed their deeds.Ex 7:11: 22: Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt: they also did in like manner with their enchantments.Ex 8:18: 19: The magicians did so with their enchantments to bring forth lice: but they not could: so there were lice upon man: and upon beast.Ex 9:11: The magicians not could stand before Moses because of the boils; for the boil was upon the magicians: and upon all the Egyptians.Le 20:6: The soul that turns after such as have familiar spirits: and after wizards: to go a whoring after them: I will even set my face against that soul: and will cut him off from among his people.De 18:10-12: There will not be found among you any one that makes his son or his daughter to pass through the fire: or that uss divination: or an observer of times: or an enchanter: or a witch: 2Ti 3:8: 9: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.Re 13:13: 14: He does great wonders: so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men: Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie."giving"Ac 5:36: For before these days rose up Theudas: boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men: about 400: joined themselves: who was killed; and all: as many as obeyed him: were scattered: and brought to nought.Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God.2Ti 3:2: 5: For men will be lovers of their own selves: covetous: boasters: proud: blasphemers: disobedient to parents: unthankful: unholy: 2Pe 2:18: For when they speak great swelling words of vanity: they allure through the lusts of the flesh: through much wantonness: those that were clean escaped from them who live in error.
ω προσειχον παντες απο μικρου εως μεγαλου λεγοντες ουτος εστιν η δυναμις του θεου η μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G4337προσεῖχονproseichon (V-IIA-3P)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσεῖχονproseichon
|
were giving heed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3398μικροῦmikrou (Adj-GMS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροῦmikrou
|
small
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3173μεγάλουmegalou (Adj-GMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλουmegalou
|
great,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3778ΟὗτόςHoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτόςHoutos
|
This one
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
power
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
that
|
Art-NFS
|
G2564καλουμένηkaloumenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένηkaloumenē
|
is called
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G3173Μεγάλη.Megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
Μεγάλη.Megalē
|
Great.
|
Adj-NFS
|
10
To whom they all gave heed, from the least to the great, saying, This man is the great power of God.
Acts 8:10
Stats
Rank: #1043 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ω προσειχον παντες απο μικρου εως μεγαλου λεγοντες ουτος εστιν η δυναμις του θεου η μεγαλη
Lit: to whom were giving heed all, from small to great, saying, This one is the power of God that is called Great.
KJV: To whom they all gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power of God.
References
"they"2Co 11:19: For you suffer fools gladly: seeing you yourselves are wise.Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;2Pe 2:2: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of.Re 13:3: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast."from"Jer 6:13: For from the least of them even to the great of them every one is given to covetousness; and from the prophet even to the priest every one deals falsely.Jer 8:10: Therefore will I give their wives to others: and their fields to them that will inherit them: for every one from the least even to the great is given to covetousness: from the prophet even to the priest every one deals falsely.Jer 31:34: They will teach no more every man His neighbour: and every man His brother: saying: Know the LORD: for they will all know me: from the least of them to the great of them: says the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity: and I will remember their sin no more.Jon 3:5: So the people of Nineveh believed God: and proclaimed a fast: and put on sackcloth: from the great of them even to the least of them."the great power"1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.
προσειχον δε αυτω δια το ικανω χρονω ταις μαγειαις εξεστακεναι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4337προσεῖχονproseichon (V-IIA-3P)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσεῖχονproseichon
|
They were giving heed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2425ἱκανῷhikanō (Adj-DMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανῷhikanō
|
long
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5550χρόνῳchronō (N-DMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνῳchronō
|
time
|
N-DMS
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with the
|
Art-DFP
|
G3095μαγείαις*mageiais (N-DFP)
G3095 μαγεία mageía mag-i-ah from μαγεύω; magic:--sorcery.
|
μαγείαις*mageiais
|
magic arts
|
N-DFP
|
G1839ἐξεστακέναιexestakenai (V-RNA)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξεστακέναιexestakenai
|
he had amazed
|
V-RNA
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
11
To him they had regard, because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries.Acts 8:11
Stats
Rank: #2371 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 27 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσειχον δε αυτω δια το ικανω χρονω ταις μαγειαις εξεστακεναι αυτους
Lit: They were giving heed now to him, because the long time with the magic arts he had amazed them.
KJV: And to him they had regard, because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries.
References
"he had"Isa 8:19: When they will say to you: Seek to them that have familiar spirits: and to wizards that peep: and that mutter: not should a people seek to their God? for the living to the dead?Isa 44:25: That frustrates the tokens of the liars: and makes'>makes diviners mad; that turns wise men backward: and makes'>makes their knowledge foolish;Isa 47:9-13: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Ga 3:1: O foolish Galatians: who has bewitched you: that you not should obey the truth: before whose eyes Jesus Christ has been evidently set forth: crucified among you?
οτε δε επιστευσαν τω φιλιππω ευαγγελιζομενω τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου και του ονοματος του ιησου χριστου εβαπτιζοντο ανδρες τε και γυναικες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753Ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
Ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4100ἐπίστευσανepisteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσανepisteusan
|
they believed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5376ΦιλίππῳPhilippō (N-DMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππῳPhilippō
|
Philip,
|
N-DMS
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζομένῳeuangelizomenō (V-PPM-DMS)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζομένῳeuangelizomenō
|
proclaiming the gospel
|
V-PPM-DMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G907ἐβαπτίζοντοebaptizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίζοντοebaptizonto
|
they were baptized,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκες.gynaikes (N-NFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκες.gynaikes
|
women.
|
N-NFP
|
12
But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women.Acts 8:12
Stats
Rank: #919 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 23 words, 122 letters, 41 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε επιστευσαν τω φιλιππω ευαγγελιζομενω τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου και του ονοματος του ιησου χριστου εβαπτιζοντο ανδρες τε και γυναικες
Lit: When however they believed Philip, proclaiming the gospel concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, men both and women.
KJV: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women.
References
"they believed"Ac 8:35-38: Then Philip opened His mouth: and began at the same scripture: and preached to Him Jesus.Ac 2:38: 41: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 16:14: 15: 31-34: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Ro 10:10: For with the heart man believes to righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made to salvation.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"concerning"Ac 1:3: To whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs: being seen of them 40 days: and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 20:21: 25: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 28:31: Preaching the kingdom of God: and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ: with all confidence: no man forbidding Him.Lu 9:2: 60: He sent them to preach the kingdom of God: and to heal the sick."both"Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)1Co 11:11: Nevertheless neither is the man without the woman: neither the woman without the man: in the Lord.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.
ο δε σιμων και αυτος επιστευσεν και βαπτισθεις ην προσκαρτερων τω φιλιππω θεωρων τε {VAR1: σημεια και δυναμεις μεγαλας γινομενας } {VAR2: δυναμεις και σημεια γινομενα } εξιστατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G4100ἐπίστευσεν,episteusen (V-AIA-3S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσεν,episteusen
|
believed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτισθεὶςbaptistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθεὶςbaptistheis
|
having been baptized,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4342προσκαρτερῶνproskarterōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτερῶνproskarterōn
|
steadfastly continuing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5376Φιλίππῳ,Philippō (N-DMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
Φιλίππῳ,Philippō
|
with Philip.
|
N-DMS
|
G2334θεωρῶνtheōrōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρῶνtheōrōn
|
Beholding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
the signs
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δυνάμειςdynameis (N-AFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειςdynameis
|
miracles
|
N-AFP
|
G3173μεγάλαςmegalas (Adj-AFP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλαςmegalas
|
great
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1096γινομέναςginomenas (V-PPM/P-AFP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινομέναςginomenas
|
being performed,
|
V-PPM/P-AFP
|
G1839ἐξίστατο.existato (V-IIM-3S)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξίστατο.existato
|
he was amazed.
|
V-IIM-3S
|
13
Then Simon himself believed also: and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and wondered, beholding the miracles and signs which were done.Acts 8:13
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 20 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε σιμων και αυτος επιστευσεν και βαπτισθεις ην προσκαρτερων τω φιλιππω θεωρων τε {VAR1: σημεια και δυναμεις μεγαλας γινομενας } {VAR2: δυναμεις και σημεια γινομενα } εξιστατο
Lit: And Simon also himself believed, and having been baptized, was steadfastly continuing with Philip. Beholding then the signs and miracles great being performed, he was amazed.
KJV: Then Simon himself believed also: and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and wondered, beholding the miracles and signs which were done.
References
"believed"Ac 8:21: You have neither part nor lot in this matter: for your heart not is right in the sight of God.Ps 78:35-37: They remembered that God was their rock: and the high God their redeemer.Ps 106:12: 13: Then believed they his words; they sang his praise.Lu 8:13: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.Joh 2:23-25: Now when he was in Jerusalem at the passover: in the feast day: many believed in his name: when they saw the miracles which he did.Joh 8:30: 31: As he spoke these words: many believed on him.Jas 2:19-26: You believe that there is one God; you do well: the devils also believe: and tremble."and wondered"Ac 3:10: They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.Ac 13:44: The next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God.Hab 1:5: Look you among the heathen: and regard: and wonder marvellously: for I will work a work in your days: which you not will believe: though it be told you.Joh 5:20: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.Joh 7:21: Jesus answered and said to them: I have done one work: and you all marvel."miracles and signs"Ac 8:7: For unclean spirits: crying with loud voice: came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies: and that were lame: were healed.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;
ακουσαντες δε οι εν ιεροσολυμοις αποστολοι οτι δεδεκται η σαμαρεια τον λογον του θεου απεστειλαν προς αυτους τον πετρον και ιωαννην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DNP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1209δέδεκταιdedektai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέδεκταιdedektai
|
had received
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4540ΣαμάρειαSamareia (N-NFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμάρειαSamareia
|
Samaria
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
they sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2491Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννην,Iōannēn
|
John,
|
N-AMS
|
14
Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent to them Peter and John:Acts 8:14
Stats
Rank: #1278 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 39 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε οι εν ιεροσολυμοις αποστολοι οτι δεδεκται η σαμαρεια τον λογον του θεου απεστειλαν προς αυτους τον πετρον και ιωαννην
Lit: Having heard now the in Jerusalem apostles that had received Samaria the word of God, they sent to them Peter and John,
KJV: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John:
References
"when"Ac 8:1: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 11:1: 19-22: The apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.Ac 15:4: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:"received"Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 17:11: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Mt 13:23: But he who received seed into the good ground is he who hears the word: and understands it; which also bears fruit: and brings forth: some an hundredfold: some 60: some 30.Joh 12:48: He who rejects me: and receives not my words: has one that judges him: the word that I have spoken: the same will judge him in the last day.1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved."Peter"Ac 3:1-3: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer: being the ninth hour.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.
οιτινες καταβαντες προσηυξαντο περι αυτων οπως λαβωσιν πνευμα αγιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2597καταβάντεςkatabantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβάντεςkatabantes
|
having come down,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4336προσηύξαντοprosēuxanto (V-AIM-3P)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύξαντοprosēuxanto
|
prayed
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2983λάβωσινlabōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβωσινlabōsin
|
they might receive the
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40Ἅγιον·Hagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον·Hagion
|
Holy.
|
Adj-ANS
|
15
Who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Ghost:Acts 8:15
Stats
Rank: #3902 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 22 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες καταβαντες προσηυξαντο περι αυτων οπως λαβωσιν πνευμα αγιον
Lit: who having come down, prayed for them that they might receive the Spirit Holy.
KJV: Who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Ghost:
References
"prayed"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Mt 18:19: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.Joh 14:13: 14: whatever you will ask in my name: that will I do: that the Father may be glorified in the Son.Joh 16:23: 24: In that day you will ask not mehing. Truly: truly: I say to you: Whatever you will ask the Father in my name: He will give it you.Php 1:19: For I know that this will turn to my salvation through your prayer: and the supply of the Spirit of Jesus Christ:
ουπω γαρ ην επ ουδενι αυτων επιπεπτωκος μονον δε βεβαπτισμενοι υπηρχον εις το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3764οὐδέπωoudepō (Adv)
G3764 οὐδέπω oudépō oo-dep-o from οὐδέ and -πω; not even yet:--as yet not, never before (yet), (not) yet.
|
οὐδέπωoudepō
|
Not yet
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδενὶoudeni (Adj-DMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὶoudeni
|
any
|
Adj-DMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1968ἐπιπεπτωκός,epipeptōkos (V-RPA-NNS)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπιπεπτωκός,epipeptōkos
|
fallen;
|
V-RPA-NNS
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G907βεβαπτισμένοιbebaptismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βεβαπτισμένοιbebaptismenoi
|
baptized
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G5225ὑπῆρχονhypērchon (V-IIA-3P)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχονhypērchon
|
they had been
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962κυρίουkyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίουkyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
16
(For as yet He was fallen upon none of them: only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.)Acts 8:16
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 20 words, 76 letters, 29 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουπω γαρ ην επ ουδενι αυτων επιπεπτωκος μονον δε βεβαπτισμενοι υπηρχον εις το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
Lit: Not yet for He was upon any of them fallen; only however baptized they had been into the name of the Lord Jesus.
KJV: (For as yet he was fallen upon none of them: only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.)
References
"he was"Ac 10:44-46: While Peter yet spoke these words: the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Ac 11:15-17: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 19:2: He said to them: Have you received the Holy Ghost since you believed? And they said to Him: We not have so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost."only"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 10:47: 48: Can any man forbid water: that these not should be baptized: which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?Ac 19:5: 6: When they heard this: they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:1Co 1:13-15: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?
τοτε επετιθουν τας χειρας επ αυτους και ελαμβανον πνευμα αγιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G2007ἐπετίθεσανepetithesan (V-IIA-3P)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπετίθεσανepetithesan
|
they began laying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983ἐλάμβανονelambanon (V-IIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἐλάμβανονelambanon
|
they received
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
the Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40Ἅγιον.Hagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον.Hagion
|
Holy.
|
Adj-ANS
|
17
Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Ghost.Acts 8:17
Stats
Counts: 69 characters, 12 words, 55 letters, 18 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε επετιθουν τας χειρας επ αυτους και ελαμβανον πνευμα αγιον
Lit: Then they began laying the hands upon them, and they received the Spirit Holy.
KJV: Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Ghost.
References
"laid"Ac 8:18: When Simon saw that through laying on of the apostles' hands the Holy Ghost was given: He offered them money: Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.Nu 8:10: you will bring the Levites before the LORD: and the children of Israel will put their hands upon the Levites:Nu 27:18: The LORD said to Moses: Take you Joshua the son of Nun: a man in whom is the spirit: and lay your hand upon Him;1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 1:6: For what reason I put you in remembrance that you stir up the gift of God: which is in you by the putting on of my hands.Heb 6:2: Of the doctrine of baptisms: and of laying on of hands: and of resurrection of the dead: and of eternal judgment."they received"Ro 1:11: For I long to see you: that I may impart to you some spiritual gift: to the end you may be established;Ga 3:2-5: This only would I learn of you: Received you the Spirit by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?
θεασαμενος δε ο σιμων οτι δια της επιθεσεως των χειρων των αποστολων διδοται το πνευμα το αγιον προσηνεγκεν αυτοις χρηματα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708Ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
of Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1936ἐπιθέσεωςepitheseōs (N-GFS)
G1936 ἐπίθεσις epíthesis ep-ith-es-is from ἐπιτίθημι; an imposition (of hands officially):--laying (putting) on.
|
ἐπιθέσεωςepitheseōs
|
laying on
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G1325δίδοταιdidotai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδοταιdidotai
|
was given
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151Πνεῦμα,Pneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεῦμα,Pneuma
|
Spirit,
|
N-NNS
|
G4374προσήνεγκενprosēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσήνεγκενprosēnenken
|
he offered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5536χρήματαchrēmata (N-ANP)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρήματαchrēmata
|
money,
|
N-ANP
|
18
When Simon saw that through laying on of the apostles' hands the Holy Ghost was given, He offered them money,Acts 8:18
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 30 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεασαμενος δε ο σιμων οτι δια της επιθεσεως των χειρων των αποστολων διδοται το πνευμα το αγιον προσηνεγκεν αυτοις χρηματα
Lit: Having seen now of Simon that through the laying on of the hands of the apostles was given the Spirit, he offered to them money,
KJV: And when Simon saw that through laying on of the apostles' hands the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money,
References
"he offered"2Ki 5:15: 16: He returned to the man of God: He and all His company: and came: and stood before Him: and He said: Look: now I know that there is no God in all the earth: but in Israel: now therefore: I pray you: take a blessing of your servant.2Ki 8:9: So Hazael went to meet him: and took a present with him: even of every good thing of Damascus: 40 camels' burden: and came and stood before him: and said: Your son Benhadad king of Syria has sent me to you: saying: Will I recover of this disease?Eze 13:19: Will you pollute me among my people for handfuls of barley and for pieces of bread: to kill the souls that not should die: and to save the souls alive that not should live: by your lying to my people that hear your lies?Mt 10:8: Heal the sick: cleanse the lepers: raise the dead: cast out devils: freely you have received: freely give.1Ti 6:5: Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds: and destitute of the truth: supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw yourself.
λεγων δοτε καμοι την εξουσιαν ταυτην ινα ω {VAR1: αν } {VAR2: εαν } επιθω τας χειρας λαμβανη πνευμα αγιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1325ΔότεDote (V-AMA-2P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ΔότεDote
|
Give
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2504κἀμοὶkamoi (PPro-D1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀμοὶkamoi
|
also to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
on whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθῶepithō (V-ASA-1S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθῶepithō
|
I may lay
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G2983λαμβάνῃlambanē (V-PSA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνῃlambanē
|
he may receive
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
the Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40Ἅγιον.Hagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον.Hagion
|
Holy.
|
Adj-ANS
|
19
Saying, Give me also this power, that on whoever I lay hands, He may receive the Holy Ghost.
Acts 8:19
Stats
Rank: #6527 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 15 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων δοτε καμοι την εξουσιαν ταυτην ινα ω {VAR1: αν } {VAR2: εαν } επιθω τας χειρας λαμβανη πνευμα αγιον
Lit: saying, Give also to me the authority this, that on whom if I may lay the hands, he may receive the Spirit Holy.
KJV: Saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost.
References
"Saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost."Ac 8:9-11: 17: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:Mt 18:1-3: At the same time came the disciples to Jesus: saying: Who is the great in the kingdom of heaven?Lu 14:7-11: He put forth a parable to those which were bidden: when he marked how they chose out the chief rooms; saying to them: Joh 5:44: How can you believe: which receive honour one of another: and not seek the honour that cometh from God only?1Co 15:8: 9: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time.3Jo 1:9: I wrote to the church: but Diotrephes: who loves to have the preeminence among them: receives not us.
πετρος δε ειπεν προς αυτον το αργυριον σου συν σοι ειη εις απωλειαν οτι την δωρεαν του θεου ενομισας δια χρηματων κτασθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G694ἀργύριόνargyrion (N-NNS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
ἀργύριόνargyrion
|
silver
|
N-NNS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1510εἴηeiē (V-POA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἴηeiē
|
may it be
|
V-POA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G684ἀπώλειαν,apōleian (N-AFS)
G684 ἀπώλεια apṓleia ap-o-li-a from a presumed derivative of ἀπόλλυμι; ruin or loss (physical, spiritual or eternal):--damnable(-nation), destruction, die, perdition, X perish, pernicious ways, waste.
|
ἀπώλειαν,apōleian
|
destruction,
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1431δωρεὰνdōrean (N-AFS)
G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.
|
δωρεὰνdōrean
|
gift
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3543ἐνόμισαςenomisas (V-AIA-2S)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
ἐνόμισαςenomisas
|
you thought
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5536χρημάτωνchrēmatōn (N-GNP)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρημάτωνchrēmatōn
|
money
|
N-GNP
|
G2932κτᾶσθαι.ktasthai (V-PNM/P)
G2932 κτάομαι ktáomai ktah-om-ahee a primary verb; to get, i.e. acquire (by any means; own):--obtain, possess, provide, purchase.
|
κτᾶσθαι.ktasthai
|
to be obtained!
|
V-PNM/P
|
20
But Peter said to Him, Your money perish with you, because you have thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money.
Acts 8:20
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 22 words, 102 letters, 37 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: πετρος δε ειπεν προς αυτον το αργυριον σου συν σοι ειη εις απωλειαν οτι την δωρεαν του θεου ενομισας δια χρηματων κτασθαι
Lit: Peter however said to him, The silver of you, with you may it be to destruction, because the gift of God you thought by money to be obtained!
KJV: But Peter said unto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou hast thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money.
References
"Thy"Ac 1:18: Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity; and falling headlong: he burst asunder in the middle: and all his bowels gushed out.De 7:26: Neither will you bring an abomination into your house: lest you be a cursed thing like it: but you will utterly detest it: and you will utterly abhor it; for it is a cursed thing.Jos 7:24: 25: Joshua: and all Israel with him: took Achan the son of Zerah: and the silver: and the garment: and the wedge of gold: and his sons: and his daughters: and his oxen: and his asses: and his sheep: and his tent: and all that he had: and they brought them to the valley of Achor.2Ki 5:26: 27: He said to him: not Went my heart with you: when the man turned again from his chariot to meet you? Is it a time to receive money: and to receive garments: and oliveyards: and vineyards: and sheep: and oxen: and menservants: and maidservants?Da 5:17: Then Daniel answered and said before the king: Let your gifts be to yourself: and give your rewards to another; yet I will read the writing to the king: and make known to him the interpretation.Hab 2:9: 10: Woe to him that covets an evil covetousness to his house: that he may set his nest on high: that he may be delivered from the power of evil!Zec 5:4: I will bring it forth: says the LORD of hosts: and it will enter into the house of the thief: and into the house of Him that swears falsely by my name: and it will remain in the middle of His house: and will consume it with the timber thereof and the stones thereof.Mt 27:3-5: Then Judas: which had betrayed him: when he saw that he was condemned: repented himself: and brought again the 30 pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders: 1Ti 6:9: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.Jas 5:3: your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them will be a witness against you: and will eat your flesh as it were fire. You have heaped treasure together for the last days.2Pe 2:14-17: Having eyes full of adultery: and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children:Re 18:15: The merchants of these things: which were made rich by her: will stand afar off for the fear of her torment: weeping and wailing: "thou"Ac 8:22: Repent therefore of this your wickedness: and pray God: if perhaps the thought of your heart may be forgiven you.De 15:9: Beware that there not be a thought in your wicked heart: saying: The seventh year: the year of release: is at hand; and your eye be evil against your poor brother: and you give Him nought; and He cry to the LORD against you: and it be sin to you.2Ki 5:15: 16: He returned to the man of God: He and all His company: and came: and stood before Him: and He said: Look: now I know that there is no God in all the earth: but in Israel: now therefore: I pray you: take a blessing of your servant.Pr 15:26: The thoughts of the wicked are an abomination to the LORD: but the words of the pure are pleasant words.Mt 15:19: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts: murders: adulteries: fornications: thefts: false witness: blasphemies:"the gift"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:17: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us: who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I: that I could withstand God?Mt 10:8: Heal the sick: cleanse the lepers: raise the dead: cast out devils: freely you have received: freely give.
ουκ εστιν σοι μερις ουδε κληρος εν τω λογω τουτω η γαρ καρδια σου ουκ εστιν ευθεια ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
No
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3310μερὶςmeris (N-NFS)
G3310 μερίς merís mer-ece feminine of μέρος; a portion, i.e. province, share or (abstractly) participation:--part (X -akers).
|
μερὶςmeris
|
part,
|
N-NFS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2819κλῆροςklēros (N-NMS)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλῆροςklēros
|
lot,
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
matter
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ·toutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ·toutō
|
this;
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
heart
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2117εὐθεῖαeutheia (Adj-NFS)
G2117 εὐθύς euthýs yoo-thoos perhaps from εὖ and τίθημι; straight, i.e. (literally) level, or (figuratively) true; adverbially (of time) at once:--anon, by and by, forthwith, immediately, straightway.
|
εὐθεῖαeutheia
|
right
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1725ἔναντιenanti (Prep)
G1725 ἔναντι énanti en-an-tee from ἐν and ἀντί; in front (i.e. figuratively, presence) of:--before.
|
ἔναντιenanti
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
21
You have neither part nor lot in this matter: for your heart not is right in the sight of God.Acts 8:21
Stats
Rank: #7150 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 19 words, 73 letters, 24 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ εστιν σοι μερις ουδε κληρος εν τω λογω τουτω η γαρ καρδια σου ουκ εστιν ευθεια ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: No there is to you part, nor lot, in the matter this; the for heart of you not is right before God.
KJV: Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right in the sight of God.
References
"hast"Jos 22:25: For the LORD has made Jordan a border between us and you: you children of Reuben and children of Gad; you have no part in the LORD: so will your children make our children cease from fearing the LORD.Eze 14:3: Son of man: these men have set up their idols in their heart: and put the stumblingblock of their iniquity before their face: should I be inquired of at all by them?Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Re 22:19: If any man will take away from the words of the book of this prophecy: God will take away His part out of the book of life: and out of the holy city: and from the things which are written in this book."for"2Ch 25:2: He did that which was right in the sight of the LORD: not but with a perfect heart.Ps 36:1: A Psalm of David the servant of the LORD.>> The transgression of the wicked says within my heart: that there is no fear of God before His eyes.Ps 78:36: 37: Nevertheless they did flatter him with their mouth: and they lied to him with their tongues.Hab 2:4: Look: his soul which is lifted up not is upright in him: but the just will live by his faith.Mt 6:22-24: The light of the body is the eye: if therefore your eye be single: your whole body will be full of light.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.
μετανοησον ουν απο της κακιας σου ταυτης και δεηθητι του θεου ει αρα αφεθησεται σοι η επινοια της καρδιας σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3340μετανόησονmetanoēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανόησονmetanoēson
|
Repent
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2549κακίαςkakias (N-GFS)
G2549 κακία kakía kak-ee-ah from κακός; badness, i.e. (subjectively) depravity, or (actively) malignity, or (passively) trouble:--evil, malice(-iousness), naughtiness, wickedness.
|
κακίαςkakias
|
wickedness
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of yours
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3778ταύτης,tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης,tautēs
|
this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1189δεήθητιdeēthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
δεήθητιdeēthēti
|
pray earnestly to
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G687ἄραara (Conj)
G687 ἆρα âra ar-ah a form of ἄρα, denoting an interrogation to which a negative answer is presumed:--therefore.,
|
ἄραara
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφεθήσεταίaphethēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεθήσεταίaphethēsetai
|
will be forgiven
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1963ἐπίνοιαepinoia (N-NFS)
G1963 ἐπίνοια epínoia ep-in-oy-ah from ἐπί and νοῦς; attention of the mind, i.e. (by implication) purpose:--thought.
|
ἐπίνοιαepinoia
|
intent
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου·sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου·sou
|
of you;
|
PPro-G2S
|
22
Repent therefore of this your wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of your heart may be forgiven you.Acts 8:22
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 18 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετανοησον ουν απο της κακιας σου ταυτης και δεηθητι του θεου ει αρα αφεθησεται σοι η επινοια της καρδιας σου
Lit: Repent therefore of the wickedness of yours this, and pray earnestly to the Lord, if indeed will be forgiven you the intent of the heart of you;
KJV: Repent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thine heart may be forgiven thee.
References
"Repent"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ro 2:4: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;Re 2:21: I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she not repented."pray"Ac 9:11: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: De 4:29: 30: But if from there you will seek the LORD your God: you will find Him: if you seek Him with all your heart and with all your soul.1Ki 8:47: 48: Yet if they will bethink themselves in the land whither they were carried captives: and repent: and make supplication to you in the land of them that carried them captives: saying: We have sinned: and have done perversely: we have committed wickedness;2Ch 33:12: 13: When He was in affliction: He besought the LORD His God: and humbled Himself greatly before the God of His fathers: Isa 55:6: 7: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Am 5:6: Seek the LORD: and you will live; lest He break out like fire in the house of Joseph: and devour it: and there be none to quench it in Bethel.Mt 7:7: 8: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:Lu 11:9-13: I say to you: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you.Re 3:17: 18: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:"if"Da 4:27: For what reason: O king: let my counsel be acceptable to you: and break off your sins by righteousness: and your iniquities by shewing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of your tranquillity.Joe 2:13: 14: Rend your heart: not and your garments: and turn to the LORD your God: for He is gracious and merciful: slow to anger: and of great kindness: and repents Him of the evil.Am 5:15: Hate the evil: and love the good: and establish judgment in the gate: it may be that the LORD God of hosts will be gracious to the remnant of Joseph.Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish.Jon 3:9: Who can tell if God will turn and repent: and turn away from His fierce anger: that we not perish?2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"the thought"Ac 8:20: But Peter said to Him: Your money perish with you: because you have thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money.Heb 4:12: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
εις γαρ χολην πικριας και συνδεσμον αδικιας ορω σε οντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5521χολὴνcholēn (N-AFS)
G5521 χολή cholḗ khol-ay feminine of an equivalent perhaps akin to the same as 5514 (from the greenish hue); gall or bile, i.e. (by analogy) poison or an anodyne (wormwood, poppy, etc.):--gall.
|
χολὴνcholēn
|
the gall
|
N-AFS
|
G4088πικρίαςpikrias (N-GFS)
G4088 πικρία pikría pik-ree-ah from πικρός; acridity (especially poison), literally or figuratively:--bitterness.
|
πικρίαςpikrias
|
of bitterness
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4886σύνδεσμονsyndesmon (N-AMS)
G4886 σύνδεσμος sýndesmos soon-des-mos from σύν and δεσμόν; a joint tie, i.e. ligament, (figuratively) uniting principle, control:--band, bond.
|
σύνδεσμονsyndesmon
|
the bond
|
N-AMS
|
G93ἀδικίαςadikias (N-GFS)
G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.
|
ἀδικίαςadikias
|
of iniquity,
|
N-GFS
|
G3708ὁρῶhorō (V-PIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὁρῶhorō
|
I see
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1510ὄντα.onta (V-PPA-AMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντα.onta
|
being.
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
23
For I perceive that you are in the gall of bitterness, and in the bond of iniquity.Acts 8:23
Stats
Rank: #6746 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 16 words, 66 letters, 26 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις γαρ χολην πικριας και συνδεσμον αδικιας ορω σε οντα
Lit: in for the gall of bitterness and the bond of iniquity, I see you being.
KJV: For I perceive that thou art in the gall of bitterness, and in the bond of iniquity.
References
"the gall"De 29:18-20: Lest'>Lest there should be among you man: or woman: or family: or tribe: whose heart turns away this day from the LORD our God: to go and serve the gods of these nations; lest'>lest there should be among you a root that bears gall and wormwood;De 32:32: 33: For their vine is of the vine of Sodom: and of the fields of Gomorrah: their grapes are grapes of gall: their clusters are bitter:Job 20:14: Yet his meat in his bowels is turned: it is the gall of asps within him.Jer 4:18: Your way and your doings have procured these things to you; this is your wickedness: because it is bitter: because it reaches to your heart.Jer 9:15: Therefore thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Look: I will feed them: even this people: with wormwood: and give them water of gall to drink.La 3:5: 19: He has built against me: and compassed me with gall and travail.Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;"the bond"Ps 116:16: O LORD: truly I am your servant; I am your servant: and the son of your handmaid: you have loosed my bonds.Pr 5:22: His own iniquities will take the wicked himself: and he will be holden with the cords of his sins.Isa 28:22: Now therefore be you not mockers: lest your bands be made strong: for I have heard from the Lord GOD of hosts a consumption: even determined upon the whole earth.Joh 8:34: Jesus answered them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Whoever commits sin is the servant of sin.Ro 6:17-22: But God be thanked: that you were the servants of sin: but you have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.2Pe 2:4: 19: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;
αποκριθεις δε ο σιμων ειπεν δεηθητε υμεις υπερ εμου προς τον κυριον οπως μηδεν επελθη επ εμε ων ειρηκατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
Answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1189ΔεήθητεDeēthēte (V-AMP-2P)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ΔεήθητεDeēthēte
|
Pray earnestly
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
on behalf
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-NNS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1904ἐπέλθῃepelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1904 ἐπέρχομαι epérchomai ep-er-khom-ahee from ἐπί and ἔρχομαι; to supervene, i.e. arrive, occur, impend, attack, (figuratively) influence:--come (in, upon).
|
ἐπέλθῃepelthē
|
may come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G2046εἰρήκατε.eirēkate (V-RIA-2P)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρήκατε.eirēkate
|
you have spoken.
|
V-RIA-2P
|
24
Then answered Simon, and said, Pray you to the Lord for me, that none of these things which you have spoken come upon me.
Acts 8:24
Stats
Rank: #7930 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 21 words, 92 letters, 34 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκριθεις δε ο σιμων ειπεν δεηθητε υμεις υπερ εμου προς τον κυριον οπως μηδεν επελθη επ εμε ων ειρηκατε
Lit: Answering now, Simon said, Pray earnestly you on behalf of me to the Lord, so that nothing may come upon me of which you have spoken.
KJV: Then answered Simon, and said, Pray ye to the Lord for me, that none of these things which ye have spoken come upon me.
References
"Pray"Ge 20:7: 17: Now therefore restore the man his wife; for he is a prophet: and he will pray for you: and you will live: and if you restore her not: know you that you will surely die: you: and all that are your.Ex 8:8: Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron: and said: Intreat the LORD: that He may take away the frogs from me: and from my people; and I will let the people go: that they may do sacrifice to the LORD.Ex 10:17: Now therefore forgive: I pray you: my sin only this once: and intreat the LORD your God: that He may take away from me this death only.Ex 12:32: Also take your flocks and your herds: as you have said: and be gone; and bless me also.Nu 21:7: Therefore the people came to Moses: and said: We have sinned: for we have spoken against the LORD: and against you; pray to the LORD: that He take away the serpents from us. And Moses prayed for the people.1Sa 12:19: 23: All the people said to Samuel: Pray for your servants to the LORD your God: that we not die: for we have added to all our sins this evil: to ask us a king.1Ki 13:6: The king answered and said to the man of God: Intreat now the face of the LORD your God: and pray for me: that my hand may be restored me again. And the man of God besought the LORD: and the king's hand was restored Him again: and became as it was before.Ezr 6:10: That they may offer sacrifices of sweet savours to the God of heaven: and pray for the life of the king: and of His sons.Ezr 8:23: So we fasted and besought our God for this: and He was intreated of us.Job 42:8: Therefore take to you now 7 bullocks and 7 rams: and go to my servant Job: and offer up for yourselves a burnt offering; and my servant Job will pray for you: for him will I accept: lest I deal with you after your folly: in that you not have spoken of me the thing which is right: like my servant Job.Jas 5:16: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much.
οι μεν ουν διαμαρτυραμενοι και λαλησαντες τον λογον του κυριου υπεστρεψαν εις ιερουσαλημ πολλας τε κωμας των σαμαρειτων ευηγγελισαντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
They
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1263διαμαρτυράμενοιdiamartyramenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτυράμενοιdiamartyramenoi
|
having earnestly testified,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλήσαντεςlalēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσαντεςlalēsantes
|
having spoken
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G5290ὑπέστρεφονhypestrephon (V-IIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεφονhypestrephon
|
traveled back
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G4183πολλάςpollas (Adj-AFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλάςpollas
|
to many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2968κώμαςkōmas (N-AFP)
G2968 κώμη kṓmē ko-may from κεῖμαι; a hamlet (as if laid down):--town, village.
|
κώμαςkōmas
|
villages
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4541ΣαμαριτῶνSamaritōn (N-GMP)
G4541 Σαμαρείτης Samareítēs sam-ar-i-tace from Σαμάρεια; a Samarite, i.e. inhabitant of Samaria:--Samaritan.
|
ΣαμαριτῶνSamaritōn
|
Samaritans
|
N-GMP
|
G2097εὐηγγελίζοντο.euēngelizonto (V-IIM-3P)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελίζοντο.euēngelizonto
|
they were preaching the gospel.
|
V-IIM-3P
|
25
They, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans.Acts 8:25
Stats
Rank: #7872 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 23 words, 122 letters, 44 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν διαμαρτυραμενοι και λαλησαντες τον λογον του κυριου υπεστρεψαν εις ιερουσαλημ πολλας τε κωμας των σαμαρειτων ευηγγελισαντο
Lit: They indeed therefore having earnestly testified, and having spoken the word of the Lord, traveled back to Jerusalem, to many then villages of the Samaritans they were preaching the gospel.
KJV: And they, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans.
References
"when they had"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Ac 28:23: 28: 31: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand."villages"Lu 9:52-56: Sent messengers before his face: and they went: and entered into a village of the Samaritans: to make ready for him.
Philip and the Ethiopian
αγγελος δε κυριου ελαλησεν προς φιλιππον λεγων αναστηθι και πορευου κατα μεσημβριαν επι την οδον την καταβαινουσαν απο ιερουσαλημ εις γαζαν αυτη εστιν ερημος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G32ἌγγελοςAngelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἌγγελοςAngelos
|
An angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5376ΦίλιππονPhilippon (N-AMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιππονPhilippon
|
Philip,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G450ἈνάστηθιAnastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈνάστηθιAnastēthi
|
Rise up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4198πορεύουporeuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύουporeuou
|
go
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3314μεσημβρίανmesēmbrian (N-AFS)
G3314 μεσημβρία mesēmbría mes-ame-bree-ah from μέσος and ἡμέρα; midday; by implication, the south:--noon, south.
|
μεσημβρίανmesēmbrian
|
the south,
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
road
|
N-AFS
|
G2597καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan
|
going down
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-GFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1048Γάζαν·Gazan (N-AFS)
G1048 Γάζα Gáza gad-zah of Hebrew origin (עַזָּה); Gazah (i.e. Azzah), a place in Palestine:--Gaza.
|
Γάζαν·Gazan
|
Gaza.
|
N-AFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
This
|
DPro-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2048ἔρημος.erēmos (Adj-NFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημος.erēmos
|
the desert [road].
|
Adj-NFS
|
26
The angel of the Lord spoke to Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south to the way that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza, which is desert.
Acts 8:26
Stats
Rank: #413 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 25 words, 122 letters, 46 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγγελος δε κυριου ελαλησεν προς φιλιππον λεγων αναστηθι και πορευου κατα μεσημβριαν επι την οδον την καταβαινουσαν απο ιερουσαλημ εις γαζαν αυτη εστιν ερημος
Lit: An angel now of the Lord spoke to Philip, saying, Rise up and go toward the south, to the road going down from Jerusalem to Gaza. This is the desert [road].
KJV: And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert.
References
"The angel"Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 10:7: 22: When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed: he called two of his household servants: and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;Ac 12:8-11: 23: The angel said to him: Gird yourself: and bind on your sandals. And so he did. And he says to him: Cast your garment about you: and follow me.Ac 27:23: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: 2Ki 1:3: But the angel of the LORD said to Elijah the Tishbite: Arise: go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria: and say to them: Is it not because there is not a God in Israel: that you go to inquire of Baalzebub the god of Ekron?Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"Arise"1Ch 22:16: Of the gold: the silver: and the brass: and the iron: there is no number. Arise therefore: and be doing: and the LORD be with you.Isa 60:1-22: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you."Gaza"Jos 13:3: From Sihor: which is before Egypt: even to the borders of Ekron northward: which is counted to the Canaanite: 5 lords of the Philistines; the Gazathites: and the Ashdothites: the Eshkalonites: the Gittites: and the Ekronites; also the Avites:Jos 15:47: Ashdod with her towns and her villages: Gaza with her towns and her villages: to the river of Egypt: and the great sea: and the border thereof:Zec 9:5: Ashkelon will see it: and fear; Gaza also will see it: and be very sorrowful: and Ekron; for her expectation will be ashamed; and the king will perish from Gaza: and Ashkelon will not be inhabited."desert"Mt 3:1-3: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Lu 3:2-4: Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests: the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness.
και αναστας επορευθη και ιδου ανηρ αιθιοψ ευνουχος δυναστης κανδακης της βασιλισσης αιθιοπων ος ην επι πασης της γαζης αυτης ος εληλυθει προσκυνησων εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4198ἐπορεύθη.eporeuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορεύθη.eporeuthē
|
he went.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G128ΑἰθίοψAithiops (N-NMS)
G128 Αἰθίοψ Aithíops ahee-thee-ops from (to scorch) and (the face, from ὀπτάνομαι); an Æthiopian (as a blackamoor):--Ethiopian.
|
ΑἰθίοψAithiops
|
an Ethiopian,
|
N-NMS
|
G2135εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos (N-NMS)
G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunoûchos yoo-noo-khos from (a bed) and ἔχω; a castrated person (such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by extension an impotent or unmarried man; by implication, a chamberlain (state-officer):--eunuch.
|
εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos
|
a eunuch,
|
N-NMS
|
G1413δυνάστηςdynastēs (N-NMS)
G1413 δυνάστης dynástēs doo-nas-tace from δύναμαι; a ruler or officer:--of great authority, mighty, potentate.
|
δυνάστηςdynastēs
|
a potentate
|
N-NMS
|
G2582ΚανδάκηςKandakēs (N-GFS)
G2582 Κανδάκη Kandákē kan-dak-ay of foreign origin; Candacè, an Egyptian queen:--Candace.
|
ΚανδάκηςKandakēs
|
of Candace
|
N-GFS
|
G938βασιλίσσηςbasilissēs (N-GFS)
G938 βασίλισσα basílissa bas-il-is-sah feminine from βασιλεύω; a queen:--queen.
|
βασιλίσσηςbasilissēs
|
queen
|
N-GFS
|
G128Αἰθιόπων,Aithiopōn (N-GMP)
G128 Αἰθίοψ Aithíops ahee-thee-ops from (to scorch) and (the face, from ὀπτάνομαι); an Æthiopian (as a blackamoor):--Ethiopian.
|
Αἰθιόπων,Aithiopōn
|
of the Ethiopians,
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1047γάζηςgazēs (N-GFS)
G1047 γάζα gáza gad-zah of foreign origin; a treasure:--treasure.
|
γάζηςgazēs
|
treasure
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2064ἐληλύθειelēlythei (V-LIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐληλύθειelēlythei
|
had come
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G4352προσκυνήσωνproskynēsōn (V-FPA-NMS)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσωνproskynēsōn
|
to worship
|
V-FPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
27
He arose and went: and, look, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship,Acts 8:27
Stats
Rank: #9502 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 204 characters, 32 words, 160 letters, 69 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναστας επορευθη και ιδου ανηρ αιθιοψ ευνουχος δυναστης κανδακης της βασιλισσης αιθιοπων ος ην επι πασης της γαζης αυτης ος εληλυθει προσκυνησων εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: And having risen up, he went. And behold, a man an Ethiopian, a eunuch, a potentate of Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all the treasure of her, who had come to worship to Jerusalem,
KJV: And he arose and went: and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship,
References
"he arose"Mt 21:2-6: Saying to them: Go into the village over against you: and straightway you will find an ass tied: and a colt with her: loose them: and bring them to me.Mr 14:13-16: He sends forth two of his disciples: and says to them: Go you into the city: and there will meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him.Joh 2:5-8: His mother says to the servants: Whatever he says to you: do it.Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went."a man"Ps 68:31: Princes will come out of Egypt; Ethiopia will soon stretch out her hands to God.Ps 87:4: I will make mention of Rahab and Babylon to them that know me: look Philistia: and Tyre: with Ethiopia; this man was born there.Isa 43:6: I will say to the north: Give up; and to the south: not Keep back: bring my sons from far: and my daughters from the ends of the earth;Isa 45:14: Thus says the LORD: The labour of Egypt: and merchandise of Ethiopia and of the Sabeans: men of stature: will come over to you: and they will be your: they will come after you; in chains they will come over: and they will fall down to you: they will make supplication to you: saying: Surely God is in you; and there is none else: there is no God.Isa 60:3: 6: The Gentiles will come to your light: and kings to the brightness of your rising.Isa 66:19: I will set a sign among them: and I will send those that escape of them to the nations: to Tarshish: Pul: and Lud: that draw the bow: to Tubal: and Javan: to the isles afar off: that not have heard my fame: neither have seen my glory; and they will declare my glory among the Gentiles.Jer 13:23: Can the Ethiopian change his skin: or the leopard his spots? then may you also do good: that are accustomed to do evil.Jer 38:7: Now when Ebedmelech the Ethiopian: one of the eunuchs which was in the king's house: heard that they had put Jeremiah in the dungeon; the king then sitting in the gate of Benjamin;Jer 39:16: Go and speak to Ebedmelech the Ethiopian: saying: Thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Look: I will bring my words upon this city for evil: not and for good; and they will be accomplished in that day before you.Zep 3:10: From beyond the rivers of Ethiopia my suppliants: even the daughter of my dispersed: will bring my offering."queen"1Ki 10:1: When the queen of Sheba heard of the fame of Solomon concerning the name of the LORD: she came to prove Him with hard questions.Mt 12:42: The queen of the south will rise up in the judgment with this generation: and will condemn it: for she came from the uttermost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and: look: a greater than Solomon is here."and had"1Ki 8:41-43: Moreover concerning a stranger: that is not of your people Israel: but comes out of a far country for your name's sake;2Ch 6:32: 33: Moreover concerning the stranger: which not is of your people Israel: but is come from a far country for your great name's sake: and your mighty hand: and your stretched out arm; if they come and pray in this house;Ps 68:29: Because of your temple at Jerusalem will kings bring presents to you.Isa 56:3-8: Neither let the son of the stranger: that has joined Himself to the LORD: speak: saying: The LORD has utterly separated me from His people: neither let the eunuch say: Look: I am a dry tree.Joh 12:20: There were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast:
ην τε υποστρεφων και καθημενος επι του αρματος αυτου {VAR1: και } ανεγινωσκεν τον προφητην ησαιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τε*te (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τε*te
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5290ὑποστρέφωνhypostrephōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑποστρέφωνhypostrephōn
|
returning
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G716ἅρματοςharmatos (N-GNS)
G716 ἅρμα hárma har-mah probably from αἴρω (perhaps with Α (as a particle of union) prefixed); a chariot (as raised or fitted together (compare ἁρμός)):--chariot.
|
ἅρματοςharmatos
|
chariot
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G314ἀνεγίνωσκενaneginōsken (V-IIA-3S)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀνεγίνωσκενaneginōsken
|
he was reading
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4396προφήτηνprophētēn (N-AMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηνprophētēn
|
prophet
|
N-AMS
|
G2268Ἠσαΐαν.Ēsaian (N-AMS)
G2268 Ἡσαΐας Hēsaḯas hay-sah-ee-as of Hebrew origin (יְשַׁעְיָה); Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Israelite:--Esaias.
|
Ἠσαΐαν.Ēsaian
|
Isaiah.
|
N-AMS
|
28
Was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Isaiah the prophet.Acts 8:28
Stats
Rank: #6411 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 10 words, 54 letters, 21 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην τε υποστρεφων και καθημενος επι του αρματος αυτου {VAR1: και } ανεγινωσκεν τον προφητην ησαιαν
Lit: he was then returning and sitting in the chariot of him, and he was reading the prophet Isaiah.
KJV: Was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.
References
"and sitting"Ac 17:11: 12: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.De 6:6: 7: These words: which I command you this day: will be in your heart:De 11:18-20: Therefore will you lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul: and bind them for a sign upon your hand: that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.De 17:18: 19: It will be: when he sits upon the throne of his kingdom: that he will write him a copy of this law in a book out of that which is before the priests the Levites:Jos 1:8: This book of the law will not depart out of your mouth; but you will meditate therein day and night: that you may observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then you will make your way prosperous: and then you will have good success.Ps 1:2: 3: But His delight is in the law of the LORD; and in His law does He meditate day and night.Ps 119:99: 111: I have more understanding than all my teachers: for your testimonies are my meditation.Pr 2:1-6: My son: if you will receive my words: and hide my commandments with you;Pr 8:33: 34: Hear instruction: and be wise: and refuse not it.Joh 5:39: 40: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.2Ti 3:15-17: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus."Esaias"Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: Isa 1:1: The vision of Isaiah the son of Amoz: which he saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem in the days of Uzziah: Jotham: Ahaz: and Hezekiah: kings of Judah."Isaiah"Lu 3:4: As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet: saying: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Lu 4:17: There was delivered to him the book of the prophet Isaiah. And when he had opened the book: he found the place where it was written:
ειπεν δε το πνευμα τω φιλιππω προσελθε και κολληθητι τω αρματι τουτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G5376ΦιλίππῳPhilippō (N-DMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππῳPhilippō
|
to Philip,
|
N-DMS
|
G4334ΠρόσελθεProselthe (V-AMA-2S)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
ΠρόσελθεProselthe
|
Go near
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2853κολλήθητιkollēthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλήθητιkollēthēti
|
join yourself
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G716ἅρματιharmati (N-DNS)
G716 ἅρμα hárma har-mah probably from αἴρω (perhaps with Α (as a particle of union) prefixed); a chariot (as raised or fitted together (compare ἁρμός)):--chariot.
|
ἅρματιharmati
|
chariot
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳ.toutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ.toutō
|
this.
|
DPro-DNS
|
29
Then the Spirit said to Philip, Go near, and join yourself to this chariot.
Acts 8:29
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε το πνευμα τω φιλιππω προσελθε και κολληθητι τω αρματι τουτω
Lit: Said then the Spirit to Philip, Go near and join yourself to the chariot this.
KJV: Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot.
References
"Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot."Ac 10:19: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ac 11:12: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:Ac 13:2-4: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 16:6: 7: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 20:22: 23: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:Isa 65:24: It will come to pass: that before they call: I will answer; and while they are yet speaking: I will hear.Ho 6:3: Then will we know: if we follow on to know the LORD: His going forth is prepared as the morning; and He will come to us as the rain: as the latter and former rain to the earth.1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.1Ti 4:1: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;
προσδραμων δε ο φιλιππος ηκουσεν αυτου αναγινωσκοντος τον προφητην ησαιαν και ειπεν αρα γε γινωσκεις α αναγινωσκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4370Προσδραμὼνprosdramōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4370 προστρέχω prostréchō pros-trekh-o from πρός and τρέχω (including its alternate); to run towards, i.e. hasten to meet or join:--run (thither to, to).
|
Προσδραμὼνprosdramōn
|
Having run up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G191ἤκουσενēkousen (V-AIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσενēkousen
|
heard
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G314ἀναγινώσκοντοςanaginōskontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινώσκοντοςanaginōskontos
|
reading
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2268ἨσαΐανĒsaian (N-AMS)
G2268 Ἡσαΐας Hēsaḯas hay-sah-ee-as of Hebrew origin (יְשַׁעְיָה); Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Israelite:--Esaias.
|
ἨσαΐανĒsaian
|
Isaiah
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4396προφήτην,prophētēn (N-AMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτην,prophētēn
|
prophet,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G686ἎράAra (Conj)
G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἎράAra
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl)
G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
also
|
Prtcl
|
G1097γινώσκειςginōskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκειςginōskeis
|
understand you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G314ἀναγινώσκεις;anaginōskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινώσκεις;anaginōskeis
|
you are reading?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
30
Philip ran there to him, and heard him read the prophet Isaiah, and said, Understand you what you readest?
Acts 8:30
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 17 words, 94 letters, 36 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσδραμων δε ο φιλιππος ηκουσεν αυτου αναγινωσκοντος τον προφητην ησαιαν και ειπεν αρα γε γινωσκεις α αναγινωσκεις
Lit: Having run up then, Philip heard him reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, Then also understand you what you are reading?
KJV: And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest?
References
"ran thither"Ac 8:27: He arose and went: and: look: a man of Ethiopia: an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians: who had the charge of all her treasure: and had come to Jerusalem for to worship: Ps 119:32: I will run the way of your commandments: when you will enlarge my heart.Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work."Understandest"Mt 13:19: 23: 51: When any one hears the word of the kingdom: and understands it not: then comes the wicked one: and catches away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the way side.Mt 15:10: He called the multitude: and said to them: Hear: and understand:Mt 24:15: When you therefore will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: stand in the holy place: (whoever reads: let him understand:)Mr 13:14: But when you will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: standing where it not ought: (let him that reads understand: ) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:Lu 24:44-45: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.1Co 14:19: Yet in the church I had rather speak 5 words with my understanding: that by my voice I might teach others also: than 10000 words in an unknown tongue.Eph 5:17: For what reason be you not unwise: but understanding what the will of the Lord is.Re 13:18: Here is wisdom. Let him that has understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is 600 threescore and 6.
ο δε ειπεν πως γαρ αν δυναιμην εαν μη τις οδηγηση με παρεκαλεσεν τε τον φιλιππον αναβαντα καθισαι συν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
How
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1410δυναίμηνdynaimēn (V-POM/P-1S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναίμηνdynaimēn
|
could I be able
|
V-POM/P-1S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
someone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3594ὁδηγήσειhodēgēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3594 ὁδηγέω hodēgéō hod-ayg-eh-o from ὁδηγός; to show the way (literally or figuratively (teach)):--guide, lead.
|
ὁδηγήσειhodēgēsei
|
will guide
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1473με;me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με;me
|
me?
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3870παρεκάλεσένparekalesen (V-AIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσένparekalesen
|
He invited
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιππονPhilippon (N-AMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιππονPhilippon
|
Philip,
|
N-AMS
|
G305ἀναβάνταanabanta (V-APA-AMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβάνταanabanta
|
having come up,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G2523καθίσαιkathisai (V-ANA)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαιkathisai
|
to sit
|
V-ANA
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
31
He said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.
Acts 8:31
Stats
Rank: #7962 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 22 words, 90 letters, 36 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ειπεν πως γαρ αν δυναιμην εαν μη τις οδηγηση με παρεκαλεσεν τε τον φιλιππον αναβαντα καθισαι συν αυτω
Lit: And he said, How for could I be able if not someone will guide me? He invited then Philip, having come up, to sit with him.
KJV: And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.
References
"How"Ps 25:8: 9: Good and upright is the LORD: therefore will He teach sinners in the way.Ps 73:16: 17: 22: When I thought to know this: it was too painful for me;Pr 30:2: 3: Surely I am more brutish than any man: and not have the understanding of a man.Isa 29:18: 19: In that day will the deaf hear the words of the book: and the eyes of the blind will see out of obscurity: and out of darkness.Isa 35:8: An highway will be there: and a way: and it will be called The way of holiness; the unclean will not pass over it; but it will be for those: the wayfaring men: though fools: will not err therein.Mt 18:3: 4: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Ro 10:14: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.1Co 8:2: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.1Co 14:36: 37: What? came the word of God out from you? or came it to you only?Jas 1:10: 21: But the rich: in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he will pass away.1Pe 2:1: 2: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: "And he"2Ki 5:9: 26: So Naaman came with his horses and with his chariot: and stood at the door of the house of Elisha.2Ki 10:15: 16: When he was departed there: he lighted on Jehonadab the son of Rechab coming to meet him: and he saluted him: and said to him: Is your heart right: as my heart is with your heart? And Jehonadab answered: It is. If it be: give me your hand. And he gave him his hand; and he took him up to him into the chariot.
η δε περιοχη της γραφης ην ανεγινωσκεν ην αυτη ως προβατον επι σφαγην ηχθη και ως αμνος εναντιον του κειροντος αυτον αφωνος ουτως ουκ ανοιγει το στομα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Now
|
Conj
|
G4042περιοχὴperiochē (N-NFS)
G4042 περιοχή periochḗ per-ee-okh-ay from περιέχω; a being held around, i.e. (concretely) a passage (of Scripture, as circumscribed):--place.
|
περιοχὴperiochē
|
the passage
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1124γραφῆςgraphēs (N-GFS)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφῆςgraphēs
|
Scripture
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G314ἀνεγίνωσκενaneginōsken (V-IIA-3S)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀνεγίνωσκενaneginōsken
|
he was reading
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this:
|
DPro-NFS
|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G4263πρόβατονprobaton (N-NNS)
G4263 πρόβατον próbaton prob-at-on probably neuter of a presumed derivative of προβαίνω; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively):--sheep(-fold).
|
πρόβατονprobaton
|
a sheep
|
N-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4967σφαγὴνsphagēn (N-AFS)
G4967 σφαγή sphagḗ sfag-ay from σφάζω; butchery (of animals for food or sacrifice, or (figuratively) of men (destruction)):--slaughter.
|
σφαγὴνsphagēn
|
slaughter
|
N-AFS
|
G71ἤχθη,ēchthē (V-AIP-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤχθη,ēchthē
|
He was led,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G286ἀμνὸςamnos (N-NMS)
G286 ἀμνός amnós am-nos apparently a primary word; a lamb:--lamb.
|
ἀμνὸςamnos
|
a lamb
|
N-NMS
|
G1726ἐναντίονenantion (Prep)
G1726 ἐναντίον enantíon en-an-tee-on neuter of ἐναντίος; (adverbially) in the presence (view) of:--before, in the presence of.
|
ἐναντίονenantion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the one
|
Art-GMS
|
G2751κείραντος*keirantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2751 κείρω keírō ki-ro a primary verb; to shear:--shear(-er).
|
κείραντος*keirantos
|
shearing
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G880ἄφωνος,aphōnos (Adj-NMS)
G880 ἄφωνος áphōnos af-o-nos from Α (as a negative particle) and φωνή; voiceless, i.e. mute (by nature or choice); figuratively, unmeaning:--dumb, without signification.
|
ἄφωνος,aphōnos
|
is silent,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G455ἀνοίγειanoigei (V-PIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίγειanoigei
|
He opens
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
32
The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened not he his mouth:
Acts 8:32
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 30 words, 123 letters, 48 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε περιοχη της γραφης ην ανεγινωσκεν ην αυτη ως προβατον επι σφαγην ηχθη και ως αμνος εναντιον του κειροντος αυτον αφωνος ουτως ουκ ανοιγει το στομα αυτου
Lit: Now the passage of the Scripture which he was reading was this: As a sheep to slaughter He was led, and as a lamb before the one shearing him is silent, so not He opens the mouth of Him.
KJV: The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth:
References
"He was"Isa 53:7: 8: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth."as a"Ps 44:11: 12: You have given us like sheep appointed for meat; and have scattered us among the heathen.Jer 11:19: But I was like a lamb or an ox that is brought to the slaughter; and I not knew that they had devised devices against me: saying: Let us destroy the tree with the fruit thereof: and let us cut him off from the land of the living: that his name may be no more remembered.Jer 12:3: But you: O LORD: know me: you have seen me: and tried my heart toward you: pull them out like sheep for the slaughter: and prepare them for the day of slaughter.Jer 51:40: I will bring them down like lambs to the slaughter: like rams with he goats.Ro 8:36: As it is written: For your sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter."and like"Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:1Pe 2:21-24: For even hereunto were you called: because Christ also suffered for us: leaving us an example: that you should follow His steps:"opened"Ps 39:2: 9: I was dumb with silence: I held my peace: even from good; and my sorrow was stirred.Mt 26:62: 63: The high priest arose: and said to him: Answer you nothing? what is it which these witness against you?Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Joh 18:9-11: That the saying might be fulfilled: which he spoke: Of them which you gave me have I lost none.
εν τη ταπεινωσει αυτου η κρισις αυτου ηρθη την δε γενεαν αυτου τις διηγησεται οτι αιρεται απο της γης η ζωη αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5014ταπεινώσειtapeinōsei (N-DFS)
G5014 ταπείνωσις tapeínōsis tap-i-no-sis from ταπεινόω; depression (in rank or feeling):--humiliation, be made low, low estate, vile.
|
ταπεινώσειtapeinōsei
|
humiliation
|
N-DFS
|
G846[αὐτοῦ]autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
[αὐτοῦ]autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2920κρίσιςkrisis (N-NFS)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσιςkrisis
|
justice
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
from Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G142ἤρθη·ērthē (V-AIP-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἤρθη·ērthē
|
was taken away.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
The
|
Art-AFS
|
G1074γενεὰνgenean (N-AFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεὰνgenean
|
generation
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1334διηγήσεται;diēgēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγήσεται;diēgēsetai
|
will describe?
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G142αἴρεταιairetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
αἴρεταιairetai
|
is removed
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2222ζωὴzōē (N-NFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴzōē
|
life
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.”
|
PPro-GM3S
|
33
In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: and who will declare his generation? for his life is taken from the earth.Acts 8:33
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 99 letters, 39 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τη ταπεινωσει αυτου η κρισις αυτου ηρθη την δε γενεαν αυτου τις διηγησεται οτι αιρεται απο της γης η ζωη αυτου
Lit: In the humiliation of Him, justice from Him was taken away. The generation of Him, who will describe? For is removed from the earth the life of Him.”
KJV: In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: and who shall declare his generation? for his life is taken from the earth.
References
"his humiliation"Php 2:8: 9: Being found in fashion as a man: he humbled himself: and became obedient to death: even the death of the cross."judgment"Job 27:2: As God lives: who has taken away my judgment; and the Almighty: who has vexed my soul;Job 34:5: For Job has said: I am righteous: and God has taken away my judgment.Isa 5:23: Which justify the wicked for reward: and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him!Isa 10:2: To turn aside the needy from judgment: and to take away the right from the poor of my people: that widows may be their prey: and that they may rob the fatherless!Hab 1:4: Therefore the law is slacked: and judgment does never go forth: for the wicked does compass about the righteous; therefore wrong judgment proceeds.Mt 27:12-26: When he was accused of the chief priests and elders: he not answeredhing.Joh 19:12-16: From thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out: saying: If you let this man go: you are not Caesar's friend: whoever makes himself a king speaks against Caesar."and who"Ps 22:30: A seed will serve Him; it will be accounted to the Lord for a generation.Isa 53:8: 12: He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who will declare his generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken."for"Ps 22:15: My strength is dried up like a potsherd; and my tongue cleaves to my jaws; and you have brought me into the dust of death.Isa 53:10: 12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Da 9:26: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.
αποκριθεις δε ο ευνουχος τω φιλιππω ειπεν δεομαι σου περι τινος ο προφητης λεγει τουτο περι εαυτου η περι ετερου τινος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
Answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2135εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos (N-NMS)
G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunoûchos yoo-noo-khos from (a bed) and ἔχω; a castrated person (such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by extension an impotent or unmarried man; by implication, a chamberlain (state-officer):--eunuch.
|
εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos
|
eunuch
|
N-NMS
|
G5376ΦιλίππῳPhilippō (N-DMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππῳPhilippō
|
to Philip
|
N-DMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1189ΔέομαίDeomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ΔέομαίDeomai
|
I pray
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G5101τίνοςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνοςtinos
|
whom
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτο;touto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο;touto
|
this?
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
himself,
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2087ἑτέρουheterou (Adj-GMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρουheterou
|
other
|
Adj-GMS
|
G5100τινός;tinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινός;tinos
|
some?
|
IPro-GMS
|
34
The eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray you, of whom speaks the prophet this? of himself, or of some other man?
Acts 8:34
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 18 words, 95 letters, 36 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκριθεις δε ο ευνουχος τω φιλιππω ειπεν δεομαι σου περι τινος ο προφητης λεγει τουτο περι εαυτου η περι ετερου τινος
Lit: Answering now, the eunuch to Philip said, I pray you, concerning whom the prophet says this? Concerning himself, or concerning other some?
KJV: And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other man?
References
"of whom"Mt 2:2-4: Saying: Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east: and are come to worship him.Mt 13:36: Then Jesus sent the multitude away: and went into the house: and His disciples came to Him: saying: Declare to us the parable of the tares of the field.Mt 15:15: Then answered Peter and said to him: Declare to us this parable.
ανοιξας δε ο φιλιππος το στομα αυτου και αρξαμενος απο της γραφης ταυτης ευηγγελισατο αυτω τον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G455Ἀνοίξαςanoixas (V-APA-NMS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
Ἀνοίξαςanoixas
|
Having opened
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G756ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos
|
having begun
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1124γραφῆςgraphēs (N-GFS)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφῆςgraphēs
|
Scripture
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2097εὐηγγελίσατοeuēngelisato (V-AIM-3S)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελίσατοeuēngelisato
|
he proclaimed the good news
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him —
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
35
Then Philip opened His mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached to Him Jesus.Acts 8:35
Stats
Rank: #2674 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανοιξας δε ο φιλιππος το στομα αυτου και αρξαμενος απο της γραφης ταυτης ευηγγελισατο αυτω τον ιησουν
Lit: Having opened then Philip the mouth of him and having begun from the Scripture this, he proclaimed the good news to him — Jesus.
KJV: Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.
References
"opened"Ac 10:34: Then Peter opened His mouth: and said: Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:Mt 5:2: He opened his mouth: and taught them: saying: 2Co 6:11: O you Corinthians: our mouth is open to you: our heart is enlarged."began"Ac 18:28: For He mightily convinced the Jews: and that publickly: shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Lu 24:27: 44-47: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself."preached"Ac 3:20: He will send Jesus Christ: which before was preached to you:Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 17:3: 18: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.Ac 19:13: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Eph 4:21: If so be that you have heard Him: and have been taught by Him: as the truth is in Jesus:1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.
ως δε επορευοντο κατα την οδον ηλθον επι τι υδωρ και φησιν ο ευνουχος ιδου υδωρ τι κωλυει με βαπτισθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4198ἐπορεύοντοeporeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορεύοντοeporeuonto
|
they were going
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
along
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόν,hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν,hodon
|
road,
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπίepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπίepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
some
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5204ὕδωρ,hydōr (N-ANS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρ,hydōr
|
water,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5346φησινphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησινphēsin
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2135εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos (N-NMS)
G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunoûchos yoo-noo-khos from (a bed) and ἔχω; a castrated person (such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by extension an impotent or unmarried man; by implication, a chamberlain (state-officer):--eunuch.
|
εὐνοῦχοςeunouchos
|
eunuch,
|
N-NMS
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5204ὕδωρ·hydōr (N-NNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρ·hydōr
|
water;
|
N-NNS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G2967κωλύειkōlyei (V-PIA-3S)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύειkōlyei
|
prevents
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G907βαπτισθῆναι;baptisthēnai (V-ANP)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθῆναι;baptisthēnai
|
to be baptized?”
|
V-ANP
|
36
As they went on their way, they came to a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what does hinder me to be baptized?
Acts 8:36
Stats
Rank: #787 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 43 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε επορευοντο κατα την οδον ηλθον επι τι υδωρ και φησιν ο ευνουχος ιδου υδωρ τι κωλυει με βαπτισθηναι
Lit: As then they were going along the road, they came upon some water, and says the eunuch, Behold water; what prevents me to be baptized?”
KJV: And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, [here is] water; what doth hinder me to be baptized?
References
"See"Ac 10:47: Can any man forbid water: that these not should be baptized: which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Joh 3:5: 23: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.Tit 3:5: 6: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;1Jo 5:6: This is He that'>He who came by water and blood: even Jesus Christ; not by water only: but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that bears witness: because the Spirit is truth.
ειπεν δε ο φιλιππος ει πιστευεις εξ ολης της καρδιας εξεστιν αποκριθεις δε ειπεν πιστευω τον υιον του θεου ειναι τον ιησουν χριστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2036{εἰπεeipe (V-AIA-3S)
G2036 ἔπω épō ep-o a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from ἐρέω, ῥέω, and φημί); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Compare λέγω.,
|
{εἰπεeipe
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5376Φίλιππος,Philippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
Φίλιππος,Philippos
|
Philip,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύειςpisteueis (V-PIA-2S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύειςpisteueis
|
you believe
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τὴςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίας,kardias (N-AFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίας,kardias
|
heart,
|
N-AFP
|
G1832ἔξεστιν.exestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν.exestin
|
it is lawful.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
He answered
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2036εἷπε,heipe (V-AIA-3S)
G2036 ἔπω épō ep-o a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from ἐρέω, ῥέω, and φημί); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Compare λέγω.,
|
εἷπε,heipe
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4100ΠιστεύωPisteuō (V-PIA-1S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ΠιστεύωPisteuō
|
I believe
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ὑιὸνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ὑιὸνhuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1511ἐιναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1511 εἶναι eînai i-nahee present infinitive from εἰμί; to exist:--am, was. come, is, X lust after, X please well, there is, to be, was.
|
ἐιναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G5547Χριστόν}.Christon (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν}.Christon
|
Christ.
|
N-AMS
|
37
Philip said, If you believe with all your heart, you may. And He answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.
Acts 8:37
Stats
Rank: #1437 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 23 words, 111 letters, 44 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε ο φιλιππος ει πιστευεις εξ ολης της καρδιας εξεστιν αποκριθεις δε ειπεν πιστευω τον υιον του θεου ειναι τον ιησουν χριστον
Lit: said then Philip, If you believe from all the heart, it is lawful. He answered and he said, I believe the Son of God to be Jesus Christ.
KJV: And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.
References
"If"Ac 8:12: 13: 21: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 2:38: 39: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Ro 10:10: For with the heart man believes to righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made to salvation."he answered"1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"I believe"Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Mt 16:16: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 6:68: 69: Then Simon Peter answered Him: Lord: to whom will we go? you have the words of eternal life.Joh 9:35-38: Jesus heard that they had cast Him out; and when He had found Him: He said to Him: Do you believe on the Son of God?Joh 11:27: She says to Him: Yes: Lord: I believe that you are the Christ: the Son of God: which should come into the world.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.1Co 12:3: For what reason I give you to understand: that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord: but by the Holy Ghost.1Jo 4:15: Whoever will confess that Jesus is the Son of God: God dwells in Him: and He in God.1Jo 5:1: 5: 10-13: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him.
και εκελευσεν στηναι το αρμα και κατεβησαν αμφοτεροι εις το υδωρ ο τε φιλιππος και ο ευνουχος και εβαπτισεν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2476στῆναιstēnai (V-ANA)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στῆναιstēnai
|
to stop
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G716ἅρμα,harma (N-ANS)
G716 ἅρμα hárma har-mah probably from αἴρω (perhaps with Α (as a particle of union) prefixed); a chariot (as raised or fitted together (compare ἁρμός)):--chariot.
|
ἅρμα,harma
|
chariot.
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2597κατέβησανkatebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβησανkatebēsan
|
they went down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G297ἀμφότεροιamphoteroi (Adj-NMP)
G297 ἀμφότερος amphóteros am-fot-er-os comparative of (around); (in plural) both:--both.
|
ἀμφότεροιamphoteroi
|
both
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5204ὕδωρ,hydōr (N-ANS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρ,hydōr
|
water,
|
N-ANS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2135εὐνοῦχος,eunouchos (N-NMS)
G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunoûchos yoo-noo-khos from (a bed) and ἔχω; a castrated person (such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by extension an impotent or unmarried man; by implication, a chamberlain (state-officer):--eunuch.
|
εὐνοῦχος,eunouchos
|
eunuch,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβάπτισενebaptisen (V-AIA-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισενebaptisen
|
he baptized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
38
He commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him.Acts 8:38
Stats
Rank: #2370 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 22 words, 105 letters, 36 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκελευσεν στηναι το αρμα και κατεβησαν αμφοτεροι εις το υδωρ ο τε φιλιππος και ο ευνουχος και εβαπτισεν αυτον
Lit: And he commanded to stop the chariot. And they went down both to the water, both Philip and the eunuch, and he baptized him.
KJV: And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him.
References
"and he baptized"Joh 3:22: 23: After these things came Jesus and His disciples into the land of Judaea; and there He tarried with them: and baptized.Joh 4:1: When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John:
οτε δε ανεβησαν εκ του υδατος πνευμα κυριου ηρπασεν τον φιλιππον και ουκ ειδεν αυτον ουκετι ο ευνουχος επορευετο γαρ την οδον αυτου χαιρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753Ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
Ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
they came up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5204ὕδατος,hydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατος,hydatos
|
water,
|
N-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
the Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G726ἥρπασενhērpasen (V-AIA-3S)
G726 ἁρπάζω harpázō har-pad-zo from a derivative of αἱρέομαι; to seize (in various applications):--catch (away, up), pluck, pull, take (by force).
|
ἥρπασενhērpasen
|
carried away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5376Φίλιππον,Philippon (N-AMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
Φίλιππον,Philippon
|
Philip,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2135εὐνοῦχος,eunouchos (N-NMS)
G2135 εὐνοῦχος eunoûchos yoo-noo-khos from (a bed) and ἔχω; a castrated person (such being employed in Oriental bed-chambers); by extension an impotent or unmarried man; by implication, a chamberlain (state-officer):--eunuch.
|
εὐνοῦχος,eunouchos
|
eunuch;
|
N-NMS
|
G4198ἐπορεύετοeporeueto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορεύετοeporeueto
|
he went
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5463χαίρων.chairōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίρων.chairōn
|
rejoicing.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
39
When they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw Him no more: and He went on His way rejoicing.Acts 8:39
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 29 words, 119 letters, 46 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε ανεβησαν εκ του υδατος πνευμα κυριου ηρπασεν τον φιλιππον και ουκ ειδεν αυτον ουκετι ο ευνουχος επορευετο γαρ την οδον αυτου χαιρων
Lit: When now they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord carried away Philip, and not saw him no longer the eunuch; he went for the way of him, rejoicing.
KJV: And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing.
References
"were"Mt 3:16: Jesus: when He was baptized: went up straightway out of the water: and: indeed: the heavens were opened to Him: and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove: and lighting upon Him:Mr 1:10: Straightway coming up out of the water: He saw the heavens opened: and the Spirit like a dove descending upon Him:"the Spirit"1Ki 18:12: It will come to pass: as soon as I am gone from you: that the Spirit of the LORD will carry you whither I not know; and so when I come and tell Ahab: and He cannot find you: He will kill me: but I your servant fear the LORD from my youth.2Ki 2:16: They said to Him: Look now: there be with your servants 50 strong men; let them go: we pray you: and seek your master: lest perhaps the Spirit of the LORD has taken Him up: and cast Him upon some mountain: or into some valley. And He said: You will not send.Eze 3:12-14: Then the spirit took me up: and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing: saying: Blessed be the glory of the LORD from His place.Eze 8:3: He put forth the form of an hand: and took me by a lock of my head; and the spirit lifted me up between the earth and the heaven: and brought me in the visions of God to Jerusalem: to the door of the inner gate that looks toward the north; where was the seat of the image of jealousy: which provokes to jealousy.Eze 11:24: Afterwards the spirit took me up: and brought me in a vision by the Spirit of God into Chaldea: to them of the captivity. So the vision that I had seen went up from me.2Co 12:2-4: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven."and he"Ac 8:8: There was great joy in that city.Ac 13:52: The disciples were filled with joy: and with the Holy Ghost.Ac 16:34: When He had brought them into His house: He set meat before them: and rejoiced: believing in God with all His house.Ps 119:14: 111: I have rejoiced in the way of your testimonies: as much as in all riches.Isa 35:1: 2: The wilderness and the solitary place will be glad for them; and the desert will rejoice: and blossom as the rose.Isa 55:12: 13: For you will go out with joy: and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills will break forth before you into singing: and all the trees of the field will clap their hands.Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Isa 66:13: 14: As one whom his mother comforts: so will I comfort you; and you will be comforted in Jerusalem.Mt 13:44: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to treasure hid in a field; the which when a man has found: he hides: and for joy thereof goes and sells all that he has: and buys that field.Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Ro 15:10-13: Again he says: Rejoice: you Gentiles: with his people.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh.Php 4:4: Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say: Rejoice.Jas 1:9: 10: Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted:Jas 4:16: But now you rejoice in your boastings: all such rejoicing is evil.
φιλιππος δε ευρεθη εις αζωτον και διερχομενος ευηγγελιζετο τας πολεις πασας εως του ελθειν αυτον εις καισαρειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5376ΦίλιπποςPhilippos (N-NMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦίλιπποςPhilippos
|
Philip
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G108Ἄζωτον,Azōton (N-AFS)
G108 Ἄζωτος Ázōtos ad-zo-tos of Hebrew origin (אַשְׁדּוֹד); Azotus (i.e. Ashdod), a place in Palestine:--Azotus.
|
Ἄζωτον,Azōton
|
Azotus,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1330διερχόμενοςdierchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διερχόμενοςdierchomenos
|
passing through,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2097εὐηγγελίζετοeuēngelizeto (V-IIM-3S)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελίζετοeuēngelizeto
|
he was proclaiming the gospel
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
to the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4172πόλειςpoleis (N-AFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειςpoleis
|
towns
|
N-AFP
|
G3956πάσαςpasas (Adj-AFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσαςpasas
|
all,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖνelthein
|
coming
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
his
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν.Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν.Kaisareian
|
Caesarea.
|
N-AFS
|
40
But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.Acts 8:40
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 35 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: φιλιππος δε ευρεθη εις αζωτον και διερχομενος ευηγγελιζετο τας πολεις πασας εως του ελθειν αυτον εις καισαρειαν
Lit: Philip however was found at Azotus, and passing through, he was proclaiming the gospel to the towns all, until coming his to Caesarea.
KJV: But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.
References
"at"Jos 15:46: 47: From Ekron even to the sea: all that lay near Ashdod: with their villages:1Sa 5:1: The Philistines took the ark of God: and brought it from Ebenezer to Ashdod.Zec 9:6: A bastard will dwell in Ashdod: and I will cut off the pride of the Philistines."Ashdod"Lu 10:1: 2: After these things the Lord appointed other 70 also: and sent them two and two before His face into every city and place: whither He Himself would come.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ."Caesarea"Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him.Ac 23:23: 33: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Ac 25:4: But Festus answered: that Paul should be kept at Caesarea: and that he himself would depart shortly there.
9
Conversion of Saul of Tarsus
The Road to Damascus
ο δε σαυλος ετι εμπνεων απειλης και φονου εις τους μαθητας του κυριου προσελθων τω αρχιερει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161Δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
Δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G1709ἐμπνέωνempneōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1709 ἐμπνέω empnéō emp-neh-o from ἐν and πνέω; to inhale, i.e. (figuratively) to be animated by (bent upon):--breathe.
|
ἐμπνέωνempneōn
|
breathing out
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G547ἀπειλῆςapeilēs (N-GFS)
G547 ἀπειλή apeilḗ ap-i-lay from ἀπειλέω; a menace:--X straitly, threatening.
|
ἀπειλῆςapeilēs
|
threats
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5408φόνουphonou (N-GMS)
G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.
|
φόνουphonou
|
murder
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G4334προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
having gone
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖarchierei (N-DMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖarchierei
|
high priest,
|
N-DMS
|
1
And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went to the high priest,Acts 9:1
Stats
Rank: #296 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 17 words, 95 letters, 34 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε σαυλος ετι εμπνεων απειλης και φονου εις τους μαθητας του κυριου προσελθων τω αρχιερει
Lit: But Saul, still breathing out threats and murder toward the disciples of the Lord, having gone to the high priest,
KJV: And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest,
References
"Saul"Ac 9:11-13: 19-21: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 22:3: 4: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ac 26:9-11: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Ga 1:13: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."breathing"Ps 27:12: Deliver not me over to the will of my enemies: for false witnesses are risen up against me: and such as breathe out cruelty.
ητησατο παρ αυτου επιστολας εις δαμασκον προς τας συναγωγας οπως εαν τινας ευρη της οδου οντας ανδρας τε και γυναικας δεδεμενους αγαγη εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G154ᾐτήσατοētēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσατοētēsato
|
requested
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1992ἐπιστολὰςepistolas (N-AFP)
G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολὰςepistolas
|
letters
|
N-AFP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon
|
Damascus
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4864συναγωγάς,synagōgas (N-AFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγάς,synagōgas
|
synagogues,
|
N-AFP
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
any
|
IPro-AMP
|
G2147εὕρῃheurē (V-ASA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρῃheurē
|
he found
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3598ὉδοῦHodou (N-GFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὉδοῦHodou
|
way,
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ὄντας,ontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντας,ontas
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκας,gynaikas (N-AFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκας,gynaikas
|
women,
|
N-AFP
|
G1210δεδεμένουςdedemenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένουςdedemenous
|
having bound,
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G71ἀγάγῃagagē (V-ASA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀγάγῃagagē
|
he might bring them
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ.Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ.Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-AFS
|
2
Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Acts 9:2
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 28 words, 131 letters, 48 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ητησατο παρ αυτου επιστολας εις δαμασκον προς τας συναγωγας οπως εαν τινας ευρη της οδου οντας ανδρας τε και γυναικας δεδεμενους αγαγη εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: requested from him letters in Damascus to the synagogues, so that if any he found of the way, being men both and women, having bound, he might bring them to Jerusalem.
KJV: And desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem.
References
"desired"Ac 9:14: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Ac 7:19: The same dealt subtilly with our kindred: and evil entreated our fathers: so that they cast out their young children: to the end they not might live.Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished.Ac 26:12: Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests: Es 3:8-13: Haman said to king Ahasuerus: There is a certain people scattered abroad and dispersed among the people in all the provinces of your kingdom; and their laws are diverse from all people; neither keep they the king's laws: therefore it is not for the king's profit to suffer them.Ps 82:2-4: How long will you judge unjustly: and accept the persons of the wicked? Selah."the synagogues"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 13:14: 15: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 28:17-21: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans."of this way"Ac 19:9: 23: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.
εν δε τω πορευεσθαι εγενετο αυτον εγγιζειν τη δαμασκω και εξαιφνης περιηστραψεν αυτον φως απο του ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
proceeding,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
as he
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1448ἐγγίζεινengizein (V-PNA)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίζεινengizein
|
draws near
|
V-PNA
|
G1154Δαμασκῷ,Damaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
Δαμασκῷ,Damaskō
|
to Damascus,
|
N-DFS
|
G1810ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs (Adv)
G1810 ἐξαίφνης exaíphnēs ex-ah-eef-nace from ἐκ and the base of αἰφνίδιος; of a sudden (unexpectedly):--suddenly. Compare ἐξάπινα.
|
ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs
|
suddenly
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4015περιήστραψενperiēstrapsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4015 περιαστράπτω periastráptō per-ee-as-trap-to from περί and ἀστράπτω; to flash all around, i.e. envelop in light:--shine round (about).
|
περιήστραψενperiēstrapsen
|
flashed around
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-NNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
a light
|
N-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
3
As he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:Acts 9:3
Stats
Rank: #2402 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε τω πορευεσθαι εγενετο αυτον εγγιζειν τη δαμασκω και εξαιφνης περιηστραψεν αυτον φως απο του ουρανου
Lit: In now proceeding, it came to pass as he draws near to Damascus, suddenly also him flashed around a light from heaven.
KJV: And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:
References
"as"Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 22:6: It came to pass: that: as I made my journey: and was come nigh to Damascus about noon: suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me.Ac 26:12: 13: Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests: 1Co 15:8: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time."a light"Ps 104:2: Who cover yourself with light as with a garment: who stretch out the heavens like a curtain:1Ti 6:16: Who only has immortality: dwelling in the light which no man can approach to; whom no man has seen: nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen.Re 21:23: The city had no need of the sun: neither of the moon: to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it: and the Lamb is the light thereof.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.
και πεσων επι την γην ηκουσεν φωνην λεγουσαν αυτω σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4098πεσὼνpesōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσὼνpesōn
|
having fallen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
ground,
|
N-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσενēkousen (V-AIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσενēkousen
|
he heard
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G4549Σαούλ,Saoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
Σαούλ,Saoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1377διώκεις;diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις;diōkeis
|
do you persecute?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
4
He fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying to him, Saul, Saul, why persecute you me?Acts 9:4
Stats
Rank: #3222 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 15 words, 74 letters, 30 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πεσων επι την γην ηκουσεν φωνην λεγουσαν αυτω σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις
Lit: And having fallen on the ground, he heard a voice saying to him, Saul, Saul, why Me do you persecute?
KJV: And he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?
References
"he fell"Ac 5:10: Then fell she down straightway at his feet: and yielded up the ghost: and the young men came in: and found her dead: and: carrying her forth: buried her by her husband.Nu 16:45: Get you up from among this congregation: that I may consume them as in a moment. And they fell upon their faces.Joh 18:6: As soon then as he had said to them: I am he: they went backward: and fell to the ground.Ro 11:22: Look therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell: severity; but toward you: goodness: if you continue in His goodness: otherwise you also will be cut off.1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?"Saul"Ge 3:9: The LORD God called to Adam: and said to Him: Where are you?Ge 16:8: He said: Hagar: Sarai's maid: where came you? and whither will you go? And she said: I flee from the face of my mistress Sarai.Ge 22:11: The angel of the LORD called to Him out of heaven: and said: Abraham: Abraham: and He said: Here am I.Ex 3:4: When the LORD saw that He turned aside to see: God called to Him out of the middle of the bush: and said: Moses: Moses. And He said: Here am I.Lu 10:41: Jesus answered and said to her: Martha: Martha: you are careful and troubled about many things:Joh 20:16: Jesus says to her: Mary. She turned herself: and says to Him: Rabboni; which is to say: Master.Joh 21:15: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs."why"Ac 22:7: 8: I fell to the ground: and heard a voice saying to me: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 26:14: 15: When we were all fallen to the earth: I heard a voice speaking to me: and saying in the Hebrew tongue: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Isa 63:9: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Zec 2:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts; After the glory has He sent me to the nations which spoiled you: for He that'>He who touches'>touches you touches'>touches the apple of His eye.Mt 25:40: 45: 46: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.1Co 12:12: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Eph 5:30: For we are members of his body: of his flesh: and of his bones.
ειπεν δε τις ει κυριε ο δε κυριος ειπεν εγω ειμι ιησους ον συ διωκεις σκληρον σοι προς κεντρα λακτιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2962Κύριε;Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε;Kyrie
|
Lord?
|
N-VMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
And He said,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1377διώκεις·diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις·diōkeis
|
are persecuting.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4642{σκληρόνsklēron (Adj-NNS)
G4642 σκληρός sklērós sklay-ros from the base of σκέλος; dry, i.e. hard or tough (figuratively, harsh, severe):--fierce, hard.
|
{σκληρόνsklēron
|
It is hard
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
for you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G2759κέντραkentra (N-ANP)
G2759 κέντρον kéntron ken-tron from (to prick); a point (centre), i.e. a sting (figuratively, poison) or goad (figuratively, divine impulse):--prick, sting.
|
κέντραkentra
|
the goads
|
N-ANP
|
G2979λακτίζειν}.laktizein (V-PNA)
G2979 λακτίζω laktízō lak-tid-zo from adverb (heelwise); to recalcitrate:--kick.
|
λακτίζειν}.laktizein
|
to kick.
|
V-PNA
|
G5141{τρέμωνtremōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5141 τρέμω trémō trem-o strengthened from a primary (to dread, terrify); to tremble or fear:--be afraid, trembling.
|
{τρέμωνtremōn
|
He trembling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2284θαμβῶνthambōn (V-PPA-NM3S)
G2284 θαμβέω thambéō tham-beh-o from θάμβος; to stupefy (with surprise), i.e. astound:--amaze, astonish.
|
θαμβῶνthambōn
|
being astonished
|
V-PPA-NM3S
|
G2036εἶπε,eipe (V-AIA-3S)
G2036 ἔπω épō ep-o a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from ἐρέω, ῥέω, and φημί); to speak or say (by word or writing):--answer, bid, bring word, call, command, grant, say (on), speak, tell. Compare λέγω.,
|
εἶπε,eipe
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2309θέλειςtheleis (V-PIA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειςtheleis
|
do you want
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4160ποιῆσαι}poiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι}poiēsai
|
to do.
|
V-ANA
|
5
He said, Who are you, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.
Acts 9:5
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 38 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε τις ει κυριε ο δε κυριος ειπεν εγω ειμι ιησους ον συ διωκεις σκληρον σοι προς κεντρα λακτιζειν
Lit: He said then, Who are You, Lord? And He said, I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting. It is hard for you against the goads to kick. He trembling both and being astonished said, Lord, what me do you want to do.
KJV: And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks.
References
"Who"1Sa 3:4-10: That the LORD called Samuel: and He answered: Here am I.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."I am"Ac 26:9: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth."it is"Ac 5:39: But if it be of God: you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.De 32:15: But Jeshurun waxed fat: and kicked: you are waxen fat: you are grown thick: you are covered with fatness; then He forsook God which made Him: and lightly esteemed the Rock of His salvation.Job 9:4: He is wise in heart: and mighty in strength: who has hardened himself against him: and has prospered?Job 40:9: 10: Have you an arm like God? or canst you thunder with a voice like Him?Ps 2:12: Kiss the Son: lest He be angry: and you perish from the way: when His wrath is kindled but a little. Blessed are all they that put their trust in Him.Isa 45:9: Woe to him that strives with his Maker! Let the potsherd strive with the potsherds of the earth. Will the clay say to him that fashions it: What make you? or your work: He has no hands?1Co 10:22: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?
τρεμων τε και θαμβων ειπεν κυριε τι με θελεις ποιησαι και ο κυριος προς αυτον αναστηθι και εισελθε εις την πολιν και λαληθησεται σοι τι σε δει ποιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G450ἀνάστηθιanastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνάστηθιanastēthi
|
rise up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἴσελθεeiselthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἴσελθεeiselthe
|
enter
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980λαληθήσεταίlalēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθήσεταίlalēthēsetai
|
it will be told
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160ποιεῖν.poiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖν.poiein
|
to do.
|
V-PNA
|
6
He trembling and astonished said, Lord, what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him, Arise, and go into the city, and it will be told you what you must do.
Acts 9:6
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 30 words, 133 letters, 50 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: τρεμων τε και θαμβων ειπεν κυριε τι με θελεις ποιησαι και ο κυριος προς αυτον αναστηθι και εισελθε εις την πολιν και λαληθησεται σοι τι σε δει ποιειν
Lit: But rise up and enter into the city, and it will be told you that what you it behooves to do.
KJV: And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do.
References
"trembling"Ac 16:29: Then he called for a light: and sprang in: and came trembling: and fell down before Paul and Silas: Ac 24:25: 26: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.1Sa 28:5: When Saul saw the host of the Philistines: he was afraid: and his heart greatly trembled.Isa 66:2: For all those things has my hand made: and all those things have been: says the LORD: but to this man will I look: even to Him that is poor and of a contrite spirit: and trembles at my word.Hab 3:16: When I heard: my belly trembled; my lips quivered at the voice: rottenness entered into my bones: and I trembled in myself: that I might rest in the day of trouble: when he comes up to the people: he will invade them with his troops.Php 2:12: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling."Lord, what"Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 16:30: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.Lu 3:10: The people asked him: saying: What will we do then?Ro 7:9: For I was alive without the law once: but when the commandment came: sin revived: and I died.Ro 10:3: For they being ignorant of God's righteousness: and going about to establish their own righteousness: not have submitted themselves to the righteousness of God.Jas 4:6: But He gives'>gives more grace. For what reason He says: God resists the proud: but gives'>gives grace to the humble."Arise"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 26:16: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;Eze 16:6-8: When I passed by you: and saw you polluted in your own blood: I said to you when you were in your blood: Live; yes: I said to you when you were in your blood: Live.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.Ro 5:20: Moreover the law entered: that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded: grace did much more abound:Ro 9:15-24: For he says to Moses: I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy: and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion.Ro 10:20: But Isaiah is very bold: and says: I was found of them that sought not me; I was made manifest to them that not asked after me.Ga 1:15: 16: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: 1Ti 1:14-16: The grace of our Lord was exceeding abundant with faith and love which is in Christ Jesus."and it"Ac 10:6: 22: 32: He lodges with one Simon a tanner: whose house is by the sea side: he will tell you what you ought to do.Ac 11:13: 14: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;Ps 25:8: 9: 12: Good and upright is the LORD: therefore will He teach sinners in the way.Ps 94:12: Blessed is the man whom you chasten: O LORD: and teach Him out of your law;Isa 57:18: I have seen his ways: and will heal him: I will lead him also: and restore comforts to him and to his mourners.
οι δε ανδρες οι συνοδευοντες αυτω ειστηκεισαν εννεοι ακουοντες μεν της φωνης μηδενα δε θεωρουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
the men
|
N-NMP
|
G4922συνοδεύοντεςsynodeuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4922 συνοδεύω synodeúō soon-od-yoo-o from σύν and ὁδεύω; to travel in company with:--journey with.
|
συνοδεύοντεςsynodeuontes
|
traveling with
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2476εἱστήκεισανheistēkeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
εἱστήκεισανheistēkeisan
|
stood
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G1769ἐνεοί,eneoi (Adj-NMP)
G1769 ἐννεός enneós en-neh-os from ἐννεύω; dumb (as making signs), i.e. silent from astonishment:--speechless.
|
ἐνεοί,eneoi
|
speechless,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆς,phōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆς,phōnēs
|
voice,
|
N-GFS
|
G3367μηδέναmēdena (Adj-AMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδέναmēdena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωροῦντες.theōrountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦντες.theōrountes
|
seeing.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
7
The men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man.Acts 9:7
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 28 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ανδρες οι συνοδευοντες αυτω ειστηκεισαν εννεοι ακουοντες μεν της φωνης μηδενα δε θεωρουντες
Lit: And the men traveling with him stood speechless, hearing indeed the voice, no one however seeing.
KJV: And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man.
References
"And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man."Ac 22:9: They that were with me saw indeed the light: and were afraid; but they not heard the voice of him that spoke to me.Ac 26:13: 14: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.Da 10:7: I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me not saw the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them: so that they fled to hide themselves.Mt 24:40: 41: Then will two be in the field; the one will be taken: and the other left.
ηγερθη δε ο σαυλος απο της γης ανεωγμενων δε των οφθαλμων αυτου ουδενα εβλεπεν χειραγωγουντες δε αυτον εισηγαγον εις δαμασκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1453ἠγέρθηēgerthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἠγέρθηēgerthē
|
Rose up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
ground;
|
N-GFS
|
G455ἀνεῳγμένωνaneōgmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνεῳγμένωνaneōgmenōn
|
having been opened
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G991ἔβλεπεν·eblepen (V-IIA-3S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἔβλεπεν·eblepen
|
he could see.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5496χειραγωγοῦντεςcheiragōgountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5496 χειραγωγέω cheiragōgéō khi-rag-ogue-eh-o from χειραγωγός; to be a hand-leader, i.e. to guide (a blind person):--lead by the hand.
|
χειραγωγοῦντεςcheiragōgountes
|
Leading by the hand
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1521εἰσήγαγονeisēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσήγαγονeisēgagon
|
they brought him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1154Δαμασκόν.Damaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
Δαμασκόν.Damaskon
|
Damascus.
|
N-AFS
|
8
Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus.Acts 9:8
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 24 words, 105 letters, 39 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγερθη δε ο σαυλος απο της γης ανεωγμενων δε των οφθαλμων αυτου ουδενα εβλεπεν χειραγωγουντες δε αυτον εισηγαγον εις δαμασκον
Lit: Rose up then Saul from the ground; having been opened however the eyes of him, nothing he could see. Leading by the hand then him, they brought him to Damascus.
KJV: And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus.
References
"he saw"Ac 9:18: Immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith: and arose: and was baptized.Ac 13:11: Now: look: the hand of the Lord is upon you: and you will be blind: not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on Him a mist and a darkness; and He went about seeking some to lead Him by the hand.Ac 22:11: When I not could see for the glory of that light: being led by the hand of them that were with me: I came into Damascus.Ge 19:11: They smote the men that were at the door of the house with blindness: both small and great: so that they wearied themselves to find the door.Ex 4:11: The LORD said to Him: Who has made man's mouth? or who makes the dumb: or deaf: or the seeing: or the blind? not have I the LORD?2Ki 6:17-20: Elisha prayed: and said: LORD: I pray you: open His eyes: that He may see. And the LORD opened the eyes of the young man; and He saw: and: look: the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha.
και ην ημερας τρεις μη βλεπων και ουκ εφαγεν ουδε επιεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
without
|
Adv
|
G991βλέπων,blepōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπων,blepōn
|
seeing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G5315ἔφαγενephagen (V-AIA-3S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγενephagen
|
did he eat
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4095ἔπιεν.epien (V-AIA-3S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
ἔπιεν.epien
|
drink.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
9
He was 3 days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink.Acts 9:9
Stats
Rank: #9501 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 19 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην ημερας τρεις μη βλεπων και ουκ εφαγεν ουδε επιεν
Lit: And he was days three without seeing, and neither did he eat nor drink.
KJV: And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink.
References
"And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink."Ac 9:11: 12: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: 2Ch 33:12: 13: 18: 19: When He was in affliction: He besought the LORD His God: and humbled Himself greatly before the God of His fathers: Es 4:16: Go: gather together all the Jews that are present in Shushan: and fast you for me: and neither eat nor drink 3 days: night or day: I also and my maidens will fast likewise; and so will I go in to the king: which is not according to the law: and if I perish: I perish.Jon 3:6-8: For word came to the king of Nineveh: and he arose from his throne: and he laid his robe from him: and covered him with sackcloth: and sat in ashes.
Ananias Baptizes Saul
ην δε τις μαθητης εν δαμασκω ονοματι ανανιας και ειπεν προς αυτον ο κυριος εν οραματι ανανια ο δε ειπεν ιδου εγω κυριε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮνĒn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮνĒn
|
There was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3101μαθητὴςmathētēs (N-NMS)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὴςmathētēs
|
disciple
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκῷDamaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκῷDamaskō
|
Damascus
|
N-DFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G367Ἁνανίας,Hananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
Ἁνανίας,Hananias
|
Ananias.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3705ὁράματιhoramati (N-DNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὁράματιhoramati
|
a vision
|
N-DNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G367Ἁνανία.Hanania (N-VMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
Ἁνανία.Hanania
|
Ananias.
|
N-VMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἐγώ,egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ,egō
|
me,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2962Κύριε.Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε.Kyrie
|
Lord.
|
N-VMS
|
10
There was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to Him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And He said, Look, I am here, Lord.
Acts 9:10
Stats
Rank: #2886 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 21 words, 110 letters, 48 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε τις μαθητης εν δαμασκω ονοματι ανανιας και ειπεν προς αυτον ο κυριος εν οραματι ανανια ο δε ειπεν ιδου εγω κυριε
Lit: There was now a certain disciple in Damascus named Ananias. And said to him in a vision the Lord, Ananias. And he said, Behold me, Lord.
KJV: And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord.
References
"there"Ac 22:12: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: "and to"Ac 2:17: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 10:3: 17-20: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Nu 12:6: He said: Hear now my words: If there be a prophet among you: I the LORD will make myself known to Him in a vision: and will speak to Him in a dream.Da 2:19: Then was the secret revealed to Daniel in a night vision. Then Daniel blessed the God of heaven."Behold"Ge 22:1: It came to pass after these things: that God did tempt Abraham: and said to Him: Abraham: and He said: Look: here I am.Ge 31:11: The angel of God spoke to me in a dream: saying: Jacob: And I said: Here am I.Ex 3:4: When the LORD saw that He turned aside to see: God called to Him out of the middle of the bush: and said: Moses: Moses. And He said: Here am I.1Sa 3:4: 8-10: That the LORD called Samuel: and He answered: Here am I.2Sa 15:26: But if he thus say: I have no delight in you; look: here am I: let him do to me as seems good to him.Isa 6:8: Also I heard the voice of the Lord: saying: Whom will I send: and who will go for us? Then said I: Here am I; send me.
ο δε κυριος προς αυτον αναστας πορευθητι επι την ρυμην την καλουμενην ευθειαν και ζητησον εν οικια ιουδα σαυλον ονοματι ταρσεα ιδου γαρ προσευχεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him said,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G450ἈναστὰςAnastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈναστὰςAnastas
|
Having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4198πορεύθητιporeuthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύθητιporeuthēti
|
go
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4505ῥύμηνrhymēn (N-AFS)
G4505 ῥύμη rhýmē hroo-may prolongation from ῥύομαι in its original sense; an alley or avenue (as crowded):--lane, street.
|
ῥύμηνrhymēn
|
Street
|
N-AFS
|
G2564καλουμένηνkaloumenēn (V-PPM/P-AFS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένηνkaloumenēn
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AFS
|
G2117ΕὐθεῖανEutheian (Adj-AFS)
G2117 εὐθύς euthýs yoo-thoos perhaps from εὖ and τίθημι; straight, i.e. (literally) level, or (figuratively) true; adverbially (of time) at once:--anon, by and by, forthwith, immediately, straightway.
|
ΕὐθεῖανEutheian
|
Straight,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2212ζήτησονzētēson (V-AMA-2S)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζήτησονzētēson
|
seek
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
the house
|
N-DFS
|
G2455ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
of Judas
|
N-GMS
|
G4569ΣαῦλονSaulon (N-AMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλονSaulon
|
Saul
|
N-AMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named,
|
N-DNS
|
G5018Ταρσέα·Tarsea (N-AMS)
G5018 Ταρσεύς Tarseús tar-syoos from Ταρσός; a Tarsean, i.e. native of Tarsus:--of Tarsus.
|
Ταρσέα·Tarsea
|
of Tarsus.
|
N-AMS
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4336προσεύχεται,proseuchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεται,proseuchetai
|
he is praying,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
11
The Lord said to Him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, look, He prayeth,
Acts 9:11
Stats
Counts: 176 characters, 24 words, 134 letters, 53 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε κυριος προς αυτον αναστας πορευθητι επι την ρυμην την καλουμενην ευθειαν και ζητησον εν οικια ιουδα σαυλον ονοματι ταρσεα ιδου γαρ προσευχεται
Lit: And the Lord to him said, Having risen up, go into the Street called Straight, and seek in the house of Judas Saul named, of Tarsus. Behold for he is praying,
KJV: And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for [one] called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth,
References
"Arise"Ac 8:26: The angel of the Lord spoke to Philip: saying: Arise: and go toward the south to the way that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza: which is desert.Ac 10:5: 6: Now send men to Joppa: and call for one Simon: whose surname is Peter:Ac 11:13: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;"Saul"Ac 9:30: Which when the brothers knew: they brought him down to Caesarea: and sent him forth to Tarsus.Ac 11:25: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus: for to seek Saul:Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day."for"Ac 2:21: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the Lord will be saved.Ac 8:22: Repent therefore of this your wickedness: and pray God: if perhaps the thought of your heart may be forgiven you.De 4:29: But if from there you will seek the LORD your God: you will find Him: if you seek Him with all your heart and with all your soul.2Ch 33:12: 13: 18: 19: When He was in affliction: He besought the LORD His God: and humbled Himself greatly before the God of His fathers: Job 33:18-28: He keeps back his soul from the pit: and his life from perishing by the sword.Ps 32:3-6: When I kept silence: my bones waxed old through my roaring all the day long.Ps 40:1: 2: A Psalm of David.>> I waited patiently for the LORD; and He inclined to me: and heard my cry.Ps 50:15: Call upon me in the day of trouble: I will deliver you: and you will glorify me.Ps 130:1-3: > Out of the depths have I cried to you: O LORD.Pr 15:8: The sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination to the LORD: but the prayer of the upright is His delight.Isa 55:6: 7: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Jer 29:12: 13: Then will you call upon me: and you will go and pray to me: and I will listen to you.Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Jon 2:1-4: Then Jonah prayed to the LORD His God out of the fish's belly: Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Mt 7:7: 8: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:Lu 11:9: 10: I say to you: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you.Lu 18:7-14: will not God avenge His own elect: which cry day and night to Him: though He bear long with them?Lu 23:42: 43: He said to Jesus: Lord: remember me when you come into your kingdom.Joh 4:10: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.
και ειδεν εν οραματι ανδρα ονοματι ανανιαν εισελθοντα και επιθεντα αυτω χειρα οπως αναβλεψη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
he saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G1722‹ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
‹ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3705ὁράματι›horamati (N-DNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὁράματι›horamati
|
a vision
|
N-DNS
|
G367ἉνανίανHananian (N-AMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίανHananian
|
Ananias
|
N-AMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named,
|
N-DNS
|
G1525εἰσελθόνταeiselthonta (V-APA-AMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόνταeiselthonta
|
having come
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθένταepithenta (V-APA-AMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθένταepithenta
|
having put
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
on him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588[τὰς]tas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τὰς]tas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖρας,cheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρας,cheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψῃ.anablepsē (V-ASA-3S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψῃ.anablepsē
|
he might see again.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
12
has seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight.Acts 9:12
Stats
Rank: #2711 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 22 words, 92 letters, 36 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδεν εν οραματι ανδρα ονοματι ανανιαν εισελθοντα και επιθεντα αυτω χειρα οπως αναβλεψη
Lit: and he saw a man in a vision Ananias named, having come and having put on him the hands, so that he might see again.
KJV: And hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight.
References
"And hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight."Ac 9:10: 17: 18: There was a certain disciple at Damascus: named Ananias; and to Him said the Lord in a vision: Ananias. And He said: Look: I am here: Lord.
απεκριθη δε ο ανανιας κυριε ακηκοα απο πολλων περι του ανδρος τουτου οσα κακα εποιησεν τοις αγιοις σου εν ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
Answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias,
|
N-NMS
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I have heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G435ἀνδρὸςandros (N-GMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὸςandros
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου,toutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου,toutou
|
this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how many
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2556κακὰkaka (Adj-ANP)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακὰkaka
|
evils
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to
|
Art-DMP
|
G40ἁγίοιςhagiois (Adj-DMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίοιςhagiois
|
saints
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
he did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem;
|
N-DFS
|
13
Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil He has done to your saints at Jerusalem:
Acts 9:13
Stats
Rank: #3343 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε ο ανανιας κυριε ακηκοα απο πολλων περι του ανδρος τουτου οσα κακα εποιησεν τοις αγιοις σου εν ιερουσαλημ
Lit: Answered but Ananias, Lord, I have heard from many concerning the man this, how many evils to saints of You he did in Jerusalem;
KJV: Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem:
References
"Lord"Ex 4:13-19: He said: O my Lord: send: I pray you: by the hand of Him whom you will send.1Sa 16:2: Samuel said: How can I go? if Saul hear it: He will kill me. And the LORD said: Take an heifer with you: and say: I am come to sacrifice to the LORD.1Ki 18:9-14: He said: What have I sinned: that you would deliver your servant into the hand of Ahab: to kill me?Jer 20:9: 10: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.Jon 1:2: 3: Arise: go to Nineveh: that great city: and cry against it; for their wickedness is come up before me.Mt 10:16: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves."how"Ac 9:1: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 22:4: 19: 20: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ac 26:10: 11: Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison: having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death: I gave my voice against them.1Ti 1:13-15: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
και ωδε εχει εξουσιαν παρα των αρχιερεων δησαι παντας τους επικαλουμενους το ονομα σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
he has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G749ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn (N-GMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn
|
chief priests
|
N-GMP
|
G1210δῆσαιdēsai (V-ANA)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δῆσαιdēsai
|
to bind
|
V-ANA
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1941ἐπικαλουμένουςepikaloumenous (V-PPM-AMP)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλουμένουςepikaloumenous
|
calling on
|
V-PPM-AMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.
|
PPro-G2S
|
14
Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Acts 9:14
Stats
Rank: #4007 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 23 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωδε εχει εξουσιαν παρα των αρχιερεων δησαι παντας τους επικαλουμενους το ονομα σου
Lit: and here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all those calling on the name of You.
KJV: And here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name.
References
"here"Ac 9:2: 3: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem."call"Ac 9:21: But all that heard him were amazed: and said; not Is this he who destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem: and came here for that intent: that he might bring them bound to the chief priests?Ac 7:59: They stoned Stephen: calling upon God: and saying: Lord Jesus: receive my spirit.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Ro 10:12-14: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.
ειπεν δε προς αυτον ο κυριος πορευου οτι σκευος εκλογης μοι εστιν ουτος του βαστασαι το ονομα μου ενωπιον εθνων και βασιλεων υιων τε ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G4198Πορεύου,Poreuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
Πορεύου,Poreuou
|
Go,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4632σκεῦοςskeuos (N-NNS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦοςskeuos
|
a vessel
|
N-NNS
|
G1589ἐκλογῆςeklogēs (N-GFS)
G1589 ἐκλογή eklogḗ ek-log-ay from ἐκλέγομαι; (divine) selection (abstractly or concretely):--chosen, election.
|
ἐκλογῆςeklogēs
|
of choice
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this man,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G941βαστάσαιbastasai (V-ANA)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάσαιbastasai
|
to carry
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588(τῶν)tōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
(τῶν)tōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings,
|
N-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
the sons
|
N-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ·Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ·Israēl
|
of Israel;
|
N-GMS
|
15
But the Lord said to Him, Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel:
Acts 9:15
Stats
Rank: #1719 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 114 letters, 43 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε προς αυτον ο κυριος πορευου οτι σκευος εκλογης μοι εστιν ουτος του βαστασαι το ονομα μου ενωπιον εθνων και βασιλεων υιων τε ισραηλ
Lit: Said however to him the Lord, Go, for a vessel of choice is to Me this man, to carry the name of Me before the Gentiles, and also kings, the sons then of Israel;
KJV: But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel:
References
"Go"Ex 4:12-14: Now therefore go: and I will be with your mouth: and teach you what you will say.Jer 1:7: But the LORD said to me: not Say: I am a child: for you will go to all that I will send you: and whatever I command you you will speak.Jon 3:1: 2: The word of the LORD came to Jonah the second time: saying: "a chosen"Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Jer 1:5: Before I formed you in the belly I knew you; and before you came forth out of the womb I sanctified you: and I ordained you a prophet to the nations.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Ro 1:1: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ro 9:21-24: Has not the potter power over the clay: of the same lump to make one vessel to honour: and another to dishonour?Ga 1:1: 15: 16: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.2Ti 2:4: 20: 21: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful."to bear"Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 26:17-20: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Ro 1:5: 13-15: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 11:13: For I speak to you Gentiles: inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles: I magnify my office:Ro 15:15-21: Nevertheless: brothers: I have written the more boldly to you in some sort: as putting you in mind: because of the grace that is given to me of God: 1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.Ga 2:7: 8: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;Eph 3:7: 8: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.Col 1:25-29: Whereof I am made a minister: according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you: to fulfil the word of God;1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity."and kings"Ac 25:22-27: Then Agrippa said to Festus: I would also hear the man myself. To morrow: said he: you will hear him.Ac 26:1-11: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:Ac 27:24: Saying: not Fear: Paul; you must be brought before Caesar: and: indeed: God has given you all them that sail with you.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.2Ti 4:16: 17: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge."the children"Ac 28:17-31: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.
εγω γαρ υποδειξω αυτω οσα δει αυτον υπερ του ονοματος μου παθειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5263ὑποδείξωhypodeixō (V-FIA-1S)
G5263 ὑποδείκνυμι hypodeíknymi hoop-od-ike-noo-mee from ὑπό and δεικνύω; to exhibit under the eyes, i.e. (figuratively) to exemplify (instruct, admonish):--show, (fore-)warn.
|
ὑποδείξωhypodeixō
|
will show
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
how much
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματόςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματόςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3958παθεῖν.pathein (V-ANA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖν.pathein
|
to suffer.
|
V-ANA
|
16
For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Acts 9:16
Stats
Rank: #4099 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 15 words, 55 letters, 18 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω γαρ υποδειξω αυτω οσα δει αυτον υπερ του ονοματος μου παθειν
Lit: I for will show to him how much it behooves him for the name of Me to suffer.
KJV: For I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.
References
"I will"Ac 20:22: 23: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:Ac 21:11: When He was come to us: He took Paul's girdle: and bound His own hands and feet: and said: Thus says the Holy Ghost: So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle: and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.Isa 33:1: Woe to you that spoil: and you were not spoiled; and deal treacherously: and they not dealt treacherously with you! when you will cease to spoil: you will be spoiled; and when you will make an end to deal treacherously: they will deal treacherously with you.Mt 10:21-25: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 16:1-4: These things have I spoken to you: that you not should be offended.1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.2Ti 2:9: 10: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."for"Ac 9:14: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Mt 5:11: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified.Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.
απηλθεν δε ανανιας και εισηλθεν εις την οικιαν και επιθεις επ αυτον τας χειρας ειπεν σαουλ αδελφε ο κυριος απεσταλκεν με ιησους ο οφθεις σοι εν τη οδω η ηρχου οπως αναβλεψης και πλησθης πνευματος αγιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G565ἈπῆλθενApēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἈπῆλθενApēlthen
|
Went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίαν,oikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαν,oikian
|
house;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθεὶςepitheis (V-APA-NMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθεὶςepitheis
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul
|
N-VMS
|
G80ἀδελφέ,adelphe (N-VMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφέ,adelphe
|
Brother,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G649ἀπέσταλκένapestalken (V-RIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέσταλκένapestalken
|
has sent
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1473με,me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με,me
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G3708ὀφθείςophtheis (V-APP-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὀφθείςophtheis
|
having appeared
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
road
|
N-DFS
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
by which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G2064ἤρχου,ērchou (V-IIM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤρχου,ērchou
|
you were coming,
|
V-IIM/P-2S
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
that
|
Conj
|
G308ἀναβλέψῃςanablepsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀναβλέψῃςanablepsēs
|
you may see again
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4130πλησθῇςplēsthēs (V-ASP-2S)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
πλησθῇςplēsthēs
|
be filled
|
V-ASP-2S
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40Ἁγίου.Hagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίου.Hagiou
|
Holy.
|
Adj-GNS
|
17
Ananias went His way, and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared to you in the way as you came, has sent me, that you might receive your sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost.
Acts 9:17
Stats
Rank: #2966 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 262 characters, 40 words, 204 letters, 75 vowels, 129 consonants
Translation
Greek: απηλθεν δε ανανιας και εισηλθεν εις την οικιαν και επιθεις επ αυτον τας χειρας ειπεν σαουλ αδελφε ο κυριος απεσταλκεν με ιησους ο οφθεις σοι εν τη οδω η ηρχου οπως αναβλεψης και πλησθης πνευματος αγιου
Lit: Went away then Ananias and entered into the house; and having laid upon him the hands, he said, Saul Brother, the Lord has sent me, Jesus, the One having appeared to you on the road by which you were coming, that you may see again and be filled of the Spirit Holy.
KJV: And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost.
References
"Ananias"Ac 22:12: 13: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: "and putting"Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 8:17: Then laid they their hands on them: and they received the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.Mt 19:13: Then were there brought to him little children: that he should put his hands on them: and pray: and the disciples rebuked them.Mr 6:5: He could there do no mighty work: save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk: and healed them.1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 1:6: For what reason I put you in remembrance that you stir up the gift of God: which is in you by the putting on of my hands.Heb 6:2: Of the doctrine of baptisms: and of laying on of hands: and of resurrection of the dead: and of eternal judgment."Brother"Ac 9:13: 14: Then Ananias answered: Lord: I have heard by many of this man: how much evil He has done to your saints at Jerusalem:Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Ac 22:13: Came to me: and stood: and said to me: Brother Saul: receive your sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him.Ge 45:4: Joseph said to his brothers: Come near to me: I pray you. And they came near. And he said: I am Joseph your brother: whom you sold into Egypt.Lu 15:30: 32: But as soon as this your son was come: which has devoured your living with harlots: you have killed for him the fatted calf.Ro 15:7: For what reason receive you one another: as Christ also received us to the glory of God.Phm 1:16: Not now as a servant: but above a servant: a brother beloved: specially to me: but how much more to you: both in the flesh: and in the Lord?1Pe 1:22: 23: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:"the Lord"Ac 9:4: 5: 10: 11: 15: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ac 22:14: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Ac 26:15: I said: Who are you: Lord? And He said: I am Jesus whom you persecutest.Lu 1:16: 17: 76: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.Lu 2:11: For to you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour: which is Christ the Lord.1Co 15:8: 47: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time."that thou"Ac 9:8: 9: 12: Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened: he saw no man: but they led him by the hand: and brought him into Damascus."and be"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 8:17: Then laid they their hands on them: and they received the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:52: The disciples were filled with joy: and with the Holy Ghost.
και ευθεως απεπεσον απο των οφθαλμων αυτου ωσει λεπιδες ανεβλεψεν τε παραχρημα και αναστας εβαπτισθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G634ἀπέπεσανapepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G634 ἀποπίπτω apopíptō ap-op-ip-to from ἀπό and πίπτω; to fall off:--fall.
|
ἀπέπεσανapepesan
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G3013λεπίδες,lepides (N-NFP)
G3013 λεπίς lepís lep-is from (to peel); a flake:--scale.
|
λεπίδες,lepides
|
scales,
|
N-NFP
|
G308ἀνέβλεψένaneblepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀνέβλεψένaneblepsen
|
he regained his sight
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τε,te (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τε,te
|
also.
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθη,ebaptisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθη,ebaptisthē
|
he was baptized;
|
V-AIP-3S
|
18
Immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized.Acts 9:18
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 19 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως απεπεσον απο των οφθαλμων αυτου ωσει λεπιδες ανεβλεψεν τε παραχρημα και αναστας εβαπτισθη
Lit: And immediately fell of him from the eyes something like scales, he regained his sight also. And having risen up, he was baptized;
KJV: And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized.
References
"immediately"2Co 3:14: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ."and was"Ac 2:38: 41: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:12: 13: 37: 38: Then the deputy: when He saw what was done: believed: being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.
και λαβων τροφην ενισχυσεν εγενετο δε ο σαυλος μετα των εν δαμασκω μαθητων ημερας τινας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5160τροφὴνtrophēn (N-AFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφὴνtrophēn
|
food,
|
N-AFS
|
G1765ἐνίσχυσεν.enischysen (V-AIA-3S)
G1765 ἐνισχύω enischýō en-is-khoo-o from ἐν and ἰσχύω; to invigorate (transitively or reflexively):--strengthen.
|
ἐνίσχυσεν.enischysen
|
he was strengthened.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
He was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκῷDamaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκῷDamaskō
|
Damascus
|
N-DFS
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5100τινὰς,tinas (IPro-AFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰς,tinas
|
some.
|
IPro-AFP
|
19
When he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus.Acts 9:19
Stats
Rank: #5137 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 35 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβων τροφην ενισχυσεν εγενετο δε ο σαυλος μετα των εν δαμασκω μαθητων ημερας τινας
Lit: and having taken food, he was strengthened. He was now with the in Damascus disciples days some.
KJV: And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus.
References
"when"Ac 27:33-36: While the day was coming on: Paul besought them all to take meat: saying: This day is the fourteenth day that you have tarried and continued fasting: having not takenhing.1Sa 30:12: They gave him a piece of a cake of figs: and two clusters of raisins: and when he had eaten: his spirit came again to him: for he had eaten no bread: nor drunk any water: 3 days and 3 nights.Ec 9:7: Go your way: eat your bread with joy: and drink your wine with a merry heart; for God now accepts your works."Then"Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.1Sa 10:10-12: When they came there to the hill: look: a company of prophets met Him; and the Spirit of God came upon Him: and He prophesied among them.Ga 1:17: Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia: and returned again to Damascus.
Saul Preaches at Damascus
και ευθεως εν ταις συναγωγαις εκηρυσσεν τον χριστον οτι ουτος εστιν ο υιος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4864συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais (N-DFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais
|
synagogues
|
N-DFP
|
G2784ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen (V-IIA-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυσσενekēryssen
|
he began proclaiming
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
20
Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues, that He is the Son of God.Acts 9:20
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 22 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εν ταις συναγωγαις εκηρυσσεν τον χριστον οτι ουτος εστιν ο υιος του θεου
Lit: And immediately in the synagogues he began proclaiming Jesus, that He is the Son of God.
KJV: And straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.
References
"straightway"Ac 9:27: 28: But Barnabas took Him: and brought Him to the apostles: and declared to them how He had seen the Lord in the way: and that He had spoken to Him: and how He had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.Ga 1:23: 24: But they had heard only: That he which persecuted us in times past now preaches the faith which once he destroyed."that"Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ps 2:7: 12: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mt 26:63-66: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Mt 27:43: 54: He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now: if He will have Him: for He said: I am the Son of God.Joh 1:49: Nathanael answered and says to Him: Rabbi: you are the Son of God; you are the King of Israel.Joh 19:7: The Jews answered Him: We have a law: and by our law He ought to die: because He made Himself the Son of God.Joh 20:28: 31: Thomas answered and said to Him: My Lord and my God.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.1Jo 4:14: 15: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world.Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;
εξισταντο δε παντες οι ακουοντες και ελεγον ουχ ουτος εστιν ο πορθησας εν ιερουσαλημ τους επικαλουμενους το ονομα τουτο και ωδε εις τουτο εληλυθει ινα δεδεμενους αυτους αγαγη επι τους αρχιερεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1839Ἐξίσταντοexistanto (V-IIM-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
Ἐξίσταντοexistanto
|
Were amazed
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3756ΟὐχOuch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐχOuch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4199πορθήσαςporthēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4199 πορθέω porthéō por-theh-o prolongation from (to sack); to ravage (figuratively):--destroy, waste.
|
πορθήσαςporthēsas
|
having ravaged
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1941ἐπικαλουμένουςepikaloumenous (V-PPM-AMP)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλουμένουςepikaloumenous
|
calling on
|
V-PPM-AMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτο,touto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο,touto
|
this?
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2064ἐληλύθει,elēlythei (V-LIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐληλύθει,elēlythei
|
he had come,
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1210δεδεμένουςdedemenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένουςdedemenous
|
having been bound,
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G71ἀγάγῃagagē (V-ASA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀγάγῃagagē
|
he might bring
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖς;archiereis (N-AMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖς;archiereis
|
chief priests.
|
N-AMP
|
21
But all that heard him were amazed, and said; not Is this he who destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came here for that intent, that he might bring them bound to the chief priests?Acts 9:21
Stats
Rank: #5760 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 208 characters, 35 words, 165 letters, 58 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξισταντο δε παντες οι ακουοντες και ελεγον ουχ ουτος εστιν ο πορθησας εν ιερουσαλημ τους επικαλουμενους το ονομα τουτο και ωδε εις τουτο εληλυθει ινα δεδεμενους αυτους αγαγη επι τους αρχιερεις
Lit: Were amazed then all hearing, and were saying, Not this is the one having ravaged in Jerusalem those calling on the name this? And here for this he had come, that having been bound, them he might bring to the chief priests.
KJV: But all that heard him were amazed, and said; Is not this he that destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound unto the chief priests?
References
"amazed"Ac 2:6: 12: Now when this was noised abroad: the multitude came together: and were confounded: because that every man heard them speak in his own language.Ac 4:13: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Nu 23:23: Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob: neither is there any divination against Israel: according to this time it will be said of Jacob and of Israel: What has God wrought!Ps 71:7: I am as a wonder to many; but you are my strong refuge.Isa 8:18: Look: I and the children whom the LORD has given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the LORD of hosts: which dwells in mount Zion.Zec 3:8: Hear now: O Joshua the high priest: you: and your fellows that sit before you: for they are men wondered at: for: look: I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.1Jo 3:1: Look: what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us: that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knows not us: because it knew Him not">not Him."Is not"Ac 3:10: They knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened to him.Mt 13:54: 55: When he was come into his own country: he taught them in their synagogue: insomuch that they were astonished: and said: Where has this man this wisdom: and these mighty works?Mr 5:15-20: They come to Jesus: and see Him that was possessed with the devil: and had the legion: sitting: and clothed: and in His right mind: and they were afraid.Joh 9:8: 9: The neighbours therefore: and they which before had seen him that he was blind: said: not Is this he who sat and begged?"destroyed"Ac 9:1: 2: 13: 14: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ga 1:13-24: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:
σαυλος δε μαλλον ενεδυναμουτο και συνεχυνεν τους ιουδαιους τους κατοικουντας εν δαμασκω συμβιβαζων οτι ουτος εστιν ο χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
all the more
|
Adv
|
G1743ἐνεδυναμοῦτοenedynamouto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1743 ἐνδυναμόω endynamóō en-doo-nam-o-o from ἐν and δυναμόω; to empower:--enable, (increase in) strength(-en), be (make) strong.
|
ἐνεδυναμοῦτοenedynamouto
|
was empowered,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4797συνέχυννενsynechynnen (V-IIA-3S)
G4797 συγχέω synchéō soong-khoo-no from σύν and (to pour) or its alternate; to commingle promiscuously, i.e. (figuratively) to throw (an assembly) into disorder, to perplex (the mind):--confound, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.
|
συνέχυννενsynechynnen
|
kept confounding
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588‹τοὺς›tous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹τοὺς›tous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154Δαμασκῷ,Damaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
Δαμασκῷ,Damaskō
|
Damascus,
|
N-DFS
|
G4822συμβιβάζωνsymbibazōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4822 συμβιβάζω symbibázō soom-bib-ad-zo from σύν and (to force; causative (by reduplication) of the base of βάσις); to drive together, i.e. unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer, show, teach:--compact, assuredly gather, intrust, knit together, prove.
|
συμβιβάζωνsymbibazōn
|
proving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός.Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός.Christos
|
Christ.
|
N-NMS
|
22
But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is very Christ.Acts 9:22
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 100 letters, 32 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: σαυλος δε μαλλον ενεδυναμουτο και συνεχυνεν τους ιουδαιους τους κατοικουντας εν δαμασκω συμβιβαζων οτι ουτος εστιν ο χριστος
Lit: Saul however all the more was empowered, and kept confounding the Jews dwelling in Damascus, proving that this is the Christ.
KJV: But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is very Christ.
References
"increased"Ge 49:24: But His bow abode in strength: and the arms of His hands were made strong by the hands of the mighty God of Jacob; (from there is the shepherd: the stone of Israel:)Job 17:9: The righteous also will hold on his way: and he who has clean hands will be stronger and stronger.Ps 84:7: They go from strength to strength: every one of them in Zion appears before God.Isa 40:29: He gives power to the faint; and to them that have no might he increases strength.2Co 12:9: 10: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.Php 4:13: I can do all things through Christ which strengthens me."confounded"Ac 6:9: 10: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 18:27: 28: When he was disposed to pass into Achaia: the brothers wrote: exhorting the disciples to receive him: who: when he was come: helped them much which had believed through grace:Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.1Co 1:27: But God has chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God has chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty;"proving"Ac 17:3: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Lu 24:44: 45: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.
The Escape from Damascus
ως δε επληρουντο ημεραι ικαναι συνεβουλευσαντο οι ιουδαιοι ανελειν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπληροῦντοeplērounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπληροῦντοeplērounto
|
had passed
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G2425ἱκαναί,hikanai (Adj-NFP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκαναί,hikanai
|
many,
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4823συνεβουλεύσαντοsynebouleusanto (V-AIM-3P)
G4823 συμβουλεύω symbouleúō soom-bool-yoo-o from σύν and βουλεύω; to give (or take) advice jointly, i.e. recommend, deliberate or determine:--consult, (give, take) counsel (together).
|
συνεβουλεύσαντοsynebouleusanto
|
plotted together
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
23
After that many days were fulfilled, the Jews took counsel to kill him:Acts 9:23
Stats
Rank: #6224 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 13 words, 60 letters, 21 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε επληρουντο ημεραι ικαναι συνεβουλευσαντο οι ιουδαιοι ανελειν αυτον
Lit: When now had passed days many, plotted together the Jews to kill him;
KJV: And after that many days were fulfilled, the Jews took counsel to kill him:
References
"the Jews"Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:2: 19: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 22:21-23: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Jos 10:1-6: Now it came to pass: when Adonizedek king of Jerusalem had heard how Joshua had taken Ai: and had utterly destroyed it; as he had done to Jericho and her king: so he had done to Ai and her king; and how the inhabitants of Gibeon had made peace with Israel: and were among them;Mt 10:16-23: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.2Co 11:26: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;1Th 2:15: 16: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
εγνωσθη δε τω σαυλω η επιβουλη αυτων παρετηρουν τε τας πυλας ημερας τε και νυκτος οπως αυτον ανελωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1097ἐγνώσθηegnōsthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἐγνώσθηegnōsthē
|
became known
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαύλῳSaulō (N-DMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαύλῳSaulō
|
to Saul
|
N-DMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1917ἐπιβουλὴepiboulē (N-NFS)
G1917 ἐπιβουλή epiboulḗ ep-ee-boo-lay from a presumed compound of ἐπί and βούλομαι; a plan against someone, i.e. a plot:--laying (lying) in wait.
|
ἐπιβουλὴepiboulē
|
plot
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3906παρετηροῦντοparetērounto (V-IIM-3P)
G3906 παρατηρέω paratēréō par-at-ay-reh-o from παρά and τηρέω; to inspect alongside, i.e. note insidiously or scrupulously:--observe, watch.
|
παρετηροῦντοparetērounto
|
They were closely watching
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4439πύλαςpylas (N-AFP)
G4439 πύλη pýlē poo-lay apparently a primary word; a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (literally or figuratively):--gate.
|
πύλαςpylas
|
gates
|
N-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night,
|
N-GFS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G337ἀνέλωσιν·anelōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνέλωσιν·anelōsin
|
they might kill;
|
V-ASA-3P
|
24
But their laying await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him.Acts 9:24
Stats
Rank: #7257 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 18 words, 75 letters, 26 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγνωσθη δε τω σαυλω η επιβουλη αυτων παρετηρουν τε τας πυλας ημερας τε και νυκτος οπως αυτον ανελωσιν
Lit: became known however to Saul the plot of them. They were closely watching now also the gates day and also night, so that him they might kill;
KJV: But their laying await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him.
References
"their"Ac 9:29: 30: He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus: and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to kill Him.Ac 14:5: 6: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 17:10-15: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Ac 23:12-21: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 25:3: 11: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Jg 16:2: 3: And it was told the Gazites: saying: Samson is come here. And they compassed him in: and laid wait for him all night in the gate of the city: and were quiet all the night: saying: In the morning: when it is day: we will kill him.2Co 11:32: In Damascus the governor under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with a garrison: desirous to apprehend me:"And they"Ps 21:11: For they intended evil against you: they imagined a mischievous device: which they not are able to perform.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.
λαβοντες δε αυτον οι μαθηται νυκτος καθηκαν δια του τειχους χαλασαντες εν σπυριδι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having taken him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
by night,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5038τείχουςteichous (N-GNS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τείχουςteichous
|
wall
|
N-GNS
|
G2524καθῆκανkathēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G2524 καθίημι kathíēmi kath-ee-ay-mee from κατά; and (to send); to lower:--let down.
|
καθῆκανkathēkan
|
they let down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5465χαλάσαντεςchalasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G5465 χαλάω chaláō khal-ah-o from the base of χάσμα; to lower (as into a void):--let down, strike.
|
χαλάσαντεςchalasantes
|
having lowered him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4711σπυρίδι.spyridi (N-DFS)
G4711 σπυρίς spyrís spoo-rece from σπείρω (as woven); a hamper or lunch-receptacle:--basket.
|
σπυρίδι.spyridi
|
a basket.
|
N-DFS
|
25
Then the disciples took him by night, and let him down by the wall in a basket.Acts 9:25
Stats
Rank: #6093 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 16 words, 61 letters, 19 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: λαβοντες δε αυτον οι μαθηται νυκτος καθηκαν δια του τειχους χαλασαντες εν σπυριδι
Lit: having taken him however the disciples of him by night, through the wall they let down him, having lowered him in a basket.
KJV: Then the disciples took him by night, and let him down by the wall in a basket.
References
"let"Jos 2:15: Then she let them down by a cord through the window: for her house was upon the town wall: and she dwelt upon the wall.1Sa 19:11: 12: Saul also sent messengers to David's house: to watch him: and to kill him in the morning: and Michal David's wife told him: saying: If you not save your life to night: to morrow you will be killed.2Co 11:33: Through a window in a basket was I let down by the wall: and escaped his hands.
Saul in Jerusalem
παραγενομενος δε ο σαυλος εις ιερουσαλημ επειρατο κολλασθαι τοις μαθηταις και παντες εφοβουντο αυτον μη πιστευοντες οτι εστιν μαθητης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3854ΠαραγενόμενοςParagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
ΠαραγενόμενοςParagenomenos
|
Having arrived
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G3985ἐπείραζενepeirazen (V-IIA-3S)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείραζενepeirazen
|
he was attempting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2853κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai (V-PNM/P)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai
|
to join
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖς·mathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖς·mathētais
|
disciples.
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5399ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβοῦντοephobounto
|
were afraid of
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4100πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύοντεςpisteuontes
|
believing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
he is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3101μαθητής.mathētēs (N-NMS)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητής.mathētēs
|
a disciple.
|
N-NMS
|
26
When Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the disciples: but they were all afraid of him, and not believed that he was a disciple.Acts 9:26
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 27 words, 122 letters, 49 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραγενομενος δε ο σαυλος εις ιερουσαλημ επειρατο κολλασθαι τοις μαθηταις και παντες εφοβουντο αυτον μη πιστευοντες οτι εστιν μαθητης
Lit: Having arrived then in Jerusalem, he was attempting to join the disciples. And all were afraid of him, not believing that he is a disciple.
KJV: And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the disciples: but they were all afraid of him, and believed not that he was a disciple.
References
"when"Ac 22:17: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Ga 1:17-19: Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia: and returned again to Damascus."he assayed"Ac 9:19: When he had received meat: he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus.Ac 4:23: Being let go: they went to their own company: and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them."but"Mt 10:17-19: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 24:10: Then will many be offended: and will betray one another: and will hate one another.Ga 2:4: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:
βαρναβας δε επιλαβομενος αυτον ηγαγεν προς τους αποστολους και διηγησατο αυτοις πως εν τη οδω ειδεν τον κυριον και οτι ελαλησεν αυτω και πως εν δαμασκω επαρρησιασατο εν τω ονοματι του ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1949ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos
|
having taken
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G71ἤγαγενēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγενēgagen
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G652ἀποστόλους,apostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλους,apostolous
|
apostles,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1334διηγήσατοdiēgēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγήσατοdiēgēsato
|
he related
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3598ὁδῷhodō (N-DFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδῷhodō
|
road
|
N-DFS
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
he had seen
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
He had spoken
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκῷDamaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκῷDamaskō
|
Damascus
|
N-DFS
|
G3955ἐπαρρησιάσατοeparrēsiasato (V-AIM-3S)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
ἐπαρρησιάσατοeparrēsiasato
|
he had spoken boldly
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
27
But Barnabas took Him, and brought Him to the apostles, and declared to them how He had seen the Lord in the way, and that He had spoken to Him, and how He had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.Acts 9:27
Stats
Rank: #8322 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 211 characters, 39 words, 164 letters, 60 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: βαρναβας δε επιλαβομενος αυτον ηγαγεν προς τους αποστολους και διηγησατο αυτοις πως εν τη οδω ειδεν τον κυριον και οτι ελαλησεν αυτω και πως εν δαμασκω επαρρησιασατο εν τω ονοματι του ιησου
Lit: Barnabas however, having taken him, brought him to the apostles, and he related to them how on the road he had seen the Lord, and that He had spoken to him, and how in Damascus he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus.
KJV: But Barnabas took him, and brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how he had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.
References
"Barnabas"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:22: 25: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 15:2: 25: 26: 35-39: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.1Co 9:6: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?Ga 2:9: 13: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision."the apostles"Ga 1:18: 19: Then after 3 years I went up to Jerusalem to see Peter: and abode with him 15 days."how he had seen"Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.1Co 15:8: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time."and how"Ac 9:20-22: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 4:13: 29: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel:
και ην μετ αυτων εισπορευομενος και εκπορευομενος εν ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1531εἰσπορευόμενοςeisporeuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευόμενοςeisporeuomenos
|
coming in
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1607ἐκπορευόμενοςekporeuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευόμενοςekporeuomenos
|
going out
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G3955παρρησιαζόμενοςparrēsiazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
παρρησιαζόμενοςparrēsiazomenos
|
speaking boldly
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
28
He was with them coming in and going out at Jerusalem.Acts 9:28
Stats
Rank: #9605 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 12 words, 46 letters, 18 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην μετ αυτων εισπορευομενος και εκπορευομενος εν ιερουσαλημ
Lit: And he was with them, coming in and going out in Jerusalem, speaking boldly in the name of the Lord.
KJV: And he was with them coming in and going out at Jerusalem.
References
"coming"Ac 1:21: For what reason of these men which have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us: Nu 27:16: 17: Let the LORD: the God of the spirits of all flesh: set a man over the congregation: 2Sa 5:2: Also in time past: when Saul was king over us: you were He that'>He who led out and brought in Israel: and the LORD said to you: You will feed my people Israel: and you will be a captain over Israel.1Ki 3:7: Now: O LORD my God: you have made your servant king instead of David my father: and I am but a little child: I not know how to go out or come in.Ps 121:8: The LORD will preserve your going out and your coming in from this time forth: and even for evermore.Joh 10:9: I am the door: by me if any man enter in: he will be saved: and will go in and out: and find pasture.Ga 1:18: Then after 3 years I went up to Jerusalem to see Peter: and abode with him 15 days.
και παρρησιαζομενος εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ιησου ελαλει τε και συνεζητει προς τους ελληνιστας οι δε επεχειρουν αυτον ανελειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
He was speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4802συνεζήτειsynezētei (V-IIA-3S)
G4802 συζητέω syzētéō sood-zay-teh-o from σύν and ζητέω; to investigate jointly, i.e. discuss, controvert, cavil:--dispute (with), enquire, question (with), reason (together).
|
συνεζήτειsynezētei
|
was debating
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1675Ἑλληνιστάς·Hellēnistas (N-AMP)
G1675 Ἑλληνιστής Hellēnistḗs hel-lay-nis-tace from a derivative of Ἕλλην; a Hellenist or Greek-speaking Jew:--Grecian.
|
Ἑλληνιστάς·Hellēnistas
|
Hellenists;
|
N-AMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2021ἐπεχείρουνepecheiroun (V-IIA-3P)
G2021 ἐπιχειρέω epicheiréō ep-ee-khi-reh-o from ἐπί and χείρ; to put the hand upon, i.e. undertake:--go about, take in hand (upon).
|
ἐπεχείρουνepecheiroun
|
they were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
29
He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus, and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to kill Him.Acts 9:29
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρρησιαζομενος εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ιησου ελαλει τε και συνεζητει προς τους ελληνιστας οι δε επεχειρουν αυτον ανελειν
Lit: He was speaking also and was debating with the Hellenists; but they were seeking to kill him.
KJV: And he spake boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus, and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to slay him.
References
"he spake"Ac 9:20-22: 27: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God."disputed"Ac 6:9: 10: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 17:17: Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews: and with the devout persons: and in the market daily with them that met with him.Ac 18:19: He came to Ephesus: and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue: and reasoned with the Jews.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Jude 1:3: 9: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints."Grecians"Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus."but"Ac 9:23: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:2Co 11:26: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;
επιγνοντες δε οι αδελφοι κατηγαγον αυτον εις καισαρειαν και εξαπεστειλαν αυτον εις ταρσον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1921ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes
|
Having known it
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G2609κατήγαγονkatēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
κατήγαγονkatēgagon
|
brought down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισάρειανKaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισάρειανKaisareian
|
Caesarea
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan
|
sent away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5019Ταρσόν.Tarson (N-AFS)
G5019 Ταρσός Tarsós tar-sos perhaps the same as (a flat basket); Tarsus, a place in Asia Minor:--Tarsus.
|
Ταρσόν.Tarson
|
Tarsus.
|
N-AFS
|
30
Which when the brothers knew, they brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus.Acts 9:30
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 15 words, 75 letters, 24 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιγνοντες δε οι αδελφοι κατηγαγον αυτον εις καισαρειαν και εξαπεστειλαν αυτον εις ταρσον
Lit: Having known it however, the brothers brought down him to Caesarea and sent away him to Tarsus.
KJV: Which when the brethren knew, they brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus.
References
"when"Ac 9:24: 25: But their laying await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him.Ac 17:10: 15: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come."Caesarea"Ac 8:40: But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities: till he came to Caesarea."or"Mt 16:13: When Jesus came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi: He asked His disciples: saying: Whom do men say that I the Son of man am?"Tarsus"Ac 9:11: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 11:25: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus: for to seek Saul:
Peter’s Ministry
αι μεν ουν εκκλησιαι καθ ολης της ιουδαιας και γαλιλαιας και σαμαρειας ειχον ειρηνην οικοδομουμεναι και πορευομεναι τω φοβω του κυριου και τη παρακλησει του αγιου πνευματος επληθυνοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ἩHĒ (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἩHĒ
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαekklēsia (N-NFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαekklēsia
|
church
|
N-NFS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
throughout
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
of Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
Galilee,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4540ΣαμαρείαςSamareias (N-GFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμαρείαςSamareias
|
Samaria,
|
N-GFS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1515εἰρήνηνeirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηνeirēnēn
|
peace,
|
N-AFS
|
G3618οἰκοδομουμένηoikodomoumenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομουμένηoikodomoumenē
|
being edified
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4198πορευομένηporeuomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένηporeuomenē
|
going on
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5401φόβῳphobō (N-DMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβῳphobō
|
fear
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3874παρακλήσειparaklēsei (N-DFS)
G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσειparaklēsei
|
comfort
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G4129ἐπληθύνετο.eplēthyneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
ἐπληθύνετο.eplēthyneto
|
they were multiplied.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
31
Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria, and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were multiplied.Acts 9:31
Stats
Rank: #2297 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 29 words, 146 letters, 57 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: αι μεν ουν εκκλησιαι καθ ολης της ιουδαιας και γαλιλαιας και σαμαρειας ειχον ειρηνην οικοδομουμεναι και πορευομεναι τω φοβω του κυριου και τη παρακλησει του αγιου πνευματος επληθυνοντο
Lit: The indeed then church throughout all of Judea, and Galilee, and Samaria, had peace, being edified and going on in the fear of the Lord; and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit they were multiplied.
KJV: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria, and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were multiplied.
References
"the churches"Ac 8:1: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.De 12:10: But when you go over Jordan: and dwell in the land which the LORD your God gives'>gives you to inherit: and when He gives'>gives you rest from all your enemies round about: so that you dwell in safety;Jos 21:44: The LORD gave them rest round about: according to all that He sware to their fathers: and there not stood a man of all their enemies before them; the LORD delivered all their enemies into their hand.Jg 3:30: So Moab was subdued that day under the hand of Israel. And the land had rest fourscore years.1Ch 22:9: 18: Look: a son will be born to you: who will be a man of rest'>rest; and I will give him rest'>rest from all his enemies round about: for his name will be Solomon: and I will give peace and quietness to Israel in his days.Ps 94:13: That you may give him rest from the days of adversity: until the pit be digged for the wicked.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.Isa 11:10: In that day there will be a root of Jesse: which will stand for an ensign of the people; to it will the Gentiles seek: and his rest will be glorious.Zec 9:1: The burden of the word of the LORD in the land of Hadrach: and Damascus will be the rest thereof: when the eyes of man: as of all the tribes of Israel: will be toward the LORD.Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God."were edified"Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.1Co 3:9-15: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Co 14:4: 5: 12: 26: He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.2Co 10:8: For though I should boast somewhat more of our authority: which the Lord has given us for edification: not and for your destruction: I not should be ashamed:2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.2Co 13:10: Therefore I write these things being absent: lest being present I should use sharpness: according to the power which the Lord has given me to edification: not and to destruction.Eph 4:12: 16: 29: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.1Ti 1:4: Neither give heed to fables and endless genealogies: which minister questions: rather than godly edifying which is in faith: so do.Jude 1:20: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "and walking"Ne 5:9: 15: Also I said: It is not good that you do: ought you not to walk in the fear of our God because of the reproach of the heathen our enemies?Job 28:28: to man He said: Look: the fear of the Lord: that is wisdom; and to depart from evil is understanding.Ps 86:11: Teach me your way: O LORD; I will walk in your truth: unite my heart to fear your name.Ps 111:10: The fear of the LORD is the beginning of wisdom: a good understanding have all they that do His commandments: His praise endures for ever.Pr 1:7: The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge: but fools despise wisdom and instruction.Pr 8:13: The fear of the LORD is to hate evil: pride: and arrogancy: and the evil way: and the froward mouth: do I hate.Pr 14:26: 27: In the fear of the LORD is strong confidence: and His children will have a place of refuge.Pr 16:6: By mercy and truth iniquity is purged: and by the fear of the LORD men depart from evil.Pr 23:17: not Let your heart envy sinners: but be you in the fear of the LORD all the day long.Isa 11:2: 3: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Isa 33:6: Wisdom and knowledge will be the stability of your times: and strength of salvation: the fear of the LORD is His treasure.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 5:21: Submitting yourselves one to another in the fear of God.Col 1:10: That you might walk worthy of the Lord to all pleasing: being fruitful in every good work: and increasing in the knowledge of God;"and in"Joh 14:16-18: I will pray the Father: and He will give you another Comforter: that He may abide with you for ever;Ro 5:5: Hope makes not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given to us.Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.Ga 5:22: 23: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Eph 1:13: 14: In whom you also trusted: after that you heard the word of truth: the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that you believed: you were sealed with that holy Spirit of promise: Eph 6:18: 19: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Php 2:1: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 2Th 2:16: 17: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: "were multiplied"Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 12:24: But the word of God grew and multiplied.Es 8:16: 17: The Jews had light: and gladness: and joy: and honour.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:
εγενετο δε πετρον διερχομενον δια παντων κατελθειν και προς τους αγιους τους κατοικουντας λυδδαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass that
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter,
|
N-AMS
|
G1330διερχόμενονdierchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διερχόμενονdierchomenon
|
passing
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all quarters,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2718κατελθεῖνkatelthein (V-ANA)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατελθεῖνkatelthein
|
went down
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G40ἁγίουςhagious (Adj-AMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίουςhagious
|
saints
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3069Λύδδα.Lydda (N-AFS)
G3069 Λύδδα Lýdda lud-dah of Hebrew origin (לֹד); Lydda (i.e. Lod), a place in Palestine:--Lydda.
|
Λύδδα.Lydda
|
Lydda.
|
N-AFS
|
32
It came to pass, as Peter passed throughout all quarters, he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda.Acts 9:32
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε πετρον διερχομενον δια παντων κατελθειν και προς τους αγιους τους κατοικουντας λυδδαν
Lit: It came to pass that now Peter, passing through all quarters, went down also to the saints inhabiting Lydda.
KJV: And it came to pass, as Peter passed throughout all quarters, he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda.
References
"as"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 8:14: 25: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ga 2:7-9: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;"the saints"Ac 9:13: 41: Then Ananias answered: Lord: I have heard by many of this man: how much evil He has done to your saints at Jerusalem:Ac 26:10: Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison: having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death: I gave my voice against them.Ps 16:3: But to the saints that are in the earth: and to the excellent: in whom is all my delight.Pr 2:8: He keeps the paths of judgment: and preserves the way of his saints.Mt 27:52: The graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose: Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:
ευρεν δε εκει ανθρωπον τινα αινεαν ονοματι εξ ετων οκτω κατακειμενον επι κραββατω ος ην παραλελυμενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2147εὗρενheuren (V-AIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρενheuren
|
He found
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωπόνanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπόνanthrōpon
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
certain,
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G132ΑἰνέανAinean (N-AMS)
G132 Αἰνέας Ainéas ahee-neh-as of uncertain derivation; Ænĕas, an Israelite:--Æneas.
|
ΑἰνέανAinean
|
Aeneas,
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
years
|
N-GNP
|
G3638ὀκτὼoktō (Adj-GNP)
G3638 ὀκτώ oktṓ ok-to a primary numeral; eight:--eight.
|
ὀκτὼoktō
|
eight
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2621κατακείμενονkatakeimenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατακείμενονkatakeimenon
|
lying
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G2895κραβάττου,krabattou (N-GMS)
G2895 κράββατος krábbatos krab-bat-os probably of foreign origin; a mattress:--bed.
|
κραβάττου,krabattou
|
a bed,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3886παραλελυμένος.paralelymenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G3886 παραλύω paralýō par-al-oo-o from παρά and λύω; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perfect passive participle, paralyzed or enfeebled):--feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy.
|
παραλελυμένος.paralelymenos
|
paralyzed.
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
33
There he found a certain man named AEneas, which had kept his bed 8 years, and was sick of the palsy.Acts 9:33
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 32 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευρεν δε εκει ανθρωπον τινα αινεαν ονοματι εξ ετων οκτω κατακειμενον επι κραββατω ος ην παραλελυμενος
Lit: He found then there a man certain, named Aeneas, for years eight lying on a bed, who was paralyzed.
KJV: And there he found a certain man named AEneas, which had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsy.
References
"which"Ac 3:2: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Ac 4:22: For the man was above 40 years old: on whom this miracle of healing was showed.Ac 14:8: There sat a certain man at Lystra: impotent in his feet: being a cripple from his mother's womb: who never had walked:Mr 5:25: A certain woman: which had an issue of blood 12 years: Mr 9:21: He asked his father: How long is it ago since this came to him? And he said: Of a child.Lu 13:16: not ought this woman: being a daughter of Abraham: whom Satan has bound: indeed: these 18 years: be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day?Joh 5:5: A certain man was there: which had an infirmity 38 years.Joh 9:1: 21: As Jesus passed by: He saw a man which was blind from His birth."and was"Mr 2:3-11: They come to him: bringing one sick of the palsy: which was borne of 4.
και ειπεν αυτω ο πετρος αινεα ιαται σε ιησους ο χριστος αναστηθι και στρωσον σεαυτω και ευθεως ανεστη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G132Αἰνέα,Ainea (N-VMS)
G132 Αἰνέας Ainéas ahee-neh-as of uncertain derivation; Ænĕas, an Israelite:--Æneas.
|
Αἰνέα,Ainea
|
Aeneas,
|
N-VMS
|
G2390ἰᾶταίiatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἰᾶταίiatai
|
heals
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός·Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός·Christos
|
Christ;
|
N-NMS
|
G450ἀνάστηθιanastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνάστηθιanastēthi
|
rise up,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4766στρῶσονstrōson (V-AMA-2S)
G4766 στρώννυμι strṓnnymi stro-o prolongation from a still simpler , (used only as an alternate in certain tenses) (probably akin to στερεός through the idea of positing); to strew
|
στρῶσονstrōson
|
make the bed
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4572σεαυτῷ.seautō (PPro-DM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτῷ.seautō
|
for yourself.
|
PPro-DM2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G450ἀνέστη.anestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστη.anestē
|
he rose up.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
34
Peter said to Him, AEneas, Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise, and make your bed. And He arose immediately.
Acts 9:34
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 15 words, 90 letters, 38 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν αυτω ο πετρος αινεα ιαται σε ιησους ο χριστος αναστηθι και στρωσον σεαυτω και ευθεως ανεστη
Lit: And said to him Peter, Aeneas, heals you Jesus Christ; rise up, and make the bed for yourself. And immediately he rose up.
KJV: And Peter said unto him, AEneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee whole: arise, and make thy bed. And he arose immediately.
References
"Jesus Christ"Ac 3:6: 12: 16: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Mt 8:3: Jesus put forth His hand: and touched Him: saying: I will; be you clean. And immediately His leprosy was cleansed.Mt 9:6: 28-30: But that you may know that the Son of man has power on earth to forgive sins: (then says He to the sick of the palsy: ) Arise: take up your bed: and go to your house.Joh 2:11: This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee: and manifested forth His glory; and His disciples believed on Him.
και ειδον αυτον παντες οι κατοικουντες λυδδαν και τον {VAR1: σαρωναν } {VAR2: σαρωνα } οιτινες επεστρεψαν επι τον κυριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδανeidan (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδανeidan
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3069ΛύδδαLydda (N-AFS)
G3069 Λύδδα Lýdda lud-dah of Hebrew origin (לֹד); Lydda (i.e. Lod), a place in Palestine:--Lydda.
|
ΛύδδαLydda
|
Lydda
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4565Σαρῶνα,Sarōna (N-AMS)
G4565 Σάρων Sárōn sar-one of Hebrew origin (שָׁרוֹן); Saron (i.e. Sharon), a district of Palestine:--Saron.
|
Σαρῶνα,Sarōna
|
Sharon,
|
N-AMS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1994ἐπέστρεψανepestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπέστρεψανepestrepsan
|
turned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον.Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον.Kyrion
|
Lord.
|
N-AMS
|
35
All that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw Him, and turned to the Lord.Acts 9:35
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 14 words, 54 letters, 17 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αυτον παντες οι κατοικουντες λυδδαν και τον {VAR1: σαρωναν } {VAR2: σαρωνα } οιτινες επεστρεψαν επι τον κυριον
Lit: And saw him all those inhabiting Lydda and Sharon, who turned to the Lord.
KJV: And all that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw him, and turned to the Lord.
References
"all"Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 5:12-14: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 19:10: 20: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Isa 66:8: Who has heard such a thing? who has seen such things? Will the earth be made to bring forth in one day? or will a nation be born at once? for as soon as Zion travailed: she brought forth her children."Saron"1Ch 5:16: They dwelt in Gilead in Bashan: and in her towns: and in all the suburbs of Sharon: upon their borders."turned"Ac 9:42: It was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord.Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 15:19: For what reason my sentence is: that we not trouble them: which from among the Gentiles are turned to God:Ac 26:18-20: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.De 4:30: When you are in tribulation: and all these things are come upon you: even in the latter days: if you turn to the LORD your God: and will be obedient to His voice;Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Isa 31:6: Turn you to him from whom the children of Israel have deeply revolted.La 3:40: Let us search and try our ways: and turn again to the LORD.Ho 12:6: Therefore turn you to your God: keep mercy and judgment: and wait on your God continually.Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.Joe 2:13: Rend your heart: not and your garments: and turn to the LORD your God: for He is gracious and merciful: slow to anger: and of great kindness: and repents Him of the evil.Lu 1:16: 17: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.2Co 3:16: Nevertheless when it will turn to the Lord: the vail will be taken away.1Th 1:9: 10: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;
The Raising of Tabitha
εν ιοππη δε τις ην μαθητρια ονοματι ταβιθα η διερμηνευομενη λεγεται δορκας αυτη ην πληρης αγαθων εργων και ελεημοσυνων ων εποιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππῃIoppē (N-DFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππῃIoppē
|
Joppa
|
N-DFS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NFS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3102μαθήτριαmathētria (N-NFS)
G3102 μαθήτρια mathḗtria math-ay-tree-ah feminine from μαθητής; a female pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθήτριαmathētria
|
a disciple
|
N-NFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G5000Ταβιθά,Tabitha (N-NFS)
G5000 Ταβιθά Tabithá tab-ee-thah of Chaldee origin (compare צְבִיָּה); the gazelle; Tabitha (i.e. Tabjetha), a Christian female:--Tabitha.
|
Ταβιθά,Tabitha
|
Tabitha,
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣhē (RelPro-NFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣhē
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1329διερμηνευομένηdiermēneuomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneúō dee-er-main-yoo-o from διά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate:--expound, interpret(-ation).
|
διερμηνευομένηdiermēneuomenē
|
translated
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G3004λέγεταιlegetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεταιlegetai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1393Δορκάς·Dorkas (N-NFS)
G1393 Δορκάς Dorkás dor-kas, Noun Feminine
|
Δορκάς·Dorkas
|
Dorcas.
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (PPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
She
|
PPro-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-NFS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full of
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G18ἀγαθῶνagathōn (Adj-GNP)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθῶνagathōn
|
good,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1654ἐλεημοσυνῶνeleēmosynōn (N-GFP)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσυνῶνeleēmosynōn
|
of alms
|
N-GFP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
that
|
RelPro-GFP
|
G4160ἐποίει.epoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίει.epoiei
|
she continually did.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
36
Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Acts 9:36
Stats
Rank: #1239 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 26 words, 131 letters, 47 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ιοππη δε τις ην μαθητρια ονοματι ταβιθα η διερμηνευομενη λεγεται δορκας αυτη ην πληρης αγαθων εργων και ελεημοσυνων ων εποιει
Lit: In Joppa now certain there was a disciple named Tabitha, which translated is called Dorcas. She was full of works good, and of alms that she continually did.
KJV: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.
References
"Joppa"Ac 10:5: Now send men to Joppa: and call for one Simon: whose surname is Peter:2Ch 2:16: We will cut wood out of Lebanon: as much as you will need: and we will bring it to you in floats by sea to Joppa; and you will carry it up to Jerusalem.Ezr 3:7: They gave money also to the masons: and to the carpenters; and meat: and drink: and oil: to them of Zidon: and to them of Tyre: to bring cedar trees from Lebanon to the sea of Joppa: according to the grant that they had of Cyrus king of Persia.Jon 1:3: But Jonah rose up to flee to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD: and went down to Joppa; and He found a ship going to Tarshish: so He paid the fare thereof: and went down into it: to go with them to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD."Dorcas"Pr 5:19: Let her be as the loving hind and pleasant roe; let her breasts satisfy you at all times; and be you ravished always with her love.Song 2:9: My beloved is like a roe or a young hart: look: he stands behind our wall: he looks forth at the windows: shewing himself through the lattice.Song 3:5: I charge you: O you daughters of Jerusalem: by the roes: and by the hinds of the field: that you not stir up: nor awake my love: till he please.Song 8:14: Make haste: my beloved: and be you like to a roe or to a young hart upon the mountains of spices."full"Joh 15:5: 8: I am the vine: you are the branches: He who abides in me: and I in him: the same brings forth much fruit: for without me you can not dohing.Eph 2:10: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them.Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.Col 1:10: That you might walk worthy of the Lord to all pleasing: being fruitful in every good work: and increasing in the knowledge of God;1Th 4:10: Indeed you do it toward all the brothers which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you: brothers: that you increase more and more;1Ti 2:9: 10: In like manner also: that women adorn themselves in modest apparel: with shamefacedness and sobriety; not with broided hair: or gold: or pearls: or costly array;1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.Tit 2:7: 14: In all things shewing yourself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness: gravity: sincerity: Tit 3:8: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.Jas 1:27: Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this: To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction: and to keep Himself unspotted from the world."almsdeeds"Ac 10:4: 31: When He looked on Him: He was afraid: and said: What is it: Lord? And He said to Him: Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God.
εγενετο δε εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις ασθενησασαν αυτην αποθανειν λουσαντες δε αυτην εθηκαν εν υπερωω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those,
|
DPro-DFP
|
G770ἀσθενήσασανasthenēsasan (V-APA-AFS)
G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενήσασανasthenēsasan
|
that having become sick,
|
V-APA-AFS
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
she
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G599ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein
|
died.
|
V-ANA
|
G3068λούσαντεςlousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3068 λούω loúō loo-o a primary verb; to bathe (the whole person; whereas νίπτω means to wet a part only, and πλύνω to wash, cleanse garments exclusively):--wash.
|
λούσαντεςlousantes
|
Having washed her
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκανethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκανethēkan
|
put her
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846‹αὐτὴν›autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
‹αὐτὴν›autēn
|
they
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5253ὑπερῴῳ.hyperōō (N-DNS)
G5253 ὑπερῷον hyperōion hoop-er-o-on neuter of a derivative of ὑπέρ; a higher part of the house, i.e. apartment in the third story:--upper chamber (room).
|
ὑπερῴῳ.hyperōō
|
an upper room.
|
N-DNS
|
37
It came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber.Acts 9:37
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 33 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις ασθενησασαν αυτην αποθανειν λουσαντες δε αυτην εθηκαν εν υπερωω
Lit: It came to pass however, in the days those, that having become sick, she died. Having washed her then, put her they in an upper room.
KJV: And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber.
References
"she was"Joh 11:3: 4: 36: 37: Therefore His sisters sent to Him: saying: Lord: look: He whom you love is sick."in an"Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 20:8: There were many lights in the upper chamber: where they were gathered together.Mr 14:15: He will show you a large upper room furnished and prepared: there make ready for us.
εγγυς δε ουσης λυδδης τη ιοππη οι μαθηται ακουσαντες οτι πετρος εστιν εν αυτη απεστειλαν δυο ανδρας προς αυτον παρακαλουντες μη οκνησαι διελθειν εως αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1451ἐγγὺςengys (Prep)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγὺςengys
|
Near
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510οὔσηςousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὔσηςousēs
|
being
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G3069ΛύδδαςLyddas (N-GFS)
G3069 Λύδδα Lýdda lud-dah of Hebrew origin (לֹד); Lydda (i.e. Lod), a place in Palestine:--Lydda.
|
ΛύδδαςLyddas
|
Lydda
|
N-GFS
|
G2445ἸόππῃIoppē (N-DFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππῃIoppē
|
Joppa,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
disciples,
|
N-NMP
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3870παρακαλοῦντεςparakalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦντεςparakalountes
|
imploring ,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3635ὀκνήσῃςoknēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3635 ὀκνέω oknéō ok-neh-o from (hesitation); to be slow (figuratively, loath):--delay.
|
ὀκνήσῃςoknēsēs
|
to delay
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1330διελθεῖνdielthein (V-ANA)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθεῖνdielthein
|
coming
|
V-ANA
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
38
Forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent to him two men, desiring him that he not would delay to come to them.Acts 9:38
Stats
Counts: 173 characters, 31 words, 136 letters, 48 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγγυς δε ουσης λυδδης τη ιοππη οι μαθηται ακουσαντες οτι πετρος εστιν εν αυτη απεστειλαν δυο ανδρας προς αυτον παρακαλουντες μη οκνησαι διελθειν εως αυτων
Lit: Near now being Lydda Joppa, the disciples, having heard that Peter is in it, sent two men to him, imploring , Not to delay coming to us.
KJV: And forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent unto him two men, desiring him that he would not delay to come to them.
References
"Lydda"Ac 9:32: 36: It came to pass: as Peter passed throughout all quarters: he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda."desiring"2Ki 4:28-30: Then she said: Did I desire a son of my lord? did not I say: not Do deceive me?
αναστας δε πετρος συνηλθεν αυτοις ον παραγενομενον ανηγαγον εις το υπερωον και παρεστησαν αυτω πασαι αι χηραι κλαιουσαι και επιδεικνυμεναι χιτωνας και ιματια οσα εποιει μετ αυτων ουσα η δορκας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450Ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
Ἀναστὰςanastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G4905συνῆλθενsynēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνῆλθενsynēlthen
|
went with
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
who
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3854παραγενόμενονparagenomenon (V-APM-AMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενονparagenomenon
|
having arrived,
|
V-APM-AMS
|
G321ἀνήγαγονanēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήγαγονanēgagon
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5253ὑπερῷον,hyperōon (N-ANS)
G5253 ὑπερῷον hyperōion hoop-er-o-on neuter of a derivative of ὑπέρ; a higher part of the house, i.e. apartment in the third story:--upper chamber (room).
|
ὑπερῷον,hyperōon
|
upper room.
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3936παρέστησανparestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστησανparestēsan
|
stood by
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πᾶσαιpasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαιpasai
|
all
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G5503χῆραιchērai (N-NFP)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χῆραιchērai
|
widows,
|
N-NFP
|
G2799κλαίουσαιklaiousai (V-PPA-NFP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίουσαιklaiousai
|
weeping
|
V-PPA-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1925ἐπιδεικνύμεναιepideiknymenai (V-PPM-NFP)
G1925 ἐπιδείκνυμι epideíknymi ep-ee-dike-noo-mee from ἐπί and δεικνύω; to exhibit (physically or mentally):--shew.
|
ἐπιδεικνύμεναιepideiknymenai
|
showing
|
V-PPM-NFP
|
G5509χιτῶναςchitōnas (N-AMP)
G5509 χιτών chitṓn khee-tone of foreign origin (כְּתֹנֶת); a tunic or shirt:--clothes, coat, garment.
|
χιτῶναςchitōnas
|
the tunics
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2440ἱμάτια,himatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτια,himatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίειepoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίειepoiei
|
had made,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G1510οὖσαousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσαousa
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1393Δορκάς.Dorkas (N-NFS)
G1393 Δορκάς Dorkás dor-kas, Noun Feminine
|
Δορκάς.Dorkas
|
Dorcas.
|
N-NFS
|
39
Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.Acts 9:39
Stats
Counts: 215 characters, 35 words, 170 letters, 57 vowels, 113 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε πετρος συνηλθεν αυτοις ον παραγενομενον ανηγαγον εις το υπερωον και παρεστησαν αυτω πασαι αι χηραι κλαιουσαι και επιδεικνυμεναι χιτωνας και ιματια οσα εποιει μετ αυτων ουσα η δορκας
Lit: Having risen up then, Peter went with them, who having arrived, brought him into the upper room. And stood by him all the widows, weeping and showing the tunics and garments that had made, with them being, Dorcas.
KJV: Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.
References
"and all"Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive.Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.2Sa 1:24: You daughters of Israel: weep over Saul: who clothed you in scarlet: with other delights: who put on ornaments of gold upon your apparel.Pr 10:7: The memory of the just is blessed: but the name of the wicked will rot.1Th 4:13: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope."and shewing"Ac 9:36: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Ac 20:35: I have showed you all things: how that so labouring you ought to support the weak: and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus: how He said: It is more blessed to give than to receive.Job 31:19: 20: If I have seen any perish for want of clothing: or any poor without covering;Pr 31:30: 31: Favour is deceitful: and beauty is vain: but a woman that fears the LORD: she will be praised.Mt 25:36-39: Naked: and you clothed me: I was sick: and you visited me: I was in prison: and you came to me.Mt 26:11: For you have the poor always with you; but me you not have always.Mr 14:8: She has done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.Joh 12:8: For the poor always you have with you; but me you not have always.2Co 8:12: For if there be first a willing mind: it is accepted according to that a man has: and not according to that he has not.Eph 4:28: Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour: working with his hands the thing which is good: that he may have to give to him that needs.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;Jas 2:15-17: If a brother or sister be naked: and destitute of daily food: 1Jo 3:18: My little children: let not us love in word: neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth."while"Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go.Mt 17:17: Then Jesus answered and said: O faithless and perverse generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring Him here to me.Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 17:12: While I was with them in the world: I kept them in your name: those that you gave me I have kept: and none of them is lost: but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled.
εκβαλων δε εξω παντας ο πετρος θεις τα γονατα προσηυξατο και επιστρεψας προς το σωμα ειπεν ταβιθα αναστηθι η δε ηνοιξεν τους οφθαλμους αυτης και ιδουσα τον πετρον ανεκαθισεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1544Ἐκβαλὼνekbalōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
Ἐκβαλὼνekbalōn
|
Having put
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5087θεὶςtheis (V-APA-NMS)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θεὶςtheis
|
having bowed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP)
G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knees,
|
N-ANP
|
G4336προσηύξατο,prosēuxato (V-AIM-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύξατο,prosēuxato
|
he prayed.
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas
|
having turned
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5000Ταβιθά,Tabitha (N-VFS)
G5000 Ταβιθά Tabithá tab-ee-thah of Chaldee origin (compare צְבִיָּה); the gazelle; Tabitha (i.e. Tabjetha), a Christian female:--Tabitha.
|
Ταβιθά,Tabitha
|
Tabitha,
|
N-VFS
|
G450ἀνάστηθι.anastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνάστηθι.anastēthi
|
arise!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
she opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοῦσαidousa (V-APA-NFS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοῦσαidousa
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter,
|
N-AMS
|
G339ἀνεκάθισεν.anekathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G339 ἀνακαθίζω anakathízō an-ak-ath-id-zo from ἀνά and καθίζω; properly, to set up, i.e. (reflexively) to sit up:--sit up.
|
ἀνεκάθισεν.anekathisen
|
she sat up.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
40
But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and turning him to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter, she sat up.Acts 9:40
Stats
Counts: 170 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 47 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκβαλων δε εξω παντας ο πετρος θεις τα γονατα προσηυξατο και επιστρεψας προς το σωμα ειπεν ταβιθα αναστηθι η δε ηνοιξεν τους οφθαλμους αυτης και ιδουσα τον πετρον ανεκαθισεν
Lit: Having put then outside all Peter, and having bowed the knees, he prayed. And having turned to the body he said, Tabitha, arise! And she opened the eyes of her, and having seen Peter, she sat up.
KJV: But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and turning him to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter, she sat up.
References
"put"Mr 5:40: They laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out: he takes the father and the mother of the damsel: and them that were with him: and enters in where the damsel was lying.Mr 9:25: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Lu 8:54: He put them all out: and took her by the hand: and called: saying: Maid: arise."and kneeled"Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.Ac 20:36: When he had thus spoken: he kneeled down: and prayed with them all.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed."and prayed"1Ki 17:19-23: He said to her: Give me your son. And he took him out of her bosom: and carried him up into a loft: where he abode: and laid him upon his own bed.2Ki 4:32-36: When Elisha was come into the house: look: the child was dead: and laid upon his bed.Mt 9:25: But when the people were put forth: he went in: and took her by the hand: and the maid arose."she opened"Mr 5:41: 42: He took the damsel by the hand: and said to her: Talitha cumi; which is: being interpreted: Damsel: I say to you: arise.Joh 11:43: 44: When he thus had spoken: he cried with a loud voice: Lazarus: come forth.
δους δε αυτη χειρα ανεστησεν αυτην φωνησας δε τους αγιους και τας χηρας παρεστησεν αυτην ζωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1325δοὺςdous (V-APA-NMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοὺςdous
|
Having given
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
his hand,
|
N-AFS
|
G450ἀνέστησενanestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησενanestēsen
|
he raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
her.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G5455φωνήσαςphōnēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνήσαςphōnēsas
|
Having called
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G40ἁγίουςhagious (Adj-AMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίουςhagious
|
saints
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5503χήραςchēras (N-AFP)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χήραςchēras
|
widows,
|
N-AFP
|
G3936παρέστησενparestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστησενparestēsen
|
he presented
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2198ζῶσαν.zōsan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶσαν.zōsan
|
living.
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
41
He gave her his hand, and lifted her up, and when he had called the saints and widows, presented her alive.Acts 9:41
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 19 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: δους δε αυτη χειρα ανεστησεν αυτην φωνησας δε τους αγιους και τας χηρας παρεστησεν αυτην ζωσαν
Lit: Having given then her his hand, he raised up her. Having called then the saints and the widows, he presented her living.
KJV: And he gave her his hand, and lifted her up, and when he had called the saints and widows, presented her alive.
References
"he gave"Ac 3:7: He took him by the right hand: and lifted him up: and immediately his feet and ancle bones received strength.Mr 1:31: He came and took her by the hand: and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her: and she ministered to them."widows"Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Job 29:13: The blessing of him that was ready to perish came upon me: and I caused the widow's heart to sing for joy.Ps 146:9: The LORD preserves the strangers; He relieves the fatherless and widow: but the way of the wicked He turns upside down.Lu 7:12: Now when he came nigh to the gate of the city: look: there was a dead man carried out: the only son of his mother: and she was a widow: and much people of the city was with her."he presented"Ac 20:12: They brought the young man alive: and not were a little comforted.Ge 45:26: Told him: saying: Joseph is yet alive: and he is governor over all the land of Egypt. And Jacob's heart fainted: for he believed not them.1Ki 17:23: Elijah took the child: and brought him down out of the chamber into the house: and delivered him to his mother: and Elijah said: See: your son liveth.Lu 7:15: he who was dead sat up: and began to speak. And he delivered him to his mother.
γνωστον δε εγενετο καθ ολης της ιοππης και πολλοι επιστευσαν επι τον κυριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1110Γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
Γνωστὸνgnōston
|
Known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
throughout
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2445Ἰόππης,Ioppēs (N-GFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
Ἰόππης,Ioppēs
|
of Joppa,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4100ἐπίστευσανepisteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσανepisteusan
|
believed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον.Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον.Kyrion
|
Lord.
|
N-AMS
|
42
It was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord.Acts 9:42
Stats
Counts: 69 characters, 12 words, 55 letters, 20 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωστον δε εγενετο καθ ολης της ιοππης και πολλοι επιστευσαν επι τον κυριον
Lit: Known then it became throughout all of Joppa, and believed many on the Lord.
KJV: And it was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord.
References
"and many"Ac 9:35: All that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw Him: and turned to the Lord.Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 19:17: 18: This was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all: and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.Joh 11:4: 45: When Jesus heard that: He said: This sickness not is to death: but for the glory of God: that the Son of God might be glorified thereby.Joh 12:11: 44: Because that by reason of Him many of the Jews went away: and believed on Jesus.
εγενετο δε ημερας ικανας μειναι αυτον εν ιοππη παρα τινι σιμωνι βυρσει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2425ἱκανὰςhikanas (Adj-AFP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὰςhikanas
|
many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3306μεῖναιmeinai (V-ANA)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μεῖναιmeinai
|
he stayed
|
V-ANA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππῃIoppē (N-DFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππῃIoppē
|
Joppa
|
N-DFS
|
G3844παράpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παράpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5100τινιtini (IPro-DMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινιtini
|
a certain
|
IPro-DMS
|
G4613ΣίμωνιSimōni (N-DMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνιSimōni
|
Simon,
|
N-DMS
|
G1038βυρσεῖ.byrsei (N-DMS)
G1038 βυρσεύς byrseús boorce-yooce from (a hide); a tanner:--tanner.
|
βυρσεῖ.byrsei
|
a tanner.
|
N-DMS
|
43
It came to pass, that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner.Acts 9:43
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 16 words, 62 letters, 24 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε ημερας ικανας μειναι αυτον εν ιοππη παρα τινι σιμωνι βυρσει
Lit: It came to pass then, days many he stayed in Joppa with a certain Simon, a tanner.
KJV: And it came to pass, that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner.
References
"one"Ac 10:6: 32: He lodges with one Simon a tanner: whose house is by the sea side: he will tell you what you ought to do.
10
Cornelius, the God-Fearing Gentile
Cornelius Sends for Peter
ανηρ δε τις ην εν καισαρεια ονοματι κορνηλιος εκατονταρχης εκ σπειρης της καλουμενης ιταλικης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἈνὴρAnēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἈνὴρAnēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισαρείᾳKaisareia (N-DFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισαρείᾳKaisareia
|
Caesarea,
|
N-DFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G2883Κορνήλιος,Kornēlios (N-NMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
Κορνήλιος,Kornēlios
|
Cornelius,
|
N-NMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs
|
was a centurion
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4686σπείρηςspeirēs (N-GFS)
G4686 σπεῖρα speîra spi-rah of immediate Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of αἱρέομαι in the sense of its cognate εἱλίσσω; a coil (spira, spire), i.e. (figuratively) a mass of men (a Roman military cohort; also (by analogy) a squad of Levitical janitors):--band.
|
σπείρηςspeirēs
|
the Cohort
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
that
|
Art-GFS
|
G2564καλουμένηςkaloumenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένηςkaloumenēs
|
is called
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G2483Ἰταλικῆς,Italikēs (Adj-GFS)
G2483 Ἰταλικός Italikós ee-tal-ee-kos from Ἰταλία; Italic, i.e. belonging to Italia:--Italian.
|
Ἰταλικῆς,Italikēs
|
Italian,
|
Adj-GFS
|
1
There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band,Acts 10:1
Stats
Rank: #842 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 83 letters, 36 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανηρ δε τις ην εν καισαρεια ονοματι κορνηλιος εκατονταρχης εκ σπειρης της καλουμενης ιταλικης
Lit: A man now certain in Caesarea, named Cornelius, was a centurion of the Cohort that is called Italian,
KJV: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band,
References
"in"Ac 8:40: But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities: till he came to Caesarea.Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him.Ac 23:23: 33: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Ac 25:1: 13: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem."a centurion"Ac 22:25: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 27:1: 31: 43: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Mt 8:5-13: When Jesus was entered into Capernaum: there came to Him a centurion: beseeching Him: Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God.Lu 7:2: A certain centurion's servant: who was dear to him: was sick: and ready to die."Italian"Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.
ευσεβης και φοβουμενος τον θεον συν παντι τω οικω αυτου ποιων τε ελεημοσυνας πολλας τω λαω και δεομενος του θεου διαπαντος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2152εὐσεβὴςeusebēs (Adj-NMS)
G2152 εὐσεβής eusebḗs yoo-seb-ace from εὖ and σέβομαι; well-reverent, i.e. pious:--devout, godly.
|
εὐσεβὴςeusebēs
|
devout
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5399φοβούμενοςphoboumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοςphoboumenos
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
household
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
doing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύναςeleēmosynas (N-AFP)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύναςeleēmosynas
|
alms
|
N-AFP
|
G4183πολλὰςpollas (Adj-AFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰςpollas
|
many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1189δεόμενοςdeomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
δεόμενοςdeomenos
|
praying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
to
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
continually
|
Prep
|
G3956παντός,pantos (Adj-GMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντός,pantos
|
all.
|
Adj-GMS
|
2
A devout man, and one that feared God with all His house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway.Acts 10:2
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 36 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευσεβης και φοβουμενος τον θεον συν παντι τω οικω αυτου ποιων τε ελεημοσυνας πολλας τω λαω και δεομενος του θεου διαπαντος
Lit: devout and fearing God with all the household of him, doing alms many to the people, and praying to God continually all.
KJV: A devout [man], and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway.
References
"devout"Ac 10:7: 22: When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed: he called two of his household servants: and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;Ac 2:5: There were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews: devout men: out of every nation under heaven.Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Ac 22:12: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him."one"Ac 10:35: But in every nation he who fears him: and works righteousness: is accepted with him.Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Ac 13:16: 26: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.1Ki 8:43: Hear you in heaven your dwelling place: and do according to all that the stranger calls to you for: that all people of the earth may know your name: to fear you: as do your people Israel; and that they may know that this house: which I have built: is called by your name.2Ch 6:33: Then hear you from the heavens: even from your dwelling place: and do according to all that the stranger calls to you for; that all people of the earth may know your name: and fear you: as does your people Israel: and may know that this house which I have built is called by your name.Job 1:1: There was a man in the land of Uz: whose name was Job; and that man was perfect and upright: and one that feared God: and eschewed evil.Ps 102:15: So the heathen will fear the name of the LORD: and all the kings of the earth your glory.Ec 7:18: It is good that you should take hold of this; yes: also from this not withdraw your hand: for He that'>He who fears God will come forth of them all.Isa 59:19: So will they fear the name of the LORD from the west: and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy will come in like a flood: the Spirit of the LORD will lift up a standard against Him.Da 6:26: I make a decree: That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for He is the living God: and stedfast for ever: and His kingdom that which will not be destroyed: and His dominion will be even to the end.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest."with"Ac 10:7: When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed: he called two of his household servants: and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;Ac 16:15: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ac 18:8: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.Jos 24:15: If it seem evil to you to serve the LORD: choose you this day whom you will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood: or the gods of the Amorites: in whose land you dwell: but as for me and my house: we will serve the LORD.Job 1:5: It was so: when the days of their feasting were gone about: that Job sent and sanctified them: and rose up early in the morning: and offered burnt offerings according to the number of them all: for Job said: It may be that my sons have sinned: and cursed God in their hearts. Thus did Job continually.Ps 101:6-8: My eyes will be upon the faithful of the land: that they may dwell with me: he who walks in a perfect way: he will serve me."which"Ac 10:4: 22: 31: When He looked on Him: He was afraid: and said: What is it: Lord? And He said to Him: Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God.Ac 9:36: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Ps 41:1: A Psalm of David.>> Blessed is He that'>He who considers the poor: the LORD will deliver Him in time of trouble.Isa 58:7: 8: Is it not to deal your bread to the hungry: and that you bring the poor that are cast out to your house? when you see the naked: that you cover him; and that you not hide yourself from your own flesh?Lu 7:4: 5: When they came to Jesus: they besought Him instantly: saying: That He was worthy for whom He should do this:Ro 15:26: 27: For it has pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certain contribution for the poor saints which are at Jerusalem.2Co 9:8-15: God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that you: always having all sufficiency in all things: may abound to every good work:"and prayed"Ac 9:11: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ps 25:5: 8: 9: Lead me in your truth: and teach me: for you are the God of my salvation; on you do I wait all the day.Ps 55:17: Evening: and morning: and at noon: will I pray: and cry aloud: and he will hear my voice.Ps 86:3: Be merciful to me: O Lord: for I cry to you daily.Ps 88:1: or Psalm for the sons of Korah: to the chief Musician upon Mahalath Leannoth: Maschil of Heman the Ezrahite.>> O LORD God of my salvation: I have cried day and night before you:Ps 119:2: Blessed are they that keep his testimonies: and that seek him with the whole heart.Pr 2:3-5: Yes: if you cry after knowledge: and lift up your voice for understanding;Da 6:10: 16: 20: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Mt 7:7: 8: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:Lu 18:1: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;Col 4:2: Continue in prayer: and watch in the same with thanksgiving;1Th 5:17: Pray without ceasing.Jas 1:5: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him.
ειδεν εν οραματι φανερως ωσει ωραν εννατην της ημερας αγγελον του θεου εισελθοντα προς αυτον και ειποντα αυτω κορνηλιε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
He saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3705ὁράματιhoramati (N-DNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὁράματιhoramati
|
a vision
|
N-DNS
|
G5320φανερῶς,phanerōs (Adv)
G5320 φανερῶς phanerōs fan-er-oce adverb from φανερός; plainly, i.e. clearly or publicly:--evidently, openly.
|
φανερῶς,phanerōs
|
clearly,
|
Adv
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
as if
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G1766ἐνάτηνenatēn (Adj-AFS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἐνάτηνenatēn
|
the ninth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
day,
|
N-GFS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
an angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελθόνταeiselthonta (V-APA-AMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόνταeiselthonta
|
having come
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἰπόνταeiponta (V-APA-AMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόνταeiponta
|
having said
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2883Κορνήλιε.Kornēlie (N-VMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
Κορνήλιε.Kornēlie
|
Cornelius!
|
N-VMS
|
3
He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him, and saying to Him, Cornelius.Acts 10:3
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 40 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειδεν εν οραματι φανερως ωσει ωραν εννατην της ημερας αγγελον του θεου εισελθοντα προς αυτον και ειποντα αυτω κορνηλιε
Lit: He saw in a vision clearly, as if about hour the ninth of the day, an angel of God having come to him and having said to him, Cornelius!
KJV: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius.
References
"saw"Job 4:15: 16: Then a spirit passed before my face; the hair of my flesh stood up:Da 9:20: 21: while I was speaking: and praying: and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel: and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;"about"Ac 10:30: Cornelius said: 4 days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house: and: look: a man stood before me in bright clothing: Ac 3:1: Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer: being the ninth hour.Mt 27:46: About the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice: saying: Eli: Eli: lama sabachthani? that is to say: My God: my God: why have you forsaken me?Lu 23:44-46: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour."an"Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 11:13: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;Ac 12:7-11: And: look: the angel of the Lord came upon Him: and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side: and raised Him up: saying: Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.Ac 27:23: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: Lu 1:11: There appeared to Him an angel of the Lord standing on the right side of the altar of incense.Lu 2:10: 11: 13: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Heb 1:4: 14: Being made so much better than the angels: as he has by inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they."Cornelius"Ac 9:4: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ex 33:17: The LORD said to Moses: I will do this thing also that you have spoken: for you have found grace in my sight: and I know you by name.Isa 45:4: For Jacob my servant's sake: and Israel my elect: I have even called you by your name: I have surnamed you: though you have not known me.
ο δε ατενισας αυτω και εμφοβος γενομενος ειπεν τι εστιν κυριε ειπεν δε αυτω αι προσευχαι σου και αι ελεημοσυναι σου ανεβησαν εις μνημοσυνον ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G816ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
on him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1719ἔμφοβοςemphobos (Adj-NMS)
G1719 ἔμφοβος émphobos em-fob-os from ἐν and φόβος; in fear, i.e. alarmed:--affrighted, afraid, tremble.
|
ἔμφοβοςemphobos
|
afraid
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is it,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριε;Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε;Kyrie
|
Lord?
|
N-VMS
|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ΑἱHai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΑἱHai
|
The
|
Art-NFP
|
G4335προσευχαίproseuchai (N-NFP)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχαίproseuchai
|
prayers
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύναιeleēmosynai (N-NFP)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύναιeleēmosynai
|
alms
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
have ascended
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
as
|
Prep
|
G3422μνημόσυνονmnēmosynon (N-ANS)
G3422 μνημόσυνον mnēmósynon mnay-mos-oo-non from μνημονεύω; a reminder (memorandum), i.e. record:--memorial.
|
μνημόσυνονmnēmosynon
|
a memorial
|
N-ANS
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
4
When He looked on Him, He was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And He said to Him, Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God.
Acts 10:4
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 118 letters, 48 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ατενισας αυτω και εμφοβος γενομενος ειπεν τι εστιν κυριε ειπεν δε αυτω αι προσευχαι σου και αι ελεημοσυναι σου ανεβησαν εις μνημοσυνον ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: And having looked intently on him, and afraid having become, he said, What is it, Lord? He said then to him, The prayers of You and the alms of you have ascended as a memorial before God.
KJV: And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God.
References
"he was"Da 10:11: He said to me: O Daniel: a man greatly beloved: understand the words that I speak to you: and stand upright: for to you am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word to me: I stood trembling.Lu 1:12: 29: When Zacharias saw him: he was troubled: and fear fell upon him.Lu 24:5: As they were afraid: and bowed down their faces to the earth: they said to them: Why seek you the living among the dead?"What"Ac 9:5: 6: He said: Who are you: Lord? And the Lord said: I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.1Sa 3:10: The LORD came: and stood: and called as at other times: Samuel: Samuel. Then Samuel answered: Speak; for your servant hears."thy"Ac 10:31: Said: Cornelius: your prayer is heard: and your alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God.2Ch 6:33: Then hear you from the heavens: even from your dwelling place: and do according to all that the stranger calls to you for; that all people of the earth may know your name: and fear you: as does your people Israel: and may know that this house which I have built is called by your name.2Ch 32:24: In those days Hezekiah was sick to the death: and prayed to the LORD: and He spoke to Him: and He gave Him a sign.Ps 141:2: Let my prayer be set forth before you as incense; and the lifting up of my hands as the evening sacrifice.Isa 43:26: Put me in remembrance: let us plead together: declare you: that you may be justified.Mal 3:16: Then they that feared the LORD spoke often one to another: and the LORD listened: and heard it: and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the LORD: and that thought upon His name.Lu 1:13: But the angel said to him: not Fear: Zacharias: for your prayer is heard; and your wife Elisabeth will bear you a son: and you will call his name John.Php 4:6: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God."thine"Isa 45:19: I not have spoken in secret: in a dark place of the earth: I not said to the seed of Jacob: Seek you me in vain: I the LORD speak righteousness: I declare things that are right.Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Heb 13:16: But to do good and to communicate not forget: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.
και νυν πεμψον εις ιοππην ανδρας και μεταπεμψαι σιμωνα ος επικαλειται πετρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3992πέμψονpempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψονpempson
|
send
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππηνIoppēn (N-AFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππηνIoppēn
|
Joppa
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3343μετάπεμψαιmetapempsai (V-AMM-2S)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μετάπεμψαιmetapempsai
|
summon
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G4613ΣίμωνάSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνάSimōna
|
Simon,
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
a man
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλεῖταιepikaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεῖταιepikaleitai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4074Πέτρος·Petros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρος·Petros
|
Peter.
|
N-NMS
|
5
Now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter:Acts 10:5
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 13 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν πεμψον εις ιοππην ανδρας και μεταπεμψαι σιμωνα ος επικαλειται πετρος
Lit: And now send men to Joppa and summon Simon, a man who is called Peter.
KJV: And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter:
References
"send"Ac 10:32: Send therefore to Joppa: and call here Simon: whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the sea side: who: when he comes: will speak to you.Ac 9:38: Forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa: and the disciples had heard that Peter was there: they sent to him two men: desiring him that he not would delay to come to them.Ac 15:7: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Ac 16:9: A vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia: and prayed him: saying: Come over into Macedonia: and help us."whose"Mr 3:16: Simon he surnamed Peter;Joh 1:42: He brought Him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld Him: He said: You are Simon the son of Jona: you will be called Cephas: which is by interpretation: A stone.
ουτος ξενιζεται παρα τινι σιμωνι βυρσει ω εστιν οικια παρα θαλασσαν ουτος λαλησει σοι τι σε δει ποιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3579ξενίζεταιxenizetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενίζεταιxenizetai
|
lodges
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3844παράpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παράpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5100τινιtini (IPro-DMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινιtini
|
a certain
|
IPro-DMS
|
G4613ΣίμωνιSimōni (N-DMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνιSimōni
|
Simon
|
N-DMS
|
G1038βυρσεῖ,byrsei (N-DMS)
G1038 βυρσεύς byrseús boorce-yooce from (a hide); a tanner:--tanner.
|
βυρσεῖ,byrsei
|
a tanner,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whose
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3614οἰκίαoikia (N-NFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαoikia
|
the house
|
N-NFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
the sea.”
|
N-AFS
|
G3778{οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
{οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G2980λαλήσειlalēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσειlalēsei
|
will tell
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160ποιεῖν}.poiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖν}.poiein
|
to do.
|
V-PNA
|
6
He lodges with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side: he will tell you what you ought to do.Acts 10:6
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 21 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος ξενιζεται παρα τινι σιμωνι βυρσει ω εστιν οικια παρα θαλασσαν ουτος λαλησει σοι τι σε δει ποιειν
Lit: He lodges with a certain Simon a tanner, whose is the house by the sea.” He will tell you what you it behooves to do.
KJV: He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea side: he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do.
References
"one"Ac 9:43: It came to pass: that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner."he shall"Ac 9:6: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 11:13: 14: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Ro 10:14-17: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?Eph 4:8-12: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.
ως δε απηλθεν ο αγγελος ο λαλων τω κορνηλιω φωνησας δυο των οικετων αυτου και στρατιωτην ευσεβη των προσκαρτερουντων αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
had departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5455φωνήσαςphōnēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνήσαςphōnēsas
|
having called
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3610οἰκετῶνoiketōn (N-GMP)
G3610 οἰκέτης oikétēs oy-ket-ace from οἰκέω; a fellow resident, i.e. menial domestic:--(household) servant.
|
οἰκετῶνoiketōn
|
servants
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4757στρατιώτηνstratiōtēn (N-AMS)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώτηνstratiōtēn
|
a soldier
|
N-AMS
|
G2152εὐσεβῆeusebē (Adj-AMS)
G2152 εὐσεβής eusebḗs yoo-seb-ace from εὖ and σέβομαι; well-reverent, i.e. pious:--devout, godly.
|
εὐσεβῆeusebē
|
devout
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those who
|
Art-GMP
|
G4342προσκαρτερούντωνproskarterountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4342 προσκαρτερέω proskarteréō pros-kar-ter-eh-o from πρός and καρτερέω; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor):--attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually).
|
προσκαρτερούντωνproskarterountōn
|
are attending
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
7
When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;Acts 10:7
Stats
Counts: 161 characters, 26 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε απηλθεν ο αγγελος ο λαλων τω κορνηλιω φωνησας δυο των οικετων αυτου και στρατιωτην ευσεβη των προσκαρτερουντων αυτω
Lit: When then had departed the angel speaking to him, having called two of the servants and a soldier devout of those who are attending him,
KJV: And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;
References
"two"Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ge 24:1-10: 52: Abraham was old: and well stricken in age: and the LORD had blessed Abraham in all things.Jg 7:10: But if you fear to go down: go you with Phurah your servant down to the host:1Sa 14:6: 7: Jonathan said to the young man that bare His armour: Come: and let us go over to the garrison of these uncircumcised: it may be that the LORD will work for us: for there is no restraint to the LORD to save by many or by few.1Ti 6:2: They that have believing masters: let not them despise them: because they are brothers; but rather do them service: because they are faithful and beloved: partakers of the benefit. These things teach and exhort.Phm 1:16: Not now as a servant: but above a servant: a brother beloved: specially to me: but how much more to you: both in the flesh: and in the Lord?"and a"Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Mt 8:9: 10: For I am a man under authority: having soldiers under me: and I say to this man: Go: and he goes; and to another: Come: and he comes; and to my servant: Do this: and he does it.Lu 3:14: The soldiers likewise demanded of him: saying: And what will we do? And he said to them: Do violence to no man: neither accuse any falsely; and be content with your wages.
και εξηγησαμενος αυτοις απαντα απεστειλεν αυτους εις την ιοππην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1834ἐξηγησάμενοςexēgēsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1834 ἐξηγέομαι exēgéomai ex-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and ἡγέομαι; to consider out (aloud), i.e. rehearse, unfold:--declare, tell.
|
ἐξηγησάμενοςexēgēsamenos
|
having related
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G537ἅπανταhapanta (Adj-ANP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανταhapanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
he sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2445Ἰόππην.Ioppēn (N-AFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
Ἰόππην.Ioppēn
|
Joppa.
|
N-AFS
|
8
When he had declared all these things to them, he sent them to Joppa.Acts 10:8
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 59 letters, 20 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηγησαμενος αυτοις απαντα απεστειλεν αυτους εις την ιοππην
Lit: and having related all things to them, he sent them to Joppa.
KJV: And when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to Joppa.
References
"he sent"Ac 10:33: Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God: to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Ac 26:19: Whereupon: O king Agrippa: I not was disobedient to the heavenly vision:Ps 119:59: 60: I thought on my ways: and turned my feet to your testimonies.Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go.Ga 1:16: To reveal His Son in me: that I might preach Him among the heathen; immediately I not conferred with flesh and blood:
Peter’s Vision
τη δε επαυριον οδοιπορουντων εκεινων και τη πολει εγγιζοντων ανεβη πετρος επι το δωμα προσευξασθαι περι ωραν εκτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῇTē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῇTē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G3596ὁδοιπορούντωνhodoiporountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3596 ὁδοιπορέω hodoiporéō hod-oy-por-eh-o from a compound of ὁδός and πορεύομαι; to be a wayfarer, i.e. travel:--go on a journey.
|
ὁδοιπορούντωνhodoiporountōn
|
as are journeying
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1565ἐκείνωνekeinōn (DPro-GMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνωνekeinōn
|
these
|
DPro-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G1448ἐγγιζόντωνengizontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγιζόντωνengizontōn
|
approaching,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1430δῶμαdōma (N-ANS)
G1430 δῶμα dōma do-mah from (to build); properly, an edifice, i.e. (specially) a roof:--housetop.
|
δῶμαdōma
|
housetop
|
N-ANS
|
G4336προσεύξασθαιproseuxasthai (V-ANM)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύξασθαιproseuxasthai
|
to pray,
|
V-ANM
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G1623ἕκτην.hektēn (Adj-AFS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτην.hektēn
|
the sixth.
|
Adj-AFS
|
9
On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh to the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:
Acts 10:9
Stats
Rank: #1984 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επαυριον οδοιπορουντων εκεινων και τη πολει εγγιζοντων ανεβη πετρος επι το δωμα προσευξασθαι περι ωραν εκτην
Lit: On the now next day, as are journeying these and the city approaching, went up Peter on the housetop to pray, about hour the sixth.
KJV: On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:
References
"Peter"Ac 10:8: When he had declared all these things to them: he sent them to Joppa.Ac 11:5-10: I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision: A certain vessel descend: as it had been a great sheet: let down from heaven by 4 corners; and it came even to me:1Sa 9:25: When they were come down from the high place into the city: Samuel communed with Saul upon the top of the house.Zep 1:5: Them that worship the host of heaven upon the housetops; and them that worship and that swear by the LORD: and that swear by Malcham;Mt 6:6: But you: when you pray: enter into your closet: and when you have shut your door: pray to your Father which is in secret; and your Father which sees in secret will reward you openly.Mr 1:35: In the morning: rising up a great while before day: he went out: and departed into a solitary place: and there prayed.Mr 6:46: When he had sent them away: he departed into a mountain to pray.1Ti 2:8: I will therefore that men pray every where: lifting up holy hands: without wrath and doubting."the sixth"Ac 6:4: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.Ps 55:17: Evening: and morning: and at noon: will I pray: and cry aloud: and he will hear my voice.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Mt 20:5: Again he went out about the sixth and ninth hour: and did likewise.Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;
εγενετο δε προσπεινος και ηθελεν γευσασθαι παρασκευαζοντων δε εκεινων επεπεσεν επ αυτον εκστασις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
He became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4361πρόσπεινοςprospeinos (Adj-NMS)
G4361 πρόσπεινος próspeinos pros-pi-nos from πρός and the same as πεινάω; hungering further, i.e. intensely hungry:--very hungry.
|
πρόσπεινοςprospeinos
|
hungry
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
desired
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1089γεύσασθαι·geusasthai (V-ANM)
G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γεύσασθαι·geusasthai
|
to eat;
|
V-ANM
|
G3903παρασκευαζόντωνparaskeuazontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3903 παρασκευάζω paraskeuázō par-ask-yoo-ad-zo from παρά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to furnish aside, i.e. get ready:--prepare self, be (make) ready.
|
παρασκευαζόντωνparaskeuazontōn
|
as were preparing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
fell
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1611ἔκστασις,ekstasis (N-NFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἔκστασις,ekstasis
|
a trance,
|
N-NFS
|
10
He became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance,Acts 10:10
Stats
Rank: #7194 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε προσπεινος και ηθελεν γευσασθαι παρασκευαζοντων δε εκεινων επεπεσεν επ αυτον εκστασις
Lit: He became then hungry and desired to eat; as were preparing however they, fell upon him a trance,
KJV: And he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance,
References
"he became"Mt 4:2: When he had fasted 40 days and 40 nights: he was afterward hungry.Mt 12:1-3: At that time Jesus went on the sabbath day through the grain; and His disciples were hungry: and began to pluck the ears of grain: and to eat.Mt 21:18: Now in the morning as he returned into the city: he hungered."he fell"Ac 22:17: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;Nu 24:4: 16: He has said: which heard the words of God: which saw the vision of the Almighty: falling into a trance: but having His eyes open:Eze 8:1-3: It came to pass in the sixth year: in the sixth month: in the fifth day of the month: as I sat in my house: and the elders of Judah sat before me: that the hand of the Lord GOD fell there upon me.Eze 11:24: Afterwards the spirit took me up: and brought me in a vision by the Spirit of God into Chaldea: to them of the captivity. So the vision that I had seen went up from me.Eze 40:2: In the visions of God brought He me into the land of Israel: and set me upon a very high mountain: by which was as the frame of a city on the south.2Co 12:2-4: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 4:2: 3: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.
και θεωρει τον ουρανον ανεωγμενον και καταβαινον επ αυτον σκευος τι ως οθονην μεγαλην τεσσαρσιν αρχαις δεδεμενον και καθιεμενον επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωρεῖtheōrei (V-PIA-3S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖtheōrei
|
he beholds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G455ἀνεῳγμένονaneōgmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνεῳγμένονaneōgmenon
|
opening,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2597καταβαῖνονkatabainon (V-PPA-ANS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαῖνονkatabainon
|
descending
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G4632σκεῦόςskeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦόςskeuos
|
a vessel
|
N-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
certain,
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3607ὀθόνηνothonēn (N-AFS)
G3607 ὀθόνη othónē oth-on-ay of uncertain affinity; a linen cloth, i.e. (especially) a sail:--sheet.
|
ὀθόνηνothonēn
|
a sheet
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάλην,megalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλην,megalēn
|
great,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5064τέσσαρσινtessarsin (Adj-DFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρσινtessarsin
|
by four
|
Adj-DFP
|
G746ἀρχαῖςarchais (N-DFP)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχαῖςarchais
|
corners
|
N-DFP
|
G2524καθιέμενονkathiemenon (V-PPM/P-ANS)
G2524 καθίημι kathíēmi kath-ee-ay-mee from κατά; and (to send); to lower:--let down.
|
καθιέμενονkathiemenon
|
being let down
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
11
Saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending to him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the 4 corners, and let down to the earth:Acts 10:11
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 26 words, 114 letters, 45 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και θεωρει τον ουρανον ανεωγμενον και καταβαινον επ αυτον σκευος τι ως οθονην μεγαλην τεσσαρσιν αρχαις δεδεμενον και καθιεμενον επι της γης
Lit: and he beholds heaven opening, and descending a vessel certain, as a sheet great, by four corners being let down upon the earth,
KJV: And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth:
References
"saw"Ac 7:56: Said: Look: I see the heavens opened: and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.Eze 1:1: Now it came to pass in the thirtieth year: in the fourth month: in the fifth day of the month: as I was among the captives by the river of Chebar: that the heavens were opened: and I saw visions of God.Lu 3:21: Now when all the people were baptized: it came to pass: that Jesus also being baptized: and praying: the heaven was opened: Joh 1:51: He says to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Hereafter you will see heaven open: and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war."and a"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Isa 11:6-14: The wolf also will dwell with the lamb: and the leopard will lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child will lead them.Isa 19:23-25: In that day will there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria: and the Assyrian will come into Egypt: and the Egyptian into Assyria: and the Egyptians will serve with the Assyrians.Isa 43:6: I will say to the north: Give up; and to the south: not Keep back: bring my sons from far: and my daughters from the ends of the earth;Isa 56:8: The Lord GOD which gathers the outcasts of Israel says: Yet will I gather others to Him: beside those that are gathered to Him.Mt 8:11: I say to you: That many will come from the east and west: and will sit down with Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 13:47: 48: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to a net: that was cast into the sea: and gathered of every kind:Joh 11:52: not And for that nation only: but that also He should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.Joh 12:32: I: if I be lifted up from the earth: will draw all men to me.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 3:29-31: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 9:4: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ro 15:9-12: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name.Ro 16:25: 26: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Ga 2:15: We who are Jews by nature: not and sinners of the Gentiles: Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
εν ω υπηρχεν παντα τα τετραποδα της γης και τα θηρια και τα ερπετα και τα πετεινα του ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G5225ὑπῆρχενhypērchen (V-IIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχενhypērchen
|
were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5074τετράποδαtetrapoda (Adj-NNP)
G5074 τετράπους tetrápous tet-rap-ooce from τέσσαρες and πούς; a quadruped:--fourfooted beast.
|
τετράποδαtetrapoda
|
quadrupeds,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2062ἑρπετὰherpeta (N-NNP)
G2062 ἑρπετόν herpetón her-pet-on neuter of a derivative of (to creep); a reptile, i.e. (by Hebraism (compare רֶמֶשׂ)) a small animal:--creeping thing, serpent.
|
ἑρπετὰherpeta
|
creeping things
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4071πετεινὰpeteina (N-NNP)
G4071 πετεινόν peteinón pet-i-non neuter of a derivative of πέτομαι; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird, fowl.
|
πετεινὰpeteina
|
birds
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
12
Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.Acts 10:12
Stats
Rank: #1230 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 18 words, 94 letters, 35 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ω υπηρχεν παντα τα τετραποδα της γης και τα θηρια και τα ερπετα και τα πετεινα του ουρανου
Lit: in which were all the quadrupeds, and creeping things of the earth, and birds of heaven.
KJV: Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.
References
"And"Ge 7:8: 9: Of clean beasts: and of beasts that are not clean: and of fowls: and of every thing that creeps upon the earth: Isa 11:6-9: The wolf also will dwell with the lamb: and the leopard will lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child will lead them.Isa 65:25: The wolf and the lamb will feed together: and the lion will eat straw like the bullock: and dust will be the serpent's meat. They will not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: says the LORD.Joh 7:37: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.1Co 6:9-11: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind:
και εγενετο φωνη προς αυτον αναστας πετρε θυσον και φαγε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him:
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G450Ἀναστάς,Anastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
Ἀναστάς,Anastas
|
Having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4074Πέτρε,Petre (N-VMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρε,Petre
|
Peter,
|
N-VMS
|
G2380θῦσονthyson (V-AMA-2S)
G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θῦσονthyson
|
kill
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5315φάγε.phage (V-AMA-2S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγε.phage
|
eat!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
13
There came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat.
Acts 10:13
Stats
Rank: #3284 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 8 words, 42 letters, 19 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο φωνη προς αυτον αναστας πετρε θυσον και φαγε
Lit: And came a voice to him: Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat!
KJV: And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat.
References
"Rise"Ac 10:10: He became very hungry: and would have eaten: but while they made ready: he fell into a trance: Jer 35:2-5: Go to the house of the Rechabites: and speak to them: and bring them into the house of the LORD: into one of the chambers: and give them wine to drink.Joh 4:31-34: In the mean while his disciples prayed him: saying: Master: eat.
ο δε πετρος ειπεν μηδαμως κυριε οτι ουδεποτε εφαγον παν κοινον η ακαθαρτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3365Μηδαμῶς,Mēdamōs (Adv)
G3365 μηδαμῶς mēdamōs may-dam-oce adverb from a compound of μή and (somebody); by no means:--not so.
|
Μηδαμῶς,Mēdamōs
|
In no way,
|
Adv
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord;
|
N-VMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv)
G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G5315ἔφαγονephagon (V-AIA-1S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγονephagon
|
have I eaten
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
anything
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2839κοινὸνkoinon (Adj-ANS)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινὸνkoinon
|
common
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
or
|
Conj
|
G169ἀκάθαρτον.akatharton (Adj-ANS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτον.akatharton
|
unclean.
|
Adj-ANS
|
14
But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean.
Acts 10:14
Stats
Rank: #2185 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος ειπεν μηδαμως κυριε οτι ουδεποτε εφαγον παν κοινον η ακαθαρτον
Lit: And Peter said, In no way, Lord; for never have I eaten anything common or unclean.
KJV: But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean.
References
"Not"Ge 19:18: Lot said to them: Oh: not so: my Lord:Ex 10:11: Not so: go now you that are men: and serve the LORD; for that you did desire. And they were driven out from Pharaoh's presence.Mt 16:22: Then Peter took Him: and began to rebuke Him: saying: Be it far from you: Lord: this will not be to you.Mt 25:9: But the wise answered: saying: Not so; lest there not be enough for us and you: but go you rather to them that sell: and buy for yourselves.Lu 1:60: His mother answered and said: Not so; but he will be called John."for"Le 11:1-17: The LORD spoke to Moses and to Aaron: saying to them: Le 20:25: You will therefore put difference between clean beasts and unclean: and between unclean fowls and clean: and you will not make your souls abominable by beast: or by fowl: or by any manner of living thing that creeps on the ground: which I have separated from you as unclean.De 14:1-29: You are the children of the LORD your God: you will not cut yourselves: nor make any baldness between your eyes for the dead.Eze 4:14: Then said I: Ah Lord GOD! look: my soul has not been polluted: for from my youth up even till now have not I eaten of that which dies of itself: or is torn in pieces; neither came there abominable flesh into my mouth.Eze 44:31: The priests will not eat of any thing that is dead of itself: or torn: whether it be fowl or beast.
και φωνη παλιν εκ δευτερου προς αυτον α ο θεος εκαθαρισεν συ μη κοινου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
came again
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1208δευτέρουdeuterou (Adj-GNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρουdeuterou
|
the second time
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him:
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3739ἋHA (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἋHA
|
What
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2511ἐκαθάρισενekatharisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
ἐκαθάρισενekatharisen
|
has cleansed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2840κοίνου.koinou (V-PMA-2S)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοίνου.koinou
|
call common.
|
V-PMA-2S
|
15
The voice spoke to Him again the second time, What God has cleansed, that not call you common.
Acts 10:15
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 31 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φωνη παλιν εκ δευτερου προς αυτον α ο θεος εκαθαρισεν συ μη κοινου
Lit: And a voice came again for the second time to him: What God has cleansed, you not call common.
KJV: And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, [that] call not thou common.
References
"What"Ac 10:28: He said to them: You know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company: or come to one of another nation; but God has showed me that I not should call any man common or unclean.Ac 11:9: But the voice answered me again from heaven: What God has cleansed: that not call you common.Ac 15:9: 20: 29: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.Mt 15:11: Not that which goes into the mouth defiles'>defiles a man; but that which comes out of the mouth: this defiles'>defiles a man.Re 14:14-17: 20: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.1Co 10:25: Whatever is sold in the shambles: that eat: asking no question for conscience sake:Ga 2:12: 13: For before that certain came from James: he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come: he withdrew and separated himself: fearing them which were of the circumcision.1Ti 4:3-5: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled.Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;
τουτο δε εγενετο επι τρις και παλιν ανεληφθη το σκευος εις τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
took place
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5151τρίς,tris (Adv)
G5151 τρίς trís trece adverb from τρεῖς; three times:--three times, thrice.
|
τρίς,tris
|
three times,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθὺςeuthys (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθὺςeuthys
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G353ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀνελήμφθηanelēmphthē
|
was taken up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4632σκεῦοςskeuos (N-NNS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦοςskeuos
|
vessel
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν.ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν.ouranon
|
heaven.
|
N-AMS
|
16
This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.Acts 10:16
Stats
Rank: #3861 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 57 letters, 24 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε εγενετο επι τρις και παλιν ανεληφθη το σκευος εις τον ουρανον
Lit: This now took place for three times, and immediately was taken up the vessel into heaven.
KJV: This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
References
"thrice"Ge 41:32: For that the dream was doubled to Pharaoh twice; it is because the thing is established by God: and God will shortly bring it to pass.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established.
Peter Called to Caesarea
ως δε εν εαυτω διηπορει ο πετρος τι αν ειη το οραμα ο ειδεν και ιδου οι ανδρες οι απεσταλμενοι απο του κορνηλιου διερωτησαντες την οικιαν σιμωνος επεστησαν επι τον πυλωνα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
While
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
himself
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G1280διηπόρειdiēporei (V-IIA-3S)
G1280 διαπορέω diaporéō dee-ap-or-eh-o from διά and ἀπορέω; to be thoroughly nonplussed:--(be in) doubt, be (much) perplexed.
|
διηπόρειdiēporei
|
was perplexed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510εἴηeiē (V-POA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἴηeiē
|
might be
|
V-POA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3705ὅραμαhorama (N-NNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμαhorama
|
vision
|
N-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3708εἶδεν,eiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεν,eiden
|
he had seen,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G649ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi
|
having been sent
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2883ΚορνηλίουKornēliou (N-GMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνηλίουKornēliou
|
Cornelius,
|
N-GMS
|
G1331διερωτήσαντεςdierōtēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1331 διερωτάω dierōtáō dee-er-o-tah-o from διά and ἐρωτάω; to question throughout, i.e. ascertain by interrogation:--make enquiry for.
|
διερωτήσαντεςdierōtēsantes
|
having inquired for
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon,
|
N-GMS
|
G2186ἐπέστησανepestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπέστησανepestēsan
|
stood
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4440πυλῶνα,pylōna (N-AMS)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνα,pylōna
|
gate.
|
N-AMS
|
17
Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, look, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house, and stood before the gate,Acts 10:17
Stats
Rank: #3589 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 31 words, 154 letters, 59 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εν εαυτω διηπορει ο πετρος τι αν ειη το οραμα ο ειδεν και ιδου οι ανδρες οι απεσταλμενοι απο του κορνηλιου διερωτησαντες την οικιαν σιμωνος επεστησαν επι τον πυλωνα
Lit: While then in himself was perplexed Peter what might be the vision that he had seen, behold, the men having been sent from Cornelius, having inquired for the house of Simon, stood at the gate.
KJV: Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house, and stood before the gate,
References
"while"Ac 10:19: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ac 2:12: They were all amazed: and were in doubt: saying one to another: What means this?Ac 5:24: Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things: they doubted of them to what this would grow.Ac 25:20: Because I doubted of such manner of questions: I asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem: and there be judged of these matters.Joh 13:12: So after he had washed their feet: and had taken his garments: and was set down again: he said to them: Know you what I have done to you?1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."the men"Ac 10:7-18: When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed: he called two of his household servants: and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;Ac 9:43: It came to pass: that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner.
και φωνησαντες επυνθανοντο ει σιμων ο επικαλουμενος πετρος ενθαδε ξενιζεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5455φωνήσαντεςphōnēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
φωνήσαντεςphōnēsantes
|
having called out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4441ἐπυνθάνοντοepynthanonto (V-IIM-3P)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
ἐπυνθάνοντοepynthanonto
|
they were asking
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4613ΣίμωνSimōn (N-NMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνSimōn
|
Simon
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who is
|
Art-NMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλούμενοςepikaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλούμενοςepikaloumenos
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1759ἐνθάδεenthade (Adv)
G1759 ἐνθάδε entháde en-thad-eh from a prolonged form of ἐν; properly, within, i.e. (of place) here, hither:--(t-)here, hither.
|
ἐνθάδεenthade
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3579ξενίζεται.xenizetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενίζεται.xenizetai
|
is lodged.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
18
Called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there.Acts 10:18
Stats
Rank: #4525 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 10 words, 65 letters, 23 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φωνησαντες επυνθανοντο ει σιμων ο επικαλουμενος πετρος ενθαδε ξενιζεται
Lit: And having called out, they were asking if Simon who is called Peter here is lodged.
KJV: And called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there.
References
"and asked"Ac 10:5: 6: Now send men to Joppa: and call for one Simon: whose surname is Peter:Ac 11:11: And: look: immediately there were 3 men already come to the house where I was: sent from Caesarea to me.
του δε πετρου ενθυμουμενου περι του οραματος ειπεν αυτω το πνευμα ιδου ανδρες τρεις ζητουσιν σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter
|
N-GMS
|
G1760διενθυμουμένουdienthymoumenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1760 ἐνθυμέομαι enthyméomai en-thoo-meh-om-ahee from a compound of ἐν and θυμός; to be inspirited, i.e. ponder:--think.
|
διενθυμουμένουdienthymoumenou
|
thinking
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3705ὁράματοςhoramatos (N-GNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὁράματοςhoramatos
|
vision,
|
N-GNS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846‹αὐτῷ›autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
‹αὐτῷ›autō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit,
|
N-NNS
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G5140[τρεῖς]treis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
[τρεῖς]treis
|
three
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2212ζητοῦντέςzētountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητοῦντέςzētountes
|
are seeking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
19
While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said to Him, Look, 3 men seek you.
Acts 10:19
Stats
Rank: #5698 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 13 words, 70 letters, 28 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: του δε πετρου ενθυμουμενου περι του οραματος ειπεν αυτω το πνευμα ιδου ανδρες τρεις ζητουσιν σε
Lit: And of Peter thinking over the vision, said to him the Spirit, Behold, men three are seeking you.
KJV: While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three men seek thee.
References
"the Spirit"Ac 8:29: Then the Spirit said to Philip: Go near: and join yourself to this chariot.Ac 11:12: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 16:6: 7: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 21:4: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.1Ti 4:1: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;
αλλα αναστας καταβηθι και πορευου συν αυτοις μηδεν διακρινομενος διοτι εγω απεσταλκα αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2597κατάβηθι,katabēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατάβηθι,katabēthi
|
go down
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4198πορεύουporeuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύουporeuou
|
proceed
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1252διακρινόμενος,diakrinomenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρινόμενος,diakrinomenos
|
doubting,
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G649ἀπέσταλκαapestalka (V-RIA-1S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέσταλκαapestalka
|
have sent
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
20
Arise therefore, and get you down, and go with them, not doubtinghing: for I have sent them.Acts 10:20
Stats
Rank: #4676 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 13 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα αναστας καταβηθι και πορευου συν αυτοις μηδεν διακρινομενος διοτι εγω απεσταλκα αυτους
Lit: But having risen, go down and proceed with them, nothing doubting, because I have sent them.
KJV: Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing: for I have sent them.
References
"and get"Ac 8:26: The angel of the Lord spoke to Philip: saying: Arise: and go toward the south to the way that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza: which is desert.Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 15:7: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature."for"Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:4: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Isa 48:16: Come you near to me: hear you this; I not have spoken in secret from the beginning; from the time that it was: there am I: and now the Lord GOD: and His Spirit: has sent me.Zec 2:9-11: For: look: I will shake my hand upon them: and they will be a spoil to their servants: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me.
καταβας δε πετρος προς τους ανδρας τους απεσταλμενους απο του κορνηλιου προς αυτον ειπεν ιδου εγω ειμι ον ζητειτε τις η αιτια δι ην παρεστε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2597Καταβὰςkatabas (V-APA-NMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
Καταβὰςkatabas
|
Having gone down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G3588{τοῦςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
{τοῦςtous
|
who
|
Art-AMP
|
G649ἀπεσταλμένουςapestalmenous (V-RPP-AMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεσταλμένουςapestalmenous
|
were sent
|
V-RPP-AMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2883ΚορνηλίουKornēliou (N-GMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνηλίουKornēliou
|
Cornelius
|
N-GMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G848αὑτόν},hauton (PPro-AM3S)
G848 αὑτοῦ hautoû how-too contracted for ἑαυτοῦ; self (in some oblique case or reflexive relation):--her (own), (of) him(-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them(-selves), they.,
|
αὑτόν},hauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2212ζητεῖτε·zēteite (V-PIA-2P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖτε·zēteite
|
you seek;
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what is
|
IPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G156αἰτίαaitia (N-NFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίαaitia
|
cause
|
N-NFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3918πάρεστε;pareste (V-PIA-2P)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
πάρεστε;pareste
|
you are here?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
21
Then Peter went down to the men which were sent to him from Cornelius; and said, Look, I am he whom you seek: what is the cause for what reason you are come?
Acts 10:21
Stats
Rank: #6291 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 27 words, 118 letters, 47 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: καταβας δε πετρος προς τους ανδρας τους απεσταλμενους απο του κορνηλιου προς αυτον ειπεν ιδου εγω ειμι ον ζητειτε τις η αιτια δι ην παρεστε
Lit: Having gone down then Peter to the men, who were sent from Cornelius to him, he said, Behold, I am whom you seek; what is the cause for which you are here?
KJV: Then Peter went down to the men which were sent unto him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come?
References
"Behold"Joh 1:38: 39: Then Jesus turned: and saw them following: and says to them: What seek you? They said to Him: Rabbi: (which is to say: being interpreted: Master: ) where dwell you?Joh 18:4-8: Jesus therefore: knowing all things that should come upon Him: went forth: and said to them: Whom seek you?"what"Ac 10:29: Therefore came I to you without gainsaying: as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent you have sent for me?Mr 10:51: Jesus answered and said to Him: What will you that I should do to you? The blind man said to Him: Lord: that I might receive my sight.
οι δε ειπον κορνηλιος εκατονταρχης ανηρ δικαιος και φοβουμενος τον θεον μαρτυρουμενος τε υπο ολου του εθνους των ιουδαιων εχρηματισθη υπο αγγελου αγιου μεταπεμψασθαι σε εις τον οικον αυτου και ακουσαι ρηματα παρα σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2883ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios (N-NMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios
|
Cornelius
|
N-NMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχης,hekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχης,hekatontarchēs
|
a centurion,
|
N-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G1342δίκαιοςdikaios (Adj-NMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιοςdikaios
|
righteous
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5399φοβούμενοςphoboumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοςphoboumenos
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2316Θεὸν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεὸν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3140μαρτυρούμενόςmartyroumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρούμενόςmartyroumenos
|
being well testified to
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλουholou (Adj-GNS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλουholou
|
all
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1484ἔθνουςethnous (N-GNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνουςethnous
|
nation
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5537ἐχρηματίσθηechrēmatisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatízō khray-mat-id-zo from χρῆμα; to utter an oracle (compare the original sense of χράομαι), i.e. divinely intimate; by implication, (compare the secular sense of χρεία) to constitute a firm for business, i.e. (generally) bear as a title:--be called, be admonished (warned) of God, reveal, speak.
|
ἐχρηματίσθηechrēmatisthē
|
was divinely instructed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
an angel
|
N-GMS
|
G40ἁγίουhagiou (Adj-GMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίουhagiou
|
holy
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3343μεταπέμψασθαίmetapempsasthai (V-ANM)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μεταπέμψασθαίmetapempsasthai
|
to send for
|
V-ANM
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
a message
|
N-ANP
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ.sou
|
you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
22
They said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man, and one that fears God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews, was warned from God by an holy angel to send for you into His house, and to hear words of you.
Acts 10:22
Stats
Rank: #6006 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 227 characters, 40 words, 175 letters, 68 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον κορνηλιος εκατονταρχης ανηρ δικαιος και φοβουμενος τον θεον μαρτυρουμενος τε υπο ολου του εθνους των ιουδαιων εχρηματισθη υπο αγγελου αγιου μεταπεμψασθαι σε εις τον οικον αυτου και ακουσαι ρηματα παρα σου
Lit: And they said, Cornelius a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, being well testified to then by all the nation of the Jews, was divinely instructed by an angel holy to send for you to the house of him, and to hear a message from you.
KJV: And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews, was warned from God by an holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words of thee.
References
"a just"Ac 24:15: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Hab 2:4: Look: his soul which is lifted up not is upright in him: but the just will live by his faith.Mt 1:19: Then Joseph her husband: being a just man: not and willing to make her a publick example: was minded to put her away privily.Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him.Lu 23:50: And: look: there was a man named Joseph: a counseller; and he was a good man: and a just:Ro 1:17: For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written: The just will live by faith.Heb 10:38: Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back: my soul will have no pleasure in him.Heb 12:23: To the general assembly and church of the firstborn: which are written in heaven: and to God the Judge of all: and to the spirits of just men made perfect: "of good"Ac 6:3: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 22:12: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: Lu 7:4: 5: When they came to Jesus: they besought Him instantly: saying: That He was worthy for whom He should do this:1Ti 3:7: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.Heb 11:2: For by it the elders obtained a good report.3Jo 1:12: Demetrius has good report of all men: and of the truth itself: yes: and we also bear record; and you know that our record is true."and to"Ac 10:6: 33: He lodges with one Simon a tanner: whose house is by the sea side: he will tell you what you ought to do.Ac 11:14: Who will tell you words: whereby you and all your house will be saved.Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Joh 6:63: 68: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.Joh 13:20: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives whoever I send receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me; and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Joh 17:8: 20: For I have given to them the words which you gave me; and they have received them: and have known surely that I came out from you: and they have believed that you did send me.Ro 10:17: 18: So then faith cometh by hearing: and hearing by the word of God.2Co 5:18: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:
εισκαλεσαμενος ουν αυτους εξενισεν τη δε επαυριον ο πετρος εξηλθεν συν αυτοις και τινες των αδελφων των απο της ιοππης συνηλθον αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1528Εἰσκαλεσάμενοςeiskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1528 εἰσκαλέω eiskaléō ice-kal-eh-o from εἰς and καλέω; to invite in:--call in.
|
Εἰσκαλεσάμενοςeiskalesamenos
|
Having called in
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3579ἐξένισεν.exenisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ἐξένισεν.exenisen
|
he lodged them.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ΤῇTē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῇTē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππηςIoppēs (N-GFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππηςIoppēs
|
Joppa
|
N-GFS
|
G4905συνῆλθονsynēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνῆλθονsynēlthon
|
went with
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
23
Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.Acts 10:23
Stats
Rank: #7209 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 21 words, 107 letters, 37 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: εισκαλεσαμενος ουν αυτους εξενισεν τη δε επαυριον ο πετρος εξηλθεν συν αυτοις και τινες των αδελφων των απο της ιοππης συνηλθον αυτω
Lit: Having called in therefore them he lodged them. On the now next day having risen up, he went forth with them, and some of the brothers those from Joppa went with him.
KJV: Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Joppa accompanied him.
References
"and lodged"Ge 19:2: 3: He said: Look now: my lords: turn in: I pray you: into your servant's house: and tarry all night: and wash your feet: and you will rise up early: and go on your ways. And they said: No; but we will abide in the street all night.Ge 24:31: 32: He said: Come in: you blessed of the LORD; for what reason stand you without? for I have prepared the house: and room for the camels.Jg 19:19-21: Yet there is both straw and provender for our asses; and there is bread and wine also for me: and for your handmaid: and for the young man which is with your servants: there is no want of any thing.Heb 13:2: not Be forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.1Pe 4:9: Use hospitality one to another without grudging."on"Ac 10:29: 33: Therefore came I to you without gainsaying: as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent you have sent for me?Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go."and certain"Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 9:38: 42: Forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa: and the disciples had heard that Peter was there: they sent to him two men: desiring him that he not would delay to come to them.Ac 11:12: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:2Co 8:21: Providing for ho things: not only in the sight of the Lord: but also in the sight of men.
Peter Visits Cornelius
και τη επαυριον εισηλθον εις την καισαρειαν ο δε κορνηλιος ην προσδοκων αυτους συγκαλεσαμενος τους συγγενεις αυτου και τους αναγκαιους φιλους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
he entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν·Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν·Kaisareian
|
Caesarea,
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2883ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios (N-NMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios
|
Cornelius
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4328προσδοκῶνprosdokōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokáō pros-dok-ah-o from πρός and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await:--(be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for.
|
προσδοκῶνprosdokōn
|
expecting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4779συνκαλεσάμενοςsynkalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4779 συγκαλέω synkaléō soong-kal-eh-o from σύν and καλέω; to convoke:--call together.
|
συνκαλεσάμενοςsynkalesamenos
|
having called together
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4773συγγενεῖςsyngeneis (Adj-AMP)
G4773 συγγενής syngenḗs soong-ghen-ace from σύν and γένος; a relative (by blood); by extension, a fellow countryman:--cousin, kin(-sfolk, -sman).
|
συγγενεῖςsyngeneis
|
relatives
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G316ἀναγκαίουςanankaious (Adj-AMP)
G316 ἀναγκαῖος anankaîos an-ang-kah-yos from ἀνάγκη; necessary; by implication, close (of kin):--near, necessary, necessity, needful.
|
ἀναγκαίουςanankaious
|
close
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5384φίλους.philous (Adj-AMP)
G5384 φίλος phílos fee-los properly, dear, i.e. a friend; actively, fond, i.e. friendly (still as a noun, an associate, neighbor, etc.):--friend.
|
φίλους.philous
|
friends.
|
Adj-AMP
|
24
The morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and had called together his kinsmen and near friends.Acts 10:24
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 20 words, 109 letters, 42 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τη επαυριον εισηλθον εις την καισαρειαν ο δε κορνηλιος ην προσδοκων αυτους συγκαλεσαμενος τους συγγενεις αυτου και τους αναγκαιους φιλους
Lit: On the now next day, he entered into Caesarea, and Cornelius was expecting them, having called together the relatives of him and close friends.
KJV: And the morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and had called together his kinsmen and near friends.
References
"and had"Isa 2:3: Many people will go and say: Come you: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion will go forth the law: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Mic 4:2: Many nations will come: and say: Come: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: and to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for the law will go forth of Zion: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Zec 3:10: In that day: says the LORD of hosts: will you call every man His neighbour under the vine and under the fig tree.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Mt 9:9: 10: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Mr 5:19: 20: Howbeit Jesus suffered Him not">not Him: but says to Him: Go home to your friends: and tell them how great things the Lord has done for you: and has had compassion on you.Lu 5:29: Levi made him a great feast in his own house: and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them.Joh 1:41-49: He first finds His own brother Simon: and says to Him: We have found the Messias: which is: being interpreted: the Christ.Joh 4:28: 29: The woman then left her waterpot: and went her way into the city: and says to the men: Joh 1:1-3: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.
ως δε εγενετο εισελθειν τον πετρον συναντησας αυτω ο κορνηλιος πεσων επι τους ποδας προσεκυνησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
entering
|
V-ANA
|
G4074Πέτρον,Petron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρον,Petron
|
Peter,
|
N-AMS
|
G4876συναντήσαςsynantēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.
|
συναντήσαςsynantēsas
|
having met
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2883ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios (N-NMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios
|
Cornelius,
|
N-NMS
|
G4098πεσὼνpesōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσὼνpesōn
|
having fallen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet,
|
N-AMP
|
G4352προσεκύνησεν.prosekynēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησεν.prosekynēsen
|
worshiped him.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
25
As Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshipped him.
Acts 10:25
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 15 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εγενετο εισελθειν τον πετρον συναντησας αυτω ο κορνηλιος πεσων επι τους ποδας προσεκυνησεν
Lit: As then was entering Peter, having met him Cornelius, having fallen at the feet, worshiped him.
KJV: And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshipped him.
References
"and fell"Ac 14:11-13: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.Da 2:30: 46: But as for me: this secret not is revealed to me for any wisdom that I have more than any living: but for their sakes that will make known the interpretation to the king: and that you might know the thoughts of your heart.Mt 8:2: And: look: there came a leper and worshipped Him: saying: Lord: if you will: you canst make me clean.Mt 14:33: Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped Him: saying: Of a truth you are the Son of God.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.Re 22:8: 9: I John saw these things: and heard them. And when I had heard and seen: I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.
ο δε πετρος αυτον ηγειρεν λεγων αναστηθι καγω αυτος ανθρωπος ειμι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
lifted up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G450Ἀνάστηθι·Anastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
Ἀνάστηθι·Anastēthi
|
Rise up,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G444ἄνθρωπόςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπόςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G1510εἰμι.eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι.eimi
|
am.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
26
But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man.
Acts 10:26
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 47 letters, 18 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος αυτον ηγειρεν λεγων αναστηθι καγω αυτος ανθρωπος ειμι
Lit: But Peter lifted up him, saying, Rise up, also I myself a man am.
KJV: But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man.
References
"Stand"Ac 14:14: 15: Which when the apostles: Barnabas and Paul: heard of: they tear their clothes: and ran in among the people: crying out: Isa 42:8: I am the LORD: that is my name: and my glory will not I give to another: neither my praise to graven images.Isa 48:13: My hand also has laid the foundation of the earth: and my right hand has spanned the heavens: when I call to them: they stand up together.Mt 4:10: Then says Jesus to Him: Get you here: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.2Th 2:3: 4: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.
και συνομιλων αυτω εισηλθεν και ευρισκει συνεληλυθοτας πολλους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4926συνομιλῶνsynomilōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4926 συνομιλέω synomiléō soon-om-il-eh-o from σύν and ὁμιλέω; to converse mutually:--talk with.
|
συνομιλῶνsynomilōn
|
talking with
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1525εἰσῆλθεν,eisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθεν,eisēlthen
|
he entered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρίσκειheuriskei (V-PIA-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρίσκειheuriskei
|
he finds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4905συνεληλυθόταςsynelēlythotas (V-RPA-AMP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνεληλυθόταςsynelēlythotas
|
having gathered together
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G4183πολλούς,pollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλούς,pollous
|
many.
|
Adj-AMP
|
27
As he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together.Acts 10:27
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συνομιλων αυτω εισηλθεν και ευρισκει συνεληλυθοτας πολλους
Lit: And talking with him, he entered, and he finds having gathered together many.
KJV: And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together.
References
"and found"Ac 10:24: The morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them: and had called together his kinsmen and near friends.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Joh 4:35: not Say you: There are yet 4 months: and then comes harvest? look: I say to you: Lift up your eyes: and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.1Co 16:9: For a great door and effectual is opened to me: and there are many adversaries.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:
εφη τε προς αυτους υμεις επιστασθε ως αθεμιτον εστιν ανδρι ιουδαιω κολλασθαι η προσερχεσθαι αλλοφυλω και εμοι ο θεος εδειξεν μηδενα κοινον η ακαθαρτον λεγειν ανθρωπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
He was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4771ὙμεῖςHymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὙμεῖςHymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1987ἐπίστασθεepistasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίστασθεepistasthe
|
know
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G111ἀθέμιτόνathemiton (Adj-NNS)
G111 ἀθέμιτος athémitos ath-em-ee-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of (statute; from the base of τίθημι); illegal; by implication, flagitious:--abominable, unlawful thing.
|
ἀθέμιτόνathemiton
|
unlawful
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
for a man
|
N-DMS
|
G2453ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō (Adj-DMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίῳIoudaiō
|
a Jew
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2853κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai (V-PNM/P)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλᾶσθαιkollasthai
|
to unite himself
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4334προσέρχεσθαιproserchesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσέρχεσθαιproserchesthai
|
to come near
|
V-PNM/P
|
G246ἀλλοφύλῳ·allophylō (Adj-DMS)
G246 ἀλλόφυλος allóphylos al-lof-oo-los from ἄλλος and φυλή; foreign, i.e. (specially) Gentile:--one of another nation.
|
ἀλλοφύλῳ·allophylō
|
to a foreigner.
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2504κἀμοὶkamoi (PPro-D1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀμοὶkamoi
|
To me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
however
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1166ἔδειξενedeixen (V-AIA-3S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
ἔδειξενedeixen
|
has shown,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3367μηδέναmēdena (Adj-AMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδέναmēdena
|
not
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2839κοινὸνkoinon (Adj-AMS)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινὸνkoinon
|
common
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G169ἀκάθαρτονakatharton (Adj-AMS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτονakatharton
|
unclean
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to call
|
V-PNA
|
G444ἄνθρωπον·anthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπον·anthrōpon
|
man.
|
N-AMS
|
28
He said to them, You know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company, or come to one of another nation; but God has showed me that I not should call any man common or unclean.
Acts 10:28
Stats
Counts: 213 characters, 43 words, 164 letters, 64 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφη τε προς αυτους υμεις επιστασθε ως αθεμιτον εστιν ανδρι ιουδαιω κολλασθαι η προσερχεσθαι αλλοφυλω και εμοι ο θεος εδειξεν μηδενα κοινον η ακαθαρτον λεγειν ανθρωπον
Lit: He was saying then to them, You know how unlawful it is for a man a Jew to unite himself or to come near to a foreigner. To me however God has shown, not common or unclean to call man.
KJV: And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company, or come unto one of another nation; but God hath shewed me that I should not call any man common or unclean.
References
"that it"Ac 11:2: 3: When Peter was come up to Jerusalem: they that were of the circumcision contended with him: Ac 22:21: 22: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Joh 4:9: 27: Then says the woman of Samaria to him: How is it that you: being a Jew: ask drink of me: which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans.Joh 18:28: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.Ga 2:12-14: For before that certain came from James: he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come: he withdrew and separated himself: fearing them which were of the circumcision."but"Ac 10:15: 34: The voice spoke to Him again the second time: What God has cleansed: that not call you common.Ac 11:9: But the voice answered me again from heaven: What God has cleansed: that not call you common.Ac 15:8: 9: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Isa 65:5: Which say: Stand by yourself: not come near to me; for I am holier than you. These are a smoke in my nose: a fire that burns all the day.Lu 18:11: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Eph 3:6: 7: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:
διο και αναντιρρητως ηλθον μεταπεμφθεις πυνθανομαι ουν τινι λογω μετεπεμψασθε με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G369ἀναντιρρήτωςanantirrētōs (Adv)
G369 ἀναντιῤῥήτως anantirrhḗtōs an-an-tir-hray-toce adverb from ἀναντίῤῥητος; promptly:--without gainsaying.
|
ἀναντιρρήτωςanantirrētōs
|
without objection
|
Adv
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
I came,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3343μεταπεμφθείς.metapemphtheis (V-APP-NMS)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μεταπεμφθείς.metapemphtheis
|
having been summoned.
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4441πυνθάνομαιpynthanomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
πυνθάνομαιpynthanomai
|
I inquire
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G5101ΤίνιTini (IPro-DMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίνιTini
|
for what
|
IPro-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
reason
|
N-DMS
|
G3343μετεπέμψασθέmetepempsasthe (V-AIM-2P)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μετεπέμψασθέmetepempsasthe
|
did you summon
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
me?
|
PPro-A1S
|
29
Therefore came I to you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent you have sent for me?Acts 10:29
Stats
Rank: #9340 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 23 words, 98 letters, 42 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο και αναντιρρητως ηλθον μεταπεμφθεις πυνθανομαι ουν τινι λογω μετεπεμψασθε με
Lit: Therefore also without objection I came, having been summoned. I inquire therefore, for what reason did you summon me?
KJV: Therefore came I unto you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me?
References
"as soon"Ac 10:19: 20: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ps 119:60: I made haste: and not delayed to keep your commandments.1Pe 3:15: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:
και ο κορνηλιος εφη απο τεταρτης ημερας μεχρι ταυτης της ωρας ημην νηστευων και την εννατην ωραν προσευχομενος εν τω οικω μου και ιδου ανηρ εστη ενωπιον μου εν εσθητι λαμπρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2883ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios (N-NMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
ΚορνήλιοςKornēlios
|
Cornelius
|
N-NMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G575ἈπὸApo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἈπὸApo
|
Ago
|
Prep
|
G5067τετάρτηςtetartēs (Adj-GFS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τετάρτηςtetartēs
|
four
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days,
|
N-GFS
|
G3360μέχριmechri (Prep)
G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριmechri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hour,
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
I was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
at the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1766ἐνάτηνenatēn (Adj-AFS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἐνάτηνenatēn
|
ninth hour
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4336προσευχόμενοςproseuchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοςproseuchomenos
|
praying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G2476ἔστηestē (V-AIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστηestē
|
stood
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιόνenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιόνenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2066ἐσθῆτιesthēti (N-DFS)
G2066 ἐσθής esthḗs es-thace from (to clothe); dress:--apparel, clothing, raiment, robe.
|
ἐσθῆτιesthēti
|
apparel
|
N-DFS
|
G2986λαμπρᾷ,lampra (Adj-DFS)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρᾷ,lampra
|
bright,
|
Adj-DFS
|
30
Cornelius said, 4 days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house, and, look, a man stood before me in bright clothing,
Acts 10:30
Stats
Rank: #7929 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 49 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο κορνηλιος εφη απο τεταρτης ημερας μεχρι ταυτης της ωρας ημην νηστευων και την εννατην ωραν προσευχομενος εν τω οικω μου και ιδου ανηρ εστη ενωπιον μου εν εσθητι λαμπρα
Lit: And Cornelius was saying, Ago four days, until this the hour, I was at the ninth hour praying in the house of me; and behold, a man stood before me in apparel bright,
KJV: And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house, and, behold, a man stood before me in bright clothing,
References
"Four"Ac 10:7-9: 23: 24: When the angel which spoke to Cornelius was departed: he called two of his household servants: and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually;"I was"Ac 10:3: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ezr 9:4: 5: Then were assembled to me every one that trembled at the words of the God of Israel: because of the transgression of those that had been carried away; and I sat astonied until the evening sacrifice.Ne 9:1-3: Now in the 20 and fourth day of this month the children of Israel were assembled with fasting: and with sackclothes: and earth upon them.Da 9:20: 21: while I was speaking: and praying: and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel: and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;"and, behold"Ac 1:10: While they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up: look: two men stood by them in white apparel;Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:Mr 16:6: He says to them: not Be affrighted: You seek Jesus of Nazareth: which was crucified: He is risen; He not is here: look the place where they laid Him.Lu 24:4: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:
και φησιν κορνηλιε εισηκουσθη σου η προσευχη και αι ελεημοσυναι σου εμνησθησαν ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5346φησίνphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίνphēsin
|
said,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2883Κορνήλιε,Kornēlie (N-VMS)
G2883 Κορνήλιος Kornḗlios kor-nay-lee-os of Latin origin; Cornelius, a Roman:--Cornelius.
|
Κορνήλιε,Kornēlie
|
Cornelius,
|
N-VMS
|
G1522εἰσηκούσθηeisēkousthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1522 εἰσακούω eisakoúō ice-ak-oo-o from εἰς and ἀκούω; to listen to:--hear.
|
εἰσηκούσθηeisēkousthē
|
has been heard
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4335προσευχὴproseuchē (N-NFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχὴproseuchē
|
prayer,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύναιeleēmosynai (N-NFP)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύναιeleēmosynai
|
alms
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3403ἐμνήσθησανemnēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνήσθησανemnēsthēsan
|
have been remembered
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
31
Said, Cornelius, your prayer is heard, and your alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God.Acts 10:31
Stats
Rank: #8076 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φησιν κορνηλιε εισηκουσθη σου η προσευχη και αι ελεημοσυναι σου εμνησθησαν ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: and said, Cornelius, has been heard your prayer, and the alms of you have been remembered before God.
KJV: And said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God.
References
"thy"Isa 38:5: Go: and say to Hezekiah: Thus says the LORD: the God of David your father: I have heard your prayer: I have seen your tears: look: I will add to your days 15 years.Da 9:23: At the beginning of your supplications the commandment came forth: and I am come to show you; for you are greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter: and consider the vision.Da 10:12: Then said He to me: not Fear: Daniel: for from the first day that you did set your heart to understand: and to chasten yourself before your God: your words were heard: and I am come for your words.Lu 1:13: But the angel said to him: not Fear: Zacharias: for your prayer is heard; and your wife Elisabeth will bear you a son: and you will call his name John."are"Ac 10:4: When He looked on Him: He was afraid: and said: What is it: Lord? And He said to Him: Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God.Le 2:2: 9: He will bring it to Aaron's sons the priests: and He will take thereout His handful of the flour thereof: and of the oil thereof: with all the frankincense thereof; and the priest will burn the memorial of it upon the altar: to be an offering made by fire: of a sweet savour to the LORD:Le 5:12: Then will He bring it to the priest'>priest: and the priest'>priest will take His handful of it: even a memorial thereof: and burn it on the altar: according to the offerings made by fire to the LORD: it is a sin offering.Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 8:3: 4: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.
πεμψον ουν εις ιοππην και μετακαλεσαι σιμωνα ος επικαλειται πετρος ουτος ξενιζεται εν οικια σιμωνος βυρσεως παρα θαλασσαν ος παραγενομενος λαλησει σοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3992πέμψονpempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψονpempson
|
Send
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππηνIoppēn (N-AFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππηνIoppēn
|
Joppa
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3333μετακάλεσαιmetakalesai (V-AMM-2S)
G3333 μετακαλέω metakaléō met-ak-al-eh-o from μετά and καλέω; to call elsewhere, i.e. summon:--call (for, hither).
|
μετακάλεσαιmetakalesai
|
call for
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G4613ΣίμωναSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωναSimōna
|
Simon,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλεῖταιepikaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεῖταιepikaleitai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4074Πέτρος·Petros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρος·Petros
|
Peter;
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3579ξενίζεταιxenizetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενίζεταιxenizetai
|
lodges
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
the house
|
N-DFS
|
G4613ΣίμωνοςSimōnos (N-GMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωνοςSimōnos
|
of Simon,
|
N-GMS
|
G1038βυρσέωςbyrseōs (N-GMS)
G1038 βυρσεύς byrseús boorce-yooce from (a hide); a tanner:--tanner.
|
βυρσέωςbyrseōs
|
a tanner
|
N-GMS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
the sea.
|
N-AFS
|
32
Send therefore to Joppa, and call here Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the sea side: who, when he comes, will speak to you.Acts 10:32
Stats
Counts: 180 characters, 29 words, 139 letters, 56 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: πεμψον ουν εις ιοππην και μετακαλεσαι σιμωνα ος επικαλειται πετρος ουτος ξενιζεται εν οικια σιμωνος βυρσεως παρα θαλασσαν ος παραγενομενος λαλησει σοι
Lit: Send therefore to Joppa and call for Simon, who is called Peter; He lodges in the house of Simon, a tanner by the sea.
KJV: Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the sea side: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee.
εξαυτης ουν επεμψα προς σε συ τε καλως εποιησας παραγενομενος νυν ουν παντες ημεις ενωπιον του θεου παρεσμεν ακουσαι παντα τα προστεταγμενα σοι υπο του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1824Ἐξαυτῆςexautēs (Adv)
G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs ex-ow-tace from ἐκ and the genitive case singular feminine of αὐτός (ὥρα being understood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:--by and by, immediately, presently, straightway.
|
Ἐξαυτῆςexautēs
|
At once
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3992ἔπεμψαepempsa (V-AIA-1S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ἔπεμψαepempsa
|
I sent
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ,se
|
you;
|
PPro-A2S
|
G4771σύsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σύsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G4160ἐποίησαςepoiēsas (V-AIA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησαςepoiēsas
|
did,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3854παραγενόμενος.paragenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενος.paragenomenos
|
having come.
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G3918πάρεσμενparesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
πάρεσμενparesmen
|
are present
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4367προστεταγμέναprostetagmena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G4367 προστάσσω prostássō pros-tas-so from πρός and τάσσω; to arrange towards, i.e. (figuratively) enjoin:--bid, command.
|
προστεταγμέναprostetagmena
|
having been commanded
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου.Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου.Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
33
Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Acts 10:33
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 31 words, 145 letters, 59 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξαυτης ουν επεμψα προς σε συ τε καλως εποιησας παραγενομενος νυν ουν παντες ημεις ενωπιον του θεου παρεσμεν ακουσαι παντα τα προστεταγμενα σοι υπο του θεου
Lit: At once therefore I sent to you; you then well did, having come. Now therefore, all we before God are present to hear all the things having been commanded you by the Lord.
KJV: Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God.
References
"are we"Ac 17:11: 12: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.De 5:25-29: Now therefore why should we die? for this great fire will consume us: if we hear the voice of the LORD our God any more: then we will die.2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Pr 1:5: A wise man will hear: and will increase learning; and a man of understanding will attain to wise counsels:Pr 9:9: 10: Give instruction to a wise man: and he will be yet wiser: teach a just man: and he will increase in learning.Pr 18:15: The heart of the prudent gets knowledge; and the ear of the wise seeks knowledge.Pr 25:12: As an earring of gold: and an ornament of fine gold: so is a wise reprover upon an obedient ear.Mt 18:4: Whoever therefore will humble himself as this little child: the same is great in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.Ga 4:14: My temptation which was in my flesh you not despised: nor rejected; but received me as an angel of God: even as Christ Jesus.1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.Jas 1:19: 21: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:1Pe 2:1: 2: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings:
Good News for Gentiles
ανοιξας δε πετρος το στομα ειπεν επ αληθειας καταλαμβανομαι οτι ουκ εστιν προσωποληπτης ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G455ἈνοίξαςAnoixas (V-APA-NMS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἈνοίξαςAnoixas
|
Having opened
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth,
|
N-ANS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909Ἐπ’Ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
Ἐπ’Ep’
|
Of
|
Prep
|
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείαςalētheias
|
a truth
|
N-GFS
|
G2638καταλαμβάνομαιkatalambanomai (V-PIM-1S)
G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambánō kat-al-am-ban-o from κατά and λαμβάνω; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, possess, etc. (literally or figuratively):--apprehend, attain, come upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)take.
|
καταλαμβάνομαιkatalambanomai
|
I understand
|
V-PIM-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4381προσωπολήμπτηςprosōpolēmptēs (N-NMS)
G4381 προσωπολήπτης prosōpolḗptēs pros-o-pol-ape-tace from πρόσωπον and λαμβάνω; an accepter of a face (individual), i.e. (specially), one exhibiting partiality:--respecter of persons.
|
προσωπολήμπτηςprosōpolēmptēs
|
One who shows partiality
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
34
Then Peter opened His mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:
Acts 10:34
Stats
Rank: #240 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανοιξας δε πετρος το στομα ειπεν επ αληθειας καταλαμβανομαι οτι ουκ εστιν προσωποληπτης ο θεος
Lit: Having opened then Peter the mouth, he said, Of a truth I understand that not is One who shows partiality God,
KJV: Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:
References
"opened"Ac 8:35: Then Philip opened His mouth: and began at the same scripture: and preached to Him Jesus.Mt 5:2: He opened his mouth: and taught them: saying: Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: "Of a"De 10:17: For the LORD your God is God of gods: and Lord of lords: a great God: a mighty: and a terrible: which regards not persons: nor takes reward:De 16:19: You will not wrest judgment; you will not respect persons: neither take a gift: for a gift does blind the eyes of the wise: and pervert the words of the righteous.2Ch 19:7: For what reason now let the fear of the LORD be upon you; take heed and do it: for there is no iniquity with the LORD our God: nor respect of persons: nor taking of gifts.Job 34:19: How much less to him that accepts not the persons of princes: nor regards the rich more than the poor? for they all are the work of his hands.Ps 82:1: 2: > God stands in the congregation of the mighty; He judges among the gods.Mt 22:16: They sent out to Him their disciples with the Herodians: saying: Master: we know that you are true: and teach the way of God in truth: neither care you for any man: for you regard not the person of men.Lu 20:21: They asked Him: saying: Master: we know that you say and teach'>teach rightly: neither accept you the person of any: but teach'>teach the way of God truly:Ro 2:11: For there is no respect of persons with God.Ga 2:6: But of these who seemed to be somewhat: (whatever they were: it makes no matter to me: God accepts no man's person:) for they who seemed to be somewhat in conference not addedhing to me:Eph 6:9: And: you masters: do the same things to them: forbearing threatening: knowing that your Master also is in heaven; neither is there respect of persons with him.Col 3:11: 25: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.Jas 2:4: 9: Are you not then partial in yourselves: and are become judges of evil thoughts?1Pe 1:17: If you call on the Father: who without respect of persons judges according to every man's work: pass the time of your sojourning here in fear:
αλλ εν παντι εθνει ο φοβουμενος αυτον και εργαζομενος δικαιοσυνην δεκτος αυτω εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
every
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1484ἔθνειethnei (N-DNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνειethnei
|
nation,
|
N-DNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G5399φοβούμενοςphoboumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοςphoboumenos
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2038ἐργαζόμενοςergazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργαζόμενοςergazomenos
|
working
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn (N-AFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn
|
righteousness,
|
N-AFS
|
G1184δεκτὸςdektos (Adj-NMS)
G1184 δεκτός dektós dek-tos from δέχομαι; approved; (figuratively) propitious:-- accepted(-table).
|
δεκτὸςdektos
|
acceptable
|
Adj-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510ἐστιν·estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν·estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
35
But in every nation he who fears him, and works righteousness, is accepted with him.Acts 10:35
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 13 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εν παντι εθνει ο φοβουμενος αυτον και εργαζομενος δικαιοσυνην δεκτος αυτω εστιν
Lit: but in every nation, the one fearing Him and working righteousness, acceptable to Him is,
KJV: But in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him.
References
"in"Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.Isa 56:3-8: Neither let the son of the stranger: that has joined Himself to the LORD: speak: saying: The LORD has utterly separated me from His people: neither let the eunuch say: Look: I am a dry tree.Ro 2:13: 25-29: (not For the hearers of the law are just before God: but the doers of the law will be justified.Ro 3:22: 29: 30: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 10:12: 13: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Eph 2:13-18: But now in Christ Jesus you who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ.Eph 3:6-8: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh.Col 1:6: 23-27: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."feareth"Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Job 28:28: to man He said: Look: the fear of the Lord: that is wisdom; and to depart from evil is understanding.Ps 19:9: The fear of the LORD is clean: enduring for ever: the judgments of the LORD are true and righteous altogether.Ps 85:9: Surely his salvation is nigh them that fear him; that glory may dwell in our land.Ps 111:10: The fear of the LORD is the beginning of wisdom: a good understanding have all they that do His commandments: His praise endures for ever.Pr 1:7: The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge: but fools despise wisdom and instruction.Pr 2:5: Then will you understand the fear of the LORD: and find the knowledge of God.Pr 3:7: not Be wise in your own eyes: fear the LORD: and depart from evil.Pr 16:6: By mercy and truth iniquity is purged: and by the fear of the LORD men depart from evil.Ec 12:13: Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God: and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 5:21: Submitting yourselves one to another in the fear of God.1Jo 2:29: If you know that he is righteous: you know that every one that does righteousness is born of him."is"Ge 4:5-7: But to Cain and to his offering he not had respect. And Cain was very angry: and his face fell.Ho 8:13: They sacrifice flesh for the sacrifices of my offerings: and eat it; but the LORD accepts not them; now will He remember their iniquity: and visit their sins: they will return to Egypt.Lu 1:28: The angel came in to her: and said: Hail: you that are highly favoured: the Lord is with you: blessed are you among women.Eph 1:6: To the praise of the glory of his grace: wherein he has made us accepted in the beloved.Heb 11:4-6: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.
τον λογον ον απεστειλεν τοις υιοις ισραηλ ευαγγελιζομενος ειρηνην δια ιησου χριστου ουτος εστιν παντων κυριος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
He sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5207υἱοῖςhuiois (N-DMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοῖςhuiois
|
sons
|
N-DMP
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοςeuangelizomenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοςeuangelizomenos
|
proclaiming the gospel,
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G1515εἰρήνηνeirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηνeirēnēn
|
peace
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ·Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ·Christou
|
Christ—
|
N-GMS
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2962Κύριος.Kyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος.Kyrios
|
Lord.
|
N-NMS
|
36
The word which God sent to the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Acts 10:36
Stats
Rank: #2619 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 28 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον λογον ον απεστειλεν τοις υιοις ισραηλ ευαγγελιζομενος ειρηνην δια ιησου χριστου ουτος εστιν παντων κυριος
Lit: the word that He sent to the sons of Israel, proclaiming the gospel, peace by Jesus Christ— He is of all Lord.
KJV: The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (he is Lord of all:)
References
"word"Ac 2:38: 39: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:25: 26: You are the children of the prophets: and of the covenant which God made with our fathers: saying to Abraham: And in your seed will all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Mt 10:6: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem."preaching"Ps 72:1-3: 7: A Psalm for Solomon.>> Give the king your judgments: O God: and your righteousness to the king's son.Ps 85:9: 10: Surely his salvation is nigh them that fear him; that glory may dwell in our land.Isa 9:6: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 32:15-17: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 55:12: For you will go out with joy: and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills will break forth before you into singing: and all the trees of the field will clap their hands.Isa 57:19: I create the fruit of the lips; Peace: peace to Him that is far off: and to Him that is near: says the LORD; and I will heal Him.Lu 2:10-14: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.2Co 5:18-21: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Eph 2:13-18: But now in Christ Jesus you who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ.Col 1:20: And: having made peace through the blood of his cross: by him to reconcile all things to himself; by him: I say: whether they be things in earth: or things in heaven.Heb 7:2: 3: To whom also Abraham gave a tenth part of all; first being by interpretation King of righteousness: and after that also King of Salem: which is: King of peace;Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "he is"Ac 2:36: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ps 2:6-8: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 24:7-10: Lift up your heads: O you gates; and be you lift up: you everlasting doors; and the King of glory will come in.Ps 45:6: 11: Your throne: O God: is for ever and ever: the sceptre of your kingdom is a right sceptre.Ps 110:1: 2: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 45:21-25: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Ho 1:7: But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah: and will save them by the LORD their God: and not will save them by bow: nor by sword: nor by battle: by horses: nor by horsemen.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 22:44-46: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool?Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: 36: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 5:23-29: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Ro 10:11-13: For the scripture says: Whoever believes on him will not be ashamed.Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 15:27: 47: For he has put all things under his feet. But when he says: all things are put under him: it is manifest that he is excepted: which did put all things under him.Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Eph 4:5-12: one Lord: one faith: one baptism: Php 2:11: that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord: to the glory of God the Father.Col 1:15-18: Who is the image of the invisible God: the firstborn of every creature:Heb 1:2: 6-12: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 1:5: 18: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.
υμεις οιδατε το γενομενον ρημα καθ ολης της ιουδαιας αρξαμενον απο της γαλιλαιας μετα το βαπτισμα ο εκηρυξεν ιωαννης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771Ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
Ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You yourselves
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1096γενόμενονgenomenon (V-APM-ANS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενονgenomenon
|
having come
|
V-APM-ANS
|
G4487ῥῆμαrhēma (N-ANS)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥῆμαrhēma
|
declaration
|
N-ANS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2449Ἰουδαίας,Ioudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίας,Ioudaias
|
Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G756ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos
|
having begun
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
Galilee,
|
N-GFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2784ἐκήρυξενekēryxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
ἐκήρυξενekēryxen
|
proclaimed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2491Ἰωάννης,Iōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννης,Iōannēs
|
John:
|
N-NMS
|
37
That word, I say, you know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached;
Acts 10:37
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 17 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις οιδατε το γενομενον ρημα καθ ολης της ιουδαιας αρξαμενον απο της γαλιλαιας μετα το βαπτισμα ο εκηρυξεν ιωαννης
Lit: You yourselves know the having come declaration through all Judea, having begun from Galilee, after the baptism that proclaimed John:
KJV: That word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached;
References
"ye know"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 26:26: For the king knows of these things: before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against."which"Lu 4:14: Jesus returned in the power of the Spirit into Galilee: and there went out a fame of Him through all the region round about.Lu 23:5: They were the more fierce: saying: He stirs up the people: teaching throughout all Jewry: beginning from Galilee to this place."after"Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 13:24: 25: When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.Mt 3:1-3: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Mt 4:12-17: Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison: He departed into Galilee;Mr 1:1-5: 14: 15: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Joh 4:1-3: When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John:
ιησουν τον απο {VAR1: ναζαρετ } {VAR2: ναζαρεθ } ως εχρισεν αυτον ο θεος πνευματι αγιω και δυναμει ος διηλθεν ευεργετων και ιωμενος παντας τους καταδυναστευομενους υπο του διαβολου οτι ο θεος ην μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3478Ναζαρέθ,Nazareth (N-GFS)
G3478 Ναζαρέθ Nazaréth nad-zar-et of uncertain derivation; Nazareth or Nazaret, a place in Palestine:--Nazareth.
|
Ναζαρέθ,Nazareth
|
Nazareth,
|
N-GFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G5548ἔχρισενechrisen (V-AIA-3S)
G5548 χρίω chríō khree-o probably akin to χράομαι through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with oil, i.e. (by implication) to consecrate to an office or religious service:--anoint.
|
ἔχρισενechrisen
|
anointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40ἉγίῳHagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίῳHagiō
|
with Holy
|
Adj-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δυνάμει,dynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμει,dynamei
|
with power,
|
N-DFS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1330διῆλθενdiēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διῆλθενdiēlthen
|
went about
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2109εὐεργετῶνeuergetōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2109 εὐεργετέω euergetéō yoo-erg-et-eh-o from εὐεργέτης; to be philanthropic:--do good.
|
εὐεργετῶνeuergetōn
|
doing good
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2390ἰώμενοςiōmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἰώμενοςiōmenos
|
healing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2616καταδυναστευομένουςkatadynasteuomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2616 καταδυναστεύω katadynasteúō kat-ad-oo-nas-tyoo-o from κατά and a derivative of δυνάστης; to exercise dominion against, i.e. oppress:--oppress.
|
καταδυναστευομένουςkatadynasteuomenous
|
being oppressed
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1228διαβόλου,diabolou (Adj-GMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διαβόλου,diabolou
|
devil,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
38
How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Acts 10:38
Stats
Rank: #409 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 49 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιησουν τον απο {VAR1: ναζαρετ } {VAR2: ναζαρεθ } ως εχρισεν αυτον ο θεος πνευματι αγιω και δυναμει ος διηλθεν ευεργετων και ιωμενος παντας τους καταδυναστευομενους υπο του διαβολου οτι ο θεος ην μετ αυτου
Lit: Jesus from Nazareth, how anointed Him God Spirit with Holy and with power, who went about doing good and healing all those being oppressed by the devil, because God was with Him.
KJV: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him.
References
"God"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Ps 2:2: 6: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Ps 45:7: You love righteousness: and hate wickedness: therefore God: your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Isa 11:2: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 61:1-3: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 12:28: But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God: then the kingdom of God is come to you.Lu 3:22: The Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon Him: and a voice came from heaven: which said: You are my beloved Son; in you I am well pleased.Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Joh 3:34: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Joh 6:27: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.Joh 10:36-38: Say you of Him: whom the Father has sanctified: and sent into the world: You blaspheme; because I said: I am the Son of God?Heb 1:9: You have loved righteousness: and hated iniquity; therefore God: even your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows."who"2Ch 17:9: They taught in Judah: and had the book of the law of the LORD with them: and went about throughout all the cities of Judah: and taught the people.Mt 4:23-25: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Mt 9:35: Jesus went about all the cities and villages: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.Mt 12:15: But when Jesus knew it: He withdrew Himself from there: and great multitudes followed Him: and He healed them all;Mt 15:21-31: Then Jesus went there: and departed into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon.Mr 1:38: 39: He said to them: Let us go into the next towns: that I may preach there also: for therefore came I forth.Mr 3:7-11: But Jesus withdrew Himself with His disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed Him: and from Judaea: Mr 6:6: 54-56: He marvelled because of their unbelief. And he went round about the villages: teaching.Lu 7:10-17: 21-23: They that were sent: returning to the house: found the servant whole that had been sick.Lu 9:56: For the Son of man not is come to destroy men's lives: but to save them. And they went to another village.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:"healing"Mr 5:13-15: Forthwith Jesus gave them leave. And the unclean spirits went out: and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the sea: (they were about 2000;) and were choked in the sea.Mr 7:29: 30: He said to her: For this saying go your way; the devil is gone out of your daughter.Lu 4:33-36: In the synagogue there was a man: which had a spirit of an unclean devil: and cried out with a loud voice: Lu 9:42: As He was yet a coming: the devil threw Him down: and tare Him. And Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit: and healed the child: and delivered Him again to His father.Heb 2:14: 15: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil."for"Joh 3:2: The same came to Jesus by night: and said to Him: Rabbi: we know that you are a teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that you do: except God be with Him.Joh 10:32: 38: Jesus answered them: Many good works have I showed you from my Father; for which of those works do you stone me?Joh 16:32: Look: the hour comes: yes: is now come: that you will be scattered: every man to His own: and will leave me alone: and yet I not am alone: because the Father is with me.
και ημεις εσμεν μαρτυρες παντων ων εποιησεν εν τε τη χωρα των ιουδαιων και εν ιερουσαλημ ον ανειλον κρεμασαντες επι ξυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3144μάρτυρεςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρεςmartyres
|
are witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all things
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
that
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἔνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἔνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5561χώρᾳchōra (N-DFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρᾳchōra
|
region
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722[ἐν]en (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
[ἐν]en
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-DFS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G337ἀνεῖλανaneilan (V-AIA-3P)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνεῖλανaneilan
|
they put to death,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2910κρεμάσαντεςkremasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2910 κρεμάννυμι kremánnymi krem-an-noo-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to hang:--hang.
|
κρεμάσαντεςkremasantes
|
having hanged Him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3586ξύλου.xylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλου.xylou
|
a tree.
|
N-GNS
|
39
We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Acts 10:39
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 26 words, 102 letters, 36 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ημεις εσμεν μαρτυρες παντων ων εποιησεν εν τε τη χωρα των ιουδαιων και εν ιερουσαλημ ον ανειλον κρεμασαντες επι ξυλου
Lit: And we are witnesses of all things that He did in both the region of the Jews and in Jerusalem, whom also they put to death, having hanged Him on a tree.
KJV: And we are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they slew and hanged on a tree:
References
"we are"Ac 10:41: Not to all the people: but to witnesses chosen before of God: even to us: who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 5:30-32: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Lu 1:2: Even as they delivered them to us: which from the beginning were eyewitnesses: and ministers of the word;Lu 24:48: you are witnesses of these things.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning."whom"Ac 2:23: 24: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 3:14: 15: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ac 13:27-29: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
τουτον ο θεος ηγειρεν τη τριτη ημερα και εδωκεν αυτον εμφανη γενεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
This One
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5154τρίτῃtritē (Adj-DFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτῃtritē
|
third
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1717ἐμφανῆemphanē (Adj-AMS)
G1717 ἐμφανής emphanḗs em-fan-ace from a compound of ἐν and φαίνω; apparent in self:--manifest, openly.
|
ἐμφανῆemphanē
|
manifest
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1096γενέσθαι,genesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαι,genesthai
|
to become,
|
V-ANM
|
40
Him God raised up the third day, and showed Him openly;Acts 10:40
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 10 words, 43 letters, 15 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον ο θεος ηγειρεν τη τριτη ημερα και εδωκεν αυτον εμφανη γενεσθαι
Lit: This One God raised up on the third day, and gave Him manifest to become,
KJV: Him God raised up the third day, and shewed him openly;
References
"Him God raised up the third day, and shewed him openly;"Ac 13:30: 31: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Mt 28:1: 2: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:Ro 4:24: 25: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 6:4-11: Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father: even so we also should walk in newness of life.Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 15:3: 4: 12-20: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;2Co 4:14: Knowing that He which raised up the Lord Jesus will raise up us also by Jesus: and will present us with you.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: 1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.
ου παντι τω λαω αλλα μαρτυσιν τοις προκεχειροτονημενοις υπο του θεου ημιν οιτινες συνεφαγομεν και συνεπιομεν αυτω μετα το αναστηναι αυτον εκ νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ,laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ,laō
|
people,
|
N-DMS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3144μάρτυσινmartysin (N-DMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυσινmartysin
|
to the witnesses
|
N-DMP
|
G4401προκεχειροτονημένοιςprokecheirotonēmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP)
G4401 προχειροτονέω procheirotonéō prokh-i-rot-on-eh-o from πρό and χειροτονέω; to elect in advance:--choose before.
|
προκεχειροτονημένοιςprokecheirotonēmenois
|
having been chosen beforehand
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G4906συνεφάγομενsynephagomen (V-AIA-1P)
G4906 συνεσθίω synesthíō soon-es-thee-o from σύν and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to take food in company with:--eat with.
|
συνεφάγομενsynephagomen
|
did eat with
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4844συνεπίομενsynepiomen (V-AIA-1P)
G4844 συμπίνω sympínō soom-pee-no from σύν and πίνω; to partake a beverage in company:--drink with.
|
συνεπίομενsynepiomen
|
drink with
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G450ἀναστῆναιanastēnai (V-ANA)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῆναιanastēnai
|
rising
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
His
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν·nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν·nekrōn
|
the dead.
|
Adj-GMP
|
41
Not to all the people, but to witnesses chosen before of God, even to us, who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.Acts 10:41
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 104 letters, 41 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου παντι τω λαω αλλα μαρτυσιν τοις προκεχειροτονημενοις υπο του θεου ημιν οιτινες συνεφαγομεν και συνεπιομεν αυτω μετα το αναστηναι αυτον εκ νεκρων
Lit: not to all the people, but to the witnesses having been chosen beforehand by God, to us who did eat with and drink with Him after rising His out from the dead.
KJV: Not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before of God, even to us, who did eat and drink with him after he rose from the dead.
References
"Not"Ac 10:39: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 1:2: 3: 22: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people.Joh 14:17: 22: Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive: because it sees Him not">not Him: neither knows Him: but you know Him; for He dwells with you: and will be in you.Joh 20:1-21: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre."witnesses"Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you."even"Lu 24:30: 41-43: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Joh 21:13: Jesus then comes: and takes bread: and gives them: and fish likewise.
και παρηγγειλεν ημιν κηρυξαι τω λαω και διαμαρτυρασθαι οτι αυτος εστιν ο ωρισμενος υπο του θεου κριτης ζωντων και νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3853παρήγγειλενparēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παρήγγειλενparēngeilen
|
He instructed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2784κηρύξαιkēryxai (V-ANA)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύξαιkēryxai
|
to proclaim
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1263διαμαρτύρασθαιdiamartyrasthai (V-ANM)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτύρασθαιdiamartyrasthai
|
to testify fully
|
V-ANM
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G3724ὡρισμένοςhōrismenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὡρισμένοςhōrismenos
|
having been appointed
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2923ΚριτὴςKritēs (N-NMS)
G2923 κριτής kritḗs kree-tace from κρίνω; a judge (genitive case or specially):--judge.
|
ΚριτὴςKritēs
|
as judge
|
N-NMS
|
G2198ζώντωνzōntōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζώντωνzōntōn
|
of living
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκρῶν.nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν.nekrōn
|
dead.
|
Adj-GMP
|
42
He commanded us to preach to the people, and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Acts 10:42
Stats
Rank: #2483 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 28 words, 106 letters, 42 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παρηγγειλεν ημιν κηρυξαι τω λαω και διαμαρτυρασθαι οτι αυτος εστιν ο ωρισμενος υπο του θεου κριτης ζωντων και νεκρων
Lit: And He instructed us to proclaim to the people and to testify fully that He is the One having been appointed by God as judge of living and dead.
KJV: And he commanded us to preach unto the people, and to testify that it is he which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.
References
"he commanded"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 4:19: 20: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you.Ac 5:20: 29-32: Go: stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.Mt 28:19: 20: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15: 16: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 24:47: 48: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 21:21: 22: Peter seeing Him says to Jesus: Lord: and what will this man do?"that it"Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Mt 25:31-46: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 5:22-29: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Ro 14:9: 10: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Ti 4:1: 8: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;1Pe 4:5: Who will give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 20:11-15: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Re 22:12: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be.
τουτω παντες οι προφηται μαρτυρουσιν αφεσιν αμαρτιων λαβειν δια του ονοματος αυτου παντα τον πιστευοντα εις αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
To Him
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G3140μαρτυροῦσιν,martyrousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυροῦσιν,martyrousin
|
bear witness
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
that forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins
|
N-GFP
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
receives
|
V-ANA
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
everyone
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4100πιστεύονταpisteuonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύονταpisteuonta
|
believing
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
43
To him give all the prophets witness, that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Acts 10:43
Stats
Rank: #1127 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτω παντες οι προφηται μαρτυρουσιν αφεσιν αμαρτιων λαβειν δια του ονοματος αυτου παντα τον πιστευοντα εις αυτον
Lit: To Him all the prophets bear witness that forgiveness of sins receives through the name of Him everyone believing in Him.
KJV: To him give all the prophets witness, that through his name whosoever believeth in him shall receive remission of sins.
References
"him"Ac 26:22: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Isa 53:11: He will see of the travail of his soul: and will be satisfied: by his knowledge will my righteous servant justify many; for he will bear their iniquities.Jer 31:34: They will teach no more every man His neighbour: and every man His brother: saying: Know the LORD: for they will all know me: from the least of them to the great of them: says the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity: and I will remember their sin no more.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mic 7:18: Who is a God like to you: that pardons iniquity: and passs by the transgression of the remnant of His heritage? He retains not His anger for ever: because He delights in mercy.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Lu 24:25-27: 44-46: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 1:45: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph.Joh 5:39: 40: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."through"Ac 3:16: His name through faith in his name has made this man strong: whom you see and know: yes: the faith which is by him has given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.Ac 4:10-12: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ro 5:1: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "whosoever"Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 3:14-17: As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness: even so must the Son of man be lifted up:Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Ro 8:1: 34: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.Ro 10:11: For the scripture says: Whoever believes on him will not be ashamed.Ga 3:22: But the scripture has concluded all under sin: that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:
The Gentiles Receive the Holy Spirit
ετι λαλουντος του πετρου τα ρηματα ταυτα επεπεσεν το πνευμα το αγιον επι παντας τους ακουοντας τον λογον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2089ἜτιEti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἜτιEti
|
Still
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1968ἐπέπεσενepepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπέπεσενepepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G191ἀκούονταςakouontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούονταςakouontas
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγον.logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον.logon
|
word.
|
N-AMS
|
44
While Peter yet spoke these words, the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Acts 10:44
Stats
Rank: #767 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 22 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι λαλουντος του πετρου τα ρηματα ταυτα επεπεσεν το πνευμα το αγιον επι παντας τους ακουοντας τον λογον
Lit: Still speaking of Peter the words these, fell the Spirit Holy upon all those hearing the word.
KJV: While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.
References
"the Holy Ghost"Ac 2:2-4: Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind: and it filled all the house where they were sitting.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 8:15-17: Who: when they were come down: prayed for them: that they might receive the Holy Ghost:Ac 11:15: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.
και εξεστησαν οι εκ περιτομης πιστοι οσοι συνηλθον τω πετρω οτι και επι τα εθνη η δωρεα του αγιου πνευματος εκκεχυται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1839ἐξέστησανexestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξέστησανexestēsan
|
were amazed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4061περιτομῆςperitomēs (N-GFS)
G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.
|
περιτομῆςperitomēs
|
the circumcision
|
N-GFS
|
G4103πιστοὶpistoi (Adj-NMP)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστοὶpistoi
|
believers,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G4905συνῆλθανsynēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνῆλθανsynēlthan
|
had come with
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4074Πέτρῳ,Petrō (N-DMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρῳ,Petrō
|
Peter,
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-ANP
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1431δωρεὰdōrea (N-NFS)
G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.
|
δωρεὰdōrea
|
gift
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1632ἐκκέχυται·ekkechytai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐκκέχυται·ekkechytai
|
has been poured out.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
45
They of the circumcision which believed were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Acts 10:45
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 28 words, 133 letters, 52 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξεστησαν οι εκ περιτομης πιστοι οσοι συνηλθον τω πετρω οτι και επι τα εθνη η δωρεα του αγιου πνευματος εκκεχυται
Lit: And were amazed the from the circumcision believers, as many as had come with Peter, that even upon the Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit has been poured out.
KJV: And they of the circumcision which believed were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.
References
"they"Ac 10:23: Then called he them in: and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them: and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.Ac 11:3: 15-18: Saying: You went in to men uncircumcised: and did eat with them.Ga 3:13: 14: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:"the Gentiles"Ga 2:15: We who are Jews by nature: not and sinners of the Gentiles: Eph 2:11: For what reason remember: that you being in time past Gentiles in the flesh: who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;Eph 3:5-8: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;Col 2:13: 14: you: being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh: has he quickened together with him: having forgiven you all trespasses;
ηκουον γαρ αυτων λαλουντων γλωσσαις και μεγαλυνοντων τον θεον τοτε απεκριθη ο πετρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἤκουονēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουονēkouon
|
They were hearing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2980λαλούντωνlalountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούντωνlalountōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
in tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3170μεγαλυνόντωνmegalynontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3170 μεγαλύνω megalýnō meg-al-oo-no from μέγας; to make (or declare) great, i.e. increase or (figuratively) extol:--enlarge, magnify, shew great.
|
μεγαλυνόντωνmegalynontōn
|
magnifying
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2316Θεόν.Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν.Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
46
For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter,Acts 10:46
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 11 words, 62 letters, 21 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουον γαρ αυτων λαλουντων γλωσσαις και μεγαλυνοντων τον θεον τοτε απεκριθη ο πετρος
Lit: They were hearing for them speaking in tongues and magnifying God. Then answered Peter,
KJV: For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter,
References
"speak"Ac 2:4: 11: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied.1Co 14:20-25: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.
μητι το υδωρ κωλυσαι δυναται τις του μη βαπτισθηναι τουτους οιτινες το πνευμα το αγιον ελαβον καθως και ημεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3385ΜήτιMēti (IntPrtcl)
G3385 μήτι mḗti may-tee from μή and the neuter of τὶς; whether at all:--not (the particle usually not expressed, except by the form of the question).,
|
ΜήτιMēti
|
If not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5204ὕδωρhydōr (N-ANS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρhydōr
|
water
|
N-ANS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2967κωλῦσαίkōlysai (V-ANA)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλῦσαίkōlysai
|
to withhold
|
V-ANA
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G907βαπτισθῆναιbaptisthēnai (V-ANP)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθῆναιbaptisthēnai
|
to baptize
|
V-ANP
|
G3778τούτους,toutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτους,toutous
|
these
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2983ἔλαβονelabon (V-AIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβονelabon
|
have received,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also have
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖς;hēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖς;hēmeis
|
we?
|
PPro-N1P
|
47
Can any man forbid water, that these not should be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?Acts 10:47
Stats
Rank: #1646 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: μητι το υδωρ κωλυσαι δυναται τις του μη βαπτισθηναι τουτους οιτινες το πνευμα το αγιον ελαβον καθως και ημεις
Lit: If not the water is able to withhold anyone not to baptize these who the Spirit Holy have received, just as also have we?
KJV: Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?
References
"Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?"Ac 8:12: 36: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 11:15-17: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 15:8: 9: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Ge 17:24-26: Abraham was 90 years old and 9: when he was circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin.Ro 4:11: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ro 10:12: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.
προσεταξεν τε αυτους βαπτισθηναι εν τω ονοματι του κυριου τοτε ηρωτησαν αυτον επιμειναι ημερας τινας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4367προσέταξενprosetaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G4367 προστάσσω prostássō pros-tas-so from πρός and τάσσω; to arrange towards, i.e. (figuratively) enjoin:--bid, command.
|
προσέταξενprosetaxen
|
He commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G907βαπτισθῆναι.baptisthēnai (V-ANP)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθῆναι.baptisthēnai
|
to be baptized.
|
V-ANP
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G2065ἠρώτησανērōtēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώτησανērōtēsan
|
they asked
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1961ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai (V-ANA)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai
|
to remain
|
V-ANA
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5100τινάς.tinas (IPro-AFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινάς.tinas
|
some.
|
IPro-AFP
|
48
He commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they Him to tarry certain days.Acts 10:48
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 20 words, 83 letters, 29 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσεταξεν τε αυτους βαπτισθηναι εν τω ονοματι του κυριου τοτε ηρωτησαν αυτον επιμειναι ημερας τινας
Lit: He commanded now them in the name of Jesus Christ to be baptized. Then they asked him to remain days some.
KJV: And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.
References
"commanded"Joh 4:2: (Though Jesus Himself not baptized: but His disciples: )1Co 1:13-17: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?Ga 3:27: For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ."the name"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 8:16: (For as yet He was fallen upon none of them: only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.)"Then"Ac 16:15: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Joh 4:40: So when the Samaritans were come to him: they besought him that he would tarry with them: and he abode there two days.
11
Peter’s Report at Jerusalem
ηκουσαν δε οι αποστολοι και οι αδελφοι οι οντες κατα την ιουδαιαν οτι και τα εθνη εδεξαντο τον λογον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἬκουσανĒkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἬκουσανĒkousan
|
Heard
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ὄντεςontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντεςontes
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίανIoudaian (N-AFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίανIoudaian
|
Judea
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-NNP
|
G1209ἐδέξαντοedexanto (V-AIM-3P)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
ἐδέξαντοedexanto
|
had received
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
1
And the apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.Acts 11:1
Stats
Rank: #1665 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουσαν δε οι αποστολοι και οι αδελφοι οι οντες κατα την ιουδαιαν οτι και τα εθνη εδεξαντο τον λογον του θεου
Lit: Heard now the apostles and the brothers being in Judea that also the Gentiles had received the word of God.
KJV: And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.
References
"the apostles"Ac 8:14: 15: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ga 1:17-22: Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia: and returned again to Damascus."the Gentiles"Ac 10:34-38: Then Peter opened His mouth: and said: Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 96:1-10: O sing to the LORD a new song: sing to the LORD: all the earth.Isa 11:10: In that day there will be a root of Jesse: which will stand for an ensign of the people; to it will the Gentiles seek: and his rest will be glorious.Isa 32:15: Until the spirit be poured upon us from on high: and the wilderness be a fruitful field: and the fruitful field be counted for a for.Isa 35:1: 2: The wilderness and the solitary place will be glad for them; and the desert will rejoice: and blossom as the rose.Isa 42:1: 6: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.Isa 60:3: The Gentiles will come to your light: and kings to the brightness of your rising.Isa 62:2: The Gentiles will see your righteousness: and all kings your glory: and you will be called by a new name: which the mouth of the LORD will name.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Ho 2:23: I will sow her to me in the earth; and I will have mercy upon her that not had obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not my people: You are my people; and they will say: You are my God.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Mic 5:7: The remnant of Jacob will be in the middle of many people as a dew from the LORD: as the showers upon the grass: that tarries not for man: nor waits for the sons of men.Zep 2:11: The LORD will be terrible to them: for He will famish all the gods of the earth; and men will worship Him: every one from His place: even all the isles of the heathen.Zep 3:9: For then will I turn to the people a pure language: that they may all call upon the name of the LORD: to serve Him with one consent.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 8:11: I say to you: That many will come from the east and west: and will sit down with Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: in the kingdom of heaven.Mr 16:5: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Lu 2:32: A light to lighten the Gentiles: and the glory of your people Israel.Ro 15:7-12: For what reason receive you one another: as Christ also received us to the glory of God.
και οτε ανεβη πετρος εις ιεροσολυμα διεκρινοντο προς αυτον οι εκ περιτομης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὍτεHote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὍτεHote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G1252διεκρίνοντοdiekrinonto (V-IIM-3P)
G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διεκρίνοντοdiekrinonto
|
began contending
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4061περιτομῆςperitomēs (N-GFS)
G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.
|
περιτομῆςperitomēs
|
the circumcision,
|
N-GFS
|
2
When Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him,Acts 11:2
Stats
Rank: #7766 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ανεβη πετρος εις ιεροσολυμα διεκρινοντο προς αυτον οι εκ περιτομης
Lit: When also went up Peter to Jerusalem, began contending with him those of the circumcision,
KJV: And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him,
References
"they"Ac 10:9: 45: On the morrow: as they went on their journey: and drew nigh to the city: Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:Ac 15:1: 5: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ac 21:20-23: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Ga 2:12-14: For before that certain came from James: he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come: he withdrew and separated himself: fearing them which were of the circumcision.
λεγοντες οτι προς ανδρας ακροβυστιαν εχοντας εισηλθες και συνεφαγες αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1525ΕἰσῆλθεςEisēlthes (V-AIA-2S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
ΕἰσῆλθεςEisēlthes
|
You went
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G203ἀκροβυστίανakrobystian (N-AFS)
G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.
|
ἀκροβυστίανakrobystian
|
uncircumcision
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4906συνέφαγεςsynephages (V-AIA-2S)
G4906 συνεσθίω synesthíō soon-es-thee-o from σύν and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to take food in company with:--eat with.
|
συνέφαγεςsynephages
|
ate with
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
3
Saying, You went in to men uncircumcised, and did eat with them.
Acts 11:3
Stats
Rank: #8257 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 10 words, 56 letters, 20 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες οτι προς ανδρας ακροβυστιαν εχοντας εισηλθες και συνεφαγες αυτοις
Lit: saying - , You went to men uncircumcision having, and ate with them.
KJV: Saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them.
References
"Saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them."Ac 10:23: 28: 48: Then called he them in: and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them: and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.Lu 15:2: The Pharisees and scribes murmured: saying: This man receives sinners: and eats with them.1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:
αρξαμενος δε ο πετρος εξετιθετο αυτοις καθεξης λεγων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G756Ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
Ἀρξάμενοςarxamenos
|
Having begun
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter,
|
N-NMS
|
G1620ἐξετίθετοexetitheto (V-IIM-3S)
G1620 ἐκτίθημι ektíthēmi ek-tith-ay-mee from ἐκ and τίθημι; to expose; figuratively, to declare:--cast out, expound.
|
ἐξετίθετοexetitheto
|
he set it forth
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2517καθεξῆςkathexēs (Adv)
G2517 καθεξῆς kathexēs kath-ex-ace from κατά and ἑξῆς; thereafter, i.e. consecutively; as a noun (by ellipsis of noun) a subsequent person or time:--after(-ward), by (in) order.
|
καθεξῆςkathexēs
|
in order,
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
4
But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order to them, saying,Acts 11:4
Stats
Rank: #9049 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 12 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: αρξαμενος δε ο πετρος εξετιθετο αυτοις καθεξης λεγων
Lit: Having begun now Peter, he set it forth to them in order, saying,
KJV: But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded [it] by order unto them, saying,
References
"But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them, saying,"Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Jos 22:21-31: Then the children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh answered: and said to the heads of the thousands of Israel: Pr 15:1: A soft answer turns away wrath: but grievous words stir up anger.Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus:
εγω ημην εν πολει ιοππη προσευχομενος και ειδον εν εκστασει οραμα καταβαινον σκευος τι ως οθονην μεγαλην τεσσαρσιν αρχαις καθιεμενην εκ του ουρανου και ηλθεν αχρις εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
the city
|
N-DFS
|
G2445ἸόππῃIoppē (N-DFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππῃIoppē
|
of Joppa
|
N-DFS
|
G4336προσευχόμενος,proseuchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενος,proseuchomenos
|
praying,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1611ἐκστάσειekstasei (N-DFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἐκστάσειekstasei
|
a trance
|
N-DFS
|
G3705ὅραμα,horama (N-ANS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμα,horama
|
a vision,
|
N-ANS
|
G2597καταβαῖνονkatabainon (V-PPA-ANS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαῖνονkatabainon
|
descending
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G4632σκεῦόςskeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦόςskeuos
|
a vessel
|
N-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
certain
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3607ὀθόνηνothonēn (N-AFS)
G3607 ὀθόνη othónē oth-on-ay of uncertain affinity; a linen cloth, i.e. (especially) a sail:--sheet.
|
ὀθόνηνothonēn
|
a sheet
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5064τέσσαρσινtessarsin (Adj-DFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρσινtessarsin
|
by four
|
Adj-DFP
|
G746ἀρχαῖςarchais (N-DFP)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχαῖςarchais
|
corners
|
N-DFP
|
G2524καθιεμένηνkathiemenēn (V-PPM/P-AFS)
G2524 καθίημι kathíēmi kath-ee-ay-mee from κατά; and (to send); to lower:--let down.
|
καθιεμένηνkathiemenēn
|
being let down
|
V-PPM/P-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
it came down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ·emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ·emou
|
me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
5
I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, A certain vessel descend, as it had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by 4 corners; and it came even to me:
Acts 11:5
Stats
Rank: #8968 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 35 words, 140 letters, 57 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ημην εν πολει ιοππη προσευχομενος και ειδον εν εκστασει οραμα καταβαινον σκευος τι ως οθονην μεγαλην τεσσαρσιν αρχαις καθιεμενην εκ του ουρανου και ηλθεν αχρις εμου
Lit: I was in the city of Joppa praying, and I saw in a trance a vision, descending a vessel certain like a sheet great, by four corners being let down out of heaven, and it came down as far as me.
KJV: I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, A certain vessel descend, as it had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even to me:
References
"was"Ac 10:9-18: On the morrow: as they went on their journey: and drew nigh to the city: Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:"in a"Ac 22:17: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;2Co 12:1-3: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord."and it"Jer 1:11-14: Moreover the word of the LORD came to me: saying: Jeremiah: what see you? And I said: I see a rod of an almond tree.Eze 2:9: When I looked: look: an hand was sent to me; and: indeed: a roll of a book was therein;Am 7:4-7: Thus has the Lord GOD showed to me: and: look: the Lord GOD called to contend by fire: and it devoured the great deep: and did eat up a part.Am 8:2: He said: Amos: what see you? And I said: A basket of summer fruit. Then said the LORD to me: The end is come upon my people of Israel; I not will again pass by them any more.
εις ην ατενισας κατενοουν και ειδον τα τετραποδα της γης και τα θηρια και τα ερπετα και τα πετεινα του ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
On
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
it
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G816ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
having looked intently,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2657κατενόουν,katenooun (V-IIA-1S)
G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατενόουν,katenooun
|
I was observing it,
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5074τετράποδαtetrapoda (Adj-ANP)
G5074 τετράπους tetrápous tet-rap-ooce from τέσσαρες and πούς; a quadruped:--fourfooted beast.
|
τετράποδαtetrapoda
|
quadrupeds
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2342θηρίαthēria (N-ANP)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίαthēria
|
wild beasts,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2062ἑρπετὰherpeta (N-ANP)
G2062 ἑρπετόν herpetón her-pet-on neuter of a derivative of (to creep); a reptile, i.e. (by Hebraism (compare רֶמֶשׂ)) a small animal:--creeping thing, serpent.
|
ἑρπετὰherpeta
|
creeping things,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4071πετεινὰpeteina (N-ANP)
G4071 πετεινόν peteinón pet-i-non neuter of a derivative of πέτομαι; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird, fowl.
|
πετεινὰpeteina
|
birds
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
air.
|
N-GMS
|
6
Upon the which when I had fastened my eyes, I considered, and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.
Acts 11:6
Stats
Rank: #8565 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 24 words, 125 letters, 47 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις ην ατενισας κατενοουν και ειδον τα τετραποδα της γης και τα θηρια και τα ερπετα και τα πετεινα του ουρανου
Lit: On it having looked intently, I was observing it, and I saw the quadrupeds of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping things, and the birds of the air.
KJV: Upon the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.
References
"fastened"Ac 3:4: Peter: fastening his eyes upon him with John: said: Look on us.Lu 4:20: He closed the book: and he gave it again to the minister: and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him.
ηκουσα δε φωνης λεγουσης μοι αναστας πετρε θυσον και φαγε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
a voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G450Ἀναστάς,Anastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
Ἀναστάς,Anastas
|
Having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4074Πέτρε,Petre (N-VMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρε,Petre
|
Peter,
|
N-VMS
|
G2380θῦσονthyson (V-AMA-2S)
G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θῦσονthyson
|
kill
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5315φάγε.phage (V-AMA-2S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγε.phage
|
eat.
|
V-AMA-2S
|
7
I heard a voice saying to me, Arise, Peter; kill and eat.
Acts 11:7
Stats
Rank: #9663 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 10 words, 47 letters, 22 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουσα δε φωνης λεγουσης μοι αναστας πετρε θυσον και φαγε
Lit: I heard then also a voice saying to me, Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat.
KJV: And I heard a voice saying unto me, Arise, Peter; slay and eat.
ειπον δε μηδαμως κυριε οτι παν κοινον η ακαθαρτον ουδεποτε εισηλθεν εις το στομα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπονeipon
|
I said
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3365Μηδαμῶς,Mēdamōs (Adv)
G3365 μηδαμῶς mēdamōs may-dam-oce adverb from a compound of μή and (somebody); by no means:--not so.
|
Μηδαμῶς,Mēdamōs
|
In no way,
|
Adv
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2839κοινὸνkoinon (Adj-NNS)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινὸνkoinon
|
common
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G169ἀκάθαρτονakatharton (Adj-NNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτονakatharton
|
unclean
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv)
G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
nothing ever
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
has entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
8
But I said, Not so, Lord: not forhing common or unclean has at any time entered into my mouth.
Acts 11:8
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπον δε μηδαμως κυριε οτι παν κοινον η ακαθαρτον ουδεποτε εισηλθεν εις το στομα μου
Lit: I said however, In no way, Lord, for common or unclean nothing ever has entered into the mouth of me.
KJV: But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath at any time entered into my mouth.
References
"common"Mr 7:2: When they saw some of his disciples eat bread with defiled: that is to say: with unwashen: hands: they found fault.Ro 14:14: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean."unclean"Le 10:10: That you may put difference between holy and unholy: and between unclean and clean;Le 11:47: To make a difference between the unclean and the clean: and between the beast that may be eaten and the beast that not may be eaten.Ezr 9:11: 12: Which you have commanded by your servants the prophets: saying: The land: to which you go to possess it: is an unclean land with the filthiness of the people of the lands: with their abominations: which have filled it from one end to another with their uncleanness.Ho 9:3: They will not dwell in the LORD's land; but Ephraim will return to Egypt: and they will eat unclean things in Assyria.Ro 14:14: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.1Co 7:14: For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife: and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.
απεκριθη δε μοι φωνη εκ δευτερου εκ του ουρανου α ο θεος εκαθαρισεν συ μη κοινου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
Answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1537««ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
««ἐκek
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1208δευτέρου» ⇔deuterou (Adj-GNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρου» ⇔deuterou
|
a second time
|
Adj-GNS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the voice
|
N-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ἋHA (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἋHA
|
What
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2511ἐκαθάρισενekatharisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
ἐκαθάρισενekatharisen
|
has cleansed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2840κοίνου.koinou (V-PMA-2S)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κοίνου.koinou
|
do call unholy.
|
V-PMA-2S
|
9
But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God has cleansed, that not call you common.
Acts 11:9
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 15 words, 76 letters, 29 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε μοι φωνη εκ δευτερου εκ του ουρανου α ο θεος εκαθαρισεν συ μη κοινου
Lit: Answered however for a second time the voice out of heaven, What God has cleansed, you not do call unholy.
KJV: But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.
References
"What"Ac 10:28: 34: 35: He said to them: You know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company: or come to one of another nation; but God has showed me that I not should call any man common or unclean.Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.1Ti 4:5: For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.Heb 9:13: 14: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:
τουτο δε εγενετο επι τρις και παλιν ανεσπασθη απαντα εις τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G5151τρίς,tris (Adv)
G5151 τρίς trís trece adverb from τρεῖς; three times:--three times, thrice.
|
τρίς,tris
|
three times,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G385ἀνεσπάσθηanespasthē (V-AIP-3S)
G385 ἀνασπάω anaspáō an-as-pah-o from ἀνά and σπάω; to take up or extricate:--draw up, pull out.
|
ἀνεσπάσθηanespasthē
|
was drawn up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G537ἅπανταhapanta (Adj-NNP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανταhapanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν.ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν.ouranon
|
heaven.
|
N-AMS
|
10
This was done 3 times: and all were drawn up again into heaven.Acts 11:10
Stats
Rank: #8430 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 13 words, 56 letters, 23 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε εγενετο επι τρις και παλιν ανεσπασθη απαντα εις τον ουρανον
Lit: This now happened on three times, and was drawn up again all into heaven.
KJV: And this was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven.
References
"three"Nu 24:10: Balak's anger was kindled against Balaam: and he smote his hands together: and Balak said to Balaam: I called you to curse my enemies: and: look: you have altogether blessed them these 3 times.Joh 13:38: Jesus answered Him: Will you lay down your life for my sake? Truly: truly: I say to you: The cock will not crow: till you have denied me thrice.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.2Co 12:8: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.
και ιδου εξαυτης τρεις ανδρες επεστησαν επι την οικιαν εν η ημην απεσταλμενοι απο καισαρειας προς με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1824ἐξαυτῆςexautēs (Adv)
G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs ex-ow-tace from ἐκ and the genitive case singular feminine of αὐτός (ὥρα being understood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:--by and by, immediately, presently, straightway.
|
ἐξαυτῆςexautēs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2186ἐπέστησανepestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπέστησανepestēsan
|
stood
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G1510ἦμεν,ēmen (V-IIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦμεν,ēmen
|
I was,
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G649ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi
|
having been sent
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias (N-GFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias
|
Caesarea
|
N-GFS
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473με.me (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με.me
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
11
And, look, immediately there were 3 men already come to the house where I was, sent from Caesarea to me.Acts 11:11
Stats
Rank: #9199 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 40 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδου εξαυτης τρεις ανδρες επεστησαν επι την οικιαν εν η ημην απεσταλμενοι απο καισαρειας προς με
Lit: And behold, immediately three men stood at the house in which I was, having been sent from Caesarea to me.
KJV: And, behold, immediately there were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea unto me.
References
"And, behold, immediately there were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea unto me."Ac 9:10-12: There was a certain disciple at Damascus: named Ananias; and to Him said the Lord in a vision: Ananias. And He said: Look: I am here: Lord.Ac 10:17: 18: Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean: look: the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house: and stood before the gate: Ex 4:14: 27: The anger of the LORD was kindled against Moses: and He said: Is not Aaron the Levite your brother? I know that He can speak well. And also: look: He comes forth to meet you: and when He sees you: He will be glad in His heart.
ειπεν δε μοι το πνευμα συνελθειν αυτοις μηδεν διακρινομενον ηλθον δε συν εμοι και οι εξ αδελφοι ουτοι και εισηλθομεν εις τον οικον του ανδρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
Told
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμάPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμάPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4905συνελθεῖνsynelthein (V-ANA)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθεῖνsynelthein
|
to go with
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
not
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1252διακρίναντα.diakrinanta (V-APA-AMS)
G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρίναντα.diakrinanta
|
having discriminated.
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
Went
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1803ἓξhex (Adj-NMP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἓξhex
|
six
|
Adj-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G3778οὗτοι,houtoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοι,houtoi
|
these,
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσήλθομενeisēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσήλθομενeisēlthomen
|
we entered
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G435ἀνδρός.andros (N-GMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρός.andros
|
man.
|
N-GMS
|
12
The spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me, and we entered into the man's house:Acts 11:12
Stats
Rank: #1296 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 20 words, 108 letters, 42 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε μοι το πνευμα συνελθειν αυτοις μηδεν διακρινομενον ηλθον δε συν εμοι και οι εξ αδελφοι ουτοι και εισηλθομεν εις τον οικον του ανδρος
Lit: Told now the Spirit me to go with them, not having discriminated. Went now with me also six brothers these, and we entered into the house of the man.
KJV: And the spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover these six brethren accompanied me, and we entered into the man's house:
References
"the Spirit"Ac 8:29: Then the Spirit said to Philip: Go near: and join yourself to this chariot.Ac 10:19: 20: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ac 13:2: 4: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 15:7: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Ac 16:6: 7: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.2Th 2:2: That you not be soon shaken in mind: or be troubled: neither by spirit: nor by word: nor by letter as from us: as that the day of Christ is at hand.Re 22:17: The Spirit and the bride say: Come. And let Him that hears say: Come. And let Him that is athirst come. And whoever will: let Him take the water of life freely."nothing"Mt 1:20: But while He thought on these things: look: the angel of the Lord appeared to Him in a dream: saying: Joseph: you son of David: not fear to take to you Mary your wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost."these"Ac 10:23: 45: Then called he them in: and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them: and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.
απηγγειλεν τε ημιν πως ειδεν τον αγγελον εν τω οικω αυτου σταθεντα και ειποντα αυτω αποστειλον εις ιοππην ανδρας και μεταπεμψαι σιμωνα τον επικαλουμενον πετρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
He related
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Conj)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
he had seen
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2476σταθένταstathenta (V-APP-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθένταstathenta
|
having stood
|
V-APP-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἰπόντα·eiponta (V-APA-AMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντα·eiponta
|
having said,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G649ἈπόστειλονAposteilon (V-AMA-2S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἈπόστειλονAposteilon
|
Send forth
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2445ἸόππηνIoppēn (N-AFS)
G2445 Ἰόππη Ióppē ee-op-pay of Hebrew origin (יָפוֹ); Joppe (i.e. Japho), a place in Palestine:--Joppa.
|
ἸόππηνIoppēn
|
Joppa,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3343μετάπεμψαιmetapempsai (V-AMM-2S)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μετάπεμψαιmetapempsai
|
send for
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G4613ΣίμωναSimōna (N-AMS)
G4613 Σίμων Símōn see-mone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְעוֹן); Simon (i.e. Shimon), the name of nine Israelites:--Simon. Compare Συμεών.
|
ΣίμωναSimōna
|
Simon,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
who
|
Art-AMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλούμενονepikaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλούμενονepikaloumenon
|
is called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G4074Πέτρον,Petron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρον,Petron
|
Peter,
|
N-AMS
|
13
He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said to him, Send men to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter;
Acts 11:13
Stats
Rank: #2511 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 27 words, 114 letters, 45 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: απηγγειλεν τε ημιν πως ειδεν τον αγγελον εν τω οικω αυτου σταθεντα και ειποντα αυτω αποστειλον εις ιοππην ανδρας και μεταπεμψαι σιμωνα τον επικαλουμενον πετρον
Lit: He related then to us how he had seen the angel in the house of him, having stood and having said, Send forth to Joppa, and send for Simon, who is called Peter,
KJV: And he shewed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him, Send men to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter;
References
"he shewed"Ac 10:3-6: 22: 30-32: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ac 12:11: When Peter was come to Himself: He said: Now I know of a surety: that the Lord has sent His angel: and has delivered me out of the hand of Herod: and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"to Joppa"Ac 9:43: It came to pass: that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner.
ος λαλησει ρηματα προς σε εν οις σωθηση συ και πας ο οικος σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2980λαλήσειlalēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσειlalēsei
|
will speak
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σὲse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὲse
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G4982σωθήσῃsōthēsē (V-FIP-2S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσῃsōthēsē
|
will be saved
|
V-FIP-2S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3624οἶκόςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόςoikos
|
household
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
14
Who will tell you words, whereby you and all your house will be saved.Acts 11:14
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 13 words, 58 letters, 19 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος λαλησει ρηματα προς σε εν οις σωθηση συ και πας ο οικος σου
Lit: who will speak words to you, in which will be saved you and all the household of you.
KJV: Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saved.
References
"words"Ac 10:6: 22: 32: 33: 43: He lodges with one Simon a tanner: whose house is by the sea side: he will tell you what you ought to do.Ac 16:31: They said: Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ: and you will be saved: and your house.Ps 19:7-11: The law of the LORD is perfect: converting the soul: the testimony of the LORD is sure: making wise the simple.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 6:63: 68: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.Joh 12:50: I know that His commandment is life everlasting: whatever I speak therefore: even as the Father said to me: so I speak.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ro 1:16: 17: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 10:9: 10: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.1Jo 5:9-13: If we receive the witness of men: the witness of God is greater: for this is the witness of God which He has testified of His Son."all"Ac 2:39: For the promise is to you: and to your children: and to all that are afar off: even as many as the Lord our God will call.Ac 16:15: 31: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ge 17:7: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.Ps 103:17: But the mercy of the LORD is from everlasting to everlasting upon them that fear Him: and His righteousness to children's children;Ps 112:2: His seed will be mighty upon earth: the generation of the upright will be blessed.Ps 115:13: 14: He will bless them that fear the LORD: both small and great.Pr 20:7: The just man walks in his integrity: his children are blessed after him.Isa 61:8: 9: For I the LORD love judgment: I hate robbery for burnt offering; and I will direct their work in truth: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them.Jer 32:39: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Lu 19:10: For the Son of man is come to seek and to save that which was lost.
εν δε τω αρξασθαι με λαλειν επεπεσεν το πνευμα το αγιον επ αυτους ωσπερ και εφ ημας εν αρχη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G756ἄρξασθαίarxasthai (V-ANM)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἄρξασθαίarxasthai
|
beginning
|
V-ANM
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
my
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak,
|
V-PNA
|
G1968ἐπέπεσενepepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπέπεσενepepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv)
G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
even as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G746ἀρχῇ.archē (N-DFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῇ.archē
|
beginning.
|
N-DFS
|
15
As I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them, as on us at the beginning.Acts 11:15
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 16 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε τω αρξασθαι με λαλειν επεπεσεν το πνευμα το αγιον επ αυτους ωσπερ και εφ ημας εν αρχη
Lit: In then beginning my to speak, fell the Spirit Holy upon them, even as also upon us in the beginning.
KJV: And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them, as on us at the beginning.
References
"as I"Ac 10:34-44: Then Peter opened His mouth: and said: Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:"the Holy Ghost"Ac 10:45: 46: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied."as on"Ac 2:2-12: Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind: and it filled all the house where they were sitting.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.
εμνησθην δε του ρηματος κυριου ως ελεγεν ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν υδατι υμεις δε βαπτισθησεσθε εν πνευματι αγιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3403ἐμνήσθηνemnēsthēn (V-AIP-1S)
G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνήσθηνemnēsthēn
|
I remembered
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4487ῥήματοςrhēmatos (N-GNS)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματοςrhēmatos
|
word
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
He had said,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβάπτισενebaptisen (V-AIA-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισενebaptisen
|
baptized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5204ὕδατι,hydati (N-DNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατι,hydati
|
with water;
|
N-DNS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτισθήσεσθεbaptisthēsesthe (V-FIP-2P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτισθήσεσθεbaptisthēsesthe
|
will be baptized
|
V-FIP-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with the
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō
|
Holy.
|
Adj-DNS
|
16
Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that He said, John indeed baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost.
Acts 11:16
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 23 words, 107 letters, 37 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: εμνησθην δε του ρηματος κυριου ως ελεγεν ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν υδατι υμεις δε βαπτισθησεσθε εν πνευματι αγιω
Lit: I remembered then the word of the Lord, how He had said, John indeed baptized with water; you however will be baptized with the Spirit Holy.
KJV: Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost.
References
"remembered"Ac 20:35: I have showed you all things: how that so labouring you ought to support the weak: and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus: how He said: It is more blessed to give than to receive.Lu 24:8: They remembered his words: Joh 14:26: But the Comforter: which is the Holy Ghost: whom the Father will send in my name: He will teach you all things: and bring all things to your remembrance: whatever I have said to you.Joh 16:4: But these things have I told you: that when the time will come: you may remember that I told you of them. And these things I not said to you at the beginning: because I was with you.2Pe 3:1: This second epistle: beloved: I now write to you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance:"how"Ac 1:5: For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Ac 19:2-4: He said to them: Have you received the Holy Ghost since you believed? And they said to Him: We not have so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Mr 1:8: I indeed have baptized you with water: but He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost.Lu 3:16: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Joh 1:26: 33: John answered them: saying: I baptize with water: but there stands one among you: whom you not know;"but"Pr 1:23: Turn you at my reproof: look: I will pour out my spirit to you: I will make known my words to you.Isa 44:3-5: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Joe 3:18: It will come to pass in that day: that the mountains will drop down new wine: and the hills will flow with milk: and all the rivers of Judah will flow with waters: and a fountain will come forth of the house of the LORD: and will water the valley of Shittim.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Tit 3:5: 6: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;
ει ουν την ισην δωρεαν εδωκεν αυτοις ο θεος ως και ημιν πιστευσασιν επι τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον εγω δε τις ημην δυνατος κωλυσαι τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2470ἴσηνisēn (Adj-AFS)
G2470 ἴσος ísos ee-sos probably from εἴδω (through the idea of seeming); similar (in amount and kind):--+ agree, as much, equal, like.
|
ἴσηνisēn
|
same
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1431δωρεὰνdōrean (N-AFS)
G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.
|
δωρεὰνdōrean
|
gift
|
N-AFS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
has given
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G4100πιστεύσασινpisteusasin (V-APA-DMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσασινpisteusasin
|
having believed
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G5547Χριστόν,Christon (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν,Christon
|
Christ,
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
how
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G1415δυνατὸςdynatos (Adj-NMS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸςdynatos
|
able
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2967κωλῦσαιkōlysai (V-ANA)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλῦσαιkōlysai
|
to forbid
|
V-ANA
|
G2316Θεόν;Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν;Theon
|
God?
|
N-AMS
|
17
Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God?Acts 11:17
Stats
Rank: #4265 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 143 characters, 26 words, 111 letters, 40 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει ουν την ισην δωρεαν εδωκεν αυτοις ο θεος ως και ημιν πιστευσασιν επι τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον εγω δε τις ημην δυνατος κωλυσαι τον θεον
Lit: If then the same gift has given to them God as also to us having believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, I how was able to forbid God?
KJV: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as he did unto us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God?
References
"as God"Ac 11:15: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ac 15:8: 9: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Mt 20:14: 15: Take that your is: and go your way: I will give to this last: even as to you.Ro 9:15: 16: 23: 24: For he says to Moses: I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy: and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion.Ro 11:34-36: For who has known the mind of the Lord? or who has been His counseller?"what"Ac 10:47: Can any man forbid water: that these not should be baptized: which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?Job 9:12-14: Look: he takes away: who can hinder him? who will say to him: What do you?Job 33:13: Why do you strive against him? for he gives not account of any of his matters.Job 40:2: 8: 9: Will He that'>He who contends with the Almighty instruct Him? He that'>He who reproves God: let Him answer it.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Ro 9:20-26: No but: O man: who are you that repliest against God? Will the thing formed say to Him that formed it: Why have you made me thus?
ακουσαντες δε ταυτα ησυχασαν και εδοξαζον τον θεον λεγοντες αραγε και τοις εθνεσιν ο θεος την μετανοιαν εδωκεν εις ζωην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2270ἡσύχασαν,hēsychasan (V-AIA-3P)
G2270 ἡσυχάζω hēsycházō hay-soo-khad-zo from the same as ἡσύχιος; to keep still (intransitively), i.e. refrain from labor, meddlesomeness or speech:--cease, hold peace, be quiet, rest.
|
ἡσύχασαν,hēsychasan
|
they were silent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1392ἐδόξασανedoxasan (V-AIA-3P)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξασανedoxasan
|
glorified
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G686ἌραAra (Conj)
G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἌραAra
|
Then indeed
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3341μετάνοιανmetanoian (N-AFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετάνοιανmetanoian
|
repentance
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G1325ἔδωκεν.edōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκεν.edōken
|
has given.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
18
When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.
Acts 11:18
Stats
Rank: #1198 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 20 words, 116 letters, 42 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε ταυτα ησυχασαν και εδοξαζον τον θεον λεγοντες αραγε και τοις εθνεσιν ο θεος την μετανοιαν εδωκεν εις ζωην
Lit: Having heard then these things, they were silent and glorified God, saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles God repentance unto life has given.
KJV: When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.
References
"they held"Le 10:19: 20: Aaron said to Moses: Look: this day have they offered their sin offering and their burnt offering before the LORD; and such things have befallen me: and if I had eaten the sin offering today: should it have been accepted in the sight of the LORD?Jos 22:30: When Phinehas the priest: and the princes of the congregation and heads of the thousands of Israel which were with him: heard the words that the children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the children of Manasseh spoke: it pleased them."and glorified"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Isa 60:21: Your people also will be all righteous: they will inherit the land for ever: the branch of my planting: the work of my hands: that I may be glorified.Isa 61:3: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.2Co 3:18: But we all: with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord: are changed into the same image from glory to glory: even as by the Spirit of the Lord.Ga 1:24: They glorified God in me."hath"Ac 11:1: The apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.Ac 13:47: 48: For so has the Lord commanded us: saying: I have set you to be a light of the Gentiles: that you should be for salvation to the ends of the earth.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 22:21: 22: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ro 3:29: 30: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 9:30: What will we say then? That the Gentiles: which not followed after righteousness: have attained to righteousness: even the righteousness which is of faith.Ro 10:12: 13: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.Ro 15:9-16: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name.Ga 3:26: 27: For you are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus.Eph 2:11-18: For what reason remember: that you being in time past Gentiles in the flesh: who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;Eph 3:5-8: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;"granted"Ac 3:19: 26: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:17-20: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Eze 36:26: A new heart also will I give you: and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh: and I will give you an heart of flesh.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Ro 10:12: 13: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.Ro 15:9: 16: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name.2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;Jas 1:16: 17: not Do err: my beloved brothers.
The Church at Antioch
οι μεν ουν διασπαρεντες απο της θλιψεως της γενομενης επι στεφανω διηλθον εως φοινικης και κυπρου και αντιοχειας μηδενι λαλουντες τον λογον ει μη μονον ιουδαιοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1289διασπαρέντεςdiasparentes (V-APP-NMP)
G1289 διασπείρω diaspeírō dee-as-pi-ro from διά and σπείρω; to sow throughout, i.e. (figuratively) distribute in foreign lands:--scatter abroad.
|
διασπαρέντεςdiasparentes
|
having been scattered
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2347θλίψεωςthlipseōs (N-GFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεωςthlipseōs
|
tribulation
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having taken place
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G4736ΣτεφάνῳStephanō (N-DMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
ΣτεφάνῳStephanō
|
Stephen,
|
N-DMS
|
G1330διῆλθονdiēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διῆλθονdiēlthon
|
passed through
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5403ΦοινίκηςPhoinikēs (N-GFS)
G5403 Φοινίκη Phoiníkē foy-nee-kay from φοῖνιξ; palm-country; Phœnice (or Phœnicia), a region of Palestine:--Phenice, Phenicia.
|
ΦοινίκηςPhoinikēs
|
Phoenicia,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2954ΚύπρουKyprou (N-GFS)
G2954 Κύπρος Kýpros koo-pros of uncertain origin; Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cyprus.
|
ΚύπρουKyprou
|
Cyprus,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G490Ἀντιοχείας,Antiocheias (N-GFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιοχείας,Antiocheias
|
Antioch,
|
N-GFS
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
to no one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντεςlalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντεςlalountes
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G2453Ἰουδαίοις.Ioudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίοις.Ioudaiois
|
to Jews.
|
Adj-DMP
|
19
Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice, and Cyprus, and Antioch, preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Acts 11:19
Stats
Rank: #1631 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 29 words, 152 letters, 57 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν διασπαρεντες απο της θλιψεως της γενομενης επι στεφανω διηλθον εως φοινικης και κυπρου και αντιοχειας μηδενι λαλουντες τον λογον ει μη μονον ιουδαιοις
Lit: Those indeed therefore having been scattered by the tribulation having taken place over Stephen, passed through to Phoenicia, and Cyprus, and Antioch, to no one speaking the word if not only to Jews.
KJV: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice, and Cyprus, and Antioch, preaching the word to none but unto the Jews only.
References
"they"Ac 8:1-4: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles."Phenice"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 21:2: Finding a ship sailing over to Phenicia: we went aboard: and set forth."Cyprus"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 13:4: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Ac 15:39: The contention was so sharp between them: that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark: and sailed to Cyprus;Ac 21:16: There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea: and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus: an old disciple: with whom we should lodge."Antioch"Ac 11:26: When He had found Him: He brought Him to Antioch. And it came to pass: that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church: and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch.Ac 15:22: 35: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:"to none"Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Mt 10:6: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.Joh 7:35: Then said the Jews among themselves: Whither will he go: that we will not find him? will he go to the dispersed among the Gentiles: and teach the Gentiles?
ησαν δε τινες εξ αυτων ανδρες κυπριοι και κυρηναιοι οιτινες εισελθοντες εις αντιοχειαν ελαλουν προς τους ελληνιστας ευαγγελιζομενοι τον κυριον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮσανĒsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮσανĒsan
|
Were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2953ΚύπριοιKyprioi (N-NMP)
G2953 Κύπριος Kýprios koo-pree-os from Κύπρος; a Cyprian (Cypriot), i.e. inhabitant of Cyprus:--of Cyprus.
|
ΚύπριοιKyprioi
|
of Cyprus
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2956Κυρηναῖοι,Kyrēnaioi (N-NMP)
G2956 Κυρηναῖος Kyrēnaîos koo-ray-nah-yos from Κυρήνη; i.e. Cyrenæan, i.e. inhabitant of Cyrene:--of Cyrene, Cyrenian.
|
Κυρηναῖοι,Kyrēnaioi
|
of Cyrene,
|
N-NMP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian
|
Antioch,
|
N-AFS
|
G2980ἐλάλουνelaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλουνelaloun
|
were speaking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1675Ἑλληνιστάς,Hellēnistas (N-AMP)
G1675 Ἑλληνιστής Hellēnistḗs hel-lay-nis-tace from a derivative of Ἕλλην; a Hellenist or Greek-speaking Jew:--Grecian.
|
Ἑλληνιστάς,Hellēnistas
|
Hellenists,
|
N-AMP
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
proclaiming the gospel —
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
20
Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene, which, when they were come to Antioch, spoke to the Grecians, preaching the Lord Jesus.Acts 11:20
Stats
Rank: #4590 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 21 words, 108 letters, 39 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε τινες εξ αυτων ανδρες κυπριοι και κυρηναιοι οιτινες εισελθοντες εις αντιοχειαν ελαλουν προς τους ελληνιστας ευαγγελιζομενοι τον κυριον ιησουν
Lit: Were however some of them, men of Cyprus and of Cyrene, who having come into Antioch, were speaking also to the Hellenists, proclaiming the gospel — the Lord Jesus.
KJV: And some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene, which, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecians, preaching the Lord Jesus.
References
"Cyrene"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Mt 27:32: As they came out: they found a man of Cyrene: Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross."the Grecians"Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Ac 9:29: He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus: and disputed against the Grecians: but they went about to kill Him."preaching"Ac 8:5: 35: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria: and preached Christ to them.Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 17:18: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.1Co 1:23: 24: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;
και ην χειρ κυριου μετ αυτων πολυς τε αριθμος πιστευσας επεστρεψεν επι τον κυριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5495χεὶρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεὶρcheir
|
the hand
|
N-NFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4183πολύςpolys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολύςpolys
|
a great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G4100πιστεύσαςpisteusas (V-APA-NMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσαςpisteusas
|
having believed,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1994ἐπέστρεψενepestrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπέστρεψενepestrepsen
|
turned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον.Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον.Kyrion
|
Lord.
|
N-AMS
|
21
The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed, and turned to the Lord.Acts 11:21
Stats
Rank: #4594 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 17 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην χειρ κυριου μετ αυτων πολυς τε αριθμος πιστευσας επεστρεψεν επι τον κυριον
Lit: And was the hand of the Lord with them; a great then number having believed, turned to the Lord.
KJV: And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed, and turned unto the Lord.
References
"the hand"2Ch 30:12: Also in Judah the hand of God was to give them one heart to do the commandment of the king and of the princes: by the word of the LORD.Ezr 7:9: For upon the first day of the first month began He to go up from Babylon: and on the first day of the fifth month came He to Jerusalem: according to the good hand of His God upon Him.Ezr 8:18: By the good hand of our God upon us they brought us a man of understanding: of the sons of Mahli: the son of Levi: the son of Israel; and Sherebiah: with His sons and His brothers: 18;Ne 2:8: 18: A letter to Asaph the keeper of the king's for: that He may give me timber to make beams for the gates of the palace which appertained to the house: and for the wall of the city: and for the house that I will enter into. And the king granted me: according to the good hand of my God upon me.Isa 53:1: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Isa 59:1: Look: the LORD's hand not is shortened: that it cannot save; neither His ear heavy: that it cannot hear:Lu 1:66: All they that heard them laid them up in their hearts: saying: What manner of child will this be! And the hand of the Lord was with Him."and a"Ac 11:24: For He was a good man: and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added to the Lord.Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.1Co 3:6: 7: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake."turned"Ac 9:35: All that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw Him: and turned to the Lord.Ac 15:19: For what reason my sentence is: that we not trouble them: which from among the Gentiles are turned to God:Ac 26:18-20: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.1Th 1:9: 10: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;
ηκουσθη δε ο λογος εις τα ωτα της εκκλησιας της εν ιεροσολυμοις περι αυτων και εξαπεστειλαν βαρναβαν διελθειν εως αντιοχειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἨκούσθηĒkousthē (V-AIP-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἨκούσθηĒkousthē
|
Was heard
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
report
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3775ὦταōta (N-ANP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὦταōta
|
ears
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1510οὔσηςousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὔσηςousēs
|
being
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan
|
they sent forth
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas
|
N-AMS
|
G1330[διελθεῖν]dielthein (V-ANA)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
[διελθεῖν]dielthein
|
to go
|
V-ANA
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιοχείας·Antiocheias (N-GFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιοχείας·Antiocheias
|
Antioch,
|
N-GFS
|
22
Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go as far as Antioch.Acts 11:22
Stats
Rank: #4857 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 27 words, 121 letters, 42 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουσθη δε ο λογος εις τα ωτα της εκκλησιας της εν ιεροσολυμοις περι αυτων και εξαπεστειλαν βαρναβαν διελθειν εως αντιοχειας
Lit: Was heard now the report in the ears of the church being in Jerusalem concerning them, and they sent forth Barnabas to go as far as Antioch,
KJV: Then tidings of these things came unto the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go as far as Antioch.
References
"A. M. 4047. A.D. 43. tidings"Ac 11:1: The apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.Ac 8:14: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 15:2: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.1Th 3:6: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:"and they"Ac 4:36: 37: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 9:27: But Barnabas took Him: and brought Him to the apostles: and declared to them how He had seen the Lord in the way: and that He had spoken to Him: and how He had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:22: 35-39: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:
ος παραγενομενος και ιδων την χαριν του θεου εχαρη και παρεκαλει παντας τη προθεσει της καρδιας προσμενειν τω κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
having come
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
grace
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
of
|
Art-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G5463ἐχάρη,echarē (V-AIP-3S)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
ἐχάρη,echarē
|
rejoiced
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλειparekalei (V-IIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλειparekalei
|
was exhorting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with
|
Art-DFS
|
G4286προθέσειprothesei (N-DFS)
G4286 πρόθεσις próthesis proth-es-is from προτίθεμαι; a setting forth, i.e. (figuratively) proposal (intention); specially, the show-bread (in the Temple) as exposed before God:--purpose, shew(-bread).
|
προθέσειprothesei
|
resolute purpose
|
N-DFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
of heart
|
N-GFS
|
G4357προσμένεινprosmenein (V-PNA)
G4357 προσμένω prosménō pros-men-o from πρός and μένω; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place, with a person; figuratively, to adhere to, persevere in:--abide still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with).
|
προσμένεινprosmenein
|
to abide
|
V-PNA
|
G1722(ἐν)en (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
(ἐν)en
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962Κυρίῳ,Kyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ,Kyriō
|
Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
23
Who, when He came, and had seen the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Acts 11:23
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 23 words, 109 letters, 40 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος παραγενομενος και ιδων την χαριν του θεου εχαρη και παρεκαλει παντας τη προθεσει της καρδιας προσμενειν τω κυριω
Lit: who having come and having seen the grace of God, rejoiced and was exhorting all with resolute purpose of heart to abide in the Lord.
KJV: Who, when he came, and had seen the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord.
References
"seen"Mr 2:5: When Jesus saw their faith: He said to the sick of the palsy: Son: your sins be forgiven you.Col 1:6: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:1Th 1:3: 4: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;2Ti 1:4: 5: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;2Pe 1:4-9: Whereby are given to us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these you might be partakers of the divine nature: having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.3Jo 1:4: I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth."and exhorted"Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Joh 15:4: Abide in me: and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself: except it abide in the vine; no more can you: except you abide in me.1Th 3:2-5: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:Heb 10:19-26: 32-39: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: 2Pe 3:17: 18: You therefore: beloved: seeing you know these things before: beware lest you also: being led away with the error of the wicked: fall from your own stedfastness.1Jo 2:28: Now: little children: abide in him; that: when he will appear: we may have confidence: not and be ashamed before him at his coming."purpose"Ps 17:3: You have proved my heart; you have visited me in the night; you have tried me: and will not findhing; I am purposed that my mouth will not transgress.Pr 23:15: 28: My son: if your heart be wise: my heart will rejoice: even my.Da 1:8: But Daniel purposed in his heart that he not would defile himself with the portion of the king's meat: nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he not might defile himself.2Co 1:17: When I therefore was thus minded: did I use lightness? or the things that I purpose: do I purpose according to the flesh: that with me there should be yes yes: and no no?2Ti 3:10: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience: "cleave"De 10:20: You will fear the LORD your God; Him will you serve: and to Him will you cleave: and swear by His name.De 30:20: That you may'>may'>may'>may love the LORD your God: and that you may'>may'>may'>may obey His voice: and that you may'>may'>may'>may cleave to Him: for He is your life: and the length of your days: that you may'>may'>may'>may dwell in the land which the LORD sware to your fathers: to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: to give them.Jos 22:5: But take diligent heed to do the commandment and the law: which Moses the servant of the LORD charged you: to love the LORD your God: and to walk in all His ways: and to keep His commandments: and to cleave to Him: and to serve Him with all your heart and with all your soul.Jos 23:8: But cleave to the LORD your God: as you have done to this day.Mt 16:24: Then said Jesus to His disciples: If any man will come after me: let Him deny Himself: and take up His cross: and follow me.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.
οτι ην ανηρ αγαθος και πληρης πνευματος αγιου και πιστεως και προσετεθη οχλος ικανος τω κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G18ἀγαθὸςagathos (Adj-NMS)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθὸςagathos
|
good,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-NMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεως.pisteōs
|
of faith.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4369προσετέθηprosetethē (V-AIP-3S)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσετέθηprosetethē
|
was added
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G2425ἱκανὸςhikanos (Adj-NMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸςhikanos
|
large
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962Κυρίῳ.Kyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ.Kyriō
|
Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
24
For He was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added to the Lord.Acts 11:24
Stats
Rank: #5564 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 21 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ην ανηρ αγαθος και πληρης πνευματος αγιου και πιστεως και προσετεθη οχλος ικανος τω κυριω
Lit: For he was a man good, and full of the Spirit Holy, and of faith. And was added a crowd large to the Lord.
KJV: For he was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith: and much people was added unto the Lord.
References
"he was"Ac 24:16: Herein do I exercise myself: to have always a conscience void of offence toward God: and toward men.2Sa 18:27: The watchman said: Me thinks the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said: He is a good man: and comes with good tidings.Ps 37:23: The steps of a good man are ordered by the LORD: and He delights in His way.Ps 112:5: A good man shews favour: and lends: he will guide his affairs with discretion.Pr 12:2: A good man obtains favour of the LORD: but a man of wicked devices will He condemn.Pr 13:22: A good man leaves an inheritance to his children's children: and the wealth of the sinner is laid up for the just.Pr 14:14: The backslider in heart will be filled with his own ways: and a good man will be satisfied from himself.Mt 12:35: A good man out of the good treasure of the heart brings'>brings forth good things: and an evil man out of the evil treasure brings'>brings forth evil things.Mt 19:17: He said to Him: Why call you me good? there is none good but one: that is: God: but if you will enter into life: keep the commandments.Lu 23:50: And: look: there was a man named Joseph: a counseller; and he was a good man: and a just:Joh 7:12: There was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some said: He is a good man: others said: No; but he deceives the people.Ro 5:7: For scarcely for a righteous man will one die: yet perhaps for a good man some would even dare to die."full"Ac 6:3: 5: 8: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ro 15:15: Nevertheless: brothers: I have written the more boldly to you in some sort: as putting you in mind: because of the grace that is given to me of God: "and much"Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.
εξηλθεν δε εις ταρσον ο βαρναβας αναζητησαι σαυλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1831Ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
Ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
He went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5019ΤαρσὸνTarson (N-AFS)
G5019 Ταρσός Tarsós tar-sos perhaps the same as (a flat basket); Tarsus, a place in Asia Minor:--Tarsus.
|
ΤαρσὸνTarson
|
Tarsus
|
N-AFS
|
G327ἀναζητῆσαιanazētēsai (V-ANA)
G327 ἀναζητέω anazētéō an-ad-zay-teh-o from ἀνά and ζητέω; to search out:--seek.
|
ἀναζητῆσαιanazētēsai
|
to seek
|
V-ANA
|
G4569Σαῦλον,Saulon (N-AMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
Σαῦλον,Saulon
|
Saul,
|
N-AMS
|
25
Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus, for to seek Saul:Acts 11:25
Stats
Counts: 51 characters, 8 words, 41 letters, 16 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξηλθεν δε εις ταρσον ο βαρναβας αναζητησαι σαυλον
Lit: He went forth then to Tarsus to seek Saul,
KJV: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus, for to seek Saul:
References
"to Tarsus"Ac 9:11: 27: 30: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.
και ευρων αυτον ηγαγεν αυτον εις αντιοχειαν εγενετο δε αυτους ενιαυτον ολον συναχθηναι εν τη εκκλησια και διδαξαι οχλον ικανον χρηματισαι τε πρωτον εν αντιοχεια τους μαθητας χριστιανους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρὼνheurōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρὼνheurōn
|
having found him,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G71ἤγαγενēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγενēgagen
|
he brought him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν.Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν.Antiocheian
|
Antioch.
|
N-AFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
It came to pass that
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
they
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1763ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton (N-AMS)
G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton
|
a year
|
N-AMS
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-AMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
whole
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4863συναχθῆναιsynachthēnai (V-ANP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναχθῆναιsynachthēnai
|
gathered together
|
V-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάξαιdidaxai (V-ANA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάξαιdidaxai
|
taught
|
V-ANA
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
a crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G2425ἱκανόν,hikanon (Adj-AMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανόν,hikanon
|
large.
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5537χρηματίσαιchrēmatisai (V-ANA)
G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatízō khray-mat-id-zo from χρῆμα; to utter an oracle (compare the original sense of χράομαι), i.e. divinely intimate; by implication, (compare the secular sense of χρεία) to constitute a firm for business, i.e. (generally) bear as a title:--be called, be admonished (warned) of God, reveal, speak.
|
χρηματίσαιchrēmatisai
|
Were called
|
V-ANA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4413πρώτωςprōtōs (Adv)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτωςprōtōs
|
first
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιοχείᾳAntiocheia (N-DFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιοχείᾳAntiocheia
|
Antioch
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
G5546Χριστιανούς.Christianous (N-AMP)
G5546 Χριστιανός Christianós khris-tee-an-os from Χριστός; a Christian, i.e. follower of Christ:--Christian.
|
Χριστιανούς.Christianous
|
Christians.
|
N-AMP
|
26
When He had found Him, He brought Him to Antioch. And it came to pass, that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church, and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch.Acts 11:26
Stats
Rank: #547 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 220 characters, 34 words, 176 letters, 62 vowels, 114 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευρων αυτον ηγαγεν αυτον εις αντιοχειαν εγενετο δε αυτους ενιαυτον ολον συναχθηναι εν τη εκκλησια και διδαξαι οχλον ικανον χρηματισαι τε πρωτον εν αντιοχεια τους μαθητας χριστιανους
Lit: and having found him, he brought him to Antioch. It came to pass that now they also a year whole gathered together in the church and taught a crowd large. Were called then first in Antioch the disciples, Christians.
KJV: And when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church, and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch.
References
"that"Ac 13:1: 2: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul."with the church"Ac 14:23: 27: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.1Co 14:23: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place: and all speak with tongues: and there come in those that are unlearned: or unbelievers: will not they say that you are mad?"taught"Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:"were"Ac 26:28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:1Co 12:12: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Eph 3:15: Of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named: 1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified.1Jo 2:27: But the anointing which you have received of him abides in you: and you not need that any man teach you: but as the same anointing teaches you of all things: and is truth: and is no lie: and even as it has taught you: you will abide in him.Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see.
εν ταυταις δε ταις ημεραις κατηλθον απο ιεροσολυμων προφηται εις αντιοχειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύταιςtautais (DPro-DFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταιςtautais
|
these
|
DPro-DFP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G2718κατῆλθονkatēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατῆλθονkatēlthon
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GNP
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν·Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν·Antiocheian
|
Antioch.
|
N-AFS
|
27
In these days came prophets from Jerusalem to Antioch.Acts 11:27
Stats
Rank: #3083 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 10 words, 50 letters, 19 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ταυταις δε ταις ημεραις κατηλθον απο ιεροσολυμων προφηται εις αντιοχειαν
Lit: In these now days came down from Jerusalem prophets to Antioch.
KJV: And in these days came prophets from Jerusalem unto Antioch.
References
"prophets"Ac 2:17: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:32: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ac 21:4: 9: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:1Co 12:28: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Co 14:32: The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;
αναστας δε εις εξ αυτων ονοματι αγαβος εσημανεν δια του πνευματος λιμον μεγαν μελλειν εσεσθαι εφ ολην την οικουμενην οστις και εγενετο επι κλαυδιου καισαρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G13ἍγαβοςHagabos (N-NMS)
G13 Ἄγαβος Ágabos ag-ab-os of Hebrew origin (compare חָגָב); Agabus, an Israelite:--Agabus.
|
ἍγαβοςHagabos
|
Agabus,
|
N-NMS
|
G4591ἐσήμανενesēmanen (V-AIA-3S)
G4591 σημαίνω sēmaínō say-mah-ee-no from (a mark; of uncertain derivation); to indicate:--signify.
|
ἐσήμανενesēmanen
|
he signified
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit that
|
N-GNS
|
G3042λιμὸνlimon (N-AFS)
G3042 λιμός limós lee-mos probably from λείπω (through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of food:--dearth, famine, hunger.
|
λιμὸνlimon
|
a famine
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
is about
|
V-PNA
|
G1510ἔσεσθαιesesthai (V-FNM)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθαιesesthai
|
to be
|
V-FNM
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένην·oikoumenēn (N-AFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένην·oikoumenēn
|
world—
|
N-AFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
under
|
Prep
|
G2804Κλαυδίου.Klaudiou (N-GMS)
G2804 Κλαύδιος Klaúdios klow-dee-os of Latin origin; Claudius, the name of two Romans:--Claudius.
|
Κλαυδίου.Klaudiou
|
Claudius.
|
N-GMS
|
28
There stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.Acts 11:28
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 32 words, 147 letters, 56 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε εις εξ αυτων ονοματι αγαβος εσημανεν δια του πνευματος λιμον μεγαν μελλειν εσεσθαι εφ ολην την οικουμενην οστις και εγενετο επι κλαυδιου καισαρος
Lit: Having risen up now one of them named Agabus, he signified by the Spirit that a famine great is about to be over all the world— which came to pass under Claudius.
KJV: And there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.
References
"Agabus"Ac 21:10: As we tarried there many days: there came down from Judaea a certain prophet: named Agabus."great"Ge 41:30: 31: 38: There will arise after them 7 years of famine; and all the plenty will be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine will consume the land;1Ki 17:1-16: Elijah the Tishbite: who was of the inhabitants of Gilead: said to Ahab: As the LORD God of Israel lives: before whom I stand: there will not be dew nor rain these years: but according to my word.2Ki 8:1: 2: Then spoke Elisha to the woman: whose son He had restored to life: saying: Arise: and go you and your household: and sojourn wheresoever you canst sojourn: for the LORD has called for a famine; and it will also come upon the land 7 years."Claudius"Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.Lu 3:1: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene:
των δε μαθητων καθως ηυπορειτο τις ωρισαν εκαστος αυτων εις διακονιαν πεμψαι τοις κατοικουσιν εν τη ιουδαια αδελφοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
the disciples,
|
N-GMP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2141εὐπορεῖτόeuporeito (V-IIM-3S)
G2141 εὐπορέω euporéō yoo-por-eh-o from a compound of ἑτοιμάζω and the base of πορεία; (intransitively) to be good for passing through, i.e. (figuratively) have pecuniary means:--ability.
|
εὐπορεῖτόeuporeito
|
was prospered
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G5100τις,tis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τις,tis
|
anyone,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3724ὥρισανhōrisan (V-AIA-3P)
G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὥρισανhōrisan
|
determined
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίανdiakonian
|
ministry,
|
N-AFS
|
G3992πέμψαιpempsai (V-ANA)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψαιpempsai
|
to send
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia (N-DFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia
|
Judea
|
N-DFS
|
G80ἀδελφοῖς·adelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖς·adelphois
|
brothers,
|
N-DMP
|
29
Then the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Acts 11:29
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 18 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: των δε μαθητων καθως ηυπορειτο τις ωρισαν εκαστος αυτων εις διακονιαν πεμψαι τοις κατοικουσιν εν τη ιουδαια αδελφοις
Lit: And the disciples, as was prospered anyone, determined each of them, for ministry, to send to the dwelling in Judea brothers,
KJV: Then the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief unto the brethren which dwelt in Judaea:
References
"every"Ezr 2:69: They gave after their ability to the treasure of the work threescore and 1000 drams of gold: and 5000 pound of silver: and 100 priests' garments.Ne 5:8: I said to them: We after our ability have redeemed our brothers the Jews: which were sold to the heathen; and will you even sell your brothers? or will they be sold to us? Then held they their peace: and not foundhing to answer.1Co 16:2: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store: as God has prospered Him: that there be no gatherings when I come.2Co 8:2-4: 12-14: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.1Pe 4:9-11: Use hospitality one to another without grudging."to send"Ac 2:44: 45: All that believed were together: and had all things common;Ac 4:34: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: Ec 11:1: 2: Cast your bread upon the waters: for you will find it after many days.Lu 12:29-33: not seek you what you will eat: or what you will drink: neither be you of doubtful mind.Ro 15:25-27: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.1Co 13:5: Does not behave itself unseemly: seeks not her own: not is easily provoked: thinks no evil;1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.2Co 9:1: 2: For as touching the ministering to the saints: it is superfluous for me to write to you:Ga 2:10: Only they would that we should remember the poor; the same which I also was forward to do.Heb 13:5: 6: Let your conversation be without covetousness; and be content with such things as you have: for he has said: I will never leave you: nor forsake you.
ο και εποιησαν αποστειλαντες προς τους πρεσβυτερους δια χειρος βαρναβα και σαυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησανepoiēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησανepoiēsan
|
they did,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G649ἀποστείλαντεςaposteilantes (V-APA-NMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαντεςaposteilantes
|
having sent it
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by the
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G921ΒαρνάβαBarnaba (N-GMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαBarnaba
|
of Barnabas
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4569Σαύλου.Saulou (N-GMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
Σαύλου.Saulou
|
Saul.
|
N-GMS
|
30
Which also they did, and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul.Acts 11:30
Stats
Rank: #6745 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 16 words, 63 letters, 21 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο και εποιησαν αποστειλαντες προς τους πρεσβυτερους δια χειρος βαρναβα και σαυλου
Lit: which also they did, having sent it to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul.
KJV: Which also they did, and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul.
References
"to the"Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.Ac 15:4: 6: 23: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 16:4: As they went through the cities: they delivered them the decrees for to keep: that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.Ac 20:17: From Miletus he sent to Ephesus: and called the elders of the church.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:Jas 5:14: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:"by"Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.1Co 16:3: 4: When I come: whoever you will approve by your letters: them will I send to bring your liberality to Jerusalem.2Co 8:17-21: For indeed he accepted the exhortation; but being more forward: of his own accord he went to you.
12
Herod Persecutes the Church
James Killed, Peter Imprisoned
κατ εκεινον δε τον καιρον επεβαλεν ηρωδης ο βασιλευς τας χειρας κακωσαι τινας των απο της εκκλησιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596Κατ’Kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
Κατ’Kat’
|
At
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκεῖνονekeinon (DPro-AMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνονekeinon
|
that
|
DPro-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
time,
|
N-AMS
|
G1911ἐπέβαλενepebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλενepebalen
|
put forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2559κακῶσαίkakōsai (V-ANA)
G2559 κακόω kakóō kak-o-o from κακός; to injure; figuratively, to exasperate:--make evil affected, entreat evil, harm, hurt, vex.
|
κακῶσαίkakōsai
|
to mistreat
|
V-ANA
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias
|
church.
|
N-GFS
|
1
Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church.Acts 12:1
Stats
Rank: #1319 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 73 letters, 24 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατ εκεινον δε τον καιρον επεβαλεν ηρωδης ο βασιλευς τας χειρας κακωσαι τινας των απο της εκκλησιας
Lit: At that now time, put forth Herod the king the hands to mistreat some of those of the church.
KJV: Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church.
References
"stretched forth his hands"Ac 4:30: By stretching forth your hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the name of your holy child Jesus.Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Lu 22:53: When I was daily with you in the temple: you stretched forth no hands against me: but this is your hour: and the power of darkness."to vex"Mt 10:17: 18: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.
ανειλεν δε ιακωβον τον αδελφον ιωαννου μαχαιρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G337ἀνεῖλενaneilen (V-AIA-3S)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνεῖλενaneilen
|
He put to death
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2385ἸάκωβονIakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβονIakōbon
|
James,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John,
|
N-GMS
|
G3162μαχαίρῃ.machairē (N-DFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρῃ.machairē
|
with the sword.
|
N-DFS
|
2
He killed James the brother of John with the sword.Acts 12:2
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 11 words, 44 letters, 14 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανειλεν δε ιακωβον τον αδελφον ιωαννου μαχαιρα
Lit: He put to death then James, the brother of John, with the sword.
KJV: And he killed James the brother of John with the sword.
References
"James"Mt 4:21: 22: Going on from there: he saw other two brothers: James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother: in a ship with Zebedee their father: mending their nets; and he called them.Mt 20:23: He says to them: You will drink indeed of my cup: and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with: but to sit on my right hand: and on my left: not is my to give: but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared of my Father.Mr 10:35: 38: James and John: the sons of Zebedee: come to him: saying: Master: we would that you should do for us whatever we will desire."with"1Ki 19:1: 10: Ahab told Jezebel all that Elijah had done: and withal how he had killed all the prophets with the sword.Jer 26:23: They fetched forth Urijah out of Egypt: and brought him to Jehoiakim the king; who killed him with the sword: and cast his dead body into the graves of the common people.Heb 11:37: They were stoned: they were sawn asunder: were tempted: were killed with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute: afflicted: tormented;
και ιδων οτι αρεστον εστιν τοις ιουδαιοις προσεθετο συλλαβειν και πετρον ησαν δε ημεραι των αζυμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G701ἀρεστόνareston (Adj-NNS)
G701 ἀρεστός arestós ar-es-tos from ἀρέσκω; agreeable; by implication, fit:--(things that) please(-ing), reason.
|
ἀρεστόνareston
|
pleasing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4369προσέθετοprosetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσέθετοprosetheto
|
he proceeded
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4815συλλαβεῖνsyllabein (V-ANA)
G4815 συλλαμβάνω syllambánō sool-lam-ban-o from σύν and λαμβάνω; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, capture); specially, to conceive (literally or figuratively); by implication, to aid:--catch, conceive, help, take.
|
συλλαβεῖνsyllabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4074Πέτρον,Petron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
Πέτρον,Petron
|
Peter —
|
N-AMS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
these were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588[αἱ]hai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[αἱ]hai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G106ἀζύμων,azymōn (Adj-GNP)
G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἀζύμων,azymōn
|
Unleavened Bread —
|
Adj-GNP
|
3
Because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.)Acts 12:3
Stats
Rank: #7664 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 96 letters, 40 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδων οτι αρεστον εστιν τοις ιουδαιοις προσεθετο συλλαβειν και πετρον ησαν δε ημεραι των αζυμων
Lit: Having seen now that pleasing it is to the Jews, he proceeded to take also Peter — these were now the days of the Unleavened Bread —
KJV: And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.)
References
"he saw"Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Ac 25:9: But Festus: willing to do the Jews a pleasure: answered Paul: and said: Will you go up to Jerusalem: and there be judged of these things before me?Joh 12:43: For they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God.Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ.1Th 2:4: But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel: even so we speak; not as pleasing men: but God: which tries our hearts."he proceeded"Ac 2:14: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 4:13: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Joh 19:11: Jesus answered: You could have no power at all against me: except it were given you from above: therefore He that'>He who delivered me to you has the greater sin.Joh 21:18: Truly: truly: I say to you: When you were young: you girdedst yourself: and walkedst whither you would'>would: but when you will be old: you will stretch forth your hands: and another will gird you: and carry you whither you would'>would not."Then"Ex 12:14-20: This day will be to you for a memorial; and you will keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; you will keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever.Ex 13:3-7: Moses said to the people: Remember this day: in which you came out from Egypt: out of the house of bondage; for by strength of hand the LORD brought you out from this place: there will no leavened bread be eaten.Ex 23:15: You will keep the feast of unleavened bread: (you will eat unleavened bread 7 days: as I commanded you: in the time appointed of the month Abib; for in it you came out from Egypt: and none will appear before me empty:)Le 23:6-14: On the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread to the LORD: 7 days you must eat unleavened bread.Mt 26:17: Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus: saying to Him: Where will you that we prepare for you to eat the passover?1Co 5:7: 8: Purge out therefore the old leaven: that you may be a new lump: as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:
ον και πιασας εθετο εις φυλακην παραδους τεσσαρσιν τετραδιοις στρατιωτων φυλασσειν αυτον βουλομενος μετα το πασχα αναγαγειν αυτον τω λαω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4084πιάσαςpiasas (V-APA-NMS)
G4084 πιάζω piázō pee-ad-zo probably another form of βιάζω; to squeeze, i.e. seize (gently by the hand (press), or officially (arrest), or in hunting (capture)):--apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Compare πιέζω.
|
πιάσαςpiasas
|
having seized,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
he put
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακήν,phylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακήν,phylakēn
|
prison,
|
N-AFS
|
G3860παραδοὺςparadous (V-APA-NMS)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοὺςparadous
|
having delivered him
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5064τέσσαρσινtessarsin (Adj-DNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρσινtessarsin
|
to four
|
Adj-DNP
|
G5069τετραδίοιςtetradiois (N-DNP)
G5069 τετράδιον tetrádion tet-rad-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a tetrad; from τέσσαρες); a quaternion or squad (picket) of four Roman soldiers:--quaternion.
|
τετραδίοιςtetradiois
|
sets of four
|
N-DNP
|
G4757στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn (N-GMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn
|
soldiers
|
N-GMP
|
G5442φυλάσσεινphylassein (V-PNA)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσεινphylassein
|
to guard
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1014βουλόμενοςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενοςboulomenos
|
intending
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-ANS)
G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover
|
N-ANS
|
G321ἀναγαγεῖνanagagein (V-ANA)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναγαγεῖνanagagein
|
to bring out
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ.laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ.laō
|
people.
|
N-DMS
|
4
When he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to 4 quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.Acts 12:4
Stats
Counts: 176 characters, 27 words, 139 letters, 54 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον και πιασας εθετο εις φυλακην παραδους τεσσαρσιν τετραδιοις στρατιωτων φυλασσειν αυτον βουλομενος μετα το πασχα αναγαγειν αυτον τω λαω
Lit: whom also having seized, he put in prison, having delivered him to four sets of four soldiers to guard him, intending after the Passover to bring out him to the people.
KJV: And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered [him] to four quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.
References
"he put"Ac 4:3: They laid hands on them: and put them in hold to the next day: for it was now eventide.Ac 5:18: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.Lu 22:33: He said to Him: Lord: I am ready to go with you: both into prison: and to death.Joh 13:36-38: Simon Peter said to Him: Lord: whither go you? Jesus answered Him: Whither I go: you not canst follow me now; but you will follow me afterwards.Joh 21:18: Truly: truly: I say to you: When you were young: you girdedst yourself: and walkedst whither you would'>would: but when you will be old: you will stretch forth your hands: and another will gird you: and carry you whither you would'>would not."delivered"Ac 16:23: 24: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:Mt 27:64-66: Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day: lest his disciples come by night: and steal him away: and say to the people: He is risen from the dead: so the last error will be worse than the first."intending"Ac 4:28: For to do whatever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done.Es 3:6: 7: 13: He thought scorn to lay hands on Mordecai alone; for they had showed him the people of Mordecai: for what reason Haman sought to destroy all the Jews that were throughout the whole kingdom of Ahasuerus: even the people of Mordecai.Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.Pr 27:1: not Boast yourself of to morrow; for you know not what a day may bring forth.La 3:37: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.
The Rescue of Peter
ο μεν ουν πετρος ετηρειτο εν τη φυλακη προσευχη δε ην εκτενης γινομενη υπο της εκκλησιας προς τον θεον υπερ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G5083ἐτηρεῖτοetēreito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
ἐτηρεῖτοetēreito
|
was kept
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5438φυλακῇ·phylakē (N-DFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῇ·phylakē
|
prison;
|
N-DFS
|
G4335προσευχὴproseuchē (N-NFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχὴproseuchē
|
prayer
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1619ἐκτενῶςektenōs (Adv)
G1619 ἐκτενῶς ektenōs ek-ten-oce adverb from ἐκτενής; intently:--fervently.
|
ἐκτενῶςektenōs
|
fervent
|
Adv
|
G1096γινομένηginomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινομένηginomenē
|
being made
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church to God for Him.Acts 12:5
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν πετρος ετηρειτο εν τη φυλακη προσευχη δε ην εκτενης γινομενη υπο της εκκλησιας προς τον θεον υπερ αυτου
Lit: Indeed therefore Peter was kept in the prison; prayer however was fervent being made by the church to God concerning him.
KJV: Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him.
References
"prayer was made without ceasing, or, instant and earnest prayer was made"Ac 12:12: When he had considered the thing: he came to the house of Mary the mother of John: whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying.Isa 62:6: 7: I have set watchmen upon your walls: O Jerusalem: which will never hold their peace day nor night: you that make mention of the LORD: not keep silence: Mt 18:19: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 18:1: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;1Co 12:26: Whether one member suffer: all the members suffer with it; or one member be honoured: all the members rejoice with it.2Co 1:11: You also helping together by prayer for us: that for the gift bestowed upon us by the means of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf.Eph 6:18-20: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;1Th 5:17: Pray without ceasing.Heb 13:3: Remember them that are in bonds: as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity: as being yourselves also in the body.Jas 5:16: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much.
οτε δε εμελλεν αυτον προαγειν ο ηρωδης τη νυκτι εκεινη ην ο πετρος κοιμωμενος μεταξυ δυο στρατιωτων δεδεμενος αλυσεσιν δυσιν φυλακες τε προ της θυρας ετηρουν την φυλακην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὍτεHote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὍτεHote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3195ἤμελλενēmellen (V-IIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἤμελλενēmellen
|
was about
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4254προαγαγεῖνproagagein (V-ANA)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προαγαγεῖνproagagein
|
to bring forth
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2264Ἡρῴδης,Hērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
Ἡρῴδης,Hērōdēs
|
Herod,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night
|
N-DFS
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that,
|
DPro-DFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G2837κοιμώμενοςkoimōmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κοιμώμενοςkoimōmenos
|
sleeping
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3342μεταξὺmetaxy (Prep)
G3342 μεταξύ metaxý met-ax-oo from μετά and a form of σύν; betwixt (of place or person); (of time) as adjective, intervening, or (by implication) adjoining:--between, mean while, next.
|
μεταξὺmetaxy
|
between
|
Prep
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-GMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4757στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn (N-GMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn
|
soldiers,
|
N-GMP
|
G1210δεδεμένοςdedemenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένοςdedemenos
|
having been bound
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G254ἁλύσεσινhalysesin (N-DFP)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσεσινhalysesin
|
with chains
|
N-DFP
|
G1417δυσίν,dysin (Adj-DFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δυσίν,dysin
|
two,
|
Adj-DFP
|
G5441φύλακέςphylakes (N-NMP)
G5441 φύλαξ phýlax foo-lax from φυλάσσω; a watcher or sentry:--keeper.
|
φύλακέςphylakes
|
guards
|
N-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2374θύραςthyras (N-GFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραςthyras
|
door
|
N-GFS
|
G5083ἐτήρουνetēroun (V-IIA-3P)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
ἐτήρουνetēroun
|
were watching
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5438φυλακήν.phylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακήν.phylakēn
|
prison.
|
N-AFS
|
6
When Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.Acts 12:6
Stats
Rank: #8033 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 27 words, 139 letters, 50 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε εμελλεν αυτον προαγειν ο ηρωδης τη νυκτι εκεινη ην ο πετρος κοιμωμενος μεταξυ δυο στρατιωτων δεδεμενος αλυσεσιν δυσιν φυλακες τε προ της θυρας ετηρουν την φυλακην
Lit: When then was about to bring forth him Herod, the night that, was Peter sleeping between two soldiers, having been bound with chains two, guards also before the door were watching the prison.
KJV: And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.
References
"the same"Ge 22:14: Abraham called the name of that place Jehovahjireh: as it is said to this day: In the mount of the LORD it will be seen.De 32:26: I said: I would scatter them into corners: I would make the remembrance of them to cease from among men:1Sa 23:26: 27: Saul went on this side of the mountain: and David and his men on that side of the mountain: and David made haste to get away for fear of Saul; for Saul and his men compassed David and his men round about to take them.Ps 3:5: 6: I laid me down and slept; I awaked; for the LORD sustained me.Ps 4:8: I will both lay me down in peace: and sleep: for you: LORD: only make me dwell in safety.Isa 26:3: 4: You will keep him in perfect peace: whose mind is stayed on you: because he trusts in you.Php 4:6: 7: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.Heb 13:6: So that we may boldly say: The Lord is my helper: and I not will fear what man will do to me."bound"Ac 21:33: Then the chief captain came near: and took him: and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was: and what he had done.Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.Jer 40:4: Now: look: I loose you this day from the chains which were upon your hand. If it seem good to you to come with me into Babylon: come; and I will look well to you: but if it seem ill to you to come with me into Babylon: forbear: look: all the land is before you: whither it seems good and convenient for you to go: there go.Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.2Ti 1:16: The Lord give mercy to the house of Onesiphorus; for He often refreshed me: and not was ashamed of my chain:"and the"Ac 5:23: Saying: The prison truly found we shut with all safety: and the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had opened: we found no man within.Mt 28:4: For fear of him the keepers did shake: and became as dead men.
και ιδου αγγελος κυριου επεστη και φως ελαμψεν εν τω οικηματι παταξας δε την πλευραν του πετρου ηγειρεν αυτον λεγων αναστα εν ταχει και εξεπεσον αυτου αι αλυσεις εκ των χειρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
an angel
|
N-NMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2186ἐπέστη,epestē (V-AIA-3S)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπέστη,epestē
|
stood by,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-NNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
a light
|
N-NNS
|
G2989ἔλαμψενelampsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2989 λάμπω lámpō lam-po a primary verb; to beam, i.e. radiate brilliancy (literally or figuratively):--give light, shine.
|
ἔλαμψενelampsen
|
shone
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3612οἰκήματι·oikēmati (N-DNS)
G3612 οἴκημα oíkēma oy-kay-mah from οἰκέω; a tenement, i.e. (specially), a jail:--prison.
|
οἰκήματι·oikēmati
|
cell.
|
N-DNS
|
G3960πατάξαςpataxas (V-APA-NMS)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
πατάξαςpataxas
|
Having struck
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4125πλευρὰνpleuran (N-AFS)
G4125 πλευρά pleurá plyoo-rah of uncertain affinity; a rib, i.e. (by extension) side:--side.
|
πλευρὰνpleuran
|
side
|
N-AFS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter,
|
N-GMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
he woke up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G450ἈνάσταAnasta (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈνάσταAnasta
|
Rise up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5034τάχει.tachei (N-DNS)
G5034 τάχος táchos takh-os from the same as ταχύς; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with ἐν prefixed) in haste:--+ quickly, + shortly, + speedily.
|
τάχει.tachei
|
haste.
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1601ἐξέπεσανexepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpíptō ek-pip-to from ἐκ and πίπτω; to drop away; specially, be driven out of ones course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:--be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect.
|
ἐξέπεσανexepesan
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G254ἁλύσειςhalyseis (N-NFP)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσειςhalyseis
|
chains
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
off
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶν.cheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶν.cheirōn
|
hands.
|
N-GFP
|
7
And, look, the angel of the Lord came upon Him, and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side, and raised Him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.
Acts 12:7
Stats
Counts: 202 characters, 30 words, 152 letters, 56 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδου αγγελος κυριου επεστη και φως ελαμψεν εν τω οικηματι παταξας δε την πλευραν του πετρου ηγειρεν αυτον λεγων αναστα εν ταχει και εξεπεσον αυτου αι αλυσεις εκ των χειρων
Lit: And behold, an angel of the Lord stood by, and a light shone in the cell. Having struck then the side of Peter, he woke up him, saying, Rise up in haste. And fell of him the chains off the hands.
KJV: And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from [his] hands.
References
"the angel"Ac 12:23: Immediately the angel of the Lord smote Him: because He not gave God the glory: and He was eaten of worms: and gave up the ghost.Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 10:30: Cornelius said: 4 days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house: and: look: a man stood before me in bright clothing: Ac 27:23: 24: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: 1Ki 19:5: 7: As he lay and slept under a juniper tree: look: then an angel touched him: and said to him: Arise and eat.Ps 34:7: The angel of the LORD encamps round about them that fear Him: and delivers them.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.Isa 37:30: This will be a sign to you: You will eat this year such as grows of itself; and the second year that which springs of the same: and in the third year sow you: and reap: and plant vineyards: and eat the fruit thereof.Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"and a"Ac 9:3: As he journeyed: he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:2Sa 22:29: For you are my lamp: O LORD: and the LORD will lighten my darkness.Eze 43:2: And: look: the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and His voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with His glory.Mic 7:9: I will bear the indignation of the LORD: because I have sinned against Him: until He plead my cause: and execute judgment for me: He will bring me forth to the light: and I will look His righteousness.Hab 3:4: 11: his brightness was as the light; he had horns coming out of his hand: and there was the hiding of his power.Re 18:1: After these things I saw another angel come down from heaven: having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory."Arise"Ge 19:15: 16: When the morning arose: then the angels hastened Lot: saying: Arise: take your wife: and your two daughters: which are here; lest you be consumed in the iniquity of the city.Isa 60:1: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Eph 5:14: For what reason He says: Awake you that sleep: and arise from the dead: and Christ will give you light."And his"Ac 12:6: When Herod would have brought him forth: the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers: bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.Ac 2:24: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 16:26: Suddenly there was a great earthquake: so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened: and every one's bands were loosed.Ps 105:18-20: Whose feet they hurt with fetters: he was laid in iron:Ps 107:14: He brought them out of darkness and the shadow of death: and brake their bands in sunder.Ps 116:16: O LORD: truly I am your servant; I am your servant: and the son of your handmaid: you have loosed my bonds.Ps 142:6: 7: Attend to my cry; for I am brought very low: deliver me from my persecutors; for they are stronger than I.Ps 146:7: Which executes judgment for the oppressed: which gives food to the hungry. The LORD looses the prisoners:Da 3:24: 25: Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonied: and rose up in haste: and spoke: and said to his counsellers: not Did we cast 3 men bound into the middle of the fire? They answered and said to the king: True: O king.
ειπεν τε ο αγγελος προς αυτον περιζωσαι και υποδησαι τα σανδαλια σου εποιησεν δε ουτως και λεγει αυτω περιβαλου το ιματιον σου και ακολουθει μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2224ΖῶσαιZōsai (V-AMM-2S)
G2224 ζώννυμι zṓnnymi dzone-noo-mi from ζώνη; to bind about (especially with a belt):--gird.
|
ΖῶσαιZōsai
|
Gird yourself about
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5265ὑπόδησαιhypodēsai (V-AMM-2S)
G5265 ὑποδέω hypodéō hoop-od-eh-o from ὑπό and δέω; to bind under ones feet, i.e. put on shoes or sandals:--bind on, (be) shod.
|
ὑπόδησαιhypodēsai
|
put on
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4547σανδάλιάsandalia (N-ANP)
G4547 σανδάλιον sandálion san-dal-ee-on neuter of a derivative of (a sandal; of uncertain origin); a slipper or sole-pad:--sandal.
|
σανδάλιάsandalia
|
sandals
|
N-ANP
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτως.houtōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως.houtōs
|
so.
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4016ΠεριβαλοῦPeribalou (V-AMM-2S)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
ΠεριβαλοῦPeribalou
|
Wrap around you
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2440ἱμάτιόνhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιόνhimation
|
cloak
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G190ἀκολούθειakolouthei (V-PMA-2S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολούθειakolouthei
|
follow
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
8
The angel said to him, Gird yourself, and bind on your sandals. And so he did. And he says to him, Cast your garment about you, and follow me.
Acts 12:8
Stats
Rank: #8815 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 39 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν τε ο αγγελος προς αυτον περιζωσαι και υποδησαι τα σανδαλια σου εποιησεν δε ουτως και λεγει αυτω περιβαλου το ιματιον σου και ακολουθει μοι
Lit: Said then the angel to him, Gird yourself about and put on the sandals of you. He did and so. And he says to him, Wrap around you the cloak of you and follow me.
KJV: And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me.
και εξελθων ηκολουθει αυτω και ουκ ηδει οτι αληθες εστιν το γινομενον δια του αγγελου εδοκει δε οραμα βλεπειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G190ἠκολούθει,ēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθει,ēkolouthei
|
he was following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492ᾔδειēdei (V-LIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδειēdei
|
did know
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G227ἀληθέςalēthes (Adj-NNS)
G227 ἀληθής alēthḗs al-ay-thace from Α (as a negative particle) and λανθάνω; true (as not concealing):--true, truly, truth.
|
ἀληθέςalēthes
|
real
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
what
|
Art-NNS
|
G1096γινόμενονginomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινόμενονginomenon
|
is happening
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by means of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλου,angelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλου,angelou
|
angel;
|
N-GMS
|
G1380ἐδόκειedokei (V-IIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
ἐδόκειedokei
|
he was thinking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3705ὅραμαhorama (N-ANS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμαhorama
|
a vision
|
N-ANS
|
G991βλέπειν.blepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπειν.blepein
|
he saw.
|
V-PNA
|
9
He went out, and followed him; and not wist that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision.Acts 12:9
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 23 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελθων ηκολουθει αυτω και ουκ ηδει οτι αληθες εστιν το γινομενον δια του αγγελου εδοκει δε οραμα βλεπειν
Lit: And having gone forth, he was following and not did know that real is what is happening by means of the angel; he was thinking however a vision he saw.
KJV: And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision.
References
"he went"Ac 26:19: Whereupon: O king Agrippa: I not was disobedient to the heavenly vision:Ge 6:22: Thus did Noah; according to all that God commanded Him: so did He.Joh 2:5: His mother says to the servants: Whatever he says to you: do it.Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went."wist not"Ac 10:3: 17: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ac 11:5: I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision: A certain vessel descend: as it had been a great sheet: let down from heaven by 4 corners; and it came even to me:Ge 45:26: Told him: saying: Joseph is yet alive: and he is governor over all the land of Egypt. And Jacob's heart fainted: for he believed not them.Ps 126:1: > When the LORD turned again the captivity of Zion: we were like them that dream.2Co 12:1-3: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.
διελθοντες δε πρωτην φυλακην και δευτεραν ηλθον επι την πυλην την σιδηραν την φερουσαν εις την πολιν ητις αυτοματη ηνοιχθη αυτοις και εξελθοντες προηλθον ρυμην μιαν και ευθεως απεστη ο αγγελος απ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330διελθόντεςdielthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθόντεςdielthontes
|
Having passed through
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4413πρώτηνprōtēn (Adj-AFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηνprōtēn
|
a first
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5438φυλακὴνphylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴνphylakēn
|
guard
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1208δευτέρανdeuteran (Adj-AFS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρανdeuteran
|
a second,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθανēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθανēlthan
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4439πύληνpylēn (N-AFS)
G4439 πύλη pýlē poo-lay apparently a primary word; a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (literally or figuratively):--gate.
|
πύληνpylēn
|
gate
|
N-AFS
|
G4603σιδηρᾶνsidēran (Adj-AFS)
G4603 σιδήρεος sidḗreos sid-ay-reh-os from σίδηρος; made of iron:--(of) iron.
|
σιδηρᾶνsidēran
|
iron
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5342φέρουσανpherousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσανpherousan
|
leading
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G844αὐτομάτηautomatē (Adj-NFS)
G844 αὐτόματος autómatos ow-tom-at-os from αὐτός and the same as μάτην; self-moved (automatic), i.e. spontaneous:--of own accord, of self.
|
αὐτομάτηautomatē
|
by itself
|
Adj-NFS
|
G455ἠνοίγηēnoigē (V-AIP-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνοίγηēnoigē
|
opened
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone out
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4281προῆλθονproēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G4281 προέρχομαι proérchomai pro-er-khom-ahee from πρό and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time):--go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on.
|
προῆλθονproēlthon
|
they went on through
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4505ῥύμηνrhymēn (N-AFS)
G4505 ῥύμη rhýmē hroo-may prolongation from ῥύομαι in its original sense; an alley or avenue (as crowded):--lane, street.
|
ῥύμηνrhymēn
|
street
|
N-AFS
|
G1520μίαν,mian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαν,mian
|
one,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G868ἀπέστηapestē (V-AIA-3S)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀπέστηapestē
|
departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
10
When they were past the first and the second ward, they came to the iron gate that leads to the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him.Acts 12:10
Stats
Rank: #7808 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 243 characters, 41 words, 192 letters, 67 vowels, 125 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελθοντες δε πρωτην φυλακην και δευτεραν ηλθον επι την πυλην την σιδηραν την φερουσαν εις την πολιν ητις αυτοματη ηνοιχθη αυτοις και εξελθοντες προηλθον ρυμην μιαν και ευθεως απεστη ο αγγελος απ αυτου
Lit: Having passed through then a first guard and a second, they came to the gate iron leading into the city, which by itself opened to them. And having gone out they went on through street one, and immediately departed the angel from him.
KJV: When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him.
References
"the first"Ac 12:4: When he had apprehended him: he put him in prison: and delivered him to 4 quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.Ge 40:3: He put them in ward in the house of the captain of the guard: into the prison: the place where Joseph was bound.Ge 42:17: He put them all together into ward 3 days.Nu 15:34: They put him in ward: because it not was declared what should be done to him.Isa 21:8: He cried: A lion: My lord: I stand continually upon the watchtower in the daytime: and I am set in my ward whole nights:"which"Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 16:26: Suddenly there was a great earthquake: so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened: and every one's bands were loosed.Isa 45:1: 2: Thus says the LORD to His anointed: to Cyrus: whose right hand I have holden: to subdue nations before Him; and I will loose the loins of kings: to open before Him the two leaved gates; and the gates will not be shut;Joh 20:19: 26: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;
και ο πετρος γενομενος εν εαυτω ειπεν νυν οιδα αληθως οτι εξαπεστειλεν κυριος τον αγγελον αυτου και εξειλετο με εκ χειρος ηρωδου και πασης της προσδοκιας του λαου των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
himself
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having come,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3568ΝῦνNyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
ΝῦνNyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G230ἀληθῶςalēthōs (Adv)
G230 ἀληθῶς alēthōs al-ay-thoce adverb from ἀληθής; truly:--indeed, surely, of a surety, truly, of a (in) truth, verily, very.
|
ἀληθῶςalēthōs
|
truly
|
Adv
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλενexapesteilen
|
has sent forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1807ἐξείλατόexeilato (V-AIM-3S)
G1807 ἐξαιρέω exairéō ex-ahee-reh-o from ἐκ and αἱρέομαι; actively, to tear out; middle voice, to select; figuratively, to release:--deliver, pluck out, rescue.
|
ἐξείλατόexeilato
|
delivered
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
the hand
|
N-GFS
|
G2264ἩρῴδουHērōdou (N-GMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδουHērōdou
|
of Herod
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4329προσδοκίαςprosdokias (N-GFS)
G4329 προσδοκία prosdokía pros-dok-ee-ah from προσδοκάω; apprehension (of evil); by implication, infliction anticipated:--expectation, looking after.
|
προσδοκίαςprosdokias
|
expectation
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων.Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων.Ioudaiōn
|
Jews.
|
Adj-GMP
|
11
When Peter was come to Himself, He said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord has sent His angel, and has delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.
Acts 12:11
Stats
Rank: #7705 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 207 characters, 38 words, 159 letters, 60 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο πετρος γενομενος εν εαυτω ειπεν νυν οιδα αληθως οτι εξαπεστειλεν κυριος τον αγγελον αυτου και εξειλετο με εκ χειρος ηρωδου και πασης της προσδοκιας του λαου των ιουδαιων
Lit: And Peter to himself having come, said, Now I know truly that has sent forth the Lord the angel of Him and delivered me out of the hand of Herod and all the expectation of the people of the Jews.
KJV: And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.
References
"was come"Lu 15:17: When he came to himself: he said: How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare: and I perish with hunger!"I know"Ge 15:13: He said to Abram: Know of a surety that your seed will be a stranger in a land that is not theirs: and will serve them; and they will afflict them 400 years;Ge 18:13: The LORD said to Abraham: For what reason did Sarah laugh: saying: Will I of a surety bear a child: which am old?Ge 26:9: Abimelech called Isaac: and said: Look: of a surety she is your wife: and how said you: She is my sister? And Isaac said to him: Because I said: Lest I die for her."that the"Ac 12:7: And: look: the angel of the Lord came upon Him: and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side: and raised Him up: saying: Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: 2Ch 16:9: For the eyes of the LORD run to and fro throughout the whole earth: to show Himself strong in the behalf of them whose heart is perfect toward Him. Herein you have done foolishly: therefore from henceforth you will have wars.Ps 34:7: The angel of the LORD encamps round about them that fear Him: and delivers them.Da 3:25: 28: He answered and said: Indeed: I see 4 men loose: walking in the middle of the fire: and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God.Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"and hath"2Sa 22:1: David spoke to the LORD the words of this song in the day that the LORD had delivered Him out of the hand of all His enemies: and out of the hand of Saul:Job 5:19: He will deliver you in 6 troubles: yes: in 7 there will no evil touch you.Ps 33:18: Look: the eye of the LORD is upon them that fear Him: upon them that hope in His mercy;Ps 34:22: The LORD redeems the soul of His servants: and none of them that trust in Him will be desolate.Ps 41:2: The LORD will preserve Him: and keep Him alive; and He will be blessed upon the earth: and you will not deliver Him to the will of His enemies.Ps 97:10: You that love the LORD: hate evil: He preserves the souls of His saints; He delivers them out of the hand of the wicked.Ps 109:31: For he will stand at the right hand of the poor: to save him from those that condemn his soul.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:"all"Ac 23:12-30: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Ac 25:3-5: 9: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Job 31:31: If the men of my tabernacle not said: Oh that we had of his flesh! we cannot be satisfied.
συνιδων τε ηλθεν επι την οικιαν μαριας της μητρος ιωαννου του επικαλουμενου μαρκου ου ησαν ικανοι συνηθροισμενοι και προσευχομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4894Συνιδώνsynidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4894 συνείδω syneídō soon-i-do from σύν and εἴδω; to see completely; used (like its primary) only in two past tenses, respectively meaning to understand or become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely) informed of:--consider, know, be privy, be ware of.
|
Συνιδώνsynidōn
|
Having considered it
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G3137ΜαρίαςMarias (N-GFS)
G3137 Μαρία María mar-ee-am of Hebrew origin (מִרְיָם); Maria or Mariam (i.e. Mirjam), the name of six Christian females:-- Mary.
|
ΜαρίαςMarias
|
Mary
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3384μητρὸςmētros (N-GFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὸςmētros
|
mother
|
N-GFS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
of John,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
who
|
Art-GMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλουμένουepikaloumenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλουμένουepikaloumenou
|
is called
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G3138Μάρκου,Markou (N-GMS)
G3138 Μάρκος Márkos mar-kos of Latin origin; Marcus, a Christian:--Marcus, Mark.
|
Μάρκου,Markou
|
Mark,
|
N-GMS
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2425ἱκανοὶhikanoi (Adj-NMP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανοὶhikanoi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4867συνηθροισμένοιsynēthroismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4867 συναθροίζω synathroízō soon-ath-royd-zo from σύν and (to hoard); to convene:--call (gather) together.
|
συνηθροισμένοιsynēthroismenoi
|
having gathered together
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευχόμενοι.proseuchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοι.proseuchomenoi
|
praying.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
12
When he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying.Acts 12:12
Stats
Rank: #2965 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 122 letters, 45 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνιδων τε ηλθεν επι την οικιαν μαριας της μητρος ιωαννου του επικαλουμενου μαρκου ου ησαν ικανοι συνηθροισμενοι και προσευχομενοι
Lit: Having considered it also, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, who is called Mark, where were many having gathered together and praying.
KJV: And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying.
References
"he came"Ac 4:23: Being let go: they went to their own company: and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.Ac 16:40: They went out of the prison: and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers: they comforted them: and departed."John"Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.Ac 13:5: 13: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 15:37-39: Barnabas determined to take with them John: whose surname was Mark.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)2Ti 4:11: Only Luke is with me. Take Mark: and bring him with you: for he is profitable to me for the ministry.Phm 1:24: Marcus: Aristarchus: Demas: Lucas: my fellowlabourers."where"Ac 12:5: Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church to God for Him.Isa 65:24: It will come to pass: that before they call: I will answer; and while they are yet speaking: I will hear.Mt 18:19: 20: Again I say to you: That if two of you will agree on earth as touching any thing that they will ask: it will be done for them of my Father which is in heaven.1Jo 5:14: 15: This is the confidence that we have in him: that: if we ask any thing according to his will: he hears us:
κρουσαντος δε του πετρου την θυραν του πυλωνος προσηλθεν παιδισκη υπακουσαι ονοματι ροδη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2925κρούσαντοςkrousantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2925 κρούω kroúō kroo-o apparently a primary verb; to rap:--knock.
|
κρούσαντοςkrousantos
|
Having knocked
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
at the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
door
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4440πυλῶνοςpylōnos (N-GMS)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνοςpylōnos
|
gate,
|
N-GMS
|
G4334προσῆλθενprosēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσῆλθενprosēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3814παιδίσκηpaidiskē (N-NFS)
G3814 παιδίσκη paidískē pahee-dis-kay feminine diminutive of παῖς; a girl, i.e. (specially), a female slave or servant:--bondmaid(-woman), damsel, maid(-en).
|
παιδίσκηpaidiskē
|
a girl
|
N-NFS
|
G5219ὑπακοῦσαιhypakousai (V-ANA)
G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπακοῦσαιhypakousai
|
to answer,
|
V-ANA
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G4498Ῥόδη,Rhodē (N-NFS)
G4498 Ῥόδη Rhódē hrod-ay probably for rhode (a rose); Rode, a servant girl:--Rhoda.
|
Ῥόδη,Rhodē
|
Rhoda.
|
N-NFS
|
13
As Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a damsel came to listen, named Rhoda.Acts 12:13
Stats
Rank: #2223 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 15 words, 65 letters, 27 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: κρουσαντος δε του πετρου την θυραν του πυλωνος προσηλθεν παιδισκη υπακουσαι ονοματι ροδη
Lit: Having knocked then of him at the door of the gate, came a girl to answer, named Rhoda.
KJV: And as Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a damsel came to hearken, named Rhoda.
References
"knocked"Ac 12:16: But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened the door: and saw him: they were astonished.Lu 13:25: When once the master of the house is risen up: and has shut to the door: and you begin to stand without: and to knock at the door: saying: Lord: Lord: open to us; and He will answer and say to you: I know you not where you are:
και επιγνουσα την φωνην του πετρου απο της χαρας ουκ ηνοιξεν τον πυλωνα εισδραμουσα δε απηγγειλεν εσταναι τον πετρον προ του πυλωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπιγνοῦσαepignousa (V-APA-NFS)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνοῦσαepignousa
|
having recognized
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G4074ΠέτρουPetrou (N-GMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρουPetrou
|
of Peter,
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS)
G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
joy
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
she opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4440πυλῶνα,pylōna (N-AMS)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνα,pylōna
|
gate,
|
N-AMS
|
G1532εἰσδραμοῦσαeisdramousa (V-APA-NFS)
G1532 εἰστρέχω eistréchō ice-trekh-o from εἰς and τρέχω; to hasten inward:--run in.
|
εἰσδραμοῦσαeisdramousa
|
having run in;
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
she reported
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2476ἑστάναιhestanai (V-RNA)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστάναιhestanai
|
to be standing
|
V-RNA
|
G4074ΠέτρονPetron (N-AMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτρονPetron
|
Peter
|
N-AMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4440πυλῶνος.pylōnos (N-GMS)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνος.pylōnos
|
gate.
|
N-GMS
|
14
When she knew Peter's voice, she not opened the gate for gladness, but ran in, and told how Peter stood before the gate.Acts 12:14
Stats
Rank: #2964 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 21 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επιγνουσα την φωνην του πετρου απο της χαρας ουκ ηνοιξεν τον πυλωνα εισδραμουσα δε απηγγειλεν εσταναι τον πετρον προ του πυλωνος
Lit: And having recognized the voice of Peter, from joy not she opened the gate, having run in; but she reported to be standing Peter before the gate.
KJV: And when she knew Peter's voice, she opened not the gate for gladness, but ran in, and told how Peter stood before the gate.
References
"she opened"Mt 28:8: They departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.Lu 24:41: While they yet not believed for joy: and wondered: he said to them: Have you here any meat?
οι δε προς αυτην ειπον μαινη η δε διισχυριζετο ουτως εχειν οι δ ελεγον ο αγγελος αυτου εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3105Μαίνῃ.Mainē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G3105 μαίνομαι maínomai mah-ee-nom-ahee middle voice from a primary (to long for; through the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a maniac:--be beside self (mad).
|
Μαίνῃ.Mainē
|
You are out of your mind.
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1340διϊσχυρίζετοdiischyrizeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1340 διϊσχυρίζομαι diïschyrízomai dee-is-khoo-rid-zom-ahee from διά and a derivative of ἰσχυρός; to stout it through, i.e. asservate:--confidently (constantly) affirm.
|
διϊσχυρίζετοdiischyrizeto
|
she kept insisting
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
it so
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειν.echein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειν.echein
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they kept saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελόςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελόςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
15
They said to her, You are mad. But she constantly affirmed that it was even so. Then said they, It is his angel.
Acts 12:15
Stats
Rank: #4077 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε προς αυτην ειπον μαινη η δε διισχυριζετο ουτως εχειν οι δ ελεγον ο αγγελος αυτου εστιν
Lit: And to her they said, You are out of your mind. But she kept insisting it so to be. And they kept saying, The angel it is of him.
KJV: And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she constantly affirmed that it was even so. Then said they, It is his angel.
References
"Thou"Ac 26:24: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad.Job 9:16: If I had called: and he had answered me; yet would not I believe that he had listened to my voice.Mr 16:11: 14: They: when they had heard that he was alive: and had been seen of her: not believed.Lu 24:11: Their words seemed to them as idle tales: and they believed not them."It is"Ge 48:16: The Angel which redeemed me from all evil: bless the lads; and let my name be named on them: and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaac; and let them grow into a multitude in the middle of the earth.Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 24:37: 38: But they were terrified and affrighted: and supposed that they had seen a spirit.
ο δε πετρος επεμενεν κρουων ανοιξαντες δε ειδον αυτον και εξεστησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1961ἐπέμενενepemenen (V-IIA-3S)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπέμενενepemenen
|
continued
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2925κρούων·krouōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2925 κρούω kroúō kroo-o apparently a primary verb; to rap:--knock.
|
κρούων·krouōn
|
knocking;
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G455ἀνοίξαντεςanoixantes (V-APA-NMP)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίξαντεςanoixantes
|
having opened it
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδανeidan (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδανeidan
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1839ἐξέστησαν.exestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1839 ἐξίστημι exístēmi ex-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἵστημι; to put (stand) out of wits, i.e. astound, or (reflexively) become astounded, insane:--amaze, be (make) astonished, be beside self (selves), bewitch, wonder.
|
ἐξέστησαν.exestēsan
|
were amazed.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
16
But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were astonished.Acts 12:16
Stats
Rank: #4051 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 14 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πετρος επεμενεν κρουων ανοιξαντες δε ειδον αυτον και εξεστησαν
Lit: But Peter continued knocking; having opened it then, they saw him and were amazed.
KJV: But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were astonished.
κατασεισας δε αυτοις τη χειρι σιγαν διηγησατο αυτοις πως ο κυριος αυτον εξηγαγεν εκ της φυλακης ειπεν δε απαγγειλατε ιακωβω και τοις αδελφοις ταυτα και εξελθων επορευθη εις ετερον τοπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2678κατασείσαςkataseisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2678 κατασείω kataseíō kat-as-i-o from κατά and σείω; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:--beckon.
|
κατασείσαςkataseisas
|
Having made a sign
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G4601σιγᾶνsigan (V-PNA)
G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
σιγᾶνsigan
|
to be silent,
|
V-PNA
|
G1334διηγήσατοdiēgēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγήσατοdiēgēsato
|
he related
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1806ἐξήγαγενexēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξήγαγενexēgagen
|
had brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5438φυλακῆς,phylakēs (N-GFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆς,phylakēs
|
prison.
|
N-GFS
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G518ἈπαγγείλατεApangeilate (V-AMA-2P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἈπαγγείλατεApangeilate
|
Report
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2385ἸακώβῳIakōbō (N-DMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸακώβῳIakōbō
|
to James
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθὼνexelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθὼνexelthōn
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4198ἐπορεύθηeporeuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορεύθηeporeuthē
|
he went
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-AMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5117τόπον.topon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπον.topon
|
place.
|
N-AMS
|
17
But He, beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace, declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said, Go show these things to James, and to the brothers. And He departed, and went into another place.
Acts 12:17
Stats
Rank: #3764 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 242 characters, 39 words, 189 letters, 69 vowels, 120 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατασεισας δε αυτοις τη χειρι σιγαν διηγησατο αυτοις πως ο κυριος αυτον εξηγαγεν εκ της φυλακης ειπεν δε απαγγειλατε ιακωβω και τοις αδελφοις ταυτα και εξελθων επορευθη εις ετερον τοπον
Lit: Having made a sign then to them with the hand to be silent, he related to them how the Lord him had brought out of the prison. He said then, Report to James and to the brothers these things. And having gone out, he went to another place.
KJV: But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, declared unto them how the Lord had brought him out of the prison. And he said, Go shew these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he departed, and went into another place.
References
"beckoning"Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 19:33: They drew Alexander out of the multitude: the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand: and would have made his defence to the people.Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying: Lu 1:22: When he came out: he not could speak to them: and they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple: for he beckoned to them: and remained speechless.Joh 13:24: Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him: that he should ask who it should be of whom he spoke."declared"Ps 66:16: Come and hear: all you that fear God: and I will declare what He has done for my soul.Ps 102:20: 21: To hear the groaning of the prisoner; to loose those that are appointed to death;Ps 107:21: 22: Oh that men would praise the LORD for His goodness: and for His wonderful works to the children of men!Ps 116:14: 15: I will pay my vows to the LORD now in the presence of all His people.Ps 146:7: Which executes judgment for the oppressed: which gives food to the hungry. The LORD looses the prisoners:"James"Ac 15:13: After they had held their peace: James answered: saying: Men and brothers: listen to me:Ac 21:18: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.1Co 15:7: After that: he was seen of James; then of all the apostles.Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Ga 2:9: 12: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."And he"Ac 16:40: They went out of the prison: and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers: they comforted them: and departed.Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come.Joh 7:1: After these things Jesus walked in Galilee: for He not would walk in Jewry: because the Jews sought to kill Him.Joh 8:59: Then took they up stones to cast at Him: but Jesus hid Himself: and went out of the temple: going through the middle of them: and so passed by.Joh 10:40: Went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and there he abode.Joh 11:54: Jesus therefore walked no more openly among the Jews; but went there to a country near to the wilderness: into a city called Ephraim: and there continued with His disciples.
γενομενης δε ημερας ην ταραχος ουκ ολιγος εν τοις στρατιωταις τι αρα ο πετρος εγενετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ΓενομένηςGenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ΓενομένηςGenomenēs
|
Having come
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day,
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
there was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5017τάραχοςtarachos (N-NMS)
G5017 τάραχος tárachos tar-akh-os masculine from ταράσσω; a disturbance, i.e. (popular) tumult:--stir.
|
τάραχοςtarachos
|
disturbance
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγοςoligos (Adj-NMS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγοςoligos
|
small
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4757στρατιώταις,stratiōtais (N-DMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώταις,stratiōtais
|
soldiers,
|
N-DMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G686ἄραara (Conj)
G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then of
|
Conj
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετο.egeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετο.egeneto
|
has become.
|
V-AIM-3S
|
18
Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter.Acts 12:18
Stats
Rank: #4778 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενης δε ημερας ην ταραχος ουκ ολιγος εν τοις στρατιωταις τι αρα ο πετρος εγενετο
Lit: Having come now day, there was disturbance no small among the soldiers, what then of Peter has become.
KJV: Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter.
References
"there"Ac 5:22-25: But when the officers came: and found not them in the prison: they returned: and told: Ac 16:27: The keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep: and seeing the prison doors open: he drew out his sword: and would have killed himself: supposing that the prisoners had been fled.Ac 19:23: The same time there arose no small stir about that way.
ηρωδης δε επιζητησας αυτον και μη ευρων ανακρινας τους φυλακας εκελευσεν απαχθηναι και κατελθων απο της ιουδαιας εις την καισαρειαν διετριβεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1934ἐπιζητήσαςepizētēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizētéō ep-eed-zay-teh-o from ἐπί and ζητέω; to search (inquire) for; intensively, to demand, to crave:--desire, enquire, seek (after, for).
|
ἐπιζητήσαςepizētēsas
|
having sought after
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρὼν,heurōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρὼν,heurōn
|
having found him,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G350ἀνακρίναςanakrinas (V-APA-NMS)
G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίναςanakrinas
|
having examined
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5441φύλακαςphylakas (N-AMP)
G5441 φύλαξ phýlax foo-lax from φυλάσσω; a watcher or sentry:--keeper.
|
φύλακαςphylakas
|
guards,
|
N-AMP
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he commanded them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G520ἀπαχθῆναι,apachthēnai (V-ANP)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπαχθῆναι,apachthēnai
|
to be led away to death.
|
V-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2718κατελθὼνkatelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατελθὼνkatelthōn
|
having gone down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
Judea
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισάρειανKaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισάρειανKaisareian
|
Caesarea,
|
N-AFS
|
G1304διέτριβεν.dietriben (V-IIA-3S)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διέτριβεν.dietriben
|
he stayed there.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
19
When Herod had sought for him, and found not him, he examined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to death. And he went down from Judaea to Caesarea, and there abode.Acts 12:19
Stats
Rank: #4789 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 28 words, 145 letters, 57 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηρωδης δε επιζητησας αυτον και μη ευρων ανακρινας τους φυλακας εκελευσεν απαχθηναι και κατελθων απο της ιουδαιας εις την καισαρειαν διετριβεν
Lit: Herod then having sought after him, and not having found him, having examined the guards, he commanded them to be led away to death. And having gone down from Judea to Caesarea, he stayed there.
KJV: And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to death. And he went down from Judaea to Caesarea, and [there] abode.
References
"sought for him"1Sa 23:14: David abode in the wilderness in strong holds: and remained in a mountain in the wilderness of Ziph. And Saul sought Him every day: but God delivered Him not">not Him into His hand.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.Jer 36:26: But the king commanded Jerahmeel the son of Hammelech: and Seraiah the son of Azriel: and Shelemiah the son of Abdeel: to take Baruch the scribe and Jeremiah the prophet: but the LORD hid them.Mt 2:13: When they were departed: look: the angel of the Lord appears to Joseph in a dream: saying: Arise: and take the young child and His mother: and flee into Egypt: and be you there until I bring you word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy Him."he examined"Ac 12:4: 6: When he had apprehended him: he put him in prison: and delivered him to 4 quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.Mt 28:11-15: Now when they were going: look: some of the watch came into the city: and showed to the chief priests all the things that were done."commanded"Da 2:11-13: it is a rare thing that the king requires: and there is none other that can show it before the king: except the gods: whose dwelling not is with flesh.Mt 2:16: Then Herod: when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men: was exceeding angry: and sent forth: and killed all the children that were in Bethlehem: and in all the coasts thereof: from two years old and under: according to the time which he had diligently inquired of the wise men.Joh 12:10: 11: But the chief priests consulted that they might put Lazarus also to death;"he went"Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him.Ac 25:13: After certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came to Caesarea to greet Festus.1Ki 20:43: The king of Israel went to his house heavy and displeased: and came to Samaria.Es 6:12: Mordecai came again to the king's gate. But Haman hasted to his house mourning: and having his head covered.
The Death of Herod
ην δε ο ηρωδης θυμομαχων τυριοις και σιδωνιοις ομοθυμαδον δε παρησαν προς αυτον και πεισαντες βλαστον τον επι του κοιτωνος του βασιλεως ητουντο ειρηνην δια το τρεφεσθαι αυτων την χωραν απο της βασιλικης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮνĒn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮνĒn
|
He had been
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2371θυμομαχῶνthymomachōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2371 θυμομαχέω thymomachéō thoo-mom-akh-eh-o from a presumed compound of θυμός and μάχομαι; to be in a furious fight, i.e. (figuratively) to be exasperated:--be highly displeased.
|
θυμομαχῶνthymomachōn
|
furiously angry
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5183ΤυρίοιςTyriois (N-DMP)
G5183 Τύριος Týrios too-ree-os from Τύρος; a Tyrian, i.e. inhabitant of Tyrus:--of Tyre.
|
ΤυρίοιςTyriois
|
with the Tyrians
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4606Σιδωνίοις·Sidōniois (Adj-DMP)
G4606 Σιδώνιος Sidṓnios sid-o-nee-os from Σιδών; a Sidonian, i.e. inhabitant of Sidon:--of Sidon.
|
Σιδωνίοις·Sidōniois
|
Sidonians;
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3918παρῆσανparēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρῆσανparēsan
|
they came
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3982πείσαντεςpeisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείσαντεςpeisantes
|
having gained
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G986ΒλάστονBlaston (N-AMS)
G986 Βλάστος Blástos blas-tos perhaps the same as the base of βλαστάνω; Blastus, an officer of Herod Agrippa:--Blastus.
|
ΒλάστονBlaston
|
Blastus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
who was
|
Art-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2846κοιτῶνοςkoitōnos (N-GMS)
G2846 κοιτών koitṓn koy-tone from κοίτη; a bedroom:--+ chamberlain.
|
κοιτῶνοςkoitōnos
|
bedchamber
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G935βασιλέωςbasileōs (N-GMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωςbasileōs
|
king,
|
N-GMS
|
G154ᾐτοῦντοētounto (V-IIM-3P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτοῦντοētounto
|
they were seeking
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G1515εἰρήνην,eirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνην,eirēnēn
|
peace,
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G5142τρέφεσθαιtrephesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5142 τρέφω tréphō tref-o a primary verb (properly, ; but perhaps strengthened from the base of τροπή through the idea of convolution); properly, to stiffen, i.e. fatten (by implication, to cherish (with food, etc.), pamper, rear):--bring up, feed, nourish.,
|
τρέφεσθαιtrephesthai
|
being nourished
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
their
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5561χώρανchōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρανchōran
|
region
|
N-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G937βασιλικῆς.basilikēs (Adj-GFS)
G937 βασιλικός basilikós bas-il-ee-kos from βασιλεύς; regal (in relation), i.e. (literally) belonging to (or befitting) the sovereign (as land, dress, or a courtier), or (figuratively) preeminent:--kings, nobleman, royal.
|
βασιλικῆς.basilikēs
|
king’s.
|
Adj-GFS
|
20
Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: but they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king's chamberlain their friend, desired peace; because their country was nourished by the king's country.Acts 12:20
Stats
Rank: #4738 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 234 characters, 34 words, 188 letters, 67 vowels, 121 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην δε ο ηρωδης θυμομαχων τυριοις και σιδωνιοις ομοθυμαδον δε παρησαν προς αυτον και πεισαντες βλαστον τον επι του κοιτωνος του βασιλεως ητουντο ειρηνην δια το τρεφεσθαι αυτων την χωραν απο της βασιλικης
Lit: He had been now furiously angry with the Tyrians and Sidonians; with one accord then they came to him. And having gained Blastus, who was over the bedchamber of the king, they were seeking peace, because of being nourished their region by the king’s.
KJV: And Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: but they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king's chamberlain their friend, desired peace; because their country was nourished by the king's country.
References
"Tyre"Ge 10:15: 19: Canaan begot Sidon his firstborn: and Heth: Jos 19:29: then the coast turns'>turns to Ramah: and to the strong city Tyre; and the coast turns'>turns to Hosah; and the outgoings thereof are at the sea from the coast to Achzib:Isa 23:1-4: The burden of Tyre. Howl: you ships of Tarshish; for it is laid waste: so that there is no house: no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.Mt 11:21: 22: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works: which were done in you: had been done in Tyre and Sidon: they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes."but"Pr 17:14: The beginning of strife is as when one lets out water: therefore leave off contention: before it be meddled with.Pr 20:18: Every purpose is established by counsel: and with good advice make war.Pr 25:8: not Go forth hastily to strive: lest you not know what to do in the end thereof: when your neighbour has put you to shame.Ec 10:4: If the spirit of the ruler rise up against you: not leave your place; for yielding pacifies great offences.Isa 27:4: 5: Fury is not in me: who would set the briers and thorns against me in battle? I would go through them: I would burn them together.Lu 14:31: 32: Or what king: going to make war against another king: sits not down first: and consults whether he be able with 10000 to meet him that comes against him with 20000?"because"1Ki 5:9-11: My servants will bring them down from Lebanon to the sea: and I will convey them by sea in floats to the place that you will appoint me: and will cause them to be discharged there: and you will receive them: and you will accomplish my desire: in giving food for my household.2Ch 2:10: 15: And: look: I will give to your servants: the hewers that cut timber: 20000 measures of beaten wheat: and 20000 measures of barley: and 20000 baths of wine: and 20000 baths of oil.Ezr 3:7: They gave money also to the masons: and to the carpenters; and meat: and drink: and oil: to them of Zidon: and to them of Tyre: to bring cedar trees from Lebanon to the sea of Joppa: according to the grant that they had of Cyrus king of Persia.Eze 27:17: Judah: and the land of Israel: they were your merchants: they traded in your market wheat of Minnith: and Pannag: and honey: and oil: and balm.Ho 2:8: 9: For she not did know that I gave her grain: and wine: and oil: and multiplied her silver and gold: which they prepared for Baal.Am 4:6-9: I also have given you cleanness of teeth in all your cities: and want of bread in all your places: yet have you not returned to me: says the LORD.Hag 1:8-11: Go up to the mountain: and bring wood: and build the house; and I will take pleasure in it: and I will be glorified: says the LORD.Hag 2:16: 17: Since those days were: when one came to an heap of 20 measures: there were but 10: when one came to the pressfat for to draw out 50 vessels out of the press: there were but 20.Lu 16:8: The lord commended the unjust steward: because he had done wisely: for the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light.
τακτη δε ημερα ο ηρωδης ενδυσαμενος εσθητα βασιλικην και καθισας επι του βηματος εδημηγορει προς αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5002τακτῇtaktē (Adj-DFS)
G5002 τακτός taktós tak-tos from τάσσω; arranged, i.e. appointed or stated:--set.
|
τακτῇtaktē
|
On the appointed
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G2264ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs (N-NMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδηςHērōdēs
|
Herod,
|
N-NMS
|
G1746ἐνδυσάμενοςendysamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδυσάμενοςendysamenos
|
having put on
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2066ἐσθῆταesthēta (N-AFS)
G2066 ἐσθής esthḗs es-thace from (to clothe); dress:--apparel, clothing, raiment, robe.
|
ἐσθῆταesthēta
|
apparel
|
N-AFS
|
G937βασιλικὴνbasilikēn (Adj-AFS)
G937 βασιλικός basilikós bas-il-ee-kos from βασιλεύς; regal (in relation), i.e. (literally) belonging to (or befitting) the sovereign (as land, dress, or a courtier), or (figuratively) preeminent:--kings, nobleman, royal.
|
βασιλικὴνbasilikēn
|
royal
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532‹καὶ›kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶ›kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523καθίσαςkathisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαςkathisas
|
having sat
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματοςbēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματοςbēmatos
|
throne,
|
N-GNS
|
G1215ἐδημηγόρειedēmēgorei (V-IIA-3S)
G1215 δημηγορέω dēmēgoréō day-may-gor-eh-o from a compound of δῆμος and ἀγορά; to be a people-gatherer, i.e. to address a public assembly:--make an oration.
|
ἐδημηγόρειedēmēgorei
|
was making an address
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
21
Upon a set day Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat upon his throne, and made an oration to them.Acts 12:21
Stats
Rank: #4973 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 17 words, 80 letters, 34 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: τακτη δε ημερα ο ηρωδης ενδυσαμενος εσθητα βασιλικην και καθισας επι του βηματος εδημηγορει προς αυτους
Lit: On the appointed now day, Herod, having put on apparel royal and having sat on the throne, was making an address to them.
KJV: And upon a set day Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat upon his throne, and made an oration unto them.
ο δε δημος επεφωνει θεου φωνη και ουκ ανθρωπου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1218δῆμοςdēmos (N-NMS)
G1218 δῆμος dēmos day-mos from δέω; the public (as bound together socially):--people.
|
δῆμοςdēmos
|
the people
|
N-NMS
|
G2019ἐπεφώνειepephōnei (V-IIA-3S)
G2019 ἐπιφωνέω epiphōnéō ep-ee-fo-neh-o from ἐπί and φωνέω; to call at something, i.e. exclaim:--cry (against), give a shout.
|
ἐπεφώνειepephōnei
|
were crying out,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
Of a god
|
N-GMS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
this is the voice,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G444ἀνθρώπου.anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου.anthrōpou
|
of a man!
|
N-GMS
|
22
The people gave a shout, saying, It is
the voice of a god, not and of a man.Acts 12:22
Stats
Rank: #5435 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 16 words, 58 letters, 26 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε δημος επεφωνει θεου φωνη και ουκ ανθρωπου
Lit: And the people were crying out, Of a god this is the voice, and not of a man!
KJV: And the people gave a shout, saying, It is the voice of a god, and not of a man.
References
"And the people gave a shout, saying, It is the voice of a god, and not of a man."Ac 14:10-13: Said with a loud voice: Stand upright on your feet. And he leaped and walked.Ps 12:2: They speak vanity every one with his neighbour: with flattering lips and with a double heart do they speak.Da 6:7: All the presidents of the kingdom: the governors: and the princes: the counsellers: and the captains: have consulted together to establish a royal statute: and to make a firm decree: that whoever will ask a petition of any God or man for 30 days: save of you: O king: He will be cast into the den of lions.Jude 1:16: These are murmurers: complainers: walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaks great swelling words: having men's persons in admiration because of advantage.Re 13:4: They worshipped the dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshipped the beast: saying: Who is like to the beast? who is able to make war with him?
παραχρημα δε επαταξεν αυτον αγγελος κυριου ανθ ων ουκ εδωκεν την δοξαν τω θεω και γενομενος σκωληκοβρωτος εξεψυξεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3916Παραχρῆμαparachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
Παραχρῆμαparachrēma
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3960ἐπάταξενepataxen (V-AIA-3S)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
ἐπάταξενepataxen
|
struck
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
an angel
|
N-NMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G473ἀνθ’anth’ (Prep)
G473 ἀντί antí an-tee a primary particle; opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to):--for, in the room of. Often used in composition to denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspondence, etc.
|
ἀνθ’anth’
|
in return
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
for that
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
he gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
to God;
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having been
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4662σκωληκόβρωτοςskōlēkobrōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4662 σκωληκόβρωτος skōlēkóbrōtos sko-lay-kob-ro-tos from σκώληξ and a derivative of βιβρώσκω; worm-eaten, i.e. diseased with maggots:--eaten of worms.
|
σκωληκόβρωτοςskōlēkobrōtos
|
eaten by worms,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1634ἐξέψυξεν.exepsyxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1634 ἐκψύχω ekpsýchō ek-psoo-kho from ἐκ and ψύχω; to expire:--give (yield) up the ghost.
|
ἐξέψυξεν.exepsyxen
|
he breathed his last.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
23
Immediately the angel of the Lord smote Him, because He not gave God the glory: and He was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost.Acts 12:23
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 24 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραχρημα δε επαταξεν αυτον αγγελος κυριου ανθ ων ουκ εδωκεν την δοξαν τω θεω και γενομενος σκωληκοβρωτος εξεψυξεν
Lit: Immediately then struck him an angel of the Lord, in return for that not he gave the glory to God; and having been eaten by worms, he breathed his last.
KJV: And immediately the angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not God the glory: and he was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost.
References
"the angel"Ex 12:12: 23: 29: For I will pass through the land of Egypt this night: and will smite all the firstborn in the land of Egypt: both man and beast; and against all the gods of Egypt I will execute judgment: I am the LORD.1Sa 25:38: It came to pass about 10 days after: that the LORD smote Nabal: that He died.2Sa 24:17: David spoke to the LORD when He saw the angel that smote the people: and said: Indeed: I have sinned: and I have done wickedly: but these sheep: what have they done? let your hand: I pray you: be against me: and against my father's house.1Ch 21:14-18: So the LORD sent pestilence upon Israel: and there fell of Israel 70000 men.2Ch 32:21: The LORD sent an angel: which cut off all the mighty men of valour: and the leaders and captains in the camp of the king of Assyria. So He returned with shame of face to His own land. And when He was come into the house of His god: they that came forth of His own bowels killed Him there with the sword."because"Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Ac 14:14: 15: Which when the apostles: Barnabas and Paul: heard of: they tear their clothes: and ran in among the people: crying out: Ex 9:17: As yet exalt you yourself against my people: that you will not let them go?Ex 10:3: Moses and Aaron came in to Pharaoh: and said to Him: Thus says the LORD God of the Hebrews: How long will you refuse to humble yourself before me? let my people go: that they may serve me.Ps 115:1: Not to us: O LORD: not to us: but to your name give glory: for your mercy: and for your truth's sake.Isa 37:23: Whom have you reproached and blasphemed? and against whom have you exalted your voice: and lifted up your eyes on high? even against the Holy one of Israel.Eze 28:2: 9: Son of man: say to the prince of Tyrus: Thus says the Lord GOD; Because your heart is lifted up: and you have said: I am a God: I sit in the seat of God: in the middle of the seas; yet you are a man: not and God: though you set your heart as the heart of God:Da 4:30-37: The king spoke: and said: not Is this great Babylon: that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power: and for the honour of my majesty?Da 5:18-24: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Lu 12:47: 48: That servant: which knew his lord's will: and not prepared himself: neither did according to his will: will be beaten with many stripes.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."and he"2Ch 21:18: 19: After all this the LORD smote Him in His bowels with an incurable disease.Job 7:5: My flesh is clothed with worms and clods of dust; my skin is broken: and become loathsome.Job 19:26: though after my skin worms destroy this body: yet in my flesh will I see God:Isa 14:11: Your pomp is brought down to the grave: and the noise of your viols: the worm is spread under you: and the worms cover you.Isa 51:8: For the moth will eat them up like a garment: and the worm will eat them like wool: but my righteousness will be for ever: and my salvation from generation to generation.Isa 66:24: They will go forth: and look upon the carcases of the men that have transgressed against me: for their worm will not die: neither will their fire be quenched; and they will be an abhorring to all flesh.Mr 9:44-48: Where their worm dies not: and the fire not is quenched.
ο δε λογος του θεου ηυξανεν και επληθυνετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
the word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316θεοῦ*theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοῦ*theou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G837ηὔξανενēuxanen (V-IIA-3S)
G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
ηὔξανενēuxanen
|
continued to grow
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4129ἐπληθύνετο.eplēthyneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
ἐπληθύνετο.eplēthyneto
|
to multiply.
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
24
But the word of God grew and multiplied.Acts 12:24
Stats
Rank: #5386 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 40 characters, 8 words, 32 letters, 11 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε λογος του θεου ηυξανεν και επληθυνετο
Lit: But the word of God continued to grow and to multiply.
KJV: But the word of God grew and multiplied.
References
"But the word of God grew and multiplied."Ac 5:39: But if it be of God: you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 19:20: So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.Pr 28:28: When the wicked rise: men hide themselves: but when they perish: the righteous increase.Isa 41:10-13: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 54:14-17: In righteousness will you be established: you will be far from oppression; for you will not fear: and from terror; for it will not come near you.Isa 55:10: For as the rain comes down: and the snow from heaven: and returns not there: but waters the earth: and makes it bring forth and bud: that it may give seed to the sower: and bread to the eater:Da 2:24: 44: Therefore Daniel went in to Arioch: whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise men of Babylon: he went and said thus to him; not Destroy the wise men of Babylon: bring me in before the king: and I will show to the king the interpretation.Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.Col 1:6: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:2Th 3:1: Finally: brothers: pray for us: that the word of the Lord may have free course: and be glorified: even as it is with you:
βαρναβας δε και σαυλος υπεστρεψαν εξ ιερουσαλημ πληρωσαντες την διακονιαν συμπαραλαβοντες και ιωαννην τον επικληθεντα μαρκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψαν,hypestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψαν,hypestrepsan
|
returned,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰς*eis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰς*eis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλὴμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλὴμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G4137πληρώσαντεςplērōsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρώσαντεςplērōsantes
|
having fulfilled
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1248διακονίαν,diakonian (N-AFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίαν,diakonian
|
mission,
|
N-AFS
|
G4838συμπαραλαβόντεςsymparalabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4838 συμπαραλαμβάνω symparalambánō soom-par-al-am-ban-o from σύν and παραλαμβάνω; to take along in company:--take with.
|
συμπαραλαβόντεςsymparalabontes
|
having taken with them
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G1941ἐπικληθένταepiklēthenta (V-APP-AMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικληθένταepiklēthenta
|
having been called
|
V-APP-AMS
|
G3138Μάρκον.Markon (N-AMS)
G3138 Μάρκος Márkos mar-kos of Latin origin; Marcus, a Christian:--Marcus, Mark.
|
Μάρκον.Markon
|
Mark.
|
N-AMS
|
25
Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministry, and took with them John, whose surname was Mark.Acts 12:25
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 19 words, 110 letters, 38 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: βαρναβας δε και σαυλος υπεστρεψαν εξ ιερουσαλημ πληρωσαντες την διακονιαν συμπαραλαβοντες και ιωαννην τον επικληθεντα μαρκον
Lit: Barnabas then and Saul returned, to Jerusalem having fulfilled the mission, having taken with them John, the one having been called Mark.
KJV: And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministry, and took with them John, whose surname was Mark.
References
"Barnabas"Ac 11:29: 30: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul."took"Ac 13:5: 13: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 15:37: Barnabas determined to take with them John: whose surname was Mark."John"Ac 12:12: When he had considered the thing: he came to the house of Mary the mother of John: whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying.1Pe 5:13: The church that is at Babylon: elected together with you: salutes you; and so does Marcus my son.
13
Witnesses to the Ends of the Earth
Paul’s First Missionary Journey to Asia Minor
ησαν δε τινες εν αντιοχεια κατα την ουσαν εκκλησιαν προφηται και διδασκαλοι ο τε βαρναβας και συμεων ο καλουμενος νιγερ και λουκιος ο κυρηναιος μαναην τε ηρωδου του τετραρχου συντροφος και σαυλος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἮσανĒsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮσανĒsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιοχείᾳAntiocheia (N-DFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιοχείᾳAntiocheia
|
Antioch,
|
N-DFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1510οὖσανousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσανousan
|
being there
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church,
|
N-AFS
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1320διδάσκαλοιdidaskaloi (N-NMP)
G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
διδάσκαλοιdidaskaloi
|
teachers,
|
N-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4826ΣυμεὼνSymeōn (N-NMS)
G4826 Συμεών Symeṓn soom-eh-one from the same as Σίμων; Symeon (i.e. Shimon), the name of five Israelites:--Simeon, Simon.
|
ΣυμεὼνSymeōn
|
Simeon
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2564καλούμενοςkaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενοςkaloumenos
|
was called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3526Νίγερ,Niger (N-NMS)
G3526 Νίγερ Níger neeg-er of Latin origin; black; Niger, a Christian:--Niger.
|
Νίγερ,Niger
|
Niger,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3066ΛούκιοςLoukios (N-NMS)
G3066 Λούκιος Loúkios loo-kee-os of Latin origin; illuminative; Lucius, a Christian:--Lucius.
|
ΛούκιοςLoukios
|
Lucius
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2956Κυρηναῖος,Kyrēnaios (N-NMS)
G2956 Κυρηναῖος Kyrēnaîos koo-ray-nah-yos from Κυρήνη; i.e. Cyrenæan, i.e. inhabitant of Cyrene:--of Cyrene, Cyrenian.
|
Κυρηναῖος,Kyrēnaios
|
Cyrenian,
|
N-NMS
|
G3127ΜαναήνManaēn (N-NMS)
G3127 Μαναήν Manaḗn man-ah-ane of uncertain origin; Manaën, a Christian:--Manaen.
|
ΜαναήνManaēn
|
Manaen
|
N-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also—
|
Conj
|
G2264ἩρῴδουHērōdou (N-GMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδουHērōdou
|
Herod
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5076τετραάρχουtetraarchou (N-GMS)
G5076 τετράρχης tetrárchēs tet-rar-khace from τέσσαρες and ἄρχω; the ruler of a fourth part of a country (tetrarch):--tetrarch.
|
τετραάρχουtetraarchou
|
tetrarch
|
N-GMS
|
G4939σύντροφοςsyntrophos (Adj-NMS)
G4939 σύντροφος sýntrophos soon-trof-os from σύν and τροφός (in a passive sense); a fellow-nursling, i.e. comrade:--brought up with.
|
σύντροφοςsyntrophos
|
brought up with—
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4569Σαῦλος.Saulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
Σαῦλος.Saulos
|
Saul.
|
N-NMS
|
1
Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul.Acts 13:1
Stats
Rank: #405 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 221 characters, 33 words, 176 letters, 64 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε τινες εν αντιοχεια κατα την ουσαν εκκλησιαν προφηται και διδασκαλοι ο τε βαρναβας και συμεων ο καλουμενος νιγερ και λουκιος ο κυρηναιος μαναην τε ηρωδου του τετραρχου συντροφος και σαυλος
Lit: There were now in Antioch, in the being there church, prophets and teachers, both Barnabas and Simeon who was called Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, Manaen also— Herod the tetrarch brought up with— and Saul.
KJV: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul.
References
"in the"Ac 11:22-24: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 14:26: 27: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled."prophets"Ac 11:25-27: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus: for to seek Saul:Ac 15:35: Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch: teaching and preaching the word of the Lord: with many others also.Ro 12:6: 7: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;1Co 12:28: 29: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Co 14:24: 25: But if all prophesy: and there come in one that believes not: or one unlearned: he is convinced of all: he is judged of all:Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;1Th 5:20: not Despise prophesyings."Barnabas"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:22-26: 30: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.1Co 9:6: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?Ga 2:9: 13: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision."Lucius"Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ro 16:21: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you."Herod"Mt 14:1-10: At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame of Jesus: Lu 3:1: 19: 20: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene: Lu 13:31: 32: The same day there came certain of the Pharisees: saying to him: Get you out: and depart here: for Herod will kill you.Lu 23:7-11: As soon as he knew that he belonged to Herod's jurisdiction: he sent him to Herod: who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time.Php 4:22: All the saints greet you: chiefly they that are of Caesar's household."and Saul"Ac 13:9: Then Saul: (who also is called Paul: ) filled with the Holy Ghost: set His eyes on Him: Ac 8:1-3: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:1: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest:
λειτουργουντων δε αυτων τω κυριω και νηστευοντων ειπεν το πνευμα το αγιον αφορισατε δη μοι τον τε βαρναβαν και τον σαυλον εις το εργον ο προσκεκλημαι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3008ΛειτουργούντωνLeitourgountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3008 λειτουργέω leitourgéō li-toorg-eh-o from λειτουργός; to be a public servant, i.e. (by analogy) to perform religious or charitable functions (worship, obey, relieve):--minister.
|
ΛειτουργούντωνLeitourgountōn
|
As were ministering
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3522νηστευόντωνnēsteuontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστευόντωνnēsteuontōn
|
fasting,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G873ἈφορίσατεAphorisate (V-AMA-2P)
G873 ἀφορίζω aphorízō af-or-id-zo from ἀπό and ὁρίζω; to set off by boundary, i.e. (figuratively) limit, exclude, appoint, etc.:--divide, separate, sever.
|
ἈφορίσατεAphorisate
|
Set apart
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1211δήdē (Prtcl)
G1211 δή dḗ day probably akin to δέ; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.,
|
δήdē
|
then
|
Prtcl
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαῦλονSaulon (N-AMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλονSaulon
|
Saul
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
to which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4341προσκέκλημαιproskeklēmai (V-RIM/P-1S)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκέκλημαιproskeklēmai
|
I have called
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
2
As they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.
Acts 13:2
Stats
Rank: #983 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 22 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: λειτουργουντων δε αυτων τω κυριω και νηστευοντων ειπεν το πνευμα το αγιον αφορισατε δη μοι τον τε βαρναβαν και τον σαυλον εις το εργον ο προσκεκλημαι αυτους
Lit: As were ministering now they to the Lord and fasting, said the Spirit Holy, Set apart then to Me Barnabas and Saul for the work to which I have called them.
KJV: As they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them.
References
"they"Ac 6:4: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.De 10:8: At that time the LORD separated the tribe of Levi: to bear the ark of the covenant of the LORD: to stand before the LORD to minister to Him: and to bless in His name: to this day.1Sa 2:11: Elkanah went to Ramah to His house. And the child did minister to the LORD before Eli the priest.1Ch 16:4: 37-43: He appointed certain of the Levites to minister before the ark of the LORD: and to record: and to thank and praise the LORD God of Israel:Ro 15:16: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.2Ti 4:5: 11: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry."fasted"Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.Ac 10:30: Cornelius said: 4 days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house: and: look: a man stood before me in bright clothing: Da 9:3: I set my face to the Lord God: to seek by prayer and supplications: with fasting: and sackcloth: and ashes:Mt 6:16: Moreover when you fast: not be: as the hypocrites: of a sad face: for they disfigure their faces: that they may appear to men to fast. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Mt 9:14: 15: Then came to him the disciples of John: saying: Why do we and the Pharisees fast often: but your disciples not fast?Lu 2:37: She was a widow of about fourscore and 4 years: which not departed from the temple: but served God with fastings and prayers night and day.1Co 7:5: Defraud you not one the other: except it be with consent for a time: that you may give yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again: that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;2Co 11:27: In weariness and painfulness: in watchings often: in hunger and thirst: in fastings often: in cold and nakedness."the Holy"Ac 10:19: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ac 16:6: 7: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: 1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will."Separate"Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Nu 8:11-14: Aaron will offer the Levites before the LORD for an offering of the children of Israel: that they may execute the service of the LORD.Ro 1:1: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ro 10:15: How will they preach: except they be sent? as it is written: How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace: and bring glad tidings of good things!Ga 1:15: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: Ga 2:8: 9: (For he who wrought effectually in Peter to the apostleship of the circumcision: the same was mighty in me toward the Gentiles:)2Ti 2:2: The things that you have heard of me among many witnesses: the same commit you to faithful men: who will be able to teach others also."the work"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 14:26: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Mt 9:38: Pray you therefore the Lord of the harvest'>harvest: that He will send forth labourers into His harvest'>harvest.Lu 10:1: After these things the Lord appointed other 70 also: and sent them two and two before His face into every city and place: whither He Himself would come.Eph 3:7: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity.2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.Heb 5:4: No man takes this honour to Himself: but He that'>He who is called of God: as was Aaron.
τοτε νηστευσαντες και προσευξαμενοι και επιθεντες τας χειρας αυτοις απελυσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3522νηστεύσαντεςnēsteusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3522 νηστεύω nēsteúō nace-tyoo-o from νῆστις; to abstain from food (religiously):--fast.
|
νηστεύσαντεςnēsteusantes
|
having fasted,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθέντεςepithentes (V-APA-NMP)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθέντεςepithentes
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
on them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G630ἀπέλυσαν.apelysan (V-AIA-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσαν.apelysan
|
they sent them off.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
3
When they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent them away.Acts 13:3
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 22 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε νηστευσαντες και προσευξαμενοι και επιθεντες τας χειρας αυτοις απελυσαν
Lit: Then having fasted, and having prayed, and having laid the hands on them, they sent them off.
KJV: And when they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent [them] away.
References
"the had"Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 8:15-17: Who: when they were come down: prayed for them: that they might receive the Holy Ghost:Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.Nu 27:23: He laid His hands upon Him: and gave Him a charge: as the LORD commanded by the hand of Moses.1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 1:6: For what reason I put you in remembrance that you stir up the gift of God: which is in you by the putting on of my hands.2Ti 2:2: The things that you have heard of me among many witnesses: the same commit you to faithful men: who will be able to teach others also."they sent"Ac 14:26: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Ac 15:40: Paul chose Silas: and departed: being recommended by the brothers to the grace of God.Ro 10:15: How will they preach: except they be sent? as it is written: How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace: and bring glad tidings of good things!3Jo 1:6: 8: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:
On Cyprus
ουτοι μεν ουν εκπεμφθεντες υπο του πνευματος του αγιου κατηλθον εις την σελευκειαν εκειθεν τε απεπλευσαν εις την κυπρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846ΑὐτοὶAutoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
ΑὐτοὶAutoi
|
They
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1599ἐκπεμφθέντεςekpemphthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G1599 ἐκπέμπω ekpémpō ek-pem-po from ἐκ and πέμπω; to despatch:--send away (forth).
|
ἐκπεμφθέντεςekpemphthentes
|
having been sent forth
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit,
|
N-GNS
|
G2718κατῆλθονkatēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατῆλθονkatēlthon
|
went down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4581Σελεύκειαν,Seleukeian (N-AFS)
G4581 Σελεύκεια Seleúkeia sel-yook-i-ah from (Seleucus, a Syrian king); Seleuceia, a place in Syria:--Seleucia.
|
Σελεύκειαν,Seleukeian
|
Seleucia.
|
N-AFS
|
G1564ἐκεῖθένekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθένekeithen
|
From there
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G636ἀπέπλευσανapepleusan (V-AIA-3P)
G636 ἀποπλέω apopléō ap-op-leh-o from ἀπό and πλέω; to set sail:--sail away.
|
ἀπέπλευσανapepleusan
|
they sailed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2954Κύπρον,Kypron (N-AFS)
G2954 Κύπρος Kýpros koo-pros of uncertain origin; Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cyprus.
|
Κύπρον,Kypron
|
Cyprus.
|
N-AFS
|
4
So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost, departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Acts 13:4
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 16 words, 85 letters, 29 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι μεν ουν εκπεμφθεντες υπο του πνευματος του αγιου κατηλθον εις την σελευκειαν εκειθεν τε απεπλευσαν εις την κυπρον
Lit: They indeed therefore having been sent forth by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia. From there then they sailed to Cyprus.
KJV: So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost, departed unto Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus.
References
"being"Ac 20:23: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city: saying that bonds and afflictions abide me."Cyprus"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 27:4: When we had launched from there: we sailed under Cyprus: because the winds were contrary.
και γενομενοι εν σαλαμινι κατηγγελλον τον λογον του θεου εν ταις συναγωγαις των ιουδαιων ειχον δε και ιωαννην υπηρετην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοιgenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοιgenomenoi
|
having come
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4529ΣαλαμῖνιSalamini (N-DFS)
G4529 Σαλαμίς Salamís sal-am-ece probably from σάλος (from the surge on the shore); Salamis, a place in Cyprus:--Salamis.
|
ΣαλαμῖνιSalamini
|
Salamis,
|
N-DFS
|
G2605κατήγγελλονkatēngellon (V-IIA-3P)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
κατήγγελλονkatēngellon
|
they began proclaiming
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4864συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais (N-DFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais
|
synagogues
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn
|
Jews.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
They had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John as
|
N-AMS
|
G5257ὑπηρέτην.hypēretēn (N-AMS)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέτην.hypēretēn
|
a helper.
|
N-AMS
|
5
When they were at Salamis, they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Acts 13:5
Stats
Rank: #9452 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 24 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γενομενοι εν σαλαμινι κατηγγελλον τον λογον του θεου εν ταις συναγωγαις των ιουδαιων ειχον δε και ιωαννην υπηρετην
Lit: And having come into Salamis, they began proclaiming the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews. They had now also John as a helper.
KJV: And when they were at Salamis, they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.
References
"in the"Ac 13:14: 46: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 17:1-3: 17: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God."John"Ac 12:25: Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem: when they had fulfilled their ministry: and took with them John: whose surname was Mark.Ac 15:37: Barnabas determined to take with them John: whose surname was Mark.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)"their"Ex 24:13: Moses rose up: and His minister Joshua: and Moses went up into the mount of God.1Ki 19:3: 21: When he saw that: he arose: and went for his life: and came to Beersheba: which belongeth to Judah: and left his servant there.2Ki 3:11: But Jehoshaphat said: Is there not here a prophet of the LORD: that we may inquire of the LORD by Him? And one of the king of Israel's servants answered and said: Here is Elisha the son of Shaphat: which poured water on the hands of Elijah.Mt 20:26: But it will not be so among you: but whoever will be great among you: let him be your minister;2Ti 4:11: Only Luke is with me. Take Mark: and bring him with you: for he is profitable to me for the ministry.
διελθοντες δε την νησον αχρι παφου ευρον τινα μαγον ψευδοπροφητην ιουδαιον ω ονομα βαριησους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330Διελθόντεςdielthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
Διελθόντεςdielthontes
|
Having passed through
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3520νῆσονnēson (N-AFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νῆσονnēson
|
island,
|
N-AFS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G3974ΠάφουPaphou (N-GFS)
G3974 Πάφος Páphos paf-os of uncertain derivation; Paphus, a place in Cyprus:--Paphos.
|
ΠάφουPaphou
|
Paphos,
|
N-GFS
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
they found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man—
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
a certain
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3097μάγονmagon (N-AMS)
G3097 μάγος mágos mag-os of foreign origin (רַב־מָג); a Magian, i.e. Oriental scientist; by implication, a magician:--sorcerer, wise man.
|
μάγονmagon
|
magician,
|
N-AMS
|
G5578ψευδοπροφήτηνpseudoprophētēn (N-AMS)
G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophḗtēs psyoo-dop-rof-ay-tace from ψευδής and προφήτης; a spurious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious impostor:--false prophet.
|
ψευδοπροφήτηνpseudoprophētēn
|
a false prophet
|
N-AMS
|
G2453ἸουδαῖονIoudaion (Adj-AMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖονIoudaion
|
Jewish—
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whose
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G919Βαριησοῦ,Bariēsou (N-GMS)
G919 Βαριησοῦς Bariēsoûs bar-ee-ay-sooce of Chaldee origin (בַּר and יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); son of Jesus (or Joshua); Bar-jesus, an Israelite:--Barjesus.
|
Βαριησοῦ,Bariēsou
|
was Bar-Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
6
When they had gone through the isle to Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Barjesus:Acts 13:6
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 40 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελθοντες δε την νησον αχρι παφου ευρον τινα μαγον ψευδοπροφητην ιουδαιον ω ονομα βαριησους
Lit: Having passed through now all the island, as far as Paphos, they found a man— a certain magician, a false prophet Jewish— whose name was Bar-Jesus,
KJV: And when they had gone through the isle unto Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Barjesus:
References
"certain"Ac 8:9-11: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:Ac 19:18: 19: Many that believed came: and confessed: and showed their deeds.Ex 22:18: You will not suffer a witch to live.Le 20:6: The soul that turns after such as have familiar spirits: and after wizards: to go a whoring after them: I will even set my face against that soul: and will cut him off from among his people.De 18:10-12: There will not be found among you any one that makes his son or his daughter to pass through the fire: or that uss divination: or an observer of times: or an enchanter: or a witch: 1Ch 10:13: So Saul died for His transgression which He committed against the LORD: even against the word of the LORD: which He not kept: and also for asking counsel of one that had a familiar spirit: to inquire of it;Isa 8:19: 20: When they will say to you: Seek to them that have familiar spirits: and to wizards that peep: and that mutter: not should a people seek to their God? for the living to the dead?"a false"De 13:1-3: If there arise among you a prophet: or a dreamer of dreams: and gives you a sign or a wonder: 1Ki 22:22: The LORD said to Him: Wherewith? And He said: I will go forth: and I will be a lying spirit in the mouth of all His prophets. And He said: You will persuade Him: and prevail also: go forth: and do so.Jer 23:14: 15: I have seen also in the prophets of Jerusalem an horrible thing: they commit adultery: and walk in lies: they strengthen also the hands of evildoers: that none does return from his wickedness: they are all of them to me as Sodom: and the inhabitants thereof as Gomorrah.Eze 13:10-16: Because: even because they have seduced my people: saying: Peace; and there was no peace; and one built up a wall: and: indeed: others daubed it with untempered morter:Zec 13:3: It will come to pass: that when any will yet prophesy: then His father and His mother that begot Him will say to Him: You will not live; for you speak lies in the name of the LORD: and His father and His mother that begot Him will thrust Him through when He prophesieth.Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.2Co 11:13: For such are false apostles: deceitful workers: transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ.2Ti 3:8: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone."whose"Mt 16:17: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.Mr 10:46: They came to Jericho: and as he went out of Jericho with his disciples and a great number of people: blind Bartimaeus: the son of Timaeus: sat by the highway side begging.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.
ος ην συν τω ανθυπατω σεργιω παυλω ανδρι συνετω ουτος προσκαλεσαμενος βαρναβαν και σαυλον επεζητησεν ακουσαι τον λογον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G446ἀνθυπάτῳanthypatō (N-DMS)
G446 ἀνθύπατος anthýpatos anth-oo-pat-os from ἀντί and a superlative of ὑπέρ; instead of the highest officer, i.e. (specially) a Roman proconsul:--deputy.
|
ἀνθυπάτῳanthypatō
|
proconsul
|
N-DMS
|
G4588ΣεργίῳSergiō (N-DMS)
G4588 Σέργιος Sérgios serg-ee-os of Latin origin; Sergius, a Roman:--Sergius.
|
ΣεργίῳSergiō
|
Sergius
|
N-DMS
|
G3972Παύλῳ,Paulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλῳ,Paulō
|
Paulus,
|
N-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
man
|
N-DMS
|
G4908συνετῷ.synetō (Adj-DMS)
G4908 συνετός synetós soon-et-os from συνίημι; mentally put (or putting) together, i.e. sagacious:--prudent. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
συνετῷ.synetō
|
an intelligent.
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
having called to him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4569ΣαῦλονSaulon (N-AMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλονSaulon
|
Saul,
|
N-AMS
|
G1934ἐπεζήτησενepezētēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizētéō ep-eed-zay-teh-o from ἐπί and ζητέω; to search (inquire) for; intensively, to demand, to crave:--desire, enquire, seek (after, for).
|
ἐπεζήτησενepezētēsen
|
desired
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
7
Which was with the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus, a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul, and desired to hear the word of God.
Acts 13:7
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 23 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ην συν τω ανθυπατω σεργιω παυλω ανδρι συνετω ουτος προσκαλεσαμενος βαρναβαν και σαυλον επεζητησεν ακουσαι τον λογον του θεου
Lit: who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, man an intelligent. He having called to him Barnabas and Saul, desired to hear the word of God.
KJV: Which was with the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus, a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul, and desired to hear the word of God.
References
"the deputy"Ac 13:12: Then the deputy: when He saw what was done: believed: being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Ac 19:38: For what reason if Demetrius: and the craftsmen which are with him: have a matter against any man: the law is open: and there are deputies: let them implead one another."a prudent"Ac 17:11: 12: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica: in that they received the word with all readiness of mind: and searched the scriptures daily: whether those things were so.Pr 14:8: 15: 18: The wisdom of the prudent is to understand his way: but the folly of fools is deceit.Pr 18:15: The heart of the prudent gets knowledge; and the ear of the wise seeks knowledge.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.
ανθιστατο δε αυτοις ελυμας ο μαγος ουτως γαρ μεθερμηνευεται το ονομα αυτου ζητων διαστρεψαι τον ανθυπατον απο της πιστεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G436ἀνθίστατοanthistato (V-IIM-3S)
G436 ἀνθίστημι anthístēmi anth-is-tay-mee from ἀντί and ἵστημι; to stand against, i.e. oppose:--resist, withstand.
|
ἀνθίστατοanthistato
|
Was opposing
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1681ἘλύμαςElymas (N-NMS)
G1681 Ἐλύμας Elýmas el-oo-mas of foreign origin; Elymas, a wizard:--Elymas.
|
ἘλύμαςElymas
|
Elymas
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3097μάγος,magos (N-NMS)
G3097 μάγος mágos mag-os of foreign origin (רַב־מָג); a Magian, i.e. Oriental scientist; by implication, a magician:--sorcerer, wise man.
|
μάγος,magos
|
magician —
|
N-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3177μεθερμηνεύεταιmethermēneuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3177 μεθερμηνεύω methermēneúō meth-er-mane-yoo-o from μετά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain over, i.e. translate:--(by) interpret(-ation).
|
μεθερμηνεύεταιmethermēneuetai
|
means
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him —
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2212ζητῶνzētōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητῶνzētōn
|
seeking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1294διαστρέψαιdiastrepsai (V-ANA)
G1294 διαστρέφω diastréphō dee-as-tref-o from διά and στρέφω; to distort, i.e. (figuratively) misinterpret, or (morally) corrupt:--perverse(-rt), turn away.
|
διαστρέψαιdiastrepsai
|
to turn away
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G446ἀνθύπατονanthypaton (N-AMS)
G446 ἀνθύπατος anthýpatos anth-oo-pat-os from ἀντί and a superlative of ὑπέρ; instead of the highest officer, i.e. (specially) a Roman proconsul:--deputy.
|
ἀνθύπατονanthypaton
|
proconsul
|
N-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεως.pisteōs
|
faith.
|
N-GFS
|
8
But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith.Acts 13:8
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 19 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανθιστατο δε αυτοις ελυμας ο μαγος ουτως γαρ μεθερμηνευεται το ονομα αυτου ζητων διαστρεψαι τον ανθυπατον απο της πιστεως
Lit: Was opposing however them Elymas the magician — thus for means the name of him — seeking to turn away the proconsul from the faith.
KJV: But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith.
References
"for"Ac 13:6: When they had gone through the isle to Paphos: they found a certain sorcerer: a false prophet: a Jew: whose name was Barjesus:Ac 9:36: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Joh 1:41: He first finds His own brother Simon: and says to Him: We have found the Messias: which is: being interpreted: the Christ."withstood"Ex 7:11-13: Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt: they also did in like manner with their enchantments.1Ki 22:24: But Zedekiah the son of Chenaanah went near: and smote Micaiah on the cheek: and said: Which way went the Spirit of the LORD from me to speak to you?Jer 28:1: 10: 11: It came to pass the same year: in the beginning of the reign of Zedekiah king of Judah: in the fourth year: and in the fifth month: that Hananiah the son of Azur the prophet: which was of Gibeon: spoke to me in the house of the LORD: in the presence of the priests and of all the people: saying: Jer 29:24-32: Thus will you also speak to Shemaiah the Nehelamite: saying: 2Ti 3:8: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.2Ti 4:14: 15: Alexander the coppersmith did me much evil: the Lord reward Him according to His works:
σαυλος δε ο και παυλος πλησθεις πνευματος αγιου και ατενισας εις αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4569ΣαῦλοςSaulos (N-NMS)
G4569 Σαῦλος Saûlos sow-los of Hebrew origin, the same as Σαούλ; Saulus (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul.
|
ΣαῦλοςSaulos
|
Saul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δέ,de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέ,de
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also called
|
Conj
|
G3972Παῦλος,Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος,Paulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G4130πλησθεὶςplēstheis (V-APP-NMS)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
πλησθεὶςplēstheis
|
having been filled
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G816ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
9
Then Saul, (who also is called Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set His eyes on Him,Acts 13:9
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 23 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: σαυλος δε ο και παυλος πλησθεις πνευματος αγιου και ατενισας εις αυτον
Lit: Saul then, also called Paul, having been filled the Spirit Holy, having looked intently upon him,
KJV: Then Saul, (who also is called Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set his eyes on him,
References
"filled"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:8: 31: Then Peter: filled with the Holy Ghost: said to them: You rulers of the people: and elders of Israel: Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin."set"Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Lu 20:17: He beheld them: and said: What is this then that is written: The stone which the builders rejected: the same is become the head of the corner?
ειπεν ω πληρης παντος δολου και πασης ραδιουργιας υιε διαβολου εχθρε πασης δικαιοσυνης ου παυση διαστρεφων τας οδους κυριου τας ευθειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5599ὮŌ (I)
G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,
|
ὮŌ
|
O
|
I
|
G4134πλήρηςplērēs (Adj-VMS)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρηςplērēs
|
full
|
Adj-VMS
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
of all
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1388δόλουdolou (N-GMS)
G1388 δόλος dólos dol-os from an obsolete primary verb, (probably meaning to decoy; compare δελεάζω); a trick (bait), i.e. (figuratively) wile:--craft, deceit, guile, subtilty.
|
δόλουdolou
|
deceit
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4468ῥᾳδιουργίας,rhadiourgias (N-GFS)
G4468 ῥᾳδιουργία rhaidiourgía hrad-ee-oorg-ee-a from the same as ῥᾳδιούργημα; recklessness, i.e. (by extension) malignity:--mischief.
|
ῥᾳδιουργίας,rhadiourgias
|
craft,
|
N-GFS
|
G5207υἱὲhuie (N-VMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὲhuie
|
son
|
N-VMS
|
G1228διαβόλου,diabolou (Adj-GMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διαβόλου,diabolou
|
of the devil,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2190ἐχθρὲechthre (Adj-VMS)
G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθρὲechthre
|
enemy
|
Adj-VMS
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
of all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs (N-GFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs
|
righteousness,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3973παύσῃpausē (V-FIM-2S)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
παύσῃpausē
|
will you cease
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G1294διαστρέφωνdiastrephōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1294 διαστρέφω diastréphō dee-as-tref-o from διά and στρέφω; to distort, i.e. (figuratively) misinterpret, or (morally) corrupt:--perverse(-rt), turn away.
|
διαστρέφωνdiastrephōn
|
perverting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3598ὁδοὺςhodous (N-AFP)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδοὺςhodous
|
ways
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2117εὐθείας;eutheias (Adj-AFP)
G2117 εὐθύς euthýs yoo-thoos perhaps from εὖ and τίθημι; straight, i.e. (literally) level, or (figuratively) true; adverbially (of time) at once:--anon, by and by, forthwith, immediately, straightway.
|
εὐθείας;eutheias
|
straight?
|
Adj-AFP
|
10
Said, O full of all subtilty and all mischief, you child of the devil, you enemy of all righteousness, will you not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord?
Acts 13:10
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 27 words, 131 letters, 48 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν ω πληρης παντος δολου και πασης ραδιουργιας υιε διαβολου εχθρε πασης δικαιοσυνης ου παυση διαστρεφων τας οδους κυριου τας ευθειας
Lit: said, O full of all deceit and all craft, son of the devil, enemy of all righteousness, not will you cease perverting the ways the of Lord straight?
KJV: And said, O full of all subtilty and all mischief, thou child of the devil, [thou] enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord?
References
"O full"Ac 8:20-23: But Peter said to Him: Your money perish with you: because you have thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money.Ec 9:3: This is an evil among all things that are done under the sun: that there is one event to all: yes: also the heart of the sons of men is full of evil: and madness is in their heart while they live: and after that they go to the dead.Mt 3:7: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?Mt 15:19: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts: murders: adulteries: fornications: thefts: false witness: blasphemies:Mt 23:25-33: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you make clean the outside of the cup and of the platter: but within they are full of extortion and excess.Lu 11:39: The Lord said to Him: Now do you Pharisees make clean the outside of the cup and the platter; but your inward part is full of ravening and wickedness.2Co 11:3: But I fear: lest by any means: as the serpent beguiled Eve through His subtilty: so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ."thou child"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Mt 13:38: The field is the world; the good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one;Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil."will"Ac 20:30: Also of your own selves will men arise: speaking perverse things: to draw away disciples after them.Jer 23:36: The burden of the LORD will you mention no more: for every man's word will be His burden; for you have perverted the words of the living God: of the LORD of hosts our God.Mt 23:13: But woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for you neither go in yourselves: neither suffer you them that are entering to go in.Lu 11:52: Woe to you: lawyers! for you have taken away the key of knowledge: you not entered in yourselves: and them that were entering in you hindered.Ga 1:7: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ."the right"Ac 18:25: 26: This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit: He spoke and taught diligently the things of the Lord: knowing only the baptism of John.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.2Ch 17:6: His heart was lifted up in the ways of the LORD: moreover He took away the high places and groves out of Judah.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Joh 1:23: He said: I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness: Make straight the way of the Lord: as said the prophet Isaiah.
και νυν ιδου χειρ του κυριου επι σε και εση τυφλος μη βλεπων τον ηλιον αχρι καιρου παραχρημα δε επεπεσεν επ αυτον αχλυς και σκοτος και περιαγων εζητει χειραγωγους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5495χεὶρcheir (N-NFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεὶρcheir
|
the hand
|
N-NFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
is upon
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσῃesē (V-FIM-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσῃesē
|
you will be
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G5185τυφλὸςtyphlos (Adj-NMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸςtyphlos
|
blind,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G991βλέπωνblepōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπωνblepōn
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2246ἥλιονhēlion (N-AMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιονhēlion
|
sun
|
N-AMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
during
|
Prep
|
G2540καιροῦ.kairou (N-GMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροῦ.kairou
|
a season.
|
N-GMS
|
G3916παραχρῆμαparachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
παραχρῆμαparachrēma
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G887ἀχλὺςachlys (N-NFS)
G887 ἀχλύς achlýs akh-looce of uncertain derivation; dimness of sight, i.e. (probably) a cataract:--mist.
|
ἀχλὺςachlys
|
mist
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4655σκότος,skotos (N-NNS)
G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.
|
σκότος,skotos
|
darkness,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4013περιάγωνperiagōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4013 περιάγω periágō per-ee-ag-o from περί and ἄγω; to take around (as a companion); reflexively, to walk around:--compass, go (round) about, lead about.
|
περιάγωνperiagōn
|
going about
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2212ἐζήτειezētei (V-IIA-3S)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτειezētei
|
he was seeking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5497χειραγωγούς.cheiragōgous (N-AMP)
G5497 χειραγωγός cheiragōgós khi-rag-o-gos from χείρ and a reduplicated form of ἄγω; a hand-leader, i.e. personal conductor (of a blind person):--some to lead by the hand.
|
χειραγωγούς.cheiragōgous
|
someone to lead him by the hand.
|
N-AMP
|
11
Now, look, the hand of the Lord is upon you, and you will be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on Him a mist and a darkness; and He went about seeking some to lead Him by the hand.Acts 13:11
Stats
Counts: 222 characters, 40 words, 170 letters, 65 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν ιδου χειρ του κυριου επι σε και εση τυφλος μη βλεπων τον ηλιον αχρι καιρου παραχρημα δε επεπεσεν επ αυτον αχλυς και σκοτος και περιαγων εζητει χειραγωγους
Lit: And now behold, the hand of the Lord is upon you, and you will be blind, not seeing the sun during a season. Immediately then fell upon him mist and darkness, and going about he was seeking someone to lead him by the hand.
KJV: And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness; and he went about seeking some to lead him by the hand.
References
"hand"Ex 9:3: Look: the hand of the LORD is upon your cattle which is in the field: upon the horses: upon the asses: upon the camels: upon the oxen: and upon the sheep: there will be a very grievous murrain.1Sa 5:6: 9: 11: But the hand of the LORD was heavy upon them of Ashdod: and He destroyed them: and smote them with emerods: even Ashdod and the coasts thereof.Job 19:21: Have pity upon me: have pity upon me: O you my friends; for the hand of God has touched me.Ps 32:4: For day and night your hand was heavy upon me: my moisture is turned into the drought of summer. Selah.Ps 38:2: For your arrows stick fast in me: and your hand presss me sore.Ps 39:10: 11: Remove your stroke away from me: I am consumed by the blow of your hand."thou"Ac 9:8: 9: 17: Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened: he saw no man: but they led him by the hand: and brought him into Damascus.Ge 19:11: They smote the men that were at the door of the house with blindness: both small and great: so that they wearied themselves to find the door.2Ki 6:8: Then the king of Syria warred against Israel: and took counsel with his servants: saying: In such and such a place will be my camp.Isa 29:10: For the LORD has poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep: and has closed your eyes: the prophets and your rulers: the seers has He covered.Joh 9:39: Jesus said: For judgment I am come into this world: that they which not see might see; and that they which see might be made blind.Ro 11:7-10: 25: What then? Israel has not obtained that which he seeks for; but the election has obtained it: and the rest were blinded"a mist"2Pe 2:17: These are wells without water: clouds that are carried with a tempest; to whom the mist of darkness is reserved for ever.
τοτε ιδων ο ανθυπατος το γεγονος επιστευσεν εκπλησσομενος επι τη διδαχη του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G446ἀνθύπατοςanthypatos (N-NMS)
G446 ἀνθύπατος anthýpatos anth-oo-pat-os from ἀντί and a superlative of ὑπέρ; instead of the highest officer, i.e. (specially) a Roman proconsul:--deputy.
|
ἀνθύπατοςanthypatos
|
proconsul
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1096γεγονὸςgegonos (V-RPA-ANS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονὸςgegonos
|
having happened,
|
V-RPA-ANS
|
G4100ἐπίστευσεν,episteusen (V-AIA-3S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσεν,episteusen
|
he believed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1605ἐκπλησσόμενοςekplēssomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplḗssō ek-place-so from ἐκ and πλήσσω; to strike with astonishment:--amaze, astonish.
|
ἐκπλησσόμενοςekplēssomenos
|
being astonished
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1322διδαχῇdidachē (N-DFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇdidachē
|
teaching
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου.Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου.Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
12
Then the deputy, when He saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord.Acts 13:12
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 15 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ιδων ο ανθυπατος το γεγονος επιστευσεν εκπλησσομενος επι τη διδαχη του κυριου
Lit: Then having seen the proconsul that having happened, he believed, being astonished at the teaching of the Lord.
KJV: Then the deputy, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord.
References
"the deputy"Ac 13:7: Which was with the deputy of the country: Sergius Paulus: a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul: and desired to hear the word of God.Ac 28:7: In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island: whose name was Publius; who received us: and lodged us 3 days courteously."when"Ac 19:7: All the men were about 12.Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God.Lu 7:16: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people."being"Ac 6:10: They not were able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spoke.Mt 7:28: 29: It came to pass: when Jesus had ended these sayings: the people were astonished at His doctrine:Lu 4:22: All bare him witness: and wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth. And they said: not Is this Joseph's son?Joh 7:46: The officers answered: Never man spoke like this man.2Co 10:4: 5: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)
In Pisidian Antioch
αναχθεντες δε απο της παφου οι περι τον παυλον ηλθον εις περγην της παμφυλιας ιωαννης δε αποχωρησας απ αυτων υπεστρεψεν εις ιεροσολυμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G321ἈναχθέντεςAnachthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἈναχθέντεςAnachthentes
|
Having sailed
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3974ΠάφουPaphou (N-GFS)
G3974 Πάφος Páphos paf-os of uncertain derivation; Paphus, a place in Cyprus:--Paphos.
|
ΠάφουPaphou
|
Paphos
|
N-GFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
with those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around him,
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4011ΠέργηνPergēn (N-AFS)
G4011 Πέργη Pérgē perg-ay probably from the same as Πέργαμος; a tower; Perga, a place in Asia Minor:--Perga.
|
ΠέργηνPergēn
|
Perga
|
N-AFS
|
G3828Παμφυλίας·Pamphylias (N-GFS)
G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphylía pam-fool-ee-ah from a compound of πᾶς and πυρά; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (χώρα being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.
|
Παμφυλίας·Pamphylias
|
of Pamphylia.
|
N-GFS
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G672ἀποχωρήσαςapochōrēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G672 ἀποχωρέω apochōréō ap-okh-o-reh-o from ἀπό and χωρέω; to go away:--depart.
|
ἀποχωρήσαςapochōrēsas
|
having departed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψενhypestrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψενhypestrepsen
|
returned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
13
Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos, they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.Acts 13:13
Stats
Rank: #9013 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 21 words, 109 letters, 39 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναχθεντες δε απο της παφου οι περι τον παυλον ηλθον εις περγην της παμφυλιας ιωαννης δε αποχωρησας απ αυτων υπεστρεψεν εις ιεροσολυμα
Lit: Having sailed then from Paphos with those around him, Paul came to Perga of Pamphylia. John however having departed from them, returned to Jerusalem.
KJV: Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos, they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.
References
"loosed"Ac 13:6: When they had gone through the isle to Paphos: they found a certain sorcerer: a false prophet: a Jew: whose name was Barjesus:Ac 27:13: When the south wind blew softly: supposing that they had obtained their purpose: loosing there: they sailed close by Crete."Perga"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 14:24: 25: After they had passed throughout Pisidia: they came to Pamphylia.Ac 27:5: When we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia: we came to Myra: a city of Lycia."John"Ac 13:5: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 15:38: But Paul not thought good to take him with them: who departed from them from Pamphylia: and not went with them to the work.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)2Ti 4:11: Only Luke is with me. Take Mark: and bring him with you: for he is profitable to me for the ministry.
αυτοι δε διελθοντες απο της περγης παρεγενοντο εις αντιοχειαν της πισιδιας και εισελθοντες εις την συναγωγην τη ημερα των σαββατων εκαθισαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846ΑὐτοὶAutoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
ΑὐτοὶAutoi
|
They
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G1330διελθόντεςdielthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθόντεςdielthontes
|
having passed through
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4011ΠέργηςPergēs (N-GFS)
G4011 Πέργη Pérgē perg-ay probably from the same as Πέργαμος; a tower; Perga, a place in Asia Minor:--Perga.
|
ΠέργηςPergēs
|
Perga,
|
N-GFS
|
G3854παρεγένοντοparegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παρεγένοντοparegenonto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian
|
Antioch
|
N-AFS
|
G4099Πισιδίαν,Pisidian (N-AFS)
G4099 Πισιδία Pisidía pis-id-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pisidia.
|
Πισιδίαν,Pisidian
|
of Pisidia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθόντες*eiselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντες*eiselthontes
|
having gone
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4521σαββάτωνsabbatōn (N-GNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτωνsabbatōn
|
Sabbaths,
|
N-GNP
|
G2523ἐκάθισαν.ekathisan (V-AIA-3P)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισαν.ekathisan
|
they sat down.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
14
But when they departed from Perga, they came to Antioch in Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down.Acts 13:14
Stats
Rank: #1830 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 38 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτοι δε διελθοντες απο της περγης παρεγενοντο εις αντιοχειαν της πισιδιας και εισελθοντες εις την συναγωγην τη ημερα των σαββατων εκαθισαν
Lit: They now, having passed through from Perga, came to Antioch of Pisidia, and having gone into the synagogue on the day of the Sabbaths, they sat down.
KJV: But when they departed from Perga, they came to Antioch in Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down.
References
"A. M. 4050. A.D. 46. Antioch"Ac 14:19: 21-24: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead."went"Ac 13:5: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 16:13: On the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side: where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down: and spoke to the women which resorted there.Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.
μετα δε την αναγνωσιν του νομου και των προφητων απεστειλαν οι αρχισυναγωγοι προς αυτους λεγοντες ανδρες αδελφοι ει εστιν λογος εν υμιν παρακλησεως προς τον λαον λεγετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G320ἀνάγνωσινanagnōsin (N-AFS)
G320 ἀνάγνωσις anágnōsis an-ag-no-sis from ἀναγινώσκω; (the act of) reading:--reading.,
|
ἀνάγνωσινanagnōsin
|
reading
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
Prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G752ἀρχισυνάγωγοιarchisynagōgoi (N-NMP)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυνάγωγοιarchisynagōgoi
|
rulers of the synagogue
|
N-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τίςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
a word
|
N-NMS
|
G3874παρακλήσεωςparaklēseōs (N-GFS)
G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσεωςparaklēseōs
|
of exhortation
|
N-GFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγετε.legete (V-PMA-2P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγετε.legete
|
speak.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
15
After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them, saying, You men and brothers, if you have any word of exhortation for the people, say on.
Acts 13:15
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 29 words, 142 letters, 53 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε την αναγνωσιν του νομου και των προφητων απεστειλαν οι αρχισυναγωγοι προς αυτους λεγοντες ανδρες αδελφοι ει εστιν λογος εν υμιν παρακλησεως προς τον λαον λεγετε
Lit: After then the reading of the law and of the Prophets, sent the rulers of the synagogue to them, saying, Men, brothers, if any there is among you a word of exhortation toward the people, speak.
KJV: And after the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent unto them, saying, Ye men [and] brethren, if ye have any word of exhortation for the people, say on.
References
"the reading"Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ac 15:21: For Moses of old time has in every city them that preach him: being read in the synagogues every sabbath day.Lu 4:16-18: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read."the rulers"Ac 18:8: 17: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized.Mr 5:22: And: look: there comes one of the rulers of the synagogue: Jairus by name; and when he saw him: he fell at his feet: "Ye men"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ac 2:29: 37: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ac 15:7: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you."if"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 20:2: When he had gone over those parts: and had given them much exhortation: he came into Greece: Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Co 14:3: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.Heb 13:22: I beseech you: brothers: suffer the word of exhortation: for I have written a letter to you in few words.
αναστας δε παυλος και κατασεισας τη χειρι ειπεν ανδρες ισραηλιται και οι φοβουμενοι τον θεον ακουσατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450Ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
Ἀναστὰςanastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2678κατασείσαςkataseisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2678 κατασείω kataseíō kat-as-i-o from κατά and σείω; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:--beckon.
|
κατασείσαςkataseisas
|
having made a sign
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand,
|
N-DFS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2475ἸσραηλῖταιIsraēlitai (N-VMP)
G2475 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlítēs is-rah-ale-ee-tace from Ἰσραήλ; an Israelite, i.e. descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively):--Israelite.
|
ἸσραηλῖταιIsraēlitai
|
Israelites,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-VMP
|
G5399φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi (V-PPM/P-VMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-VMP
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G191ἀκούσατε.akousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσατε.akousate
|
listen.
|
V-AMA-2P
|
16
Then Paul stood up, and beckoning with His hand said, Men of Israel, and you that fear God, give audience.
Acts 13:16
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 33 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναστας δε παυλος και κατασεισας τη χειρι ειπεν ανδρες ισραηλιται και οι φοβουμενοι τον θεον ακουσατε
Lit: Having risen up then Paul, and having made a sign with the hand, he said, Men, Israelites, and those fearing God, listen.
KJV: Then Paul stood up, and beckoning with his hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience.
References
"beckoning"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 19:33: They drew Alexander out of the multitude: the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand: and would have made his defence to the people.Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying: "Men"Ac 13:26: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 3:12: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?"and ye"Ac 13:42: 43: 46: When the Jews were gone out of the synagogue: the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath.Ac 10:2: 35: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.1Ki 8:40: That they may fear you all the days that they live in the land which you gave to our fathers.Ps 67:7: God will bless us; and all the ends of the earth will fear Him.Ps 85:9: Surely his salvation is nigh them that fear him; that glory may dwell in our land.Ps 135:20: Bless the LORD: O house of Levi: you that fear the LORD: bless the LORD.Lu 1:50: His mercy is on them that fear him from generation to generation.Lu 23:40: But the other answering rebuked Him: saying: Do not you fear God: seeing you are in the same condemnation?"give"Ac 2:14: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 22:1: 22: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.De 32:46: 47: He said to them: Set your hearts to all the words which I testify among you this day: which you will command your children to observe to do: all the words of this law.Ps 49:1-3: A Psalm for the sons of Korah.>> Hear this: all you people; give ear: all you inhabitants of the world:Ps 78:1: 2: > Give ear: O my people: to my law: incline your ears to the words of my mouth.Mic 3:8: 9: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Mt 11:15: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
ο θεος του λαου τουτου ισραηλ εξελεξατο τους πατερας ημων και τον λαον υψωσεν εν τη παροικια εν γη αιγυπτω και μετα βραχιονος υψηλου εξηγαγεν αυτους εξ αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this
|
DPro-GMS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel
|
N-GMS
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
chose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G5312ὕψωσενhypsōsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5312 ὑψόω hypsóō hoop-so-o from ὕψος; to elevate (literally or figuratively):--exalt, lift up.
|
ὕψωσενhypsōsen
|
exalted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3940παροικίᾳparoikia (N-DFS)
G3940 παροικία paroikía par-oy-kee-ah from πάροικος; foreign residence:--sojourning, X as strangers.
|
παροικίᾳparoikia
|
sojourn
|
N-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῇgē (N-DFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῇgē
|
the land
|
N-DFS
|
G125Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou (N-GFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou
|
of Egypt,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1023βραχίονοςbrachionos (N-GMS)
G1023 βραχίων brachíōn brakh-ee-own properly, comparative of βραχύς, but apparently in the sense of (to wield); the arm, i.e. (figuratively) strength:--arm.
|
βραχίονοςbrachionos
|
arm
|
N-GMS
|
G5308ὑψηλοῦhypsēlou (Adj-GMS)
G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλοῦhypsēlou
|
uplifted,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1806ἐξήγαγενexēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξήγαγενexēgagen
|
brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
17
The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an high arm brought He them out of it.Acts 13:17
Stats
Rank: #3136 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 173 characters, 33 words, 136 letters, 49 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο θεος του λαου τουτου ισραηλ εξελεξατο τους πατερας ημων και τον λαον υψωσεν εν τη παροικια εν γη αιγυπτω και μετα βραχιονος υψηλου εξηγαγεν αυτους εξ αυτης
Lit: The God of the people this of Israel chose the fathers of us, and the people exalted in the sojourn in the land of Egypt, and with arm uplifted, brought them out of it,
KJV: The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an high arm brought he them out of it.
References
"God"Ac 7:2-53: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ge 12:1-3: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.De 4:37: Because he loved your fathers: therefore he chose their seed after them: and brought you out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;De 7:6-8: For you are an holy people to the LORD your God: the LORD your God has chosen you to be a special people to Himself: above all people that are upon the face of the earth.De 9:5: Not for your righteousness: or for the uprightness of your heart: do you go to possess their land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD your God does drive them out from before you: and that He may perform the word which the LORD sware to your fathers: Abraham: Isaac: and Jacob.De 14:2: For you are an holy people to the LORD your God: and the LORD has chosen you to be a peculiar people to Himself: above all the nations that are upon the earth.Ne 9:7: 8: You are the LORD the God: who did choose Abram: and brought Him forth out of Ur of the Chaldees: and gave Him the name of Abraham;Ps 105:6-12: 42: 43: O you seed of Abraham his servant: you children of Jacob his chosen.Ps 135:4: For the LORD has chosen Jacob to Himself: and Israel for His peculiar treasure.Isa 41:8: 9: But you: Israel: are my servant: Jacob whom I have chosen: the seed of Abraham my friend.Isa 44:1: Yet now hear: O Jacob my servant; and Israel: whom I have chosen:Jer 33:24-26: Consider you not what this people have spoken: saying: The two families which the LORD has chosen: He has even cast them off? thus they have despised my people: that they should be no more a nation before them.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:"and exalted"Ac 7:17: But when the time of the promise drew nigh: which God had sworn to Abraham: the people grew and multiplied in Egypt: Ex 1:7-9: The children of Israel were fruitful: and increased abundantly: and multiplied: and waxed exceeding mighty; and the land was filled with them.De 10:22: Your fathers went down into Egypt with threescore and 10 persons; and now the LORD your God has made you as the stars of heaven for multitude.Ps 105:23: 24: Israel also came into Egypt; and Jacob sojourned in the land of Ham."and with"Ac 7:36: He brought them out: after that he had showed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt: and in the Red sea: and in the wilderness 40 years.Ex 6:1-14: Then the LORD said to Moses: Now will you see what I will do to Pharaoh: for with a strong hand will He let them go: and with a strong hand will He drive them out of His land.Ex 15:1-21: Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song to the LORD: and spoke: saying: I will sing to the LORD: for He has triumphed gloriously: the horse and His rider has He thrown into the sea.Ex 18:11: Now I know that the LORD is greater than all gods: for in the thing wherein they dealt proudly He was above them.De 4:20: 34: But the LORD has taken you: and brought you forth out of the iron furnace: even out of Egypt: to be to Him a people of inheritance: as you are this day.De 7:19: The great temptations which your eyes saw: and the signs: and the wonders: and the mighty hand: and the stretched out arm: whereby the LORD your God brought you out: so will the LORD your God do to all the people of whom you are afraid.1Sa 4:8: Woe to us! who will deliver us out of the hand of these mighty Gods? these are the Gods that smote the Egyptians with all the plagues in the wilderness.Ne 9:9-12: did see the affliction of our fathers in Egypt: and heard their cry by the Red sea;Ps 77:13-20: Your way: O God: is in the sanctuary: who is so great a God as our God?Ps 78:12: 13: 42-53: Marvellous things did he in the sight of their fathers: in the land of Egypt: in the field of Zoan.Ps 105:26-39: He sent Moses his servant; and Aaron whom he had chosen.Ps 106:7-11: Our fathers not understood your wonders in Egypt; they not remembered the multitude of your mercies; but provoked him at the sea: even at the Red sea.Ps 114:1-8: When Israel went out of Egypt: the house of Jacob from a people of strange language;Ps 135:8-10: Who smote the firstborn of Egypt: both of man and beast.Ps 136:10-15: To him that smote Egypt in their firstborn: for his mercy endureth for ever:Isa 63:9-14: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Jer 32:20: 21: Which have set signs and wonders in the land of Egypt: even to this day: and in Israel: and among other men; and have made you a name: as at this day;Am 2:10: Also I brought you up from the land of Egypt: and led you 40 years through the wilderness: to possess the land of the Amorite.Mic 6:4: For I brought you up out of the land of Egypt: and redeemed you out of the house of servants; and I sent before you Moses: Aaron: and Miriam.Mic 7:15: 16: According to the days of your coming out of the land of Egypt will I show to him marvellous things.
και ως τεσσαρακονταετη χρονον ετροποφορησεν αυτους εν τη ερημω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
of about
|
Adv
|
G5063τεσσερακονταετῆtesserakontaetē (Adj-AMS)
G5063 τεσσαρακονταετής tessarakontaetḗs tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace from τεσσαράκοντα and ἔτος; of forty years of age:--(+ full, of) forty years (old).
|
τεσσερακονταετῆtesserakontaetē
|
forty years
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
for a period
|
N-AMS
|
G5159ἐτροποφόρησενetropophorēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5159 τροποφορέω tropophoréō trop-of-or-eh-o from τρόπος and φορέω; to endure ones habits:--suffer the manners.
|
ἐτροποφόρησενetropophorēsen
|
He endured the ways
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
their
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ,erēmō (Adj-DFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ,erēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
18
About the time of 40 years suffered he their manners in the wilderness.Acts 13:18
Stats
Rank: #3040 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ως τεσσαρακονταετη χρονον ετροποφορησεν αυτους εν τη ερημω
Lit: and of about forty years for a period He endured the ways their in the wilderness,
KJV: And about the time of forty years suffered he their manners in the wilderness.
References
"about"Ac 7:36: 39-43: He brought them out: after that he had showed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt: and in the Red sea: and in the wilderness 40 years.Ex 16:2: 35: The whole congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron in the wilderness:Nu 14:22: 33: 34: Because all those men which have seen my glory: and my miracles: which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness: and have tempted me now these 10 times: and not have listened to my voice;De 9:7: 21-24: Remember: and not forget: how you provokedst the LORD your God to wrath in the wilderness: from the day that you did depart out of the land of Egypt: until you came to this place: you have been rebellious against the LORD.Ne 9:16-21: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Ps 78:17-42: They sinned yet more against him by provoking the most High in the wilderness.Ps 95:8-11: not Harden your heart: as in the provocation: and as in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Ps 106:13-29: They soon forgot his works; they not waited for his counsel:Eze 20:10-17: For what reason I caused them to go forth out of the land of Egypt: and brought them into the wilderness.Am 5:25: 26: Have you offered to me sacrifices and offerings in the wilderness 40 years: O house of Israel?1Co 10:1-10: Moreover: brothers: I not would that you should be ignorant: how that all our fathers were under the cloud: and all passed through the sea;Heb 3:7-10: 16-19: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice:
και καθελων εθνη επτα εν γη χανααν κατεκληροδοτησεν αυτοις την γην αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2507καθελὼνkathelōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2507 καθαιρέω kathairéō kath-ahee-reh-o from κατά and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to lower (or with violence) demolish (literally or figuratively):--cast (pull, put, take) down, destroy.
|
καθελὼνkathelōn
|
having destroyed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-ANP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-ANP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῇgē (N-DFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῇgē
|
the land
|
N-DFS
|
G5477ΧανάανChanaan (N-GFS)
G5477 Χαναάν Chanaán khan-ah-an of Hebrew origin (כְּנַעַן); Chanaan (i.e. Kenaan), the early name of Palestine:--Chanaan.
|
ΧανάανChanaan
|
of Canaan,
|
N-GFS
|
G2624κατεκληρονόμησενkateklēronomēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2624 κατακληροδοτέω kataklērodotéō kat-ak-lay-rod-ot-eh-o from κατά and a derivative of a compound of κλῆρος and δίδωμι; to be a giver of lots to each, i.e. (by implication) to apportion an estate:--divide by lot.
|
κατεκληρονόμησενkateklēronomēsen
|
He gave as an inheritance
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them—
|
PPro-GN3P
|
19
When he had destroyed 7 nations in the land of Chanaan, he divided their land to them by lot.Acts 13:19
Stats
Rank: #4601 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθελων εθνη επτα εν γη χανααν κατεκληροδοτησεν αυτοις την γην αυτων
Lit: and having destroyed nations seven in the land of Canaan, He gave as an inheritance the land of them—
KJV: And when he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Chanaan, he divided their land to them by lot.
References
"when"Ac 7:45: Which also our fathers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles: whom God drave out before the face of our fathers: to the days of David;De 7:1: When the LORD your God will bring you into the land whither you go to possess it: and has cast out many nations before you: the Hittites: and the Girgashites: and the Amorites: and the Canaanites: and the Perizzites: and the Hivites: and the Jebusites: 7 nations greater and mightier than you;Jos 24:11: you went over Jordan: and came to Jericho: and the men of Jericho fought against you: the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Girgashites: the Hivites: and the Jebusites; and I delivered them into your hand.Ne 9:24: So the children went in and possessed the land: and you subduedst before them the inhabitants of the land: the Canaanites: and gave them into their hands: with their kings: and the people of the land: that they might do with them as they would.Ps 78:55: He cast out the heathen also before them: and divided them an inheritance by line: and made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents."Chanaan"Ge 12:5: Abram took Sarai his wife: and Lot his brother's son: and all their substance that they had gathered: and the souls that they had gotten in Haran; and they went forth to go into the land of Canaan; and into the land of Canaan they came.Ge 17:8: I will give to you: and to your seed after you: the land wherein you are a stranger: all the land of Canaan: for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.Ps 135:11: Sihon king of the Amorites: and Og king of Bashan: and all the kingdoms of Canaan:"Canaan"Nu 26:53-56: To these the land will be divided for an inheritance according to the number of names.Jos 14:1: These are the countries which the children of Israel inherited in the land of Canaan: which Eleazar the priest: and Joshua the son of Nun: and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the children of Israel: distributed for inheritance to them.Jos 18:10: Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land to the children of Israel according to their divisions.Jos 23:4: Look: I have divided to you by lot these nations that remain: to be an inheritance for your tribes: from Jordan: with all the nations that I have cut off: even to the great sea westward.Ps 78:55: He cast out the heathen also before them: and divided them an inheritance by line: and made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents.
και μετα ταυτα ως ετεσιν τετρακοσιοις και πεντηκοντα εδωκεν κριτας εως σαμουηλ του προφητου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
during
|
Adv
|
G2094ἔτεσινetesin (N-DNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτεσινetesin
|
years
|
N-DNP
|
G5071τετρακοσίοιςtetrakosiois (Adj-DNP)
G5071 τετρακόσιοι tetrakósioi tet-rak-os-ee-ah plural from τέσσαρες and ἑκατόν; four hundred:--four hundred.
|
τετρακοσίοιςtetrakosiois
|
four hundred
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4004πεντήκοντα.pentēkonta (Adj-DNP)
G4004 πεντήκοντα pentḗkonta pen-tay-kon-tah multiplicative of πέντε; fifty:--fifty.
|
πεντήκοντα.pentēkonta
|
fifty.
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
He gave them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2923κριτὰςkritas (N-AMP)
G2923 κριτής kritḗs kree-tace from κρίνω; a judge (genitive case or specially):--judge.
|
κριτὰςkritas
|
judges
|
N-AMP
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G4545ΣαμουὴλSamouēl (N-GMS)
G4545 Σαμουήλ Samouḗl sam-oo-ale of Hebrew origin (שְׁמוּאֵל); Samuel (i.e. Shemuel), an Israelite:--Samuel.
|
ΣαμουὴλSamouēl
|
Samuel
|
N-GMS
|
G3588‹τοῦ›tou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹τοῦ›tou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4396προφήτου.prophētou (N-GMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτου.prophētou
|
prophet.
|
N-GMS
|
20
After that he gave to them judges about the space of 450 years, until Samuel the prophet.Acts 13:20
Stats
Rank: #4502 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα ταυτα ως ετεσιν τετρακοσιοις και πεντηκοντα εδωκεν κριτας εως σαμουηλ του προφητου
Lit: during years four hundred and fifty. And after these things, He gave them judges until Samuel the prophet.
KJV: And after that he gave unto them judges about the space of four hundred and fifty years, until Samuel the prophet.
References
"he gave"Jg 2:16: Nevertheless the LORD raised up judges: which delivered them out of the hand of those that spoiled them.Jg 3:10: The Spirit of the LORD came upon Him: and He judged Israel: and went out to war: and the LORD delivered Chushanrishathaim king of Mesopotamia into His hand; and His hand prevailed against Chushanrishathaim.Ru 1:1: Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled: that there was a famine in the land. And a certain man of Bethlehemjudah went to sojourn in the country of Moab: he: and his wife: and his two sons.1Sa 12:11: The LORD sent Jerubbaal: and Bedan: and Jephthah: and Samuel: and delivered you out of the hand of your enemies on every side: and you dwelled safe.2Sa 7:11: As since the time that I commanded judges to be over my people Israel: and have caused you to rest from all your enemies. Also the LORD tells you that He will make you an house.2Ki 23:22: Surely there not was holden such a passover from the days of the judges that judged Israel: nor in all the days of the kings of Israel: nor of the kings of Judah;1Ch 17:6: Wheresoever I have walked with all Israel: spoke I a word to any of the judges of Israel: whom I commanded to feed my people: saying: Why have you not built me an house of cedars?"until"1Sa 3:20: All Israel from Dan even to Beersheba knew that Samuel was established to be a prophet of the LORD.
κακειθεν ητησαντο βασιλεα και εδωκεν αυτοις ο θεος τον σαουλ υιον κις ανδρα εκ φυλης βενιαμιν ετη τεσσαρακοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G154ᾐτήσαντοētēsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσαντοētēsanto
|
they asked for
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G935βασιλέα,basilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέα,basilea
|
a king,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-AMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul
|
N-AMS
|
G5207υἱὸνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸνhuion
|
son
|
N-AMS
|
G2797Κίς,Kis (N-GMS)
G2797 Κίς Kís kis of Hebrew origin (קִישׁ); Cis (i.e. Kish), an Israelite:--Cis.
|
Κίς,Kis
|
of Kish,
|
N-GMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of the
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G958Βενιαμίν,Beniamin (N-GMS)
G958 Βενιαμίν Beniamín ben-ee-am-een of Hebrew origin (בִּנְיָמִין); Benjamin, an Israelite:--Benjamin.
|
Βενιαμίν,Beniamin
|
of Benjamin,
|
N-GMS
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-ANP
|
G5062τεσσεράκοντα·tesserakonta (Adj-ANP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκοντα·tesserakonta
|
forty.
|
Adj-ANP
|
21
Afterward they desired a king: and God gave to them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of 40 years.Acts 13:21
Stats
Rank: #4233 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 26 words, 107 letters, 40 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν ητησαντο βασιλεα και εδωκεν αυτοις ο θεος τον σαουλ υιον κις ανδρα εκ φυλης βενιαμιν ετη τεσσαρακοντα
Lit: Then they asked for a king, and gave to them God, Saul son of Kish, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, years forty.
KJV: And afterward they desired a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of forty years.
References
"they"1Sa 8:5-22: Said to him: Look: you are old: and your sons not walk in your ways: now make us a king to judge us like all the nations.1Sa 12:12-19: When you saw that Nahash the king of the children of Ammon came against you: you said to me: No; but a king will reign over us: when the LORD your God was your king."Saul"1Sa 10:1: 21-26: Then Samuel took a vial of oil: and poured it upon His head: and kissed Him: and said: Is it not because the LORD has anointed you to be captain over His inheritance?1Sa 11:15: All the people went to Gilgal; and there they made Saul king before the LORD in Gilgal; and there they sacrificed sacrifices of peace offerings before the LORD; and there Saul and all the men of Israel rejoiced greatly.1Sa 15:1: Samuel also said to Saul: The LORD sent me to anoint you to be king over His people: over Israel: now therefore listen you to the voice of the words of the LORD."Cis"1Sa 9:1: 2: Now there was a man of Benjamin: whose name was Kish: the son of Abiel: the son of Zeror: the son of Bechorath: the son of Aphiah: a Benjamite: a mighty man of power.1Sa 10:21: When he had caused the tribe of Benjamin to come near by their families: the family of Matri was taken: and Saul the son of Kish was taken: and when they sought him: he not could be found.
και μεταστησας αυτον ηγειρεν αυτοις τον δαβιδ εις βασιλεα ω και ειπεν μαρτυρησας ευρον δαβιδ τον του ιεσσαι ανδρα κατα την καρδιαν μου ος ποιησει παντα τα θεληματα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3179μεταστήσαςmetastēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G3179 μεθίστημι methístēmi meth-is-tan-o from μετά and ἵστημι; to transfer, i.e. carry away, depose or (figuratively) exchange, seduce:--put out, remove, translate, turn away.
|
μεταστήσαςmetastēsas
|
having removed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
He raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-AMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
as
|
Prep
|
G935βασιλέα,basilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέα,basilea
|
king,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3140μαρτυρήσαςmartyrēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρήσαςmartyrēsas
|
having carried witness:
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2147ΕὗρονHeuron (V-AIA-1S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
ΕὗρονHeuron
|
I have found
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-AMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
son
|
Art-GMS
|
G2421Ἰεσσαί,Iessai (N-GMS)
G2421 Ἰεσσαί Iessaí es-es-sah-ee of Hebrew origin (יִשַׁי); Jessæ (i.e. Jishai), an Israelite:--Jesse.
|
Ἰεσσαί,Iessai
|
of Jesse
|
N-GMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a man
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
will do
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2307θελήματάthelēmata (N-ANP)
G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θελήματάthelēmata
|
will
|
N-ANP
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
22
When he had removed him, he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony, and said, I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after my own heart, which will fulfil all my will.
Acts 13:22
Stats
Rank: #2206 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 214 characters, 38 words, 164 letters, 63 vowels, 101 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μεταστησας αυτον ηγειρεν αυτοις τον δαβιδ εις βασιλεα ω και ειπεν μαρτυρησας ευρον δαβιδ τον του ιεσσαι ανδρα κατα την καρδιαν μου ος ποιησει παντα τα θεληματα μου
Lit: And having removed him, He raised up David to them as king, to whom also He said, having carried witness: I have found David the son of Jesse a man according to the heart of Me, who will do all the will of Me.
KJV: And when he had removed him, he raised up unto them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony, and said, I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after mine own heart, which shall fulfil all my will.
References
"when"1Sa 12:25: But if you will still do wickedly: you will be consumed: both you and your king.1Sa 13:13: Samuel said to Saul: You have done foolishly: you have not kept the commandment of the LORD your God: which He commanded you: for now would the LORD have established your kingdom upon Israel for ever.1Sa 15:11: 23: 26: 28: It repents me that I have set up Saul to be king: for He is turned back from following me: and has not performed my commandments. And it grieved Samuel; and He cried to the LORD all night.1Sa 16:1: The LORD said to Samuel: How long will you mourn for Saul: seeing I have rejected Him from reigning over Israel? fill your horn with oil: and go: I will send you to Jesse the Bethlehemite: for I have provided me a king among His sons.1Sa 28:16: Then said Samuel: For what reason then do you ask of me: seeing the LORD is departed from you: and is become your enemy?1Sa 31:6: So Saul died: and his 3 sons: and his armourbearer: and all his men: that same day together.2Sa 7:15: But my mercy will not depart away from him: as I took it from Saul: whom I put away before you.1Ch 10:13: So Saul died for His transgression which He committed against the LORD: even against the word of the LORD: which He not kept: and also for asking counsel of one that had a familiar spirit: to inquire of it;Ho 13:10: 11: I will be your king: where is any other that may save you in all your cities? and your judges of whom you said: Give me a king and princes?"he raised"1Sa 16:1: 13: The LORD said to Samuel: How long will you mourn for Saul: seeing I have rejected Him from reigning over Israel? fill your horn with oil: and go: I will send you to Jesse the Bethlehemite: for I have provided me a king among His sons.2Sa 2:4: The men of Judah came: and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. And they told David: saying: That the men of Jabeshgilead were they that buried Saul.2Sa 5:3-5: So all the elders of Israel came to the king to Hebron; and king David made a league with them in Hebron before the LORD: and they anointed David king over Israel.2Sa 7:8: Now therefore so will you say to my servant David: Thus says the LORD of hosts: I took you from the sheepcote: from following the sheep: to be ruler over my people: over Israel:1Ch 28:4: 5: Howbeit the LORD God of Israel chose me before all the house of my father to be king over Israel for ever: for He has chosen Judah to be the ruler; and of the house of Judah: the house of my father; and among the sons of my father He liked me to make me king over all Israel:Ps 2:6: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 78:70-72: He chose David also his servant: and took him from the sheepfolds:Ps 89:19: 20-37: Then you spake in vision to your holy one: and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty; I have exalted one chosen out of the people.Jer 33:21: 26: Then may also my covenant be broken with David my servant: that he not should have a son to reign upon his throne; and with the Levites the priests: my ministers.Eze 34:23: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:24: 25: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days."to whom"Ac 15:8: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Heb 11:4: 5: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh."I have"Ac 7:46: Who found favour before God: and desired to find a tabernacle for the God of Jacob.1Sa 13:14: But now your kingdom will not continue: the LORD has sought Him a man after His own heart: and the LORD has commanded Him to be captain over His people: because you have not kept that which the LORD commanded you.1Ki 15:3: 5: He walked in all the sins of His father: which He had done before Him: and His heart not was perfect with the LORD His God: as the heart of David His father.
τουτου ο θεος απο του σπερματος κατ επαγγελιαν ηγειρεν τω ισραηλ σωτηρα ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τούτουtoutou
|
Of this man
|
DPro-GMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματοςspermatos
|
seed,
|
N-GNS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίανepangelian (N-AFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίανepangelian
|
promise,
|
N-AFS
|
G71ἤγαγενēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγενēgagen
|
has brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-DMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
to Israel
|
N-DMS
|
G4990ΣωτῆραSōtēra (N-AMS)
G4990 σωτήρ sōtḗr so-tare from σώζω; a deliverer, i.e. God or Christ:--saviour.
|
ΣωτῆραSōtēra
|
the Savior
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus —
|
N-AMS
|
23
Of this man's seed has God according to His promise raised to Israel a Saviour, Jesus:Acts 13:23
Stats
Rank: #5352 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 30 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτου ο θεος απο του σπερματος κατ επαγγελιαν ηγειρεν τω ισραηλ σωτηρα ιησουν
Lit: Of this man God, of the seed, according to promise, has brought to Israel the Savior Jesus —
KJV: Of this man's seed hath God according to his promise raised unto Israel a Saviour, Jesus:
References
"this"Ac 2:30: Therefore being a prophet: and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to Him: that of the fruit of His loins: according to the flesh: He would raise up Christ to sit on His throne;2Sa 7:12: When your days be fulfilled: and you will sleep with your fathers: I will set up your seed after you: which will proceed out of your bowels: and I will establish his kingdom.Ps 89:35-37: Once have I sworn by my holiness that I not will lie to David.Ps 132:11: The LORD has sworn in truth to David; He not will turn from it; Of the fruit of your body will I set upon your throne.Isa 7:13: He said: Hear you now: O house of David; Is it a small thing for you to weary men: but will you weary my God also?Isa 11:1: 10: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:15-17: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Am 9:11: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Mt 1:1: The book of the generation of Jesus Christ: the son of David: the son of Abraham.Mt 21:9: The multitudes that went before: and that followed: cried: saying: Hosanna to the Son of David: Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest.Mt 22:42: Saying: What think you of Christ? whose son is He? They say to Him: The Son of David.Lu 1:31-33: 69: And: look: you will conceive in your womb: and bring forth a son: and will call his name JESUS.Joh 7:42: Has not the scripture said: That Christ comes of the seed of David: and out of the town of Bethlehem: where David was?Ro 1:3: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star."raised"Ac 2:32-36: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 4:12: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men: whereby we must be saved.Ac 5:30: 31: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Isa 43:11: I: even I: am the LORD; and beside me there is no saviour.Isa 45:21: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Joh 4:42: Said to the woman: Now we believe: not because of your saying: for we have heard Him ourselves: and know that this is indeed the Christ: the Saviour of the world.Ro 11:26: So all Israel will be saved: as it is written: There will come out of Sion the Deliverer: and will turn away ungodliness from Jacob:Tit 1:4: To Titus: my own son after the common faith: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour.Tit 2:10-14: Not purloining: but shewing all good fidelity; that they may adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things.Tit 3:3-6: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.2Pe 1:1: 11: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:2Pe 2:20: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning.2Pe 3:2: 18: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:1Jo 4:14: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen.
προκηρυξαντος ιωαννου προ προσωπου της εισοδου αυτου βαπτισμα μετανοιας παντι τω λαω ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4296προκηρύξαντοςprokēryxantos (V-APA-GMS)
G4296 προκηρύσσω prokērýssō prok-ay-rooce-so from πρό and κηρύσσω; to herald (i.e. proclaim) in advance:--before (first) preach.
|
προκηρύξαντοςprokēryxantos
|
having proclaimed
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
John
|
N-GMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before the
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
face
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1529εἰσόδουeisodou (N-GFS)
G1529 εἴσοδος eísodos ice-od-os from εἰς and ὁδός; an entrance (literally or figuratively):--coming, enter(-ing) in (to).
|
εἰσόδουeisodou
|
coming
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
a baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3341μετανοίαςmetanoias (N-GFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίαςmetanoias
|
of repentance
|
N-GFS
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ.Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ.Israēl
|
of Israel.
|
N-GMS
|
24
When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.Acts 13:24
Stats
Rank: #6514 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: προκηρυξαντος ιωαννου προ προσωπου της εισοδου αυτου βαπτισμα μετανοιας παντι τω λαω ισραηλ
Lit: having proclaimed John before the face of the coming of Him a baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.
KJV: When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel.
References
"When John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel."Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 10:37: That word: I say: you know: which was published throughout all Judaea: and began from Galilee: after the baptism which John preached;Ac 19:3: 4: He said to them: To what then were you baptized? And they said: To John's baptism.Mt 3:1-11: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Mr 1:2-8: As it is written in the prophets: Look: I send my messenger before your face: which will prepare your way before you.Lu 1:76: you: child: will be called the prophet of the High: for you will go before the face of the Lord to prepare His ways;Lu 3:2: 3-20: Annas and Caiaphas being the high priests: the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness.Joh 1:6-8: 15-18: There was a man sent from God: whose name was John.Joh 3:25-36: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.Joh 5:33-36: You sent to John: and he bare witness to the truth.
ως δε επληρου ο ιωαννης τον δρομον ελεγεν τινα με υπονοειτε ειναι ουκ ειμι εγω αλλ ιδου ερχεται μετ εμε ου ουκ ειμι αξιος το υποδημα των ποδων λυσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
While
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπλήρουeplērou (V-IIA-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρουeplērou
|
was fulfilling
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1408δρόμον,dromon (N-AMS)
G1408 δρόμος drómos drom-os from the alternate of τρέχω; a race, i.e. (figuratively) career:--course.
|
δρόμον,dromon
|
course,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
Whom
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G5282ὑπονοεῖτεhyponoeite (V-PIA-2P)
G5282 ὑπονοέω hyponoéō hoop-on-o-eh-o from ὑπό and νοιέω; to think under (privately), i.e. to surmise or conjecture:--think, suppose, deem.
|
ὑπονοεῖτεhyponoeite
|
do you suppose
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be?
|
V-PNA
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1473ἐγώ·egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ·egō
|
I he,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He comes
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G514ἄξιοςaxios (Adj-NMS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοςaxios
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-ANS
|
G5266ὑπόδημαhypodēma (N-ANS)
G5266 ὑπόδημα hypódēma hoop-od-ay-mah from ὑποδέω; something bound under the feet, i.e. a shoe or sandal:--shoe.
|
ὑπόδημαhypodēma
|
sandal
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G3089λῦσαι.lysai (V-ANA)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λῦσαι.lysai
|
to untie.
|
V-ANA
|
25
As John fulfilled his course, he said, Whom think you that I am? I not am he. But, look, there comes one after me, whose shoes of his feet I not am worthy to loose.
Acts 13:25
Stats
Rank: #5495 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 27 words, 127 letters, 51 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε επληρου ο ιωαννης τον δρομον ελεγεν τινα με υπονοειτε ειναι ουκ ειμι εγω αλλ ιδου ερχεται μετ εμε ου ουκ ειμι αξιος το υποδημα των ποδων λυσαι
Lit: While then was fulfilling John the course, he was saying, Whom me do you suppose to be? Not am I he, but behold, He comes after me, of whom not I am worthy a sandal of the feet to untie.
KJV: And as John fulfilled his course, he said, Whom think ye that I am? I am not he. But, behold, there cometh one after me, whose shoes of [his] feet I am not worthy to loose.
References
"fulfilled"Ac 13:36: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Mr 6:16-28: But when Herod heard thereof: he said: It is John: whom I beheaded: he is risen from the dead.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.Joh 19:28-30: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them."whom"Ac 19:4: Then said Paul: John truly baptized with the baptism of repentance: saying to the people: that they should believe on Him which should come after Him: that is: on Christ Jesus.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Mr 1:7: Preached: saying: There comes one mightier than I after me: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to stoop down and unloose.Lu 3:15: 16: As the people were in expectation: and all men mused in their hearts of John: whether He were the Christ: not or;Joh 1:20-23: 26: 27: 29: 34: 36: He confessed: and not denied; but confessed: I not am the Christ.Joh 3:27-29: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.
ανδρες αδελφοι υιοι γενους αβρααμ και οι εν υμιν φοβουμενοι τον θεον υμιν ο λογος της σωτηριας ταυτης απεσταλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-VMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons
|
N-VMP
|
G1085γένουςgenous (N-GNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένουςgenous
|
of the family
|
N-GNS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS)
G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
of Abraham,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-VMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5399φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi (V-PPM/P-VMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-VMP
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
message
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαςsōtērias
|
salvation
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G1821ἐξαπεστάλη.exapestalē (V-AIP-3S)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπεστάλη.exapestalē
|
has been sent.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
26
Men and brothers, children of the stock of Abraham, and whoever among you fears God, to you is the word of this salvation sent.Acts 13:26
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 21 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανδρες αδελφοι υιοι γενους αβρααμ και οι εν υμιν φοβουμενοι τον θεον υμιν ο λογος της σωτηριας ταυτης απεσταλη
Lit: Men, brothers, sons of the family of Abraham, and those among you fearing God, to us the message of the salvation this has been sent.
KJV: Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and whosoever among you feareth God, to you is the word of this salvation sent.
References
"children"Ac 13:15: 17: 46: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.2Ch 20:7: Are not you our God: who did drive out the inhabitants of this land before your people Israel: and gave it to the seed of Abraham your friend for ever?Ps 105:6: O you seed of Abraham his servant: you children of Jacob his chosen.Ps 147:19: 20: He shews his word to Jacob: his statutes and his judgments to Israel.Isa 41:8: But you: Israel: are my servant: Jacob whom I have chosen: the seed of Abraham my friend.Isa 48:1: Hear you this: O house of Jacob: which are called by the name of Israel: and are come forth out of the waters of Judah: which swear by the name of the LORD: and make mention of the God of Israel: but not in truth: nor in righteousness.Isa 51:1: 2: Listen to me: you that follow after righteousness: you that seek the LORD: look to the rock where you are cut: and to the hole of the pit where you are digged.Mt 3:9: not think to say within yourselves: We have Abraham to our father: for I say to you: that God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham.Mt 10:6: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem."and whosoever"Ac 13:16: 43: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 10:35: But in every nation he who fears him: and works righteousness: is accepted with him."to you"Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Isa 46:13: I bring near my righteousness; it will not be far off: and my salvation will not tarry: and I will place salvation in Zion for Israel my glory.Lu 1:69: 77: has raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David;Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.2Co 5:19-21: To wit: that God was in Christ: reconciling the world to Himself: not imputing their trespasses to them; and has committed to us the word of reconciliation.Eph 1:13: In whom you also trusted: after that you heard the word of truth: the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that you believed: you were sealed with that holy Spirit of promise: Col 1:5: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;
οι γαρ κατοικουντες εν ιερουσαλημ και οι αρχοντες αυτων τουτον αγνοησαντες και τας φωνας των προφητων τας κατα παν σαββατον αναγινωσκομενας κριναντες επληρωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G758ἄρχοντεςarchontes (N-NMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχοντεςarchontes
|
rulers
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
Him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G50ἀγνοήσαντεςagnoēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοήσαντεςagnoēsantes
|
not having known,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5456φωνὰςphōnas (N-AFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὰςphōnas
|
voices
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
that
|
Art-AFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4521σάββατονsabbaton (N-ANS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατονsabbaton
|
Sabbath
|
N-ANS
|
G314ἀναγινωσκομέναςanaginōskomenas (V-PPM/P-AFP)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινωσκομέναςanaginōskomenas
|
are being read,
|
V-PPM/P-AFP
|
G2919κρίναντεςkrinantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίναντεςkrinantes
|
having condemned Him
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4137ἐπλήρωσαν,eplērōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρωσαν,eplērōsan
|
they fulfilled them.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
27
For they that dwell at Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew not him, nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day, they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Acts 13:27
Stats
Rank: #6356 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 193 characters, 29 words, 153 letters, 54 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι γαρ κατοικουντες εν ιερουσαλημ και οι αρχοντες αυτων τουτον αγνοησαντες και τας φωνας των προφητων τας κατα παν σαββατον αναγινωσκομενας κριναντες επληρωσαν
Lit: Those for dwelling in Jerusalem and the rulers of them, Him not having known, and the voices of the prophets that on every Sabbath are being read, having condemned Him they fulfilled them.
KJV: For they that dwell at Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew him not, nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day, they have fulfilled them in condemning [him].
References
"because"Ac 3:17: Now: brothers: I know that through ignorance you did it: as did also your rulers.Lu 22:34: He said: I tell you: Peter: the cock will not crow this day: before that you will thrice deny that you know me.Joh 8:28: Then said Jesus to them: When you have lifted up the Son of man: then will you know that I am He: and that I not dohing of myself; but as my Father has taught me: I speak these things.Joh 15:21: But all these things will they do to you for my name's sake: because they not know him that sent me.Joh 16:3: These things will they do to you: because they not have known the Father: nor me.Ro 11:8-10: 25: (According as it is written: God has given them the spirit of slumber: eyes that they not should see: and ears that they not should hear;) to this day.1Co 2:8: Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it: they not would have crucified the Lord of glory.2Co 3:14: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."nor"Mt 22:29: Jesus answered and said to them: You do err: not knowing the scriptures: nor the power of God.Lu 24:25-27: 44: 45: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:"which"Ac 13:14: 15: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 15:21: For Moses of old time has in every city them that preach him: being read in the synagogues every sabbath day."they have"Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ge 50:20: But as for you: you thought evil against me; but God meant it to good: to bring to pass: as it is this day: to save much people alive.Mt 26:54-56: But how then will the scriptures be fulfilled: that thus it must be?Lu 24:20: 24: How the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death: and have crucified him.Joh 19:28-30: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst.Joh 19:36: 37: For these things were done: that the scripture should be fulfilled: A bone of him will not be broken.
και μηδεμιαν αιτιαν θανατου ευροντες ητησαντο πιλατον αναιρεθηναι αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδεμίανmēdemian (Adj-AFS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεμίανmēdemian
|
no
|
Adj-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
cause
|
N-AFS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G2147εὑρόντεςheurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρόντεςheurontes
|
having found,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G154ᾐτήσαντοētēsanto (V-AIM-3P)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ᾐτήσαντοētēsanto
|
they begged
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4091ΠιλᾶτονPilaton (N-AMS)
G4091 Πιλᾶτος Pilâtos pil-at-os of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. firm; Pilatus, a Roman:--Pilate.
|
ΠιλᾶτονPilaton
|
Pilate
|
N-AMS
|
G337ἀναιρεθῆναιanairethēnai (V-ANP)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρεθῆναιanairethēnai
|
to put to death
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
28
Though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be killed.Acts 13:28
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μηδεμιαν αιτιαν θανατου ευροντες ητησαντο πιλατον αναιρεθηναι αυτον
Lit: And no cause of death having found, they begged Pilate to put to death him.
KJV: And though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain.
References
"And though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain."Ac 3:13: 14: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Mt 27:19: 22-25: When he was set down on the judgment seat: his wife sent to him: saying: Have you nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him.Mr 15:13-15: They cried out again: Crucify him.Lu 23:4: 5: 14-16: 21-25: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man.Joh 18:38: Pilate says to him: What is truth? And when he had said this: he went out again to the Jews: and says to them: I find in him no fault at all.Joh 19:4: 12-16: Pilate therefore went forth again: and says to them: Look: I bring him forth to you: that you may know that I find no fault in him.
ως δε ετελεσαν απαντα τα περι αυτου γεγραμμενα καθελοντες απο του ξυλου εθηκαν εις μνημειον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5055ἐτέλεσανetelesan (V-AIA-3P)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
ἐτέλεσανetelesan
|
they had finished
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1125γεγραμμένα,gegrammena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένα,gegrammena
|
having been written,
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G2507καθελόντεςkathelontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2507 καθαιρέω kathairéō kath-ahee-reh-o from κατά and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to lower (or with violence) demolish (literally or figuratively):--cast (pull, put, take) down, destroy.
|
καθελόντεςkathelontes
|
having taken Him down
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3586ξύλουxylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλουxylou
|
tree,
|
N-GNS
|
G5087ἔθηκανethēkan (V-AIA-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκανethēkan
|
they put Him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3419μνημεῖον.mnēmeion (N-ANS)
G3419 μνημεῖον mnēmeîon mnay-mi-on from μνήμη; a remembrance, i.e. cenotaph (place of interment):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνημεῖον.mnēmeion
|
a tomb.
|
N-ANS
|
29
When they had fulfilled all that was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in a sepulchre.Acts 13:29
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε ετελεσαν απαντα τα περι αυτου γεγραμμενα καθελοντες απο του ξυλου εθηκαν εις μνημειον
Lit: When then they had finished all the things about Him having been written, having taken Him down from the tree, they put Him in a tomb.
KJV: And when they had fulfilled all that was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid [him] in a sepulchre.
References
"when"Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 4:28: For to do whatever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done.Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 19:28: 30: 36: 37: After this: Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished: that the scripture might be fulfilled: says: I thirst."they took"Mt 27:57-60: When the even was come: there came a rich man of Arimathaea: named Joseph: who also Himself was Jesus' disciple:Mr 15:45: 46: When he knew it of the centurion: he gave the body to Joseph.Lu 23:53: He took it down: and wrapped it in linen: and laid it in a sepulchre that was cut in stone: wherein never man before was laid.Joh 19:38-42: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.1Co 15:4: That he was buried: and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:
ο δε θεος ηγειρεν αυτον εκ νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
raised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν·nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν·nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
30
But God raised Him from the dead:Acts 13:30
Stats
Counts: 33 characters, 7 words, 26 letters, 10 vowels, 16 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε θεος ηγειρεν αυτον εκ νεκρων
Lit: But God raised Him out from the dead,
KJV: But God raised him from the dead:
References
"But God raised him from the dead:"Ac 2:24: 32: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 3:13: 15: 26: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:30: 31: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 10:40: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Mt 28:6: He not is here: for He is risen: as He said. Come: see the place where the Lord lay.Joh 2:19: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 10:17: Therefore does my Father love me: because I lay down my life: that I might take it again.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant:
ος ωφθη επι ημερας πλειους τοις συναναβασιν αυτω απο της γαλιλαιας εις ιερουσαλημ οιτινες εισιν μαρτυρες αυτου προς τον λαον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-AFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
many
|
Adj-AFP-C
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4872συναναβᾶσινsynanabasin (V-APA-DMP)
G4872 συναναβαίνω synanabaínō soon-an-ab-ah-ee-no from σύν and ἀναβαίνω; to ascend in company with:--come up with.
|
συναναβᾶσινsynanabasin
|
having come up with
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1056ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias (N-GFS)
G1056 Γαλιλαία Galilaía gal-il-ah-yah of Hebrew origin (גָּלִיל); Galilæa (i.e. the heathen circle), a region of Palestine:--Galilee.
|
ΓαλιλαίαςGalilaias
|
Galilee
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3144μάρτυρεςmartyres (N-NMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρεςmartyres
|
witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν.laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν.laon
|
people.
|
N-AMS
|
31
He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses to the people.Acts 13:31
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 23 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ωφθη επι ημερας πλειους τοις συναναβασιν αυτω απο της γαλιλαιας εις ιερουσαλημ οιτινες εισιν μαρτυρες αυτου προς τον λαον
Lit: who appeared for days many to those having come up with Him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who now are witnesses of Him to the people.
KJV: And he was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people.
References
"he was"Ac 1:3: 11: To whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs: being seen of them 40 days: and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:Ac 10:41: Not to all the people: but to witnesses chosen before of God: even to us: who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.Mt 28:16: Then the 11 disciples went away into Galilee: into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them.Mr 16:12-14: After that he appeared in another form to two of them: as they walked: and went into the country.Lu 24:36-42: As they thus spoke: Jesus Himself stood in the middle of them: and says to them: Peace be to you.Joh 20:19-29: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Joh 21:1-14: After these things Jesus showed Himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias; and on this wise showed He Himself.1Co 15:5-7: That he was seen of Cephas: then of the 12:"who"Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 5:32: We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost: whom God has given to them that obey Him.Ac 10:39: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Lu 24:48: you are witnesses of these things.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Heb 2:3: 4: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;
και ημεις υμας ευαγγελιζομεθα την προς τους πατερας επαγγελιαν γενομενην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
to you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμεθαeuangelizometha (V-PIM-1P)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμεθαeuangelizometha
|
preach the gospel,
|
V-PIM-1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίανepangelian (N-AFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίανepangelian
|
promise
|
N-AFS
|
G1096γενομένην,genomenēn (V-APM-AFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένην,genomenēn
|
having been made,
|
V-APM-AFS
|
32
We declare to you glad tidings, how that the promise which was made to the fathers,Acts 13:32
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 27 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ημεις υμας ευαγγελιζομεθα την προς τους πατερας επαγγελιαν γενομενην
Lit: And we to you preach the gospel, the to the fathers promise having been made,
KJV: And we declare unto you glad tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers,
References
"we"Ac 13:38: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Isa 40:9: O Zion: that bring'>bring good tidings: get you up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem: that bring'>bring good tidings: lift up your voice with strength; lift it up: not be afraid; say to the cities of Judah: Look your God!Isa 41:27: The first will say to Zion: Look: look them: and I will give to Jerusalem one that brings good tidings.Isa 52:7: How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of Him that brings'>brings good tidings: that publishes'>publishes peace; that brings'>brings good tidings of good: that publishes'>publishes salvation; that says to Zion: Your God reigneth!Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Lu 1:19: The angel answering said to Him: I am Gabriel: that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak to you: and to show you these glad tidings.Lu 2:10: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ro 10:15: How will they preach: except they be sent? as it is written: How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace: and bring glad tidings of good things!"how"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 26:6: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ge 12:3: I will bless them that bless you: and curse him that curses you: and in you will all families of the earth be blessed.Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Ge 26:4: I will make your seed to multiply as the stars of heaven: and will give to your seed all these countries; and in your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed;Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.De 18:15: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 11:1: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Jer 23:5: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Eze 34:23: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Hag 2:7: I will shake all nations: and the desire of all nations will come: and I will fill this house with glory: says the LORD of hosts.Zec 6:12: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Zec 13:1: 7: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Lu 1:54: 55: 68-73: He has holpen his servant Israel: in remembrance of his mercy;Ro 4:13: For the promise: that he should be the heir of the world: was not to Abraham: or to his seed: through the law: but through the righteousness of faith.Ga 3:16-18: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ.
οτι ταυτην ο θεος εκπεπληρωκεν τοις τεκνοις αυτων ημιν αναστησας ιησουν ως και εν τω ψαλμω τω δευτερω γεγραπται υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1603ἐκπεπλήρωκενekpeplērōken (V-RIA-3S)
G1603 ἐκπληρόω ekplēróō ek-play-ro-o from ἐκ and πληρόω; to accomplish entirely:--fulfill.
|
ἐκπεπλήρωκενekpeplērōken
|
has fulfilled,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G5043τέκνοιςteknois (N-DNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνοιςteknois
|
children
|
N-DNP
|
G846[αὐτῶν]autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
[αὐτῶν]autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
to us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G450ἀναστήσαςanastēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσαςanastēsas
|
having raised up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5568ψαλμῷpsalmō (N-DMS)
G5568 ψαλμός psalmós psal-mos from ψάλλω; a set piece of music, i.e. a sacred ode (accompanied with the voice, harp or other instrument; a psalm); collectively, the book of the Psalms:--psalm. Compare ᾠδή.
|
ψαλμῷpsalmō
|
psalm
|
N-DMS
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1208δευτέρῳdeuterō (Adj-DMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρῳdeuterō
|
second:
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4771σύ,sy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σύ,sy
|
You,
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G1080γεγέννηκάgegennēka (V-RIA-1S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεγέννηκάgegennēka
|
have begotten
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.’
|
PPro-A2S
|
33
God has fulfilled the same to us their children, in that He has raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm, You are my Son, this day have I begotten you.
Acts 13:33
Stats
Rank: #9795 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 54 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ταυτην ο θεος εκπεπληρωκεν τοις τεκνοις αυτων ημιν αναστησας ιησουν ως και εν τω ψαλμω τω δευτερω γεγραπται υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε
Lit: that this God has fulfilled, to the children of them, to us, having raised up Jesus, as also in the psalm it has been written, the second: Son of Me are You, I today have begotten you.’
KJV: God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he hath raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee.
References
"Thou art"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Heb 1:5: 6: For to which of the angels said He at any time: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you? And again: I will be to Him a Father: and He will be to me a Son?Heb 5:5: So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him: You are my Son: today have I begotten you.
οτι δε ανεστησεν αυτον εκ νεκρων μηκετι μελλοντα υποστρεφειν εις διαφθοραν ουτως ειρηκεν οτι δωσω υμιν τα οσια δαβιδ τα πιστα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
That
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G450ἀνέστησενanestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησενanestēsen
|
He raised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3371μηκέτιmēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτιmēketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G3195μέλλονταmellonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταmellonta
|
being about
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G5290ὑποστρέφεινhypostrephein (V-PNA)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑποστρέφεινhypostrephein
|
to return
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1312διαφθοράν,diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν,diaphthoran
|
decay,
|
N-AFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκενeirēken
|
He spoke
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G1325ΔώσωDōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ΔώσωDōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3741ὅσιαhosia (Adj-ANP)
G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
ὅσιαhosia
|
holy blessings
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4103πιστά.pista (Adj-ANP)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστά.pista
|
sure blessings.’
|
Adj-ANP
|
34
As concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies of David.
Acts 13:34
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 29 words, 121 letters, 50 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι δε ανεστησεν αυτον εκ νεκρων μηκετι μελλοντα υποστρεφειν εις διαφθοραν ουτως ειρηκεν οτι δωσω υμιν τα οσια δαβιδ τα πιστα
Lit: That then He raised Him out from the dead, no more being about to return to decay, thus He spoke - : I will give to you the holy blessings of David, the sure blessings.’
KJV: And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies of David.
References
"now"Ro 6:9: Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dies no more; death has no more dominion over Him."I will"Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David."the sure"2Sa 7:14-16: I will be his father: and he will be my son. If he commit iniquity: I will chasten him with the rod of men: and with the stripes of the children of men:2Sa 23:5: Although my house be not so with God; yet He has made with me an everlasting covenant: ordered in all things: and sure: for this is all my salvation: and all my desire: although He make it not to grow.Ps 89:2-4: 19-37: For I have said: Mercy will be built up for ever: your faithfulness will you establish in the very heavens.Jer 33:15-17: 26: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Eze 34:23: 24: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:24: 25: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Am 9:11: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Zec 12:8: In that day will the LORD defend the inhabitants of Jerusalem; and He that'>He who is feeble among them at that day will be as David; and the house of David will be as God: as the angel of the LORD before them.
διο και εν ετερω λεγει ου δωσεις τον οσιον σου ιδειν διαφθοραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1360Διότιdioti (Conj)
G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
Διότιdioti
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2087ἑτέρῳheterō (Adj-DMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρῳheterō
|
another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1325δώσειςdōseis (V-FIA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσειςdōseis
|
You will allow
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3741ὍσιόνHosion (Adj-AMS)
G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
ὍσιόνHosion
|
Holy One
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G1312διαφθοράν.diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν.diaphthoran
|
decay.’
|
N-AFS
|
35
For what reason He says also in another psalm, You will not suffer your Holy one to see corruption.
Acts 13:35
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 79 letters, 32 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο και εν ετερω λεγει ου δωσεις τον οσιον σου ιδειν διαφθοραν
Lit: Therefore also in another He says: Not You will allow the Holy One of you to see decay.’
KJV: Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.
References
"in"Ac 2:27-31: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption."to see"Ac 13:36: 37: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:Ps 49:9: That he should still live for ever: and not see corruption.Ps 89:48: What man is he who lives: and will not see death? will he deliver his soul from the hand of the grave? Selah.Lu 2:26: It was revealed to Him by the Holy Ghost: that He not should see death: before He had seen the Lord's Christ.Joh 3:36: He who believes'>believes on the Son has everlasting life: and He that'>He who believes'>believes not the Son will not see life; but the wrath of God abides on Him.Joh 8:51: Truly: truly: I say to you: If a man keep my saying: he will never see death.Heb 11:5: By faith Enoch was translated that He not should see death; and not was found: because God had translated Him: for before His translation He had this testimony: that He pleased God.
δαβιδ μεν γαρ ιδια γενεα υπηρετησας τη του θεου βουλη εκοιμηθη και προσετεθη προς τους πατερας αυτου και ειδεν διαφθοραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-NMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
in his own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1074γενεᾷgenea (N-DFS)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεᾷgenea
|
generation
|
N-DFS
|
G5256ὑπηρετήσαςhypēretēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G5256 ὑπηρετέω hypēretéō hoop-ay-ret-eh-o from ὑπηρέτης; to be a subordinate, i.e. (by implication) subserve:--minister (unto), serve.
|
ὑπηρετήσαςhypēretēsas
|
having served
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1012βουλῇboulē (N-DFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλῇboulē
|
purpose,
|
N-DFS
|
G2837ἐκοιμήθηekoimēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
ἐκοιμήθηekoimēthē
|
fell asleep
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4369προσετέθηprosetethē (V-AIP-3S)
G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προσετέθηprosetethē
|
was added
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1312διαφθοράν·diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν·diaphthoran
|
decay.
|
N-AFS
|
36
For David, after He had served His own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid to His fathers, and saw corruption:Acts 13:36
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 22 words, 105 letters, 39 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: δαβιδ μεν γαρ ιδια γενεα υπηρετησας τη του θεου βουλη εκοιμηθη και προσετεθη προς τους πατερας αυτου και ειδεν διαφθοραν
Lit: David indeed for in his own generation having served the of God purpose, fell asleep and was added to the fathers of him, and saw decay.
KJV: For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption:
References
"served, etc"Ac 13:22: When he had removed him: he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony: and said: I have found David the son of Jesse: a man after my own heart: which will fulfil all my will.1Ch 11:2: Moreover in time past: even when Saul was king: you were He that'>He who led out and brought in Israel: and the LORD your God said to you: You will feed my people Israel: and you will be ruler over my people Israel.1Ch 13:2-4: David said to all the congregation of Israel: If it seem good to you: and that it be of the LORD our God: let us send abroad to our brothers every where: that are left in all the land of Israel: and with them also to the priests and Levites which are in their cities and suburbs: that they may gather themselves to us:1Ch 15:12-16: 25-29: Said to them: You are the chief of the fathers of the Levites: sanctify yourselves: both you and your brothers: that you may bring up the ark of the LORD God of Israel to the place that I have prepared for it.1Ch 18:14: So David reigned over all Israel: and executed judgment and justice among all his people.1Ch 22:1-29: Then David said: This is the house of the LORD God: and this is the altar of the burnt offering for Israel.Ps 78:71: 72: From following the ewes great with young he brought him to feed Jacob his people: and Israel his inheritance."fell"Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.2Sa 7:12: When your days be fulfilled: and you will sleep with your fathers: I will set up your seed after you: which will proceed out of your bowels: and I will establish his kingdom.1Ki 2:10: So David slept with his fathers: and was buried in the city of David.1Co 15:6: 18: After that: he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present: but some are fallen asleep.1Th 4:13: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope."and was"Ac 2:29: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.1Ch 17:11: It will come to pass: when your days be expired that you must go to be with your fathers: that I will raise up your seed after you: which will be of your sons; and I will establish his kingdom.2Ch 9:31: Solomon slept with his fathers: and he was buried in the city of David his father: and Rehoboam his son reigned in his stead.2Ch 12:16: Rehoboam slept with his fathers: and was buried in the city of David: and Abijah his son reigned in his stead.2Ch 21:1: Now Jehoshaphat slept with his fathers: and was buried with his fathers in the city of David. And Jehoram his son reigned in his stead.2Ch 26:23: So Uzziah slept with his fathers: and they buried him with his fathers in the field of the burial which belonged to the kings; for they said: He is a leper: and Jotham his son reigned in his stead."and saw"Ge 3:19: In the sweat of your face will you eat bread: till you return to the ground; for out of it were you taken: for dust you are: and to dust will you return.Job 17:14: I have said to corruption: You are my father: to the worm: You are my mother: and my sister.Job 19:26: 27: though after my skin worms destroy this body: yet in my flesh will I see God:Job 21:26: They will lie down alike in the dust: and the worms will cover them.Ps 49:9: 14: That he should still live for ever: and not see corruption.Joh 11:39: Jesus said: Take you away the stone. Martha: the sister of Him that was dead: says to Him: Lord: by this time He stinks: for He has been dead 4 days.1Co 15:42-44: 53: 54: So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption:
ον δε ο θεος ηγειρεν ουκ ειδεν διαφθοραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
The One
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἤγειρεν,ēgeiren (V-AIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρεν,ēgeiren
|
raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
did see
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1312διαφθοράν.diaphthoran (N-AFS)
G1312 διαφθορά diaphthorá dee-af-thor-ah from διαφθείρω; decay:--corruption.
|
διαφθοράν.diaphthoran
|
decay.
|
N-AFS
|
37
But He, whom God raised again, saw no corruption.Acts 13:37
Stats
Counts: 49 characters, 7 words, 38 letters, 16 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον δε ο θεος ηγειρεν ουκ ειδεν διαφθοραν
Lit: The One however God raised up not did see decay.
KJV: But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption.
References
"But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption."Ac 13:30: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 2:24: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.
γνωστον ουν εστω υμιν ανδρες αδελφοι οτι δια τουτου υμιν αφεσις αμαρτιων καταγγελλεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1110Γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
Γνωστὸνgnōston
|
Known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔστωestō (V-PMA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστωestō
|
be it
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this One,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G859ἄφεσιςaphesis (N-NFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσιςaphesis
|
forgiveness
|
N-NFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins
|
N-GFP
|
G2605καταγγέλλεται,katangelletai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλεται,katangelletai
|
is proclaimed.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
38
Be it known to you therefore, men and brothers, that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Acts 13:38
Stats
Rank: #1983 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 94 letters, 35 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωστον ουν εστω υμιν ανδρες αδελφοι οτι δια τουτου υμιν αφεσις αμαρτιων καταγγελλεται
Lit: Known therefore be it to you, men, brothers, that through this One, to you forgiveness of sins is proclaimed.
KJV: Be it known unto you therefore, men and brethren, that through this man is preached unto you the forgiveness of sins:
References
"it"Ac 2:14: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Eze 36:32: Not for your sakes do I this: says the Lord GOD: be it known to you: be ashamed and confounded for your own ways: O house of Israel.Da 3:18: But not if: be it known to you: O king: that we not will serve your gods: nor worship the golden image which you have set up."that"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ps 32:1: A Psalm of David: Maschil.>> Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven: whose sin is covered.Ps 130:4: 7: But there is forgiveness with you: that you may be feared.Jer 31:34: They will teach no more every man His neighbour: and every man His brother: saying: Know the LORD: for they will all know me: from the least of them to the great of them: says the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity: and I will remember their sin no more.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mic 7:18-20: Who is a God like to you: that pardons iniquity: and passs by the transgression of the remnant of His heritage? He retains not His anger for ever: because He delights in mercy.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.2Co 5:18-21: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Eph 4:32: Be you kind one to another: tenderhearted: forgiving one another: even as God for Christ's sake has forgiven you.Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:Heb 8:6: 12: 13: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 9:9-14: 22: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:4-18: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.1Jo 2:1: 2: 12: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:
και απο παντων ων ουκ ηδυνηθητε εν τω νομω μωσεως δικαιωθηναι εν τουτω πας ο πιστευων δικαιουται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all things
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
from which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδυνήθητεēdynēthēte (V-AIP-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδυνήθητεēdynēthēte
|
you were able
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμῳnomō
|
the law
|
N-DMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses
|
N-GMS
|
G1344δικαιωθῆναι,dikaiōthēnai (V-ANP)
G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.
|
δικαιωθῆναι,dikaiōthēnai
|
to be justified,
|
V-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
Him
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4100πιστεύωνpisteuōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύωνpisteuōn
|
believing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1344δικαιοῦται.dikaioutai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.
|
δικαιοῦται.dikaioutai
|
is justified.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
39
By him all that believe are justified from all things, from which you not could be justified by the law of Moses.Acts 13:39
Stats
Rank: #2007 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 22 words, 92 letters, 33 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απο παντων ων ουκ ηδυνηθητε εν τω νομω μωσεως δικαιωθηναι εν τουτω πας ο πιστευων δικαιουται
Lit: And from all things from which not you were able in the law of Moses to be justified, in Him everyone believing is justified.
KJV: And by him all that believe are justified from all things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses.
References
"by"Isa 53:11: He will see of the travail of his soul: and will be satisfied: by his knowledge will my righteous servant justify many; for he will bear their iniquities.Hab 2:4: Look: his soul which is lifted up not is upright in him: but the just will live by his faith.Lu 18:14: I tell you: this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalts himself will be abased; and he who humbles himself will be exalted.Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Ro 3:24-30: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 4:5-8: 24: But to him that works not: but believes on him that justifies the ungodly: his faith is counted for righteousness.Ro 5:1: 9: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ro 8:1: 3: 30-34: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.Ro 10:10: For with the heart man believes to righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made to salvation.1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Ga 2:16: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Ga 3:8: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed."from which"Job 9:20: If I justify myself: my own mouth will condemn me: if I say: I am perfect: it will also prove me perverse.Job 25:4: How then can man be justified with God? or how can He be clean that is born of a woman?Ps 143:2: not enter into judgment with your servant: for in your sight will no man living be justified.Jer 31:32: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake: although I was an husband to them: says the LORD:Lu 10:25: 28: And: look: a certain lawyer stood up: and tempted him: saying: Master: what will I do to inherit eternal life?Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ro 4:15: Because the law works wrath: for where no law is: there is no transgression.Ro 5:20: Moreover the law entered: that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded: grace did much more abound:Ro 7:9-11: For I was alive without the law once: but when the commandment came: sin revived: and I died.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ro 9:31: But Israel: which followed after the law of righteousness: has not attained to the law of righteousness.Ro 10:4: For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believes.Ga 2:16: 19: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Ga 3:10-12: 21-25: For as many as are of the works of the law are under the curse: for it is written: Cursed is every one that continues not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them.Ga 5:3: For I testify again to every man that is circumcised: that he is a debtor to do the whole law.Php 3:6-9: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.Heb 7:19: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:4: 11: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.
βλεπετε ουν μη επελθη εφ υμας το ειρημενον εν τοις προφηταις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PMA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
Take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G1904ἐπέλθῃepelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1904 ἐπέρχομαι epérchomai ep-er-khom-ahee from ἐπί and ἔρχομαι; to supervene, i.e. arrive, occur, impend, attack, (figuratively) influence:--come (in, upon).
|
ἐπέλθῃepelthē
|
might come about
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-NNS
|
G2046εἰρημένονeirēmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρημένονeirēmenon
|
having been said
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταιςprophētais
|
prophets:
|
N-DMP
|
40
Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets;Acts 13:40
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 62 letters, 24 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε ουν μη επελθη εφ υμας το ειρημενον εν τοις προφηταις
Lit: Take heed therefore, lest might come about that having been said in the prophets:
KJV: Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets;
References
"Beware"Mal 3:2: But who may abide the day of his coming? and who will stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner's fire: and like fullers' soap:Mal 4:1: For: look: the day comes'>comes: that will burn as an oven; and all the proud: yes: and all that do wickedly: will be stubble: and the day that comes'>comes will burn them up: says the LORD of hosts: that it will leave them neither root nor branch.Mt 3:9-12: not think to say within yourselves: We have Abraham to our father: for I say to you: that God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham.Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:"which"Isa 29:14: Therefore: look: I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people: even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men will perish: and the understanding of their prudent men will be hid.Hab 1:5: Look you among the heathen: and regard: and wonder marvellously: for I will work a work in your days: which you not will believe: though it be told you.
ιδετε οι καταφρονηται και θαυμασατε και αφανισθητε οτι εργον εγω εργαζομαι εν ταις ημεραις υμων εργον ω ου μη πιστευσητε εαν τις εκδιηγηται υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708Ἴδετε,Idete (V-AMA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἴδετε,Idete
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2707καταφρονηταί,kataphronētai (N-VMP)
G2707 καταφροντής kataphrontḗs kat-af-ron-tace from καταφρονέω; a contemner:--despiser.
|
καταφρονηταί,kataphronētai
|
scoffers,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2296θαυμάσατεthaumasate (V-AMA-2P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
θαυμάσατεthaumasate
|
wonder
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G853ἀφανίσθητε,aphanisthēte (V-AMP-2P)
G853 ἀφανίζω aphanízō af-an-id-zo from ἀφανής; to render unapparent, i.e. (actively) consume (becloud), or (passively) disappear (be destroyed):-- corrupt, disfigure, perish, vanish away.
|
ἀφανίσθητε,aphanisthēte
|
perish;
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
a work
|
N-ANS
|
G2038ἐργάζομαιergazomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργάζομαιergazomai
|
am working
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
a work
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4100πιστεύσητεpisteusēte (V-ASA-2P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσητεpisteusēte
|
you would believe,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
even if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1555ἐκδιηγῆταιekdiēgētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G1555 ἐκδιηγέομαι ekdiēgéomai ek-dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and a compound of διά and ἡγέομαι; to narrate through wholly:--declare.
|
ἐκδιηγῆταιekdiēgētai
|
should declare it
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.’
|
PPro-D2P
|
41
Look, you despisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which you will in no wise believe, though a man declare it to you.Acts 13:41
Stats
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 116 letters, 46 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδετε οι καταφρονηται και θαυμασατε και αφανισθητε οτι εργον εγω εργαζομαι εν ταις ημεραις υμων εργον ω ου μη πιστευσητε εαν τις εκδιηγηται υμιν
Lit: Behold, scoffers, and wonder and perish; for a work am working I in the days of you, a work that never not you would believe, even if one should declare it to you.’
KJV: Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you.
References
"ye despisers"Pr 1:24-32: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Pr 5:12: Say: How have I hated instruction: and my heart despised reproof;Isa 5:24: Therefore as the fire devours the stubble: and the flame consumes the chaff: so their root will be as rottenness: and their blossom will go up as dust: because they have cast away the law of the LORD of hosts: and despised the word of the Holy one of Israel.Isa 28:14-22: For what reason hear the word of the LORD: you scornful men: that rule this people which is in Jerusalem.Lu 16:14: The Pharisees also: who were covetous: heard all these things: and they derided him.Lu 23:35: The people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided Him: saying: He saved others; let Him save Himself: if He be Christ: the chosen of God.Heb 10:28-30: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:"for"Ac 13:47: For so has the Lord commanded us: saying: I have set you to be a light of the Gentiles: that you should be for salvation to the ends of the earth.Ac 3:23: It will come to pass: that every soul: which not will hear that prophet: will be destroyed from among the people.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:Da 9:26: 27: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined.Mt 8:10: 11: When Jesus heard it: He marvelled: and said to them that followed: Truly I say to you: I not have found so great faith: no: not in Israel.Mt 21:41-44: They say to him: He will miserably destroy those wicked men: and will let out his vineyard to other husbandmen: which will render him the fruits in their seasons.Mt 22:7-10: But when the king heard thereof: he was angry: and he sent forth his armies: and destroyed those murderers: and burned up their city.Mt 23:34-38: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Lu 19:42-44: Saying: If you hadst known: even you: at least in this your day: the things which belong to your peace! but now they are hid from your eyes.Lu 21:20-26: When you will see Jerusalem compassed with armies: then know that the desolation thereof is nigh.Ro 11:7-14: What then? Israel has not obtained that which he seeks for; but the election has obtained it: and the rest were blindedEph 3:3-8: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: Col 1:26: 27: Even the mystery which has been hid from ages and from generations: but now is made manifest to his saints:1Th 2:16: Forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved: to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.1Pe 4:17: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us: what will the end be of them that not obey the gospel of God?
εξιοντων δε εκ της συναγωγης των ιουδαιων παρεκαλουν τα εθνη εις το μεταξυ σαββατον λαληθηναι αυτοις τα ρηματα ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1826ἘξιόντωνExiontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G1826 ἔξειμι éxeimi ex-i-mee from ἐκ and (to go); to issue, i.e. leave (a place), escape (to the shore):--depart, get (to land), go out.
|
ἘξιόντωνExiontōn
|
Having departed
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3870παρεκάλουνparekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλουνparekaloun
|
were begging
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3342μεταξὺmetaxy (Adv)
G3342 μεταξύ metaxý met-ax-oo from μετά and a form of σύν; betwixt (of place or person); (of time) as adjective, intervening, or (by implication) adjoining:--between, mean while, next.
|
μεταξὺmetaxy
|
next
|
Adv
|
G4521σάββατονsabbaton (N-ANS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατονsabbaton
|
Sabbath
|
N-ANS
|
G2980λαληθῆναιlalēthēnai (V-ANP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθῆναιlalēthēnai
|
to be spoken
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these.
|
DPro-ANP
|
42
When the Jews were gone out of the synagogue, the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath.Acts 13:42
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 23 words, 107 letters, 38 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξιοντων δε εκ της συναγωγης των ιουδαιων παρεκαλουν τα εθνη εις το μεταξυ σαββατον λαληθηναι αυτοις τα ρηματα ταυτα
Lit: Having departed then, they were begging on the next Sabbath to be spoken to them the words these.
KJV: And when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue, the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath.
References
"the Gentiles"Ac 10:33: Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God: to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Eze 3:6: Not to many people of a strange speech and of an hard language: whose words you not canst understand. Surely: had I sent you to them: they would have listened to you.Mt 11:21: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works: which were done in you: had been done in Tyre and Sidon: they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.Mt 19:30: But many that are first will be last; and the last will be first.
λυθεισης δε της συναγωγης ηκολουθησαν πολλοι των ιουδαιων και των σεβομενων προσηλυτων τω παυλω και τω βαρναβα οιτινες προσλαλουντες αυτοις επειθον αυτους επιμενειν τη χαριτι του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3089λυθείσηςlytheisēs (V-APP-GFS)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λυθείσηςlytheisēs
|
Having broken up
|
V-APP-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4864συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs (N-GFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs
|
synagogue,
|
N-GFS
|
G190ἠκολούθησανēkolouthēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησανēkolouthēsan
|
followed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4576σεβομένωνsebomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομένωνsebomenōn
|
worshipping
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G4339προσηλύτωνprosēlytōn (N-GMP)
G4339 προσήλυτος prosḗlytos pros-ay-loo-tos from the alternate of προσέρχομαι; an arriver from a foreign region, i.e. (specially), an acceder (convert) to Judaism (proselyte):--proselyte.
|
προσηλύτωνprosēlytōn
|
converts
|
N-GMP
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921Βαρνάβᾳ,Barnaba (N-DMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
Βαρνάβᾳ,Barnaba
|
Barnabas,
|
N-DMS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G4354προσλαλοῦντεςproslalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4354 προσλαλέω proslaléō pros-lal-eh-o from πρός and λαλέω; to talk to, i.e. converse with:--speak to (with).
|
προσλαλοῦντεςproslalountes
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3982ἔπειθονepeithon (V-IIA-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἔπειθονepeithon
|
kept persuading
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4357προσμένεινprosmenein (V-PNA)
G4357 προσμένω prosménō pros-men-o from πρός and μένω; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place, with a person; figuratively, to adhere to, persevere in:--abide still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with).
|
προσμένεινprosmenein
|
to continue
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
grace
|
N-DFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
43
Now when the congregation was broken up, many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Acts 13:43
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 27 words, 146 letters, 56 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: λυθεισης δε της συναγωγης ηκολουθησαν πολλοι των ιουδαιων και των σεβομενων προσηλυτων τω παυλω και τω βαρναβα οιτινες προσλαλουντες αυτοις επειθον αυτους επιμενειν τη χαριτι του θεου
Lit: Having broken up then the synagogue, followed many of the Jews and of the worshipping converts Paul and Barnabas, who speaking to them kept persuading them to continue in the grace of God.
KJV: Now when the congregation was broken up, many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.
References
"and religious"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 6:5: The saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen: a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost: and Philip: and Prochorus: and Nicanor: and Timon: and Parmenas: and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:"followed"Ac 17:34: Howbeit certain men clave to him: and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite: and a woman named Damaris: and others with them.Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus."persuaded"Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Joh 15:5-10: I am the vine: you are the branches: He who abides in me: and I in him: the same brings forth much fruit: for without me you can not dohing.2Co 5:11: Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord: we persuade men; but we are made manifest'>manifest to God; and I trust also are made manifest'>manifest in your consciences.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Php 3:16: Nevertheless: whereto we have already attained: let us walk by the same rule: let us mind the same thing.Php 4:1: Therefore: my brothers dearly beloved and longed for: my joy and crown: so stand fast in the Lord: my dearly beloved.Col 1:23: 28: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;1Th 3:3-5: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.Heb 6:11: 12: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;2Pe 3:14: 17: 18: For what reason: beloved: seeing that you look for such things: be diligent that you may be found of him in peace: without spot: and blameless.1Jo 2:28: Now: little children: abide in him; that: when he will appear: we may have confidence: not and be ashamed before him at his coming.2Jo 1:9: Whoever transgresss: and abides'>abides not in the doctrine of Christ: has not God. He who abides'>abides in the doctrine of Christ: He has both the Father and the Son."the grace"Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ro 3:24: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 5:2: 21: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Ro 11:6: If by grace: then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works: then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.Ga 5:4: Christ is become of no effect to you: whoever of you are justified by the law; you are fallen from grace.Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Tit 2:11: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.
τω δε ερχομενω σαββατω σχεδον πασα η πολις συνηχθη ακουσαι τον λογον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
On the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐρχομένῳerchomenō (V-PPM/P-DNS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένῳerchomenō
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-DNS
|
G4521σαββάτῳsabbatō (N-DNS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτῳsabbatō
|
Sabbath,
|
N-DNS
|
G4975σχεδὸνschedon (Adv)
G4975 σχεδόν schedón skhed-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the alternate of ἔχω as adverb; nigh, i.e. nearly:--almost.
|
σχεδὸνschedon
|
almost
|
Adv
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G4863συνήχθηsynēchthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνήχθηsynēchthē
|
was gathered together
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2962κυρίου*.kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίου*.kyriou
|
of the Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
44
The next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God.Acts 13:44
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 17 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: τω δε ερχομενω σαββατω σχεδον πασα η πολις συνηχθη ακουσαι τον λογον του θεου
Lit: On the now coming Sabbath, almost all the city was gathered together to hear the word of the Lord.
KJV: And the next sabbath day came almost the whole city together to hear the word of God.
References
"came"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Isa 11:10: In that day there will be a root of Jesse: which will stand for an ensign of the people; to it will the Gentiles seek: and his rest will be glorious.Isa 60:8: Who are these that fly as a cloud: and as the doves to their windows?
ιδοντες δε οι ιουδαιοι τους οχλους επλησθησαν ζηλου και αντελεγον τοις υπο του παυλου λεγομενοις αντιλεγοντες και βλασφημουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3793ὄχλουςochlous (N-AMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουςochlous
|
crowds,
|
N-AMP
|
G4130ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθησανeplēsthēsan
|
they were filled
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2205ζήλου,zēlou (N-GMS)
G2205 ζῆλος zēlos dzay-los from ζέω; properly, heat, i.e. (figuratively) zeal (in a favorable sense, ardor; in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband (figuratively, of God), or an enemy, malice):--emulation, envy(-ing), fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal.
|
ζήλου,zēlou
|
with jealousy
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G483ἀντέλεγονantelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G483 ἀντιλέγω antilégō an-til-eg-o from ἀντί and λέγω; to dispute, refuse:--answer again, contradict, deny, gainsay(-er), speak against.
|
ἀντέλεγονantelegon
|
began contradicting
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G2980λαλουμένοιςlaloumenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλουμένοιςlaloumenois
|
spoken,
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G987βλασφημοῦντες.blasphēmountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημοῦντες.blasphēmountes
|
blaspheming.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
45
But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming.Acts 13:45
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 22 words, 126 letters, 41 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδοντες δε οι ιουδαιοι τους οχλους επλησθησαν ζηλου και αντελεγον τοις υπο του παυλου λεγομενοις αντιλεγοντες και βλασφημουντες
Lit: Having seen however the Jews the crowds, they were filled with jealousy and began contradicting the things by Paul spoken, blaspheming.
KJV: But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy, and spake against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming.
References
"they"Ac 5:17: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ge 37:11: His brothers envied him; but his father observed the saying.Nu 11:29: Moses said to Him: Enviest you for my sake? would God that all the LORD's people were prophets: and that the LORD would put His spirit upon them!Ec 4:4: Again: I considered all travail: and every right work: that for this a man is envied of his neighbour. This is also vanity and vexation of spirit.Isa 26:11: LORD: when your hand is lifted up: they not will see: but they will see: and be ashamed for their envy at the people; yes: the fire of your enemies will devour them.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.Lu 15:25-30: Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house: he heard musick and dancing.Ro 1:29: Being filled with all unrighteousness: fornication: wickedness: covetousness: maliciousness; full of envy: murder: debate: deceit: malignity; whisperers: 1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?Ga 5:21: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.Jas 3:14-16: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?"spake"Ac 6:9: 10: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Mt 23:13: But woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for you neither go in yourselves: neither suffer you them that are entering to go in.1Pe 4:4: Wherein they think it strange that you not run with them to the same excess of riot: speaking evil of you:Jude 1:10: But these speak evil of those things which they not know: but what they know naturally: as brute beasts: in those things they corrupt themselves.
παρρησιασαμενοι δε ο παυλος και ο βαρναβας ειπον υμιν ην αναγκαιον πρωτον λαληθηναι τον λογον του θεου επειδη δε απωθεισθε αυτον και ουκ αξιους κρινετε εαυτους της αιωνιου ζωης ιδου στρεφομεθα εις τα εθνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3955Παρρησιασάμενοίparrēsiasamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
Παρρησιασάμενοίparrēsiasamenoi
|
Having spoken boldly
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4771ὙμῖνHymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὙμῖνHymin
|
To you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G316ἀναγκαῖονanankaion (Adj-NNS)
G316 ἀναγκαῖος anankaîos an-ang-kah-yos from ἀνάγκη; necessary; by implication, close (of kin):--near, necessary, necessity, needful.
|
ἀναγκαῖονanankaion
|
necessary
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G2980λαληθῆναιlalēthēnai (V-ANP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθῆναιlalēthēnai
|
to be spoken
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God;
|
N-GMS
|
G1894ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj)
G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
but since
|
Conj
|
G683ἀπωθεῖσθεapōtheisthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G683 ἀπωθέομαι apōthéomai ap-o-thom-ahee from ἀπό and the middle voice of or (to shove); to push off, figuratively, to reject:--cast away, put away (from), thrust away (from).
|
ἀπωθεῖσθεapōtheisthe
|
you thrust away
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G514ἀξίουςaxious (Adj-AMP)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἀξίουςaxious
|
worthy
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2919κρίνετεkrinete (V-PIA-2P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνετεkrinete
|
you judge
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
yourselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G166αἰωνίουaiōniou (Adj-GFS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίουaiōniou
|
of eternal
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2222ζωῆς,zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς,zōēs
|
life,
|
N-GFS
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4762στρεφόμεθαstrephometha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G4762 στρέφω stréphō stref-o strengthened from the base of τροπή; to twist, i.e. turn quite around or reverse (literally or figuratively):--convert, turn (again, back again, self, self about).
|
στρεφόμεθαstrephometha
|
we are turning
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνη.ethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη.ethnē
|
Gentiles.
|
N-ANP
|
46
Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, indeed, we turn to the Gentiles.
Acts 13:46
Stats
Rank: #9095 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 37 words, 182 letters, 69 vowels, 113 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρρησιασαμενοι δε ο παυλος και ο βαρναβας ειπον υμιν ην αναγκαιον πρωτον λαληθηναι τον λογον του θεου επειδη δε απωθεισθε αυτον και ουκ αξιους κρινετε εαυτους της αιωνιου ζωης ιδου στρεφομεθα εις τα εθνη
Lit: Having spoken boldly also, Paul and Barnabas said, To you it was necessary first to be spoken the word of God; but since you thrust away it and not worthy you judge yourselves of eternal life, behold, we are turning to the Gentiles.
KJV: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.
References
"waxed"Ac 4:13: 29-31: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus.Pr 28:1: The wicked flee when no man pursues: but the righteous are bold as a lion.Ro 10:20: But Isaiah is very bold: and says: I was found of them that sought not me; I was made manifest to them that not asked after me.Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Php 1:14: Many of the brothers in the Lord: waxing confident by my bonds: are much more bold to speak the word without fear.Heb 11:34: Quenched the violence of fire: escaped the edge of the sword: out of weakness were made strong: waxed valiant in fight: turned to flight the armies of the aliens."It was"Ac 13:26: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Mt 10:6: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 4:22: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 2:10: But glory: honour: and peace: to every man that works good: to the Jew first: and also to the Gentile:Ro 9:4: 5: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;"seeing"Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ex 32:9: 10: The LORD said to Moses: I have seen this people: and: look: it is a stiffnecked people:De 32:21: They have moved me to jealousy with that which is not God; they have provoked me to anger with their vanities: and I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation.Isa 49:5-8: Now: says the LORD that formed me from the womb to be His servant: to bring Jacob again to Him: Though Israel not be gathered: yet will I be glorious in the eyes of the LORD: and my God will be my strength.Mt 10:13-15: If the house be worthy: let your peace come upon it: but if it not be worthy: let your peace return to you.Mt 21:43: Therefore say I to you: The kingdom of God will be taken from you: and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.Mt 22:6-10: The remnant took his servants: and entreated them spitefully: and killed them.Lu 14:16-24: Then said he to him: A certain man made a great supper: and bade many:Joh 1:11: He came to his own: and his own received not him.Ro 10:19-21: But I say: not Did Israel know? First Moses says: I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people: and by a foolish nation I will anger you.Ro 11:11-13: I say then: Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come to the Gentiles: for to provoke them to jealousy."turn"Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Isa 55:5: Look: you will call a nation that you know not: and nations that not knew you will run to you because of the LORD your God: and for the Holy one of Israel; for He has glorified you.
ουτως γαρ εντεταλται ημιν ο κυριος τεθεικα σε εις φως εθνων του ειναι σε εις σωτηριαν εως εσχατου της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1781ἐντέταλταιentetaltai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐντέταλταιentetaltai
|
has commanded
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord:
|
N-NMS
|
G5087ΤέθεικάTetheika (V-RIA-1S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ΤέθεικάTetheika
|
I have set
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
a light
|
N-ANS
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
of the Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G1510εἶναίeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναίeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4991σωτηρίανsōtērian (N-AFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίανsōtērian
|
salvation
|
N-AFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2078ἐσχάτουeschatou (Adj-GNS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτουeschatou
|
the uttermost part
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.’
|
N-GFS
|
47
For so has the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set you to be a light of the Gentiles, that you should be for salvation to the ends of the earth.
Acts 13:47
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 28 words, 120 letters, 46 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως γαρ εντεταλται ημιν ο κυριος τεθεικα σε εις φως εθνων του ειναι σε εις σωτηριαν εως εσχατου της γης
Lit: Thus for has commanded us the Lord: I have set you for a light of the Gentiles, to be you for salvation to the uttermost part of the earth.’
KJV: For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth.
References
"so"Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 26:17: 18: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem."I have"Ac 26:23: That Christ should suffer: and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead: and should show light to the people: and to the Gentiles.Isa 42:1: 6: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 60:3: The Gentiles will come to your light: and kings to the brightness of your rising.Lu 2:32: A light to lighten the Gentiles: and the glory of your people Israel."that thou"Ac 15:14-16: Simeon has declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles: to take out of them a people for His name.Ps 22:27-29: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 67:2-7: That your way may be known upon earth: your saving health among all nations.Ps 72:7: 8: In his days will the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace so long as the moon endures.Ps 96:1: 2: O sing to the LORD a new song: sing to the LORD: all the earth.Ps 98:2: 3: The LORD has made known His salvation: His righteousness has He openly showed in the sight of the heathen.Ps 117:1: 2: O praise the LORD: all you nations: praise Him: all you people.Isa 2:1-3: The word that Isaiah the son of Amoz saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem.Isa 24:13-16: When thus it will be in the middle of the land among the people: there will be as the shaking of an olive tree: and as the gleaning grapes when the vintage is done.Isa 42:9-12: Look: the former things are come to pass: and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I tell you of them.Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.Isa 59:19: 20: So will they fear the name of the LORD from the west: and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy will come in like a flood: the Spirit of the LORD will lift up a standard against Him.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Ho 1:10: Yet the number of the children of Israel will be as the sand of the sea: which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people: there it will be said to them: You are the sons of the living God.Am 9:12: That they may possess the remnant of Edom: and of all the heathen: which are called by my name: says the LORD that does this.Mic 4:2: 3: Many nations will come: and say: Come: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: and to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for the law will go forth of Zion: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Mic 5:7: The remnant of Jacob will be in the middle of many people as a dew from the LORD: as the showers upon the grass: that tarries not for man: nor waits for the sons of men.Zep 3:9: 10: For then will I turn to the people a pure language: that they may all call upon the name of the LORD: to serve Him with one consent.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts.
ακουοντα δε τα εθνη εχαιρον και εδοξαζον τον λογον του κυριου και επιστευσαν οσοι ησαν τεταγμενοι εις ζωην αιωνιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούονταakouonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούονταakouonta
|
Hearing it
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-NNP
|
G5463ἔχαιρονechairon (V-IIA-3P)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
ἔχαιρονechairon
|
were rejoicing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1392ἐδόξαζονedoxazon (V-IIA-3P)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξαζονedoxazon
|
glorifying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4100ἐπίστευσανepisteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσανepisteusan
|
believed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5021τεταγμένοιtetagmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G5021 τάσσω tássō tas-so a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose (to a certain position or lot):--addict, appoint, determine, ordain, set.
|
τεταγμένοιtetagmenoi
|
appointed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G166αἰώνιον·aiōnion (Adj-AFS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰώνιον·aiōnion
|
eternal.
|
Adj-AFS
|
48
When the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Acts 13:48
Stats
Rank: #1116 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 23 words, 111 letters, 43 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουοντα δε τα εθνη εχαιρον και εδοξαζον τον λογον του κυριου και επιστευσαν οσοι ησαν τεταγμενοι εις ζωην αιωνιον
Lit: Hearing it then, the Gentiles were rejoicing and glorifying the word of the Lord, and believed as many as were appointed to life eternal.
KJV: And when the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.
References
"they"Ac 13:42: When the Jews were gone out of the synagogue: the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath.Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 8:8: There was great joy in that city.Ac 15:31: Which when they had read: they rejoiced for the consolation.Lu 2:10-11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ro 15:9-12: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name."glorified"Ps 138:2: I will worship toward your holy temple: and praise your name for your lovingkindness and for your truth: for you have magnified your word above all your name.2Th 3:1: Finally: brothers: pray for us: that the word of the Lord may have free course: and be glorified: even as it is with you:"and as"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Joh 10:16: 26: 27: Other sheep I have: which not are of this fold: them also I must bring: and they will hear my voice; and there will be one fold: and one shepherd.Joh 11:52: not And for that nation only: but that also He should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.Ro 8:30: Moreover whom he did predestinate: them he also called: and whom he called: them he also justified: and whom he justified: them he also glorified.Ro 11:7: What then? Israel has not obtained that which he seeks for; but the election has obtained it: and the rest were blindedEph 1:19: What is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe: according to the working of his mighty power: Eph 2:5-10: Even when we were dead in sins: has quickened us together with Christ: (by grace you are saved;)2Th 2:13: 14: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:"ordained"Ac 15:2: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Ac 20:13: We went before to ship: and sailed to Assos: there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed: minding himself to go afoot.Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Mt 28:16: Then the 11 disciples went away into Galilee: into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them.Lu 7:8: For I also am a man set under authority: having under me soldiers: and I say to one: Go: and he goes; and to another: Come: and he comes; and to my servant: Do this: and he does it.Ro 13:1: Let every soul be subject to the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God.1Co 16:15: I beseech you: brothers: (you know the house of Stephanas: that it is the firstfruits of Achaia: and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints: )
διεφερετο δε ο λογος του κυριου δι ολης της χωρας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1308διεφέρετοdiephereto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1308 διαφέρω diaphérō dee-af-er-o from διά and φέρω; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to differ, or (by implication) surpass:--be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value.,
|
διεφέρετοdiephereto
|
Was carried
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅληςholēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληςholēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5561χώρας.chōras (N-GFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρας.chōras
|
region.
|
N-GFS
|
49
The word of the Lord was published throughout all the region.Acts 13:49
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 19 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: διεφερετο δε ο λογος του κυριου δι ολης της χωρας
Lit: Was carried then the word of the Lord through all the region.
KJV: And the word of the Lord was published throughout all the region.
References
"was"Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 9:42: It was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord.Ac 12:24: But the word of God grew and multiplied.Ac 19:10: 26: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Php 1:13: 14: So that my bonds in Christ are manifest in all the palace: and in all other places;
οι δε ιουδαιοι παρωτρυναν τας σεβομενας γυναικας και τας ευσχημονας και τους πρωτους της πολεως και επηγειραν διωγμον επι τον παυλον και τον βαρναβαν και εξεβαλον αυτους απο των οριων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3951παρώτρυνανparōtrynan (V-AIA-3P)
G3951 παροτρύνω parotrýnō par-ot-roo-no from παρά and (to spur); to urge along, i.e. stimulate (to hostility):--stir up.
|
παρώτρυνανparōtrynan
|
incited
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4576σεβομέναςsebomenas (V-PPM/P-AFP)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομέναςsebomenas
|
worshipping
|
V-PPM/P-AFP
|
G1135γυναῖκαςgynaikas (N-AFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαςgynaikas
|
women
|
N-AFP
|
G2158εὐσχήμοναςeuschēmonas (Adj-AFP)
G2158 εὐσχήμων euschḗmōn yoo-skhay-mone from εὖ and σχῆμα; well-formed, i.e. (figuratively) decorous, noble (in rank):--comely, honourable.
|
εὐσχήμοναςeuschēmonas
|
of honorable position,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4413πρώτουςprōtous (Adj-AMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτουςprōtous
|
principals
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1892ἐπήγειρανepēgeiran (V-AIA-3P)
G1892 ἐπεγείρω epegeírō ep-eg-i-ro from ἐπί and ἐγείρω; to rouse upon, i.e. (figuratively) to excite against:--raise, stir up.
|
ἐπήγειρανepēgeiran
|
they stirred up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1375διωγμὸνdiōgmon (N-AMS)
G1375 διωγμός diōgmós dee-ogue-mos from διώκω; persecution:--persecution.
|
διωγμὸνdiōgmon
|
a persecution
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921Βαρνάβαν,Barnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
Βαρνάβαν,Barnaban
|
Barnabas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1544ἐξέβαλονexebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐξέβαλονexebalon
|
expelled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3725ὁρίωνhoriōn (N-GNP)
G3725 ὅριον hórion hor-ee-on neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region):--border, coast.
|
ὁρίωνhoriōn
|
district
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
50
But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of their coasts.Acts 13:50
Stats
Counts: 176 characters, 28 words, 142 letters, 56 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ιουδαιοι παρωτρυναν τας σεβομενας γυναικας και τας ευσχημονας και τους πρωτους της πολεως και επηγειραν διωγμον επι τον παυλον και τον βαρναβαν και εξεβαλον αυτους απο των οριων αυτων
Lit: The but Jews incited the worshipping women of honorable position, and the principals of the city, and they stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them from the district of them.
KJV: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of their coasts.
References
"the Jews"Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 14:2: 19: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 17:13: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people.Ac 21:27: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: 1Ki 21:25: But there was none like to Ahab: which did sell Himself to work wickedness in the sight of the LORD: whom Jezebel His wife stirred up."devout"Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Ac 2:5: There were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews: devout men: out of every nation under heaven.Ro 10:2: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge."honourable"1Co 1:26-29: For you see your calling: brothers: how not that many wise men after the flesh: not many mighty: not many noble: are called:Jas 2:5: 6: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?"and raised"Ac 8:1: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."and expelled"Ac 16:37-39: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Isa 66:5: Hear the word of the LORD: you that tremble at His word; your brothers that hated you: that cast you out for my name's sake: said: Let the LORD be glorified: but He will appear to your joy: and they will be ashamed.Am 7:12: Also Amaziah said to Amos: O you seer: go: flee you away into the land of Judah: and there eat bread: and prophesy there:Mr 5:17: They began to pray him to depart out of their coasts.
οι δε εκτιναξαμενοι τον κονιορτον των ποδων αυτων επ αυτους ηλθον εις ικονιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1621ἐκτιναξάμενοιektinaxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1621 ἐκτινάσσω ektinássō ek-tin-as-so from ἐκ and tinasso (to swing); to shake violently:--shake (off).
|
ἐκτιναξάμενοιektinaxamenoi
|
having shaken off
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2868κονιορτὸνkoniorton (N-AMS)
G2868 κονιορτός koniortós kon-ee-or-tos from the base of κονιάω and ornumi (to rouse); pulverulence (as blown about):--dust.
|
κονιορτὸνkoniorton
|
dust
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they went
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2430Ἰκόνιον,Ikonion (N-ANS)
G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikónion ee-kon-ee-on perhaps from εἰκών; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia Minor:--Iconium.
|
Ἰκόνιον,Ikonion
|
Iconium;
|
N-ANS
|
51
But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came to Iconium.Acts 13:51
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε εκτιναξαμενοι τον κονιορτον των ποδων αυτων επ αυτους ηλθον εις ικονιον
Lit: But having shaken off the dust of the feet against them, they went to Iconium;
KJV: But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium.
References
"they"Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Mt 10:14: whoever will not receive you: nor hear your words: when you depart out of that house or city: shake off the dust of your feet.Mr 6:11: whoever will not receive you: nor hear you: when you depart there: shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you: It will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment: than for that city.Lu 9:5: whoever not will receive you: when you go out of that city: shake off the very dust from your feet for a testimony against them."Iconium"Ac 14:1: 19: 21: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 16:2: Which was well reported of by the brothers that were at Lystra and Iconium.
οι δε μαθηται επληρουντο χαρας και πνευματος αγιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3101μαθηταὶmathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταὶmathētai
|
the disciples
|
N-NMP
|
G4137ἐπληροῦντοeplērounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπληροῦντοeplērounto
|
were filled
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS)
G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
with joy
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and the
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40Ἁγίου.Hagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίου.Hagiou
|
Holy.
|
Adj-GNS
|
52
The disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost.Acts 13:52
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 51 letters, 16 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε μαθηται επληρουντο χαρας και πνευματος αγιου
Lit: and the disciples were filled with joy and the Spirit Holy.
KJV: And the disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost.
References
"were"Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Lu 6:22: 23: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Joh 16:22: 23: you now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again: and your heart will rejoice: and your joy no man takes from you.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.2Co 8:2: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:Jas 1:2: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;1Pe 1:6-8: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:1Pe 4:13: But rejoice: inasmuch as you are partakers of Christ's sufferings; that: when His glory will be revealed: you may be glad also with exceeding joy."with the"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Eph 5:18-20: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;
14
At Iconium
εγενετο δε εν ικονιω κατα το αυτο εισελθειν αυτους εις την συναγωγην των ιουδαιων και λαλησαι ουτως ωστε πιστευσαι ιουδαιων τε και ελληνων πολυ πληθος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2430ἸκονίῳIkoniō (N-DNS)
G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikónion ee-kon-ee-on perhaps from εἰκών; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia Minor:--Iconium.
|
ἸκονίῳIkoniō
|
Iconium,
|
N-DNS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
entered
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλῆσαιlalēsai (V-ANA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαιlalēsai
|
spoke
|
V-ANA
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεῦσαιpisteusai (V-ANA)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεῦσαιpisteusai
|
believed
|
V-ANA
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
of Jewish
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672ἙλλήνωνHellēnōn (N-GMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἙλλήνωνHellēnōn
|
Greeks
|
N-GMP
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
a great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4128πλῆθος.plēthos (N-ANS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθος.plēthos
|
number.
|
N-ANS
|
1
And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spoke, that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Acts 14:1
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 55 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε εν ικονιω κατα το αυτο εισελθειν αυτους εις την συναγωγην των ιουδαιων και λαλησαι ουτως ωστε πιστευσαι ιουδαιων τε και ελληνων πολυ πληθος
Lit: It came to pass now in Iconium, according to the same entered they into the synagogue of the Jews and spoke so that believed of Jewish both and Greeks a great number.
KJV: And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake, that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.
References
"in"Ac 13:51: But they shook off the dust of their feet against them: and came to Iconium."went"Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 17:1: 2: 17: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God."that a"Ac 14:21: When they had preached the gospel to that city: and had taught many: they returned again to Lystra: and to Iconium: and Antioch: Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 13:43: 46: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Ac 17:4: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Ac 18:8: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized."Greeks"Ac 14:2: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 16:1: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:Ac 17:12: Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks: and of men: not a few.Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:10: 17: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Mr 7:26: The woman was a Greek: a Syrophenician by nation; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter.Joh 7:35: Then said the Jews among themselves: Whither will he go: that we will not find him? will he go to the dispersed among the Gentiles: and teach the Gentiles?Joh 12:20: There were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast:Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 10:12: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:22-24: For the Jews require a sign: and the Greeks seek after wisdom:Ga 2:3: But neither Titus: who was with me: being a Greek: was compelled to be circumcised:Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
οι δε απειθουντες ιουδαιοι επηγειραν και εκακωσαν τας ψυχας των εθνων κατα των αδελφων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G544ἀπειθήσαντεςapeithēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.
|
ἀπειθήσαντεςapeithēsantes
|
unbelieving
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1892ἐπήγειρανepēgeiran (V-AIA-3P)
G1892 ἐπεγείρω epegeírō ep-eg-i-ro from ἐπί and ἐγείρω; to rouse upon, i.e. (figuratively) to excite against:--raise, stir up.
|
ἐπήγειρανepēgeiran
|
stirred up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2559ἐκάκωσανekakōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2559 κακόω kakóō kak-o-o from κακός; to injure; figuratively, to exasperate:--make evil affected, entreat evil, harm, hurt, vex.
|
ἐκάκωσανekakōsan
|
poisoned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
minds
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
Gentiles
|
N-GNP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn
|
brothers.
|
N-GMP
|
2
But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Acts 14:2
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 16 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε απειθουντες ιουδαιοι επηγειραν και εκακωσαν τας ψυχας των εθνων κατα των αδελφων
Lit: The however unbelieving Jews stirred up and poisoned the minds of the Gentiles against the brothers.
KJV: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil affected against the brethren.
References
"But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil affected against the brethren."Ac 14:19: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.Ac 13:45: 50: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 17:5: 13: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Ac 21:27-30: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: Mr 15:10: 11: For he knew that the chief priests had delivered him for envy.1Th 2:15: 16: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
ικανον μεν ουν χρονον διετριψαν παρρησιαζομενοι επι τω κυριω τω μαρτυρουντι τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου και διδοντι σημεια και τερατα γινεσθαι δια των χειρων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2425ἱκανὸνhikanon (Adj-AMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸνhikanon
|
A long
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G1304διέτριψανdietripsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διέτριψανdietripsan
|
they stayed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3955παρρησιαζόμενοιparrēsiazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
παρρησιαζόμενοιparrēsiazomenoi
|
speaking boldly
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G3140μαρτυροῦντιmartyrounti (V-PPA-DMS)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυροῦντιmartyrounti
|
bearing witness
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1325διδόντιdidonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδόντιdidonti
|
granting
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders
|
N-ANP
|
G1096γίνεσθαιginesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαιginesthai
|
to be done
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
3
Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord, which gave testimony to the word of His grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Acts 14:3
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 28 words, 133 letters, 46 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ικανον μεν ουν χρονον διετριψαν παρρησιαζομενοι επι τω κυριω τω μαρτυρουντι τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου και διδοντι σημεια και τερατα γινεσθαι δια των χειρων αυτων
Lit: A long indeed therefore time they stayed, speaking boldly for the Lord, the One bearing witness to the word of the grace of Him, granting signs and wonders to be done through the hands of them.
KJV: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord, which gave testimony unto the word of his grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.
References
"therefore"Ac 18:9-11: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.1Co 16:8: 9: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost."speaking"Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Eph 6:18-20: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention."which"Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:Ac 5:32: We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost: whom God has given to them that obey Him.Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"the word"Ac 20:24: 32: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek."granted"Ac 4:29: 30: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Ac 5:12-14: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:
εσχισθη δε το πληθος της πολεως και οι μεν ησαν συν τοις ιουδαιοις οι δε συν τοις αποστολοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4977Ἐσχίσθηeschisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4977 σχίζω schízō skhid-zo apparently a primary verb; to split or sever (literally or figuratively):--break, divide, open, rend, make a rent.
|
Ἐσχίσθηeschisthē
|
Was divided
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίοις,Ioudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίοις,Ioudaiois
|
Jews;
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G652ἀποστόλοις.apostolois (N-DMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλοις.apostolois
|
apostles.
|
N-DMP
|
4
But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles.Acts 14:4
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 26 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσχισθη δε το πληθος της πολεως και οι μεν ησαν συν τοις ιουδαιοις οι δε συν τοις αποστολοις
Lit: Was divided now the multitude of the city, and some indeed were with the Jews; some however with the apostles.
KJV: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles.
References
"the multitude"Mic 7:6: For the son dishonours the father: the daughter rises up against her mother: the daughter in law against her mother in law; a man's enemies are the men of his own house.Mt 10:34-36: not Think that I am come to send peace on earth: I not came to send peace: but a sword.Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;Lu 11:21-23: When a strong man armed keeps his palace: his goods are in peace:Lu 12:51-53: Suppose you that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you: No; but rather division:Joh 7:43: So there was a division among the people because of him."part"Ac 28:24: Some believed the things which were spoken: and some not believed."apostles"Ac 14:14: Which when the apostles: Barnabas and Paul: heard of: they tear their clothes: and ran in among the people: crying out: Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?
ως δε εγενετο ορμη των εθνων τε και ιουδαιων συν τοις αρχουσιν αυτων υβρισαι και λιθοβολησαι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3730ὁρμὴhormē (N-NFS)
G3730 ὁρμή hormḗ hor-may of uncertain affinity; a violent impulse, i.e. onset:--assault.
|
ὁρμὴhormē
|
a rush
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
Gentiles
|
N-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G758ἄρχουσινarchousin (N-DMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχουσινarchousin
|
rulers
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5195ὑβρίσαιhybrisai (V-ANA)
G5195 ὑβρίζω hybrízō hoo-brid-zo from ὕβρις; to exercise violence, i.e. abuse:--use despitefully, reproach, entreat shamefully (spitefully).
|
ὑβρίσαιhybrisai
|
to mistreat
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3036λιθοβολῆσαιlithobolēsai (V-ANA)
G3036 λιθοβολέω lithoboléō lith-ob-ol-eh-o from a compound of λίθος and βάλλω; to throw stones, i.e. lapidate:--stone, cast stones.
|
λιθοβολῆσαιlithobolēsai
|
to stone
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
5
When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them despitefully, and to stone them,Acts 14:5
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 24 words, 111 letters, 41 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εγενετο ορμη των εθνων τε και ιουδαιων συν τοις αρχουσιν αυτων υβρισαι και λιθοβολησαι αυτους
Lit: When then there was a rush of the Gentiles both and Jews, with the rulers of them, to mistreat and to stone them,
KJV: And when there was an assault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them despitefully, and to stone them,
References
"when"Ac 4:25-29: Who by the mouth of your servant David have said: Why did the heathen rage: and the people imagine vain things?Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ps 2:1-3: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ps 83:5: For they have consulted together with one consent: they are confederate against you:2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."despitefully"Mt 5:44: But I say to you: Love your enemies: bless them that curse you: do good to them that hate you: and pray for them which despitefully use you: and persecute you;Lu 6:28: Bless them that curse you: and pray for them which despitefully use you.
συνιδοντες κατεφυγον εις τας πολεις της λυκαονιας λυστραν και δερβην και την περιχωρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4894συνιδόντεςsynidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4894 συνείδω syneídō soon-i-do from σύν and εἴδω; to see completely; used (like its primary) only in two past tenses, respectively meaning to understand or become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely) informed of:--consider, know, be privy, be ware of.
|
συνιδόντεςsynidontes
|
having become aware,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2703κατέφυγονkatephygon (V-AIA-3P)
G2703 καταφεύγω katapheúgō kat-af-yoo-go from κατά and φεύγω; to flee down (away):--flee.
|
κατέφυγονkatephygon
|
they fled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4172πόλειςpoleis (N-AFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειςpoleis
|
cities
|
N-AFP
|
G3071ΛυκαονίαςLykaonias (N-GFS)
G3071 Λυκαονία Lykaonía loo-kah-on-ee-ah perhaps remotely from λύκος; Lycaonia, a region of Asia Minor:--Lycaonia.
|
ΛυκαονίαςLykaonias
|
of Lycaonia,
|
N-GFS
|
G3082ΛύστρανLystran (N-AFS)
G3082 Λύστρα Lýstra loos-trah of uncertain origin; Lystra, a place in Asia Minor:--Lystra.
|
ΛύστρανLystran
|
Lystra,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1191ΔέρβηνDerbēn (N-AFS)
G1191 Δέρβη Dérbē der-bay of foreign origin; Derbe, a place in Asia Minor:--Derbe.
|
ΔέρβηνDerbēn
|
Derbe,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4066περίχωρον·perichōron (Adj-AFS)
G4066 περίχωρος períchōros per-ikh-o-ros from περί and χώρα; around the region, i.e. circumjacent (as noun, with γῆ implied vicinity):--country (round) about, region (that lieth) round about.
|
περίχωρον·perichōron
|
surrounding region,
|
Adj-AFS
|
6
They were ware of it, and fled to Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and to the region that lies round about:Acts 14:6
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 92 letters, 38 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνιδοντες κατεφυγον εις τας πολεις της λυκαονιας λυστραν και δερβην και την περιχωρον
Lit: having become aware, they fled to the cities of Lycaonia, Lystra, and Derbe, and the surrounding region,
KJV: They were ware of it, and fled unto Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and unto the region that lieth round about:
References
"were"Ac 9:24: But their laying await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him.Ac 17:13: 14: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people.Ac 23:12-22: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.2Ki 6:8-12: Then the king of Syria warred against Israel: and took counsel with his servants: saying: In such and such a place will be my camp."and fled"Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come."Lystra"Ac 14:20: 21: Howbeit: as the disciples stood round about him: he rose up: and came into the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe.Ac 16:1: 2: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.
κακει ησαν ευαγγελιζομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2546κἀκεῖkakei (Conj)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
κἀκεῖkakei
|
and there
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
preaching the gospel
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G1510ἦσαν.ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν.ēsan
|
they continued.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
7
There they preached the gospel.Acts 14:7
Stats
Counts: 35 characters, 6 words, 29 letters, 10 vowels, 19 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακει ησαν ευαγγελιζομενοι
Lit: and there preaching the gospel they continued.
KJV: And there they preached the gospel.
References
"And there they preached the gospel."Ac 14:21: When they had preached the gospel to that city: and had taught many: they returned again to Lystra: and to Iconium: and Antioch: Ac 8:4: Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: 1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
In Lystra and Derbe
και τις ανηρ εν λυστροις αδυνατος τοις ποσιν εκαθητο χωλος εκ κοιλιας μητρος αυτου υπαρχων ος ουδεποτε {VAR1: περιπεπατηκει } {VAR2: περιεπεπατηκει }
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαίKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαίKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G102ἀδύνατοςadynatos (Adj-NMS)
G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἀδύνατοςadynatos
|
crippled,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3082ΛύστροιςLystrois (N-DNP)
G3082 Λύστρα Lýstra loos-trah of uncertain origin; Lystra, a place in Asia Minor:--Lystra.
|
ΛύστροιςLystrois
|
Lystra,
|
N-DNP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
in the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4228ποσὶνposin (N-DMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποσὶνposin
|
feet,
|
N-DMP
|
G2521ἐκάθητο,ekathēto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ἐκάθητο,ekathēto
|
was sitting,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5560χωλὸςchōlos (Adj-NMS)
G5560 χωλός chōlós kho-los apparently a primary word; halt, i.e. limping:--cripple, halt, lame.
|
χωλὸςchōlos
|
lame
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2836κοιλίαςkoilias (N-GFS)
G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαςkoilias
|
the womb
|
N-GFS
|
G3384μητρὸςmētros (N-GFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
μητρὸςmētros
|
of the mother
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv)
G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G4043περιεπάτησεν.periepatēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιεπάτησεν.periepatēsen
|
had walked.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
8
There sat a certain man at Lystra, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked:Acts 14:8
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 95 letters, 34 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τις ανηρ εν λυστροις αδυνατος τοις ποσιν εκαθητο χωλος εκ κοιλιας μητρος αυτου υπαρχων ος ουδεποτε {VAR1: περιπεπατηκει } {VAR2: περιεπεπατηκει }
Lit: And a certain man crippled, in Lystra, in the feet, was sitting, lame from the womb of the mother of him, who never had walked.
KJV: And there sat a certain man at Lystra, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked:
References
"impotent"Ac 4:9: If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man: by what means he is made whole;Joh 5:3: 7: In these lay a great multitude of impotent folk: of blind: halt: withered: waiting for the moving of the water."being"Ac 3:2: A certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried: whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful: to ask alms of them that entered into the temple;Joh 5:5: A certain man was there: which had an infirmity 38 years.Joh 9:1: 2: As Jesus passed by: He saw a man which was blind from His birth.
ουτος ηκουεν του παυλου λαλουντος ος ατενισας αυτω και ιδων οτι πιστιν εχει του σωθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
This man
|
DPro-NMS
|
G191ἤκουσεν*ēkousen (V-AIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσεν*ēkousen
|
heard
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντος·lalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντος·lalountos
|
speaking,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who,
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G816ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
at him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
he has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G4982σωθῆναι,sōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναι,sōthēnai
|
to be healed,
|
V-ANP
|
9
The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him, and perceiving that he had faith to be healed,Acts 14:9
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος ηκουεν του παυλου λαλουντος ος ατενισας αυτω και ιδων οτι πιστιν εχει του σωθηναι
Lit: This man heard Paul speaking, who, having looked intently at him and having seen that he has faith to be healed,
KJV: The same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him, and perceiving that he had faith to be healed,
References
"who"Ac 3:4: Peter: fastening his eyes upon him with John: said: Look on us."he had"Mt 8:10: When Jesus heard it: He marvelled: and said to them that followed: Truly I say to you: I not have found so great faith: no: not in Israel.Mt 9:22: 28: 29: But Jesus turned Him about: and when He saw her: He said: Daughter: be of good comfort; your faith has made you whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour.Mt 13:58: He not did many mighty works there because of their unbelief.Mt 15:28: Then Jesus answered and said to her: O woman: great is your faith: be it to you even as you will. And her daughter was made whole from that very hour.Mr 1:40: 41: There came a leper to him: beseeching him: and kneeling down to him: and saying to him: If you will: you canst make me clean.Mr 2:5: 11: 12: When Jesus saw their faith: He said to the sick of the palsy: Son: your sins be forgiven you.Mr 9:23: 24: Jesus said to Him: If you canst believe: all things are possible to Him that believeth.Mr 10:52: Jesus said to Him: Go your way; your faith has made you whole. And immediately He received His sight: and followed Jesus in the way.
ειπεν μεγαλη τη φωνη αναστηθι επι τους ποδας σου ορθος και ηλλετο και περιεπατει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
in a loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
voice,
|
N-DFS
|
G450ἈνάστηθιAnastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈνάστηθιAnastēthi
|
Stand
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3717ὀρθός.orthos (Adj-NMS)
G3717 ὀρθός orthós or-thos probably from the base of ὄρος; right (as rising), i.e. (perpendicularly) erect (figuratively, honest), or (horizontally) level or direct:--straight, upright.
|
ὀρθός.orthos
|
upright!
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G242ἥλατοhēlato (V-AIM-3S)
G242 ἅλλομαι hállomai hal-lom-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to jump; figuratively, to gush:--leap, spring up.
|
ἥλατοhēlato
|
he sprang up
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιεπάτει.periepatei (V-IIA-3S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιεπάτει.periepatei
|
began to walk.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
10
Said with a loud voice, Stand upright on your feet. And he leaped and walked.
Acts 14:10
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 13 words, 59 letters, 23 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν μεγαλη τη φωνη αναστηθι επι τους ποδας σου ορθος και ηλλετο και περιεπατει
Lit: said in a loud voice, Stand on the feet of you upright! And he sprang up and began to walk.
KJV: Said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped and walked.
References
"Stand"Ac 3:6-8: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 9:33: 34: There he found a certain man named AEneas: which had kept his bed 8 years: and was sick of the palsy.Isa 35:6: Then will the lame man leap as an hart: and the tongue of the dumb sing: for in the wilderness will waters break out: and streams in the desert.Lu 7:14: He came and touched the bier: and they that bare him stood still. And he said: Young man: I say to you: Arise.Lu 13:11-13: And: look: there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmity 18 years: and was bowed together: and could in no wise lift up herself.Joh 5:8: 9: Jesus says to Him: Rise: take up your bed: and walk.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.
οι δε οχλοι ιδοντες ο εποιησεν ο παυλος επηραν την φωνην αυτων λυκαονιστι λεγοντες οι θεοι ομοιωθεντες ανθρωποις κατεβησαν προς ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3793ὄχλοιochloi (N-NMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοιochloi
|
the crowds
|
N-NMP
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1869ἐπῆρανepēran (V-AIA-3P)
G1869 ἐπαίρω epaírō ep-ahee-ro from ἐπί and αἴρω; to raise up (literally or figuratively):--exalt self, poise (lift, take) up.
|
ἐπῆρανepēran
|
lifted up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3072ΛυκαονιστὶLykaonisti (Adv)
G3072 Λυκαονιστί Lykaonistí loo-kah-on-is-tee adverb from a derivative of Λυκαονία; Lycaonistically, i.e. in the language of the Lycaonians:--in the speech of Lycaonia.
|
ΛυκαονιστὶLykaonisti
|
in Lycaonian,
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G2316θεοὶtheoi (N-NMP)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοὶtheoi
|
gods,
|
N-NMP
|
G3666ὁμοιωθέντεςhomoiōthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G3666 ὁμοιόω homoióō hom-oy-o-o from ὅμοιος; to assimilate, i.e. compare; passively, to become similar:--be (make) like, (in the) liken(-ess), resemble.
|
ὁμοιωθέντεςhomoiōthentes
|
having become like
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men,
|
N-DMP
|
G2597κατέβησανkatebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβησανkatebēsan
|
have come down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶς,hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς,hēmas
|
us!
|
PPro-A1P
|
11
When the people saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.
Acts 14:11
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 29 words, 124 letters, 49 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε οχλοι ιδοντες ο εποιησεν ο παυλος επηραν την φωνην αυτων λυκαονιστι λεγοντες οι θεοι ομοιωθεντες ανθρωποις κατεβησαν προς ημας
Lit: And the crowds having seen what had done Paul, lifted up the voice of them in Lycaonian, saying, The gods, having become like men, have come down to us!
KJV: And when the people saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.
References
"The gods"Ac 8:10: To whom they all gave heed: from the least to the great: saying: This man is the great power of God.Ac 12:22: The people gave a shout: saying: It is the voice of a god: not and of a man.Ac 28:6: Howbeit they looked when he should have swollen: or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while: and saw no harm come to him: they changed their minds: and said that he was a god.
εκαλουν τε τον μεν βαρναβαν δια τον δε παυλον ερμην επειδη αυτος ην ο ηγουμενος του λογου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2564ἐκάλουνekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκάλουνekaloun
|
They began calling
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas
|
N-AMS
|
G2203Δία,Dia (N-AMS)
G2203 Ζεύς Zeús deece of uncertain affinity; in the oblique cases there is used instead of it a (probably cognate) name , which is otherwise obsolete; Zeus or Dis (among the Latins, Jupiter or Jove), the supreme deity of the Greeks:--Jupiter.
|
Δία,Dia
|
Zeus,
|
N-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2060Ἑρμῆν,Hermēn (N-AMS)
G2060 Ἑρμῆς Hermēs her-mace perhaps from ἐρέω; Hermes, the name of the messenger of the Greek deities; also of a Christian:--Hermes, Mercury.
|
Ἑρμῆν,Hermēn
|
Hermes,
|
N-AMS
|
G1894ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj)
G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
because
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2233ἡγούμενοςhēgoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγούμενοςhēgoumenos
|
leading
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3056λόγου.logou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγου.logou
|
speaker.
|
N-GMS
|
12
They called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker.
Acts 14:12
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 10 words, 71 letters, 29 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαλουν τε τον μεν βαρναβαν δια τον δε παυλον ερμην επειδη αυτος ην ο ηγουμενος του λογου
Lit: They began calling then Barnabas Zeus, and Paul Hermes, because he was the leading speaker.
KJV: And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker.
References
"Jupiter"Ac 19:35: When the townclerk had appeased the people: he said: You men of Ephesus: what man is there that knows not how that the city of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddess Diana: and of the image which fell down from Jupiter?
ο δε ιερευς του διος του οντος προ της πολεως αυτων ταυρους και στεμματα επι τους πυλωνας ενεγκας συν τοις οχλοις ηθελεν θυειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
the priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2203ΔιὸςDios (N-GMS)
G2203 Ζεύς Zeús deece of uncertain affinity; in the oblique cases there is used instead of it a (probably cognate) name , which is otherwise obsolete; Zeus or Dis (among the Latins, Jupiter or Jove), the supreme deity of the Greeks:--Jupiter.
|
ΔιὸςDios
|
of Zeus,
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
just outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G5022ταύρουςtaurous (N-AMP)
G5022 ταῦρος taûros tow-ros apparently a primary word (compare תּוֹר, steer); a bullock:--bull, ox.
|
ταύρουςtaurous
|
oxen
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4725στέμματαstemmata (N-ANP)
G4725 στέμμα stémma stem-mah from the base of στέφανος; a wreath for show:--garland.
|
στέμματαstemmata
|
wreaths
|
N-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4440πυλῶναςpylōnas (N-AMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶναςpylōnas
|
gates
|
N-AMP
|
G5342ἐνέγκας,enenkas (V-APA-NMS)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἐνέγκας,enenkas
|
having brought,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3793ὄχλοιςochlois (N-DMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοιςochlois
|
crowds
|
N-DMP
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
was desiring
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2380θύειν.thyein (V-PNA)
G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θύειν.thyein
|
to sacrifice.
|
V-PNA
|
13
Then the priest of Jupiter, which was before their city, brought oxen and garlands to the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the people.Acts 14:13
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 22 words, 117 letters, 44 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ιερευς του διος του οντος προ της πολεως αυτων ταυρους και στεμματα επι τους πυλωνας ενεγκας συν τοις οχλοις ηθελεν θυειν
Lit: And the priest of Zeus, being just outside the city, oxen and wreaths to the gates having brought, with the crowds was desiring to sacrifice.
KJV: Then the priest of Jupiter, which was before their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the people.
References
"and would"Ac 10:25: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Da 2:46: Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face: and worshipped Daniel: and commanded that they should offer an oblation and sweet odours to him.
ακουσαντες δε οι αποστολοι βαρναβας και παυλος διαρρηξαντες τα ιματια αυτων εισεπηδησαν εις τον οχλον κραζοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3972Παῦλος,Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος,Paulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1284διαρρήξαντεςdiarrēxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1284 διαῤῥήσσω diarrhḗssō dee-ar-hrayce-so from διά and ῥήγνυμι; to tear asunder:--break, rend.
|
διαρρήξαντεςdiarrēxantes
|
having torn
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν*autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν*autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1530ἐξεπήδησανexepēdēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1530 εἰσπηδάω eispēdáō ice-pay-dah-o from εἰς and (to leap); to rush in:--run (spring) in.
|
ἐξεπήδησανexepēdēsan
|
rushed out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G2896κράζοντεςkrazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζοντεςkrazontes
|
crying out
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
14
Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they tear their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying out,
Acts 14:14
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 15 words, 93 letters, 33 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε οι αποστολοι βαρναβας και παυλος διαρρηξαντες τα ιματια αυτων εισεπηδησαν εις τον οχλον κραζοντες
Lit: Having heard however, the apostles Barnabas and Paul, having torn the garments of them, rushed out into the crowd, crying out
KJV: Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard [of], they rent their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying out,
References
"the apostles"Ac 14:4: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews: and part with the apostles.1Co 9:5: 6: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?"they"2Ki 5:7: It came to pass: when the king of Israel had read the letter: that He tear His clothes: and said: Am I God: to kill and to make alive: that this man does send to me to recover a man of His leprosy? for what reason consider: I pray you: and see how He seeks a quarrel against me.2Ki 18:37: Then came Eliakim the son of Hilkiah: which was over the household: and Shebna the scribe: and Joah the son of Asaph the recorder: to Hezekiah with their clothes tear: and told him the words of Rabshakeh.2Ki 19:1: 2: It came to pass: when king Hezekiah heard it: that He tear His clothes: and covered Himself with sackcloth: and went into the house of the LORD.Ezr 9:3-5: When I heard this thing: I tear my garment and my mantle: and plucked off the hair of my head and of my beard: and sat down astonied.Jer 36:24: Yet they not were afraid: nor tear their garments: neither the king: nor any of his servants that heard all these words.Mt 26:65: Then the high priest tear his clothes: saying: He has spoken blasphemy; what further need have we of witnesses? look: now you have heard his blasphemy.
και λεγοντες ανδρες τι ταυτα ποιειτε και ημεις ομοιοπαθεις εσμεν υμιν ανθρωποι ευαγγελιζομενοι υμας απο τουτων των ματαιων επιστρεφειν επι τον θεον τον ζωντα ος εποιησεν τον ουρανον και την γην και την θαλασσαν και παντα τα εν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G435Ἄνδρες,Andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
Ἄνδρες,Andres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G4160ποιεῖτε;poieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε;poieite
|
do you?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3663ὁμοιοπαθεῖςhomoiopatheis (Adj-NMP)
G3663 ὁμοιοπαθής homoiopathḗs hom-oy-op-ath-ace from ὅμοιος and the alternate of πάσχω; similarly affected:--of (subject to) like passions.
|
ὁμοιοπαθεῖςhomoiopatheis
|
of like nature
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
with you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G444ἄνθρωποι,anthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποι,anthrōpoi
|
men,
|
N-NMP
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
proclaiming the gospel
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
to you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3152ματαίωνmataiōn (Adj-GNP)
G3152 μάταιος mátaios mat-ah-yos from the base of μάτην; empty, i.e. (literally) profitless, or (specially), an idol:--vain, vanity.
|
ματαίωνmataiōn
|
vanities
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1994ἐπιστρέφεινepistrephein (V-ANA)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέφεινepistrephein
|
to turn
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316θεὸνtheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεὸνtheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G2198ζῶντα,zōnta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντα,zōnta
|
the living,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DN3P
|
15
Saying, Sirs, why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein:
Acts 14:15
Stats
Rank: #2710 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 241 characters, 38 words, 187 letters, 71 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγοντες ανδρες τι ταυτα ποιειτε και ημεις ομοιοπαθεις εσμεν υμιν ανθρωποι ευαγγελιζομενοι υμας απο τουτων των ματαιων επιστρεφειν επι τον θεον τον ζωντα ος εποιησεν τον ουρανον και την γην και την θαλασσαν και παντα τα εν αυτοις
Lit: and saying, Men, why these things do you? Also we of like nature are with you men, proclaiming the gospel to you, from these vanities to turn to God the living, who made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all the things in them,
KJV: And saying, Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and preach unto you that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein:
References
"Sirs"Ac 7:26: The next day he showed himself to them as they strove: and would have set them at one again: saying: Sirs: you are brothers; why do you wrong one to another?Ac 16:30: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ac 27:10: 21: 25: Said to them: Sirs: I perceive that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage: not only of the lading and ship: but also of our lives."why"Ac 10:26: But Peter took him up: saying: Stand up; I myself also am a man.Re 19:19: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God."We also"Ac 3:12: 13: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Ac 12:22: 23: The people gave a shout: saying: It is the voice of a god: not and of a man.Ge 41:16: Joseph answered Pharaoh: saying: It is not in me: God will give Pharaoh an answer of peace.Da 2:28-30: But there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets: and makes known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days. Your dream: and the visions of your head upon your bed: are these;Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him."of like"Jas 5:17: Elias was a man subject to like passions as we are: and he prayed earnestly that it not might rain: and it not rained on the earth by the space of 3 years and 6 months.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."and preach"Ac 17:16-18: 29: 30: Now while Paul waited for them at Athens: his spirit was stirred in him: when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.Ac 26:17-20: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: "from"De 32:21: They have moved me to jealousy with that which is not God; they have provoked me to anger with their vanities: and I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation.1Sa 12:21: Turn you not aside: for then should you go after vain things: which cannot profit nor deliver; for they are vain.1Ki 16:13: 26: For all the sins of Baasha: and the sins of Elah His son: by which they sinned: and by which they made Israel to sin: in provoking the LORD God of Israel to anger with their vanities.Ps 31:6: I have hated them that regard lying vanities: but I trust in the LORD.Isa 44:9: 10: 19: 20: They that make a graven image are all of them vanity; and their delectable things will not profit; and they are their own witnesses; they not see: nor know; that they may be ashamed.Isa 45:20: Assemble yourselves and come; draw near together: you that are escaped of the nations: they have no knowledge that set up the wood of their graven image: and pray to a god that cannot save.Isa 46:7: They bear him upon the shoulder: they carry him: and set him in his place: and he stands; from his place will not he remove: yes: one will cry to him: yet can not he answer: nor save him out of his trouble.Jer 8:19: Look the voice of the cry of the daughter of my people because of them that dwell in a far country: Is not the LORD in Zion? is not her king in her? Why have they provoked me to anger with their graven images: and with strange vanities?Jer 10:3-5: 8: 14: 15: For the customs of the people are vain: for one cuts a tree out of the for: the work of the hands of the workman: with the axe.Jer 14:22: Are there any among the vanities of the Gentiles that can cause rain? or can the heavens give showers? are not you He: O LORD our God? therefore we will wait upon you: for you have made all these things.Am 2:4: Thus says the LORD; For 3 transgressions of Judah: and for 4: I not will turn away the punishment thereof; because they have despised the law of the LORD: and not have kept His commandments: and their lies caused them to err: after the which their fathers have walked:Jon 2:8: They that observe lying vanities forsake their own mercy.Ro 1:21-23: Because that: when they knew God: they glorified Him not as God: neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations: and their foolish heart was darkened.1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.Eph 4:17: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: "the living"De 5:26: For who is there of all flesh: that has heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the middle of the fire: as we have: and lived?Jos 3:10: Joshua said: Hereby you will know that the living God is among you: and that He will without fail drive out from before you the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Hivites: and the Perizzites: and the Girgashites: and the Amorites: and the Jebusites.1Sa 17:26: 36: David spoke to the men that stood by Him: saying: What will be done to the man that kills this Philistine: and takes away the reproach from Israel? for who is this uncircumcised Philistine: that He should defy the armies of the living God?2Ki 19:4: 16: It may be the LORD your God will hear all the words of Rabshakeh: whom the king of Assyria His master has sent to reproach the living God; and will reprove the words which the LORD your God has heard: for what reason lift up your prayer for the remnant that are left.Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Da 6:26: I make a decree: That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for He is the living God: and stedfast for ever: and His kingdom that which will not be destroyed: and His dominion will be even to the end.Joh 5:26: For as the Father has life in Himself; so has He given to the Son to have life in Himself;1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God."which"Ac 4:24: When they heard that: they lifted up their voice to God with one accord: and said: Lord: you are God: which have made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all that in them is:Ac 17:24-28: God that made the world and all things therein: seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth: dwells not in temples made with hands;Ge 1:1: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.Ps 33:6: By the word of the LORD were the heavens made; and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.Ps 124:8: Our help is in the name of the LORD: who made heaven and earth.Ps 146:5: 6: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Pr 8:23-31: I was set up from everlasting: from the beginning: or ever the earth was.Isa 45:18: For thus says the LORD that created the heavens; God Himself that formed the earth and made it; He has established it: He created not it in vain: He formed it to be inhabited: I am the LORD; and there is none else.Jer 10:11: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Zec 12:1: The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel: says the LORD: which stretches forth the heavens: and lays the foundation of the earth: and forms the spirit of man within Him.Ro 1:20: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.
ος εν ταις παρωχημεναις γενεαις ειασεν παντα τα εθνη πορευεσθαι ταις οδοις αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G3944παρῳχημέναιςparōchēmenais (V-RPM/P-DFP)
G3944 παροίχομαι paroíchomai par-oy-khom-ahee from παρά and (to depart); to escape along, i.e. be gone:--past.
|
παρῳχημέναιςparōchēmenais
|
past
|
V-RPM/P-DFP
|
G1074γενεαῖςgeneais (N-DFP)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεαῖςgeneais
|
generations
|
N-DFP
|
G1439εἴασενeiasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴασενeiasen
|
allowed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-ANP
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G3598ὁδοῖςhodois (N-DFP)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδοῖςhodois
|
ways
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GN3P
|
16
Who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.Acts 14:16
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 13 words, 52 letters, 19 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εν ταις παρωχημεναις γενεαις ειασεν παντα τα εθνη πορευεσθαι ταις οδοις αυτων
Lit: who in the past generations allowed all the nations to go the ways of them.
KJV: Who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.
References
"suffered"Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ps 81:12: So I gave them up to their own hearts' lust: and they walked in their own counsels.Ps 147:20: He has not dealt so with any nation: and as for His judgments: they not have known them. Praise you the LORD.Ho 4:17: Ephraim is joined to idols: let him alone.Ro 1:21-25: 28: Because that: when they knew God: they glorified Him not as God: neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations: and their foolish heart was darkened.Eph 2:12: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:1Pe 4:3: For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles: when we walked in lasciviousness: lusts: excess of wine: revellings: banquetings: and abominable idolatries:
και τοι γε ουκ αμαρτυρον εαυτον αφηκεν αγαθοποιων ουρανοθεν ημιν υετους διδους και καιρους καρποφορους εμπιπλων τροφης και ευφροσυνης τας καρδιας ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2543καίτοιkaitoi (Conj)
G2543 καίτοι kaítoi kah-ee-toy from καί and τοί; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.,
|
καίτοιkaitoi
|
And yet
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G267ἀμάρτυρονamartyron (Adj-AMS)
G267 ἀμάρτυρος amártyros am-ar-too-ros from Α (as a negative particle) and a form of μάρτυς; unattested:--without witness.
|
ἀμάρτυρονamartyron
|
without witness
|
Adj-AMS
|
G848αὑτὸνhauton (PPro-AM3S)
G848 αὑτοῦ hautoû how-too contracted for ἑαυτοῦ; self (in some oblique case or reflexive relation):--her (own), (of) him(-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them(-selves), they.,
|
αὑτὸνhauton
|
Himself
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
He has left,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G14ἀγαθουργῶν,agathourgōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G14 ἀγαθοεργέω agathoergéō ag-ath-er-gheh-o from ἀγαθός and ἔργον; to work good:--do good.
|
ἀγαθουργῶν,agathourgōn
|
doing good,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3771οὐρανόθενouranothen (Adv)
G3771 οὐρανόθεν ouranóthen oo-ran-oth-en from οὐρανός and the enclitic of source; from the sky:--from heaven.
|
οὐρανόθενouranothen
|
from heaven
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5205ὑετοὺςhyetous (N-AMP)
G5205 ὑετός hyetós hoo-et-os from a primary (to rain); rain, especially a shower:--rain.
|
ὑετοὺςhyetous
|
rains
|
N-AMP
|
G1325διδοὺςdidous (V-PPA-NMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδοὺςdidous
|
giving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2540καιροὺςkairous (N-AMP)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροὺςkairous
|
seasons
|
N-AMP
|
G2593καρποφόρους,karpophorous (Adj-AMP)
G2593 καρποφόρος karpophóros kar-pof-or-os from καρπός and φέρω; fruitbearing (figuratively):--fruitful.
|
καρποφόρους,karpophorous
|
fruitful,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1705ἐμπιπλῶνempiplōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1705 ἐμπίπλημι empíplēmi em-play-tho from ἐν and the base of πλεῖστος;to fill in (up), i.e. (by implication) to satisfy (literally or figuratively):--fill.
|
ἐμπιπλῶνempiplōn
|
filling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5160τροφῆςtrophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆςtrophēs
|
with food
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2167εὐφροσύνηςeuphrosynēs (N-GFS)
G2167 εὐφροσύνη euphrosýnē yoo-fros-oo-nay from the same as εὐφραίνω; joyfulness:--gladness, joy.
|
εὐφροσύνηςeuphrosynēs
|
gladness
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
17
Nevertheless he not left himself without witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness.Acts 14:17
Stats
Rank: #2778 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 165 characters, 24 words, 133 letters, 49 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τοι γε ουκ αμαρτυρον εαυτον αφηκεν αγαθοποιων ουρανοθεν ημιν υετους διδους και καιρους καρποφορους εμπιπλων τροφης και ευφροσυνης τας καρδιας ημων
Lit: And yet not without witness Himself He has left, doing good, from heaven to you rains giving and seasons fruitful, filling with food and gladness the hearts of you.
KJV: Nevertheless he left not himself without witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness.
References
"he left"Ac 17:27: 28: That they should seek the Lord: if haply they might feel after Him: and find Him: though He not be far from every one of us:Ps 19:1-4: A Psalm of David.>> The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament shews His handywork.Ro 1:19: 20: Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God has showed it to them."in that"Ps 36:5-7: Your mercy: O LORD: is in the heavens; and your faithfulness reacheth to the clouds.Ps 52:1: A Psalm of David: when Doeg the Edomite came and told Saul: and said to Him: David is come to the house of Ahimelech.>> Why boast you yourself in mischief: O mighty man? the goodness of God endureth continually.Ps 104:24-28: O LORD: how manifold are your works! in wisdom have you made them all: the earth is full of your riches.Ps 145:9: 15: 16: The LORD is good to all: and His tender mercies are over all His works.Lu 6:35: But love you your enemies: and do good: and lend: hoping not forhing again; and your reward will be great: and you will be the children of the High: for he is kind to the unthankful and to the evil."and gave"Le 26:4: Then I will give you rain in due season: and the land will yield her increase: and the trees of the field will yield their fruit.De 11:14: That I will give you the rain of your land in his due season: the first rain and the latter rain: that you may gather in your grain: and your wine: and your oil.De 28:12: The LORD will open to you His good treasure: the heaven to give the rain to your land in His season: and to bless all the work of your hand: and you will lend to many nations: and you will not borrow.1Ki 18:1: It came to pass after many days: that the word of the LORD came to Elijah in the third year: saying: Go: show yourself to Ahab; and I will send rain upon the earth.Job 5:10: Who gives rain upon the earth: and sends waters upon the fields:Job 37:6: For he says to the snow: Be you on the earth; likewise to the small rain: and to the great rain of his strength.Job 38:26-28: To cause it to rain on the earth: where no man is; on the wilderness: wherein there is no man;Ps 65:9-13: You visit the earth: and water it: you greatly enrich it with the river of God: which is full of water: you prepare them grain: when you have so provided for it.Ps 68:9: 10: You: O God: did send a plentiful rain: whereby you did confirm your inheritance: when it was weary.Ps 147:7: 8: Sing to the LORD with thanksgiving; sing praise upon the harp to our God:Isa 5:6: I will lay it waste: it will not be pruned: nor digged; but there will come up briers and thorns: I will also command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it.Jer 5:24: Neither say they in their heart: Let us now fear the LORD our God: that gives rain: both the former and the latter: in His season: He reserves to us the appointed weeks of the harvest.Jer 14:22: Are there any among the vanities of the Gentiles that can cause rain? or can the heavens give showers? are not you He: O LORD our God? therefore we will wait upon you: for you have made all these things.Mt 5:45: That you may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for He makes His sun to rise on the evil and on the good: and sends rain on the just and on the unjust.Jas 5:17: 18: Elias was a man subject to like passions as we are: and he prayed earnestly that it not might rain: and it not rained on the earth by the space of 3 years and 6 months."filling"De 8:12-14: Lest when you have eaten and are full: and have built goodly houses: and dwelt therein;Ne 9:25: They took strong cities: and a fat land: and possessed houses full of all goods: wells digged: vineyards: and oliveyards: and fruit trees in abundance: so they did eat: and were filled: and became fat: and delighted themselves in your great goodness.Isa 22:13: look joy and gladness: slaying oxen: and killing sheep: eating flesh: and drinking wine: let us eat and drink; for to morrow we will die.1Ti 6:17: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;
και ταυτα λεγοντες μολις κατεπαυσαν τους οχλους του μη θυειν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3433μόλιςmolis (Adv)
G3433 μόλις mólis mol-is probably by variation for μόγις; with difficulty:--hardly, scarce(-ly), + with much work.
|
μόλιςmolis
|
hardly
|
Adv
|
G2664κατέπαυσανkatepausan (V-AIA-3P)
G2664 καταπαύω katapaúō kat-ap-ow-o from κατά and παύω; to settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, or (figuratively) to (cause to) desist:--cease, (give) rest(-rain).
|
κατέπαυσανkatepausan
|
they stopped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3793ὄχλουςochlous (N-AMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουςochlous
|
crowds
|
N-AMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2380θύεινthyein (V-PNA)
G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θύεινthyein
|
sacrificing
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
to them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
18
With these sayings scarce restrained they the people, that they not had done sacrifice to them.Acts 14:18
Stats
Rank: #4341 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα λεγοντες μολις κατεπαυσαν τους οχλους του μη θυειν αυτοις
Lit: And these things saying, hardly they stopped the crowds not sacrificing to them.
KJV: And with these sayings scarce restrained they the people, that they had not done sacrifice unto them.
References
"scarce"Ge 11:6: The LORD said: Look: the people is one: and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and not nowhing will be restrained from them: which they have imagined to do.Ge 19:9: They said: Stand back. And they said again: This one fellow came in to sojourn: and he will needs be a judge: now will we deal worse with you: than with them. And they pressed sore upon the man: even Lot: and came near to break the door.Ex 32:21-23: Moses said to Aaron: What did this people to you: that you have brought so great a sin upon them?Jer 44:16: 17: As for the word that you have spoken to us in the name of the LORD: we not will listen to you.Joh 6:15: When Jesus therefore perceived that they would come and take Him by force: to make Him a king: He departed again into a mountain Himself alone.
επηλθον δε απο αντιοχειας και ικονιου ιουδαιοι και πεισαντες τους οχλους και λιθασαντες τον παυλον εσυρον εξω της πολεως νομισαντες αυτον τεθναναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1904ἘπῆλθανEpēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G1904 ἐπέρχομαι epérchomai ep-er-khom-ahee from ἐπί and ἔρχομαι; to supervene, i.e. arrive, occur, impend, attack, (figuratively) influence:--come (in, upon).
|
ἘπῆλθανEpēlthan
|
Came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιοχείαςAntiocheias (N-GFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιοχείαςAntiocheias
|
Antioch
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2430ἸκονίουIkoniou (N-GNS)
G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikónion ee-kon-ee-on perhaps from εἰκών; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia Minor:--Iconium.
|
ἸκονίουIkoniou
|
Iconium
|
N-GNS
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3982πείσαντεςpeisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείσαντεςpeisantes
|
having persuaded
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3793ὄχλουςochlous (N-AMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουςochlous
|
crowds,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3034λιθάσαντεςlithasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3034 λιθάζω litházō lith-ad-zo from λίθος; to lapidate:--stone.
|
λιθάσαντεςlithasantes
|
having stoned
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G4951ἔσυρονesyron (V-IIA-3P)
G4951 σύρω sýrō soo-ro probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to trail:--drag, draw, hale.,
|
ἔσυρονesyron
|
they dragged him
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G3543νομίζοντεςnomizontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
νομίζοντεςnomizontes
|
supposing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2348τεθνηκέναι.tethnēkenai (V-RNA)
G2348 θνήσκω thnḗskō than-o a strengthened form of a simpler primary (which is used for it only in certain tenses); to die (literally or figuratively):--be dead, die.
|
τεθνηκέναι.tethnēkenai
|
to have died.
|
V-RNA
|
19
There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium, who persuaded the people, and, having stoned Paul, drew him out of the city, supposing he had been dead.Acts 14:19
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 22 words, 132 letters, 52 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: επηλθον δε απο αντιοχειας και ικονιου ιουδαιοι και πεισαντες τους οχλους και λιθασαντες τον παυλον εσυρον εξω της πολεως νομισαντες αυτον τεθναναι
Lit: Came however from Antioch and Iconium Jews, and having persuaded the crowds, and having stoned Paul, they dragged him outside the city, supposing him to have died.
KJV: And there came thither certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium, who persuaded the people, and, having stoned Paul, drew [him] out of the city, supposing he had been dead.
References
"there"Ac 13:45: 50: 51: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 17:13: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people."persuaded"Mt 27:20-25: But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barabbas: and destroy Jesus.Mr 15:11-14: But the chief priests moved the people: that he should rather release Barabbas to them."having"Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Ac 22:20: When the blood of your martyr Stephen was shed: I also was standing by: and consenting to his death: and kept the clothing of them that killed him.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."drew"Jer 22:19: He will be buried with the burial of an ass: drawn and cast forth beyond the gates of Jerusalem.Heb 13:12: 13: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate."supposing"1Co 15:31: I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord: I die daily.2Co 4:10-12: Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.
κυκλωσαντων δε αυτον των μαθητων αναστας εισηλθεν εις την πολιν και τη επαυριον εξηλθεν συν τω βαρναβα εις δερβην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2944κυκλωσάντωνkyklōsantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G2944 κυκλόω kyklóō koo-klo-o from the same as κύκλῳ; to encircle, i.e. surround:--compass (about), come (stand) round about.
|
κυκλωσάντωνkyklōsantōn
|
Having surrounded
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
he entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν.polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν.polin
|
city.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he went away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G921ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba (N-DMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba
|
Barnabas
|
N-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1191Δέρβην.Derbēn (N-AFS)
G1191 Δέρβη Dérbē der-bay of foreign origin; Derbe, a place in Asia Minor:--Derbe.
|
Δέρβην.Derbēn
|
Derbe.
|
N-AFS
|
20
Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and came into the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe.Acts 14:20
Stats
Rank: #6959 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 22 words, 107 letters, 42 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: κυκλωσαντων δε αυτον των μαθητων αναστας εισηλθεν εις την πολιν και τη επαυριον εξηλθεν συν τω βαρναβα εις δερβην
Lit: Having surrounded however the disciples him, having risen up, he entered into the city. And on the next day he went away with Barnabas to Derbe.
KJV: Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and came into the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe.
References
"as"Ac 20:9-12: There sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus: being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching: he sunk down with sleep: and fell down from the third loft: and was taken up dead.2Co 1:9: 10: But we had the sentence of death in ourselves: that we not should trust in ourselves: but in God which raises the dead:2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;Re 11:7-12: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them."came"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 16:40: They went out of the prison: and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers: they comforted them: and departed.Ac 20:1: After the uproar was ceased: Paul called to him the disciples: and embraced them: and departed for to go into Macedonia."Derbe"Ac 14:6: They were ware of it: and fled to Lystra and Derbe: cities of Lycaonia: and to the region that lies round about:Ac 16:1: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:
The Return to Pisidian Antioch
ευαγγελισαμενοι τε την πολιν εκεινην και μαθητευσαντες ικανους υπεστρεψαν εις την λυστραν και ικονιον και αντιοχειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2097Εὐαγγελισάμενοί*Euangelisamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
Εὐαγγελισάμενοί*Euangelisamenoi
|
Having proclaimed the gospel to
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηνekeinēn (DPro-AFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηνekeinēn
|
that,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3100μαθητεύσαντεςmathēteusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3100 μαθητεύω mathēteúō math-ayt-yoo-o from μαθητής; intransitively, to become a pupil; transitively, to disciple, i.e. enrol as scholar:--be disciple, instruct, teach.
|
μαθητεύσαντεςmathēteusantes
|
having discipled
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2425ἱκανοὺςhikanous (Adj-AMP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανοὺςhikanous
|
many,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan
|
they returned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3082ΛύστρανLystran (N-AFS)
G3082 Λύστρα Lýstra loos-trah of uncertain origin; Lystra, a place in Asia Minor:--Lystra.
|
ΛύστρανLystran
|
Lystra,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2430ἸκόνιονIkonion (N-ANS)
G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikónion ee-kon-ee-on perhaps from εἰκών; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia Minor:--Iconium.
|
ἸκόνιονIkonion
|
Iconium,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian
|
Antioch,
|
N-AFS
|
21
When they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many, they returned again to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch,Acts 14:21
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευαγγελισαμενοι τε την πολιν εκεινην και μαθητευσαντες ικανους υπεστρεψαν εις την λυστραν και ικονιον και αντιοχειαν
Lit: Having proclaimed the gospel to then the city that, and having discipled many, they returned to Lystra, and to Iconium, and to Antioch,
KJV: And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many, they returned again to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch,
References
"taught many"Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:"Lystra"Ac 14:1: 6: 8: 19: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 13:14: 51: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 15:36: Some days after Paul said to Barnabas: Let us go again and visit our brothers in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord: and see how they do.Ac 16:2: Which was well reported of by the brothers that were at Lystra and Iconium.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.
επιστηριζοντες τας ψυχας των μαθητων παρακαλουντες εμμενειν τη πιστει και οτι δια πολλων θλιψεων δει ημας εισελθειν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1991ἐπιστηρίζοντεςepistērizontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1991 ἐπιστηρίζω epistērízō ep-ee-stay-rid-zo from ἐπί and στηρίζω; to support further, i.e. reestablish:--confirm, strengthen.
|
ἐπιστηρίζοντεςepistērizontes
|
strengthening
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
souls
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶν,mathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶν,mathētōn
|
disciples,
|
N-GMP
|
G3870παρακαλοῦντεςparakalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦντεςparakalountes
|
exhorting them
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1696ἐμμένεινemmenein (V-PNA)
G1696 ἐμμένω emménō em-men-o from ἐν and μένω; to stay in the same place, i.e. (figuratively) persevere:--continue.
|
ἐμμένεινemmenein
|
to continue
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστει,pistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστει,pistei
|
faith,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1223Διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
Διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2347θλίψεωνthlipseōn (N-GFP)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεωνthlipseōn
|
tribulations
|
N-GFP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
22
Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Acts 14:22
Stats
Rank: #814 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 25 words, 127 letters, 46 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιστηριζοντες τας ψυχας των μαθητων παρακαλουντες εμμενειν τη πιστει και οτι δια πολλων θλιψεων δει ημας εισελθειν εις την βασιλειαν του θεου
Lit: strengthening the souls of the disciples, exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that through many tribulations it behooves us to enter into the kingdom of God.
KJV: Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.
References
"Confirming"Ac 15:32: 41: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples.Isa 35:3: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.1Co 1:8: Who will also confirm you to the end: that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.1Th 3:2-4: 13: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."exhorting"Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Joh 15:4-6: 9: 10: Abide in me: and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself: except it abide in the vine; no more can you: except you abide in me.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;Jude 1:3: 20: 21: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints."we"Mt 10:21: 22: 38: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Mt 16:24: Then said Jesus to His disciples: If any man will come after me: let Him deny Himself: and take up His cross: and follow me.Lu 22:28: 29: You are they which have continued with me in my temptations.Lu 24:26: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 12:25: 26: He who loves his life will lose it; and he who hates his life in this world will keep it to life eternal.Joh 16:1: 2: 33: These things have I spoken to you: that you not should be offended.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.1Th 3:4: For truly: when we were with you: we told you before that we should suffer tribulation; even as it came to pass: and you know.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;2Ti 2:11: 12: It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with him: we will also live with him:2Ti 3:12: Yes: and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus will suffer persecution.1Pe 4:12-16: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb."enter"Mt 19:24: Again I say to you: It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle: than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.Mr 9:47: If your eye offend you: pluck it out: it is better for you to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye: than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire:Mr 10:24: 25: The disciples were astonished at His words. But Jesus answereth again: and says to them: Children: how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the kingdom of God!Joh 3:5: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.2Pe 1:11: For so an entrance will be ministered to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.
χειροτονησαντες δε αυτοις πρεσβυτερους κατ εκκλησιαν προσευξαμενοι μετα νηστειων παρεθεντο αυτους τω κυριω εις ον πεπιστευκεισαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5500Χειροτονήσαντεςcheirotonēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G5500 χειροτονέω cheirotonéō khi-rot-on-eh-o from a comparative of χείρ and (to stretch); to be a hand-reacher or voter (by raising the hand), i.e. (generally) to select or appoint:--choose, ordain.
|
Χειροτονήσαντεςcheirotonēsantes
|
Having chosen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
for them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in every
|
Prep
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church
|
N-AFS
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρους,presbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρους,presbyterous
|
elders,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4336προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3521νηστειῶνnēsteiōn (N-GFP)
G3521 νηστεία nēsteía nace-ti-ah from νηστεύω; abstinence (from lack of food, or voluntary and religious); specially, the fast of the Day of Atonement:-- fast(-ing).
|
νηστειῶνnēsteiōn
|
fasting
|
N-GFP
|
G3908παρέθεντοparethento (V-AIM-3P)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρέθεντοparethento
|
they committed
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4100πεπιστεύκεισαν.pepisteukeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστεύκεισαν.pepisteukeisan
|
they had believed.
|
V-LIA-3P
|
23
When they had ordained them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they believed.Acts 14:23
Stats
Rank: #886 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 22 words, 112 letters, 37 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: χειροτονησαντες δε αυτοις πρεσβυτερους κατ εκκλησιαν προσευξαμενοι μετα νηστειων παρεθεντο αυτους τω κυριω εις ον πεπιστευκεισαν
Lit: Having chosen now for them in every church elders, having prayed, with fasting they committed them to the Lord, in whom they had believed.
KJV: And when they had ordained them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they believed.
References
"they had"Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Mr 3:14: He ordained 12: that they should be with him: and that he might send them forth to preach: 1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 2:2: The things that you have heard of me among many witnesses: the same commit you to faithful men: who will be able to teach others also.Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:"elders"Ac 11:30: Which also they did: and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul.Ac 15:4: 6: 23: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 20:17: From Miletus he sent to Ephesus: and called the elders of the church.1Ti 5:1: 17-19: not Rebuke an elder: but intreat him as a father; and the younger men as brothers;Jas 5:14: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:2Jo 1:1: The elder to the elect lady and her children: whom I love in the truth; not and I only: but also all they that have known the truth;3Jo 1:1: The elder to the wellbeloved Gaius: whom I love in the truth."and had"Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul."they commended"Ac 14:26: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.Lu 23:46: When Jesus had cried with a loud voice: He said: Father: into your hands I commend my spirit: and having said thus: He gave up the ghost.1Th 3:12: 13: The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another: and toward all men: even as we do toward you:2Th 2:16: 17: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.
και διελθοντες την πισιδιαν ηλθον εις παμφυλιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1330διελθόντεςdielthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθόντεςdielthontes
|
having passed through
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4099ΠισιδίανPisidian (N-AFS)
G4099 Πισιδία Pisidía pis-id-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pisidia.
|
ΠισιδίανPisidian
|
Pisidia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3828Παμφυλίαν,Pamphylian (N-AFS)
G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphylía pam-fool-ee-ah from a compound of πᾶς and πυρά; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (χώρα being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.
|
Παμφυλίαν,Pamphylian
|
Pamphylia,
|
N-AFS
|
24
After they had passed throughout Pisidia, they came to Pamphylia.Acts 14:24
Stats
Rank: #7985 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 69 characters, 10 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διελθοντες την πισιδιαν ηλθον εις παμφυλιαν
Lit: And having passed through Pisidia, they came to Pamphylia,
KJV: And after they had passed throughout Pisidia, they came to Pamphylia.
References
"Pisidia"Ac 13:13: 14: Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos: they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.Ac 15:38: But Paul not thought good to take him with them: who departed from them from Pamphylia: and not went with them to the work.
και λαλησαντες εν περγη τον λογον κατεβησαν εις ατταλειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλήσαντεςlalēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσαντεςlalēsantes
|
having spoken
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4011ΠέργῃPergē (N-DFS)
G4011 Πέργη Pérgē perg-ay probably from the same as Πέργαμος; a tower; Perga, a place in Asia Minor:--Perga.
|
ΠέργῃPergē
|
Perga
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word,
|
N-AMS
|
G2597κατέβησανkatebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβησανkatebēsan
|
they went down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G825Ἀττάλειαν,Attaleian (N-AFS)
G825 Ἀττάλεια Attáleia at-tal-i-ah from (a king of Pergamus); Attaleia, a place in Pamphylia:--Attalia.
|
Ἀττάλειαν,Attaleian
|
Attalia.
|
N-AFS
|
25
When they had preached the word in Perga, they went down into Attalia:Acts 14:25
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 13 words, 59 letters, 21 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαλησαντες εν περγη τον λογον κατεβησαν εις ατταλειαν
Lit: and having spoken in Perga the word, they went down to Attalia.
KJV: And when they had preached the word in Perga, they went down into Attalia:
The Report to the Church at Antioch
κακειθεν απεπλευσαν εις αντιοχειαν οθεν ησαν παραδεδομενοι τη χαριτι του θεου εις το εργον ο επληρωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547Κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
Κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
And from there
|
Conj
|
G636ἀπέπλευσανapepleusan (V-AIA-3P)
G636 ἀποπλέω apopléō ap-op-leh-o from ἀπό and πλέω; to set sail:--sail away.
|
ἀπέπλευσανapepleusan
|
they sailed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian
|
Antioch,
|
N-AFS
|
G3606ὅθενhothen (Adv)
G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
from where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3860παραδεδομένοιparadedomenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδεδομένοιparadedomenoi
|
been committed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
grace
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4137ἐπλήρωσαν.eplērōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπλήρωσαν.eplērōsan
|
they had fulfilled.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
26
there sailed to Antioch, from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Acts 14:26
Stats
Rank: #6117 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 99 letters, 35 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν απεπλευσαν εις αντιοχειαν οθεν ησαν παραδεδομενοι τη χαριτι του θεου εις το εργον ο επληρωσαν
Lit: And from there they sailed to Antioch, from where they had been committed to the grace of God for the work that they had fulfilled.
KJV: And thence sailed to Antioch, from whence they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.
References
"to Antioch"Ac 11:19: 26: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:22: 30: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:Ga 2:11: But when Peter was come to Antioch: I withstood him to the face: because he was to be blamed."recommended"Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:40: Paul chose Silas: and departed: being recommended by the brothers to the grace of God.Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.3Jo 1:6-8: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:"the work"Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.Col 1:25: 28: Whereof I am made a minister: according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you: to fulfil the word of God;Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.2Ti 4:2: 5-8: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
παραγενομενοι δε και συναγαγοντες την εκκλησιαν ανηγγειλαν οσα εποιησεν ο θεος μετ αυτων και οτι ηνοιξεν τοις εθνεσιν θυραν πιστεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3854ΠαραγενόμενοιParagenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
ΠαραγενόμενοιParagenomenoi
|
Having arrived
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4863συναγαγόντεςsynagagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναγαγόντεςsynagagontes
|
having gathered together
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαν,ekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαν,ekklēsian
|
church,
|
N-AFS
|
G312ἀνήγγελλονanēngellon (V-IIA-3P)
G312 ἀναγγέλλω anangéllō an-ang-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce (in detail):--declare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.
|
ἀνήγγελλονanēngellon
|
they began declaring
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
all that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He had opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
a door
|
N-AFS
|
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεως.pisteōs
|
of faith.
|
N-GFS
|
27
When they were come, and had gathered the church together, they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Acts 14:27
Stats
Rank: #3201 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 49 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραγενομενοι δε και συναγαγοντες την εκκλησιαν ανηγγειλαν οσα εποιησεν ο θεος μετ αυτων και οτι ηνοιξεν τοις εθνεσιν θυραν πιστεως
Lit: Having arrived now and having gathered together the church, they began declaring all that had done God with them, and that He had opened to the Gentiles a door of faith.
KJV: And when they were come, and had gathered the church together, they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how he had opened the door of faith unto the Gentiles.
References
"and had"Ac 15:4-6: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 21:20-22: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:1Co 5:4: In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: when you are gathered together: and my spirit: with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ: 1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.1Co 14:23: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place: and all speak with tongues: and there come in those that are unlearned: or unbelievers: will not they say that you are mad?"they rehearsed"Ac 15:4: 12: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ro 15:18: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Co 3:5-9: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me."opened"Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Joh 9:10: Therefore said they to him: How were your eyes opened?1Co 16:9: For a great door and effectual is opened to me: and there are many adversaries.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:Re 3:7: 8: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;
διετριβον δε εκει χρονον ουκ ολιγον συν τοις μαθηταις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1304διέτριβονdietribon (V-IIA-3P)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διέτριβονdietribon
|
They remained
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγονoligon (Adj-AMS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγονoligon
|
little
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖς.mathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖς.mathētais
|
disciples.
|
N-DMP
|
28
There they abode long time with the disciples.Acts 14:28
Stats
Rank: #7984 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 50 characters, 9 words, 41 letters, 15 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: διετριβον δε εκει χρονον ουκ ολιγον συν τοις μαθηταις
Lit: They remained then time no little with the disciples.
KJV: And there they abode long time with the disciples.
References
"And there they abode long time with the disciples."Ac 11:26: When He had found Him: He brought Him to Antioch. And it came to pass: that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church: and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch.Ac 15:35: Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch: teaching and preaching the word of the Lord: with many others also.
15
The Jerusalem Council
The Dispute over Circumcision
και τινες κατελθοντες απο της ιουδαιας εδιδασκον τους αδελφους οτι εαν μη περιτεμνησθε τω εθει μωυσεως ου δυνασθε σωθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαίKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαίKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
certain ones
|
IPro-NMP
|
G2718κατελθόντεςkatelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατελθόντεςkatelthontes
|
having come down
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
Judea
|
N-GFS
|
G1321ἐδίδασκονedidaskon (V-IIA-3P)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκονedidaskon
|
were teaching
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4059περιτμηθῆτεperitmēthēte (V-ASP-2P)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτμηθῆτεperitmēthēte
|
you are circumcised
|
V-ASP-2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
according to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1485ἔθειethei (N-DNS)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθειethei
|
custom
|
N-DNS
|
G3475Μωϋσέως,Mōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσέως,Mōuseōs
|
of Moses,
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G4982σωθῆναι.sōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναι.sōthēnai
|
to be saved.
|
V-ANP
|
1
And certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers, and said, Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses, you cannot be saved.
Acts 15:1
Stats
Rank: #580 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 23 words, 117 letters, 44 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τινες κατελθοντες απο της ιουδαιας εδιδασκον τους αδελφους οτι εαν μη περιτεμνησθε τω εθει μωυσεως ου δυνασθε σωθηναι
Lit: And certain ones having come down from Judea were teaching the brothers - , If not you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, not you are able to be saved.
KJV: And certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brethren, and said, Except ye be circumcised after the manner of Moses, ye cannot be saved.
References
"certain"Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Ga 2:4: 12: 13: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:"Except"Ac 15:5: But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed: saying: That it was needful to circumcise them: and to command them to keep the law of Moses.Ro 4:8-12: Blessed is the man to whom the Lord not will impute sin.Ga 5:1-4: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Php 3:2: 3: Beware of dogs: beware of evil workers: beware of the concision.Col 2:8: 11: 12: 16: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ."after"Ge 17:10-27: This is my covenant: which you will keep: between me and you and your seed after you; Every man child among you will be circumcised.Le 12:3: In the eighth day the flesh of his foreskin will be circumcised.Joh 7:22: Moses therefore gave to you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses: but of the fathers;) and you on the sabbath day circumcise a man."ye"Ac 15:24: Forasmuch as we have heard: that certain which went out from us have troubled you with words: subverting your souls: saying: You must be circumcised: and keep the law: to whom we gave no such commandment:1Co 7:18: 19: Is any man called being circumcised? let not him become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let not him be circumcised.Ga 2:1: 3: Then 14 years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas: and took Titus with me also.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Ga 6:13-16: For neither they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but desire to have you circumcised: that they may glory in your flesh.
γενομενης ουν στασεως και συζητησεως ουκ ολιγης τω παυλω και τω βαρναβα προς αυτους εταξαν αναβαινειν παυλον και βαρναβαν και τινας αλλους εξ αυτων προς τους αποστολους και πρεσβυτερους εις ιερουσαλημ περι του ζητηματος τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
Having been brought about
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4714στάσεωςstaseōs (N-GFS)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσεωςstaseōs
|
commotion
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2214ζητήσεωςzētēseōs (N-GFS)
G2214 ζήτησις zḗtēsis dzay-tay-sis from ζητέω; a searching (properly, the act), i.e. a dispute or its theme:--question.
|
ζητήσεωςzētēseōs
|
discussion
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγηςoligēs (Adj-GFS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγηςoligēs
|
small
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
by Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba (N-DMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba
|
Barnabas
|
N-DMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5021ἔταξανetaxan (V-AIA-3P)
G5021 τάσσω tássō tas-so a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose (to a certain position or lot):--addict, appoint, determine, ordain, set.
|
ἔταξανetaxan
|
they appointed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G305ἀναβαίνεινanabainein (V-PNA)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνεινanabainein
|
to go up
|
V-PNA
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G243ἄλλουςallous (Adj-AMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλουςallous
|
others
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2213ζητήματοςzētēmatos (N-GNS)
G2213 ζήτημα zḗtēma dzay-tay-mah from ζητέω; a search (properly concretely), i.e. (in words) a debate:--question.
|
ζητήματοςzētēmatos
|
question
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτου.toutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου.toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GNS
|
2
When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Acts 15:2
Stats
Counts: 226 characters, 34 words, 186 letters, 72 vowels, 114 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενης ουν στασεως και συζητησεως ουκ ολιγης τω παυλω και τω βαρναβα προς αυτους εταξαν αναβαινειν παυλον και βαρναβαν και τινας αλλους εξ αυτων προς τους αποστολους και πρεσβυτερους εις ιερουσαλημ περι του ζητηματος τουτου
Lit: Having been brought about then commotion and discussion no small by Paul and Barnabas with them, they appointed to go up Paul and Barnabas and certain others out from them, to the apostles and elders, to Jerusalem, about the question this.
KJV: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question.
References
"Paul"Ac 15:7: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Ga 1:6-10: I marvel that you are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ to another gospel:Ga 2:5: To whom we gave place by subjection: no: not for an hour; that the truth of the gospel might continue with you.Jude 1:3: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints."they determined"Ac 15:25: It seemed good to us: being assembled with one accord: to send chosen men to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul: Ex 18:23: If you will do this thing: and God command you so: then you will be able to endure: and all this people will also go to their place in peace.Ga 2:1: 2: Then 14 years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas: and took Titus with me also."certain"Ac 15:22: 27: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:Ac 10:23: Then called he them in: and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them: and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.Ac 11:12: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:"should"Ac 15:4: 22: 23: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.1Sa 8:7: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.1Co 9:19-23: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ga 2:2: I went up by revelation: and communicated to them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles: but privately to them which were of reputation: lest by any means I should run: or had run: in vain.Phm 1:8: 9: For what reason: though I might be much bold in Christ to enjoin you that which is convenient: "the apostles"Ac 15:6: 23: The apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter.Ac 21:18: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.1Co 1:1: Paul: called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God: and Sosthenes our brother: 2Co 11:5: For I suppose I not was a whit behind the very chief apostles.
οι μεν ουν προπεμφθεντες υπο της εκκλησιας διηρχοντο την φοινικην και σαμαρειαν εκδιηγουμενοι την επιστροφην των εθνων και εποιουν χαραν μεγαλην πασιν τοις αδελφοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
They
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4311προπεμφθέντεςpropemphthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G4311 προπέμπω propémpō prop-em-po from πρό and πέμπω; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in travel:--accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth.
|
προπεμφθέντεςpropemphthentes
|
having been sent forward
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1330διήρχοντοdiērchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διήρχοντοdiērchonto
|
were passing through
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G5403ΦοινίκηνPhoinikēn (N-AFS)
G5403 Φοινίκη Phoiníkē foy-nee-kay from φοῖνιξ; palm-country; Phœnice (or Phœnicia), a region of Palestine:--Phenice, Phenicia.
|
ΦοινίκηνPhoinikēn
|
Phoenicia
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4540ΣαμάρειανSamareian (N-AFS)
G4540 Σαμάρεια Samáreia sam-ar-i-ah of Hebrew origin (שֹׁמְרוֹן); Samaria (i.e. Shomeron), a city and region of Palestine:--Samaria.
|
ΣαμάρειανSamareian
|
Samaria,
|
N-AFS
|
G1555ἐκδιηγούμενοιekdiēgoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1555 ἐκδιηγέομαι ekdiēgéomai ek-dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and a compound of διά and ἡγέομαι; to narrate through wholly:--declare.
|
ἐκδιηγούμενοιekdiēgoumenoi
|
relating in detail
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1995ἐπιστροφὴνepistrophēn (N-AFS)
G1995 ἐπιστροφή epistrophḗ ep-is-trof-ay from ἐπιστρέφω; reversion, i.e. morally, revolution:--conversion.
|
ἐπιστροφὴνepistrophēn
|
conversion
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν,ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν,ethnōn
|
Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίουνepoioun (V-IIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίουνepoioun
|
they were bringing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5479χαρὰνcharan (N-AFS)
G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρὰνcharan
|
joy
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖς.adelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖς.adelphois
|
brothers.
|
N-DMP
|
3
Being brought on their way by the church, they passed through Phenice and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Acts 15:3
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 27 words, 144 letters, 51 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν προπεμφθεντες υπο της εκκλησιας διηρχοντο την φοινικην και σαμαρειαν εκδιηγουμενοι την επιστροφην των εθνων και εποιουν χαραν μεγαλην πασιν τοις αδελφοις
Lit: They indeed therefore having been sent forward by the church were passing through both Phoenicia and Samaria, relating in detail the conversion of the Gentiles, and they were bringing joy great to all the brothers.
KJV: And being brought on their way by the church, they passed through Phenice and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto all the brethren.
References
"brought"Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ac 28:15: From there: when the brothers heard of us: they came to meet us as far as Appii forum: and The 3 taverns: whom when Paul saw: He thanked God: and took courage.Ro 15:24: Whensoever I take my journey into Spain: I will come to you: for I trust to see you in my journey: and to be brought on my way thitherward by you: if first I be somewhat filled with your company.1Co 16:6: 11: It may be that I will abide: yes: and winter with you: that you may bring me on my journey wherever I go.Tit 3:13: Bring Zenas the lawyer and Apollos on their journey diligently: not thathing be wanting to them.3Jo 1:6-8: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:"passed"Ac 8:14: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only."declaring"Ac 15:12: Then all the multitude kept silence: and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul: declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 21:19: 20: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry."they caused"Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 13:48: 52: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Isa 60:4: 5: Lift up your eyes round about: and see: all they gather themselves together: they come to you: your sons will come from far: and your daughters will be nursed at your side.Isa 66:12-14: For thus says the LORD: Look: I will extend peace to her like a river: and the glory of the Gentiles like a flowing stream: then will you suck: you will be borne upon her sides: and be dandled upon her knees.Lu 15:5-10: 23: 24: 32: When he has found it: he lays it on his shoulders: rejoicing.
παραγενομενοι δε εις ιερουσαλημ απεδεχθησαν υπο της εκκλησιας και των αποστολων και των πρεσβυτερων ανηγγειλαν τε οσα ο θεος εποιησεν μετ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3854παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi
|
Having come
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G3858παρεδέχθησανparedechthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3858 παραδέχομαι paradéchomai par-ad-ekh-om-ahee from παρά and δέχομαι; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by implication) delight in:--receive.
|
παρεδέχθησανparedechthēsan
|
they were welcomed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn
|
elders.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G312ἀνήγγειλάνanēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G312 ἀναγγέλλω anangéllō an-ang-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce (in detail):--declare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.
|
ἀνήγγειλάνanēngeilan
|
They declared
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
all that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
4
When they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church, and of the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God had done with them.Acts 15:4
Stats
Counts: 161 characters, 27 words, 128 letters, 45 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραγενομενοι δε εις ιερουσαλημ απεδεχθησαν υπο της εκκλησιας και των αποστολων και των πρεσβυτερων ανηγγειλαν τε οσα ο θεος εποιησεν μετ αυτων
Lit: Having come then to Jerusalem, they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders. They declared then all that God had done with them.
KJV: And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church, and of the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God had done with them.
References
"received"Ac 18:27: When he was disposed to pass into Achaia: the brothers wrote: exhorting the disciples to receive him: who: when he was come: helped them much which had believed through grace:Ac 21:17: When we were come to Jerusalem: the brothers received us gladly.Mt 10:40: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives you receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me: and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Ro 15:7: For what reason receive you one another: as Christ also received us to the glory of God.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:3Jo 1:8-10: We therefore ought to receive such: that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth."all"Ac 15:3: 12: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ro 15:18: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Co 5:19: To wit: that God was in Christ: reconciling the world to Himself: not imputing their trespasses to them; and has committed to us the word of reconciliation.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.
εξανεστησαν δε τινες των απο της αιρεσεως των φαρισαιων πεπιστευκοτες λεγοντες οτι δει περιτεμνειν αυτους παραγγελλειν τε τηρειν τον νομον μωυσεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1817ἘξανέστησανExanestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1817 ἐξανίστημι exanístēmi ex-an-is-tay-mee from ἐκ and ἀνίστημι; objectively, to produce, i.e. (figuratively) beget; subjectively, to arise, i.e. (figuratively) object:--raise (rise) up.
|
ἘξανέστησανExanestēsan
|
Rose up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
certain
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G139αἱρέσεωςhaireseōs (N-GFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἱρέσεωςhaireseōs
|
sect
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees
|
N-GMP
|
G4100πεπιστευκότες,pepisteukotes (V-RPA-NMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκότες,pepisteukotes
|
who believed,
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1163Δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
Δεῖdei
|
It is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4059περιτέμνεινperitemnein (V-PNA)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτέμνεινperitemnein
|
to circumcise
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3853παραγγέλλεινparangellein (V-PNA)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγέλλεινparangellein
|
to command them
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5083τηρεῖνtērein (V-PNA)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖνtērein
|
to keep
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G3475Μωϋσέως.Mōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσέως.Mōuseōs
|
of Moses.
|
N-GMS
|
5
But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed, saying, That it was needful to circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law of Moses.
Acts 15:5
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 28 words, 130 letters, 50 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξανεστησαν δε τινες των απο της αιρεσεως των φαρισαιων πεπιστευκοτες λεγοντες οτι δει περιτεμνειν αυτους παραγγελλειν τε τηρειν τον νομον μωυσεως
Lit: Rose up now certain of those of the sect of the Pharisees who believed, saying - , It is necessary to circumcise them, to command them then to keep the law of Moses.
KJV: But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed, saying, That it was needful to circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law of Moses.
References
"the sect"Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:Ac 26:5: 6: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Php 3:5-8: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"That it"Ac 15:1: 24: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ga 5:1-3: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.
συνηχθησαν δε οι αποστολοι και οι πρεσβυτεροι ιδειν περι του λογου τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4863ΣυνήχθησάνSynēchthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
ΣυνήχθησάνSynēchthēsan
|
Were gathered together
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
matter
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου.toutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου.toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GMS
|
6
The apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter.Acts 15:6
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 13 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνηχθησαν δε οι αποστολοι και οι πρεσβυτεροι ιδειν περι του λογου τουτου
Lit: Were gathered together then the apostles and the elders to see about the matter this.
KJV: And the apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter.
References
"And the apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter."Ac 15:25: It seemed good to us: being assembled with one accord: to send chosen men to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul: Ac 6:2: Then the 12 called the multitude of the disciples to them: and said: It not is reason that we should leave the word of God: and serve tables.Ac 21:18: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.Pr 15:22: Without counsel purposes are disappointed: but in the multitude of counsellers they are established.Mt 18:20: For where two or 3 are gathered together in my name: there am I in the middle of them.Heb 13:7: 17: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.
Peter, Barnabas, and Paul Make Their Arguments
πολλης δε συζητησεως γενομενης αναστας πετρος ειπεν προς αυτους ανδρες αδελφοι υμεις επιστασθε οτι αφ ημερων αρχαιων ο θεος εν ημιν εξελεξατο δια του στοματος μου ακουσαι τα εθνη τον λογον του ευαγγελιου και πιστευσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183ΠολλῆςPollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
ΠολλῆςPollēs
|
Of much
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2214ζητήσεωςzētēseōs (N-GFS)
G2214 ζήτησις zḗtēsis dzay-tay-sis from ζητέω; a searching (properly, the act), i.e. a dispute or its theme:--question.
|
ζητήσεωςzētēseōs
|
discussion
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having taken place,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
having risen up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4074ΠέτροςPetros (N-NMS)
G4074 Πέτρος Pétros pet-ros apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than λίθος); as a name, Petrus, an apostle:--Peter, rock. Compare Κηφᾶς.
|
ΠέτροςPetros
|
Peter
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1987ἐπίστασθεepistasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίστασθεepistasthe
|
know
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G744ἀρχαίωνarchaiōn (Adj-GFP)
G744 ἀρχαῖος archaîos ar-khah-yos from ἀρχή; original or primeval:--(them of) old (time).
|
ἀρχαίωνarchaiōn
|
early,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
chose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματόςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματόςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou (N-GNS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou
|
gospel,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεῦσαι.pisteusai (V-ANA)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεῦσαι.pisteusai
|
to believe.
|
V-ANA
|
7
When there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said to them, Men and brothers, you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and believe.
Acts 15:7
Stats
Rank: #3103 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 39 words, 180 letters, 68 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλης δε συζητησεως γενομενης αναστας πετρος ειπεν προς αυτους ανδρες αδελφοι υμεις επιστασθε οτι αφ ημερων αρχαιων ο θεος εν ημιν εξελεξατο δια του στοματος μου ακουσαι τα εθνη τον λογον του ευαγγελιου και πιστευσαι
Lit: Of much now discussion having taken place, having risen up, Peter said to them, Men, brothers, you know that from days early, among you chose God by the mouth of me to hear the Gentiles the word of the gospel, and to believe.
KJV: And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Men and brethren, ye know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and believe.
References
"much"Ac 15:2: 39: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Php 2:14: Do all things without murmurings and disputings:"ye know"Ac 10:5: 6: 20: 32-48: Now send men to Joppa: and call for one Simon: whose surname is Peter:Ac 11:12-18: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:Mt 16:18: 19: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it."God"Ac 1:24: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen: Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.1Ch 28:4: 5: Howbeit the LORD God of Israel chose me before all the house of my father to be king over Israel for ever: for He has chosen Judah to be the ruler; and of the house of Judah: the house of my father; and among the sons of my father He liked me to make me king over all Israel:Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Ga 2:7-9: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;"by my"Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ac 3:18: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.Ac 4:25: Who by the mouth of your servant David have said: Why did the heathen rage: and the people imagine vain things?Ex 4:12: Now therefore go: and I will be with your mouth: and teach you what you will say.Jer 1:9: Then the LORD put forth His hand: and touched my mouth. And the LORD said to me: Look: I have put my words in your mouth.Ro 10:17: 18: So then faith cometh by hearing: and hearing by the word of God.
και ο καρδιογνωστης θεος εμαρτυρησεν αυτοις δους αυτοις το πνευμα το αγιον καθως και ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2589καρδιογνώστηςkardiognōstēs (N-NMS)
G2589 καρδιογνώστης kardiognṓstēs kar-dee-og-noce-tace from καρδία and γινώσκω; a heart-knower:--which knowest the hearts.
|
καρδιογνώστηςkardiognōstēs
|
heart-knowing
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3140ἐμαρτύρησενemartyrēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτύρησενemartyrēsen
|
bore witness
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DN3P
|
G1325δοὺςdous (V-APA-NMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοὺςdous
|
having given them
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
8
God, which knows the hearts, bare them witness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as He did to us;Acts 15:8
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 27 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο καρδιογνωστης θεος εμαρτυρησεν αυτοις δους αυτοις το πνευμα το αγιον καθως και ημιν
Lit: And the heart-knowing God bore witness to them, having given them the Spirit Holy, as also to us,
KJV: And God, which knoweth the hearts, bare them witness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as he did unto us;
References
"which"Ac 1:24: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen: 1Sa 16:7: But the LORD said to Samuel: not Look on His face: or on the height of His stature; because I have refused Him: for the LORD sees not as man sees; for man looks'>looks on the outward appearance: but the LORD looks'>looks on the heart.1Ki 8:39: Then hear you in heaven your dwelling place: and forgive: and do: and give to every man according to his ways: whose heart you know'>know; (for you: even you only: know'>know the hearts of all the children of men;)1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ch 29:17: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.Ps 44:21: Will not God search this out? for He knows the secrets of the heart.Ps 139:1: 2: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: you have searched me: and known me.Jer 11:20: But: O LORD of hosts: that judge righteously: that try the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I revealed my cause.Jer 17:10: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.Jer 20:12: But: O LORD of hosts: that try the righteous: and see the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I opened my cause.Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works."bare"Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Joh 5:37: The Father Himself: which has sent me: has borne witness of me. You have neither heard His voice at any time: nor seen His shape.Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"giving"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 10:44: 45: While Peter yet spoke these words: the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Ac 11:15-17: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.
και ουδεν διεκρινεν μεταξυ ημων τε και αυτων τη πιστει καθαρισας τας καρδιας αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐθὲνouthen (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐθὲνouthen
|
not one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1252διέκρινενdiekrinen (V-AIA-3S)
G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διέκρινενdiekrinen
|
He made distinction
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3342μεταξὺmetaxy (Prep)
G3342 μεταξύ metaxý met-ax-oo from μετά and a form of σύν; betwixt (of place or person); (of time) as adjective, intervening, or (by implication) adjoining:--between, mean while, next.
|
μεταξὺmetaxy
|
between
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
by the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστειpistei
|
faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2511καθαρίσαςkatharisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίσαςkatharisas
|
having purified
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GN3P
|
9
Put no difference between us and them, purifying their hearts by faith.Acts 15:9
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 12 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουδεν διεκρινεν μεταξυ ημων τε και αυτων τη πιστει καθαρισας τας καρδιας αυτων
Lit: and not one He made distinction between us also and them, by the faith having purified the hearts of them.
KJV: And put no difference between us and them, purifying their hearts by faith.
References
"put"Ac 14:1: 27: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ro 3:9: 22: 29: 30: What then? are we better than they? No: in no wise: for we have before proved both Jews and Gentiles: that they are all under sin;Ro 4:11: 12: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?Ro 10:11-13: For the scripture says: Whoever believes on him will not be ashamed.1Co 7:18: Is any man called being circumcised? let not him become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let not him be circumcised.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Eph 2:14-22: For he is our peace: who has made both one: and has broken down the middle wall of partition between us;Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."purifying"Ac 10:15: 28: 43: 44: The voice spoke to Him again the second time: What God has cleansed: that not call you common.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Heb 9:13: 14: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:
νυν ουν τι πειραζετε τον θεον επιθειναι ζυγον επι τον τραχηλον των μαθητων ον ουτε οι πατερες ημων ουτε ημεις ισχυσαμεν βαστασαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3568Νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
Νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3985πειράζετεpeirazete (V-PIA-2P)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράζετεpeirazete
|
are you testing
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2007ἐπιθεῖναιepitheinai (V-ANA)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθεῖναιepitheinai
|
to put
|
V-ANA
|
G2218ζυγὸνzygon (N-AMS)
G2218 ζυγός zygós dzoo-gos from the root of (to join, especially by a yoke); a coupling, i.e. (figuratively) servitude (a law or obligation); also (literally) the beam of the balance (as connecting the scales):--pair of balances, yoke.
|
ζυγὸνzygon
|
a yoke
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5137τράχηλονtrachēlon (N-AMS)
G5137 τράχηλος tráchēlos trakh-ay-los probably from τρέχω (through the idea of mobility); the throat (neck), i.e. (figuratively) life:--neck.
|
τράχηλονtrachēlon
|
neck
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶν,mathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶν,mathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we,
|
PPro-N1P
|
G2480ἰσχύσαμενischysamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἰσχύσαμενischysamen
|
have been able
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G941βαστάσαι;bastasai (V-ANA)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάσαι;bastasai
|
to bear?
|
V-ANA
|
10
Now therefore why tempt you God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?Acts 15:10
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 24 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυν ουν τι πειραζετε τον θεον επιθειναι ζυγον επι τον τραχηλον των μαθητων ον ουτε οι πατερες ημων ουτε ημεις ισχυσαμεν βαστασαι
Lit: Now therefore, why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples that neither the fathers of us, nor we, have been able to bear?
KJV: Now therefore why tempt ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
References
"Why"Ex 17:2: For what reason the people did chide with Moses: and said: Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said to them: Why chide you with me? for what reason do you tempt the LORD?Isa 7:12: But Ahaz said: I not will ask: neither will I tempt the LORD.Mt 4:7: Jesus said to Him: It is written again: You will not tempt the Lord your God.Heb 3:9: When your fathers tempted me: proved me: and saw my works 40 years."put"Mt 11:28-30: Come to me: all you that labour and are heavy laden: and I will give you rest.Mt 23:4: For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne: and lay them on men's shoulders; but they themselves not will move them with one of their fingers.Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage."which"Ga 4:1-5: 9: Now I say: That the heir: as long as he is a child: differs nothing from a servant: though he be lord of all;Heb 9:9: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;
αλλα δια της χαριτος κυριου ιησου χριστου πιστευομεν σωθηναι καθ ον τροπον κακεινοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G4100πιστεύομενpisteuomen (V-PIA-1P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύομενpisteuomen
|
we believe
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G4982σωθῆναιsōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναιsōthēnai
|
to be saved,
|
V-ANP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
the same
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5158τρόπονtropon (N-AMS)
G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.
|
τρόπονtropon
|
manner as
|
N-AMS
|
G2548κἀκεῖνοι.kakeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοι.kakeinoi
|
they also.
|
DPro-NMP
|
11
But we believe that through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we will be saved, even as they.Acts 15:11
Stats
Rank: #2845 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 18 words, 75 letters, 27 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα δια της χαριτος κυριου ιησου χριστου πιστευομεν σωθηναι καθ ον τροπον κακεινοι
Lit: But by the grace of the Lord Jesus, we believe to be saved, in the same manner as they also.
KJV: But we believe that through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we shall be saved, even as they.
References
"that"Ro 3:24: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 5:20: 21: Moreover the law entered: that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded: grace did much more abound:Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.1Co 16:23: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.2Co 13:14: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ: and the love of God: and the communion of the Holy Ghost: be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi: a city of Macedonia: by Titus and Lucas.]>>Ga 1:6: I marvel that you are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ to another gospel:Ga 2:16: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Eph 1:6: 7: To the praise of the glory of his grace: wherein he has made us accepted in the beloved.Eph 2:7-9: That in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus.Tit 2:11: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: Tit 3:4-7: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
εσιγησεν δε παν το πληθος και ηκουον βαρναβα και παυλου εξηγουμενων οσα εποιησεν ο θεος σημεια και τερατα εν τοις εθνεσιν δι αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4601ἘσίγησενEsigēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
ἘσίγησενEsigēsen
|
Kept silent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθος,plēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθος,plēthos
|
multitude,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουονēkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουονēkouon
|
were listening to
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G921ΒαρνάβαBarnaba (N-GMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαBarnaba
|
Barnabas
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G1834ἐξηγουμένωνexēgoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G1834 ἐξηγέομαι exēgéomai ex-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and ἡγέομαι; to consider out (aloud), i.e. rehearse, unfold:--declare, tell.
|
ἐξηγουμένωνexēgoumenōn
|
relating
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέραταterata (N-ANP)
G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέραταterata
|
wonders,
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
12
Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them.Acts 15:12
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 24 words, 128 letters, 47 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσιγησεν δε παν το πληθος και ηκουον βαρναβα και παυλου εξηγουμενων οσα εποιησεν ο θεος σημεια και τερατα εν τοις εθνεσιν δι αυτων
Lit: Kept silent now all the multitude, and were listening to Barnabas and Paul relating what had done God, signs and wonders, among the Gentiles by them.
KJV: Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them.
References
"declaring"Ac 15:4: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.
James, the Brother of Jesus, Makes the Ruling
μετα δε το σιγησαι αυτους απεκριθη ιακωβος λεγων ανδρες αδελφοι ακουσατε μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4601σιγῆσαιsigēsai (V-ANA)
G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
σιγῆσαιsigēsai
|
were silent
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2385ἸάκωβοςIakōbos (N-NMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
ἸάκωβοςIakōbos
|
James,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G191ἀκούσατέakousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσατέakousate
|
hear
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
13
After they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Men and brothers, listen to me:
Acts 15:13
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 12 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε το σιγησαι αυτους απεκριθη ιακωβος λεγων ανδρες αδελφοι ακουσατε μου
Lit: After now were silent they, answered James, saying, Men, brothers, hear me.
KJV: And after they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Men and brethren, hearken unto me:
References
"after"1Co 14:30-33: If any thing be revealed to another that sits by: let the first hold his peace.Jas 1:19: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:"James"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 21:18: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.Mr 15:40: There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene: and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses: and Salome;Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Ga 2:9: 12: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."Men"Ac 2:14: 22: 29: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.
συμεων εξηγησατο καθως πρωτον ο θεος επεσκεψατο λαβειν εξ εθνων λαον επι τω ονοματι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4826ΣυμεὼνSymeōn (N-NMS)
G4826 Συμεών Symeṓn soom-eh-one from the same as Σίμων; Symeon (i.e. Shimon), the name of five Israelites:--Simeon, Simon.
|
ΣυμεὼνSymeōn
|
Simeon
|
N-NMS
|
G1834ἐξηγήσατοexēgēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G1834 ἐξηγέομαι exēgéomai ex-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and ἡγέομαι; to consider out (aloud), i.e. rehearse, unfold:--declare, tell.
|
ἐξηγήσατοexēgēsato
|
has related
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1980ἐπεσκέψατοepeskepsato (V-AIM-3S)
G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.
|
ἐπεσκέψατοepeskepsato
|
visited,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
the Gentiles
|
N-GNP
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
a people
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
14
Simeon has declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name.Acts 15:14
Stats
Rank: #2093 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 21 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: συμεων εξηγησατο καθως πρωτον ο θεος επεσκεψατο λαβειν εξ εθνων λαον επι τω ονοματι αυτου
Lit: Simeon has related how first God visited, to take out of the Gentiles a people for the name of Him.
KJV: Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name.
References
"Simeon"2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:"declared"Ac 15:7-9: When there had been much disputing: Peter rose up: and said to them: Men and brothers: you know how that a good while ago God made choice among us: that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel: and believe.Lu 1:68: 78: Blessed be the Lord God of Israel; for He has visited and redeemed His people: Lu 2:31: 32: Which you have prepared before the face of all people;"to take"Isa 43:21: This people have I formed for myself; they will show forth my praise.Isa 55:11-13: So will my word be that goes forth out of my mouth: it will not return to me void: but it will accomplish that which I please: and it will prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.1Pe 2:9: 10: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:
και τουτω συμφωνουσιν οι λογοι των προφητων καθως γεγραπται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
with this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G4856συμφωνοῦσινsymphōnousin (V-PIA-3P)
G4856 συμφωνέω symphōnéō soom-fo-neh-o from σύμφωνος; to be harmonious, i.e. (figuratively) to accord (be suitable, concur) or stipulate (by compact):--agree (together, with).
|
συμφωνοῦσινsymphōnousin
|
agree
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
words
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν,prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν,prophētōn
|
prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it is written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
15
To this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written,Acts 15:15
Stats
Counts: 62 characters, 12 words, 48 letters, 17 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τουτω συμφωνουσιν οι λογοι των προφητων καθως γεγραπται
Lit: And with this agree the words of the prophets, as it is written:
KJV: And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written,
References
"And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written,"Ac 13:47: For so has the Lord commanded us: saying: I have set you to be a light of the Gentiles: that you should be for salvation to the ends of the earth.Ro 15:8-12: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:
μετα ταυτα αναστρεψω και ανοικοδομησω την σκηνην δαβιδ την πεπτωκυιαν και τα κατεσκαμμενα αυτης ανοικοδομησω και ανορθωσω αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G390ἀναστρέψωanastrepsō (V-FIA-1S)
G390 ἀναστρέφω anastréphō an-as-tref-o from ἀνά and στρέφω; to overturn; also to return; by implication, to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:--abide, behave self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return, be used.
|
ἀναστρέψωanastrepsō
|
I will return
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G456ἀνοικοδομήσωanoikodomēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G456 ἀνοικοδομέω anoikodoméō an-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἀνά and οἰκοδομέω; to rebuild:--build again.
|
ἀνοικοδομήσωanoikodomēsō
|
will rebuild
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4633σκηνὴνskēnēn (N-AFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴνskēnēn
|
tabernacle
|
N-AFS
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
of David
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
which
|
Art-AFS
|
G4098πεπτωκυῖαν,peptōkuian (V-RPA-AFS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεπτωκυῖαν,peptōkuian
|
has fallen,
|
V-RPA-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2679κατεσκαμμένα*kateskammena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G2679 κατασκάπτω kataskáptō kat-as-kap-to from κατά and σκάπτω; to undermine, i.e. (by implication) destroy:--dig down, ruin.
|
κατεσκαμμένα*kateskammena
|
ruins
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G456ἀνοικοδομήσωanoikodomēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G456 ἀνοικοδομέω anoikodoméō an-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἀνά and οἰκοδομέω; to rebuild:--build again.
|
ἀνοικοδομήσωanoikodomēsō
|
I will rebuild,
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G461ἀνορθώσωanorthōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G461 ἀνορθόω anorthóō an-orth-o-o from ἀνά and a derivative of the base of ὀρθός; to straighten up:--lift (set) up, make straight.
|
ἀνορθώσωanorthōsō
|
I will set upright
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτήν,autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν,autēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
16
After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up:Acts 15:16
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 122 letters, 47 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα ταυτα αναστρεψω και ανοικοδομησω την σκηνην δαβιδ την πεπτωκυιαν και τα κατεσκαμμενα αυτης ανοικοδομησω και ανορθωσω αυτην
Lit: After these things I will return and will rebuild the tabernacle of David which has fallen, and the ruins of it I will rebuild, and I will set upright it,
KJV: After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up:
References
"this"Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:"build again the tabernacle"2Sa 7:11-16: As since the time that I commanded judges to be over my people Israel: and have caused you to rest from all your enemies. Also the LORD tells you that He will make you an house.1Ki 12:16: So when all Israel saw that the king listened not to them: the people answered the king: saying: What portion have we in David? neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse: to your tents: O Israel: now see to your own house: David. So Israel departed to their tents.Ps 89:35-49: Once have I sworn by my holiness that I not will lie to David.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 33:24-26: Consider you not what this people have spoken: saying: The two families which the LORD has chosen: He has even cast them off? thus they have despised my people: that they should be no more a nation before them.Eze 17:22-24: Thus says the Lord GOD; I will also take of the high branch of the high cedar: and will set it; I will crop off from the top of His young twigs a tender one: and will plant it upon an high mountain and eminent:Zec 13:8: It will come to pass: that in all the land: says the LORD: two parts therein will be cut off and die; but the third will be left therein.Mt 1:20-25: But while He thought on these things: look: the angel of the Lord appeared to Him in a dream: saying: Joseph: you son of David: not fear to take to you Mary your wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost.Lu 1:31-33: 69: 70: And: look: you will conceive in your womb: and bring forth a son: and will call his name JESUS.
οπως αν εκζητησωσιν οι καταλοιποι των ανθρωπων τον κυριον και παντα τα εθνη εφ ους επικεκληται το ονομα μου επ αυτους λεγει κυριος ο ποιων ταυτα παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1567ἐκζητήσωσινekzētēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1567 ἐκζητέω ekzētéō ek-zay-teh-o from ἐκ and ζητέω; to search out, i.e. (figuratively)investigate, crave, demand, (by Hebraism) worship:--en- (re-)quire, seek after (carefully, diligently).
|
ἐκζητήσωσινekzētēsōsin
|
may seek out
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2645κατάλοιποιkataloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G2645 κατάλοιπος katáloipos kat-al-oy-pos from κατά and λοιποί; left down (behind), i.e remaining (plural the rest):--residue.
|
κατάλοιποιkataloipoi
|
remnant
|
Adj-NMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles,
|
N-NNP
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1941ἐπικέκληταιepikeklētai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικέκληταιepikeklētai
|
has been called
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
doing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
17
That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, says the Lord, who does all these things.Acts 15:17
Stats
Rank: #1393 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 40 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπως αν εκζητησωσιν οι καταλοιποι των ανθρωπων τον κυριον και παντα τα εθνη εφ ους επικεκληται το ονομα μου επ αυτους λεγει κυριος ο ποιων ταυτα παντα
Lit: so that may seek out the remnant of men the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom has been called the name of Me upon them, says the Lord, doing these things,
KJV: That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things.
References
"the residue"Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ps 22:26: 27: The meek will eat and be satisfied: they will praise the LORD that seek Him: your heart will live for ever.Ps 67:1-3: A Psalm or Song.>> God be merciful to us: and bless us; and cause His face to shine upon us; Selah.Ps 72:17-19: His name will endure for ever: his name will be continued as long as the sun: and men will be blessed in him: all nations will call him blessed.Isa 2:2: 3: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Isa 11:10: In that day there will be a root of Jesse: which will stand for an ensign of the people; to it will the Gentiles seek: and his rest will be glorious.Isa 19:23-25: In that day will there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria: and the Assyrian will come into Egypt: and the Egyptian into Assyria: and the Egyptians will serve with the Assyrians.Isa 24:15: 16: For what reason glorify you the LORD in the fires: even the name of the LORD God of Israel in the isles of the sea.Isa 49:6: 7: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 66:18-21: For I know their works and their thoughts: it will come: that I will gather all nations and tongues; and they will come: and see my glory.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Ho 2:23: I will sow her to me in the earth; and I will have mercy upon her that not had obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not my people: You are my people; and they will say: You are my God.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Mic 4:1: 2: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Mic 5:7: The remnant of Jacob will be in the middle of many people as a dew from the LORD: as the showers upon the grass: that tarries not for man: nor waits for the sons of men.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts."the Gentiles"Ge 48:16: The Angel which redeemed me from all evil: bless the lads; and let my name be named on them: and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaac; and let them grow into a multitude in the middle of the earth.Nu 6:27: They will put my name upon the children of Israel; and I will bless them.Isa 43:7: Even every one that is called by my name: for I have created him for my glory: I have formed him; yes: I have made him.Isa 65:1: I am sought of them that not asked for me; I am found of them that sought not me: I said: Look me: look me: to a nation that not was called by my name."who"Nu 24:23: He took up His parable: and said: Alas: who will live when God does this!Isa 45:7: 8: I form the light: and create darkness: I make peace: and create evil: I the LORD do all these things.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?
γνωστα απ αιωνος εστιν τω θεω παντα τα εργα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1110γνωστὰgnōsta (Adj-ANP)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὰgnōsta
|
known
|
Adj-ANP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G165αἰῶνος.aiōnos (N-GMS)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνος.aiōnos
|
eternity.’
|
N-GMS
|
G1510⧼ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
⧼ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316θεῷtheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεῷtheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦ⧽.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ⧽.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
18
Known to God are all His works from the beginning of the world.Acts 15:18
Stats
Rank: #3334 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 13 words, 52 letters, 17 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωστα απ αιωνος εστιν τω θεω παντα τα εργα αυτου
Lit: known from eternity.’ are to God all the works of him.
KJV: Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world.
References
"Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world."Ac 17:26: has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and has determined the times before appointed: and the bounds of their habitation;Nu 23:19: God is not a man: that He should lie; neither the son of man: that He should repent: has He said: and will He not">not He do it? or has He spoken: and will He not">not He make it good?Isa 41:22: 23: Let them bring them forth: and show us what will happen: let them show the former things: what they be: that we may consider them: and know the latter end of them; or declare us things for to come.Isa 44:7: Who: as I: will call: and will declare it: and set it in order for me: since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming: and will come: let them show to them.Isa 46:9: 10: Remember the former things of old: for I am God: and there is none else; I am God: and there is none like me: Mt 13:35: That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: saying: I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter things which have been kept secret from the foundation of the world.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Eph 1:4: 11: According as he has chosen us in him before the foundation of the world: that we should be holy and without blame before him in love:Eph 3:9: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:2Th 2:13: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.
The Four Things
διο εγω κρινω μη παρενοχλειν τοις απο των εθνων επιστρεφουσιν επι τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1352Διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
Διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2919κρίνωkrinō (V-PIA-1S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνωkrinō
|
judge
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3926παρενοχλεῖνparenochlein (V-PNA)
G3926 παρενοχλέω parenochléō par-en-okh-leh-o from παρά and ἐνοχλέω; to harass further, i.e. annoy:--trouble.
|
παρενοχλεῖνparenochlein
|
to trouble
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those who,
|
Art-DMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G1994ἐπιστρέφουσινepistrephousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέφουσινepistrephousin
|
are turning
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
19
For what reason my sentence is, that we not trouble them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God:Acts 15:19
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο εγω κρινω μη παρενοχλειν τοις απο των εθνων επιστρεφουσιν επι τον θεον
Lit: Therefore I judge not to trouble those who, from the Gentiles, are turning to God,
KJV: Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God:
References
"that"Ac 15:10: 24: 28: Now therefore why tempt you God: to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples: which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?Ga 1:7-10: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ.Ga 2:4: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:Ga 5:11: 12: I: brothers: if I yet preach circumcision: why do I yet suffer persecution? then is the offence of the cross ceased."turned"Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;
αλλα επιστειλαι αυτοις του απεχεσθαι απο των αλισγηματων των ειδωλων και της πορνειας και του πνικτου και του αιματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1989ἐπιστεῖλαιepisteilai (V-ANA)
G1989 ἐπιστέλλω epistéllō ep-ee-stel-lo from ἐπί and στέλλω; to enjoin (by writing), i.e. (genitive case) to communicate by letter (for any purpose):--write (a letter, unto).
|
ἐπιστεῖλαιepisteilai
|
to write
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G568ἀπέχεσθαιapechesthai (V-PNM)
G568 ἀπέχω apéchō ap-ekh-o from ἀπό and ἔχω; (actively) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intransitively) to keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (literally or figuratively):--be, have, receive.
|
ἀπέχεσθαιapechesthai
|
to abstain from
|
V-PNM
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G234ἀλισγημάτωνalisgēmatōn (N-GNP)
G234 ἀλίσγεμα alísgema al-is-ghem-ah from (to soil); (ceremonially) defilement:--pollution.
|
ἀλισγημάτωνalisgēmatōn
|
pollutions
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1497εἰδώλωνeidōlōn (N-GNP)
G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἰδώλωνeidōlōn
|
idols,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588‹τοῦ›tou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹τοῦ›tou
|
that
|
Art-GNS
|
G4156πνικτοῦpniktou (Adj-GNS)
G4156 πνικτός pniktós pnik-tos from πνίγω; throttled, i.e. (neuter concretely) an animal choked to death (not bled):--strangled.
|
πνικτοῦpniktou
|
which is strangled,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
from
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματος.haimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματος.haimatos
|
blood.
|
N-GNS
|
20
But that we write to them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood.Acts 15:20
Stats
Rank: #2347 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 15 words, 110 letters, 37 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα επιστειλαι αυτοις του απεχεσθαι απο των αλισγηματων των ειδωλων και της πορνειας και του πνικτου και του αιματος
Lit: but to write to them to abstain from the pollutions of the idols, and sexual immorality, and that which is strangled, and from blood.
KJV: But that we write unto them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and [from] things strangled, and [from] blood.
References
"from pollutions"Ac 15:29: That you abstain from meats offered to idols: and from blood: and from things strangled: and from fornication: from which if you keep yourselves: you will do well. Fare you well.Ge 35:2: Then Jacob said to his household: and to all that were with him: Put away the strange gods that are among you: and be clean: and change your garments:Ex 20:3-5: 23: You will have no other gods before me.Ex 34:15: 16: Lest you make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land: and they go a whoring after their gods: and do sacrifice to their gods: and one call you: and you eat of his sacrifice;Nu 25:2: They called the people to the sacrifices of their gods: and the people did eat: and bowed down to their gods.Ps 106:37-39: Yes: they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils: Eze 20:30: 31: For what reason say to the house of Israel: Thus says the Lord GOD; Are you polluted after the manner of your fathers? and commit you whoredom after their abominations?1Co 8:1: 4-13: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 10:20-22: 28: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.Re 2:14: 20: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Re 10:2: 8: He had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea: and his left foot on the earth: "fornication"1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.1Co 6:9: 13: 18: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: 1Co 7:2: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.Ga 5:19: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:3: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Th 4:3: For this is the will of God: even your sanctification: that you should abstain from fornication:Heb 12:16: Lest there be any fornicator: or profane person: as Esau: who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.1Pe 4:3: For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles: when we walked in lasciviousness: lusts: excess of wine: revellings: banquetings: and abominable idolatries:"things"Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication.Ge 9:4: But flesh with the life thereof: which is the blood thereof: will you not eat.Le 3:17: It will be a perpetual statute for your generations throughout all your dwellings: that you eat neither fat nor blood.Le 7:23-27: Speak to the children of Israel: saying: You will eat no manner of fat: of ox: or of sheep: or of goat.Le 17:10-14: whatever man there be of the house of Israel: or of the strangers that sojourn among you: that eats'>eats any manner of blood; I will even set my face against that soul that eats'>eats blood: and will cut him off from among his people.De 12:16: 23-25: Only you will not eat the blood; you will pour it upon the earth as water.De 14:21: You will not eat of any thing that dies of itself: you will give it to the stranger that is in your gates: that He may eat it; or you may sell it to an alien: for you are an holy people to the LORD your God. You will not seethe a kid in His mother's milk.De 15:23: Only you will not eat the blood thereof; you will pour it upon the ground as water.1Sa 14:32: The people flew upon the spoil: and took sheep: and oxen: and calves: and killed them on the ground: and the people did eat them with the blood.Eze 4:14: Then said I: Ah Lord GOD! look: my soul has not been polluted: for from my youth up even till now have not I eaten of that which dies of itself: or is torn in pieces; neither came there abominable flesh into my mouth.Eze 33:25: For what reason say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD; You eat with the blood: and lift up your eyes toward your idols: and shed blood: and will you possess the land?1Ti 4:4: 5: For every creature of God is good: not andhing to be refused: if it be received with thanksgiving:
μωσης γαρ εκ γενεων αρχαιων κατα πολιν τους κηρυσσοντας αυτον εχει εν ταις συναγωγαις κατα παν σαββατον αναγινωσκομενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1074γενεῶνgeneōn (N-GFP)
G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεῶνgeneōn
|
generations
|
N-GFP
|
G744ἀρχαίωνarchaiōn (Adj-GFP)
G744 ἀρχαῖος archaîos ar-khah-yos from ἀρχή; original or primeval:--(them of) old (time).
|
ἀρχαίωνarchaiōn
|
of old,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in every
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
ones
|
Art-AMP
|
G2784κηρύσσονταςkēryssontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσονταςkēryssontas
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4864συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais (N-DFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais
|
synagogues
|
N-DFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4521σάββατονsabbaton (N-ANS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατονsabbaton
|
Sabbath
|
N-ANS
|
G314ἀναγινωσκόμενος.anaginōskomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινωσκόμενος.anaginōskomenos
|
being read.
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
21
For Moses of old time has in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath day.Acts 15:21
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: μωσης γαρ εκ γενεων αρχαιων κατα πολιν τους κηρυσσοντας αυτον εχει εν ταις συναγωγαις κατα παν σαββατον αναγινωσκομενος
Lit: Moses for from generations of old, in every city ones proclaiming him has, in the synagogues on every Sabbath being read.
KJV: For Moses of old time hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath day.
References
"sabbath"Ac 13:15: 27: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Ne 8:1-12: All the people gathered themselves together as one man into the street that was before the water gate; and they spoke to Ezra the scribe to bring the book of the law of Moses: which the LORD had commanded to Israel.Lu 4:16: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read.
The Letter to the Gentile Believers
τοτε εδοξεν τοις αποστολοις και τοις πρεσβυτεροις συν ολη τη εκκλησια εκλεξαμενους ανδρας εξ αυτων πεμψαι εις αντιοχειαν συν τω παυλω και βαρναβα ιουδαν τον επικαλουμενον βαρσαβαν και σιλαν ανδρας ηγουμενους εν τοις αδελφοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119ΤότεTote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
ΤότεTote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G1380ἔδοξεedoxe (V-AIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
ἔδοξεedoxe
|
it seemed good
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G652ἀποστόλοιςapostolois (N-DMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλοιςapostolois
|
apostles
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέροιςpresbyterois (Adj-DMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέροιςpresbyterois
|
elders,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλῃholē (Adj-DFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλῃholē
|
all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church,
|
N-DFS
|
G1586ἐκλεξαμένουςeklexamenous (V-APM-AMP)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐκλεξαμένουςeklexamenous
|
having chosen
|
V-APM-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3992πέμψαιpempsai (V-ANA)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψαιpempsai
|
to send
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian
|
Antioch
|
N-AFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921Βαρνάβᾳ,Barnaba (N-DMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
Βαρνάβᾳ,Barnaba
|
Barnabas:
|
N-DMS
|
G2455ἸούδανIoudan (N-AMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδανIoudan
|
Judas
|
N-AMS
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G923ΒαρσαββᾶνBarsabban (N-AMS)
G923 Βαρσαβᾶς Barsabâs bar-sab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and probably צְבָא); son of Sabas (or Tsaba); Bar-sabas, the name of two Israelites:--Barsabas.
|
ΒαρσαββᾶνBarsabban
|
Barsabbas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609Σιλᾶν,Silan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
Σιλᾶν,Silan
|
Silas,
|
N-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G2233ἡγουμένουςhēgoumenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγουμένουςhēgoumenous
|
leading
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖς,adelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖς,adelphois
|
brothers,
|
N-DMP
|
22
Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole church, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, chief men among the brothers:
Acts 15:22
Stats
Rank: #2184 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 212 characters, 30 words, 170 letters, 60 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε εδοξεν τοις αποστολοις και τοις πρεσβυτεροις συν ολη τη εκκλησια εκλεξαμενους ανδρας εξ αυτων πεμψαι εις αντιοχειαν συν τω παυλω και βαρναβα ιουδαν τον επικαλουμενον βαρσαβαν και σιλαν ανδρας ηγουμενους εν τοις αδελφοις
Lit: Then it seemed good to the apostles and to the elders, with all the church, having chosen men out from them, to send to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas: Judas called Barsabbas, and Silas, men leading among the brothers,
KJV: Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole church, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren:
References
"pleased"Ac 15:23: 25: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 6:4: 5: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.2Sa 3:36: All the people not tookice of it: and it pleased them: as whatever the king did pleased all the people.2Ch 30:4: 12: The thing pleased the king and all the congregation."to send"Ac 15:27: We have sent therefore Judas and Silas: who will also tell you the same things by mouth.Ac 8:14: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 11:22: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch."Barsabas"Ac 1:23: They appointed two: Joseph called Barsabas: who was surnamed Justus: and Matthias."Silas"Ac 15:27: 32: 40: We have sent therefore Judas and Silas: who will also tell you the same things by mouth.Ac 16:19: 25: 29: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ac 17:4: 10: 14: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.1Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ:1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.
γραψαντες δια χειρος αυτων ταδε οι αποστολοι και οι πρεσβυτεροι και οι αδελφοι τοις κατα την αντιοχειαν και συριαν και κιλικιαν αδελφοις τοις εξ εθνων χαιρειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1125γράψαντεςgrapsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψαντεςgrapsantes
|
having written
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
the hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them:
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP-C)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders,
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-NMP
|
G3588Τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τοῖςtois
|
To those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G490ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
ἈντιόχειανAntiocheian
|
Antioch
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4947ΣυρίανSyrian (N-AFS)
G4947 Συρία Syría soo-ree-ah probably of Hebrew origin (צֹר); Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:--Syria.
|
ΣυρίανSyrian
|
Syria
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2791ΚιλικίανKilikian (N-AFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίανKilikian
|
Cilicia,
|
N-AFS
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
the Gentiles:
|
N-GNP
|
G5463Χαίρειν.chairein (V-PNA)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
Χαίρειν.chairein
|
Greetings.
|
V-PNA
|
23
They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Acts 15:23
Stats
Rank: #4750 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 180 characters, 28 words, 146 letters, 51 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: γραψαντες δια χειρος αυτων ταδε οι αποστολοι και οι πρεσβυτεροι και οι αδελφοι τοις κατα την αντιοχειαν και συριαν και κιλικιαν αδελφοις τοις εξ εθνων χαιρειν
Lit: having written by the hand of them: The apostles and the elders, brothers, To those in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, brothers among the Gentiles: Greetings.
KJV: And they wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren [send] greeting unto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:
References
"The apostles"Ac 15:4: 22: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them."greeting"Ac 23:26: Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.Ro 16:3-16: Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus:Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting.2Jo 1:3: 13: Grace be with you: mercy: and peace: from God the Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ: the Son of the Father: in truth and love.3Jo 1:14: But I trust I will shortly see you: and we will speak face to face. Peace be to you. Our friends greet you. Greet the friends by name."brethren"Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication."Syria"Ac 15:41: He went through Syria and Cilicia: confirming the churches.Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Ac 21:3: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;
επειδη ηκουσαμεν οτι τινες εξ ημων εξελθοντες εταραξαν υμας λογοις ανασκευαζοντες τας ψυχας υμων λεγοντες περιτεμνεσθαι και τηρειν τον νομον οις ου διεστειλαμεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1894ἘπειδὴEpeidē (Conj)
G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἘπειδὴEpeidē
|
Inasmuch as
|
Conj
|
G191ἠκούσαμενēkousamen (V-AIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσαμενēkousamen
|
we have heard
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1831‹ἐξελθόντες›exelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
‹ἐξελθόντες›exelthontes
|
went out
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5015ἐτάραξανetaraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G5015 ταράσσω tarássō tar-as-so of uncertain affinity; to stir or agitate (roil water):--trouble.
|
ἐτάραξανetaraxan
|
troubled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3056λόγοιςlogois (N-DMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιςlogois
|
by words,
|
N-DMP
|
G384ἀνασκευάζοντεςanaskeuazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G384 ἀνασκευάζω anaskeuázō an-ask-yoo-ad-zo from ἀνά (in the sense of reversal) and a derivative of σκεῦος; properly, to pack up (baggage), i.e. (by implication, and figuratively) to upset:--subvert.
|
ἀνασκευάζοντεςanaskeuazontes
|
upsetting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
minds
|
N-AFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3004⧼λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
⧼λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4059περιτέμνεσθαιperitemnesthai (V-PNP)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτέμνεσθαιperitemnesthai
|
you must be circumcised
|
V-PNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5083τηρεῖνtērein (V-PNA)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖνtērein
|
keep
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον⧽,nomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον⧽,nomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1291διεστειλάμεθα,diesteilametha (V-AIM-1P)
G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διεστειλάμεθα,diesteilametha
|
we had given instructions,
|
V-AIM-1P
|
24
Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain which went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying, You must be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no such commandment:
Acts 15:24
Stats
Rank: #6051 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 28 words, 161 letters, 59 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειδη ηκουσαμεν οτι τινες εξ ημων εξελθοντες εταραξαν υμας λογοις ανασκευαζοντες τας ψυχας υμων λεγοντες περιτεμνεσθαι και τηρειν τον νομον οις ου διεστειλαμεθα
Lit: Inasmuch as we have heard that some from us went out troubled you by words, upsetting the minds of you, saying you must be circumcised and keep the law, to whom not we had given instructions,
KJV: Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain which went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying, Ye must be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no [such] commandment:
References
"that certain"Jer 23:16: Thus says the LORD of hosts: Listen not to the words of the prophets that prophesy to you: they make you vain: they speak a vision of their own heart: and not out of the mouth of the LORD.Ga 2:4: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:Ga 5:4: 12: Christ is become of no effect to you: whoever of you are justified by the law; you are fallen from grace.2Ti 2:14: Of these things put them in remembrance: charging them before the Lord that they not strive about words to no profit: but to the subverting of the hearers.Tit 1:10: 11: For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers: specially they of the circumcision:1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us."Ye must"Ac 15:1: 9: 10: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ga 2:3: 4: But neither Titus: who was with me: being a Greek: was compelled to be circumcised:Ga 6:12: 13: As many as desire to make a fair show in the flesh: they constrain you to be circumcised; only lest they should suffer persecution for the cross of Christ.
εδοξεν ημιν γενομενοις ομοθυμαδον εκλεξαμενους ανδρας πεμψαι προς υμας συν τοις αγαπητοις ημων βαρναβα και παυλω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1380ἔδοξενedoxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
ἔδοξενedoxen
|
it seemed good
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1096γενομένοιςgenomenois (V-APM-DMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένοιςgenomenois
|
having come
|
V-APM-DMP
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸν,homothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸν,homothymadon
|
with one accord,
|
Adv
|
G1586ἐκλεξαμένοις*eklexamenois (V-APM-DMP)
G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐκλεξαμένοις*eklexamenois
|
having chosen
|
V-APM-DMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G3992πέμψαιpempsai (V-ANA)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψαιpempsai
|
to send
|
V-ANA
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G27ἀγαπητοῖςagapētois (Adj-DMP)
G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητοῖςagapētois
|
beloved
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G921ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba (N-DMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβᾳBarnaba
|
Barnabas
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3972Παύλῳ,Paulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλῳ,Paulō
|
Paul,
|
N-DMS
|
25
It seemed good to us, being assembled with one accord, to send chosen men to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul,Acts 15:25
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 20 words, 96 letters, 40 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: εδοξεν ημιν γενομενοις ομοθυμαδον εκλεξαμενους ανδρας πεμψαι προς υμας συν τοις αγαπητοις ημων βαρναβα και παυλω
Lit: it seemed good to us having come with one accord, having chosen men, to send to you, with the beloved of us, Barnabas and Paul,
KJV: It seemed good unto us, being assembled with one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul,
References
"seemed"Ac 15:28: For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost: and to us: to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things;Mt 11:26: Even so: Father: for so it seemed good in your sight.Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus: "being"Ac 15:6: The apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter.Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 2:1: 46: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.1Co 1:10: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment."to send"Ac 15:22: 27: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:"our"Ro 16:12: Greet Tryphena and Tryphosa: who labour in the Lord. Greet the beloved Persis: which laboured much in the Lord.Eph 6:21: But that you also may know my affairs: and how I do: Tychicus: a beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord: will make known to you all things:Col 4:7: 9: All my state will Tychicus declare to you: who is a beloved brother: and a faithful minister and fellowservant in the Lord:Phm 1:16: Not now as a servant: but above a servant: a brother beloved: specially to me: but how much more to you: both in the flesh: and in the Lord?2Pe 3:15: Account that the longsuffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given to Him has written to you;"Barnabas"Ac 15:2: 35: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.
ανθρωποις παραδεδωκοσιν τας ψυχας αυτων υπερ του ονοματος του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G3860παραδεδωκόσιparadedōkosi (V-RPA-DMP)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδεδωκόσιparadedōkosi
|
having handed over
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
lives
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
26
Men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.Acts 15:26
Stats
Rank: #5524 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 14 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανθρωποις παραδεδωκοσιν τας ψυχας αυτων υπερ του ονοματος του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
Lit: men having handed over the lives of them for the name of the Lord of us, Jesus Christ.
KJV: Men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.
References
"hazarded"Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:19: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.Jg 5:18: Zebulun and Naphtali were a people that jeoparded their lives to the death in the high places of the field.1Co 15:30: Why stand we in jeopardy every hour?2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Php 2:29: 30: Receive Him therefore in the Lord with all gladness; and hold such in reputation:
απεσταλκαμεν ουν ιουδαν και σιλαν και αυτους δια λογου απαγγελλοντας τα αυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G649ἀπεστάλκαμενapestalkamen (V-RIA-1P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεστάλκαμενapestalkamen
|
We have sent
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2455ἸούδανIoudan (N-AMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδανIoudan
|
Judas
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609Σιλᾶν,Silan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
Σιλᾶν,Silan
|
Silas,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
word of mouth
|
N-GMS
|
G518ἀπαγγέλλονταςapangellontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπαγγέλλονταςapangellontas
|
are telling you
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G846αὐτά.auta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτά.auta
|
same things.
|
PPro-AN3P
|
27
We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, who will also tell you the same things by mouth.Acts 15:27
Stats
Rank: #8705 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεσταλκαμεν ουν ιουδαν και σιλαν και αυτους δια λογου απαγγελλοντας τα αυτα
Lit: We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, and they by word of mouth are telling you the same things.
KJV: We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, who shall also tell you the same things by mouth.
References
"who"2Jo 1:12: Having many things to write to you: I not would write with paper and ink: but I trust to come to you: and speak face to face: that our joy may be full.3Jo 1:13: I had many things to write: but I not will with ink and pen write to you:
εδοξεν γαρ τω αγιω πνευματι και ημιν μηδεν πλεον επιτιθεσθαι υμιν βαρος πλην των επαναγκες τουτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1380Ἔδοξενedoxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
Ἔδοξενedoxen
|
It seemed good
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40ἉγίῳHagiō (Adj-DNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίῳHagiō
|
Holy
|
Adj-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
no
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4119πλέονpleon (Adj-ANS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλέονpleon
|
further
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2007ἐπιτίθεσθαιepitithesthai (V-PNP)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιτίθεσθαιepitithesthai
|
to lay
|
V-PNP
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
upon you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G922βάροςbaros (N-ANS)
G922 βάρος báros bar-os probably from the same as βάσις (through the notion of going down; compare βάθος); weight; in the New Testament only, figuratively, a load, abundance, authority:--burden(-some), weight.
|
βάροςbaros
|
burden,
|
N-ANS
|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Prep)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
except
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1876ἐπάναγκες,epanankes (Adv)
G1876 ἐπάναγκες epánankes ep-an-ang-kes neuter of a presumed compound of ἐπί and ἀνάγκη; (adverbially) on necessity, i.e. necessarily:--necessary.
|
ἐπάναγκες,epanankes
|
necessary things:
|
Adv
|
28
For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things;Acts 15:28
Stats
Rank: #1718 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 87 letters, 33 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: εδοξεν γαρ τω αγιω πνευματι και ημιν μηδεν πλεον επιτιθεσθαι υμιν βαρος πλην των επαναγκες τουτων
Lit: It seemed good for to the Spirit Holy and to us, no further to lay upon you burden, except these necessary things:
KJV: For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things;
References
"it"Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.1Co 7:25: 40: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.1Co 14:37: If any man think Himself to be a prophet: or spiritual: let Him acknowledge that the things that I write to you are the commandments of the Lord.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."greater"Mt 11:30: For my yoke is easy: and my burden is light.Mt 23:4: For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne: and lay them on men's shoulders; but they themselves not will move them with one of their fingers.Re 2:24: But to you I say: and to the rest in Thyatira: as many as not have this doctrine: and which not have known the depths of Satan: as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden.
απεχεσθαι ειδωλοθυτων και αιματος και πνικτου και πορνειας εξ ων διατηρουντες εαυτους ευ πραξετε ερρωσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G568ἀπέχεσθαιapechesthai (V-PNM)
G568 ἀπέχω apéchō ap-ekh-o from ἀπό and ἔχω; (actively) to have out, i.e. receive in full; (intransitively) to keep (oneself) away, i.e. be distant (literally or figuratively):--be, have, receive.
|
ἀπέχεσθαιapechesthai
|
to abstain
|
V-PNM
|
G1494εἰδωλοθύτωνeidōlothytōn (Adj-GNP)
G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλοθύτωνeidōlothytōn
|
from things sacrificed to idols,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
from blood,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4156πνικτῶνpniktōn (Adj-GNP)
G4156 πνικτός pniktós pnik-tos from πνίγω; throttled, i.e. (neuter concretely) an animal choked to death (not bled):--strangled.
|
πνικτῶνpniktōn
|
from what is strangled,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4202πορνείας·porneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείας·porneias
|
from sexual immorality.
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
From
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
these
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1301διατηροῦντεςdiatērountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1301 διατηρέω diatēréō dee-at-ay-reh-o from διά and τηρέω; to watch thoroughly, i.e. (positively and transitively) to observe strictly, or (negatively and reflexively) to avoid wholly:--keep.
|
διατηροῦντεςdiatērountes
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
yourselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2095εὖeu (Adv)
G2095 εὖ eû yoo neuter of a primary (good); (adverbially) well:--good, well (done).
|
εὖeu
|
well
|
Adv
|
G4238πράξετε.praxete (V-FIA-2P)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράξετε.praxete
|
you will do.
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G4517Ἔρρωσθε.Errōsthe (V-RMM/P-2P)
G4517 ῥώννυμι rhṓnnymi hrone-noo-mee prolongation from (to dart; probably akin to ῥύομαι); to strengthen, i.e. (impersonal passive) have health (as a parting exclamation, good-bye):--farewell.
|
Ἔρρωσθε.Errōsthe
|
Farewell.
|
V-RMM/P-2P
|
29
That you abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication: from which if you keep yourselves, you will do well. Fare you well.Acts 15:29
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 25 words, 138 letters, 48 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεχεσθαι ειδωλοθυτων και αιματος και πνικτου και πορνειας εξ ων διατηρουντες εαυτους ευ πραξετε ερρωσθε
Lit: to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled, and from sexual immorality. From these keeping yourselves, well you will do. Farewell.
KJV: That ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication: from which if ye keep yourselves, ye shall do well. Fare ye well.
References
"ye abstain"Ac 15:20: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication.Le 17:14: For it is the life of all flesh; the blood of it is for the life thereof: therefore I said to the children of Israel: You will eat the blood of no manner of flesh: for the life of all flesh is the blood thereof: whoever eats it will be cut off.Ro 14:14: 15: 20: 21: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.1Co 10:18-20: Look Israel after the flesh: not are they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?Re 2:14: 20: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication."if ye"2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.Jas 1:27: Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this: To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction: and to keep Himself unspotted from the world.1Jo 5:21: Little children: keep yourselves from idols. Amen.Jude 1:20: 21: 24: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "Fare"Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ac 23:30: When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man: I sent straightway to you: and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.Lu 9:61: Another also said: Lord: I will follow you; but let me first go bid them farewell: which are at home at my house.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.
The Believers at Antioch Rejoice
οι μεν ουν απολυθεντες ηλθον εις αντιοχειαν και συναγαγοντες το πληθος επεδωκαν την επιστολην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
They
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπολυθέντεςapolythentes (V-APP-NMP)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολυθέντεςapolythentes
|
having been sent off,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G2718κατῆλθονkatēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατῆλθονkatēlthon
|
went
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian
|
Antioch,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4863συναγαγόντεςsynagagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναγαγόντεςsynagagontes
|
having gathered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-ANS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude,
|
N-ANS
|
G1929ἐπέδωκανepedōkan (V-AIA-3P)
G1929 ἐπιδίδωμι epidídōmi ep-ee-did-o-mee from ἐπί and δίδωμι; to give over (by hand or surrender):--deliver unto, give, let (+ (her drive)), offer.
|
ἐπέδωκανepedōkan
|
they delivered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1992ἐπιστολήν.epistolēn (N-AFS)
G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολήν.epistolēn
|
letter.
|
N-AFS
|
30
So when they were dismissed, they came to Antioch: and when they had gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle:Acts 15:30
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 18 words, 105 letters, 39 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν απολυθεντες ηλθον εις αντιοχειαν και συναγαγοντες το πληθος επεδωκαν την επιστολην
Lit: They indeed therefore, having been sent off, went to Antioch, and having gathered the multitude, they delivered the letter.
KJV: So when they were dismissed, they came to Antioch: and when they had gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle:
References
"and"Ac 6:2: Then the 12 called the multitude of the disciples to them: and said: It not is reason that we should leave the word of God: and serve tables.Ac 21:22: What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that you are come."delivered"Ac 16:4: As they went through the cities: they delivered them the decrees for to keep: that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.Ac 23:33: Who: when they came to Caesarea: and delivered the epistle to the governor: presented Paul also before him.
αναγνοντες δε εχαρησαν επι τη παρακλησει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G314ἀναγνόντεςanagnontes (V-APA-NMP)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγνόντεςanagnontes
|
Having read it
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G5463ἐχάρησανecharēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
ἐχάρησανecharēsan
|
they rejoiced
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3874παρακλήσει.paraklēsei (N-DFS)
G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσει.paraklēsei
|
encouragement.
|
N-DFS
|
31
Which when they had read, they rejoiced for the consolation.Acts 15:31
Stats
Counts: 60 characters, 9 words, 49 letters, 18 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναγνοντες δε εχαρησαν επι τη παρακλησει
Lit: Having read it now, they rejoiced at the encouragement.
KJV: Which when they had read, they rejoiced for the consolation.
References
"they rejoiced"Ac 15:1: 10: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ac 16:5: So were the churches established in the faith: and increased in number daily.Ga 2:4: 5: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh.
ιουδας {VAR1: τε } {VAR2: δε } και σιλας και αυτοι προφηται οντες δια λογου πολλου παρεκαλεσαν τους αδελφους και επεστηριξαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2455ἸούδαςIoudas (N-NMS)
G2455 Ἰούδας Ioúdas ee-oo-das of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה); Judas (i.e. Jehudah), the name of ten Israelites; also of the posterity of one of them and its region:--Juda(-h, -s); Jude.
|
ἸούδαςIoudas
|
Judas
|
N-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609Σιλᾶς,Silas (N-NMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
Σιλᾶς,Silas
|
Silas,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
themselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ὄντες,ontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντες,ontes
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
talk
|
N-GMS
|
G4183πολλοῦpollou (Adj-GMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῦpollou
|
much
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3870παρεκάλεσανparekalesan (V-AIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσανparekalesan
|
exhorted
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1991ἐπεστήριξαν·epestērixan (V-AIA-3P)
G1991 ἐπιστηρίζω epistērízō ep-ee-stay-rid-zo from ἐπί and στηρίζω; to support further, i.e. reestablish:--confirm, strengthen.
|
ἐπεστήριξαν·epestērixan
|
strengthened them.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
32
Judas and Silas, being prophets also themselves, exhorted the brothers with many words, and confirmed them.Acts 15:32
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 14 words, 91 letters, 29 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιουδας {VAR1: τε } {VAR2: δε } και σιλας και αυτοι προφηται οντες δια λογου πολλου παρεκαλεσαν τους αδελφους και επεστηριξαν
Lit: Judas both and Silas, also themselves prophets being, by talk much exhorted the brothers and strengthened them.
KJV: And Judas and Silas, being prophets also themselves, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them.
References
"being"Ac 2:17: 18: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 11:23: 27: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Lu 11:49: Therefore also said the wisdom of God: I will send them prophets and apostles: and some of them they will kill and persecute:Ro 12:6: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;1Co 12:28: 29: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Co 14:3: 29: 32: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.Eph 3:5: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;1Th 5:20: not Despise prophesyings."exhorted"Ac 2:40: With many other words did he testify and exhort: saying: Save yourselves from this untoward generation.Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples.Ac 20:2: When he had gone over those parts: and had given them much exhortation: he came into Greece: Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Th 2:11: As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you: as a father does his children: 1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men.2Th 3:12: Now them that are such we command and exhort by our Lord Jesus Christ: that with quietness they work: and eat their own bread.1Ti 2:1: I exhort therefore: that: first of all: supplications: prayers: intercessions: and giving of thanks: be made for all men;2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.Tit 2:6-15: Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded.1Pe 5:1: 12: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:"confirmed"Ac 15:41: He went through Syria and Cilicia: confirming the churches.Isa 35:3: 4: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Da 11:1: Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede: even I: stood to confirm and to strengthen him.1Co 1:8: Who will also confirm you to the end: that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.Eph 4:12: 13: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.
ποιησαντες δε χρονον απελυθησαν μετ ειρηνης απο των αδελφων προς τους αποστολους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4160ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes
|
Having continued
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
a time,
|
N-AMS
|
G630ἀπελύθησανapelythēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπελύθησανapelythēsan
|
they were sent away
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνηςeirēnēs (N-GFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηςeirēnēs
|
peace
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G649ἀποστείλανταςaposteilantas (V-APA-AMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλανταςaposteilantas
|
having sent
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
33
After they had tarried there a space, they were let go in peace from the brothers to the apostles.Acts 15:33
Stats
Rank: #9094 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 19 words, 83 letters, 32 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ποιησαντες δε χρονον απελυθησαν μετ ειρηνης απο των αδελφων προς τους αποστολους
Lit: Having continued then a time, they were sent away in peace from the brothers to those having sent them.
KJV: And after they had tarried there a space, they were let go in peace from the brethren unto the apostles.
References
"they were"Ac 16:36: The keeper of the prison told this saying to Paul: The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore depart: and go in peace.Ge 26:29: That you will do us no hurt: as we not have touched you: and as we have done to you nothing but good: and have sent you away in peace: you are now the blessed of the LORD.Ex 4:18: Moses went and returned to Jethro his father in law: and said to him: Let me go: I pray you: and return to my brothers which are in Egypt: and see whether they be yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses: Go in peace.1Co 16:11: Let no man therefore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace: that he may come to me: for I look for him with the brothers.Heb 11:31: By faith the harlot Rahab not perished with them that not believed: when she had received the spies with peace.2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:
εδοξεν δε τω σιλα επιμειναι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1380{ἔδοξεedoxe (V-AIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
{ἔδοξεedoxe
|
It seemed good
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣίλᾳSila (N-DMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣίλᾳSila
|
to Silas
|
N-DMS
|
G1961ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai (V-ANA)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai
|
to remain
|
V-ANA
|
G847αὐτοῦ}.autou (Adv)
G847 αὐτοῦ autoû ow-too genitive (i.e. possessive) of αὐτός, used as an adverb of location; properly, belonging to the same spot, i.e. in this (or that) place:--(t-)here.
|
αὐτοῦ}.autou
|
there.
|
Adv
|
34
Notwithstanding it pleased Silas to abide there still.Acts 15:34
Stats
Counts: 54 characters, 8 words, 46 letters, 17 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: εδοξεν δε τω σιλα επιμειναι αυτου
Lit: It seemed good however to Silas to remain there.
KJV: Notwithstanding it pleased Silas to abide there still.
References
"it pleased"Ac 11:25: 26: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus: for to seek Saul:Ac 18:27: When he was disposed to pass into Achaia: the brothers wrote: exhorting the disciples to receive him: who: when he was come: helped them much which had believed through grace:1Co 16:12: As touching our brother Apollos: I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time.
παυλος δε και βαρναβας διετριβον εν αντιοχεια διδασκοντες και ευαγγελιζομενοι μετα και ετερων πολλων τον λογον του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G1304διέτριβονdietribon (V-IIA-3P)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διέτριβονdietribon
|
stayed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιοχείᾳ,Antiocheia (N-DFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιοχείᾳ,Antiocheia
|
Antioch,
|
N-DFS
|
G1321διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκοντεςdidaskontes
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοιeuangelizomenoi
|
proclaiming the good news,
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2087ἑτέρωνheterōn (Adj-GMP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρωνheterōn
|
others
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου.Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου.Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
35
Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also.Acts 15:35
Stats
Rank: #8741 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: παυλος δε και βαρναβας διετριβον εν αντιοχεια διδασκοντες και ευαγγελιζομενοι μετα και ετερων πολλων τον λογον του κυριου
Lit: Paul however and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and proclaiming the good news, with also others many, the word of the Lord.
KJV: Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also.
References
"continued"Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 14:28: There they abode long time with the disciples."teaching"Ac 28:31: Preaching the kingdom of God: and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ: with all confidence: no man forbidding Him.Mt 28:19: 20: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
Paul’s Second Missionary Journey to Asia Minor and Greece
μετα δε τινας ημερας ειπεν παυλος προς βαρναβαν επιστρεψαντες δη επισκεψωμεθα τους αδελφους ημων κατα πασαν πολιν εν αις κατηγγειλαμεν τον λογον του κυριου πως εχουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas,
|
N-AMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1994ἘπιστρέψαντεςEpistrepsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἘπιστρέψαντεςEpistrepsantes
|
Having turned back
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1211δὴdē (Prtcl)
G1211 δή dḗ day probably akin to δέ; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.,
|
δὴdē
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G1980ἐπισκεψώμεθαepiskepsōmetha (V-ASM-1P)
G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.
|
ἐπισκεψώμεθαepiskepsōmetha
|
let us look after
|
V-ASM-1P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739αἷςhais (RelPro-DFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἷςhais
|
which
|
RelPro-DFP
|
G2605κατηγγείλαμενkatēngeilamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
κατηγγείλαμενkatēngeilamen
|
we have announced
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσιν.echousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσιν.echousin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
36
Some days after Paul said to Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brothers in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord, and see how they do.
Acts 15:36
Stats
Rank: #2078 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 31 words, 128 letters, 51 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε τινας ημερας ειπεν παυλος προς βαρναβαν επιστρεψαντες δη επισκεψωμεθα τους αδελφους ημων κατα πασαν πολιν εν αις κατηγγειλαμεν τον λογον του κυριου πως εχουσιν
Lit: After now some days, said to Barnabas, Paul, Having turned back indeed let us look after the brothers in city every in which we have announced the word of the Lord, how they are.
KJV: And some days after Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brethren in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord, and see how they do.
References
"Let"Ac 7:23: When he was full 40 years old: it came into his heart to visit his brothers the children of Israel.Ex 4:18: Moses went and returned to Jethro his father in law: and said to him: Let me go: I pray you: and return to my brothers which are in Egypt: and see whether they be yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses: Go in peace.Jer 23:2: Therefore thus says the LORD God of Israel against the pastors that feed my people; You have scattered my flock: and driven them away: and not have visited them: look: I will visit upon you the evil of your doings: says the LORD.Mt 25:36: 43: Naked: and you clothed me: I was sick: and you visited me: I was in prison: and you came to me."in every"Ac 13:4: 13: 14: 51: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Ac 14:1: 6: 21: 24: 25: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed."and see"Ro 1:11: For I long to see you: that I may impart to you some spiritual gift: to the end you may be established;2Co 11:28: Beside those things that are without: that which comes upon me daily: the care of all the churches.Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;1Th 2:17: 18: But we: brothers: being taken from you for a short time in presence: not in heart: endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire.1Th 3:6: 10: 11: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:2Ti 1:4: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;
βαρναβας δε εβουλευσατο συμπαραλαβειν τον ιωαννην τον καλουμενον μαρκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1014ἐβούλετοebouleto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
ἐβούλετοebouleto
|
purposed
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G4838συμπαραλαβεῖνsymparalabein (V-ANA)
G4838 συμπαραλαμβάνω symparalambánō soom-par-al-am-ban-o from σύν and παραλαμβάνω; to take along in company:--take with.
|
συμπαραλαβεῖνsymparalabein
|
to take along
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2491ἸωάννηνIōannēn (N-AMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηνIōannēn
|
John
|
N-AMS
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3138Μάρκον·Markon (N-AMS)
G3138 Μάρκος Márkos mar-kos of Latin origin; Marcus, a Christian:--Marcus, Mark.
|
Μάρκον·Markon
|
Mark;
|
N-AMS
|
37
Barnabas determined to take with them John, whose surname was Mark.Acts 15:37
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 11 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: βαρναβας δε εβουλευσατο συμπαραλαβειν τον ιωαννην τον καλουμενον μαρκον
Lit: Barnabas now purposed to take along also John called Mark;
KJV: And Barnabas determined to take with them John, whose surname was Mark.
References
"John"Ac 12:12: 25: When he had considered the thing: he came to the house of Mary the mother of John: whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying.Ac 13:5: 13: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)2Ti 4:11: Only Luke is with me. Take Mark: and bring him with you: for he is profitable to me for the ministry.Phm 1:24: Marcus: Aristarchus: Demas: Lucas: my fellowlabourers.
παυλος δε ηξιου τον αποσταντα απ αυτων απο παμφυλιας και μη συνελθοντα αυτοις εις το εργον μη συμπαραλαβειν τουτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G515ἠξίου,ēxiou (V-IIA-3S)
G515 ἀξιόω axióō ax-ee-o-o from ἄξιος; to deem entitled or fit:--desire, think good, count (think) worthy.
|
ἠξίου,ēxiou
|
thought fit,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G868ἀποστάνταapostanta (V-APA-AMS)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀποστάνταapostanta
|
having withdrawn
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3828ΠαμφυλίαςPamphylias (N-GFS)
G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphylía pam-fool-ee-ah from a compound of πᾶς and πυρά; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (χώρα being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.
|
ΠαμφυλίαςPamphylias
|
Pamphylia
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4905συνελθόνταsynelthonta (V-APA-AMS)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθόνταsynelthonta
|
having gone with
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργον,ergon (N-ANS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργον,ergon
|
work,
|
N-ANS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4838συμπαραλαμβάνεινsymparalambanein (V-PNA)
G4838 συμπαραλαμβάνω symparalambánō soom-par-al-am-ban-o from σύν and παραλαμβάνω; to take along in company:--take with.
|
συμπαραλαμβάνεινsymparalambanein
|
to take along
|
V-PNA
|
G3778τοῦτον.touton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτον.touton
|
him.
|
DPro-AMS
|
38
But Paul not thought good to take him with them, who departed from them from Pamphylia, and not went with them to the work.Acts 15:38
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 97 letters, 32 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: παυλος δε ηξιου τον αποσταντα απ αυτων απο παμφυλιας και μη συνελθοντα αυτοις εις το εργον μη συμπαραλαβειν τουτον
Lit: Paul however thought fit, the one having withdrawn from them from Pamphylia and not having gone with them to the work, not to take along him.
KJV: But Paul thought not good to take him with them, who departed from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to the work.
References
"who"Ac 13:13: Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos: they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.Ps 78:9: The children of Ephraim: being armed: and carrying bows: turned back in the day of battle.Pr 25:19: Confidence in an unfaithful man in time of trouble is like a broken tooth: and a foot out of joint.Lu 9:61: Another also said: Lord: I will follow you; but let me first go bid them farewell: which are at home at my house.Lu 14:27-34: whoever does not bear his cross: and come after me: cannot be my disciple.Jas 1:8: A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.
εγενετο ουν παροξυσμος ωστε αποχωρισθηναι αυτους απ αλληλων τον τε βαρναβαν παραλαβοντα τον μαρκον εκπλευσαι εις κυπρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096Ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
Ἐγένετοegeneto
|
Arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3948παροξυσμός,paroxysmos (N-NMS)
G3948 παροξυσμός paroxysmós par-ox-oos-mos from παροξύνω (paroxysm); incitement (to good), or dispute (in anger):--contention, provoke unto.
|
παροξυσμός,paroxysmos
|
a sharp disagreement,
|
N-NMS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G673ἀποχωρισθῆναιapochōristhēnai (V-ANP)
G673 ἀποχωρίζω apochōrízō ap-okh-o-rid-zo from ἀπό and χωρίζω; to rend apart; reflexively, to separate:--depart (asunder).
|
ἀποχωρισθῆναιapochōristhēnai
|
separated
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλων,allēlōn (RecPro-GMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλων,allēlōn
|
one another;
|
RecPro-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβανBarnaban (N-AMS)
G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβανBarnaban
|
Barnabas,
|
N-AMS
|
G3880παραλαβόνταparalabonta (V-APA-AMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβόνταparalabonta
|
having taken
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G3138ΜάρκονMarkon (N-AMS)
G3138 Μάρκος Márkos mar-kos of Latin origin; Marcus, a Christian:--Marcus, Mark.
|
ΜάρκονMarkon
|
Mark,
|
N-AMS
|
G1602ἐκπλεῦσαιekpleusai (V-ANA)
G1602 ἐκπλέω ekpléō ek-pleh-o from ἐκ and πλέω; to depart by ship:--sail (away, thence).
|
ἐκπλεῦσαιekpleusai
|
sailed
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2954Κύπρον.Kypron (N-AFS)
G2954 Κύπρος Kýpros koo-pros of uncertain origin; Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cyprus.
|
Κύπρον.Kypron
|
Cyprus.
|
N-AFS
|
39
The contention was so sharp between them, that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark, and sailed to Cyprus;Acts 15:39
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 22 words, 115 letters, 42 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο ουν παροξυσμος ωστε αποχωρισθηναι αυτους απ αλληλων τον τε βαρναβαν παραλαβοντα τον μαρκον εκπλευσαι εις κυπρον
Lit: Arose therefore a sharp disagreement, so that separated they from one another; and Barnabas, having taken Mark, sailed to Cyprus.
KJV: And the contention was so sharp between them, that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark, and sailed unto Cyprus;
References
"the contention"Ac 15:2: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Ps 106:33: Because they provoked his spirit: so that he spoke unadvisedly with his lips.Ps 119:96: I have seen an end of all perfection: but your commandment is exceeding broad.Ec 7:20: For there is not a just man upon earth: that does good: and sins not.Ro 7:18-21: For I know that in me (that is: in my flesh: ) dwells no good thing: for to will is present with me; but how to perform that which is good I not find.Jas 3:2: For in many things we offend all. If any man not offend in word: the same is a perfect man: and able also to bridle the whole body."and sailed"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:20: Some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene: which: when they were come to Antioch: spoke to the Grecians: preaching the Lord Jesus.Ac 13:4-12: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Ac 27:4: When we had launched from there: we sailed under Cyprus: because the winds were contrary.
παυλος δε επιλεξαμενος σιλαν εξηλθεν παραδοθεις τη χαριτι του θεου υπο των αδελφων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1951ἐπιλεξάμενοςepilexamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1951 ἐπιλέγομαι epilégomai ep-ee-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λέγω; to surname, select:--call, choose.
|
ἐπιλεξάμενοςepilexamenos
|
having chosen
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4609ΣιλᾶνSilan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶνSilan
|
Silas,
|
N-AMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen
|
went forth,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3860παραδοθεὶςparadotheis (V-APP-NMS)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοθεὶςparadotheis
|
having been committed
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
grace
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶν·adelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶν·adelphōn
|
brothers.
|
N-GMP
|
40
Paul chose Silas, and departed, being recommended by the brothers to the grace of God.Acts 15:40
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 14 words, 74 letters, 27 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: παυλος δε επιλεξαμενος σιλαν εξηλθεν παραδοθεις τη χαριτι του θεου υπο των αδελφων
Lit: Paul however, having chosen Silas, went forth, having been committed to the grace of the Lord by the brothers.
KJV: And Paul chose Silas, and departed, being recommended by the brethren unto the grace of God.
References
"chose"Ac 15:22: 32: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:Ac 16:1-3: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:"being"Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.Ac 14:26: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Co 13:14: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ: and the love of God: and the communion of the Holy Ghost: be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi: a city of Macedonia: by Titus and Lucas.]>>2Ti 4:22: The Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Grace be with you. Amen. The second [epistle to Timotheus: ordained the first bishop of the church of the Ephesians: was written from Rome: when Paul was brought before Nero the second time.]>>Tit 3:15: All that are with me greet you. Greet them that love us in the faith. Grace be with you all. Amen. It was written to Titus: ordained the first bishop of the church of the Cretians: from Nicopolis of Macedonia.>>2Jo 1:10: 11: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:
διηρχετο δε την συριαν και κιλικιαν επιστηριζων τας εκκλησιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330διήρχετοdiērcheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διήρχετοdiērcheto
|
He was passing through
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4947ΣυρίανSyrian (N-AFS)
G4947 Συρία Syría soo-ree-ah probably of Hebrew origin (צֹר); Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:--Syria.
|
ΣυρίανSyrian
|
Syria
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2791ΚιλικίανKilikian (N-AFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίανKilikian
|
Cilicia,
|
N-AFS
|
G1991ἐπιστηρίζωνepistērizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1991 ἐπιστηρίζω epistērízō ep-ee-stay-rid-zo from ἐπί and στηρίζω; to support further, i.e. reestablish:--confirm, strengthen.
|
ἐπιστηρίζωνepistērizōn
|
strengthening
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias (N-AFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias
|
churches.
|
N-AFP
|
41
He went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches.Acts 15:41
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 9 words, 52 letters, 18 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: διηρχετο δε την συριαν και κιλικιαν επιστηριζων τας εκκλησιας
Lit: He was passing through then Syria and Cilicia, strengthening the churches.
KJV: And he went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches.
References
"through"Ac 15:23: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Ac 21:3: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"confirming"Ac 15:32: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ac 16:4: 5: As they went through the cities: they delivered them the decrees for to keep: that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.
16
Timothy Joins Paul and Silas
κατηντησεν δε εις δερβην και λυστραν και ιδου μαθητης τις ην εκει ονοματι τιμοθεος υιος γυναικος τινος ιουδαιας πιστης πατρος δε ελληνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2658ΚατήντησενKatēntēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
ΚατήντησενKatēntēsen
|
He came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1191ΔέρβηνDerbēn (N-AFS)
G1191 Δέρβη Dérbē der-bay of foreign origin; Derbe, a place in Asia Minor:--Derbe.
|
ΔέρβηνDerbēn
|
Derbe
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3082Λύστραν.Lystran (N-AFS)
G3082 Λύστρα Lýstra loos-trah of uncertain origin; Lystra, a place in Asia Minor:--Lystra.
|
Λύστραν.Lystran
|
Lystra.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3101μαθητήςmathētēs (N-NMS)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητήςmathētēs
|
a disciple
|
N-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G5095Τιμόθεος,Timotheos (N-NMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
Τιμόθεος,Timotheos
|
Timothy,
|
N-NMS
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the son
|
N-NMS
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
of a woman
|
N-GFS
|
G2453ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (Adj-GFS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
Jewish
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4103πιστῆςpistēs (Adj-GFS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστῆςpistēs
|
believing,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὸςpatros
|
father
|
N-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1672Ἕλληνος,Hellēnos (N-GMS)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
Ἕλληνος,Hellēnos
|
a Greek,
|
N-GMS
|
1
Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and, look, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain woman, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek:Acts 16:1
Stats
Rank: #1630 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 26 words, 141 letters, 55 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατηντησεν δε εις δερβην και λυστραν και ιδου μαθητης τις ην εκει ονοματι τιμοθεος υιος γυναικος τινος ιουδαιας πιστης πατρος δε ελληνος
Lit: He came then also to Derbe and to Lystra. And behold, a disciple certain was there, named Timothy, the son of a woman Jewish believing, father however a Greek,
KJV: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and, behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain woman, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek:
References
"to Derbe"Ac 14:6: 21: They were ware of it: and fled to Lystra and Derbe: cities of Lycaonia: and to the region that lies round about:2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."named"Ac 17:14: Then immediately the brothers sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 19:22: So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered to him: Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season.Ac 20:4: 5: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.Ro 16:21: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you.1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:Php 2:19: But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timotheus shortly to you: that I also may be of good comfort: when I know your state.Col 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timotheus our brother: 1Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:2Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ:1Ti 1:2: To Timothy: my own son in the faith: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God our Father and Jesus Christ our Lord.2Ti 1:2: To Timothy: my dearly beloved son: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.Heb 13:23: Know you that our brother Timothy is set at liberty; with whom: if he come shortly: I will see you."which"2Ti 1:5: When I call to remembrance the unfeigned faith that is in you: which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois: and your mother Eunice; and I am persuaded that in you also.2Ti 3:15: 16: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus."but"Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ezr 9:2: For they have taken of their daughters for themselves: and for their sons: so that the holy seed have mingled themselves with the people of those lands: yes: the hand of the princes and rulers has been chief in this trespass.1Co 7:14: For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife: and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.
ος εμαρτυρειτο υπο των εν λυστροις και ικονιω αδελφων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3140ἐμαρτυρεῖτοemartyreito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτυρεῖτοemartyreito
|
was well spoken of
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3082ΛύστροιςLystrois (N-DNP)
G3082 Λύστρα Lýstra loos-trah of uncertain origin; Lystra, a place in Asia Minor:--Lystra.
|
ΛύστροιςLystrois
|
Lystra
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2430ἸκονίῳIkoniō (N-DNS)
G2430 Ἰκόνιον Ikónion ee-kon-ee-on perhaps from εἰκών; image-like; Iconium, a place in Asia Minor:--Iconium.
|
ἸκονίῳIkoniō
|
Iconium
|
N-DNS
|
G80ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn
|
brothers.
|
N-GMP
|
2
Which was well reported of by the brothers that were at Lystra and Iconium.Acts 16:2
Stats
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 20 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εμαρτυρειτο υπο των εν λυστροις και ικονιω αδελφων
Lit: who was well spoken of by the in Lystra and Iconium brothers.
KJV: Which was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium.
References
"was"Ac 6:3: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.1Ti 3:7: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.1Ti 5:10: 25: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.2Ti 3:15: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.Heb 11:2: For by it the elders obtained a good report."Iconium"Ac 14:21: When they had preached the gospel to that city: and had taught many: they returned again to Lystra: and to Iconium: and Antioch: 2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.
τουτον ηθελησεν ο παυλος συν αυτω εξελθειν και λαβων περιετεμεν αυτον δια τους ιουδαιους τους οντας εν τοις τοποις εκεινοις ηδεισαν γαρ απαντες τον πατερα αυτου οτι ελλην υπηρχεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
This one
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2309ἠθέλησενēthelēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησενēthelēsen
|
wanted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖν,exelthein (V-ANA)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖν,exelthein
|
to go forth,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4059περιέτεμενperietemen (V-AIA-3S)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιέτεμενperietemen
|
he circumcised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1510ὄνταςontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταςontas
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5117τόποιςtopois (N-DMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποιςtopois
|
parts
|
N-DMP
|
G1565ἐκείνοις·ekeinois (DPro-DMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνοις·ekeinois
|
those;
|
DPro-DMP
|
G1492ᾔδεισανēdeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδεισανēdeisan
|
they knew
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G537ἅπαντεςhapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντεςhapantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλληνHellēn (N-NMS)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλληνHellēn
|
a Greek
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962πατὴρpatēr (N-NMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατὴρpatēr
|
father
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5225ὑπῆρχεν.hypērchen (V-IIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχεν.hypērchen
|
was.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
3
Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.Acts 16:3
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 31 words, 132 letters, 49 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτον ηθελησεν ο παυλος συν αυτω εξελθειν και λαβων περιετεμεν αυτον δια τους ιουδαιους τους οντας εν τοις τοποις εκεινοις ηδεισαν γαρ απαντες τον πατερα αυτου οτι ελλην υπηρχεν
Lit: This one wanted Paul with him to go forth, and having taken, he circumcised him on account of the Jews being in the parts those; they knew for all that a Greek the father of him was.
KJV: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.
References
"would"Ac 15:37: 40: Barnabas determined to take with them John: whose surname was Mark."and took"Ac 15:20: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.1Co 7:19: Circumcision not ishing: and uncircumcision not ishing: but the keeping of the commandments of God.1Co 9:20: to the Jews I became as a Jew: that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law: as under the law: that I might gain them that are under the law;Ga 2:3: 8: But neither Titus: who was with me: being a Greek: was compelled to be circumcised:Ga 5:1-3: 6: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.
ως δε διεπορευοντο τας πολεις παρεδιδουν αυτοις φυλασσειν τα δογματα τα κεκριμενα υπο των αποστολων και των πρεσβυτερων των εν ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
While
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1279διεπορεύοντοdieporeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1279 διαπορεύομαι diaporeúomai dee-ap-or-yoo-om-ahee from διά and πορεύομαι; to travel through:--go through, journey in, pass by.
|
διεπορεύοντοdieporeuonto
|
they were passing through
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4172πόλεις,poleis (N-AFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεις,poleis
|
cities,
|
N-AFP
|
G3860παρεδίδοσανparedidosan (V-IIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδίδοσανparedidosan
|
they were delivering
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5442φυλάσσεινphylassein (V-PNA)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσεινphylassein
|
to keep
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1378δόγματαdogmata (N-ANP)
G1378 δόγμα dógma dog-mah from the base of δοκέω; a law (civil, ceremonial or ecclesiastical):--decree, ordinance.
|
δόγματαdogmata
|
decrees
|
N-ANP
|
G2919κεκριμέναkekrimena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κεκριμέναkekrimena
|
decided on
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
who were
|
Art-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσολύμοις.Hierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσολύμοις.Hierosolymois
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-DNP
|
4
As they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.Acts 16:4
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 25 words, 123 letters, 47 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε διεπορευοντο τας πολεις παρεδιδουν αυτοις φυλασσειν τα δογματα τα κεκριμενα υπο των αποστολων και των πρεσβυτερων των εν ιερουσαλημ
Lit: While then they were passing through the cities, they were delivering to them to keep the decrees decided on by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem.
KJV: And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.
References
"they delivered"Ac 15:6: 28: 29: The apostles and elders came together for to consider of this matter.
αι μεν ουν εκκλησιαι εστερεουντο τη πιστει και επερισσευον τω αριθμω καθ ημεραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΑἱHai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΑἱHai
|
The
|
Art-NFP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai (N-NFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai
|
churches
|
N-NFP
|
G4732ἐστερεοῦντοestereounto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4732 στερεόω stereóō ster-eh-o-o from στερεός; to solidify, i.e. confirm (literally or figuratively):--establish, receive strength, make strong.
|
ἐστερεοῦντοestereounto
|
were strengthened
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστειpistei
|
faith,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4052ἐπερίσσευονeperisseuon (V-IIA-3P)
G4052 περισσεύω perisseúō per-is-syoo-o from περισσός; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel:--(make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above).
|
ἐπερίσσευονeperisseuon
|
were increasing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G706ἀριθμῷarithmō (N-DMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμῷarithmō
|
in number
|
N-DMS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέραν.hēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραν.hēmeran
|
day.
|
N-AFS
|
5
So were the churches established in the faith, and increased in number daily.Acts 16:5
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 13 words, 66 letters, 25 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: αι μεν ουν εκκλησιαι εστερεουντο τη πιστει και επερισσευον τω αριθμω καθ ημεραν
Lit: The indeed therefore churches were strengthened in the faith, and were increasing in number every day.
KJV: And so were the churches established in the faith, and increased in number daily.
References
"so"Ac 15:41: He went through Syria and Cilicia: confirming the churches.2Ch 20:20: They rose early in the morning: and went forth into the wilderness of Tekoa: and as they went forth: Jehoshaphat stood and said: Hear me: O Judah: and you inhabitants of Jerusalem; Believe in the LORD your God: so will you be established; believe His prophets: so will you prosper.Isa 7:9: The head of Ephraim is Samaria: and the head of Samaria is Remaliah's son. If you not will believe: surely you will not be established.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: 1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Eph 4:13-16: Till we all come in the unity of the faith: and of the knowledge of the Son of God: to a perfect man: to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:Col 2:6: As you have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord: so walk you in Him:1Th 3:2: 13: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: Heb 13:9: 20: 21: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."increased"Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 5:14: Believers were the more added to the Lord: multitudes both of men and women.)Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ac 12:24: But the word of God grew and multiplied.Ac 13:48: 49: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Ac 19:18-21: Many that believed came: and confessed: and showed their deeds.
Paul’s Vision of the Macedonian
διελθοντες δε την φρυγιαν και την γαλατικην χωραν κωλυθεντες υπο του αγιου πνευματος λαλησαι τον λογον εν τη ασια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330ΔιῆλθονDiēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
ΔιῆλθονDiēlthon
|
Having passed through
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5435ΦρυγίανPhrygian (N-AFS)
G5435 Φρυγία Phrygía froog-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor:--Phrygia.
|
ΦρυγίανPhrygian
|
Phrygia
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1054ΓαλατικὴνGalatikēn (Adj-AFS)
G1054 Γαλατικός Galatikós gal-at-ee-kos from Γαλατία; Galatic or relating to Galatia:--of Galatia.
|
ΓαλατικὴνGalatikēn
|
the Galatian
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5561χώραν,chōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώραν,chōran
|
region,
|
N-AFS
|
G2967κωλυθέντεςkōlythentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλυθέντεςkōlythentes
|
having been forbidden
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G2980λαλῆσαιlalēsai (V-ANA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαιlalēsai
|
to speak
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G773Ἀσίᾳ·Asia (N-DFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίᾳ·Asia
|
Asia,
|
N-DFS
|
6
Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia,Acts 16:6
Stats
Rank: #1056 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 24 words, 107 letters, 41 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελθοντες δε την φρυγιαν και την γαλατικην χωραν κωλυθεντες υπο του αγιου πνευματος λαλησαι τον λογον εν τη ασια
Lit: Having passed through then Phrygia and the Galatian region, having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia,
KJV: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia,
References
"Phrygia"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples."region"Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples.1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.Ga 1:2: All the brothers which are with me: to the churches of Galatia:Ga 3:1: O foolish Galatians: who has bewitched you: that you not should obey the truth: before whose eyes Jesus Christ has been evidently set forth: crucified among you?2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: "forbidden"Ac 16:7: After they were come to Mysia: they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered not them.Ac 10:19: While Peter thought on the vision: the Spirit said to Him: Look: 3 men seek you.Ac 11:12: The spirit bade me go with them: nothing doubting. Moreover these 6 brothers accompanied me: and we entered into the man's house:Ac 13:2-4: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.2Ch 6:7-9: Now it was in the heart of David my father to build an house for the name of the LORD God of Israel.Isa 30:21: your ears will hear a word behind you: saying: This is the way: walk you in it: when you turn to the right hand: and when you turn to the left.Am 8:11: 12: Look: the days come: says the Lord GOD: that I will send a famine in the land: not a famine of bread: nor a thirst for water: but of hearing the words of the LORD:1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went."Asia"Ac 19:10: 26: 27: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 20:4: 16: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.2Co 1:8: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Ti 1:15: This you know: that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: Re 1:4: 11: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;
ελθοντες κατα την μυσιαν επειραζον κατα την βιθυνιαν πορευεσθαι και ουκ ειασεν αυτους το πνευμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
down to
|
Prep
|
G3465ΜυσίανMysian (N-AFS)
G3465 Μυσία Mysía moo-see-ah of uncertain origin; Mysia, a region of Asia Minor:--Mysia.
|
ΜυσίανMysian
|
Mysia,
|
N-AFS
|
G3985ἐπείραζονepeirazon (V-IIA-3P)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείραζονepeirazon
|
they were attempting
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G978ΒιθυνίανBithynian (N-AFS)
G978 Βιθυνία Bithynía bee-thoo-nee-ah of uncertain derivation; Bithynia, a region of Asia:--Bithynia.
|
ΒιθυνίανBithynian
|
Bithynia
|
N-AFS
|
G4198πορευθῆναι,poreuthēnai (V-ANP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευθῆναι,poreuthēnai
|
to go;
|
V-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1439εἴασενeiasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴασενeiasen
|
did allow
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou
|
of Jesus;
|
N-GMS
|
7
After they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered not them.Acts 16:7
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελθοντες κατα την μυσιαν επειραζον κατα την βιθυνιαν πορευεσθαι και ουκ ειασεν αυτους το πνευμα
Lit: having come then down to Mysia, they were attempting into Bithynia to go; and not did allow them the Spirit of Jesus;
KJV: After they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered them not.
References
"Bithynia"1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia:
παρελθοντες δε την μυσιαν κατεβησαν εις τρωαδα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3928παρελθόντεςparelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρελθόντεςparelthontes
|
having passed by
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3465ΜυσίανMysian (N-AFS)
G3465 Μυσία Mysía moo-see-ah of uncertain origin; Mysia, a region of Asia Minor:--Mysia.
|
ΜυσίανMysian
|
Mysia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2597κατέβησανkatebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβησανkatebēsan
|
they came down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5174Τρῳάδα.Trōada (N-AFS)
G5174 Τρωάς Trōás tro-as from (a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas, a place in Asia Minor:--Troas.
|
Τρῳάδα.Trōada
|
Troas.
|
N-AFS
|
8
They passing by Mysia came down to Troas.Acts 16:8
Stats
Counts: 45 characters, 9 words, 36 letters, 12 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρελθοντες δε την μυσιαν κατεβησαν εις τρωαδα
Lit: having passed by then Mysia, they came down to Troas.
KJV: And they passing by Mysia came down to Troas.
References
"Troas"Ac 16:11: Therefore loosing from Troas: we came with a straight course to Samothracia: and the next day to Neapolis;Ac 20:5: These going before tarried for us at Troas.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: 2Ti 4:13: The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus: when you come: bring with you: and the books: but especially the parchments.
και οραμα δια της νυκτος ωφθη τω παυλω ανηρ τις ην μακεδων εστως παρακαλων αυτον και λεγων διαβας εις μακεδονιαν βοηθησον ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3705ὅραμαhorama (N-NNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμαhorama
|
a vision
|
N-NNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3588[τῆς]tēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τῆς]tēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
to Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G3708ὤφθη,ōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθη,ōphthē
|
appeared:
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G3110ΜακεδώνMakedōn (N-NMS)
G3110 Μακεδών Makedṓn mak-ed-ohn of uncertain derivation; a Macedon (Macedonian), i.e. inhabitant of Macedonia:--of Macedonia, Macedonian.
|
ΜακεδώνMakedōn
|
of Macedonia
|
N-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2476ἑστὼςhestōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστὼςhestōs
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλῶνparakalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶνparakalōn
|
beseeching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1224ΔιαβὰςDiabas (V-APA-NMS)
G1224 διαβαίνω diabaínō dee-ab-ah-ee-no from διά and the base of βάσις; to cross:--come over, pass (through).
|
ΔιαβὰςDiabas
|
Having passed over
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3109ΜακεδονίανMakedonian (N-AFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίανMakedonian
|
Macedonia,
|
N-AFS
|
G997βοήθησονboēthēson (V-AMA-2S)
G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
βοήθησονboēthēson
|
help
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἡμῖν.hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν.hēmin
|
us.
|
PPro-D1P
|
9
A vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and prayed him, saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us.
Acts 16:9
Stats
Rank: #1933 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 21 words, 107 letters, 47 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οραμα δια της νυκτος ωφθη τω παυλω ανηρ τις ην μακεδων εστως παρακαλων αυτον και λεγων διαβας εις μακεδονιαν βοηθησον ημιν
Lit: And a vision during the night to Paul appeared: A man of Macedonia certain was standing and beseeching him and saying, Having passed over into Macedonia, help us.
KJV: And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and prayed him, saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us.
References
"a vision"Ac 2:17: 18: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 9:10-12: There was a certain disciple at Damascus: named Ananias; and to Him said the Lord in a vision: Ananias. And He said: Look: I am here: Lord.Ac 10:3: 10-17: 30: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ac 11:5-12: I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision: A certain vessel descend: as it had been a great sheet: let down from heaven by 4 corners; and it came even to me:Ac 18:9: 10: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 22:17-21: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;Ac 27:23: 24: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: 2Co 12:1-4: 7: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord."Macedonia"Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ro 15:26: For it has pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certain contribution for the poor saints which are at Jerusalem.2Co 7:5: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.2Co 8:1: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;2Co 9:2: For I know the forwardness of your mind: for which I boast of you to them of Macedonia: that Achaia was ready a year ago; and your zeal has provoked very many.2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.1Th 1:7: 8: So that you were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia.1Th 4:10: Indeed you do it toward all the brothers which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you: brothers: that you increase more and more;"Come"Ac 8:26-31: The angel of the Lord spoke to Philip: saying: Arise: and go toward the south to the way that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza: which is desert.Ac 9:38: Forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa: and the disciples had heard that Peter was there: they sent to him two men: desiring him that he not would delay to come to them.Ac 10:32: 33: Send therefore to Joppa: and call here Simon: whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the sea side: who: when he comes: will speak to you.Ac 11:13: 14: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;Ro 10:14: 15: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?
ως δε το οραμα ειδεν ευθεως εζητησαμεν εξελθειν εις την μακεδονιαν συμβιβαζοντες οτι προσκεκληται ημας ο κυριος ευαγγελισασθαι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3705ὅραμαhorama (N-ANS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὅραμαhorama
|
vision
|
N-ANS
|
G3708εἶδεν,eiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεν,eiden
|
he had seen,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2212ἐζητήσαμενezētēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζητήσαμενezētēsamen
|
we sought
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖνexelthein (V-ANA)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖνexelthein
|
to go forth
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3109Μακεδονίαν,Makedonian (N-AFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
Μακεδονίαν,Makedonian
|
Macedonia,
|
N-AFS
|
G4822συμβιβάζοντεςsymbibazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4822 συμβιβάζω symbibázō soom-bib-ad-zo from σύν and (to force; causative (by reduplication) of the base of βάσις); to drive together, i.e. unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer, show, teach:--compact, assuredly gather, intrust, knit together, prove.
|
συμβιβάζοντεςsymbibazontes
|
concluding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκέκληταιproskeklētai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκέκληταιproskeklētai
|
had called
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2097εὐαγγελίσασθαιeuangelisasthai (V-ANM)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελίσασθαιeuangelisasthai
|
to preach the gospel
|
V-ANM
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
to them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
10
After He had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel to them.Acts 16:10
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 27 words, 135 letters, 55 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε το οραμα ειδεν ευθεως εζητησαμεν εξελθειν εις την μακεδονιαν συμβιβαζοντες οτι προσκεκληται ημας ο κυριος ευαγγελισασθαι αυτους
Lit: When now the vision he had seen, immediately we sought to go forth to Macedonia, concluding that had called us God to preach the gospel to them.
KJV: And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them.
References
"immediately"Ac 10:29: Therefore came I to you without gainsaying: as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent you have sent for me?Ac 26:13: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.Ps 119:60: I made haste: and not delayed to keep your commandments.Pr 3:27: 28: not Withhold good from them to whom it is due: when it is in the power of your hand to do it.2Co 2:12: 13: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord:
Lydia’s Conversion in Philippi
αναχθεντες ουν απο της τρωαδος ευθυδρομησαμεν εις σαμοθρακην τη τε επιουση εις νεαπολιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G321ἈναχθέντεςAnachthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἈναχθέντεςAnachthentes
|
Having sailed
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G5174ΤρῳάδοςTrōados (N-GFS)
G5174 Τρωάς Trōás tro-as from (a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas, a place in Asia Minor:--Troas.
|
ΤρῳάδοςTrōados
|
Troas,
|
N-GFS
|
G2113εὐθυδρομήσαμενeuthydromēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2113 εὐθυδρομέω euthydroméō yoo-thoo-drom-eh-o from εὐθύς and δρόμος; to lay a straight course, i.e. sail direct:--(come) with a straight course.
|
εὐθυδρομήσαμενeuthydromēsamen
|
we made a straight course
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4543Σαμοθρᾴκην,Samothrakēn (N-AFS)
G4543 Σαμοθρᾴκη Samothráikē sam-oth-rak-ay from Σάμος and (Thrace); Samo-thrace (Samos of Thrace), an island in the Mediterranean:--Samothracia.
|
Σαμοθρᾴκην,Samothrakēn
|
Samothrace,
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1966ἐπιούσῃepiousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epioûsa ep-ee-oo-sah feminine singular participle of a comparative of ἐπί and (to go); supervening, i.e. (ἡμέρα or νύξ being expressed or implied) the ensuing day or night:--following, next.,
|
ἐπιούσῃepiousē
|
the following day,
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3501ΝέανNean (Adj-AFS)
G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
ΝέανNean
|
Nea
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4172Πόλιν,Polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
Πόλιν,Polin
|
Polis,
|
N-AFS
|
11
Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Neapolis;Acts 16:11
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 16 words, 86 letters, 35 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναχθεντες ουν απο της τρωαδος ευθυδρομησαμεν εις σαμοθρακην τη τε επιουση εις νεαπολιν
Lit: Having sailed then from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the following day, to Nea Polis,
KJV: Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Neapolis;
εκειθεν τε εις φιλιππους ητις εστιν πρωτη της μεριδος της μακεδονιας πολις κολωνια ημεν δε εν ταυτη τη πολει διατριβοντες ημερας τινας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
and from there
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5375Φιλίππους,Philippous (N-AMP)
G5375 Φίλιπποι Phílippoi fil-ip-poy plural of Φίλιππος; Philippi, a place in Macedonia:--Philippi.
|
Φιλίππους,Philippous
|
Philippi,
|
N-AMP
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-GFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
the leading
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆς ⇔tēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆς ⇔tēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3310μερίδοςmeridos (N-GFS)
G3310 μερίς merís mer-ece feminine of μέρος; a portion, i.e. province, share or (abstractly) participation:--part (X -akers).
|
μερίδοςmeridos
|
district
|
N-GFS
|
G3109ΜακεδονίαςMakedonias (N-GFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίαςMakedonias
|
of Macedonia
|
N-GFS
|
G4172πόλις,polis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλις,polis
|
city,
|
N-NFS
|
G2862κολωνία.kolōnia (N-NFS)
G2862 κολωνία kolōnía kol-o-nee-ah of Latin origin; a Roman colony for veterans:--colony.
|
κολωνία.kolōnia
|
a colony.
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἮμενĒmen (V-IIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἮμενĒmen
|
We were
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G1304διατρίβοντεςdiatribontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διατρίβοντεςdiatribontes
|
staying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5100τινάς.tinas (IPro-AFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινάς.tinas
|
some.
|
IPro-AFP
|
12
From there to Philippi, which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days.Acts 16:12
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 24 words, 110 letters, 41 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκειθεν τε εις φιλιππους ητις εστιν πρωτη της μεριδος της μακεδονιας πολις κολωνια ημεν δε εν ταυτη τη πολει διατριβοντες ημερας τινας
Lit: and from there to Philippi, which is the leading of the district of Macedonia city, a colony. We were now in this city staying days some.
KJV: And from thence to Philippi, which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days.
References
"Philippi"Ac 20:6: We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread: and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.
τη τε ημερα των σαββατων εξηλθομεν εξω της πολεως παρα ποταμον ου ενομιζετο προσευχη ειναι και καθισαντες ελαλουμεν ταις συνελθουσαις γυναιξιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4521σαββάτωνsabbatōn (N-GNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτωνsabbatōn
|
Sabbaths,
|
N-GNP
|
G1831ἐξήλθομενexēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξήλθομενexēlthomen
|
we went forth
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4439πύληςpylēs (N-GFS)
G4439 πύλη pýlē poo-lay apparently a primary word; a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (literally or figuratively):--gate.
|
πύληςpylēs
|
city gate,
|
N-GFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4215ποταμὸνpotamon (N-AMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμὸνpotamon
|
a river,
|
N-AMS
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3543ἐνομίζομενenomizomen (V-IIA-1P)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
ἐνομίζομενenomizomen
|
was customary
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G4335προσευχὴνproseuchēn (N-AFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχὴνproseuchēn
|
a place of prayer
|
N-AFS
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2523καθίσαντεςkathisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαντεςkathisantes
|
having sat down,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2980ἐλαλοῦμενelaloumen (V-IIA-1P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλαλοῦμενelaloumen
|
we began speaking
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4905συνελθούσαιςsynelthousais (V-APA-DFP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθούσαιςsynelthousais
|
having gathered
|
V-APA-DFP
|
G1135γυναιξίν.gynaixin (N-DFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναιξίν.gynaixin
|
women.
|
N-DFP
|
13
On the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side, where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down, and spoke to the women which resorted there.Acts 16:13
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 30 words, 123 letters, 45 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη τε ημερα των σαββατων εξηλθομεν εξω της πολεως παρα ποταμον ου ενομιζετο προσευχη ειναι και καθισαντες ελαλουμεν ταις συνελθουσαις γυναιξιν
Lit: On the then day of the Sabbaths, we went forth outside the city gate, by a river, where was customary a place of prayer to be. And having sat down, we began speaking to the having gathered women.
KJV: And on the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side, where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down, and spake unto the women which resorted thither.
References
"on"Ac 13:14: 42: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight."where"Lu 13:10: He was teaching in one of the synagogues on the sabbath."and we"Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Mt 5:1: 2: Seeing the multitudes: he went up into a mountain: and when he was set: his disciples came to him:Mt 13:2: Great multitudes were gathered together to him: so that he went into a ship: and sat; and the whole multitude stood on the shore.Lu 4:20: 21: He closed the book: and he gave it again to the minister: and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him.Joh 8:2: Early in the morning he came again into the temple: and all the people came to him; and he sat down: and taught them."spake"Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;
και τις γυνη ονοματι λυδια πορφυροπωλις πολεως θυατειρων σεβομενη τον θεον ηκουεν ης ο κυριος διηνοιξεν την καρδιαν προσεχειν τοις λαλουμενοις υπο του παυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NFS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G3070Λυδία,Lydia (N-NFS)
G3070 Λυδία Lydía loo-dee-ah properly, feminine of Ludios (of foreign origin) (a Lydian, in Asia Minor); Lydia, a Christian woman:--Lydia.
|
Λυδία,Lydia
|
Lydia,
|
N-NFS
|
G4211πορφυρόπωλιςporphyropōlis (N-NFS)
G4211 πορφυρόπωλις porphyrópōlis por-foo-rop-o-lis feminine of a compound of πορφύρα and πωλέω; a female trader in purple cloth:--seller of purple.
|
πορφυρόπωλιςporphyropōlis
|
a seller of purple
|
N-NFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
of the city
|
N-GFS
|
G2363Θυατείρων,Thyateirōn (N-GNP)
G2363 Θυάτειρα Thyáteira thoo-at-i-rah of uncertain derivation; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:--Thyatira.
|
Θυατείρων,Thyateirōn
|
of Thyatira,
|
N-GNP
|
G4576σεβομένηsebomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομένηsebomenē
|
worshiping
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G191ἤκουεν,ēkouen (V-IIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουεν,ēkouen
|
was listening,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1272διήνοιξενdiēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G1272 διανοίγω dianoígō dee-an-oy-go from διά and ἀνοίγω; to open thoroughly, literally (as a first-born) or figuratively (to expound):--open.
|
διήνοιξενdiēnoixen
|
opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart
|
N-AFS
|
G4337προσέχεινprosechein (V-PNA)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσέχεινprosechein
|
to attend
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G2980λαλουμένοιςlaloumenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλουμένοιςlaloumenois
|
being spoken
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3972Παύλου.Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου.Paulou
|
Paul.
|
N-GMS
|
14
A certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, which worshipped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened, that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Acts 16:14
Stats
Rank: #1080 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 30 words, 157 letters, 58 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τις γυνη ονοματι λυδια πορφυροπωλις πολεως θυατειρων σεβομενη τον θεον ηκουεν ης ο κυριος διηνοιξεν την καρδιαν προσεχειν τοις λαλουμενοις υπο του παυλου
Lit: And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple of the city of Thyatira, worshiping God, was listening, of whom the Lord opened the heart to attend to the things being spoken by Paul.
KJV: And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, which worshipped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened, that she attended unto the things which were spoken of Paul.
References
"Thyatira"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:18-24: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;"worshipped"Ac 8:27: He arose and went: and: look: a man of Ethiopia: an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians: who had the charge of all her treasure: and had come to Jerusalem for to worship: Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 18:7: He departed there: and entered into a certain man's house: named Justus: one that worshipped God: whose house joined hard to the synagogue.Joh 12:20: There were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast:"whose"Ac 11:21: The hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed: and turned to the Lord.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Song 5:4: My beloved put in his hand by the hole of the door: and my bowels were moved for him.Isa 50:5: The Lord GOD has opened my ear: and I not was rebellious: neither turned away back.Lu 24:45: Then opened he their understanding: that they might understand the scriptures: Joh 6:44: 45: No man can come to me: except the Father which has sent me draw Him: and I will raise Him up at the last day.Ro 9:16: So then it is not of Him that wills: nor of Him that runs: but of God that shews mercy.1Co 3:6: 7: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.2Co 3:14-16: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.2Co 4:4-6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 1:17: 18: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of glory: may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him:Php 2:13: For it is God which works in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.Jas 1:16: 17: not Do err: my beloved brothers.Re 3:7: 20: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;
ως δε εβαπτισθη και ο οικος αυτης παρεκαλεσεν λεγουσα ει κεκρικατε με πιστην τω κυριω ειναι εισελθοντες εις τον οικον μου μεινατε και παρεβιασατο ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē
|
she was baptized,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκοςoikos
|
house
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3870παρεκάλεσενparekalesen (V-AIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσενparekalesen
|
she begged,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G2919κεκρίκατέkekrikate (V-RIA-2P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κεκρίκατέkekrikate
|
you have judged
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4103πιστὴνpistēn (Adj-AFS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὴνpistēn
|
faithful
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G1525εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκόνoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόνoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3306μένετε·menete (V-PMA-2P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένετε·menete
|
abide.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3849παρεβιάσατοparebiasato (V-AIM-3S)
G3849 παραβιάζομαι parabiázomai par-ab-ee-ad-zom-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of βιάζω; to force contrary to (nature), i.e. compel (by entreaty):--constrain.
|
παρεβιάσατοparebiasato
|
she persuaded
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
us.
|
PPro-A1P
|
15
When she was baptized, and her household, she besought us, saying, If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained us.
Acts 16:15
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 26 words, 139 letters, 55 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εβαπτισθη και ο οικος αυτης παρεκαλεσεν λεγουσα ει κεκρικατε με πιστην τω κυριω ειναι εισελθοντες εις τον οικον μου μεινατε και παρεβιασατο ημας
Lit: When then she was baptized, and the house of her, she begged, saying, If you have judged me faithful to the Lord to be, having entered into the house of me, abide. And she persuaded us.
KJV: And when she was baptized, and her household, she besought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide [there]. And she constrained us.
References
"when"Ac 16:33: He took them the same hour of the night: and washed their stripes; and was baptized: he and all his: straightway.Ac 8:12: 38: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 11:14: Who will tell you words: whereby you and all your house will be saved.Ac 18:8: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized.1Co 1:13-16: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?"If"Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:Php 1:7: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.Phm 1:17: If you count me therefore a partner: receive him as myself.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.3Jo 1:5: Beloved: you do faithfully whatever you do to the brothers: and to strangers;"come"Ge 18:4: 5: Let a little water: I pray you: be fetched: and wash your feet: and rest yourselves under the tree:Jg 19:19: 20: Yet there is both straw and provender for our asses; and there is bread and wine also for me: and for your handmaid: and for the young man which is with your servants: there is no want of any thing.Mt 10:41: He who receives'>receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward; and he who receives'>receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward.Lu 9:4: 5: whatever house you enter into: there abide: and there depart.Lu 10:5-7: Into whatever house you enter: first say: Peace be to this house.Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.Ga 6:10: As we have therefore opportunity: let us do good to all men: especially to them who are of the household of faith.Heb 13:2: not Be forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:3Jo 1:8: We therefore ought to receive such: that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth."And she"Ge 19:3: He pressed upon them greatly; and they turned in to him: and entered into his house; and he made them a feast: and did bake unleavened bread: and they did eat.Ge 33:11: Take: I pray you: my blessing that is brought to you; because God has dealt graciously with me: and because I have enough. And He urged Him: and He took it.Jg 19:21: So he brought him into his house: and gave provender to the asses: and they washed their feet: and did eat and drink.1Sa 28:23: But he refused: and said: I not will eat. But his servants: together with the woman: compelled him; and he listened to their voice. So he arose from the earth: and sat upon the bed.2Ki 4:8: It fell on a day: that Elisha passed to Shunem: where was a great woman; and she constrained him to eat bread. And so it was: that as often as he passed by: he turned in there to eat bread.Lu 14:23: The lord said to the servant: Go out into the highways and hedges: and compel them to come in: that my house may be filled.Lu 24:29: But they constrained him: saying: Abide with us: for it is toward evening: and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them.2Co 5:14: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.Heb 13:2: not Be forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.
Persecution on the Road
εγενετο δε πορευομενων ημων εις προσευχην παιδισκην τινα εχουσαν πνευμα πυθωνος απαντησαι ημιν ητις εργασιαν πολλην παρειχεν τοις κυριοις αυτης μαντευομενη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G4198πορευομένωνporeuomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένωνporeuomenōn
|
going
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4335προσευχὴν,proseuchēn (N-AFS)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχὴν,proseuchēn
|
place of prayer,
|
N-AFS
|
G3814παιδίσκηνpaidiskēn (N-AFS)
G3814 παιδίσκη paidískē pahee-dis-kay feminine diminutive of παῖς; a girl, i.e. (specially), a female slave or servant:--bondmaid(-woman), damsel, maid(-en).
|
παιδίσκηνpaidiskēn
|
a girl
|
N-AFS
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AFS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
certain,
|
IPro-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσανechousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσανechousan
|
having
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
a spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G4436ΠύθωναPythōna (N-AMS)
G4436 Πύθων Pýthōn poo-thone from (the name of the region where Delphi, the seat of the famous oracle, was located); a Python, i.e. (by analogy, with the supposed diviner there) inspiration (soothsaying):-- divination.
|
ΠύθωναPythōna
|
of Python,
|
N-AMS
|
G5221ὑπαντῆσαιhypantēsai (V-ANA)
G5221 ὑπαντάω hypantáō hoop-an-tah-o from ὑπό and a derivative of ἀντί; to go opposite (meet) under (quietly), i.e. to encounter, fall in with:--(go to) meet.
|
ὑπαντῆσαιhypantēsai
|
met
|
V-ANA
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
who
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G2039ἐργασίανergasian (N-AFS)
G2039 ἐργασία ergasía er-gas-ee-ah from ἐργάτης; occupation; by implication, profit, pains:--craft, diligence, gain, work.
|
ἐργασίανergasian
|
gain
|
N-AFS
|
G4183πολλὴνpollēn (Adj-AFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὴνpollēn
|
much
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3930παρεῖχενpareichen (V-IIA-3S)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρεῖχενpareichen
|
was bringing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2962κυρίοιςkyriois (N-DMP)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίοιςkyriois
|
masters
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3132μαντευομένη.manteuomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G3132 μαντεύομαι manteúomai mant-yoo-om-ahee from a derivative of μαίνομαι (meaning a prophet, as supposed to rave through inspiration); to divine, i.e. utter spells (under pretense of foretelling:--by soothsaying.
|
μαντευομένη.manteuomenē
|
by fortune-telling.
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
16
It came to pass, as we went to prayer, a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us, which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:Acts 16:16
Stats
Rank: #750 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 26 words, 125 letters, 46 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε πορευομενων ημων εις προσευχην παιδισκην τινα εχουσαν πνευμα πυθωνος απαντησαι ημιν ητις εργασιαν πολλην παρειχεν τοις κυριοις αυτης μαντευομενη
Lit: It happened now, going of us to the place of prayer, a girl certain, having a spirit of Python, met us, who gain much was bringing the masters of her by fortune-telling.
KJV: And it came to pass, as we went to prayer, a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us, which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:
References
"possessed"Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Ac 8:9-11: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:Ex 7:11: 12: Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt: they also did in like manner with their enchantments.De 13:1-3: If there arise among you a prophet: or a dreamer of dreams: and gives you a sign or a wonder: De 18:9-11: When you are come into the land which the LORD your God gives you: you will not learn to do after the abominations of those nations.1Sa 28:7: Then said Saul to his servants: Seek me a woman that has a familiar spirit: that I may go to her: and inquire of her. And his servants said to him: Look: there is a woman that has a familiar spirit at Endor.1Ch 10:13: So Saul died for His transgression which He committed against the LORD: even against the word of the LORD: which He not kept: and also for asking counsel of one that had a familiar spirit: to inquire of it;Isa 8:19: When they will say to you: Seek to them that have familiar spirits: and to wizards that peep: and that mutter: not should a people seek to their God? for the living to the dead?Ga 5:20: Idolatry: witchcraft: hatred: variance: emulations: wrath: strife: seditions: heresies: 2Ti 3:8: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith."which"Ac 19:24: For a certain man named Demetrius: a silversmith: which made silver shrines for Diana: brought no small gain to the craftsmen;1Ti 6:10: For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after: they have erred from the faith: and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.2Pe 2:3: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.Re 18:11-13: The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:
αυτη κατακολουθησασα τω παυλω και ημιν εκραζεν λεγουσα ουτοι οι ανθρωποι δουλοι του θεου του υψιστου εισιν οιτινες καταγγελλουσιν ημιν οδον σωτηριας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
She,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G2628κατακολουθοῦσαkatakolouthousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2628 κατακολουθέω katakolouthéō kat-ak-ol-oo-theh-o from κατά and ἀκολουθέω; to accompany closely:--follow (after).
|
κατακολουθοῦσαkatakolouthousa
|
having followed
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2896ἔκραζενekrazen (V-IIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζενekrazen
|
was crying out,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3778ΟὗτοιHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοιHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G1401δοῦλοιdouloi (N-NMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοιdouloi
|
servants
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G5310ὙψίστουHypsistou (Adj-GMS-S)
G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.
|
ὙψίστουHypsistou
|
Most High
|
Adj-GMS-S
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2605καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin
|
proclaim
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
the way
|
N-AFS
|
G4991σωτηρίας.sōtērias (N-GFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίας.sōtērias
|
of salvation.
|
N-GFS
|
17
The same followed Paul and us, and cried, saying, These men are the servants of the most high God, which show to us the way of salvation.
Acts 16:17
Stats
Rank: #611 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 23 words, 108 letters, 40 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτη κατακολουθησασα τω παυλω και ημιν εκραζεν λεγουσα ουτοι οι ανθρωποι δουλοι του θεου του υψιστου εισιν οιτινες καταγγελλουσιν ημιν οδον σωτηριας
Lit: She, having followed Paul and us, was crying out, saying, These men servants of the God Most High are, who proclaim to you the way of salvation.
KJV: The same followed Paul and us, and cried, saying, These men are the servants of the most high God, which shew unto us the way of salvation.
References
"These"Ac 19:13: Then certain of the vagabond Jews: exorcists: took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus: saying: We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Lu 4:34: 41: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are; the Holy one of God."the servants"Da 3:26: 28: Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace: and spoke: and said: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: you servants of the most high God: come forth: and come here. Then Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: came forth of the middle of the fire.Da 6:16: 20: Then the king commanded: and they brought Daniel: and cast Him into the den of lions. Now the king spoke and said to Daniel: Your God whom you serve continually: He will deliver you.Jon 1:9: He said to them: I am an Hebrew; and I fear the LORD: the God of heaven: which has made the sea and the dry land.1Pe 2:16: As free: not and using your liberty for a cloke of maliciousness: but as the servants of God."the most"Ge 14:18-22: Melchizedek king of Salem brought forth bread and wine: and He was the priest of the most high God.Ps 57:2: I will cry to God most high; to God that performs all things for me.Ps 78:35: They remembered that God was their rock: and the high God their redeemer.Da 4:2: I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me.Da 5:18: 21: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Mic 6:6: Wherewith will I come before the LORD: and bow myself before the high God? will I come before Him with burnt offerings: with calves of a year old?Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Lu 8:28: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me."the way"Ac 16:30: 31: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ac 18:26: He began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard: they took Him to them: and expounded to Him the way of God more perfectly.Mt 7:13: 14: Enter you in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate: and broad is the way: that leads to destruction: and many there be which go in thereat:Mt 22:16: They sent out to Him their disciples with the Herodians: saying: Master: we know that you are true: and teach the way of God in truth: neither care you for any man: for you regard not the person of men.Mr 12:14: When they were come: they say to Him: Master: we know that you are true: and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men: but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Lu 1:77: 79: To give knowledge of salvation to his people by the remission of their sins: Lu 20:21: They asked Him: saying: Master: we know that you say and teach'>teach rightly: neither accept you the person of any: but teach'>teach the way of God truly:Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Heb 10:19-22: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus:
τουτο δε εποιει επι πολλας ημερας διαπονηθεις δε ο παυλος και επιστρεψας τω πνευματι ειπεν παραγγελλω σοι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου εξελθειν απ αυτης και εξηλθεν αυτη τη ωρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίειepoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίειepoiei
|
she continued
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλὰςpollas (Adj-AFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰςpollas
|
many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
days.
|
N-AFP
|
G1278διαπονηθεὶςdiaponētheis (V-APP-NMS)
G1278 διαπονέω diaponéō dee-ap-on-eh-o from διά and a derivative of πόνος; to toil through, i.e. (passively) be worried:--be grieved.
|
διαπονηθεὶςdiaponētheis
|
Having been distressed
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas
|
having turned
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3853ΠαραγγέλλωParangellō (V-PIA-1S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
ΠαραγγέλλωParangellō
|
I command
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
the name
|
N-DNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖνexelthein (V-ANA)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖνexelthein
|
to come out
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
it came out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
the same
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5610ὥρᾳ.hōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳ.hōra
|
hour.
|
N-DFS
|
18
This did she many days. But Paul, being grieved, turned and said to the spirit, I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.
Acts 16:18
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 32 words, 135 letters, 54 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε εποιει επι πολλας ημερας διαπονηθεις δε ο παυλος και επιστρεψας τω πνευματι ειπεν παραγγελλω σοι εν τω ονοματι ιησου χριστου εξελθειν απ αυτης και εξηλθεν αυτη τη ωρα
Lit: This then she continued for many days. Having been distressed then Paul, and having turned to the spirit, he said, I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out from her. And it came out the same hour.
KJV: And this did she many days. But Paul, being grieved, turned and said to the spirit, I command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And he came out the same hour.
References
"being"Ac 14:13-15: Then the priest of Jupiter: which was before their city: brought oxen and garlands to the gates: and would have done sacrifice with the people.Mr 1:25: 26: 34: Jesus rebuked Him: saying: Hold your peace: and come out of Him."I command"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 9:34: Peter said to Him: AEneas: Jesus Christ makes you whole: arise: and make your bed. And He arose immediately.Ac 19:12-17: So that from his body were brought to the sick handkerchiefs or aprons: and the diseases departed from them: and the evil spirits went out of them.Mr 9:25: 26: When Jesus saw that the people came running together: He rebuked the foul spirit: saying to Him: You dumb and deaf spirit: I charge you: come out of Him: and enter no more into Him.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 9:1: Then he called his 12 disciples together: and gave them power and authority over all devils: and to cure diseases.Lu 10:17-19: The 70 returned again with joy: saying: Lord: even the devils are subject to us through your name.Col 2:15: And having spoiled principalities and powers: he made a show of them openly: triumphing over them in it.
ιδοντες δε οι κυριοι αυτης οτι εξηλθεν η ελπις της εργασιας αυτων επιλαβομενοι τον παυλον και τον σιλαν ειλκυσαν εις την αγοραν επι τους αρχοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδόντεςIdontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδόντεςIdontes
|
Having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2962κύριοιkyrioi (N-NMP)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κύριοιkyrioi
|
masters
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
was gone
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1680ἐλπὶςelpis (N-NFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπὶςelpis
|
hope
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2039ἐργασίαςergasias (N-GFS)
G2039 ἐργασία ergasía er-gas-ee-ah from ἐργάτης; occupation; by implication, profit, pains:--craft, diligence, gain, work.
|
ἐργασίαςergasias
|
profit
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1949ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi
|
having taken hold of
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣιλᾶνSilan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶνSilan
|
Silas,
|
N-AMS
|
G1670εἵλκυσανheilkysan (V-AIA-3P)
G1670 ἑλκύω helkýō hel-ko probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to drag (literally or figuratively):--draw. Compare ἑλίσσω.
|
εἵλκυσανheilkysan
|
they dragged them
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G58ἀγορὰνagoran (N-AFS)
G58 ἀγορά agorá ag-or-ah from (to gather; probably akin to ἐγείρω); properly, the town-square (as a place of public resort); by implication, a market or thoroughfare:--market(-place), street.
|
ἀγορὰνagoran
|
marketplace
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G758ἄρχοντας,archontas (N-AMP)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχοντας,archontas
|
rulers;
|
N-AMP
|
19
When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone, they caught Paul and Silas, and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers,Acts 16:19
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 25 words, 114 letters, 41 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδοντες δε οι κυριοι αυτης οτι εξηλθεν η ελπις της εργασιας αυτων επιλαβομενοι τον παυλον και τον σιλαν ειλκυσαν εις την αγοραν επι τους αρχοντας
Lit: Having seen now the masters of her that was gone the hope of the profit of them, having taken hold of Paul and Silas, they dragged them into the marketplace before the rulers;
KJV: And when her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone, they caught Paul and Silas, and drew them into the marketplace unto the rulers,
References
"the hope"Ac 19:24-27: For a certain man named Demetrius: a silversmith: which made silver shrines for Diana: brought no small gain to the craftsmen;1Ti 6:10: For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after: they have erred from the faith: and pierced themselves through with many sorrows."they"Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Ac 14:5: 19: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 15:26: Men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 18:12: 13: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Ac 21:30: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Mt 10:16-18: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;
και προσαγαγοντες αυτους τοις στρατηγοις ειπον ουτοι οι ανθρωποι εκταρασσουσιν ημων την πολιν ιουδαιοι υπαρχοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4317προσαγαγόντεςprosagagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4317 προσάγω proságō pros-ag-o from πρός and ἄγω; to lead towards, i.e. (transitively) to conduct near (summon, present), or (intransitively) to approach:--bring, draw near.
|
προσαγαγόντεςprosagagontes
|
having brought up
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4755στρατηγοῖςstratēgois (N-DMP)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγοῖςstratēgois
|
magistrates,
|
N-DMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3778ΟὗτοιHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοιHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G1613ἐκταράσσουσινektarassousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1613 ἐκταράσσω ektarássō ek-tar-as-so from ἐκ and ταράσσω; to disturb wholly:--exceedingly trouble.
|
ἐκταράσσουσινektarassousin
|
exceedingly trouble
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντες,hyparchontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντες,hyparchontes
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
20
Brought them to the magistrates, saying, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city,
Acts 16:20
Stats
Rank: #3932 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 12 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσαγαγοντες αυτους τοις στρατηγοις ειπον ουτοι οι ανθρωποι εκταρασσουσιν ημων την πολιν ιουδαιοι υπαρχοντες
Lit: and having brought up them to the magistrates, they said, These men exceedingly trouble of us the city, Jews being,
KJV: And brought them to the magistrates, saying, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city,
References
"being"Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Ac 19:34: But when they knew that he was a Jew: all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Ezr 4:12-15: Be it known to the king: that the Jews which came up from you to us are come to Jerusalem: building the rebellious and the bad city: and have set up the walls thereof: and joined the foundations.Es 3:8: 9: Haman said to king Ahasuerus: There is a certain people scattered abroad and dispersed among the people in all the provinces of your kingdom; and their laws are diverse from all people; neither keep they the king's laws: therefore it is not for the king's profit to suffer them."do"Ac 17:6-8: When they found not them: they drew Jason and certain brothers to the rulers of the city: crying: These that have turned the world upside down are come here also;Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.1Ki 18:17: 18: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?Mt 2:3: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.Joh 15:18-20: If the world hate you: you know that it hated me before it hated you.Ro 12:2: not be conformed to this world: but be you transformed by the renewing of your mind: that you may prove what is that good: and acceptable: and perfect: will of God.Jas 4:4: You adulterers and adulteresses: know you not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God.
και καταγγελλουσιν εθη α ουκ εξεστιν ημιν παραδεχεσθαι ουδε ποιειν ρωμαιοις ουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2605καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin
|
preach
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1485ἔθηethē (N-ANP)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθηethē
|
customs,
|
N-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1832ἔξεστινexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστινexestin
|
it is lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
for us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3858παραδέχεσθαιparadechesthai (V-PNM/P)
G3858 παραδέχομαι paradéchomai par-ad-ekh-om-ahee from παρά and δέχομαι; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by implication) delight in:--receive.
|
παραδέχεσθαιparadechesthai
|
to accept
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖνpoiein
|
to practice,
|
V-PNA
|
G4514ῬωμαίοιςRhōmaiois (Adj-DMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαίοιςRhōmaiois
|
Romans
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1510οὖσιν.ousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσιν.ousin
|
being.
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
21
Teach customs, which not are lawful for us to receive, neither to observe, being Romans.Acts 16:21
Stats
Rank: #4056 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 13 words, 73 letters, 29 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καταγγελλουσιν εθη α ουκ εξεστιν ημιν παραδεχεσθαι ουδε ποιειν ρωμαιοις ουσιν
Lit: and preach customs, that not it is lawful for us to accept nor to practice, Romans being.
KJV: And teach customs, which are not lawful for us to receive, neither to observe, being Romans.
References
"And teach customs, which are not lawful for us to receive, neither to observe, being Romans."Ac 26:3: Especially because I know you to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: for what reason I beseech you to hear me patiently.Jer 10:3: For the customs of the people are vain: for one cuts a tree out of the for: the work of the hands of the workman: with the axe.
Paul and Silas Imprisoned
και συνεπεστη ο οχλος κατ αυτων και οι στρατηγοι περιρρηξαντες αυτων τα ιματια εκελευον ραβδιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4911συνεπέστηsynepestē (V-AIA-3S)
G4911 συνεφίστημι synephístēmi soon-ef-is-tay-mee from σύν and ἐφίστημι; to stand up together, i.e. to resist (or assault) jointly:--rise up together.
|
συνεπέστηsynepestē
|
rose up together
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
crowd
|
N-NMS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4755στρατηγοὶstratēgoi (N-NMP)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγοὶstratēgoi
|
magistrates
|
N-NMP
|
G4048περιρήξαντεςperirēxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4048 περιῤῥήγνυμι perirrhḗgnymi per-ir-hrayg-noo-mee from περί and ῥήγνυμι; to tear all around, i.e. completely away:--rend off.
|
περιρήξαντεςperirēxantes
|
having torn off
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments,
|
N-ANP
|
G2753ἐκέλευονekeleuon (V-IIA-3P)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευονekeleuon
|
were commanding that
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4463ῥαβδίζειν,rhabdizein (V-PNA)
G4463 ῥαβδίζω rhabdízō hrab-did-zo from ῥάβδος; to strike with a stick, i.e. bastinado:--beat (with rods).
|
ῥαβδίζειν,rhabdizein
|
they be beaten with rods.
|
V-PNA
|
22
The multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates tear off their clothes, and commanded to beat them.Acts 16:22
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 36 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συνεπεστη ο οχλος κατ αυτων και οι στρατηγοι περιρρηξαντες αυτων τα ιματια εκελευον ραβδιζειν
Lit: And rose up together the crowd against them, and the magistrates having torn off of them the garments, were commanding that they be beaten with rods.
KJV: And the multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates rent off their clothes, and commanded to beat them.
References
"the multitude"Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Ac 19:28-41: When they heard these sayings: they were full of wrath: and cried out: saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Ac 21:30: 31: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Ac 22:22: 23: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live."the magistrates"Ac 16:37: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go.Ac 22:24-26: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mt 27:26: Then released He Barabbas to them: and when He had scourged Jesus: He delivered Him to be crucified.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;2Co 11:23-25: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
πολλας τε επιθεντες αυτοις πληγας εβαλον εις φυλακην παραγγειλαντες τω δεσμοφυλακι ασφαλως τηρειν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλάςpollas (Adj-AFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλάςpollas
|
Many
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5037τε*te (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τε*te
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθέντεςepithentes (V-APA-NMP)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθέντεςepithentes
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
on them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4127πληγὰςplēgas (N-AFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὰςplēgas
|
blows,
|
N-AFP
|
G906ἔβαλονebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλονebalon
|
they cast them
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακήν,phylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακήν,phylakēn
|
prison,
|
N-AFS
|
G3853παραγγείλαντεςparangeilantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγείλαντεςparangeilantes
|
having charged
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1200δεσμοφύλακιdesmophylaki (N-DMS)
G1200 δεσμοφύλαξ desmophýlax des-mof-oo-lax from δεσμόν and φύλαξ; a jailer (as guarding the prisoners):--jailor, keeper of the prison.
|
δεσμοφύλακιdesmophylaki
|
jailer
|
N-DMS
|
G806ἀσφαλῶςasphalōs (Adv)
G806 ἀσφαλῶς asphalōs as-fal-oce adverb from ἀσφαλής; securely (literally or figuratively):--assuredly, safely.
|
ἀσφαλῶςasphalōs
|
securely
|
Adv
|
G5083τηρεῖνtērein (V-PNA)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖνtērein
|
to keep
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
23
When they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailor to keep them safely:Acts 16:23
Stats
Rank: #5076 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 19 words, 92 letters, 31 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλας τε επιθεντες αυτοις πληγας εβαλον εις φυλακην παραγγειλαντες τω δεσμοφυλακι ασφαλως τηρειν αυτους
Lit: Many then having laid on them blows, they cast them into prison, having charged the jailer securely to keep them,
KJV: And when they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailor to keep them safely:
References
"they cast"Ac 5:18: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 12:4: When he had apprehended him: he put him in prison: and delivered him to 4 quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: 2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound.Phm 1:9: Yet for love's sake I rather beseech you: being such an one as Paul the aged: and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ.Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life."to keep"Ac 5:23: Saying: The prison truly found we shut with all safety: and the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had opened: we found no man within.Ac 12:18: Now as soon as it was day: there was no small stir among the soldiers: what was become of Peter.1Sa 23:22: 23: Go: I pray you: prepare yet: and know and see his place where his haunt is: and who has seen him there: for it is told me that he deals very subtilly.Mt 26:48: Now he who betrayed him gave them a sign: saying: Whoever I will kiss: that same is he: hold him fast.Mt 27:63-66: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.
ος παραγγελιαν τοιαυτην ειληφως εβαλεν αυτους εις την εσωτεραν φυλακην και τους ποδας αυτων ησφαλισατο εις το ξυλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3852παραγγελίανparangelian (N-AFS)
G3852 παραγγελία parangelía par-ang-gel-ee-ah from παραγγέλλω; a mandate:--charge, command.
|
παραγγελίανparangelian
|
an order
|
N-AFS
|
G5108τοιαύτηνtoiautēn (DPro-AFS)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύτηνtoiautēn
|
such
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having received,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
threw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2082ἐσωτέρανesōteran (Adj-AFS-C)
G2082 ἐσώτερος esṓteros es-o-ter-os comparative of ἔσω; interior:--inner, within.
|
ἐσωτέρανesōteran
|
inner
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G5438φυλακὴνphylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴνphylakēn
|
prison,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G805ἠσφαλίσατοēsphalisato (V-AIM-3S)
G805 ἀσφαλίζω asphalízō as-fal-id-zo from ἀσφαλής; to render secure:--make fast (sure).
|
ἠσφαλίσατοēsphalisato
|
fastened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3586ξύλον.xylon (N-ANS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλον.xylon
|
stocks.
|
N-ANS
|
24
Who, having received such a charge, thrust them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks.Acts 16:24
Stats
Rank: #4955 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος παραγγελιαν τοιαυτην ειληφως εβαλεν αυτους εις την εσωτεραν φυλακην και τους ποδας αυτων ησφαλισατο εις το ξυλον
Lit: who an order such having received, threw them into the inner prison, and the feet fastened of them in the stocks.
KJV: Who, having received such a charge, thrust them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks.
References
"the inner"1Ki 22:27: Say: Thus says the king: Put this fellow in the prison: and feed him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction: until I come in peace.Jer 37:15: 16: For what reason the princes were angry with Jeremiah: and smote him: and put him in prison in the house of Jonathan the scribe: for they had made that the prison.Jer 38:26: Then you will say to them: I presented my supplication before the king: that he not would cause me to return to Jonathan's house: to die there.La 3:53-55: They have cut off my life in the dungeon: and cast a stone upon me."and made"2Ch 16:10: Then Asa was angry with the seer: and put him in a prison house; for he was in a rage with him because of this thing. And Asa oppressed some of the people the same time.Job 13:27: You put my feet also in the stocks: and look narrowly to all my paths; you set a print upon the heels of my feet.Job 33:11: He puts my feet in the stocks: he marks all my paths.Ps 105:18: Whose feet they hurt with fetters: he was laid in iron:Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 29:26: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.
The Conversion of the Jailer
κατα δε το μεσονυκτιον παυλος και σιλας προσευχομενοι υμνουν τον θεον επηκροωντο δε αυτων οι δεσμιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596ΚατὰKata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
ΚατὰKata
|
Toward
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3317μεσονύκτιονmesonyktion (N-ANS)
G3317 μεσονύκτιον mesonýktion mes-on-ook-tee-on neuter of compound of μέσος and νύξ; midnight (especially as a watch):--midnight.
|
μεσονύκτιονmesonyktion
|
midnight,
|
N-ANS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣιλᾶςSilas (N-NMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶςSilas
|
Silas,
|
N-NMS
|
G4336προσευχόμενοιproseuchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοιproseuchomenoi
|
praying,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G5214ὕμνουνhymnoun (V-IIA-3P)
G5214 ὑμνέω hymnéō hoom-neh-o from ὕμνος; to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by implication, to celebrate (God) in song:--sing a hymn (praise unto).
|
ὕμνουνhymnoun
|
were singing praises to
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
G1874ἐπηκροῶντοepēkroōnto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1874 ἐπακροάομαι epakroáomai ep-ak-ro-ah-om-ahee from ἐπί and the base of ἀκροατής; to listen (intently) to:--hear.
|
ἐπηκροῶντοepēkroōnto
|
Were listening
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
to them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1198δέσμιοι·desmioi (N-NMP)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιοι·desmioi
|
prisoners.
|
N-NMP
|
25
At midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Acts 16:25
Stats
Rank: #1404 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 15 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα δε το μεσονυκτιον παυλος και σιλας προσευχομενοι υμνουν τον θεον επηκροωντο δε αυτων οι δεσμιοι
Lit: Toward now midnight, Paul and Silas, praying, were singing praises to God. Were listening now to them the prisoners.
KJV: And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God: and the prisoners heard them.
References
"at midnight"Job 35:10: But none says: Where is God my maker: who gives songs in the night;Ps 22:2: O my God: I cry in the daytime: but you hear not; and in the night season: and not am silent.Ps 42:8: Yet the LORD will command His lovingkindness in the daytime: and in the night His song will be with me: and my prayer to the God of my life.Ps 77:6: I call to remembrance my song in the night: I commune with my own heart: and my spirit made diligent search.Ps 119:55: 62: I have remembered your name: O LORD: in the night: and have kept your law.Isa 30:29: You will have a song: as in the night when a holy solemnity is kept; and gladness of heart: as when one goes with a pipe to come into the mountain of the LORD: to the mighty one of Israel."prayed"Ps 50:15: Call upon me in the day of trouble: I will deliver you: and you will glorify me.Ps 77:2: In the day of my trouble I sought the Lord: my sore ran in the night: and not ceased: my soul refused to be comforted.Ps 91:15: He will call upon me: and I will answer him: I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him: and honour him.Mt 26:38: 39: Then says he to them: My soul is exceeding sorrowful: even to death: tarry you here: and watch with me.Lu 22:44: Being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Jas 5:13: Is any among you afflicted? let him pray. Is any merry? let him sing psalms."sang"Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Ps 34:1: A Psalm of David: when He changed His behaviour before Abimelech; who drove Him away: and He departed.>> I will bless the LORD at all times: His praise will continually be in my mouth.Mt 5:10: 11: Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Lu 6:22: 23: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;2Co 4:8: 9: 16: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;2Co 4:17: For our light affliction: which is but for a moment: works for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory;2Co 6:10: As sorrowful: yet alway rejoicing; as poor: yet making many rich; as not havinghing: and yet possessing all things.Php 2:17: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.Php 4:4-7: Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say: Rejoice.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:Col 3:15-17: Let the peace of God rule in your hearts: to the which also you are called in one body; and be you thankful.1Th 5:16-18: Rejoice evermore.Jas 1:2: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;1Pe 1:6-8: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified."and the"Ezr 3:12: 13: But many of the priests and Levites and chief of the fathers: who were ancient men: that had seen the first house: when the foundation of this house was laid before their eyes: wept with a loud voice; and many shouted aloud for joy:Ps 71:7: I am as a wonder to many; but you are my strong refuge.Zec 3:8: Hear now: O Joshua the high priest: you: and your fellows that sit before you: for they are men wondered at: for: look: I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.
αφνω δε σεισμος εγενετο μεγας ωστε σαλευθηναι τα θεμελια του δεσμωτηριου ανεωχθησαν τε παραχρημα αι θυραι πασαι και παντων τα δεσμα ανεθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G869ἄφνωaphnō (Adv)
G869 ἄφνω áphnō af-no adverb from ἀφανής (contraction); unawares, i.e. unexpectedly:--suddenly.
|
ἄφνωaphnō
|
Suddenly
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
earthquake
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3173μέγας,megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας,megas
|
a great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4531σαλευθῆναιsaleuthēnai (V-ANP)
G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλευθῆναιsaleuthēnai
|
were shaken
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2310θεμέλιαthemelia (N-ANP)
G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιαthemelia
|
foundations
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1201δεσμωτηρίου·desmōtēriou (N-GNS)
G1201 δεσμωτήριον desmōtḗrion des-mo-tay-ree-on from a derivative of δεσμόν (equivalent to δεσμέω); a place of bondage, i.e. a dungeon:--prison.
|
δεσμωτηρίου·desmōtēriou
|
prison house;
|
N-GNS
|
G455ἠνεῴχθησανēneōchthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῴχθησανēneōchthēsan
|
were opened
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3916παραχρῆμαparachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
παραχρῆμαparachrēma
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2374θύραιthyrai (N-NFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραιthyrai
|
doors
|
N-NFP
|
G3956πᾶσαι,pasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαι,pasai
|
all,
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1199δεσμὰdesma (N-NNP)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμὰdesma
|
chains
|
N-NNP
|
G447ἀνέθη.anethē (V-AIP-3S)
G447 ἀνίημι aníēmi an-ee-ay-mee from ἀνά and (to send); to let up, i.e. (literally) slacken or (figuratively) desert, desist from:--forbear, leave, loose.
|
ἀνέθη.anethē
|
were loosed.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
26
Suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened, and every one's bands were loosed.Acts 16:26
Stats
Rank: #7256 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 26 words, 138 letters, 56 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: αφνω δε σεισμος εγενετο μεγας ωστε σαλευθηναι τα θεμελια του δεσμωτηριου ανεωχθησαν τε παραχρημα αι θυραι πασαι και παντων τα δεσμα ανεθη
Lit: Suddenly then earthquake there was a great, so that were shaken the foundations of the prison house; were opened then immediately the doors all, and of all, the chains were loosed.
KJV: And suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened, and every one's bands were loosed.
References
"suddenly"Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 12:7: 10: And: look: the angel of the Lord came upon Him: and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side: and raised Him up: saying: Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.Mt 28:2: And: look: there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven: and came and rolled back the stone from the door: and sat upon it.Re 6:12: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven."and every"Ps 79:11: Let the sighing of the prisoner come before you; according to the greatness of your power preserve you those that are appointed to die;Ps 102:20: To hear the groaning of the prisoner; to loose those that are appointed to death;Ps 146:7: Which executes judgment for the oppressed: which gives food to the hungry. The LORD looses the prisoners:Isa 42:7: To open the blind eyes: to bring out the prisoners from the prison: and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house.Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Zec 9:11: 12: As for you also: by the blood of your covenant I have sent forth your prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water.
εξυπνος δε γενομενος ο δεσμοφυλαξ και ιδων ανεωγμενας τας θυρας της φυλακης σπασαμενος μαχαιραν εμελλεν εαυτον αναιρειν νομιζων εκπεφευγεναι τους δεσμιους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1853Ἔξυπνοςexypnos (Adj-NMS)
G1853 ἔξυπνος éxypnos ex-oop-nos from ἐκ and ὕπνος; awake:--X out of sleep.
|
Ἔξυπνοςexypnos
|
Awoken
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having been
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1200δεσμοφύλαξdesmophylax (N-NMS)
G1200 δεσμοφύλαξ desmophýlax des-mof-oo-lax from δεσμόν and φύλαξ; a jailer (as guarding the prisoners):--jailor, keeper of the prison.
|
δεσμοφύλαξdesmophylax
|
jailer,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G455ἀνεῳγμέναςaneōgmenas (V-RPM/P-AFP)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνεῳγμέναςaneōgmenas
|
open
|
V-RPM/P-AFP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2374θύραςthyras (N-AFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραςthyras
|
doors
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5438φυλακῆς,phylakēs (N-GFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆς,phylakēs
|
prison,
|
N-GFS
|
G4685σπασάμενοςspasamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4685 σπάω spáō spah-o a primary verb; to draw:--draw (out).
|
σπασάμενοςspasamenos
|
having drawn
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
his
|
Art-AFS
|
G3162μάχαιρανmachairan (N-AFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μάχαιρανmachairan
|
sword,
|
N-AFS
|
G3195ἤμελλενēmellen (V-IIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἤμελλενēmellen
|
he was about
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G337ἀναιρεῖν,anairein (V-PNA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρεῖν,anairein
|
to kill,
|
V-PNA
|
G3543νομίζωνnomizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
νομίζωνnomizōn
|
supposing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1628ἐκπεφευγέναιekpepheugenai (V-RNA)
G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.
|
ἐκπεφευγέναιekpepheugenai
|
to have escaped
|
V-RNA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1198δεσμίους.desmious (N-AMP)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δεσμίους.desmious
|
prisoners.
|
N-AMP
|
27
The keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep, and seeing the prison doors open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself, supposing that the prisoners had been fled.Acts 16:27
Stats
Counts: 186 characters, 30 words, 148 letters, 56 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξυπνος δε γενομενος ο δεσμοφυλαξ και ιδων ανεωγμενας τας θυρας της φυλακης σπασαμενος μαχαιραν εμελλεν εαυτον αναιρειν νομιζων εκπεφευγεναι τους δεσμιους
Lit: Awoken then having been the jailer, and having seen open the doors of the prison, having drawn his sword, he was about himself to kill, supposing to have escaped the prisoners.
KJV: And the keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep, and seeing the prison doors open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself, supposing that the prisoners had been fled.
References
"the keeper"Ac 16:23: 24: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:"he drew"Jg 9:54: Then he called hastily to the young man his armourbearer: and said to him: Draw your sword: and kill me: that men not say of me: A woman killed him. And his young man thrust him through: and he died.1Sa 31:4: 5: Then said Saul to his armourbearer: Draw your sword: and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through: and abuse me. But his armourbearer not would; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword: and fell upon it.2Sa 17:23: When Ahithophel saw that his counsel not was followed: he saddled his ass: and arose: and gat him home to his house: to his city: and put his household in order: and hanged himself: and died: and was buried in the sepulchre of his father.1Ki 16:18: It came to pass: when Zimri saw that the city was taken: that he went into the palace of the king's house: and burnt the king's house over him with fire: and died: Mt 27:5: He cast down the pieces of silver in the temple: and departed: and went and hanged himself.
εφωνησεν δε φωνη μεγαλη ο παυλος λεγων μηδεν πραξης σεαυτω κακον απαντες γαρ εσμεν ενθαδε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5455ἐφώνησενephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ἐφώνησενephōnēsen
|
Called out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3972Παῦλος» ⇔Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος» ⇔Paulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3173««μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
««μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5456φωνῇ»phōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇ»phōnē
|
in a voice,
|
N-DFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3367ΜηδὲνMēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
ΜηδὲνMēden
|
Not
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4238πράξῃςpraxēs (V-ASA-2S)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράξῃςpraxēs
|
do
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G4572σεαυτῷseautō (PPro-DM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτῷseautō
|
to yourself
|
PPro-DM2S
|
G2556κακόν,kakon (Adj-ANS)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακόν,kakon
|
harm;
|
Adj-ANS
|
G537ἅπαντεςhapantes (Adj-NMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπαντεςhapantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
we are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1759ἐνθάδε.enthade (Adv)
G1759 ἐνθάδε entháde en-thad-eh from a prolonged form of ἐν; properly, within, i.e. (of place) here, hither:--(t-)here, hither.
|
ἐνθάδε.enthade
|
here.
|
Adv
|
28
But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do yourself no harm: for we are all here.
Acts 16:28
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφωνησεν δε φωνη μεγαλη ο παυλος λεγων μηδεν πραξης σεαυτω κακον απαντες γαρ εσμεν ενθαδε
Lit: Called out however Paul loud in a voice, saying, Not do to yourself harm; all for we are here.
KJV: But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all here.
References
"cried"Le 19:18: You will not avenge: nor bear any grudge against the children of your people: but you will love your neighbour as yourself: I am the LORD.Ps 7:4: If I have rewarded evil to him that was at peace with me; (yes: I have delivered him that without cause is my enemy:)Ps 35:14: I behaved myself as though he had been my friend or brother: I bowed down heavily: as one that mourns for his mother.Pr 24:11: 12: If you forbear to deliver them that are drawn to death: and those that are ready to be killed;Mt 5:44: But I say to you: Love your enemies: bless them that curse you: do good to them that hate you: and pray for them which despitefully use you: and persecute you;Lu 6:27: 28: But I say to you which hear: Love your enemies: do good to them which hate you: Lu 10:32-37: Likewise a Levite: when he was at the place: came and looked on him: and passed by on the other side.Lu 22:51: Jesus answered and said: Suffer you thus far. And He touched His ear: and healed Him.Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men."Do"Ex 20:13: You will not kill.Pr 8:36: But he who sins against me wrongs his own soul: all they that hate me love death.Ec 7:17: not Be over much wicked: neither be you foolish: why should you die before your time?
αιτησας δε φωτα εισεπηδησεν και εντρομος γενομενος προσεπεσεν τω παυλω και τω σιλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G154Αἰτήσαςaitēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
Αἰτήσαςaitēsas
|
Having called for
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5457φῶταphōta (N-ANP)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶταphōta
|
lights,
|
N-ANP
|
G1530εἰσεπήδησενeisepēdēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1530 εἰσπηδάω eispēdáō ice-pay-dah-o from εἰς and (to leap); to rush in:--run (spring) in.
|
εἰσεπήδησενeisepēdēsen
|
he rushed in,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1790ἔντρομοςentromos (Adj-NMS)
G1790 ἔντρομος éntromos en-trom-os from ἐν and τρόμος; terrified:--X quake, X trembled.
|
ἔντρομοςentromos
|
terrified
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4363προσέπεσενprosepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4363 προσπίπτω prospíptō pros-pip-to from πρός and πίπτω; to fall towards, i.e. (gently) prostrate oneself (in supplication or homage), or (violently) to rush upon (in storm):--beat upon, fall (down) at (before).
|
προσέπεσενprosepesen
|
he fell down before
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609Σιλᾷ,Sila (N-DMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
Σιλᾷ,Sila
|
Silas.
|
N-DMS
|
29
Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas,Acts 16:29
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 16 words, 77 letters, 26 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: αιτησας δε φωτα εισεπηδησεν και εντρομος γενομενος προσεπεσεν τω παυλω και τω σιλα
Lit: Having called for now lights, he rushed in, and terrified having become, he fell down before Paul and Silas.
KJV: Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas,
References
"and came"Ac 9:5: 6: He said: Who are you: Lord? And the Lord said: I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ps 99:1: The LORD reigns; let the people tremble: He sits between the cherubims; let the earth be moved.Ps 119:120: My flesh trembles for fear of you; and I am afraid of your judgments.Isa 66:2: 5: For all those things has my hand made: and all those things have been: says the LORD: but to this man will I look: even to Him that is poor and of a contrite spirit: and trembles at my word.Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Da 6:26: I make a decree: That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for He is the living God: and stedfast for ever: and His kingdom that which will not be destroyed: and His dominion will be even to the end."and fell"Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Re 3:9: Look: I will make them of the synagogue of Satan: which say they are Jews: and not are: but do lie; look: I will make them to come and worship before your feet: and to know that I have loved you.
και προαγαγων αυτους εξω εφη κυριοι τι με δει ποιειν ινα σωθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4254προαγαγὼνproagagōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προαγαγὼνproagagōn
|
having brought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out
|
Adv
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριοι,Kyrioi (N-VMP)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριοι,Kyrioi
|
Sirs,
|
N-VMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
of me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160ποιεῖνpoiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖνpoiein
|
to do,
|
V-PNA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4982σωθῶ;sōthō (V-ASP-1S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῶ;sōthō
|
I may be saved?
|
V-ASP-1S
|
30
Brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved?
Acts 16:30
Stats
Rank: #535 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 18 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προαγαγων αυτους εξω εφη κυριοι τι με δει ποιειν ινα σωθω
Lit: And having brought them out he was saying, Sirs, what of me is necessary to do, that I may be saved?
KJV: And brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved?
References
"brought"Ac 16:24: Who: having received such a charge: thrust them into the inner prison: and made their feet fast in the stocks.Job 34:32: That which I not see teach you me: if I have done iniquity: I will do no more.Isa 1:16: 17: Wash you: make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before my eyes; cease to do evil;Isa 58:6: 9: Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness: to undo the heavy burdens: and to let the oppressed go free: and that you break every yoke?Mt 3:8: Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance:Mt 5:7: Blessed are the merciful: for they will obtain mercy.Jas 2:13: For he will have judgment without mercy: that has showed no mercy; and mercy rejoices against judgment."Sirs"Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:"what"Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 9:6: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.Job 25:4: How then can man be justified with God? or how can He be clean that is born of a woman?Lu 3:10: The people asked him: saying: What will we do then?Joh 6:27-29: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.
οι δε ειπον πιστευσον επι τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον και σωθηση συ και ο οικος σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4100ΠίστευσονPisteuson (V-AMA-2S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ΠίστευσονPisteuson
|
Believe
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4982σωθήσῃsōthēsē (V-FIP-2S)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσῃsōthēsē
|
you will be saved,
|
V-FIP-2S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3624οἶκόςoikos (N-NMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόςoikos
|
household
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
31
They said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved, and your house.
Acts 16:31
Stats
Rank: #103 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ειπον πιστευσον επι τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον και σωθηση συ και ο οικος σου
Lit: And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and the household of you.
KJV: And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house.
References
"Believe"Ac 2:38: 39: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 4:12: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men: whereby we must be saved.Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ac 11:13: 14: He showed us how he had seen an angel in his house: which stood and said to him: Send men to Joppa: and call for Simon: whose surname is Peter;Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ac 15:11: But we believe that through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we will be saved: even as they.Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Hab 2:4: Look: his soul which is lifted up not is upright in him: but the just will live by his faith.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 1:12: But as many as received Him: to them gave He power to become the sons of God: even to them that believe on His name:Joh 3:15: 16: 36: That whoever believes in him not should perish: but have eternal life.Joh 6:40: 47: This is the will of Him that sent me: that every one which sees the Son: and believes on Him: may have everlasting life: and I will raise Him up at the last day.Joh 7:37: 38: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ro 5:1: 2: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ro 10:9: 10: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.Ga 3:22: 26: But the scripture has concluded all under sin: that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe.Eph 2:7: 8: That in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus.1Jo 5:10-13: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son."and thy"Ac 16:15: 32: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ac 2:39: For the promise is to you: and to your children: and to all that are afar off: even as many as the Lord our God will call.Ac 18:8: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized.Ge 17:7: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.Jer 32:39: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Ro 11:16: For if the firstfruit be holy: the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy: so are the branches.Ga 3:14: That the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ; that we might receive the promise of the Spirit through faith.
και ελαλησαν αυτω τον λογον του κυριου και πασιν τοις εν τη οικια αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
they spoke
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962κυρίου*kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίου*kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
along with
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
house
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
32
They spoke to Him the word of the Lord, and to all that were in His house.Acts 16:32
Stats
Rank: #8321 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 17 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελαλησαν αυτω τον λογον του κυριου και πασιν τοις εν τη οικια αυτου
Lit: And they spoke to him the word of the Lord, along with all those in the house of him.
KJV: And they spake unto him the word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house.
References
"they"Ac 10:33-43: Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God: to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;Col 1:27: 28: To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles; which is Christ in you: the hope of glory:1Th 2:8: So being affectionately desirous of you: we were willing to have imparted to you: not the gospel of God only: but also our own souls: because you were dear to us.1Ti 1:13-16: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."to all"Ro 1:14: 16: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise.
και παραλαβων αυτους εν εκεινη τη ωρα της νυκτος ελουσεν απο των πληγων και εβαπτισθη αυτος και οι αυτου παντες παραχρημα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night,
|
N-GFS
|
G3068ἔλουσενelousen (V-AIA-3S)
G3068 λούω loúō loo-o a primary verb; to bathe (the whole person; whereas νίπτω means to wet a part only, and πλύνω to wash, cleanse garments exclusively):--wash.
|
ἔλουσενelousen
|
he washed them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4127πληγῶν,plēgōn (N-GFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῶν,plēgōn
|
wounds;
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθηebaptisthē
|
he was baptized,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the household
|
Art-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3956πάντες*pantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες*pantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3916παραχρῆμα,parachrēma (Adv)
G3916 παραχρῆμα parachrēma par-akh-ray-mah from παρά and χρῆμα (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. instantly:--forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon.
|
παραχρῆμα,parachrēma
|
immediately.
|
Adv
|
33
He took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, straightway.Acts 16:33
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 18 words, 91 letters, 32 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παραλαβων αυτους εν εκεινη τη ωρα της νυκτος ελουσεν απο των πληγων και εβαπτισθη αυτος και οι αυτου παντες παραχρημα
Lit: And having taken them in that hour of the night, he washed them from the wounds; and he was baptized, he and the household of him all immediately.
KJV: And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, straightway.
References
"washed"Ac 16:23: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.Isa 11:6-9: The wolf also will dwell with the lamb: and the leopard will lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child will lead them.Mt 25:35-40: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Lu 10:33: 34: But a certain Samaritan: as he journeyed: came where he was: and when he saw him: he had compassion on him: Ga 5:6: 13: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love."and was"Ac 16:15: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Lu 19:9: Jesus said to Him: This day is salvation come to this house: forsomuch as He also is a son of Abraham.1Co 1:16: I baptized also the household of Stephanas: besides: I not know whether I baptized any other.
αναγαγων τε αυτους εις τον οικον αυτου παρεθηκεν τραπεζαν και ηγαλλιασατο πανοικι πεπιστευκως τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G321ἀναγαγώνanagagōn (V-APA-NMS)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναγαγώνanagagōn
|
Having brought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house,
|
N-AMS
|
G3908παρέθηκενparethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρέθηκενparethēken
|
he laid
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5132τράπεζαν,trapezan (N-AFS)
G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τράπεζαν,trapezan
|
a table for them,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G21ἠγαλλιάσατοēgalliasato (V-AIM-3S)
G21 ἀγαλλιάω agalliáō ag-al-lee-ah-o from agan (much) and ἅλλομαι; properly, to jump for joy, i.e. exult:--be (exceeding) glad, with exceeding joy, rejoice (greatly).
|
ἠγαλλιάσατοēgalliasato
|
rejoiced
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3832πανοικεὶpanoikei (Adv)
G3832 πανοικί panoikí pan-oy-kee adverb from πᾶς and οἶκος; with the whole family:--with all his house.
|
πανοικεὶpanoikei
|
with all his household,
|
Adv
|
G4100πεπιστευκὼςpepisteukōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκὼςpepisteukōs
|
having believed
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
in God.
|
N-DMS
|
34
When He had brought them into His house, He set meat before them, and rejoiced, believing in God with all His house.Acts 16:34
Stats
Rank: #3918 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 38 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναγαγων τε αυτους εις τον οικον αυτου παρεθηκεν τραπεζαν και ηγαλλιασατο πανοικι πεπιστευκως τω θεω
Lit: Having brought then them into the house, he laid a table for them, and rejoiced with all his household, having believed in God.
KJV: And when he had brought them into his house, he set meat before them, and rejoiced, believing in God with all his house.
References
"when"Lu 5:29: Levi made him a great feast in his own house: and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them.Lu 19:6: He made haste: and came down: and received him joyfully.Php 4:17: Not because I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account.1Th 4:9: 10: But as touching brotherly love you not need that I write to you: for you yourselves are taught of God to love one another.Phm 1:7: For we have great joy and consolation in your love: because the bowels of the saints are refreshed by you: brother.Jas 2:14-17: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?1Jo 3:18: My little children: let not us love in word: neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth."and rejoiced"Ac 16:27-29: The keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep: and seeing the prison doors open: he drew out his sword: and would have killed himself: supposing that the prisoners had been fled.Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 8:39: When they were come up out of the water: the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip: that the eunuch saw Him no more: and He went on His way rejoicing.Isa 12:1-3: In that day you will say: O LORD: I will praise you: though you were angry with me: your anger is turned away: and you comfortedst me.Isa 55:12: For you will go out with joy: and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills will break forth before you into singing: and all the trees of the field will clap their hands.Isa 57:17: 18: For the iniquity of his covetousness was I angry: and smote him: I hid me: and was angry: and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart.Isa 58:7-11: Is it not to deal your bread to the hungry: and that you bring the poor that are cast out to your house? when you see the naked: that you cover him; and that you not hide yourself from your own flesh?Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Lu 15:22-25: 32: But the father said to his servants: Bring forth the best robe: and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand: and shoes on his feet:Ro 5:2: 11: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Php 4:4: Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say: Rejoice.1Pe 1:6-8: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:
An Official Apology
ημερας δε γενομενης απεστειλαν οι στρατηγοι τους ραβδουχους λεγοντες απολυσον τους ανθρωπους εκεινους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2250ἩμέραςHēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἩμέραςHēmeras
|
Day
|
N-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having come,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G649ἀπέστειλανapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλανapesteilan
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4755στρατηγοὶstratēgoi (N-NMP)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγοὶstratēgoi
|
magistrates
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4465ῥαβδούχουςrhabdouchous (N-AMP)
G4465 ῥαβδοῦχος rhabdoûchos hrab-doo-khos from ῥάβδος and ἔχω; a rod- (the Latin fasces) holder, i.e. a Roman lictor (constable or executioner):--serjeant.
|
ῥαβδούχουςrhabdouchous
|
officers,
|
N-AMP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G630ἈπόλυσονApolyson (V-AMA-2S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἈπόλυσονApolyson
|
Release
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1565ἐκείνους.ekeinous (DPro-AMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνους.ekeinous
|
those.
|
DPro-AMP
|
35
When it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go.
Acts 16:35
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 22 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημερας δε γενομενης απεστειλαν οι στρατηγοι τους ραβδουχους λεγοντες απολυσον τους ανθρωπους εκεινους
Lit: Day then having come, sent the magistrates the officers, saying, Release the men those.
KJV: And when it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go.
References
"And when it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go."Ac 4:21: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?
απηγγειλεν δε ο δεσμοφυλαξ τους λογους τουτους προς τον παυλον οτι απεσταλκασιν οι στρατηγοι ινα απολυθητε νυν ουν εξελθοντες πορευεσθε εν ειρηνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G518Ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
Ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
Reported
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1200δεσμοφύλαξdesmophylax (N-NMS)
G1200 δεσμοφύλαξ desmophýlax des-mof-oo-lax from δεσμόν and φύλαξ; a jailer (as guarding the prisoners):--jailor, keeper of the prison.
|
δεσμοφύλαξdesmophylax
|
jailer
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these
|
DPro-AMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3972Παῦλον,Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον,Paulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G649ἈπέσταλκανApestalkan (V-RIA-3P)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἈπέσταλκανApestalkan
|
Have sent
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4755στρατηγοὶstratēgoi (N-NMP)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγοὶstratēgoi
|
captains,
|
N-NMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G630ἀπολυθῆτε.apolythēte (V-ASP-2P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολυθῆτε.apolythēte
|
you may be let go.
|
V-ASP-2P
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4198πορεύεσθεporeuesthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθεporeuesthe
|
depart
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνῃ.eirēnē (N-DFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνῃ.eirēnē
|
peace.
|
N-DFS
|
36
The keeper of the prison told this saying to Paul, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore depart, and go in peace.
Acts 16:36
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 42 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: απηγγειλεν δε ο δεσμοφυλαξ τους λογους τουτους προς τον παυλον οτι απεσταλκασιν οι στρατηγοι ινα απολυθητε νυν ουν εξελθοντες πορευεσθε εν ειρηνη
Lit: Reported then the jailer the words these to Paul - : Have sent the captains, that you may be let go. Now therefore having gone out, depart in peace.
KJV: And the keeper of the prison told this saying to Paul, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore depart, and go in peace.
References
"and go"Ac 15:33: After they had tarried there a space: they were let go in peace from the brothers to the apostles.Ex 4:18: Moses went and returned to Jethro his father in law: and said to him: Let me go: I pray you: and return to my brothers which are in Egypt: and see whether they be yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses: Go in peace.Jg 18:6: The priest said to them: Go in peace: before the LORD is your way wherein you go.1Sa 1:17: Then Eli answered and said: Go in peace: and the God of Israel grant you your petition that you have asked of Him.1Sa 20:42: Jonathan said to David: Go in peace: forasmuch as we have sworn both of us in the name of the LORD: saying: The LORD be between me and you: and between my seed and your seed for ever. And He arose and departed: and Jonathan went into the city.1Sa 25:35: So David received of her hand that which she had brought him: and said to her: Go up in peace to your house; see: I have listened to your voice: and have accepted your person.1Sa 29:7: For what reason now return: and go in peace: that you not displease the lords of the Philistines.2Ki 5:19: He said to him: Go in peace. So he departed from him a little way.Mr 5:34: He said to her: Daughter: your faith has made you whole; go in peace: and be whole of your plague.Joh 14:27: Peace I leave with you: my peace I give to you: not as the world gives: give I to you. not Let your heart be troubled: neither let it be afraid.
ο δε παυλος εφη προς αυτους δειραντες ημας δημοσια ακατακριτους ανθρωπους ρωμαιους υπαρχοντας εβαλον εις φυλακην και νυν λαθρα ημας εκβαλλουσιν ου γαρ αλλα ελθοντες αυτοι ημας εξαγαγετωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1194ΔείραντεςDeirantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
ΔείραντεςDeirantes
|
Having beaten
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1219δημοσίᾳdēmosia (Adj-DFS)
G1219 δημόσιος dēmósios day-mosee-os from δῆμος; public; (feminine singular dative case as adverb) in public:--common, openly, publickly.
|
δημοσίᾳdēmosia
|
publicly,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G178ἀκατακρίτους,akatakritous (Adj-AMP)
G178 ἀκατάκριτος akatákritos ak-at-ak-ree-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of κατακρίνω; without (legal) trial:--uncondemned.
|
ἀκατακρίτους,akatakritous
|
uncondemned
|
Adj-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G4514ῬωμαίουςRhōmaious (Adj-AMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαίουςRhōmaious
|
Romans
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντας,hyparchontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντας,hyparchontas
|
being,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G906ἔβαλανebalan (V-AIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλανebalan
|
they cast us
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακήν·phylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακήν·phylakēn
|
prison,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G2977λάθρᾳlathra (Adv)
G2977 λάθρα láthra lath-rah adverb from λανθάνω; privately:--privily, secretly.
|
λάθρᾳlathra
|
secretly
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1544ἐκβάλλουσιν;ekballousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβάλλουσιν;ekballousin
|
do they throw out?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
No
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρ,gar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ,gar
|
indeed!
|
Conj
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Instead,
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
themselves,
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1806ἐξαγαγέτωσαν.exagagetōsan (V-AMA-3P)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξαγαγέτωσαν.exagagetōsan
|
let them bring out.
|
V-AMA-3P
|
37
But Paul said to them, They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.
Acts 16:37
Stats
Counts: 206 characters, 32 words, 162 letters, 60 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε παυλος εφη προς αυτους δειραντες ημας δημοσια ακατακριτους ανθρωπους ρωμαιους υπαρχοντας εβαλον εις φυλακην και νυν λαθρα ημας εκβαλλουσιν ου γαρ αλλα ελθοντες αυτοι ημας εξαγαγετωσαν
Lit: But Paul was saying to them, Having beaten us publicly, uncondemned men, Romans being, they cast us into prison, and now secretly us do they throw out? No indeed! Instead, having come themselves, us let them bring out.
KJV: But Paul said unto them, They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.
References
"They have"Ac 16:20-24: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ac 22:25-28: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ps 58:1: 2: > Do you indeed speak righteousness: O congregation? do you judge uprightly: O you sons of men?Ps 82:1: 2: > God stands in the congregation of the mighty; He judges among the gods.Ps 94:20: Will the throne of iniquity have fellowship with you: which frames mischief by a law?Pr 28:1: The wicked flee when no man pursues: but the righteous are bold as a lion."let"Da 3:25: 26: He answered and said: Indeed: I see 4 men loose: walking in the middle of the fire: and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God.Da 6:18: 19: Then the king went to his palace: and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him.Mt 10:16: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.
ανηγγειλαν δε τοις στρατηγοις οι ραβδουχοι τα ρηματα ταυτα και εφοβηθησαν ακουσαντες οτι ρωμαιοι εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G518Ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
Ἀπήγγειλανapēngeilan
|
Reported
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4755στρατηγοῖςstratēgois (N-DMP)
G4755 στρατηγός stratēgós strat-ay-gos from the base of στρατιά and ἄγω or ἡγέομαι; a general, i.e. (by implication or analogy) a (military) governor (prætor), the chief (præfect) of the (Levitical) temple-wardens:--captain, magistrate.
|
στρατηγοῖςstratēgois
|
captains
|
N-DMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4465ῥαβδοῦχοιrhabdouchoi (N-NMP)
G4465 ῥαβδοῦχος rhabdoûchos hrab-doo-khos from ῥάβδος and ἔχω; a rod- (the Latin fasces) holder, i.e. a Roman lictor (constable or executioner):--serjeant.
|
ῥαβδοῦχοιrhabdouchoi
|
officers
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these.
|
DPro-ANP
|
G5399ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan
|
They were afraid
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4514ῬωμαῖοίRhōmaioi (Adj-NMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖοίRhōmaioi
|
Romans
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
38
The serjeants told these words to the magistrates: and they feared, when they heard that they were Romans.Acts 16:38
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 31 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανηγγειλαν δε τοις στρατηγοις οι ραβδουχοι τα ρηματα ταυτα και εφοβηθησαν ακουσαντες οτι ρωμαιοι εισιν
Lit: Reported then to the captains the officers the words these. They were afraid then, having heard that Romans they are.
KJV: And the serjeants told these words unto the magistrates: and they feared, when they heard that they were Romans.
References
"and they"Ac 22:29: Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid: after he knew that he was a Roman: and because he had bound him.Mt 14:5: When he would have put him to death: he feared the multitude: because they counted him as a prophet.Mt 21:46: But when they sought to lay hands on him: they feared the multitude: because they took him for a prophet.
και ελθοντες παρεκαλεσαν αυτους και εξαγαγοντες ηρωτων εξελθειν της πολεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθόντεςelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντεςelthontes
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3870παρεκάλεσανparekalesan (V-AIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσανparekalesan
|
they appealed to
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1806ἐξαγαγόντεςexagagontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξαγαγόντεςexagagontes
|
having brought them out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2065ἠρώτωνērōtōn (V-IIA-3P)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώτωνērōtōn
|
they were asking them
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G565ἀπελθεῖνapelthein (V-ANA)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπελθεῖνapelthein
|
to go out
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως.poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως.poleōs
|
city.
|
N-GFS
|
39
They came and besought them, and brought them out, and desired them to depart out of the city.Acts 16:39
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 15 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελθοντες παρεκαλεσαν αυτους και εξαγαγοντες ηρωτων εξελθειν της πολεως
Lit: And having come, they appealed to them, and having brought them out, they were asking them to go out of the city.
KJV: And they came and besought them, and brought them out, and desired [them] to depart out of the city.
References
"came"Ex 11:8: All these your servants will come down to me: and bow down themselves to me: saying: Get you out: and all the people that follow you: and after that I will go out. And he went out from Pharaoh in a great anger.Isa 45:14: Thus says the LORD: The labour of Egypt: and merchandise of Ethiopia and of the Sabeans: men of stature: will come over to you: and they will be your: they will come after you; in chains they will come over: and they will fall down to you: they will make supplication to you: saying: Surely God is in you; and there is none else: there is no God.Isa 49:23: Kings will be your nursing fathers: and their queens your nursing mothers: they will bow down to you with their face toward the earth: and lick up the dust of your feet; and you will know that I am the LORD: for they will not be ashamed that wait for me.Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Mic 7:9: 10: I will bear the indignation of the LORD: because I have sinned against Him: until He plead my cause: and execute judgment for me: He will bring me forth to the light: and I will look His righteousness.Re 3:9: Look: I will make them of the synagogue of Satan: which say they are Jews: and not are: but do lie; look: I will make them to come and worship before your feet: and to know that I have loved you."and brought"Da 6:16: 23: Then the king commanded: and they brought Daniel: and cast Him into the den of lions. Now the king spoke and said to Daniel: Your God whom you serve continually: He will deliver you."and desired"Mt 8:34: And: look: the whole city came out to meet Jesus: and when they saw Him: they besought Him that He would depart out of their coasts.Mr 5:17: They began to pray him to depart out of their coasts.
εξελθοντες δε εκ της φυλακης εισηλθον εις την λυδιαν και ιδοντες τους αδελφους παρεκαλεσαν αυτους και εξηλθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
Having gone forth
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5438φυλακῆςphylakēs (N-GFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆςphylakēs
|
prison,
|
N-GFS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3070Λυδίαν,Lydian (N-AFS)
G3070 Λυδία Lydía loo-dee-ah properly, feminine of Ludios (of foreign origin) (a Lydian, in Asia Minor); Lydia, a Christian woman:--Lydia.
|
Λυδίαν,Lydian
|
Lydia;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen them,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3870παρεκάλεσανparekalesan (V-AIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσανparekalesan
|
they exhorted
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθαν.exēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθαν.exēlthan
|
departed.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
40
They went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers, they comforted them, and departed.Acts 16:40
Stats
Rank: #6277 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 22 words, 111 letters, 40 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξελθοντες δε εκ της φυλακης εισηλθον εις την λυδιαν και ιδοντες τους αδελφους παρεκαλεσαν αυτους και εξηλθον
Lit: Having gone forth then out of the prison, they came to Lydia; and having seen them, they exhorted the brothers and departed.
KJV: And they went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and departed.
References
"and entered"Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Ac 4:23: Being let go: they went to their own company: and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.Ac 12:12-17: When he had considered the thing: he came to the house of Mary the mother of John: whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together praying."they comforted"Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.2Co 1:3-7: Blessed be God: even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of mercies: and the God of all comfort;2Co 4:8-12: 16-18: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;1Th 3:2: 3: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:
17
The Uproar in Thessalonica
διοδευσαντες δε την αμφιπολιν και απολλωνιαν ηλθον εις θεσσαλονικην οπου ην η συναγωγη των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1353ΔιοδεύσαντεςDiodeusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1353 διοδεύω diodeúō dee-od-yoo-o from διά and ὁδεύω; to travel through:--go throughout, pass through.
|
ΔιοδεύσαντεςDiodeusantes
|
Having passed through
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G295ἈμφίπολινAmphipolin (N-AFS)
G295 Ἀμφίπολις Amphípolis am-fip-ol-is from the base of ἀμφότερος and πόλις; a city surrounded by a river; Amphipolis, a place in Macedonia:--Amphipolis.
|
ἈμφίπολινAmphipolin
|
Amphipolis
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G624ἈπολλωνίανApollōnian (N-AFS)
G624 Ἀπολλωνία Apollōnía ap-ol-lo-nee-ah from the pagan deity (i.e. the sun; from ἀπόλλυμι); Apollonia, a place in Macedonia:--Apollonia.
|
ἈπολλωνίανApollōnian
|
Apollonia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2332Θεσσαλονίκην,Thessalonikēn (N-AFS)
G2332 Θεσσαλονίκη Thessaloníkē thes-sal-on-ee-kay from (a Thessalian) and νίκη; Thessalonice, a place in Asia Minor:--Thessalonica.
|
Θεσσαλονίκην,Thessalonikēn
|
Thessalonica,
|
N-AFS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4864συναγωγὴsynagōgē (N-NFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴsynagōgē
|
a synagogue
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων.Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων.Ioudaiōn
|
Jews.
|
Adj-GMP
|
1
Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews:Acts 17:1
Stats
Rank: #1512 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 38 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοδευσαντες δε την αμφιπολιν και απολλωνιαν ηλθον εις θεσσαλονικην οπου ην η συναγωγη των ιουδαιων
Lit: Having passed through then Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews.
KJV: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews:
References
"Thessalonica"Ac 20:4: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.Ac 27:2: Entering into a ship of Adramyttium: we launched: meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus: a Macedonian of Thessalonica: being with us.Php 4:16: For even in Thessalonica you sent once and again to my necessity.1Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ:2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia."where"Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 15:21: For Moses of old time has in every city them that preach him: being read in the synagogues every sabbath day.Ac 16:13: On the sabbath we went out of the city by a river side: where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down: and spoke to the women which resorted there.
κατα δε το ειωθος τω παυλω εισηλθεν προς αυτους και επι σαββατα τρια διελεγετο αυτοις απο των γραφων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
According to
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1486εἰωθὸςeiōthos (V-RPA-ANS)
G1486 ἔθω éthō eth-o a primary verb; to be used (by habit or conventionality); neuter perfect participle usage:--be custom (manner, wont).
|
εἰωθὸςeiōthos
|
custom
|
V-RPA-ANS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
with Paul,
|
N-DMS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
he went in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4521σάββαταsabbata (N-ANP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββαταsabbata
|
Sabbaths
|
N-ANP
|
G5140τρίαtria (Adj-ANP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρίαtria
|
three
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1256διελέξατοdielexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διελέξατοdielexato
|
he reasoned
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
with them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G1124γραφῶν,graphōn (N-GFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφῶν,graphōn
|
Scriptures,
|
N-GFP
|
2
Paul, as his manner was, went in to them, and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures,Acts 17:2
Stats
Rank: #1588 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα δε το ειωθος τω παυλω εισηλθεν προς αυτους και επι σαββατα τρια διελεγετο αυτοις απο των γραφων
Lit: According to now the custom with Paul, he went in to them, and for Sabbaths three he reasoned with them from the Scriptures,
KJV: And Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them, and three sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures,
References
"as"Lu 4:16: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing."went"Ac 17:10: 17: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Ac 9:20: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 13:5: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God."reasoned"Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.1Sa 12:7: Now therefore stand still: that I may reason with you before the LORD of all the righteous acts of the LORD: which He did to you and to your fathers.Isa 1:18: Come now: and let us reason together: says the LORD: though your sins be as scarlet: they will be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson: they will be as wool.Heb 7:1-10: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;
διανοιγων και παρατιθεμενος οτι τον χριστον εδει παθειν και αναστηναι εκ νεκρων και οτι ουτος εστιν ο χριστος ιησους ον εγω καταγγελλω υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1272διανοίγωνdianoigōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1272 διανοίγω dianoígō dee-an-oy-go from διά and ἀνοίγω; to open thoroughly, literally (as a first-born) or figuratively (to expound):--open.
|
διανοίγωνdianoigōn
|
opening
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3908παρατιθέμενοςparatithemenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατιθέμενοςparatithemenos
|
setting forth
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G1163ἔδειedei (V-IIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ἔδειedei
|
it behooved
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3958παθεῖνpathein (V-ANA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖνpathein
|
to have suffered,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστῆναιanastēnai (V-ANA)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστῆναιanastēnai
|
to have risen
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778Οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Οὗτόςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2605καταγγέλλωkatangellō (V-PIA-1S)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλωkatangellō
|
preach
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
3
Opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach to you, is Christ.Acts 17:3
Stats
Rank: #9794 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 21 words, 115 letters, 42 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: διανοιγων και παρατιθεμενος οτι τον χριστον εδει παθειν και αναστηναι εκ νεκρων και οτι ουτος εστιν ο χριστος ιησους ον εγω καταγγελλω υμιν
Lit: opening and setting forth that the Christ it behooved to have suffered, and to have risen out from the dead, and that this is the Christ Jesus, whom I preach to you.
KJV: Opening and alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is Christ.
References
"Opening"Ac 2:16-36: But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel;Ac 3:22-26: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.Ac 13:26-39: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent."Christ"Lu 24:26: 27: 32: 44: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;1Th 1:5: 6: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake."this"Ac 2:36: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 9:22: But Saul increased the more in strength: and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus: proving that this is very Christ.Ac 18:28: For He mightily convinced the Jews: and that publickly: shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.Ga 3:1: O foolish Galatians: who has bewitched you: that you not should obey the truth: before whose eyes Jesus Christ has been evidently set forth: crucified among you?"whom I preach"Ac 1:4: And: being assembled together with them: commanded them that they not should depart from Jerusalem: but wait for the promise of the Father: which: says He: you have heard of me.
και τινες εξ αυτων επεισθησαν και προσεκληρωθησαν τω παυλω και τω σιλα των τε σεβομενων ελληνων πολυ πληθος γυναικων τε των πρωτων ουκ ολιγαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3982ἐπείσθησανepeisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἐπείσθησανepeisthēsan
|
were obedient
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4345προσεκληρώθησανproseklērōthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4345 προσκληρόω prosklēróō pros-klay-ro-o from πρός and κληρόω; to give a common lot to, i.e. (figuratively) to associate with:--consort with.
|
προσεκληρώθησανproseklērōthēsan
|
joined themselves
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
to Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609Σιλᾷ,Sila (N-DMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
Σιλᾷ,Sila
|
to Silas,
|
N-DMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
along with
|
Conj
|
G4576σεβομένωνsebomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομένωνsebomenōn
|
worshipping
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1672ἙλλήνωνHellēnōn (N-GMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἙλλήνωνHellēnōn
|
Greeks
|
N-GMP
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
a multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G4183πολὺ,poly (Adj-NNS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺ,poly
|
great,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1135γυναικῶνgynaikōn (N-GFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικῶνgynaikōn
|
women
|
N-GFP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4413πρώτωνprōtōn (Adj-GFP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτωνprōtōn
|
leading
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγαι.oligai (Adj-NFP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγαι.oligai
|
a few.
|
Adj-NFP
|
4
Some of them believed, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief not women a few.Acts 17:4
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 24 words, 109 letters, 44 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τινες εξ αυτων επεισθησαν και προσεκληρωθησαν τω παυλω και τω σιλα των τε σεβομενων ελληνων πολυ πληθος γυναικων τε των πρωτων ουκ ολιγαι
Lit: And some of them were obedient and joined themselves to Paul and to Silas, along with worshipping Greeks a multitude great, women then of the leading not a few.
KJV: And some of them believed, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few.
References
"some"Ac 17:34: Howbeit certain men clave to him: and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite: and a woman named Damaris: and others with them.Ac 2:41: 42: 44: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 4:23: Being let go: they went to their own company: and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.Ac 5:12-14: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 14:1: 4: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 28:24: Some believed the things which were spoken: and some not believed.Pr 9:6: Forsake the foolish: and live; and go in the way of understanding.Pr 13:20: He who walks with wise men will be wise: but a companion of fools will be destroyed.Song 1:7: 8: Tell me: O you whom my soul loves: where you feed: where you make your flock to rest at noon: for why should I be as one that turns aside by the flocks of your companions?Song 6:1: Whither is your beloved gone: O you fair among women? whither is your beloved turned aside? that we may seek him with you.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:2Co 6:17: 18: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: "consorted"2Co 8:5: this they did: not as we hoped: but first gave their own selves to the Lord: and to us by the will of God."Silas"Ac 15:22: 27: 32: 40: Then pleased it the apostles and elders: with the whole church: to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely: Judas surnamed Barsabas: and Silas: chief men among the brothers:"the devout"Ac 17:17: Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews: and with the devout persons: and in the market daily with them that met with him.Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Ac 16:3: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place."and of the chief"Ac 17:12: Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks: and of men: not a few.Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.
ζηλωσαντες δε οι απειθουντες ιουδαιοι και προσλαβομενοι των αγοραιων τινας ανδρας πονηρους και οχλοποιησαντες εθορυβουν την πολιν επισταντες τε τη οικια ιασονος εζητουν αυτους αγαγειν εις τον δημον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2206ΖηλώσαντεςZēlōsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ΖηλώσαντεςZēlōsantes
|
Having become jealous
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4355προσλαβόμενοιproslabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσλαβόμενοιproslabomenoi
|
having taken to them
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G60ἀγοραίωνagoraiōn (Adj-GMP)
G60 ἀγοραῖος agoraîos ag-or-ah-yos from ἀγορά; relating to the market-place, i.e. forensic (times); by implication, vulgar:--baser sort, low.
|
ἀγοραίωνagoraiōn
|
market-loungers
|
Adj-GMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G5100τινὰςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰςtinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G4190πονηροὺςponērous (Adj-AMP)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηροὺςponērous
|
wicked,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3792ὀχλοποιήσαντεςochlopoiēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3792 ὀχλοποιέω ochlopoiéō okh-lop-oy-eh-o from ὄχλος and ποιέω; to make a crowd, i.e. raise a public disturbance:--gather a company.
|
ὀχλοποιήσαντεςochlopoiēsantes
|
having collected a crowd,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2350ἐθορύβουνethoryboun (V-IIA-3P)
G2350 θορυβέω thorybéō thor-oo-beh-o from θόρυβος; to be in tumult, i.e. disturb, clamor:--make ado (a noise), trouble self, set on an uproar.
|
ἐθορύβουνethoryboun
|
they set in uproar
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2186ἐπιστάντεςepistantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπιστάντεςepistantes
|
having assailed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3614οἰκίᾳoikia (N-DFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίᾳoikia
|
house
|
N-DFS
|
G2394ἸάσονοςIasonos (N-GMS)
G2394 Ἰάσων Iásōn ee-as-oan future active participle masculine of ἰάομαι; about to cure; Jason, a Christian:--Jason.
|
ἸάσονοςIasonos
|
of Jason,
|
N-GMS
|
G2212ἐζήτουνezētoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζήτουνezētoun
|
they were seeking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4254προαγαγεῖνproagagein (V-ANA)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προαγαγεῖνproagagein
|
to bring out
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1218δῆμον·dēmon (N-AMS)
G1218 δῆμος dēmos day-mos from δέω; the public (as bound together socially):--people.
|
δῆμον·dēmon
|
people.
|
N-AMS
|
5
But the Jews which not believed, moved with envy, took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people.Acts 17:5
Stats
Counts: 241 characters, 40 words, 189 letters, 71 vowels, 118 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζηλωσαντες δε οι απειθουντες ιουδαιοι και προσλαβομενοι των αγοραιων τινας ανδρας πονηρους και οχλοποιησαντες εθορυβουν την πολιν επισταντες τε τη οικια ιασονος εζητουν αυτους αγαγειν εις τον δημον
Lit: Having become jealous now the Jews, and having taken to them of the market-loungers men certain wicked, and having collected a crowd, they set in uproar the city; and having assailed the house of Jason, they were seeking them to bring out to the people.
KJV: But the Jews which believed not, moved with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people.
References
"moved"Ac 17:13: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people.Ac 7:9: The patriarchs: moved with envy: sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with Him: Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 14:2: 19: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Pr 14:30: A sound heart is the life of the flesh: but envy the rottenness of the bones.Isa 26:11: LORD: when your hand is lifted up: they not will see: but they will see: and be ashamed for their envy at the people; yes: the fire of your enemies will devour them.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?Ga 5:21: 26: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?"took"Jg 9:4: They gave him threescore and 10 pieces of silver out of the house of Baalberith: wherewith Abimelech hired vain and light persons: which followed him.Job 30:1-10: But now they that are younger than I have me in derision: whose fathers I would have disdained to have set with the dogs of my flock.Ps 35:15: But in my adversity they rejoiced: and gathered themselves together: yes: the abjects gathered themselves together against me: and I knew it not; they did tear me: and not ceased:Ps 69:12: They that sit in the gate speak against me; and I was the song of the drunkards."and set"Ac 19:24-34: 40: For a certain man named Demetrius: a silversmith: which made silver shrines for Diana: brought no small gain to the craftsmen;"Jason"Ac 17:7: Whom Jason has received: and these all do contrary to the decrees of Caesar: saying that there is another king: one Jesus.Ro 16:21: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you.
μη ευροντες δε αυτους εσυρον τον ιασονα και τινας αδελφους επι τους πολιταρχας βοωντες οτι οι την οικουμενην αναστατωσαντες ουτοι και ενθαδε παρεισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρόντεςheurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρόντεςheurontes
|
having found
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4951ἔσυρονesyron (V-IIA-3P)
G4951 σύρω sýrō soo-ro probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to trail:--drag, draw, hale.,
|
ἔσυρονesyron
|
they dragged
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2394ἸάσοναIasona (N-AMS)
G2394 Ἰάσων Iásōn ee-as-oan future active participle masculine of ἰάομαι; about to cure; Jason, a Christian:--Jason.
|
ἸάσοναIasona
|
Jason
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4173πολιτάρχας,politarchas (N-AMP)
G4173 πολιτάρχης politárchēs pol-it-ar-khace from πόλις and ἄρχω; a town-officer, i.e. magistrate:--ruler of the city.
|
πολιτάρχας,politarchas
|
city authorities,
|
N-AMP
|
G994βοῶντεςboōntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G994 βοάω boáō bo-ah-o apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a tumultuous way):--cry.
|
βοῶντεςboōntes
|
crying out
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
The ones
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn
|
world
|
N-AFS
|
G387ἀναστατώσαντεςanastatōsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G387 ἀναστατόω anastatóō an-as-tat-o-o from a derivative of ἀνίστημι (in the sense of removal); properly, to drive out of home, i.e. (by implication) to disturb (literally or figuratively):--trouble, turn upside down, make an uproar.
|
ἀναστατώσαντεςanastatōsantes
|
having upset,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1759ἐνθάδεenthade (Adv)
G1759 ἐνθάδε entháde en-thad-eh from a prolonged form of ἐν; properly, within, i.e. (of place) here, hither:--(t-)here, hither.
|
ἐνθάδεenthade
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3918πάρεισιν,pareisin (V-PIA-3P)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
πάρεισιν,pareisin
|
are come,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
6
When they found not them, they drew Jason and certain brothers to the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come here also;
Acts 17:6
Stats
Rank: #2369 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 28 words, 136 letters, 47 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη ευροντες δε αυτους εσυρον τον ιασονα και τινας αδελφους επι τους πολιταρχας βοωντες οτι οι την οικουμενην αναστατωσαντες ουτοι και ενθαδε παρεισιν
Lit: Not having found however them, they dragged Jason and certain brothers before the city authorities, crying out - , The ones the world having upset, these also here are come,
KJV: And when they found them not, they drew Jason and certain brethren unto the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come hither also;
References
"they drew"Ac 6:12: 13: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 16:19: 20: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ac 18:12: 13: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: "These"Ac 21:28-31: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ac 22:22: 23: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Ac 24:5: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.1Ki 18:17: 18: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?Ex 3:8: 9: I am come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians: and to bring them up out of that land to a good land and a large: to a land flowing with milk and honey; to the place of the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Hivites: and the Jebusites.Jer 38:2-4: Thus says the LORD: He who remains in this city will die by the sword: by the famine: and by the pestilence: but He that'>He who goes forth to the Chaldeans will live; for He will have His life for a prey: and will live.Am 7:10: Then Amaziah the priest of Bethel sent to Jeroboam king of Israel: saying: Amos has conspired against you in the middle of the house of Israel: the land not is able to bear all his words.Lu 23:5: They were the more fierce: saying: He stirs up the people: teaching throughout all Jewry: beginning from Galilee to this place.
ους υποδεδεκται ιασων και ουτοι παντες απεναντι των δογματων καισαρος πραττουσιν βασιλεα λεγοντες ετερον ειναι ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G5264ὑποδέδεκταιhypodedektai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G5264 ὑποδέχομαι hypodéchomai hoop-od-ekh-om-ahee from ὑπό and δέχομαι; to admit under ones roof, i.e. entertain hospitably:--receive.
|
ὑποδέδεκταιhypodedektai
|
has received
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2394Ἰάσων·Iasōn (N-NMS)
G2394 Ἰάσων Iásōn ee-as-oan future active participle masculine of ἰάομαι; about to cure; Jason, a Christian:--Jason.
|
Ἰάσων·Iasōn
|
Jason.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G561ἀπέναντιapenanti (Prep)
G561 ἀπέναντι apénanti ap-en-an-tee from ἀπό and ἔναντι; from in front, i.e. opposite, before or against:--before, contrary, over against, in the presence of.
|
ἀπέναντιapenanti
|
contrary to
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1378δογμάτωνdogmatōn (N-GNP)
G1378 δόγμα dógma dog-mah from the base of δοκέω; a law (civil, ceremonial or ecclesiastical):--decree, ordinance.
|
δογμάτωνdogmatōn
|
decrees
|
N-GNP
|
G2541ΚαίσαροςKaisaros (N-GMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαροςKaisaros
|
of Caesar
|
N-GMS
|
G4238πράσσουσι*,prassousi (V-PIA-3P)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσουσι*,prassousi
|
do,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G935βασιλέαbasilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέαbasilea
|
king
|
N-AMS
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-AMS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be:
|
V-PNA
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
7
Whom Jason has received: and these all do contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus.Acts 17:7
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 38 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ους υποδεδεκται ιασων και ουτοι παντες απεναντι των δογματων καισαρος πραττουσιν βασιλεα λεγοντες ετερον ειναι ιησουν
Lit: whom has received Jason. And these all, contrary to the decrees of Caesar do, king another proclaiming to be: Jesus.
KJV: Whom Jason hath received: and these all do contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus.
References
"and these"Ac 16:21: Teach customs: which not are lawful for us to receive: neither to observe: being Romans.Ac 25:8-11: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.Ezr 4:12-15: Be it known to the king: that the Jews which came up from you to us are come to Jerusalem: building the rebellious and the bad city: and have set up the walls thereof: and joined the foundations.Da 3:12: There are certain Jews whom you have set over the affairs of the province of Babylon: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego; these men: O king: not have regarded you: they not serve your gods: nor worship the golden image which you have set up.Da 6:13: Then answered they and said before the king: That Daniel: which is of the children of the captivity of Judah: regards not you: O king: nor the decree that you have signed: but makes his petition 3 times a day.Lu 23:2: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.Joh 19:12: From thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out: saying: If you let this man go: you are not Caesar's friend: whoever makes himself a king speaks against Caesar.1Pe 2:15: For so is the will of God: that with well doing you may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men:
εταραξαν δε τον οχλον και τους πολιταρχας ακουοντας ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5015Ἐτάραξανetaraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G5015 ταράσσω tarássō tar-as-so of uncertain affinity; to stir or agitate (roil water):--trouble.
|
Ἐτάραξανetaraxan
|
They stirred up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4173πολιτάρχαςpolitarchas (N-AMP)
G4173 πολιτάρχης politárchēs pol-it-ar-khace from πόλις and ἄρχω; a town-officer, i.e. magistrate:--ruler of the city.
|
πολιτάρχαςpolitarchas
|
city authorities,
|
N-AMP
|
G191ἀκούονταςakouontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούονταςakouontas
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
8
They troubled the people and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things.Acts 17:8
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 15 words, 69 letters, 23 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: εταραξαν δε τον οχλον και τους πολιταρχας ακουοντας ταυτα
Lit: They stirred up then the crowd, and the city authorities, hearing these things.
KJV: And they troubled the people and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things.
References
"And they troubled the people and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things."Mt 2:3: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.Joh 11:48: If we let him thus alone: all men will believe on him: and the Romans will come and take away both our place and nation.
και λαβοντες το ικανον παρα του ιασονος και των λοιπων απελυσαν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2425ἱκανὸνhikanon (Adj-ANS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸνhikanon
|
security
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2394ἸάσονοςIasonos (N-GMS)
G2394 Ἰάσων Iásōn ee-as-oan future active participle masculine of ἰάομαι; about to cure; Jason, a Christian:--Jason.
|
ἸάσονοςIasonos
|
Jason
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3062λοιπῶνloipōn (Adj-GMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπῶνloipōn
|
rest,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G630ἀπέλυσανapelysan (V-AIA-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσανapelysan
|
they let go
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
9
When they had taken security of Jason, and of the other, they let them go.Acts 17:9
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 60 letters, 21 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λαβοντες το ικανον παρα του ιασονος και των λοιπων απελυσαν αυτους
Lit: And having taken security from Jason and the rest, they let go them.
KJV: And when they had taken security of Jason, and of the other, they let them go.
The Character of the Bereans
οι δε αδελφοι ευθεως δια της νυκτος εξεπεμψαν τον τε παυλον και τον σιλαν εις βεροιαν οιτινες παραγενομενοι εις την συναγωγην των ιουδαιων απηεσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
the brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G1599ἐξέπεμψανexepempsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1599 ἐκπέμπω ekpémpō ek-pem-po from ἐκ and πέμπω; to despatch:--send away (forth).
|
ἐξέπεμψανexepempsan
|
sent away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣιλᾶνSilan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶνSilan
|
Silas
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G960Βέροιαν,Beroian (N-AFS)
G960 Βέροια Béroia ber-oy-ah perhaps a provincial from a derivative of πέραν (Perœa, i.e. the region beyond the coast-line); Berœa, a place in Macedonia:--Berea.
|
Βέροιαν,Beroian
|
Berea,
|
N-AFS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3854παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοιparagenomenoi
|
having arrived,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G549ἀπῄεσαν·apēesan (V-IIA-3P)
G549 ἄπειμι ápeimi ap-i-mee from ἀπό and (to go); to go away:--go. Compare ἄπειμι.
|
ἀπῄεσαν·apēesan
|
went.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
10
The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Acts 17:10
Stats
Rank: #244 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε αδελφοι ευθεως δια της νυκτος εξεπεμψαν τον τε παυλον και τον σιλαν εις βεροιαν οιτινες παραγενομενοι εις την συναγωγην των ιουδαιων απηεσαν
Lit: And the brothers immediately by night sent away both Paul and Silas to Berea, who having arrived, into the synagogue of the Jews went.
KJV: And the brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who coming thither went into the synagogue of the Jews.
References
"the brethren"Ac 17:14: Then immediately the brothers sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still.Ac 9:25: Then the disciples took him by night: and let him down by the wall in a basket.Ac 23:23: 24: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Jos 2:15: 16: Then she let them down by a cord through the window: for her house was upon the town wall: and she dwelt upon the wall.1Sa 19:12-17: So Michal let David down through a window: and he went: and fled: and escaped.1Sa 20:42: Jonathan said to David: Go in peace: forasmuch as we have sworn both of us in the name of the LORD: saying: The LORD be between me and you: and between my seed and your seed for ever. And He arose and departed: and Jonathan went into the city."Berea"Ac 17:13: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people.Ac 20:4: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus."went"Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 14:6: 7: They were ware of it: and fled to Lystra and Derbe: cities of Lycaonia: and to the region that lies round about:1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.
ουτοι δε ησαν ευγενεστεροι των εν θεσσαλονικη οιτινες εδεξαντο τον λογον μετα πασης προθυμιας το καθ ημεραν ανακρινοντες τας γραφας ει εχοι ταυτα ουτως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2104εὐγενέστεροιeugenesteroi (Adj-NMP-C)
G2104 εὐγενής eugenḗs yoog-en-ace from εὖ and γίνομαι; well born, i.e. (literally) high in rank, or (figuratively) generous:--more noble, nobleman.
|
εὐγενέστεροιeugenesteroi
|
more noble
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
than those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2332Θεσσαλονίκῃ,Thessalonikē (N-DFS)
G2332 Θεσσαλονίκη Thessaloníkē thes-sal-on-ee-kay from (a Thessalian) and νίκη; Thessalonice, a place in Asia Minor:--Thessalonica.
|
Θεσσαλονίκῃ,Thessalonikē
|
Thessalonica,
|
N-DFS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1209ἐδέξαντοedexanto (V-AIM-3P)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
ἐδέξαντοedexanto
|
received
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4288προθυμίας,prothymias (N-GFS)
G4288 προθυμία prothymía proth-oo-mee-ah from πρόθυμος; predisposition, i.e. alacrity:--forwardness of mind, readiness (of mind), ready (willing) mind.
|
προθυμίας,prothymias
|
readiness,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
on the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G350ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes
|
examining
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1124γραφὰςgraphas (N-AFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφὰςgraphas
|
Scriptures
|
N-AFP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχοιechoi (V-POA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοιechoi
|
were
|
V-POA-3S
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G3779οὕτως.houtōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως.houtōs
|
so.
|
Adv
|
11
These were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, and searched the scriptures daily, whether those things were so.Acts 17:11
Stats
Rank: #70 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 173 characters, 26 words, 141 letters, 52 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι δε ησαν ευγενεστεροι των εν θεσσαλονικη οιτινες εδεξαντο τον λογον μετα πασης προθυμιας το καθ ημεραν ανακρινοντες τας γραφας ει εχοι ταυτα ουτως
Lit: These now were more noble than those in Thessalonica, who received the word with all readiness, on the every day examining the Scriptures if were these things so.
KJV: These were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, and searched the scriptures daily, whether those things were so.
References
"more"Pr 1:5: A wise man will hear: and will increase learning; and a man of understanding will attain to wise counsels:Pr 9:9: Give instruction to a wise man: and he will be yet wiser: teach a just man: and he will increase in learning.Jer 2:21: Yet I had planted you a noble vine: wholly a right seed: how then are you turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine to me?Joh 1:45-49: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph."they received"Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 10:33: Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God: to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Ac 11:1: The apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.Job 23:12: Neither have I gone back from the commandment of his lips; I have esteemed the words of his mouth more than my necessary food.Pr 2:1-5: My son: if you will receive my words: and hide my commandments with you;Pr 8:10: Receive my instruction: not and silver; and knowledge rather than choice gold.Mt 13:23: But he who received seed into the good ground is he who hears the word: and understands it; which also bears fruit: and brings forth: some an hundredfold: some 60: some 30.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.Jas 1:21: For what reason lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness: and receive with meekness the engrafted word: which is able to save your souls.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:"and searched"Ps 1:2: 3: But His delight is in the law of the LORD; and in His law does He meditate day and night.Ps 119:97: 100: 148: MEM. O how love I your law! it is my meditation all the day.Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Isa 34:16: Seek you out of the book of the LORD: and read: no one of these will fail: none will want her mate: for my mouth it has commanded: and His spirit it has gathered them.Lu 16:29: Abraham says to him: They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them.Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Joh 3:21: But He that'>He who does truth comes to the light: that His deeds may be made manifest: that they are wrought in God.Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.2Ti 3:15-17: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:2Pe 1:19-21: We have also a more sure word of prophecy; to what you do well that you take heed: as to a light that shines in a dark place: until the day dawn: and the day star arise in your hearts:1Jo 4:5: 6: They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world: and the world hears them.
πολλοι μεν ουν εξ αυτων επιστευσαν και των ελληνιδων γυναικων των ευσχημονων και ανδρων ουκ ολιγοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4100ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan
|
believed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G1674ἙλληνίδωνHellēnidōn (N-GFP)
G1674 Ἑλληνίς Hellēnís hel-lay-nis feminine of Ἕλλην; a Grecian (i.e. non-Jewish) woman:--Greek.
|
ἙλληνίδωνHellēnidōn
|
Grecian
|
N-GFP
|
G1135γυναικῶνgynaikōn (N-GFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικῶνgynaikōn
|
women
|
N-GFP
|
G2158εὐσχημόνωνeuschēmonōn (Adj-GFP)
G2158 εὐσχήμων euschḗmōn yoo-skhay-mone from εὖ and σχῆμα; well-formed, i.e. (figuratively) decorous, noble (in rank):--comely, honourable.
|
εὐσχημόνωνeuschēmonōn
|
prominent
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G435ἀνδρῶνandrōn (N-GMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρῶνandrōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγοι.oligoi (Adj-NMP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγοι.oligoi
|
a few.
|
Adj-NMP
|
12
Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks, and of men, not a few.Acts 17:12
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 15 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι μεν ουν εξ αυτων επιστευσαν και των ελληνιδων γυναικων των ευσχημονων και ανδρων ουκ ολιγοι
Lit: Many indeed therefore of them believed, and of the Grecian women prominent and men not a few.
KJV: Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Greeks, and of men, not a few.
References
"many"Ac 17:2-4: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ps 25:8: 9: Good and upright is the LORD: therefore will He teach sinners in the way.Joh 1:45-49: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Eph 5:14: For what reason He says: Awake you that sleep: and arise from the dead: and Christ will give you light.Jas 1:21: For what reason lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness: and receive with meekness the engrafted word: which is able to save your souls."honourable"Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.1Co 1:26: For you see your calling: brothers: how not that many wise men after the flesh: not many mighty: not many noble: are called:Jas 1:10: But the rich: in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he will pass away.
ως δε εγνωσαν οι απο της θεσσαλονικης ιουδαιοι οτι και εν τη βεροια κατηγγελη υπο του παυλου ο λογος του θεου ηλθον κακει σαλευοντες τους οχλους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1097ἔγνωσανegnōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσανegnōsan
|
knew
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2332ΘεσσαλονίκηςThessalonikēs (N-GFS)
G2332 Θεσσαλονίκη Thessaloníkē thes-sal-on-ee-kay from (a Thessalian) and νίκη; Thessalonice, a place in Asia Minor:--Thessalonica.
|
ΘεσσαλονίκηςThessalonikēs
|
Thessalonica
|
N-GFS
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G960ΒεροίᾳBeroia (N-DFS)
G960 Βέροια Béroia ber-oy-ah perhaps a provincial from a derivative of πέραν (Perœa, i.e. the region beyond the coast-line); Berœa, a place in Macedonia:--Berea.
|
ΒεροίᾳBeroia
|
Berea
|
N-DFS
|
G2605κατηγγέληkatēngelē (V-AIP-3S)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
κατηγγέληkatēngelē
|
was proclaimed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
they came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2546κἀκεῖkakei (Adv)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
κἀκεῖkakei
|
there also,
|
Adv
|
G4531σαλεύοντεςsaleuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλεύοντεςsaleuontes
|
stirring up
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5015ταράσσοντεςtarassontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5015 ταράσσω tarássō tar-as-so of uncertain affinity; to stir or agitate (roil water):--trouble.
|
ταράσσοντεςtarassontes
|
agitating
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3793ὄχλους.ochlous (N-AMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλους.ochlous
|
crowds.
|
N-AMP
|
13
But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea, they came there also, and stirred up the people.Acts 17:13
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 120 letters, 45 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εγνωσαν οι απο της θεσσαλονικης ιουδαιοι οτι και εν τη βεροια κατηγγελη υπο του παυλου ο λογος του θεου ηλθον κακει σαλευοντες τους οχλους
Lit: When however knew those from Thessalonica Jews that also in Berea was proclaimed by Paul the word of God, they came there also, stirring up and agitating the crowds.
KJV: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea, they came thither also, and stirred up the people.
References
"the Jews"Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Mt 23:13: But woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for you neither go in yourselves: neither suffer you them that are entering to go in.1Th 2:14-16: For you: brothers: became followers of the churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus: for you also have suffered like things of your own countrymen: even as they have of the Jews:"stirred"Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 14:2: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 21:27: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: 1Ki 21:25: But there was none like to Ahab: which did sell Himself to work wickedness in the sight of the LORD: whom Jezebel His wife stirred up.Pr 15:18: A wrathful man stirs up strife: but he who is slow to anger appeases strife.Pr 28:25: He who is of a proud heart stirs up strife: but He that'>He who puts His trust in the LORD will be made fat.Lu 12:51: Suppose you that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you: No; but rather division:
ευθεως δε τοτε τον παυλον εξαπεστειλαν οι αδελφοι πορευεσθαι ως επι την θαλασσαν υπεμενον δε ο τε σιλας και ο τιμοθεος εκει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then,
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G1821ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan (V-AIA-3P)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαπέστειλανexapesteilan
|
sent away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as
|
Prep
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν·thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν·thalassan
|
sea;
|
N-AFS
|
G5278ὑπέμεινάνhypemeinan (V-AIA-3P)
G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπέμεινάνhypemeinan
|
remained
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣιλᾶςSilas (N-NMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶςSilas
|
Silas
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5095ΤιμόθεοςTimotheos (N-NMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
ΤιμόθεοςTimotheos
|
Timothy
|
N-NMS
|
G1563ἐκεῖ.ekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖ.ekei
|
there.
|
Adv
|
14
Then immediately the brothers sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still.Acts 17:14
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 22 words, 96 letters, 39 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευθεως δε τοτε τον παυλον εξαπεστειλαν οι αδελφοι πορευεσθαι ως επι την θαλασσαν υπεμενον δε ο τε σιλας και ο τιμοθεος εκει
Lit: Immediately also then, Paul sent away the brothers to go as to the sea; remained but both Silas and Timothy there.
KJV: And then immediately the brethren sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still.
References
"then"Ac 17:10: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Ac 9:25: 30: Then the disciples took him by night: and let him down by the wall in a basket.Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come."as it"Ac 20:3: there abode 3 months. And when the Jews laid wait for him: as he was about to sail into Syria: he purposed to return through Macedonia.Jos 2:16: She said to them: Get you to the mountain: lest the pursuers meet you; and hide yourselves there 3 days: until the pursuers be returned: and afterward may you go your way."but"Ac 19:22: So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered to him: Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season.1Ti 1:3: As I besought you to abide still at Ephesus: when I went into Macedonia: that you might charge some that they teach no other doctrine: Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:
οι δε καθιστωντες τον παυλον ηγαγον αυτον εως αθηνων και λαβοντες εντολην προς τον σιλαν και τιμοθεον ινα ως ταχιστα ελθωσιν προς αυτον εξηεσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2525καθιστάνοντεςkathistanontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
καθιστάνοντεςkathistanontes
|
escorting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G71ἤγαγονēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγονēgagon
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G116Ἀθηνῶν,Athēnōn (N-GFP)
G116 Ἀθῆναι Athēnai ath-ay-nahee plural of (the goddess of wisdom, who was reputed to have founded the city); Athenæ, the capitol of Greece:-- Athens.
|
Ἀθηνῶν,Athēnōn
|
Athens;
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having received
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1785ἐντολὴνentolēn (N-AFS)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴνentolēn
|
a command
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G4609ΣιλᾶνSilan (N-AMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶνSilan
|
Silas
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5095ΤιμόθεονTimotheon (N-AMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
ΤιμόθεονTimotheon
|
Timothy
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5033τάχισταtachista (Adj-ANP-S)
G5033 τάχιστα táchista takh-is-tah neuter plural of the superlative of ταχύς (as adverb); most quickly, i.e. (with ὡς prefixed) as soon as possible:--+ with all speed.
|
τάχισταtachista
|
quickly as possible
|
Adj-ANP-S
|
G2064ἔλθωσινelthōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωσινelthōsin
|
they should come
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1826ἐξῄεσαν.exēesan (V-IIA-3P)
G1826 ἔξειμι éxeimi ex-i-mee from ἐκ and (to go); to issue, i.e. leave (a place), escape (to the shore):--depart, get (to land), go out.
|
ἐξῄεσαν.exēesan
|
they departed.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
15
They that conducted Paul brought him to Athens: and receiving a commandment to Silas and Timotheus for to come to him with all speed, they departed.Acts 17:15
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 25 words, 127 letters, 47 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε καθιστωντες τον παυλον ηγαγον αυτον εως αθηνων και λαβοντες εντολην προς τον σιλαν και τιμοθεον ινα ως ταχιστα ελθωσιν προς αυτον εξηεσαν
Lit: Those now escorting Paul brought him unto Athens; and having received a command unto Silas and Timothy that as quickly as possible they should come to him, they departed.
KJV: And they that conducted Paul brought him unto Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timotheus for to come to him with all speed, they departed.
References
"Athens"Ac 18:1: After these things Paul departed from Athens: and came to Corinth;1Th 3:1: For what reason when we could no longer forbear: we thought it good to be left at Athens alone;"receiving"Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.2Ti 4:10: 11: 20: 21: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia.Tit 3:12: When I will send Artemas to you: or Tychicus: be diligent to come to me to Nicopolis: for I have determined there to winter.
In Athens
εν δε ταις αθηναις εκδεχομενου αυτους του παυλου παρωξυνετο το πνευμα αυτου εν αυτω θεωρουντι κατειδωλον ουσαν την πολιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G116ἈθήναιςAthēnais (N-DFP)
G116 Ἀθῆναι Athēnai ath-ay-nahee plural of (the goddess of wisdom, who was reputed to have founded the city); Athenæ, the capitol of Greece:-- Athens.
|
ἈθήναιςAthēnais
|
Athens,
|
N-DFP
|
G1551ἐκδεχομένουekdechomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdéchomai ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἐκ and δέχομαι; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await:--expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for).
|
ἐκδεχομένουekdechomenou
|
waiting for
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G3947παρωξύνετοparōxyneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3947 παροξύνω paroxýnō par-ox-oo-no from παρά and a derivative of ὀξύς; to sharpen alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--easily provoke, stir.
|
παρωξύνετοparōxyneto
|
was provoked
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2334θεωροῦντοςtheōrountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦντοςtheōrountos
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2712κατείδωλονkateidōlon (Adj-AFS)
G2712 κατείδωλος kateídōlos kat-i-do-los from κατά (intensively) and εἴδωλον; utterly idolatrous:--wholly given to idolatry.
|
κατείδωλονkateidōlon
|
utterly idolatrous
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1510οὖσανousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσανousan
|
to be
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν.polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν.polin
|
city.
|
N-AFS
|
16
Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.Acts 17:16
Stats
Rank: #1180 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 21 words, 94 letters, 33 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε ταις αθηναις εκδεχομενου αυτους του παυλου παρωξυνετο το πνευμα αυτου εν αυτω θεωρουντι κατειδωλον ουσαν την πολιν
Lit: In now Athens, waiting for them of Paul, was provoked the spirit of him in him, seeing utterly idolatrous to be the city.
KJV: Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.
References
"his spirit"Ex 32:19: 20: It came to pass: as soon as he came nigh to the camp: that he saw the calf: and the dancing: and Moses' anger waxed hot: and he cast the tables out of his hands: and brake them beneath the mount.Nu 25:6-11: And: look: one of the children of Israel came and brought to his brothers a Midianitish woman in the sight of Moses: and in the sight of all the congregation of the children of Israel: who were weeping before the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.1Ki 19:10: 14: He said: I have been very jealous for the LORD God of hosts: for the children of Israel have forsaken your covenant: thrown down your altars: and killed your prophets with the sword; and I: even I only: am left; and they seek my life: to take it away.Job 32:2: 3: 18-20: Then was kindled the wrath of Elihu the son of Barachel the Buzite: of the kindred of Ram: against Job was His wrath kindled: because He justified Himself rather than God.Ps 69:9: For the zeal of your house has eaten me up; and the reproaches of them that reproached you are fallen upon me.Ps 119:136: 158: Rivers of waters run down my eyes: because they not keep your law.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Joh 2:13: The Jews' passover was at hand: and Jesus went up to Jerusalem: 2Pe 2:7: Delivered just Lot: vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked:"wholly given to idolatry"Ac 17:23: For as I passed by: and beheld your devotions: I found an altar with this inscription: TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore you ignorantly worship: him declare I to you.
διελεγετο μεν ουν εν τη συναγωγη τοις ιουδαιοις και τοις σεβομενοις και εν τη αγορα κατα πασαν ημεραν προς τους παρατυγχανοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1256διελέγετοdielegeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διελέγετοdielegeto
|
He was reasoning
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇsynagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇsynagōgē
|
synagogue
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4576σεβομένοιςsebomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομένοιςsebomenois
|
worshiping,
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G58ἀγορᾷagora (N-DFS)
G58 ἀγορά agorá ag-or-ah from (to gather; probably akin to ἐγείρω); properly, the town-square (as a place of public resort); by implication, a market or thoroughfare:--market(-place), street.
|
ἀγορᾷagora
|
marketplace
|
N-DFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3909παρατυγχάνοντας.paratynchanontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3909 παρατυγχάνω paratynchánō par-at-oong-khan-o from παρά and τυγχάνω; to chance near, i.e. fall in with:--meet with.
|
παρατυγχάνοντας.paratynchanontas
|
meeting him.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
17
Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews, and with the devout persons, and in the market daily with them that met with him.Acts 17:17
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελεγετο μεν ουν εν τη συναγωγη τοις ιουδαιοις και τοις σεβομενοις και εν τη αγορα κατα πασαν ημεραν προς τους παρατυγχανοντας
Lit: He was reasoning indeed therefore in the synagogue with the Jews and those worshiping, and in the marketplace on every day with those meeting him.
KJV: Therefore disputed he in the synagogue with the Jews, and with the devout persons, and in the market daily with them that met with him.
References
"disputed"Ac 17:2-4: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 14:1-4: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed."devout"Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience."daily"Pr 1:20-22: Wisdom cries without; she utters her voice in the streets:Pr 8:1-4: 34: Does not wisdom cry? and understanding put forth her voice?Jer 6:11: Therefore I am full of the fury of the LORD; I am weary with holding in: I will pour it out upon the children abroad: and upon the assembly of young men together: for even the husband with the wife will be taken: the aged with Him that is full of days.Mt 5:1: 2: Seeing the multitudes: he went up into a mountain: and when he was set: his disciples came to him:Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 12:3: Therefore whatever you have spoken in darkness will be heard in the light; and that which you have spoken in the ear in closets will be proclaimed upon the housetops.2Ti 3:2: 5: For men will be lovers of their own selves: covetous: boasters: proud: blasphemers: disobedient to parents: unthankful: unholy:
τινες δε των επικουρειων και των στωικων φιλοσοφων συνεβαλλον αυτω και τινες ελεγον τι αν θελοι ο σπερμολογος ουτος λεγειν οι δε ξενων δαιμονιων δοκει καταγγελευς ειναι οτι τον ιησουν και την αναστασιν αυτοις ευηγγελιζετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5100Τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
Τινὲςtines
|
Some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1946Ἐπικουρείων*Epikoureiōn (N-GMP)
G1946 Ἐπικούρειος Epikoúreios ep-ee-koo-ri-os from (compare ἐπικουρία) (a noted philosopher); an Epicurean or follower of Epicurus:--Epicurean.
|
Ἐπικουρείων*Epikoureiōn
|
Epicureans
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4770ΣτοϊκῶνStoikōn (Adj-GMP)
G4770 Στωϊκός Stōïkós sto-ik-os from στοά; a Stoic (as occupying a particular porch in Athens), i.e. adherent of a certin philosophy:--Stoick.
|
ΣτοϊκῶνStoikōn
|
Stoics,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5386φιλοσόφωνphilosophōn (N-GMP)
G5386 φιλόσοφος philósophos fil-os-of-os from φίλος and σοφός; fond of wise things, i.e. a philosopher:--philosopher.
|
φιλοσόφωνphilosophōn
|
philosophers,
|
N-GMP
|
G4820συνέβαλλονsyneballon (V-IIA-3P)
G4820 συμβάλλω symbállō soom-bal-lo from σύν and βάλλω; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to converse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by implication) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:--confer, encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder.
|
συνέβαλλονsyneballon
|
encountered
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
were saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2309θέλοιtheloi (V-POA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλοιtheloi
|
may desire
|
V-POA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
of the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4691σπερμολόγοςspermologos (Adj-NMS)
G4691 σπερμολόγος spermológos sper-mol-og-os from σπέρμα and λέγω; a seed-picker (as the crow), i.e. (figuratively) a sponger, loafer (specially, a gossip or trifler in talk):--babbler.
|
σπερμολόγοςspermologos
|
babbler
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3004λέγειν;legein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειν;legein
|
to say?
|
V-PNA
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Others
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δέ·de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέ·de
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3581ΞένωνXenōn (Adj-GNP)
G3581 ξένος xénos xen-os apparently a primary word; foreign (literally, alien, or figuratively, novel); by implication, a guest or (vice-versa) entertainer:--host, strange(-r).
|
ΞένωνXenōn
|
Of foreign
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1140δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn (N-GNP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn
|
gods
|
N-GNP
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
he seems
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2604καταγγελεὺςkatangeleus (N-NMS)
G2604 καταγγελεύς katangeleús kat-ang-gel-yooce from καταγγέλλω; a proclaimer:--setter forth.
|
καταγγελεὺςkatangeleus
|
a proclaimer
|
N-NMS
|
G1510εἶναι·einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι·einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
resurrection
|
N-AFS
|
G2097εὐηγγελίζετο.euēngelizeto (V-IIM-3S)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελίζετο.euēngelizeto
|
he was proclaiming the gospel of.
|
V-IIM-3S
|
18
Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans, and of the Stoicks, encountered Him. And some said, What will this babbler say? other some, He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus, and the resurrection.
Acts 17:18
Stats
Rank: #9662 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 244 characters, 33 words, 195 letters, 75 vowels, 120 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινες δε των επικουρειων και των στωικων φιλοσοφων συνεβαλλον αυτω και τινες ελεγον τι αν θελοι ο σπερμολογος ουτος λεγειν οι δε ξενων δαιμονιων δοκει καταγγελευς ειναι οτι τον ιησουν και την αναστασιν αυτοις ευηγγελιζετο
Lit: Some then also of the Epicureans and Stoics, philosophers, encountered him. And some were saying, What may desire of the babbler this to say? Others however, Of foreign gods he seems a proclaimer to be, because Jesus and the resurrection he was proclaiming the gospel of.
KJV: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans, and of the Stoicks, encountered him. And some said, What will this babbler say? other some, He seemeth to be a setter forth of strange gods: because he preached unto them Jesus, and the resurrection.
References
"philosophers"Ro 1:22: Professing themselves to be wise: they became fools: 1Co 1:20: 21: Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?Col 2:8: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ."encountered"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Mr 9:14: When he came to his disciples: he saw a great multitude about them: and the scribes questioning with them.Lu 11:53: As he said these things to them: the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently: and to provoke him to speak of many things:"babbler"Pr 23:9: not Speak in the ears of a fool: for he will despise the wisdom of your words.Pr 26:12: See you a man wise in his own conceit? there is more hope of a fool than of him.1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise."Jesus"Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ac 26:23: That Christ should suffer: and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead: and should show light to the people: and to the Gentiles.Ro 14:9: 10: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;
επιλαβομενοι τε αυτου επι τον αρειον παγον ηγαγον λεγοντες δυναμεθα γνωναι τις η καινη αυτη η υπο σου λαλουμενη διδαχη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1949Ἐπιλαβόμενοίepilabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
Ἐπιλαβόμενοίepilabomenoi
|
Having taken hold
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G5037τε*te (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τε*te
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G697ἌρειονAreion (N-AMS)
G697 Ἄρειος Πάγος Áreios Págos ar-i-os pag-os from (the name of the Greek deity of war) and a derivative of πήγνυμι; rock of Ares, a place in Athens:--Areopagus, Mars Hill.
|
ἌρειονAreion
|
Ares
|
N-AMS
|
G697πάγονpagon (N-AMS)
G697 Ἄρειος Πάγος Áreios Págos ar-i-os pag-os from (the name of the Greek deity of war) and a derivative of πήγνυμι; rock of Ares, a place in Athens:--Areopagus, Mars Hill.
|
πάγονpagon
|
Hill
|
N-AMS
|
G71ἤγαγον,ēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγον,ēgagon
|
they brought him,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1410ΔυνάμεθαDynametha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ΔυνάμεθαDynametha
|
Are we able
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what is
|
IPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2537καινὴkainē (Adj-NFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὴkainē
|
new
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
which
|
Art-NFS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2980λαλουμένηlaloumenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλουμένηlaloumenē
|
is spoken,
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G1322διδαχή;didachē (N-NFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχή;didachē
|
teaching?
|
N-NFS
|
19
They took him, and brought him to Areopagus, saying, May we know what this new doctrine, whereof you speak, is?
Acts 17:19
Stats
Rank: #1166 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 16 words, 95 letters, 36 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιλαβομενοι τε αυτου επι τον αρειον παγον ηγαγον λεγοντες δυναμεθα γνωναι τις η καινη αυτη η υπο σου λαλουμενη διδαχη
Lit: Having taken hold also of him, to the Ares Hill they brought him, saying, Are we able to know what is the new this, which by you is spoken, teaching?
KJV: And they took him, and brought him unto Areopagus, saying, May we know what this new doctrine, whereof thou speakest, is?
References
"Areopagus"Ac 17:22: Then Paul stood in the middle of Mars' hill: and said: You men of Athens: I perceive that in all things you are too superstitious."May"Ac 17:20: For you bring certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean.Ac 24:24: After certain days: when Felix came with His wife Drusilla: which was a Jewess: He sent for Paul: and heard Him concerning the faith in Christ.Ac 25:22: Then Agrippa said to Festus: I would also hear the man myself. To morrow: said he: you will hear him.Ac 26:1: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles."new"Mr 1:27: They were all amazed: insomuch that they questioned among themselves: saying: What thing is this? what new doctrine is this? for with authority commands he even the unclean spirits: and they do obey him.Joh 13:34: A new commandment I give to you: That you love one another; as I have loved you: that you also love one another.1Jo 2:7: 8: Brothers: I write no new commandment to you: but an old commandment which you had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which you have heard from the beginning.
ξενιζοντα γαρ τινα εισφερεις εις τας ακοας ημων βουλομεθα ουν γνωναι τι αν θελοι ταυτα ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3579ξενίζονταxenizonta (V-PPA-ANP)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενίζονταxenizonta
|
Strange things
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-ANP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
some
|
IPro-ANP
|
G1533εἰσφέρειςeisphereis (V-PIA-2S)
G1533 εἰσφέρω eisphérō ice-fer-o from εἰς and φέρω; to carry inward (literally or figuratively):--bring (in), lead into.
|
εἰσφέρειςeisphereis
|
you are bringing
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G189ἀκοὰςakoas (N-AFP)
G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοὰςakoas
|
ears
|
N-AFP
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1014βουλόμεθαboulometha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμεθαboulometha
|
We resolve
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G5101τίναtina (IPro-NNP)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίναtina
|
what
|
IPro-NNP
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
wish
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G1510εἶναι.einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι.einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
20
For you bring certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean.Acts 17:20
Stats
Rank: #1982 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ξενιζοντα γαρ τινα εισφερεις εις τας ακοας ημων βουλομεθα ουν γνωναι τι αν θελοι ταυτα ειναι
Lit: Strange things for some you are bringing to the ears of us. We resolve therefore to know what wish these things to be.
KJV: For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things mean.
References
"strange"Ho 8:12: I have written to him the great things of my law: but they were counted as a strange thing.Mt 19:23-25: Then said Jesus to His disciples: Truly I say to you: That a rich man will hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven.Mr 10:24-26: The disciples were astonished at His words. But Jesus answereth again: and says to them: Children: how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the kingdom of God!Joh 6:60: Many therefore of his disciples: when they had heard this: said: This is an hard saying; who can hear it?Joh 7:35: 36: Then said the Jews among themselves: Whither will he go: that we will not find him? will he go to the dispersed among the Gentiles: and teach the Gentiles?1Co 1:18: 23: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.Heb 5:11: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.1Pe 4:4: Wherein they think it strange that you not run with them to the same excess of riot: speaking evil of you:"what"Ac 2:12: They were all amazed: and were in doubt: saying one to another: What means this?Ac 10:17: Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean: look: the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house: and stood before the gate: Mr 9:10: They kept that saying with themselves: questioning one with another what the rising from the dead should mean.
αθηναιοι δε παντες και οι επιδημουντες ξενοι εις ουδεν ετερον ευκαιρουν η λεγειν τι και ακουειν καινοτερον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G117ἈθηναῖοιAthēnaioi (Adj-NMP)
G117 Ἀθηναῖος Athēnaîos ath-ay-nah-yos from Ἀθῆναι; an Athenæan or inhabitant of Athenæ:--Athenian.
|
ἈθηναῖοιAthēnaioi
|
The Athenians
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1927ἐπιδημοῦντεςepidēmountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1927 ἐπιδημέω epidēméō ep-ee-day-meh-o from a compound of ἐπί and δῆμος; to make oneself at home, i.e. (by extension) to reside (in a foreign country):--(be) dwelling (which were) there, stranger.
|
ἐπιδημοῦντεςepidēmountes
|
visiting
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3581ξένοιxenoi (Adj-NMP)
G3581 ξένος xénos xen-os apparently a primary word; foreign (literally, alien, or figuratively, novel); by implication, a guest or (vice-versa) entertainer:--host, strange(-r).
|
ξένοιxenoi
|
strangers,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-ANS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
else
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2119ηὐκαίρουνēukairoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2119 εὐκαιρέω eukairéō yoo-kahee-reh-o from εὔκαιρος; to have good time, i.e. opportunity or leisure:--have leisure (convenient time), spend time.
|
ηὐκαίρουνēukairoun
|
spent their time
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to tell
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to hear
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2537καινότερον.kainoteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινότερον.kainoteron
|
new.
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
21
(For all the Athenians and strangers which were there spent their time not inhing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.)Acts 17:21
Stats
Rank: #2673 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: αθηναιοι δε παντες και οι επιδημουντες ξενοι εις ουδεν ετερον ευκαιρουν η λεγειν τι και ακουειν καινοτερον
Lit: The Athenians now all, and the visiting strangers, in nothing else spent their time than to tell something and to hear something new.
KJV: (For all the Athenians and strangers which were there spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.)
References
"spent"Eph 5:16: Redeeming the time: because the days are evil.Col 4:5: Walk in wisdom toward them that are without: redeeming the time.2Th 3:11: 12: For we hear that there are some which walk among you disorderly: not working at all: but are busybodies.1Ti 5:13: Withal they learn to be idle: wandering about from house to house; not and only idle: but tattlers also and busybodies: speaking things which they not ought.2Ti 2:16: 17: But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase to more ungodliness.
Paul’s Address in the Areopagus
σταθεις δε ο παυλος εν μεσω του αρειου παγου εφη ανδρες αθηναιοι κατα παντα ως δεισιδαιμονεστερους υμας θεωρω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2476ΣταθεὶςStatheis (V-APP-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ΣταθεὶςStatheis
|
Having stood
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G697ἈρείουAreiou (N-GMS)
G697 Ἄρειος Πάγος Áreios Págos ar-i-os pag-os from (the name of the Greek deity of war) and a derivative of πήγνυμι; rock of Ares, a place in Athens:--Areopagus, Mars Hill.
|
ἈρείουAreiou
|
Ares
|
N-GMS
|
G697ΠάγουPagou (N-GMS)
G697 Ἄρειος Πάγος Áreios Págos ar-i-os pag-os from (the name of the Greek deity of war) and a derivative of πήγνυμι; rock of Ares, a place in Athens:--Areopagus, Mars Hill.
|
ΠάγουPagou
|
Hill,
|
N-GMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G117Ἀθηναῖοι,Athēnaioi (Adj-VMP)
G117 Ἀθηναῖος Athēnaîos ath-ay-nah-yos from Ἀθῆναι; an Athenæan or inhabitant of Athenæ:--Athenian.
|
Ἀθηναῖοι,Athēnaioi
|
Athenians,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1174δεισιδαιμονεστέρουςdeisidaimonesterous (Adj-AMP-C)
G1174 δεισιδαιμονέστερος deisidaimonésteros dice-ee-dahee-mon-es-ter-os the compound of a derivative of the base of δειλός and δαίμων; more religious than others:--too superstitious.
|
δεισιδαιμονεστέρουςdeisidaimonesterous
|
very religious
|
Adj-AMP-C
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2334θεωρῶ.theōrō (V-PIA-1S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρῶ.theōrō
|
I behold.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
22
Then Paul stood in the middle of Mars' hill, and said, You men of Athens, I perceive that in all things you are too superstitious.
Acts 17:22
Stats
Rank: #971 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 21 words, 98 letters, 39 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: σταθεις δε ο παυλος εν μεσω του αρειου παγου εφη ανδρες αθηναιοι κατα παντα ως δεισιδαιμονεστερους υμας θεωρω
Lit: Having stood then Paul in the midst of the Ares Hill, he was saying, Men, Athenians, in all things as very religious you I behold.
KJV: Then Paul stood in the midst of Mars' hill, and said, Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious.
References
"I perceive"Ac 17:16: Now while Paul waited for them at Athens: his spirit was stirred in him: when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.Ac 19:35: When the townclerk had appeased the people: he said: You men of Ephesus: what man is there that knows not how that the city of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddess Diana: and of the image which fell down from Jupiter?Ac 25:19: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Jer 10:2: 3: Thus says the LORD: not Learn the way of the heathen: and not be dismayed at the signs of heaven; for the heathen are dismayed at them.Jer 50:38: A drought is upon her waters; and they will be dried up: for it is the land of graven images: and they are mad upon their idols.
διερχομενος γαρ και αναθεωρων τα σεβασματα υμων ευρον και βωμον εν ω επεγεγραπτο αγνωστω θεω ον ουν αγνοουντες ευσεβειτε τουτον εγω καταγγελλω υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330διερχόμενοςdierchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διερχόμενοςdierchomenos
|
Passing through
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G333ἀναθεωρῶνanatheōrōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G333 ἀναθεωρέω anatheōréō an-ath-eh-o-reh-o from ἀνά and θεωρέω; to look again (i.e. attentively) at (literally or figuratively):--behold, consider.
|
ἀναθεωρῶνanatheōrōn
|
beholding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4574σεβάσματαsebasmata (N-ANP)
G4574 σέβασμα sébasma seb-as-mah from σεβάζομαι; something adored, i.e. an object of worship (god, altar, etc):--devotion, that is worshipped.
|
σεβάσματαsebasmata
|
objects of worship
|
N-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-1S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
I found
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1041βωμὸνbōmon (N-AMS)
G1041 βωμός bōmós bo-mos from the base of βάσις; properly, a stand, i.e. (specially) an altar:--altar.
|
βωμὸνbōmon
|
an altar
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1924ἐπεγέγραπτοepegegrapto (V-LIM/P-3S)
G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigráphō ep-ee-graf-o from ἐπί and γράφω; to inscribe (physically or mentally):--inscription, write in (over, thereon).
|
ἐπεγέγραπτοepegegrapto
|
had been inscribed:
|
V-LIM/P-3S
|
G57ΑΓΝΩΣΤΩAGNŌSTŌ (Adj-DMS)
G57 ἄγνωστος ágnōstos ag-noce-tos from Α (as negative particle) and γνωστός; unknown:--unknown.
|
ΑΓΝΩΣΤΩAGNŌSTŌ
|
To an unknown
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2316ΘΕΩ.THEŌ (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘΕΩ.THEŌ
|
God.
|
N-DMS
|
G3739Ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
Ὃho
|
Whom
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G50ἀγνοοῦντεςagnoountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοοῦντεςagnoountes
|
not knowing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2151εὐσεβεῖτε,eusebeite (V-PIA-2P)
G2151 εὐσεβέω eusebéō yoo-seb-eh-o from εὐσεβής; to be pious, i.e. (towards God) to worship, or (towards parents) to respect (support):--show piety, worship.
|
εὐσεβεῖτε,eusebeite
|
you worship,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
Him
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2605καταγγέλλωkatangellō (V-PIA-1S)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλωkatangellō
|
proclaim
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
23
For as I passed by, and beheld your devotions, I found an altar with this inscription, TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore you ignorantly worship, him declare I to you.
Acts 17:23
Stats
Rank: #2742 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 25 words, 133 letters, 51 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: διερχομενος γαρ και αναθεωρων τα σεβασματα υμων ευρον και βωμον εν ω επεγεγραπτο αγνωστω θεω ον ουν αγνοουντες ευσεβειτε τουτον εγω καταγγελλω υμιν
Lit: Passing through for and beholding the objects of worship of you, I found even an altar on which had been inscribed: To an unknown God. Whom therefore not knowing you worship, Him I proclaim to you.
KJV: For as I passed by, and beheld your devotions, I found an altar with this inscription, TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you.
References
"devotions"Ro 1:23-25: Changed the glory of the uncorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man: and to birds: and fourfooted beasts: and creeping things.1Co 8:5: For though there be that are called gods: whether in heaven or in earth: (as there be gods many: and lords many: )2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."TO"Ps 147:20: He has not dealt so with any nation: and as for His judgments: they not have known them. Praise you the LORD.Joh 17:3: 25: This is life eternal: that they might know you the only true God: and Jesus Christ: whom you have sent.Ro 1:20-22: 28: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:1Co 1:21: For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom not knew God: it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.2Co 4:4-6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Ga 4:8: 9: Howbeit then: when you not knew God: you did service to them which by nature are no gods.Eph 2:12: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."ignorantly"Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ps 50:21: These things have you done: and I kept silence; you thought that I was altogether such an one as yourself: but I will reprove you: and set them in order before your eyes.Mt 15:9: But in vain they do worship me: teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.Joh 4:22: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.Joh 8:54: Jesus answered: If I honour myself: my honour not ishing: it is my Father that honours me; of whom you say: that He is your God:
ο θεος ο ποιησας τον κοσμον και παντα τα εν αυτω ουτος ουρανου και γης κυριος υπαρχων ουκ εν χειροποιητοις ναοις κατοικει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
having made
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
that are
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
it,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
of heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G5225ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5499χειροποιήτοιςcheiropoiētois (Adj-DMP)
G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoíētos khi-rop-oy-ay-tos from χείρ and a derivative of ποιέω; manufactured, i.e. of human construction:--made by (make with) hands.
|
χειροποιήτοιςcheiropoiētois
|
hand-made
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3485ναοῖςnaois (N-DMP)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῖςnaois
|
temples
|
N-DMP
|
G2730κατοικεῖ,katoikei (V-PIA-3S)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖ,katoikei
|
dwells,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
24
God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth, dwells not in temples made with hands;Acts 17:24
Stats
Rank: #610 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 36 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο θεος ο ποιησας τον κοσμον και παντα τα εν αυτω ουτος ουρανου και γης κυριος υπαρχων ουκ εν χειροποιητοις ναοις κατοικει
Lit: The God having made the world and all things that are in it, He of heaven and earth being Lord, not in hand-made temples dwells,
KJV: God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that he is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands;
References
"that made"Ac 17:26-28: has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and has determined the times before appointed: and the bounds of their habitation;Ac 4:24: When they heard that: they lifted up their voice to God with one accord: and said: Lord: you are God: which have made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all that in them is:Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ps 146:5: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Isa 40:12: 28: Who has measured the waters in the hollow of his hand: and meted out heaven with the span: and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure: and weighed the mountains in scales: and the hills in a balance?Isa 45:18: For thus says the LORD that created the heavens; God Himself that formed the earth and made it; He has established it: He created not it in vain: He formed it to be inhabited: I am the LORD; and there is none else.Jer 10:11: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Zec 12:1: The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel: says the LORD: which stretches forth the heavens: and lays the foundation of the earth: and forms the spirit of man within Him.Joh 1:1: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Heb 3:4: For every house is built by some man; but He that'>He who built all things is God."seeing"Ge 14:19: 22: He blessed Him: and said: Blessed be Abram of the most high God: possessor of heaven and earth:2Ki 19:15: Hezekiah prayed before the LORD: and said: O LORD God of Israel: which dwell between the cherubims: you are the God: even you alone: of all the kingdoms of the earth; you have made heaven and earth.Ps 24:1: > The earth is the LORD's: and the fulness thereof; the world: and they that dwell therein.Ps 115:16: The heaven: even the heavens: are the LORD's: but the earth has He given to the children of men.Ps 148:13: Let them praise the name of the LORD: for His name alone is excellent; His glory is above the earth and heaven.Jer 23:24: Can any hide Himself in secret places that I will not see Him? says the LORD. not Do I fill heaven and earth? says the LORD.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Mt 5:34: But I say to you: not Swear at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne:Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."dwelleth"Ac 7:48: Howbeit the most High dwells not in temples made with hands; as says the prophet: 1Ki 8:27: But will God indeed dwell on the earth? look: the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house that I have built?2Ch 2:6: But who is able to build him an house: seeing the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain him? who am I then: that I should build him an house: save only to burn sacrifice before him?2Ch 6:18: But will God in very deed dwell with men on the earth? look: heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house which I have built!Isa 66:1: Thus says the LORD: The heaven is my throne: and the earth is my footstool: where is the house that you build to me? and where is the place of my rest?Joh 4:22: 23: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.
ουδε υπο χειρων ανθρωπων θεραπευεται προσδεομενος τινος αυτος διδους πασιν ζωην και πνοην {VAR1: κατα } {VAR2: και τα } παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G442ἀνθρωπίνωνanthrōpinōn (Adj-GFP)
G442 ἀνθρώπινος anthrṓpinos anth-ro-pee-nos from ἄνθρωπος; human:--human, common to man, man(-kind), (man-)kind, mens, after the manner of men.
|
ἀνθρωπίνωνanthrōpinōn
|
of men
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2323θεραπεύεταιtherapeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
θεραπεύεταιtherapeuetai
|
is He served,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4326προσδεόμενόςprosdeomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4326 προσδέομαι prosdéomai pros-deh-om-ahee from πρός and δέομαι; to require additionally, i.e. want further:--need.
|
προσδεόμενόςprosdeomenos
|
as needing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5100τινος,tinos (IPro-GNS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινος,tinos
|
anything,
|
IPro-GNS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1325διδοὺςdidous (V-PPA-NMS)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδοὺςdidous
|
giving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3956πᾶσιpasi (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιpasi
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2222ζωὴνzōēn (N-AFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴνzōēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4157πνοὴνpnoēn (N-AFS)
G4157 πνοή pnoḗ pno-ay from πνέω; respiration, a breeze:--breath, wind.
|
πνοὴνpnoēn
|
breath,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3956πάντα·panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα·panta
|
all;
|
Adj-ANP
|
25
Neither is worshipped with men's hands, as though he needed any thing, seeing he gives to all life, and breath, and all things;Acts 17:25
Stats
Rank: #2618 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 19 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδε υπο χειρων ανθρωπων θεραπευεται προσδεομενος τινος αυτος διδους πασιν ζωην και πνοην {VAR1: κατα } {VAR2: και τα } παντα
Lit: nor by hands of men is He served, as needing anything, Himself giving to all life and breath, and the all;
KJV: Neither is worshipped with men's hands, as though he needed any thing, seeing he giveth to all life, and breath, and all things;
References
"is"Job 22:2: Can a man be profitable to God: as He that'>He who is wise may be profitable to Himself?Job 35:6: 7: If you sin: what do you against him? or if your transgressions be multiplied: what do you to him?Ps 16:2: O my soul: you have said to the LORD: You are my Lord: my goodness extendeth not to you;Ps 50:8-13: I not will reprove you for your sacrifices or your burnt offerings: to have been continually before me.Jer 7:20-23: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; Look: my anger and my fury will be poured out upon this place: upon man: and upon beast: and upon the trees of the field: and upon the fruit of the ground; and it will burn: and will not be quenched.Am 5:21-23: I hate: I despise your feast days: and I not will smell in your solemn assemblies.Mt 9:13: But go you and learn what that means: I will have mercy: not and sacrifice: for I not am come to call the righteous: but sinners to repentance."seeing"Ac 17:28: For in him we live: and move: and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said: For we are also his offspring.Ac 14:17: Nevertheless he not left himself without witness: in that he did good: and gave us rain from heaven: and fruitful seasons: filling our hearts with food and gladness.Ge 2:7: The LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground: and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.Nu 16:22: They fell upon their faces: and said: O God: the God of the spirits of all flesh: will one man sin: and will you be angry with all the congregation?Nu 27:16: Let the LORD: the God of the spirits of all flesh: set a man over the congregation: Job 12:10: In whose hand is the soul of every living thing: and the breath of all mankind.Job 27:3: All the while my breath is in me: and the spirit of God is in my nostrils;Job 33:4: The Spirit of God has made me: and the breath of the Almighty has given me life.Job 34:14: If he set his heart upon man: if he gather to himself his spirit and his breath;Ps 104:27-30: These wait all upon you; that you may give them their meat in due season.Isa 42:5: Thus says God the LORD: He that'>He who created the heavens: and stretched them out; He that'>He who spread forth the earth: and that which comes out of it; He that'>He who gives breath to the people upon it: and spirit to them that walk therein:Isa 57:16: For I not will contend for ever: neither will I be always angry: for the spirit should fail before me: and the souls which I have made.Zec 12:1: The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel: says the LORD: which stretches forth the heavens: and lays the foundation of the earth: and forms the spirit of man within Him.Mt 5:45: That you may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for He makes His sun to rise on the evil and on the good: and sends rain on the just and on the unjust.Ro 11:35: Or who has first given to him: and it will be recompensed to him again?1Ti 6:17: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;
εποιησεν τε εξ ενος αιματος παν εθνος ανθρωπων κατοικειν επι παν το προσωπον της γης ορισας προτεταγμενους καιρους και τας οροθεσιας της κατοικιας αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4160ἐποίησένepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησένepoiēsen
|
He made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation
|
N-ANS
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G2730κατοικεῖνkatoikein (V-PNA)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖνkatoikein
|
to dwell
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
all
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
the face
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3724ὁρίσαςhorisas (V-APA-NMS)
G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὁρίσαςhorisas
|
having determined
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4367προστεταγμένουςprostetagmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G4367 προστάσσω prostássō pros-tas-so from πρός and τάσσω; to arrange towards, i.e. (figuratively) enjoin:--bid, command.
|
προστεταγμένουςprostetagmenous
|
the appointed
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G2540καιροὺςkairous (N-AMP)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροὺςkairous
|
times
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3734ὁροθεσίαςhorothesias (N-AFP)
G3734 ὁροθεσία horothesía hor-oth-es-ee-ah from a compound of the base of ὅριον and a derivative of τίθημι; a limit-placing, i.e. (concretely) boundary-line:--bound.
|
ὁροθεσίαςhorothesias
|
boundaries
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2733κατοικίαςkatoikias (N-GFS)
G2733 κατοικία katoikía kat-oy-kee-ah, Noun Feminine
|
κατοικίαςkatoikias
|
habitation
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
26
has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and has determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation;Acts 17:26
Stats
Rank: #320 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 31 words, 137 letters, 55 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: εποιησεν τε εξ ενος αιματος παν εθνος ανθρωπων κατοικειν επι παν το προσωπον της γης ορισας προτεταγμενους καιρους και τας οροθεσιας της κατοικιας αυτων
Lit: He made then of one, every nation of men, to dwell upon all the face of the earth, having determined the appointed times and the boundaries of the habitation of them,
KJV: And hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation;
References
"hath made"Ge 3:20: Adam called his wife's name Eve; because she was the mother of all living.Ge 9:19: These are the 3 sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread.Mal 2:10: Have not we all one father? has not one God created us? why do we deal treacherously every man against His brother: by profaning the covenant of our fathers?Ro 5:12-19: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:1Co 15:22: 47: For as in Adam all die: even so in Christ will all be made alive."hath determined"Ac 15:18: Known to God are all His works from the beginning of the world.De 32:7: 8: Remember the days of old: consider the years of many generations: ask your father: and he will show you; your elders: and they will tell you.Job 14:5: Seeing his days are determined: the number of his months are with you: you have appointed his bounds that he cannot pass;Ps 31:15: My times are in your hand: deliver me from the hand of my enemies: and from them that persecute me.Isa 14:31: Howl: O gate; cry: O city; you: whole Palestina: are dissolved: for there will come from the north a smoke: and none will be alone in his appointed times.Isa 45:21: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Da 11:27: 35: Both these kings' hearts will be to do mischief: and they will speak lies at one table; but it will not prosper: for yet the end will be at the time appointed.Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;
ζητειν τον κυριον ει αρα γε ψηλαφησειαν αυτον και ευροιεν καιτοιγε ου μακραν απο ενος εκαστου ημων υπαρχοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2212ζητεῖνzētein (V-PNA)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖνzētein
|
to seek
|
V-PNA
|
G2316Θεὸν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεὸν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G687ἄραara (Conj)
G687 ἆρα âra ar-ah a form of ἄρα, denoting an interrogation to which a negative answer is presumed:--therefore.,
|
ἄραara
|
perhaps
|
Conj
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl)
G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G5584ψηλαφήσειανpsēlaphēseian (V-AOA-3P)
G5584 ψηλαφάω psēlapháō psay-laf-ah-o from the base of ψάλλω (compare ψῆφος); to manipulate, i.e. verify by contact; figuratively, to search for:--feel after, handle, touch.
|
ψηλαφήσειανpsēlaphēseian
|
they might palpate for
|
V-AOA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὕροιεν,heuroien (V-AOA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕροιεν,heuroien
|
might find Him.
|
V-AOA-3P
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl)
G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
indeed,
|
Prtcl
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3112μακρὰνmakran (Adj-AFS)
G3112 μακράν makrán mak-ran feminine accusative case singular of μακρός (ὁδός being implied); at a distance (literally or figuratively):--(a-)far (off), good (great) way off.
|
μακρὰνmakran
|
far
|
Adj-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1538ἑκάστουhekastou (Adj-GMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστουhekastou
|
each
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντα.hyparchonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντα.hyparchonta
|
He is.
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
27
That they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him, and find Him, though He not be far from every one of us:Acts 17:27
Stats
Rank: #2160 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 23 words, 95 letters, 33 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζητειν τον κυριον ει αρα γε ψηλαφησειαν αυτον και ευροιεν καιτοιγε ου μακραν απο ενος εκαστου ημων υπαρχοντα
Lit: to seek God, if perhaps indeed they might palpate for Him, and might find Him. And indeed, not far from one each of us He is.
KJV: That they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he be not far from every one of us:
References
"they"Ac 15:17: That the residue of men might seek after the Lord: and all the Gentiles: upon whom my name is called: says the Lord: who does all these things.Ps 19:1-6: A Psalm of David.>> The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament shews His handywork.Ro 1:20: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:Ro 2:4: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?"he be"Ac 14:17: Nevertheless he not left himself without witness: in that he did good: and gave us rain from heaven: and fruitful seasons: filling our hearts with food and gladness.1Ki 8:27: But will God indeed dwell on the earth? look: the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house that I have built?Ps 139:1-13: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: you have searched me: and known me.Jer 23:23: 24: Am I a God at hand: says the LORD: not and a God afar off?
εν αυτω γαρ ζωμεν και κινουμεθα και εσμεν ως και τινες των καθ υμας ποιητων ειρηκασιν του γαρ και γενος εσμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2198ζῶμενzōmen (V-PIA-1P)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶμενzōmen
|
we live
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2795κινούμεθαkinoumetha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
κινούμεθαkinoumetha
|
move
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐσμέν,esmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμέν,esmen
|
are.’
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4163ποιητῶνpoiētōn (N-GMP)
G4163 ποιητής poiētḗs poy-ay-tace from ποιέω; a performer; specially, a poet; --doer, poet.
|
ποιητῶνpoiētōn
|
poets
|
N-GMP
|
G2046εἰρήκασινeirēkasin (V-RIA-3P)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρήκασινeirēkasin
|
have said,
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G3588ΤοῦTou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤοῦTou
|
Of Him
|
Art-GMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-NNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
offspring
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐσμέν.esmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμέν.esmen
|
we are.’
|
V-PIA-1P
|
28
For in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring.
Acts 17:28
Stats
Rank: #472 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 41 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν αυτω γαρ ζωμεν και κινουμεθα και εσμεν ως και τινες των καθ υμας ποιητων ειρηκασιν του γαρ και γενος εσμεν
Lit: In Him for we live and move and are.’ As also some of the among you poets have said, Of Him for also offspring we are.’
KJV: For in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring.
References
"in him"1Sa 25:29: Yet a man is risen to pursue you: and to seek your soul: but the soul of my lord will be bound in the bundle of life with the LORD your God; and the souls of your enemies: them will He sling out: as out of the middle of a sling.Job 12:10: In whose hand is the soul of every living thing: and the breath of all mankind.Ps 36:9: For with you is the fountain of life: in your light will we see light.Ps 66:9: Which holds our soul in life: and suffers not our feet to be moved.Lu 20:38: For He not is a God of the dead: but of the living: for all live to Him.Joh 5:26: For as the Father has life in Himself; so has He given to the Son to have life in Himself;Joh 11:25: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Col 1:17: He is before all things: and by him all things consist.Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;"as"Tit 1:12: one of themselves: even a prophet of their own: said: The Cretians are alway liars: evil beasts: slow bellies."we are"Lu 3:38: Which was the son of Enos: which was the son of Seth: which was the son of Adam: which was the son of God.Heb 12:9: Furthermore we have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us: and we gave them reverence: will not we much rather be in subjection to the Father of spirits: and live?
γενος ουν υπαρχοντες του θεου ουκ οφειλομεν νομιζειν χρυσω η αργυρω η λιθω χαραγματι τεχνης και ενθυμησεως ανθρωπου το θειον ειναι ομοιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-NNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
Offspring
|
N-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντεςhyparchontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντεςhyparchontes
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3784ὀφείλομενopheilomen (V-PIA-1P)
G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλομενopheilomen
|
we ought
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3543νομίζειν,nomizein (V-PNA)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
νομίζειν,nomizein
|
to consider
|
V-PNA
|
G5557χρυσῷchrysō (N-DMS)
G5557 χρυσός chrysós khroo-sos perhaps from the base of χράομαι (through the idea of the utility of the metal); gold; by extension, a golden article, as an ornament or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσῷchrysō
|
to gold,
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G696ἀργύρῳargyrō (N-DMS)
G696 ἄργυρος árgyros ar-goo-ros from (shining); silver (the metal, in the articles or coin):--silver.
|
ἀργύρῳargyrō
|
to silver,
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3037λίθῳ,lithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳ,lithō
|
to stone,
|
N-DMS
|
G5480χαράγματιcharagmati (N-DNS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χαράγματιcharagmati
|
a graven thing,
|
N-DNS
|
G5078τέχνηςtechnēs (N-GFS)
G5078 τέχνη téchnē tekh-nay from the base of τίκτω; art (as productive), i.e. (specially), a trade, or (generally) skill:--art, craft, occupation.
|
τέχνηςtechnēs
|
of craft
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1761ἐνθυμήσεωςenthymēseōs (N-GFS)
G1761 ἐνθύμησις enthýmēsis en-thoo-may-sis from ἐνθυμέομαι; deliberation:--device, thought.
|
ἐνθυμήσεωςenthymēseōs
|
imagination
|
N-GFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of man,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2304ΘεῖονTheion (Adj-ANS)
G2304 θεῖος theîos thi-os from θεός; godlike (neuter as noun, divinity):-- divine, godhead.
|
ΘεῖονTheion
|
Divine Being
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G3664ὅμοιον.homoion (Adj-ANS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιον.homoion
|
like.
|
Adj-ANS
|
29
Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we not ought to think that the Godhead is like to gold, or silver, or stone, graven by are and man's device.Acts 17:29
Stats
Rank: #2577 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενος ουν υπαρχοντες του θεου ουκ οφειλομεν νομιζειν χρυσω η αργυρω η λιθω χαραγματι τεχνης και ενθυμησεως ανθρωπου το θειον ειναι ομοιον
Lit: Offspring therefore being of God, not we ought to consider to gold, or to silver, or to stone, a graven thing, of craft and imagination of man, the Divine Being to be like.
KJV: Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by art and man's device.
References
"we ought"Ps 94:7-9: Yet they say: The LORD will not see: neither will the God of Jacob regard it.Ps 106:20: Thus they changed their glory into the similitude of an ox that eats grass.Ps 115:4-8: Their idols are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Isa 40:12-18: Who has measured the waters in the hollow of his hand: and meted out heaven with the span: and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure: and weighed the mountains in scales: and the hills in a balance?Isa 44:9-20: They that make a graven image are all of them vanity; and their delectable things will not profit; and they are their own witnesses; they not see: nor know; that they may be ashamed.Hab 2:19: 20: Woe to him that says to the wood: Awake; to the dumb stone: Arise: it will teach! Look: it is laid over with gold and silver: and there is no breath at all in the middle of it.Ro 1:20-23: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:"graven"Ex 20:4: You will not make to you any graven image: or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above: or that is in the earth beneath: or that is in the water under the earth:Ex 32:4: He received them at their hand: and fashioned it with a graving tool: after he had made it a molten calf: and they said: These be your gods: O Israel: which brought you up out of the land of Egypt.Isa 46:5: 6: To whom will you liken me: and make me equal: and compare me: that we may be like?Jer 10:4-10: They deck it with silver and with gold; they fasten it with nails and with hammers: that it not move.
τους μεν ουν χρονους της αγνοιας υπεριδων ο θεος τα νυν παραγγελλει τοις ανθρωποις πασιν πανταχου μετανοειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τοὺςtous
|
The
|
Art-AMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνουςchronous (N-AMP)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνουςchronous
|
times
|
N-AMP
|
G52ἀγνοίαςagnoias (N-GFS)
G52 ἄγνοια ágnoia ag-noy-ah from ἀγνοέω; ignorance (properly, the quality):--ignorance.
|
ἀγνοίαςagnoias
|
of ignorance
|
N-GFS
|
G5237ὑπεριδὼνhyperidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G5237 ὑπερείδω hypereídō hoop-er-i-do from ὑπέρ and εἴδω; to overlook, i.e. not punish:--wink at.
|
ὑπεριδὼνhyperidōn
|
having overlooked
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3853παραγγέλλει*parangellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγέλλει*parangellei
|
He commands
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3837πανταχοῦpantachou (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦpantachou
|
everywhere
|
Adv
|
G3340μετανοεῖν,metanoein (V-PNA)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοεῖν,metanoein
|
to repent,
|
V-PNA
|
30
The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Acts 17:30
Stats
Rank: #211 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: τους μεν ουν χρονους της αγνοιας υπεριδων ο θεος τα νυν παραγγελλει τοις ανθρωποις πασιν πανταχου μετανοειν
Lit: The indeed therefore times of ignorance having overlooked God, now He commands men all everywhere to repent,
KJV: And the times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where to repent:
References
"the times"Ac 14:16: Who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.Ps 50:21: These things have you done: and I kept silence; you thought that I was altogether such an one as yourself: but I will reprove you: and set them in order before your eyes.Ro 1:28: Even as they not did like to retain God in their knowledge: God gave them over to a reprobate mind: to do those things which not are convenient;Ro 3:23: 25: For all have sinned: and come short of the glory of God;"but"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:17-20: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mr 6:12: They went out: and preached that men should repent.Lu 13:5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.Lu 15:10: Likewise: I say to you: there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ro 2:4: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.Eph 4:17-32: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: Eph 5:6-8: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.Tit 2:11: 12: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: 1Pe 1:14: 15: As obedient children: not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance:1Pe 4:3: For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles: when we walked in lasciviousness: lusts: excess of wine: revellings: banquetings: and abominable idolatries:
διοτι εστησεν ημεραν εν η μελλει κρινειν την οικουμενην εν δικαιοσυνη εν ανδρι ω ωρισεν πιστιν παρασχων πασιν αναστησας αυτον εκ νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2530καθότιkathoti (Adv)
G2530 καθότι kathóti kath-ot-ee from κατά; and ὅς and τὶς; according to which certain thing, i.e. as far (or inasmuch) as:--(according, forasmuch) as, because (that).
|
καθότιkathoti
|
because
|
Adv
|
G2476ἔστησενestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησενestēsen
|
He set
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
a day
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
He is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2919κρίνεινkrinein (V-PNA)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεινkrinein
|
to judge
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn
|
world
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1343δικαιοσύνῃ,dikaiosynē (N-DFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνῃ,dikaiosynē
|
righteousness,
|
N-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
a man
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3724ὥρισεν,hōrisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὥρισεν,hōrisen
|
He appointed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
a guarantee
|
N-AFS
|
G3930παρασχὼνparaschōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρασχὼνparaschōn
|
having provided
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G450ἀναστήσαςanastēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσαςanastēsas
|
having raised
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν.nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν.nekrōn
|
the dead.
|
Adj-GMP
|
31
Because he has appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men, in that he has raised him from the dead.Acts 17:31
Stats
Rank: #907 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 213 characters, 35 words, 166 letters, 63 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοτι εστησεν ημεραν εν η μελλει κρινειν την οικουμενην εν δικαιοσυνη εν ανδρι ω ωρισεν πιστιν παρασχων πασιν αναστησας αυτον εκ νεκρων
Lit: because He set a day in which He is about to judge the world in righteousness, by a man whom He appointed, a guarantee having provided to all, having raised Him out from the dead.
KJV: Because he hath appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; [whereof] he hath given assurance unto all [men], in that he hath raised him from the dead.
References
"he hath appointed"Ac 10:42: He commanded us to preach to the people: and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Mt 25:31-46: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 5:22: 23: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Ro 2:5: 16: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;Ro 14:9: 10: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Ti 4:1: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;2Pe 3:7: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.Jude 1:14: 15: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: "in that"Ac 17:18: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 2:23: 24: 32: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 3:15: 16: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:30-32: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 13:30: 31: But God raised Him from the dead:Lu 24:46-48: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:1Co 15:3-8: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;
ακουσαντες δε αναστασιν νεκρων οι μεν εχλευαζον οι δε ειπον ακουσομεθα σου παλιν περι τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard of
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
a resurrection
|
N-AFS
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
of the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5512ἐχλεύαζον,echleuazon (V-IIA-3P)
G5512 χλευάζω chleuázō khlyoo-ad-zo from a derivative probably of χεῖλος; to throw out the lip, i.e. jeer at:--mock.
|
ἐχλεύαζον,echleuazon
|
began to mock him;
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G191ἈκουσόμεθάAkousometha (V-FIM-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκουσόμεθάAkousometha
|
We will hear
|
V-FIM-1P
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this
|
DPro-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλιν.palin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλιν.palin
|
again.
|
Adv
|
32
When they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will hear you again of this matter.
Acts 17:32
Stats
Rank: #5718 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 96 letters, 38 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε αναστασιν νεκρων οι μεν εχλευαζον οι δε ειπον ακουσομεθα σου παλιν περι τουτου
Lit: Having heard of now a resurrection of the dead, some indeed began to mock him; some however said, We will hear you concerning this also again.
KJV: And when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will hear thee again of this matter.
References
"some"Ac 17:18: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 2:13: Others mocking said: These men are full of new wine.Ac 13:41: Look: you despisers: and wonder: and perish: for I work a work in your days: a work which you will in no wise believe: though a man declare it to you.Ac 25:19: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Ac 26:8: 24: 25: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?Ge 19:14: Lot went out: and spoke to His sons in law: which married His daughters: and said: Up: get you out of this place; for the LORD will destroy this city. But He seemed as one that mocked to His sons in law.2Ch 30:9-11: For if you turn again to the LORD: your brothers and your children will find compassion before them that lead them captive: so that they will come again into this land: for the LORD your God is gracious and merciful: and not will turn away His face from you: if you return to Him.2Ch 36:16: But they mocked the messengers of God: and despised His words: and misused His prophets: until the wrath of the LORD arose against His people: till there was no remedy.Lu 22:63: The men that held Jesus mocked Him: and smote Him.Lu 23:11: 36: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach."We will"Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Lu 14:18: They all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said to him: I have bought a piece of ground: and I must needs go and see it: I pray you have me excused.2Co 6:2: (For he says: I have heard you in a time accepted: and in the day of salvation have I succoured you: look: now is the accepted time; look: now is the day of salvation.)Heb 3:7: 8: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice:
και ουτως ο παυλος εξηλθεν εκ μεσου αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσουmesou (Adj-GNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσουmesou
|
the midst
|
Adj-GNS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
33
So Paul departed from among them.Acts 17:33
Stats
Rank: #8398 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 33 characters, 6 words, 27 letters, 10 vowels, 17 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτως ο παυλος εξηλθεν εκ μεσου αυτων
Lit: Thus Paul went out from the midst of them.
KJV: So Paul departed from among them.
τινες δε ανδρες κολληθεντες αυτω επιστευσαν εν οις και διονυσιος ο αρεοπαγιτης και γυνη ονοματι δαμαρις και ετεροι συν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
Some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men,
|
N-NMP
|
G2853κολληθέντεςkollēthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολληθέντεςkollēthentes
|
having joined themselves
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4100ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσαν,episteusan
|
believed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1354ΔιονύσιοςDionysios (N-NMS)
G1354 Διονύσιος Dionýsios dee-on-oo-see-os from (Bacchus); reveller; Dionysius, an Athenian:--Dionysius.
|
ΔιονύσιοςDionysios
|
were Dionysius
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G698ἈρεοπαγίτηςAreopagitēs (N-NMS)
G698 Ἀρεοπαγίτης Areopagítēs ar-eh-op-ag-ee-tace from Ἄρειος Πάγος; an Areopagite or member of the court held on Mars Hill:--Areopagite.
|
ἈρεοπαγίτηςAreopagitēs
|
Areopagite,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G1152ΔάμαριςDamaris (N-NFS)
G1152 Δάμαρις Dámaris dam-ar-is probably from the base of δαμάζω; perhaps gentle; Damaris, an Athenian woman:--Damaris.
|
ΔάμαριςDamaris
|
Damaris,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2087ἕτεροιheteroi (Adj-NMP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτεροιheteroi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
34
Howbeit certain men clave to him, and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them.Acts 17:34
Stats
Rank: #5800 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 20 words, 116 letters, 47 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινες δε ανδρες κολληθεντες αυτω επιστευσαν εν οις και διονυσιος ο αρεοπαγιτης και γυνη ονοματι δαμαρις και ετεροι συν αυτοις
Lit: Some however men, having joined themselves to him, believed, among whom also were Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them.
KJV: Howbeit certain men clave unto him, and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them.
References
"certain"Ac 17:4: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Ac 13:48: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Isa 55:10-11: For as the rain comes down: and the snow from heaven: and returns not there: but waters the earth: and makes it bring forth and bud: that it may give seed to the sower: and bread to the eater:Mt 20:16: So the last will be first: and the first last: for many be called: but few chosen.Ro 11:5: 6: Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace."the Areopagite"Ac 17:19: They took him: and brought him to Areopagus: saying: May we know what this new doctrine: whereof you speak: is?Joh 7:48-52: Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him?Joh 19:38-42: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.Php 4:22: All the saints greet you: chiefly they that are of Caesar's household.
18
In Corinth
μετα δε ταυτα χωρισθεις ο παυλος εκ των αθηνων ηλθεν εις κορινθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
And after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G5563χωρισθεὶςchōristheis (V-APP-NMS)
G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρισθεὶςchōristheis
|
having departed
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G116ἈθηνῶνAthēnōn (N-GFP)
G116 Ἀθῆναι Athēnai ath-ay-nahee plural of (the goddess of wisdom, who was reputed to have founded the city); Athenæ, the capitol of Greece:-- Athens.
|
ἈθηνῶνAthēnōn
|
Athens,
|
N-GFP
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2882Κόρινθον.Korinthon (N-AFS)
G2882 Κόρινθος Kórinthos kor-in-thos of uncertain derivation; Corinthus, a city of Greece:--Corinth.
|
Κόρινθον.Korinthon
|
Corinth.
|
N-AFS
|
1
After these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to Corinth;Acts 18:1
Stats
Rank: #1309 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 10 words, 54 letters, 19 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε ταυτα χωρισθεις ο παυλος εκ των αθηνων ηλθεν εις κορινθον
Lit: And after these things, having departed from Athens, he came to Corinth.
KJV: After these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to Corinth;
References
"departed"Ac 17:32: 33: When they heard of the resurrection of the dead: some mocked: and others said: We will hear you again of this matter."Corinth"Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: 1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:2Co 1:1: 23: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:2Ti 4:20: Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophimus have I left at Miletum sick.
και ευρων τινα ιουδαιον ονοματι ακυλαν ποντικον τω γενει προσφατως εληλυθοτα απο της ιταλιας και πρισκιλλαν γυναικα αυτου δια το διατεταχεναι κλαυδιον χωριζεσθαι παντας τους ιουδαιους εκ της ρωμης προσηλθεν αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρώνheurōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρώνheurōn
|
having found
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
a certain
|
IPro-AMS
|
G2453ἸουδαῖονIoudaion (Adj-AMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖονIoudaion
|
Jew
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G207Ἀκύλαν,Akylan (N-AMS)
G207 Ἀκύλας Akýlas ak-oo-las probably for Latin aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Israelite:--Aquila.
|
Ἀκύλαν,Akylan
|
Aquila,
|
N-AMS
|
G4193ΠοντικὸνPontikon (Adj-AMS)
G4193 Ποντικός Pontikós pon-tik-os from Πόντος; a Pontican, i.e. native of Pontus:--born in Pontus.
|
ΠοντικὸνPontikon
|
of Pontus
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1085γένει,genei (N-DNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένει,genei
|
a native,
|
N-DNS
|
G4373προσφάτωςprosphatōs (Adv)
G4373 προσφάτως prosphátōs pros-fat-oce adverb from πρόσφατος; recently:--lately.
|
προσφάτωςprosphatōs
|
recently
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐληλυθόταelēlythota (V-RPA-AMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐληλυθόταelēlythota
|
having come
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2482ἸταλίαςItalias (N-GFS)
G2482 Ἰταλία Italía ee-tal-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Italia, a region of Europe:--Italy.
|
ἸταλίαςItalias
|
Italy,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4252ΠρίσκιλλανPriskillan (N-AFS)
G4252 Πρίσκιλλα Prískilla pris-cil-lah diminutive of Πρίσκα; Priscilla (i.e. little Prisca), a Christian woman:--Priscilla.
|
ΠρίσκιλλανPriskillan
|
Priscilla
|
N-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G1299διατεταχέναιdiatetachenai (V-RNA)
G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διατεταχέναιdiatetachenai
|
having commanded
|
V-RNA
|
G2804ΚλαύδιονKlaudion (N-AMS)
G2804 Κλαύδιος Klaúdios klow-dee-os of Latin origin; Claudius, the name of two Romans:--Claudius.
|
ΚλαύδιονKlaudion
|
Claudius
|
N-AMS
|
G5563χωρίζεσθαιchōrizesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρίζεσθαιchōrizesthai
|
to depart
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G4516Ῥώμης,Rhōmēs (N-GFS)
G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.
|
Ῥώμης,Rhōmēs
|
Rome,
|
N-GFS
|
G4334προσῆλθενprosēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσῆλθενprosēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
2
Found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pontus, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Acts 18:2
Stats
Rank: #2926 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 190 characters, 28 words, 150 letters, 59 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευρων τινα ιουδαιον ονοματι ακυλαν ποντικον τω γενει προσφατως εληλυθοτα απο της ιταλιας και πρισκιλλαν γυναικα αυτου δια το διατεταχεναι κλαυδιον χωριζεσθαι παντας τους ιουδαιους εκ της ρωμης προσηλθεν αυτοις
Lit: And having found a certain Jew named Aquila, of Pontus a native, recently having come from Italy, and Priscilla wife of him, because of having commanded Claudius to depart all the Jews out of Rome, he came to them,
KJV: And found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pontus, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came unto them.
References
"Aquila"Ac 18:26: He began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard: they took Him to them: and expounded to Him the way of God more perfectly.Ro 16:3: 4: Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus:1Co 16:19: The churches of Asia greet you. Aquila and Priscilla greet you much in the Lord: with the church that is in their house.2Ti 4:19: Greet Prisca and Aquila: and the household of Onesiphorus."Pontus"Ac 2:9: Parthians: and Medes: and Elamites: and the dwellers in Mesopotamia: and in Judaea: and Cappadocia: in Pontus: and Asia: 1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: "Claudius"Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.
και δια το ομοτεχνον ειναι εμενεν παρ αυτοις και ειργαζετο ησαν γαρ σκηνοποιοι την τεχνην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
due to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
of the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3673ὁμότεχνονhomotechnon (Adj-AMS)
G3673 ὁμότεχνος homótechnos hom-ot-ekh-nos from the base of ὁμοῦ and τέχνη; a fellow-artificer:--of the same craft.
|
ὁμότεχνονhomotechnon
|
same trade
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
being,
|
V-PNA
|
G3306ἔμενενemenen (V-IIA-3S)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἔμενενemenen
|
he stayed
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2038ἠργάζετο*·ērgazeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἠργάζετο*·ērgazeto
|
worked;
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4635σκηνοποιοὶskēnopoioi (N-NMP)
G4635 σκηνοποιός skēnopoiós skay-nop-oy-os from σκηνή and ποιέω; a manufacturer of tents:--tent-maker.
|
σκηνοποιοὶskēnopoioi
|
tentmakers
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
by the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5078τέχνῃ.technē (N-DFS)
G5078 τέχνη téchnē tekh-nay from the base of τίκτω; art (as productive), i.e. (specially), a trade, or (generally) skill:--art, craft, occupation.
|
τέχνῃ.technē
|
trade.
|
N-DFS
|
3
Because he was of the same craft, he abode with them, and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers.Acts 18:3
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 18 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δια το ομοτεχνον ειναι εμενεν παρ αυτοις και ειργαζετο ησαν γαρ σκηνοποιοι την τεχνην
Lit: and due to of the same trade being, he stayed with them and worked; they were for tentmakers by the trade.
KJV: And because he was of the same craft, he abode with them, and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers.
References
"and wrought"Ac 20:34: 35: Yes: you yourselves know: that these hands have ministered to my necessities: and to them that were with me.1Co 4:12: Labour: working with our own hands: being reviled: we bless; being persecuted: we suffer it:1Co 9:6-12: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:
διελεγετο δε εν τη συναγωγη κατα παν σαββατον επειθεν τε ιουδαιους και ελληνας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1256Διελέγετοdielegeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
Διελέγετοdielegeto
|
He was reasoning
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇsynagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇsynagōgē
|
synagogue
|
N-DFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4521σάββατον,sabbaton (N-ANS)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σάββατον,sabbaton
|
Sabbath,
|
N-ANS
|
G3982ἔπειθένepeithen (V-IIA-3S)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἔπειθένepeithen
|
persuading
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672Ἕλληνας.Hellēnas (N-AMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
Ἕλληνας.Hellēnas
|
Greeks.
|
N-AMP
|
4
He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Acts 18:4
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 14 words, 70 letters, 27 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελεγετο δε εν τη συναγωγη κατα παν σαββατον επειθεν τε ιουδαιους και ελληνας
Lit: He was reasoning now in the synagogue on every Sabbath, persuading both Jews and Greeks.
KJV: And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.
References
"he"Ac 13:14-52: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 17:1-3: 11: 17: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Lu 4:16: He came to Nazareth: where he had been brought up: and: as his custom was: he went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and stood up for to read."persuaded"Ac 18:13: Saying: This fellow persuades men to worship God contrary to the law.Ac 13:43: Now when the congregation was broken up: many of the Jews and religious proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas: who: speaking to them: persuaded them to continue in the grace of God.Ac 19:26: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:Ac 26:28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ge 9:27: God will enlarge Japheth: and He will dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan will be His servant.2Ch 32:11: Does not Hezekiah persuade you to give over yourselves to die by famine and by thirst: saying: The LORD our God will deliver us out of the hand of the king of Assyria?Lu 16:31: He said to him: If they not hear Moses and the prophets: neither will they be persuaded: though one rose from the dead.2Co 5:11: Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord: we persuade men; but we are made manifest'>manifest to God; and I trust also are made manifest'>manifest in your consciences.
ως δε κατηλθον απο της μακεδονιας ο τε σιλας και ο τιμοθεος συνειχετο τω πνευματι ο παυλος διαμαρτυρομενος τοις ιουδαιοις τον χριστον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2718κατῆλθονkatēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατῆλθονkatēlthon
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3109ΜακεδονίαςMakedonias (N-GFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίαςMakedonias
|
Macedonia
|
N-GFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G4609ΣιλᾶςSilas (N-NMS)
G4609 Σίλας Sílas see-las contraction for Σιλουανός; Silas, a Christian:--Silas.
|
ΣιλᾶςSilas
|
Silas
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5095Τιμόθεος,Timotheos (N-NMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
Τιμόθεος,Timotheos
|
Timothy,
|
N-NMS
|
G4912συνείχετοsyneicheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4912 συνέχω synéchō soon-ekh-o from σύν and ἔχω; to hold together, i.e. to compress (the ears, with a crowd or siege) or arrest (a prisoner); figuratively, to compel, perplex, afflict, preoccupy:--constrain, hold, keep in, press, lie sick of, stop, be in a strait, straiten, be taken with, throng.
|
συνείχετοsyneicheto
|
was occupied
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G3972Παῦλος,Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος,Paulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1263διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos
|
earnestly testifying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
5
When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.
Acts 18:5
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 20 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε κατηλθον απο της μακεδονιας ο τε σιλας και ο τιμοθεος συνειχετο τω πνευματι ο παυλος διαμαρτυρομενος τοις ιουδαιοις τον χριστον ιησουν
Lit: When now came down from Macedonia both Silas and Timothy, was occupied with the word Paul, earnestly testifying to the Jews to be the Christ Jesus.
KJV: And when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and testified to the Jews that Jesus [was] Christ.
References
"Silas"Ac 17:14: 15: Then immediately the brothers sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there still.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:"was"Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Ac 17:16: Now while Paul waited for them at Athens: his spirit was stirred in him: when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.Job 32:18-20: For I am full of matter: the spirit within me constrains me.Jer 6:11: Therefore I am full of the fury of the LORD; I am weary with holding in: I will pour it out upon the children abroad: and upon the assembly of young men together: for even the husband with the wife will be taken: the aged with Him that is full of days.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Lu 12:50: But I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitened till it be accomplished!2Co 5:14: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:Php 1:23: For I am in a strait betwixt two: having a desire to depart: and to be with Christ; which is far better:"and testified"Ac 18:28: For He mightily convinced the Jews: and that publickly: shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.Ac 2:36: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 9:22: But Saul increased the more in strength: and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus: proving that this is very Christ.Ac 10:42: He commanded us to preach to the people: and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Ac 17:3: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand."was Christ"Da 9:25: 26: Know therefore and understand: that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem to the Messiah the Prince will be 7 weeks: and threescore and two weeks: the street will be built again: and the wall: even in troublous times.Joh 1:41: He first finds His own brother Simon: and says to Him: We have found the Messias: which is: being interpreted: the Christ.Joh 3:28: You yourselves bear me witness: that I said: I not am the Christ: but that I am sent before Him.Joh 10:24: Then came the Jews round about Him: and said to Him: How long do you make us to doubt? If you be the Christ: tell us plainly.
αντιτασσομενων δε αυτων και βλασφημουντων εκτιναξαμενος τα ιματια ειπεν προς αυτους το αιμα υμων επι την κεφαλην υμων καθαρος εγω απο του νυν εις τα εθνη πορευσομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G498ἀντιτασσομένωνantitassomenōn (V-PPM-GMP)
G498 ἀντιτάσσομαι antitássomai an-tee-tas-som-ahee from ἀντί and the middle voice of τάσσω; to range oneself against, i.e. oppose:--oppose themselves, resist.
|
ἀντιτασσομένωνantitassomenōn
|
Opposing
|
V-PPM-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G987βλασφημούντωνblasphēmountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημούντωνblasphēmountōn
|
reviling him,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1621ἐκτιναξάμενοςektinaxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1621 ἐκτινάσσω ektinássō ek-tin-as-so from ἐκ and tinasso (to swing); to shake violently:--shake (off).
|
ἐκτιναξάμενοςektinaxamenos
|
having shaken out
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments,
|
N-ANP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of You
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
be upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν·hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν·hymōn
|
of you;
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2513καθαρὸςkatharos (Adj-NMS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρὸςkatharos
|
clean
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473ἐγώ·egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ·egō
|
I am.
|
PPro-N1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
From
|
Prep
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now on,
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-ANP
|
G4198πορεύσομαι.poreusomai (V-FIM-1S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύσομαι.poreusomai
|
I will go.
|
V-FIM-1S
|
6
When they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his clothing, and said to them, your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.
Acts 18:6
Stats
Counts: 187 characters, 23 words, 144 letters, 55 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: αντιτασσομενων δε αυτων και βλασφημουντων εκτιναξαμενος τα ιματια ειπεν προς αυτους το αιμα υμων επι την κεφαλην υμων καθαρος εγω απο του νυν εις τα εθνη πορευσομαι
Lit: Opposing however of them and reviling him, having shaken out the garments, he said to them, The blood of You be upon the head of you; clean I am. From now on, to the Gentiles I will go.
KJV: And when they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and said unto them, Your blood [be] upon your own heads; I [am] clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles.
References
"they"Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.Lu 22:65: Many other things blasphemously spoke they against him.1Th 2:14-16: For you: brothers: became followers of the churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus: for you also have suffered like things of your own countrymen: even as they have of the Jews:2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;Jas 2:6: 7: But you have despised the poor. not Do rich men oppress you: and draw you before the judgment seats?1Pe 4:4: 14: Wherein they think it strange that you not run with them to the same excess of riot: speaking evil of you:"he shook"Ac 13:51: But they shook off the dust of their feet against them: and came to Iconium.Ne 5:13: Also I shook my lap: and said: So God shake out every man from His house: and from His labour: that performs not this promise: even thus be He shaken out: and emptied. And all the congregation said: Amen: and praised the LORD. And the people did according to this promise.Mt 10:14: whoever will not receive you: nor hear your words: when you depart out of that house or city: shake off the dust of your feet.Lu 9:5: whoever not will receive you: when you go out of that city: shake off the very dust from your feet for a testimony against them.Lu 10:10: 11: But into whatever city you enter: and they receive you not: go your ways out into the streets of the same: and say: "Your"Ac 20:26: 27: For what reason I take you to record this day: that I am pure from the blood of all men.Le 20:9: 11: 12: For every one that curses his father or his mother will be surely put to death: he has cursed his father or his mother; his blood will be upon him.2Sa 1:16: David said to Him: Your blood be upon your head; for your mouth has testified against you: saying: I have killed the LORD's anointed.Eze 3:18: 19: When I say to the wicked: You will surely die; and you give not him warning: nor speak to warn the wicked from his wicked way: to save his life; the same wicked man will die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at your hand.Eze 18:13: Has given forth upon usury: and has taken increase: will he then live? he will not live: he has done all these abominations; he will surely die; his blood will be upon him.Eze 33:4: 8: 9: Then whoever hears the sound of the trumpet: and takes not warning; if the sword come: and take him away: his blood will be upon his own head.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure."from"Ac 13:46: 47: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 19:9: 10: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Mt 8:11: I say to you: That many will come from the east and west: and will sit down with Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: in the kingdom of heaven.Mt 21:43: Therefore say I to you: The kingdom of God will be taken from you: and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.Mt 22:10: So those servants went out into the highways: and gathered together all as many as they found: both bad and good: and the wedding was furnished with guests.Ro 3:29: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 9:25: 26: 30-33: As he says also in Osee: I will call them my people: which not were my people; and her beloved: which not was beloved.Ro 10:12: 13: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.Ro 11:11-15: I say then: Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come to the Gentiles: for to provoke them to jealousy.
και μεταβας εκειθεν ηλθεν εις οικιαν τινος ονοματι ιουστου σεβομενου τον θεον ου η οικια ην συνομορουσα τη συναγωγη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3327μεταβὰςmetabas (V-APA-NMS)
G3327 μεταβαίνω metabaínō met-ab-ah-ee-no from μετά and the base of βάσις; to change place:--depart, go, pass, remove.
|
μεταβὰςmetabas
|
having departed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1564ἐκεῖθενekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθενekeithen
|
from there
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθεν*eisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθεν*eisēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to the
|
Prep
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G5100τινὸςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὸςtinos
|
of a certain one
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G5103ΤιτίουTitiou (N-GMS)
G5103 Τίτος Títos tee-tos of Latin origin but uncertain significance; Titus, a Christian:--Titus.
|
ΤιτίουTitiou
|
Titius
|
N-GMS
|
G2459ἸούστουIoustou (N-GMS)
G2459 Ἰοῦστος Ioûstos ee-ooce-tos of Latin origin (just); Justus, the name of three Christian:--Justus.
|
ἸούστουIoustou
|
Justus,
|
N-GMS
|
G4576σεβομένουsebomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σεβομένουsebomenou
|
worshiping
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3614οἰκίαoikia (N-NFS)
G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαoikia
|
house
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4927συνομοροῦσαsynomorousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G4927 συνομορέω synomoréō soon-om-or-eh-o from σύν and a derivative of a compound of the base of 3674 and the base of ὅριον; to border together, i.e. adjoin:--join hard.
|
συνομοροῦσαsynomorousa
|
adjoining
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇ.synagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇ.synagōgē
|
synagogue.
|
N-DFS
|
7
He departed there, and entered into a certain man's house, named Justus, one that worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue.Acts 18:7
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 19 words, 115 letters, 47 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μεταβας εκειθεν ηλθεν εις οικιαν τινος ονοματι ιουστου σεβομενου τον θεον ου η οικια ην συνομορουσα τη συναγωγη
Lit: And having departed from there he came to the house of a certain one named Titius Justus, worshiping God, of whom the house was adjoining the synagogue.
KJV: And he departed thence, and entered into a certain man's house, named Justus, [one] that worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue.
References
"Justus"Col 4:11: Jesus: which is called Justus: who are of the circumcision. These only are my fellowworkers to the kingdom of God: which have been a comfort to me."worshipped"Ac 10:2: 22: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 13:42: When the Jews were gone out of the synagogue: the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to them the next sabbath.Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Ac 17:4: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.
κρισπος δε ο αρχισυναγωγος επιστευσεν τω κυριω συν ολω τω οικω αυτου και πολλοι των κορινθιων ακουοντες επιστευον και εβαπτιζοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2921ΚρίσποςKrispos (N-NMS)
G2921 Κρίσπος Kríspos kris-pos of Latin origin; crisp; Crispus, a Corinthian:--Crispus.
|
ΚρίσποςKrispos
|
Crispus
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G752ἀρχισυνάγωγοςarchisynagōgos (N-NMS)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυνάγωγοςarchisynagōgos
|
ruler of the synagogue,
|
N-NMS
|
G4100ἐπίστευσενepisteusen (V-AIA-3S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευσενepisteusen
|
believed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλῳholō
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
household
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2881ΚορινθίωνKorinthiōn (N-GMP)
G2881 Κορίνθιος Korínthios kor-in-thee-os from Κόρινθος; a Corinthian, i.e. inhabitant of Corinth:--Corinthian.
|
ΚορινθίωνKorinthiōn
|
Corinthians
|
N-GMP
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4100ἐπίστευονepisteuon (V-IIA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπίστευονepisteuon
|
believed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίζοντο.ebaptizonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίζοντο.ebaptizonto
|
were baptized.
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
8
Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized.Acts 18:8
Stats
Rank: #2885 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 22 words, 122 letters, 48 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: κρισπος δε ο αρχισυναγωγος επιστευσεν τω κυριω συν ολω τω οικω αυτου και πολλοι των κορινθιων ακουοντες επιστευον και εβαπτιζοντο
Lit: Crispus now, the ruler of the synagogue, believed in the Lord, with all the household of him. And many of the Corinthians hearing, believed and were baptized.
KJV: And Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized.
References
"Crispus"1Co 1:14: I thank God that I baptized none of you: but Crispus and Gaius;"the chief"Ac 18:17: Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes: the chief ruler of the synagogue: and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things.Ac 13:15: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Mr 5:35: While he yet spoke: there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said: Your daughter is dead: why trouble you the Master any further?"believed"Ac 10:2: A devout man: and one that feared God with all His house: which gave much alms to the people: and prayed to God alway.Ac 16:14: 15: 34: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Ge 17:27: All the men of his house: born in the house: and bought with money of the stranger: were circumcised with him.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.Jos 24:15: If it seem evil to you to serve the LORD: choose you this day whom you will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood: or the gods of the Amorites: in whose land you dwell: but as for me and my house: we will serve the LORD."hearing"Ac 2:37-41: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 8:12: 35-38: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:15: 16: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Ro 10:14-17: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?1Co 1:13-17: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?
ειπεν δε ο κυριος δι οραματος εν νυκτι τω παυλω μη φοβου αλλα λαλει και μη σιωπησης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ΕἶπενEipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΕἶπενEipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night
|
N-DFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3705ὁράματοςhoramatos (N-GNS)
G3705 ὅραμα hórama hor-am-ah from ὁράω; something gazed at, i.e. a spectacle (especially supernatural):--sight, vision.
|
ὁράματοςhoramatos
|
a vision
|
N-GNS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
to Paul,
|
N-DMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβοῦ,phobou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβοῦ,phobou
|
fear,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2980λάλειlalei (V-PMA-2S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λάλειlalei
|
continue speaking,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4623σιωπήσῃς,siōpēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G4623 σιωπάω siōpáō see-o-pah-o from (silence, i.e. a hush; properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from σιγή, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water):--dumb, (hold) peace.
|
σιωπήσῃς,siōpēsēs
|
be silent,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
9
Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, not Be afraid, but speak, and not hold your peace:
Acts 18:9
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 19 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε ο κυριος δι οραματος εν νυκτι τω παυλω μη φοβου αλλα λαλει και μη σιωπησης
Lit: Said now the Lord in the night through a vision to Paul, Not fear, but continue speaking, and not be silent,
KJV: Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace:
References
"spake"Ac 16:9: A vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia: and prayed him: saying: Come over into Macedonia: and help us.Ac 22:18: Saw him saying to me: Make haste: and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 27:23-25: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: 2Co 12:1-3: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord."Be"Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Jer 1:17: You therefore gird up your loins: and arise: and speak to them all that I command you: not be dismayed at their faces: lest I confound you before them.Eze 2:6-8: you: son of man: not be afraid of them: neither be afraid of their words: though briers and thorns be with you: and you do dwell among scorpions: not be afraid of their words: nor be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Eze 3:9-11: As an adamant harder than flint have I made your forehead: fear not them: neither be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Jon 3:2: Arise: go to Nineveh: that great city: and preach to it the preaching that I bid you.Mic 3:8: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin.Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: 1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.
διοτι εγω ειμι μετα σου και ουδεις επιθησεται σοι του κακωσαι σε διοτι λαος εστιν μοι πολυς εν τη πολει ταυτη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj)
G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2007ἐπιθήσεταίepithēsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθήσεταίepithēsetai
|
will lay a hand on
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2559κακῶσαίkakōsai (V-ANA)
G2559 κακόω kakóō kak-o-o from κακός; to injure; figuratively, to exasperate:--make evil affected, entreat evil, harm, hurt, vex.
|
κακῶσαίkakōsai
|
to harm
|
V-ANA
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj)
G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2992λαόςlaos (N-NMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίesti (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίesti
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4183πολὺςpolys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺςpolys
|
many
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃ.tautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃ.tautē
|
this.
|
DPro-DFS
|
10
For I am with you, and no man will set on you to hurt you: for I have much people in this city.Acts 18:10
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 21 words, 74 letters, 29 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοτι εγω ειμι μετα σου και ουδεις επιθησεται σοι του κακωσαι σε διοτι λαος εστιν μοι πολυς εν τη πολει ταυτη
Lit: because I am with you, and no one will lay a hand on you to harm you, because people there are to me many in the city this.
KJV: For I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee: for I have much people in this city.
References
"I am"Ex 4:12: Now therefore go: and I will be with your mouth: and teach you what you will say.Jos 1:5: 9: There will not any man be able to stand before you all the days of your life: as I was with Moses: so I will be with you: I not will fail you: nor forsake you.Jg 2:18: When the LORD raised them up judges: then the LORD was with the judge: and delivered them out of the hand of their enemies all the days of the judge: for it repented the LORD because of their groanings by reason of them that oppressed them and vexed them.Isa 8:10: Take counsel together: and it will come to nought; speak the word: and it will not stand: for God is with us.Isa 41:10: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Jer 1:18: 19: For: look: I have made you this day a defenced city: and an iron pillar: and brasen walls against the whole land: against the kings of Judah: against the princes thereof: against the priests thereof: and against the people of the land.Mt 1:23: Look: a virgin will be with child: and will bring forth a son: and they will call His name Emmanuel: which being interpreted is: God with us.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.2Co 12:9: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.2Ti 4:17: 22: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion."and no"Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.Jer 15:20: 21: I will make you to this people a fenced brasen wall: and they will fight against you: but they will not prevail against you: for I am with you to save you and to deliver you: says the LORD.Mt 10:30: But the very hairs of your head are all numbered.Lu 21:18: But there will not an hair of your head perish.Ro 8:31: What will we then say to these things? If God be for us: who can be against us?"for"Ac 15:14: 18: Simeon has declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles: to take out of them a people for His name.Joh 10:16: Other sheep I have: which not are of this fold: them also I must bring: and they will hear my voice; and there will be one fold: and one shepherd.Joh 11:52: not And for that nation only: but that also He should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.Ro 10:20: 21: But Isaiah is very bold: and says: I was found of them that sought not me; I was made manifest to them that not asked after me.1Co 6:9-11: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind:
εκαθισεν τε ενιαυτον και μηνας εξ διδασκων εν αυτοις τον λογον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2523ἘκάθισενEkathisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἘκάθισενEkathisen
|
He remained
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1763ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton (N-AMS)
G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton
|
a year
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G1803ἓξhex (Adj-AMP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἓξhex
|
six,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1321διδάσκωνdidaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκωνdidaskōn
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
11
He continued there a year and 6 months, teaching the word of God among them.Acts 18:11
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 15 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαθισεν τε ενιαυτον και μηνας εξ διδασκων εν αυτοις τον λογον του θεου
Lit: He remained now a year and months six, teaching among them the word of God.
KJV: And he continued there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them.
References
"he"Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.
Paul before Gallio
γαλλιωνος δε ανθυπατευοντος της αχαιας κατεπεστησαν ομοθυμαδον οι ιουδαιοι τω παυλω και ηγαγον αυτον επι το βημα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1058ΓαλλίωνοςGalliōnos (N-GMS)
G1058 Γαλλίων Gallíōn gal-lee-own of Latin origin; Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer:--Gallio.
|
ΓαλλίωνοςGalliōnos
|
Gallio
|
N-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G446ἀνθυπάτουanthypatou (N-GMS)
G446 ἀνθύπατος anthýpatos anth-oo-pat-os from ἀντί and a superlative of ὑπέρ; instead of the highest officer, i.e. (specially) a Roman proconsul:--deputy.
|
ἀνθυπάτουanthypatou
|
proconsul
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G882ἈχαΐαςAchaias (N-GFS)
G882 Ἀχαΐα Achaḯa ach-ah-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Achaia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe:--Achaia.
|
ἈχαΐαςAchaias
|
Achaia,
|
N-GFS
|
G2721κατεπέστησανkatepestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2721 κατεφίστημι katephístēmi kat-ef-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἐφίστημι; to stand over against, i.e. rush upon (assault):--make insurrection against.
|
κατεπέστησανkatepestēsan
|
rose up against
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G71ἤγαγονēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγονēgagon
|
led
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G968βῆμα,bēma (N-ANS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βῆμα,bēma
|
judgment seat,
|
N-ANS
|
12
When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia, the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul, and brought him to the judgment seat,Acts 18:12
Stats
Rank: #9339 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 43 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: γαλλιωνος δε ανθυπατευοντος της αχαιας κατεπεστησαν ομοθυμαδον οι ιουδαιοι τω παυλω και ηγαγον αυτον επι το βημα
Lit: Gallio however proconsul being of Achaia, rose up against with one accord the Jews Paul, and led him to the judgment seat,
KJV: And when Gallio was the deputy of Achaia, the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul, and brought him to the judgment seat,
References
"the deputy"Ac 13:7: 12: Which was with the deputy of the country: Sergius Paulus: a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul: and desired to hear the word of God."Achaia"Ac 18:27: When he was disposed to pass into Achaia: the brothers wrote: exhorting the disciples to receive him: who: when he was come: helped them much which had believed through grace:Ro 15:26: For it has pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia to make a certain contribution for the poor saints which are at Jerusalem.Ro 16:5: Likewise greet the church that is in their house. Greet my wellbeloved Epaenetus: who is the firstfruits of Achaia to Christ.1Co 16:15: I beseech you: brothers: (you know the house of Stephanas: that it is the firstfruits of Achaia: and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints: )2Co 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:2Co 9:2: For I know the forwardness of your mind: for which I boast of you to them of Macedonia: that Achaia was ready a year ago; and your zeal has provoked very many.2Co 11:10: As the truth of Christ is in me: no man will stop me of this boasting in the regions of Achaia.1Th 1:7: 8: So that you were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia."the Jews"Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:2: 19: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 17:5: 13: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 21:27-36: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: "the judgment"Ac 18:16: 17: He drave them from the judgment seat.Ac 25:10: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Mt 27:19: When he was set down on the judgment seat: his wife sent to him: saying: Have you nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him.Joh 19:13: When Pilate therefore heard that saying: He brought Jesus forth: and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement: but in the Hebrew: Gabbatha.Jas 2:6: But you have despised the poor. not Do rich men oppress you: and draw you before the judgment seats?
λεγοντες οτι παρα τον νομον ουτος αναπειθει τους ανθρωπους σεβεσθαι τον θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3844ΠαρὰPara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
ΠαρὰPara
|
Contrary to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G374ἀναπείθειanapeithei (V-PIA-3S)
G374 ἀναπείθω anapeíthō an-ap-i-tho from ἀνά and πείθω; to incite:--persuade.
|
ἀναπείθειanapeithei
|
persuades
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this man
|
DPro-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G4576σέβεσθαιsebesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σέβεσθαιsebesthai
|
to worship
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2316Θεόν.Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν.Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
13
Saying, This fellow persuades men to worship God contrary to the law.
Acts 18:13
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 19 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες οτι παρα τον νομον ουτος αναπειθει τους ανθρωπους σεβεσθαι τον θεον
Lit: saying - , Contrary to the law, persuades this man men to worship God.
KJV: Saying, This fellow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law.
References
"Saying, This fellow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law."Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 6:13: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ac 24:5: 6: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 25:8: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.
μελλοντος δε του παυλου ανοιγειν το στομα ειπεν ο γαλλιων προς τους ιουδαιους ει μεν ουν ην αδικημα τι η ραδιουργημα πονηρον ω ιουδαιοι κατα λογον αν ηνεσχομην υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3195Μέλλοντοςmellontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
Μέλλοντοςmellontos
|
Being about
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G455ἀνοίγεινanoigein (V-PNA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίγεινanoigein
|
to open
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth,
|
N-ANS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1058ΓαλλίωνGalliōn (N-NMS)
G1058 Γαλλίων Gallíōn gal-lee-own of Latin origin; Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer:--Gallio.
|
ΓαλλίωνGalliōn
|
Gallio
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G92ἀδίκημάadikēma (N-NNS)
G92 ἀδίκημα adíkēma ad-eek-ay-mah from ἀδικέω; a wrong done:--evil doing, iniquity, matter of wrong.
|
ἀδίκημάadikēma
|
unrighteousness
|
N-NNS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-NNS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
some
|
IPro-NNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4467ῥᾳδιούργημαrhadiourgēma (N-NNS)
G4467 ῥᾳδιούργημα rhaidioúrgēma hrad-ee-oorg-ay-mah from a comparative of (easy, i.e. reckless) and ἔργον; easy-going behavior, i.e. (by extension) a crime:--lewdness.
|
ῥᾳδιούργημαrhadiourgēma
|
crime
|
N-NNS
|
G4190πονηρόν,ponēron (Adj-NNS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρόν,ponēron
|
wicked,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5599ὦō (I)
G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,
|
ὦō
|
O
|
I
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-VMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
reason
|
N-AMS
|
G430ἀνεσχόμηνaneschomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G430 ἀνέχομαι anéchomai an-ekh-om-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and ἔχω; to hold oneself up against, i.e. (figuratively) put up with:--bear with, endure, forbear, suffer.
|
ἀνεσχόμηνaneschomēn
|
I would have endured with
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμῶν·hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν·hymōn
|
you;
|
PPro-G2P
|
14
When Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said to the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness, O you Jews, reason would that I should bear with you:
Acts 18:14
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 30 words, 135 letters, 55 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: μελλοντος δε του παυλου ανοιγειν το στομα ειπεν ο γαλλιων προς τους ιουδαιους ει μεν ουν ην αδικημα τι η ραδιουργημα πονηρον ω ιουδαιοι κατα λογον αν ηνεσχομην υμων
Lit: Being about now Paul to open the mouth, said Gallio to the Jews, If indeed it was unrighteousness some or crime wicked, O Jews, according to reason I would have endured with you;
KJV: And when Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness, O [ye] Jews, reason would that I should bear with you:
References
"when"Ac 21:39: 40: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.Ac 22:1: 2: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 26:1: 2: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:Lu 21:12-15: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.1Pe 3:14: 15: But and if you suffer for righteousness' sake: happy are you: and not be afraid of their terror: neither be troubled;"If"Ac 23:27-29: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman.Ac 25:11: 18-20: 26: For if I be an offender: or have committed any thing worthy of death: I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me: no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar."bear"Ac 13:18: About the time of 40 years suffered he their manners in the wilderness.Mr 9:19: He answers him: and says: O faithless generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me.Ro 13:3: For rulers not are a terror to good works: but to the evil. Will you not then be afraid of the power? do that which is good: and you will have praise of the same:2Co 11:1: 4: Would to God you could bear with me a little in my folly: and indeed bear with me.Heb 5:2: Who can have compassion on the ignorant: and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity.
ει δε ζητημα εστιν περι λογου και ονοματων και νομου του καθ υμας οψεσθε αυτοι κριτης γαρ εγω τουτων ου βουλομαι ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2213ζητήματάzētēmata (N-NNP)
G2213 ζήτημα zḗtēma dzay-tay-mah from ζητέω; a search (properly concretely), i.e. (in words) a debate:--question.
|
ζητήματάzētēmata
|
a question
|
N-NNP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
a word,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3686ὀνομάτωνonomatōn (N-GNP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνομάτωνonomatōn
|
names,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
in reference to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
your,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3708ὄψεσθεopsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεσθεopsesthe
|
you will see
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G846αὐτοί·autoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοί·autoi
|
to it yourselves;
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G2923κριτὴςkritēs (N-NMS)
G2923 κριτής kritḗs kree-tace from κρίνω; a judge (genitive case or specially):--judge.
|
κριτὴςkritēs
|
a judge
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
of these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1014βούλομαιboulomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βούλομαιboulomai
|
resolve
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1510εἶναι.einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι.einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
15
But if it be a question of words and names, and of your law, look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.Acts 18:15
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 22 words, 85 letters, 35 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε ζητημα εστιν περι λογου και ονοματων και νομου του καθ υμας οψεσθε αυτοι κριτης γαρ εγω τουτων ου βουλομαι ειναι
Lit: if however a question it is about a word, and names, and law in reference to your, you will see to it yourselves; a judge I of these things not resolve to be.
KJV: But if it be a question of words and names, and of your law, look ye [to it]; for I will be no judge of such [matters].
References
"a question"Ac 23:29: Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law: but to not havehing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds.Ac 25:11: 19: For if I be an offender: or have committed any thing worthy of death: I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me: no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar.Ac 26:3: Especially because I know you to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: for what reason I beseech you to hear me patiently.1Ti 1:4: Neither give heed to fables and endless genealogies: which minister questions: rather than godly edifying which is in faith: so do.1Ti 6:4: He is proud: not knowinghing: but doting about questions and strifes of words: whereof comes envy: strife: railings: evil surmisings: 2Ti 2:23: But foolish and unlearned questions avoid: knowing that they do gender strifes.Tit 3:9: But avoid foolish questions: and genealogies: and contentions: and strivings about the law; for they are unprofitable and vain."look"Mt 27:4: 24: Saying: I have sinned in that I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said: What is that to us? see you to that."for"Ac 24:6-8: Who also has gone about to profane the temple: whom we took: and would have judged according to our law.Joh 18:31: Then said Pilate to them: Take you him: and judge him according to your law. The Jews therefore said to him: It not is lawful for us to put any man to death:
και απηλασεν αυτους απο του βηματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G556ἀπήλασενapēlasen (V-AIA-3S)
G556 ἀπελαύνω apelaúnō ap-el-ow-no from ἀπό and ἐλαύνω; to dismiss:--drive.
|
ἀπήλασενapēlasen
|
he drove
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματος.bēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματος.bēmatos
|
judgment seat.
|
N-GNS
|
16
He drave them from the judgment seat.Acts 18:16
Stats
Counts: 41 characters, 8 words, 33 letters, 11 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλασεν αυτους απο του βηματος
Lit: And he drove them from the judgment seat.
KJV: And he drave them from the judgment seat.
References
"And he drave them from the judgment seat."Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Ro 13:3: 4: For rulers not are a terror to good works: but to the evil. Will you not then be afraid of the power? do that which is good: and you will have praise of the same:Re 12:16: The earth helped the woman: and the earth opened her mouth: and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.
επιλαβομενοι δε παντες οι ελληνες σωσθενην τον αρχισυναγωγον ετυπτον εμπροσθεν του βηματος και ουδεν τουτων τω γαλλιωνι εμελεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1949Ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
Ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi
|
Having seized
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all of them
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4988ΣωσθένηνSōsthenēn (N-AMS)
G4988 Σωσθένης Sōsthénēs soce-then-ace from the base of σώζω and that of σθενόω; of safe strength; Sosthenes, a Christian:--Sosthenes.
|
ΣωσθένηνSōsthenēn
|
Sosthenes,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G752ἀρχισυνάγωγονarchisynagōgon (N-AMS)
G752 ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisynágōgos ar-khee-soon-ag-o-gos from ἀρχή and συναγωγή; director of the synagogue services:--(chief) ruler of the synagogue.
|
ἀρχισυνάγωγονarchisynagōgon
|
ruler of the synagogue,
|
N-AMS
|
G5180ἔτυπτονetypton (V-IIA-3P)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
ἔτυπτονetypton
|
they began to beat him
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματος·bēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματος·bēmatos
|
judgment seat.
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-NNS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
about these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1058ΓαλλίωνιGalliōni (N-DMS)
G1058 Γαλλίων Gallíōn gal-lee-own of Latin origin; Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer:--Gallio.
|
ΓαλλίωνιGalliōni
|
to Gallio
|
N-DMS
|
G3199ἔμελεν.emelen (V-IIA-3S)
G3199 μέλω mélō mel-o a primary verb; to be of interest to, i.e. to concern (only third person singular present indicative used impersonally, it matters):--(take) care.
|
ἔμελεν.emelen
|
it mattered.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
17
Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes, the chief ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things.Acts 18:17
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 24 words, 121 letters, 46 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιλαβομενοι δε παντες οι ελληνες σωσθενην τον αρχισυναγωγον ετυπτον εμπροσθεν του βηματος και ουδεν τουτων τω γαλλιωνι εμελεν
Lit: Having seized then all of them Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, they began to beat him before the judgment seat. And nothing about these things to Gallio it mattered.
KJV: Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes, the chief ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things.
References
"Sosthenes"1Co 1:1: Paul: called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God: and Sosthenes our brother: "And Gallio"Ac 17:32: When they heard of the resurrection of the dead: some mocked: and others said: We will hear you again of this matter.Am 6:6: That drink wine in bowls: and anoint themselves with the chief ointments: but they not are grieved for the affliction of Joseph.1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;
Paul Returns to Antioch
ο δε παυλος ετι προσμεινας ημερας ικανας τοις αδελφοις αποταξαμενος εξεπλει εις την συριαν και συν αυτω πρισκιλλα και ακυλας κειραμενος την κεφαλην εν κεγχρεαις ειχεν γαρ ευχην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Now
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
more
|
Adv
|
G4357προσμείναςprosmeinas (V-APA-NMS)
G4357 προσμένω prosménō pros-men-o from πρός and μένω; to stay further, i.e. remain in a place, with a person; figuratively, to adhere to, persevere in:--abide still, be with, cleave unto, continue in (with).
|
προσμείναςprosmeinas
|
having remained
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2425ἱκανὰς,hikanas (Adj-AFP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὰς,hikanas
|
many,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G657ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G657 ἀποτάσσομαι apotássomai ap-ot-as-som-ahee middle voice from ἀπό and τάσσω; literally, to say adieu (by departing or dismissing); figuratively, to renounce:--bid farewell, forsake, take leave, send away.
|
ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos
|
having taken leave of,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1602ἐξέπλειexeplei (V-IIA-3S)
G1602 ἐκπλέω ekpléō ek-pleh-o from ἐκ and πλέω; to depart by ship:--sail (away, thence).
|
ἐξέπλειexeplei
|
sailed away
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4947Συρίαν,Syrian (N-AFS)
G4947 Συρία Syría soo-ree-ah probably of Hebrew origin (צֹר); Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:--Syria.
|
Συρίαν,Syrian
|
Syria—
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4252ΠρίσκιλλαPriskilla (N-NFS)
G4252 Πρίσκιλλα Prískilla pris-cil-lah diminutive of Πρίσκα; Priscilla (i.e. little Prisca), a Christian woman:--Priscilla.
|
ΠρίσκιλλαPriskilla
|
Priscilla
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G207Ἀκύλας,Akylas (N-NMS)
G207 Ἀκύλας Akýlas ak-oo-las probably for Latin aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Israelite:--Aquila.
|
Ἀκύλας,Akylas
|
Aquila—
|
N-NMS
|
G2751κειράμενοςkeiramenos (V-APM-NMS)
G2751 κείρω keírō ki-ro a primary verb; to shear:--shear(-er).
|
κειράμενοςkeiramenos
|
having shaved
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2747ΚενχρεαῖςKenchreais (N-DFP)
G2747 Κεγχρεαί Kenchreaí keng-khreh-a-hee probably from kegchros (millet); Cenchreæ, a port of Corinth:--Cencrea.
|
ΚενχρεαῖςKenchreais
|
Cenchrea
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλήν·kephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλήν·kephalēn
|
head;
|
N-AFS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
he had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2171εὐχήν.euchēn (N-AFS)
G2171 εὐχή euchḗ yoo-khay from εὔχομαι; properly, a wish, expressed as a petition to God, or in votive obligation:--prayer, vow.
|
εὐχήν.euchēn
|
a vow.
|
N-AFS
|
18
Paul after this tarried there yet a good while, and then took his leave of the brothers, and sailed there into Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Acts 18:18
Stats
Rank: #2844 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 214 characters, 31 words, 165 letters, 65 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε παυλος ετι προσμεινας ημερας ικανας τοις αδελφοις αποταξαμενος εξεπλει εις την συριαν και συν αυτω πρισκιλλα και ακυλας κειραμενος την κεφαλην εν κεγχρεαις ειχεν γαρ ευχην
Lit: Now Paul, more having remained days many, the brothers having taken leave of, sailed away to Syria— and with him Priscilla and Aquila— having shaved in Cenchrea the head; he had for a vow.
KJV: And Paul after this tarried [there] yet a good while, and then took his leave of the brethren, and sailed thence into Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn [his] head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.
References
"Syria"Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 21:3: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"having"Ac 21:24: Them take: and purify yourself with them: and be at charges with them: that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things: whereof they were informed concerning you: not arehing; but that you yourself also walk orderly: and keep the law.Nu 6:5-9: 18: All the days of the vow of His separation there will no rasor come upon His head: until the days be fulfilled: in the which He separates Himself to the LORD: He will be holy: and will let the locks of the hair of His head grow.1Co 9:20: to the Jews I became as a Jew: that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law: as under the law: that I might gain them that are under the law;"Cenchrea"Ro 16:1: I commend to you Phebe our sister: which is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea:
κατηντησεν δε εις εφεσον κακεινους κατελιπεν αυτου αυτος δε εισελθων εις την συναγωγην διελεχθη τοις ιουδαιοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2658Κατήντησανkatēntēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
Κατήντησανkatēntēsan
|
They came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2181Ἔφεσον,Epheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἔφεσον,Epheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G2548κἀκείνουςkakeinous (DPro-AMP)
G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκείνουςkakeinous
|
and them
|
DPro-AMP
|
G2641κατέλιπενkatelipen (V-AIA-3S)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
κατέλιπενkatelipen
|
left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G847αὐτοῦ,autou (Adv)
G847 αὐτοῦ autoû ow-too genitive (i.e. possessive) of αὐτός, used as an adverb of location; properly, belonging to the same spot, i.e. in this (or that) place:--(t-)here.
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
there.
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue,
|
N-AFS
|
G1256διελέξατοdielexato (V-AIM-3S)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διελέξατοdielexato
|
he reasoned
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίοις.Ioudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίοις.Ioudaiois
|
Jews.
|
Adj-DMP
|
19
He came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews.Acts 18:19
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 18 words, 91 letters, 35 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατηντησεν δε εις εφεσον κακεινους κατελιπεν αυτου αυτος δε εισελθων εις την συναγωγην διελεχθη τοις ιουδαιοις
Lit: They came now to Ephesus, and them left there. He himself then having entered into the synagogue, he reasoned with the Jews.
KJV: And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews.
References
"Ephesus"Ac 18:24: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 19:1: 17: 26: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.1Co 16:8: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:1Ti 1:3: As I besought you to abide still at Ephesus: when I went into Macedonia: that you might charge some that they teach no other doctrine: 2Ti 1:18: The Lord grant to Him that He may find mercy of the Lord in that day: and in how many things He ministered to me at Ephesus: you know very well.2Ti 4:12: Tychicus have I sent to Ephesus.Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"but"Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 17:2: 3: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures:
ερωτωντων δε αυτων επι πλειονα χρονον μειναι παρ αυτοις ουκ επενευσεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2065ἐρωτώντωνerōtōntōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐρωτώντωνerōtōntōn
|
Asking him
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4119πλείοναpleiona (Adj-AMS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναpleiona
|
a longer
|
Adj-AMS-C
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G3306μεῖναιmeinai (V-ANA)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μεῖναιmeinai
|
to remain,
|
V-ANA
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1962ἐπένευσεν,epeneusen (V-AIA-3S)
G1962 ἐπινεύω epineúō ep-een-yoo-o from ἐπί and νεύω; to nod at, i.e. (by implication) to assent:--consent.
|
ἐπένευσεν,epeneusen
|
he did consent,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
20
When they desired him to tarry longer time with them, he not consented;Acts 18:20
Stats
Rank: #3245 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 57 letters, 19 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ερωτωντων δε αυτων επι πλειονα χρονον μειναι παρ αυτοις ουκ επενευσεν
Lit: Asking him now of them for a longer time to remain, not he did consent,
KJV: When they desired him to tarry longer time with them, he consented not;
References
"he"Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.Ac 21:13: 14: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.Mr 1:37: 38: When they had found him: they said to him: All men seek for you.1Co 16:12: As touching our brother Apollos: I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time.
αλλ απεταξατο αυτοις ειπων δει με παντως την εορτην την ερχομενην ποιησαι εις ιεροσολυμα παλιν δε ανακαμψω προς υμας του θεου θελοντος και ανηχθη απο της εφεσου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G657ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G657 ἀποτάσσομαι apotássomai ap-ot-as-som-ahee middle voice from ἀπό and τάσσω; literally, to say adieu (by departing or dismissing); figuratively, to renounce:--bid farewell, forsake, take leave, send away.
|
ἀποταξάμενοςapotaxamenos
|
having taken leave
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἰπώνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπώνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1163⧼ΔεῖDei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
⧼ΔεῖDei
|
It behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv)
G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
by all means
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1859ἑορτὴνheortēn (N-AFS)
G1859 ἑορτή heortḗ heh-or-tay of uncertain affinity; a festival:--feast, holyday.
|
ἑορτὴνheortēn
|
feast
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἐρχομένηνerchomenēn (V-PPM-AFS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένηνerchomenēn
|
coming
|
V-PPM-AFS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to keep
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα⧽·Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα⧽·Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem;
|
N-ANP
|
G3825ΠάλινPalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
ΠάλινPalin
|
Again
|
Adv
|
G344ἀνακάμψωanakampsō (V-FIA-1S)
G344 ἀνακάμπτω anakámptō an-ak-amp-to from ἀνά and κάμπτω; to turn back:--(re-)turn.
|
ἀνακάμψωanakampsō
|
I will return
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2309θέλοντος,thelontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλοντος,thelontos
|
willing,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G321ἀνήχθηanēchthē (V-AIP-3S)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήχθηanēchthē
|
he sailed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2181Ἐφέσου,Ephesou (N-GFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἐφέσου,Ephesou
|
Ephesus,
|
N-GFS
|
21
But bade them farewell, saying, I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you, if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.
Acts 18:21
Stats
Rank: #4224 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 27 words, 131 letters, 51 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ απεταξατο αυτοις ειπων δει με παντως την εορτην την ερχομενην ποιησαι εις ιεροσολυμα παλιν δε ανακαμψω προς υμας του θεου θελοντος και ανηχθη απο της εφεσου
Lit: but having taken leave and having said, It behooves me by all means the feast coming to keep at Jerusalem; Again I will return to you, God willing, he sailed from Ephesus,
KJV: But bade them farewell, saying, I must by all means keep this feast that cometh in Jerusalem: but I will return again unto you, if God will. And he sailed from Ephesus.
References
"bade"Ac 15:29: That you abstain from meats offered to idols: and from blood: and from things strangled: and from fornication: from which if you keep yourselves: you will do well. Fare you well.Lu 9:61: Another also said: Lord: I will follow you; but let me first go bid them farewell: which are at home at my house.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you."I must"Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.De 16:1: Observe the month of Abib: and keep the passover to the LORD your God: for in the month of Abib the LORD your God brought you forth out of Egypt by night."if God"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 21:14: When He not would be persuaded: we ceased: saying: The will of the Lord be done.Mt 26:39: He went a little further: and fell on His face: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if it be possible: let this cup pass from me: not nevertheless as I will: but as you will.Ro 1:10: Making request: if by any means now at length I might have a prosperous journey by the will of God to come to you.Ro 15:32: That I may come to you with joy by the will of God: and may with you be refreshed.1Co 4:19: But I will come to you shortly: if the Lord will: and will know: not the speech of them which are puffed up: but the power.Php 2:19-24: But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timotheus shortly to you: that I also may be of good comfort: when I know your state.Heb 6:3: This will we do: if God permit.Jas 4:15: For that you ought to say: If the Lord will: we will live: and do this: or that.
και κατελθων εις καισαρειαν αναβας και ασπασαμενος την εκκλησιαν κατεβη εις αντιοχειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2718κατελθὼνkatelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατελθὼνkatelthōn
|
having landed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian
|
Caesarea,
|
N-AFS
|
G305ἀναβὰςanabas (V-APA-NMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβὰςanabas
|
having gone up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos
|
having greeted
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαν,ekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαν,ekklēsian
|
church,
|
N-AFS
|
G2597κατέβηkatebē (V-AIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηkatebē
|
he went down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G490Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian (N-AFS)
G490 Ἀντιόχεια Antiócheia an-tee-okh-i-ah from (a Syrian king); Antiochia, a place in Syria:--Antioch.
|
Ἀντιόχειαν,Antiocheian
|
Antioch.
|
N-AFS
|
22
When he had landed at Caesarea, and gone up, and saluted the church, he went down to Antioch.Acts 18:22
Stats
Rank: #5570 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 75 letters, 29 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατελθων εις καισαρειαν αναβας και ασπασαμενος την εκκλησιαν κατεβη εις αντιοχειαν
Lit: and having landed at Caesarea, having gone up and having greeted the church, he went down to Antioch.
KJV: And when he had landed at Caesarea, and gone up, and saluted the church, he went down to Antioch.
References
"Caesarea"Ac 8:40: But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities: till he came to Caesarea.Ac 10:1: 24: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 11:11: And: look: immediately there were 3 men already come to the house where I was: sent from Caesarea to me.Ac 18:22: When he had landed at Caesarea: and gone up: and saluted the church: he went down to Antioch.Ac 23:23: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;"gone"Ac 25:1: 9: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem."the church"Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ac 11:22: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 15:4: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 21:17-19: When we were come to Jerusalem: the brothers received us gladly."he went"Ac 11:19-27: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 13:1: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 14:26: there sailed to Antioch: from where they had been recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled.Ac 15:23: 30: 35: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:
Paul’s Third Missionary Journey to Asia Minor and Greece
και ποιησας χρονον τινα εξηλθεν διερχομενος καθεξης την γαλατικην χωραν και φρυγιαν επιστηριζων παντας τους μαθητας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
having stayed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
some,
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen
|
he went forth,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1330διερχόμενοςdierchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διερχόμενοςdierchomenos
|
passing through
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2517καθεξῆςkathexēs (Adv)
G2517 καθεξῆς kathexēs kath-ex-ace from κατά and ἑξῆς; thereafter, i.e. consecutively; as a noun (by ellipsis of noun) a subsequent person or time:--after(-ward), by (in) order.
|
καθεξῆςkathexēs
|
successively
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1054ΓαλατικὴνGalatikēn (Adj-AFS)
G1054 Γαλατικός Galatikós gal-at-ee-kos from Γαλατία; Galatic or relating to Galatia:--of Galatia.
|
ΓαλατικὴνGalatikēn
|
Galatian
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5561χώρανchōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρανchōran
|
region
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5435Φρυγίαν,Phrygian (N-AFS)
G5435 Φρυγία Phrygía froog-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor:--Phrygia.
|
Φρυγίαν,Phrygian
|
Phrygia,
|
N-AFS
|
G1991στηρίζωνstērizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1991 ἐπιστηρίζω epistērízō ep-ee-stay-rid-zo from ἐπί and στηρίζω; to support further, i.e. reestablish:--confirm, strengthen.
|
στηρίζωνstērizōn
|
strengthening
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητάς.mathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητάς.mathētas
|
disciples.
|
N-AMP
|
23
After he had spent some time there, he departed, and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all the disciples.Acts 18:23
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 21 words, 119 letters, 43 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ποιησας χρονον τινα εξηλθεν διερχομενος καθεξης την γαλατικην χωραν και φρυγιαν επιστηριζων παντας τους μαθητας
Lit: And having stayed time some, he went forth, passing through successively the Galatian region and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples.
KJV: And after he had spent some time there, he departed, and went over [all] the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all the disciples.
References
"the country"Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: 1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.Ga 1:2: All the brothers which are with me: to the churches of Galatia:Ga 4:14: My temptation which was in my flesh you not despised: nor rejected; but received me as an angel of God: even as Christ Jesus."strengthening"Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 15:32: 41: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ac 16:40: They went out of the prison: and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brothers: they comforted them: and departed.De 3:28: But charge Joshua: and encourage him: and strengthen him: for he will go over before this people: and he will cause them to inherit the land which you will see.Ezr 1:6: All they that were about them strengthened their hands with vessels of silver: with gold: with goods: and with beasts: and with precious things: beside all that was willingly offered.Isa 35:3: 4: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Da 11:1: Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede: even I: stood to confirm and to strengthen him.Lu 22:32: 43: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men.Heb 12:12: 13: For what reason lift up the hands which hang down: and the feeble knees;
ιουδαιος δε τις απολλως ονοματι αλεξανδρευς τω γενει ανηρ λογιος κατηντησεν εις εφεσον δυνατος ων εν ταις γραφαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2453ἸουδαῖοςIoudaios (Adj-NMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοςIoudaios
|
A Jew
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G625ἈπολλῶςApollōs (N-NMS)
G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶςApollōs
|
Apollos
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματι,onomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματι,onomati
|
named,
|
N-DNS
|
G221ἈλεξανδρεὺςAlexandreus (N-NMS)
G221 Ἀλεξανδρεύς Alexandreús al-ex-and-reuce from (the city so called); an Alexandreian or inhabitant of Alexandria:--of Alexandria, Alexandrian.
|
ἈλεξανδρεὺςAlexandreus
|
of Alexandria
|
N-NMS
|
G1085γένει,genei (N-DNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένει,genei
|
a native,
|
N-DNS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G3052λόγιος,logios (Adj-NMS)
G3052 λόγιος lógios log-ee-os from λόγος; fluent, i.e. an orator:--eloquent.
|
λόγιος,logios
|
eloquent,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2658κατήντησενkatēntēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατήντησενkatēntēsen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2181Ἔφεσον,Epheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἔφεσον,Epheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G1415δυνατὸςdynatos (Adj-NMS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸςdynatos
|
mighty
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1124γραφαῖς.graphais (N-DFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφαῖς.graphais
|
Scriptures.
|
N-DFP
|
24
A certain Jew named Apollos, born at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, came to Ephesus.Acts 18:24
Stats
Rank: #1750 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 16 words, 92 letters, 37 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιουδαιος δε τις απολλως ονοματι αλεξανδρευς τω γενει ανηρ λογιος κατηντησεν εις εφεσον δυνατος ων εν ταις γραφαις
Lit: A Jew now certain, Apollos named, of Alexandria a native, a man eloquent, came to Ephesus, mighty being in the Scriptures.
KJV: And a certain Jew named Apollos, born at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, came to Ephesus.
References
"Apollos"Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: 1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:5: 6: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 4:6: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.1Co 16:12: As touching our brother Apollos: I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time.Tit 3:13: Bring Zenas the lawyer and Apollos on their journey diligently: not thathing be wanting to them."Alexandria"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 27:6: There the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein."an"Ex 4:10: Moses said to the LORD: O my Lord: I am not eloquent: neither heretofore: nor since you have spoken to your servant: but I am slow of speech: and of a slow tongue.Isa 3:3: The captain of 50: and the honourable man: and the counseller: and the cunning artificer: and the eloquent orator.1Co 2:1: 2: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.2Co 10:10: For his letters: say they: are weighty and powerful; but his bodily presence is weak: and his speech contemptible."mighty"Ac 18:28: For He mightily convinced the Jews: and that publickly: shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.Ac 7:22: Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians: and was mighty in words and in deeds.Ezr 7:6: 12: This Ezra went up from Babylon; and He was a ready scribe in the law of Moses: which the LORD God of Israel had given: and the king granted Him all His request: according to the hand of the LORD His God upon Him.Mt 13:52: Then said he to them: Therefore every scribe which is instructed to the kingdom of heaven is like to a man that is an householder: which brings forth out of his treasure things new and old.Lu 24:19: He said to them: What things? And they said to Him: Concerning Jesus of Nazareth: which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people:Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.
ουτος ην κατηχημενος την οδον του κυριου και ζεων τω πνευματι ελαλει και εδιδασκεν ακριβως τα περι του κυριου επισταμενος μονον το βαπτισμα ιωαννου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2727κατηχημένοςkatēchēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G2727 κατηχέω katēchéō kat-ay-kheh-o from κατά and ἦχος; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by implication) to indoctrinate (catechize) or (genitive case) to apprise of:--inform, instruct, teach.
|
κατηχημένοςkatēchēmenos
|
instructed in
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2204ζέωνzeōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2204 ζέω zéō dzeh-o a primary verb; to be hot (boil, of liquids; or glow, of solids), i.e. (figuratively) be fervid (earnest):--be fervent.
|
ζέωνzeōn
|
being fervent
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
in spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
he was speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
was teaching
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G199ἀκριβῶςakribōs (Adv)
G199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs ak-ree-boce adverb from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactly:--circumspectly, diligently, perfect(-ly).
|
ἀκριβῶςakribōs
|
earnestly
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G1987ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos
|
knowing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G2491Ἰωάννου·Iōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννου·Iōannou
|
of John.
|
N-GMS
|
25
This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, He spoke and taught diligently the things of the Lord, knowing only the baptism of John.Acts 18:25
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 43 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος ην κατηχημενος την οδον του κυριου και ζεων τω πνευματι ελαλει και εδιδασκεν ακριβως τα περι του κυριου επισταμενος μονον το βαπτισμα ιωαννου
Lit: He was instructed in the way of the Lord. And being fervent in spirit, he was speaking and was teaching earnestly the things concerning Jesus, knowing only the baptism of John.
KJV: This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, he spake and taught diligently the things of the Lord, knowing only the baptism of John.
References
"instructed"Ac 13:10: Said: O full of all subtilty and all mischief: you child of the devil: you enemy of all righteousness: will you not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord?Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ac 19:9: 23: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ge 18:19: For I know Him: that He will command His children and His household after Him: and they will keep the way of the LORD: to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which He has spoken of Him.Jg 2:22: That through them I may prove Israel: whether they will keep the way of the LORD to walk therein: as their fathers did keep it: not or.1Sa 12:23: Moreover as for me: God forbid that I should sin against the LORD in ceasing to pray for you: but I will teach you the good and the right way:Ps 25:8: 9: Good and upright is the LORD: therefore will He teach sinners in the way.Ps 119:1: ALEPH. Blessed are the undefiled in the way: who walk in the law of the LORD.Isa 40:3: The voice of Him that cries in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the LORD: make straight in the desert a highway for our God.Jer 6:16: Thus says the LORD: Stand you in the ways: and see: and ask for the old paths: where is the good way: and walk therein: and you will find rest for your souls. But they said: We not will walk therein.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Mt 3:3: For this is He that'>He who was spoken of by the prophet Isaiah: saying: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Mr 1:3: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Mr 12:14: When they were come: they say to Him: Master: we know that you are true: and care for no man: for you regard not the person of men: but teach the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to give tribute to Caesar: not or?Lu 3:4: As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet: saying: The voice of one crying in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the Lord: make His paths straight.Joh 1:23: He said: I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness: Make straight the way of the Lord: as said the prophet Isaiah."fervent"Ro 12:11: Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;Col 1:28: 29: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.Jas 5:16: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much."knowing"Ac 19:3: He said to them: To what then were you baptized? And they said: To John's baptism.Mt 3:1-17: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Lu 3:1-38: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene: Joh 1:19-36: This is the record of John: when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him: Who are you?
ουτος τε ηρξατο παρρησιαζεσθαι εν τη συναγωγη ακουσαντες δε αυτου ακυλας και πρισκιλλα προσελαβοντο αυτον και ακριβεστερον αυτω εξεθεντο την του θεου οδον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3955παρρησιάζεσθαιparrēsiazesthai (V-PNM/P)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
παρρησιάζεσθαιparrēsiazesthai
|
to speak boldly
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4864συναγωγῇ.synagōgē (N-DFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῇ.synagōgē
|
synagogue.
|
N-DFS
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4252ΠρίσκιλλαPriskilla (N-NFS)
G4252 Πρίσκιλλα Prískilla pris-cil-lah diminutive of Πρίσκα; Priscilla (i.e. little Prisca), a Christian woman:--Priscilla.
|
ΠρίσκιλλαPriskilla
|
Priscilla
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G207ἈκύλαςAkylas (N-NMS)
G207 Ἀκύλας Akýlas ak-oo-las probably for Latin aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Israelite:--Aquila.
|
ἈκύλαςAkylas
|
Aquila,
|
N-NMS
|
G4355προσελάβοντοproselabonto (V-AIM-3P)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσελάβοντοproselabonto
|
they took to them
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G199ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs ak-ree-boce adverb from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactly:--circumspectly, diligently, perfect(-ly).
|
ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron
|
more accurately
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1620ἐξέθεντοexethento (V-AIM-3P)
G1620 ἐκτίθημι ektíthēmi ek-tith-ay-mee from ἐκ and τίθημι; to expose; figuratively, to declare:--cast out, expound.
|
ἐξέθεντοexethento
|
expounded
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
26
He began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took Him to them, and expounded to Him the way of God more perfectly.Acts 18:26
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 28 words, 133 letters, 50 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος τε ηρξατο παρρησιαζεσθαι εν τη συναγωγη ακουσαντες δε αυτου ακυλας και πρισκιλλα προσελαβοντο αυτον και ακριβεστερον αυτω εξεθεντο την του θεου οδον
Lit: He then began to speak boldly in the synagogue. Having heard however him Priscilla and Aquila, they took to them him and more accurately to him expounded the way of God.
KJV: And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly.
References
"to speak"Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: "Aquila"Ac 18:2: 3: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them."expounded"Ac 8:31: He said: How can I: except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Pr 1:5: A wise man will hear: and will increase learning; and a man of understanding will attain to wise counsels:Pr 9:9: Give instruction to a wise man: and he will be yet wiser: teach a just man: and he will increase in learning.Pr 22:17: 18: Bow down your ear: and hear the words of the wise: and apply your heart to my knowledge.Pr 25:12: As an earring of gold: and an ornament of fine gold: so is a wise reprover upon an obedient ear.Mt 18:3: 4: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Lu 19:26: For I say to you: That to every one which has will be given; and from him that has not: even that he has will be taken away from him.Lu 24:27: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.1Co 8:2: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.1Co 12:21: The eye cannot say to the hand: I have no need of you: nor again the head to the feet: I have no need of you.Heb 6:1: Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ: let us go on to perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works: and of faith toward God: 2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.
βουλομενου δε αυτου διελθειν εις την αχαιαν προτρεψαμενοι οι αδελφοι εγραψαν τοις μαθηταις αποδεξασθαι αυτον ος παραγενομενος συνεβαλετο πολυ τοις πεπιστευκοσιν δια της χαριτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1014Βουλομένουboulomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
Βουλομένουboulomenou
|
Resolving
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1330διελθεῖνdielthein (V-ANA)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθεῖνdielthein
|
to pass through
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G882ἈχαΐανAchaian (N-AFS)
G882 Ἀχαΐα Achaḯa ach-ah-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Achaia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe:--Achaia.
|
ἈχαΐανAchaian
|
Achaia,
|
N-AFS
|
G4389προτρεψάμενοιprotrepsamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4389 προτρέπομαι protrépomai prot-rep-om-ahee middle voice from πρό and the base of τροπή; to turn forward for oneself, i.e. encourage:--exhort.
|
προτρεψάμενοιprotrepsamenoi
|
having encouraged him,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G1125ἔγραψανegrapsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἔγραψανegrapsan
|
wrote
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3101μαθηταῖςmathētais (N-DMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταῖςmathētais
|
disciples
|
N-DMP
|
G588ἀποδέξασθαιapodexasthai (V-ANM)
G588 ἀποδέχομαι apodéchomai ap-od-ekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and δέχομαι; to take fully, i.e. welcome (persons), approve (things):--accept, receive (gladly).
|
ἀποδέξασθαιapodexasthai
|
to welcome
|
V-ANM
|
G846αὐτόν·auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν·auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
having arrived,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4820συνεβάλετοsynebaleto (V-AIM-3S)
G4820 συμβάλλω symbállō soom-bal-lo from σύν and βάλλω; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to converse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by implication) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:--confer, encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder.
|
συνεβάλετοsynebaleto
|
helped
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
greatly
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4100πεπιστευκόσινpepisteukosin (V-RPA-DMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκόσινpepisteukosin
|
having believed
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G5485χάριτος·charitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτος·charitos
|
grace.
|
N-GFS
|
27
When he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the brothers wrote, exhorting the disciples to receive him: who, when he was come, helped them much which had believed through grace:Acts 18:27
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 26 words, 143 letters, 53 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: βουλομενου δε αυτου διελθειν εις την αχαιαν προτρεψαμενοι οι αδελφοι εγραψαν τοις μαθηταις αποδεξασθαι αυτον ος παραγενομενος συνεβαλετο πολυ τοις πεπιστευκοσιν δια της χαριτος
Lit: Resolving then he to pass through into Achaia, having encouraged him, the brothers wrote to the disciples to welcome him, who having arrived, helped greatly those having believed through grace.
KJV: And when he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the brethren wrote, exhorting the disciples to receive him: who, when he was come, helped them much which had believed through grace:
References
"the brethren"Ac 9:27: But Barnabas took Him: and brought Him to the apostles: and declared to them how He had seen the Lord in the way: and that He had spoken to Him: and how He had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus.Ro 16:1: 2: I commend to you Phebe our sister: which is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea:1Co 16:3: When I come: whoever you will approve by your letters: them will I send to bring your liberality to Jerusalem.2Co 3:1: 2: Do we begin again to commend ourselves? or need we: as some others: epistles of commendation to you: or letters of commendation from you?"exhorting"Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)3Jo 1:8-10: We therefore ought to receive such: that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth."helped"1Co 3:6: 10-14: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.2Co 1:24: Not for that we have dominion over your faith: but are helpers of your joy: for by faith you stand.Php 1:25: Having this confidence: I know that I will abide and continue with you all for your furtherance and joy of faith;"believed"Joh 1:12: 13: But as many as received Him: to them gave He power to become the sons of God: even to them that believe on His name:Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.Eph 2:8-10: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Php 1:29: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead.2Th 2:13: 14: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:Tit 3:4-6: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: Jas 1:16-18: not Do err: my beloved brothers.1Pe 1:2: 3: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied.
ευτονως γαρ τοις ιουδαιοις διακατηλεγχετο δημοσια επιδεικνυς δια των γραφων ειναι τον χριστον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2159εὐτόνωςeutonōs (Adv)
G2159 εὐτόνως eutónōs yoo-ton-oce adverb from a compound of εὖ and a derivative of (to stretch); in a well-strung manner, i.e. (figuratively) intensely (in a good sense, cogently; in a bad one, fiercely):--mightily, vehemently.
|
εὐτόνωςeutonōs
|
Powerfully
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1246διακατηλέγχετοdiakatēlencheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1246 διακατελέγχομαι diakatelénchomai dee-ak-at-el-eng-khom-ahee middle voice from διά and a compound of κατά and ἐλέγχω; to prove downright, i.e. confute:--convince.
|
διακατηλέγχετοdiakatēlencheto
|
he was refuting
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1219δημοσίᾳdēmosia (Adj-DFS)
G1219 δημόσιος dēmósios day-mosee-os from δῆμος; public; (feminine singular dative case as adverb) in public:--common, openly, publickly.
|
δημοσίᾳdēmosia
|
publicly,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1925ἐπιδεικνὺςepideiknys (V-PPA-NMS)
G1925 ἐπιδείκνυμι epideíknymi ep-ee-dike-noo-mee from ἐπί and δεικνύω; to exhibit (physically or mentally):--shew.
|
ἐπιδεικνὺςepideiknys
|
showing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G1124γραφῶνgraphōn (N-GFP)
G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφῶνgraphōn
|
Scriptures
|
N-GFP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
28
For He mightily convinced the Jews, and that publickly, shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.Acts 18:28
Stats
Rank: #6336 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 15 words, 85 letters, 24 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευτονως γαρ τοις ιουδαιοις διακατηλεγχετο δημοσια επιδεικνυς δια των γραφων ειναι τον χριστον ιησουν
Lit: Powerfully for the Jews he was refuting publicly, showing by the Scriptures to be the Christ Jesus.
KJV: For he mightily convinced the Jews, and that publickly, shewing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ.
References
"convinced"Ac 18:5: 25: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 9:22: But Saul increased the more in strength: and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus: proving that this is very Christ.Ac 17:3: Opening and alleging: that Christ must needs have suffered: and risen again from the dead; and that this Jesus: whom I preach to you: is Christ.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Lu 24:27: 44: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;Heb 7:1-10: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;"shewing"Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.
19
In Ephesus
The Holy Spirit Received
εγενετο δε εν τω τον απολλω ειναι εν κορινθω παυλον διελθοντα τα ανωτερικα μερη ελθειν εις εφεσον και ευρων τινας μαθητας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
while
|
Prep
|
G625ἈπολλῶApollō (N-AMS)
G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶApollō
|
Apollos
|
N-AMS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
was
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2882ΚορίνθῳKorinthō (N-DFS)
G2882 Κόρινθος Kórinthos kor-in-thos of uncertain derivation; Corinthus, a city of Greece:--Corinth.
|
ΚορίνθῳKorinthō
|
Corinth,
|
N-DFS
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G1330διελθόνταdielthonta (V-APA-AMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθόνταdielthonta
|
having passed through
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G510ἀνωτερικὰanōterika (Adj-ANP)
G510 ἀνωτερικός anōterikós an-o-ter-ee-kos from ἀνώτερος; superior, i.e. (locally) more remote:--upper.
|
ἀνωτερικὰanōterika
|
upper
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3313μέρηmerē (N-ANP)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρηmerē
|
parts
|
N-ANP
|
G2064ἐλθεῖνelthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖνelthein
|
to come
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2181ἜφεσονEpheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἜφεσονEpheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρεῖνheurein (V-ANA)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεῖνheurein
|
having found
|
V-ANA
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G3101μαθητάς,mathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητάς,mathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
1
And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples,
Acts 19:1
Stats
Rank: #512 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 21 words, 119 letters, 44 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε εν τω τον απολλω ειναι εν κορινθω παυλον διελθοντα τα ανωτερικα μερη ελθειν εις εφεσον και ευρων τινας μαθητας
Lit: It came to pass now, while Apollos was in Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper parts to come to Ephesus, and having found certain disciples,
KJV: And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples,
References
"that"Ac 18:24-28: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:4-7: For while one says: I am of Paul; and another: I am of Apollos; are you not carnal?1Co 16:12: As touching our brother Apollos: I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time."Paul"Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples."came"Ac 18:19-21: He came to Ephesus: and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue: and reasoned with the Jews.
ειπεν προς αυτους ει πνευμα αγιον ελαβετε πιστευσαντες οι δε ειπον προς αυτον αλλ ουδε ει πνευμα αγιον εστιν ηκουσαμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
he said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
the Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-ANS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2983ἐλάβετεelabete (V-AIA-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἐλάβετεelabete
|
did you receive,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G4100πιστεύσαντες;pisteusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσαντες;pisteusantes
|
having believed?
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And they said
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G235Ἀλλ’All’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’All’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδ’oud’ (Adv)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδ’oud’
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
that a
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G191ἠκούσαμεν.ēkousamen (V-AIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσαμεν.ēkousamen
|
did we hear.
|
V-AIA-1P
|
2
He said to them, Have you received the Holy Ghost since you believed? And they said to Him, We not have so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost.
Acts 19:2
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 28 words, 121 letters, 47 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν προς αυτους ει πνευμα αγιον ελαβετε πιστευσαντες οι δε ειπον προς αυτον αλλ ουδε ει πνευμα αγιον εστιν ηκουσαμεν
Lit: he said also to them, If the Spirit Holy did you receive, having believed? And they said to him, But not even that a Spirit Holy there is, did we hear.
KJV: He said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost.
References
"Have ye"Ac 19:5: When they heard this: they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.Ac 2:17: 38: 39: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 8:15-17: Who: when they were come down: prayed for them: that they might receive the Holy Ghost:Ac 10:44: While Peter yet spoke these words: the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.Ac 11:15-17: As I began to speak: the Holy Ghost fell on them: as on us at the beginning.Ro 1:11: For I long to see you: that I may impart to you some spiritual gift: to the end you may be established;"We have"1Sa 3:7: Now Samuel not did yet know the LORD: neither was the word of the LORD yet revealed to Him.Joh 7:39: (But this spoke He of the Spirit: which they that believe on Him should receive: for the Holy Ghost not was yet given; because that Jesus not was yet glorified.)1Co 6:19: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?1Co 12:1-11: Now concerning spiritual gifts: brothers: I not would have you ignorant.Ga 3:5: He therefore that ministers to you the Spirit: and works miracles among you: doeth He it by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?
ειπεν τε προς αυτους εις τι ουν εβαπτισθητε οι δε ειπον εις το ιωαννου βαπτισμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπένeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G1519ΕἰςEis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
ΕἰςEis
|
Into
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθητε;ebaptisthēte (V-AIP-2P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθητε;ebaptisthēte
|
were you baptized?
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519ΕἰςEis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
ΕἰςEis
|
Into
|
Prep
|
G2491ἸωάννουIōannou (N-GMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννουIōannou
|
Johns
|
N-GMS
|
G908βάπτισμα.baptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμα.baptisma
|
baptism.
|
N-ANS
|
3
He said to them, To what then were you baptized? And they said, To John's baptism.
Acts 19:3
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 14 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν τε προς αυτους εις τι ουν εβαπτισθητε οι δε ειπον εις το ιωαννου βαπτισμα
Lit: He said then, Into what then were you baptized? And they said, Into Johns baptism.
KJV: And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism.
References
"Unto what"Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit."Unto John's"Ac 18:25: This man was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit: He spoke and taught diligently the things of the Lord: knowing only the baptism of John.Mt 3:1-17: In those days came John the Baptist: preaching in the wilderness of Judaea: Lu 3:1-38: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene:
ειπεν δε παυλος ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν βαπτισμα μετανοιας τω λαω λεγων εις τον ερχομενον μετ αυτον ινα πιστευσωσιν τουτ εστιν εις τον χριστον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John
|
N-NMS
|
G907ἐβάπτισενebaptisen (V-AIA-3S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισενebaptisen
|
baptized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G908βάπτισμαbaptisma (N-ANS)
G908 βάπτισμα báptisma bap-tis-mah from βαπτίζω; baptism (technically or figuratively):--baptism.
|
βάπτισμαbaptisma
|
a baptism
|
N-ANS
|
G3341μετανοίας,metanoias (N-GFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίας,metanoias
|
of repentance,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
telling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενονerchomenon
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
after
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύσωσιν,pisteusōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσωσιν,pisteusōsin
|
they should believe,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
4
Then said Paul, John truly baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying to the people, that they should believe on Him which should come after Him, that is, on Christ Jesus.
Acts 19:4
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 26 words, 143 letters, 52 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε παυλος ιωαννης μεν εβαπτισεν βαπτισμα μετανοιας τω λαω λεγων εις τον ερχομενον μετ αυτον ινα πιστευσωσιν τουτ εστιν εις τον χριστον ιησουν
Lit: Said then Paul, John baptized a baptism of repentance, the people telling in the One coming after him that they should believe, that is, in Jesus.
KJV: Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus.
References
"John"Ac 1:5: For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Ac 11:16: Then remembered I the word of the Lord: how that He said: John indeed baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:23-25: Of this man's seed has God according to His promise raised to Israel a Saviour: Jesus:Mt 3:11: 12: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Mt 11:3-5: Said to him: Are you he who should come: or do we look for another?Mt 21:25-32: The baptism of John: where was it? from heaven: or of men? And they reasoned with themselves: saying: If we will say: From heaven; he will say to us: Why did you not then believe him?Mr 1:1-12: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Lu 1:76-79: you: child: will be called the prophet of the High: for you will go before the face of the Lord to prepare His ways;Lu 3:16-18: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Joh 1:15: 27: 29-34: John bare witness of him: and cried: saying: This was he of whom I spoke: He who comes after me is preferred before me: for he was before me.Joh 3:28-36: You yourselves bear me witness: that I said: I not am the Christ: but that I am sent before Him.Joh 5:33-35: You sent to John: and he bare witness to the truth.
ακουσαντες δε εβαπτισθησαν εις το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθησανebaptisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθησανebaptisthēsan
|
they were baptized
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
5
When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.Acts 19:5
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 13 words, 56 letters, 20 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε εβαπτισθησαν εις το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
Lit: Having heard then, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.
KJV: When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.
References
"they"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 8:12: 16: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ro 6:3: 4: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?1Co 1:13-15: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?1Co 10:2: Were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the sea;
και επιθεντος αυτοις του παυλου τας χειρας ηλθεν το πνευμα το αγιον επ αυτους ελαλουν τε γλωσσαις και προεφητευον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθέντοςepithentos (V-APA-GMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθέντοςepithentos
|
having laid
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
on them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G3588[τὰς]tas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τὰς]tas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G2064ἦλθεēlthe (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθεēlthe
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them;
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2980ἐλάλουνelaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλουνelaloun
|
they were speaking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
in tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4395ἐπροφήτευον.eprophēteuon (V-IIA-3P)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
ἐπροφήτευον.eprophēteuon
|
prophesying.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
6
When Paul had laid His hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues, and prophesied.Acts 19:6
Stats
Rank: #3211 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επιθεντος αυτοις του παυλου τας χειρας ηλθεν το πνευμα το αγιον επ αυτους ελαλουν τε γλωσσαις και προεφητευον
Lit: And having laid on them Paul the hands, came the Spirit Holy upon them; they were speaking then in tongues and prophesying.
KJV: And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied.
References
"laid"Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 8:17-19: Then laid they their hands on them: and they received the Holy Ghost.Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Ti 1:6: For what reason I put you in remembrance that you stir up the gift of God: which is in you by the putting on of my hands."the Holy Ghost"Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:45: 46: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.1Co 12:8-11: 28-30: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;"and prophesied"1Co 14:1-25: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.
ησαν δε οι παντες ανδρες ωσει δεκαδυο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
in all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv)
G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
about
|
Adv
|
G1427δώδεκα.dōdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα.dōdeka
|
twelve.
|
Adj-NMP
|
7
All the men were about 12.Acts 19:7
Stats
Counts: 34 characters, 7 words, 27 letters, 11 vowels, 16 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε οι παντες ανδρες ωσει δεκαδυο
Lit: There were then the in all men about twelve.
KJV: And all the men were about twelve.
Paul Ministers
εισελθων δε εις την συναγωγην επαρρησιαζετο επι μηνας τρεις διαλεγομενος και πειθων τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1525ΕἰσελθὼνEiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
ΕἰσελθὼνEiselthōn
|
Having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4864συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn (N-AFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴνsynagōgēn
|
synagogue,
|
N-AFS
|
G3955ἐπαρρησιάζετοeparrēsiazeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
ἐπαρρησιάζετοeparrēsiazeto
|
he was speaking boldly
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1256διαλεγόμενοςdialegomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλεγόμενοςdialegomenos
|
reasoning
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3982πείθωνpeithōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείθωνpeithōn
|
persuading
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
8
He went into the synagogue, and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Acts 19:8
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 23 words, 119 letters, 40 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: εισελθων δε εις την συναγωγην επαρρησιαζετο επι μηνας τρεις διαλεγομενος και πειθων τα περι της βασιλειας του θεου
Lit: Having entered then into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for months three, reasoning and persuading concerning the kingdom of God.
KJV: And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.
References
"went"Ac 13:14: 46: But when they departed from Perga: they came to Antioch in Pisidia: and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day: and sat down.Ac 14:1: It came to pass in Iconium: that they went both together into the synagogue of the Jews: and so spoke: that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:"disputing"Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 1:3: To whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs: being seen of them 40 days: and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:Ac 9:20-22: Straightway He preached Christ in the synagogues: that He is the Son of God.Ac 17:1-3: 17: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 18:4: 19: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Jude 1:3: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints.
ως δε τινες εσκληρυνοντο και ηπειθουν κακολογουντες την οδον ενωπιον του πληθους αποστας απ αυτων αφωρισεν τους μαθητας καθ ημεραν διαλεγομενος εν τη σχολη τυραννου τινος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G4645ἐσκληρύνοντοesklērynonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.
|
ἐσκληρύνοντοesklērynonto
|
were hardened
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G544ἠπείθουνēpeithoun (V-IIA-3P)
G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.
|
ἠπείθουνēpeithoun
|
were disbelieving,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2551κακολογοῦντεςkakologountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2551 κακολογέω kakologéō kak-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of κακός and λόγος; to revile:--curse, speak evil of.
|
κακολογοῦντεςkakologountes
|
speaking evil of
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὉδὸνHodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὉδὸνHodon
|
Way
|
N-AFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4128πλήθους,plēthous (N-GNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλήθους,plēthous
|
multitude,
|
N-GNS
|
G868ἀποστὰςapostas (V-APA-NMS)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀποστὰςapostas
|
having departed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G873ἀφώρισενaphōrisen (V-AIA-3S)
G873 ἀφορίζω aphorízō af-or-id-zo from ἀπό and ὁρίζω; to set off by boundary, i.e. (figuratively) limit, exclude, appoint, etc.:--divide, separate, sever.
|
ἀφώρισενaphōrisen
|
he took separately
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητάς,mathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητάς,mathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G1256διαλεγόμενοςdialegomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλεγόμενοςdialegomenos
|
reasoning
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4981σχολῇscholē (N-DFS)
G4981 σχολή scholḗ skhol-ay probably feminine of a presumed derivative of the alternate of ἔχω; properly, loitering (as a withholding of oneself from work) or leisure, i.e. (by implication) a school (as vacation from physical employment):--school.
|
σχολῇscholē
|
lecture hall
|
N-DFS
|
G5181Τυράννου.Tyrannou (N-GMS)
G5181 Τύραννος Týrannos too-ran-nos a provincial form of the derivative of the base of κύριος; a tyrant; Tyrannus, an Ephesian:--Tyrannus.
|
Τυράννου.Tyrannou
|
of Tyrannus.
|
N-GMS
|
9
But when divers were hardened, and not believed, but spoke evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Acts 19:9
Stats
Counts: 196 characters, 28 words, 158 letters, 60 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε τινες εσκληρυνοντο και ηπειθουν κακολογουντες την οδον ενωπιον του πληθους αποστας απ αυτων αφωρισεν τους μαθητας καθ ημεραν διαλεγομενος εν τη σχολη τυραννου τινος
Lit: When however some were hardened and were disbelieving, speaking evil of the Way before the multitude, having departed from them, he took separately the disciples, every day reasoning in the lecture hall of Tyrannus.
KJV: But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.
References
"divers"Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ac 13:45: 46: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.2Ki 17:14: Notwithstanding they not would hear: but hardened their necks: like to the neck of their fathers: that not did believe in the LORD their God.2Ch 30:8: Now be you not stiffnecked: as your fathers were: but yield yourselves to the LORD: and enter into His sanctuary: which He has sanctified for ever: and serve the LORD your God: that the fierceness of His wrath may turn away from you.2Ch 36:16: But they mocked the messengers of God: and despised His words: and misused His prophets: until the wrath of the LORD arose against His people: till there was no remedy.Ne 9:16: 17: 29: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Ps 95:8: not Harden your heart: as in the provocation: and as in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Isa 8:14: He will be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel: for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem.Jer 7:26: Yet they listened not to me: nor inclined their ear: but hardened their neck: they did worse than their fathers.Jer 19:15: Thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Look: I will bring upon this city and upon all her towns all the evil that I have pronounced against it: because they have hardened their necks: that they not might hear my words.Joh 12:40: He has blinded their eyes: and hardened their heart; that they not should see with their eyes: nor understand with their heart: and be converted: and I should heal them.Ro 9:18: Therefore has he mercy on whom he will have mercy: and whom he will he hardens.Ro 11:7: What then? Israel has not obtained that which he seeks for; but the election has obtained it: and the rest were blindedHeb 3:13: But exhort one another daily: while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin."but spake"Ac 19:23: The same time there arose no small stir about that way.Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 22:4: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ac 24:21: Except it be for this one voice: that I cried standing among them: Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.2Ti 1:15: This you know: that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes.2Pe 2:2: 12: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of.Jude 1:10: But these speak evil of those things which they not know: but what they know naturally: as brute beasts: in those things they corrupt themselves."he departed"Ac 14:4: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews: and part with the apostles.Ac 17:4: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Ac 18:7: 8: He departed there: and entered into a certain man's house: named Justus: one that worshipped God: whose house joined hard to the synagogue.Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.Mt 16:4: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks after a sign; and there will no sign be given to it: but the sign of the prophet Jonas. And he left them: and departed.Lu 12:51-53: Suppose you that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you: No; but rather division:1Ti 6:5: Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds: and destitute of the truth: supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw yourself.2Ti 3:5: Having a form of godliness: but denying the power thereof: from such turn away."daily"Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Pr 8:34: Blessed is the man that hears me: watching daily at my gates: waiting at the posts of my doors.Mt 26:55: In that same hour said Jesus to the multitudes: Are you come out as against a thief with swords and staves for to take me? I sat daily with you teaching in the temple: and you laid no hold on me.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
τουτο δε εγενετο επι ετη δυο ωστε παντας τους κατοικουντας την ασιαν ακουσαι τον λογον του κυριου ιησου ιουδαιους τε και ελληνας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
continued
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-ANP
|
G1417δύο,dyo (Adj-ANP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο,dyo
|
two,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G773ἈσίανAsian (N-AFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίανAsian
|
Asia
|
N-AFS
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
heard
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672Ἕλληνας.Hellēnas (N-AMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
Ἕλληνας.Hellēnas
|
Greeks.
|
N-AMP
|
10
This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks.Acts 19:10
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 26 words, 108 letters, 37 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε εγενετο επι ετη δυο ωστε παντας τους κατοικουντας την ασιαν ακουσαι τον λογον του κυριου ιησου ιουδαιους τε και ελληνας
Lit: This then continued for years two, so that all those inhabiting Asia heard the word of the Lord, Jews both and Greeks.
KJV: And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks.
References
"this"Ac 18:11: He continued there a year and 6 months: teaching the word of God among them.Ac 20:18: 31: When they were come to him: he said to them: You know: from the first day that I came into Asia: after what manner I have been with you at all seasons: Ro 10:18: But I say: Have not they heard? Yes truly: their sound went into all the earth: and their words to the ends of the world."Asia"Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: 2Ti 1:15: This you know: that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: Re 1:4: 11: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;"both"Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 20:20: 21: And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you: but have showed you: and have taught you publickly: and from house to house: Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 10:12: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:22-24: For the Jews require a sign: and the Greeks seek after wisdom:Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
δυναμεις τε ου τας τυχουσας εποιει ο θεος δια των χειρων παυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1411ΔυνάμειςDynameis (N-AFP)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
ΔυνάμειςDynameis
|
Miracles
|
N-AFP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5177τυχούσαςtychousas (V-APA-AFP)
G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυχούσαςtychousas
|
being ordinary,
|
V-APA-AFP
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ἐποίειepoiei (V-IIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίειepoiei
|
was performing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
11
God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Acts 19:11
Stats
Rank: #2646 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 10 words, 44 letters, 15 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: δυναμεις τε ου τας τυχουσας εποιει ο θεος δια των χειρων παυλου
Lit: Miracles then not being ordinary, God was performing by the hands of Paul,
KJV: And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:
References
"And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:"Ac 5:12: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ac 15:12: Then all the multitude kept silence: and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul: declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them.Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Mr 16:17-20: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.Ro 15:18: 19: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: Ga 3:5: He therefore that ministers to you the Spirit: and works miracles among you: doeth He it by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?
ωστε και επι τους ασθενουντας επιφερεσθαι απο του χρωτος αυτου σουδαρια η σιμικινθια και απαλλασσεσθαι απ αυτων τας νοσους τα τε πνευματα τα πονηρα εξερχεσθαι απ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G770ἀσθενοῦνταςasthenountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενοῦνταςasthenountas
|
ailing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G667ἀποφέρεσθαιapopheresthai (V-PNM/P)
G667 ἀποφέρω apophérō ap-of-er-o from ἀπό and φέρω; to bear off (literally or relatively):--bring, carry (away).
|
ἀποφέρεσθαιapopheresthai
|
were brought
|
V-PNM/P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5559χρωτὸςchrōtos (N-GMS)
G5559 χρώς chrṓs khroce probably akin to the base of χράομαι through the idea of handling; the body (properly, its surface or skin):--body.
|
χρωτὸςchrōtos
|
skin
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4676σουδάριαsoudaria (N-ANP)
G4676 σουδάριον soudárion soo-dar-ee-on of Latin origin; a sudarium (sweat-cloth), i.e. towel (for wiping the perspiration from the face, or binding the face of a corpse):--handkerchief, napkin.
|
σουδάριαsoudaria
|
handkerchiefs
|
N-ANP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4612σιμικίνθιαsimikinthia (N-ANP)
G4612 σιμικίνθιον simikínthion sim-ee-kin-thee-on of Latin origin; a semicinctium or half-girding, i.e. narrow covering (apron):--apron.
|
σιμικίνθιαsimikinthia
|
aprons,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G525ἀπαλλάσσεσθαιapallassesthai (V-PNM/P)
G525 ἀπαλλάσσω apallássō ap-al-las-so from ἀπό and ἀλλάσσω; to change away, i.e. release, (reflexively) remove:--deliver, depart.
|
ἀπαλλάσσεσθαιapallassesthai
|
departed
|
V-PNM/P
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3554νόσους,nosous (N-AFP)
G3554 νόσος nósos nos-os of uncertain affinity; a malady (rarely figuratively, of moral disability):--disease, infirmity, sickness.
|
νόσους,nosous
|
diseases,
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τάta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τάta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-ANP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-ANP
|
G4190πονηρὰponēra (Adj-ANP)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὰponēra
|
evil
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεσθαι.ekporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεσθαι.ekporeuesthai
|
left.
|
V-PNM/P
|
12
So that from his body were brought to the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them.Acts 19:12
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 25 words, 120 letters, 42 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε και επι τους ασθενουντας επιφερεσθαι απο του χρωτος αυτου σουδαρια η σιμικινθια και απαλλασσεσθαι απ αυτων τας νοσους τα τε πνευματα τα πονηρα εξερχεσθαι απ αυτων
Lit: so that even to the ailing were brought from the skin of him handkerchiefs or aprons, and departed from them the diseases, the also spirits evil left.
KJV: So that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them.
References
"So that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them."Ac 5:15: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.2Ki 4:29-31: Then he said to Gehazi: Gird up your loins: and take my staff in your hand: and go your way: if you meet any man: greet not him; and if any greet you: answer not him again: and lay my staff upon the face of the child.2Ki 13:20: 21: Elisha died: and they buried him. And the bands of the Moabites invaded the land at the coming in of the year.
The Sons of Sceva
επεχειρησαν δε τινες απο των περιερχομενων ιουδαιων εξορκιστων ονομαζειν επι τους εχοντας τα πνευματα τα πονηρα το ονομα του κυριου ιησου λεγοντες ορκιζομεν υμας τον ιησουν ον ο παυλος κηρυσσει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2021ἘπεχείρησανEpecheirēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2021 ἐπιχειρέω epicheiréō ep-ee-khi-reh-o from ἐπί and χείρ; to put the hand upon, i.e. undertake:--go about, take in hand (upon).
|
ἘπεχείρησανEpecheirēsan
|
Attempted
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some of
|
IPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4022περιερχομένωνperierchomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G4022 περιέρχομαι periérchomai per-ee-er-khom-ahee from περί and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come all around, i.e. stroll, vacillate, veer:--fetch a compass, vagabond, wandering about.
|
περιερχομένωνperierchomenōn
|
itinerant
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1845ἐξορκιστῶνexorkistōn (N-GMP)
G1845 ἐξορκιστής exorkistḗs ex-or-kis-tace from ἐξορκίζω; one that binds by an oath (or spell), i.e. (by implication) an exorcist (conjurer):--exorcist.
|
ἐξορκιστῶνexorkistōn
|
exorcists,
|
N-GMP
|
G3687ὀνομάζεινonomazein (V-PNA)
G3687 ὀνομάζω onomázō on-om-ad-zo from ὄνομα; to name, i.e. assign an appellation; by extension, to utter, mention, profess:--call, name.
|
ὀνομάζεινonomazein
|
to invoke
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-ANP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-ANP
|
G4190πονηρὰponēra (Adj-ANP)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὰponēra
|
evil
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3726ὉρκίζωHorkizō (V-PIA-1S)
G3726 ὁρκίζω horkízō hor-kid-zo from ὅρκος; to put on oath, i.e. make swear; by analogy, to solemnly enjoin:--adjure, charge.
|
ὉρκίζωHorkizō
|
I adjure
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
by
|
Art-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G2784κηρύσσει.kēryssei (V-PIA-3S)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσει.kēryssei
|
proclaims.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
13
Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.
Acts 19:13
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 29 words, 144 letters, 53 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: επεχειρησαν δε τινες απο των περιερχομενων ιουδαιων εξορκιστων ονομαζειν επι τους εχοντας τα πνευματα τα πονηρα το ονομα του κυριου ιησου λεγοντες ορκιζομεν υμας τον ιησουν ον ο παυλος κηρυσσει
Lit: Attempted now some of also of the itinerant Jews, exorcists, to invoke over those having spirits evil the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, I adjure you by Jesus whom Paul proclaims.
KJV: Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth.
References
"vagabond"Ge 4:12: 14: When you till the ground: it will not henceforth yield to you her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond will you be in the earth.Ps 109:10: Let his children be continually vagabonds: and beg: let them seek their bread also out of their desolate places."exorcists"Mt 12:27: If I by Beelzebub cast out devils: by whom do your children cast them out? therefore they will be your judges.Lu 11:19: If I by Beelzebub cast out devils: by whom do your sons cast them out? therefore will they be your judges."took"Ac 8:18: 19: When Simon saw that through laying on of the apostles' hands the Holy Ghost was given: He offered them money: Mr 9:38: John answered him: saying: Master: we saw one casting out devils in your name: and he follows'>follows not us: and we forbad him: because he follows'>follows not us.Lu 9:49: John answered and said: Master: we saw one casting out devils in your name; and we forbad him: because he follows not with us."adjure"Jos 6:26: Joshua adjured them at that time: saying: Cursed be the man before the LORD: that rises up and builds this city Jericho: He will lay the foundation thereof in His firstborn: and in His youngest son will He set up the gates of it.1Sa 14:24: The men of Israel were distressed that day: for Saul had adjured the people: saying: Cursed be the man that eats any food until evening: that I may be avenged on my enemies. So none of the people tasted any food.1Ki 22:16: The king said to Him: How many times will I adjure you that you tell not mehing but that which is true in the name of the LORD?Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.
ησαν δε τινες υιοι σκευα ιουδαιου αρχιερεως επτα οι τουτο ποιουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
They were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
certain
|
IPro-GMS
|
G4630ΣκευᾶSkeua (N-GMS)
G4630 Σκευᾶς Skeuâs skyoo-as apparently of Latin origin; left-handed; Scevas (i.e. Scævus), an Israelite:--Sceva.
|
ΣκευᾶSkeua
|
of Sceva,
|
N-GMS
|
G2453ἸουδαίουIoudaiou (Adj-GMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουIoudaiou
|
a Jew,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs (N-GMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωςarchiereōs
|
a high priest,
|
N-GMS
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5207υἱοὶhuioi (N-NMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὶhuioi
|
sons,
|
N-NMP
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιοῦντες.poiountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦντες.poiountes
|
were doing.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
14
There were 7 sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so.Acts 19:14
Stats
Counts: 88 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε τινες υιοι σκευα ιουδαιου αρχιερεως επτα οι τουτο ποιουντες
Lit: They were now certain of Sceva, a Jew, a high priest, seven sons, this were doing.
KJV: And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, [and] chief of the priests, which did so.
αποκριθεν δε το πνευμα το πονηρον ειπεν τον ιησουν γινωσκω και τον παυλον επισταμαι υμεις δε τινες εστε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611ἀποκριθὲνapokrithen (V-APP-NNS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθὲνapokrithen
|
Answering
|
V-APP-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G4190πονηρὸνponēron (Adj-NNS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὸνponēron
|
evil
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
- ,
|
Art-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G1097γινώσκωginōskō (V-PIA-1S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκωginōskō
|
I know,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G1987ἐπίσταμαι·epistamai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίσταμαι·epistamai
|
I am acquainted with;
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G5101τίνεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνεςtines
|
who
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1510ἐστέ;este (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστέ;este
|
are you?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
15
The evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are you?
Acts 19:15
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 26 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκριθεν δε το πνευμα το πονηρον ειπεν τον ιησουν γινωσκω και τον παυλον επισταμαι υμεις δε τινες εστε
Lit: Answering however, the spirit evil said to them - , Jesus I know, and Paul I am acquainted with; you however, who are you?
KJV: And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye?
References
"And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye?"Ac 16:17: 18: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ge 3:1-5: Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And He said to the woman: Yes: has God said: You will not eat of every tree of the garden?1Ki 22:21-23: There came forth a spirit: and stood before the LORD: and said: I will persuade Him.Mt 8:29-31: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Mr 1:24: 34: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Mr 5:9-13: He asked him: What is your name? And he answered: saying: My name is Legion: for we are many.Lu 4:33-35: In the synagogue there was a man: which had a spirit of an unclean devil: and cried out with a loud voice: Lu 8:28-32: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.
και εφαλλομενος επ αυτους ο ανθρωπος εν ω ην το πνευμα το πονηρον και κατακυριευσας αυτων ισχυσεν κατ αυτων ωστε γυμνους και τετραυματισμενους εκφυγειν εκ του οικου εκεινου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2177ἐφαλόμενοςephalomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G2177 ἐφάλλομαι ephállomai ef-al-lom-ahee from ἐπί and ἅλλομαι; to spring upon:--leap on.
|
ἐφαλόμενοςephalomenos
|
having leapt
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺς,autous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G4190πονηρὸν,ponēron (Adj-NNS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὸν,ponēron
|
evil,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2634κατακυριεύσαςkatakyrieusas (V-APA-NMS)
G2634 κατακυριεύω katakyrieúō kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo-o from κατά and κυριεύω; to lord against, i.e. control, subjugate:--exercise dominion over (lordship), be lord over, overcome.
|
κατακυριεύσαςkatakyrieusas
|
having overpowered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G297ἀμφοτέρωνamphoterōn (Adj-GMP)
G297 ἀμφότερος amphóteros am-fot-er-os comparative of (around); (in plural) both:--both.
|
ἀμφοτέρωνamphoterōn
|
them all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2480ἴσχυσενischysen (V-AIA-3S)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυσενischysen
|
he prevailed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj)
G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1131γυμνοὺςgymnous (Adj-AMP)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνοὺςgymnous
|
naked
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5135τετραυματισμένουςtetraumatismenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G5135 τραυματίζω traumatízō trow-mat-id-zo from τραῦμα; to inflict a wound:--wound.
|
τετραυματισμένουςtetraumatismenous
|
wounded
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G1628ἐκφυγεῖνekphygein (V-ANA)
G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.
|
ἐκφυγεῖνekphygein
|
they fled
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3624οἴκουoikou (N-GMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκουoikou
|
house
|
N-GMS
|
G1565ἐκείνου.ekeinou (DPro-GMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνου.ekeinou
|
that.
|
DPro-GMS
|
16
The man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded.Acts 19:16
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 124 letters, 48 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εφαλλομενος επ αυτους ο ανθρωπος εν ω ην το πνευμα το πονηρον και κατακυριευσας αυτων ισχυσεν κατ αυτων ωστε γυμνους και τετραυματισμενους εκφυγειν εκ του οικου εκεινου
Lit: And having leapt the man on them in whom was the spirit evil, having overpowered them all, he prevailed against them so that naked and wounded they fled out of the house that.
KJV: And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded.
References
"And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded."Mr 5:3: 4: 15: Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him: no: not with chains:Lu 8:29: 35: (For he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands: and was driven of the devil into the wilderness.)
τουτο δε εγενετο γνωστον πασιν ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν τοις κατοικουσιν την εφεσον και επεπεσεν φοβος επι παντας αυτους και εμεγαλυνετο το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλλησινHellēsin (N-DMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλλησινHellēsin
|
Greeks,
|
N-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin
|
inhabiting
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G2181Ἔφεσον,Epheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἔφεσον,Epheson
|
Ephesus;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1968ἐπέπεσενepepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπέπεσενepepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5401φόβοςphobos (N-NMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβοςphobos
|
fear
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3170ἐμεγαλύνετοemegalyneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3170 μεγαλύνω megalýnō meg-al-oo-no from μέγας; to make (or declare) great, i.e. increase or (figuratively) extol:--enlarge, magnify, shew great.
|
ἐμεγαλύνετοemegalyneto
|
was being magnified
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
17
This was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.Acts 19:17
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 27 words, 113 letters, 40 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε εγενετο γνωστον πασιν ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν τοις κατοικουσιν την εφεσον και επεπεσεν φοβος επι παντας αυτους και εμεγαλυνετο το ονομα του κυριου ιησου
Lit: This now became known to all Jews both and Greeks, those inhabiting Ephesus; and fell fear upon all them, and was being magnified the name of the Lord Jesus.
KJV: And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.
References
"and fear"Ac 2:43: Fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles.Ac 5:5: 11: 13: Ananias hearing these words fell down: and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.Ac 13:12: Then the deputy: when He saw what was done: believed: being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord.Le 10:3: Then Moses said to Aaron: This is it that the LORD spoke: saying: I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me: and before all the people I will be glorified. And Aaron held His peace.1Sa 6:20: The men of Bethshemesh said: Who is able to stand before this holy LORD God? and to whom will He go up from us?2Sa 6:9: David was afraid of the LORD that day: and said: How will the ark of the LORD come to me?Ps 64:9: All men will fear: and will declare the work of God; for they will wisely consider of His doing.Lu 1:65: Fear came on all that dwelt round about them: and all these sayings were noised abroad throughout all the hill country of Judaea.Lu 7:16: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people."the name"Php 1:20: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:2Th 1:12: That the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you: and you in Him: according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 3:1: Finally: brothers: pray for us: that the word of the Lord may have free course: and be glorified: even as it is with you:Heb 2:8: 9: You have put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in subjection under him: he not lefthing that is not put under him. But now we not see yet all things put under him.Re 5:12-14: Saying with a loud voice: Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power: and riches: and wisdom: and strength: and honour: and glory: and blessing.
πολλοι τε των πεπιστευκοτων ηρχοντο εξομολογουμενοι και αναγγελλοντες τας πραξεις αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλοίpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοίpolloi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4100πεπιστευκότωνpepisteukotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκότωνpepisteukotōn
|
having believed
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G2064ἤρχοντοērchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤρχοντοērchonto
|
were coming,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1843ἐξομολογούμενοιexomologoumenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G1843 ἐξομολογέω exomologéō ex-om-ol-og-eh-o from ἐκ and ὁμολογέω; to acknowledge or (by implication, of assent) agree fully:--confess, profess, promise.
|
ἐξομολογούμενοιexomologoumenoi
|
confessing
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G312ἀναγγέλλοντεςanangellontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G312 ἀναγγέλλω anangéllō an-ang-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce (in detail):--declare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.
|
ἀναγγέλλοντεςanangellontes
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4234πράξειςpraxeis (N-AFP)
G4234 πρᾶξις prâxis prax-is from πράσσω; practice, i.e. (concretely) an act; by extension, a function:--deed, office, work.
|
πράξειςpraxeis
|
deeds
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
18
Many that believed came, and confessed, and showed their deeds.Acts 19:18
Stats
Counts: 67 characters, 9 words, 54 letters, 20 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλοι τε των πεπιστευκοτων ηρχοντο εξομολογουμενοι και αναγγελλοντες τας πραξεις αυτων
Lit: Many then of those having believed were coming, confessing and declaring the deeds of them.
KJV: And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds.
References
"confessed"Le 16:21: Aaron will lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat: and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel: and all their transgressions in all their sins: putting them upon the head of the goat: and will send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wilderness:Le 26:40: If they will confess their iniquity: and the iniquity of their fathers: with their trespass which they trespassed against me: and that also they have walked contrary to me;Job 33:27: 28: He looks upon men: and if any say: I have sinned: and perverted that which was right: and it profited not me;Ps 32:5: I acknowledged my sin to you: and my iniquity have not I hid. I said: I will confess my transgressions to the LORD; and you forgave the iniquity of my sin. Selah.Pr 28:13: He who covers his sins will not prosper: but whoever confesss and forsakes them will have mercy.Jer 3:13: Only acknowledge your iniquity: that you have transgressed against the LORD your God: and have scattered your ways to the strangers under every green tree: and you not have obeyed my voice: says the LORD.Eze 16:63: That you may remember: and be confounded: and never open your mouth any more because of your shame: when I am pacified toward you for all that you have done: says the Lord GOD.Eze 36:31: Then will you remember your own evil ways: and your doings that were not good: and will lothe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations.Mt 3:6: Were baptized of him in Jordan: confessing their sins.Ro 10:10: For with the heart man believes to righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made to salvation.1Jo 1:9: If we confess our sins: he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins: and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.
ικανοι δε των τα περιεργα πραξαντων συνενεγκαντες τας βιβλους κατεκαιον ενωπιον παντων και συνεψηφισαν τας τιμας αυτων και ευρον αργυριου μυριαδας πεντε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2425ἱκανοὶhikanoi (Adj-NMP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανοὶhikanoi
|
Many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4021περίεργαperierga (Adj-ANP)
G4021 περίεργος períergos per-ee-er-gos from περί and ἔργον; working all around, i.e. officious (meddlesome, neuter plural magic):--busybody, curious arts.
|
περίεργαperierga
|
magic arts
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4238πραξάντωνpraxantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πραξάντωνpraxantōn
|
having practiced,
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G4851συνενέγκαντεςsynenenkantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συνενέγκαντεςsynenenkantes
|
having brought
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G976βίβλουςbiblous (N-AFP)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλουςbiblous
|
books,
|
N-AFP
|
G2618κατέκαιονkatekaion (V-IIA-3P)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατέκαιονkatekaion
|
burned them
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων·pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων·pantōn
|
all.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4860συνεψήφισανsynepsēphisan (V-AIA-3P)
G4860 συμψηφίζω sympsēphízō soom-psay-fid-zo from σύν and ψηφίζω; to compute jointly:--reckon.
|
συνεψήφισανsynepsēphisan
|
they counted up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5092τιμὰςtimas (N-AFP)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὰςtimas
|
prices
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
found it
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G694ἀργυρίουargyriou (N-GNS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
ἀργυρίουargyriou
|
of silverlings
|
N-GNS
|
G3461μυριάδαςmyriadas (N-AFP)
G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάδαςmyriadas
|
myriads
|
N-AFP
|
G4002πέντε.pente (Adj-AFP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε.pente
|
five.
|
Adj-AFP
|
19
Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it 50000 pieces of silver.Acts 19:19
Stats
Counts: 189 characters, 26 words, 149 letters, 55 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: ικανοι δε των τα περιεργα πραξαντων συνενεγκαντες τας βιβλους κατεκαιον ενωπιον παντων και συνεψηφισαν τας τιμας αυτων και ευρον αργυριου μυριαδας πεντε
Lit: Many now of those the magic arts having practiced, having brought the books, burned them before all. And they counted up the prices of them and found it of silverlings myriads five.
KJV: Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found [it] fifty thousand [pieces] of silver.
References
"used"Ac 8:9-11: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:Ac 13:6: 8: When they had gone through the isle to Paphos: they found a certain sorcerer: a false prophet: a Jew: whose name was Barjesus:Ex 7:11: 22: Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt: they also did in like manner with their enchantments.De 18:10-12: There will not be found among you any one that makes his son or his daughter to pass through the fire: or that uss divination: or an observer of times: or an enchanter: or a witch: 1Sa 28:7-9: Then said Saul to his servants: Seek me a woman that has a familiar spirit: that I may go to her: and inquire of her. And his servants said to him: Look: there is a woman that has a familiar spirit at Endor.1Ch 10:13: So Saul died for His transgression which He committed against the LORD: even against the word of the LORD: which He not kept: and also for asking counsel of one that had a familiar spirit: to inquire of it;2Ch 33:6: He caused His children to pass through the fire in the valley of the son of Hinnom: also He observed times: and used enchantments: and used witchcraft: and dealt with a familiar spirit: and with wizards: He wrought much evil in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger.Isa 8:19: When they will say to you: Seek to them that have familiar spirits: and to wizards that peep: and that mutter: not should a people seek to their God? for the living to the dead?Isa 47:12: 13: Stand now with your enchantments: and with the multitude of your sorceries: wherein you have laboured from your youth; if so be you will be able to profit: if so be you may prevail.Da 2:2: Then the king commanded to call the magicians: and the astrologers: and the sorcerers: and the Chaldeans: for to show the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king."and burned"Ge 35:4: They gave to Jacob all the strange gods which were in their hand: and all their earrings which were in their ears; and Jacob hid them under the oak which was by Shechem.Ex 32:20: He took the calf which they had made: and burnt it in the fire: and ground it to powder: and strawed it upon the water: and made the children of Israel drink of it.De 7:25: 26: The graven images of their gods will you burn with fire: you will not desire the silver or gold that is on them: nor take it to you: lest you be snared therein: for it is an abomination to the LORD your God.Isa 2:20: 21: In that day a man will cast his idols of silver: and his idols of gold: which they made each one for himself to worship: to the moles and to the bats;Isa 30:22: You will defile also the covering of your graven images of silver: and the ornament of your molten images of gold: you will cast them away as a menstruous cloth; you will say to it: Get you here.Mt 5:29: 30: If your right eye offend you: pluck it out: and cast it from you: for it is profitable for you that one of your members should perish: not and that your whole body should be cast into hell.Lu 14:33: So likewise: whoever he be of you that forsakes not all that he has: he cannot be my disciple.Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.
ουτως κατα κρατος ο λογος του κυριου ηυξανεν και ισχυεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2904κράτοςkratos (N-ANS)
G2904 κράτος krátos krat-os perhaps a primary word; vigor (great) (literally or figuratively):--dominion, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
κράτοςkratos
|
might
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G837ηὔξανενēuxanen (V-IIA-3S)
G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
ηὔξανενēuxanen
|
continued to increase
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2480ἴσχυεν.ischyen (V-IIA-3S)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυεν.ischyen
|
prevail.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
20
So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.Acts 19:20
Stats
Rank: #1392 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 9 words, 38 letters, 13 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως κατα κρατος ο λογος του κυριου ηυξανεν και ισχυεν
Lit: Thus with might of the Lord the word continued to increase and prevail.
KJV: So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.
References
"So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed."Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Ac 12:24: But the word of God grew and multiplied.Isa 55:11: So will my word be that goes forth out of my mouth: it will not return to me void: but it will accomplish that which I please: and it will prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.2Th 3:1: Finally: brothers: pray for us: that the word of the Lord may have free course: and be glorified: even as it is with you:
The Riot
ως δε επληρωθη ταυτα εθετο ο παυλος εν τω πνευματι διελθων την μακεδονιαν και αχαιαν πορευεσθαι εις ιερουσαλημ ειπων οτι μετα το γενεσθαι με εκει δει με και ρωμην ιδειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Conj)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
After
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4137ἐπληρώθηeplērōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
ἐπληρώθηeplērōthē
|
were fulfilled
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-NNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-NNP
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
purposed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G1330διελθὼνdielthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθὼνdielthōn
|
having passed through
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3109ΜακεδονίανMakedonian (N-AFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίανMakedonian
|
Macedonia
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G882ἈχαΐανAchaian (N-AFS)
G882 Ἀχαΐα Achaḯa ach-ah-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Achaia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe:--Achaia.
|
ἈχαΐανAchaian
|
Achaia,
|
N-AFS
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα,Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G3004εἰπὼνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπὼνeipōn
|
having said
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
having been
|
V-ANM
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
my
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4516ῬώμηνRhōmēn (N-AFS)
G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.
|
ῬώμηνRhōmēn
|
Rome
|
N-AFS
|
G3708ἰδεῖν.idein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖν.idein
|
to see.
|
V-ANA
|
21
After these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome.
Acts 19:21
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 27 words, 144 letters, 61 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε επληρωθη ταυτα εθετο ο παυλος εν τω πνευματι διελθων την μακεδονιαν και αχαιαν πορευεσθαι εις ιερουσαλημ ειπων οτι μετα το γενεσθαι με εκει δει με και ρωμην ιδειν
Lit: After now were fulfilled these things, purposed Paul in the Spirit, having passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, having said - , After having been my there, it behooves me also Rome to see.
KJV: After these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome.
References
"these"Ro 15:25-28: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.Ga 2:1: Then 14 years after I went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas: and took Titus with me also."purposed"Ac 16:6-10: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ac 20:22: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:La 3:37: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?Ro 1:13: Now I not would have you ignorant: brothers: that oftentimes I purposed to come to you: (but was let hitherto: ) that I might have some fruit among you also: even as among other Gentiles.2Co 1:15-18: In this confidence I was minded to come to you before: that you might have a second benefit;"when"Ac 20:1-6: After the uproar was ceased: Paul called to him the disciples: and embraced them: and departed for to go into Macedonia."to go"Ac 20:16: 22: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.Ac 21:4: 11-15: 17: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ac 24:17: 18: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation: and offerings.Ro 15:25: 26: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints."I must"Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 25:10-12: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 27:1: 24: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Ac 28:16: 30: 31: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.Ro 1:15: So: as much as in me is: I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also.Ro 15:23-29: But now having no more place in these parts: and having a great desire these many years to come to you;Php 1:12-14: But I would you should understand: brothers: that the things which happened to me have fallen out rather to the furtherance of the gospel;
αποστειλας δε εις την μακεδονιαν δυο των διακονουντων αυτω τιμοθεον και εραστον αυτος επεσχεν χρονον εις την ασιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G649ἀποστείλαςaposteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαςaposteilas
|
Having sent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3109ΜακεδονίανMakedonian (N-AFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίανMakedonian
|
Macedonia
|
N-AFS
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1247διακονούντωνdiakonountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονούντωνdiakonountōn
|
ministering
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5095ΤιμόθεονTimotheon (N-AMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
ΤιμόθεονTimotheon
|
Timothy
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2037Ἔραστον,Eraston (N-AMS)
G2037 Ἔραστος Érastos er-as-tos from (to love); beloved; Erastus, a Christian:--Erastus.
|
Ἔραστον,Eraston
|
Erastus,
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1907ἐπέσχενepeschen (V-AIA-3S)
G1907 ἐπέχω epéchō ep-ekh-o from ἐπί and ἔχω; to hold upon, i.e. (by implication) to retain; (by extension) to detain; (with implication, of νοῦς) to pay attention to:--give (take) heed unto, hold forth, mark, stay.
|
ἐπέσχενepeschen
|
remained
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
for a time
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G773Ἀσίαν.Asian (N-AFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίαν.Asian
|
Asia.
|
N-AFS
|
22
So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered to him, Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season.
Acts 19:22
Stats
Rank: #3966 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 44 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποστειλας δε εις την μακεδονιαν δυο των διακονουντων αυτω τιμοθεον και εραστον αυτος επεσχεν χρονον εις την ασιαν
Lit: Having sent then into Macedonia two of those ministering to him, Timothy and Erastus, he remained for a time in Asia.
KJV: So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered unto him, Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season.
References
"Macedonia"Ac 16:9: 10: A vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia: and prayed him: saying: Come over into Macedonia: and help us.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 20:1: After the uproar was ceased: Paul called to him the disciples: and embraced them: and departed for to go into Macedonia.2Co 1:16: To pass by you into Macedonia: and to come again out of Macedonia to you: and of you to be brought on my way toward Judaea.2Co 2:13: I had no rest in my spirit: because I not found Titus my brother: but taking my leave of them: I went from there into Macedonia.2Co 8:1: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.1Th 1:8: For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia: but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we not need to speak any thing."that ministered"Ac 13:5: When they were at Salamis: they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John to their minister.Ac 16:3: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek."Erastus"Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.2Ti 4:20: Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophimus have I left at Miletum sick.
εγενετο δε κατα τον καιρον εκεινον ταραχος ουκ ολιγος περι της οδου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
Arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνονekeinon (DPro-AMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνονekeinon
|
same
|
DPro-AMS
|
G5017τάραχοςtarachos (N-NMS)
G5017 τάραχος tárachos tar-akh-os masculine from ταράσσω; a disturbance, i.e. (popular) tumult:--stir.
|
τάραχοςtarachos
|
a disturbance
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγοςoligos (Adj-NMS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγοςoligos
|
small
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3598Ὁδοῦ.Hodou (N-GFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
Ὁδοῦ.Hodou
|
Way.
|
N-GFS
|
23
The same time there arose no small stir about that way.Acts 19:23
Stats
Counts: 59 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 19 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε κατα τον καιρον εκεινον ταραχος ουκ ολιγος περι της οδου
Lit: Arose now at the time same a disturbance not small concerning the Way.
KJV: And the same time there arose no small stir about that way.
References
"there"2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;"that"Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 18:26: He began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard: they took Him to them: and expounded to Him the way of God more perfectly.Ac 22:4: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ac 24:14: 22: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:
δημητριος γαρ τις ονοματι αργυροκοπος ποιων ναους αργυρους αρτεμιδος παρειχετο τοις τεχνιταις εργασιαν ουκ ολιγην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1216ΔημήτριοςDēmētrios (N-NMS)
G1216 Δημήτριος Dēmḗtrios day-may-tree-os from (Ceres); Demetrius, the name of an Ephesian and of a Christian:--Demetrius.
|
ΔημήτριοςDēmētrios
|
Demetrius
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain man
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματι,onomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματι,onomati
|
named,
|
N-DNS
|
G695ἀργυροκόπος,argyrokopos (N-NMS)
G695 ἀργυροκόπος argyrokópos ar-goo-rok-op-os from ἄργυρος and κόπτω; a beater (i.e. worker) of silver:--silversmith.
|
ἀργυροκόπος,argyrokopos
|
a silversmith,
|
N-NMS
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
making
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3485ναοὺςnaous (N-AMP)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοὺςnaous
|
shrines
|
N-AMP
|
G693ἀργυροῦςargyrous (Adj-AMP)
G693 ἀργύρεος argýreos ar-goo-reh-os from ἄργυρος; made of silver:--(of) silver.
|
ἀργυροῦςargyrous
|
silver
|
Adj-AMP
|
G735ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos (N-GFS)
G735 Ἄρτεμις Ártemis ar-tem-is probably from the same as ἀρτέμων; prompt; Artemis, the name of a Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of their deities:--Diana.
|
ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos
|
of Artemis,
|
N-GFS
|
G3930παρείχετοpareicheto (V-IIM-3S)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρείχετοpareicheto
|
was bringing
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5079τεχνίταιςtechnitais (N-DMP)
G5079 τεχνίτης technítēs tekh-nee-tace from τέχνη; an artisan; figuratively, a founder (Creator):--builder, craftsman.
|
τεχνίταιςtechnitais
|
craftsmen
|
N-DMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγηνoligēn (Adj-AFS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγηνoligēn
|
little
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2039ἐργασίαν,ergasian (N-AFS)
G2039 ἐργασία ergasía er-gas-ee-ah from ἐργάτης; occupation; by implication, profit, pains:--craft, diligence, gain, work.
|
ἐργασίαν,ergasian
|
business,
|
N-AFS
|
24
For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, which made silver shrines for Diana, brought no small gain to the craftsmen;Acts 19:24
Stats
Rank: #5360 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 18 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: δημητριος γαρ τις ονοματι αργυροκοπος ποιων ναους αργυρους αρτεμιδος παρειχετο τοις τεχνιταις εργασιαν ουκ ολιγην
Lit: Demetrius for a certain man named, a silversmith, making shrines silver of Artemis, was bringing to the craftsmen no little business,
KJV: For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, which made silver shrines for Diana, brought no small gain unto the craftsmen;
References
"Diana"Ac 19:27: 28: 34: 35: So not that only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised: and her magnificence should be destroyed: whom all Asia and the world worships."brought"Ac 16:16: It came to pass: as we went to prayer: a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us: which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:Isa 56:11: 12: Yes: they are greedy dogs which can never have enough: and they are shepherds that cannot understand: they all look to their own way: every one for his gain: from his quarter.1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.
ους συναθροισας και τους περι τα τοιαυτα εργατας ειπεν ανδρες επιστασθε οτι εκ ταυτης της εργασιας η ευπορια ημων εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G4867συναθροίσαςsynathroisas (V-APA-NMS)
G4867 συναθροίζω synathroízō soon-ath-royd-zo from σύν and (to hoard); to convene:--call (gather) together.
|
συναθροίσαςsynathroisas
|
having brought together,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
such
|
Art-ANP
|
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαῦταtoiauta
|
things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2040ἐργάταςergatas (N-AMP)
G2040 ἐργάτης ergátēs er-gat-ace from ἔργον; a toiler; figuratively, a teacher:--labourer, worker(-men).
|
ἐργάταςergatas
|
workmen,
|
N-AMP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G435Ἄνδρες,Andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
Ἄνδρες,Andres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G1987ἐπίστασθεepistasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίστασθεepistasthe
|
you know
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2039ἐργασίαςergasias (N-GFS)
G2039 ἐργασία ergasía er-gas-ee-ah from ἐργάτης; occupation; by implication, profit, pains:--craft, diligence, gain, work.
|
ἐργασίαςergasias
|
business
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2142εὐπορίαeuporia (N-NFS)
G2142 εὐπορία euporía yoo-por-ee-ah from the same as εὐπορέω; pecuniary resources:--wealth.
|
εὐπορίαeuporia
|
wealth
|
N-NFS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
of us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
25
Whom he called together with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, you know that by this craft we have our wealth.
Acts 19:25
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ους συναθροισας και τους περι τα τοιαυτα εργατας ειπεν ανδρες επιστασθε οτι εκ ταυτης της εργασιας η ευπορια ημων εστιν
Lit: whom having brought together, also the in such things workmen, he said, Men, you know that from this business the wealth of us is.
KJV: Whom he called together with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this craft we have our wealth.
References
"ye know"Ac 16:19: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ho 4:8: They eat up the sin of my people: and they set their heart on their iniquity.Ho 12:7: 8: He is a merchant: the balances of deceit are in his hand: he loves to oppress.2Pe 2:3: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.Re 18:3: 11-19: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.
και θεωρειτε και ακουετε οτι ου μονον εφεσου αλλα σχεδον πασης της ασιας ο παυλος ουτος πεισας μετεστησεν ικανον οχλον λεγων οτι ουκ εισιν θεοι οι δια χειρων γινομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωρεῖτεtheōreite (V-PIA-2P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖτεtheōreite
|
you see
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούετεakouete (V-PIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούετεakouete
|
hear
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G2181ἘφέσουEphesou (N-GFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἘφέσουEphesou
|
in Ephesus,
|
N-GFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4975σχεδὸνschedon (Adv)
G4975 σχεδόν schedón skhed-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the alternate of ἔχω as adverb; nigh, i.e. nearly:--almost.
|
σχεδὸνschedon
|
almost
|
Adv
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G773ἈσίαςAsias (N-GFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίαςAsias
|
of Asia,
|
N-GFS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3982πείσαςpeisas (V-APA-NMS)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείσαςpeisas
|
having persuaded them,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3179μετέστησενmetestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3179 μεθίστημι methístēmi meth-is-tan-o from μετά and ἵστημι; to transfer, i.e. carry away, depose or (figuratively) exchange, seduce:--put out, remove, translate, turn away.
|
μετέστησενmetestēsen
|
has turned away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2425ἱκανὸνhikanon (Adj-AMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸνhikanon
|
a great many
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2316θεοὶtheoi (N-NMP)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοὶtheoi
|
gods
|
N-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G1096γινόμενοι.ginomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινόμενοι.ginomenoi
|
being made.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
26
Moreover you see and hear, not that alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people, saying that they be no gods, which are made with hands:Acts 19:26
Stats
Rank: #8899 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 194 characters, 30 words, 154 letters, 61 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: και θεωρειτε και ακουετε οτι ου μονον εφεσου αλλα σχεδον πασης της ασιας ο παυλος ουτος πεισας μετεστησεν ικανον οχλον λεγων οτι ουκ εισιν θεοι οι δια χειρων γινομενοι
Lit: And you see and hear that not only in Ephesus, but almost all of Asia, Paul, this having persuaded them, has turned away a great many people, saying that not they are gods by hands being made.
KJV: Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that they be no gods, which are made with hands:
References
"that not"Ac 19:10: 18-20: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.1Co 16:8: 9: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;"that they"Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ac 17:29: Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God: we not ought to think that the Godhead is like to gold: or silver: or stone: graven by are and man's device.Ps 115:4-8: Their idols are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Ps 135:15-18: The idols of the heathen are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Isa 44:10-20: Who has formed a god: or molten a graven image that is profitable not forhing?Isa 46:5-8: To whom will you liken me: and make me equal: and compare me: that we may be like?Jer 10:3-5: 11: 14: 15: For the customs of the people are vain: for one cuts a tree out of the for: the work of the hands of the workman: with the axe.Ho 8:6: For from Israel was it also: the workman made it; therefore it is not God: but the calf of Samaria will be broken in pieces.1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.1Co 10:19: 20: What say I then? that the idol is any thing: or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?1Co 12:2: You know that you were Gentiles: carried away to these dumb idols: even as you were led.Ga 4:8: Howbeit then: when you not knew God: you did service to them which by nature are no gods.
ου μονον δε τουτο κινδυνευει ημιν το μερος εις απελεγμον ελθειν αλλα και το της μεγαλης θεας αρτεμιδος ιερον εις ουδεν λογισθηναι μελλειν {VAR1: δε } {VAR2: τε } και καθαιρεισθαι την μεγαλειοτητα αυτης ην ολη η ασια και η οικουμενη σεβεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G2793κινδυνεύειkindyneuei (V-PIA-3S)
G2793 κινδυνεύω kindyneúō kin-doon-yoo-o from κίνδυνος; to undergo peril:--be in danger, be (stand) in jeopardy.
|
κινδυνεύειkindyneuei
|
is endangered
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-ANS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
business
|
N-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G557ἀπελεγμὸνapelegmon (N-AMS)
G557 ἀπελεγμός apelegmós ap-el-eg-mos from a compound of ἀπό and ἐλέγχω; refutation, i.e. (by implication) contempt:--nought.
|
ἀπελεγμὸνapelegmon
|
disrepute
|
N-AMS
|
G2064ἐλθεῖν,elthein (V-ANA)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθεῖν,elthein
|
to come,
|
V-ANA
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2299θεᾶςtheas (N-GFS)
G2299 θεά theá theh-ah feminine of θεός; a female deity:--goddess.
|
θεᾶςtheas
|
goddess
|
N-GFS
|
G735ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos (N-GFS)
G735 Ἄρτεμις Ártemis ar-tem-is probably from the same as ἀρτέμων; prompt; Artemis, the name of a Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of their deities:--Diana.
|
ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos
|
Artemis
|
N-GFS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐθὲνouthen (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐθὲνouthen
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3049λογισθῆναι,logisthēnai (V-ANP)
G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
λογισθῆναι,logisthēnai
|
to be reckoned,
|
V-ANP
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2507καθαιρεῖσθαιkathaireisthai (V-PNM/P)
G2507 καθαιρέω kathairéō kath-ahee-reh-o from κατά and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to lower (or with violence) demolish (literally or figuratively):--cast (pull, put, take) down, destroy.
|
καθαιρεῖσθαιkathaireisthai
|
deposed
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3168μεγαλειότητοςmegaleiotētos (N-GFS)
G3168 μεγαλειότης megaleiótēs meg-al-i-ot-ace from μεγαλεῖος; superbness, i.e. glory or splendor:--magnificence, majesty, mighty power.
|
μεγαλειότητοςmegaleiotētos
|
majesty
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
whom
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G773ἈσίαAsia (N-NFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίαAsia
|
Asia
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηoikoumenē (N-NFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηoikoumenē
|
world
|
N-NFS
|
G4576σέβεται.sebetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4576 σέβομαι sébomai seb-om-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to revere, i.e. adore:--devout, religious, worship.
|
σέβεται.sebetai
|
worship.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
27
So not that only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worships.Acts 19:27
Stats
Rank: #7323 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 220 characters, 38 words, 176 letters, 64 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου μονον δε τουτο κινδυνευει ημιν το μερος εις απελεγμον ελθειν αλλα και το της μεγαλης θεας αρτεμιδος ιερον εις ουδεν λογισθηναι μελλειν {VAR1: δε } {VAR2: τε } και καθαιρεισθαι την μεγαλειοτητα αυτης ην ολη η ασια και η οικουμενη σεβεται
Lit: Not only but this is endangered to us, the business into disrepute to come, but also the of the great goddess Artemis temple for nothing to be reckoned, to be and also deposed the majesty of her, whom all Asia and the world worship.
KJV: So that not only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth.
References
"that not"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Zep 2:11: The LORD will be terrible to them: for He will famish all the gods of the earth; and men will worship Him: every one from His place: even all the isles of the heathen.Mt 23:14: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you devour widows' houses: and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore you will receive the greater damnation.1Ti 6:5: Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds: and destitute of the truth: supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw yourself."whom"1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness.Re 13:3: 8: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.
ακουσαντες δε και γενομενοι πληρεις θυμου εκραζον λεγοντες μεγαλη η αρτεμις εφεσιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούσαντεςAkousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοιgenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοιgenomenoi
|
having become
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G4134πλήρειςplēreis (Adj-NMP)
G4134 πλήρης plḗrēs play-race from πλήθω; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete:--full.
|
πλήρειςplēreis
|
full
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
of rage,
|
N-GMS
|
G2896ἔκραζονekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζονekrazon
|
they were crying out,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3173ΜεγάληMegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
ΜεγάληMegalē
|
Great is
|
Adj-NFS
|
G735ἌρτεμιςArtemis (N-NFS)
G735 Ἄρτεμις Ártemis ar-tem-is probably from the same as ἀρτέμων; prompt; Artemis, the name of a Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of their deities:--Diana.
|
ἌρτεμιςArtemis
|
Artemis
|
N-NFS
|
G2180Ἐφεσίων.Ephesiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2180 Ἐφέσιος Ephésios ef-es-ee-os from Ἔφεσος; an Ephesian or inhabitant of Ephesus:--Ephesian, of Ephesus.
|
Ἐφεσίων.Ephesiōn
|
of the Ephesians!
|
Adj-GMP
|
28
When they heard these sayings, they were full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians.
Acts 19:28
Stats
Rank: #7208 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 15 words, 90 letters, 34 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε και γενομενοι πληρεις θυμου εκραζον λεγοντες μεγαλη η αρτεμις εφεσιων
Lit: Having heard then and having become full of rage, they were crying out, saying, Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!
KJV: And when they heard these sayings, they were full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great [is] Diana of the Ephesians.
References
"they"Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 16:19-24: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ac 21:28-31: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ps 2:2: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Re 12:12: Therefore rejoice: you heavens: and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you: having great wrath: because he knows that he has but a short time."and cried"Ac 19:34: 35: But when they knew that he was a Jew: all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.1Sa 5:3-5: When they of Ashdod arose early on the morrow: look: Dagon was fallen upon His face to the earth before the ark of the LORD. And they took Dagon: and set Him in His place again.1Ki 18:26-29: They took the bullock which was given them: and they dressed it: and called on the name of Baal from morning even until noon: saying: O Baal: hear us. But there was no voice: nor any that answered. And they leaped upon the altar which was made.Isa 41:5-7: The isles saw it: and feared; the ends of the earth were afraid: drew near: and came.Jer 50:38: A drought is upon her waters; and they will be dried up: for it is the land of graven images: and they are mad upon their idols.Re 13:4: They worshipped the dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshipped the beast: saying: Who is like to the beast? who is able to make war with him?Re 17:13: These have one mind: and will give their power and strength to the beast.
και επλησθη η πολις ολη συγχυσεως ωρμησαν τε ομοθυμαδον εις το θεατρον συναρπασαντες γαιον και αρισταρχον μακεδονας συνεκδημους του παυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4130ἐπλήσθηeplēsthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4130 πλήθω plḗthō pleh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); to fill (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time):--accomplish, full (…come), furnish.,
|
ἐπλήσθηeplēsthē
|
was filled
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
whole
|
Art-GFS
|
G4799συγχύσεως,synchyseōs (N-GFS)
G4799 σύγχυσις sýnchysis soong-khoo-sis from συγχέω; commixture, i.e. (figuratively) riotous disturbance:--confusion.
|
συγχύσεως,synchyseōs
|
with confusion;
|
N-GFS
|
G3729ὥρμησάνhōrmēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3729 ὁρμάω hormáō hor-mah-o from ὁρμή; to start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflexively) to dash or plunge:--run (violently), rush.
|
ὥρμησάνhōrmēsan
|
they rushed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3661ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon (Adv)
G3661 ὁμοθυμαδόν homothymadón hom-oth-oo-mad-on adverb from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and θυμός; unanimously:--with one accord (mind).
|
ὁμοθυμαδὸνhomothymadon
|
with one accord
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2302θέατρον,theatron (N-ANS)
G2302 θέατρον théatron theh-at-ron from θεάομαι; a place for public show (theatre), i.e. general audience-room; by implication, a show itself (figuratively):--spectacle, theatre.
|
θέατρον,theatron
|
theatre,
|
N-ANS
|
G4884συναρπάσαντεςsynarpasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4884 συναρπάζω synarpázō soon-ar-pad-zo from σύν and ἁρπάζω; to snatch together, i.e. seize:--catch.
|
συναρπάσαντεςsynarpasantes
|
having dragged off
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1050ΓάϊονGaion (N-AMS)
G1050 Γάϊος Gáïos gah-ee-os of Latin origin; Gaius (i.e. Caius), a Christian:--Gaius.
|
ΓάϊονGaion
|
Gaius
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G708ἈρίσταρχονAristarchon (N-AMS)
G708 Ἀρίσταρχος Arístarchos ar-is-tar-khos from the same as ἄριστον and ἄρχω; best ruling; Aristarchus, a Macedonian:--Aristarchus.
|
ἈρίσταρχονAristarchon
|
Aristarchus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3110Μακεδόνας,Makedonas (N-AMP)
G3110 Μακεδών Makedṓn mak-ed-ohn of uncertain derivation; a Macedon (Macedonian), i.e. inhabitant of Macedonia:--of Macedonia, Macedonian.
|
Μακεδόνας,Makedonas
|
Macedonians,
|
N-AMP
|
G4898συνεκδήμουςsynekdēmous (N-AMP)
G4898 συνέκδημος synékdēmos soon-ek-day-mos from σύν and the base of ἐκδημέω; a co-absentee from home, i.e. fellow-traveller:--companion in travel, travel with.
|
συνεκδήμουςsynekdēmous
|
fellow travelers
|
N-AMP
|
G3972Παύλου.Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου.Paulou
|
of Paul.
|
N-GMS
|
29
The whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theatre.
Acts 19:29
Stats
Rank: #8854 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 25 words, 145 letters, 56 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επλησθη η πολις ολη συγχυσεως ωρμησαν τε ομοθυμαδον εις το θεατρον συναρπασαντες γαιον και αρισταρχον μακεδονας συνεκδημους του παυλου
Lit: And was filled the city whole with confusion; they rushed and with one accord to the theatre, having dragged off Gaius and Aristarchus, Macedonians, fellow travelers of Paul.
KJV: And the whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theatre.
References
"the whole"Ac 19:32: Some therefore cried one thing: and some another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part not knew for what reason they were come together.Ac 17:8: They troubled the people and the rulers of the city: when they heard these things.Ac 21:30: 38: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut."Gaius"Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.1Co 1:14: I thank God that I baptized none of you: but Crispus and Gaius;"Aristarchus"Ac 20:4: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.Ac 27:2: Entering into a ship of Adramyttium: we launched: meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus: a Macedonian of Thessalonica: being with us.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)Phm 1:24: Marcus: Aristarchus: Demas: Lucas: my fellowlabourers."the theatre"1Co 4:9: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.
του δε παυλου βουλομενου εισελθειν εις τον δημον ουκ ειων αυτον οι μαθηται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Of Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1014βουλομένουboulomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλομένουboulomenou
|
intending
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to go in
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1218δῆμονdēmon (N-AMS)
G1218 δῆμος dēmos day-mos from δέω; the public (as bound together socially):--people.
|
δῆμονdēmon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1439εἴωνeiōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴωνeiōn
|
would allow
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3101μαθηταί·mathētai (N-NMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθηταί·mathētai
|
disciples.
|
N-NMP
|
30
When Paul would have entered in to the people, the disciples suffered not him.Acts 19:30
Stats
Rank: #7617 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: του δε παυλου βουλομενου εισελθειν εις τον δημον ουκ ειων αυτον οι μαθηται
Lit: Of Paul however intending to go in to the people, not would allow him the disciples.
KJV: And when Paul would have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not.
References
"Paul"Ac 14:14-18: Which when the apostles: Barnabas and Paul: heard of: they tear their clothes: and ran in among the people: crying out: Ac 17:22-31: Then Paul stood in the middle of Mars' hill: and said: You men of Athens: I perceive that in all things you are too superstitious.Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people."the disciples"2Sa 18:2: 3: David sent forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab: and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah: Joab's brother: and a third part under the hand of Ittai the Gittite. And the king said to the people: I will surely go forth with you myself also.2Sa 21:17: But Abishai the son of Zeruiah succoured him: and smote the Philistine: and killed him. Then the men of David sware to him: saying: You will go no more out with us to battle: that you not quench the light of Israel.
τινες δε και των ασιαρχων οντες αυτω φιλοι πεμψαντες προς αυτον παρεκαλουν μη δουναι εαυτον εις το θεατρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
Some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G775Ἀσιαρχῶν,Asiarchōn (N-GMP)
G775 Ἀσιάρχης Asiárchēs as-ee-ar-khace from Ἀσία and ἀρχή; an Asiarch or president of the public festivities in a city of Asia Minor:--chief of Asia.
|
Ἀσιαρχῶν,Asiarchōn
|
Asiarchs,
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ὄντεςontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντεςontes
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5384φίλοι,philoi (Adj-NMP)
G5384 φίλος phílos fee-los properly, dear, i.e. a friend; actively, fond, i.e. friendly (still as a noun, an associate, neighbor, etc.):--friend.
|
φίλοι,philoi
|
friends,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3992πέμψαντεςpempsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψαντεςpempsantes
|
having sent
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3870παρεκάλουνparekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλουνparekaloun
|
were urging him
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to venture
|
V-ANA
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2302θέατρον.theatron (N-ANS)
G2302 θέατρον théatron theh-at-ron from θεάομαι; a place for public show (theatre), i.e. general audience-room; by implication, a show itself (figuratively):--spectacle, theatre.
|
θέατρον.theatron
|
theatre.
|
N-ANS
|
31
Certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends, sent to him, desiring him that he not would adventure himself into the theatre.Acts 19:31
Stats
Rank: #6092 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 22 words, 111 letters, 43 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινες δε και των ασιαρχων οντες αυτω φιλοι πεμψαντες προς αυτον παρεκαλουν μη δουναι εαυτον εις το θεατρον
Lit: Some then also of the Asiarchs, being to him friends, having sent to him, were urging him not to venture himself into the theatre.
KJV: And certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends, sent unto him, desiring him that he would not adventure himself into the theatre.
References
"the chief"Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him."desiring"Ac 21:12: When we heard these things: both we: and they of that place: besought not him to go up to Jerusalem.
αλλοι μεν ουν αλλο τι εκραζον ην γαρ η εκκλησια συγκεχυμενη και οι πλειους ουκ ηδεισαν τινος ενεκεν συνεληλυθεισαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G243Ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
Ἄλλοιalloi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-ANS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
some
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
thing
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2896ἔκραζον·ekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζον·ekrazon
|
were crying out;
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαekklēsia (N-NFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαekklēsia
|
assembly
|
N-NFS
|
G4797συγκεχυμένη,synkechymenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G4797 συγχέω synchéō soong-khoo-no from σύν and (to pour) or its alternate; to commingle promiscuously, i.e. (figuratively) to throw (an assembly) into disorder, to perplex (the mind):--confound, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.
|
συγκεχυμένη,synkechymenē
|
confused,
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-NMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
most
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492ᾔδεισανēdeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδεισανēdeisan
|
did know
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G5101τίνοςtinos (IPro-GNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνοςtinos
|
for what
|
IPro-GNS
|
G1752ἕνεκαheneka (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκαheneka
|
cause
|
Prep
|
G4905συνεληλύθεισαν.synelēlytheisan (V-LIA-3P)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνεληλύθεισαν.synelēlytheisan
|
they were assembled.
|
V-LIA-3P
|
32
Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part not knew for what reason they were come together.Acts 19:32
Stats
Rank: #7928 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 21 words, 115 letters, 44 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλοι μεν ουν αλλο τι εκραζον ην γαρ η εκκλησια συγκεχυμενη και οι πλειους ουκ ηδεισαν τινος ενεκεν συνεληλυθεισαν
Lit: Others indeed therefore some thing were crying out; was for the assembly confused, and most not did know for what cause they were assembled.
KJV: Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part knew not wherefore they were come together.
References
"cried"Ac 19:29: The whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus: men of Macedonia: Paul's companions in travel: they rushed with one accord into the theatre.Ac 21:34: Some cried one thing: some another: among the multitude: and when he not could know the certainty for the tumult: he commanded him to be carried into the castle."and the"Ac 19:40: For we are in danger to be called in question for this day's uproar: there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse.Mt 11:7-9: As they departed: Jesus began to say to the multitudes concerning John: What went you out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind?Lu 7:24-26: When the messengers of John were departed: he began to speak to the people concerning John: What went you out into the wilderness for to see? A reed shaken with the wind?
εκ δε του οχλου προεβιβασαν αλεξανδρον {VAR1: προβαλοντων } {VAR2: προβαλλοντων } αυτον των ιουδαιων ο δε αλεξανδρος κατασεισας την χειρα ηθελεν απολογεισθαι τω δημω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
Out of
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
crowd
|
N-GMS
|
G4822συνεβίβασανsynebibasan (V-AIA-3P)
G4822 συμβιβάζω symbibázō soom-bib-ad-zo from σύν and (to force; causative (by reduplication) of the base of βάσις); to drive together, i.e. unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer, show, teach:--compact, assuredly gather, intrust, knit together, prove.
|
συνεβίβασανsynebibasan
|
to explain himself
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G223Ἀλέξανδρον,Alexandron (N-AMS)
G223 Ἀλέξανδρος Aléxandros al-ex-an-dros from the same as (the first part of) ἀλέκτωρ and ἀνήρ; man-defender; Alexander, the name of three Israelites and one other man:--Alexander.
|
Ἀλέξανδρον,Alexandron
|
Alexander,
|
N-AMS
|
G4261προβαλόντωνprobalontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4261 προβάλλω probállō prob-al-lo from πρό and βάλλω; to throw forward, i.e. push to the front, germinate:--put forward, shoot forth.
|
προβαλόντωνprobalontōn
|
having thrust forward
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων·Ioudaiōn
|
Jews.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G223ἈλέξανδροςAlexandros (N-NMS)
G223 Ἀλέξανδρος Aléxandros al-ex-an-dros from the same as (the first part of) ἀλέκτωρ and ἀνήρ; man-defender; Alexander, the name of three Israelites and one other man:--Alexander.
|
ἈλέξανδροςAlexandros
|
Alexander,
|
N-NMS
|
G2678κατασείσαςkataseisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2678 κατασείω kataseíō kat-as-i-o from κατά and σείω; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:--beckon.
|
κατασείσαςkataseisas
|
having motioned with
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand,
|
N-AFS
|
G2309ἤθελενēthelen (V-IIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἤθελενēthelen
|
was wanting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G626ἀπολογεῖσθαιapologeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπολογεῖσθαιapologeisthai
|
to make a defense
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1218δήμῳ.dēmō (N-DMS)
G1218 δῆμος dēmos day-mos from δέω; the public (as bound together socially):--people.
|
δήμῳ.dēmō
|
people.
|
N-DMS
|
33
They drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made his defence to the people.Acts 19:33
Stats
Rank: #8704 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 25 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ δε του οχλου προεβιβασαν αλεξανδρον {VAR1: προβαλοντων } {VAR2: προβαλλοντων } αυτον των ιουδαιων ο δε αλεξανδρος κατασεισας την χειρα ηθελεν απολογεισθαι τω δημω
Lit: Out of now the crowd to explain himself Alexander, having thrust forward him the Jews. And Alexander, having motioned with the hand, was wanting to make a defense to the people.
KJV: And they drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made his defence unto the people.
References
"Alexander"1Ti 1:20: Of whom is Hymenaeus and Alexander; whom I have delivered to Satan: that they may not learn to blaspheme.2Ti 4:14: Alexander the coppersmith did me much evil: the Lord reward Him according to His works:"beckoned"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying: Ac 24:10: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Lu 1:22: When he came out: he not could speak to them: and they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple: for he beckoned to them: and remained speechless."his"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 26:1: 2: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:Php 1:7: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.
επιγνοντων δε οτι ιουδαιος εστιν φωνη εγενετο μια εκ παντων ως επι ωρας δυο κραζοντων μεγαλη η αρτεμις εφεσιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1921ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνόντεςepignontes
|
Having recognized
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαῖόςIoudaios (Adj-NMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖόςIoudaios
|
a Jew
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
he is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a cry
|
N-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1520μίαmia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαmia
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
ongoing
|
Prep
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-AFP)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hours
|
N-AFP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2896κραζόντων*krazontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κραζόντων*krazontōn
|
crying out,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3173ΜεγάληMegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
ΜεγάληMegalē
|
Great is
|
Adj-NFS
|
G735ἌρτεμιςArtemis (N-NFS)
G735 Ἄρτεμις Ártemis ar-tem-is probably from the same as ἀρτέμων; prompt; Artemis, the name of a Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of their deities:--Diana.
|
ἌρτεμιςArtemis
|
Artemis
|
N-NFS
|
G2180Ἐφεσίων.Ephesiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2180 Ἐφέσιος Ephésios ef-es-ee-os from Ἔφεσος; an Ephesian or inhabitant of Ephesus:--Ephesian, of Ephesus.
|
Ἐφεσίων.Ephesiōn
|
of the Ephesians!
|
Adj-GMP
|
34
But when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians.
Acts 19:34
Stats
Rank: #7927 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 25 words, 100 letters, 42 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιγνοντων δε οτι ιουδαιος εστιν φωνη εγενετο μια εκ παντων ως επι ωρας δυο κραζοντων μεγαλη η αρτεμις εφεσιων
Lit: Having recognized however that a Jew he is, a cry there was one from all, about ongoing hours two crying out, Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!
KJV: But when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians.
References
"they knew"Ac 19:26: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:Ac 16:20: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ro 2:22: You that say a man not should commit adultery: do you commit adultery? you that abhor idols: do you commit sacrilege?"all"1Ki 18:26: They took the bullock which was given them: and they dressed it: and called on the name of Baal from morning even until noon: saying: O Baal: hear us. But there was no voice: nor any that answered. And they leaped upon the altar which was made.Mt 6:7: But when you pray: not use vain repetitions: as the heathen do: for they think that they will be heard for their much speaking."Great"Ac 19:28: When they heard these sayings: they were full of wrath: and cried out: saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Re 13:4: They worshipped the dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshipped the beast: saying: Who is like to the beast? who is able to make war with him?
καταστειλας δε ο γραμματευς τον οχλον φησιν ανδρες εφεσιοι τις γαρ εστιν ανθρωπος ος ου γινωσκει την εφεσιων πολιν νεωκορον ουσαν της μεγαλης θεας αρτεμιδος και του διοπετους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2687Καταστείλαςkatasteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G2687 καταστέλλω katastéllō kat-as-tel-lo from κατά and στέλλω; to put down, i.e. quell:--appease, quiet.
|
Καταστείλαςkatasteilas
|
Having calmed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1122γραμματεὺςgrammateus (N-NMS)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεὺςgrammateus
|
town clerk
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλονochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλονochlon
|
crowd,
|
N-AMS
|
G5346φησίνphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίνphēsin
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2180Ἐφέσιοι,Ephesioi (Adj-VMP)
G2180 Ἐφέσιος Ephésios ef-es-ee-os from Ἔφεσος; an Ephesian or inhabitant of Ephesus:--Ephesian, of Ephesus.
|
Ἐφέσιοι,Ephesioi
|
Ephesians,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is there
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
man
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1097γινώσκειginōskei (V-PIA-3S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκειginōskei
|
knows
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2180ἘφεσίωνEphesiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2180 Ἐφέσιος Ephésios ef-es-ee-os from Ἔφεσος; an Ephesian or inhabitant of Ephesus:--Ephesian, of Ephesus.
|
ἘφεσίωνEphesiōn
|
of the Ephesians
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G3511νεωκόρονneōkoron (N-AMS)
G3511 νεωκόρος neōkóros neh-o-kor-os from a form of ναός and (to sweep); a temple-servant, i.e. (by implication) a votary:--worshipper.
|
νεωκόρονneōkoron
|
temple-keeper
|
N-AMS
|
G1510οὖσανousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσανousan
|
as being
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G735ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos (N-GFS)
G735 Ἄρτεμις Ártemis ar-tem-is probably from the same as ἀρτέμων; prompt; Artemis, the name of a Grecian goddess borrowed by the Asiatics for one of their deities:--Diana.
|
ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos
|
Artemis,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of that
|
Art-GNS
|
G1356διοπετοῦς;diopetous (Adj-GNS)
G1356 διοπετής diopetḗs dee-op-et-ace from the alternate of Ζεύς and the alternate of πίπτω; sky-fallen (i.e. an aerolite):--which fell down from Jupiter.
|
διοπετοῦς;diopetous
|
fallen from the sky?
|
Adj-GNS
|
35
When the townclerk had appeased the people, he said, You men of Ephesus, what man is there that knows not how that the city of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddess Diana, and of the image which fell down from Jupiter?
Acts 19:35
Stats
Rank: #7692 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 238 characters, 39 words, 187 letters, 69 vowels, 118 consonants
Translation
Greek: καταστειλας δε ο γραμματευς τον οχλον φησιν ανδρες εφεσιοι τις γαρ εστιν ανθρωπος ος ου γινωσκει την εφεσιων πολιν νεωκορον ουσαν της μεγαλης θεας αρτεμιδος και του διοπετους
Lit: Having calmed then the town clerk the crowd, he says, Men, Ephesians, what for is there man who not knows the of the Ephesians city temple-keeper as being of the great Artemis, and of that fallen from the sky?
KJV: And when the townclerk had appeased the people, he said, Ye men of Ephesus, what man is there that knoweth not how that the city of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddess Diana, and of the [image] which fell down from Jupiter?
References
"Ye men"Eph 2:12: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:"and of"Ac 19:26: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:2Th 2:10: 11: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.1Ti 4:2: Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron;"Jupiter"Ac 14:12: 13: They called Barnabas: Jupiter; and Paul: Mercurius: because he was the chief speaker.
αναντιρρητων ουν οντων τουτων δεον εστιν υμας κατεσταλμενους υπαρχειν και μηδεν προπετες πραττειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G368ἀναντιρρήτωνanantirrētōn (Adj-GNP)
G368 ἀναντίῤῥητος anantírrhētos an-an-tir-hray-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a compound of ἀντί and ῥέω; indisputable:--cannot be spoken against.
|
ἀναντιρρήτωνanantirrētōn
|
Undeniable
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1510ὄντωνontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντωνontōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these things,
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1163δέονdeon (V-PPA-NNS)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δέονdeon
|
necessary
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
for you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2687κατεσταλμένουςkatestalmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G2687 καταστέλλω katastéllō kat-as-tel-lo from κατά and στέλλω; to put down, i.e. quell:--appease, quiet.
|
κατεσταλμένουςkatestalmenous
|
calm
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G5225ὑπάρχεινhyparchein (V-PNA)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχεινhyparchein
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4312προπετὲςpropetes (Adj-ANS)
G4312 προπετής propetḗs prop-et-ace from a compound of πρό and πίπτω; falling forward, i.e. headlong (figuratively, precipitate):--heady, rash(-ly).
|
προπετὲςpropetes
|
rash
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4238πράσσειν.prassein (V-PNA)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσειν.prassein
|
to do.
|
V-PNA
|
36
Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against, you ought to be quiet, and to not dohing rashly.Acts 19:36
Stats
Rank: #9848 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 17 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναντιρρητων ουν οντων τουτων δεον εστιν υμας κατεσταλμενους υπαρχειν και μηδεν προπετες πραττειν
Lit: Undeniable therefore being these things, necessary it is for you calm to be, and nothing rash to do.
KJV: Seeing then that these things cannot be spoken against, ye ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rashly.
References
"ye ought"Ac 5:35-39: Said to them: You men of Israel: take heed to yourselves what you intend to do as touching these men.Pr 14:29: He who is slow to wrath is of great understanding: but he who is hasty of spirit exalts folly.Pr 25:8: not Go forth hastily to strive: lest you not know what to do in the end thereof: when your neighbour has put you to shame.
ηγαγετε γαρ τους ανδρας τουτους ουτε ιεροσυλους ουτε βλασφημουντας την θεαν υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G71ἠγάγετεēgagete (V-AIA-2P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἠγάγετεēgagete
|
You brought
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these,
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G2417ἱεροσύλουςhierosylous (Adj-AMP)
G2417 ἱερόσυλος hierósylos hee-er-os-oo-los from ἱερόν and συλάω; a temple-despoiler:--robber of churches.
|
ἱεροσύλουςhierosylous
|
temple plunderers
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G987βλασφημοῦνταςblasphēmountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημοῦνταςblasphēmountas
|
blaspheming
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2316θεὸνtheon (N-AFS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεὸνtheon
|
goddess
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
37
For you have brought here these men, which are neither robbers of churches, nor yet blasphemers of your goddess.Acts 19:37
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 17 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγαγετε γαρ τους ανδρας τουτους ουτε ιεροσυλους ουτε βλασφημουντας την θεαν υμων
Lit: You brought for the men these, neither temple plunderers nor blaspheming the goddess of us.
KJV: For ye have brought hither these men, which are neither robbers of churches, nor yet blasphemers of your goddess.
References
"which"Ac 25:8: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.1Co 10:32: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:2Co 6:3: Giving no offence in any thing: that the ministry not be blamed:
ει μεν ουν δημητριος και οι συν αυτω τεχνιται προς τινα λογον εχουσιν αγοραιοι αγονται και ανθυπατοι εισιν εγκαλειτωσαν αλληλοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487Εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1216ΔημήτριοςDēmētrios (N-NMS)
G1216 Δημήτριος Dēmḗtrios day-may-tree-os from (Ceres); Demetrius, the name of an Ephesian and of a Christian:--Demetrius.
|
ΔημήτριοςDēmētrios
|
Demetrius
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5079τεχνῖταιtechnitai (N-NMP)
G5079 τεχνίτης technítēs tekh-nee-tace from τέχνη; an artisan; figuratively, a founder (Creator):--builder, craftsman.
|
τεχνῖταιtechnitai
|
craftsmen
|
N-NMP
|
G2192ἔχουσιechousi (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσιechousi
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
anyone
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3056λόγον,logon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον,logon
|
a matter,
|
N-AMS
|
G60ἀγοραῖοιagoraioi (Adj-NFP)
G60 ἀγοραῖος agoraîos ag-or-ah-yos from ἀγορά; relating to the market-place, i.e. forensic (times); by implication, vulgar:--baser sort, low.
|
ἀγοραῖοιagoraioi
|
courts
|
Adj-NFP
|
G71ἄγονταιagontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγονταιagontai
|
are conducted,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G446ἀνθύπατοίanthypatoi (N-NMP)
G446 ἀνθύπατος anthýpatos anth-oo-pat-os from ἀντί and a superlative of ὑπέρ; instead of the highest officer, i.e. (specially) a Roman proconsul:--deputy.
|
ἀνθύπατοίanthypatoi
|
proconsuls
|
N-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
there are;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1458ἐγκαλείτωσανenkaleitōsan (V-PMA-3P)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐγκαλείτωσανenkaleitōsan
|
let them accuse
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G240ἀλλήλοις.allēlois (RecPro-DMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλοις.allēlois
|
one another.
|
RecPro-DMP
|
38
For what reason if Demetrius, and the craftsmen which are with him, have a matter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let them implead one another.Acts 19:38
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 24 words, 129 letters, 52 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει μεν ουν δημητριος και οι συν αυτω τεχνιται προς τινα λογον εχουσιν αγοραιοι αγονται και ανθυπατοι εισιν εγκαλειτωσαν αλληλοις
Lit: If indeed therefore Demetrius and the with him craftsmen have against anyone a matter, courts are conducted, and proconsuls there are; let them accuse one another.
KJV: Wherefore if Demetrius, and the craftsmen which are with him, have a matter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let them implead one another.
References
"have"Ac 18:14: When Paul was now about to open his mouth: Gallio said to the Jews: If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness: O you Jews: reason would that I should bear with you:De 17:8: If there arise a matter too hard for you in judgment: between blood and blood: between plea and plea: and between stroke and stroke: being matters of controversy within your gates: then will you arise: and get you up into the place which the LORD your God will choose;1Co 6:1: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?
ει δε τι περι ετερων επιζητειτε εν τη εννομω εκκλησια επιλυθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4008περαιτέρωperaiterō (Adv)
G4008 πέραν péran per-an apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of (to pierce); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. across:--beyond, farther (other) side, over.
|
περαιτέρωperaiterō
|
beyond this
|
Adv
|
G1934ἐπιζητεῖτε,epizēteite (V-PIA-2P)
G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizētéō ep-eed-zay-teh-o from ἐπί and ζητέω; to search (inquire) for; intensively, to demand, to crave:--desire, enquire, seek (after, for).
|
ἐπιζητεῖτε,epizēteite
|
you inquire,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1772ἐννόμῳennomō (Adj-DFS)
G1772 ἔννομος énnomos en-nom-os from ἐν and νόμος; (subjectively) legal, or (objectively) subject to:--lawful, under law.
|
ἐννόμῳennomō
|
lawful
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
assembly
|
N-DFS
|
G1956ἐπιλυθήσεται.epilythēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1956 ἐπιλύω epilýō ep-ee-loo-o from ἐπί and λύω; to solve further, i.e. (figuratively) to explain, decide:--determine, expound.
|
ἐπιλυθήσεται.epilythēsetai
|
it will be solved.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
39
But if you inquire any thing concerning other matters, it will be determined in a lawful assembly.Acts 19:39
Stats
Rank: #9289 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τι περι ετερων επιζητειτε εν τη εννομω εκκλησια επιλυθησεται
Lit: If however anything beyond this you inquire, in the lawful assembly it will be solved.
KJV: But if ye inquire any thing concerning other matters, it shall be determined in a lawful assembly.
και γαρ κινδυνευομεν εγκαλεισθαι στασεως περι της σημερον μηδενος αιτιου υπαρχοντος περι ου δυνησομεθα αποδουναι λογον της συστροφης ταυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2793κινδυνεύομενkindyneuomen (V-PIA-1P)
G2793 κινδυνεύω kindyneúō kin-doon-yoo-o from κίνδυνος; to undergo peril:--be in danger, be (stand) in jeopardy.
|
κινδυνεύομενkindyneuomen
|
we are in danger of
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1458ἐγκαλεῖσθαιenkaleisthai (V-PNM/P)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐγκαλεῖσθαιenkaleisthai
|
being accused
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4714στάσεωςstaseōs (N-GFS)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσεωςstaseōs
|
of insurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
in regard to
|
Prep
|
G4594σήμερον,sēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερον,sēmeron
|
this day,
|
Adv
|
G3367μηδενὸςmēdenos (Adj-GNS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὸςmēdenos
|
not one
|
Adj-GNS
|
G159αἰτίουaitiou (Adj-GNS)
G159 αἴτιος aítios ah-ee-tee-os from the same as αἰτέω; causative, i.e. (concretely) a causer:--author.
|
αἰτίουaitiou
|
cause
|
Adj-GNS
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντος,hyparchontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντος,hyparchontos
|
there existing
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
which
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνησόμεθαdynēsometha (V-FIM-1P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνησόμεθαdynēsometha
|
we will be able
|
V-FIM-1P
|
G591ἀποδοῦναιapodounai (V-ANA)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδοῦναιapodounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
a reason
|
N-AMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4963συστροφῆςsystrophēs (N-GFS)
G4963 συστροφή systrophḗ soos-trof-ay from συστρέφω; a twisting together, i.e. (figuratively) a secret coalition, riotous crowd:--+ band together, concourse.
|
συστροφῆςsystrophēs
|
commotion
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης.tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης.tautēs
|
this.
|
DPro-GFS
|
40
For we are in danger to be called in question for this day's uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse.Acts 19:40
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 26 words, 110 letters, 46 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ κινδυνευομεν εγκαλεισθαι στασεως περι της σημερον μηδενος αιτιου υπαρχοντος περι ου δυνησομεθα αποδουναι λογον της συστροφης ταυτης
Lit: And for we are in danger of being accused of insurrection in regard to this day, not one cause there existing concerning which not we will be able to give a reason for the commotion this.
KJV: For we are in danger to be called in question for this day's uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse.
References
"we are"Ac 17:5-8: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people."uproar"Ac 20:1: After the uproar was ceased: Paul called to him the disciples: and embraced them: and departed for to go into Macedonia.Ac 21:31: 38: As they went about to kill him: tidings came to the chief captain of the band: that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.1Ki 1:41: Adonijah and all the guests that were with him heard it as they had made an end of eating. And when Joab heard the sound of the trumpet: he said: For what reason is this noise of the city being in an uproar?Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.
και ταυτα ειπων απελυσεν την εκκλησιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004εἰπὼνeipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπὼνeipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G630ἀπέλυσενapelysen (V-AIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσενapelysen
|
he dismissed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαν.ekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαν.ekklēsian
|
assembly.
|
N-AFS
|
41
When he had thus spoken, he dismissed the assembly.Acts 19:41
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 9 words, 44 letters, 14 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα ειπων απελυσεν την εκκλησιαν
Lit: And these things having said, he dismissed the assembly.
KJV: And when he had thus spoken, he dismissed the assembly.
References
"when"Pr 15:1: 2: A soft answer turns away wrath: but grievous words stir up anger.Ec 9:17: The words of wise men are heard in quiet more than the cry of him that rules among fools."he dismissed"Ps 65:7: Which stills the noise of the seas: the noise of their waves: and the tumult of the people.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:
20
Paul in Macedonia and Greece
μετα δε το παυσασθαι τον θορυβον προσκαλεσαμενος ο παυλος τους μαθητας και ασπασαμενος εξηλθεν πορευθηναι εις την μακεδονιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3973παύσασθαιpausasthai (V-ANM)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
παύσασθαιpausasthai
|
had ceased
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2351θόρυβονthorybon (N-AMS)
G2351 θόρυβος thórybos thor-oo-bos from the base of θροέω; a disturbance:--tumult, uproar.
|
θόρυβονthorybon
|
uproar,
|
N-AMS
|
G3343μεταπεμψάμενοςmetapempsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μεταπεμψάμενοςmetapempsamenos
|
having called to him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλέσας,parakalesas (V-APA-NMS)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλέσας,parakalesas
|
having encouraged,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos
|
having said farewell,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3109Μακεδονίαν.Makedonian (N-AFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
Μακεδονίαν.Makedonian
|
Macedonia.
|
N-AFS
|
1
And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia.
Acts 20:1
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 18 words, 101 letters, 41 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε το παυσασθαι τον θορυβον προσκαλεσαμενος ο παυλος τους μαθητας και ασπασαμενος εξηλθεν πορευθηναι εις την μακεδονιαν
Lit: After now had ceased the uproar, having called to him Paul the disciples and having encouraged, having said farewell, he departed to go to Macedonia.
KJV: And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced [them], and departed for to go into Macedonia.
References
"after"Ac 19:23-41: The same time there arose no small stir about that way."embraced"Ac 20:10: 37: Paul went down: and fell on him: and embracing him said: not Trouble yourselves; for his life is in him.Ac 21:5: 6: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ge 48:10: Now the eyes of Israel were dim for age: so that he not could see. And he brought them near to him; and he kissed them: and embraced them.1Sa 20:41: 42: And as soon as the lad was gone: David arose out of a place toward the south: and fell on his face to the ground: and bowed himself 3 times: and they kissed one another: and wept one with another: until David exceeded.Ro 16:16: Greet one another with an holy kiss. The churches of Christ greet you.1Co 16:20: All the brothers greet you. Greet you one another with an holy kiss.2Co 13:12: Greet one another with an holy kiss.1Th 5:26: Greet all the brothers with an holy kiss."to go"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.1Co 16:5: Now I will come to you: when I will pass through Macedonia: for I do pass through Macedonia.2Co 7:5: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.1Ti 1:3: As I besought you to abide still at Ephesus: when I went into Macedonia: that you might charge some that they teach no other doctrine:
διελθων δε τα μερη εκεινα και παρακαλεσας αυτους λογω πολλω ηλθεν εις την ελλαδα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1330διελθὼνdielthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διελθὼνdielthōn
|
Having passed through
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3313μέρηmerē (N-ANP)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρηmerē
|
districts
|
N-ANP
|
G1565ἐκεῖναekeina (DPro-ANP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖναekeina
|
those,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλέσαςparakalesas (V-APA-NMS)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλέσαςparakalesas
|
having exhorted
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
with talk
|
N-DMS
|
G4183πολλῷpollō (Adj-DMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῷpollō
|
much,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
he came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1671Ἑλλάδα,Hellada (N-AFS)
G1671 Ἑλλάς Hellás hel-las of uncertain affinity; Hellas (or Greece), a country of Europe:--Greece.
|
Ἑλλάδα,Hellada
|
Greece.
|
N-AFS
|
2
When he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece,Acts 20:2
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: διελθων δε τα μερη εκεινα και παρακαλεσας αυτους λογω πολλω ηλθεν εις την ελλαδα
Lit: Having passed through then the districts those, and having exhorted them with talk much, he came to Greece.
KJV: And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece,
References
"those"Ac 20:6: We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread: and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Ac 16:12: From there to Philippi: which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia: and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days.Ac 17:1: 10: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:"given"Ac 20:7: 11: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.Ac 2:40: With many other words did he testify and exhort: saying: Save yourselves from this untoward generation.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 15:41: He went through Syria and Cilicia: confirming the churches.Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:1Th 2:3: 11: For our exhortation was not of deceit: nor of uncleanness: nor in guile:1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more."Greece"Zec 9:13: When I have bent Judah for me: filled the bow with Ephraim: and raised up your sons: O Zion: against your sons: O Greece: and made you as the sword of a mighty man.
ποιησας τε μηνας τρεις γενομενης αυτω επιβουλης υπο των ιουδαιων μελλοντι αναγεσθαι εις την συριαν εγενετο γνωμη του υποστρεφειν δια μακεδονιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
Having continued
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-AMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having been made
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1917ἐπιβουλῆςepiboulēs (N-GFS)
G1917 ἐπιβουλή epiboulḗ ep-ee-boo-lay from a presumed compound of ἐπί and βούλομαι; a plan against someone, i.e. a plot:--laying (lying) in wait.
|
ἐπιβουλῆςepiboulēs
|
a plot
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
against him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3195μέλλοντιmellonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντιmellonti
|
he being about
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G321ἀνάγεσθαιanagesthai (V-PNM/P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνάγεσθαιanagesthai
|
to sail
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4947Συρίαν,Syrian (N-AFS)
G4947 Συρία Syría soo-ree-ah probably of Hebrew origin (צֹר); Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:--Syria.
|
Συρίαν,Syrian
|
Syria,
|
N-AFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1106γνώμηςgnōmēs (N-GFS)
G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμηςgnōmēs
|
a purpose
|
N-GFS
|
G5290ὑποστρέφεινhypostrephein (V-PNA)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑποστρέφεινhypostrephein
|
to return
|
V-PNA
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3109Μακεδονίας.Makedonias (N-GFS)
G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
Μακεδονίας.Makedonias
|
Macedonia.
|
N-GFS
|
3
there abode 3 months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia.Acts 20:3
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 46 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ποιησας τε μηνας τρεις γενομενης αυτω επιβουλης υπο των ιουδαιων μελλοντι αναγεσθαι εις την συριαν εγενετο γνωμη του υποστρεφειν δια μακεδονιας
Lit: Having continued then months three, having been made a plot against him by the Jews, he being about to sail into Syria, arose a purpose to return through Macedonia.
KJV: And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia.
References
"the Jews"Ac 20:19: Serving the Lord with all humility of mind: and with many tears: and temptations: which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews:Ac 9:23: 24: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:Ac 23:12-15: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 25:3: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Ezr 8:31: Then we departed from the river of Ahava on the twelfth day of the first month: to go to Jerusalem: and the hand of our God was upon us: and He delivered us from the hand of the enemy: and of such as lay in wait by the way.Pr 1:11: If they say: Come with us: let us lay wait for blood: let us lurk privily for the innocent without cause:Jer 5:26: For among my people are found wicked men: they lay wait: as he who sets snares; they set a trap: they catch men.2Co 7:5: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.2Co 11:26: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;"sail"Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Ac 21:3: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"he purposed"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.2Co 1:15: In this confidence I was minded to come to you before: that you might have a second benefit;
συνειπετο δε αυτω αχρι της ασιας σωπατρος βεροιαιος θεσσαλονικεων δε αρισταρχος και σεκουνδος και γαιος δερβαιος και τιμοθεος ασιανοι δε τυχικος και τροφιμος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4902Συνείπετοsyneipeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4902 συνέπομαι synépomai soon-ep-om-ahee middle voice from σύν and a primary (to follow); to attend (travel) in company with:--accompany.
|
Συνείπετοsyneipeto
|
Was accompanied by
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
he
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4986ΣώπατροςSōpatros (N-NMS)
G4986 Σώπατρος Sṓpatros so-pat-ros from the base of σώζω and πατήρ; of a safe father; Sopatrus, a Christian:--Sopater. Compare Σωσίπατρος.
|
ΣώπατροςSōpatros
|
Sopater
|
N-NMS
|
G4450ΠύρρουPyrrou (N-GMS)
G4450 πυῤῥός pyrrhós poor-hros from πῦρ; fire-like, i.e. (specially), flame- colored:--red.
|
ΠύρρουPyrrou
|
Pyrrhus,
|
N-GMS
|
G961Βεροιαῖος,Beroiaios (Adj-NMS)
G961 Βεροιαῖος Beroiaîos ber-oy-ah-yos from Βέροια; a Berœoean or native of Berœa:--of Berea.
|
Βεροιαῖος,Beroiaios
|
a Berean;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2331ΘεσσαλονικέωνThessalonikeōn (N-GMP)
G2331 Θεσσαλονικεύς Thessalonikeús thes-sal-on-ik-yoos from Θεσσαλονίκη; a Thessalonican, i.e. inhabitant of Thessalonice:--Thessalonian.
|
ΘεσσαλονικέωνThessalonikeōn
|
of the Thessalonians
|
N-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G708ἈρίσταρχοςAristarchos (N-NMS)
G708 Ἀρίσταρχος Arístarchos ar-is-tar-khos from the same as ἄριστον and ἄρχω; best ruling; Aristarchus, a Macedonian:--Aristarchus.
|
ἈρίσταρχοςAristarchos
|
Aristarchus
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4580Σεκοῦνδος,Sekoundos (N-NMS)
G4580 Σεκοῦνδος Sekoûndos sek-oon-dos of Latin origin; second; Secundus, a Christian:--Secundus.
|
Σεκοῦνδος,Sekoundos
|
Secundus;
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1050ΓάϊοςGaios (N-NMS)
G1050 Γάϊος Gáïos gah-ee-os of Latin origin; Gaius (i.e. Caius), a Christian:--Gaius.
|
ΓάϊοςGaios
|
Gaius
|
N-NMS
|
G1190ΔερβαῖοςDerbaios (Adj-NMS)
G1190 Δερβαῖος Derbaîos der-bah-ee-os from Δέρβη; a Derbæan or inhabitant of Derbe:--of Derbe.
|
ΔερβαῖοςDerbaios
|
of Derbe
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5095Τιμόθεος,Timotheos (N-NMS)
G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
Τιμόθεος,Timotheos
|
Timothy;
|
N-NMS
|
G774ἈσιανοὶAsianoi (N-NMP)
G774 Ἀσιανός Asianós as-ee-an-os from Ἀσία; an Asian (i.e. Asiatic) or an inhabitant of Asia:--of Asia.
|
ἈσιανοὶAsianoi
|
the Asians
|
N-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G5190ΤυχικὸςTychikos (N-NMS)
G5190 Τυχικός Tychikós too-khee-kos from a derivative of τυγχάνω; fortuitous, i.e. fortunate; Tychicus, a Christian:--Tychicus.
|
ΤυχικὸςTychikos
|
Tychicus
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5161Τρόφιμος·Trophimos (N-NMS)
G5161 Τρόφιμος Tróphimos trof-ee-mos from τροφή; nutritive; Trophimus, a Christian:--Trophimus.
|
Τρόφιμος·Trophimos
|
Trophimus.
|
N-NMS
|
4
There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus.
Acts 20:4
Stats
Rank: #8256 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 22 words, 143 letters, 60 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνειπετο δε αυτω αχρι της ασιας σωπατρος βεροιαιος θεσσαλονικεων δε αρισταρχος και σεκουνδος και γαιος δερβαιος και τιμοθεος ασιανοι δε τυχικος και τροφιμος
Lit: Was accompanied by then he Sopater Pyrrhus, a Berean; of the Thessalonians now, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy; the Asians now, Tychicus and Trophimus.
KJV: And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus.
References
"Sopater"Ro 16:21: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you."Sosipater"Ac 17:10-12: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews."Aristarchus"Ac 19:29: The whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus: men of Macedonia: Paul's companions in travel: they rushed with one accord into the theatre.Ac 27:2: Entering into a ship of Adramyttium: we launched: meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus: a Macedonian of Thessalonica: being with us.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)Phm 1:24: Marcus: Aristarchus: Demas: Lucas: my fellowlabourers."Gaius"Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.3Jo 1:1: The elder to the wellbeloved Gaius: whom I love in the truth."Derbe"Ac 14:6: 20: They were ware of it: and fled to Lystra and Derbe: cities of Lycaonia: and to the region that lies round about:2Co 8:23: 24: Whether any do inquire of Titus: He is my partner and fellowhelper concerning you: or our brothers be inquired of: they are the messengers of the churches: and the glory of Christ."Timotheus"Ac 16:1: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:2Co 1:1: 19: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:Php 2:19: But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timotheus shortly to you: that I also may be of good comfort: when I know your state.1Ti 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour: and Lord Jesus Christ: which is our hope;2Ti 1:2: To Timothy: my dearly beloved son: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord."Tychicus"Eph 6:21: But that you also may know my affairs: and how I do: Tychicus: a beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord: will make known to you all things:Col 4:7: All my state will Tychicus declare to you: who is a beloved brother: and a faithful minister and fellowservant in the Lord:2Ti 4:12: Tychicus have I sent to Ephesus.Tit 3:12: When I will send Artemas to you: or Tychicus: be diligent to come to me to Nicopolis: for I have determined there to winter."Trophimus"Ac 21:29: (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian: whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.)2Ti 4:20: Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophimus have I left at Miletum sick.
ουτοι προελθοντες εμενον ημας εν τρωαδι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4281προελθόντεςproelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4281 προέρχομαι proérchomai pro-er-khom-ahee from πρό and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time):--go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on.
|
προελθόντεςproelthontes
|
having gone ahead,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3306ἔμενονemenon (V-IIA-3P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἔμενονemenon
|
waited for
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5174Τρῳάδι·Trōadi (N-DFS)
G5174 Τρωάς Trōás tro-as from (a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas, a place in Asia Minor:--Troas.
|
Τρῳάδι·Trōadi
|
Troas.
|
N-DFS
|
5
These going before tarried for us at Troas.Acts 20:5
Stats
Counts: 43 characters, 8 words, 35 letters, 15 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι προελθοντες εμενον ημας εν τρωαδι
Lit: These also having gone ahead, waited for us in Troas.
KJV: These going before tarried for us at Troas.
References
"Troas"Ac 16:8: 11: They passing by Mysia came down to Troas.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: 2Ti 4:13: The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus: when you come: bring with you: and the books: but especially the parchments.
ημεις δε εξεπλευσαμεν μετα τας ημερας των αζυμων απο φιλιππων και ηλθομεν προς αυτους εις την τρωαδα αχρις ημερων πεντε ου διετριψαμεν ημερας επτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1602ἐξεπλεύσαμενexepleusamen (V-AIA-1P)
G1602 ἐκπλέω ekpléō ek-pleh-o from ἐκ and πλέω; to depart by ship:--sail (away, thence).
|
ἐξεπλεύσαμενexepleusamen
|
sailed away
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G106ἀζύμωνazymōn (Adj-GNP)
G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἀζύμωνazymōn
|
Unleavened Bread,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G5375Φιλίππων,Philippōn (N-GMP)
G5375 Φίλιπποι Phílippoi fil-ip-poy plural of Φίλιππος; Philippi, a place in Macedonia:--Philippi.
|
Φιλίππων,Philippōn
|
Philippi,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G5174ΤρῳάδαTrōada (N-AFS)
G5174 Τρωάς Trōás tro-as from (a Trojan); the Troad (or plain of Troy), i.e. Troas, a place in Asia Minor:--Troas.
|
ΤρῳάδαTrōada
|
Troas
|
N-AFS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
within
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G4002πέντε,pente (Adj-GFP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε,pente
|
five,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1304διετρίψαμενdietripsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διετρίψαμενdietripsamen
|
we stayed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτά.hepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά.hepta
|
seven.
|
Adj-AFP
|
6
We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Acts 20:6
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 24 words, 109 letters, 45 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε εξεπλευσαμεν μετα τας ημερας των αζυμων απο φιλιππων και ηλθομεν προς αυτους εις την τρωαδα αχρις ημερων πεντε ου διετριψαμεν ημερας επτα
Lit: We then sailed away after the days of the Unleavened Bread, from Philippi, and we came to them at Troas within days five, where we stayed days seven.
KJV: And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days.
References
"Philippi"Ac 16:12: From there to Philippi: which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia: and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days.Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention."the days"Ac 12:3: Because he saw it pleased the Jews: he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.)Ex 12:14: 15: 18-20: This day will be to you for a memorial; and you will keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; you will keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever.Ex 13:6: 7: 7 days you will eat unleavened bread: and in the seventh day will be a feast to the LORD.Ex 23:15: You will keep the feast of unleavened bread: (you will eat unleavened bread 7 days: as I commanded you: in the time appointed of the month Abib; for in it you came out from Egypt: and none will appear before me empty:)Ex 34:18: The feast of unleavened bread will you keep. 7 days you will eat unleavened bread: as I commanded you: in the time of the month Abib: for in the month Abib you came out from Egypt.1Co 5:7: 8: Purge out therefore the old leaven: that you may be a new lump: as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:"came"2Ti 4:13: The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus: when you come: bring with you: and the books: but especially the parchments."seven"Ac 21:4: 8: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ac 28:14: Where we found brothers: and were desired to tarry with them 7 days: and so we went toward Rome.
Eutychus Revived at Troas
εν δε τη μια των σαββατων συνηγμενων των μαθητων του κλασαι αρτον ο παυλος διελεγετο αυτοις μελλων εξιεναι τη επαυριον παρετεινεν τε τον λογον μεχρι μεσονυκτιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
first day
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4521σαββάτωνsabbatōn (N-GNP)
G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτωνsabbatōn
|
week,
|
N-GNP
|
G4863συνηγμένωνsynēgmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνηγμένωνsynēgmenōn
|
having come together
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
we
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2806κλάσαιklasai (V-ANA)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
κλάσαιklasai
|
to break
|
V-ANA
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1256διελέγετοdielegeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διελέγετοdielegeto
|
talked
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3195μέλλωνmellōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλωνmellōn
|
about
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1826ἐξιέναιexienai (V-PNA)
G1826 ἔξειμι éxeimi ex-i-mee from ἐκ and (to go); to issue, i.e. leave (a place), escape (to the shore):--depart, get (to land), go out.
|
ἐξιέναιexienai
|
to depart
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1887ἐπαύριον,epaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριον,epaurion
|
next day;
|
Adv
|
G3905παρέτεινένpareteinen (V-IIA-3S)
G3905 παρατείνω parateínō par-at-i-no from παρά and teino (to stretch); to extend along, i.e. prolong (in point of time):--continue.
|
παρέτεινένpareteinen
|
he continued
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
talk
|
N-AMS
|
G3360μέχριmechri (Prep)
G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριmechri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3317μεσονυκτίου.mesonyktiou (N-GNS)
G3317 μεσονύκτιον mesonýktion mes-on-ook-tee-on neuter of compound of μέσος and νύξ; midnight (especially as a watch):--midnight.
|
μεσονυκτίου.mesonyktiou
|
midnight.
|
N-GNS
|
7
Upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached to them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.
Acts 20:7
Stats
Rank: #102 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 28 words, 145 letters, 54 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε τη μια των σαββατων συνηγμενων των μαθητων του κλασαι αρτον ο παυλος διελεγετο αυτοις μελλων εξιεναι τη επαυριον παρετεινεν τε τον λογον μεχρι μεσονυκτιου
Lit: In then the first day of the week, having come together we to break bread, Paul talked to them, about to depart on the next day; he continued then the talk until midnight.
KJV: And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.
References
"the first"Joh 20:1: 19: 26: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre.1Co 16:2: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store: as God has prospered Him: that there be no gatherings when I come.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: "the disciples"1Co 11:17-21: 33: 34: Now in this that I declare to you I praise you not: that you come not together for the better: but for the worse."to break"Ac 20:11: When he therefore was come up again: and had broken bread: and eaten: and talked a long while: even till break of day: so he departed.Ac 2:42: 46: They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship: and in breaking of bread: and in prayers.Lu 22:19: He took bread: and gave thanks: and brake it: and gave to them: saying: This is my body which is given for you: this do in remembrance of me.Lu 24:35: They told what things were done in the way: and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.1Co 10:16: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1Co 11:20-34: When you come together therefore into one place: this not is to eat the Lord's supper."and continued"Ac 20:9: 11: 31: There sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus: being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching: he sunk down with sleep: and fell down from the third loft: and was taken up dead.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ne 8:3: He read therein before the street that was before the water gate from the morning until midday: before the men and the women: and those that could understand; and the ears of all the people were attentive to the book of the law.Ne 9:3: They stood up in their place: and read in the book of the law of the LORD their God one fourth part of the day; and another fourth part they confessed: and worshipped the LORD their God.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
ησαν δε λαμπαδες ικαναι εν τω υπερωω ου ησαν συνηγμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510Ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Ἦσανēsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2985λαμπάδεςlampades (N-NFP)
G2985 λαμπάς lampás lam-pas from λάμπω; a lamp or flambeau:--lamp, light, torch.
|
λαμπάδεςlampades
|
lamps
|
N-NFP
|
G2425ἱκαναὶhikanai (Adj-NFP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκαναὶhikanai
|
many
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G5253ὑπερῴῳhyperōō (N-DNS)
G5253 ὑπερῷον hyperōion hoop-er-o-on neuter of a derivative of ὑπέρ; a higher part of the house, i.e. apartment in the third story:--upper chamber (room).
|
ὑπερῴῳhyperōō
|
upper room
|
N-DNS
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦμενēmen (V-IIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦμενēmen
|
we were
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G4863συνηγμένοι.synēgmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνηγμένοι.synēgmenoi
|
assembled.
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
8
There were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together.Acts 20:8
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 13 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε λαμπαδες ικαναι εν τω υπερωω ου ησαν συνηγμενοι
Lit: There were now lamps many in the upper room where we were assembled.
KJV: And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together.
References
"in"Ac 1:13: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Lu 22:12: He will show you a large upper room furnished: there make ready.
καθημενος δε τις νεανιας ονοματι ευτυχος επι της θυριδος καταφερομενος υπνω βαθει διαλεγομενου του παυλου επι πλειον κατενεχθεις απο του υπνου επεσεν απο του τριστεγου κατω και ηρθη νεκρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2516καθεζόμενοςkathezomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2516 καθέζομαι kathézomai kath-ed-zom-ahee from κατά and the base of ἑδραῖος; to sit down:--sit.
|
καθεζόμενοςkathezomenos
|
Was sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3494νεανίαςneanias (N-NMS)
G3494 νεανίας neanías neh-an-ee-as from a derivative of νέος; a youth (up to about forty years):--young man.
|
νεανίαςneanias
|
young man
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G2161ΕὔτυχοςEutychos (N-NMS)
G2161 Εὔτυχος Eútychos yoo-too-khos from εὖ and a derivative of τυγχάνω; well- fated, i.e. fortunate; Eutychus, a young man:--Eutychus.
|
ΕὔτυχοςEutychos
|
Eutychus
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2376θυρίδος,thyridos (N-GFS)
G2376 θυρίς thyrís thoo-rece from θύρα; an aperture, i.e. window:--window.
|
θυρίδος,thyridos
|
window,
|
N-GFS
|
G2702καταφερόμενοςkatapheromenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2702 καταφέρω kataphérō kat-af-er-o from κατά and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear down, i.e. (figuratively) overcome (with drowsiness); specially, to cast a vote:--fall, give, sink down.
|
καταφερόμενοςkatapheromenos
|
overpowered
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5258ὕπνῳhypnō (N-DMS)
G5258 ὕπνος hýpnos hoop-nos from an obsolete primary (perhaps akin to ὑπό through the idea of subsilience); sleep, i.e. (figuratively) spiritual torpor:--sleep.
|
ὕπνῳhypnō
|
by sleep
|
N-DMS
|
G901βαθεῖ,bathei (Adj-DMS)
G901 βαθύς bathýs bath-oos from the base of βάσις; profound (as going down), literally or figuratively:--deep, very early.
|
βαθεῖ,bathei
|
deep
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1256διαλεγομένουdialegomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλεγομένουdialegomenou
|
as talked
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G4119πλεῖον,pleion (Adj-ANS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλεῖον,pleion
|
longer;
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2702κατενεχθεὶςkatenechtheis (V-APP-NMS)
G2702 καταφέρω kataphérō kat-af-er-o from κατά and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear down, i.e. (figuratively) overcome (with drowsiness); specially, to cast a vote:--fall, give, sink down.
|
κατενεχθεὶςkatenechtheis
|
having been overpowered
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5258ὕπνουhypnou (N-GMS)
G5258 ὕπνος hýpnos hoop-nos from an obsolete primary (perhaps akin to ὑπό through the idea of subsilience); sleep, i.e. (figuratively) spiritual torpor:--sleep.
|
ὕπνουhypnou
|
sleep,
|
N-GMS
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
he fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5152τριστέγουtristegou (N-GNS)
G5152 τρίστεγον trístegon tris-teg-on neuter of a compound of τρεῖς and στέγη as noun; a third roof (story):--third loft.
|
τριστέγουtristegou
|
third story
|
N-GNS
|
G2736κάτωkatō (Adv)
G2736 κάτω kátō kat-o-ter-o (compare κατώτερος); adverb from κατά; downwards:--beneath, bottom, down, under.,
|
κάτωkatō
|
down,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142ἤρθηērthē (V-AIP-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἤρθηērthē
|
was picked up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3498νεκρός.nekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρός.nekros
|
dead.
|
Adj-NMS
|
9
There sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead.Acts 20:9
Stats
Counts: 208 characters, 36 words, 162 letters, 60 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθημενος δε τις νεανιας ονοματι ευτυχος επι της θυριδος καταφερομενος υπνω βαθει διαλεγομενου του παυλου επι πλειον κατενεχθεις απο του υπνου επεσεν απο του τριστεγου κατω και ηρθη νεκρος
Lit: Was sitting then a certain young man named Eutychus by the window, overpowered by sleep deep as talked Paul on longer; having been overpowered by the sleep, he fell from the third story down, and was picked up dead.
KJV: And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead.
References
"being"Jon 1:5: 6: Then the mariners were afraid: and cried every man to his god: and cast forth the wares that were in the ship into the sea: to lighten it of them. But Jonah was gone down into the sides of the ship; and he lay: and was fast asleep.Mt 26:40: 41: He comes to the disciples: and finds them asleep: and says to Peter: What: could you not watch with me one hour?Mr 13:36: Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping."the third"1Ki 17:19: He said to her: Give me your son. And he took him out of her bosom: and carried him up into a loft: where he abode: and laid him upon his own bed."and was"Ac 14:19: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.Mr 9:26: the spirit cried: and tear him sore: and came out of him: and he was as one dead; insomuch that many said: He is dead.
καταβας δε ο παυλος επεπεσεν αυτω και συμπεριλαβων ειπεν μη θορυβεισθε η γαρ ψυχη αυτου εν αυτω εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2597καταβὰςkatabas (V-APA-NMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβὰςkatabas
|
Having descended
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1968ἐπέπεσενepepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπέπεσενepepesen
|
fell upon
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4843συμπεριλαβὼνsymperilabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4843 συμπεριλαμβάνω symperilambánō soom-per-ee-lam-ban-o from σύν and a compound of περί and λαμβάνω; to take by enclosing altogether, i.e. earnestly throw the arms about one:--embrace.
|
συμπεριλαβὼνsymperilabōn
|
having embraced him,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2350θορυβεῖσθε·thorybeisthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G2350 θορυβέω thorybéō thor-oo-beh-o from θόρυβος; to be in tumult, i.e. disturb, clamor:--make ado (a noise), trouble self, set on an uproar.
|
θορυβεῖσθε·thorybeisthe
|
be alarmed,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5590ψυχὴpsychē (N-NFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴpsychē
|
life
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
10
Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, not Trouble yourselves; for his life is in him.
Acts 20:10
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 17 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: καταβας δε ο παυλος επεπεσεν αυτω και συμπεριλαβων ειπεν μη θορυβεισθε η γαρ ψυχη αυτου εν αυτω εστιν
Lit: Having descended however, Paul fell upon him, and having embraced him, said, Not be alarmed, the for life of him in him is.
KJV: And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him.
References
"and fell"1Ki 17:21: 22: He stretched Himself upon the child 3 times: and cried to the LORD: and said: O LORD my God: I pray you: let this child's soul come into Him again.2Ki 4:34: 35: He went up: and lay upon the child: and put his mouth upon his mouth: and his eyes upon his eyes: and his hands upon his hands: and he stretched himself upon the child; and the flesh of the child waxed warm."Trouble"Mt 9:24: He said to them: Give place: for the maid not is dead: but sleeps. And they laughed him to scorn.Mr 5:39: When he was come in: he says to them: Why make you this ado: and weep? the damsel not is dead: but sleepeth.Lu 7:13: When the Lord saw her: He had compassion on her: and said to her: not Weep.Joh 11:11: 40: These things said he: and after that he says to them: Our friend Lazarus sleeps; but I go: that I may awake him out of sleep.
αναβας δε και κλασας αρτον και γευσαμενος εφ ικανον τε ομιλησας αχρις αυγης ουτως εξηλθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G305Ἀναβὰςanabas (V-APA-NMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
Ἀναβὰςanabas
|
Having gone up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2806κλάσαςklasas (V-APA-NMS)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
κλάσαςklasas
|
having broken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1089γευσάμενος,geusamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γευσάμενος,geusamenos
|
having eaten,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2425ἱκανόνhikanon (Adj-AMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανόνhikanon
|
long
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3656ὁμιλήσαςhomilēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G3656 ὁμιλέω homiléō hom-il-eh-o from ὅμιλος; to be in company with, i.e. (by implication) to converse:--commune, talk.
|
ὁμιλήσαςhomilēsas
|
having talked
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G827αὐγῆς,augēs (N-GFS)
G827 αὐγή augḗ owg-ay of uncertain derivation; a ray of light, i.e. (by implication) radiance, dawn:--break of day.
|
αὐγῆς,augēs
|
daybreak,
|
N-GFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξῆλθεν.exēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθεν.exēlthen
|
he departed.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
11
When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed.Acts 20:11
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 42 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναβας δε και κλασας αρτον και γευσαμενος εφ ικανον τε ομιλησας αχρις αυγης ουτως εξηλθεν
Lit: Having gone up then, and having broken the bread, and having eaten, for long and having talked until daybreak, so he departed.
KJV: When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed.
References
"even"Ac 20:7: 9: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.
ηγαγον δε τον παιδα ζωντα και παρεκληθησαν ου μετριως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G71ἤγαγονēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγονēgagon
|
They brought
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3816παῖδαpaida (N-AMS)
G3816 παῖς paîs paheece perhaps from παίω; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God):--child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man.
|
παῖδαpaida
|
boy
|
N-AMS
|
G2198ζῶντα,zōnta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντα,zōnta
|
alive,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκλήθησανpareklēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκλήθησανpareklēthēsan
|
were comforted
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3357μετρίως.metriōs (Adv)
G3357 μετρίως metríōs met-ree-oce adverb from a derivative of μέτρον; moderately, i.e. slightly:--a little.
|
μετρίως.metriōs
|
a little.
|
Adv
|
12
They brought the young man alive, and not were a little comforted.Acts 20:12
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 12 words, 56 letters, 21 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγαγον δε τον παιδα ζωντα και παρεκληθησαν ου μετριως
Lit: They brought then the boy alive, and were comforted not a little.
KJV: And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted.
References
"were"Isa 40:1: Comfort you: comfort you my people: says your God.2Co 1:4: Who comforts us in all our tribulation: that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble: by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God.Eph 6:22: Whom I have sent to you for the same purpose: that you might know our affairs: and that he might comfort your hearts.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:11: 14: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace:
From Troas to Miletus
ημεις δε προελθοντες επι το πλοιον ανηχθημεν εις την ασσον εκειθεν μελλοντες αναλαμβανειν τον παυλον ουτως γαρ ην διατεταγμενος μελλων αυτος πεζευειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἩμεῖςHēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἩμεῖςHēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4281προελθόντεςproelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4281 προέρχομαι proérchomai pro-er-khom-ahee from πρό and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time):--go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on.
|
προελθόντεςproelthontes
|
having gone ahead
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
ship,
|
N-ANS
|
G321ἀνήχθημενanēchthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήχθημενanēchthēmen
|
sailed
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G789Ἆσσον,Asson (N-AFS)
G789 Ἄσσος Ássos as-sos probably of foreign origin; Assus, a city of Asia MInor:--Assos.
|
Ἆσσον,Asson
|
Assos,
|
N-AFS
|
G1564ἐκεῖθενekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθενekeithen
|
there
|
Adv
|
G3195μέλλοντεςmellontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντεςmellontes
|
being about
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G353ἀναλαμβάνεινanalambanein (V-PNA)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀναλαμβάνεινanalambanein
|
to take in
|
V-PNA
|
G3972Παῦλον·Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον·Paulon
|
Paul.
|
N-AMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1299διατεταγμένοςdiatetagmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διατεταγμένοςdiatetagmenos
|
having arranged,
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1510ἦν,ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν,ēn
|
he was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3195μέλλωνmellōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλωνmellōn
|
readying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3978πεζεύειν.pezeuein (V-PNA)
G3978 πεζεύω pezeúō ped-zyoo-o from the same as πεζῇ; to foot a journey, i.e. travel by land:--go afoot.
|
πεζεύειν.pezeuein
|
to go on foot.
|
V-PNA
|
13
We went before to ship, and sailed to Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot.Acts 20:13
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 22 words, 107 letters, 44 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε προελθοντες επι το πλοιον ανηχθημεν εις την ασσον εκειθεν μελλοντες αναλαμβανειν τον παυλον ουτως γαρ ην διατεταγμενος μελλων αυτος πεζευειν
Lit: We however, having gone ahead to the ship, sailed to Assos, there being about to take in Paul. Thus for having arranged, he was readying himself to go on foot.
KJV: And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot.
References
"minding"Mr 1:35: In the morning: rising up a great while before day: he went out: and departed into a solitary place: and there prayed.Mr 6:31-33: 46: He said to them: Come you yourselves apart into a desert place: and rest a while: for there were many coming and going: and they had no leisure so much as to eat.
ως δε συνεβαλεν ημιν εις την ασσον αναλαβοντες αυτον ηλθομεν εις μιτυληνην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4820συνέβαλλενsyneballen (V-IIA-3S)
G4820 συμβάλλω symbállō soom-bal-lo from σύν and βάλλω; to combine, i.e. (in speaking) to converse, consult, dispute, (mentally) to consider, (by implication) to aid, (personally) to join, attack:--confer, encounter, help, make, meet with, ponder.
|
συνέβαλλενsyneballen
|
he met with
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G789Ἆσσον,Asson (N-AFS)
G789 Ἄσσος Ássos as-sos probably of foreign origin; Assus, a city of Asia MInor:--Assos.
|
Ἆσσον,Asson
|
Assos,
|
N-AFS
|
G353ἀναλαβόντεςanalabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀναλαβόντεςanalabontes
|
having taken in
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3412Μιτυλήνην·Mitylēnēn (N-AFS)
G3412 Μιτυλήνη Mitylḗnē mit-oo-lay-nay for (abounding in shellfish); Mitylene (or Mytilene), a town on the island of Lesbos:--Mitylene.
|
Μιτυλήνην·Mitylēnēn
|
Mitylene.
|
N-AFS
|
14
When he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene.Acts 20:14
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 14 words, 53 letters, 21 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε συνεβαλεν ημιν εις την ασσον αναλαβοντες αυτον ηλθομεν εις μιτυληνην
Lit: When now he met with us at Assos, having taken in him, we came to Mitylene.
KJV: And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene.
κακειθεν αποπλευσαντες τη επιουση κατηντησαμεν αντικρυ χιου τη δε ετερα παρεβαλομεν εις σαμον και μειναντες εν τρωγυλλιω τη εχομενη ηλθομεν εις μιλητον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
And from there
|
Conj
|
G636ἀποπλεύσαντεςapopleusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G636 ἀποπλέω apopléō ap-op-leh-o from ἀπό and πλέω; to set sail:--sail away.
|
ἀποπλεύσαντεςapopleusantes
|
having sailed away,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1966ἐπιούσῃepiousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epioûsa ep-ee-oo-sah feminine singular participle of a comparative of ἐπί and (to go); supervening, i.e. (ἡμέρα or νύξ being expressed or implied) the ensuing day or night:--following, next.,
|
ἐπιούσῃepiousē
|
following day
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G2658κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen
|
we arrived
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G481ἄντικρυςantikrys (Prep)
G481 ἀντικρύ antikrý an-tee-kroo prolonged from ἀντί; opposite:--over against.
|
ἄντικρυςantikrys
|
opposite
|
Prep
|
G5508Χίου,Chiou (N-GFS)
G5508 Χίος Chíos khee-os of uncertain derivation; Chios, an island in the Mediterranean:--Chios.
|
Χίου,Chiou
|
Chios;
|
N-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2087ἑτέρᾳhetera (Adj-DFS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρᾳhetera
|
the next day
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3846παρεβάλομενparebalomen (V-AIA-1P)
G3846 παραβάλλω parabállō par-ab-al-lo from παρά and βάλλω; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflexively) to reach a place, or (figuratively) to liken:--arrive, compare.
|
παρεβάλομενparebalomen
|
we arrived
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4544Σάμον,Samon (N-AFS)
G4544 Σάμος Sámos sam-os of uncertain affinity; Samus, an island of the Mediterranean:--Samos.
|
Σάμον,Samon
|
Samos;
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2192ἐχομένῃechomenē (V-PPM/P-DFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχομένῃechomenē
|
following day
|
V-PPM/P-DFS
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3399Μίλητον.Milēton (N-AFS)
G3399 Μίλητος Mílētos mil-ay-tos of uncertain origin; Miletus, a city of Asia Minor:--Miletus.
|
Μίλητον.Milēton
|
Miletus.
|
N-AFS
|
15
We sailed there, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus.Acts 20:15
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 24 words, 129 letters, 50 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν αποπλευσαντες τη επιουση κατηντησαμεν αντικρυ χιου τη δε ετερα παρεβαλομεν εις σαμον και μειναντες εν τρωγυλλιω τη εχομενη ηλθομεν εις μιλητον
Lit: And from there having sailed away, on the following day we arrived opposite Chios; then the next day we arrived at Samos; the now following day we came to Miletus.
KJV: And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next [day] we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next [day] we came to Miletus.
References
"Miletus"Ac 20:17: From Miletus he sent to Ephesus: and called the elders of the church.2Ti 4:20: Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophimus have I left at Miletum sick.
εκρινεν γαρ ο παυλος παραπλευσαι την εφεσον οπως μη γενηται αυτω χρονοτριβησαι εν τη ασια εσπευδεν γαρ ει δυνατον ην αυτω την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης γενεσθαι εις ιεροσολυμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2919Κεκρίκειkekrikei (V-LIA-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
Κεκρίκειkekrikei
|
Had decided
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3896παραπλεῦσαιparapleusai (V-ANA)
G3896 παραπλέω parapléō par-ap-leh-o from παρά and πλέω; to sail near:--sail by.
|
παραπλεῦσαιparapleusai
|
to sail by
|
V-ANA
|
G2181Ἔφεσον,Epheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἔφεσον,Epheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
it might come upon
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5551χρονοτριβῆσαιchronotribēsai (V-ANA)
G5551 χρονοτριβέω chronotribéō khron-ot-rib-eh-o from a presumed compound of χρόνος and the base of τρίβος; to be a time-wearer, i.e. to procrastinate (linger):--spend time.
|
χρονοτριβῆσαιchronotribēsai
|
to spend time
|
V-ANA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G773Ἀσίᾳ·Asia (N-DFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίᾳ·Asia
|
Asia;
|
N-DFS
|
G4692ἔσπευδενespeuden (V-IIA-3S)
G4692 σπεύδω speúdō spyoo-do probably strengthened from πούς; to speed (study), i.e. urge on (diligently or earnestly); by implication, to await eagerly:--(make, with) haste unto.
|
ἔσπευδενespeuden
|
he was hastened
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρ,gar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρ,gar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1415δυνατὸνdynaton (Adj-NNS)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸνdynaton
|
possible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510εἴηeiē (V-POA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἴηeiē
|
it was
|
V-POA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
for him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
on the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G4005ΠεντηκοστῆςPentēkostēs (N-GFS)
G4005 πεντηκοστή pentēkostḗ pen-tay-kos-tay feminine of the ordinal of πεντήκοντα; fiftieth (ἡμέρα being implied) from Passover, i.e. the festival of Pentecost:--Pentecost.
|
ΠεντηκοστῆςPentēkostēs
|
of Pentecost
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to be
|
V-ANM
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
16
For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.Acts 20:16
Stats
Counts: 173 characters, 30 words, 135 letters, 56 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκρινεν γαρ ο παυλος παραπλευσαι την εφεσον οπως μη γενηται αυτω χρονοτριβησαι εν τη ασια εσπευδεν γαρ ει δυνατον ην αυτω την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης γενεσθαι εις ιεροσολυμα
Lit: Had decided for Paul to sail by Ephesus, so that not it might come upon to him to spend time in Asia; he was hastened for, if possible it was for him, on the day of Pentecost to be in Jerusalem.
KJV: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.
References
"had"Ac 20:13: We went before to ship: and sailed to Assos: there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed: minding himself to go afoot.Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 21:4: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ac 12:13: As Peter knocked at the door of the gate: a damsel came to listen: named Rhoda.Ac 24:17: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation: and offerings.Ro 15:24-28: Whensoever I take my journey into Spain: I will come to you: for I trust to see you in my journey: and to be brought on my way thitherward by you: if first I be somewhat filled with your company."the day"Ac 2:1: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ex 34:22: you will observe the feast of weeks: of the firstfruits of wheat harvest: and the feast of ingathering at the year's end.1Co 16:8: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.
Paul’s Farewell to the Ephesians
απο δε της μιλητου πεμψας εις εφεσον μετεκαλεσατο τους πρεσβυτερους της εκκλησιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἈπὸApo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἈπὸApo
|
From
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3399ΜιλήτουMilētou (N-GFS)
G3399 Μίλητος Mílētos mil-ay-tos of uncertain origin; Miletus, a city of Asia Minor:--Miletus.
|
ΜιλήτουMilētou
|
Miletus,
|
N-GFS
|
G3992πέμψαςpempsas (V-APA-NMS)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψαςpempsas
|
having sent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2181ἜφεσονEpheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἜφεσονEpheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G3333μετεκαλέσατοmetekalesato (V-AIM-3S)
G3333 μετακαλέω metakaléō met-ak-al-eh-o from μετά and καλέω; to call elsewhere, i.e. summon:--call (for, hither).
|
μετεκαλέσατοmetekalesato
|
he called for
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίας.ekklēsias
|
church.
|
N-GFS
|
17
From Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church.Acts 20:17
Stats
Rank: #749 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 13 words, 58 letters, 20 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: απο δε της μιλητου πεμψας εις εφεσον μετεκαλεσατο τους πρεσβυτερους της εκκλησιας
Lit: From then Miletus, having sent to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the church.
KJV: And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church.
References
"the elders"Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Ac 11:30: Which also they did: and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul.Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.Ac 15:4: 6: 23: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ac 16:4: As they went through the cities: they delivered them the decrees for to keep: that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:Jas 5:14: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:2Jo 1:1: The elder to the elect lady and her children: whom I love in the truth; not and I only: but also all they that have known the truth;3Jo 1:1: The elder to the wellbeloved Gaius: whom I love in the truth.
ως δε παρεγενοντο προς αυτον ειπεν αυτοις υμεις επιστασθε απο πρωτης ημερας αφ ης επεβην εις την ασιαν πως μεθ υμων τον παντα χρονον εγενομην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3854παρεγένοντοparegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παρεγένοντοparegenonto
|
they had come
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4771ὙμεῖςHymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὙμεῖςHymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1987ἐπίστασθε,epistasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίστασθε,epistasthe
|
know
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4413πρώτηςprōtēs (Adj-GFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηςprōtēs
|
the first
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1910ἐπέβηνepebēn (V-AIA-1S)
G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibaínō ep-ee-bah-ee-no from ἐπί and the base of βάσις; to walk upon, i.e. mount, ascend, embark, arrive:--come (into), enter into, go abroad, sit upon, take ship.
|
ἐπέβηνepebēn
|
I arrived
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G773Ἀσίαν,Asian (N-AFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίαν,Asian
|
Asia,
|
N-AFS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
whole
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G1096ἐγενόμην,egenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμην,egenomēn
|
I was,
|
V-AIM-1S
|
18
When they were come to him, he said to them, You know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons,
Acts 20:18
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 29 words, 119 letters, 48 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε παρεγενοντο προς αυτον ειπεν αυτοις υμεις επιστασθε απο πρωτης ημερας αφ ης επεβην εις την ασιαν πως μεθ υμων τον παντα χρονον εγενομην
Lit: When then they had come to him, he said to them, You know from the first day on which I arrived in Asia, how with you the whole time I was,
KJV: And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons,
References
"from"Ac 18:19: He came to Ephesus: and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue: and reasoned with the Jews.Ac 19:1: 10: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: "after"2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 6:3-11: Giving no offence in any thing: that the ministry not be blamed:1Th 1:5: 6: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.1Th 2:1-10: For yourselves: brothers: know our entrance in to you: that it not was in vain:2Th 3:7-9: For yourselves know how you ought to follow us: for we not behaved ourselves disorderly among you;2Ti 3:10: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience:
δουλευων τω κυριω μετα πασης ταπεινοφροσυνης και πολλων δακρυων και πειρασμων των συμβαντων μοι εν ταις επιβουλαις των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1398δουλεύωνdouleuōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1398 δουλεύω douleúō dool-yoo-o from δοῦλος; to be a slave to (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary):--be in bondage, (do) serve(-ice).
|
δουλεύωνdouleuōn
|
serving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5012ταπεινοφροσύνηςtapeinophrosynēs (N-GFS)
G5012 ταπεινοφροσύνη tapeinophrosýnē tap-i-nof-ros-oo-nay from a compound of ταπεινός and the base of φρήν; humiliation of mind, i.e. modesty:--humbleness of mind, humility (of mind, loneliness (of mind).
|
ταπεινοφροσύνηςtapeinophrosynēs
|
humility,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1144δακρύωνdakryōn (N-GNP)
G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δακρύωνdakryōn
|
tears,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3986πειρασμῶνpeirasmōn (N-GMP)
G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμῶνpeirasmōn
|
trials
|
N-GMP
|
G4819συμβάντωνsymbantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4819 συμβαίνω symbaínō soom-bah-ee-no from σύν and the base of βάσις; to walk (figuratively, transpire) together, i.e. concur (take place):--be(-fall), happen (unto).
|
συμβάντωνsymbantōn
|
having befallen
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1917ἐπιβουλαῖςepiboulais (N-DFP)
G1917 ἐπιβουλή epiboulḗ ep-ee-boo-lay from a presumed compound of ἐπί and βούλομαι; a plan against someone, i.e. a plot:--laying (lying) in wait.
|
ἐπιβουλαῖςepiboulais
|
plots
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
Jews;
|
Adj-GMP
|
19
Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews:Acts 20:19
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 22 words, 103 letters, 33 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: δουλευων τω κυριω μετα πασης ταπεινοφροσυνης και πολλων δακρυων και πειρασμων των συμβαντων μοι εν ταις επιβουλαις των ιουδαιων
Lit: serving the Lord with all humility, and tears, and trials having befallen me in the plots of the Jews;
KJV: Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews:
References
"Serving"Ac 27:23: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Ro 1:1: 9: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ro 12:11: Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ.Eph 6:7: With good will doing service: as to the Lord: not and to men:Col 3:24: Knowing that of the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance: for you serve the Lord Christ.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:Re 7:15: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them."with all"1Co 15:9: 10: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.2Co 3:5: Not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God;2Co 7:5: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.2Co 12:7-10: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure through the abundance of the revelations: there was given to me a thorn in the flesh: the messenger of Satan to buffet me: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure.Ga 4:13: 14: You know how through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel to you at the first."many"Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Ps 119:136: Rivers of waters run down my eyes: because they not keep your law.Jer 9:1: Oh that my head were waters: and my eyes a fountain of tears: that I might weep day and night for the killed of the daughter of my people!Jer 13:17: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Lu 19:41: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: 2Co 2:4: For out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote to you with many tears; not that you should be grieved: but that you might know the love which I have more abundantly to you.Php 3:18: (For many walk: of whom I have told you often: and now tell you even weeping: that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ:2Ti 1:4: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;"temptations"1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.2Co 4:7-11: But we have this treasure in earthen vessels: that the excellency of the power may be of God: not and of us.2Co 11:23-30: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Jas 1:2: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;1Pe 1:6: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:"by the"Ac 20:3: there abode 3 months. And when the Jews laid wait for him: as he was about to sail into Syria: he purposed to return through Macedonia.Ac 9:23-25: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:Ac 13:50: 51: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:5: 6: 19: 20: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 17:5: 13: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.2Co 11:26: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;
ως ουδεν υπεστειλαμην των συμφεροντων του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν και διδαξαι υμας δημοσια και κατ οικους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5288ὑπεστειλάμηνhypesteilamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G5288 ὑποστέλλω hypostéllō hoop-os-tel-lo from ὑπό and στέλλω; to withhold under (out of sight), i.e. (reflexively) to cower or shrink, (figuratively) to conceal (reserve):--draw (keep) back, shun, withdraw.
|
ὑπεστειλάμηνhypesteilamēn
|
I did shrink back
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of that
|
Art-GNP
|
G4851συμφερόντωνsympherontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συμφερόντωνsympherontōn
|
being profitable,
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G312ἀναγγεῖλαιanangeilai (V-ANA)
G312 ἀναγγέλλω anangéllō an-ang-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce (in detail):--declare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.
|
ἀναγγεῖλαιanangeilai
|
to declare
|
V-ANA
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάξαιdidaxai (V-ANA)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάξαιdidaxai
|
to teach
|
V-ANA
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1219δημοσίᾳdēmosia (Adj-DFS)
G1219 δημόσιος dēmósios day-mosee-os from δῆμος; public; (feminine singular dative case as adverb) in public:--common, openly, publickly.
|
δημοσίᾳdēmosia
|
publicly
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3624οἴκους,oikous (N-AMP)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκους,oikous
|
house to house,
|
N-AMP
|
20
And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you, but have showed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house,Acts 20:20
Stats
Rank: #2368 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 21 words, 106 letters, 42 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως ουδεν υπεστειλαμην των συμφεροντων του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν και διδαξαι υμας δημοσια και κατ οικους
Lit: how nothing I did shrink back of that being profitable, not to declare to you, and to teach you publicly and from house to house,
KJV: And how I kept back nothing that was profitable [unto you], but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house,
References
"I kept"Ac 20:27: 31: For I not have shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God.Ac 5:2: Kept back part of the price: his wife also being privy to it: and brought a certain part: and laid it at the apostles' feet.De 4:5: Look: I have taught you statutes and judgments: even as the LORD my God commanded me: that you should do so in the land whither you go to possess it.Ps 40:9: 10: I have preached righteousness in the great congregation: indeed: I not have refrained my lips: O LORD: you knowest.Eze 33:7-9: So you: O son of man: I have set you a watchman to the house of Israel; therefore you will hear the word at my mouth: and warn them from me.1Co 15:3: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:"profitable"1Co 12:7: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.1Co 14:6: Now: brothers: if I come to you speaking with tongues: what will I profit you: except I will speak to you either by revelation: or by knowledge: or by prophesying: or by doctrine?Php 3:1: Finally: my brothers: rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you: to me indeed is not grievous: but for you it is safe.2Ti 3:16: 17: All scripture is given by inspiration of God: and is profitable for doctrine: for reproof: for correction: for instruction in righteousness:"and have"Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Ac 2:46: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: Ac 5:42: Daily in the temple: and in every house: they not ceased to teach and preach Jesus Christ.Mr 4:34: But without a parable spoke not he to them: and when they were alone: he expounded all things to his disciples.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.
διαμαρτυρομενος ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν την εις τον θεον μετανοιαν και πιστιν την εις τον κυριον ημων ιησουν χριστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1263διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos
|
earnestly testifying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
to the Jewish
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλλησινHellēsin (N-DMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλλησινHellēsin
|
to Greeks,
|
N-DMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G3341μετάνοιανmetanoian (N-AFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετάνοιανmetanoian
|
repentance
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν.Iēsoun
|
Jesus.
|
N-AMS
|
G5547{Χριστόν}.Christon (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
{Χριστόν}.Christon
|
Christ.
|
N-AMS
|
21
Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Acts 20:21
Stats
Rank: #923 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 17 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαμαρτυρομενος ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν την εις τον θεον μετανοιαν και πιστιν την εις τον κυριον ημων ιησουν χριστον
Lit: earnestly testifying to the Jewish both and to Greeks, in God repentance and faith in the Lord of us, Jesus. Christ.
KJV: Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.
References
"Testifying"Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 2:40: With many other words did he testify and exhort: saying: Save yourselves from this untoward generation.Ac 8:25: They: when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord: returned to Jerusalem: and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.1Jo 5:11-13: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son."to the Jews"Ac 18:4: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:17: This was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all: and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.Ro 1:14: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise.1Co 1:22: For the Jews require a sign: and the Greeks seek after wisdom:"repentance"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.Eze 18:30-32: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 21:31: 32: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Mr 1:15: Saying: The time is fulfilled: and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent you: and believe the gospel.Mr 6:12: They went out: and preached that men should repent.Lu 13:3: 5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.Lu 15:7: 10: I say to you: that likewise joy will be in heaven over one sinner that repents: more than over 99 just persons: which need no repentance.Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ro 2:4: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"faith"Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ac 16:31: They said: Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ: and you will be saved: and your house.Joh 3:15-18: 36: That whoever believes in him not should perish: but have eternal life.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 3:22-26: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 4:24: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 5:1: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ro 10:9: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.Ga 2:16: 20: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Ga 3:22: But the scripture has concluded all under sin: that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe.1Jo 5:1: 5: 11-13: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him.
και νυν ιδου εγω δεδεμενος τω πνευματι πορευομαι εις ιερουσαλημ τα εν αυτη συναντησοντα μοι μη ειδως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1210δεδεμένοςdedemenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένοςdedemenos
|
bound
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G4198πορεύομαιporeuomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύομαιporeuomai
|
go
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
what
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G4876συναντήσοντάsynantēsonta (V-FPA-ANP)
G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.
|
συναντήσοντάsynantēsonta
|
will happen
|
V-FPA-ANP
|
G1473μοι*moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι*moi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492εἰδώς,eidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδώς,eidōs
|
knowing,
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
22
Now, look, I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will befall me there:
Acts 20:22
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν ιδου εγω δεδεμενος τω πνευματι πορευομαι εις ιερουσαλημ τα εν αυτη συναντησοντα μοι μη ειδως
Lit: And now, behold, bound I in the Spirit go to Jerusalem, what in it will happen to me not knowing,
KJV: And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there:
References
"I go"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 21:11-14: When He was come to us: He took Paul's girdle: and bound His own hands and feet: and said: Thus says the Holy Ghost: So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle: and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.Lu 9:51: It came to pass: when the time was come that he should be received up: he stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusalem: Lu 12:50: But I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitened till it be accomplished!2Co 5:14: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:"not"Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Joh 13:1: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end.Joh 18:4: Jesus therefore: knowing all things that should come upon Him: went forth: and said to them: Whom seek you?Jas 4:14: Whereas you not know what will be on the morrow. For what is your life? It is even a vapour: that appears for a little time: and then vanishes away.2Pe 1:14: Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle: even as our Lord Jesus Christ has showed me.
πλην οτι το πνευμα το αγιον κατα πολιν διαμαρτυρεται λεγον οτι δεσμα με και θλιψεις μενουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Conj)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
except
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in every
|
Prep
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G1263διαμαρτύρεταίdiamartyretai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτύρεταίdiamartyretai
|
fully testifies
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3004λέγονlegon (V-PPA-NNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονlegon
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1199δεσμὰdesma (N-NNP)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμὰdesma
|
chains
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2347θλίψειςthlipseis (N-NFP)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψειςthlipseis
|
tribulations
|
N-NFP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3306μένουσιν.menousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένουσιν.menousin
|
await.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
23
Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.Acts 20:23
Stats
Rank: #3364 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 15 words, 77 letters, 26 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: πλην οτι το πνευμα το αγιον κατα πολιν διαμαρτυρεται λεγον οτι δεσμα με και θλιψεις μενουσιν
Lit: except that the Spirit Holy in every city fully testifies to me, saying that chains and tribulations me await.
KJV: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.
References
"the Holy Ghost"Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 21:4: 11: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.1Th 3:3: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:
αλλ ουδενος λογον ποιουμαι ουδε εχω την ψυχην μου τιμιαν εμαυτω ως τελειωσαι τον δρομον μου μετα χαρας και την διακονιαν ην ελαβον παρα του κυριου ιησου διαμαρτυρασθαι το ευαγγελιον της χαριτος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδενὸςoudenos (Adj-GMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὸςoudenos
|
not any
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
account
|
N-GMS
|
G4160ποιοῦμαιpoioumai (V-PIM-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦμαιpoioumai
|
I make
|
V-PIM-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
my
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G5093τιμίανtimian (Adj-AFS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίανtimian
|
dear
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1683ἐμαυτῷemautō (PPro-DM1S)
G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτῷemautō
|
to myself,
|
PPro-DM1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
so as
|
Adv
|
G5048τελειῶσαι*teleiōsai (V-ANA)
G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειῶσαι*teleiōsai
|
to finish
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1408δρόμονdromon (N-AMS)
G1408 δρόμος drómos drom-os from the alternate of τρέχω; a race, i.e. (figuratively) career:--course.
|
δρόμονdromon
|
course
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίανdiakonian
|
ministry
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2983ἔλαβονelabon (V-AIA-1S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβονelabon
|
I received
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G1263διαμαρτύρασθαιdiamartyrasthai (V-ANM)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτύρασθαιdiamartyrasthai
|
to testify fully
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
24
But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear to myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Acts 20:24
Stats
Rank: #748 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 220 characters, 39 words, 171 letters, 63 vowels, 108 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ουδενος λογον ποιουμαι ουδε εχω την ψυχην μου τιμιαν εμαυτω ως τελειωσαι τον δρομον μου μετα χαρας και την διακονιαν ην ελαβον παρα του κυριου ιησου διαμαρτυρασθαι το ευαγγελιον της χαριτος του θεου
Lit: But not any account I make my life dear to myself, so as to finish the course of me, and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify fully the gospel of the grace of God.
KJV: But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God.
References
"none"Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.Ro 8:35-39: Who will separate us from the love of Christ? will tribulation: or distress: or persecution: or famine: or nakedness: or peril: or sword?1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.2Co 4:1: 8: 9: 16-18: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;2Co 6:4-10: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God: in much patience: in afflictions: in necessities: in distresses: 2Co 7:4: Great is my boldness of speech toward you: great is my glorying of you: I am filled with comfort: I am exceeding joyful in all our tribulation.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.Eph 3:13: For what reason I desire that you not faint at my tribulations for you: which is your glory.1Th 2:2: But even after that we had suffered before: and were shamefully entreated: as you know: at Philippi: we were bold in our God to speak to you the gospel of God with much contention.1Th 3:3: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Heb 12:1-3: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: "neither"2Co 5:8: We are confident: I say: and willing rather to be absent from the body: and to be present with the Lord.Php 1:20-23: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.Php 2:17: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:1Jo 3:16: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death."I might"Joh 17:4: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do.1Co 9:24-27: Know you not that they which run in a race run all: but one receives the prize? So run: that you may obtain.Php 3:13-15: Brothers: I not count myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do: forgetting those things which are behind: and reaching forth to those things which are before: 2Ti 4:6-8: For I am now ready to be offered: and the time of my departure is at hand."and the"Ac 1:17: For he was numbered with us: and had obtained part of this ministry.Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 26:17: 18: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: 1Co 9:17: 18: For if I do this thing willingly: I have a reward: but if against my will: a dispensation of the gospel is committed to me.2Co 4:1: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;Ga 1:1: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Tit 1:3: But has in due times manifested His word through preaching: which is committed to me according to the commandment of God our Saviour;"to testify"Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Heb 2:3: 4: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;"the gospel"Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Lu 2:10: 11: The angel said to them: not Fear: for: look: I bring you good tidings of great joy: which will be to all people.Ro 3:24-26: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 4:4: Now to him that works is the not reward reckoned of grace: but of debt.Ro 5:20: 21: Moreover the law entered: that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded: grace did much more abound:Ro 11:6: If by grace: then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works: then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.Eph 1:6: To the praise of the glory of his grace: wherein he has made us accepted in the beloved.Eph 2:4-10: But God: who is rich in mercy: for His great love wherewith He loved us: Tit 2:11: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: Tit 3:4-7: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: 1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.
και νυν ιδου εγω οιδα οτι ουκετι οψεσθε το προσωπον μου υμεις παντες εν οις διηλθον κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G3708ὄψεσθεopsesthe (V-FIM-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεσθεopsesthe
|
you will see
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπόνprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπόνprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G1330διῆλθονdiēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διῆλθονdiēlthon
|
I have gone about
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσωνkēryssōn
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείαν.basileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαν.basileian
|
kingdom.
|
N-AFS
|
25
Now, look, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, will see my face no more.
Acts 20:25
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 33 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν ιδου εγω οιδα οτι ουκετι οψεσθε το προσωπον μου υμεις παντες εν οις διηλθον κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου
Lit: And now, behold, I know that no more you will see the face of me, you all among whom I have gone about proclaiming the kingdom.
KJV: And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more.
References
"I know"Ac 20:38: Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke: that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.Ro 15:23: But now having no more place in these parts: and having a great desire these many years to come to you;"preaching"Ac 8:12: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 28:31: Preaching the kingdom of God: and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ: with all confidence: no man forbidding Him.Mt 4:17: 23: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 10:7: As you go: preach: saying: The kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 13:19: 52: When any one hears the word of the kingdom: and understands it not: then comes the wicked one: and catches away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the way side.Lu 9:60: Jesus said to Him: Let the dead bury their dead: but go you and preach the kingdom of God.Lu 16:16: The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached: and every man presss into it."see"Ga 1:22: Was unknown by face to the churches of Judaea which were in Christ:Col 2:1: For I would that you knew what great conflict I have for you: and for them at Laodicea: and for as many as not have seen my face in the flesh;
διο μαρτυρομαι υμιν εν τη σημερον ημερα οτι καθαρος εγω απο του αιματος παντων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj)
G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3143μαρτύρομαιmartyromai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G3143 μαρτύρομαι martýromai mar-too-rom-ahee middle voice from μάρτυς; to be adduced as a witness, i.e. (figuratively) to obtest (in affirmation or exhortation):--take to record, testify.
|
μαρτύρομαιmartyromai
|
I testify
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
this
|
Adv
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2513καθαρόςkatharos (Adj-NMS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρόςkatharos
|
innocent
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3956πάντων·pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων·pantōn
|
of all;
|
Adj-GMP
|
26
For what reason I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men.Acts 20:26
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 16 words, 63 letters, 26 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο μαρτυρομαι υμιν εν τη σημερον ημερα οτι καθαρος εγω απο του αιματος παντων
Lit: Therefore I testify to you in this day, that innocent I am of the blood of all;
KJV: Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all [men].
References
"I take"Job 16:19: Also now: look: my witness is in heaven: and my record is on high.Joh 12:17: The people therefore that was with him when he called Lazarus out of his grave: and raised him from the dead: bare record.Joh 19:35: he who saw it bare record: and his record is true: and he knows that he says true: that you might believe.Ro 10:2: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge.2Co 1:23: Moreover I call God for a record upon my soul: that to spare you I not came as yet to Corinth.2Co 8:3: For to their power: I bear record: yes: and beyond their power they were willing of themselves;1Th 2:10-12: You are witnesses: and God also: how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe:"that"Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.2Sa 3:28: Afterward when David heard it: He said: I and my kingdom are guiltless before the LORD for ever from the blood of Abner the son of Ner:Eze 3:18-21: When I say to the wicked: You will surely die; and you give not him warning: nor speak to warn the wicked from his wicked way: to save his life; the same wicked man will die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at your hand.Eze 33:2-9: Son of man: speak to the children of your people: and say to them: When I bring the sword upon a land: if the people of the land take a man of their coasts: and set Him for their watchman:2Co 7:2: Receive us; we have wronged no man: we have corrupted no man: we have defrauded no man.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.
ου γαρ υπεστειλαμην του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν πασαν την βουλην του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5288ὑπεστειλάμηνhypesteilamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G5288 ὑποστέλλω hypostéllō hoop-os-tel-lo from ὑπό and στέλλω; to withhold under (out of sight), i.e. (reflexively) to cower or shrink, (figuratively) to conceal (reserve):--draw (keep) back, shun, withdraw.
|
ὑπεστειλάμηνhypesteilamēn
|
I shrunk back
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G312ἀναγγεῖλαιanangeilai (V-ANA)
G312 ἀναγγέλλω anangéllō an-ang-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce (in detail):--declare, rehearse, report, show, speak, tell.
|
ἀναγγεῖλαιanangeilai
|
from declaring
|
V-ANA
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1012βουλὴνboulēn (N-AFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὴνboulēn
|
counsel
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
27
For I not have shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God.Acts 20:27
Stats
Rank: #1697 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 14 words, 52 letters, 22 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ υπεστειλαμην του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν πασαν την βουλην του θεου
Lit: not for I shrunk back not from declaring all the counsel of God to you.
KJV: For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God.
References
"I have"Ac 20:20: 35: And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you: but have showed you: and have taught you publickly: and from house to house: Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Ga 1:7-10: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ.Ga 4:16: Am I therefore become your enemy: because I tell you the truth?1Th 2:4: But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel: even so we speak; not as pleasing men: but God: which tries our hearts."all"Ac 2:23: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ps 32:11: Be glad in the LORD: and rejoice: you righteous: and shout for joy: all you that are upright in heart.Isa 46:10: 11: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Jer 23:22: But if they had stood in my counsel: and had caused my people to hear my words: then they should have turned them from their evil way: and from the evil of their doings.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.Lu 7:30: But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against themselves: not being baptized of Him.Joh 15:15: Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knows not what His lord does: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known to you.1Co 11:23: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:Eph 1:11: In whom also we have obtained an inheritance: being predestinated according to the purpose of him who works all things after the counsel of his own will:
προσεχετε ουν εαυτοις και παντι τω ποιμνιω εν ω υμας το πνευμα το αγιον εθετο επισκοπους ποιμαινειν την εκκλησιαν του θεου ην περιεποιησατο δια του ιδιου αιματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4337Προσέχετεprosechete (V-PMA-2P)
G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
Προσέχετεprosechete
|
Take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
to yourselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to all
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4168ποιμνίῳ,poimniō (N-DNS)
G4168 ποίμνιον poímnion poym-nee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ποίμνη; a flock, i.e. (figuratively) group (of believers):--flock.
|
ποιμνίῳ,poimniō
|
flock
|
N-DNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
has set
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1985ἐπισκόπους,episkopous (N-AMP)
G1985 ἐπίσκοπος epískopos ep-is-kop-os from ἐπί and σκοπός (in the sense of ἐπισκοπέω); a superintendent, i.e. Christian officer in genitive case charge of a (or the) church (literally or figuratively):--bishop, overseer.
|
ἐπισκόπους,episkopous
|
overseers,
|
N-AMP
|
G4165ποιμαίνεινpoimainein (V-PNA)
G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμαίνεινpoimainein
|
to shepherd
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4046περιεποιήσατοperiepoiēsato (V-AIM-3S)
G4046 περιποιέομαι peripoiéomai per-ee-poy-eh-om-ahee middle voice from περί and ποιέω; to make around oneself, i.e. acquire (buy):--purchase.
|
περιεποιήσατοperiepoiēsato
|
He purchased
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
with
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίου.idiou (Adj-GNS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίου.idiou
|
own.
|
Adj-GNS
|
28
Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which He has purchased with His own blood.Acts 20:28
Stats
Rank: #78 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 184 characters, 30 words, 146 letters, 53 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσεχετε ουν εαυτοις και παντι τω ποιμνιω εν ω υμας το πνευμα το αγιον εθετο επισκοπους ποιμαινειν την εκκλησιαν του θεου ην περιεποιησατο δια του ιδιου αιματος
Lit: Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock among which you the Spirit Holy has set overseers, to shepherd the church of God, which He purchased with blood the own.
KJV: Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood.
References
"Take"2Ch 19:6: 7: Said to the judges: Take heed what you do: for you not judge for man: but for the LORD: who is with you in the judgment.Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.1Co 9:26: 27: I therefore so run: not as uncertainly; so fight I: not as one that beats the air:Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;"all"Ac 20:29: For I know this: that after my departing will grievous wolves enter in among you: not sparing the flock.Song 1:7: 8: Tell me: O you whom my soul loves: where you feed: where you make your flock to rest at noon: for why should I be as one that turns aside by the flocks of your companions?Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Isa 63:11: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?Jer 13:17: 20: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Jer 31:10: Hear the word of the LORD: O you nations: and declare it in the isles afar off: and say: He who scattered Israel will gather Him: and keep Him: as a shepherd does His flock.Eze 34:31: you my flock: the flock of my pasture: are men: and I am your God: says the Lord GOD.Mic 7:14: Feed your people with your rod: the flock of your heritage: which dwell solitarily in the wood: in the middle of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead: as in the days of old.Lu 12:32: not Fear: little flock; for it is your Father's good pleasure to give you the kingdom.1Pe 5:2: 3: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"over"Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.1Co 12:8-11: 28-31: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery."overseers"Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:1Ti 3:2: A bishop then must be blameless: the husband of one wife: vigilant: sober: of good behaviour: given to hospitality: apt to teach;1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Tit 1:7: For a bishop must be blameless: as the steward of God; not selfwilled: not soon angry: not given to wine: no striker: not given to filthy lucre;Heb 13:17: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.1Pe 2:25: For you were as sheep going astray; but are now returned to the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls."Greek"Ps 78:70-72: He chose David also his servant: and took him from the sheepfolds:Pr 10:21: The lips of the righteous feed many: but fools die for want of wisdom.Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Jer 3:15: I will give you pastors according to my heart: which will feed you with knowledge and understanding.Eze 34:3: You eat the fat: and you clothe you with the wool: you kill them that are fed: but you not feed the flock.Mic 5:4: He will stand and feed in the strength of the LORD: in the majesty of the name of the LORD His God; and they will abide: for now will He be great to the ends of the earth.Mic 7:14: Feed your people with your rod: the flock of your heritage: which dwell solitarily in the wood: in the middle of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead: as in the days of old.Zec 11:4: Thus says the LORD my God; Feed the flock of the slaughter;Mt 2:6: you Bethlehem: in the land of Juda: are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of you will come a Governor: that will rule my people Israel.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.1Pe 5:2: 3: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"the church"1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:1Co 10:32: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:1Co 11:22: What? have you not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise you the church of God: and shame them that not have? What will I say to you? will I praise you in this? I praise you not.1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Ga 1:13: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:1Ti 3:5: 15: 16: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)"which he"Ps 74:2: Remember your congregation: which you have purchased of old; the rod of your inheritance: which you have redeemed; this mount Zion: wherein you have dwelt.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Eph 1:7: 14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:Heb 9:12-14: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
εγω γαρ οιδα τουτο οτι εισελευσονται μετα την αφιξιν μου λυκοι βαρεις εις υμας μη φειδομενοι του ποιμνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai
|
will come in
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G867ἄφιξίνaphixin (N-AFS)
G867 ἄφιξις áphixis af-ix-is from ἀφικνέομαι; properly, arrival, i.e. (by implication) departure:--departing.
|
ἄφιξίνaphixin
|
departure
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3074λύκοιlykoi (N-NMP)
G3074 λύκος lýkos loo-kos perhaps akin to the base of λευκός (from the whitish hair); a wolf:--wolf.
|
λύκοιlykoi
|
wolves
|
N-NMP
|
G926βαρεῖςbareis (Adj-NMP)
G926 βαρύς barýs bar-ooce from the same as βάρος; weighty, i.e. (fig) burdensome, grave:--grievous, heavy, weightier.
|
βαρεῖςbareis
|
grievous
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5339φειδόμενοιpheidomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G5339 φείδομαι pheídomai fi-dom-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be chary of, i.e. (subjectively) to abstain or (objectively) to treat leniently:--forbear, spare.
|
φειδόμενοιpheidomenoi
|
sparing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4168ποιμνίου,poimniou (N-GNS)
G4168 ποίμνιον poímnion poym-nee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ποίμνη; a flock, i.e. (figuratively) group (of believers):--flock.
|
ποιμνίου,poimniou
|
flock,
|
N-GNS
|
29
For I know this, that after my departing will grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock.Acts 20:29
Stats
Rank: #1153 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 29 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω γαρ οιδα τουτο οτι εισελευσονται μετα την αφιξιν μου λυκοι βαρεις εις υμας μη φειδομενοι του ποιμνιου
Lit: I know that will come in after the departure of me wolves grievous among you, not sparing the flock,
KJV: For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock.
References
"wolves"Zep 3:3: Her princes within her are roaring lions; her judges are evening wolves; they not gnaw the bones till the morrow.Mt 7:15: Beware of false prophets: which come to you in sheep's clothing: but inwardly they are ravening wolves.Mt 10:16: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.Lu 10:3: Go your ways: look: I send you forth as lambs among wolves.Joh 10:12: But he who is an hireling: not and the shepherd: whose own the sheep not are: sees the wolf coming: and leaves the sheep: and flees: and the wolf catches them: and scatters the sheep.2Pe 2:1: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction."not"Jer 13:20: Lift up your eyes: and look them that come from the north: where is the flock that was given you: your beautiful flock?Jer 23:1: Woe be to the pastors that destroy and scatter the sheep of my pasture! says the LORD.Eze 34:2: 3: Son of man: prophesy against the shepherds of Israel: prophesy: and say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD to the shepherds; Woe be to the shepherds of Israel that do feed themselves! not should the shepherds feed the flocks?Zec 11:17: Woe to the idol shepherd that leaves the flock! the sword will be upon his arm: and upon his right eye: his arm will be clean dried up: and his right eye will be utterly darkened.
και εξ υμων αυτων αναστησονται ανδρες λαλουντες διεστραμμενα του αποσπαν τους μαθητας οπισω αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
your own
|
PPro-G2P
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
selves
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G450ἀναστήσονταιanastēsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστήσονταιanastēsontai
|
will rise up
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2980λαλοῦντεςlalountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντεςlalountes
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1294διεστραμμέναdiestrammena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G1294 διαστρέφω diastréphō dee-as-tref-o from διά and στρέφω; to distort, i.e. (figuratively) misinterpret, or (morally) corrupt:--perverse(-rt), turn away.
|
διεστραμμέναdiestrammena
|
perverse things,
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G645ἀποσπᾶνapospan (V-PNA)
G645 ἀποσπάω apospáō ap-os-pah-o from ἀπό and σπάω; to drag forth, i.e. (literally) unsheathe (a sword), or relatively (with a degree of force implied) retire (personally or factiously):--(with-)draw (away), after we were gotten from.
|
ἀποσπᾶνapospan
|
to draw away
|
V-PNA
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples
|
N-AMP
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν.heautōn (RefPro-GM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν.heautōn
|
them.
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
30
Also of your own selves will men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them.Acts 20:30
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 15 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξ υμων αυτων αναστησονται ανδρες λαλουντες διεστραμμενα του αποσπαν τους μαθητας οπισω αυτων
Lit: and out from your own selves will rise up men speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them.
KJV: Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them.
References
"of your"Mt 26:21-25: As they did eat: he said: Truly I say to you: that one of you will betray me.1Ti 1:19: 20: Holding faith: and a good conscience; which some having put away concerning faith have made shipwreck:2Ti 2:17: 18: Their word will eat as does a canker: of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus;2Ti 4:3: 4: For the time will come when they not will endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts will they heap to themselves teachers: having itching ears;2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us.2Jo 1:7: For many deceivers are entered into the world: who not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.Jude 1:4-16: For there are certain men crept in unawares: who were before of old ordained to this condemnation: ungodly men: turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness: and denying the only Lord God: and our Lord Jesus Christ.Re 2:6: But this you have: that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans: which I also hate."speaking"Pr 19:1: Better is the poor that walks in his integrity: than he who is perverse in his lips: and is a fool.Pr 23:33: Your eyes will look strange women: and your heart will utter perverse things.Isa 59:3: For your hands are defiled with blood: and your fingers with iniquity; your lips have spoken lies: your tongue has muttered perverseness.1Ti 5:13: Withal they learn to be idle: wandering about from house to house; not and only idle: but tattlers also and busybodies: speaking things which they not ought.1Ti 6:5: Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds: and destitute of the truth: supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw yourself.2Pe 2:18: For when they speak great swelling words of vanity: they allure through the lusts of the flesh: through much wantonness: those that were clean escaped from them who live in error.Jude 1:15: 16: To execute judgment upon all: and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed: and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him."to draw"Ac 5:36: 37: For before these days rose up Theudas: boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men: about 400: joined themselves: who was killed; and all: as many as obeyed him: were scattered: and brought to nought.Ac 21:38: Are not you that Egyptian: which before these days mad an uproar: and led out into the wilderness 4000 men that were murderers?Mt 23:15: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you compass sea and land to make one proselyte: and when he is made: you make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.1Co 1:12-15: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.Ga 6:12: 13: As many as desire to make a fair show in the flesh: they constrain you to be circumcised; only lest they should suffer persecution for the cross of Christ.
διο γρηγορειτε μνημονευοντες οτι τριετιαν νυκτα και ημεραν ουκ επαυσαμην μετα δακρυων νουθετων ενα εκαστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1127γρηγορεῖτε,grēgoreite (V-PMA-2P)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορεῖτε,grēgoreite
|
stay awake,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3421μνημονεύοντεςmnēmoneuontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
μνημονεύοντεςmnēmoneuontes
|
remembering
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5148τριετίανtrietian (N-AFS)
G5148 τριετία trietía tree-et-ee-ah from a compound of τρεῖς and ἔτος; a three years period (triennium):--space of three years.
|
τριετίανtrietian
|
three years,
|
N-AFS
|
G3571νύκταnykta (N-AFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νύκταnykta
|
night
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3973ἐπαυσάμηνepausamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
ἐπαυσάμηνepausamēn
|
I ceased
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1144δακρύωνdakryōn (N-GNP)
G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δακρύωνdakryōn
|
tears
|
N-GNP
|
G3560νουθετῶνnouthetōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3560 νουθετέω nouthetéō noo-thet-eh-o from the same as νουθεσία; to put in mind, i.e. (by implication) to caution or reprove gently:--admonish, warn.
|
νουθετῶνnouthetōn
|
admonishing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1538ἕκαστον.hekaston (Adj-AMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστον.hekaston
|
each.
|
Adj-AMS
|
31
Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Acts 20:31
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο γρηγορειτε μνημονευοντες οτι τριετιαν νυκτα και ημεραν ουκ επαυσαμην μετα δακρυων νουθετων ενα εκαστον
Lit: Therefore stay awake, remembering that three years, night and day, not I ceased with tears admonishing one each.
KJV: Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears.
References
"watch"Mt 13:25: But while men slept: his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat: and went his way.Mr 13:34-37: For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey: who left His house: and gave authority to His servants: and to every man His work: and commanded the porter to watch.Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.2Ti 4:5: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry.Heb 13:17: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame."by"Ac 19:8: 10: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God."warn"Eze 3:17-20: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Mt 3:7: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?1Co 4:14: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you.Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men."night"Ac 20:7: 11: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.1Th 2:9: 10: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:
και {VAR1: τανυν } {VAR2: τα νυν } παρατιθεμαι υμας αδελφοι τω θεω και τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου τω δυναμενω εποικοδομησαι και δουναι υμιν κληρονομιαν εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3908παρατίθεμαιparatithemai (V-PIM-1S)
G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατίθεμαιparatithemai
|
I commit
|
V-PIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316θεῷ*theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεῷ*theō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1410δυναμένῳdynamenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναμένῳdynamenō
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G3618οἰκοδομῆσαιoikodomēsai (V-ANA)
G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομῆσαιoikodomēsai
|
to build up
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
you
|
Art-AFS
|
G2817κληρονομίανklēronomian (N-AFS)
G2817 κληρονομία klēronomía klay-ron-om-ee-ah from κληρονόμος; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession:--inheritance.
|
κληρονομίανklēronomian
|
an inheritance
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G37ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP)
G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois
|
having been sanctified
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G3956πᾶσιν.pasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν.pasin
|
all.
|
Adj-DMP
|
32
Now, brothers, I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.
Acts 20:32
Stats
Rank: #947 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 169 characters, 29 words, 130 letters, 52 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και {VAR1: τανυν } {VAR2: τα νυν } παρατιθεμαι υμας αδελφοι τω θεω και τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου τω δυναμενω εποικοδομησαι και δουναι υμιν κληρονομιαν εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πασιν
Lit: And now I commit you to God and to the word of the grace of Him, being able to build up and to give you an inheritance among those having been sanctified all.
KJV: And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.
References
"I commend"Ac 14:23: 26: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.Ac 15:40: Paul chose Silas: and departed: being recommended by the brothers to the grace of God.Ge 50:24: Joseph said to His brothers: I die: and God will surely visit you: and bring you out of this land to the land which He sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob.Jer 49:11: Leave your fatherless children: I will preserve them alive; and let your widows trust in me.Jude 1:24: 25: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy: "and to the"Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein."to build"Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Joh 15:3: Now you are clean through the word which I have spoken to you.Joh 17:17: Sanctify them through your truth: your word is truth.1Co 3:9: 10: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.Eph 2:20-22: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Eph 4:12: 16: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:Col 2:7: Rooted and built up in him: and stablished in the faith: as you have been taught: abounding therein with thanksgiving.Jude 1:20: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "and to give"Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Jer 3:19: But I said: How will I put you among the children: and give you a pleasant land: a goodly heritage of the hosts of nations? and I said: You will call me: My father; and will not turn away from me.Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: Col 1:12: Giving thanks to the Father: which has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:Col 3:24: Knowing that of the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance: for you serve the Lord Christ.Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.1Pe 1:4: 5: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: "which are"1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 10:14: For by one offering he has perfected for ever them that are sanctified.Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:
αργυριου η χρυσιου η ιματισμου ουδενος επεθυμησα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G694Ἀργυρίουargyriou (N-GNS)
G694 ἀργύριον argýrion ar-goo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ἄργυρος; silvery, i.e. (by implication) cash; specially, a silverling (i.e. drachma or shekel):--money, (piece of) silver (piece).
|
Ἀργυρίουargyriou
|
Silver
|
N-GNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5553χρυσίουchrysiou (N-GNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίουchrysiou
|
gold
|
N-GNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2441ἱματισμοῦhimatismou (N-GMS)
G2441 ἱματισμός himatismós him-at-is-mos from ἱματίζω; clothing:--apparel (X -led), array, raiment, vesture.
|
ἱματισμοῦhimatismou
|
clothing
|
N-GMS
|
G3762οὐδενὸςoudenos (Adj-GMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὸςoudenos
|
of no one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1937ἐπεθύμησα·epethymēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithyméō ep-ee-thoo-meh-o from ἐπί and θυμός; to set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise):--covet, desire, would fain, lust (after).
|
ἐπεθύμησα·epethymēsa
|
I coveted.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
33
I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel.Acts 20:33
Stats
Rank: #9793 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 52 characters, 8 words, 39 letters, 16 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: αργυριου η χρυσιου η ιματισμου ουδενος επεθυμησα
Lit: Silver or gold or clothing of no one I coveted.
KJV: I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel.
References
"I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel."Nu 16:15: Moses was very angry: and said to the LORD: not Respect you their offering: I not have taken one ass from them: neither have I hurt one of them.1Sa 12:3-5: Look: here I am: witness against me before the LORD: and before His anointed: whose ox have I taken? or whose ass have I taken? or whom have I defrauded? whom have I oppressed? or of whose hand have I received any bribe to blind my eyes therewith? and I will restore it you.1Co 9:12: 15: 18: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.2Co 7:2: Receive us; we have wronged no man: we have corrupted no man: we have defrauded no man.2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.2Co 12:14: 17: Look: the third time I am ready to come to you; and I not will be burdensome to you: for I not seek yours: but you: for the children not ought to lay up for the parents: but the parents for the children.1Pe 5:2: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;
αυτοι δε γινωσκετε οτι ταις χρειαις μου και τοις ουσιν μετ εμου υπηρετησαν αι χειρες αυται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
You yourselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1097γινώσκετεginōskete (V-PIA-2P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκετεginōskete
|
know
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5532χρείαιςchreiais (N-DFP)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείαιςchreiais
|
needs
|
N-DFP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1510οὖσινousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσινousin
|
being
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5256ὑπηρέτησανhypēretēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5256 ὑπηρετέω hypēretéō hoop-ay-ret-eh-o from ὑπηρέτης; to be a subordinate, i.e. (by implication) subserve:--minister (unto), serve.
|
ὑπηρέτησανhypēretēsan
|
ministered to
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G5495χεῖρεςcheires (N-NFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρεςcheires
|
hands
|
N-NFP
|
G3778αὗται.hautai (DPro-NFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὗται.hautai
|
these.
|
DPro-NFP
|
34
Yes, you yourselves know, that these hands have ministered to my necessities, and to them that were with me.Acts 20:34
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 16 words, 87 letters, 33 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτοι δε γινωσκετε οτι ταις χρειαις μου και τοις ουσιν μετ εμου υπηρετησαν αι χειρες αυται
Lit: You yourselves know that the needs of me and to those being with me, ministered to the hands these.
KJV: Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me.
References
"that these"Ac 18:3: Because he was of the same craft: he abode with them: and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers.1Co 4:12: Labour: working with our own hands: being reviled: we bless; being persecuted: we suffer it:1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:
παντα υπεδειξα υμιν οτι ουτως κοπιωντας δει αντιλαμβανεσθαι των ασθενουντων μνημονευειν τε των λογων του κυριου ιησου οτι αυτος ειπεν μακαριον εστιν διδοναι μαλλον η λαμβανειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
In everything
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5263ὑπέδειξαhypedeixa (V-AIA-1S)
G5263 ὑποδείκνυμι hypodeíknymi hoop-od-ike-noo-mee from ὑπό and δεικνύω; to exhibit under the eyes, i.e. (figuratively) to exemplify (instruct, admonish):--show, (fore-)warn.
|
ὑπέδειξαhypedeixa
|
I showed
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
by thus
|
Adv
|
G2872κοπιῶνταςkopiōntas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2872 κοπιάω kopiáō kop-ee-ah-o from a derivative of κόπος; to feel fatigue; by implication, to work hard:--(bestow) labour, toil, be wearied.
|
κοπιῶνταςkopiōntas
|
straining
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves us
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G482ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαιantilambanesthai (V-PNM/P)
G482 ἀντιλαμβάνομαι antilambánomai an-tee-lam-ban-om-ahee from ἀντί and the middle voice of λαμβάνω; to take hold of in turn, i.e. succor; also to participate:--help, partaker, support.
|
ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαιantilambanesthai
|
to aid
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G770ἀσθενούντων,asthenountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενούντων,asthenountōn
|
being weak,
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3421μνημονεύεινmnēmoneuein (V-PNA)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
μνημονεύεινmnēmoneuein
|
to remember
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3056λόγωνlogōn (N-GMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγωνlogōn
|
words
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
how
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3107ΜακάριόνMakarion (Adj-NNS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
ΜακάριόνMakarion
|
Blessed
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G1325διδόναιdidonai (V-PNA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδόναιdidonai
|
to give
|
V-PNA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G2983λαμβάνειν.lambanein (V-PNA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνειν.lambanein
|
to receive.
|
V-PNA
|
35
I have showed you all things, how that so labouring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how He said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.
Acts 20:35
Stats
Rank: #681 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 33 words, 142 letters, 56 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα υπεδειξα υμιν οτι ουτως κοπιωντας δει αντιλαμβανεσθαι των ασθενουντων μνημονευειν τε των λογων του κυριου ιησου οτι αυτος ειπεν μακαριον εστιν διδοναι μαλλον η λαμβανειν
Lit: In everything I showed you that by thus straining it behooves us to aid those being weak, to remember and also the words of the Lord Jesus, how He Himself said, Blessed it is more to give than to receive.
KJV: I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.
References
"shewed"Ac 20:20: 27: And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you: but have showed you: and have taught you publickly: and from house to house: "how that"Isa 35:3: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Ro 15:1: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.1Co 9:12: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.2Co 11:9: 12: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.2Co 12:13: For what is it wherein you were inferior to other churches: except it be that I myself not was burdensome to you? forgive me this wrong.Eph 4:28: Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour: working with his hands the thing which is good: that he may have to give to him that needs.1Th 4:11: That you study to be quiet: and to do your own business: and to work with your own hands: as we commanded you;1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men.Heb 12:12: 13: For what reason lift up the hands which hang down: and the feeble knees;Heb 13:3: Remember them that are in bonds: as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity: as being yourselves also in the body."It is"Ps 41:1-3: A Psalm of David.>> Blessed is He that'>He who considers the poor: the LORD will deliver Him in time of trouble.Ps 112:5-9: A good man shews favour: and lends: he will guide his affairs with discretion.Pr 19:17: He who has pity upon the poor lends to the LORD; and that which He has given will He pay Him again.Isa 32:8: But the liberal devises liberal things; and by liberal things will he stand.Isa 58:7-12: Is it not to deal your bread to the hungry: and that you bring the poor that are cast out to your house? when you see the naked: that you cover him; and that you not hide yourself from your own flesh?Mt 10:8: Heal the sick: cleanse the lepers: raise the dead: cast out devils: freely you have received: freely give.Mt 25:34-40: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Lu 14:12-14: Then said he also to him that bade him: When you make a dinner or a supper: not call your friends: nor your brothers: neither your kinsmen: nor your rich neighbours; lest they also bid you again: and a recompence be made you.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.2Co 9:6-12: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully.Php 4:17-20: Not because I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account.Heb 13:16: But to do good and to communicate not forget: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.
και ταυτα ειπων θεις τα γονατα αυτου συν πασιν αυτοις προσηυξατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004εἰπὼν,eipōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπὼν,eipōn
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5087θεὶςtheis (V-APA-NMS)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θεὶςtheis
|
having bowed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP)
G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knee
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4336προσηύξατο.prosēuxato (V-AIM-3S)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσηύξατο.prosēuxato
|
he prayed.
|
V-AIM-3S
|
36
When he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all.Acts 20:36
Stats
Rank: #9093 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 55 letters, 18 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα ειπων θεις τα γονατα αυτου συν πασιν αυτοις προσηυξατο
Lit: And these things having said, having bowed the knee of him, with all them he prayed.
KJV: And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all.
References
"he kneeled"Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.2Ch 6:13: For Solomon had made a brasen scaffold: of 5 cubits long: and 5 cubits broad: and 3 cubits high: and had set it in the middle of the court: and upon it he stood: and kneeled down upon his knees before all the congregation of Israel: and spread forth his hands toward heaven: Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Lu 22:41: He was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast: and kneeled down: and prayed: Eph 3:14: For this cause I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: Php 4:6: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.
ικανος δε εγενετο κλαυθμος παντων και επιπεσοντες επι τον τραχηλον του παυλου κατεφιλουν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2425ἱκανὸςhikanos (Adj-NMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸςhikanos
|
Much
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2805κλαυθμὸςklauthmos (N-NMS)
G2805 κλαυθμός klauthmós klowth-mos from κλαίω; lamentation:--wailing, weeping, X wept.
|
κλαυθμὸςklauthmos
|
weeping
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
among all;
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1968ἐπιπεσόντεςepipesontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπιπεσόντεςepipesontes
|
having fallen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5137τράχηλονtrachēlon (N-AMS)
G5137 τράχηλος tráchēlos trakh-ay-los probably from τρέχω (through the idea of mobility); the throat (neck), i.e. (figuratively) life:--neck.
|
τράχηλονtrachēlon
|
neck
|
N-AMS
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G2705κατεφίλουνkatephiloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2705 καταφιλέω kataphiléō kat-af-ee-leh-o from 2596 and 5368; to kiss earnestly:--kiss.
|
κατεφίλουνkatephiloun
|
they were kissing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
37
They all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him,Acts 20:37
Stats
Rank: #8255 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 16 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ικανος δε εγενετο κλαυθμος παντων και επιπεσοντες επι τον τραχηλον του παυλου κατεφιλουν αυτον
Lit: Much then weeping there was among all; and having fallen upon the neck of Paul, they were kissing him,
KJV: And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him,
References
"wept"1Sa 20:41: And as soon as the lad was gone: David arose out of a place toward the south: and fell on his face to the ground: and bowed himself 3 times: and they kissed one another: and wept one with another: until David exceeded.2Sa 15:30: David went up by the ascent of mount Olivet: and wept as he went up: and had his head covered: and he went barefoot: and all the people that was with him covered every man his head: and they went up: weeping as they went up.2Ki 20:3: I beseech you: O LORD: remember now how I have walked before you in truth and with a perfect heart: and have done that which is good in your sight. And Hezekiah wept sore.Ezr 10:1: Now when Ezra had prayed: and when He had confessed: weeping and casting Himself down before the house of God: there assembled to Him out of Israel a very great congregation of men and women and children: for the people wept very sore.Job 2:12: When they lifted up their eyes afar off: and knew not him: they lifted up their voice: and wept; and they tear every one his mantle: and sprinkled dust upon their heads toward heaven.Ps 126:5: They that sow in tears will reap in joy.2Ti 1:4: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away."fell"Ge 45:14: He fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck: and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck.Ge 46:29: Joseph made ready his chariot: and went up to meet Israel his father: to Goshen: and presented himself to him; and he fell on his neck: and wept on his neck a good while."kissed"Ro 16:16: Greet one another with an holy kiss. The churches of Christ greet you.1Co 16:20: All the brothers greet you. Greet you one another with an holy kiss.2Co 13:12: Greet one another with an holy kiss.1Th 5:26: Greet all the brothers with an holy kiss.
οδυνωμενοι μαλιστα επι τω λογω ω ειρηκει οτι ουκετι μελλουσιν το προσωπον αυτου θεωρειν προεπεμπον δε αυτον εις το πλοιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3600ὀδυνώμενοιodynōmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3600 ὀδυνάω odynáō od-oo-nah-o from ὀδύνη; to grieve:--sorrow, torment.
|
ὀδυνώμενοιodynōmenoi
|
sorrowing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3122μάλισταmalista (Adv)
G3122 μάλιστα málista mal-is-tah neuter plural of the superlative of an apparently primary adverb (very); (adverbially) most (in the greatest degree) or particularly:--chiefly, most of all, (e-)specially.
|
μάλισταmalista
|
especially
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2046εἰρήκει,eirēkei (V-LIA-3S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρήκει,eirēkei
|
he had spoken,
|
V-LIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G3195μέλλουσινmellousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλουσινmellousin
|
they are about
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2334θεωρεῖν.theōrein (V-PNA)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖν.theōrein
|
to see.
|
V-PNA
|
G4311προέπεμπονproepempon (V-IIA-3P)
G4311 προπέμπω propémpō prop-em-po from πρό and πέμπω; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in travel:--accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth.
|
προέπεμπονproepempon
|
They accompanied
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον.ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον.ploion
|
ship.
|
N-ANS
|
38
Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.Acts 20:38
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 23 words, 103 letters, 37 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: οδυνωμενοι μαλιστα επι τω λογω ω ειρηκει οτι ουκετι μελλουσιν το προσωπον αυτου θεωρειν προεπεμπον δε αυτον εις το πλοιον
Lit: sorrowing especially over the word that he had spoken, that no more they are about the face of him to see. They accompanied then him to the ship.
KJV: Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.
References
"and"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 21:5: 16: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.1Co 16:11: Let no man therefore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace: that he may come to me: for I look for him with the brothers.
21
Paul Travels to Jerusalem
The Journey to Jerusalem
ως δε εγενετο αναχθηναι ημας αποσπασθεντας απ αυτων ευθυδρομησαντες ηλθομεν εις την κων τη δε εξης εις την ροδον κακειθεν εις παταρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
After
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G321ἀναχθῆναιanachthēnai (V-ANP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναχθῆναιanachthēnai
|
sailing
|
V-ANP
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
our,
|
PPro-A1P
|
G645ἀποσπασθένταςapospasthentas (V-APP-AMP)
G645 ἀποσπάω apospáō ap-os-pah-o from ἀπό and σπάω; to drag forth, i.e. (literally) unsheathe (a sword), or relatively (with a degree of force implied) retire (personally or factiously):--(with-)draw (away), after we were gotten from.
|
ἀποσπασθένταςapospasthentas
|
having drawn away
|
V-APP-AMP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2113εὐθυδρομήσαντεςeuthydromēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2113 εὐθυδρομέω euthydroméō yoo-thoo-drom-eh-o from εὐθύς and δρόμος; to lay a straight course, i.e. sail direct:--(come) with a straight course.
|
εὐθυδρομήσαντεςeuthydromēsantes
|
having run directly
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2972Κῶ,Kō (N-AFS)
G2972 Κώς Kṓs koce of uncertain origin; Cos, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cos.
|
Κῶ,Kō
|
Cos,
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1836ἑξῆςhexēs (Adv)
G1836 ἑξῆς hexēs hex-ace from ἔχω (in the sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining); successive:--after, following, X morrow, next.
|
ἑξῆςhexēs
|
the next day
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4499ῬόδονRhodon (N-AFS)
G4499 Ῥόδος Rhódos hrod-os probably from (a rose); Rhodus, an island of the Mediterranean:--Rhodes.
|
ῬόδονRhodon
|
Rhodes,
|
N-AFS
|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
and from there
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3959Πάταρα·Patara (N-ANP)
G3959 Πάταρα Pátara pat-ar-ah probably of foreign origin; Patara, a place in Asia Minor:--Patara.
|
Πάταρα·Patara
|
Patara.
|
N-ANP
|
1
And it came to pass, that after we were gotten from them, and had launched, we came with a straight course to Coos, and the day following to Rhodes, and from there to Patara:Acts 21:1
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 29 words, 142 letters, 54 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εγενετο αναχθηναι ημας αποσπασθεντας απ αυτων ευθυδρομησαντες ηλθομεν εις την κων τη δε εξης εις την ροδον κακειθεν εις παταρα
Lit: After then it happened sailing our, having drawn away from them, having run directly we came to Cos, and the next day to Rhodes, and from there to Patara.
KJV: And it came to pass, that after we were gotten from them, and had launched, we came with a straight course unto Coos, and the day following unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara:
References
"we were"Ac 20:37: 38: They all wept sore: and fell on Paul's neck: and kissed him: 1Sa 20:41: 42: And as soon as the lad was gone: David arose out of a place toward the south: and fell on his face to the ground: and bowed himself 3 times: and they kissed one another: and wept one with another: until David exceeded.1Th 2:17: But we: brothers: being taken from you for a short time in presence: not in heart: endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire."and had"Ac 27:2: 4: Entering into a ship of Adramyttium: we launched: meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus: a Macedonian of Thessalonica: being with us.Lu 5:4: Now when he had left speaking: he said to Simon: Launch out into the deep: and let down your nets for a draught.Lu 8:22: Now it came to pass on a certain day: that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said to them: Let us go over to the other side of the lake. And they launched forth.
και ευροντες πλοιον διαπερων εις φοινικην επιβαντες ανηχθημεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρόντεςheurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρόντεςheurontes
|
having found
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
a boat
|
N-ANS
|
G1276διαπερῶνdiaperōn (V-PPA-ANS)
G1276 διαπεράω diaperáō dee-ap-er-ah-o from διά and a derivative of the base of πέραν; to cross entirely:--go over, pass (over), sail over.
|
διαπερῶνdiaperōn
|
passing over
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5403Φοινίκην,Phoinikēn (N-AFS)
G5403 Φοινίκη Phoiníkē foy-nee-kay from φοῖνιξ; palm-country; Phœnice (or Phœnicia), a region of Palestine:--Phenice, Phenicia.
|
Φοινίκην,Phoinikēn
|
Phoenicia,
|
N-AFS
|
G1910ἐπιβάντεςepibantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibaínō ep-ee-bah-ee-no from ἐπί and the base of βάσις; to walk upon, i.e. mount, ascend, embark, arrive:--come (into), enter into, go abroad, sit upon, take ship.
|
ἐπιβάντεςepibantes
|
having gone on board,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G321ἀνήχθημεν.anēchthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήχθημεν.anēchthēmen
|
we set sail.
|
V-AIP-1P
|
2
Finding a ship sailing over to Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth.Acts 21:2
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 12 words, 61 letters, 24 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευροντες πλοιον διαπερων εις φοινικην επιβαντες ανηχθημεν
Lit: And having found a boat passing over into Phoenicia, having gone on board, we set sail.
KJV: And finding a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth.
References
"finding"Ac 27:6: There the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein.Jon 1:3: But Jonah rose up to flee to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD: and went down to Joppa; and He found a ship going to Tarshish: so He paid the fare thereof: and went down into it: to go with them to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD."Phenicia"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.
αναφαναντες δε την κυπρον και καταλιποντες αυτην ευωνυμον επλεομεν εις συριαν και κατηχθημεν εις τυρον εκεισε γαρ ην το πλοιον αποφορτιζομενον τον γομον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G398ἀναφάναντεςanaphanantes (V-APA-NMP)
G398 ἀναφαίνω anaphaínō an-af-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and φαίνω; to show, i.e. (reflexively) appear, or (passively) to have pointed out:--(should) appear, discover.
|
ἀναφάναντεςanaphanantes
|
Having sighted
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2954ΚύπρονKypron (N-AFS)
G2954 Κύπρος Kýpros koo-pros of uncertain origin; Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cyprus.
|
ΚύπρονKypron
|
Cyprus
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2641καταλιπόντεςkatalipontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλιπόντεςkatalipontes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2176εὐώνυμονeuōnymon (Adj-AFS)
G2176 εὐώνυμος euṓnymos yoo-o-noo-mos from εὖ and ὄνομα; properly, well-named (good-omened), i.e. the left (which was the lucky side among the pagan Greeks); neuter as adverbial, at the left hand:--(on the) left.
|
εὐώνυμονeuōnymon
|
on the left,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4126ἐπλέομενepleomen (V-IIA-1P)
G4126 πλέω pléō plyoo-o probably a form of πλύνω (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also πλήθω.
|
ἐπλέομενepleomen
|
we kept sailing
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4947Συρίαν,Syrian (N-AFS)
G4947 Συρία Syría soo-ree-ah probably of Hebrew origin (צֹר); Syria (i.e. Tsyria or Tyre), a region of Asia:--Syria.
|
Συρίαν,Syrian
|
Syria
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2718κατήλθομενkatēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατήλθομενkatēlthomen
|
landed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G5184Τύρον·Tyron (N-AFS)
G5184 Τύρος Týros too-ros of Hebrew origin (צֹר): Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Palestine:--Tyre.
|
Τύρον·Tyron
|
Tyre.
|
N-AFS
|
G1566ἐκεῖσεekeise (Adv)
G1566 ἐκεῖσε ekeîse ek-i-seh from ἐκεῖ; thither:--there.
|
ἐκεῖσεekeise
|
There
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-NNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
ship
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G670ἀποφορτιζόμενονapophortizomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G670 ἀποφορτίζομαι apophortízomai ap-of-or-tid-zom-ahee from ἀπό and the middle voice of φορτίζω; to unload:--unlade.
|
ἀποφορτιζόμενονapophortizomenon
|
unloading
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1117γόμον.gomon (N-AMS)
G1117 γόμος gómos gom-os from γέμω; a load (as filling), i.e. (specially) a cargo, or (by extension) wares:--burden, merchandise.
|
γόμον.gomon
|
cargo.
|
N-AMS
|
3
Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Acts 21:3
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 42 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναφαναντες δε την κυπρον και καταλιποντες αυτην ευωνυμον επλεομεν εις συριαν και κατηχθημεν εις τυρον εκεισε γαρ ην το πλοιον αποφορτιζομενον τον γομον
Lit: Having sighted then Cyprus and having left it on the left, we kept sailing to Syria and landed at Tyre. There for the ship was unloading the cargo.
KJV: Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.
References
"Cyprus"Ac 21:16: There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea: and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus: an old disciple: with whom we should lodge.Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 13:4: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Ac 15:39: The contention was so sharp between them: that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark: and sailed to Cyprus;Ac 27:4: When we had launched from there: we sailed under Cyprus: because the winds were contrary."Syria"Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Jg 10:6: The children of Israel did evil again in the sight of the LORD: and served Baalim: and Ashtaroth: and the gods of Syria: and the gods of Zidon: and the gods of Moab: and the gods of the children of Ammon: and the gods of the Philistines: and forsook the LORD: and not served Him.2Sa 8:6: Then David put garrisons in Syria of Damascus: and the Syrians became servants to David: and brought gifts. And the LORD preserved David wherever He went.Isa 7:2: It was told the house of David: saying: Syria is confederate with Ephraim. And his heart was moved: and the heart of his people: as the trees of the wood are moved with the wind.Mt 4:24: His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought to him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments: and those which were possessed with devils: and those which were lunatick: and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.Lu 2:2: (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.)"Tyre"Ac 12:20: Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: but they came with one accord to him: and: having made Blastus the king's chamberlain their friend: desired peace; because their country was nourished by the king's country.Ps 45:12: The daughter of Tyre will be there with a gift; even the rich among the people will intreat your favour.Ps 87:4: I will make mention of Rahab and Babylon to them that know me: look Philistia: and Tyre: with Ethiopia; this man was born there.Isa 23:17: 18: It will come to pass after the end of 70 years: that the LORD will visit Tyre: and she will turn to her hire: and will commit fornication with all the kingdoms of the world upon the face of the earth.Mt 11:21: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works: which were done in you: had been done in Tyre and Sidon: they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.Lu 10:13: Woe to you: Chorazin! woe to you: Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon: which have been done in you: they had a great while ago repented: sitting in sackcloth and ashes.
και ανευροντες {VAR1: τους } μαθητας επεμειναμεν αυτου ημερας επτα οιτινες τω παυλω ελεγον δια του πνευματος μη αναβαινειν εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G429Ἀνευρόντεςaneurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G429 ἀνευρίσκω aneurískō an-yoo-ris-ko from ἀνά and εὑρίσκω; to find out:--find.
|
Ἀνευρόντεςaneurontes
|
Having sought out
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3101μαθητὰςmathētas (N-AMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητὰςmathētas
|
disciples,
|
N-AMP
|
G1961ἐπεμείναμενepemeinamen (V-AIA-1P)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπεμείναμενepemeinamen
|
we remained
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G847αὐτοῦautou (Adv)
G847 αὐτοῦ autoû ow-too genitive (i.e. possessive) of αὐτός, used as an adverb of location; properly, belonging to the same spot, i.e. in this (or that) place:--(t-)here.
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτά·hepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά·hepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
to Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
kept telling
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1910ἐπιβαίνεινepibainein (V-PNA)
G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibaínō ep-ee-bah-ee-no from ἐπί and the base of βάσις; to walk upon, i.e. mount, ascend, embark, arrive:--come (into), enter into, go abroad, sit upon, take ship.
|
ἐπιβαίνεινepibainein
|
to go up
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα.Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
4
Finding disciples, we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit, that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Acts 21:4
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 20 words, 101 letters, 38 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανευροντες {VAR1: τους } μαθητας επεμειναμεν αυτου ημερας επτα οιτινες τω παυλω ελεγον δια του πνευματος μη αναβαινειν εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: Having sought out then the disciples, we remained there days seven, who to Paul kept telling through the Spirit not to go up to Jerusalem.
KJV: And finding disciples, we tarried there seven days: who said to Paul through the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem.
References
"finding"Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: Mt 10:11: Into whatever city or town you will enter: inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till you go there.2Ti 1:17: But: when he was in Rome: he sought me out very diligently: and found me."we"Ac 20:6: 7: We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread: and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Ac 28:14: Where we found brothers: and were desired to tarry with them 7 days: and so we went toward Rome.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: "said"Ac 21:10-12: As we tarried there many days: there came down from Judaea a certain prophet: named Agabus.Ac 20:22: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:
οτε δε εγενετο ημας εξαρτισαι τας ημερας εξελθοντες επορευομεθα προπεμποντων ημας παντων συν γυναιξιν και τεκνοις εως εξω της πολεως και θεντες τα γονατα επι τον αιγιαλον προσηυξαμεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it happened that
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1822ἐξαρτίσαι ⇔exartisai (V-ANA)
G1822 ἐξαρτίζω exartízō ex-ar-tid-zo from ἐκ and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to finish out (time); figuratively, to equip fully (a teacher):--accomplish, thoroughly furnish.
|
ἐξαρτίσαι ⇔exartisai
|
had completed
|
V-ANA
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
we
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having set out,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4198ἐπορευόμεθαeporeuometha (V-IIM/P-1P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορευόμεθαeporeuometha
|
we journeyed,
|
V-IIM/P-1P
|
G4311προπεμπόντωνpropempontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4311 προπέμπω propémpō prop-em-po from πρό and πέμπω; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in travel:--accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth.
|
προπεμπόντωνpropempontōn
|
accompanying
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναιξὶgynaixi (N-DFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναιξὶgynaixi
|
wives
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5043τέκνοιςteknois (N-DNP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνοιςteknois
|
children,
|
N-DNP
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5087θέντεςthentes (V-APA-NMP)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θέντεςthentes
|
having bowed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP)
G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knees
|
N-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G123αἰγιαλὸνaigialon (N-AMS)
G123 αἰγιαλός aigialós ahee-ghee-al-os from aisso (to rush) and ἅλς (in the sense of the sea); a beach (on which the waves dash):--shore.
|
αἰγιαλὸνaigialon
|
shore,
|
N-AMS
|
G4336προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενοιproseuxamenoi
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
5
When we had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and prayed.Acts 21:5
Stats
Counts: 207 characters, 35 words, 160 letters, 58 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε εγενετο ημας εξαρτισαι τας ημερας εξελθοντες επορευομεθα προπεμποντων ημας παντων συν γυναιξιν και τεκνοις εως εξω της πολεως και θεντες τα γονατα επι τον αιγιαλον προσηυξαμεθα
Lit: When then it happened that had completed we the days, having set out, we journeyed, accompanying us all with wives and children, as far as outside the city. And having bowed the knees on the shore, having prayed,
KJV: And when we had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and prayed.
References
"and they"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 17:10: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Ac 20:38: Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke: that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship."with"De 29:11: 12: your little ones: your wives: and your stranger that is in your camp: from the hewer of your wood to the drawer of your water:Jos 24:15: If it seem evil to you to serve the LORD: choose you this day whom you will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood: or the gods of the Amorites: in whose land you dwell: but as for me and my house: we will serve the LORD.2Ch 20:13: All Judah stood before the LORD: with their little ones: their wives: and their children.Ne 12:43: Also that day they offered great sacrifices: and rejoiced: for God had made them rejoice with great joy: the wives also and the children rejoiced: so that the joy of Jerusalem was heard even afar off.Mt 14:21: They that had eaten were about 5000 men: beside women and children."we kneeled"Ac 9:40: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up.Ac 20:36: When he had thus spoken: he kneeled down: and prayed with them all.1Ki 8:54: It was so: that when Solomon had made an end of praying all this prayer and supplication to the LORD: He arose from before the altar of the LORD: from kneeling on His knees with His hands spread up to heaven.Ps 95:6: O come: let us worship and bow down: let us kneel before the LORD our maker.Mr 1:40: There came a leper to him: beseeching him: and kneeling down to him: and saying to him: If you will: you canst make me clean.
και ασπασαμενοι αλληλους επεβημεν εις το πλοιον εκεινοι δε υπεστρεψαν εις τα ιδια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G782ἀπησπασάμεθαapēspasametha (V-AIM-1P)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀπησπασάμεθαapēspasametha
|
having said farewell
|
V-AIM-1P
|
G240ἀλλήλους,allēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλους,allēlous
|
to one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G305ἐνέβημενenebēmen (V-AIA-1P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἐνέβημενenebēmen
|
we went up
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον,ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον,ploion
|
boat;
|
N-ANS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi (DPro-NMP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi
|
they
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan
|
returned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2398ἴδια.idia (Adj-ANP)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδια.idia
|
own.
|
Adj-ANP
|
6
When we had taken our leave one of another, we took ship; and they returned home again.Acts 21:6
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 31 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ασπασαμενοι αλληλους επεβημεν εις το πλοιον εκεινοι δε υπεστρεψαν εις τα ιδια
Lit: having said farewell to one another, then we went up into the boat; they then returned to the own.
KJV: And when we had taken our leave one of another, we took ship; and they returned home again.
References
"taken"2Co 2:13: I had no rest in my spirit: because I not found Titus my brother: but taking my leave of them: I went from there into Macedonia."they"Joh 1:11: He came to his own: and his own received not him.Joh 7:53: Every man went to his own house.Joh 16:32: Look: the hour comes: yes: is now come: that you will be scattered: every man to His own: and will leave me alone: and yet I not am alone: because the Father is with me.Joh 19:27: Then says he to the disciple: Look your mother! And from that hour that disciple took her to his own home.
ημεις δε τον πλουν διανυσαντες απο τυρου κατηντησαμεν εις πτολεμαιδα και ασπασαμενοι τους αδελφους εμειναμεν ημεραν μιαν παρ αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἩμεῖςHēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἩμεῖςHēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4144πλοῦνploun (N-AMS)
G4144 πλόος plóos plo-os from πλέω; a sail, i.e. navigation:--course, sailing, voyage.
|
πλοῦνploun
|
voyage
|
N-AMS
|
G1274διανύσαντεςdianysantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1274 διανύω dianýō dee-an-oo-o from διά and (to effect); to accomplish thoroughly:--finish.
|
διανύσαντεςdianysantes
|
having completed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G5184ΤύρουTyrou (N-GFS)
G5184 Τύρος Týros too-ros of Hebrew origin (צֹר): Tyrus (i.e. Tsor), a place in Palestine:--Tyre.
|
ΤύρουTyrou
|
Tyre,
|
N-GFS
|
G2658κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen
|
came down
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4424Πτολεμαΐδα,Ptolemaida (N-AFS)
G4424 Πτολεμαΐς Ptolemaḯs ptol-em-ah-is from (Ptolemy, after whom it was named); Ptolemais, a place in Palestine:--Ptolemais.
|
Πτολεμαΐδα,Ptolemaida
|
Ptolemais,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοιaspasamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοιaspasamenoi
|
having greeted
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers,
|
N-AMP
|
G3306ἐμείναμενemeinamen (V-AIA-1P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἐμείναμενemeinamen
|
we stayed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
7
When we had finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and saluted the brothers, and abode with them one day.Acts 21:7
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε τον πλουν διανυσαντες απο τυρου κατηντησαμεν εις πτολεμαιδα και ασπασαμενοι τους αδελφους εμειναμεν ημεραν μιαν παρ αυτοις
Lit: We then, the voyage having completed from Tyre, came down to Ptolemais, and having greeted the brothers, we stayed day one with them.
KJV: And when we had finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and saluted the brethren, and abode with them one day.
References
"and saluted"Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ac 18:22: When he had landed at Caesarea: and gone up: and saluted the church: he went down to Antioch.Ac 25:13: After certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came to Caesarea to greet Festus.1Sa 10:4: They will greet you: and give you two loaves of bread; which you will receive of their hands.1Sa 13:10: It came to pass: that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering: look: Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him: that he might greet him.Mt 5:47: If you greet your brothers only: what do you more than others? not do even the publicans so?Heb 13:24: Greet all them that have the rule over you: and all the saints. They of Italy greet you."abode"Ac 21:10: As we tarried there many days: there came down from Judaea a certain prophet: named Agabus.Ac 28:12: Landing at Syracuse: we tarried there 3 days.
Paul Visits Philip the Evangelist
τη δε επαυριον εξελθοντες οι περι τον παυλον {VAR1: ηλθον } {VAR2: ηλθομεν } εις καισαρειαν και εισελθοντες εις τον οικον φιλιππου του ευαγγελιστου του οντος εκ των επτα εμειναμεν παρ αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having gone forth,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian
|
Caesarea;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS)
G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G5376ΦιλίππουPhilippou (N-GMS)
G5376 Φίλιππος Phílippos fil-ip-pos from φίλος and ἵππος; fond of horses; Philippus, the name of four Israelites:--Philip.
|
ΦιλίππουPhilippou
|
of Philip
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2099εὐαγγελιστοῦeuangelistou (N-GMS)
G2099 εὐαγγελιστής euangelistḗs yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace from εὐαγγελίζω; a preacher of the gospel:--evangelist.
|
εὐαγγελιστοῦeuangelistou
|
evangelist,
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3306ἐμείναμενemeinamen (V-AIA-1P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἐμείναμενemeinamen
|
we stayed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
8
The next day we that were of Paul's company departed, and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, which was one of the 7; and abode with him.Acts 21:8
Stats
Counts: 187 characters, 29 words, 145 letters, 59 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επαυριον εξελθοντες οι περι τον παυλον {VAR1: ηλθον } {VAR2: ηλθομεν } εις καισαρειαν και εισελθοντες εις τον οικον φιλιππου του ευαγγελιστου του οντος εκ των επτα εμειναμεν παρ αυτω
Lit: On the now next day, having gone forth, we came to Caesarea; and having entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, being of the seven, we stayed with him.
KJV: And the next day we that were of Paul's company departed, and came unto Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, which was [one] of the seven; and abode with him.
References
"we that"Ac 16:10: 13: 16: After He had seen the vision: immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia: assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel to them.Ac 20:6: 13: We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread: and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Ac 28:11: 16: After 3 months we departed in a ship of Alexandria: which had wintered in the isle: whose sign was Castor and Pollux."Caesarea"Ac 8:40: But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities: till he came to Caesarea.Ac 9:30: Which when the brothers knew: they brought him down to Caesarea: and sent him forth to Tarsus.Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 18:22: When he had landed at Caesarea: and gone up: and saluted the church: he went down to Antioch.Ac 23:23: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;"Philip"Ac 6:5: The saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen: a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost: and Philip: and Prochorus: and Nicanor: and Timon: and Parmenas: and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch:Ac 8:5-13: 26-40: Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria: and preached Christ to them."the evangelist"Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;2Ti 4:5: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry.
τουτω δε ησαν θυγατερες παρθενοι τεσσαρες προφητευουσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
With this man
|
DPro-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
there were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2364θυγατέρεςthygateres (N-NFP)
G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατέρεςthygateres
|
daughters
|
N-NFP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four,
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3933παρθένοιparthenoi (N-NFP)
G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένοιparthenoi
|
virgins,
|
N-NFP
|
G4395προφητεύουσαι.prophēteuousai (V-PPA-NFP)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύουσαι.prophēteuousai
|
prophesying.
|
V-PPA-NFP
|
9
The same man had 4 daughters, virgins, which did prophesy.Acts 21:9
Stats
Counts: 65 characters, 9 words, 52 letters, 17 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτω δε ησαν θυγατερες παρθενοι τεσσαρες προφητευουσαι
Lit: With this man now there were daughters four, virgins, prophesying.
KJV: And the same man had four daughters, virgins, which did prophesy.
References
"virgins"1Co 7:25-34: 38: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful."which"Ac 2:17: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ex 15:20: Miriam the prophetess: the sister of Aaron: took a timbrel in her hand; and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances.Jg 4:4: Deborah: a prophetess: the wife of Lapidoth: she judged Israel at that time.2Ki 22:14: So Hilkiah the priest: and Ahikam: and Achbor: and Shaphan: and Asahiah: went to Huldah the prophetess: the wife of Shallum the son of Tikvah: the son of Harhas: keeper of the wardrobe; (now she dwelt in Jerusalem in the college;) and they communed with her.Ne 6:14: My God: think you upon Tobiah and Sanballat according to these their works: and on the prophetess Noadiah: and the rest of the prophets: that would have put me in fear.Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:1Co 11:4: 5: Every man praying or prophesying: having his head covered: dishonours his head.Re 2:20: Notwithstanding I have a few things against you: because you suffer that woman Jezebel: which calls herself a prophetess: to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication: and to eat things sacrificed to idols.
επιμενοντων δε ημων ημερας πλειους κατηλθεν τις απο της ιουδαιας προφητης ονοματι αγαβος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1961ἘπιμενόντωνEpimenontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἘπιμενόντωνEpimenontōn
|
Remaining
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-AFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
many,
|
Adj-AFP-C
|
G2718κατῆλθένkatēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατῆλθένkatēlthen
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
a prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G13Ἅγαβος,Hagabos (N-NMS)
G13 Ἄγαβος Ágabos ag-ab-os of Hebrew origin (compare חָגָב); Agabus, an Israelite:--Agabus.
|
Ἅγαβος,Hagabos
|
Agabus;
|
N-NMS
|
10
As we tarried there many days, there came down from Judaea a certain prophet, named Agabus.Acts 21:10
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 15 words, 76 letters, 31 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιμενοντων δε ημων ημερας πλειους κατηλθεν τις απο της ιουδαιας προφητης ονοματι αγαβος
Lit: Remaining now days many, came down a certain one from Judea, a prophet named Agabus;
KJV: And as we tarried there many days, there came down from Judaea a certain prophet, named Agabus.
References
"as"Ac 21:4: 7: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost."Agabus"Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.
και ελθων προς ημας και αρας την ζωνην του παυλου δησας τε αυτου τας χειρας και τους ποδας ειπεν ταδε λεγει το πνευμα το αγιον τον ανδρα ου εστιν η ζωνη αυτη ουτως δησουσιν εν ιερουσαλημ οι ιουδαιοι και παραδωσουσιν εις χειρας εθνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us,
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G142ἄραςaras (V-APA-NMS)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄραςaras
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2223ζώνηνzōnēn (N-AFS)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώνηνzōnēn
|
belt
|
N-AFS
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G1210δήσαςdēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δήσαςdēsas
|
having bound
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
of himself
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
Thus
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2223ζώνηzōnē (N-NFS)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώνηzōnē
|
belt
|
N-NFS
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this,
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
in this way
|
Adv
|
G1210δήσουσινdēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δήσουσινdēsousin
|
will bind
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδώσουσινparadōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδώσουσινparadōsousin
|
will deliver him
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
the hands
|
N-AFP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν.ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν.ethnōn
|
of the Gentiles.
|
N-GNP
|
11
When He was come to us, He took Paul's girdle, and bound His own hands and feet, and said, Thus says the Holy Ghost, So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle, and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.
Acts 21:11
Stats
Counts: 246 characters, 42 words, 191 letters, 67 vowels, 124 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελθων προς ημας και αρας την ζωνην του παυλου δησας τε αυτου τας χειρας και τους ποδας ειπεν ταδε λεγει το πνευμα το αγιον τον ανδρα ου εστιν η ζωνη αυτη ουτως δησουσιν εν ιερουσαλημ οι ιουδαιοι και παραδωσουσιν εις χειρας εθνων
Lit: and having come to us, and having taken the belt of Paul, having bound of himself the feet and the hands, he said, Thus says the Spirit Holy, The man of whom is the belt this, in this way will bind in Jerusalem the Jews and will deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.
KJV: And when he was come unto us, he took Paul's girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.
References
"he took"1Sa 15:27: 28: As Samuel turned about to go away: he laid hold upon the skirt of his mantle: and it tear.1Ki 11:29-31: It came to pass at that time when Jeroboam went out of Jerusalem: that the prophet Ahijah the Shilonite found him in the way; and he had clad himself with a new garment; and they two were alone in the field:2Ki 13:15-19: Elisha said to him: Take bow and arrows. And he took to him bow and arrows.Jer 13:1-11: Thus says the LORD to me: Go and get you a linen girdle: and put it upon your loins: and put not it in water.Jer 19:10: 11: Then will you break the bottle in the sight of the men that go with you: Eze 24:19-25: The people said to me: Will you not tell us what these things are to us: that you do so?Ho 12:10: I have also spoken by the prophets: and I have multiplied visions: and used similitudes: by the ministry of the prophets."Thus"Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 20:23: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city: saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: Heb 3:7: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: 1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."So shall"Ac 21:33: Then the chief captain came near: and took him: and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was: and what he had done.Ac 22:25: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds.Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound.Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance."and shall"Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.Mt 20:18: 19: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Mt 27:1: 2: When the morning was come: all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death:
ως δε ηκουσαμεν ταυτα παρεκαλουμεν ημεις τε και οι εντοπιοι του μη αναβαινειν αυτον εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G191ἠκούσαμενēkousamen (V-AIA-1P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἠκούσαμενēkousamen
|
we had heard
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3870παρεκαλοῦμενparekaloumen (V-IIA-1P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκαλοῦμενparekaloumen
|
began begging
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1786ἐντόπιοιentopioi (Adj-NMP)
G1786 ἐντόπιος entópios en-top-ee-os from ἐν and τόπος; a resident:--of that place.
|
ἐντόπιοιentopioi
|
of that place,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G305ἀναβαίνεινanabainein (V-PNA)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνεινanabainein
|
to go up
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ.Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ.Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-AFS
|
12
When we heard these things, both we, and they of that place, besought not him to go up to Jerusalem.Acts 21:12
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 18 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε ηκουσαμεν ταυτα παρεκαλουμεν ημεις τε και οι εντοπιοι του μη αναβαινειν αυτον εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: When then we had heard these things, began begging we both and those of that place, not to go up him to Jerusalem.
KJV: And when we heard these things, both we, and they of that place, besought him not to go up to Jerusalem.
References
"besought"Ac 21:4: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ac 20:22: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:Mt 16:21-23: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.
απεκριθη δε ο παυλος τι ποιειτε κλαιοντες και συνθρυπτοντες μου την καρδιαν εγω γαρ ου μονον δεθηναι αλλα και αποθανειν εις ιερουσαλημ ετοιμως εχω υπερ του ονοματος του κυριου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PIA-2P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
are you doing,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2799κλαίοντεςklaiontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίοντεςklaiontes
|
weeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4919συνθρύπτοντέςsynthryptontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4919 συνθρύπτω synthrýptō soon-throop-to from σύν and (to crumble); to crush together, i.e. (figuratively) to dispirit:--break.
|
συνθρύπτοντέςsynthryptontes
|
breaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2588καρδίαν;kardian (N-AFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαν;kardian
|
heart?
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G1210δεθῆναιdethēnai (V-ANP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεθῆναιdethēnai
|
to be bound,
|
V-ANP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G599ἀποθανεῖνapothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖνapothanein
|
to die
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G2093ἑτοίμωςhetoimōs (Adv)
G2093 ἑτοίμως hetoímōs het-oy-moce adverb from ἕτοιμος; in readiness:--ready.
|
ἑτοίμωςhetoimōs
|
readiness
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
have,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
13
Then Paul answered, What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.
Acts 21:13
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 32 words, 125 letters, 52 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε ο παυλος τι ποιειτε κλαιοντες και συνθρυπτοντες μου την καρδιαν εγω γαρ ου μονον δεθηναι αλλα και αποθανειν εις ιερουσαλημ ετοιμως εχω υπερ του ονοματος του κυριου ιησου
Lit: Then answered Paul, What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? I for not only to be bound, but also to die at Jerusalem, readiness have, for the name of the Lord Jesus.
KJV: Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.
References
"What"1Sa 15:14: Samuel said: What meaneth then this bleating of the sheep in my ears: and the lowing of the oxen which I hear?Isa 3:15: What mean you that you beat my people to pieces: and grind the faces of the poor? says the Lord GOD of hosts.Eze 18:2: What mean you: that you use this proverb concerning the land of Israel: saying: The fathers have eaten sour grapes: and the children's teeth are set on edge?Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish."to weep"Ac 20:37: They all wept sore: and fell on Paul's neck: and kissed him: 1Sa 1:8: Then said Elkanah her husband to her: Hannah: why weep you? and why eat you not? and why is your heart grieved? am not I better to you than 10 sons?Php 2:26: For he longed after you all: and was full of heaviness: because that you had heard that he had been sick.2Ti 1:4: Greatly desiring to see you: being mindful of your tears: that I may be filled with joy;"for"Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ro 8:35-37: Who will separate us from the love of Christ? will tribulation: or distress: or persecution: or famine: or nakedness: or peril: or sword?1Co 15:31: I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord: I die daily.2Co 4:10-17: Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Php 1:20: 21: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.Php 2:17: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:2Ti 2:4-6: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.2Ti 4:6: For I am now ready to be offered: and the time of my departure is at hand.2Pe 1:14: Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle: even as our Lord Jesus Christ has showed me.Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.
μη πειθομενου δε αυτου ησυχασαμεν ειποντες το θελημα του κυριου γενεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3982πειθομένουpeithomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πειθομένουpeithomenou
|
being persuaded
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2270ἡσυχάσαμενhēsychasamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2270 ἡσυχάζω hēsycházō hay-soo-khad-zo from the same as ἡσύχιος; to keep still (intransitively), i.e. refrain from labor, meddlesomeness or speech:--cease, hold peace, be quiet, rest.
|
ἡσυχάσαμενhēsychasamen
|
we were silent,
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3004εἰπόντεςeipontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντεςeipontes
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588ΤοῦTou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤοῦTou
|
Of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-NNS)
G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
will
|
N-NNS
|
G1096γινέσθω.ginesthō (V-PMM/P-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινέσθω.ginesthō
|
be done.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
14
When He not would be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done.
Acts 21:14
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη πειθομενου δε αυτου ησυχασαμεν ειποντες το θελημα του κυριου γενεσθω
Lit: Not being persuaded then of him, we were silent, having said, Of the Lord the will be done.
KJV: And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done.
References
"The will"Ge 43:14: God Almighty give you mercy before the man: that He may send away your other brother: and Benjamin. If I be bereaved of my children: I am bereaved.1Sa 3:18: Samuel told Him every whit: and not hidhing from Him. And He said: It is the LORD: let Him do what seems Him good.2Sa 15:25: 26: The king said to Zadok: Carry back the ark of God into the city: if I will find favour in the eyes of the LORD: He will bring me again: and show me both it: and His habitation:2Ki 20:19: Then said Hezekiah to Isaiah: Good is the word of the LORD which you have spoken. And He said: Is it not good: if peace and truth be in my days?Mt 6:10: Your kingdom come. Your will be done in earth: as it is in heaven.Mt 26:39: 42: He went a little further: and fell on His face: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if it be possible: let this cup pass from me: not nevertheless as I will: but as you will.Lu 11:2: He said to them: When you pray: say: Our Father which are in heaven: Hallowed be your name. Your kingdom come. Your will be done: as in heaven: so in earth.Lu 22:42: Saying: Father: if you be willing: remove this cup from me: not nevertheless my will: but your: be done.
μετα δε τας ημερας ταυτας αποσκευασαμενοι ανεβαινομεν εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G3778ταύταςtautas (DPro-AFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταςtautas
|
these,
|
DPro-AFP
|
G643ἐπισκευασάμενοιepiskeuasamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G643 ἀποσκευάζω aposkeuázō ap-osk-yoo-ad-zo from ἀπό and a derivative of σκεῦος; to pack up (ones) baggage:--take up… carriages.
|
ἐπισκευασάμενοιepiskeuasamenoi
|
having packed the baggage,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G305ἀνεβαίνομενanebainomen (V-IIA-1P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνεβαίνομενanebainomen
|
we started on our way up
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσόλυμα·Hierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσόλυμα·Hierosolyma
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-ANP
|
15
After those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem.Acts 21:15
Stats
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 57 letters, 24 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε τας ημερας ταυτας αποσκευασαμενοι ανεβαινομεν εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: After now the days these, having packed the baggage, we started on our way up to Jerusalem.
KJV: And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem.
References
"and went"Ac 18:22: When he had landed at Caesarea: and gone up: and saluted the church: he went down to Antioch.Ac 25:1: 6: 9: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.
συνηλθον δε και των μαθητων απο καισαρειας συν ημιν αγοντες παρ ω ξενισθωμεν μνασωνι τινι κυπριω αρχαιω μαθητη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4905συνῆλθονsynēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνῆλθονsynēlthon
|
Went
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also some
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3101μαθητῶνmathētōn (N-GMP)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῶνmathētōn
|
disciples
|
N-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias (N-GFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισαρείαςKaisareias
|
Caesarea
|
N-GFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖν,hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν,hēmin
|
us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G71ἄγοντεςagontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγοντεςagontes
|
bringing one
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3579ξενισθῶμενxenisthōmen (V-ASP-1P)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενισθῶμενxenisthōmen
|
we would lodge,
|
V-ASP-1P
|
G3416ΜνάσωνίMnasōni (N-DMS)
G3416 Μνάσων Mnásōn mnah-sohn of uncertain origin; Mnason, a Christian:--Mnason.
|
ΜνάσωνίMnasōni
|
Mnason,
|
N-DMS
|
G5100τινιtini (IPro-DMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινιtini
|
a certain
|
IPro-DMS
|
G2953Κυπρίῳ,Kypriō (N-DMS)
G2953 Κύπριος Kýprios koo-pree-os from Κύπρος; a Cyprian (Cypriot), i.e. inhabitant of Cyprus:--of Cyprus.
|
Κυπρίῳ,Kypriō
|
Cypriot,
|
N-DMS
|
G744ἀρχαίῳarchaiō (Adj-DMS)
G744 ἀρχαῖος archaîos ar-khah-yos from ἀρχή; original or primeval:--(them of) old (time).
|
ἀρχαίῳarchaiō
|
an early
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3101μαθητῇ.mathētē (N-DMS)
G3101 μαθητής mathētḗs math-ay-tes from μανθάνω; a learner, i.e. pupil:--disciple.
|
μαθητῇ.mathētē
|
disciple.
|
N-DMS
|
16
There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea, and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an old disciple, with whom we should lodge.Acts 21:16
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 24 words, 119 letters, 44 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνηλθον δε και των μαθητων απο καισαρειας συν ημιν αγοντες παρ ω ξενισθωμεν μνασωνι τινι κυπριω αρχαιω μαθητη
Lit: Went then also some of the disciples from Caesarea with us, bringing one with whom we would lodge, Mnason, a certain Cypriot, an early disciple.
KJV: There went with us also certain of the disciples of Caesarea, and brought with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an old disciple, with whom we should lodge.
References
"of the"Ac 21:8: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him.Ac 10:24: 48: The morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them: and had called together his kinsmen and near friends."Cyprus"Ac 21:3: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden.Ac 11:19: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 15:39: The contention was so sharp between them: that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark: and sailed to Cyprus;"an old"Ps 71:17: 18: O God: you have taught me from my youth: and hitherto have I declared your wondrous works.Ps 92:14: They will still bring forth fruit in old age; they will be fat and flourishing;Pr 16:31: The hoary head is a crown of glory: if it be found in the way of righteousness.Ro 16:7: Greet Andronicus and Junia: my kinsmen: and my fellowprisoners: who are not ofe among the apostles: who also were in Christ before me.Phm 1:9: Yet for love's sake I rather beseech you: being such an one as Paul the aged: and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ.1Jo 2:13: 14: I write to you: fathers: because you have known Him that is from the beginning. I write to you: young men: because you have overcome the wicked one. I write to you: little children: because you have known the Father.
Paul’s Arrival at Jerusalem
γενομενων δε ημων εις ιεροσολυμα ασμενως εδεξαντο ημας οι αδελφοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ΓενομένωνGenomenōn (V-APM-GMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ΓενομένωνGenomenōn
|
Having arrived
|
V-APM-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
we
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G780ἀσμένωςasmenōs (Adv)
G780 ἀσμένως asménōs as-men-oce adverb from a derivative of the base of ἡδονή; with pleasure:--gladly.
|
ἀσμένωςasmenōs
|
gladly
|
Adv
|
G588ἀπεδέξαντοapedexanto (V-AIM-3P)
G588 ἀποδέχομαι apodéchomai ap-od-ekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and δέχομαι; to take fully, i.e. welcome (persons), approve (things):--accept, receive (gladly).
|
ἀπεδέξαντοapedexanto
|
received
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί.adelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί.adelphoi
|
brothers.
|
N-NMP
|
17
When we were come to Jerusalem, the brothers received us gladly.Acts 21:17
Stats
Counts: 68 characters, 11 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενων δε ημων εις ιεροσολυμα ασμενως εδεξαντο ημας οι αδελφοι
Lit: Having arrived now we at Jerusalem, gladly received us the brothers.
KJV: And when we were come to Jerusalem, the brethren received us gladly.
References
"the brethren"Ac 15:4: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ro 15:7: For what reason receive you one another: as Christ also received us to the glory of God.Heb 13:1: 2: Let brotherly love continue.3Jo 1:7: 8: Because that for his name's sake they went forth: not takinghing of the Gentiles.
τη δε επιουση εισηει ο παυλος συν ημιν προς ιακωβον παντες τε παρεγενοντο οι πρεσβυτεροι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1966ἐπιούσῃepiousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epioûsa ep-ee-oo-sah feminine singular participle of a comparative of ἐπί and (to go); supervening, i.e. (ἡμέρα or νύξ being expressed or implied) the ensuing day or night:--following, next.,
|
ἐπιούσῃepiousē
|
following day,
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G1524εἰσῄειeisēei (V-IIA-3S)
G1524 εἴσειμι eíseimi ice-i-mee from εἰς and (to go); to enter:--enter (go) into.
|
εἰσῄειeisēei
|
went in
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G2385Ἰάκωβον,Iakōbon (N-AMS)
G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
Ἰάκωβον,Iakōbon
|
James,
|
N-AMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3854παρεγένοντοparegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παρεγένοντοparegenonto
|
arrived
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροι.presbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροι.presbyteroi
|
elders.
|
Adj-NMP
|
18
The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.Acts 21:18
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 16 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επιουση εισηει ο παυλος συν ημιν προς ιακωβον παντες τε παρεγενοντο οι πρεσβυτεροι
Lit: On the now following day, went in Paul with us unto James, all and arrived the elders.
KJV: And the day following Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present.
References
"unto"Ac 15:13: After they had held their peace: James answered: saying: Men and brothers: listen to me:Mt 10:2: Now the names of the 12 apostles are these; The first: Simon: who is called Peter: and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother;Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting."all"Ac 15:2: 6: 23: When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and disputation with them: they determined that Paul and Barnabas: and certain other of them: should go up to Jerusalem to the apostles and elders about this question.Ac 20:17: From Miletus he sent to Ephesus: and called the elders of the church.
και ασπασαμενος αυτους εξηγειτο καθ εν εκαστον ων εποιησεν ο θεος εν τοις εθνεσιν δια της διακονιας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοςaspasamenos
|
having greeted
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1834ἐξηγεῖτοexēgeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1834 ἐξηγέομαι exēgéomai ex-ayg-eh-om-ahee from ἐκ and ἡγέομαι; to consider out (aloud), i.e. rehearse, unfold:--declare, tell.
|
ἐξηγεῖτοexēgeito
|
he began to relate,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-ANS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
the things
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
had done
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1248διακονίαςdiakonias (N-GFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίαςdiakonias
|
ministry
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
19
When He had saluted them, He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Acts 21:19
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 19 words, 97 letters, 31 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ασπασαμενος αυτους εξηγειτο καθ εν εκαστον ων εποιησεν ο θεος εν τοις εθνεσιν δια της διακονιας αυτου
Lit: And having greeted them, he began to relate, by one each, the things had done God among the Gentiles through the ministry of him.
KJV: And when he had saluted them, he declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by his ministry.
References
"he declared"Ac 11:4-18: But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning: and expounded it by order to them: saying: Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 15:4: 12: When they were come to Jerusalem: they were received of the church: and of the apostles and elders: and they declared all things that God had done with them.Ro 15:18: 19: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Co 3:5-9: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Col 1:29: To what I also labour: striving according to his working: which works in me mightily."by"Ac 1:17: For he was numbered with us: and had obtained part of this ministry.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.2Co 12:12: Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience: in signs: and wonders: and mighty deeds.
οι δε ακουσαντες εδοξαζον τον κυριον ειπον τε αυτω θεωρεις αδελφε ποσαι μυριαδες εισιν ιουδαιων των πεπιστευκοτων και παντες ζηλωται του νομου υπαρχουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1392ἐδόξαζονedoxazon (V-IIA-3P)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξαζονedoxazon
|
began glorifying
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God.
|
N-AMS
|
G3004εἶπόν*eipon (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπόν*eipon
|
They said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2334Θεωρεῖς,Theōreis (V-PIA-2S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Θεωρεῖς,Theōreis
|
You see,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G80ἀδελφέ,adelphe (N-VMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφέ,adelphe
|
brother,
|
N-VMS
|
G4214πόσαιposai (IPro-NFP)
G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσαιposai
|
how many
|
IPro-NFP
|
G3461μυριάδεςmyriades (N-NFP)
G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάδεςmyriades
|
myriads
|
N-NFP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4100πεπιστευκότων,pepisteukotōn (V-RPA-GMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκότων,pepisteukotōn
|
having believed,
|
V-RPA-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2207ζηλωταὶzēlōtai (N-NMP)
G2207 ζηλωτής zēlōtḗs dzay-lo-tace from ζηλόω; a zealot:--zealous.
|
ζηλωταὶzēlōtai
|
zealous ones
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
for the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G5225ὑπάρχουσιν·hyparchousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχουσιν·hyparchousin
|
are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
20
When they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said to Him, You see, brother, how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:
Acts 21:20
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 27 words, 138 letters, 53 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε ακουσαντες εδοξαζον τον κυριον ειπον τε αυτω θεωρεις αδελφε ποσαι μυριαδες εισιν ιουδαιων των πεπιστευκοτων και παντες ζηλωται του νομου υπαρχουσιν
Lit: Those then having heard began glorifying God. They said then to him, You see, brother, how many myriads there are among the Jews having believed, and all zealous ones for the law are.
KJV: And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said unto him, Thou seest, brother, how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:
References
"they glorified"Ac 4:21: So when they had further threatened them: they let them go: not findinghing how they might punish them: because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ps 22:23: 27: You that fear the LORD: praise Him; all you the seed of Jacob: glorify Him; and fear Him: all you the seed of Israel.Ps 72:17-19: His name will endure for ever: his name will be continued as long as the sun: and men will be blessed in him: all nations will call him blessed.Ps 98:1-3: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Isa 55:10-13: For as the rain comes down: and the snow from heaven: and returns not there: but waters the earth: and makes it bring forth and bud: that it may give seed to the sower: and bread to the eater:Isa 66:9-14: Will I bring to the birth: not and cause to bring forth? says the LORD: will I cause to bring forth: and shut the womb? says your God.Lu 15:3-10: 32: He spoke this parable to them: saying: Ro 15:6: 7: 9-13: That you may with one mind and one mouth glorify God: even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.Ga 1:24: They glorified God in me.2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.Re 19:6: 7: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth."how"Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 4:4: Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about 5000.Ac 6:7: The word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem greatly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith.Mt 13:31-33: Another parable put he forth to them: saying: The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed: which a man took: and sowed in his field:Joh 12:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit."thousands"Lu 12:1: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy."and they"Ac 15:1: 5: 24: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ro 10:2: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge.Ga 1:14: Profited in the Jews' religion above many my equals in my own nation: being more exceedingly zealous of the traditions of my fathers.
κατηχηθησαν δε περι σου οτι αποστασιαν διδασκεις απο μωσεως τους κατα τα εθνη παντας ιουδαιους λεγων μη περιτεμνειν αυτους τα τεκνα μηδε τοις εθεσιν περιπατειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2727κατηχήθησανkatēchēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2727 κατηχέω katēchéō kat-ay-kheh-o from κατά and ἦχος; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by implication) to indoctrinate (catechize) or (genitive case) to apprise of:--inform, instruct, teach.
|
κατηχήθησανkatēchēthēsan
|
They have been informed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G646ἀποστασίανapostasian (N-AFS)
G646 ἀποστασία apostasía ap-os-tas-ee-ah feminine of the same as ἀποστάσιον; defection from truth (properly, the state) (apostasy):--falling away, forsake.
|
ἀποστασίανapostasian
|
apostasy
|
N-AFS
|
G1321διδάσκειςdidaskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκειςdidaskeis
|
you teach,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
Moses,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
Gentiles
|
N-ANP
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίους,Ioudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίους,Ioudaious
|
Jews,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
telling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4059περιτέμνεινperitemnein (V-PNA)
G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτέμνεινperitemnein
|
to circumcise
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-ANP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children,
|
N-ANP
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj)
G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
in the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1485ἔθεσινethesin (N-DNP)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθεσινethesin
|
customs
|
N-DNP
|
G4043περιπατεῖν.peripatein (V-PNA)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατεῖν.peripatein
|
to walk.
|
V-PNA
|
21
They are informed of you, that you teach all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, saying that they not ought to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs.Acts 21:21
Stats
Counts: 201 characters, 32 words, 163 letters, 60 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατηχηθησαν δε περι σου οτι αποστασιαν διδασκεις απο μωσεως τους κατα τα εθνη παντας ιουδαιους λεγων μη περιτεμνειν αυτους τα τεκνα μηδε τοις εθεσιν περιπατειν
Lit: They have been informed now about you, that apostasy you teach, from Moses, those among the Gentiles all Jews, telling not to circumcise them the children, nor in the customs to walk.
KJV: And they are informed of thee, that thou teachest all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, saying that they ought not to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs.
References
"that thou"Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 16:3: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.Ro 14:1-6: Him that is weak in the faith receive you: but not to doubtful disputations.1Co 9:19-21: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ga 5:1-6: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Ga 6:12-15: As many as desire to make a fair show in the flesh: they constrain you to be circumcised; only lest they should suffer persecution for the cross of Christ.
τι ουν εστιν παντως δει πληθος συνελθειν ακουσονται γαρ οτι εληλυθας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is it?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv)
G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
Certainly
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκούσονταιakousontai (V-FIM-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσονταιakousontai
|
they will hear
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐλήλυθας.elēlythas (V-RIA-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλήλυθας.elēlythas
|
you have come.
|
V-RIA-2S
|
22
What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that you are come.Acts 21:22
Stats
Rank: #3349 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 31 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουν εστιν παντως δει πληθος συνελθειν ακουσονται γαρ οτι εληλυθας
Lit: What then is it? Certainly they will hear that you have come.
KJV: What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that thou art come.
References
"the multitude"Ac 15:12: 22: Then all the multitude kept silence: and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul: declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles by them.Ac 19:32: Some therefore cried one thing: and some another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part not knew for what reason they were come together.
τουτο ουν ποιησον ο σοι λεγομεν εισιν ημιν ανδρες τεσσαρες ευχην εχοντες εφ εαυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4160ποίησονpoiēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποίησονpoiēson
|
do you
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3004λέγομεν·legomen (V-PIA-1P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγομεν·legomen
|
we say.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
There are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
with us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2171εὐχὴνeuchēn (N-AFS)
G2171 εὐχή euchḗ yoo-khay from εὔχομαι; properly, a wish, expressed as a petition to God, or in votive obligation:--prayer, vow.
|
εὐχὴνeuchēn
|
a vow
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν·heautōn (RefPro-GM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν·heautōn
|
themselves.
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
23
Do therefore this that we say to you: We have 4 men which have a vow on them;Acts 21:23
Stats
Rank: #3886 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 17 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο ουν ποιησον ο σοι λεγομεν εισιν ημιν ανδρες τεσσαρες ευχην εχοντες εφ εαυτων
Lit: This therefore do you what to you we say. There are with us men four, a vow having on themselves.
KJV: Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them;
References
"We have"Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Nu 6:2-7: Speak to the children of Israel: and say to them: When either man or woman will separate themselves to vow a vow of a Nazarite: to separate themselves to the LORD:
τουτους παραλαβων αγνισθητι συν αυτοις και δαπανησον επ αυτοις ινα ξυρησωνται την κεφαλην και γνωσιν παντες οτι ων κατηχηνται περι σου ουδεν εστιν αλλα στοιχεις και αυτος τον νομον φυλασσων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
These men
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G48ἁγνίσθητιhagnisthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G48 ἁγνίζω hagnízō hag-nid-zo from ἁγνός; to make clean, i.e. (figuratively) sanctify (ceremonially or morally):--purify (self).
|
ἁγνίσθητιhagnisthēti
|
be purified
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1159δαπάνησονdapanēson (V-AMA-2S)
G1159 δαπανάω dapanáō dap-an-ah-o from δαπάνη; to expend, i.e. (in a good sense) to incur cost, or (in a bad one) to waste:--be at charges, consume, spend.
|
δαπάνησονdapanēson
|
bear expense
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3587ξυρήσονταιxyrēsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3587 ξυράω xyráō xoo-rah-o from a derivative of the same as ξύλον (meaning a razor); to shave or shear the hair:--shave.
|
ξυρήσονταιxyrēsontai
|
they will shave
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλήν,kephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλήν,kephalēn
|
head,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1097γνώσονταιgnōsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνώσονταιgnōsontai
|
will know
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G2727κατήχηνταιkatēchēntai (V-RIM/P-3P)
G2727 κατηχέω katēchéō kat-ay-kheh-o from κατά and ἦχος; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by implication) to indoctrinate (catechize) or (genitive case) to apprise of:--inform, instruct, teach.
|
κατήχηνταιkatēchēntai
|
they have been informed
|
V-RIM/P-3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3762οὐδένouden (Adj-NNS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδένouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4748στοιχεῖςstoicheis (V-PIA-2S)
G4748 στοιχέω stoichéō stoy-kheh-o from a derivative of (to range in regular line); to march in (military) rank (keep step), i.e. (figuratively) to conform to virtue and piety:--walk (orderly).
|
στοιχεῖςstoicheis
|
you walk orderly
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
yourself,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G5442φυλάσσωνphylassōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσωνphylassōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον.nomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον.nomon
|
law.
|
N-AMS
|
24
Them take, and purify yourself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, whereof they were informed concerning you, not arehing; but that you yourself also walk orderly, and keep the law.Acts 21:24
Stats
Rank: #5824 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 262 characters, 35 words, 207 letters, 68 vowels, 139 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτους παραλαβων αγνισθητι συν αυτοις και δαπανησον επ αυτοις ινα ξυρησωνται την κεφαλην και γνωσιν παντες οτι ων κατηχηνται περι σου ουδεν εστιν αλλα στοιχεις και αυτος τον νομον φυλασσων
Lit: These men having taken, be purified with them and bear expense for them, so that they will shave the head, and will know all that of which they have been informed about you nothing is, but you walk orderly also yourself, keeping the law.
KJV: Them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, whereof they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but [that] thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law.
References
"and purify"Ac 21:26: Then Paul took the men: and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple: to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification: until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.Ac 24:18: Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple: neither with multitude: nor with tumult.Ex 19:10: 14: The LORD said to Moses: Go to the people: and sanctify them today and to morrow: and let them wash their clothes: Nu 19:17-22: For an unclean person they will take of the ashes of the burnt heifer of purification for sin: and running water will be put thereto in a vessel:2Ch 30:18: 19: For a multitude of the people: even many of Ephraim: and Manasseh: Issachar: and Zebulun: not had cleansed themselves: yet did they eat the passover otherwise than it was written. But Hezekiah prayed for them: saying: The good LORD pardon every oneJob 1:5: It was so: when the days of their feasting were gone about: that Job sent and sanctified them: and rose up early in the morning: and offered burnt offerings according to the number of them all: for Job said: It may be that my sons have sinned: and cursed God in their hearts. Thus did Job continually.Job 41:25: When he raises up himself: the mighty are afraid: by reason of breakings they purify themselves.Joh 3:25: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.Heb 9:10-14: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation."that they"Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Nu 6:5: 9: 13: 18: All the days of the vow of His separation there will no rasor come upon His head: until the days be fulfilled: in the which He separates Himself to the LORD: He will be holy: and will let the locks of the hair of His head grow.Jg 13:5: For: indeed: you will conceive: and bear a son; and no rasor will come on His head: for the child will be a Nazarite to God from the womb: and He will begin to deliver Israel out of the hand of the Philistines.Jg 16:17-19: That He told her all His heart: and said to her: There has not come a rasor upon my head; for I have been a Nazarite to God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven: then my strength will go from me: and I will become weak: and be like any other man."but"1Co 9:20: to the Jews I became as a Jew: that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law: as under the law: that I might gain them that are under the law;Ga 2:12: For before that certain came from James: he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come: he withdrew and separated himself: fearing them which were of the circumcision.
περι δε των πεπιστευκοτων εθνων ημεις επεστειλαμεν κριναντες μηδεν τοιουτον τηρειν αυτους ει μη φυλασσεσθαι αυτους το τε ειδωλοθυτον και το αιμα και πνικτον και πορνειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012Περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
Περὶperi
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GNP
|
G4100πεπιστευκότωνpepisteukotōn (V-RPA-GNP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπιστευκότωνpepisteukotōn
|
having believed
|
V-RPA-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
of the Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1989ἐπεστείλαμενepesteilamen (V-AIA-1P)
G1989 ἐπιστέλλω epistéllō ep-ee-stel-lo from ἐπί and στέλλω; to enjoin (by writing), i.e. (genitive case) to communicate by letter (for any purpose):--write (a letter, unto).
|
ἐπεστείλαμενepesteilamen
|
wrote,
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2919κρίναντεςkrinantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίναντεςkrinantes
|
having adjudged
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5442φυλάσσεσθαιphylassesthai (V-PNM)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσεσθαιphylassesthai
|
to keep from
|
V-PNM
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τόto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τόto
|
the things
|
Art-ANS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυτονeidōlothyton (Adj-ANS)
G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυτονeidōlothyton
|
sacrificed to idols,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4156πνικτὸνpnikton (Adj-ANS)
G4156 πνικτός pniktós pnik-tos from πνίγω; throttled, i.e. (neuter concretely) an animal choked to death (not bled):--strangled.
|
πνικτὸνpnikton
|
what is strangled,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4202πορνείαν.porneian (N-AFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαν.porneian
|
sexual immorality.
|
N-AFS
|
25
As touching the Gentiles which believe, we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing, save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from fornication.Acts 21:25
Stats
Rank: #7560 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 228 characters, 30 words, 184 letters, 63 vowels, 121 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε των πεπιστευκοτων εθνων ημεις επεστειλαμεν κριναντες μηδεν τοιουτον τηρειν αυτους ει μη φυλασσεσθαι αυτους το τε ειδωλοθυτον και το αιμα και πνικτον και πορνειαν
Lit: Concerning now those having believed of the Gentiles, we wrote, having adjudged to keep from them, the things both sacrificed to idols, and blood, and what is strangled, and sexual immorality.
KJV: As touching the Gentiles which believe, we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing, save only that they keep themselves from [things] offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from fornication.
References
"we have"Ac 15:20: 29: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.
τοτε ο παυλος παραλαβων τους ανδρας τη εχομενη ημερα συν αυτοις αγνισθεις εισηει εις το ιερον διαγγελλων την εκπληρωσιν των ημερων του αγνισμου εως ου προσηνεχθη υπερ ενος εκαστου αυτων η προσφορα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2192ἐχομένῃechomenē (V-PPM/P-DFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχομένῃechomenē
|
following
|
V-PPM/P-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G48ἁγνισθεὶςhagnistheis (V-APP-NMS)
G48 ἁγνίζω hagnízō hag-nid-zo from ἁγνός; to make clean, i.e. (figuratively) sanctify (ceremonially or morally):--purify (self).
|
ἁγνισθεὶςhagnistheis
|
having been purified,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1524εἰσῄειeisēei (V-IIA-3S)
G1524 εἴσειμι eíseimi ice-i-mee from εἰς and (to go); to enter:--enter (go) into.
|
εἰσῄειeisēei
|
entered
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερόν,hieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερόν,hieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G1229διαγγέλλωνdiangellōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1229 διαγγέλλω diangéllō de-ang-gel-lo from διά and the base of ἄγγελος; to herald thoroughly:--declare, preach, signify.
|
διαγγέλλωνdiangellōn
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1604ἐκπλήρωσινekplērōsin (N-AFS)
G1604 ἐκπλήρωσις ekplḗrōsis ek-play-ro-sis from ἐκπληρόω; completion:--accomplishment.
|
ἐκπλήρωσινekplērōsin
|
fulfillment
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G49ἁγνισμοῦ,hagnismou (N-GMS)
G49 ἁγνισμός hagnismós hag-nis-mos from ἁγνίζω; a cleansing (the act), i.e. (ceremonially) lustration:--purification.
|
ἁγνισμοῦ,hagnismou
|
purification
|
N-GMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G4374προσηνέχθηprosēnechthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσηνέχθηprosēnechthē
|
was offered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1538ἑκάστουhekastou (Adj-GMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστουhekastou
|
each
|
Adj-GMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4376προσφορά.prosphora (N-NFS)
G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορά.prosphora
|
sacrifice.
|
N-NFS
|
26
Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.Acts 21:26
Stats
Rank: #7448 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 216 characters, 35 words, 175 letters, 64 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ο παυλος παραλαβων τους ανδρας τη εχομενη ημερα συν αυτοις αγνισθεις εισηει εις το ιερον διαγγελλων την εκπληρωσιν των ημερων του αγνισμου εως ου προσηνεχθη υπερ ενος εκαστου αυτων η προσφορα
Lit: Then Paul, having taken the men, on the following day, with them having been purified, entered into the temple, declaring the fulfillment of the days of the purification until that was offered for one each of them the sacrifice.
KJV: Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.
References
"Then"1Co 9:20: to the Jews I became as a Jew: that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law: as under the law: that I might gain them that are under the law;"entered"Ac 24:18: Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple: neither with multitude: nor with tumult."to signify"Nu 6:13-20: This is the law of the Nazarite: when the days of his separation are fulfilled: he will be brought to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation:
Paul Seized at the Temple
ως δε εμελλον αι επτα ημεραι συντελεισθαι οι απο της ασιας ιουδαιοι θεασαμενοι αυτον εν τω ιερω συνεχεον παντα τον οχλον και επεβαλον τας χειρας επ αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3195ἔμελλονemellon (V-IIA-3P)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἔμελλονemellon
|
were about
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G4931συντελεῖσθαι,synteleisthai (V-PNM/P)
G4931 συντελέω synteléō soon-tel-eh-o from σύν and τελέω; to complete entirely; generally, to execute (literally or figuratively):--end, finish, fulfil, make.
|
συντελεῖσθαι,synteleisthai
|
to be completed,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G773ἈσίαςAsias (N-GFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίαςAsias
|
Asia
|
N-GFS
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2300θεασάμενοιtheasamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G2300 θεάομαι theáomai theh-ah-om-ahee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεασάμενοιtheasamenoi
|
having seen
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G4797συνέχεονsynecheon (V-IIA-3P)
G4797 συγχέω synchéō soong-khoo-no from σύν and (to pour) or its alternate; to commingle promiscuously, i.e. (figuratively) to throw (an assembly) into disorder, to perplex (the mind):--confound, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.
|
συνέχεονsynecheon
|
began stirring up
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλον,ochlon (N-AMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλον,ochlon
|
crowd
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1911ἐπέβαλον*epebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπέβαλον*epebalon
|
laid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖρας,cheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖρας,cheiras
|
hands,
|
N-AFP
|
27
When the 7 days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him,Acts 21:27
Stats
Rank: #8173 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 27 words, 119 letters, 43 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εμελλον αι επτα ημεραι συντελεισθαι οι απο της ασιας ιουδαιοι θεασαμενοι αυτον εν τω ιερω συνεχεον παντα τον οχλον και επεβαλον τας χειρας επ αυτον
Lit: When now were about the seven days to be completed, the from Asia Jews, having seen him in the temple, began stirring up all the crowd and laid upon him the hands,
KJV: And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him,
References
"the Jews"Ac 24:18: Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple: neither with multitude: nor with tumult."stirred"Ac 6:12: They stirred up the people: and the elders: and the scribes: and came upon him: and caught him: and brought him to the council: Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:2: 5: 19: But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles: and made their minds evil affected against the brothers.Ac 17:5: 6: 13: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: 1Ki 21:25: But there was none like to Ahab: which did sell Himself to work wickedness in the sight of the LORD: whom Jezebel His wife stirred up."and laid"Ac 4:3: They laid hands on them: and put them in hold to the next day: for it was now eventide.Ac 5:18: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 26:21: For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple: and went about to kill me.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.
κραζοντες ανδρες ισραηλιται βοηθειτε ουτος εστιν ο ανθρωπος ο κατα του λαου και του νομου και του τοπου τουτου παντας πανταχου διδασκων ετι τε και ελληνας εισηγαγεν εις το ιερον και κεκοινωκεν τον αγιον τοπον τουτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2896κράζοντεςkrazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζοντεςkrazontes
|
crying out,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2475Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai (N-VMP)
G2475 Ἰσραηλίτης Israēlítēs is-rah-ale-ee-tace from Ἰσραήλ; an Israelite, i.e. descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively):--Israelite.
|
Ἰσραηλῖται,Israēlitai
|
Israelites,
|
N-VMP
|
G997βοηθεῖτε·boētheite (V-PMA-2P)
G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
βοηθεῖτε·boētheite
|
help!
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3778οὗτόςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτόςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5117τόπουtopou (N-GMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπουtopou
|
place
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all those
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3837πανταχῇpantachē (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχῇpantachē
|
everywhere
|
Adv
|
G1321διδάσκων,didaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκων,didaskōn
|
teaching;
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
besides
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλληναςHellēnas (N-AMP)
G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλληναςHellēnas
|
Greeks
|
N-AMP
|
G1521εἰσήγαγενeisēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσήγαγενeisēgagen
|
he has brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2840κεκοίνωκενkekoinōken (V-RIA-3S)
G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κεκοίνωκενkekoinōken
|
defiled
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G40ἅγιονhagion (Adj-AMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιονhagion
|
holy
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτον.touton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτον.touton
|
this.
|
DPro-AMS
|
28
Crying out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man, that teaches all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and has polluted this holy place.
Acts 21:28
Stats
Rank: #6232 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 216 characters, 31 words, 169 letters, 60 vowels, 109 consonants
Translation
Greek: κραζοντες ανδρες ισραηλιται βοηθειτε ουτος εστιν ο ανθρωπος ο κατα του λαου και του νομου και του τοπου τουτου παντας πανταχου διδασκων ετι τε και ελληνας εισηγαγεν εις το ιερον και κεκοινωκεν τον αγιον τοπον τουτον
Lit: crying out, Men, Israelites, help! This is the man who against the people and the law and the place this all those everywhere teaching; besides and also Greeks he has brought into the temple and defiled the holy place this.
KJV: Crying out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place.
References
"Men"Ac 19:26-28: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:Ac 24:5: 6: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:"This is"Ac 21:21: They are informed of you: that you teach all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses: saying that they not ought to circumcise their children: neither to walk after the customs.Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 24:5: 6: 18: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 26:20: 21: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance."brought"Jer 7:4-15: Trust you not in lying words: saying: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: The temple of the LORD: are these.La 1:10: The adversary has spread out his hand upon all her pleasant things: for she has seen that the heathen entered into her sanctuary: whom you did command that they not should enter into your congregation.
ησαν γαρ προεωρακοτες τροφιμον τον εφεσιον εν τη πολει συν αυτω ον ενομιζον οτι εις το ιερον εισηγαγεν ο παυλος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
It was they
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4308προεωρακότεςproeōrakotes (V-RPA-NMP)
G4308 προοράω prooráō pro-or-ah-o from πρό and ὁράω; to behold in advance, i.e. (actively) to notice (another) previously, or (middle voice) to keep in (ones own) view:--foresee, see before.
|
προεωρακότεςproeōrakotes
|
having previously seen
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G5161ΤρόφιμονTrophimon (N-AMS)
G5161 Τρόφιμος Tróphimos trof-ee-mos from τροφή; nutritive; Trophimus, a Christian:--Trophimus.
|
ΤρόφιμονTrophimon
|
Trophimus
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2180ἘφέσιονEphesion (Adj-AMS)
G2180 Ἐφέσιος Ephésios ef-es-ee-os from Ἔφεσος; an Ephesian or inhabitant of Ephesus:--Ephesian, of Ephesus.
|
ἘφέσιονEphesion
|
Ephesian
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3543ἐνόμιζονenomizon (V-IIA-3P)
G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
ἐνόμιζονenomizon
|
they were supposing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G1521εἰσήγαγενeisēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσήγαγενeisēgagen
|
had brought
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972Παῦλος.Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος.Paulos
|
Paul.
|
N-NMS
|
29
(For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.)Acts 21:29
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 22 words, 102 letters, 37 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν γαρ προεωρακοτες τροφιμον τον εφεσιον εν τη πολει συν αυτω ον ενομιζον οτι εις το ιερον εισηγαγεν ο παυλος
Lit: It was they for having previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian in the city with him, whom they were supposing that into the temple had brought Paul.
KJV: (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.)
References
"Trophimus"Ac 20:4: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.2Ti 4:20: Erastus abode at Corinth: but Trophimus have I left at Miletum sick.
εκινηθη τε η πολις ολη και εγενετο συνδρομη του λαου και επιλαβομενοι του παυλου ειλκον αυτον εξω του ιερου και ευθεως εκλεισθησαν αι θυραι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2795Ἐκινήθηekinēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
Ἐκινήθηekinēthē
|
Was thrown into commotion
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
whole,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4890συνδρομὴsyndromē (N-NFS)
G4890 συνδρομή syndromḗ soon-drom-ay from (the alternate of) συντρέχω; a running together, i.e. (riotous) concourse:--run together.
|
συνδρομὴsyndromē
|
a rushing together
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ,laou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ,laou
|
people.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1949ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαβόμενοιepilabomenoi
|
having laid hold
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G1670εἷλκονheilkon (V-IIA-3P)
G1670 ἑλκύω helkýō hel-ko probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to drag (literally or figuratively):--draw. Compare ἑλίσσω.
|
εἷλκονheilkon
|
they dragged
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦ,hierou (N-GNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦ,hierou
|
temple,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
immediately
|
Adv
|
G2808ἐκλείσθησανekleisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
ἐκλείσθησανekleisthēsan
|
were shut
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2374θύραι.thyrai (N-NFP)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραι.thyrai
|
doors.
|
N-NFP
|
30
All the city was moved, and the people ran together: and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Acts 21:30
Stats
Rank: #8429 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 143 characters, 24 words, 111 letters, 40 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκινηθη τε η πολις ολη και εγενετο συνδρομη του λαου και επιλαβομενοι του παυλου ειλκον αυτον εξω του ιερου και ευθεως εκλεισθησαν αι θυραι
Lit: Was thrown into commotion also the city whole, and there was a rushing together of the people. And having laid hold of Paul, they dragged him outside the temple, and immediately were shut the doors.
KJV: And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.
References
"all"Ac 16:20-22: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ac 19:29: The whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus: men of Macedonia: Paul's companions in travel: they rushed with one accord into the theatre.Ac 26:21: For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple: and went about to kill me.Mt 2:3: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.Mt 21:10: When he was come into Jerusalem: all the city was moved: saying: Who is this?"and they"Ac 7:57: 58: Then they cried out with a loud voice: and stopped their ears: and ran upon him with one accord: Ac 16:19: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Lu 4:29: Rose up: and thrust him out of the city: and led him to the brow of the hill whereon their city was built: that they might cast him down headlong.2Co 11:26: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;
ζητουντων δε αυτον αποκτειναι ανεβη φασις τω χιλιαρχω της σπειρης οτι ολη συγκεχυται ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2212ΖητούντωνZētountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ΖητούντωνZētountōn
|
Of them seeking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G615ἀποκτεῖναιapokteinai (V-ANA)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτεῖναιapokteinai
|
to kill,
|
V-ANA
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
there came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5334φάσιςphasis (N-NFS)
G5334 φάσις phásis fas-is from φημί (not the same as phase, which is from φαίνω); a saying, i.e. report:--tidings.
|
φάσιςphasis
|
a report
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5506χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō (N-DMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō
|
commander
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4686σπείρηςspeirēs (N-GFS)
G4686 σπεῖρα speîra spi-rah of immediate Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of αἱρέομαι in the sense of its cognate εἱλίσσω; a coil (spira, spire), i.e. (figuratively) a mass of men (a Roman military cohort; also (by analogy) a squad of Levitical janitors):--band.
|
σπείρηςspeirēs
|
cohort
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4797συνχύννεταιsynchynnetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4797 συγχέω synchéō soong-khoo-no from σύν and (to pour) or its alternate; to commingle promiscuously, i.e. (figuratively) to throw (an assembly) into disorder, to perplex (the mind):--confound, confuse, stir up, be in an uproar.
|
συνχύννεταιsynchynnetai
|
was in an uproar
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm (N-NFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-NFS
|
31
As they went about to kill him, tidings came to the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.Acts 21:31
Stats
Rank: #7390 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 37 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζητουντων δε αυτον αποκτειναι ανεβη φασις τω χιλιαρχω της σπειρης οτι ολη συγκεχυται ιερουσαλημ
Lit: Of them seeking then him to kill, there came a report to the commander of the cohort that all was in an uproar Jerusalem,
KJV: And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.
References
"as"Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Ac 26:9: 10: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.2Co 11:23-33: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often."chief"Ac 23:17: Then Paul called one of the centurions to him: and said: Bring this young man to the chief captain: for he has a certain thing to tell him.Ac 24:7: 22: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us: and with great violence took him away out of our hands: Ac 25:23: On the morrow: when Agrippa was come: and Bernice: with great pomp: and was entered into the place of hearing: with the chief captains: and principal men of the city: at Festus' commandment Paul was brought forth.Joh 18:12: Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus: and bound Him: "that all"Ac 21:38: Are not you that Egyptian: which before these days mad an uproar: and led out into the wilderness 4000 men that were murderers?Ac 17:5: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.Ac 19:40: For we are in danger to be called in question for this day's uproar: there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse.1Ki 1:41: Adonijah and all the guests that were with him heard it as they had made an end of eating. And when Joab heard the sound of the trumpet: he said: For what reason is this noise of the city being in an uproar?Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.Mr 14:2: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar of the people.
ος εξαυτης παραλαβων στρατιωτας και εκατονταρχους κατεδραμεν επ αυτους οι δε ιδοντες τον χιλιαρχον και τους στρατιωτας επαυσαντο τυπτοντες τον παυλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1824ἐξαυτῆςexautēs (Adv)
G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs ex-ow-tace from ἐκ and the genitive case singular feminine of αὐτός (ὥρα being understood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:--by and by, immediately, presently, straightway.
|
ἐξαυτῆςexautēs
|
at once,
|
Adv
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken with him
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4757στρατιώταςstratiōtas (N-AMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώταςstratiōtas
|
soldiers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχαςhekatontarchas (N-AMP)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχαςhekatontarchas
|
centurions,
|
N-AMP
|
G2701κατέδραμενkatedramen (V-AIA-3S)
G2701 κατατρέχω katatréchō kat-at-rekh-o from κατά and τρέχω; to run down, i.e. hasten from a tower:--run down.
|
κατέδραμενkatedramen
|
ran down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχονchiliarchon (N-AMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχονchiliarchon
|
commander
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4757στρατιώταςstratiōtas (N-AMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώταςstratiōtas
|
soldiers,
|
N-AMP
|
G3973ἐπαύσαντοepausanto (V-AIM-3P)
G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
ἐπαύσαντοepausanto
|
they stopped
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G5180τύπτοντεςtyptontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
τύπτοντεςtyptontes
|
beating
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3972Παῦλον.Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον.Paulon
|
Paul.
|
N-AMS
|
32
Who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down to them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul.Acts 21:32
Stats
Rank: #9092 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 23 words, 121 letters, 45 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εξαυτης παραλαβων στρατιωτας και εκατονταρχους κατεδραμεν επ αυτους οι δε ιδοντες τον χιλιαρχον και τους στρατιωτας επαυσαντο τυπτοντες τον παυλον
Lit: who at once, having taken with him soldiers and centurions, ran down upon them. And having seen the commander and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul.
KJV: Who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul.
References
"took"Ac 23:23: 24: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;"and run"Ac 23:27: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman.Ac 24:7: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us: and with great violence took him away out of our hands: "beating"Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go.Ac 18:17: Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes: the chief ruler of the synagogue: and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things.Ac 22:19: I said: Lord: they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:Isa 3:15: What mean you that you beat my people to pieces: and grind the faces of the poor? says the Lord GOD of hosts.
τοτε εγγισας ο χιλιαρχος επελαβετο αυτου και εκελευσεν δεθηναι αλυσεσιν δυσιν και επυνθανετο τις αν ειη και τι εστιν πεποιηκως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G1448ἐγγίσαςengisas (V-APA-NMS)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίσαςengisas
|
having drawn near,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G1949ἐπελάβετοepelabeto (V-AIM-3S)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπελάβετοepelabeto
|
laid hold
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
commanded him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1210δεθῆναιdethēnai (V-ANP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεθῆναιdethēnai
|
to be bound
|
V-ANP
|
G254ἁλύσεσιhalysesi (N-DFP)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἁλύσεσιhalysesi
|
with chains
|
N-DFP
|
G1417δυσί,dysi (Adj-DFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δυσί,dysi
|
two,
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4441ἐπυνθάνετοepynthaneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
ἐπυνθάνετοepynthaneto
|
began inquiring
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510εἴηeiē (V-POA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἴηeiē
|
he might be
|
V-POA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160πεποιηκώς.pepoiēkōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποιηκώς.pepoiēkōs
|
he has been doing.
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
33
Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done.Acts 21:33
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 24 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε εγγισας ο χιλιαρχος επελαβετο αυτου και εκελευσεν δεθηναι αλυσεσιν δυσιν και επυνθανετο τις αν ειη και τι εστιν πεποιηκως
Lit: Then having drawn near, the commander laid hold of him and commanded him to be bound with chains two, and began inquiring who he might be and what it is he has been doing.
KJV: Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done.
References
"be"Ac 21:11: When He was come to us: He took Paul's girdle: and bound His own hands and feet: and said: Thus says the Holy Ghost: So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle: and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.Ac 12:6: When Herod would have brought him forth: the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers: bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.Ac 20:23: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city: saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.Ac 22:25: 29: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.Jg 15:13: They spoke to him: saying: No; but we will bind you fast: and deliver you into their hand: but surely we not will kill you. And they bound him with two new cords: and brought him up from the rock.Jg 16:8: 12: 21: Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her 7 green withs which not had been dried: and she bound him with them.Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak."and demanded"Ac 22:24: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.Joh 18:29: 30: Pilate then went out to them: and said: What accusation bring you against this man?
αλλοι δε αλλο τι εβοων εν τω οχλω μη δυναμενος δε γνωναι το ασφαλες δια τον θορυβον εκελευσεν αγεσθαι αυτον εις την παρεμβολην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G243Ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
Ἄλλοιalloi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-ANS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
another or
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
one thing
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2019ἐπεφώνουνepephōnoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2019 ἐπιφωνέω epiphōnéō ep-ee-fo-neh-o from ἐπί and φωνέω; to call at something, i.e. exclaim:--cry (against), give a shout.
|
ἐπεφώνουνepephōnoun
|
were crying out
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3793ὄχλῳ·ochlō (N-DMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλῳ·ochlō
|
crowd.
|
N-DMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυναμένουdynamenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναμένουdynamenou
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G804ἀσφαλὲςasphales (Adj-ANS)
G804 ἀσφαλής asphalḗs as-fal-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and sphallo (to fail); secure (literally or figuratively):--certain(-ty), safe, sure.
|
ἀσφαλὲςasphales
|
facts
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2351θόρυβον,thorybon (N-AMS)
G2351 θόρυβος thórybos thor-oo-bos from the base of θροέω; a disturbance:--tumult, uproar.
|
θόρυβον,thorybon
|
uproar,
|
N-AMS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he ordered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G71ἄγεσθαιagesthai (V-PNM/P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγεσθαιagesthai
|
to be brought
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολήν.parembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολήν.parembolēn
|
barracks.
|
N-AFS
|
34
Some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he not could know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle.Acts 21:34
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 26 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλοι δε αλλο τι εβοων εν τω οχλω μη δυναμενος δε γνωναι το ασφαλες δια τον θορυβον εκελευσεν αγεσθαι αυτον εις την παρεμβολην
Lit: Others however, another or one thing were crying out in the crowd. Not being able now he to know the facts on account of the uproar, he ordered to be brought him into the barracks.
KJV: And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle.
References
"some cried"Ac 19:32: Some therefore cried one thing: and some another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part not knew for what reason they were come together."know"Ac 22:30: On the morrow: because he would have known the certainty for what reason he was accused of the Jews: he loosed him from his bands: and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear: and brought Paul down: and set him before them.Ac 25:26: Of whom I have no certain thing to write to my lord. For what reason I have brought him forth before you: and specially before you: O king Agrippa: that: after examination had: I might have somewhat to write."into"Ac 21:37: As Paul was to be led into the castle: he said to the chief captain: May I speak to you? Who said: Canst you speak Greek?Ac 22:24: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Ac 23:10: 16: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.
οτε δε εγενετο επι τους αναβαθμους συνεβη βασταζεσθαι αυτον υπο των στρατιωτων δια την βιαν του οχλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
he came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G304ἀναβαθμούς,anabathmous (N-AMP)
G304 ἀναβαθμός anabathmós an-ab-ath-mos from ἀναβαίνω (compare βαθμός); a stairway:--stairs.
|
ἀναβαθμούς,anabathmous
|
stairs,
|
N-AMP
|
G4819συνέβηsynebē (V-AIA-3S)
G4819 συμβαίνω symbaínō soom-bah-ee-no from σύν and the base of βάσις; to walk (figuratively, transpire) together, i.e. concur (take place):--be(-fall), happen (unto).
|
συνέβηsynebē
|
it happened that
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G941βαστάζεσθαιbastazesthai (V-PNM/P)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάζεσθαιbastazesthai
|
was carried
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
he
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4757στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn (N-GMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn
|
soldiers,
|
N-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G970βίανbian (N-AFS)
G970 βία bía bee-ah probably akin to βίος (through the idea of vital activity); force:--violence.
|
βίανbian
|
violence
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3793ὄχλου·ochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλου·ochlou
|
crowd.
|
N-GMS
|
35
When he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people.Acts 21:35
Stats
Rank: #8898 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 21 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε εγενετο επι τους αναβαθμους συνεβη βασταζεσθαι αυτον υπο των στρατιωτων δια την βιαν του οχλου
Lit: When now he came to the stairs, it happened that was carried he by the soldiers, because of the violence of the crowd.
KJV: And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people.
References
"for"Ge 6:11: 12: The earth also was corrupt before God: and the earth was filled with violence.Ps 55:9: Destroy: O Lord: and divide their tongues: for I have seen violence and strife in the city.Ps 58:2: Yes: in heart you work wickedness; you weigh the violence of your hands in the earth.Jer 23:10: For the land is full of adulterers; for because of swearing the land mourns; the pleasant places of the wilderness are dried up: and their course is evil: and their force is not right.Hab 1:2: 3: O LORD: how long will I cry: and you will not hear! even cry out to you of violence: and you will not save!
ηκολουθει γαρ το πληθος του λαου κραζον αιρε αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
Were following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people,
|
N-GMS
|
G2896κράζοντεςkrazontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζοντεςkrazontes
|
crying out,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G142ΑἶρεAire (V-PMA-2S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ΑἶρεAire
|
Away with
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him!
|
PPro-AM3S
|
36
For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him.
Acts 21:36
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 10 words, 56 letters, 21 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκολουθει γαρ το πληθος του λαου κραζον αιρε αυτον
Lit: Were following for the multitude of the people, crying out, Away with him!
KJV: For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him.
References
"For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him."Ac 7:54: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Lu 23:18: They cried out all at once: saying: Away with this man: and release to us Barabbas:Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar.1Co 4:13: Being defamed: we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world: and are the offscouring of all things to this day.
Paul Addresses the Crowd
μελλων τε εισαγεσθαι εις την παρεμβολην ο παυλος λεγει τω χιλιαρχω ει εξεστιν μοι ειπειν τι προς σε ο δε εφη ελληνιστι γινωσκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3195ΜέλλωνMellōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ΜέλλωνMellōn
|
Being about
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1521εἰσάγεσθαιeisagesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσάγεσθαιeisagesthai
|
to be brought
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολὴνparembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολὴνparembolēn
|
barracks,
|
N-AFS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5506χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō (N-DMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō
|
commander,
|
N-DMS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1832ἔξεστίνexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστίνexestin
|
is it permitted
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to say
|
V-ANA
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ;se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ;se
|
you?
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1676ἙλληνιστὶHellēnisti (Adv)
G1676 Ἑλληνιστί Hellēnistí hel-lay-nis-tee adverb from the same as Ἑλληνιστής; Hellenistically, i.e. in the Grecian language:--Greek.
|
ἙλληνιστὶHellēnisti
|
Greek
|
Adv
|
G1097γινώσκεις;ginōskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκεις;ginōskeis
|
do you know?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
37
As Paul was to be led into the castle, he said to the chief captain, May I speak to you? Who said, Canst you speak Greek?
Acts 21:37
Stats
Rank: #8172 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 23 words, 100 letters, 42 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: μελλων τε εισαγεσθαι εις την παρεμβολην ο παυλος λεγει τω χιλιαρχω ει εξεστιν μοι ειπειν τι προς σε ο δε εφη ελληνιστι γινωσκεις
Lit: Being about then to be brought into the barracks, Paul says to the commander, If is it permitted to me to say something to you? Then he was saying, Greek do you know?
KJV: And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek?
References
"And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek?"Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ac 19:30: When Paul would have entered in to the people: the disciples suffered not him.Mt 10:18-20: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.
ουκ αρα συ ει ο αιγυπτιος ο προ τουτων των ημερων αναστατωσας και εξαγαγων εις την ερημον τους τετρακισχιλιους ανδρας των σικαριων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G686ἄραara (Conj)
G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G124ΑἰγύπτιοςAigyptios (Adj-NMS)
G124 Αἰγύπτιος Aigýptios ahee-goop-tee-os from Αἴγυπτος; an Ægyptian or inhabitant of Ægyptus:--Egyptian.
|
ΑἰγύπτιοςAigyptios
|
Egyptian
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G387ἀναστατώσαςanastatōsas (V-APA-NMS)
G387 ἀναστατόω anastatóō an-as-tat-o-o from a derivative of ἀνίστημι (in the sense of removal); properly, to drive out of home, i.e. (by implication) to disturb (literally or figuratively):--trouble, turn upside down, make an uproar.
|
ἀναστατώσαςanastatōsas
|
having led a revolt
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1806ἐξαγαγὼνexagagōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξαγαγὼνexagagōn
|
having led out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
wilderness
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5070τετρακισχιλίουςtetrakischilious (Adj-AMP)
G5070 τετρακισχίλιοι tetrakischílioi tet-rak-is-khil-ee-oy from the multiplicative adverb of τέσσαρες and χίλιοι; four times a thousand:--four thousand.
|
τετρακισχιλίουςtetrakischilious
|
four thousand
|
Adj-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4607Σικαρίων;sikariōn (N-GMP)
G4607 σικάριος sikários sik-ar-ee-os of Latin origin; a dagger-man or assassin; a freebooter (Jewish fanatic outlawed by the Romans):--murderer. Compare φονεύς.
|
Σικαρίων;sikariōn
|
Assassins?
|
N-GMP
|
38
Are not you that Egyptian, which before these days mad an uproar, and led out into the wilderness 4000 men that were murderers?Acts 21:38
Stats
Rank: #8075 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 22 words, 118 letters, 44 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ αρα συ ει ο αιγυπτιος ο προ τουτων των ημερων αναστατωσας και εξαγαγων εις την ερημον τους τετρακισχιλιους ανδρας των σικαριων
Lit: Not then you are the Egyptian before these the days having led a revolt and having led out into the wilderness the four thousand men of the Assassins?
KJV: Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers?
References
"that"Ac 5:36: 37: For before these days rose up Theudas: boasting himself to be somebody; to whom a number of men: about 400: joined themselves: who was killed; and all: as many as obeyed him: were scattered: and brought to nought.Mt 5:11: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.1Co 4:13: Being defamed: we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world: and are the offscouring of all things to this day.
ειπεν δε ο παυλος εγω ανθρωπος μεν ειμι ιουδαιος ταρσευς της κιλικιας ουκ ασημου πολεως πολιτης δεομαι δε σου επιτρεψον μοι λαλησαι προς τον λαον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μένmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μένmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios (Adj-NMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios
|
a Jew
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5018Ταρσεὺς,Tarseus (N-NMS)
G5018 Ταρσεύς Tarseús tar-syoos from Ταρσός; a Tarsean, i.e. native of Tarsus:--of Tarsus.
|
Ταρσεὺς,Tarseus
|
of Tarsus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2791ΚιλικίαςKilikias (N-GFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίαςKilikias
|
of Cilicia,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not of an
|
Adv
|
G767ἀσήμουasēmou (Adj-GFS)
G767 ἄσημος ásēmos as-ay-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σημαίνω; unmarked, i.e. (figuratively) ignoble:--mean.
|
ἀσήμουasēmou
|
insignificant
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G4177πολίτης·politēs (N-NMS)
G4177 πολίτης polítēs pol-ee-tace from πόλις; a townsman:--citizen.
|
πολίτης·politēs
|
a citizen.
|
N-NMS
|
G1189δέομαιdeomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
δέομαιdeomai
|
I implore
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2010ἐπίτρεψόνepitrepson (V-AMA-2S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπίτρεψόνepitrepson
|
allow
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2980λαλῆσαιlalēsai (V-ANA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαιlalēsai
|
to speak
|
V-ANA
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν.laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν.laon
|
people.
|
N-AMS
|
39
But Paul said, I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech you, suffer me to speak to the people.
Acts 21:39
Stats
Rank: #7482 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 27 words, 114 letters, 51 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε ο παυλος εγω ανθρωπος μεν ειμι ιουδαιος ταρσευς της κιλικιας ουκ ασημου πολεως πολιτης δεομαι δε σου επιτρεψον μοι λαλησαι προς τον λαον
Lit: Said however Paul, I a man indeed am a Jew of Tarsus, of Cilicia, not of an insignificant city a citizen. I implore now you, allow me to speak to the people.
KJV: But Paul said, I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, [a city] in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people.
References
"I am"Ac 9:11: 30: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ac 23:34: When the governor had read the letter: he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia;"Cilicia"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:"a citizen"Ac 16:37: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Ac 22:25-29: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 23:27: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman."suffer"Ac 21:37: As Paul was to be led into the castle: he said to the chief captain: May I speak to you? Who said: Canst you speak Greek?1Pe 3:15: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:1Pe 4:15: 16: But let none of you suffer as a murderer: or as a thief: or as an evildoer: or as a busybody in other men's matters.
επιτρεψαντος δε αυτου ο παυλος εστως επι των αναβαθμων κατεσεισεν τη χειρι τω λαω πολλης δε σιγης γενομενης προσεφωνησεν τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω λεγων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2010ἐπιτρέψαντοςepitrepsantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπιτρέψαντοςepitrepsantos
|
Having allowed him
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2476ἑστὼςhestōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστὼςhestōs
|
having stood
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G304ἀναβαθμῶνanabathmōn (N-GMP)
G304 ἀναβαθμός anabathmós an-ab-ath-mos from ἀναβαίνω (compare βαθμός); a stairway:--stairs.
|
ἀναβαθμῶνanabathmōn
|
stairs,
|
N-GMP
|
G2678κατέσεισενkateseisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2678 κατασείω kataseíō kat-as-i-o from κατά and σείω; to sway downward, i.e. make a signal:--beckon.
|
κατέσεισενkateseisen
|
made a sign
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ·laō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ·laō
|
people;
|
N-DMS
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4602σιγῆςsigēs (N-GFS)
G4602 σιγή sigḗ see-gay apparently from (to hiss, i.e. hist or hush); silence:--silence. Compare σιωπάω.
|
σιγῆςsigēs
|
silence
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having taken place,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G4377προσεφώνησενprosephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4377 προσφωνέω prosphōnéō pros-fo-neh-o from πρός and φωνέω; to sound towards, i.e. address, exclaim, summon:--call unto, speak (un-)to.
|
προσεφώνησενprosephōnēsen
|
he spoke to them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1446ἙβραΐδιHebraidi (Adj-DFS)
G1446 Ἑβραΐς Hebraḯs heb-rah-is from Ἐβέρ; the Hebraistic (Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) language:--Hebrew.
|
ἙβραΐδιHebraidi
|
Hebrew
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language,
|
N-DFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
40
When he had given him licence, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue, saying,
Acts 21:40
Stats
Rank: #8428 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 194 characters, 32 words, 152 letters, 59 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιτρεψαντος δε αυτου ο παυλος εστως επι των αναβαθμων κατεσεισεν τη χειρι τω λαω πολλης δε σιγης γενομενης προσεφωνησεν τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω λεγων
Lit: Having allowed him then he, Paul, having stood on the stairs, made a sign with the hand to the people; great then silence having taken place, he spoke to them in the Hebrew language, saying:
KJV: And when he had given him licence, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue, saying,
References
"on"Ac 21:35: When he came upon the stairs: so it was: that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people.2Ki 9:13: Then they hasted: and took every man his garment: and put it under him on the top of the stairs: and blew with trumpets: saying: Jehu is king."and beckoned"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 19:33: They drew Alexander out of the multitude: the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand: and would have made his defence to the people."a great"Ac 22:2: (And when they heard that he spoke in the Hebrew tongue to them: they kept the more silence: and he says: )"Hebrew"Ac 6:1: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.Ac 26:14: When we were all fallen to the earth: I heard a voice speaking to me: and saying in the Hebrew tongue: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Lu 23:38: A superscription also was written over him in letters of Greek: and Latin: and Hebrew: THIS IS THE KING OF THE JEWS.Joh 5:2: Now there is at Jerusalem by the sheep market a pool: which is called in the Hebrew tongue Bethesda: having 5 porches.Joh 19:13: 17: 20: When Pilate therefore heard that saying: He brought Jesus forth: and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement: but in the Hebrew: Gabbatha.Re 9:11: They had a king over them: which is the angel of the bottomless pit: whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon: but in the Greek tongue has his name Apollyon.Re 16:16: He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.
22
Paul’s Defense to the Crowd
ανδρες αδελφοι και πατερες ακουσατε μου της προς υμας νυν απολογιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3962πατέρες,pateres (N-VMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρες,pateres
|
fathers,
|
N-VMP
|
G191ἀκούσατέakousate (V-AMA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσατέakousate
|
hear
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3570νυνὶnyni (Adv)
G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
νυνὶnyni
|
now
|
Adv
|
G627ἀπολογίας.—apologias (N-GFS)
G627 ἀπολογία apología ap-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ἀπολογέομαι; a plea (apology):--answer (for self), clearing of self, defence.
|
ἀπολογίας.—apologias
|
defense.
|
N-GFS
|
1
Men, brothers, and fathers, hear you my defence which I make now to you.Acts 22:1
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 11 words, 56 letters, 21 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανδρες αδελφοι και πατερες ακουσατε μου της προς υμας νυν απολογιας
Lit: Men, brothers, and fathers, hear of me the to you now defense.
KJV: Men, brethren, and fathers, hear ye my defence which I make now unto you.
References
"brethren"Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Ac 13:26: Men and brothers: children of the stock of Abraham: and whoever among you fears God: to you is the word of this salvation sent.Ac 23:1: 6: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans."my"Ac 19:33: They drew Alexander out of the multitude: the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand: and would have made his defence to the people.Ac 24:10: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Ac 25:8: 16: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.Ac 26:1: 2: 24: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:Lu 12:11: When they bring you to the synagogues: and to magistrates: and powers: take you no thought how or what thing you will answer: or what you will say:Lu 21:14: Settle it therefore in your hearts: not to meditate before what you will answer:Ro 2:15: Which show the work of the law written in their hearts: their conscience also bearing witness: and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another;)1Co 9:3: My answer to them that do examine me is this: 2Co 7:11: For look this selfsame thing: that you sorrowed after a godly sort: what carefulness it wrought in you: yes: what clearing of yourselves: yes: what indignation: yes: what fear: yes: what vehement desire: yes: what zeal: yes: what revenge! In all things you have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.Php 1:7: 17: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge.1Pe 3:15: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:
ακουσαντες δε οτι τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω προσεφωνει αυτοις μαλλον παρεσχον ησυχιαν και φησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1446ἙβραΐδιHebraidi (Adj-DFS)
G1446 Ἑβραΐς Hebraḯs heb-rah-is from Ἐβέρ; the Hebraistic (Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) language:--Hebrew.
|
ἙβραΐδιHebraidi
|
Hebrew
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language
|
N-DFS
|
G4377προσεφώνειprosephōnei (V-IIA-3S)
G4377 προσφωνέω prosphōnéō pros-fo-neh-o from πρός and φωνέω; to sound towards, i.e. address, exclaim, summon:--call unto, speak (un-)to.
|
προσεφώνειprosephōnei
|
he was addressing
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
even more
|
Adv
|
G3930παρέσχονpareschon (V-AIA-3P)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρέσχονpareschon
|
they became
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2271ἡσυχίαν.hēsychian (N-AFS)
G2271 ἡσυχία hēsychía hay-soo-khee-ah feminine of ἡσύχιος; (as noun) stillness, i.e. desistance from bustle or language:--quietness, silence.
|
ἡσυχίαν.hēsychian
|
quiet.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346φησίν—phēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν—phēsin
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
2
(And when they heard that he spoke in the Hebrew tongue to them, they kept the more silence: and he says,)Acts 22:2
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 19 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσαντες δε οτι τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω προσεφωνει αυτοις μαλλον παρεσχον ησυχιαν και φησιν
Lit: Having heard then that in the Hebrew language he was addressing them, even more they became quiet. And he says,
KJV: (And when they heard that he spake in the Hebrew tongue to them, they kept the more silence: and he saith,)
References
"in"Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying:
εγω μεν ειμι ανηρ ιουδαιος γεγεννημενος εν ταρσω της κιλικιας ανατεθραμμενος δε εν τη πολει ταυτη παρα τους ποδας γαμαλιηλ πεπαιδευμενος κατα ακριβειαν του πατρωου νομου ζηλωτης υπαρχων του θεου καθως παντες υμεις εστε σημερον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man,
|
N-NMS
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios (Adj-NMS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios
|
a Jew,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1080γεγεννημένοςgegennēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεγεννημένοςgegennēmenos
|
born
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5019ΤαρσῷTarsō (N-DFS)
G5019 Ταρσός Tarsós tar-sos perhaps the same as (a flat basket); Tarsus, a place in Asia Minor:--Tarsus.
|
ΤαρσῷTarsō
|
Tarsus
|
N-DFS
|
G2791Κιλικίας,Kilikias (N-GFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
Κιλικίας,Kilikias
|
of Cilicia,
|
N-GFS
|
G397ἀνατεθραμμένοςanatethrammenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G397 ἀνατρέφω anatréphō an-at-ref-o from ἀνά and τρέφω; to rear (physically or mentally):--bring up, nourish (up).
|
ἀνατεθραμμένοςanatethrammenos
|
brought up
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃ,tautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃ,tautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G1059ΓαμαλιήλGamaliēl (N-GMS)
G1059 Γαμαλιήλ Gamaliḗl gam-al-ee-ale of Hebrew origin (גַּמְלִיאֵל); Gamaliel (i.e. Gamliel), an Israelite:--Gamaliel.
|
ΓαμαλιήλGamaliēl
|
of Gamaliel,
|
N-GMS
|
G3811πεπαιδευμένοςpepaideumenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
πεπαιδευμένοςpepaideumenos
|
having been instructed
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to the
|
Prep
|
G195ἀκρίβειανakribeian (N-AFS)
G195 ἀκρίβεια akríbeia ak-ree-bi-ah from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactness:--perfect manner.
|
ἀκρίβειανakribeian
|
exactness
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3971πατρῴουpatrōou (Adj-GMS)
G3971 πατρῷος patrōios pat-ro-os from πατήρ; paternal, i.e. hereditary:--of fathers.
|
πατρῴουpatrōou
|
of our Fathers
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3551νόμου,nomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμου,nomou
|
law,
|
N-GMS
|
G2207ζηλωτὴςzēlōtēs (N-NMS)
G2207 ζηλωτής zēlōtḗs dzay-lo-tace from ζηλόω; a zealot:--zealous.
|
ζηλωτὴςzēlōtēs
|
a zealous one
|
N-NMS
|
G5225ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχωνhyparchōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
for God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv)
G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
even as
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4594σήμερον·sēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερον·sēmeron
|
this day;
|
Adv
|
3
I am truly a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous toward God, as you all are this day.Acts 22:3
Stats
Rank: #2401 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 247 characters, 43 words, 186 letters, 72 vowels, 114 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω μεν ειμι ανηρ ιουδαιος γεγεννημενος εν ταρσω της κιλικιας ανατεθραμμενος δε εν τη πολει ταυτη παρα τους ποδας γαμαλιηλ πεπαιδευμενος κατα ακριβειαν του πατρωου νομου ζηλωτης υπαρχων του θεου καθως παντες υμεις εστε σημερον
Lit: I am a man, a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, brought up now in the city this at the feet of Gamaliel, having been instructed according to the exactness of the of our Fathers law, a zealous one being for God, even as all you are this day;
KJV: I am verily a man which am a Jew, born in Tarsus, [a city] in Cilicia, yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, [and] taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous toward God, as ye all are this day.
References
"Jew"Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.Ro 11:1: I say then: Has God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite: of the seed of Abraham: of the tribe of Benjamin.2Co 11:22: Are they Hebrews? so am I. Are they Israelites? so am I. Are they the seed of Abraham? so am I.Php 3:5: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"in Tarsus"Ac 9:11: 30: The Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the street which is called Straight: and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul: of Tarsus: for: look: He prayeth: Ac 11:25: Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus: for to seek Saul:"a city"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 23:34: When the governor had read the letter: he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia;Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"at"De 33:3: Yes: he loved the people; all his saints are in your hand: and they sat down at your feet; every one will receive of your words.2Ki 4:38: Elisha came again to Gilgal: and there was a dearth in the land; and the sons of the prophets were sitting before him: and he said to his servant: Set on the great pot: and seethe pottage for the sons of the prophets.Lu 2:46: It came to pass: that after 3 days they found him in the temple: sitting in the middle of the doctors: both hearing them: and asking them questions.Lu 8:35: Then they went out to see what was done; and came to Jesus: and found the man: out of whom the devils were departed: sitting at the feet of Jesus: clothed: and in His right mind: and they were afraid.Lu 10:39: She had a sister called Mary: which also sat at Jesus' feet: and heard His word."Gamaliel"Ac 5:34: Then stood there up one in the council: a Pharisee: named Gamaliel: a doctor of the law: had in reputation among all the people: and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space;"taught"Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 26:5: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Ga 1:14: Profited in the Jews' religion above many my equals in my own nation: being more exceedingly zealous of the traditions of my fathers.Php 3:5: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"was"Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:2Sa 21:2: The king called the Gibeonites: and said to them; (now the Gibeonites were not of the children of Israel: but of the remnant of the Amorites; and the children of Israel had sworn to them: and Saul sought to kill them in his zeal to the children of Israel and Judah.)Ro 10:2: 3: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge.Ga 4:17: 18: They zealously affect you: but not well; yes: they would exclude you: that you might affect them.Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.
ος ταυτην την οδον εδιωξα αχρι θανατου δεσμευων και παραδιδους εις φυλακας ανδρας τε και γυναικας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G3598ὉδὸνHodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὉδὸνHodon
|
Way
|
N-AFS
|
G1377ἐδίωξαediōxa (V-AIA-1S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ἐδίωξαediōxa
|
persecuted
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτου,thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου,thanatou
|
death,
|
N-GMS
|
G1195δεσμεύωνdesmeuōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1195 δεσμεύω desmeúō des-myoo-o from a (presumed) derivative of δεσμέω; to be a binder (captor), i.e. to enchain (a prisoner), to tie on (a load):-- bind.
|
δεσμεύωνdesmeuōn
|
binding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδιδοὺςparadidous (V-PPA-NMS)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδιδοὺςparadidous
|
betraying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακὰςphylakas (N-AFP)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὰςphylakas
|
prisons
|
N-AFP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκας,gynaikas (N-AFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκας,gynaikas
|
women,
|
N-AFP
|
4
I persecuted this way to the death, binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Acts 22:4
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 16 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ταυτην την οδον εδιωξα αχρι θανατου δεσμευων και παραδιδους εις φυλακας ανδρας τε και γυναικας
Lit: who this Way persecuted as far as death, binding and betraying to prisons men both and women,
KJV: And I persecuted this way unto the death, binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.
References
"I persecuted"Ac 22:19: 20: I said: Lord: they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 8:1-4: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:1: 2: 13: 14: 21: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 26:9-11: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.1Ti 1:13-15: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."this"Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ac 18:26: He began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard: they took Him to them: and expounded to Him the way of God more perfectly.Ac 19:9: 23: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ac 24:14: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:
ως και ο αρχιερευς μαρτυρει μοι και παν το πρεσβυτεριον παρ ων και επιστολας δεξαμενος προς τους αδελφους εις δαμασκον επορευομην αξων και τους εκεισε οντας δεδεμενους εις ιερουσαλημ ινα τιμωρηθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G3140μαρτυρεῖmartyrei (V-PIA-3S)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρεῖmartyrei
|
bears witness
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4244πρεσβυτέριον·presbyterion (N-NNS)
G4244 πρεσβυτέριον presbytérion pres-boo-ter-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of πρεσβύτερος; the order of elders, i.e. (specially), Israelite Sanhedrin or Christian presbytery:--(estate of) elder(-s), presbytery.
|
πρεσβυτέριον·presbyterion
|
elderhood;
|
N-NNS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1992ἐπιστολὰςepistolas (N-AFP)
G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολὰςepistolas
|
letters,
|
N-AFP
|
G1209δεξάμενοςdexamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δεξάμενοςdexamenos
|
having received
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers,
|
N-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon
|
Damascus
|
N-AFS
|
G4198ἐπορευόμην,eporeuomēn (V-IIM/P-1S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ἐπορευόμην,eporeuomēn
|
I was on my way
|
V-IIM/P-1S
|
G71ἄξωνaxōn (V-FPA-NMS)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄξωνaxōn
|
to bring
|
V-FPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1566ἐκεῖσεekeise (Adv)
G1566 ἐκεῖσε ekeîse ek-i-seh from ἐκεῖ; thither:--there.
|
ἐκεῖσεekeise
|
there
|
Adv
|
G1510ὄνταςontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταςontas
|
being,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1210δεδεμένουςdedemenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένουςdedemenous
|
bound
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
in order that
|
Conj
|
G5097τιμωρηθῶσιν.timōrēthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G5097 τιμωρέω timōréō tim-o-reh-o from a comparative of τιμή and ouros (a guard); properly, to protect ones honor, i.e. to avenge (inflict a penalty):--punish.
|
τιμωρηθῶσιν.timōrēthōsin
|
they might be punished.
|
V-ASP-3P
|
5
As also the high priest does bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem, for to be punished.Acts 22:5
Stats
Counts: 227 characters, 37 words, 180 letters, 67 vowels, 113 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως και ο αρχιερευς μαρτυρει μοι και παν το πρεσβυτεριον παρ ων και επιστολας δεξαμενος προς τους αδελφους εις δαμασκον επορευομην αξων και τους εκεισε οντας δεδεμενους εις ιερουσαλημ ινα τιμωρηθωσιν
Lit: as also the high priest bears witness to me, and all the elderhood; from whom also letters, having received to the brothers, to Damascus I was on my way to bring also those there being, bound to Jerusalem, in order that they might be punished.
KJV: As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound unto Jerusalem, for to be punished.
References
"also"Ac 9:1: 2: 14: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 26:10: 12: Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison: having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death: I gave my voice against them."and all"Ac 4:5: It came to pass on the morrow: that their rulers: and elders: and scribes: Ac 5:21: When they heard that: they entered into the temple early in the morning: and taught. But the high priest came: and they that were with him: and called the council together: and all the senate of the children of Israel: and sent to the prison to have them brought.Lu 22:66: As soon as it was day: the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together: and led him into their council: saying: "the brethren"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ro 9:3: 4: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:
εγενετο δε μοι πορευομενω και εγγιζοντι τη δαμασκω περι μεσημβριαν εξαιφνης εκ του ουρανου περιαστραψαι φως ικανον περι εμε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4198πορευομένῳporeuomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένῳporeuomenō
|
journeying
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1448ἐγγίζοντιengizonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίζοντιengizonti
|
drawing near
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1154ΔαμασκῷDamaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκῷDamaskō
|
to Damascus,
|
N-DFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G3314μεσημβρίανmesēmbrian (N-AFS)
G3314 μεσημβρία mesēmbría mes-ame-bree-ah from μέσος and ἡμέρα; midday; by implication, the south:--noon, south.
|
μεσημβρίανmesēmbrian
|
noon,
|
N-AFS
|
G1810ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs (Adv)
G1810 ἐξαίφνης exaíphnēs ex-ah-eef-nace from ἐκ and the base of αἰφνίδιος; of a sudden (unexpectedly):--suddenly. Compare ἐξάπινα.
|
ἐξαίφνηςexaiphnēs
|
suddenly
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G4015περιαστράψαιperiastrapsai (V-ANA)
G4015 περιαστράπτω periastráptō per-ee-as-trap-to from περί and ἀστράπτω; to flash all around, i.e. envelop in light:--shine round (about).
|
περιαστράψαιperiastrapsai
|
shone
|
V-ANA
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
a light
|
N-ANS
|
G2425ἱκανὸνhikanon (Adj-ANS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸνhikanon
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέ,eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ,eme
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
6
It came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and was come nigh to Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me.Acts 22:6
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 26 words, 121 letters, 49 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε μοι πορευομενω και εγγιζοντι τη δαμασκω περι μεσημβριαν εξαιφνης εκ του ουρανου περιαστραψαι φως ικανον περι εμε
Lit: It happened however to me journeying and drawing near to Damascus, about noon, suddenly out of heaven shone a light great around me.
KJV: And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and was come nigh unto Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me.
References
"that"Ac 9:3-5: As he journeyed: he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:Ac 26:12: Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests: "Damascus"Ge 14:15: He divided himself against them: he and his servants: by night: and smote them: and pursued them to Hobah: which is on the left hand of Damascus.Ge 15:2: Abram said: Lord GOD: what will you give me: seeing I go childless: and the steward of my house is this Eliezer of Damascus?2Sa 8:6: Then David put garrisons in Syria of Damascus: and the Syrians became servants to David: and brought gifts. And the LORD preserved David wherever He went."about"Ac 26:13: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.
επεσον τε εις το εδαφος και ηκουσα φωνης λεγουσης μοι σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4098ἔπεσάepesa (V-AIA-1S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσάepesa
|
I fell
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1475ἔδαφοςedaphos (N-ANS)
G1475 ἔδαφος édaphos ed-af-os from the base of ἑδραῖος; a basis (bottom), i.e. the soil:--ground.
|
ἔδαφοςedaphos
|
ground
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
a voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G4549Σαούλ,Saoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
Σαούλ,Saoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1377διώκεις;diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις;diōkeis
|
persecute you?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
7
I fell to the ground, and heard a voice saying to me, Saul, Saul, why persecute you me?Acts 22:7
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 15 words, 75 letters, 31 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: επεσον τε εις το εδαφος και ηκουσα φωνης λεγουσης μοι σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις
Lit: I fell then to the ground and heard a voice saying to me, Saul, Saul, why Me persecute you?
KJV: And I fell unto the ground, and heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?
References
"Saul"Ge 3:9: The LORD God called to Adam: and said to Him: Where are you?Ge 16:8: He said: Hagar: Sarai's maid: where came you? and whither will you go? And she said: I flee from the face of my mistress Sarai.Ge 22:1: 11: It came to pass after these things: that God did tempt Abraham: and said to Him: Abraham: and He said: Look: here I am.Ex 3:4: When the LORD saw that He turned aside to see: God called to Him out of the middle of the bush: and said: Moses: Moses. And He said: Here am I.1Sa 3:10: The LORD came: and stood: and called as at other times: Samuel: Samuel. Then Samuel answered: Speak; for your servant hears."why"Isa 43:22-26: But you have not called upon me: O Jacob; but you have been weary of me: O Israel.Jer 2:5: 9: Thus says the LORD: What iniquity have your fathers found in me: that they are gone far from me: and have walked after vanity: and are become vain?Mt 25:45: Then will he answer them: saying: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you did it not to one of the least of these: you did it not to me.Mt 27:23: The governor said: Why: what evil has he done? But they cried out the more: saying: Let him be crucified.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
εγω δε απεκριθην τις ει κυριε ειπεν τε προς με εγω ειμι ιησους ο ναζωραιος ον συ διωκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473Ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηνapekrithēn (V-AIP-1S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηνapekrithēn
|
answered,
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2962Κύριε;Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε;Kyrie
|
Lord?
|
N-VMS
|
G3004Εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπένeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέeme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
of
|
Art-NMS
|
G3480Ναζωραῖος,Nazōraios (N-NMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
Ναζωραῖος,Nazōraios
|
Nazareth,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1377διώκεις.diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις.diōkeis
|
are persecuting.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
8
I answered, Who are you, Lord? And He said to me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom you persecutest.
Acts 22:8
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 15 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω δε απεκριθην τις ει κυριε ειπεν τε προς με εγω ειμι ιησους ο ναζωραιος ον συ διωκεις
Lit: I then answered, Who are You, Lord? He said then to me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom you are persecuting.
KJV: And I answered, Who art thou, Lord? And he said unto me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest.
References
"I am"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Mt 2:23: He came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets: He will be called a Nazarene."whom"Ac 26:14: 15: When we were all fallen to the earth: I heard a voice speaking to me: and saying in the Hebrew tongue: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ex 16:7: 8: In the morning: then you will see the glory of the LORD; for that He hears your murmurings against the LORD: and what are we: that you murmur against us?1Sa 8:7: The LORD said to Samuel: Listen to the voice of the people in all that they say to you: for they not have rejected you: but they have rejected me: that I not should reign over them.Zec 2:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts; After the glory has He sent me to the nations which spoiled you: for He that'>He who touches'>touches you touches'>touches the apple of His eye.Mt 10:40-42: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives you receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me: and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Mt 25:40: 45: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.1Co 12:12: 26: 27: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.
οι δε συν εμοι οντες το μεν φως εθεασαντο και εμφοβοι εγενοντο την δε φωνην ουκ ηκουσαν του λαλουντος μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1510ὄντεςontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντεςontes
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
light
|
N-ANS
|
G2300ἐθεάσαντο,etheasanto (V-AIM-3P)
G2300 θεάομαι theáomai theh-ah-om-ahee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit:--behold, look (upon), see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεάσαντο,etheasanto
|
beheld;
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἤκουσανēkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσανēkousan
|
did they hear
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντόςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντόςlalountos
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
to me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
9
They that were with me saw indeed the light, and were afraid; but they not heard the voice of him that spoke to me.Acts 22:9
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 23 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε συν εμοι οντες το μεν φως εθεασαντο και εμφοβοι εγενοντο την δε φωνην ουκ ηκουσαν του λαλουντος μοι
Lit: Those then with me being, the indeed light beheld; the however voice not did they hear of the One speaking to me.
KJV: And they that were with me saw indeed the light, and were afraid; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me.
References
"saw"Ac 9:7: The men which journeyed with him stood speechless: hearing a voice: but seeing no man.Da 10:7: I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me not saw the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them: so that they fled to hide themselves."but"Joh 12:29: 30: The people therefore: that stood by: and heard it: said that it thundered: others said: An angel spoke to him.
ειπον δε τι ποιησω κυριε ο δε κυριος ειπεν προς με αναστας πορευου εις δαμασκον κακει σοι λαληθησεται περι παντων ων τετακται σοι ποιησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπονeipon
|
I said
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσω,poiēsō (V-ASA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσω,poiēsō
|
shall I do,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G2962Κύριε;Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε;Kyrie
|
Lord?
|
N-VMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G450ἈναστὰςAnastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈναστὰςAnastas
|
Having risen up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4198πορεύουporeuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύουporeuou
|
go
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1154Δαμασκόν,Damaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
Δαμασκόν,Damaskon
|
Damascus,
|
N-AFS
|
G2546κἀκεῖkakei (Conj)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
κἀκεῖkakei
|
and there
|
Conj
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2980λαληθήσεταιlalēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθήσεταιlalēthēsetai
|
it will be told
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all things
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
that
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G5021τέτακταίtetaktai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G5021 τάσσω tássō tas-so a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose (to a certain position or lot):--addict, appoint, determine, ordain, set.
|
τέτακταίtetaktai
|
it has been appointed
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4160ποιῆσαι.poiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι.poiēsai
|
to do.
|
V-ANA
|
10
I said, What will I do, Lord? And the Lord said to me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do.
Acts 22:10
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 30 words, 130 letters, 51 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπον δε τι ποιησω κυριε ο δε κυριος ειπεν προς με αναστας πορευου εις δαμασκον κακει σοι λαληθησεται περι παντων ων τετακται σοι ποιησαι
Lit: I said then, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said to me, Having risen up go to Damascus, and there you it will be told concerning all things that it has been appointed you to do.
KJV: And I said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do.
References
"What"Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 9:6: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 10:33: Immediately therefore I sent to you; and you have well done that you are come. Now therefore are we all here present before God: to hear all things that are commanded you of God.Ac 16:30: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ps 25:8: 9: Good and upright is the LORD: therefore will He teach sinners in the way.Ps 143:8-10: Cause me to hear your lovingkindness in the morning; for in you do I trust: cause me to know the way wherein I should walk; for I lift up my soul to you."there"Ac 22:12-16: One Ananias: a devout man according to the law: having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there: Ac 26:16-18: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;
ως δε ουκ ενεβλεπον απο της δοξης του φωτος εκεινου χειραγωγουμενος υπο των συνοντων μοι ηλθον εις δαμασκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
While
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1689ἐνέβλεπονeneblepon (V-IIA-1S)
G1689 ἐμβλέπω emblépō em-blep-o from ἐν and βλέπω; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly:--behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see.
|
ἐνέβλεπονeneblepon
|
I could see
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
brightness
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5457φωτὸςphōtos (N-GNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φωτὸςphōtos
|
light
|
N-GNS
|
G1565ἐκείνου,ekeinou (DPro-GNS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνου,ekeinou
|
that,
|
DPro-GNS
|
G5496χειραγωγούμενοςcheiragōgoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G5496 χειραγωγέω cheiragōgéō khi-rag-ogue-eh-o from χειραγωγός; to be a hand-leader, i.e. to guide (a blind person):--lead by the hand.
|
χειραγωγούμενοςcheiragōgoumenos
|
being led by the hand
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4895συνόντωνsynontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4895 σύνειμι sýneimi soon-i-mee from σύν and εἰμί (including its various inflections); to be in company with, i.e. present at the time:--be with.
|
συνόντωνsynontōn
|
being with
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
I came
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1154Δαμασκόν.Damaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
Δαμασκόν.Damaskon
|
Damascus.
|
N-AFS
|
11
When I not could see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me, I came into Damascus.
Acts 22:11
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 25 words, 95 letters, 34 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε ουκ ενεβλεπον απο της δοξης του φωτος εκεινου χειραγωγουμενος υπο των συνοντων μοι ηλθον εις δαμασκον
Lit: While now, not I could see from the brightness of the light that, being led by the hand by those being with me, I came to Damascus.
KJV: And when I could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me, I came into Damascus.
References
"when"Ac 9:8: 9: Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened: he saw no man: but they led him by the hand: and brought him into Damascus."being"Ac 13:11: Now: look: the hand of the Lord is upon you: and you will be blind: not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on Him a mist and a darkness; and He went about seeking some to lead Him by the hand.Isa 42:16: I will bring the blind by a way that they not knew; I will lead them in paths that they not have known: I will make darkness light before them: and crooked things straight. These things will I do to them: not and forsake them.
ανανιας δε τις ανηρ ευσεβης κατα τον νομον μαρτυρουμενος υπο παντων των κατοικουντων ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
certain,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G2126εὐλαβὴςeulabēs (Adj-NMS)
G2126 εὐλαβής eulabḗs yoo-lab-ace from εὖ and λαμβάνω; taking well (carefully), i.e. circumspect (religiously, pious):--devout.
|
εὐλαβὴςeulabēs
|
devout
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G3140μαρτυρούμενοςmartyroumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρούμενοςmartyroumenos
|
borne witness to
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2730κατοικούντωνkatoikountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικούντωνkatoikountōn
|
dwelling there
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
12
One Ananias, a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there,Acts 22:12
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 19 words, 84 letters, 33 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανανιας δε τις ανηρ ευσεβης κατα τον νομον μαρτυρουμενος υπο παντων των κατοικουντων ιουδαιων
Lit: Ananias then certain, a man devout according to the law, borne witness to by all the dwelling there Jews,
KJV: And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there,
References
"one"Ac 9:10-18: There was a certain disciple at Damascus: named Ananias; and to Him said the Lord in a vision: Ananias. And He said: Look: I am here: Lord."a devout"Ac 8:2: Devout men carried Stephen to his burial: and made great lamentation over him.Ac 17:4: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him."having"Ac 6:3: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.Ac 10:22: They said: Cornelius the centurion: a just man: and one that fears God: and of good report among all the nation of the Jews: was warned from God by an holy angel to send for you into His house: and to hear words of you.2Co 6:8: By honour and dishonour: by evil report and good report: as deceivers: and yet true;1Ti 3:7: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.Heb 11:2: For by it the elders obtained a good report.3Jo 1:12: Demetrius has good report of all men: and of the truth itself: yes: and we also bear record; and you know that our record is true.
ελθων προς με και επιστας ειπεν μοι σαουλ αδελφε αναβλεψον καγω αυτη τη ωρα ανεβλεψα εις αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2186ἐπιστὰςepistas (V-APA-NMS)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπιστὰςepistas
|
having stood by me,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul
|
N-VMS
|
G80ἀδελφέ,adelphe (N-VMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφέ,adelphe
|
brother,
|
N-VMS
|
G308ἀνάβλεψον.anablepson (V-AMA-2S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀνάβλεψον.anablepson
|
receive your sight.
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
And I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
the same
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G308ἀνέβλεψαaneblepsa (V-AIA-1S)
G308 ἀναβλέπω anablépō an-ab-lep-o from ἀνά and βλέπω; to look up; by implication, to recover sight:--look (up), see, receive sight.
|
ἀνέβλεψαaneblepsa
|
looked up
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
13
Came to me, and stood, and said to me, Brother Saul, receive your sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him.
Acts 22:13
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 18 words, 87 letters, 37 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελθων προς με και επιστας ειπεν μοι σαουλ αδελφε αναβλεψον καγω αυτη τη ωρα ανεβλεψα εις αυτον
Lit: having come to me and having stood by me, said to me, Saul brother, receive your sight. And I the same hour looked up at him.
KJV: Came unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him.
References
"Brother"Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Phm 1:16: Not now as a servant: but above a servant: a brother beloved: specially to me: but how much more to you: both in the flesh: and in the Lord?
ο δε ειπεν ο θεος των πατερων ημων προεχειρισατο σε γνωναι το θελημα αυτου και ιδειν τον δικαιον και ακουσαι φωνην εκ του στοματος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
fathers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G4400προεχειρίσατόproecheirisato (V-AIM-3S)
G4400 προχειρίζομαι procheirízomai prokh-i-rid-zom-ahee middle voice from πρό and a derivative of χείρ; to handle for oneself in advance, i.e. (figuratively) to purpose:--choose, make.
|
προεχειρίσατόproecheirisato
|
has appointed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-ANS)
G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1342ΔίκαιονDikaion (Adj-AMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
ΔίκαιονDikaion
|
Righteous One,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
14
He said, The God of our fathers has chosen you, that you should'>should know His will, and see that Just one, and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.
Acts 22:14
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 26 words, 120 letters, 46 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ειπεν ο θεος των πατερων ημων προεχειρισατο σε γνωναι το θελημα αυτου και ιδειν τον δικαιον και ακουσαι φωνην εκ του στοματος αυτου
Lit: And he said, The God of the fathers of us has appointed you to know the will of Him, and to see the Righteous One, and to hear the voice out of the mouth of Him.
KJV: And he said, The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou shouldest know his will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of his mouth.
References
"The God"Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 13:17: The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers: and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt: and with an high arm brought He them out of it.Ac 24:14: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:Ex 3:13-16: Moses said to God: Look: when I come to the children of Israel: and will say to them: The God of your fathers has sent me to you; and they will say to me: What is His name? what will I say to them?Ex 15:2: The LORD is my strength and song: and He is become my salvation: He is my God: and I will prepare Him an habitation; my father's God: and I will exalt Him.2Ki 21:22: He forsook the LORD God of His fathers: and not walked in the way of the LORD.1Ch 12:17: David went out to meet them: and answered and said to them: If you be come peaceably to me to help me: my heart will be knit to you: but if you be come to betray me to my enemies: seeing there is no wrong in my hands: the God of our fathers look thereon: and rebuke it.1Ch 29:18: O LORD God of Abraham: Isaac: and of Israel: our fathers: keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of your people: and prepare their heart to you:2Ch 28:25: In every several city of Judah He made high places to burn incense to other gods: and provoked to anger the LORD God of His fathers.2Ch 30:19: That prepares His heart to seek God: the LORD God of His fathers: though He be not cleansed according to the purification of the sanctuary.Ezr 7:27: Blessed be the LORD God of our fathers: which has put such a thing as this in the king's heart: to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem:Da 2:23: I thank you: and praise you: O you God of my fathers: who have given me wisdom and might: and have made known to me now what we desired of you: for you have now made known to us the king's matter."hath"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Jer 1:5: Before I formed you in the belly I knew you; and before you came forth out of the womb I sanctified you: and I ordained you a prophet to the nations.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Ro 1:1: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ga 1:15: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: 2Ti 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: according to the promise of life which is in Christ Jesus: Tit 1:1: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;"and see"Ac 22:18: Saw him saying to me: Make haste: and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 26:16: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;1Co 9:1: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?1Co 15:8: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time."that"Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.1Pe 2:22: Who did no sin: neither was guile found in his mouth:1Jo 2:1: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:"hear"1Co 11:23: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:1Co 15:3: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;Ga 1:12: For I neither received it of man: neither was I taught it: but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.
οτι εση μαρτυς αυτω προς παντας ανθρωπους ων εωρακας και ηκουσας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσῃesē (V-FIM-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσῃesē
|
you will be
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G3144μάρτυςmartys (N-NMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυςmartys
|
a witness
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
for Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of what
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3708ἑώρακαςheōrakas (V-RIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἑώρακαςheōrakas
|
you have seen
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσας.ēkousas (V-AIA-2S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσας.ēkousas
|
heard.
|
V-AIA-2S
|
15
For you will be his witness to all men of what you have seen and heard.Acts 22:15
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 16 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι εση μαρτυς αυτω προς παντας ανθρωπους ων εωρακας και ηκουσας
Lit: For you will be a witness for Him to all men of what you have seen and heard.
KJV: For thou shalt be his witness unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard.
References
"thou shalt"Ac 1:8: 22: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 10:39-41: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 26:16-18: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;Ac 27:24: Saying: not Fear: Paul; you must be brought before Caesar: and: indeed: God has given you all them that sail with you.Lu 24:47: 48: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning."of"Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.
και νυν τι μελλεις αναστας βαπτισαι και απολουσαι τας αμαρτιας σου επικαλεσαμενος το ονομα του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3195μέλλεις;melleis (V-PIA-2S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεις;melleis
|
delay you?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G450ἀναστὰςanastas (V-APA-NMS)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστὰςanastas
|
Having arisen,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G907βάπτισαιbaptisai (V-AMM-2S)
G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βάπτισαιbaptisai
|
be baptized
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G628ἀπόλουσαιapolousai (V-AMM-2S)
G628 ἀπολούω apoloúō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λούω; to wash fully, i.e. (figuratively) have remitted (reflexively):--wash (away).
|
ἀπόλουσαιapolousai
|
wash away
|
V-AMM-2S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-AFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sins
|
N-AFP
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1941ἐπικαλεσάμενοςepikalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεσάμενοςepikalesamenos
|
calling on
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
16
Now why tarry you? arise, and be baptized, and wash away your sins, calling on the name of the Lord.Acts 22:16
Stats
Rank: #586 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 17 words, 82 letters, 29 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν τι μελλεις αναστας βαπτισαι και απολουσαι τας αμαρτιας σου επικαλεσαμενος το ονομα του κυριου
Lit: And now why delay you? Having arisen, be baptized and wash away the sins of you, calling on the name of Him.
KJV: And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord.
References
"why"Ps 119:60: I made haste: and not delayed to keep your commandments.Jer 8:14: Why do we sit still? assemble yourselves: and let us enter into the defenced cities: and let us be silent there: for the LORD our God has put us to silence: and given us water of gall to drink: because we have sinned against the LORD."arise"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ro 6:3: 4: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Ga 3:27: For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ.Tit 3:5: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"calling"Ac 2:21: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the Lord will be saved.Ac 9:14: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Ro 10:12-14: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:
εγενετο δε μοι υποστρεψαντι εις ιερουσαλημ και προσευχομενου μου εν τω ιερω γενεσθαι με εν εκστασει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It happened
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G5290ὑποστρέψαντιhypostrepsanti (V-APA-DMS)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑποστρέψαντιhypostrepsanti
|
having returned
|
V-APA-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευχομένουproseuchomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχομένουproseuchomenou
|
praying
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
fell
|
V-ANM
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
I
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1611ἐκστάσειekstasei (N-DFS)
G1611 ἔκστασις ékstasis ek-stas-is from ἐξίστημι; a displacement of the mind, i.e. bewilderment, ecstasy:--+ be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance.
|
ἐκστάσειekstasei
|
a trance
|
N-DFS
|
17
It came to pass, that, when I was come again to Jerusalem, even while I prayed in the temple, I was in a trance;
Acts 22:17
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 21 words, 87 letters, 37 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε μοι υποστρεψαντι εις ιερουσαλημ και προσευχομενου μου εν τω ιερω γενεσθαι με εν εκστασει
Lit: It happened then to me, having returned to Jerusalem, and praying of my in the temple, fell I into a trance
KJV: And it came to pass, that, when I was come again to Jerusalem, even while I prayed in the temple, I was in a trance;
References
"when"Ac 9:26-28: When Saul was come to Jerusalem: he assayed to join himself to the disciples: but they were all afraid of him: and not believed that he was a disciple.Ga 1:18: Then after 3 years I went up to Jerusalem to see Peter: and abode with him 15 days."while"Ac 10:9: 10: On the morrow: as they went on their journey: and drew nigh to the city: Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour:2Co 12:1-4: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet:
και ιδειν αυτον λεγοντα μοι σπευσον και εξελθε εν ταχει εξ ιερουσαλημ διοτι ου παραδεξονται σου την μαρτυριαν περι εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
saw
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004λέγοντάlegonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντάlegonta
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4692ΣπεῦσονSpeuson (V-AMA-2S)
G4692 σπεύδω speúdō spyoo-do probably strengthened from πούς; to speed (study), i.e. urge on (diligently or earnestly); by implication, to await eagerly:--(make, with) haste unto.
|
ΣπεῦσονSpeuson
|
Make haste
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἔξελθεexelthe (V-AMA-2S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἔξελθεexelthe
|
go away
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5034τάχειtachei (N-DNS)
G5034 τάχος táchos takh-os from the same as ταχύς; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with ἐν prefixed) in haste:--+ quickly, + shortly, + speedily.
|
τάχειtachei
|
speed
|
N-DNS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-GFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-GFS
|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj)
G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3858παραδέξονταίparadexontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3858 παραδέχομαι paradéchomai par-ad-ekh-om-ahee from παρά and δέχομαι; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by implication) delight in:--receive.
|
παραδέξονταίparadexontai
|
they will receive
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ.emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ.emou
|
Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
18
Saw him saying to me, Make haste, and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.
Acts 22:18
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδειν αυτον λεγοντα μοι σπευσον και εξελθε εν ταχει εξ ιερουσαλημ διοτι ου παραδεξονται σου την μαρτυριαν περι εμου
Lit: and saw Him saying to me, Make haste and go away with speed out of Jerusalem, because not they will receive your testimony about Me.
KJV: And saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem: for they will not receive thy testimony concerning me.
References
"Make"Mt 10:14: 23: whoever will not receive you: nor hear your words: when you depart out of that house or city: shake off the dust of your feet.Lu 21:21: Then let them which are in Judaea flee to the mountains; and let them which are in the middle of it depart out; and not let them that are in the countries enter thereinto."for"Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Eze 3:6: 7: Not to many people of a strange speech and of an hard language: whose words you not canst understand. Surely: had I sent you to them: they would have listened to you.
καγω ειπον κυριε αυτοι επιστανται οτι εγω ημην φυλακιζων και δερων κατα τας συναγωγας τους πιστευοντας επι σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2504Κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
Κἀγὼkagō
|
And I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3004εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπονeipon
|
said,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they themselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1987ἐπίστανταιepistantai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίστανταιepistantai
|
know
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G5439φυλακίζωνphylakizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5439 φυλακίζω phylakízō foo-lak-id-zo from φύλαξ; to incarcerate:--imprison.
|
φυλακίζωνphylakizōn
|
imprisoning
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1194δέρωνderōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
δέρωνderōn
|
beating
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in each
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
of those
|
Art-AFP
|
G4864συναγωγὰςsynagōgas (N-AFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὰςsynagōgas
|
synagogues
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4100πιστεύονταςpisteuontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύονταςpisteuontas
|
believing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ·se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ·se
|
You.
|
PPro-A2S
|
19
I said, Lord, they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:
Acts 22:19
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 17 words, 80 letters, 32 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: καγω ειπον κυριε αυτοι επιστανται οτι εγω ημην φυλακιζων και δερων κατα τας συναγωγας τους πιστευοντας επι σε
Lit: And I said, Lord, they themselves know that I was imprisoning and beating in each of those synagogues those believing on You.
KJV: And I said, Lord, they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee:
References
"know"Ac 22:4: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 9:1: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 26:9-12: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth."beat"Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;
και οτε εξεχειτο το αιμα στεφανου του μαρτυρος σου και αυτος ημην εφεστως και συνευδοκων τη αναιρεσει αυτου και φυλασσων τα ιματια των αναιρουντων αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1632ἐξεχύννετοexechynneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξεχύννετοexechynneto
|
was poured out
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G4736ΣτεφάνουStephanou (N-GMS)
G4736 Στέφανος Stéphanos stef-an-os the same as στέφανος; Stephanus, a Christian:--Stephen.
|
ΣτεφάνουStephanou
|
of Stephen,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3144μάρτυρόςmartyros (N-GMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυρόςmartyros
|
witness
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
I myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G2186ἐφεστὼςephestōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐφεστὼςephestōs
|
standing by,
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4909συνευδοκῶνsyneudokōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4909 συνευδοκέω syneudokéō soon-yoo-dok-eh-o from σύν and εὐδοκέω; to think well of in common, i.e. assent to, feel gratified with:--allow, assent, be pleased, have pleasure.
|
συνευδοκῶνsyneudokōn
|
consenting,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5442φυλάσσωνphylassōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσωνphylassōn
|
watching over
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G337ἀναιρούντωνanairountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρούντωνanairountōn
|
killing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
20
When the blood of your martyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting to his death, and kept the clothing of them that killed him.
Acts 22:20
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 37 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε εξεχειτο το αιμα στεφανου του μαρτυρος σου και αυτος ημην εφεστως και συνευδοκων τη αναιρεσει αυτου και φυλασσων τα ιματια των αναιρουντων αυτον
Lit: And when was poured out the blood of Stephen, the witness of You, also I myself was standing by, and consenting, and watching over the garments of those killing him.
KJV: And when the blood of thy martyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew him.
References
"martyr"Re 2:13: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration."Stephen"Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 8:1: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles."consenting"Lu 11:48: Truly you bear witness that you allow the deeds of your fathers: for they indeed killed them: and you build their sepulchres.Ro 1:32: Who knowing the judgment of God: that they which commit such things are worthy of death: not only do the same: but have pleasure in them that do them.
και ειπεν προς με πορευου οτι εγω εις εθνη μακραν εξαποστελω σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4198Πορεύου,Poreuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
Πορεύου,Poreuou
|
Go,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
the Gentiles
|
N-ANP
|
G3112μακρὰνmakran (Adj-AFS)
G3112 μακράν makrán mak-ran feminine accusative case singular of μακρός (ὁδός being implied); at a distance (literally or figuratively):--(a-)far (off), good (great) way off.
|
μακρὰνmakran
|
far away
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1821ἐξαποστελῶexapostelō (V-FIA-1S)
G1821 ἐξαποστέλλω exapostéllō ex-ap-os-tel-lo from ἐκ and ἀποστέλλω; to send away forth, i.e. (on a mission) to despatch, or (peremptorily) to dismiss:--send (away, forth, out).
|
ἐξαποστελῶexapostelō
|
will send
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
21
He said to me, Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.
Acts 22:21
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 14 words, 60 letters, 24 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν προς με πορευου οτι εγω εις εθνη μακραν εξαποστελω σε
Lit: And He said to me, Go, for I to the Gentiles far away will send you.
KJV: And he said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles.
References
"Depart"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:"for"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 13:2: 46: 47: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 26:17: 18: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 11:13: For I speak to you Gentiles: inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles: I magnify my office:Ro 15:16: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.Ro 16:26: But now is made manifest: and by the scriptures of the prophets: according to the commandment of the everlasting God: made known to all nations for the obedience of faith:Ga 1:15: 16: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: Ga 2:7: 8: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;Eph 3:6-8: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity.2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.
Paul the Roman Citizen
ηκουον δε αυτου αχρι τουτου του λογου και επηραν την φωνην αυτων λεγοντες αιρε απο της γης τον τοιουτον ου γαρ καθηκον αυτον ζην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἬκουονĒkouon (V-IIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἬκουονĒkouon
|
They were listening
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
to him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3056λόγου,logou (N-GMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγου,logou
|
word,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1869ἐπῆρανepēran (V-AIA-3P)
G1869 ἐπαίρω epaírō ep-ahee-ro from ἐπί and αἴρω; to raise up (literally or figuratively):--exalt self, poise (lift, take) up.
|
ἐπῆρανepēran
|
they lifted up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G142ΑἶρεAire (V-PMA-2S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ΑἶρεAire
|
Away with
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5108τοιοῦτον·toiouton (DPro-AMS)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτον·toiouton
|
such.
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2520καθῆκενkathēken (V-IIA-3S)
G2520 καθήκω kathḗkō kath-ay-ko from κατά and ἥκω; to reach to, i.e. (neuter of present active participle, figuratively as adjective) becoming:-- convenient, fit.
|
καθῆκενkathēken
|
it is fit
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
he
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2198ζῆν.zēn (V-PNA)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆν.zēn
|
to live!
|
V-PNA
|
22
They gave him audience to this word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.
Acts 22:22
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 27 words, 127 letters, 49 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηκουον δε αυτου αχρι τουτου του λογου και επηραν την φωνην αυτων λεγοντες αιρε απο της γης τον τοιουτον ου γαρ καθηκον αυτον ζην
Lit: They were listening now to him until this word, and they lifted up the voice of them, saying, Away with from the earth, the such. Not for it is fit he to live!
KJV: And they gave him audience unto this word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a [fellow] from the earth: for it is not fit that he should live.
References
"Away"Ac 7:54-57: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 21:36: For the multitude of the people followed after: crying: Away with him.Ac 25:24: Festus said: King Agrippa: and all men which are here present with us: you see this man: about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me: both at Jerusalem: and also here: crying that he not ought to live any longer.Lu 23:18: They cried out all at once: saying: Away with this man: and release to us Barabbas:Joh 19:15: But they cried out: Away with him: away with him: crucify him. Pilate says to them: Will I crucify your King? The chief priests answered: We have no king but Caesar."for"Ac 25:24: Festus said: King Agrippa: and all men which are here present with us: you see this man: about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me: both at Jerusalem: and also here: crying that he not ought to live any longer.
κραυγαζοντων δε αυτων και ριπτουντων τα ιματια και κονιορτον βαλλοντων εις τον αερα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2905Κραυγαζόντωνkraugazontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2905 κραυγάζω kraugázō krow-gad-zo from κραυγή; to clamor:--cry out.
|
Κραυγαζόντωνkraugazontōn
|
Were crying out
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4495ῥιπτούντωνrhiptountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4495 ῥιπτέω rhiptéō hrip-teh-o from a derivative of ῥίπτω; to toss up:--cast off.
|
ῥιπτούντωνrhiptountōn
|
casting off
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2868κονιορτὸνkoniorton (N-AMS)
G2868 κονιορτός koniortós kon-ee-or-tos from the base of κονιάω and ornumi (to rouse); pulverulence (as blown about):--dust.
|
κονιορτὸνkoniorton
|
dust
|
N-AMS
|
G906βαλλόντωνballontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βαλλόντωνballontōn
|
throwing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G109ἀέρα,aera (N-AMS)
G109 ἀήρ aḗr ah-ayr from (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); air (as naturally circumambient):--air. Compare ψύχω.
|
ἀέρα,aera
|
air.
|
N-AMS
|
23
As they cried out, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust into the air,Acts 22:23
Stats
Rank: #2709 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: κραυγαζοντων δε αυτων και ριπτουντων τα ιματια και κονιορτον βαλλοντων εις τον αερα
Lit: Were crying out then they, and casting off the garments, and dust throwing into the air.
KJV: And as they cried out, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust into the air,
References
"cast"Ac 7:53: Who have received the law by the disposition of angels: and not have kept it.Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.Ec 10:3: Yes also: when he who is a fool walks by the way: his wisdom fails him: and he says to every one that he is a fool.
εκελευσεν αυτον ο χιλιαρχος αγεσθαι εις την παρεμβολην ειπων μαστιξιν ανεταζεσθαι αυτον ινα επιγνω δι ην αιτιαν ουτως επεφωνουν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
Ordered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G1521εἰσάγεσθαιeisagesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσάγεσθαιeisagesthai
|
to be brought
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολήν,parembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολήν,parembolēn
|
barracks,
|
N-AFS
|
G3004εἴπαςeipas (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπαςeipas
|
having directed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3148μάστιξινmastixin (N-DFP)
G3148 μάστιξ mástix mas-tix probably from the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of contact); a whip (literally, the Roman flagellum for criminals; figuratively, a disease):--plague, scourging.
|
μάστιξινmastixin
|
by flogging
|
N-DFP
|
G426ἀνετάζεσθαιanetazesthai (V-PNM/P)
G426 ἀνετάζω anetázō an-et-ad-zo from ἀνά and (to test); to investigate (judicially):--(should have) examined(-d).
|
ἀνετάζεσθαιanetazesthai
|
to be examined
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπιγνῷepignō (V-ASA-3S)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνῷepignō
|
he might know
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
what
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
cause
|
N-AFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
like this
|
Adv
|
G2019ἐπεφώνουνepephōnoun (V-IIA-3P)
G2019 ἐπιφωνέω epiphōnéō ep-ee-fo-neh-o from ἐπί and φωνέω; to call at something, i.e. exclaim:--cry (against), give a shout.
|
ἐπεφώνουνepephōnoun
|
they were crying out
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
against him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
24
The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle, and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Acts 22:24
Stats
Rank: #4065 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 28 words, 136 letters, 50 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκελευσεν αυτον ο χιλιαρχος αγεσθαι εις την παρεμβολην ειπων μαστιξιν ανεταζεσθαι αυτον ινα επιγνω δι ην αιτιαν ουτως επεφωνουν αυτω
Lit: Ordered the commander to be brought him into the barracks, having directed by flogging to be examined him, so that he might know for what cause like this they were crying out against him.
KJV: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle, and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know wherefore they cried so against him.
References
"The chief"Ac 21:31: 32: As they went about to kill him: tidings came to the chief captain of the band: that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.Ac 23:10: 27: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle."that he should"Ac 22:25-29: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 16:22: 23: 37: The multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates tear off their clothes: and commanded to beat them.Joh 19:1: Then Pilate therefore took Jesus: and scourged Him.Heb 11:35: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:
ως δε {VAR1: προετεινεν } {VAR2: προετειναν } αυτον τοις ιμασιν ειπεν προς τον εστωτα εκατονταρχον ο παυλος ει ανθρωπον ρωμαιον και ακατακριτον εξεστιν υμιν μαστιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4385προέτεινανproeteinan (V-AIA-3P)
G4385 προτείνω proteínō prot-i-no from πρό and (to stretch); to protend, i.e. tie prostrate (for scourging):--bind.
|
προέτεινανproeteinan
|
he stretched forward
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2438ἱμᾶσιν,himasin (N-DMP)
G2438 ἱμάς himás hee-mas perhaps from the same as ἅμα; a strap, i.e. (specially) the tie (of a sandal) or the lash (of a scourge):--latchet, thong.
|
ἱμᾶσιν,himasin
|
straps,
|
N-DMP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing by
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G1543ἑκατόνταρχονhekatontarchon (N-AMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατόνταρχονhekatontarchon
|
centurion
|
N-AMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
a man,
|
N-AMS
|
G4514ῬωμαῖονRhōmaion (Adj-AMS)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖονRhōmaion
|
a Roman
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G178ἀκατάκριτονakatakriton (Adj-AMS)
G178 ἀκατάκριτος akatákritos ak-at-ak-ree-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of κατακρίνω; without (legal) trial:--uncondemned.
|
ἀκατάκριτονakatakriton
|
uncondemned,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1832ἔξεστινexestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστινexestin
|
it is lawful
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3147μαστίζειν;mastizein (V-PNA)
G3147 μαστίζω mastízō mas-tid-zo from μαστός; to whip (literally):--scourge.
|
μαστίζειν;mastizein
|
to flog?
|
V-PNA
|
25
As they bound him with thongs, Paul said to the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned?
Acts 22:25
Stats
Rank: #6223 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 27 words, 117 letters, 45 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε {VAR1: προετεινεν } {VAR2: προετειναν } αυτον τοις ιμασιν ειπεν προς τον εστωτα εκατονταρχον ο παυλος ει ανθρωπον ρωμαιον και ακατακριτον εξεστιν υμιν μαστιζειν
Lit: As however he stretched forward him with the straps, said to the standing by centurion Paul, If a man, a Roman and uncondemned, it is lawful to you to flog?
KJV: And as they bound him with thongs, Paul said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned?
References
"the centurion"Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 23:17: Then Paul called one of the centurions to him: and said: Bring this young man to the chief captain: for he has a certain thing to tell him.Ac 27:1: 3: 43: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Mt 8:8: The centurion answered and said: Lord: I not am worthy that you should come under my roof: but speak the word only: and my servant will be healed.Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God."Is it"Ac 22:27: 28: Then the chief captain came: and said to him: Tell me: are you a Roman? He said: Yes.Ac 16:37: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.
ακουσας δε ο εκατονταρχος προσελθων απηγγειλεν τω χιλιαρχω λεγων ορα τι μελλεις ποιειν ο γαρ ανθρωπος ουτος ρωμαιος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191Ἀκούσαςakousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσαςakousas
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs
|
centurion,
|
N-NMS
|
G4334προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
having gone
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5506χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō (N-DMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō
|
commander,
|
N-DMS
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
he reported it,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3195μέλλειςmelleis (V-PIA-2S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειςmelleis
|
are you going
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4160ποιεῖν;poiein (V-PNA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖν;poiein
|
to do?
|
V-PNA
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4514ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios (Adj-NMS)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios
|
a Roman
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
26
When the centurion heard that, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what you do: for this man is a Roman.
Acts 22:26
Stats
Rank: #6624 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσας δε ο εκατονταρχος προσελθων απηγγειλεν τω χιλιαρχω λεγων ορα τι μελλεις ποιειν ο γαρ ανθρωπος ουτος ρωμαιος εστιν
Lit: Having heard then the centurion, having gone to the commander, he reported it, saying, What are you going to do? The for man this a Roman is.
KJV: When the centurion heard that, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what thou doest: for this man is a Roman.
References
"Take"Ac 22:29: Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid: after he knew that he was a Roman: and because he had bound him.Ac 23:27: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman.
προσελθων δε ο χιλιαρχος ειπεν αυτω λεγε μοι ει συ ρωμαιος ει ο δε εφη ναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4334Προσελθὼνproselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
Προσελθὼνproselthōn
|
Having come near
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3004ΛέγεLege (V-PMA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΛέγεLege
|
Tell
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1473μοι,moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι,moi
|
me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G4514ῬωμαῖοςRhōmaios (Adj-NMS)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖοςRhōmaios
|
a Roman
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ;ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ;ei
|
are?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3483Ναί.Nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
Ναί.Nai
|
Yes.
|
Prtcl
|
27
Then the chief captain came, and said to him, Tell me, are you a Roman? He said, Yes.
Acts 22:27
Stats
Counts: 88 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 28 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσελθων δε ο χιλιαρχος ειπεν αυτω λεγε μοι ει συ ρωμαιος ει ο δε εφη ναι
Lit: Having come near then, the commander said to him, Tell me, you a Roman are? And he was saying, Yes.
KJV: Then the chief captain came, and said unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? He said, Yea.
απεκριθη τε ο χιλιαρχος εγω πολλου κεφαλαιου την πολιτειαν ταυτην εκτησαμην ο δε παυλος εφη εγω δε και γεγεννημαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
Ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
Answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander,
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4183πολλοῦpollou (Adj-GNS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῦpollou
|
with a great
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2774κεφαλαίουkephalaiou (N-GNS)
G2774 κεφάλαιον kephálaion kef-al-ah-yon neuter of a derivative of κεφαλή; a principal thing, i.e. main point; specially, an amount (of money):--sum.
|
κεφαλαίουkephalaiou
|
sum
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4174πολιτείανpoliteian (N-AFS)
G4174 πολιτεία politeía pol-ee-ti-ah from πολίτης (polity); citizenship; concretely, a community:--commonwealth, freedom.
|
πολιτείανpoliteian
|
citizenship
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2932ἐκτησάμην.ektēsamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G2932 κτάομαι ktáomai ktah-om-ahee a primary verb; to get, i.e. acquire (by any means; own):--obtain, possess, provide, purchase.
|
ἐκτησάμην.ektēsamēn
|
bought.
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G1161Δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
Δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1080γεγέννημαι.gegennēmai (V-RIM/P-1S)
G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεγέννημαι.gegennēmai
|
was born so.
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
28
The chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this freedom. And Paul said, But I was free born.
Acts 22:28
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 35 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη τε ο χιλιαρχος εγω πολλου κεφαλαιου την πολιτειαν ταυτην εκτησαμην ο δε παυλος εφη εγω δε και γεγεννημαι
Lit: Answered then the commander, I with a great sum the citizenship this bought. But Paul was saying, I however even was born so.
KJV: And the chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this freedom. And Paul said, But I was free born.
ευθεως ουν απεστησαν απ αυτου οι μελλοντες αυτον ανεταζειν και ο χιλιαρχος δε εφοβηθη επιγνους οτι ρωμαιος εστιν και οτι ην αυτον δεδεκως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2112Εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
Εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G868ἀπέστησανapestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀπέστησανapestēsan
|
departed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3195μέλλοντεςmellontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντεςmellontes
|
being about
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G426ἀνετάζειν·anetazein (V-PNA)
G426 ἀνετάζω anetázō an-et-ad-zo from ἀνά and (to test); to investigate (judicially):--(should have) examined(-d).
|
ἀνετάζειν·anetazein
|
to examine,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5399ἐφοβήθηephobēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθηephobēthē
|
was afraid,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1921ἐπιγνοὺςepignous (V-APA-NMS)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνοὺςepignous
|
having ascertained
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4514ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios (Adj-NMS)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios
|
a Roman
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
he is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1210δεδεκώς.dedekōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεκώς.dedekōs
|
bound.
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
29
Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him.Acts 22:29
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 53 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευθεως ουν απεστησαν απ αυτου οι μελλοντες αυτον ανεταζειν και ο χιλιαρχος δε εφοβηθη επιγνους οτι ρωμαιος εστιν και οτι ην αυτον δεδεκως
Lit: Immediately therefore departed from him those being about him to examine, and the commander also was afraid, having ascertained that a Roman he is, and because him he had bound.
KJV: Then straightway they departed from him which should have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him.
References
"examined him"Ac 22:24: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Heb 11:35: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:"the chief"Ac 22:25: 26: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?Ac 16:38: 39: The serjeants told these words to the magistrates: and they feared: when they heard that they were Romans.
τη δε επαυριον βουλομενος γνωναι το ασφαλες το τι κατηγορειται παρα των ιουδαιων ελυσεν αυτον απο των δεσμων και εκελευσεν ελθειν τους αρχιερεις και ολον το συνεδριον αυτων και καταγαγων τον παυλον εστησεν εις αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῇTē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῇTē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G1014βουλόμενοςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενοςboulomenos
|
desiring
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1097γνῶναιgnōnai (V-ANA)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναιgnōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G804ἀσφαλὲς,asphales (Adj-ANS)
G804 ἀσφαλής asphalḗs as-fal-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and sphallo (to fail); secure (literally or figuratively):--certain(-ty), safe, sure.
|
ἀσφαλὲς,asphales
|
for certain
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2723κατηγορεῖταιkatēgoreitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορεῖταιkatēgoreitai
|
he is accused
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3089ἔλυσενelysen (V-AIA-3S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ἔλυσενelysen
|
he unbound
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4905συνελθεῖνsynelthein (V-ANA)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθεῖνsynelthein
|
to assemble
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-AMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
all
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4892συνέδριον,synedrion (N-ANS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριον,synedrion
|
council.
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2609καταγαγὼνkatagagōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
καταγαγὼνkatagagōn
|
having brought down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G2476ἔστησενestēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησενestēsen
|
he set him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
30
On the morrow, because he would have known the certainty for what reason he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bands, and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear, and brought Paul down, and set him before them.Acts 22:30
Stats
Rank: #6134 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 237 characters, 38 words, 189 letters, 71 vowels, 118 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επαυριον βουλομενος γνωναι το ασφαλες το τι κατηγορειται παρα των ιουδαιων ελυσεν αυτον απο των δεσμων και εκελευσεν ελθειν τους αρχιερεις και ολον το συνεδριον αυτων και καταγαγων τον παυλον εστησεν εις αυτους
Lit: On the now next day, desiring to know for certain why he is accused by the Jews, he unbound him and commanded to assemble the chief priests and all the council. And having brought down Paul, he set him among them.
KJV: On the morrow, because he would have known the certainty wherefore he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bands, and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear, and brought Paul down, and set him before them.
References
"because"Ac 21:11: 33: When He was come to us: He took Paul's girdle: and bound His own hands and feet: and said: Thus says the Holy Ghost: So will the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owns this girdle: and will deliver Him into the hands of the Gentiles.Ac 23:28: When I would have known the cause for what reason they accused him: I brought him forth into their council:Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds.Mt 27:2: When they had bound him: they led him away: and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor."commanded"Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished.Ac 5:21: When they heard that: they entered into the temple early in the morning: and taught. But the high priest came: and they that were with him: and called the council together: and all the senate of the children of Israel: and sent to the prison to have them brought.Ac 23:15: Now therefore you with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down to you to morrow: as though you would inquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we: or ever he come near: are ready to kill him.Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;
23
Paul on Trial
Paul before the Sanhedrin
ατενισας δε ο παυλος τω συνεδριω ειπεν ανδρες αδελφοι εγω παση συνειδησει αγαθη πεπολιτευμαι τω θεω αχρι ταυτης της ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G816Ἀτενίσαςatenisas (V-APA-NMS)
G816 ἀτενίζω atenízō at-en-id-zo from a compound of Α (as a particle of union) and (to stretch); to gaze intently:--behold earnestly (stedfastly), fasten (eyes), look (earnestly, stedfastly, up stedfastly), set eyes.
|
Ἀτενίσαςatenisas
|
Having looked intently
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
at the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳsynedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳsynedriō
|
Council,
|
N-DNS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
in all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4893συνειδήσειsyneidēsei (N-DFS)
G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνειδήσειsyneidēsei
|
conscience
|
N-DFS
|
G18ἀγαθῇagathē (Adj-DFS)
G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθῇagathē
|
good
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4176πεπολίτευμαιpepoliteumai (V-RIM/P-1S)
G4176 πολιτεύομαι politeúomai pol-it-yoo-om-ahee middle voice of a derivative of πολίτης; to behave as a citizen (figuratively):--let conversation be, live.
|
πεπολίτευμαιpepoliteumai
|
have lived as a citizen
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
day.
|
N-GFS
|
1
And Paul, earnestly beholding the council, said, Men and brothers, I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.
Acts 23:1
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 18 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ατενισας δε ο παυλος τω συνεδριω ειπεν ανδρες αδελφοι εγω παση συνειδησει αγαθη πεπολιτευμαι τω θεω αχρι ταυτης της ημερας
Lit: Having looked intently then Paul at the Council, he said, Men, brothers, I in all conscience good have lived as a citizen to God unto this day.
KJV: And Paul, earnestly beholding the council, said, Men and brethren, I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.
References
"earnestly"Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 6:15: All that sat in the council: looking stedfastly on him: saw his face as it had been the face of an angel.Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished.Pr 28:1: The wicked flee when no man pursues: but the righteous are bold as a lion."Men"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you."I have"Ac 24:16: Herein do I exercise myself: to have always a conscience void of offence toward God: and toward men.1Co 4:4: For I not knowhing by myself; yet am not I hereby justified: but He that'>He who judges me is the Lord.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.2Ti 1:3: I thank God: whom I serve from my forefathers with pure conscience: that without ceasing I have remembrance of you in my prayers night and day;Heb 13:18: Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience: in all things willing to live honestly.1Pe 3:16: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.
ο δε αρχιερευς ανανιας επεταξεν τοις παρεστωσιν αυτω τυπτειν αυτου το στομα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
the high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias
|
N-NMS
|
G2004ἐπέταξενepetaxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2004 ἐπιτάσσω epitássō ep-ee-tas-so from ἐπί and τάσσω; to arrange upon, i.e. order:--charge, command, injoin.
|
ἐπέταξενepetaxen
|
commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3936παρεστῶσινparestōsin (V-RPA-DMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστῶσινparestōsin
|
standing by
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5180τύπτεινtyptein (V-PNA)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
τύπτεινtyptein
|
to strike
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμα.stoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμα.stoma
|
mouth.
|
N-ANS
|
2
The high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.Acts 23:2
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 25 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αρχιερευς ανανιας επεταξεν τοις παρεστωσιν αυτω τυπτειν αυτου το στομα
Lit: Then the high priest Ananias commanded those standing by him to strike of him the mouth.
KJV: And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.
References
"Ananias"Ac 24:1: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul."to smite"1Ki 22:24: But Zedekiah the son of Chenaanah went near: and smote Micaiah on the cheek: and said: Which way went the Spirit of the LORD from me to speak to you?Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Mic 5:1: Now gather yourself in troops: O daughter of troops: he has laid siege against us: they will smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek.Mt 26:67: Then did they spit in his face: and buffeted him; and others smote him with the palms of their hands: Joh 18:22: When He had thus spoken: one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of His hand: saying: Answerest you the high priest so?
τοτε ο παυλος προς αυτον ειπεν τυπτειν σε μελλει ο θεος τοιχε κεκονιαμενε και συ καθη κρινων με κατα τον νομον και παρανομων κελευεις με τυπτεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5180ΤύπτεινTyptein (V-PNA)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
ΤύπτεινTyptein
|
To strike
|
V-PNA
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G5109τοῖχεtoiche (N-VMS)
G5109 τοῖχος toîchos toy-khos another form of τεῖχος; a wall:--wall.
|
τοῖχεtoiche
|
wall
|
N-VMS
|
G2867κεκονιαμένε·kekoniamene (V-RPM/P-VMS)
G2867 κονιάω koniáō kon-ee-ah-o from (dust; by analogy, lime); to whitewash:--whiten.
|
κεκονιαμένε·kekoniamene
|
whitewashed!
|
V-RPM/P-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you,
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2521κάθῃkathē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
κάθῃkathē
|
do you sit
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G2919κρίνωνkrinōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνωνkrinōn
|
judging
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3891παρανομῶνparanomōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3891 παρανομέω paranoméō par-an-om-eh-o from a compound of παρά and νόμος; to be opposed to law, i.e. to transgress:--contrary to law.
|
παρανομῶνparanomōn
|
violating law,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2753κελεύειςkeleueis (V-PIA-2S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
κελεύειςkeleueis
|
command
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G5180τύπτεσθαι;typtesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
τύπτεσθαι;typtesthai
|
to be struck?
|
V-PNM/P
|
3
Then said Paul to Him, God will smite you, you whited wall: for sit you to judge me after the law, and command me to be smitten contrary to the law?
Acts 23:3
Stats
Counts: 161 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 46 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ο παυλος προς αυτον ειπεν τυπτειν σε μελλει ο θεος τοιχε κεκονιαμενε και συ καθη κρινων με κατα τον νομον και παρανομων κελευεις με τυπτεσθαι
Lit: Then Paul to him said, To strike you is about God, wall whitewashed! And you, do you sit judging me according to the law, and violating law, command me to be struck?
KJV: Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: for sittest thou to judge me after the law, and commandest me to be smitten contrary to the law?
References
"thou whited"Mt 23:27: 28: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you are like to whited sepulchres: which indeed appear beautiful outward: but are within full of dead men's bones: and of all uncleanness."for"Le 19:35: You will do no unrighteousness in judgment: in meteyard: in weight: or in measure.Ps 58:1: 2: > Do you indeed speak righteousness: O congregation? do you judge uprightly: O you sons of men?Ps 82:1: 2: > God stands in the congregation of the mighty; He judges among the gods.Ps 94:20: Will the throne of iniquity have fellowship with you: which frames mischief by a law?Ec 3:16: Moreover I saw under the sun the place of judgment: that wickedness was there; and the place of righteousness: that iniquity was there.Am 5:7: You who turn judgment to wormwood: and leave off righteousness in the earth: Mic 3:8-11: But truly I am full of power by the spirit of the LORD: and of judgment: and of might: to declare to Jacob His transgression: and to Israel His sin."smitten"De 25:1: 2: If there be a controversy between men: and they come to judgment: that the judges may judge them; then they will justify the righteous: and condemn the wicked.Joh 7:51: Does our law judge any man: before it hear him: and know what he does?Joh 18:24: Now Annas had sent him bound to Caiaphas the high priest.
οι δε παρεστωτες ειπον τον αρχιερεα του θεου λοιδορεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
Those who
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3936παρεστῶτεςparestōtes (V-RPA-NMP)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρεστῶτεςparestōtes
|
stood by
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέαarchierea (N-AMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέαarchierea
|
high priest
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3058λοιδορεῖς;loidoreis (V-PIA-2S)
G3058 λοιδορέω loidoréō loy-dor-eh-o from λοίδορος; to reproach, i.e. vilify:--revile.
|
λοιδορεῖς;loidoreis
|
do you insult?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
4
They that stood by said, Revilest you God's high priest?
Acts 23:4
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 10 words, 48 letters, 16 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε παρεστωτες ειπον τον αρχιερεα του θεου λοιδορεις
Lit: Those who now stood by said, The high priest of God do you insult?
KJV: And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God's high priest?
εφη τε ο παυλος ουκ ηδειν αδελφοι οτι εστιν αρχιερευς γεγραπται γαρ αρχοντα του λαου σου ουκ ερεις κακως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5346Ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
Ἔφηephē
|
Was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492ᾔδειν,ēdein (V-LIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ᾔδειν,ēdein
|
I was aware,
|
V-LIA-1S
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
he is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G749ἀρχιερεύς·archiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεύς·archiereus
|
high priest;
|
N-NMS
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G758ἌρχονταArchonta (N-AMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἌρχονταArchonta
|
The ruler
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2046ἐρεῖςereis (V-FIA-2S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρεῖςereis
|
you shall speak
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G2560κακῶς.kakōs (Adv)
G2560 κακῶς kakōs kak-oce from κακός; badly (physically or morally):--amiss, diseased, evil, grievously, miserably, sick, sore.
|
κακῶς.kakōs
|
evil of.’
|
Adv
|
5
Then said Paul, I not wist, brothers, that he was the high priest: for it is written, You will not speak evil of the ruler of your people.
Acts 23:5
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 23 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφη τε ο παυλος ουκ ηδειν αδελφοι οτι εστιν αρχιερευς γεγραπται γαρ αρχοντα του λαου σου ουκ ερεις κακως
Lit: Was saying then Paul, Not I was aware, brothers, that he is high priest; it has been written for - : The ruler of the people of you, not you shall speak evil of.’
KJV: Then said Paul, I wist not, brethren, that he was the high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of the ruler of thy people.
References
"I wist"Ac 24:17: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation: and offerings."Thou"Ex 22:28: You will not revile the gods: nor curse the ruler of your people.Ec 10:20: not Curse the king: not no in your thought; and not curse the rich in your bedchamber: for a bird of the air will carry the voice: and that which has wings will tell the matter.2Pe 2:10: But chiefly them that walk after the flesh in the lust of uncleanness: and despise government. Presumptuous are they: selfwilled: they not are afraid to speak evil of dignities.Jude 1:8: 9: Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh: despise dominion: and speak evil of dignities.
γνους δε ο παυλος οτι το εν μερος εστιν σαδδουκαιων το δε ετερον φαρισαιων εκραξεν εν τω συνεδριω ανδρες αδελφοι εγω φαρισαιος ειμι υιος φαρισαιου περι ελπιδος και αναστασεως νεκρων εγω κρινομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1097Γνοὺςgnous (V-APA-NMS)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
Γνοὺςgnous
|
Having known
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-NNS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
part
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
consists
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4523ΣαδδουκαίωνSaddoukaiōn (N-GMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
ΣαδδουκαίωνSaddoukaiōn
|
of Sadducees,
|
N-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-NNS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
the other
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
of Pharisees,
|
N-GMP
|
G2896ἔκραζενekrazen (V-IIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζενekrazen
|
he began crying out
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳsynedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳsynedriō
|
Council,
|
N-DNS
|
G435ἌνδρεςAndres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἌνδρεςAndres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖόςPharisaios (N-NMS)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖόςPharisaios
|
a Pharisee
|
N-NMS
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the son
|
N-NMS
|
G5330Φαρισαίων·Pharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
Φαρισαίων·Pharisaiōn
|
of a Pharisee;
|
N-GMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
the hope
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
of the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1473‹ἐγὼ›egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
‹ἐγὼ›egō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2919κρίνομαι.krinomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνομαι.krinomai
|
am judged.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
6
But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees, and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Men and brothers, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.
Acts 23:6
Stats
Rank: #3001 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 235 characters, 39 words, 184 letters, 79 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνους δε ο παυλος οτι το εν μερος εστιν σαδδουκαιων το δε ετερον φαρισαιων εκραξεν εν τω συνεδριω ανδρες αδελφοι εγω φαρισαιος ειμι υιος φαρισαιου περι ελπιδος και αναστασεως νεκρων εγω κρινομαι
Lit: Having known then Paul that the one part consists of Sadducees, but the other of Pharisees, he began crying out in the Council, Men, brothers, I a Pharisee am, the son of a Pharisee; concerning the hope and resurrection of the dead I am judged.
KJV: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees, and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Men and brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.
References
"Paul"Mt 10:16: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves."I am"Ac 26:5: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Php 3:5: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"of the hope"Ac 24:15: 21: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.Ac 26:6-8: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.
τουτο δε αυτου λαλησαντος εγενετο στασις των φαρισαιων και των σαδδουκαιων και εσχισθη το πληθος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2980λαλοῦντοςlalountos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντοςlalountos
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4714στάσιςstasis (N-NFS)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσιςstasis
|
a dissension
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
between the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4523Σαδδουκαίων,Saddoukaiōn (N-GMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
Σαδδουκαίων,Saddoukaiōn
|
Sadducees,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4977ἐσχίσθηeschisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4977 σχίζω schízō skhid-zo apparently a primary verb; to split or sever (literally or figuratively):--break, divide, open, rend, make a rent.
|
ἐσχίσθηeschisthē
|
was divided
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθος.plēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθος.plēthos
|
crowd.
|
N-NNS
|
7
When he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sadducees: and the multitude was divided.Acts 23:7
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 41 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε αυτου λαλησαντος εγενετο στασις των φαρισαιων και των σαδδουκαιων και εσχισθη το πληθος
Lit: This then of him saying, arose a dissension between the Pharisees and Sadducees, and was divided the crowd.
KJV: And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sadducees: and the multitude was divided.
References
"there"Ac 14:4: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews: and part with the apostles.Ps 55:9: Destroy: O Lord: and divide their tongues: for I have seen violence and strife in the city.Mt 10:34: not Think that I am come to send peace on earth: I not came to send peace: but a sword.Joh 7:40-43: Many of the people therefore: when they heard this saying: said: Of a truth this is the Prophet.
σαδδουκαιοι μεν γαρ λεγουσιν μη ειναι αναστασιν μηδε αγγελον μητε πνευμα φαρισαιοι δε ομολογουσιν τα αμφοτερα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4523ΣαδδουκαῖοιSaddoukaioi (N-NMP)
G4523 Σαδδουκαῖος Saddoukaîos sad-doo-kah-yos probably from Σαδώκ; a Sadducæan (i.e. Tsadokian), or follower of a certain heretical Israelite:--Sadducee.
|
ΣαδδουκαῖοιSaddoukaioi
|
Sadducees
|
N-NMP
|
G3303‹μὲν›men (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
‹μὲν›men
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
there to be
|
V-PNA
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
resurrection,
|
N-AFS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel,
|
N-AMS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεῦμα,pneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμα,pneuma
|
spirit;
|
N-ANS
|
G5330ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi (N-NMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαῖοιPharisaioi
|
Pharisees
|
N-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3670ὁμολογοῦσινhomologousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
ὁμολογοῦσινhomologousin
|
confess
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G297ἀμφότερα.amphotera (Adj-ANP)
G297 ἀμφότερος amphóteros am-fot-er-os comparative of (around); (in plural) both:--both.
|
ἀμφότερα.amphotera
|
both.
|
Adj-ANP
|
8
For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both.Acts 23:8
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 15 words, 90 letters, 34 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: σαδδουκαιοι μεν γαρ λεγουσιν μη ειναι αναστασιν μηδε αγγελον μητε πνευμα φαρισαιοι δε ομολογουσιν τα αμφοτερα
Lit: Sadducees indeed for say not there to be resurrection, nor angel, nor spirit; Pharisees however confess both.
KJV: For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both.
References
"For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both."Ac 4:1: As they spoke to the people: the priests: and the captain of the temple: and the Sadducees: came upon them: Mt 22:23: The same day came to him the Sadducees: which say that there is no resurrection: and asked him: Mr 12:18: Then come to him the Sadducees: which say there is no resurrection; and they asked him: saying: Lu 20:27: Then came to him certain of the Sadducees: which deny that there is any resurrection; and they asked him:
εγενετο δε κραυγη μεγαλη και ανασταντες οι γραμματεις του μερους των φαρισαιων διεμαχοντο λεγοντες ουδεν κακον ευρισκομεν εν τω ανθρωπω τουτω ει δε πνευμα ελαλησεν αυτω η αγγελος μη θεομαχωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096Ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
Ἐγένετοegeneto
|
Arose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2906κραυγὴkraugē (N-NFS)
G2906 κραυγή kraugḗ krow-gay from κράζω; an outcry (in notification, tumult or grief):--clamour, cry(-ing).
|
κραυγὴkraugē
|
a clamor
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G450ἀναστάντεςanastantes (V-APA-NMP)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀναστάντεςanastantes
|
having risen up
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1122γραμματέωνgrammateōn (N-GMP)
G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματέωνgrammateōn
|
scribes
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3313μέρουςmerous (N-GNS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρουςmerous
|
party
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5330ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn (N-GMP)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
ΦαρισαίωνPharisaiōn
|
Pharisees,
|
N-GMP
|
G1264διεμάχοντοdiemachonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1264 διαμάχομαι diamáchomai dee-am-akh-om-ahee from διά and μάχομαι; to fight fiercely (in altercation):--strive.
|
διεμάχοντοdiemachonto
|
they were contending,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3762ΟὐδὲνOuden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
ΟὐδὲνOuden
|
Nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2556κακὸνkakon (Adj-ANS)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακὸνkakon
|
evil
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2147εὑρίσκομενheuriskomen (V-PIA-1P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρίσκομενheuriskomen
|
we find
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
man
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ·toutō (DPro-DMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ·toutō
|
this.
|
DPro-DMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
What if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
a spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
has spoken
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G32ἄγγελος;angelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελος;angelos
|
an angel?
|
N-NMS
|
G3361⧼μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
⧼μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2313θεομαχῶμεν⧽.theomachōmen (V-PSA-1P)
G2313 θεομαχέω theomachéō theh-o-makh-eh-o from θεομάχος; to resist deity:--fight against God.
|
θεομαχῶμεν⧽.theomachōmen
|
let us fight against God.
|
V-PSA-1P
|
9
There arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel has spoken to Him, let not us fight against God.
Acts 23:9
Stats
Counts: 211 characters, 36 words, 161 letters, 61 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε κραυγη μεγαλη και ανασταντες οι γραμματεις του μερους των φαρισαιων διεμαχοντο λεγοντες ουδεν κακον ευρισκομεν εν τω ανθρωπω τουτω ει δε πνευμα ελαλησεν αυτω η αγγελος μη θεομαχωμεν
Lit: Arose then a clamor great, and having risen up some of the scribes of the party of the Pharisees, they were contending, saying, Nothing evil we find in the man this. What if now a spirit has spoken to him, or an angel? not let us fight against God.
KJV: And there arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel hath spoken to him, let us not fight against God.
References
"We"Ac 25:25: But when I found that he had not committedhing worthy of death: and that he himself has appealed to Augustus: I have determined to send him.Ac 26:31: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.1Sa 24:17: He said to David: You are more righteous than I: for you have rewarded me good: whereas I have rewarded you evil.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.Lu 23:4: 14: 15: 22: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man."if"Ac 23:8: For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection: neither angel: nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both.Ac 9:4: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 22:7: 17: 18: I fell to the ground: and heard a voice saying to me: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 26:14-19: When we were all fallen to the earth: I heard a voice speaking to me: and saying in the Hebrew tongue: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Ac 27:23: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: Joh 12:29: The people therefore: that stood by: and heard it: said that it thundered: others said: An angel spoke to him."let"Ac 5:39: But if it be of God: you cannot overthrow it; lest haply you be found even to fight against God.Ac 11:17: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us: who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I: that I could withstand God?1Co 10:22: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?
πολλης δε γενομενης στασεως ευλαβηθεις ο χιλιαρχος μη διασπασθη ο παυλος υπ αυτων εκελευσεν το στρατευμα καταβαν αρπασαι αυτον εκ μεσου αυτων αγειν τε εις την παρεμβολην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
Great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γινομένηςginomenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινομένηςginomenēs
|
arising
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G4714στάσεωςstaseōs (N-GFS)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσεωςstaseōs
|
dissension,
|
N-GFS
|
G5399φοβηθεὶςphobētheis (V-APP-NMS)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβηθεὶςphobētheis
|
having feared
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander,
|
N-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G1288διασπασθῇdiaspasthē (V-ASP-3S)
G1288 διασπάω diaspáō dee-as-pah-o from διά and σπάω; to draw apart, i.e. sever or dismember:--pluck asunder, pull in pieces.
|
διασπασθῇdiaspasthē
|
should be torn to pieces
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4753στράτευμαstrateuma (N-ANS)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στράτευμαstrateuma
|
troop,
|
N-ANS
|
G2597καταβὰνkataban (V-APA-ANS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβὰνkataban
|
having gone down,
|
V-APA-ANS
|
G726ἁρπάσαιharpasai (V-ANA)
G726 ἁρπάζω harpázō har-pad-zo from a derivative of αἱρέομαι; to seize (in various applications):--catch (away, up), pluck, pull, take (by force).
|
ἁρπάσαιharpasai
|
to take by force
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσουmesou (Adj-GNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσουmesou
|
midst
|
Adj-GNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G71ἄγεινagein (V-PNA)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἄγεινagein
|
to bring him
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολήν.parembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολήν.parembolēn
|
barracks.
|
N-AFS
|
10
When there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them, commanded the soldiers to go down, and to take him by force from among them, and to bring him into the castle.Acts 23:10
Stats
Counts: 231 characters, 38 words, 183 letters, 70 vowels, 113 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλης δε γενομενης στασεως ευλαβηθεις ο χιλιαρχος μη διασπασθη ο παυλος υπ αυτων εκελευσεν το στρατευμα καταβαν αρπασαι αυτον εκ μεσου αυτων αγειν τε εις την παρεμβολην
Lit: Great then arising dissension, having feared the commander, lest should be torn to pieces Paul by them, he commanded the troop, having gone down, to take by force him from midst of them, to bring him then into the barracks.
KJV: And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them, commanded the soldiers to go down, and to take him by force from among them, and to bring him into the castle.
References
"fearing"Ac 23:27: This man was taken of the Jews: and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army: and rescued him: having understood that he was a Roman.Ac 19:28-31: When they heard these sayings: they were full of wrath: and cried out: saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Ac 21:30-36: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Ps 7:2: Lest he tear my soul like a lion: rending it in pieces: while there is none to deliver.Ps 50:22: Now consider this: you that forget God: lest I tear you in pieces: and there be none to deliver.Mic 3:3: Who also eat the flesh of my people: and flay their skin from off them; and they break their bones: and chop them in pieces: as for the pot: and as flesh within the caldron.Jas 1:19: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:Jas 3:14-18: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.Jas 4:1: 2: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?"to take"Ac 22:24: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.
τη δε επιουση νυκτι επιστας αυτω ο κυριος ειπεν θαρσει παυλε ως γαρ διεμαρτυρω τα περι εμου εις ιερουσαλημ ουτως σε δει και εις ρωμην μαρτυρησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1966ἐπιούσῃepiousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1966 ἐπιοῦσα epioûsa ep-ee-oo-sah feminine singular participle of a comparative of ἐπί and (to go); supervening, i.e. (ἡμέρα or νύξ being expressed or implied) the ensuing day or night:--following, next.,
|
ἐπιούσῃepiousē
|
the following
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night,
|
N-DFS
|
G2186ἐπιστὰςepistas (V-APA-NMS)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπιστὰςepistas
|
having stood by
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2293Θάρσει·Tharsei (V-PMA-2S)
G2293 θαρσέω tharséō thar-seh-o from θάρσος; to have courage:--be of good cheer (comfort). Compare θαῤῥέω.
|
Θάρσει·Tharsei
|
Take courage,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1263διεμαρτύρωdiemartyrō (V-AIM-2S)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διεμαρτύρωdiemartyrō
|
you have fully testified
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G3779οὕτωhoutō (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωhoutō
|
so
|
Adv
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4516ῬώμηνRhōmēn (N-AFS)
G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.
|
ῬώμηνRhōmēn
|
Rome
|
N-AFS
|
G3140μαρτυρῆσαι.martyrēsai (V-ANA)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρῆσαι.martyrēsai
|
to testify.
|
V-ANA
|
11
The night following the Lord stood by Him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem, so must you bear witness also at Rome.
Acts 23:11
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 28 words, 129 letters, 51 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επιουση νυκτι επιστας αυτω ο κυριος ειπεν θαρσει παυλε ως γαρ διεμαρτυρω τα περι εμου εις ιερουσαλημ ουτως σε δει και εις ρωμην μαρτυρησαι
Lit: But the following night, having stood by him, the Lord said, Take courage, as for you have fully testified about Me at Jerusalem, so you it behooves also in Rome to testify.
KJV: And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome.
References
"the Lord"Ac 2:25: For David speaks concerning Him: I foresaw the Lord always before my face: for He is on my right hand: that I not should be moved:Ac 18:9: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 27:23: 24: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: Ps 46:1: 2: A Song upon Alamoth.>> God is our refuge and strength: a very present help in trouble.Ps 109:31: For he will stand at the right hand of the poor: to save him from those that condemn his soul.Isa 41:10: 14: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Jer 15:19-21: Therefore thus says the LORD: If you return: then will I bring you again: and you will stand before me: and if you take forth the precious from the vile: you will be as my mouth: let them return to you; but not return you to them.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.Joh 14:18: I not will leave you comfortless: I will come to you.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:"Be"Ac 27:22: 25: Now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there will be no loss of any man's life among you: but of the ship.Mt 9:2: And: look: they brought to Him a man sick of the palsy: lying on a bed: and Jesus seeing their faith said to the sick of the palsy; Son: be of good cheer; your sins be forgiven you.Mt 14:27: But straightway Jesus spoke to them: saying: Be of good cheer; it is I; not be afraid.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world."for"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 20:22: Now: look: I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem: not knowing the things that will befall me there:Ac 22:18: Saw him saying to me: Make haste: and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.Ac 28:23-28: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ro 1:15: 16: So: as much as in me is: I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also.Php 1:13: So that my bonds in Christ are manifest in all the palace: and in all other places;2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion."must"Ac 28:30: 31: Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house: and received all that came in to him: Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Joh 11:8-10: His disciples say to him: Master: the Jews of late sought to stone you; and go you there again?
The Plot to Kill Paul
γενομενης δε ημερας ποιησαντες τινες των ιουδαιων συστροφην ανεθεματισαν εαυτους λεγοντες μητε φαγειν μητε πιειν εως ου αποκτεινωσιν τον παυλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ΓενομένηςGenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ΓενομένηςGenomenēs
|
When it was
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day,
|
N-GFS
|
G4160ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes
|
having made
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4963συστροφὴνsystrophēn (N-AFS)
G4963 συστροφή systrophḗ soos-trof-ay from συστρέφω; a twisting together, i.e. (figuratively) a secret coalition, riotous crowd:--+ band together, concourse.
|
συστροφὴνsystrophēn
|
a conspiracy,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G332ἀνεθεμάτισανanethematisan (V-AIA-3P)
G332 ἀναθεματίζω anathematízō an-ath-em-at-id-zo from ἀνάθεμα; to declare or vow under penalty of execration:--(bind under a) curse, bind with an oath.
|
ἀνεθεμάτισανanethematisan
|
put under an oath
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺς,heautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺς,heautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4095πιεῖνpiein (V-ANA)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πιεῖνpiein
|
to drink
|
V-ANA
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G615ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin
|
they should kill
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3972Παῦλον.Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον.Paulon
|
Paul.
|
N-AMS
|
12
When it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Acts 23:12
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 27 words, 132 letters, 47 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: γενομενης δε ημερας ποιησαντες τινες των ιουδαιων συστροφην ανεθεματισαν εαυτους λεγοντες μητε φαγειν μητε πιειν εως ου αποκτεινωσιν τον παυλον
Lit: When it was then day, having made a conspiracy, the Jews put under an oath themselves, declaring neither to eat nor to drink until that they should kill Paul.
KJV: And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.
References
"certain"Ac 23:21: 30: But not do you yield to them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than 40 men: which have bound themselves with an oath: that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready: looking for a promise from you.Ac 25:3: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Ps 2:1-3: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ps 64:2-6: Hide me from the secret counsel of the wicked; from the insurrection of the workers of iniquity:Isa 8:9: 10: Associate yourselves: O you people: and you will be broken in pieces; and give ear: all you of far countries: gird yourselves: and you will be broken in pieces; gird yourselves: and you will be broken in pieces.Jer 11:19: But I was like a lamb or an ox that is brought to the slaughter; and I not knew that they had devised devices against me: saying: Let us destroy the tree with the fruit thereof: and let us cut him off from the land of the living: that his name may be no more remembered.Mt 26:4: Consulted that they might take Jesus by subtilty: and kill Him."bound"1Ki 19:2: Then Jezebel sent a messenger to Elijah: saying: So let the gods do to me: and more also: if I not make your life as the life of one of them by to morrow about this time.2Ki 6:31: Then He said: God do so and more also to me: if the head of Elisha the son of Shaphat will stand on Him this day.Mt 27:25: Then answered all the people: and said: His blood be on us: and on our children.Mr 6:23-26: He sware to her: Whatever you will ask of me: I will give it you: to the half of my kingdom."under a curse"Le 27:29: None devoted: which will be devoted of men: will be redeemed; but will surely be put to death.Jos 6:26: Joshua adjured them at that time: saying: Cursed be the man before the LORD: that rises up and builds this city Jericho: He will lay the foundation thereof in His firstborn: and in His youngest son will He set up the gates of it.Jos 7:1: 15: But the children of Israel committed a trespass in the accursed thing: for Achan: the son of Carmi: the son of Zabdi: the son of Zerah: of the tribe of Judah: took of the accursed thing: and the anger of the LORD was kindled against the children of Israel.Ne 10:29: They clave to their brothers: their nobles: and entered into a curse: and into an oath: to walk in God's law: which was given by Moses the servant of God: and to observe and do all the commandments of the LORD our Lord: and His judgments and His statutes;Mt 26:74: Then began he to curse and to swear: saying: I not know the man. And immediately the cock crew.1Co 16:22: If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ: let Him be Anathema Maranatha.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:"that"1Sa 14:24: 27: 28: 40-44: The men of Israel were distressed that day: for Saul had adjured the people: saying: Cursed be the man that eats any food until evening: that I may be avenged on my enemies. So none of the people tasted any food.Ps 31:13: For I have heard the slander of many: fear was on every side: while they took counsel together against me: they devised to take away my life.
ησαν δε πλειους τεσσαρακοντα οι ταυτην την συνωμοσιαν πεποιηκοτες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
There were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-NMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
more than
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-GMP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G4945συνωμοσίανsynōmosian (N-AFS)
G4945 συνωμοσία synōmosía soon-o-mos-ee-ah from a compound of σύν and ὀμνύω; a swearing together, i.e. (by implication) a plot:--comspiracy.
|
συνωμοσίανsynōmosian
|
plot
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ποιησάμενοι·poiēsamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιησάμενοι·poiēsamenoi
|
having made,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
13
They were more than 40 which had made this conspiracy.Acts 23:13
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 11 words, 50 letters, 16 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ησαν δε πλειους τεσσαρακοντα οι ταυτην την συνωμοσιαν πεποιηκοτες
Lit: There were now more than forty, this plot having made,
KJV: And they were more than forty which had made this conspiracy.
References
"which"2Sa 15:12: 31: Absalom sent for Ahithophel the Gilonite: David's counseller: from his city: even from Giloh: while he offered sacrifices. And the conspiracy was strong; for the people increased continually with Absalom.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.
οιτινες προσελθοντες τοις αρχιερευσιν και τοις πρεσβυτεροις ειπον αναθεματι ανεθεματισαμεν εαυτους μηδενος γευσασθαι εως ου αποκτεινωμεν τον παυλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who,
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G4334προσελθόντεςproselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσελθόντεςproselthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῦσινarchiereusin (N-DMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῦσινarchiereusin
|
chief priests
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέροιςpresbyterois (Adj-DMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέροιςpresbyterois
|
elders,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G331ἈναθέματιAnathemati (N-DNS)
G331 ἀνάθεμα anáthema an-ath-em-ah from ἀνατίθεμαι; a (religious) ban or (concretely) excommunicated (thing or person):--accused, anathema, curse, X great.
|
ἈναθέματιAnathemati
|
With an oath
|
N-DNS
|
G332ἀνεθεματίσαμενanethematisamen (V-AIA-1P)
G332 ἀναθεματίζω anathematízō an-ath-em-at-id-zo from ἀνάθεμα; to declare or vow under penalty of execration:--(bind under a) curse, bind with an oath.
|
ἀνεθεματίσαμενanethematisamen
|
we have bound
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
ourselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3367μηδενὸςmēdenos (Adj-GNS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὸςmēdenos
|
nothing
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1089γεύσασθαιgeusasthai (V-ANM)
G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γεύσασθαιgeusasthai
|
to eat
|
V-ANM
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G615ἀποκτείνωμενapokteinōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωμενapokteinōmen
|
we should kill
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3972Παῦλον.Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον.Paulon
|
Paul.
|
N-AMS
|
14
They came to the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, that we will not eathing until we have killed Paul.
Acts 23:14
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 26 words, 120 letters, 48 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες προσελθοντες τοις αρχιερευσιν και τοις πρεσβυτεροις ειπον αναθεματι ανεθεματισαμεν εαυτους μηδενος γευσασθαι εως ου αποκτεινωμεν τον παυλον
Lit: who, having come to the chief priests and the elders, said, With an oath we have bound ourselves, nothing to eat until that we should kill Paul.
KJV: And they came to the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, that we will eat nothing until we have slain Paul.
References
"And they came to the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, that we will eat nothing until we have slain Paul."Ps 52:1: 2: A Psalm of David: when Doeg the Edomite came and told Saul: and said to Him: David is come to the house of Ahimelech.>> Why boast you yourself in mischief: O mighty man? the goodness of God endureth continually.Isa 3:9: The show of their face does witness against them; and they declare their sin as Sodom: they hide it not. Woe to their soul! for they have rewarded evil to themselves.Jer 6:15: Were they ashamed when they had committed abomination? no: they not were at all ashamed: neither could they blush: therefore they will fall among them that fall: at the time that I visit them they will be cast down: says the LORD.Jer 8:12: Were they ashamed when they had committed abomination? no: they not were at all ashamed: neither could they blush: therefore will they fall among them that fall: in the time of their visitation they will be cast down: says the LORD.Ho 4:9: There will be: like people: like priest: and I will punish them for their ways: and reward them their doings.Mic 7:3: That they may do evil with both hands earnestly: the prince asks: and the judge asks for a reward; and the great man: he utters his mischievous desire: so they wrap it up.
νυν ουν υμεις εμφανισατε τω χιλιαρχω συν τω συνεδριω οπως αυριον αυτον καταγαγη προς υμας ως μελλοντας διαγινωσκειν ακριβεστερον τα περι αυτου ημεις δε προ του εγγισαι αυτον ετοιμοι εσμεν του ανελειν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you,
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1718ἐμφανίσατεemphanisate (V-AMA-2P)
G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐμφανίσατεemphanisate
|
make a report
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5506χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō (N-DMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχῳchiliarchō
|
commander
|
N-DMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
along with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4892συνεδρίῳsynedriō (N-DNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίῳsynedriō
|
Council,
|
N-DNS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2609καταγάγῃkatagagē (V-ASA-3S)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
καταγάγῃkatagagē
|
he might bring down
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3195μέλλονταςmellontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταςmellontas
|
being about
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1231διαγινώσκεινdiaginōskein (V-PNA)
G1231 διαγινώσκω diaginṓskō dee-ag-in-o-sko from διά and γινώσκω; to know thoroughly, i.e. ascertain exactly:--(would) enquire, know the uttermost.
|
διαγινώσκεινdiaginōskein
|
to examine
|
V-PNA
|
G199ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs ak-ree-boce adverb from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactly:--circumspectly, diligently, perfect(-ly).
|
ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron
|
more earnestly
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep)
G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G1448ἐγγίσαιengisai (V-ANA)
G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίσαιengisai
|
drawing near
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
his,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2092ἕτοιμοίhetoimoi (Adj-NMP)
G2092 ἕτοιμος hétoimos het-oy-mos from an old noun (fitness); adjusted, i.e. ready:--prepared, (made) ready(-iness, to our hand).
|
ἕτοιμοίhetoimoi
|
ready
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
15
Now therefore you with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down to you to morrow, as though you would inquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we, or ever he come near, are ready to kill him.Acts 23:15
Stats
Counts: 226 characters, 38 words, 180 letters, 70 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυν ουν υμεις εμφανισατε τω χιλιαρχω συν τω συνεδριω οπως αυριον αυτον καταγαγη προς υμας ως μελλοντας διαγινωσκειν ακριβεστερον τα περι αυτου ημεις δε προ του εγγισαι αυτον ετοιμοι εσμεν του ανελειν αυτον
Lit: Now therefore you, make a report to the commander along with the Council, so that he might bring down him to you, as being about to examine more earnestly the things about him; we then, before drawing near his, ready are to kill him.
KJV: Now therefore ye with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you to morrow, as though ye would inquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we, or ever he come near, are ready to kill him.
References
"that he"Ac 25:3: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Ps 21:11: For they intended evil against you: they imagined a mischievous device: which they not are able to perform.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.Pr 1:11: 12: 16: If they say: Come with us: let us lay wait for blood: let us lurk privily for the innocent without cause:Pr 4:16: For they not sleep: except they have done mischief; and their sleep is taken away: unless they cause some to fall.Isa 59:7: Their feet run to evil: and they make haste to shed innocent blood: their thoughts are thoughts of iniquity; wasting and destruction are in their paths.Ro 3:14-16: Whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness:
ακουσας δε ο υιος της αδελφης παυλου {VAR1: το ενεδρον } {VAR2: την ενεδραν } παραγενομενος και εισελθων εις την παρεμβολην απηγγειλεν τω παυλω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G191ἈκούσαςAkousas (V-APA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἈκούσαςAkousas
|
Having heard
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
son
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G79ἀδελφῆςadelphēs (N-GFS)
G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφῆςadelphēs
|
sister
|
N-GFS
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
of Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
of the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1747ἐνέδραν,enedran (N-AFS)
G1747 ἐνέδρα enédra en-ed-rah feminine from ἐν and the base of ἑδραῖος; an ambuscade, i.e. (figuratively) murderous purpose:--lay wait. See also ἔνεδρον.
|
ἐνέδραν,enedran
|
ambush,
|
N-AFS
|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
having come near
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολὴνparembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολὴνparembolēn
|
barracks,
|
N-AFS
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
he reported it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972Παύλῳ.Paulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλῳ.Paulō
|
to Paul.
|
N-DMS
|
16
When Paul's sister's son heard of their lying in wait, he went and entered into the castle, and told Paul.Acts 23:16
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 85 letters, 31 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσας δε ο υιος της αδελφης παυλου {VAR1: το ενεδρον } {VAR2: την ενεδραν } παραγενομενος και εισελθων εις την παρεμβολην απηγγειλεν τω παυλω
Lit: Having heard however the son of the sister of Paul of the ambush, having come near and having entered into the barracks, he reported it to Paul.
KJV: And when Paul's sister's son heard of their lying in wait, he went and entered into the castle, and told Paul.
References
"when"Job 5:13: He takes the wise in their own craftiness: and the counsel of the froward is carried headlong.Pr 21:30: There is no wisdom nor understanding nor counsel against the LORD.La 3:37: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?1Co 3:19: For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written: He takes the wise in their own craftiness."he went"2Sa 17:17: Now Jonathan and Ahimaaz stayed by Enrogel; for they not might be seen to come into the city: and a wench went and told them; and they went and told king David.
προσκαλεσαμενος δε ο παυλος ενα των εκατονταρχων εφη τον νεανιαν τουτον απαγαγε προς τον χιλιαρχον εχει γαρ τι απαγγειλαι αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενοςproskalesamenos
|
Having called to him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1543ἑκατονταρχῶνhekatontarchōn (N-GMP)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατονταρχῶνhekatontarchōn
|
centurions,
|
N-GMP
|
G5346ἔφη·ephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφη·ephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G3494νεανίανneanian (N-AMS)
G3494 νεανίας neanías neh-an-ee-as from a derivative of νέος; a youth (up to about forty years):--young man.
|
νεανίανneanian
|
young man
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G520ἄπαγεapage (V-PMA-2S)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἄπαγεapage
|
take
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχον,chiliarchon (N-AMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχον,chiliarchon
|
commander;
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
he has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G518ἀπαγγεῖλαίapangeilai (V-ANA)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπαγγεῖλαίapangeilai
|
to report
|
V-ANA
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
17
Then Paul called one of the centurions to him, and said, Bring this young man to the chief captain: for he has a certain thing to tell him.
Acts 23:17
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 25 words, 113 letters, 43 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσκαλεσαμενος δε ο παυλος ενα των εκατονταρχων εφη τον νεανιαν τουτον απαγαγε προς τον χιλιαρχον εχει γαρ τι απαγγειλαι αυτω
Lit: Having called to him then Paul one of the centurions, he was saying, The young man this take to the commander; he has for to report something to him.
KJV: Then Paul called one of the centurions unto him, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief captain: for he hath a certain thing to tell him.
References
"one"Ac 23:23: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Ac 22:26: When the centurion heard that: he went and told the chief captain: saying: Take heed what you do: for this man is a Roman.Pr 22:3: A prudent man foreseeth the evil: and hides himself: but the simple pass on: and are punished.Mt 8:8: 9: The centurion answered and said: Lord: I not am worthy that you should come under my roof: but speak the word only: and my servant will be healed.Mt 10:16: Look: I send you forth as sheep in the middle of wolves: be you therefore wise as serpents: and harmless as doves.
ο μεν ουν παραλαβων αυτον ηγαγεν προς τον χιλιαρχον και φησιν ο δεσμιος παυλος προσκαλεσαμενος με ηρωτησεν τουτον τον νεανιαν αγαγειν προς σε εχοντα τι λαλησαι σοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3880παραλαβὼνparalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαβὼνparalabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G71ἤγαγενēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγενēgagen
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχονchiliarchon (N-AMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχονchiliarchon
|
commander,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5346φησίνphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίνphēsin
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G1198δέσμιοςdesmios (N-NMS)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιοςdesmios
|
prisoner
|
N-NMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενόςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενόςproskalesamenos
|
having called to
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2065ἠρώτησενērōtēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἠρώτησενērōtēsen
|
asked me
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3495νεανίσκονneaniskon (N-AMS)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκονneaniskon
|
young man
|
N-AMS
|
G71ἀγαγεῖνagagein (V-ANA)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀγαγεῖνagagein
|
to lead
|
V-ANA
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2192ἔχοντάechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντάechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2980λαλῆσαίlalēsai (V-ANA)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαίlalēsai
|
to say
|
V-ANA
|
G4771σοι.soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι.soi
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2S
|
18
So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and said, Paul the prisoner called me to him, and prayed me to bring this young man to you, who has something to say to you.
Acts 23:18
Stats
Counts: 189 characters, 31 words, 145 letters, 56 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν παραλαβων αυτον ηγαγεν προς τον χιλιαρχον και φησιν ο δεσμιος παυλος προσκαλεσαμενος με ηρωτησεν τουτον τον νεανιαν αγαγειν προς σε εχοντα τι λαλησαι σοι
Lit: The one indeed therefore having taken him brought him to the commander, and he says, The prisoner Paul, having called to me, asked me this young man to lead to you, having something to say to you.
KJV: So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and said, Paul the prisoner called me unto [him], and prayed me to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say unto thee.
References
"Paul"Ac 16:25: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.Ge 40:14: 15: But think on me when it will be well with you: and show kindness: I pray you: to me: and make mention of me to Pharaoh: and bring me out of this house:Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Phm 1:9: Yet for love's sake I rather beseech you: being such an one as Paul the aged: and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ."something"Lu 7:40: Jesus answering said to Him: Simon: I have somewhat to say to you. And He says: Master: say on.
επιλαβομενος δε της χειρος αυτου ο χιλιαρχος και αναχωρησας κατ ιδιαν επυνθανετο τι εστιν ο εχεις απαγγειλαι μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1949Ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
Ἐπιλαβόμενοςepilabomenos
|
Having taken hold
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G402ἀναχωρήσαςanachōrēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G402 ἀναχωρέω anachōréō an-akh-o-reh-o from ἀνά and χωρέω; to retire:--depart, give place, go (turn) aside, withdraw self.
|
ἀναχωρήσαςanachōrēsas
|
having withdrawn
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίανidian (Adj-AFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίανidian
|
private,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4441ἐπυνθάνετοepynthaneto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
ἐπυνθάνετοepynthaneto
|
he began to inquire,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G518ἀπαγγεῖλαίapangeilai (V-ANA)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπαγγεῖλαίapangeilai
|
to report
|
V-ANA
|
G1473μοι;moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι;moi
|
to me?
|
PPro-D1S
|
19
Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him aside privately, and asked him, What is that you have to tell me?
Acts 23:19
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιλαβομενος δε της χειρος αυτου ο χιλιαρχος και αναχωρησας κατ ιδιαν επυνθανετο τι εστιν ο εχεις απαγγειλαι μοι
Lit: Having taken hold then the hand of him the commander, and having withdrawn in private, he began to inquire, What is it that you have to report to me?
KJV: Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him aside privately, and asked [him], What is that thou hast to tell me?
References
"took"Jer 31:32: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake: although I was an husband to them: says the LORD:Mr 8:23: He took the blind man by the hand: and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes: and put his hands upon him: he asked him if he saw ought.Mr 9:27: But Jesus took Him by the hand: and lifted Him up; and He arose."What"Ne 2:4: Then the king said to me: For what do you make request? So I prayed to the God of heaven.Es 5:3: Then said the king to her: What will you: queen Esther? and what is your request? it will be even given you to the half of the kingdom.Es 7:2: The king said again to Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine: What is your petition: queen Esther? and it will be granted you: and what is your request? and it will be performed: even to the half of the kingdom.Es 9:12: The king said to Esther the queen: The Jews have killed and destroyed 500 men in Shushan the palace: and the 10 sons of Haman; what have they done in the rest of the king's provinces? now what is your petition? and it will be granted you: or what is your request further? and it will be done.Mr 10:51: Jesus answered and said to Him: What will you that I should do to you? The blind man said to Him: Lord: that I might receive my sight.
ειπεν δε οτι οι ιουδαιοι συνεθεντο του ερωτησαι σε οπως αυριον εις το συνεδριον καταγαγης τον παυλον ως μελλοντες τι ακριβεστερον πυνθανεσθαι περι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4934συνέθεντοsynethento (V-AIM-3P)
G4934 συντίθεμαι syntíthemai soon-tith-em-ahee middle voice from σύν and τίθημι; to place jointly, i.e. (figuratively) to consent (bargain, stipulate), concur:--agree, assent, covenant.
|
συνέθεντοsynethento
|
have agreed
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G2065ἐρωτῆσαίerōtēsai (V-ANA)
G2065 ἐρωτάω erōtáō er-o-tah-o apparently from ἐρέω (compare ἐρευνάω); to interrogate; by implication, to request:--ask, beseech, desire, intreat, pray. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐρωτῆσαίerōtēsai
|
to ask
|
V-ANA
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
that
|
Conj
|
G839αὔριονaurion (Adv)
G839 αὔριον aúrion ow-ree-on from a derivative of the same as ἀήρ (meaning a breeze, i.e. the morning air); properly, fresh, i.e. (adverb with ellipsis of ἡμέρα) to-morrow:--(to-)morrow, next day.
|
αὔριονaurion
|
tomorrow
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2609καταγάγῃςkatagagēs (V-ASA-2S)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
καταγάγῃςkatagagēs
|
you might bring down
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4892συνέδριονsynedrion (N-ANS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριονsynedrion
|
Council,
|
N-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3195μέλλον*mellon (V-PPA-ANS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλον*mellon
|
being about
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G199ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron (Adv)
G199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs ak-ree-boce adverb from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactly:--circumspectly, diligently, perfect(-ly).
|
ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron
|
more earnestly
|
Adv
|
G4441πυνθάνεσθαιpynthanesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
πυνθάνεσθαιpynthanesthai
|
to inquire
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
20
He said, The Jews have agreed to desire you that you would bring down Paul to morrow into the council, as though they would inquire somewhat of him more perfectly.
Acts 23:20
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 29 words, 139 letters, 55 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε οτι οι ιουδαιοι συνεθεντο του ερωτησαι σε οπως αυριον εις το συνεδριον καταγαγης τον παυλον ως μελλοντες τι ακριβεστερον πυνθανεσθαι περι αυτου
Lit: He said then - , The Jews have agreed to ask you that tomorrow Paul you might bring down into the Council, as being about something more earnestly to inquire about him.
KJV: And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee that thou wouldest bring down Paul to morrow into the council, as though they would inquire somewhat of him more perfectly.
References
"as"Ac 23:15: Now therefore you with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down to you to morrow: as though you would inquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we: or ever he come near: are ready to kill him.Ps 12:2: They speak vanity every one with his neighbour: with flattering lips and with a double heart do they speak.Da 6:5-12: Then said these men: We will not find any occasion against this Daniel: except we find it against Him concerning the law of His God.
συ ουν μη πεισθης αυτοις ενεδρευουσιν γαρ αυτον εξ αυτων ανδρες πλειους τεσσαρακοντα οιτινες ανεθεματισαν εαυτους μητε φαγειν μητε πιειν εως ου ανελωσιν αυτον και νυν ετοιμοι εισιν προσδεχομενοι την απο σου επαγγελιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3982πεισθῇςpeisthēs (V-ASP-2S)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πεισθῇςpeisthēs
|
should be persuaded
|
V-ASP-2S
|
G846αὐτοῖς·autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς·autois
|
by them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1748ἐνεδρεύουσινenedreuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1748 ἐνεδρεύω enedreúō en-ed-ryoo-o from ἐνέδρα; to lurk, i.e. (figuratively) plot assassination:--lay wait for.
|
ἐνεδρεύουσινenedreuousin
|
Lie in wait
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
for him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-NMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-NMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
more than
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G5062τεσσεράκοντα,tesserakonta (Adj-GMP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκοντα,tesserakonta
|
forty,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G332ἀνεθεμάτισανanethematisan (V-AIA-3P)
G332 ἀναθεματίζω anathematízō an-ath-em-at-id-zo from ἀνάθεμα; to declare or vow under penalty of execration:--(bind under a) curse, bind with an oath.
|
ἀνεθεμάτισανanethematisan
|
have put under an oath
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4095πιεῖνpiein (V-ANA)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πιεῖνpiein
|
to drink
|
V-ANA
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G337ἀνέλωσινanelōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνέλωσινanelōsin
|
they have killed
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2092ἕτοιμοιhetoimoi (Adj-NMP)
G2092 ἕτοιμος hétoimos het-oy-mos from an old noun (fitness); adjusted, i.e. ready:--prepared, (made) ready(-iness, to our hand).
|
ἕτοιμοιhetoimoi
|
ready,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4327προσδεχόμενοιprosdechomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdéchomai pros-dekh-om-ahee from πρός and δέχομαι; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience):--accept, allow, look (wait) for, take.
|
προσδεχόμενοιprosdechomenoi
|
awaiting
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαν.epangelian (N-AFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαν.epangelian
|
promise.
|
N-AFS
|
21
But not do you yield to them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than 40 men, which have bound themselves with an oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from you.Acts 23:21
Stats
Counts: 254 characters, 45 words, 199 letters, 74 vowels, 125 consonants
Translation
Greek: συ ουν μη πεισθης αυτοις ενεδρευουσιν γαρ αυτον εξ αυτων ανδρες πλειους τεσσαρακοντα οιτινες ανεθεματισαν εαυτους μητε φαγειν μητε πιειν εως ου ανελωσιν αυτον και νυν ετοιμοι εισιν προσδεχομενοι την απο σου επαγγελιαν
Lit: You therefore not should be persuaded by them. Lie in wait indeed for him of them men more than forty, who have put under an oath themselves neither to eat nor to drink until that they have killed him; and now they are ready, awaiting the from you promise.
KJV: But do not thou yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty men, which have bound themselves with an oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee.
References
"do not"Ex 23:2: You will not follow a multitude to do evil; neither will you speak in a cause to decline after many to wrest judgment:"for"Ac 23:12-14: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 9:23: 24: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:Ac 14:5: 6: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 20:19: Serving the Lord with all humility of mind: and with many tears: and temptations: which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews:Ac 25:3: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.2Co 11:26: 32: 33: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;"an oath"Ac 23:14: They came to the chief priests and elders: and said: We have bound ourselves under a great curse: that we will not eathing until we have killed Paul.Ro 9:3: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:
ο μεν ουν χιλιαρχος απελυσεν τον νεανιαν παραγγειλας μηδενι εκλαλησαι οτι ταυτα ενεφανισας προς με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
the commander
|
N-NMS
|
G630ἀπέλυσεapelyse (V-AIA-3S)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπέλυσεapelyse
|
dismissed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3495νεανίσκον,neaniskon (N-AMS)
G3495 νεανίσκος neanískos neh-an-is-kos from the same as νεανίας; a youth (under forty):--young man.
|
νεανίσκον,neaniskon
|
young man,
|
N-AMS
|
G3853παραγγείλαςparangeilas (V-APA-NMS)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγείλαςparangeilas
|
having instructed him,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3367Μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
Μηδενὶmēdeni
|
No one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1583ἐκλαλῆσαιeklalēsai (V-ANA)
G1583 ἐκλαλέω eklaléō ek-lal-eh-o from ἐκ and λαλέω; to divulge:--tell.
|
ἐκλαλῆσαιeklalēsai
|
tell
|
V-ANA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1718ἐνεφάνισαςenephanisas (V-AIA-2S)
G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐνεφάνισαςenephanisas
|
you have reported
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέ.eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ.eme
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
22
So the chief captain then let the young man depart, and charged him, See you
tell no man that you have showed these things to me.Acts 23:22
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 22 words, 103 letters, 37 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν χιλιαρχος απελυσεν τον νεανιαν παραγγειλας μηδενι εκλαλησαι οτι ταυτα ενεφανισας προς με
Lit: Indeed therefore the commander dismissed the young man, having instructed him, No one tell that these things you have reported to me.
KJV: So the chief captain then let the young man depart, and charged [him, See thou] tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to me.
References
"So the chief captain then let the young man depart, and charged him, See thou tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to me."Jos 2:14: The men answered her: Our life for yours: if you not utter this our business. And it will be: when the LORD has given us the land: that we will deal kindly and truly with you.Mr 1:44: says to him: See you not sayhing to any man: but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer for your cleansing those things which Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.
Paul before Felix
και προσκαλεσαμενος δυο τινας των εκατονταρχων ειπεν ετοιμασατε στρατιωτας διακοσιους οπως πορευθωσιν εως καισαρειας και ιππεις εβδομηκοντα και δεξιολαβους διακοσιους απο τριτης ωρας της νυκτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4341προσκαλεσάμενόςproskalesamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4341 προσκαλέομαι proskaléomai pros-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from πρός and καλέω; to call toward oneself, i.e. summon, invite:--call (for, to, unto).
|
προσκαλεσάμενόςproskalesamenos
|
having called to him
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G5100τινας ⇔tinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινας ⇔tinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1543ἑκατονταρχῶνhekatontarchōn (N-GMP)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατονταρχῶνhekatontarchōn
|
centurions,
|
N-GMP
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2090ἙτοιμάσατεHetoimasate (V-AMA-2P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἙτοιμάσατεHetoimasate
|
Prepare
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G4757στρατιώταςstratiōtas (N-AMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώταςstratiōtas
|
soldiers
|
N-AMP
|
G1250διακοσίουςdiakosious (Adj-AMP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακοσίουςdiakosious
|
two hundred,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4198πορευθῶσινporeuthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευθῶσινporeuthōsin
|
they might go
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισαρείας,Kaisareias (N-GFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισαρείας,Kaisareias
|
Caesarea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2460ἱππεῖςhippeis (N-AMP)
G2460 ἱππεύς hippeús hip-yooce from ἵππος; an equestrian, i.e. member of a cavalry corps:--horseman.
|
ἱππεῖςhippeis
|
horsemen
|
N-AMP
|
G1440ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta (Adj-AMP)
G1440 ἑβδομήκοντα hebdomḗkonta heb-dom-ay-kon-tah from ἕβδομος and a modified form of δέκα; seventy:--seventy, three score and ten.
|
ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta
|
seventy,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1187δεξιολάβουςdexiolabous (N-AMP)
G1187 δεξιολάβος dexiolábos dex-ee-ol-ab-os from δεξιός and λαμβάνω; a guardsman (as if taking the right) or light-armed soldier:--spearman.
|
δεξιολάβουςdexiolabous
|
spearmen
|
N-AMP
|
G1250διακοσίους,diakosious (Adj-AMP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακοσίους,diakosious
|
two hundred,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5154τρίτηςtritēs (Adj-GFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτηςtritēs
|
the third
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hour
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3571νυκτός,nyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτός,nyktos
|
night.
|
N-GFS
|
23
He called to him two centurions, saying, Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and 10, and spearmen 200, at the third hour of the night;
Acts 23:23
Stats
Counts: 188 characters, 28 words, 150 letters, 57 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκαλεσαμενος δυο τινας των εκατονταρχων ειπεν ετοιμασατε στρατιωτας διακοσιους οπως πορευθωσιν εως καισαρειας και ιππεις εβδομηκοντα και δεξιολαβους διακοσιους απο τριτης ωρας της νυκτος
Lit: And having called to him certain two of the centurions, he said, Prepare soldiers two hundred, so that they might go as far as Caesarea, and horsemen seventy, and spearmen two hundred, for the third hour of the night.
KJV: And he called unto him two centurions, saying, Make ready two hundred soldiers to go to Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night;
References
"at"Mt 14:25: In the fourth watch of the night Jesus went to them: walking on the sea.Lu 12:38: If he will come in the second watch: or come in the third watch: and find them so: blessed are those servants.
κτηνη τε παραστησαι ινα επιβιβασαντες τον παυλον διασωσωσιν προς φηλικα τον ηγεμονα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2934κτήνηktēnē (N-ANP)
G2934 κτῆνος ktēnos ktay-nos from κτάομαι; property, i.e. (specially) a domestic animal:--beast.
|
κτήνηktēnē
|
Mounts
|
N-ANP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3936παραστῆσαιparastēsai (V-ANA)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παραστῆσαιparastēsai
|
provide,
|
V-ANA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1913ἐπιβιβάσαντεςepibibasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1913 ἐπιβιβάζω epibibázō ep-ee-bee-bad-zo from ἐπί and a reduplicated derivative of the base of βάσις (compare ἀναβιβάζω); to cause to mount (an animal):--set on.
|
ἐπιβιβάσαντεςepibibasantes
|
having set upon them
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G1295διασώσωσιdiasōsōsi (V-ASA-3P)
G1295 διασώζω diasṓzō dee-as-odze-o from διά and σώζω; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc.:--bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.
|
διασώσωσιdiasōsōsi
|
they might bring him safely
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5344ΦήλικαPhēlika (N-AMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦήλικαPhēlika
|
Felix
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2232ἡγεμόνα,hēgemona (N-AMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνα,hēgemona
|
governor,
|
N-AMS
|
24
Provide them beasts, that they may set Paul on, and bring him safe to Felix the governor.Acts 23:24
Stats
Rank: #3577 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 14 words, 75 letters, 27 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: κτηνη τε παραστησαι ινα επιβιβασαντες τον παυλον διασωσωσιν προς φηλικα τον ηγεμονα
Lit: Mounts then provide, so that having set upon them Paul, they might bring him safely to Felix the governor,
KJV: And provide them beasts, that they may set Paul on, and bring [him] safe unto Felix the governor.
References
"beast"Ne 2:12: I arose in the night: I and some few men with me; neither told I any man what my God had put in my heart to do at Jerusalem: neither was there any beast with me: save the beast that I rode upon.Es 8:12: Upon one day in all the provinces of king Ahasuerus: namely: upon the thirteenth day of the twelfth month: which is the month Adar.Lu 10:34: Went to him: and bound up his wounds: pouring in oil and wine: and set him on his own beast: and brought him to an inn: and took care of him."Felix"Ac 23:26: 33-35: Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.Ac 24:3: 10: 22-27: We accept it always: and in all places: most noble Felix: with all thankfulness.Ac 25:14: When they had been there many days: Festus declared Paul's cause to the king: saying: There is a certain man left in bonds by Felix:"the governor"Mt 27:2: When they had bound him: they led him away: and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor.Lu 3:1: Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar: Pontius Pilate being governor of Judaea: and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee: and his brother Philip tetrarch of Ituraea and of the region of Trachonitis: and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene:
γραψας επιστολην περιεχουσαν τον τυπον τουτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1125γράψαςgrapsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψαςgrapsas
|
having written
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1992ἐπιστολὴνepistolēn (N-AFS)
G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολὴνepistolēn
|
a letter,
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσανechousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσανechousan
|
having
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5179τύπονtypon (N-AMS)
G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τύπονtypon
|
form
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this:
|
DPro-AMS
|
25
He wrote a letter after this manner:Acts 23:25
Stats
Rank: #4814 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 40 characters, 8 words, 32 letters, 12 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: γραψας επιστολην περιεχουσαν τον τυπον τουτον
Lit: having written a letter, having the form this:
KJV: And he wrote a letter after this manner:
κλαυδιος λυσιας τω κρατιστω ηγεμονι φηλικι χαιρειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2804ΚλαύδιοςKlaudios (N-NMS)
G2804 Κλαύδιος Klaúdios klow-dee-os of Latin origin; Claudius, the name of two Romans:--Claudius.
|
ΚλαύδιοςKlaudios
|
Claudius
|
N-NMS
|
G3079ΛυσίαςLysias (N-NMS)
G3079 Λυσίας Lysías loo-see-as of uncertain affinity; Lysias, a Roman:--Lysias.
|
ΛυσίαςLysias
|
Lysias,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588Τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῷtō
|
To the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2903κρατίστῳkratistō (Adj-DMS-S)
G2903 κράτιστος krátistos krat-is-tos superlative of a derivative of κράτος; strongest, i.e. (in dignity) very honorable:--most excellent (noble).
|
κρατίστῳkratistō
|
most excellent
|
Adj-DMS-S
|
G2232ἡγεμόνιhēgemoni (N-DMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνιhēgemoni
|
governor,
|
N-DMS
|
G5344ΦήλικιPhēliki (N-DMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦήλικιPhēliki
|
Felix:
|
N-DMS
|
G5463Χαίρειν.chairein (V-PNA)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
Χαίρειν.chairein
|
Greetings.
|
V-PNA
|
26
Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.Acts 23:26
Stats
Rank: #6765 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 10 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: κλαυδιος λυσιας τω κρατιστω ηγεμονι φηλικι χαιρειν
Lit: Claudius Lysias, To the most excellent governor, Felix: Greetings.
KJV: Claudius Lysias unto the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.
References
"the most"Ac 24:3: We accept it always: and in all places: most noble Felix: with all thankfulness.Ac 26:25: But he said: I not am mad: most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and soberness.Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus: "greeting"Ac 15:23: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting.3Jo 1:14: But I trust I will shortly see you: and we will speak face to face. Peace be to you. Our friends greet you. Greet the friends by name.
τον ανδρα τουτον συλληφθεντα υπο των ιουδαιων και μελλοντα αναιρεισθαι υπ αυτων επιστας συν τω στρατευματι εξειλομην αυτον μαθων οτι ρωμαιος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤὸνTon (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸνTon
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this,
|
DPro-AMS
|
G4815συλλημφθένταsyllēmphthenta (V-APP-AMS)
G4815 συλλαμβάνω syllambánō sool-lam-ban-o from σύν and λαμβάνω; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, capture); specially, to conceive (literally or figuratively); by implication, to aid:--catch, conceive, help, take.
|
συλλημφθένταsyllēmphthenta
|
having been seized
|
V-APP-AMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλονταmellonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταmellonta
|
being about
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G337ἀναιρεῖσθαιanaireisthai (V-PNM/P)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρεῖσθαιanaireisthai
|
to be killed
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2186ἐπιστὰςepistas (V-APA-NMS)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐπιστὰςepistas
|
having come up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4753στρατεύματιstrateumati (N-DNS)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στρατεύματιstrateumati
|
troop,
|
N-DNS
|
G1807ἐξειλάμην,exeilamēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1807 ἐξαιρέω exairéō ex-ahee-reh-o from ἐκ and αἱρέομαι; actively, to tear out; middle voice, to select; figuratively, to release:--deliver, pluck out, rescue.
|
ἐξειλάμην,exeilamēn
|
I rescued him,
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3129μαθὼνmathōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μαθὼνmathōn
|
having learned
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4514ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios (Adj-NMS)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαῖόςRhōmaios
|
a Roman
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν·estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν·estin
|
he is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
27
This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army, and rescued him, having understood that he was a Roman.Acts 23:27
Stats
Rank: #8897 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 116 letters, 43 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον ανδρα τουτον συλληφθεντα υπο των ιουδαιων και μελλοντα αναιρεισθαι υπ αυτων επιστας συν τω στρατευματι εξειλομην αυτον μαθων οτι ρωμαιος εστιν
Lit: The man this, having been seized by the Jews, and being about to be killed by them, having come up with the troop, I rescued him, having learned that a Roman he is.
KJV: This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army, and rescued him, having understood that he was a Roman.
References
"was taken"Ac 23:10: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.Ac 21:31-33: As they went about to kill him: tidings came to the chief captain of the band: that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.Ac 24:7: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us: and with great violence took him away out of our hands: "having"Ac 22:25-29: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?
βουλομενος δε γνωναι την αιτιαν δι ην ενεκαλουν αυτω κατηγαγον αυτον εις το συνεδριον αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1014βουλόμενόςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενόςboulomenos
|
Resolving
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai (V-ANA)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
charge
|
N-AFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1458ἐνεκάλουνenekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐνεκάλουνenekaloun
|
they were accusing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2609κατήγαγονkatēgagon (V-AIA-1S)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
κατήγαγονkatēgagon
|
I brought him down
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4892συνέδριονsynedrion (N-ANS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνέδριονsynedrion
|
council
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
28
When I would have known the cause for what reason they accused him, I brought him forth into their council:
Acts 23:28
Stats
Rank: #8896 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: βουλομενος δε γνωναι την αιτιαν δι ην ενεκαλουν αυτω κατηγαγον αυτον εις το συνεδριον αυτων
Lit: Resolving then to know the charge on account of which they were accusing him, I brought him down to the council of them,
KJV: And when I would have known the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought him forth into their council:
References
"And when I would have known the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought him forth into their council:"Ac 22:30: On the morrow: because he would have known the certainty for what reason he was accused of the Jews: he loosed him from his bands: and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear: and brought Paul down: and set him before them.
ον ευρον εγκαλουμενον περι ζητηματων του νομου αυτων μηδεν δε αξιον θανατου η δεσμων εγκλημα εχοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-1S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
I found
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1458ἐγκαλούμενονenkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐγκαλούμενονenkaloumenon
|
being accused
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2213ζητημάτωνzētēmatōn (N-GNP)
G2213 ζήτημα zḗtēma dzay-tay-mah from ζητέω; a search (properly concretely), i.e. (in words) a debate:--question.
|
ζητημάτωνzētēmatōn
|
questions
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
no
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G514ἄξιονaxion (Adj-ANS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιονaxion
|
worthy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1199δεσμῶνdesmōn (N-GMP)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμῶνdesmōn
|
of chains
|
N-GMP
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1462ἔγκλημα.enklēma (N-ANS)
G1462 ἔγκλημα énklēma eng-klay-mah from ἐγκαλέω; an accusation, i.e. offence alleged:--crime laid against, laid to charge.
|
ἔγκλημα.enklēma
|
accusation.
|
N-ANS
|
29
Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law, but to not havehing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds.Acts 23:29
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 24 words, 99 letters, 39 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον ευρον εγκαλουμενον περι ζητηματων του νομου αυτων μηδεν δε αξιον θανατου η δεσμων εγκλημα εχοντα
Lit: whom I found being accused concerning questions of the law of them, no however worthy of death or of chains having accusation.
KJV: Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law, but to have nothing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds.
References
"questions"Ac 23:6-9: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 18:15: But if it be a question of words and names: and of your law: look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.Ac 24:5: 6: 10-21: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 25:19: 20: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive."but"Ac 25:7: 8: 11: 25: When he was come: the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about: and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul: which they not could prove.Ac 26:31: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.
μηνυθεισης δε μοι επιβουλης εις τον ανδρα μελλειν εσεσθαι υπο των ιουδαιων εξαυτης επεμψα προς σε παραγγειλας και τοις κατηγοροις λεγειν τα προς αυτον επι σου ερρωσο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3377Μηνυθείσηςmēnytheisēs (V-APP-GFS)
G3377 μηνύω mēnýō may-noo-o probably from the same base as μασσάομαι and μνάομαι (i.e. , to strive); to disclose (through the idea of mental effort and thus calling to mind), i.e. report, declare, intimate:--shew, tell.
|
Μηνυθείσηςmēnytheisēs
|
It having been disclosed
|
V-APP-GFS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1917ἐπιβουλῆςepiboulēs (N-GFS)
G1917 ἐπιβουλή epiboulḗ ep-ee-boo-lay from a presumed compound of ἐπί and βούλομαι; a plan against someone, i.e. a plot:--laying (lying) in wait.
|
ἐπιβουλῆςepiboulēs
|
of a plot that
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G1510ἔσεσθαι,esesthai (V-FNM)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθαι,esesthai
|
would be,
|
V-FNM
|
G1824ἐξαυτῆςexautēs (Adv)
G1824 ἐξαυτῆς exautēs ex-ow-tace from ἐκ and the genitive case singular feminine of αὐτός (ὥρα being understood); from that hour, i.e. instantly:--by and by, immediately, presently, straightway.
|
ἐξαυτῆςexautēs
|
at once
|
Adv
|
G3992ἔπεμψαepempsa (V-AIA-1S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ἔπεμψαepempsa
|
I sent him
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3853παραγγείλαςparangeilas (V-APA-NMS)
G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγείλαςparangeilas
|
having instructed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2725κατηγόροιςkatēgorois (N-DMP)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατηγόροιςkatēgorois
|
accusers
|
N-DMP
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G3588[τὰ]ta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τὰ]ta
|
these things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ.sou
|
you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
30
When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man, I sent straightway to you, and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.
Acts 23:30
Stats
Counts: 190 characters, 34 words, 150 letters, 55 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηνυθεισης δε μοι επιβουλης εις τον ανδρα μελλειν εσεσθαι υπο των ιουδαιων εξαυτης επεμψα προς σε παραγγειλας και τοις κατηγοροις λεγειν τα προς αυτον επι σου ερρωσο
Lit: It having been disclosed then to me of a plot that against the man would be, at once I sent him to you, having instructed also the accusers to speak these things against him before you.
KJV: And when it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man, I sent straightway to thee, and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before thee what they had against him. Farewell.
References
"and gave"Ac 24:7: 8: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us: and with great violence took him away out of our hands: Ac 25:5: 6: Let them therefore: said he: which among you are able: go down with me: and accuse this man: if there be any wickedness in him."Farewell"Ac 15:29: That you abstain from meats offered to idols: and from blood: and from things strangled: and from fornication: from which if you keep yourselves: you will do well. Fare you well.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.
οι μεν ουν στρατιωται κατα το διατεταγμενον αυτοις αναλαβοντες τον παυλον ηγαγον δια της νυκτος εις την αντιπατριδα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4757στρατιῶταιstratiōtai (N-NMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιῶταιstratiōtai
|
the soldiers,
|
N-NMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1299διατεταγμένονdiatetagmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διατεταγμένονdiatetagmenon
|
having been ordered
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G353ἀναλαβόντεςanalabontes (V-APA-NMP)
G353 ἀναλαμβάνω analambánō an-al-am-ban-o from ἀνά and λαμβάνω; to take up:--receive up, take (in, unto, up).
|
ἀναλαβόντεςanalabontes
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G71ἤγαγονēgagon (V-AIA-3P)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγαγονēgagon
|
brought him
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G494Ἀντιπατρίδα·Antipatrida (N-AFS)
G494 Ἀντιπατρίς Antipatrís an-tip-at-rece from the same as Ἀντίπας; Antipatris, a place in Palestine:--Antipatris.
|
Ἀντιπατρίδα·Antipatrida
|
Antipatris.
|
N-AFS
|
31
Then the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul, and brought him by night to Antipatris.Acts 23:31
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 14 words, 75 letters, 26 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν ουν στρατιωται κατα το διατεταγμενον αυτοις αναλαβοντες τον παυλον ηγαγον δια της νυκτος εις την αντιπατριδα
Lit: Indeed therefore the soldiers, according to that having been ordered them, having taken Paul, brought him by night to Antipatris.
KJV: Then the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul, and brought him by night to Antipatris.
References
"as"Ac 23:23: 24: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Lu 7:8: For I also am a man set under authority: having under me soldiers: and I say to one: Go: and he goes; and to another: Come: and he comes; and to my servant: Do this: and he does it.2Ti 2:3: 4: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.
τη δε επαυριον εασαντες τους ιππεις πορευεσθαι συν αυτω υπεστρεψαν εις την παρεμβολην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G1439ἐάσαντεςeasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
ἐάσαντεςeasantes
|
having allowed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2460ἱππεῖςhippeis (N-AMP)
G2460 ἱππεύς hippeús hip-yooce from ἵππος; an equestrian, i.e. member of a cavalry corps:--horseman.
|
ἱππεῖςhippeis
|
horsemen
|
N-AMP
|
G565ἀπέρχεσθαιaperchesthai (V-PNM/P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπέρχεσθαιaperchesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5290ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑπέστρεψανhypestrepsan
|
they returned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολήν·parembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολήν·parembolēn
|
barracks,
|
N-AFS
|
32
On the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle:Acts 23:32
Stats
Rank: #8740 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 15 words, 63 letters, 22 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη δε επαυριον εασαντες τους ιππεις πορευεσθαι συν αυτω υπεστρεψαν εις την παρεμβολην
Lit: On the now next day, having allowed the horsemen to go with him, they returned to the barracks,
KJV: On the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle:
οιτινες εισελθοντες εις την καισαρειαν και αναδοντες την επιστολην τω ηγεμονι παρεστησαν και τον παυλον αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1525εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντεςeiselthontes
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισάρειανKaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισάρειανKaisareian
|
Caesarea
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G325ἀναδόντεςanadontes (V-APA-NMP)
G325 ἀναδίδωμι anadídōmi an-ad-eed-om-ee from ἀνά and δίδωμι; to hand over:--deliver.
|
ἀναδόντεςanadontes
|
having delivered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1992ἐπιστολὴνepistolēn (N-AFS)
G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολὴνepistolēn
|
letter
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2232ἡγεμόνι,hēgemoni (N-DMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνι,hēgemoni
|
governor,
|
N-DMS
|
G3936παρέστησανparestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστησανparestēsan
|
presented
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
33
Who, when they came to Caesarea, and delivered the epistle to the governor, presented Paul also before him.Acts 23:33
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 15 words, 86 letters, 36 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες εισελθοντες εις την καισαρειαν και αναδοντες την επιστολην τω ηγεμονι παρεστησαν και τον παυλον αυτω
Lit: who having entered into Caesarea and having delivered the letter to the governor, presented also Paul to him.
KJV: Who, when they came to Caesarea, and delivered the epistle to the governor, presented Paul also before him.
References
"presented"Ac 28:16: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.
αναγνους δε ο ηγεμων και επερωτησας εκ ποιας επαρχιας εστιν και πυθομενος οτι απο κιλικιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G314Ἀναγνοὺςanagnous (V-APA-NMS)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
Ἀναγνοὺςanagnous
|
Having read it
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1905ἐπερωτήσαςeperōtēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπερωτήσαςeperōtēsas
|
having asked
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4169ποίαςpoias (IPro-GFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίαςpoias
|
what
|
IPro-GFS
|
G1885ἐπαρχείαςeparcheias (N-GFS)
G1885 ἐπαρχία eparchía ep-ar-khee-ah from a compound of ἐπί and ἄρχω (meaning a governor of a district, eparch); a special region of government, i.e. a Roman præfecture:--province.
|
ἐπαρχείαςeparcheias
|
province
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἐστὶν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶν,estin
|
he is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4441πυθόμενοςpythomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4441 πυνθάνομαι pynthánomai poon-than-om-ahee middle voice prolonged from a primary (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to question, i.e. ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely; and thus differing from ἐρωτάω, which properly means a request as a favor; and from αἰτέω, which is strictly a demand for something due; as well as from ζητέω, which implies a search for something hidden; and from δέομαι, which involves the idea of urgent need); by implication, to learn (by casual intelligence):--ask, demand, enquire, understand.
|
πυθόμενοςpythomenos
|
having learned
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2791ΚιλικίαςKilikias (N-GFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίαςKilikias
|
Cilicia he is,
|
N-GFS
|
34
When the governor had read the letter, he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia;Acts 23:34
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 37 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναγνους δε ο ηγεμων και επερωτησας εκ ποιας επαρχιας εστιν και πυθομενος οτι απο κιλικιας
Lit: Having read it then, and having asked from what province he is, and having learned that from Cilicia he is,
KJV: And when the governor had read the letter, he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that [he was] of Cilicia;
References
"he asked"Ac 25:1: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.Es 1:1: Now it came to pass in the days of Ahasuerus: (this is Ahasuerus which reigned: from India even to Ethiopia: over 107 and 20 provinces:)Es 8:9: Then were the king's scribes called at that time in the third month: that is: the month Sivan: on the 3 and twentieth day thereof; and it was written according to all that Mordecai commanded to the Jews: and to the lieutenants: and the deputies and rulers of the provinces which are from India to Ethiopia: 127 provinces: to every province according to the writing thereof: and to every people after their language: and to the Jews according to their writing: and according to their language.Da 2:49: Then Daniel requested of the king: and he set Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: over the affairs of the province of Babylon: but Daniel sat in the gate of the king.Da 6:1: It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom 120 princes: which should be over the whole kingdom;Lu 23:6: When Pilate heard of Galilee: he asked whether the man were a Galilaean."Cilicia"Ac 15:41: He went through Syria and Cilicia: confirming the churches.Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.
διακουσομαι σου εφη οταν και οι κατηγοροι σου παραγενωνται εκελευσεν τε αυτον εν τω πραιτωριω του ηρωδου φυλασσεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1251ΔιακούσομαίDiakousomai (V-FIM-1S)
G1251 διακούομαι diakoúomai dee-ak-oo-om-ahee middle voice from διά and ἀκούω; to hear throughout, i.e. patiently listen (to a prisoners plea):--hear.
|
ΔιακούσομαίDiakousomai
|
I will hear fully
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5346ἔφη,ephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφη,ephē
|
he was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3752Ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
Ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2725κατήγοροίkatēgoroi (N-NMP)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατήγοροίkatēgoroi
|
accusers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3854παραγένωνται·paragenōntai (V-ASM-3P)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγένωνται·paragenōntai
|
may have arrived,
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G2753κελεύσαςkeleusas (V-APA-NMS)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
κελεύσαςkeleusas
|
having commanded
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4232πραιτωρίῳpraitōriō (N-DNS)
G4232 πραιτώριον praitṓrion prahee-to-ree-on of Latin origin; the prætorium or governors courtroom (sometimes including the whole edifice and camp):--(common, judgment) hall (of judgment), palace, prætorium.
|
πραιτωρίῳpraitōriō
|
Praetorium
|
N-DNS
|
G2264ἩρῴδουHērōdou (N-GMS)
G2264 Ἡρώδης Hērṓdēs hay-ro-dace compound of (a hero) and εἶδος; heroic; Herod, the name of four Jewish kings:--Herod.
|
ἩρῴδουHērōdou
|
of Herod
|
N-GMS
|
G5442φυλάσσεσθαιphylassesthai (V-PNP)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσεσθαιphylassesthai
|
to be guarded
|
V-PNP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
35
I will hear you, said he, when your accusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept in Herod's judgment hall.Acts 23:35
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 36 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: διακουσομαι σου εφη οταν και οι κατηγοροι σου παραγενωνται εκελευσεν τε αυτον εν τω πραιτωριω του ηρωδου φυλασσεσθαι
Lit: I will hear fully you, he was saying, when also the accusers of you may have arrived, having commanded in the Praetorium of Herod to be guarded him.
KJV: I will hear thee, said he, when thine accusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept in Herod's judgment hall.
References
"when"Ac 23:30: When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man: I sent straightway to you: and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.Ac 24:1: 10: 22: 24-27: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul.Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him."in"Mt 2:1: 3: 16: Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judaea in the days of Herod the king: look: there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem: "judgment"Mt 27:27: Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall: and gathered to Him the whole band of soldiers.Joh 18:28: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.
24
Tertullus Prosecutes Paul
μετα δε πεντε ημερας κατεβη ο αρχιερευς ανανιας μετα των πρεσβυτερων και ρητορος τερτυλλου τινος οιτινες ενεφανισαν τω ηγεμονι κατα του παυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4002πέντεpente (Adj-AFP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντεpente
|
five
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G2597κατέβηkatebē (V-AIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηkatebē
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G367ἉνανίαςHananias (N-NMS)
G367 Ἀνανίας Ananías an-an-ee-as of Hebrew origin (חֲנַנְיָה); Ananias, the name of three Israelites:--Ananias.
|
ἉνανίαςHananias
|
Ananias,
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5100τινῶνtinōn (IPro-GMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινῶνtinōn
|
some
|
IPro-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4489ῥήτοροςrhētoros (N-GMS)
G4489 ῥήτωρ rhḗtōr hray-tore from ῥέω; a speaker, i.e. (by implication) a forensic advocate:--orator.
|
ῥήτοροςrhētoros
|
an orator
|
N-GMS
|
G5061ΤερτύλλουTertyllou (N-GMS)
G5061 Τέρτυλλος Tértyllos ter-tool-los of uncertain derivation; Tertullus, a Roman:--Tertullus.
|
ΤερτύλλουTertyllou
|
Tertullus
|
N-GMS
|
G5100τινός,tinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινός,tinos
|
certain,
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1718ἐνεφάνισανenephanisan (V-AIA-3P)
G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐνεφάνισανenephanisan
|
made a representation
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2232ἡγεμόνιhēgemoni (N-DMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνιhēgemoni
|
governor
|
N-DMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3972Παύλου.Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου.Paulou
|
Paul.
|
N-GMS
|
1
And after 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a certain orator named Tertullus, who informed the governor against Paul.Acts 24:1
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 21 words, 126 letters, 48 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε πεντε ημερας κατεβη ο αρχιερευς ανανιας μετα των πρεσβυτερων και ρητορος τερτυλλου τινος οιτινες ενεφανισαν τω ηγεμονι κατα του παυλου
Lit: After then five days, came down the high priest Ananias, with elders some and an orator Tertullus certain, who made a representation to the governor against Paul.
KJV: And after five days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a certain orator [named] Tertullus, who informed the governor against Paul.
References
"five"Ac 24:11: Because that you may understand: that there are yet but 12 days since I went up to Jerusalem for to worship.Ac 21:27: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: "Ananias"Ac 23:2: 30: 35: The high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.Ac 25:2: Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul: and besought him: "orator"Ac 12:21: Upon a set day Herod: arrayed in royal apparel: sat upon his throne: and made an oration to them.Isa 3:3: The captain of 50: and the honourable man: and the counseller: and the cunning artificer: and the eloquent orator.1Co 2:1: 4: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God."informed"Ac 25:2: 15: Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul: and besought him: Ps 11:2: For: indeed: the wicked bend their bow: they make ready their arrow upon the string: that they may privily shoot at the upright in heart.
κληθεντος δε αυτου ηρξατο κατηγορειν ο τερτυλλος λεγων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2564Κληθέντοςklēthentos (V-APP-GMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
Κληθέντοςklēthentos
|
Having been called
|
V-APP-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2723κατηγορεῖνkatēgorein (V-PNA)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορεῖνkatēgorein
|
to accuse
|
V-PNA
|
G5061ΤέρτυλλοςTertyllos (N-NMS)
G5061 Τέρτυλλος Tértyllos ter-tool-los of uncertain derivation; Tertullus, a Roman:--Tertullus.
|
ΤέρτυλλοςTertyllos
|
Tertullus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4183ΠολλῆςPollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
ΠολλῆςPollēs
|
Great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1515εἰρήνηςeirēnēs (N-GFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηςeirēnēs
|
peace
|
N-GFS
|
G5177τυγχάνοντεςtynchanontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυγχάνοντεςtynchanontes
|
we are attaining
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1357διορθωμάτωνdiorthōmatōn (N-GNP)
G1357 διόρθωσις diórthōsis dee-or-tho-sis from a compound of διά and a derivative of ὀρθός, meaning to straighten thoroughly; rectification, i.e. (specially) the Messianic restauration:--reformation.
|
διορθωμάτωνdiorthōmatōn
|
excellent measures
|
N-GNP
|
G1096γινομένωνginomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινομένωνginomenōn
|
are being done
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1484ἔθνειethnei (N-DNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνειethnei
|
nation
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4674σῆςsēs (PPro-GF2S)
G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σῆςsēs
|
your
|
PPro-GF2S
|
G4307προνοίας,pronoias (N-GFS)
G4307 πρόνοια prónoia pron-oy-ah from προνοέω; forethought, i.e. provident care or supply:--providence, provision.
|
προνοίας,pronoias
|
foresight,
|
N-GFS
|
2
When he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by you we enjoy great quietness, and that very worthy deeds are done to this nation by your providence,
Acts 24:2
Stats
Counts: 186 characters, 29 words, 149 letters, 54 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: κληθεντος δε αυτου ηρξατο κατηγορειν ο τερτυλλος λεγων
Lit: Having been called then of him, began to accuse Tertullus, saying, Great peace we are attaining through you, and excellent measures are being done to the nation this through your foresight,
KJV: And when he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietness, and that very worthy deeds are done unto this nation by thy providence,
References
"Seeing"Ac 24:26: 27: He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul: that he might loose him: for what reason he sent for him the oftener: and communed with him.Ps 10:3: For the wicked boasts of His heart's desire: and blesss the covetous: whom the LORD abhors.Ps 12:2: 3: They speak vanity every one with his neighbour: with flattering lips and with a double heart do they speak.Pr 26:28: A lying tongue hates those that are afflicted by it; and a flattering mouth works ruin.Pr 29:5: A man that flatters his neighbour spreads a net for his feet.Jude 1:16: These are murmurers: complainers: walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaks great swelling words: having men's persons in admiration because of advantage.
πολλης ειρηνης τυγχανοντες δια σου και κατορθωματων γινομενων τω εθνει τουτω δια της σης προνοιας παντη τε και πανταχου αποδεχομεθα κρατιστε φηλιξ μετα πασης ευχαριστιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3839πάντῃpantē (Adv)
G3839 πάντη pántē pan-tay adverb (of manner) from πᾶς; wholly:--always.
|
πάντῃpantē
|
in every way
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3837πανταχοῦpantachou (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦpantachou
|
everywhere,
|
Adv
|
G588ἀποδεχόμεθα,apodechometha (V-PIM/P-1P)
G588 ἀποδέχομαι apodéchomai ap-od-ekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and δέχομαι; to take fully, i.e. welcome (persons), approve (things):--accept, receive (gladly).
|
ἀποδεχόμεθα,apodechometha
|
we gladly accept it,
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G2903κράτιστεkratiste (Adj-VMS-S)
G2903 κράτιστος krátistos krat-is-tos superlative of a derivative of κράτος; strongest, i.e. (in dignity) very honorable:--most excellent (noble).
|
κράτιστεkratiste
|
most excellent
|
Adj-VMS-S
|
G5344Φῆλιξ,Phēlix (N-VMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
Φῆλιξ,Phēlix
|
Felix,
|
N-VMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2169εὐχαριστίας.eucharistias (N-GFS)
G2169 εὐχαριστία eucharistía yoo-khar-is-tee-ah from εὐχάριστος; gratitude; actively, grateful language (to God, as an act of worship):--thankfulness, (giving of) thanks(-giving).
|
εὐχαριστίας.eucharistias
|
thankfulness.
|
N-GFS
|
3
We accept it always, and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness.Acts 24:3
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 11 words, 63 letters, 21 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλης ειρηνης τυγχανοντες δια σου και κατορθωματων γινομενων τω εθνει τουτω δια της σης προνοιας παντη τε και πανταχου αποδεχομεθα κρατιστε φηλιξ μετα πασης ευχαριστιας
Lit: in every way both and everywhere, we gladly accept it, most excellent Felix, with all thankfulness.
KJV: We accept it always, and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness.
References
"most"Ac 23:26: Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.Ac 26:25: But he said: I not am mad: most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and soberness.Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus:
ινα δε μη επι πλειον σε εγκοπτω παρακαλω ακουσαι σε ημων συντομως τη ση επιεικεια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
In order that
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4119πλεῖόνpleion (Adj-ANS-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλεῖόνpleion
|
any longer
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1465ἐνκόπτω,enkoptō (V-PSA-1S)
G1465 ἐγκόπτω enkóptō eng-kop-to from ἐν and κόπτω; to cut into, i.e. (figuratively) impede, detain:--hinder, be tedious unto.
|
ἐνκόπτω,enkoptō
|
I should be a hindrance,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G3870παρακαλῶparakalō (V-PIA-1S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶparakalō
|
I implore
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G191ἀκοῦσαίakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαίakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G4935συντόμωςsyntomōs (Adv)
G4935 συντόμως syntómōs soon-tom-oce adverb from a derivative of συντέμνω; concisely (briefly):--a few words.
|
συντόμωςsyntomōs
|
briefly,
|
Adv
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in
|
Art-DFS
|
G4674σῇsē (PPro-DF2S)
G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σῇsē
|
your
|
PPro-DF2S
|
G1932ἐπιεικείᾳ.epieikeia (N-DFS)
G1932 ἐπιείκεια epieíkeia ep-ee-i-ki-ah from ἐπιεικής; suitableness, i.e. (by implication) equity, mildness:--clemency, gentleness.
|
ἐπιεικείᾳ.epieikeia
|
kindness.
|
N-DFS
|
4
Notwithstanding, that I not be further tedious to you, I pray you that you would hear us of your clemency a few words.
Acts 24:4
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα δε μη επι πλειον σε εγκοπτω παρακαλω ακουσαι σε ημων συντομως τη ση επιεικεια
Lit: In order that however not to any longer you I should be a hindrance, I implore to hear you us briefly, in your kindness.
KJV: Notwithstanding, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest hear us of thy clemency a few words.
References
"that"Heb 11:32: What will I more say? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon: and of Barak: and of Samson: and of Jephthae; of David also: and Samuel: and of the prophets:
ευροντες γαρ τον ανδρα τουτον λοιμον και κινουντα στασιν πασιν τοις ιουδαιοις τοις κατα την οικουμενην πρωτοστατην τε της των ναζωραιων αιρεσεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2147Εὑρόντεςheurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
Εὑρόντεςheurontes
|
Having found
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3061λοιμὸνloimon (N-AMS)
G3061 λοιμός loimós loy-mos of uncertain affinity; a plague (literally, the disease, or figuratively, a pest):--pestilence(-t).
|
λοιμὸνloimon
|
a pest,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2795κινοῦνταkinounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
κινοῦνταkinounta
|
stirring
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4714στάσειςstaseis (N-AFP)
G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσειςstaseis
|
insurrection
|
N-AFP
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
among all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn
|
world,
|
N-AFS
|
G4414πρωτοστάτηνprōtostatēn (N-AMS)
G4414 πρωτοστάτης prōtostátēs pro-tos-tat-ace from πρῶτος and ἵστημι; one standing first in the ranks, i.e. a captain (champion):--ringleader.
|
πρωτοστάτηνprōtostatēn
|
a leader
|
N-AMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3480ΝαζωραίωνNazōraiōn (N-GMP)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζωραίωνNazōraiōn
|
Nazarenes
|
N-GMP
|
G139αἱρέσεως,haireseōs (N-GFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἱρέσεως,haireseōs
|
sect,
|
N-GFS
|
5
For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Acts 24:5
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 49 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευροντες γαρ τον ανδρα τουτον λοιμον και κινουντα στασιν πασιν τοις ιουδαιοις τοις κατα την οικουμενην πρωτοστατην τε της των ναζωραιων αιρεσεως
Lit: Having found for the man this a pest, and stirring insurrection among all the Jews in the world, a leader then of the of the Nazarenes sect,
KJV: For we have found this man a pestilent [fellow], and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:
References
"we have"Ac 6:13: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 16:20: 21: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ac 17:6: 7: When they found not them: they drew Jason and certain brothers to the rulers of the city: crying: These that have turned the world upside down are come here also;Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.1Ki 18:17: 18: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?Jer 38:4: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Am 7:10: Then Amaziah the priest of Bethel sent to Jeroboam king of Israel: saying: Amos has conspired against you in the middle of the house of Israel: the land not is able to bear all his words.Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 10:25: It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master: and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub: how much more will they call them of his household?1Co 4:13: Being defamed: we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world: and are the offscouring of all things to this day."and a mover"1Sa 22:7-9: Then Saul said to his servants that stood about him: Hear now: you Benjamites; will the son of Jesse give every one of you fields and vineyards: and make you all captains of thousands: and captains of hundreds;Ezr 4:12-19: Be it known to the king: that the Jews which came up from you to us are come to Jerusalem: building the rebellious and the bad city: and have set up the walls thereof: and joined the foundations.Ne 6:5-8: Then sent Sanballat his servant to me in like manner the fifth time with an open letter in his hand;Es 3:8: Haman said to king Ahasuerus: There is a certain people scattered abroad and dispersed among the people in all the provinces of your kingdom; and their laws are diverse from all people; neither keep they the king's laws: therefore it is not for the king's profit to suffer them.Lu 23:2: 5: 19: 25: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.1Pe 2:12-15: 19: Having your conversation ho among the Gentiles: that: whereas they speak against you as evildoers: they may by your good works: which they will look: glorify God in the day of visitation."the sect"Ac 24:14: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:Ac 5:17: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 15:5: But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed: saying: That it was needful to circumcise them: and to command them to keep the law of Moses.Ac 26:5: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.1Co 11:19: For there must be also heresies among you: that they which are approved may be made manifest among you."Nazarenes"Mt 2:23: He came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets: He will be called a Nazarene.
ος και το ιερον επειρασεν βεβηλωσαι ον και εκρατησαμεν και κατα τον ημετερον νομον ηθελησαμεν κρινειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple
|
N-ANS
|
G3985ἐπείρασενepeirasen (V-AIA-3S)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείρασενepeirasen
|
attempted
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G953βεβηλῶσαι,bebēlōsai (V-ANA)
G953 βεβηλόω bebēlóō beb-ay-lo-o from βέβηλος; to desecrate:--profane.
|
βεβηλῶσαι,bebēlōsai
|
to profane,
|
V-ANA
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2902ἐκρατήσαμεν,ekratēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκρατήσαμεν,ekratēsamen
|
we seized.
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2532{καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
{καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατάkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατάkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G2251ἡμέτερονhēmeteron (Adj-AMS)
G2251 ἡμέτερος hēméteros hay-met-er-os from θνητός; our:--our, your (by a different reading).,
|
ἡμέτερονhēmeteron
|
our
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G2309ἠθελήσαμενēthelēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθελήσαμενēthelēsamen
|
wished
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2919κρίνειν};krinein (V-PNA)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνειν};krinein
|
to judge;
|
V-PNA
|
6
Who also has gone about to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged according to our law.Acts 24:6
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 34 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος και το ιερον επειρασεν βεβηλωσαι ον και εκρατησαμεν και κατα τον ημετερον νομον ηθελησαμεν κρινειν
Lit: who even the temple attempted to profane, whom also we seized. and according to our law wished to judge;
KJV: Who also hath gone about to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged according to our law.
References
"gone"Ac 24:12: They neither found me in the temple disputing with any man: neither raising up the people: neither in the synagogues: nor in the city:Ac 19:37: For you have brought here these men: which are neither robbers of churches: nor yet blasphemers of your goddess.Ac 21:27-29: When the 7 days were almost ended: the Jews which were of Asia: when they saw him in the temple: stirred up all the people: and laid hands on him: "whom"Ac 21:30-32: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Ac 22:23: As they cried out: and cast off their clothes: and threw dust into the air: Ac 23:10-15: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle."and"Joh 18:31: Then said Pilate to them: Take you him: and judge him according to your law. The Jews therefore said to him: It not is lawful for us to put any man to death:Joh 19:7: 8: The Jews answered Him: We have a law: and by our law He ought to die: because He made Himself the Son of God.
παρελθων δε λυσιας ο χιλιαρχος μετα πολλης βιας εκ των χειρων ημων απηγαγεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3928{παρελθὼνparelthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
{παρελθὼνparelthōn
|
having come up
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲ,de (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲ,de
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3079ΛυσίαςLysias (N-NMS)
G3079 Λυσίας Lysías loo-see-as of uncertain affinity; Lysias, a Roman:--Lysias.
|
ΛυσίαςLysias
|
Lysias
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλιαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G970βίας,bias (N-GFS)
G970 βία bía bee-ah probably akin to βίος (through the idea of vital activity); force:--violence.
|
βίας,bias
|
force,
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G520ἀπήγαγε},apēgage (V-AIA-3S)
G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπήγαγε},apēgage
|
took him away,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
7
But the chief captain Lysias came upon us, and with great violence took him away out of our hands,Acts 24:7
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 33 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρελθων δε λυσιας ο χιλιαρχος μετα πολλης βιας εκ των χειρων ημων απηγαγεν
Lit: having come up however, Lysias the commander with great force, out of the hands of us took him away,
KJV: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us, and with great violence took [him] away out of our hands,
References
"the chief"Ac 21:31-33: As they went about to kill him: tidings came to the chief captain of the band: that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.Ac 23:23-32: He called to him two centurions: saying: Make ready 200 soldiers to go to Caesarea: and horsemen threescore and 10: and spearmen 200: at the third hour of the night;Pr 4:16: For they not sleep: except they have done mischief; and their sleep is taken away: unless they cause some to fall."great"Ac 21:35: When he came upon the stairs: so it was: that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people.Ac 23:10: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.
κελευσας τους κατηγορους αυτου ερχεσθαι επι σε παρ ου δυνηση αυτος ανακρινας περι παντων τουτων επιγνωναι ων ημεις κατηγορουμεν αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2753{κελεύσαςkeleusas (V-APA-NMS)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
{κελεύσαςkeleusas
|
Commanding
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2725κατηγόρουςkatēgorous (N-AMP)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατηγόρουςkatēgorous
|
accusers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2064ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai (V-PNM)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai
|
to come
|
V-PNM
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ}·se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ}·se
|
you;
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
From
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
him
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1410δυνήσῃdynēsē (V-FIM-2S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσῃdynēsē
|
you will be able
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
yourself,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G350ἀνακρίναςanakrinas (V-APA-NMS)
G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίναςanakrinas
|
having examined him
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these things,
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1921ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai (V-ANA)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G2723κατηγοροῦμενkatēgoroumen (V-PIA-1P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγοροῦμενkatēgoroumen
|
accuse
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
8
Commanding his accusers to come to you: by examining of whom yourself may take knowledge of all these things, whereof we accuse him.Acts 24:8
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 21 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: κελευσας τους κατηγορους αυτου ερχεσθαι επι σε παρ ου δυνηση αυτος ανακρινας περι παντων τουτων επιγνωναι ων ημεις κατηγορουμεν αυτου
Lit: Commanding the accusers of him to come to you; From him you will be able yourself, having examined him concerning all these things, to know of which we accuse him.
KJV: Commanding his accusers to come unto thee: by examining of whom thyself mayest take knowledge of all these things, whereof we accuse him.
References
"Commanding"Ac 23:30: 35: When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man: I sent straightway to you: and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.Ac 25:5: 15: 16: Let them therefore: said he: which among you are able: go down with me: and accuse this man: if there be any wickedness in him.
συνεθεντο δε και οι ιουδαιοι φασκοντες ταυτα ουτως εχειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4934Συνεπέθεντοsynepethento (V-AIM-3P)
G4934 συντίθεμαι syntíthemai soon-tith-em-ahee middle voice from σύν and τίθημι; to place jointly, i.e. (figuratively) to consent (bargain, stipulate), concur:--agree, assent, covenant.
|
Συνεπέθεντοsynepethento
|
Agreed
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5335φάσκοντεςphaskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5335 φάσκω pháskō fas-ko prolongation from the same as φημί; to assert:--affirm, profess, say.
|
φάσκοντεςphaskontes
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειν.echein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειν.echein
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
9
The Jews also assented, saying that these things were so.Acts 24:9
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 10 words, 49 letters, 17 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνεθεντο δε και οι ιουδαιοι φασκοντες ταυτα ουτως εχειν
Lit: Agreed then also the Jews, declaring these things so to be.
KJV: And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so.
References
"And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so."Ac 6:11-13: Then they suborned men: which said: We have heard Him speak blasphemous words against Moses: and against God.Ps 4:2: O you sons of men: how long will you turn my glory into shame? how long will you love vanity: and seek after leasing? Selah.Ps 62:3: 4: How long will you imagine mischief against a man? you will be killed all of you: as a bowing wall will you be: and as a tottering fence.Ps 64:2-8: Hide me from the secret counsel of the wicked; from the insurrection of the workers of iniquity:Isa 59:4-7: None calls for justice: nor any pleads for truth: they trust in vanity: and speak lies; they conceive mischief: and bring forth iniquity.Jer 9:3-6: They bend their tongues like their bow for lies: but they not are valiant for the truth upon the earth; for they proceed from evil to evil: and they not know me: says the LORD.Eze 22:27-29: Her princes in the middle thereof are like wolves ravening the prey: to shed blood: and to destroy souls: to get dishon gain.Mic 6:12: 13: For the rich men thereof are full of violence: and the inhabitants thereof have spoken lies: and their tongue is deceitful in their mouth.Mic 7:2: 3: The good man is perished out of the earth: and there is none upright among men: they all lie in wait for blood; they hunt every man his brother with a net.Mt 26:59: 60: Now the chief priests: and elders: and all the council: sought false witness against Jesus: to put Him to death;Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.
Paul’s Defense to Felix
απεκριθη δε ο παυλος νευσαντος αυτω του ηγεμονος λεγειν εκ πολλων ετων οντα σε κριτην τω εθνει τουτω επισταμενος ευθυμοτερον τα περι εμαυτου απολογουμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G611ἈπεκρίθηApekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἈπεκρίθηApekrithē
|
Answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972Παῦλος,Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος,Paulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G3506νεύσαντοςneusantos (V-APA-GMS)
G3506 νεύω neúō nyoo-o apparently a primary verb; to nod, i.e. (by analogy), signal:--beckon.
|
νεύσαντοςneusantos
|
having made a sign
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2232ἡγεμόνοςhēgemonos (N-GMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμόνοςhēgemonos
|
governor
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to speak:
|
V-PNA
|
G1537ἘκEk (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἘκEk
|
For
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
years,
|
N-GNP
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
as being
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2923κριτὴνkritēn (N-AMS)
G2923 κριτής kritḗs kree-tace from κρίνω; a judge (genitive case or specially):--judge.
|
κριτὴνkritēn
|
judge
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DNS
|
G1484ἔθνειethnei (N-DNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνειethnei
|
nation,
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G1987ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos
|
knowing,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2115εὐθύμωςeuthymōs (Adv)
G2115 εὔθυμος eúthymos yoo-thoo-mos from εὖ and θυμός; in fine spirits, i.e. cheerful:--of good cheer, the more cheerfully.
|
εὐθύμωςeuthymōs
|
cheerfully
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
to the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G1683ἐμαυτοῦemautou (PPro-GM1S)
G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτοῦemautou
|
myself
|
PPro-GM1S
|
G626ἀπολογοῦμαι,apologoumai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπολογοῦμαι,apologoumai
|
I make a defense.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
10
Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak, answered, Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:
Acts 24:10
Stats
Counts: 200 characters, 33 words, 159 letters, 60 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: απεκριθη δε ο παυλος νευσαντος αυτω του ηγεμονος λεγειν εκ πολλων ετων οντα σε κριτην τω εθνει τουτω επισταμενος ευθυμοτερον τα περι εμαυτου απολογουμαι
Lit: Answered then Paul, having made a sign to him the governor to speak: For many years, as being you judge to nation, this knowing, cheerfully to the things concerning myself I make a defense.
KJV: Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, answered, Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:
References
"had"Ac 12:17: But He: beckoning to them with the hand to hold their peace: declared to them how the Lord had brought Him out of the prison. And He said: Go show these things to James: and to the brothers. And He departed: and went into another place.Ac 13:16: Then Paul stood up: and beckoning with His hand said: Men of Israel: and you that fear God: give audience.Ac 19:33: They drew Alexander out of the multitude: the Jews putting him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand: and would have made his defence to the people.Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying: Ac 26:1: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:"a judge"Ac 18:15: But if it be a question of words and names: and of your law: look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.1Sa 2:25: If one man sin against another: the judge will judge Him: but if a man sin against the LORD: who will intreat for Him? Notwithstanding they listened not to the voice of their father: because the LORD would kill them.Lu 12:14: He said to him: Man: who made me a judge or a divider over you?Lu 18:2: Saying: There was in a city a judge: which not feared God: neither regarded man:"I do"1Pe 3:15: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:
δυναμενου σου γνωναι οτι ου πλειους εισιν μοι ημεραι η δεκαδυο αφ ης ανεβην προσκυνησων εν ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1410δυναμένουdynamenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναμένουdynamenou
|
Being able
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1921ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai (V-ANA)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνῶναιepignōnai
|
to know
|
V-ANA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-NFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
more than
|
Adj-NFP-C
|
G1510εἰσίνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίνeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
days
|
N-NFP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-GFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G305ἀνέβηνanebēn (V-AIA-1S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηνanebēn
|
I went up
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4352προσκυνήσωνproskynēsōn (V-FPA-NMS)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσωνproskynēsōn
|
to worship
|
V-FPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-AFS
|
11
Because that you may understand, that there are yet but 12 days since I went up to Jerusalem for to worship.Acts 24:11
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 36 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: δυναμενου σου γνωναι οτι ου πλειους εισιν μοι ημεραι η δεκαδυο αφ ης ανεβην προσκυνησων εν ιερουσαλημ
Lit: Being able you to know that not more than there are to me days twelve, from which I went up to worship in Jerusalem.
KJV: Because that thou mayest understand, that there are yet but twelve days since I went up to Jerusalem for to worship.
References
"but"Ac 24:1: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul.Ac 21:18: 27: The day following Paul went in with us to James; and all the elders were present.Ac 22:30: On the morrow: because he would have known the certainty for what reason he was accused of the Jews: he loosed him from his bands: and commanded the chief priests and all their council to appear: and brought Paul down: and set him before them.Ac 23:11: 23: 32: 33: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome."to worship"Ac 24:17: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation: and offerings.Ac 21:26: Then Paul took the men: and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple: to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification: until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.
και ουτε εν τω ιερω ευρον με προς τινα διαλεγομενον η επισυστασιν ποιουντα οχλου ουτε εν ταις συναγωγαις ουτε κατα την πολιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple
|
N-DNS
|
G2147εὗρόνheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρόνheuron
|
did they find
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
anyone
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1256διαλεγόμενονdialegomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλεγόμενονdialegomenon
|
reasoning,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1999ἐπίστασινepistasin (N-AFS)
G1999 ἐπισύστασις episýstasis ep-ee-soo-stas-is from the middle voice of a compound of ἐπί and συνιστάω; a conspiracy, i.e. concourse (riotous or friendly):--that which cometh upon, + raising up.
|
ἐπίστασινepistasin
|
a tumultuous gathering
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ποιοῦνταpoiounta (V-PPA-AMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦνταpoiounta
|
making
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3793ὄχλου,ochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλου,ochlou
|
of a crowd,
|
N-GMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4864συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais (N-DFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγαῖςsynagōgais
|
synagogues,
|
N-DFP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city.
|
N-AFS
|
12
They neither found me in the temple disputing with any man, neither raising up the people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the city:Acts 24:12
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 42 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτε εν τω ιερω ευρον με προς τινα διαλεγομενον η επισυστασιν ποιουντα οχλου ουτε εν ταις συναγωγαις ουτε κατα την πολιν
Lit: And neither in the temple did they find me with anyone reasoning, or a tumultuous gathering making of a crowd, nor in the synagogues, nor in the city.
KJV: And they neither found me in the temple disputing with any man, neither raising up the people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the city:
References
"And they neither found me in the temple disputing with any man, neither raising up the people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the city:"Ac 24:5: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 25:8: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.
ουτε παραστησαι {VAR1: με } δυνανται περι ων νυν κατηγορουσιν μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
Nor
|
Conj
|
G3936παραστῆσαιparastēsai (V-ANA)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παραστῆσαιparastēsai
|
to prove
|
V-ANA
|
G1410δύνανταίdynantai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνανταίdynantai
|
are they able
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
the things of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3570νυνὶnyni (Adv)
G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
νυνὶnyni
|
now
|
Adv
|
G2723κατηγοροῦσίνkatēgorousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγοροῦσίνkatēgorousin
|
they accuse
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
13
Neither can they prove the things whereof they now accuse me.Acts 24:13
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 11 words, 50 letters, 18 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτε παραστησαι {VAR1: με } δυνανται περι ων νυν κατηγορουσιν μου
Lit: Nor to prove are they able to you, concerning the things of which now they accuse me.
KJV: Neither can they prove the things whereof they now accuse me.
References
"Neither can they prove the things whereof they now accuse me."Ac 25:7: When he was come: the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about: and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul: which they not could prove.1Pe 3:16: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.
ομολογω δε τουτο σοι οτι κατα την οδον ην λεγουσιν αιρεσιν ουτως λατρευω τω πατρωω θεω πιστευων πασιν τοις κατα τον νομον και τοις προφηταις γεγραμμενοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3670Ὁμολογῶhomologō (V-PIA-1S)
G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
Ὁμολογῶhomologō
|
I confess
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτόtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτόtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὉδὸνHodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὉδὸνHodon
|
Way
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they call
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G139αἵρεσινhairesin (N-AFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἵρεσινhairesin
|
a sect,
|
N-AFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3000λατρεύωlatreuō (V-PIA-1S)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύωlatreuō
|
I serve
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3971πατρῴῳpatrōō (Adj-DMS)
G3971 πατρῷος patrōios pat-ro-os from πατήρ; paternal, i.e. hereditary:--of fathers.
|
πατρῴῳpatrōō
|
of our fathers
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G4100πιστεύωνpisteuōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύωνpisteuōn
|
believing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3956πᾶσιpasi (Adj-DNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιpasi
|
all things
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
throughout
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
that
|
Art-DNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταιςprophētais
|
Prophets
|
N-DMP
|
G1125γεγραμμένοις,gegrammenois (V-RPM/P-DNP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένοις,gegrammenois
|
have been written,
|
V-RPM/P-DNP
|
14
But this I confess to you, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the God of my fathers, believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:Acts 24:14
Stats
Rank: #3102 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 47 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: ομολογω δε τουτο σοι οτι κατα την οδον ην λεγουσιν αιρεσιν ουτως λατρευω τω πατρωω θεω πιστευων πασιν τοις κατα τον νομον και τοις προφηταις γεγραμμενοις
Lit: I confess however this to you, that according to the Way which they call a sect, so I serve the of our fathers God, believing all things throughout the law, and that in the Prophets have been written,
KJV: But this I confess unto thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the God of my fathers, believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:
References
"I confess"Ps 119:46: I will speak of your testimonies also before kings: and not will be ashamed.Mt 10:32: Whoever therefore will confess me before men: Him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven."after"Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.Ac 19:9: 23: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Am 8:14: They that swear by the sin of Samaria: and say: Your god: O Dan: lives'>lives; and: The manner of Beersheba lives'>lives; even they will fall: and never rise up again.2Pe 2:2: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of."heresy"Ac 24:5: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:1Co 11:19: For there must be also heresies among you: that they which are approved may be made manifest among you.Ga 5:20: Idolatry: witchcraft: hatred: variance: emulations: wrath: strife: seditions: heresies: Tit 3:10: A man that is an heretick after the first and second admonition reject;2Pe 2:1: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction."so"Mic 4:2: Many nations will come: and say: Come: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: and to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for the law will go forth of Zion: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem."the God"Ac 3:13: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 7:32: Saying: I am the God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled: and not durst look.Ac 22:14: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Ex 3:15: God said moreover to Moses: Thus will you say to the children of Israel: The LORD God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob: has sent me to you: this is my name for ever: and this is my memorial to all generations.1Ch 29:18: O LORD God of Abraham: Isaac: and of Israel: our fathers: keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of your people: and prepare their heart to you:2Ti 1:3: I thank God: whom I serve from my forefathers with pure conscience: that without ceasing I have remembrance of you in my prayers night and day;"believing"Ac 3:22-24: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ac 26:22: 27: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Lu 1:70: As he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets: which have been since the world began:Lu 24:27: 44: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.Joh 5:39-47: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."in the law"Ac 13:15: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Mt 7:12: Therefore all things whatever you would that men should do to you: do you even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets.Mt 22:40: On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.Lu 16:16: 29: The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached: and every man presss into it.Joh 1:45: Philip finds Nathanael: and says to Him: We have found Him: of whom Moses in the law: and the prophets: did write: Jesus of Nazareth: the son of Joseph.Ro 3:21: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;
ελπιδα εχων εις τον θεον ην και αυτοι ουτοι προσδεχονται αναστασιν μελλειν εσεσθαι νεκρων δικαιων τε και αδικων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1680ἐλπίδαelpida (N-AFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδαelpida
|
a hope
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
themselves
|
DPro-NMP
|
G4327προσδέχονται,prosdechontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdéchomai pros-dekh-om-ahee from πρός and δέχομαι; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience):--accept, allow, look (wait) for, take.
|
προσδέχονται,prosdechontai
|
await,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G386ἀνάστασινanastasin (N-AFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασινanastasin
|
that a resurrection
|
N-AFS
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
there is about
|
V-PNA
|
G1510ἔσεσθαιesesthai (V-FNM)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθαιesesthai
|
to be
|
V-FNM
|
G1342δικαίωνdikaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δικαίωνdikaiōn
|
of the just
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G94ἀδίκων.adikōn (Adj-GMP)
G94 ἄδικος ádikos ad-ee-kos from Α (as a negative particle) and δίκη; unjust; by extension wicked; by implication, treacherous; specially, heathen:--unjust, unrighteous.
|
ἀδίκων.adikōn
|
of the unjust.
|
Adj-GMP
|
15
Have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there will be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust.Acts 24:15
Stats
Rank: #1403 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 22 words, 108 letters, 39 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελπιδα εχων εις τον θεον ην και αυτοι ουτοι προσδεχονται αναστασιν μελλειν εσεσθαι νεκρων δικαιων τε και αδικων
Lit: a hope having in God which also they themselves await, that a resurrection there is about to be of the just both and of the unjust.
KJV: And have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust.
References
"have"Ac 24:21: Except it be for this one voice: that I cried standing among them: Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day.Ac 26:6: 7: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Ac 28:20-31: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain."that"Ac 23:6-8: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Job 19:25: 26: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Mt 22:31: 32: But as touching the resurrection of the dead: have you not read that which was spoken to you by God: saying: Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: 1Co 15:12-27: Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead: how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.1Th 4:14-16: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.Re 20:6: 12: 13: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.
εν τουτω δε αυτος ασκω απροσκοπον συνειδησιν εχειν προς τον θεον και τους ανθρωπους διαπαντος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
I myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G778ἀσκῶaskō (V-PIA-1S)
G778 ἀσκέω askéō as-keh-o probably from the same as σκεῦος; to elaborate, i.e. (figuratively) train (by implication, strive):--exercise.
|
ἀσκῶaskō
|
strive,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G677ἀπρόσκοπονaproskopon (Adj-AFS)
G677 ἀπρόσκοπος apróskopos ap-ros-kop-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of προσκόπτω; actively, inoffensive, i.e. not leading into sin; passively, faultless, i.e. not led into sin:--none (void of, without) offence.
|
ἀπρόσκοπονaproskopon
|
without offense
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS)
G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
a conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men,
|
N-AMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3956παντός.pantos (Adj-GMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντός.pantos
|
everything.
|
Adj-GMS
|
16
Herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God, and toward men.Acts 24:16
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 83 letters, 34 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τουτω δε αυτος ασκω απροσκοπον συνειδησιν εχειν προς τον θεον και τους ανθρωπους διαπαντος
Lit: In this also I myself strive, without offense a conscience to have toward God and men, through everything.
KJV: And herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God, and toward men.
References
"And herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God, and toward men."Ac 23:1: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ro 2:15: Which show the work of the law written in their hearts: their conscience also bearing witness: and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another;)Ro 9:1: I say the truth in Christ: I not lie: my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost: 1Co 4:4: For I not knowhing by myself; yet am not I hereby justified: but He that'>He who judges me is the Lord.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.1Th 2:10: You are witnesses: and God also: how holily and justly and unblameably we behaved ourselves among you that believe:1Ti 1:5: 19: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:1Ti 3:9: Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.2Ti 1:3: I thank God: whom I serve from my forefathers with pure conscience: that without ceasing I have remembrance of you in my prayers night and day;Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled.Tit 2:11-13: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Heb 13:18: Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience: in all things willing to live honestly.1Pe 2:19: For this is thankworthy: if a man for conscience toward God endure grief: suffering wrongfully.1Pe 3:16: 21: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.
δι ετων δε πλειονων παρεγενομην ελεημοσυνας ποιησων εις το εθνος μου και προσφορας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223Δι’di’ (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
Δι’di’
|
After
|
Prep
|
G2094ἐτῶνetōn (N-GNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἐτῶνetōn
|
years
|
N-GNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4119πλειόνωνpleionōn (Adj-GNP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλειόνωνpleionōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GNP-C
|
G1654ἐλεημοσύναςeleēmosynas (N-AFP)
G1654 ἐλεημοσύνη eleēmosýnē el-eh-ay-mos-oo-nay from ἔλεος; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction:--alms(-deeds).
|
ἐλεημοσύναςeleēmosynas
|
alms
|
N-AFP
|
G4160ποιήσωνpoiēsōn (V-FPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωνpoiēsōn
|
to bring
|
V-FPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3854παρεγενόμηνparegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παρεγενόμηνparegenomēn
|
I arrived,
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4376προσφοράς,prosphoras (N-AFP)
G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφοράς,prosphoras
|
offerings,
|
N-AFP
|
17
Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings.Acts 24:17
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 13 words, 55 letters, 20 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: δι ετων δε πλειονων παρεγενομην ελεημοσυνας ποιησων εις το εθνος μου και προσφορας
Lit: After years now many, alms to bring to the nation of me, I arrived, and offerings,
KJV: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings.
References
"to bring"Ac 11:29: 30: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Ac 20:16: For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus: because he not would spend the time in Asia: for he hasted: if it were possible for him: to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.Ro 15:25: 26: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.1Co 16:1: 2: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.Ga 2:10: Only they would that we should remember the poor; the same which I also was forward to do."offerings"Ac 21:26: Then Paul took the men: and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple: to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification: until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.
εν οις ευρον με ηγνισμενον εν τω ιερω ου μετα οχλου ουδε μετα θορυβου τινες {VAR1: δε } απο της ασιας ιουδαιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3739αἷςhais (RelPro-DFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἷςhais
|
which
|
RelPro-DFP
|
G2147εὗρόνheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρόνheuron
|
they found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G48ἡγνισμένονhēgnismenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G48 ἁγνίζω hagnízō hag-nid-zo from ἁγνός; to make clean, i.e. (figuratively) sanctify (ceremonially or morally):--purify (self).
|
ἡγνισμένονhēgnismenon
|
purified
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷ,hierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷ,hierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
a crowd,
|
N-GMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2351θορύβου,thorybou (N-GMS)
G2351 θόρυβος thórybos thor-oo-bos from the base of θροέω; a disturbance:--tumult, uproar.
|
θορύβου,thorybou
|
tumult.
|
N-GMS
|
G5101τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τινὲςtines
|
Some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however are
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G773ἈσίαςAsias (N-GFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίαςAsias
|
Asia,
|
N-GFS
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
18
Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult.Acts 24:18
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 15 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν οις ευρον με ηγνισμενον εν τω ιερω ου μετα οχλου ουδε μετα θορυβου τινες {VAR1: δε } απο της ασιας ιουδαιοι
Lit: during which they found me purified in the temple, not with a crowd, nor in tumult. Some however are from Asia, Jews
KJV: Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult.
References
"Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult."Ac 21:26-30: Then Paul took the men: and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple: to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification: until that an offering should be offered for every one of them.Ac 26:21: For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple: and went about to kill me.
ους {VAR1: δει } {VAR2: εδει } επι σου παρειναι και κατηγορειν ει τι εχοιεν προς με
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
who
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1163ἔδειedei (V-IIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ἔδειedei
|
ought
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3918παρεῖναιpareinai (V-PNA)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρεῖναιpareinai
|
to appear
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2723κατηγορεῖνkatēgorein (V-PNA)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορεῖνkatēgorein
|
to make accusation,
|
V-PNA
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχοιενechoien (V-POA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοιενechoien
|
they may have
|
V-POA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέ.eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ.eme
|
me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
19
Who ought to have been here before you, and object, if they had ought against me.Acts 24:19
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 27 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ους {VAR1: δει } {VAR2: εδει } επι σου παρειναι και κατηγορειν ει τι εχοιεν προς με
Lit: who ought before you to appear and to make accusation, if anything they may have against me.
KJV: Who ought to have been here before thee, and object, if they had ought against me.
References
"Who ought to have been here before thee, and object, if they had ought against me."Ac 23:30: When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man: I sent straightway to you: and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.
η αυτοι ουτοι ειπατωσαν ει τι ευρον εν εμοι αδικημα σταντος μου επι του συνεδριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Otherwise
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
themselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
it
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3004εἰπάτωσανeipatōsan (V-AMA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπάτωσανeipatōsan
|
let them say
|
V-AMA-3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
any
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
they found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G92ἀδίκημαadikēma (N-ANS)
G92 ἀδίκημα adíkēma ad-eek-ay-mah from ἀδικέω; a wrong done:--evil doing, iniquity, matter of wrong.
|
ἀδίκημαadikēma
|
unrighteousness,
|
N-ANS
|
G2476στάντοςstantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στάντοςstantos
|
having stood
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
in me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4892συνεδρίου,synedriou (N-GNS)
G4892 συνέδριον synédrion soon-ed-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of a compound of σύν and the base of ἑδραῖος; a joint session, i.e. (specially), the Jewish Sanhedrin; by analogy, a subordinate tribunal:--council.
|
συνεδρίου,synedriou
|
Council,
|
N-GNS
|
20
Or else let these same here say, if they have found any evil doing in me, while I stood before the council,Acts 24:20
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 20 words, 83 letters, 36 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: η αυτοι ουτοι ειπατωσαν ει τι ευρον εν εμοι αδικημα σταντος μου επι του συνεδριου
Lit: Otherwise themselves it let them say any they found unrighteousness, having stood in me before the Council,
KJV: Or else let these same here say, if they have found any evil doing in me, while I stood before the council,
η περι μιας ταυτης φωνης ης εκραξα εστως εν αυτοις οτι περι αναστασεως νεκρων εγω κρινομαι σημερον υφ υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
other than
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G1520μιᾶςmias (Adj-GFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾶςmias
|
one
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2896ἐκέκραξαekekraxa (V-AIA-1S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἐκέκραξαekekraxa
|
I cried out
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2476ἑστὼςhestōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστὼςhestōs
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
the resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
of the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2919κρίνομαιkrinomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνομαιkrinomai
|
am judged
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
this day
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
21
Except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day.
Acts 24:21
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 26 words, 115 letters, 46 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: η περι μιας ταυτης φωνης ης εκραξα εστως εν αυτοις οτι περι αναστασεως νεκρων εγω κρινομαι σημερον υφ υμων
Lit: other than concerning one this voice which I cried out among them standing - : Concerning the resurrection of the dead I am judged this day by you.
KJV: Except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day.
References
"Touching"Ac 4:2: Being grieved that they taught the people: and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead.Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 26:6-8: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.
The Verdict Postposed
ακουσας δε ταυτα ο φηλιξ ανεβαλετο αυτους ακριβεστερον ειδως τα περι της οδου ειπων οταν λυσιας ο χιλιαρχος καταβη διαγνωσομαι τα καθ υμας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G306ἈνεβάλετοAnebaleto (V-AIM-3S)
G306 ἀναβάλλομαι anabállomai an-ab-al-lom-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and βάλλω; to put off (for oneself):--defer.
|
ἈνεβάλετοAnebaleto
|
Put off
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5344Φῆλιξ,Phēlix (N-NMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
Φῆλιξ,Phēlix
|
Felix,
|
N-NMS
|
G199ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G199 ἀκριβῶς akribōs ak-ree-boce adverb from the same as ἀκριβέστατος; exactly:--circumspectly, diligently, perfect(-ly).
|
ἀκριβέστερονakribesteron
|
more precisely
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G1492εἰδὼςeidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδὼςeidōs
|
having knowledge of
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3598Ὁδοῦ,Hodou (N-GFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
Ὁδοῦ,Hodou
|
Way,
|
N-GFS
|
G3004εἴπαςeipas (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπαςeipas
|
having said,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3752ὍτανHotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὍτανHotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G3079ΛυσίαςLysias (N-NMS)
G3079 Λυσίας Lysías loo-see-as of uncertain affinity; Lysias, a Roman:--Lysias.
|
ΛυσίαςLysias
|
Lysias
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5506χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos (N-NMS)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοςchiliarchos
|
commander
|
N-NMS
|
G2597καταβῇ,katabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβῇ,katabē
|
might have come down,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1231διαγνώσομαιdiagnōsomai (V-FIM-1S)
G1231 διαγινώσκω diaginṓskō dee-ag-in-o-sko from διά and γινώσκω; to know thoroughly, i.e. ascertain exactly:--(would) enquire, know the uttermost.
|
διαγνώσομαιdiagnōsomai
|
I will examine
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
as to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς·hymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς·hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
22
When Felix heard these things, having more perfect knowledge of that way, he deferred them, and said, When Lysias the chief captain will come down, I will know the uttermost of your matter.
Acts 24:22
Stats
Counts: 194 characters, 29 words, 155 letters, 54 vowels, 101 consonants
Translation
Greek: ακουσας δε ταυτα ο φηλιξ ανεβαλετο αυτους ακριβεστερον ειδως τα περι της οδου ειπων οταν λυσιας ο χιλιαρχος καταβη διαγνωσομαι τα καθ υμας
Lit: Put off however them Felix, more precisely having knowledge of the things concerning the Way, having said, When Lysias the commander might have come down, I will examine the things as to you,
KJV: And when Felix heard these things, having more perfect knowledge of that way, he deferred them, and said, When Lysias the chief captain shall come down, I will know the uttermost of your matter.
References
"having"Ac 24:10: 24: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Ac 26:3: Especially because I know you to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: for what reason I beseech you to hear me patiently."When"Ac 24:7: But the chief captain Lysias came upon us: and with great violence took him away out of our hands: Ac 18:20: When they desired him to tarry longer time with them: he not consented;Ac 25:26: Of whom I have no certain thing to write to my lord. For what reason I have brought him forth before you: and specially before you: O king Agrippa: that: after examination had: I might have somewhat to write.De 19:18: The judges will make diligent inquisition: and: look: if the witness be a false witness: and has testified falsely against his brother;
διαταξαμενος τε τω εκατονταρχη τηρεισθαι τον παυλον εχειν τε ανεσιν και μηδενα κωλυειν των ιδιων αυτου υπηρετειν η προσερχεσθαι αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1299διαταξάμενοςdiataxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διαταξάμενοςdiataxamenos
|
having commanded
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē (N-DMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē
|
centurion
|
N-DMS
|
G5083τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai (V-PNM/P)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai
|
to keep
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to let him have
|
V-PNA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G425ἄνεσινanesin (N-AFS)
G425 ἄνεσις ánesis an-es-is from ἀνίημι; relaxation or (figuratively) relief:--eased, liberty, rest.
|
ἄνεσινanesin
|
ease,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδέναmēdena (Adj-AMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδέναmēdena
|
not
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2967κωλύεινkōlyein (V-PNA)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύεινkōlyein
|
to forbid
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2398ἰδίωνidiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίωνidiōn
|
own
|
Adj-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5256ὑπηρετεῖνhypēretein (V-PNA)
G5256 ὑπηρετέω hypēretéō hoop-ay-ret-eh-o from ὑπηρέτης; to be a subordinate, i.e. (by implication) subserve:--minister (unto), serve.
|
ὑπηρετεῖνhypēretein
|
to minister
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
to him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
23
He commanded a centurion to keep Paul, and to let him have liberty, and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come to him.Acts 24:23
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 27 words, 121 letters, 50 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαταξαμενος τε τω εκατονταρχη τηρεισθαι τον παυλον εχειν τε ανεσιν και μηδενα κωλυειν των ιδιων αυτου υπηρετειν η προσερχεσθαι αυτω
Lit: having commanded the centurion to keep him, to let him have then ease, and not to forbid the own of him to minister to him.
KJV: And he commanded a centurion to keep Paul, and to let him have liberty, and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come unto him.
References
"and to"Ac 24:26: He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul: that he might loose him: for what reason he sent for him the oftener: and communed with him.Ac 27:3: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Ac 28:16: 31: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him."his"Ac 21:8-14: The next day we that were of Paul's company departed: and came to Caesarea: and we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist: which was one of the 7; and abode with him.
μετα δε ημερας τινας παραγενομενος ο φηλιξ συν δρουσιλλη τη γυναικι αυτου ουση ιουδαια μετεπεμψατο τον παυλον και ηκουσεν αυτου περι της εις χριστον πιστεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5100τινὰςtinas (IPro-AFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰςtinas
|
some,
|
IPro-AFP
|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
having arrived
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G5344ΦῆλιξPhēlix (N-NMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦῆλιξPhēlix
|
Felix
|
N-NMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1409ΔρουσίλλῃDrousillē (N-DFS)
G1409 Δρούσιλλα Droúsilla droo-sil-lah a feminine diminutive of Drusus (a Roman name); Drusilla, a member of the Herodian family:--Drusilla.
|
ΔρουσίλλῃDrousillē
|
Drusilla,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
wife,
|
N-DFS
|
G1510οὔσῃousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὔσῃousē
|
being
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G2453ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia (Adj-DFS)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίᾳIoudaia
|
a Jewess,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3343μετεπέμψατοmetepempsato (V-AIM-3S)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μετεπέμψατοmetepempsato
|
he sent for
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3972Παῦλον,Paulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλον,Paulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσενēkousen (V-AIA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσενēkousen
|
heard
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G4102πίστεως.pisteōs (N-GFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεως.pisteōs
|
faith.
|
N-GFS
|
24
After certain days, when Felix came with His wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, He sent for Paul, and heard Him concerning the faith in Christ.Acts 24:24
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 23 words, 116 letters, 41 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε ημερας τινας παραγενομενος ο φηλιξ συν δρουσιλλη τη γυναικι αυτου ουση ιουδαια μετεπεμψατο τον παυλον και ηκουσεν αυτου περι της εις χριστον πιστεως
Lit: After then days some, having arrived Felix with Drusilla, the own wife, being a Jewess, he sent for Paul and heard him concerning the in Christ Jesus faith.
KJV: And after certain days, when Felix came with his wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, he sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ.
References
"he sent"Ac 26:22: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Lu 19:3: He sought to see Jesus who He was; and not could for the press: because He was little of stature.Lu 23:8: When Herod saw Jesus: He was exceeding glad: for He was desirous to see Him of a long season: because He had heard many things of Him; and He hoped to have seen some miracle done by Him."the faith"Ac 16:31: They said: Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ: and you will be saved: and your house.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ga 2:16: 20: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Ga 3:2: This only would I learn of you: Received you the Spirit by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?1Jo 5:1: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him.Jude 1:3: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus.
διαλεγομενου δε αυτου περι δικαιοσυνης και εγκρατειας και του κριματος του μελλοντος εσεσθαι εμφοβος γενομενος ο φηλιξ απεκριθη το νυν εχον πορευου καιρον δε μεταλαβων μετακαλεσομαι σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1256διαλεγομένουdialegomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλεγομένουdialegomenou
|
Reasoning
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs (N-GFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs
|
righteousness
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1466ἐγκρατείαςenkrateias (N-GFS)
G1466 ἐγκράτεια enkráteia eng-krat-i-ah from ἐγκρατής; self-control (especially continence):--temperance.
|
ἐγκρατείαςenkrateias
|
self-control
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2917κρίματοςkrimatos (N-GNS)
G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίματοςkrimatos
|
judgment
|
N-GNS
|
G3195μέλλοντοςmellontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντοςmellontos
|
coming,
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G1719ἔμφοβοςemphobos (Adj-NMS)
G1719 ἔμφοβος émphobos em-fob-os from ἐν and φόβος; in fear, i.e. alarmed:--affrighted, afraid, tremble.
|
ἔμφοβοςemphobos
|
frightened
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G5344ΦῆλιξPhēlix (N-NMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦῆλιξPhēlix
|
Felix
|
N-NMS
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
For the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
present
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχονechon (V-PPA-ANS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονechon
|
being
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G4198πορεύου,poreuou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύου,poreuou
|
go away;
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
opportunity
|
N-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3335μεταλαβὼνmetalabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μεταλαβὼνmetalabōn
|
having found,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3333μετακαλέσομαίmetakalesomai (V-FIM-1S)
G3333 μετακαλέω metakaléō met-ak-al-eh-o from μετά and καλέω; to call elsewhere, i.e. summon:--call (for, hither).
|
μετακαλέσομαίmetakalesomai
|
I will call for
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
25
As he reasoned of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come, Felix trembled, and answered, Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for you.
Acts 24:25
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 25 words, 142 letters, 55 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαλεγομενου δε αυτου περι δικαιοσυνης και εγκρατειας και του κριματος του μελλοντος εσεσθαι εμφοβος γενομενος ο φηλιξ απεκριθη το νυν εχον πορευου καιρον δε μεταλαβων μετακαλεσομαι σε
Lit: Reasoning then he concerning righteousness and self-control and the judgment coming, frightened having become, Felix answered, For the present being go away; opportunity then having found, I will call for you.
KJV: And as he reasoned of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come, Felix trembled, and answered, Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee.
References
"he"Ac 17:2: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: 1Sa 12:7: Now therefore stand still: that I may reason with you before the LORD of all the righteous acts of the LORD: which He did to you and to your fathers.Isa 1:18: Come now: and let us reason together: says the LORD: though your sins be as scarlet: they will be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson: they will be as wool.Isa 41:21: Produce your cause: says the LORD; bring forth your strong reasons: says the King of Jacob.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.1Pe 3:15: But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asks you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear:"righteousness"Ac 24:15: 26: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.2Sa 23:3: The God of Israel said: the Rock of Israel spoke to me: He who rules over men must be just: ruling in the fear of God.Job 29:14: I put on righteousness: and it clothed me: my judgment was as a robe and a diadem.Ps 11:7: For the righteous LORD loves righteousness; His face does look the upright.Ps 45:7: You love righteousness: and hate wickedness: therefore God: your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Ps 58:1: 2: > Do you indeed speak righteousness: O congregation? do you judge uprightly: O you sons of men?Ps 72:2: He will judge your people with righteousness: and your poor with judgment.Ps 82:1-4: > God stands in the congregation of the mighty; He judges among the gods.Pr 16:12: It is an abomination to kings to commit wickedness: for the throne is established by righteousness.Ec 3:16: Moreover I saw under the sun the place of judgment: that wickedness was there; and the place of righteousness: that iniquity was there.Isa 1:21: How is the faithful city become an harlot! it was full of judgment; righteousness lodged in it; but now murderers.Isa 16:5: In mercy will the throne be established: and he will sit upon it in truth in the tabernacle of David: judging: and seeking judgment: and hasting righteousness.Isa 61:8: For I the LORD love judgment: I hate robbery for burnt offering; and I will direct their work in truth: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them.Jer 22:3: 15-17: Thus says the LORD; Execute you judgment and righteousness: and deliver the spoiled out of the hand of the oppressor: and do no wrong: do no violence to the stranger: the fatherless: nor the widow: neither shed innocent blood in this place.Eze 45:9: Thus says the Lord GOD; Let it suffice you: O princes of Israel: remove violence and spoil: and execute judgment and justice: take away your exactions from my people: says the Lord GOD.Da 4:27: For what reason: O king: let my counsel be acceptable to you: and break off your sins by righteousness: and your iniquities by shewing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of your tranquillity.Ho 10:4: 12: They have spoken words: swearing falsely in making a covenant: thus judgment springs up as hemlock in the furrows of the field.Am 5:24: But let judgment run down as waters: and righteousness as a mighty stream.Am 6:12: Will horses run upon the rock? will one plow there with oxen? for you have turned judgment into gall: and the fruit of righteousness into hemlock:Joh 16:8: When he is come: he will reprove the world of sin: and of righteousness: and of judgment:1Jo 3:7: 10: Little children: let no man deceive you: he who does righteousness is righteous: even as he is righteous."temperance"Pr 31:3-5: not Give your strength to women: nor your ways to that which destroyeth kings.Ec 10:16: 17: Woe to you: O land: when your king is a child: and your princes eat in the morning!Isa 28:6: 7: For a spirit of judgment to him that sits in judgment: and for strength to them that turn the battle to the gate.Da 5:1-4: 30: Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a000 of his lords: and drank wine before the000.Ho 7:5: In the day of our king the princes have made him sick with bottles of wine; he stretched out his hand with scorners.Mr 6:18-24: For John had said to Herod: It not is lawful for you to have your brother's wife.Ga 5:23: Meekness: temperance: against such there is no law.Tit 2:11: 12: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: 1Pe 4:4: Wherein they think it strange that you not run with them to the same excess of riot: speaking evil of you:2Pe 1:6: To knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness;"judgment"Ac 10:42: He commanded us to preach to the people: and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead.Ac 17:13: But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea: they came there also: and stirred up the people.Ps 50:3: 4: Our God will come: and will not keep silence: a fire will devour before Him: and it will be very tempestuous round about Him.Ec 3:17: I said in my heart: God will judge the righteous and the wicked: for there is a time there for every purpose and for every work.Ec 5:8: If you see the oppression of the poor: and violent perverting of judgment and justice in a province: not marvel at the matter: for he who is higher than the high regards; and there be higher than they.Ec 11:9: Rejoice: O young man: in your youth; and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth: and walk in the ways of your heart: and in the sight of your eyes: but know you: that for all these things God will bring you into judgment.Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Mt 25:31-46: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Ro 2:16: In the day when God will judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel.Ro 14:12: So then every one of us will give account of Himself to God.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: 2Ti 4:1: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;Heb 6:2: Of the doctrine of baptisms: and of laying on of hands: and of resurrection of the dead: and of eternal judgment.Heb 9:27: As it is appointed to men once to die: but after this the judgment:1Pe 4:5: Who will give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead.Re 20:11-15: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."Felix"Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 9:6: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 16:29: Then he called for a light: and sprang in: and came trembling: and fell down before Paul and Silas: 1Ki 21:27: It came to pass: when Ahab heard those words: that he tear his clothes: and put sackcloth upon his flesh: and fasted: and lay in sackcloth: and went softly.2Ki 22:19: Because your heart was tender: and you have humbled yourself before the LORD: when you heard what I spoke against this place: and against the inhabitants thereof: that they should become a desolation and a curse: and have tear your clothes: and wept before me; I also have heard you: says the LORD.Ezr 10:3: 9: Now therefore let us make a covenant with our God to put away all the wives: and such as are born of them: according to the counsel of my lord: and of those that tremble at the commandment of our God; and let it be done according to the law.Ps 99:1: The LORD reigns; let the people tremble: He sits between the cherubims; let the earth be moved.Ps 119:120: My flesh trembles for fear of you; and I am afraid of your judgments.Isa 32:11: Tremble: you women that are at ease; be troubled: you careless ones: strip you: and make you bare: and gird sackcloth upon your loins.Isa 66:2: For all those things has my hand made: and all those things have been: says the LORD: but to this man will I look: even to Him that is poor and of a contrite spirit: and trembles at my word.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Hab 3:16: When I heard: my belly trembled; my lips quivered at the voice: rottenness entered into my bones: and I trembled in myself: that I might rest in the day of trouble: when he comes up to the people: he will invade them with his troops.Ro 3:19: 20: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.1Co 14:24: 25: But if all prophesy: and there come in one that believes not: or one unlearned: he is convinced of all: he is judged of all:Ga 3:22: But the scripture has concluded all under sin: that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe.Heb 4:1: 12: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 12:21: So terrible was the sight: that Moses said: I exceedingly fear and quake:)Jas 2:19: You believe that there is one God; you do well: the devils also believe: and tremble."Go"Ac 16:30-34: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ac 26:28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.1Ki 22:26: 27: The king of Israel said: Take Micaiah: and carry him back to Amon the governor of the city: and to Joash the king's son;Pr 1:24-32: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Jer 37:17-21: Then Zedekiah the king sent: and took Him out: and the king asked Him secretly in His house: and said: Is there any word from the LORD? And Jeremiah said: There is: for: said He: you will be delivered into the hand of the king of Babylon.Jer 38:14-28: Then Zedekiah the king sent: and took Jeremiah the prophet to Him into the third entry that is in the house of the LORD: and the king said to Jeremiah: I will ask you a thing; not hidehing from me.Mt 14:5-10: When he would have put him to death: he feared the multitude: because they counted him as a prophet.Mt 22:5: But they made light of it: and went their ways: one to his farm: another to his merchandise:Mt 25:1-10: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom."when"Ac 17:32: When they heard of the resurrection of the dead: some mocked: and others said: We will hear you again of this matter.Pr 6:4: 5: not Give sleep to your eyes: nor slumber to your eyelids.Isa 55:6: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Hag 1:2: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: This people say: The time not is come: the time that the LORD's house should be built.Lu 13:24: 25: Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many: I say to you: will seek to enter in: and will not be able.Lu 17:26-29: As it was in the days of Noe: so will it be also in the days of the Son of man.2Co 6:2: (For he says: I have heard you in a time accepted: and in the day of salvation have I succoured you: look: now is the accepted time; look: now is the day of salvation.)Heb 3:7: 8: 13: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 4:11: Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest: lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.Jas 4:13: 14: Go to now: you that say: Today or to morrow we will go into such a city: and continue there a year: and buy and sell: and get gain:
αμα δε και ελπιζων οτι χρηματα δοθησεται αυτω υπο του παυλου οπως λυση αυτον διο και πυκνοτερον αυτον μεταπεμπομενος ωμιλει αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G260ἅμαhama (Adv)
G260 ἅμα háma ham-ah a primary particle; properly, at the same time, but freely used as a preposition or adverb denoting close association:--also, and, together, with(-al).
|
ἅμαhama
|
At the same time
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G1679ἐλπίζωνelpizōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἐλπίζωνelpizōn
|
he is hoping
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5536χρήματαchrēmata (N-NNP)
G5536 χρῆμα chrēma khray-mah, Noun Neuter
|
χρήματαchrēmata
|
riches
|
N-NNP
|
G1325δοθήσεταιdothēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθήσεταιdothēsetai
|
will be given
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3972Παύλου·Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου·Paulou
|
Paul.
|
N-GMS
|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4437πυκνότερονpyknoteron (Adj-ANS-C)
G4437 πυκνός pyknós pook-nos from the same as σκηνοποιός; clasped (thick), i.e. (figuratively) frequent; neuter plural (as adverb) frequently:--often(-er).
|
πυκνότερονpyknoteron
|
often
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3343μεταπεμπόμενοςmetapempomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μεταπεμπόμενοςmetapempomenos
|
sending for,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3656ὡμίλειhōmilei (V-IIA-3S)
G3656 ὁμιλέω homiléō hom-il-eh-o from ὅμιλος; to be in company with, i.e. (by implication) to converse:--commune, talk.
|
ὡμίλειhōmilei
|
he was talking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
with him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
26
He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him: for what reason he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him.Acts 24:26
Stats
Rank: #4338 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 147 characters, 25 words, 116 letters, 45 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: αμα δε και ελπιζων οτι χρηματα δοθησεται αυτω υπο του παυλου οπως λυση αυτον διο και πυκνοτερον αυτον μεταπεμπομενος ωμιλει αυτω
Lit: At the same time also, he is hoping that riches will be given him by Paul. Therefore also often him sending for, he was talking with him.
KJV: He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him.
References
"hoped"Ac 24:2: 3: When he was called forth: Tertullus began to accuse him: saying: Seeing that by you we enjoy great quietness: and that very worthy deeds are done to this nation by your providence: Ex 23:8: you will take no gift: for the gift blinds the wise: and perverts the words of the righteous.De 16:19: You will not wrest judgment; you will not respect persons: neither take a gift: for a gift does blind the eyes of the wise: and pervert the words of the righteous.1Sa 8:3: His sons not walked in his ways: but turned aside after lucre: and took bribes: and perverted judgment.1Sa 12:3: Look: here I am: witness against me before the LORD: and before His anointed: whose ox have I taken? or whose ass have I taken? or whom have I defrauded? whom have I oppressed? or of whose hand have I received any bribe to blind my eyes therewith? and I will restore it you.2Ch 19:7: For what reason now let the fear of the LORD be upon you; take heed and do it: for there is no iniquity with the LORD our God: nor respect of persons: nor taking of gifts.Job 15:34: For the congregation of hypocrites will be desolate: and fire will consume the tabernacles of bribery.Ps 26:9: 10: not Gather my soul with sinners: nor my life with bloody men:Pr 17:8: 23: A gift is as a precious stone in the eyes of him that has it: wherever it turns: it prospers.Pr 19:6: Many will intreat the favour of the prince: and every man is a friend to him that gives gifts.Pr 29:4: The king by judgment establisheth the land: but he who receives gifts overthrows it.Isa 1:23: Your princes are rebellious: and companions of thieves: every one loves gifts: and follows after rewards: they not judge the fatherless: neither does the cause of the widow come to them.Isa 33:15: He who walks righteously: and speaks uprightly; he who despises the gain of oppressions: that shakes his hands from holding of bribes: that stops his ears from hearing of blood: and shuts his eyes from seeing evil;Isa 56:11: Yes: they are greedy dogs which can never have enough: and they are shepherds that cannot understand: they all look to their own way: every one for his gain: from his quarter.Eze 22:27: Her princes in the middle thereof are like wolves ravening the prey: to shed blood: and to destroy souls: to get dishon gain.Eze 33:31: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Ho 4:18: Their drink is sour: they have committed whoredom continually: her rulers with shame do love: Give you.Ho 12:7: 8: He is a merchant: the balances of deceit are in his hand: he loves to oppress.Am 2:6: 7: Thus says the LORD; For 3 transgressions of Israel: and for 4: I not will turn away the punishment thereof; because they sold the righteous for silver: and the poor for a pair of shoes;Mic 3:11: The heads thereof judge for reward: and the priests thereof teach for hire: and the prophets thereof divine for money: yet will they lean upon the LORD: and say: Is not the LORD among us? none evil can come upon us.Mic 7:3: That they may do evil with both hands earnestly: the prince asks: and the judge asks for a reward; and the great man: he utters his mischievous desire: so they wrap it up.1Co 6:9: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Eph 5:5: 6: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.2Pe 2:3: 14: 15: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.
διετιας δε πληρωθεισης ελαβεν διαδοχον ο φηλιξ πορκιον φηστον θελων τε χαριτας καταθεσθαι τοις ιουδαιοις ο φηλιξ κατελιπεν τον παυλον δεδεμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1333ΔιετίαςDietias (N-GFS)
G1333 διετία dietía dee-et-ee-a from διετής; a space of two years (biennium):--two years.
|
ΔιετίαςDietias
|
Two years
|
N-GFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4137πληρωθείσηςplērōtheisēs (V-APP-GFS)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρωθείσηςplērōtheisēs
|
having been completed,
|
V-APP-GFS
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
received as
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1240διάδοχονdiadochon (N-AMS)
G1240 διάδοχος diádochos dee-ad-okh-os from διαδέχομαι; a successor in office:--room.
|
διάδοχονdiadochon
|
successor
|
N-AMS
|
G5344ΦῆλιξPhēlix (N-NMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦῆλιξPhēlix
|
Felix,
|
N-NMS
|
G4201ΠόρκιονPorkion (N-AMS)
G4201 Πόρκιος Pórkios por-kee-os of Latin origin; apparently swinish; Porcius, a Roman:--Porcius.
|
ΠόρκιονPorkion
|
Porcius
|
N-AMS
|
G5347Φῆστον·Phēston (N-AMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
Φῆστον·Phēston
|
Festus;
|
N-AMS
|
G2309θέλωνthelōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωνthelōn
|
wishing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5485χάριταcharita (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριταcharita
|
favor
|
N-AFS
|
G2698καταθέσθαιkatathesthai (V-ANM)
G2698 κατατίθημι katatíthēmi kat-at-ith-ay-mee from κατά and τίθημι; to place down, i.e. deposit (literally or figuratively):--do, lay, shew.
|
καταθέσθαιkatathesthai
|
to acquire for himself
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5344ΦῆλιξPhēlix (N-NMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦῆλιξPhēlix
|
Felix
|
N-NMS
|
G2641κατέλιπεkatelipe (V-AIA-3S)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
κατέλιπεkatelipe
|
left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G1210δεδεμένον.dedemenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένον.dedemenon
|
imprisoned.
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
27
But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix, willing to show the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound.Acts 24:27
Stats
Rank: #5286 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 18 words, 96 letters, 38 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: διετιας δε πληρωθεισης ελαβεν διαδοχον ο φηλιξ πορκιον φηστον θελων τε χαριτας καταθεσθαι τοις ιουδαιοις ο φηλιξ κατελιπεν τον παυλον δεδεμενον
Lit: Two years however having been completed, received as successor Felix, Porcius Festus; wishing then favor to acquire for himself with the Jews, Felix left Paul imprisoned.
KJV: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix, willing to shew the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound.
References
"two"Ac 28:30: Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house: and received all that came in to him: "Porcius Festus"Ac 25:1: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.Ac 26:24: 25: 32: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad."willing"Ac 12:3: Because he saw it pleased the Jews: he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.)Ac 25:9: 14: But Festus: willing to do the Jews a pleasure: answered Paul: and said: Will you go up to Jerusalem: and there be judged of these things before me?Ex 23:2: You will not follow a multitude to do evil; neither will you speak in a cause to decline after many to wrest judgment:Pr 29:25: The fear of man brings a snare: but whoever puts His trust in the LORD will be safe.Mr 15:15: so Pilate: willing to content the people: released Barabbas to them: and delivered Jesus: when He had scourged Him: to be crucified.Lu 23:24: 25: Pilate gave sentence that it should be as they required.Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ.
25
Paul before Festus
Paul’s Trial
φηστος ουν επιβας τη επαρχια μετα τρεις ημερας ανεβη εις ιεροσολυμα απο καισαρειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus
|
N-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1910ἐπιβὰςepibas (V-APA-NMS)
G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibaínō ep-ee-bah-ee-no from ἐπί and the base of βάσις; to walk upon, i.e. mount, ascend, embark, arrive:--come (into), enter into, go abroad, sit upon, take ship.
|
ἐπιβὰςepibas
|
having arrived in
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1885ἐπαρχείᾳ*eparcheia (N-DFS)
G1885 ἐπαρχία eparchía ep-ar-khee-ah from a compound of ἐπί and ἄρχω (meaning a governor of a district, eparch); a special region of government, i.e. a Roman præfecture:--province.
|
ἐπαρχείᾳ*eparcheia
|
province,
|
N-DFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
he went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem
|
N-ANP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισαρείας,Kaisareias (N-GFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισαρείας,Kaisareias
|
Caesarea.
|
N-GFS
|
1
Now when Festus was come into the province, after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.Acts 25:1
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 16 words, 82 letters, 33 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: φηστος ουν επιβας τη επαρχια μετα τρεις ημερας ανεβη εις ιεροσολυμα απο καισαρειας
Lit: Festus therefore having arrived in the province, after three days he went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea.
KJV: Now when Festus was come into the province, after three days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.
References
"into"Ac 23:34: When the governor had read the letter: he asked of what province he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia;"he"Ac 25:5: Let them therefore: said he: which among you are able: go down with me: and accuse this man: if there be any wickedness in him.Ac 18:22: When he had landed at Caesarea: and gone up: and saluted the church: he went down to Antioch.Ac 21:15: After those days we took up our carriages: and went up to Jerusalem.
ενεφανισαν δε αυτω ο αρχιερευς και οι πρωτοι των ιουδαιων κατα του παυλου και παρεκαλουν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1718ἐνεφάνισάνenephanisan (V-AIA-3P)
G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐνεφάνισάνenephanisan
|
Made a presentation before
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4413πρῶτοιprōtoi (Adj-NMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοιprōtoi
|
chiefs
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3870παρεκάλουνparekaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλουνparekaloun
|
they were begging
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
2
Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul, and besought him,Acts 25:2
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ενεφανισαν δε αυτω ο αρχιερευς και οι πρωτοι των ιουδαιων κατα του παυλου και παρεκαλουν αυτον
Lit: Made a presentation before then him the chief priests and the chiefs of the Jews, against Paul, and they were begging him,
KJV: Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul, and besought him,
References
"Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul, and besought him,"Ac 25:15: About whom: when I was at Jerusalem: the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me: desiring to have judgment against him.Ac 24:1: After 5 days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders: and with a certain orator named Tertullus: who informed the governor against Paul.Job 31:31: If the men of my tabernacle not said: Oh that we had of his flesh! we cannot be satisfied.Pr 4:16: For they not sleep: except they have done mischief; and their sleep is taken away: unless they cause some to fall.Ro 3:12-19: They are all gone out of the way: they are together become unprofitable; there is none that does good: no: not one.
αιτουμενοι χαριν κατ αυτου οπως μεταπεμψηται αυτον εις ιερουσαλημ ενεδραν ποιουντες ανελειν αυτον κατα την οδον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G154αἰτούμενοιaitoumenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτούμενοιaitoumenoi
|
asking
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
a favor
|
N-AFS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Adv)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
that
|
Adv
|
G3343μεταπέμψηταιmetapempsētai (V-ASM-3S)
G3343 μεταπέμπω metapémpō met-ap-emp-o from μετά and πέμπω; to send from elsewhere, i.e. (middle voice) to summon or invite:--call (send) for.
|
μεταπέμψηταιmetapempsētai
|
he would summon
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ,Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G1747ἐνέδρανenedran (N-AFS)
G1747 ἐνέδρα enédra en-ed-rah feminine from ἐν and the base of ἑδραῖος; an ambuscade, i.e. (figuratively) murderous purpose:--lay wait. See also ἔνεδρον.
|
ἐνέδρανenedran
|
an ambush
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ποιοῦντεςpoiountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦντεςpoiountes
|
forming
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G337ἀνελεῖνanelein (V-ANA)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀνελεῖνanelein
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδόν.hodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδόν.hodon
|
way.
|
N-AFS
|
3
Desired favour against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem, laying wait in the way to kill him.Acts 25:3
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: αιτουμενοι χαριν κατ αυτου οπως μεταπεμψηται αυτον εις ιερουσαλημ ενεδραν ποιουντες ανελειν αυτον κατα την οδον
Lit: asking a favor against him, that he would summon him to Jerusalem, an ambush forming to kill him on the way.
KJV: And desired favour against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem, laying wait in the way to kill him.
References
"desired"Ac 9:2: Desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues: that if he found any of this way: whether they were men or women: he might bring them bound to Jerusalem.1Sa 23:19-21: Then came up the Ziphites to Saul to Gibeah: saying: Does not David hide himself with us in strong holds in the wood: in the hill of Hachilah: which is on the south of Jeshimon?Jer 38:4: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Mr 6:23-25: He sware to her: Whatever you will ask of me: I will give it you: to the half of my kingdom.Lu 23:8-24: When Herod saw Jesus: He was exceeding glad: for He was desirous to see Him of a long season: because He had heard many things of Him; and He hoped to have seen some miracle done by Him."laying"Ac 23:12-15: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 26:9-11: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.Ps 64:2-6: Hide me from the secret counsel of the wicked; from the insurrection of the workers of iniquity:Ps 140:1-5: A Psalm of David.>> Deliver me: O LORD: from the evil man: preserve me from the violent man;Jer 18:18: Then said they: Come: and let us devise devices against Jeremiah; for the law will not perish from the priest: nor counsel from the wise: nor the word from the prophet. Come: and let us smite him with the tongue: and let not us give heed to any of his words.Joh 16:3: These things will they do to you: because they not have known the Father: nor me.Ro 3:8: not And rather: (as we be slanderously reported: and as some affirm that we say: ) Let us do evil: that good may come? whose damnation is just.
ο μεν ουν φηστος απεκριθη τηρεισθαι τον παυλον εν καισαρεια εαυτον δε μελλειν εν ταχει εκπορευεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus
|
N-NMS
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered that
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5083τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai (V-PNM/P)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai
|
is to be kept
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian
|
Caesarea;
|
N-AFS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
he himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
is about
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5034τάχειtachei (N-DNS)
G5034 τάχος táchos takh-os from the same as ταχύς; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with ἐν prefixed) in haste:--+ quickly, + shortly, + speedily.
|
τάχειtachei
|
quickness
|
N-DNS
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεσθαι·ekporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεσθαι·ekporeuesthai
|
to set out.
|
V-PNM/P
|
4
But Festus answered, that Paul should be kept at Caesarea, and that he himself would depart shortly there.Acts 25:4
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 16 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν φηστος απεκριθη τηρεισθαι τον παυλον εν καισαρεια εαυτον δε μελλειν εν ταχει εκπορευεσθαι
Lit: Indeed therefore Festus answered that is to be kept Paul in Caesarea; he himself now is about in quickness to set out.
KJV: But Festus answered, that Paul should be kept at Caesarea, and that he himself would depart shortly thither.
οι ουν δυνατοι εν υμιν φησιν συγκαταβαντες ει τι εστιν {VAR2: ατοπον } εν τω ανδρι τουτω κατηγορειτωσαν αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΟἱHoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΟἱHoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5346φησίν,phēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν,phēsin
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1415Δυνατοὶdynatoi (Adj-NMP)
G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
Δυνατοὶdynatoi
|
those in power,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4782συνκαταβάντεςsynkatabantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4782 συγκαταβαίνω synkatabaínō soong-kat-ab-ah-ee-no from σύν and καταβαίνω; to descend in company with:--go down with.
|
συνκαταβάντεςsynkatabantes
|
having gone down too,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τίti (IPro-NNS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τίti
|
anything
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
man
|
N-DMS
|
G824ἄτοπον,atopon (Adj-NNS)
G824 ἄτοπος átopos at-op-os from Α (as a negative particle) and τόπος; out of place, i.e. (figuratively) improper, injurious, wicked:--amiss, harm, unreasonable.
|
ἄτοπον,atopon
|
wrong,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2723κατηγορείτωσανkatēgoreitōsan (V-PMA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορείτωσανkatēgoreitōsan
|
let them accuse
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
Let them therefore, said he, which among you are able, go down with me, and accuse this man, if there be any wickedness in him.Acts 25:5
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι ουν δυνατοι εν υμιν φησιν συγκαταβαντες ει τι εστιν {VAR2: ατοπον } εν τω ανδρι τουτω κατηγορειτωσαν αυτου
Lit: Those therefore among you, he says, those in power, having gone down too, if anything there is in the man wrong, let them accuse him.
KJV: Let them therefore, said he, which among you are able, go down with me, and accuse this man, if there be any wickedness in him.
References
"them"Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.Ac 23:30: When it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man: I sent straightway to you: and gave commandment to his accusers also to say before you what they had against him. Farewell.Ac 24:8: Commanding his accusers to come to you: by examining of whom yourself may take knowledge of all these things: whereof we accuse him."if"Ac 25:18: 19: 25: Against whom when the accusers stood up: they brought none accusation of such things as I supposed:Ac 18:14: When Paul was now about to open his mouth: Gallio said to the Jews: If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness: O you Jews: reason would that I should bear with you:1Sa 24:11: 12: Moreover: my father: see: yes: see the skirt of your robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of your robe: and killed you not: know you and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in my hand: and I not have sinned against you; yet you hunt my soul to take it.Ps 7:3-5: O LORD my God: if I have done this; if there be iniquity in my hands;Joh 18:29: 30: Pilate then went out to them: and said: What accusation bring you against this man?
διατριψας δε εν αυτοις ημερας πλειους η δεκα καταβας εις καισαρειαν τη επαυριον καθισας επι του βηματος εκελευσεν τον παυλον αχθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1304ΔιατρίψαςDiatripsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
ΔιατρίψαςDiatripsas
|
Having spent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-AFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
more than
|
Adj-AFP-C
|
G3638ὀκτὼoktō (Adj-GFP)
G3638 ὀκτώ oktṓ ok-to a primary numeral; eight:--eight.
|
ὀκτὼoktō
|
eight
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1176δέκα,deka (Adj-GFP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκα,deka
|
ten,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2597καταβὰςkatabas (V-APA-NMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβὰςkatabas
|
having gone down
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
Καισάρειαν,Kaisareian
|
Caesarea,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G2523καθίσαςkathisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαςkathisas
|
having sat
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματοςbēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματοςbēmatos
|
judgment seat,
|
N-GNS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσενekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσενekeleusen
|
he commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G71ἀχθῆναι.achthēnai (V-ANP)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀχθῆναι.achthēnai
|
to be brought.
|
V-ANP
|
6
When he had tarried among them more than 10 days, he went down to Caesarea; and the next day sitting on the judgment seat commanded Paul to be brought.Acts 25:6
Stats
Counts: 158 characters, 28 words, 126 letters, 46 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: διατριψας δε εν αυτοις ημερας πλειους η δεκα καταβας εις καισαρειαν τη επαυριον καθισας επι του βηματος εκελευσεν τον παυλον αχθηναι
Lit: Having spent then with them days not more than eight or ten, having gone down to Caesarea, on the next day having sat on the judgment seat, he commanded Paul to be brought.
KJV: And when he had tarried among them more than ten days, he went down unto Caesarea; and the next day sitting on the judgment seat commanded Paul to be brought.
References
"sitting"Ac 25:10: 17: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 18:12-17: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Mt 27:19: When he was set down on the judgment seat: his wife sent to him: saying: Have you nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him.Joh 19:13: When Pilate therefore heard that saying: He brought Jesus forth: and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement: but in the Hebrew: Gabbatha.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.Jas 2:6: But you have despised the poor. not Do rich men oppress you: and draw you before the judgment seats?
παραγενομενου δε αυτου περιεστησαν οι απο ιεροσολυμων καταβεβηκοτες ιουδαιοι πολλα και βαρεα αιτιαματα φεροντες κατα του παυλου α ουκ ισχυον αποδειξαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3854παραγενομένουparagenomenou (V-APM-GMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενομένουparagenomenou
|
Having arrived
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4026περιέστησανperiestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4026 περιΐστημι periḯstēmi per-ee-is-tay-mee from περί and ἵστημι; to stand all around, i.e. (near) to be a bystander, or (aloof) to keep away from:--avoid, shun, stand by (round about).
|
περιέστησανperiestēsan
|
stood around
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GNP
|
G2597καταβεβηκότεςkatabebēkotes (V-RPA-NMP)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβεβηκότεςkatabebēkotes
|
having come down
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G926βαρέαbarea (Adj-ANP)
G926 βαρύς barýs bar-ooce from the same as βάρος; weighty, i.e. (fig) burdensome, grave:--grievous, heavy, weightier.
|
βαρέαbarea
|
weighty
|
Adj-ANP
|
G157αἰτιώματαaitiōmata (N-ANP)
G157 αἰτίαμα aitíama ahee-tee-am-ah from a derivative of αἰτία; a thing charged:--complaint.
|
αἰτιώματαaitiōmata
|
charges
|
N-ANP
|
G2702καταφέροντες,katapherontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2702 καταφέρω kataphérō kat-af-er-o from κατά and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear down, i.e. (figuratively) overcome (with drowsiness); specially, to cast a vote:--fall, give, sink down.
|
καταφέροντες,katapherontes
|
bringing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2480ἴσχυονischyon (V-IIA-3P)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυονischyon
|
they were able
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G584ἀποδεῖξαι,apodeixai (V-ANA)
G584 ἀποδείκνυμι apodeíknymi ap-od-ike-noo-mee from ἀπό and δεικνύω; to show off, i.e. exhibit; figuratively, to demonstrate, i.e. accredit:--(ap-)prove, set forth, shew.
|
ἀποδεῖξαι,apodeixai
|
to prove.
|
V-ANA
|
7
When he was come, the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul, which they not could prove.Acts 25:7
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 48 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραγενομενου δε αυτου περιεστησαν οι απο ιεροσολυμων καταβεβηκοτες ιουδαιοι πολλα και βαρεα αιτιαματα φεροντες κατα του παυλου α ουκ ισχυον αποδειξαι
Lit: Having arrived then he, stood around him the from Jerusalem having come down Jews, many and weighty charges bringing, which not they were able to prove.
KJV: And when he was come, the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul, which they could not prove.
References
"and laid"Ac 25:24: Festus said: King Agrippa: and all men which are here present with us: you see this man: about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me: both at Jerusalem: and also here: crying that he not ought to live any longer.Ac 21:28: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ac 24:5: 6: 13: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ezr 4:15: That search may be made in the book of the records of your fathers: so will you find in the book of the records: and know that this city is a rebellious city: and hurtful to kings and provinces: and that they have moved sedition within the same of old time: for which cause was this city destroyed.Es 3:8: Haman said to king Ahasuerus: There is a certain people scattered abroad and dispersed among the people in all the provinces of your kingdom; and their laws are diverse from all people; neither keep they the king's laws: therefore it is not for the king's profit to suffer them.Ps 27:12: Deliver not me over to the will of my enemies: for false witnesses are risen up against me: and such as breathe out cruelty.Ps 35:11: False witnesses did rise up; they laid to my charge things that I not knew.Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 26:60-62: But found none: yes: though many false witnesses came: yet found they none. At the last came two false witnesses: Mr 15:3: 4: The chief priests accused him of many things: but he not answeredhing.Lu 23:2: 10: They began to accuse Him: saying: We found this fellow perverting the nation: and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar: saying that He Himself is Christ a King.1Pe 4:14-16: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified.
απολογουμενου αυτου οτι ουτε εις τον νομον των ιουδαιων ουτε εις το ιερον ουτε εις καισαρα τι ημαρτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G626ἀπολογουμένουapologoumenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπολογουμένουapologoumenou
|
made his defense
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G3777ΟὔτεOute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
ΟὔτεOute
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2411ἱερὸνhieron (N-ANS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερὸνhieron
|
temple,
|
N-ANS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G2541ΚαίσαράKaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαράKaisara
|
Caesar,
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
in anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G264ἥμαρτον.hēmarton (V-AIA-1S)
G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἥμαρτον.hēmarton
|
have I sinned.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
8
While he answered for himself, Neither against the law of the Jews, neither against the temple, nor yet against Caesar, have I offended any thing at all.
Acts 25:8
Stats
Counts: 153 characters, 23 words, 122 letters, 47 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: απολογουμενου αυτου οτι ουτε εις τον νομον των ιουδαιων ουτε εις το ιερον ουτε εις καισαρα τι ημαρτον
Lit: Paul made his defense - : Neither against the law of the Jews, nor against the temple, nor against Caesar, in anything have I sinned.
KJV: While he answered for himself, Neither against the law of the Jews, neither against the temple, nor yet against Caesar, have I offended any thing at all.
References
"Neither"Ac 25:10: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:Ac 23:1: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 24:6: 12: 17-21: Who also has gone about to profane the temple: whom we took: and would have judged according to our law.Ac 28:17: 21: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.Ge 40:15: For indeed I was stolen away out of the land of the Hebrews: and here also have I not donehing that they should put me into the dungeon.Jer 37:18: Moreover Jeremiah said to king Zedekiah: What have I offended against you: or against your servants: or against this people: that you have put me in prison?Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.
ο φηστος δε τοις ιουδαιοις θελων χαριν καταθεσθαι αποκριθεις τω παυλω ειπεν θελεις εις ιεροσολυμα αναβας εκει περι τουτων κρινεσθαι επ εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλωνthelōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωνthelōn
|
wishing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
on the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
a favor
|
N-AFS
|
G2698καταθέσθαι,katathesthai (V-ANM)
G2698 κατατίθημι katatíthēmi kat-at-ith-ay-mee from κατά and τίθημι; to place down, i.e. deposit (literally or figuratively):--do, lay, shew.
|
καταθέσθαι,katathesthai
|
to lay,
|
V-ANM
|
G611ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis (V-APP-NMS)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀποκριθεὶςapokritheis
|
answering
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2309ΘέλειςTheleis (V-PIA-2S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ΘέλειςTheleis
|
Are you willing
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem
|
N-ANP
|
G305ἀναβὰςanabas (V-APA-NMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβὰςanabas
|
having gone up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G2919κριθῆναιkrithēnai (V-ANP)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κριθῆναιkrithēnai
|
to be judged
|
V-ANP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
before
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ;emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ;emou
|
me?
|
PPro-G1S
|
9
But Festus, willing to do the Jews a pleasure, answered Paul, and said, Will you go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things before me?
Acts 25:9
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 23 words, 115 letters, 46 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο φηστος δε τοις ιουδαιοις θελων χαριν καταθεσθαι αποκριθεις τω παυλω ειπεν θελεις εις ιεροσολυμα αναβας εκει περι τουτων κρινεσθαι επ εμου
Lit: Festus however, wishing on the Jews a favor to lay, answering Paul, said, Are you willing to Jerusalem having gone up, there concerning these things to be judged before me?
KJV: But Festus, willing to do the Jews a pleasure, answered Paul, and said, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things before me?
References
"willing"Ac 25:3: 20: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Ac 12:3: Because he saw it pleased the Jews: he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.)Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.Mr 15:15: so Pilate: willing to content the people: released Barabbas to them: and delivered Jesus: when He had scourged Him: to be crucified.
Paul Appeals to Caesar
ειπεν δε ο παυλος επι του βηματος καισαρος εστως ειμι ου με δει κρινεσθαι ιουδαιους ουδεν ηδικησα ως και συ καλλιον επιγινωσκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἶπενeipen
|
Said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2476Ἑστὼς ⇔Hestōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
Ἑστὼς ⇔Hestōs
|
Standing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G1909««ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
««ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματοςbēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματοςbēmatos
|
judgment seat
|
N-GNS
|
G2541Καίσαρος»Kaisaros (N-GMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
Καίσαρος»Kaisaros
|
of Caesar
|
N-GMS
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2919κρίνεσθαι.krinesthai (V-PNM/P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεσθαι.krinesthai
|
to be judged.
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
To the Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G91ἠδίκησα*,ēdikēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἠδίκησα*,ēdikēsa
|
I have done wrong,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2566κάλλιονkallion (Adj-ANS-C)
G2566 καλλίον kallíon kal-lee-on neuter of the (irregular) comparative of καλός; (adverbially) better than many:--very well.,
|
κάλλιονkallion
|
very well
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G1921ἐπιγινώσκεις.epiginōskeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγινώσκεις.epiginōskeis
|
know.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
10
Then said Paul, I stand at Caesar's judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as you very well knowest.
Acts 25:10
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 41 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν δε ο παυλος επι του βηματος καισαρος εστως ειμι ου με δει κρινεσθαι ιουδαιους ουδεν ηδικησα ως και συ καλλιον επιγινωσκεις
Lit: Said then Paul, Standing before the judgment seat of Caesar I am, where me it behooves to be judged. To the Jews nothing I have done wrong, as also you very well know.
KJV: Then said Paul, I stand at Caesar's judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou very well knowest.
References
"I stand"Ac 16:37: 38: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Ac 22:25-28: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?"as thou"Ac 25:25: But when I found that he had not committedhing worthy of death: and that he himself has appealed to Augustus: I have determined to send him.Ac 23:29: Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law: but to not havehing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds.Ac 26:31: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.Ac 28:18: Who: when they had examined me: would have let me go: because there was no cause of death in me.Mt 27:18: 23: 24: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.
ει μεν γαρ αδικω και αξιον θανατου πεπραχα τι ου παραιτουμαι το αποθανειν ει δε ουδεν εστιν ων ουτοι κατηγορουσιν μου ουδεις με δυναται αυτοις χαρισασθαι καισαρα επικαλουμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G91ἀδικῶadikō (V-PIA-1S)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῶadikō
|
I do wrong,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G514ἄξιονaxion (Adj-ANS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιονaxion
|
worthy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G4238πέπραχάpepracha (V-RIA-1S)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πέπραχάpepracha
|
have done
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G5100τι,ti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τι,ti
|
anything,
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3868παραιτοῦμαιparaitoumai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G3868 παραιτέομαι paraitéomai par-ahee-teh-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of αἰτέω; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.
|
παραιτοῦμαιparaitoumai
|
I do refuse
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G599ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein
|
to die.
|
V-ANA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδένouden (Adj-NNS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδένouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
they
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2723κατηγοροῦσίνkatēgorousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγοροῦσίνkatēgorousin
|
can accuse
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3762οὐδείςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδείςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
can
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5483χαρίσασθαι·charisasthai (V-ANM)
G5483 χαρίζομαι charízomai khar-id-zom-ahee middle voice from χάρις; to grant as a favor, i.e. gratuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:--deliver, (frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.
|
χαρίσασθαι·charisasthai
|
give up.
|
V-ANM
|
G2541ΚαίσαραKaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαραKaisara
|
To Caesar
|
N-AMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλοῦμαι.epikaloumai (V-PIM-1S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλοῦμαι.epikaloumai
|
I appeal!
|
V-PIM-1S
|
11
For if I be an offender, or have committed any thing worthy of death, I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me, no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar.
Acts 25:11
Stats
Counts: 207 characters, 37 words, 160 letters, 67 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει μεν γαρ αδικω και αξιον θανατου πεπραχα τι ου παραιτουμαι το αποθανειν ει δε ουδεν εστιν ων ουτοι κατηγορουσιν μου ουδεις με δυναται αυτοις χαρισασθαι καισαρα επικαλουμαι
Lit: If indeed therefore I do wrong, and worthy of death have done anything, not I do refuse to die. If however nothing there is of which they can accuse me, no one me can to them give up. To Caesar I appeal!
KJV: For if I be an offender, or have committed any thing worthy of death, I refuse not to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me, no man may deliver me unto them. I appeal unto Caesar.
References
"if I"Ac 18:14: When Paul was now about to open his mouth: Gallio said to the Jews: If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness: O you Jews: reason would that I should bear with you:Jos 22:22: The LORD God of gods: the LORD God of gods: He knows: and Israel He will know; if it be in rebellion: or if in transgression against the LORD: (save not us this day: )1Sa 12:3-5: Look: here I am: witness against me before the LORD: and before His anointed: whose ox have I taken? or whose ass have I taken? or whom have I defrauded? whom have I oppressed? or of whose hand have I received any bribe to blind my eyes therewith? and I will restore it you.Job 31:21: 38-40: If I have lifted up my hand against the fatherless: when I saw my help in the gate:Ps 7:3-5: O LORD my God: if I have done this; if there be iniquity in my hands;"no man"Ac 16:37: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.Ac 22:25: As they bound him with thongs: Paul said to the centurion that stood by: Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman: and uncondemned?1Th 2:15: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:"I appeal"Ac 25:10: 25: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 26:32: Then said Agrippa to Festus: This man might have been set at liberty: if he not had appealed to Caesar.Ac 28:19: But when the Jews spoke against it: I was constrained to appeal to Caesar; not that I had ought to accuse my nation of.1Sa 27:1: David said in his heart: I will now perish one day by the hand of Saul: there is nothing better for me than that I should speedily escape into the land of the Philistines; and Saul will despair of me: to seek me any more in any coast of Israel: so will I escape out of his hand.
τοτε ο φηστος συλλαλησας μετα του συμβουλιου απεκριθη καισαρα επικεκλησαι επι καισαρα πορευση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus,
|
N-NMS
|
G4814συλλαλήσας*syllalēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4814 συλλαλέω syllaléō sool-lal-eh-o from σύν and λαλέω; to talk together, i.e. converse:--commune (confer, talk) with, speak among.
|
συλλαλήσας*syllalēsas
|
having conferred
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4824συμβουλίουsymbouliou (N-GNS)
G4824 συμβούλιον symboúlion soom-boo-lee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of σύμβουλος; advisement; specially, a deliberative body, i.e. the provincial assessors or lay-court:--consultation, counsel, council.
|
συμβουλίουsymbouliou
|
Council,
|
N-GNS
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2541ΚαίσαραKaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαραKaisara
|
To Caesar
|
N-AMS
|
G1941ἐπικέκλησαι,epikeklēsai (V-RIM-2S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικέκλησαι,epikeklēsai
|
You have appealed;
|
V-RIM-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2541ΚαίσαραKaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαραKaisara
|
Caesar
|
N-AMS
|
G4198πορεύσῃ.poreusē (V-FIM-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύσῃ.poreusē
|
you will go!
|
V-FIM-2S
|
12
Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Have you appealed to Caesar? to Caesar will you go.
Acts 25:12
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 16 words, 97 letters, 38 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ο φηστος συλλαλησας μετα του συμβουλιου απεκριθη καισαρα επικεκλησαι επι καισαρα πορευση
Lit: Then Festus, having conferred with the Council, answered, To Caesar You have appealed; to Caesar you will go!
KJV: Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Hast thou appealed unto Caesar? unto Caesar shalt thou go.
References
"unto Cesar shalt"Ac 25:21: But when Paul had appealed to be reserved to the hearing of Augustus: I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Caesar.Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 26:32: Then said Agrippa to Festus: This man might have been set at liberty: if he not had appealed to Caesar.Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Ac 28:16: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Isa 46:10: 11: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:La 3:37: Who is He that says: and it comes to pass: when the Lord commands it not?Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Ro 15:28: 29: When therefore I have performed this: and have sealed to them this fruit: I will come by you into Spain.Php 1:12-14: 20: But I would you should understand: brothers: that the things which happened to me have fallen out rather to the furtherance of the gospel;
Festus Consults Agrippa
ημερων δε διαγενομενων τινων αγριππας ο βασιλευς και βερνικη κατηντησαν εις καισαρειαν ασπασομενοι τον φηστον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2250ἩμερῶνHēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἩμερῶνHēmerōn
|
Days
|
N-GFP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1230διαγενομένωνdiagenomenōn (V-APM-GFP)
G1230 διαγίνομαι diagínomai dee-ag-in-om-ahee from διά and γίνομαι; to elapse meanwhile:--X after, be past, be spent.
|
διαγενομένωνdiagenomenōn
|
having passed
|
V-APM-GFP
|
G5100τινῶνtinōn (IPro-GFP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινῶνtinōn
|
some,
|
IPro-GFP
|
G67ἈγρίππαςAgrippas (N-NMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαςAgrippas
|
Agrippa
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G959ΒερνίκηBernikē (N-NFS)
G959 Βερνίκη Berníkē ber-nee-kay from a provincial form of φέρω and νίκη; victorious; Bernice, a member of the Herodian family:--Bernice.
|
ΒερνίκηBernikē
|
Bernice
|
N-NFS
|
G2658κατήντησανkatēntēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατήντησανkatēntēsan
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2542ΚαισάρειανKaisareian (N-AFS)
G2542 Καισάρεια Kaisáreia kahee-sar-i-a from Καῖσαρ; Cæsaria, the name of two places in Palestine:--Cæsarea.
|
ΚαισάρειανKaisareian
|
Caesarea,
|
N-AFS
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοιaspasamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοιaspasamenoi
|
greeting
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G5347Φῆστον.Phēston (N-AMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
Φῆστον.Phēston
|
Festus.
|
N-AMS
|
13
After certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came to Caesarea to greet Festus.Acts 25:13
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 70 letters, 30 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημερων δε διαγενομενων τινων αγριππας ο βασιλευς και βερνικη κατηντησαν εις καισαρειαν ασπασομενοι τον φηστον
Lit: Days now having passed some, Agrippa the king and Bernice came down to Caesarea, greeting Festus.
KJV: And after certain days king Agrippa and Bernice came unto Caesarea to salute Festus.
References
"king"Ac 25:22: 23: Then Agrippa said to Festus: I would also hear the man myself. To morrow: said he: you will hear him.Ac 26:1: 27: 28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:"to"1Sa 13:10: It came to pass: that as soon as he had made an end of offering the burnt offering: look: Samuel came; and Saul went out to meet him: that he might greet him.1Sa 25:14: But one of the young men told Abigail: Nabal's wife: saying: Look: David sent messengers out of the wilderness to greet our master; and he railed on them.2Sa 8:10: Then Toi sent Joram his son to king David: to greet him: and to bless him: because he had fought against Hadadezer: and smitten him: for Hadadezer had wars with Toi. And Joram brought with him vessels of silver: and vessels of gold: and vessels of brass:2Ki 10:13: Jehu met with the brothers of Ahaziah king of Judah: and said: Who are you? And they answered: We are the brothers of Ahaziah; and we go down to greet the children of the king and the children of the queen.Mr 15:18: Began to greet him: Hail: King of the Jews!
ως δε πλειους ημερας διετριβον εκει ο φηστος τω βασιλει ανεθετο τα κατα τον παυλον λεγων ανηρ τις εστιν καταλελειμμενος υπο φηλικος δεσμιος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4119πλείουςpleious (Adj-AFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείουςpleious
|
many
|
Adj-AFP-C
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G1304διέτριβονdietribon (V-IIA-3P)
G1304 διατρίβω diatríbō dee-at-ree-bo from διά and the base of τρίβος; to wear through (time), i.e. remain:--abide, be, continue, tarry.
|
διέτριβονdietribon
|
they stayed
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1563ἐκεῖ,ekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖ,ekei
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G935βασιλεῖbasilei (N-DMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖbasilei
|
king
|
N-DMS
|
G394ἀνέθετοanetheto (V-AIM-3S)
G394 ἀνατίθεμαι anatíthemai an-at-ith-em-ahee from ἀνά and the middle voice of τίθημι; to set forth (for oneself), i.e propound:--communicate, declare.
|
ἀνέθετοanetheto
|
laid before,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
relating to
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G435ἈνήρAnēr (N-NMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἈνήρAnēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G5100τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τίςtis
|
certain
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2641καταλελειμμένοςkataleleimmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλελειμμένοςkataleleimmenos
|
left
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5344ΦήλικοςPhēlikos (N-GMS)
G5344 Φῆλιξ Phēlix fay-lix of Latin origin; happy; Phelix (i.e. Felix), a Roman:--Felix.
|
ΦήλικοςPhēlikos
|
Felix
|
N-GMS
|
G1198δέσμιος,desmios (N-NMS)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιος,desmios
|
as a prisoner,
|
N-NMS
|
14
When they had been there many days, Festus declared Paul's cause to the king, saying, There is a certain man left in bonds by Felix:
Acts 25:14
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 23 words, 108 letters, 39 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε πλειους ημερας διετριβον εκει ο φηστος τω βασιλει ανεθετο τα κατα τον παυλον λεγων ανηρ τις εστιν καταλελειμμενος υπο φηλικος δεσμιος
Lit: As now many days they stayed there, Festus, the king laid before, the things relating to Paul, saying, A man certain there is left by Felix as a prisoner,
KJV: And when they had been there many days, Festus declared Paul's cause unto the king, saying, There is a certain man left in bonds by Felix:
References
"There"Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.
περι ου γενομενου μου εις ιεροσολυμα ενεφανισαν οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι των ιουδαιων αιτουμενοι κατ αυτου δικην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom,
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένουgenomenou
|
having been
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-ANP
|
G1718ἐνεφάνισανenephanisan (V-AIA-3P)
G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐνεφάνισανenephanisan
|
made a presentation
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-NMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
chief priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G154αἰτούμενοιaitoumenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτούμενοιaitoumenoi
|
asking
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2613καταδίκην·katadikēn (N-AFS)
G2613 καταδικάζω katadikázō kat-ad-ik-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of δίκη; to adjudge against, i.e. pronounce guilty:--condemn.
|
καταδίκην·katadikēn
|
judgment,
|
N-AFS
|
15
About whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, desiring to have judgment against him.Acts 25:15
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 19 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι ου γενομενου μου εις ιεροσολυμα ενεφανισαν οι αρχιερεις και οι πρεσβυτεροι των ιουδαιων αιτουμενοι κατ αυτου δικην
Lit: concerning whom, having been my in Jerusalem, made a presentation the chief priests and the elders of the Jews, asking against him judgment,
KJV: About whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, desiring [to have] judgment against him.
References
"when"Ac 25:1-3: Now when Festus was come into the province: after 3 days he ascended from Caesarea to Jerusalem.Es 3:9: If it please the king: let it be written that they may be destroyed: and I will pay 10000 talents of silver to the hands of those that have the charge of the business: to bring it into the king's treasuries.Lu 18:3-5: There was a widow in that city; and she came to him: saying: Avenge me of my adversary.Lu 23:23: They were instant with loud voices: requiring that he might be crucified. And the voices of them and of the chief priests prevailed.
προς ους απεκριθην οτι ουκ εστιν εθος ρωμαιοις χαριζεσθαι τινα ανθρωπον εις απωλειαν πριν η ο κατηγορουμενος κατα προσωπον εχοι τους κατηγορους τοπον τε απολογιας λαβοι περι του εγκληματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηνapekrithēn (V-AIP-1S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηνapekrithēn
|
I answered
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1485ἔθοςethos (N-NNS)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθοςethos
|
the custom
|
N-NNS
|
G4514ῬωμαίοιςRhōmaiois (Adj-DMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
ῬωμαίοιςRhōmaiois
|
with Romans
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5483χαρίζεσθαίcharizesthai (V-PNM/P)
G5483 χαρίζομαι charízomai khar-id-zom-ahee middle voice from χάρις; to grant as a favor, i.e. gratuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:--deliver, (frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.
|
χαρίζεσθαίcharizesthai
|
to give up
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
any
|
IPro-AMS
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G4250πρὶνprin (Adv)
G4250 πρίν prín prin adverb from πρό; prior, sooner:--before (that), ere.
|
πρὶνprin
|
before
|
Adv
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2723κατηγορούμενοςkatēgoroumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορούμενοςkatēgoroumenos
|
being accused
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχοιechoi (V-POA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοιechoi
|
may have it
|
V-POA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2725κατηγόρουςkatēgorous (N-AMP)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατηγόρουςkatēgorous
|
accusers
|
N-AMP
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
the opportunity,
|
N-AMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G627ἀπολογίαςapologias (N-GFS)
G627 ἀπολογία apología ap-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ἀπολογέομαι; a plea (apology):--answer (for self), clearing of self, defence.
|
ἀπολογίαςapologias
|
of defense
|
N-GFS
|
G2983λάβοιlaboi (V-AOA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβοιlaboi
|
he may have
|
V-AOA-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1462ἐγκλήματος.enklēmatos (N-GNS)
G1462 ἔγκλημα énklēma eng-klay-mah from ἐγκαλέω; an accusation, i.e. offence alleged:--crime laid against, laid to charge.
|
ἐγκλήματος.enklēmatos
|
accusation.
|
N-GNS
|
16
To whom I answered, It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die, before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face, and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.
Acts 25:16
Stats
Counts: 223 characters, 40 words, 177 letters, 70 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς ους απεκριθην οτι ουκ εστιν εθος ρωμαιοις χαριζεσθαι τινα ανθρωπον εις απωλειαν πριν η ο κατηγορουμενος κατα προσωπον εχοι τους κατηγορους τοπον τε απολογιας λαβοι περι του εγκληματος
Lit: to whom I answered that not it is the custom with Romans to give up any man before that the one being accused to face may have it the accusers the opportunity, and of defense he may have concerning the accusation.
KJV: To whom I answered, It is not the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die, before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face, and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.
References
"It is not"Ac 25:4: 5: But Festus answered: that Paul should be kept at Caesarea: and that he himself would depart shortly there."and have"Ac 26:1: Then Agrippa said to Paul: You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand: and answered for himself:De 17:4: It be told you: and you have heard of it: and inquired diligently: and: look: it be true: and the thing certain: that such abomination is wrought in Israel:De 19:17: 18: Then both the men: between whom the controversy is: will stand before the LORD: before the priests and the judges: which will be in those days;Pr 18:13: 17: He who answers a matter before he hears it: it is folly and shame to him.Joh 7:51: Does our law judge any man: before it hear him: and know what he does?
συνελθοντων ουν αυτων ενθαδε αναβολην μηδεμιαν ποιησαμενος τη εξης καθισας επι του βηματος εκελευσα αχθηναι τον ανδρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4905Συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
Συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn
|
Having come together
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G846[αὐτῶν]autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
[αὐτῶν]autōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1759ἐνθάδεenthade (Adv)
G1759 ἐνθάδε entháde en-thad-eh from a prolonged form of ἐν; properly, within, i.e. (of place) here, hither:--(t-)here, hither.
|
ἐνθάδεenthade
|
here,
|
Adv
|
G311ἀναβολὴνanabolēn (N-AFS)
G311 ἀναβολή anabolḗ an-ab-ol-ay from ἀναβάλλομαι; a putting off:--delay.
|
ἀναβολὴνanabolēn
|
delay
|
N-AFS
|
G3367μηδεμίανmēdemian (Adj-AFS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεμίανmēdemian
|
no
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4160ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos
|
having made,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1836ἑξῆςhexēs (Adv)
G1836 ἑξῆς hexēs hex-ace from ἔχω (in the sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining); successive:--after, following, X morrow, next.
|
ἑξῆςhexēs
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G2523καθίσαςkathisas (V-APA-NMS)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαςkathisas
|
having sat
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G968βήματοςbēmatos (N-GNS)
G968 βῆμα bēma bay-ma from the base of βάσις; a step, i.e. foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. a tribunal:--judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne.
|
βήματοςbēmatos
|
judgment seat,
|
N-GNS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσαekeleusa (V-AIA-1S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσαekeleusa
|
I commanded
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G71ἀχθῆναιachthēnai (V-ANP)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀχθῆναιachthēnai
|
to be brought
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδρα·andra (N-AMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρα·andra
|
man,
|
N-AMS
|
17
Therefore, when they were come here, without any delay on the morrow I sat on the judgment seat, and commanded the man to be brought forth.Acts 25:17
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 23 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνελθοντων ουν αυτων ενθαδε αναβολην μηδεμιαν ποιησαμενος τη εξης καθισας επι του βηματος εκελευσα αχθηναι τον ανδρα
Lit: Having come together therefore of them here, delay no having made, the next day having sat on the judgment seat, I commanded to be brought the man,
KJV: Therefore, when they were come hither, without any delay on the morrow I sat on the judgment seat, and commanded the man to be brought forth.
περι ου σταθεντες οι κατηγοροι ουδεμιαν αιτιαν επεφερον ων υπενοουν εγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom,
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2476σταθέντεςstathentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθέντεςstathentes
|
having stood up,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2725κατήγοροιkatēgoroi (N-NMP)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατήγοροιkatēgoroi
|
accusers
|
N-NMP
|
G3762οὐδεμίανoudemian (Adj-AFS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεμίανoudemian
|
no
|
Adj-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
charge
|
N-AFS
|
G5342ἔφερονepheron (V-IIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἔφερονepheron
|
were bringing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5282ὑπενόουνhypenooun (V-IIA-1S)
G5282 ὑπονοέω hyponoéō hoop-on-o-eh-o from ὑπό and νοιέω; to think under (privately), i.e. to surmise or conjecture:--think, suppose, deem.
|
ὑπενόουνhypenooun
|
was expecting
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G4190πονηρῶν,ponērōn (Adj-GNP)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρῶν,ponērōn
|
crimes.
|
Adj-GNP
|
18
Against whom when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusation of such things as I supposed:Acts 25:18
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 30 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι ου σταθεντες οι κατηγοροι ουδεμιαν αιτιαν επεφερον ων υπενοουν εγω
Lit: concerning whom, having stood up, the accusers no charge were bringing of which I was expecting crimes.
KJV: Against whom when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusation of such things as I supposed:
ζητηματα δε τινα περι της ιδιας δεισιδαιμονιας ειχον προς αυτον και περι τινος ιησου τεθνηκοτος ον εφασκεν ο παυλος ζην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2213ζητήματαzētēmata (N-ANP)
G2213 ζήτημα zḗtēma dzay-tay-mah from ζητέω; a search (properly concretely), i.e. (in words) a debate:--question.
|
ζητήματαzētēmata
|
Questions
|
N-ANP
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-ANP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
certain
|
IPro-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2398ἰδίαςidias (Adj-GFS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίαςidias
|
own
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1175δεισιδαιμονίαςdeisidaimonias (N-GFS)
G1175 δεισιδαιμονία deisidaimonía dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee-ah from the same as δεισιδαιμονέστερος; religion:--superstition.
|
δεισιδαιμονίαςdeisidaimonias
|
religion
|
N-GFS
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περίperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περίperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
a certain
|
IPro-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G2348τεθνηκότος,tethnēkotos (V-RPA-GMS)
G2348 θνήσκω thnḗskō than-o a strengthened form of a simpler primary (which is used for it only in certain tenses); to die (literally or figuratively):--be dead, die.
|
τεθνηκότος,tethnēkotos
|
having been dead,
|
V-RPA-GMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5335ἔφασκενephasken (V-IIA-3S)
G5335 φάσκω pháskō fas-ko prolongation from the same as φημί; to assert:--affirm, profess, say.
|
ἔφασκενephasken
|
was affirming
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G2198ζῆν.zēn (V-PNA)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆν.zēn
|
to be alive.
|
V-PNA
|
19
But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition, and of one Jesus, which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Acts 25:19
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 43 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζητηματα δε τινα περι της ιδιας δεισιδαιμονιας ειχον προς αυτον και περι τινος ιησου τεθνηκοτος ον εφασκεν ο παυλος ζην
Lit: Questions however certain concerning the own religion they had against him, and concerning a certain Jesus having been dead, whom was affirming Paul to be alive.
KJV: But had certain questions against him of their own superstition, and of one Jesus, which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive.
References
"certain"Ac 25:7: When he was come: the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about: and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul: which they not could prove.Ac 18:15: 19: But if it be a question of words and names: and of your law: look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.Ac 23:29: Whom I perceived to be accused of questions of their law: but to not havehing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds."superstition"Ac 17:22: 23: Then Paul stood in the middle of Mars' hill: and said: You men of Athens: I perceive that in all things you are too superstitious."which"Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:1Co 15:3: 4: 14-20: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
απορουμενος δε εγω εις την περι τουτου ζητησιν ελεγον ει βουλοιτο πορευεσθαι εις ιερουσαλημ κακει κρινεσθαι περι τουτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G639Ἀπορούμενοςaporoumenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G639 ἀπορέω aporéō ap-or-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and the base of πορεύομαι; to have no way out, i.e. be at a loss (mentally):-- (stand in) doubt, be perplexed.
|
Ἀπορούμενοςaporoumenos
|
Being perplexed
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
this
|
DPro-GNP
|
G2214ζήτησινzētēsin (N-AFS)
G2214 ζήτησις zḗtēsis dzay-tay-sis from ζητέω; a searching (properly, the act), i.e. a dispute or its theme:--question.
|
ζήτησινzētēsin
|
inquiry
|
N-AFS
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
was asking
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1014βούλοιτοbouloito (V-POM/P-3S)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βούλοιτοbouloito
|
he was willing
|
V-POM/P-3S
|
G4198πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαιporeuesthai
|
to go
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma (N-ANP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσόλυμαHierosolyma
|
Jerusalem
|
N-ANP
|
G2546κἀκεῖkakei (Conj)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
κἀκεῖkakei
|
and there
|
Conj
|
G2919κρίνεσθαιkrinesthai (V-PNM/P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεσθαιkrinesthai
|
to be judged
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτων.toutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων.toutōn
|
these things.
|
DPro-GNP
|
20
Because I doubted of such manner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these matters.
Acts 25:20
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 23 words, 107 letters, 44 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: απορουμενος δε εγω εις την περι τουτου ζητησιν ελεγον ει βουλοιτο πορευεσθαι εις ιερουσαλημ κακει κρινεσθαι περι τουτων
Lit: Being perplexed now, I concerning this inquiry was asking if he was willing to go to Jerusalem and there to be judged concerning these things.
KJV: And because I doubted of such manner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these matters.
του δε παυλου επικαλεσαμενου τηρηθηναι αυτον εις την του σεβαστου διαγνωσιν εκελευσα τηρεισθαι αυτον εως ου πεμψω αυτον προς καισαρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
of Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλεσαμένουepikalesamenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεσαμένουepikalesamenou
|
having appealed for
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G5083τηρηθῆναιtērēthēnai (V-ANP)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρηθῆναιtērēthēnai
|
to be kept
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
himself
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4575ΣεβαστοῦSebastou (Adj-GMS)
G4575 σεβαστός sebastós seb-as-tos from σεβάζομαι; venerable (august), i.e. (as noun) a title of the Roman Emperor, or (as adjective) imperial:--Augustus(-).
|
ΣεβαστοῦSebastou
|
Emperors
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1233διάγνωσιν,diagnōsin (N-AFS)
G1233 διάγνωσις diágnōsis dee-ag-no-sis from διαγινώσκω; (magisterial) examination (diagnosis):--hearing.
|
διάγνωσιν,diagnōsin
|
decision,
|
N-AFS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσαekeleusa (V-AIA-1S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσαekeleusa
|
I commanded
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5083τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai (V-PNM/P)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖσθαιtēreisthai
|
to be kept
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G375ἀναπέμψωanapempsō (V-ASA-1S)
G375 ἀναπέμπω anapémpō an-ap-em-po from ἀνά and πέμπω; to send up or back:--send (again).
|
ἀναπέμψωanapempsō
|
I might send
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2541Καίσαρα.Kaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
Καίσαρα.Kaisara
|
Caesar.
|
N-AMS
|
21
But when Paul had appealed to be reserved to the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Caesar.
Acts 25:21
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 25 words, 104 letters, 42 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: του δε παυλου επικαλεσαμενου τηρηθηναι αυτον εις την του σεβαστου διαγνωσιν εκελευσα τηρεισθαι αυτον εως ου πεμψω αυτον προς καισαρα
Lit: But of Paul having appealed for to be kept himself for the Emperors decision, I commanded to be kept him until that I might send him to Caesar.
KJV: But when Paul had appealed to be reserved unto the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Caesar.
References
"had"Ac 25:10: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 26:32: Then said Agrippa to Festus: This man might have been set at liberty: if he not had appealed to Caesar.2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge."Augustus"Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.
αγριππας δε προς τον φηστον εφη εβουλομην και αυτος του ανθρωπου ακουσαι ο δε αυριον φησιν ακουση αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G67ἈγρίππαςAgrippas (N-NMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαςAgrippas
|
Agrippa
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
said to
|
Prep
|
G5347ΦῆστονPhēston (N-AMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστονPhēston
|
Festus,
|
N-AMS
|
G1014ἘβουλόμηνEboulomēn (V-IIM/P-1S)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
ἘβουλόμηνEboulomēn
|
I have been wanting
|
V-IIM/P-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G191ἀκοῦσαι.akousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαι.akousai
|
to hear.
|
V-ANA
|
G839Αὔριον,Aurion (Adv)
G839 αὔριον aúrion ow-ree-on from a derivative of the same as ἀήρ (meaning a breeze, i.e. the morning air); properly, fresh, i.e. (adverb with ellipsis of ἡμέρα) to-morrow:--(to-)morrow, next day.
|
Αὔριον,Aurion
|
Tomorrow,
|
Adv
|
G5346φησίν,phēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν,phēsin
|
he says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G191Ἀκούσῃakousē (V-FIM-2S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
Ἀκούσῃakousē
|
you will hear
|
V-FIM-2S
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
22
Then Agrippa said to Festus, I would also hear the man myself. To morrow, said he, you will hear him.
Acts 25:22
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 32 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγριππας δε προς τον φηστον εφη εβουλομην και αυτος του ανθρωπου ακουσαι ο δε αυριον φησιν ακουση αυτου
Lit: Agrippa then said to Festus, I have been wanting also myself the man to hear. Tomorrow, he says, you will hear him.
KJV: Then Agrippa said unto Festus, I would also hear the man myself. To morrow, said he, thou shalt hear him.
References
"Then Agrippa said unto Festus, I would also hear the man myself. To morrow, said he, thou shalt hear him."Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Isa 52:15: So will he sprinkle many nations; the kings will shut their mouths at him: for that which not had been told them will they see; and that which they not had heard will they consider.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.
Paul before Agrippa
τη ουν επαυριον ελθοντος του αγριππα και της βερνικης μετα πολλης φαντασιας και εισελθοντων εις το ακροατηριον συν τε τοις χιλιαρχοις και ανδρασιν τοις κατ εξοχην ουσιν της πολεως και κελευσαντος του φηστου ηχθη ο παυλος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῇTē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῇTē
|
On the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1887ἐπαύριονepaurion (Adv)
G1887 ἐπαύριον epaúrion ep-ow-ree-on from ἐπί and αὔριον; occurring on the succeeding day, i.e. (ἡμέρα being implied) to-morrow:--day following, morrow, next day (after).
|
ἐπαύριονepaurion
|
next day,
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐλθόντοςelthontos (V-APA-GMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθόντοςelthontos
|
having come
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G67ἈγρίππαAgrippa (N-GMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαAgrippa
|
Agrippa
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G959ΒερνίκηςBernikēs (N-GFS)
G959 Βερνίκη Berníkē ber-nee-kay from a provincial form of φέρω and νίκη; victorious; Bernice, a member of the Herodian family:--Bernice.
|
ΒερνίκηςBernikēs
|
Bernice
|
N-GFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5325φαντασίαςphantasias (N-GFS)
G5325 φαντασία phantasía fan-tas-ee-ah from a derivative of φαντάζω; (properly abstract) a (vain) show (fantasy):--pomp.
|
φαντασίαςphantasias
|
pomp,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθόντωνeiselthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθόντωνeiselthontōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G201ἀκροατήριονakroatērion (N-ANS)
G201 ἀκροατήριον akroatḗrion ak-ro-at-ay-ree-on from ἀκροατής; an audience-room:--place of hearing.
|
ἀκροατήριονakroatērion
|
audience hall,
|
N-ANS
|
G4862σύνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σύνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G5506χιλιάρχοιςchiliarchois (N-DMP)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχοιςchiliarchois
|
the commanders
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G435ἀνδράσινandrasin (N-DMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδράσινandrasin
|
men
|
N-DMP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1851ἐξοχὴνexochēn (N-AFS)
G1851 ἐξοχή exochḗ ex-okh-ay from a compound of ἐκ and ἔχω (meaning to stand out); prominence (figuratively):--principal.
|
ἐξοχὴνexochēn
|
prominence
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
in the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2753κελεύσαντοςkeleusantos (V-APA-GMS)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
κελεύσαντοςkeleusantos
|
having commanded
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G5347ΦήστουPhēstou (N-GMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦήστουPhēstou
|
Festus,
|
N-GMS
|
G71ἤχθηēchthē (V-AIP-3S)
G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤχθηēchthē
|
was brought in
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3972Παῦλος.Paulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος.Paulos
|
Paul.
|
N-NMS
|
23
On the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, with great pomp, and was entered into the place of hearing, with the chief captains, and principal men of the city, at Festus' commandment Paul was brought forth.Acts 25:23
Stats
Counts: 217 characters, 30 words, 171 letters, 61 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη ουν επαυριον ελθοντος του αγριππα και της βερνικης μετα πολλης φαντασιας και εισελθοντων εις το ακροατηριον συν τε τοις χιλιαρχοις και ανδρασιν τοις κατ εξοχην ουσιν της πολεως και κελευσαντος του φηστου ηχθη ο παυλος
Lit: On the therefore next day, having come Agrippa and Bernice with great pomp, and having entered into the audience hall, with both the commanders and men in prominence in the city, and having commanded Festus, was brought in Paul.
KJV: And on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, with great pomp, and was entered into the place of hearing, with the chief captains, and principal men of the city, at Festus' commandment Paul was brought forth.
References
"with"Ac 12:21: Upon a set day Herod: arrayed in royal apparel: sat upon his throne: and made an oration to them.Es 1:4: When he showed the riches of his glorious kingdom and the honour of his excellent majesty many days: even 100 and fourscore days.Ec 1:2: Vanity of vanities: says the Preacher: vanity of vanities; all is vanity.Isa 5:14: Therefore hell has enlarged herself: and opened her mouth without measure: and their glory: and their multitude: and their pomp: and he who rejoices: will descend into it.Isa 14:11: Your pomp is brought down to the grave: and the noise of your viols: the worm is spread under you: and the worms cover you.Eze 7:24: For what reason I will bring the worst of the heathen: and they will possess their houses: I will also make the pomp of the strong to cease; and their holy places will be defiled.Eze 30:18: At Tehaphnehes also the day will be darkened: when I will break there the yokes of Egypt: and the pomp of her strength will cease in her: as for her: a cloud will cover her: and her daughters will go into captivity.Eze 32:12: By the swords of the mighty will I cause your multitude to fall: the terrible of the nations: all of them: and they will spoil the pomp of Egypt: and all the multitude thereof will be destroyed.Eze 33:28: For I will lay the land most desolate: and the pomp of her strength will cease; and the mountains of Israel will be desolate: that none will pass through.Da 4:30: The king spoke: and said: not Is this great Babylon: that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power: and for the honour of my majesty?1Co 7:31: They that use this world: not as abusing it: for the fashion of this world passs away.Jas 1:11: For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat: but it withers the grass: and the flower thereof falls: and the grace of the fashion of it perishes: so also will the rich man fade away in his ways.1Pe 1:24: For all flesh is as grass: and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withers: and the flower thereof falls away:1Jo 2:16: For all that is in the world: the lust of the flesh: and the lust of the eyes: and the pride of life: not is of the Father: but is of the world."at"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:
και φησιν ο φηστος αγριππα βασιλευ και παντες οι συμπαροντες ημιν ανδρες θεωρειτε τουτον περι ου παν το πληθος των ιουδαιων ενετυχον μοι εν τε ιεροσολυμοις και ενθαδε επιβοωντες μη δειν ζην αυτον μηκετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5346φησινphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησινphēsin
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus,
|
N-NMS
|
G67ἈγρίππαAgrippa (N-VMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαAgrippa
|
Agrippa
|
N-VMS
|
G935βασιλεῦbasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦbasileu
|
King,
|
N-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-VMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-VMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-VMP
|
G4840συμπαρόντεςsymparontes (V-PPA-VMP)
G4840 συμπάρειμι sympáreimi soom-par-i-mee from σύν and πάρειμι; to be at hand together, i.e. now present:--be here present with.
|
συμπαρόντεςsymparontes
|
being present with
|
V-PPA-VMP
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G435ἄνδρες,andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρες,andres
|
men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2334θεωρεῖτεtheōreite (V-PIA-2P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρεῖτεtheōreite
|
you see
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this one,
|
DPro-AMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G537ἅπανhapan (Adj-NNS)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανhapan
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-NNS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
multitude
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1793ἐνέτυχόνenetychon (V-AIA-3P)
G1793 ἐντυγχάνω entynchánō en-toong-khan-o from ἐν and τυγχάνω; to chance upon, i.e. (by implication) confer with; by extension to entreat (in favor or against):--deal with, make intercession.
|
ἐνέτυχόνenetychon
|
pleaded
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
with me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1722ἔνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἔνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1759ἐνθάδε,enthade (Adv)
G1759 ἐνθάδε entháde en-thad-eh from a prolonged form of ἐν; properly, within, i.e. (of place) here, hither:--(t-)here, hither.
|
ἐνθάδε,enthade
|
here,
|
Adv
|
G994βοῶντεςboōntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G994 βοάω boáō bo-ah-o apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. shout (for help or in a tumultuous way):--cry.
|
βοῶντεςboōntes
|
crying out that
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1163δεῖνdein (V-PNA)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖνdein
|
he ought
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
of him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2198ζῆνzēn (V-PNA)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆνzēn
|
to live
|
V-PNA
|
G3371μηκέτι.mēketi (Adv)
G3371 μηκέτι mēkéti may-ket-ee from μή and ἔτι; no further:--any longer, (not) henceforth, hereafter, no henceforward (longer, more, soon), not any more.
|
μηκέτι.mēketi
|
no longer.
|
Adv
|
24
Festus said, King Agrippa, and all men which are here present with us, you see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me, both at Jerusalem, and also here, crying that he not ought to live any longer.
Acts 25:24
Stats
Counts: 231 characters, 38 words, 179 letters, 68 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φησιν ο φηστος αγριππα βασιλευ και παντες οι συμπαροντες ημιν ανδρες θεωρειτε τουτον περι ου παν το πληθος των ιουδαιων ενετυχον μοι εν τε ιεροσολυμοις και ενθαδε επιβοωντες μη δειν ζην αυτον μηκετι
Lit: And says Festus, Agrippa King, and all the being present with us men, you see this one, concerning whom all the multitude of the Jews pleaded with me, in both Jerusalem and here, crying out that not he ought of him to live no longer.
KJV: And Festus said, King Agrippa, and all men which are here present with us, ye see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me, both at Jerusalem, and also here, crying that he ought not to live any longer.
References
"about"Ac 25:2: 3: 7: Then the high priest and the chief of the Jews informed him against Paul: and besought him: "that he"Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Lu 23:21-23: But they cried: saying: Crucify him: crucify him.
εγω δε καταλαβομενος μηδεν αξιον θανατου αυτον πεπραχεναι και αυτου δε τουτου επικαλεσαμενου τον σεβαστον εκρινα πεμπειν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2638κατελαβόμηνkatelabomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambánō kat-al-am-ban-o from κατά and λαμβάνω; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, possess, etc. (literally or figuratively):--apprehend, attain, come upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)take.
|
κατελαβόμηνkatelabomēn
|
having understood
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G514ἄξιονaxion (Adj-ANS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιονaxion
|
worthy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G4238πεπραχέναι,peprachenai (V-RNA)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πεπραχέναι,peprachenai
|
to have done,
|
V-RNA
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
himself
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
of this one
|
DPro-GMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλεσαμένουepikalesamenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεσαμένουepikalesamenou
|
having appealed to
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4575ΣεβαστὸνSebaston (Adj-AMS)
G4575 σεβαστός sebastós seb-as-tos from σεβάζομαι; venerable (august), i.e. (as noun) a title of the Roman Emperor, or (as adjective) imperial:--Augustus(-).
|
ΣεβαστὸνSebaston
|
Emperor,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2919ἔκριναekrina (V-AIA-1S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἔκριναekrina
|
I determined
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3992πέμπειν.pempein (V-PNA)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμπειν.pempein
|
to send him,
|
V-PNA
|
25
But when I found that he had not committedhing worthy of death, and that he himself has appealed to Augustus, I have determined to send him.
Acts 25:25
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 42 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω δε καταλαβομενος μηδεν αξιον θανατου αυτον πεπραχεναι και αυτου δε τουτου επικαλεσαμενου τον σεβαστον εκρινα πεμπειν αυτον
Lit: I however, having understood nothing worthy him of death to have done, himself and of this one having appealed to the Emperor, I determined to send him,
KJV: But when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and that he himself hath appealed to Augustus, I have determined to send him.
References
"committed"Ac 23:9: 29: There arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose: and strove: saying: We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel has spoken to Him: let not us fight against God.Ac 26:31: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.Lu 23:4: 14: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man.Joh 18:38: Pilate says to him: What is truth? And when he had said this: he went out again to the Jews: and says to them: I find in him no fault at all."and that"Ac 25:11: 12: For if I be an offender: or have committed any thing worthy of death: I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me: no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar.
περι ου ασφαλες τι γραψαι τω κυριω ουκ εχω διο προηγαγον αυτον εφ υμων και μαλιστα επι σου βασιλευ αγριππα οπως της ανακρισεως γενομενης σχω τι γραψαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom,
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G804ἀσφαλέςasphales (Adj-ANS)
G804 ἀσφαλής asphalḗs as-fal-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and sphallo (to fail); secure (literally or figuratively):--certain(-ty), safe, sure.
|
ἀσφαλέςasphales
|
definite
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1125γράψαιgrapsai (V-ANA)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψαιgrapsai
|
to write
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962κυρίῳkyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίῳkyriō
|
my lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω·echō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω·echō
|
I have.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G4254προήγαγονproēgagon (V-AIA-1S)
G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προήγαγονproēgagon
|
I have brought
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you all,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3122μάλισταmalista (Adv)
G3122 μάλιστα málista mal-is-tah neuter plural of the superlative of an apparently primary adverb (very); (adverbially) most (in the greatest degree) or particularly:--chiefly, most of all, (e-)specially.
|
μάλισταmalista
|
especially
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G935βασιλεῦbasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦbasileu
|
King
|
N-VMS
|
G67Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa (N-VMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa
|
Agrippa,
|
N-VMS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj)
G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G351ἀνακρίσεωςanakriseōs (N-GFS)
G351 ἀνάκρισις anákrisis an-ak-ree-sis from ἀνακρίνω; a (judicial) investigation:--examination.
|
ἀνακρίσεωςanakriseōs
|
examination
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having taken place,
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G2192σχῶschō (V-ASA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
σχῶschō
|
I might have
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1125γράψω·grapsō (V-ASA-1S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψω·grapsō
|
to write.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
26
Of whom I have no certain thing to write to my lord. For what reason I have brought him forth before you, and specially before you, O king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I might have somewhat to write.
Acts 25:26
Stats
Rank: #4685 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 31 words, 162 letters, 66 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι ου ασφαλες τι γραψαι τω κυριω ουκ εχω διο προηγαγον αυτον εφ υμων και μαλιστα επι σου βασιλευ αγριππα οπως της ανακρισεως γενομενης σχω τι γραψαι
Lit: concerning whom, definite anything to write to my lord, not I have. Therefore I have brought him before you all, and especially before you, King Agrippa, so that the examination having taken place, I might have something to write.
KJV: Of whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth before you, and specially before thee, O king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I might have somewhat to write.
References
"specially"Ac 26:2: 3: I think myself happy: king Agrippa: because I will answer for myself this day before you touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:
αλογον γαρ μοι δοκει πεμποντα δεσμιον μη και τας κατ αυτου αιτιας σημαναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G249ἄλογονalogon (Adj-NNS)
G249 ἄλογος álogos al-og-os from Α (as a negative particle) and λόγος; irrational:--brute, unreasonable.
|
ἄλογονalogon
|
Absurd
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
it seems
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3992πέμπονταpemponta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμπονταpemponta
|
in sending
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1198δέσμιονdesmion (N-AMS)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιονdesmion
|
a prisoner,
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G156αἰτίαςaitias (N-AFP)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίαςaitias
|
charges
|
N-AFP
|
G4591σημᾶναι.sēmanai (V-ANA)
G4591 σημαίνω sēmaínō say-mah-ee-no from (a mark; of uncertain derivation); to indicate:--signify.
|
σημᾶναι.sēmanai
|
to specify.
|
V-ANA
|
27
For it seems to me unreasonable to send a prisoner, not and withal to signify the crimes laid against him.Acts 25:27
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλογον γαρ μοι δοκει πεμποντα δεσμιον μη και τας κατ αυτου αιτιας σημαναι
Lit: Absurd for to me it seems in sending a prisoner, not also the against him charges to specify.
KJV: For it seemeth to me unreasonable to send a prisoner, and not withal to signify the crimes laid against him.
References
"For it seemeth to me unreasonable to send a prisoner, and not withal to signify the crimes laid against him."Pr 18:13: He who answers a matter before he hears it: it is folly and shame to him.Joh 7:51: Does our law judge any man: before it hear him: and know what he does?
26
Paul’s Testimony to Agrippa
αγριππας δε προς τον παυλον εφη επιτρεπεται σοι υπερ σεαυτου λεγειν τοτε ο παυλος απελογειτο εκτεινας την χειρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G67ἈγρίππαςAgrippas (N-NMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαςAgrippas
|
Agrippa
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2010ἘπιτρέπεταίEpitrepetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἘπιτρέπεταίEpitrepetai
|
It is permitted
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4572σεαυτοῦseautou (PPro-GM2S)
G4572 σεαυτοῦ seautoû sow-ton genitive case from σέ and αὐτός, also dative case of the same, , and accusative case , likewise contracted , , and , respectively; of (with, to) thyself:--thee, thine own self, (thou) thy(-self).,
|
σεαυτοῦseautou
|
yourself
|
PPro-GM2S
|
G3004λέγειν.legein (V-PNA)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειν.legein
|
to speak.
|
V-PNA
|
G5119Τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1614ἐκτείναςekteinas (V-APA-NMS)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἐκτείναςekteinas
|
having stretched out
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand,
|
N-AFS
|
G626ἀπελογεῖτοapelogeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπελογεῖτοapelogeito
|
began his defense:
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
1
Then Agrippa said to Paul, You are permitted to speak for yourself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand, and answered for himself:
Acts 26:1
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 19 words, 106 letters, 36 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγριππας δε προς τον παυλον εφη επιτρεπεται σοι υπερ σεαυτου λεγειν τοτε ο παυλος απελογειτο εκτεινας την χειρα
Lit: Agrippa then to Paul was saying, It is permitted you for yourself to speak. Then Paul, having stretched out the hand, began his defense:
KJV: Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak for thyself. Then Paul stretched forth the hand, and answered for himself:
References
"Thou"Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.Pr 18:13: 17: He who answers a matter before he hears it: it is folly and shame to him.Joh 7:51: Does our law judge any man: before it hear him: and know what he does?"stretched"Pr 1:24: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Eze 16:27: Look: therefore I have stretched out my hand over you: and have diminished your ordinary food: and delivered you to the will of them that hate you: the daughters of the Philistines: which are ashamed of your lewd way.Ro 10:21: But to Israel he says: All day long I have stretched forth my hands to a disobedient and gainsaying people."answered"Ac 26:2: I think myself happy: king Agrippa: because I will answer for myself this day before you touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.
περι παντων ων εγκαλουμαι υπο ιουδαιων βασιλευ αγριππα ηγημαι εμαυτον μακαριον μελλων απολογεισθαι επι σου σημερον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1458ἐγκαλοῦμαιenkaloumai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐγκαλοῦμαιenkaloumai
|
I am accused
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
the Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G935βασιλεῦbasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦbasileu
|
King
|
N-VMS
|
G67Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa (N-VMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa
|
Agrippa,
|
N-VMS
|
G2233ἥγημαιhēgēmai (V-RIM/P-1S)
G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἥγημαιhēgēmai
|
I esteem
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
G1683ἐμαυτὸνemauton (PPro-AM1S)
G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτὸνemauton
|
myself
|
PPro-AM1S
|
G3107μακάριονmakarion (Adj-AMS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
μακάριονmakarion
|
fortunate
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3195μέλλωνmellōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλωνmellōn
|
being about
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G626ἀπολογεῖσθαι,apologeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπολογεῖσθαι,apologeisthai
|
to defend myself.
|
V-PNM/P
|
2
I think myself happy, king Agrippa, because I will answer for myself this day before you touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:Acts 26:2
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 119 letters, 42 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι παντων ων εγκαλουμαι υπο ιουδαιων βασιλευ αγριππα ηγημαι εμαυτον μακαριον μελλων απολογεισθαι επι σου σημερον
Lit: Concerning all of which I am accused by the Jews, King Agrippa, I esteem myself fortunate before you, being about today to defend myself.
KJV: I think myself happy, king Agrippa, because I shall answer for myself this day before thee touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:
μαλιστα γνωστην οντα σε {VAR2: ειδως } παντων των κατα ιουδαιους εθων τε και ζητηματων διο δεομαι σου μακροθυμως ακουσαι μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3122μάλισταmalista (Adv)
G3122 μάλιστα málista mal-is-tah neuter plural of the superlative of an apparently primary adverb (very); (adverbially) most (in the greatest degree) or particularly:--chiefly, most of all, (e-)specially.
|
μάλισταmalista
|
Especially
|
Adv
|
G1109γνώστηνgnōstēn (N-AMS)
G1109 γνώστης gnṓstēs gnoce-tace from γινώσκω; a knower:--expert.
|
γνώστηνgnōstēn
|
acquainted
|
N-AMS
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
with all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
of
|
Prep
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
the Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1485ἐθῶνethōn (N-GNP)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἐθῶνethōn
|
customs,
|
N-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2213ζητημάτων·zētēmatōn (N-GNP)
G2213 ζήτημα zḗtēma dzay-tay-mah from ζητέω; a search (properly concretely), i.e. (in words) a debate:--question.
|
ζητημάτων·zētēmatōn
|
controversies;
|
N-GNP
|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1189δέομαιdeomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1189 δέομαι déomai deh-om-ahee middle voice of δέω; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. petition:--beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
δέομαιdeomai
|
I implore you
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G3116μακροθύμωςmakrothymōs (Adv)
G3116 μακροθυμώς makrothymṓs mak-roth-oo-moce adverb of a compound of μακρός and θυμός; with long (enduring) temper, i.e. leniently:--patiently.
|
μακροθύμωςmakrothymōs
|
patiently
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκοῦσαίakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαίakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
3
Especially because I know you to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: for what reason I beseech you to hear me patiently.Acts 26:3
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 25 words, 118 letters, 49 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: μαλιστα γνωστην οντα σε {VAR2: ειδως } παντων των κατα ιουδαιους εθων τε και ζητηματων διο δεομαι σου μακροθυμως ακουσαι μου
Lit: Especially acquainted being you with all the of the Jews customs, and also controversies; therefore I implore you patiently to hear me.
KJV: Especially because I know thee to be expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently.
References
"because"Ac 26:26: For the king knows of these things: before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner.Ac 6:14: For we have heard Him say: that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place: and will change the customs which Moses delivered us.Ac 21:21: They are informed of you: that you teach all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses: saying that they not ought to circumcise their children: neither to walk after the customs.Ac 24:10: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Ac 25:19: 20: 26: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.De 17:18: It will be: when he sits upon the throne of his kingdom: that he will write him a copy of this law in a book out of that which is before the priests the Levites:1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing."to hear"Ac 24:4: Notwithstanding: that I not be further tedious to you: I pray you that you would hear us of your clemency a few words.
την μεν ουν βιωσιν μου την εκ νεοτητος την απ αρχης γενομενην εν τω εθνει μου εν ιεροσολυμοις ισασιν παντες οι ιουδαιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤὴνTēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὴνTēn
|
The
|
Art-AFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G981βίωσίνbiōsin (N-AFS)
G981 βίωσις bíōsis bee-o-sis from βιόω; living (properly, the act, by implication, the mode):--manner of life.
|
βίωσίνbiōsin
|
manner of life
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588‹τὴν›tēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹τὴν›tēn
|
which is
|
Art-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3503νεότητοςneotētos (N-GFS)
G3503 νεότης neótēs neh-ot-ace from νέος; newness, i.e. youthfulness:--youth.
|
νεότητοςneotētos
|
youth,
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from its
|
Prep
|
G746ἀρχῆςarchēs (N-GFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῆςarchēs
|
beginning
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηνgenomenēn (V-APM-AFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηνgenomenēn
|
having been
|
V-APM-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1484ἔθνειethnei (N-DNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνειethnei
|
nation
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἔνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἔνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμοιςHierosolymois
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-DNP
|
G1492ἴσασιisasi (V-RIA-3P)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἴσασιisasi
|
know
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588[οἱ]hoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[οἱ]hoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
4
My manner of life from my youth, which was at the first among my own nation at Jerusalem, know all the Jews;Acts 26:4
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 20 words, 86 letters, 30 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: την μεν ουν βιωσιν μου την εκ νεοτητος την απ αρχης γενομενην εν τω εθνει μου εν ιεροσολυμοις ισασιν παντες οι ιουδαιοι
Lit: The indeed then manner of life of me, which is from youth, from its beginning having been among the nation of me, in also Jerusalem, know all the Jews,
KJV: My manner of life from my youth, which was at the first among mine own nation at Jerusalem, know all the Jews;
References
"manner"2Ti 3:10: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience: "which"Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.
προγινωσκοντες με ανωθεν εαν θελωσιν μαρτυρειν οτι κατα την ακριβεστατην αιρεσιν της ημετερας θρησκειας εζησα φαρισαιος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4267προγινώσκοντέςproginōskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4267 προγινώσκω proginṓskō prog-in-oce-ko from πρό and γινώσκω; to know beforehand, i.e. foresee:--foreknow (ordain), know (before).
|
προγινώσκοντέςproginōskontes
|
knowing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G509ἄνωθεν,anōthen (Adv)
G509 ἄνωθεν ánōthen an-o-then from ἄνω; from above; by analogy, from the first; by implication, anew:--from above, again, from the beginning (very first), the top.
|
ἄνωθεν,anōthen
|
from the first,
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλωσιthelōsi (V-PSA-3P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωσιthelōsi
|
they would be willing
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3140μαρτυρεῖν,martyrein (V-PNA)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρεῖν,martyrein
|
to testify,
|
V-PNA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G196ἀκριβεστάτηνakribestatēn (Adj-AFS-S)
G196 ἀκριβέστατος akribéstatos ak-ree-bes-ta-tos superlative of (a derivative of the same as ἄκρον); most exact:--most straitest.
|
ἀκριβεστάτηνakribestatēn
|
strictest
|
Adj-AFS-S
|
G139αἵρεσινhairesin (N-AFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἵρεσινhairesin
|
sect
|
N-AFS
|
G2251ἡμετέραςhēmeteras (PPro-GF1P)
G2251 ἡμέτερος hēméteros hay-met-er-os from θνητός; our:--our, your (by a different reading).,
|
ἡμετέραςhēmeteras
|
of our
|
PPro-GF1P
|
G2356θρησκείαςthrēskeias (N-GFS)
G2356 θρησκεία thrēskeía thrace-ki-ah from a derivative of θρησκός; ceremonial observance:--religion, worshipping.
|
θρησκείαςthrēskeias
|
religion
|
N-GFS
|
G2198ἔζησαezēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ἔζησαezēsa
|
I lived as
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5330Φαρισαῖος.Pharisaios (N-NMS)
G5330 Φαρισαῖος Pharisaîos far-is-ah-yos of Hebrew origin (compare פָּרָשׁ); a separatist, i.e. exclusively religious; a Pharisean, i.e. Jewish sectary:--Pharisee.
|
Φαρισαῖος.Pharisaios
|
a Pharisee.
|
N-NMS
|
5
Which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Acts 26:5
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 38 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: προγινωσκοντες με ανωθεν εαν θελωσιν μαρτυρειν οτι κατα την ακριβεστατην αιρεσιν της ημετερας θρησκειας εζησα φαρισαιος
Lit: knowing me from the first, if they would be willing to testify, that according to the strictest sect of our religion I lived as a Pharisee.
KJV: Which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most straitest sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.
References
"if"Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished."that"Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Php 3:5: 6: Circumcised the eighth day: of the stock of Israel: of the tribe of Benjamin: an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law: a Pharisee;"sect"Ac 24:5: 14: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:
και νυν επ ελπιδι της προς τους πατερας επαγγελιας γενομενης υπο του θεου εστηκα κρινομενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
for the
|
Prep
|
G1680ἐλπίδιelpidi (N-DFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδιelpidi
|
hope
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS)
G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promise
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γενομένηςgenomenēs (V-APM-GFS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένηςgenomenēs
|
having been made
|
V-APM-GFS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2476ἕστηκαhestēka (V-RIA-1S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκαhestēka
|
I stand
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G2919κρινόμενος,krinomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινόμενος,krinomenos
|
being judged,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
6
Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Acts 26:6
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 19 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυν επ ελπιδι της προς τους πατερας επαγγελιας γενομενης υπο του θεου εστηκα κρινομενος
Lit: And now for the hope of the to the fathers of us promise having been made by God, I stand being judged,
KJV: And now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers:
References
"am"Ac 26:8: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 24:15: 21: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain."the promise"Ac 3:24: Yes: and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after: as many as have spoken: have likewise foretold of these days.Ac 13:32: 33: We declare to you glad tidings: how that the promise which was made to the fathers: Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ge 12:3: I will bless them that bless you: and curse him that curses you: and in you will all families of the earth be blessed.Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Ge 26:4: I will make your seed to multiply as the stars of heaven: and will give to your seed all these countries; and in your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed;Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.De 18:15: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;2Sa 7:12: 13: When your days be fulfilled: and you will sleep with your fathers: I will set up your seed after you: which will proceed out of your bowels: and I will establish his kingdom.Job 19:25-27: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Ps 2:6-12: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 40:6-8: Sacrifice and offering you did not desire; my ears have you opened: burnt offering and sin offering have you not required.Ps 98:2: The LORD has made known His salvation: His righteousness has He openly showed in the sight of the heathen.Ps 110:1-4: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Ps 132:11: 17: The LORD has sworn in truth to David; He not will turn from it; Of the fruit of your body will I set upon your throne.Isa 4:2: In that day will the branch of the LORD be beautiful and glorious: and the fruit of the earth will be excellent and comely for them that are escaped of Israel.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 11:1-5: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Isa 40:9-11: O Zion: that bring'>bring good tidings: get you up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem: that bring'>bring good tidings: lift up your voice with strength; lift it up: not be afraid; say to the cities of Judah: Look your God!Isa 42:1-4: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Isa 61:1-3: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:14-17: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will perform that good thing which I have promised to the house of Israel and to the house of Judah.Eze 17:22-24: Thus says the Lord GOD; I will also take of the high branch of the high cedar: and will set it; I will crop off from the top of His young twigs a tender one: and will plant it upon an high mountain and eminent:Eze 21:27: I will overturn: overturn: overturn: it: and it will be no more: until he come whose right it is; and I will give it him.Eze 34:23-25: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:24: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Da 2:34: 35: 44: 45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Ob 1:21: Saviours will come up on mount Zion to judge the mount of Esau; and the kingdom will be the LORD's.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Mic 7:20: You will perform the truth to Jacob: and the mercy to Abraham: which you have sworn to our fathers from the days of old.Zep 3:14-17: Sing: O daughter of Zion; shout: O Israel; be glad and rejoice with all the heart: O daughter of Jerusalem.Zec 2:10: 11: Sing and rejoice: O daughter of Zion: for: indeed: I come: and I will dwell in the middle of you: says the LORD.Zec 6:12: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Zec 13:1: 7: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Lu 1:69: 70: has raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David;Ro 15:8: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:Ga 3:17: 18: This I say: that the covenant: that was confirmed before of God in Christ: the law: which was 430 years after: cannot disannul: that it should make the promise of none effect.Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Tit 2:13: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.
εις ην το δωδεκαφυλον ημων εν εκτενεια νυκτα και ημεραν λατρευον ελπιζει καταντησαι περι ης ελπιδος εγκαλουμαι βασιλευ αγριππα υπο των ιουδαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1429δωδεκάφυλονdōdekaphylon (N-NNS)
G1429 δωδεκάφυλον dōdekáphylon do-dek-af-oo-lon from δώδεκα and φυλή; the commonwealth of Israel:--twelve tribes.
|
δωδεκάφυλονdōdekaphylon
|
twelve tribes
|
N-NNS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1616ἐκτενείᾳekteneia (N-DFS)
G1616 ἐκτένεια ekténeia ek-ten-i-ah from ἐκτενής; intentness:--X instantly.
|
ἐκτενείᾳekteneia
|
earnestness,
|
N-DFS
|
G3571νύκταnykta (N-AFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νύκταnykta
|
night
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G3000λατρεῦονlatreuon (V-PPA-NNS)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεῦονlatreuon
|
serving,
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G1679ἐλπίζειelpizei (V-PIA-3S)
G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἐλπίζειelpizei
|
hope
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2658καταντῆσαι·katantēsai (V-ANA)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
καταντῆσαι·katantēsai
|
to attain;
|
V-ANA
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
hope
|
N-GFS
|
G1458ἐγκαλοῦμαιenkaloumai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G1458 ἐγκαλέω enkaléō eng-kal-eh-o from ἐν and καλέω; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.):--accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge.
|
ἐγκαλοῦμαιenkaloumai
|
I am accused
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2453Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίων,Ioudaiōn
|
the Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G935βασιλεῦ.basileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦ.basileu
|
O king.
|
N-VMS
|
7
To which promise our 12 tribes, instantly serving God day and night, hope to come. For which hope's sake, king Agrippa, I am accused of the Jews.
Acts 26:7
Stats
Counts: 153 characters, 20 words, 118 letters, 43 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις ην το δωδεκαφυλον ημων εν εκτενεια νυκτα και ημεραν λατρευον ελπιζει καταντησαι περι ης ελπιδος εγκαλουμαι βασιλευ αγριππα υπο των ιουδαιων
Lit: to which the twelve tribes of us in earnestness, night and day, serving, hope to attain; concerning which hope I am accused by the Jews, O king.
KJV: Unto which promise our twelve tribes, instantly serving [God] day and night, hope to come. For which hope's sake, king Agrippa, I am accused of the Jews.
References
"our"Ezr 6:17: Offered at the dedication of this house of God 100 bullocks: 200 rams: 400 lambs; and for a sin offering for all Israel: 12 He goats: according to the number of the tribes of Israel.Ezr 8:35: Also the children of those that had been carried away: which were come out of the captivity: offered burnt offerings to the God of Israel: 12 bullocks for all Israel: 96 rams: 77 lambs: 12 He goats for a sin offering: all this was a burnt offering to the LORD.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting.Re 7:4-8: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel."instantly"Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Ps 134:1: 2: > Look: bless you the LORD: all you servants of the LORD: which by night stand in the house of the LORD.Ps 135:2: You that stand in the house of the LORD: in the courts of the house of our God: Lu 2:36: 37: There was one Anna: a prophetess: the daughter of Phanuel: of the tribe of Aser: she was of a great age: and had lived with an husband 7 years from her virginity;1Th 3:10: Night and day praying exceedingly that we might see your face: and might perfect that which is lacking in your faith?1Ti 5:5: Now she that is a widow indeed: and desolate: trusts in God: and continues in supplications and prayers night and day."hope"Lu 2:25: 38: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him.Lu 7:19: 20: John calling to Him two of His disciples sent them to Jesus: saying: Are you He that'>He who should come? or look we for another?Php 3:11: If by any means I might attain to the resurrection of the dead.
τι απιστον κρινεται παρ υμιν ει ο θεος νεκρους εγειρει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G571ἄπιστονapiston (Adj-NNS)
G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστονapiston
|
incredible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2919κρίνεταιkrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεταιkrinetai
|
is it judged
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3498νεκροὺςnekrous (Adj-AMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὺςnekrous
|
the dead
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1453ἐγείρει;egeirei (V-PIA-3S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρει;egeirei
|
raises?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
8
Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead?Acts 26:8
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι απιστον κρινεται παρ υμιν ει ο θεος νεκρους εγειρει
Lit: Why incredible is it judged by you if God the dead raises?
KJV: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead?
References
"Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead?"Ac 4:2: Being grieved that they taught the people: and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead.Ac 10:40-42: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 13:30: 31: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 17:31: 32: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ac 25:19: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Ge 18:14: Is any thing too hard for the LORD? At the time appointed I will return to you: according to the time of life: and Sarah will have a son.Mt 22:29-32: Jesus answered and said to them: You do err: not knowing the scriptures: nor the power of God.Lu 1:37: For with God nothing will be impossible.Lu 18:27: He said: The things which are impossible with men are possible with God.Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: 1Co 15:12-20: Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead: how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
εγω μεν ουν εδοξα εμαυτω προς το ονομα ιησου του ναζωραιου δειν πολλα εναντια πραξαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473Ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1380ἔδοξαedoxa (V-AIA-1S)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
ἔδοξαedoxa
|
thought
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1683ἐμαυτῷemautō (PPro-DM1S)
G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτῷemautō
|
in myself
|
PPro-DM1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G3480ΝαζωραίουNazōraiou (N-GMS)
G3480 Ναζωραῖος Nazōraîos nad-zo-rah-yos from Ναζαρέθ; a Nazoræan, i.e. inhabitant of Nazareth; by extension, a Christian:--Nazarene, of Nazareth.
|
ΝαζωραίουNazōraiou
|
of Nazareth,
|
N-GMS
|
G1163δεῖνdein (V-PNA)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖνdein
|
I ought
|
V-PNA
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1727ἐναντίαenantia (Adj-ANP)
G1727 ἐναντίος enantíos en-an-tee-os from ἔναντι; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic:--(over) against, contrary.
|
ἐναντίαenantia
|
contrary
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4238πρᾶξαι·praxai (V-ANA)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πρᾶξαι·praxai
|
to do,
|
V-ANA
|
9
I truly thought with myself, that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.Acts 26:9
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 19 words, 82 letters, 28 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω μεν ουν εδοξα εμαυτω προς το ονομα ιησου του ναζωραιου δειν πολλα εναντια πραξαι
Lit: I indeed therefore thought in myself to the name of Jesus of Nazareth, I ought many things contrary to do,
KJV: I verily thought with myself, that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.
References
"that"Joh 16:2: 3: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.Ro 10:2: For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God: not but according to knowledge.Ga 1:13: 14: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."the name"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.Ac 22:8: I answered: Who are you: Lord? And He said to me: I am Jesus of Nazareth: whom you persecutest.Ac 24:5: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:
ο και εποιησα εν ιεροσολυμοις και πολλους των αγιων εγω φυλακαις κατεκλεισα την παρα των αρχιερεων εξουσιαν λαβων αναιρουμενων τε αυτων κατηνεγκα ψηφον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησαepoiēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησαepoiēsa
|
I did
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2414Ἱεροσολύμοις,Hierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσολύμοις,Hierosolymois
|
Jerusalem;
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλούςpollous (Adj-AMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλούςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακαῖςphylakais (N-DFP)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακαῖςphylakais
|
prisons
|
N-DFP
|
G2623κατέκλεισαkatekleisa (V-AIA-1S)
G2623 κατακλείω katakleíō kat-ak-li-o from κατά and κλείω; to shut down (in a dungeon), i.e. incarcerate:--shut up.
|
κατέκλεισαkatekleisa
|
locked up,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G749ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn (N-GMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέωνarchiereōn
|
chief priests
|
N-GMP
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαβών,labōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβών,labōn
|
having received;
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G337ἀναιρουμένωνanairoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρουμένωνanairoumenōn
|
being put to death
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
they,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2702κατήνεγκαkatēnenka (V-AIA-1S)
G2702 καταφέρω kataphérō kat-af-er-o from κατά and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear down, i.e. (figuratively) overcome (with drowsiness); specially, to cast a vote:--fall, give, sink down.
|
κατήνεγκαkatēnenka
|
I cast against them
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5586ψῆφον,psēphon (N-AFS)
G5586 ψῆφος psēphos psay-fos from the same as ψηλαφάω; a pebble (as worn smooth by handling), i.e. (by implication, of use as a counter or ballot) a verdict (of acquittal) or ticket (of admission); a vote:--stone, voice.
|
ψῆφον,psēphon
|
a vote.
|
N-AFS
|
10
Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice against them.
Acts 26:10
Stats
Counts: 197 characters, 34 words, 155 letters, 59 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο και εποιησα εν ιεροσολυμοις και πολλους των αγιων εγω φυλακαις κατεκλεισα την παρα των αρχιερεων εξουσιαν λαβων αναιρουμενων τε αυτων κατηνεγκα ψηφον
Lit: which also I did in Jerusalem; and many also of the saints I in prisons locked up, the from the chief priests authority having received; being put to death then they, I cast against them a vote.
KJV: Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice against them.
References
"I also"Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 8:1: 3: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:13: 26: Then Ananias answered: Lord: I have heard by many of this man: how much evil He has done to your saints at Jerusalem:Ac 22:4: 19: 20: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Ga 1:13: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:"the saints"Ac 9:32: 41: It came to pass: as Peter passed throughout all quarters: he came down also to the saints which dwelt at Lydda.Ps 16:3: But to the saints that are in the earth: and to the excellent: in whom is all my delight.Ro 15:25: 26: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration."having"Ac 9:14: 21: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished.
και κατα πασας τας συναγωγας πολλακις τιμωρων αυτους ηναγκαζον βλασφημειν περισσως τε εμμαινομενος αυτοις εδιωκον εως και εις τας εξω πολεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσαςpasas (Adj-AFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσαςpasas
|
all
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4864συναγωγὰςsynagōgas (N-AFP)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὰςsynagōgas
|
synagogues,
|
N-AFP
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv)
G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
often
|
Adv
|
G5097τιμωρῶνtimōrōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5097 τιμωρέω timōréō tim-o-reh-o from a comparative of τιμή and ouros (a guard); properly, to protect ones honor, i.e. to avenge (inflict a penalty):--punish.
|
τιμωρῶνtimōrōn
|
punishing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G315ἠνάγκαζονēnankazon (V-IIA-1S)
G315 ἀναγκάζω anankázō an-ang-kad-zo from ἀνάγκη; to necessitate:--compel, constrain.
|
ἠνάγκαζονēnankazon
|
I was compelling them
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G987βλασφημεῖν,blasphēmein (V-PNA)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημεῖν,blasphēmein
|
to blaspheme.
|
V-PNA
|
G4057περισσῶςperissōs (Adv)
G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
περισσῶςperissōs
|
Exceedingly
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1693ἐμμαινόμενοςemmainomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1693 ἐμμαίνομαι emmaínomai em-mah-ee-nom-ahee from ἐν and μαίνομαι; to rave on, i.e. rage at:--be mad against.
|
ἐμμαινόμενοςemmainomenos
|
being furious
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
against them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1377ἐδίωκονediōkon (V-IIA-1S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ἐδίωκονediōkon
|
I kept persecuting them
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
foreign
|
Adv
|
G4172πόλεις.poleis (N-AFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεις.poleis
|
cities,
|
N-AFP
|
11
I punished them often in every synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted them even to strange cities.
Acts 26:11
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 21 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατα πασας τας συναγωγας πολλακις τιμωρων αυτους ηναγκαζον βλασφημειν περισσως τε εμμαινομενος αυτοις εδιωκον εως και εις τας εξω πολεις
Lit: And in all the synagogues, often punishing them, I was compelling them to blaspheme. Exceedingly then being furious against them, I kept persecuting them as far as even to foreign cities,
KJV: And I punished them oft in every synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted [them] even unto strange cities.
References
"I punished"Ac 22:19: I said: Lord: they know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on you:Mt 10:17: But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the councils: and they will scourge you in their synagogues;Mr 13:9: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake."compelled"Ac 13:45: But when the Jews saw the multitudes: they were filled with envy: and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul: contradicting and blaspheming.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Mr 3:28: Truly I say to you: All sins will be forgiven to the sons of men: and blasphemies wherewith soever they will blaspheme:Heb 10:28: 29: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:Jas 2:7: not Do they blaspheme that worthy name by the which you are called?"mad"Ac 26:24: 25: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad.Ec 9:3: This is an evil among all things that are done under the sun: that there is one event to all: yes: also the heart of the sons of men is full of evil: and madness is in their heart while they live: and after that they go to the dead.Lu 6:11: They were filled with madness; and communed one with another what they might do to Jesus.Lu 15:17: When he came to himself: he said: How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare: and I perish with hunger!2Pe 2:16: But was rebuked for his iniquity: the dumb ass speaking with man's voice forbad the madness of the prophet.
εν οις και πορευομενος εις την δαμασκον μετ εξουσιας και επιτροπης της παρα των αρχιερεων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
during
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which,
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G4198πορευόμενοςporeuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευόμενοςporeuomenos
|
journeying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon (N-AFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκὸνDamaskon
|
Damascus
|
N-AFS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1849ἐξουσίαςexousias (N-GFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαςexousias
|
the authority
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2011ἐπιτροπῆςepitropēs (N-GFS)
G2011 ἐπιτροπή epitropḗ ep-ee-trop-ay from ἐπιτρέπω; permission, i.e. (by implication) full power:--commission.
|
ἐπιτροπῆςepitropēs
|
commission
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G749ἀρχιερέων,archiereōn (N-GMP)
G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέων,archiereōn
|
chief priests,
|
N-GMP
|
12
Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests,Acts 26:12
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 14 words, 71 letters, 27 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν οις και πορευομενος εις την δαμασκον μετ εξουσιας και επιτροπης της παρα των αρχιερεων
Lit: during which, journeying to Damascus with the authority and commission of the chief priests,
KJV: Whereupon as I went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests,
References
"as"Ac 9:1: 2: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 22:5: As also the high priest does bear me witness: and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters to the brothers: and went to Damascus: to bring them which were there bound to Jerusalem: for to be punished."with"Ac 26:10: Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison: having received authority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death: I gave my voice against them.1Ki 21:8-10: So she wrote letters in Ahab's name: and sealed them with his seal: and sent the letters to the elders and to the nobles that were in his city: dwelling with Naboth.Ps 94:20: 21: Will the throne of iniquity have fellowship with you: which frames mischief by a law?Isa 10:1: Woe to them that decree unrighteous decrees: and that write grievousness which they have prescribed;Jer 26:8: Now it came to pass: when Jeremiah had made an end of speaking all that the LORD had commanded Him to speak to all the people: that the priests and the prophets and all the people took Him: saying: You will surely die.Jer 29:26: 27: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.Joh 7:45-48: Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said to them: Why have you not brought him?Joh 11:57: Now both the chief priests and the Pharisees had given a commandment: that: if any man knew where he were: he should show it: that they might take him.
ημερας μεσης κατα την οδον ειδον βασιλευ ουρανοθεν υπερ την λαμπροτητα του ηλιου περιλαμψαν με φως και τους συν εμοι πορευομενους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G3319μέσηςmesēs (Adj-GFS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσηςmesēs
|
mid
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
road
|
N-AFS
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I saw,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G935βασιλεῦ,basileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦ,basileu
|
O king,
|
N-VMS
|
G3771οὐρανόθενouranothen (Adv)
G3771 οὐρανόθεν ouranóthen oo-ran-oth-en from οὐρανός and the enclitic of source; from the sky:--from heaven.
|
οὐρανόθενouranothen
|
from heaven
|
Adv
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep)
G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
above,
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2987λαμπρότηταlamprotēta (N-AFS)
G2987 λαμπρότης lamprótēs lam-prot-ace from λαμπρός; brilliancy:--brightness.
|
λαμπρότηταlamprotēta
|
brightness
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2246ἡλίουhēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίουhēliou
|
sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G4034περιλάμψανperilampsan (V-APA-ANS)
G4034 περιλάμπω perilámpō per-ee-lam-po from περί and λάμπω; to illuminate all around, i.e. invest with a halo:--shine round about.
|
περιλάμψανperilampsan
|
having shone around
|
V-APA-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
a light;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4198πορευομένους·poreuomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευομένους·poreuomenous
|
journeying.
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
13
At midday, O king, I saw in the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.
Acts 26:13
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 25 words, 113 letters, 42 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημερας μεσης κατα την οδον ειδον βασιλευ ουρανοθεν υπερ την λαμπροτητα του ηλιου περιλαμψαν με φως και τους συν εμοι πορευομενους
Lit: day mid on the road I saw, O king, from heaven above, the brightness of the sun, having shone around me, a light; and those with me journeying.
KJV: At midday, O king, I saw in the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.
References
"mid-day"Ac 9:3: As he journeyed: he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:Ac 22:6: It came to pass: that: as I made my journey: and was come nigh to Damascus about noon: suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me."above"Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Isa 30:26: Moreover the light of the moon will be as the light of the sun: and the light of the sun will be sevenfold: as the light of 7 days: in the day that the LORD binds up the breach of His people: and heals the stroke of their wound.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 21:23: The city had no need of the sun: neither of the moon: to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it: and the Lamb is the light thereof.
παντων δε καταπεσοντων ημων εις την γην ηκουσα φωνην λαλουσαν προς με και λεγουσαν τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις σκληρον σοι προς κεντρα λακτιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
All
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2667καταπεσόντωνkatapesontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G2667 καταπίπτω katapíptō kat-ap-ip-to from κατά and πίπτω; to fall down:--fall (down).
|
καταπεσόντωνkatapesontōn
|
having fallen down
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
ground,
|
N-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1446ἙβραΐδιHebraidi (Adj-DFS)
G1446 Ἑβραΐς Hebraḯs heb-rah-is from Ἐβέρ; the Hebraistic (Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) language:--Hebrew.
|
ἙβραΐδιHebraidi
|
Hebrew
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1258διαλέκτῳdialektō (N-DFS)
G1258 διάλεκτος diálektos dee-al-ek-tos from διαλέγομαι; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. dialect:--language, tongue.
|
διαλέκτῳdialektō
|
language,
|
N-DFS
|
G4549ΣαοὺλSaoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
ΣαοὺλSaoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G4549Σαούλ,Saoul (N-VMS)
G4549 Σαούλ Saoúl sah-ool of Hebrew origin (שָׁאוּל); Saul (i.e. Shaul), the Jewish name of Paul:--Saul. Compare Σαῦλος.
|
Σαούλ,Saoul
|
Saul,
|
N-VMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1377διώκεις;diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις;diōkeis
|
persecute you?
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4642σκληρόνsklēron (Adj-NNS)
G4642 σκληρός sklērós sklay-ros from the base of σκέλος; dry, i.e. hard or tough (figuratively, harsh, severe):--fierce, hard.
|
σκληρόνsklēron
|
It is hard
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
for you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G2759κέντραkentra (N-ANP)
G2759 κέντρον kéntron ken-tron from (to prick); a point (centre), i.e. a sting (figuratively, poison) or goad (figuratively, divine impulse):--prick, sting.
|
κέντραkentra
|
the goads
|
N-ANP
|
G2979λακτίζειν.laktizein (V-PNA)
G2979 λακτίζω laktízō lak-tid-zo from adverb (heelwise); to recalcitrate:--kick.
|
λακτίζειν.laktizein
|
to kick.
|
V-PNA
|
14
When we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking to me, and saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul, why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.
Acts 26:14
Stats
Counts: 193 characters, 32 words, 149 letters, 59 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντων δε καταπεσοντων ημων εις την γην ηκουσα φωνην λαλουσαν προς με και λεγουσαν τη εβραιδι διαλεκτω σαουλ σαουλ τι με διωκεις σκληρον σοι προς κεντρα λακτιζειν
Lit: All and having fallen down of us to the ground, I heard a voice saying to me in the Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, why Me persecute you? It is hard for you against the goads to kick.
KJV: And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks.
References
"in"Ac 21:40: When he had given him licence: Paul stood on the stairs: and beckoned with the hand to the people. And when there was made a great silence: he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue: saying: Ac 22:2: (And when they heard that he spoke in the Hebrew tongue to them: they kept the more silence: and he says: )"Saul"Ac 9:4: 5: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Ac 22:7-9: I fell to the ground: and heard a voice saying to me: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?"hard"Pr 13:15: Good understanding gives favour: but the way of transgressors is hard.Zec 2:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts; After the glory has He sent me to the nations which spoiled you: for He that'>He who touches'>touches you touches'>touches the apple of His eye.Zec 12:2: Look: I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling to all the people round about: when they will be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem.1Co 10:22: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?
εγω δε ειπον τις ει κυριε ο δε ειπεν εγω ειμι ιησους ον συ διωκεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473Ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπαeipa (V-AIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπαeipa
|
said,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2962Κύριε;Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε;Kyrie
|
Lord?
|
N-VMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1377διώκεις.diōkeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκεις.diōkeis
|
are persecuting.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
15
I said, Who are you, Lord? And He said, I am Jesus whom you persecutest.
Acts 26:15
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 58 letters, 24 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω δε ειπον τις ει κυριε ο δε ειπεν εγω ειμι ιησους ον συ διωκεις
Lit: I then said, Who are You, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting.
KJV: And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest.
References
"I am"Ex 16:8: Moses said: This will be: when the LORD will give you in the evening flesh to eat: and in the morning bread to the full; for that the LORD hears your murmurings which you murmur against Him: and what are we? your murmurings are not against us: but against the LORD.Mt 25:40: 45: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Joh 15:20: 21: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.
αλλα αναστηθι και στηθι επι τους ποδας σου εις τουτο γαρ ωφθην σοι προχειρισασθαι σε υπηρετην και μαρτυρα ων τε ειδες ων τε οφθησομαι σοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G450ἀνάστηθιanastēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνάστηθιanastēthi
|
rise up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2476στῆθιstēthi (V-AMA-2S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στῆθιstēthi
|
stand
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G4771σου·sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου·sou
|
of you;
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for this
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
purpose
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθηνōphthēn (V-AIP-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηνōphthēn
|
I have appeared
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4400προχειρίσασθαίprocheirisasthai (V-ANM)
G4400 προχειρίζομαι procheirízomai prokh-i-rid-zom-ahee middle voice from πρό and a derivative of χείρ; to handle for oneself in advance, i.e. (figuratively) to purpose:--choose, make.
|
προχειρίσασθαίprocheirisasthai
|
to appoint
|
V-ANM
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G5257ὑπηρέτηνhypēretēn (N-AMS)
G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέτηνhypēretēn
|
a servant
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3144μάρτυραmartyra (N-AMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυραmartyra
|
a witness
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of that which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδέςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδέςeides
|
you have seen
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
of Me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of the things in which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3708ὀφθήσομαίophthēsomai (V-FIP-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὀφθήσομαίophthēsomai
|
I will appear
|
V-FIP-1S
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
16
But rise, and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose, to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen, and of those things in the which I will appear to you;Acts 26:16
Stats
Counts: 221 characters, 40 words, 173 letters, 67 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα αναστηθι και στηθι επι τους ποδας σου εις τουτο γαρ ωφθην σοι προχειρισασθαι σε υπηρετην και μαρτυρα ων τε ειδες ων τε οφθησομαι σοι
Lit: But rise up and stand on the feet of you; for this purpose for I have appeared to you, to appoint you a servant and a witness of that which both you have seen of Me, of the things in which then I will appear to you,
KJV: But rise, and stand upon thy feet: for I have appeared unto thee for this purpose, to make thee a minister and a witness both of these things which thou hast seen, and of those things in the which I will appear unto thee;
References
"rise"Ac 9:6-9: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 22:10: I said: What will I do: Lord? And the Lord said to me: Arise: and go into Damascus; and there it will be told you of all things which are appointed for you to do."to make"Ac 9:15: 16: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 13:1-4: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 22:14: 15: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth."a minister"Ac 1:17: 25: For he was numbered with us: and had obtained part of this ministry.Ac 6:4: But we will give ourselves continually to prayer: and to the ministry of the word.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 15:16: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.2Co 4:1: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;2Co 5:18: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Eph 3:7: 8: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.Col 1:7: 23: 25: As you also learned of Epaphras our dear fellowservant: who is for you a faithful minister of Christ;1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Ti 1:12: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;1Ti 4:6: If you put the brothers in remembrance of these things: you will be a good minister of Jesus Christ: nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine: to what you have attained.2Ti 4:5: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry."in the"Ac 18:9: 10: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 22:17-21: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 27:23: 24: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: 2Co 12:1-7: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.Ga 1:12: For I neither received it of man: neither was I taught it: but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.Ga 2:2: I went up by revelation: and communicated to them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles: but privately to them which were of reputation: lest by any means I should run: or had run: in vain.
εξαιρουμενος σε εκ του λαου και των εθνων εις ους νυν σε αποστελλω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1807ἐξαιρούμενόςexairoumenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G1807 ἐξαιρέω exairéō ex-ahee-reh-o from ἐκ and αἱρέομαι; actively, to tear out; middle voice, to select; figuratively, to release:--deliver, pluck out, rescue.
|
ἐξαιρούμενόςexairoumenos
|
delivering
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν,ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν,ethnōn
|
Gentiles,
|
N-GNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G649ἀποστέλλωapostellō (V-PIA-1S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστέλλωapostellō
|
am sending
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
17
Delivering you from the people, and from the Gentiles, to whom now I send you,Acts 26:17
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξαιρουμενος σε εκ του λαου και των εθνων εις ους νυν σε αποστελλω
Lit: delivering you out from the people and from the Gentiles, to whom I am sending you,
KJV: Delivering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom now I send thee,
References
"Delivering"Ac 9:23-25: 29: 30: After that many days were fulfilled: the Jews took counsel to kill him:Ac 13:50: But the Jews stirred up the devout and honourable women: and the chief men of the city: and raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas: and expelled them out of their coasts.Ac 14:5: 6: 19: 20: When there was an assault made both of the Gentiles: and also of the Jews with their rulers: to use them despitefully: and to stone them: Ac 16:39: They came and besought them: and brought them out: and desired them to depart out of the city.Ac 17:10: 14: The brothers immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea: who coming there went into the synagogue of the Jews.Ac 18:10: 12-16: For I am with you: and no man will set on you to hurt you: for I have much people in this city.Ac 19:28-41: When they heard these sayings: they were full of wrath: and cried out: saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians.Ac 21:28-36: Crying out: Men of Israel: help: This is the man: that teaches all men every where against the people: and the law: and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple: and has polluted this holy place.Ac 22:21: 22: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 23:10-24: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.Ac 25:3: 9-11: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.Ac 27:42-44: The soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners: lest any of them should swim out: and escape.Ps 34:19: Many are the afflictions of the righteous: but the LORD delivers Him out of them all.Ps 37:32: 33: The wicked watches the righteous: and seeks to kill him.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Co 4:8-10: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;2Co 11:23-26: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.2Ti 4:16: 17: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge."the Gentiles"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it.Ro 11:13: For I speak to you Gentiles: inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles: I magnify my office:Ro 15:16: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Eph 3:7: 8: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity.2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.
ανοιξαι οφθαλμους αυτων {VAR1: του } {VAR2: και } επιστρεψαι απο σκοτους εις φως και της εξουσιας του σατανα επι τον θεον του λαβειν αυτους αφεσιν αμαρτιων και κληρον εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πιστει τη εις εμε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
that
|
Art-GNS
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψαιepistrepsai (V-ANA)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψαιepistrepsai
|
they may turn
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4655σκότουςskotous (N-GNS)
G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.
|
σκότουςskotous
|
darkness
|
N-GNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
light,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
from the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίαςexousias (N-GFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαςexousias
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G4567ΣατανᾶSatana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶSatana
|
of Satan
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
that
|
Art-GNS
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
may receive
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
they
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G859ἄφεσινaphesin (N-AFS)
G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσινaphesin
|
forgiveness
|
N-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2819κλῆρονklēron (N-AMS)
G2819 κλῆρος klēros klay-ros probably from κλάω (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose; a die (for drawing chances); by implication, a portion (as if so secured); by extension, an acquisition (especially a patrimony, figuratively):--heritage, inheritance, lot, part.
|
κλῆρονklēron
|
an inheritance
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G37ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP)
G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois
|
having been sanctified
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστειpistei
|
by faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
that is
|
Art-DFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμέ.eme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμέ.eme
|
Me.
|
PPro-A1S
|
18
To open their eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Acts 26:18
Stats
Rank: #832 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 217 characters, 32 words, 169 letters, 62 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανοιξαι οφθαλμους αυτων {VAR1: του } {VAR2: και } επιστρεψαι απο σκοτους εις φως και της εξουσιας του σατανα επι τον θεον του λαβειν αυτους αφεσιν αμαρτιων και κληρον εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πιστει τη εις εμε
Lit: to open eyes of them, that they may turn from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, that may receive they forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among those having been sanctified by faith that is in Me.
KJV: To open their eyes, and to turn [them] from darkness to light, and [from] the power of Satan unto God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.
References
"open"Ac 9:17: 18: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ps 119:18: Open you my eyes: that I may look wondrous things out of your law.Ps 146:8: The LORD opens the eyes of the blind: the LORD raises them that are bowed down: the LORD loves the righteous:Isa 29:18: In that day will the deaf hear the words of the book: and the eyes of the blind will see out of obscurity: and out of darkness.Isa 32:3: The eyes of them that see will not be dim: and the ears of them that hear will listen.Isa 35:5: Then the eyes of the blind will be opened: and the ears of the deaf will be unstopped.Isa 42:7: To open the blind eyes: to bring out the prisoners from the prison: and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house.Isa 43:8: Bring forth the blind people that have eyes: and the deaf that have ears.Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Lu 24:45: Then opened he their understanding: that they might understand the scriptures: Joh 9:39: Jesus said: For judgment I am come into this world: that they which not see might see; and that they which see might be made blind.2Co 4:4: 6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: "and to"Ac 26:23: That Christ should suffer: and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead: and should show light to the people: and to the Gentiles.Ac 13:47: For so has the Lord commanded us: saying: I have set you to be a light of the Gentiles: that you should be for salvation to the ends of the earth.Isa 9:2: The people that walked in darkness have seen a great light: they that dwell in the land of the shadow of death: upon them has the light shined.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 60:1-3: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Mt 4:16: The people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.Mt 6:22: 23: The light of the body is the eye: if therefore your eye be single: your whole body will be full of light.Lu 1:79: To give light to them that sit in darkness and in the shadow of death: to guide our feet into the way of peace.Lu 2:32: A light to lighten the Gentiles: and the glory of your people Israel.Joh 1:4-9: In him was life; and the life was the light of men.Joh 3:19: This is the condemnation: that light is come into the world: and men loved darkness rather than light: because their deeds were evil.Joh 8:12: Then spoke Jesus again to them: saying: I am the light of the world: He that'>He who follows me will not walk in darkness: but will have the light of life.Joh 9:5: As long as I am in the world: I am the light of the world.Joh 12:35: 36: Then Jesus said to them: Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while you have the light: lest darkness come upon you: for He that'>He who walks in darkness knows not whither He goeth.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.2Co 6:14: Be you not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship has righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion has light with darkness?Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: Eph 4:18: Having the understanding darkened: being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them: because of the blindness of their heart:Eph 5:8: 14: For you were sometimes darkness: but now are you light in the Lord: walk as children of light:1Th 5:4-8: But you: brothers: not are in darkness: that that day should overtake you as a thief.1Pe 2:9: 25: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:1Jo 2:8: 9: Again: a new commandment I write to you: which thing is true in him and in you: because the darkness is past: and the true light now shines."and from"Isa 49:24: 25: Will the prey be taken from the mighty: or the lawful captive delivered?Isa 53:8-12: He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who will declare his generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken.Lu 11:21: 22: When a strong man armed keeps his palace: his goods are in peace:Col 1:13: Who has delivered us from the power of darkness: and has translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son:2Ti 2:26: that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil: who are taken captive by him at his will.Heb 2:14: 15: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;1Jo 3:8: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:Re 20:2: 3: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: "that they"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ps 32:1: 2: A Psalm of David: Maschil.>> Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven: whose sin is covered.Lu 1:77: To give knowledge of salvation to his people by the remission of their sins: Lu 24:47: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Ro 4:6-9: Even as David also describes the blessedness of the man: to whom God imputes righteousness without works: 1Co 6:10: 11: Nor thieves: nor covetous: nor drunkards: nor revilers: nor extortioners: will inherit the kingdom of God.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:1Jo 1:9: If we confess our sins: he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins: and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.1Jo 2:12: I write to you: little children: because your sins are forgiven you for his name's sake."inheritance"Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.Eph 1:11: 14: In whom also we have obtained an inheritance: being predestinated according to the purpose of him who works all things after the counsel of his own will:Col 1:12: Giving thanks to the Father: which has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?1Pe 1:4: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: "sanctified"Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.Joh 17:17: Sanctify them through your truth: your word is truth.1Co 1:2: 30: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Tit 3:5: 6: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;Heb 10:10: 14: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:Re 21:27: There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles: neither whatever works abomination: or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life."faith"Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 7:38: 39: He who believes on me: as the scripture has said: out of his belly will flow rivers of living water.Ro 5:1: 2: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.Ga 3:2: 14: This only would I learn of you: Received you the Spirit by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.
οθεν βασιλευ αγριππα ουκ εγενομην απειθης τη ουρανιω οπτασια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3606Ὅθεν,Hothen (Conj)
G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
Ὅθεν,Hothen
|
So then,
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλεῦbasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦbasileu
|
O king
|
N-VMS
|
G67Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa (N-VMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa
|
Agrippa,
|
N-VMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G545ἀπειθὴςapeithēs (Adj-NMS)
G545 ἀπειθής apeithḗs ap-i-thace from Α (as a negative particle) and πείθω; unpersuadable, i.e. contumacious:--disobedient.
|
ἀπειθὴςapeithēs
|
disobedient
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3770οὐρανίῳouraniō (Adj-DFS)
G3770 οὐράνιος ouránios oo-ran-ee-os from οὐρανός; celestial, i.e. belonging to or coming from the sky:--heavenly.
|
οὐρανίῳouraniō
|
heavenly
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3701ὀπτασίᾳ,optasia (N-DFS)
G3701 ὀπτασία optasía op-tas-ee-ah from a presumed derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; visuality, i.e. (concretely) an apparition:--vision.
|
ὀπτασίᾳ,optasia
|
vision,
|
N-DFS
|
19
Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I not was disobedient to the heavenly vision:
Acts 26:19
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 10 words, 60 letters, 26 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν βασιλευ αγριππα ουκ εγενομην απειθης τη ουρανιω οπτασια
Lit: So then, O king Agrippa, not I was disobedient to the heavenly vision,
KJV: Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision:
References
"O king"Ac 26:2: 26: 27: I think myself happy: king Agrippa: because I will answer for myself this day before you touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:"I was not"Ex 4:13: 14: He said: O my Lord: send: I pray you: by the hand of Him whom you will send.Isa 50:5: The Lord GOD has opened my ear: and I not was rebellious: neither turned away back.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Eze 2:7: 8: you will speak my words to them: whether they will hear: or whether they will forbear: for they are most rebellious.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.Jon 1:3: But Jonah rose up to flee to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD: and went down to Joppa; and He found a ship going to Tarshish: so He paid the fare thereof: and went down into it: to go with them to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD.Ga 1:16: To reveal His Son in me: that I might preach Him among the heathen; immediately I not conferred with flesh and blood:
αλλα τοις εν δαμασκω πρωτον και ιεροσολυμοις εις πασαν τε την χωραν της ιουδαιας και τοις εθνεσιν {VAR1: απαγγελλων } {VAR2: απηγγελλον } μετανοειν και επιστρεφειν επι τον θεον αξια της μετανοιας εργα πρασσοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1154ΔαμασκῷDamaskō (N-DFS)
G1154 Δαμασκός Damaskós dam-as-kos of Hebrew origin (דַּמֶּשֶׂק); Damascus, a city of Syria:--Damascus.
|
ΔαμασκῷDamaskō
|
Damascus
|
N-DFS
|
G4412πρῶτόνprōton (Adv-S)
G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτόνprōton
|
first,
|
Adv-S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2414Ἱεροσολύμοις,Hierosolymois (N-DNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
Ἱεροσολύμοις,Hierosolymois
|
Jerusalem
|
N-DNP
|
G3956πᾶσάνpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσάνpasan
|
all,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5561χώρανchōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώρανchōran
|
region
|
N-AFS
|
G2449ἸουδαίαςIoudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίαςIoudaias
|
of Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles,
|
N-DNP
|
G518ἀπήγγελλονapēngellon (V-IIA-1S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγελλονapēngellon
|
I kept declaring
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G3340μετανοεῖνmetanoein (V-PNA)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοεῖνmetanoein
|
to repent
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέφεινepistrephein (V-ANA)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέφεινepistrephein
|
to turn
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G514ἄξιαaxia (Adj-ANP)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιαaxia
|
worthy
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3341μετανοίαςmetanoias (N-GFS)
G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίαςmetanoias
|
of repentance
|
N-GFS
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4238πράσσοντας.prassontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσοντας.prassontas
|
doing.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
20
But showed first to them of Damascus, and at Jerusalem, and throughout all the coasts of Judaea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works meet for repentance.Acts 26:20
Stats
Rank: #2818 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 31 words, 158 letters, 58 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα τοις εν δαμασκω πρωτον και ιεροσολυμοις εις πασαν τε την χωραν της ιουδαιας και τοις εθνεσιν {VAR1: απαγγελλων } {VAR2: απηγγελλον } μετανοειν και επιστρεφειν επι τον θεον αξια της μετανοιας εργα πρασσοντας
Lit: but to those in Damascus first, both and Jerusalem all, and the region of Judea, and to the Gentiles, I kept declaring to repent and to turn to God, worthy of repentance works doing.
KJV: But shewed first unto them of Damascus, and at Jerusalem, and throughout all the coasts of Judaea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works meet for repentance.
References
"first"Ac 9:19-22: When he had received meat: he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus.Ac 11:26-30: When He had found Him: He brought Him to Antioch. And it came to pass: that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church: and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch."and at"Ac 9:28: 29: He was with them coming in and going out at Jerusalem.Ac 22:17: 18: It came to pass: that: when I was come again to Jerusalem: even while I prayed in the temple: I was in a trance;"and then"Ac 26:17: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Ac 13:46-48: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 14:16-21: Who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways.Ac 22:21: 22: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ro 11:18-20: not Boast against the branches. But if you boast: you bear not the root: but the root you."repent"Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Jer 31:19: 20: Surely after that I was turned: I repented; and after that I was instructed: I smote upon my thigh: I was ashamed: yes: even confounded: because I did bear the reproach of my youth.Eze 18:30-32: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 9:13: But go you and learn what that means: I will have mercy: not and sacrifice: for I not am come to call the righteous: but sinners to repentance.Mt 21:30-32: He came to the second: and said likewise. And he answered and said: I go: sir: and not went.Mr 6:12: They went out: and preached that men should repent.Lu 13:3: 5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.Lu 15:7: 10: I say to you: that likewise joy will be in heaven over one sinner that repents: more than over 99 just persons: which need no repentance.Lu 24:46: 47: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Ro 2:4: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;Re 2:5: 21: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Re 16:11: Blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores: and not repented of their deeds."turn"Ac 9:35: All that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw Him: and turned to the Lord.Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ac 15:19: For what reason my sentence is: that we not trouble them: which from among the Gentiles are turned to God:Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.La 3:40: Let us search and try our ways: and turn again to the LORD.Ho 12:6: Therefore turn you to your God: keep mercy and judgment: and wait on your God continually.Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.Lu 1:16: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.2Co 3:16: Nevertheless when it will turn to the Lord: the vail will be taken away.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;"and do"Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Mt 3:8: Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance:Lu 3:8-14: Bring forth therefore fruits worthy of repentance: and not begin to say within yourselves: We have Abraham to our father: for I say to you: That God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham.Lu 19:8: 9: Zacchaeus stood: and said to the Lord; Look: Lord: the half of my goods I give to the poor; and if I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation: I restore Him fourfold.Eph 4:17-32: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: Eph 5:1-25: Be you therefore followers of God: as dear children;Eph 6:1-9: Children: obey your parents in the Lord: for this is right.Tit 2:2-13: That the aged men be sober: grave: temperate: sound in faith: in charity: in patience.1Pe 1:14-16: As obedient children: not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance:1Pe 2:9-12: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:1Pe 4:2-5: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God.2Pe 1:5-8: Beside this: giving all diligence: add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge;
ενεκα τουτων με οι ιουδαιοι συλλαβομενοι εν τω ιερω επειρωντο διαχειρισασθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1752ἕνεκαheneka (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκαheneka
|
On account of
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these things,
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
the Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4815συλλαβόμενοιsyllabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4815 συλλαμβάνω syllambánō sool-lam-ban-o from σύν and λαμβάνω; to clasp, i.e. seize (arrest, capture); specially, to conceive (literally or figuratively); by implication, to aid:--catch, conceive, help, take.
|
συλλαβόμενοιsyllabomenoi
|
having seized
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1510[ὄντα]onta (V-PPA-AMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
[ὄντα]onta
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2411ἱερῷhierō (N-DNS)
G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱερῷhierō
|
temple,
|
N-DNS
|
G3987ἐπειρῶντοepeirōnto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3987 πειράω peiráō pi-rah-o from πεῖρα; to test (subjectively), i.e. (reflexively) to attempt:--assay.
|
ἐπειρῶντοepeirōnto
|
they were attempting
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1315διαχειρίσασθαι.diacheirisasthai (V-ANM)
G1315 διαχειρίζομαι diacheirízomai dee-akh-i-rid-zom-ahee from διά and a derivative of χείρ; to handle thoroughly, i.e. lay violent hands upon:--kill, slay.
|
διαχειρίσασθαι.diacheirisasthai
|
to kill .
|
V-ANM
|
21
For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me.Acts 26:21
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 15 words, 60 letters, 23 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ενεκα τουτων με οι ιουδαιοι συλλαβομενοι εν τω ιερω επειρωντο διαχειρισασθαι
Lit: On account of these things, me the Jews having seized being in the temple, they were attempting to kill .
KJV: For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me.
References
"the Jews"Ac 21:30: 31: All the city was moved: and the people ran together: and they took Paul: and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut.Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.Ac 23:12-15: When it was day: certain of the Jews banded together: and bound themselves under a curse: saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul.Ac 25:3: Desired favour against him: that he would send for him to Jerusalem: laying wait in the way to kill him.
επικουριας ουν τυχων της παρα του θεου αχρι της ημερας ταυτης εστηκα μαρτυρουμενος μικρω τε και μεγαλω ουδεν εκτος λεγων ων τε οι προφηται ελαλησαν μελλοντων γινεσθαι και μωσης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1947Ἐπικουρίαςepikourias (N-GFS)
G1947 ἐπικουρία epikouría ep-ee-koo-ree-ah from a compound of ἐπί and a (prolonged) form of the base of κοράσιον (in the sense of servant); assistance:--help.
|
Ἐπικουρίαςepikourias
|
Help
|
N-GFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5177τυχὼνtychōn (V-APA-NMS)
G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυχὼνtychōn
|
having obtained
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2476ἕστηκαhestēka (V-RIA-1S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκαhestēka
|
I have stood,
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3143μαρτυρόμενοςmartyromenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3143 μαρτύρομαι martýromai mar-too-rom-ahee middle voice from μάρτυς; to be adduced as a witness, i.e. (figuratively) to obtest (in affirmation or exhortation):--take to record, testify.
|
μαρτυρόμενοςmartyromenos
|
bearing witness
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3398μικρῷmikrō (Adj-DMS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρῷmikrō
|
to small
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3173μεγάλῳ,megalō (Adj-DMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῳ,megalō
|
to great,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1622ἐκτὸςektos (Prep)
G1622 ἐκτός ektós ek-tos from ἐκ; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides:--but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.
|
ἐκτὸςektos
|
other
|
Prep
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
than what
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
said
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3195μελλόντωνmellontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλόντωνmellontōn
|
was about
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G1096γίνεσθαιginesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαιginesthai
|
to happen,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3475Μωϋσῆς,Mōusēs (N-NMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσῆς,Mōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
22
Having therefore obtained help of God, I continue to this day, witnessing both to small and great, saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:
Acts 26:22
Stats
Counts: 186 characters, 29 words, 151 letters, 54 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: επικουριας ουν τυχων της παρα του θεου αχρι της ημερας ταυτης εστηκα μαρτυρουμενος μικρω τε και μεγαλω ουδεν εκτος λεγων ων τε οι προφηται ελαλησαν μελλοντων γινεσθαι και μωσης
Lit: Help therefore having obtained from God unto the day this, I have stood, bearing witness to small both and to great, nothing other saying than what both the prophets said was about to happen, and Moses,
KJV: Having therefore obtained help of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing both to small and great, saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:
References
"obtained"Ac 26:17: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Ac 14:19: 20: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.Ac 16:25: 26: At midnight Paul and Silas prayed: and sang praises to God: and the prisoners heard them.Ac 18:9: 10: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 21:31-33: As they went about to kill him: tidings came to the chief captain of the band: that all Jerusalem was in an uproar.Ac 23:10: 11: 16-22: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.1Sa 7:12: Then Samuel took a stone: and set it between Mizpeh and Shen: and called the name of it Ebenezer: saying: Hitherto has the LORD helped us.Ezr 8:31: Then we departed from the river of Ahava on the twelfth day of the first month: to go to Jerusalem: and the hand of our God was upon us: and He delivered us from the hand of the enemy: and of such as lay in wait by the way.Ps 18:47: It is God that avenges me: and subdues the people under me.Ps 66:12: You have caused men to ride over our heads; we went through fire and through water: but you brought us out into a wealthy place.Ps 118:10-13: All nations compassed me about: but in the name of the LORD will I destroy them.Ps 124:1-3: 8: > If it had not been the LORD who was on our side: now may Israel say;2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.2Ti 4:17: 18: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion."witnessing"Ac 20:20-27: And how I kept not backhing that was profitable to you: but have showed you: and have taught you publickly: and from house to house: Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works."none"Ac 26:6: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Ac 3:21-24: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Lu 24:27: 44: 46: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself."the prophets"Ac 24:14: But this I confess to you: that after the way which they call heresy: so worship I the God of my fathers: believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Mt 17:4: 5: Then answered Peter: and said to Jesus: Lord: it is good for us to be here: if you will: let us make here 3 tabernacles; one for you: and one for Moses: and one for Elias.Lu 16:29-31: Abraham says to him: They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them.Joh 1:17: 45: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Joh 3:14: 15: As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness: even so must the Son of man be lifted up:Joh 5:39: 46: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Ro 3:21: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.
ει παθητος ο χριστος ει πρωτος εξ αναστασεως νεκρων φως μελλει καταγγελλειν τω λαω και τοις εθνεσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3805παθητὸςpathētos (Adj-NMS)
G3805 παθητός pathētós path-ay-tos from the same as πάθημα; liable (i.e. doomed) to experience pain:--suffer.
|
παθητὸςpathētos
|
would suffer
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ;
|
N-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
as
|
Conj
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
through
|
Prep
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
from the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-ANS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
light
|
N-ANS
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
He is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2605καταγγέλλεινkatangellein (V-PNA)
G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλεινkatangellein
|
to preach
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
our people
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσιν.ethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσιν.ethnesin
|
Gentiles.
|
N-DNP
|
23
That Christ should suffer, and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should show light to the people, and to the Gentiles.Acts 26:23
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 25 words, 119 letters, 40 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει παθητος ο χριστος ει πρωτος εξ αναστασεως νεκρων φως μελλει καταγγελλειν τω λαω και τοις εθνεσιν
Lit: that would suffer the Christ; as first through resurrection from the dead, light He is about to preach to both our people and to the Gentiles.
KJV: That Christ should suffer, and that he should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should shew light unto the people, and to the Gentiles.
References
"Christ"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 22:1-69: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.Lu 18:31-33: Then He took to Him the 12: and said to them: Look: we go up to Jerusalem: and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of man will be accomplished.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?1Co 15:3: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;"the first"Ac 26:8: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?Ac 2:23-32: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 13:34: As concerning that he raised him up from the dead: now no more to return to corruption: he said on this wise: I will give you the sure mercies of David.Ps 16:8-11: I have set the LORD always before me: because He is at my right hand: I will not be moved.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Mt 27:53: Came out of the graves after his resurrection: and went into the holy city: and appeared to many.Joh 10:18: No man takes it from me: but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down: and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.Joh 11:25: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:1Co 15:20-23: But now is Christ risen from the dead: and become the firstfruits of them that slept.Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence.Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "and should"Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Lu 2:32: A light to lighten the Gentiles: and the glory of your people Israel.
Festus Interrupts Paul’s Defense
ταυτα δε αυτου απολογουμενου ο φηστος μεγαλη τη φωνη εφη μαινη παυλε τα πολλα σε γραμματα εις μανιαν περιτρεπει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778ΤαῦταTauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤαῦταTauta
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G626ἀπολογουμένουapologoumenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G626 ἀπολογέομαι apologéomai ap-ol-og-eh-om-ahee middle voice from a compound of ἀπό and λόγος; to give an account (legal plea) of oneself, i.e. exculpate (self):--answer (for self), make defence, excuse (self), speak for self.
|
ἀπολογουμένουapologoumenou
|
saying in his defense,
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G5347ΦῆστοςPhēstos (N-NMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦῆστοςPhēstos
|
Festus
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
in a loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
voice
|
N-DFS
|
G5346φησινphēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησινphēsin
|
said,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3105Μαίνῃ,Mainē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G3105 μαίνομαι maínomai mah-ee-nom-ahee middle voice from a primary (to long for; through the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a maniac:--be beside self (mad).
|
Μαίνῃ,Mainē
|
You are insane,
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G3972Παῦλε·Paule (N-VMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλε·Paule
|
Paul!
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
The
|
Art-NNP
|
G4183πολλάpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλάpolla
|
great
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
of you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1121γράμματαgrammata (N-NNP)
G1121 γράμμα grámma gram-mah from γράφω; a writing, i.e. a letter, note, epistle, book, etc.; plural learning:--bill, learning, letter, scripture, writing, written.
|
γράμματαgrammata
|
learning,
|
N-NNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3130μανίανmanian (N-AFS)
G3130 μανία manía man-ee-ah from μαίνομαι; craziness:--(+ make) X mad.
|
μανίανmanian
|
insanity
|
N-AFS
|
G4062περιτρέπει.peritrepei (V-PIA-3S)
G4062 περιτρέπω peritrépō per-ee-trep-o from περί and the base of τροπή; to turn around, i.e. (mentally) to craze:--+ make mad.
|
περιτρέπει.peritrepei
|
turns you!
|
V-PIA-3S
|
24
As he thus spoke for himself, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad.
Acts 26:24
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 20 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ταυτα δε αυτου απολογουμενου ο φηστος μεγαλη τη φωνη εφη μαινη παυλε τα πολλα σε γραμματα εις μανιαν περιτρεπει
Lit: These things now of him saying in his defense, Festus in a loud voice said, You are insane, Paul! The great of you learning, to insanity turns you!
KJV: And as he thus spake for himself, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself; much learning doth make thee mad.
References
"spake"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you."Festus"Ac 17:32: When they heard of the resurrection of the dead: some mocked: and others said: We will hear you again of this matter.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ac 25:19: 20: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive."Paul"Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.2Ki 9:11: Then Jehu came forth to the servants of his lord: and one said to him: Is all well? for what reason came this mad fellow to you? And he said to them: You know the man: and his communication.Jer 29:26: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.Ho 9:7: The days of visitation are come: the days of recompence are come; Israel will know it: the prophet is a fool: the spiritual man is mad: for the multitude of your iniquity: and the great hatred.Mr 3:21: When his friends heard of it: they went out to lay hold on him: for they said: He is beside himself.Joh 8:48: 52: Then answered the Jews: and said to him: Say not we well that you are a Samaritan: and have a devil?Joh 10:20: 21: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:13: 14: Which things also we speak: not in the words which man's wisdom teaches'>teaches: but which the Holy Ghost teaches'>teaches; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.2Co 5:13: For whether we be beside ourselves: it is to God: or whether we be sober: it is for your cause.
ο δε ου μαινομαι φησιν κρατιστε φηστε αλλ αληθειας και σωφροσυνης ρηματα αποφθεγγομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3105μαίνομαι,mainomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G3105 μαίνομαι maínomai mah-ee-nom-ahee middle voice from a primary (to long for; through the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a maniac:--be beside self (mad).
|
μαίνομαι,mainomai
|
I am insane,
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5346φησίν,phēsin (V-PIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν,phēsin
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2903Κράτιστεkratiste (Adj-VMS-S)
G2903 κράτιστος krátistos krat-is-tos superlative of a derivative of κράτος; strongest, i.e. (in dignity) very honorable:--most excellent (noble).
|
Κράτιστεkratiste
|
most excellent
|
Adj-VMS-S
|
G5347Φῆστε,Phēste (N-VMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
Φῆστε,Phēste
|
Festus,
|
N-VMS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G225ἀληθείαςalētheias (N-GFS)
G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείαςalētheias
|
of truth
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4997σωφροσύνηςsōphrosynēs (N-GFS)
G4997 σωφροσύνη sōphrosýnē so-fros-oo-nay from σώφρων; soundness of mind, i.e. (literally) sanity or (figuratively) self-control:--soberness, sobriety.
|
σωφροσύνηςsōphrosynēs
|
sobriety
|
N-GFS
|
G4487ῥήματαrhēmata (N-ANP)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματαrhēmata
|
words
|
N-ANP
|
G669ἀποφθέγγομαι.apophthengomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G669 ἀποφθέγγομαι apophthéngomai ap-of-theng-om-ahee from ἀπό and φθέγγομαι; to enunciate plainly, i.e. declare:--say, speak forth, utterance.
|
ἀποφθέγγομαι.apophthengomai
|
I utter.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
25
But he said, I not am mad, most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and soberness.
Acts 26:25
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 25 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε ου μαινομαι φησιν κρατιστε φηστε αλλ αληθειας και σωφροσυνης ρηματα αποφθεγγομαι
Lit: But Paul, Not I am insane, says, most excellent Festus, but of truth and sobriety words I utter.
KJV: But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and soberness.
References
"I am not"Joh 8:49: Jesus answered: I not have a devil; but I honour my Father: and you do dishonour me.1Pe 2:21-23: For even hereunto were you called: because Christ also suffered for us: leaving us an example: that you should follow His steps:1Pe 3:9: 15: Not rendering evil for evil: or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that you are thereunto called: that you should inherit a blessing."most"Ac 23:26: Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix sendeth greeting.Ac 24:3: We accept it always: and in all places: most noble Felix: with all thankfulness.Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus: "words"Tit 1:9: Holding fast the faithful word as he has been taught: that he may be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to convince the gainsayers.Tit 2:7: 8: In all things shewing yourself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness: gravity: sincerity:
επισταται γαρ περι τουτων ο βασιλευς προς ον και παρρησιαζομενος λαλω λανθανειν γαρ αυτον τι τουτων ου πειθομαι ουδεν ου γαρ εστιν εν γωνια πεπραγμενον τουτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1987ἐπίσταταιepistatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπίσταταιepistatai
|
Understands
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεύς,basileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεύς,basileus
|
king,
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3955παρρησιαζόμενοςparrēsiazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G3955 παῤῥησιάζομαι parrhēsiázomai par-hray-see-ad-zom-ahee middle voice from παῤῥησία; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor:--be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly.
|
παρρησιαζόμενοςparrēsiazomenos
|
using boldness
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶ·lalō (V-PIA-1S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶ·lalō
|
I speak.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2990λανθάνεινlanthanein (V-PNA)
G2990 λανθάνω lanthánō lan-than-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is used only as an alternate in certain tenses; to lie hid (literally or figuratively); often used adverbially, unwittingly:--be hid, be ignorant of, unawares.
|
λανθάνεινlanthanein
|
Are hidden from
|
V-PNA
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5100[τι]ti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
[τι]ti
|
any
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
of these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not.
|
Adv
|
G3982πείθομαιpeithomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείθομαιpeithomai
|
I am persuaded
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G3762οὐθέν·outhen (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐθέν·outhen
|
none
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1137γωνίᾳgōnia (N-DFS)
G1137 γωνία gōnía go-nee-ah probably akin to γόνυ; an angle:--corner, quarter.
|
γωνίᾳgōnia
|
a corner
|
N-DFS
|
G4238πεπραγμένονpepragmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πεπραγμένονpepragmenon
|
done,
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G3778τοῦτο.touto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο.touto
|
of these things.
|
DPro-NNS
|
26
For the king knows of these things, before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing not was done in a corner.Acts 26:26
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 32 words, 139 letters, 51 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: επισταται γαρ περι τουτων ο βασιλευς προς ον και παρρησιαζομενος λαλω λανθανειν γαρ αυτον τι τουτων ου πειθομαι ουδεν ου γαρ εστιν εν γωνια πεπραγμενον τουτο
Lit: Understands for concerning these things the king, to whom also using boldness I speak. Are hidden from for him any of these things not. I am persuaded none not for is in a corner done, of these things.
KJV: For the king knoweth of these things, before whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing was not done in a corner.
References
"the king"Ac 26:2: 3: I think myself happy: king Agrippa: because I will answer for myself this day before you touching all the things whereof I am accused of the Jews:Ac 25:22: Then Agrippa said to Festus: I would also hear the man myself. To morrow: said he: you will hear him."this thing"Ac 2:1-12: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 4:16-21: Saying: What will we do to these men? for that indeed not aable miracle has been done by them is manifest to all them that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it.Ac 5:18-42: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Isa 30:20: though the Lord give you the bread of adversity: and the water of affliction: yet will not your teachers be removed into a corner any more: but your eyes will see your teachers:Mt 26:5: But they said: Not on the feast day: lest there be an uproar among the people.Mt 27:29-54: When they had platted a crown of thorns: they put it upon his head: and a reed in his right hand: and they bowed the knee before him: and mocked him: saying: Hail: King of the Jews!
πιστευεις βασιλευ αγριππα τοις προφηταις οιδα οτι πιστευεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4100πιστεύεις,pisteueis (V-PIA-2S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύεις,pisteueis
|
Believe you,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G935βασιλεῦbasileu (N-VMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦbasileu
|
King
|
N-VMS
|
G67Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa (N-VMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
Ἀγρίππα,Agrippa
|
Agrippa,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4396προφήταις;prophētais (N-DMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταις;prophētais
|
prophets?
|
N-DMP
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4100πιστεύεις.pisteueis (V-PIA-2S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύεις.pisteueis
|
you believe.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
27
King Agrippa, believe'>believe you the prophets? I know that you believe'>believe.Acts 26:27
Stats
Rank: #2817 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 9 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστευεις βασιλευ αγριππα τοις προφηταις οιδα οτι πιστευεις
Lit: Believe you, King Agrippa, the prophets? I know that you believe.
KJV: King Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest.
References
"believest"Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:
ο δε αγριππας προς τον παυλον εφη εν ολιγω με πειθεις χριστιανον γενεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G67ἈγρίππαςAgrippas (N-NMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαςAgrippas
|
Agrippa
|
N-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
said to
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
Within
|
Prep
|
G3641ὀλίγῳoligō (Adj-DNS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγῳoligō
|
so little
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3982πείθειςpeitheis (V-PIA-2S)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείθειςpeitheis
|
do you persuade
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G5546ΧριστιανὸνChristianon (N-AMS)
G5546 Χριστιανός Christianós khris-tee-an-os from Χριστός; a Christian, i.e. follower of Christ:--Christian.
|
ΧριστιανὸνChristianon
|
a Christian
|
N-AMS
|
G4160ποιῆσαι.poiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι.poiēsai
|
to become?
|
V-ANA
|
28
Then Agrippa said to Paul, Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.
Acts 26:28
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 12 words, 59 letters, 25 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε αγριππας προς τον παυλον εφη εν ολιγω με πειθεις χριστιανον γενεσθαι
Lit: Then Agrippa said to Paul, Within so little me do you persuade a Christian to become?
KJV: Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian.
References
"Almost"Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Eze 33:31: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Mr 10:17-22: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Jas 1:23: 24: For if any be a hearer of the word: not and a doer: he is like to a man beholding his natural face in a glass:
ο δε παυλος ειπεν ευξαιμην αν τω θεω και εν ολιγω και εν πολλω ου μονον σε αλλα και παντας τους ακουοντας μου σημερον γενεσθαι τοιουτους οποιος καγω ειμι παρεκτος των δεσμων τουτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul said,
|
N-NMS
|
G2172ΕὐξαίμηνEuxaimēn (V-AOM-1S)
G2172 εὔχομαι eúchomai yoo-khom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to wish; by implication, to pray to God:--pray, will, wish.
|
ΕὐξαίμηνEuxaimēn
|
I would wish
|
V-AOM-1S
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3641ὀλίγῳoligō (Adj-DNS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγῳoligō
|
a little
|
Adj-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3173μεγάλῳmegalō (Adj-DNS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῳmegalō
|
much,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G4771σὲse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὲse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G191ἀκούοντάςakouontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντάςakouontas
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
this day,
|
Adv
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to become
|
V-ANM
|
G5108τοιούτουςtoioutous (DPro-AMP)
G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτουςtoioutous
|
such
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3697ὁποῖοςhopoios (RelPro-NMS)
G3697 ὁποῖος hopoîos hop-oy-os from ὅς and ποῖος; of what kind that, i.e. how (as) great (excellent) (specially, as an indefinite correlative to the definite antecedent τοιοῦτος of quality):--what manner (sort) of, such as whatsoever.,
|
ὁποῖοςhopoios
|
as
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3924παρεκτὸςparektos (Prep)
G3924 παρεκτός parektós par-ek-tos from παρά and ἐκτός; near outside, i.e. besides:--except, saving, without.
|
παρεκτὸςparektos
|
except
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1199δεσμῶνdesmōn (N-GMP)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμῶνdesmōn
|
chains
|
N-GMP
|
G3778τούτων.toutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων.toutōn
|
these.
|
DPro-GMP
|
29
Paul said, I would to God, not that only you, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds.
Acts 26:29
Stats
Rank: #5058 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 116 letters, 44 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε παυλος ειπεν ευξαιμην αν τω θεω και εν ολιγω και εν πολλω ου μονον σε αλλα και παντας τους ακουοντας μου σημερον γενεσθαι τοιουτους οποιος καγω ειμι παρεκτος των δεσμων τουτων
Lit: And Paul said, I would wish to God, both in a little and in much, not only you but also all those hearing me this day, to become such as also I am, except the chains these.
KJV: And Paul said, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds.
References
"I would"Ex 16:3: The children of Israel said to them: Would to God we had died by the hand of the LORD in the land of Egypt: when we sat by the flesh pots: and when we did eat bread to the full; for you have brought us forth into this wilderness: to kill this whole assembly with hunger.Nu 11:29: Moses said to Him: Enviest you for my sake? would God that all the LORD's people were prophets: and that the LORD would put His spirit upon them!2Sa 18:33: The king was much moved: and went up to the chamber over the gate: and wept: and as He went: thus He said: O my son Absalom: my son: my son Absalom! would God I had died for you: O Absalom: my son: my son!2Ki 5:3: She said to her mistress: Would God my lord were with the prophet that is in Samaria! for He would recover Him of His leprosy.1Co 4:8: Now you are full: now you are rich: you have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God you did reign: that we also might reign with you.1Co 7:7: For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man has His proper gift of God: one after this manner: and another after that.2Co 11:1: Would to God you could bear with me a little in my folly: and indeed bear with me."that not"Jer 13:17: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Lu 19:41: 42: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: Joh 5:34: But I not receive testimony from man: but these things I say: that you might be saved.Ro 9:1-3: I say the truth in Christ: I not lie: my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost: Ro 10:1: Brothers: my heart's desire and prayer to God for Israel is: that they might be saved.Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:"except"Ac 12:6: When Herod would have brought him forth: the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers: bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.Ac 25:14: When they had been there many days: Festus declared Paul's cause to the king: saying: There is a certain man left in bonds by Felix:Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.
και ταυτα ειποντος αυτου ανεστη ο βασιλευς και ο ηγεμων η τε βερνικη και οι συγκαθημενοι αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G450ἈνέστηAnestē (V-AIA-3S)
G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἈνέστηAnestē
|
Rose up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2232ἡγεμὼνhēgemōn (N-NMS)
G2232 ἡγεμών hēgemṓn hayg-em-ohn from ἡγέομαι; a leader, i.e. chief person (or figuratively, place) of a province:--governor, prince, ruler.
|
ἡγεμὼνhēgemōn
|
governor
|
N-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G959ΒερνίκηBernikē (N-NFS)
G959 Βερνίκη Berníkē ber-nee-kay from a provincial form of φέρω and νίκη; victorious; Bernice, a member of the Herodian family:--Bernice.
|
ΒερνίκηBernikē
|
Bernice
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4775συνκαθήμενοιsynkathēmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G4775 συγκάθημαι synkáthēmai soong-kath-ay-mahee from σύν and κάθημαι; to seat oneself in company with:--sit with.
|
συνκαθήμενοιsynkathēmenoi
|
sitting with
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
30
When he had thus spoken, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them:Acts 26:30
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 27 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα ειποντος αυτου ανεστη ο βασιλευς και ο ηγεμων η τε βερνικη και οι συγκαθημενοι αυτοις
Lit: Rose up then the king and the governor and Bernice and those sitting with them,
KJV: And when he had thus spoken, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them:
References
"the king"Ac 18:15: But if it be a question of words and names: and of your law: look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.
και αναχωρησαντες ελαλουν προς αλληλους λεγοντες οτι ουδεν θανατου αξιον η δεσμων πρασσει ο ανθρωπος ουτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G402ἀναχωρήσαντεςanachōrēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G402 ἀναχωρέω anachōréō an-akh-o-reh-o from ἀνά and χωρέω; to retire:--depart, give place, go (turn) aside, withdraw self.
|
ἀναχωρήσαντεςanachōrēsantes
|
having withdrawn,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2980ἐλάλουνelaloun (V-IIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλουνelaloun
|
they began speaking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G3762ΟὐδὲνOuden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
ΟὐδὲνOuden
|
Nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1199δεσμῶνdesmōn (N-GMP)
G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμῶνdesmōn
|
of chains
|
N-GMP
|
G514ἄξιονaxion (Adj-ANS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιονaxion
|
worthy
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5100‹τι›ti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
‹τι›ti
|
any
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4238πράσσειprassei (V-PIA-3S)
G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσειprassei
|
is doing
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτος.houtos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτος.houtos
|
this.
|
DPro-NMS
|
31
When they were gone aside, they talked between themselves, saying, This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.
Acts 26:31
Stats
Rank: #6410 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 34 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αναχωρησαντες ελαλουν προς αλληλους λεγοντες οτι ουδεν θανατου αξιον η δεσμων πρασσει ο ανθρωπος ουτος
Lit: and having withdrawn, they began speaking to one another saying - , Nothing of death or of chains worthy any is doing the man this.
KJV: And when they were gone aside, they talked between themselves, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds.
References
"This man"Ac 23:9: 29: There arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose: and strove: saying: We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angel has spoken to Him: let not us fight against God.Ac 25:25: But when I found that he had not committedhing worthy of death: and that he himself has appealed to Augustus: I have determined to send him.Ac 28:18: Who: when they had examined me: would have let me go: because there was no cause of death in me.2Sa 24:17: David spoke to the LORD when He saw the angel that smote the people: and said: Indeed: I have sinned: and I have done wickedly: but these sheep: what have they done? let your hand: I pray you: be against me: and against my father's house.Lu 23:4: 14: 15: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man.1Pe 3:16: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.1Pe 4:14-16: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified.
αγριππας δε τω φηστω εφη απολελυσθαι εδυνατο ο ανθρωπος ουτος ει μη επεκεκλητο καισαρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G67ἈγρίππαςAgrippas (N-NMS)
G67 Ἀγρίππας Agríppas ag-rip-pas apparently from ἄγριος and ἵππος; wild-horse tamer; Agrippas, one of the Herods:--Agrippa.
|
ἈγρίππαςAgrippas
|
Agrippa
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G5347ΦήστῳPhēstō (N-DMS)
G5347 Φῆστος Phēstos face-tos of Latin derivation; festal; Phestus (i.e. Festus), a Roman:--Festus.
|
ΦήστῳPhēstō
|
Festus
|
N-DMS
|
G5346ἔφηephē (V-IIA-3S)
G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
ἔφηephē
|
was saying,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G630ἈπολελύσθαιApolelysthai (V-RNM/P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἈπολελύσθαιApolelysthai
|
Have been released
|
V-RNM/P
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
could
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1941ἐπεκέκλητοepekeklēto (V-LIM-3S)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπεκέκλητοepekeklēto
|
he had appealed
|
V-LIM-3S
|
G2541Καίσαρα.Kaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
Καίσαρα.Kaisara
|
to Caesar.
|
N-AMS
|
32
Then said Agrippa to Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he not had appealed to Caesar.
Acts 26:32
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: αγριππας δε τω φηστω εφη απολελυσθαι εδυνατο ο ανθρωπος ουτος ει μη επεκεκλητο καισαρα
Lit: Agrippa then to Festus was saying, Have been released could the man this, if not he had appealed to Caesar.
KJV: Then said Agrippa unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Caesar.
References
"appealed"Ac 25:11: 12: 25: For if I be an offender: or have committed any thing worthy of death: I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me: no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar.Ac 28:18: Who: when they had examined me: would have let me go: because there was no cause of death in me.
27
Paul Travels to Rome
The Journey
ως δε εκριθη του αποπλειν ημας εις την ιταλιαν παρεδιδουν τον τε παυλον και τινας ετερους δεσμωτας εκατονταρχη ονοματι ιουλιω σπειρης σεβαστης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2919ἐκρίθηekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἐκρίθηekrithē
|
was determined
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G636ἀποπλεῖνapoplein (V-PNA)
G636 ἀποπλέω apopléō ap-op-leh-o from ἀπό and πλέω; to set sail:--sail away.
|
ἀποπλεῖνapoplein
|
sailing
|
V-PNA
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
our
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2482Ἰταλίαν,Italian (N-AFS)
G2482 Ἰταλία Italía ee-tal-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Italia, a region of Europe:--Italy.
|
Ἰταλίαν,Italian
|
Italy,
|
N-AFS
|
G3860παρεδίδουνparedidoun (V-IIA-3P)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδίδουνparedidoun
|
they delivered
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καίkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καίkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναςtinas (IPro-AMP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναςtinas
|
certain
|
IPro-AMP
|
G2087ἑτέρουςheterous (Adj-AMP)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρουςheterous
|
other
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1202δεσμώταςdesmōtas (N-AMP)
G1202 δεσμώτης desmṓtēs des-mo-tace from the same as δεσμωτήριον; (passively) a captive:--prisoner.
|
δεσμώταςdesmōtas
|
prisoners
|
N-AMP
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē (N-DMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē
|
to a centurion,
|
N-DMS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G2457ἸουλίῳIouliō (N-DMS)
G2457 Ἰούλιος Ioúlios ee-oo-lee-os of Latin origin; Julius, a centurion:--Julius.
|
ἸουλίῳIouliō
|
Julius
|
N-DMS
|
G4686σπείρηςspeirēs (N-GFS)
G4686 σπεῖρα speîra spi-rah of immediate Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of αἱρέομαι in the sense of its cognate εἱλίσσω; a coil (spira, spire), i.e. (figuratively) a mass of men (a Roman military cohort; also (by analogy) a squad of Levitical janitors):--band.
|
σπείρηςspeirēs
|
of the cohort
|
N-GFS
|
G4575Σεβαστῆς.Sebastēs (Adj-GFS)
G4575 σεβαστός sebastós seb-as-tos from σεβάζομαι; venerable (august), i.e. (as noun) a title of the Roman Emperor, or (as adjective) imperial:--Augustus(-).
|
Σεβαστῆς.Sebastēs
|
of Augustus.
|
Adj-GFS
|
1
And when it was determined that we should sail into Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius, a centurion of Augustus' band.Acts 27:1
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 24 words, 130 letters, 54 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε εκριθη του αποπλειν ημας εις την ιταλιαν παρεδιδουν τον τε παυλον και τινας ετερους δεσμωτας εκατονταρχη ονοματι ιουλιω σπειρης σεβαστης
Lit: When now was determined sailing our to Italy, they delivered both Paul and certain other prisoners to a centurion, named Julius of the cohort of Augustus.
KJV: And when it was determined that we should sail into Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners unto one named Julius, a centurion of Augustus' band.
References
"when"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 25:12: 25: Then Festus: when he had conferred with the council: answered: Have you appealed to Caesar? to Caesar will you go.Ge 50:20: But as for you: you thought evil against me; but God meant it to good: to bring to pass: as it is this day: to save much people alive.Ps 33:11: The counsel of the LORD stands for ever: the thoughts of His heart to all generations.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.La 3:27: It is good for a man that he bear the yoke in his youth.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Ro 15:22-29: For which cause also I have been much hindered from coming to you."Italy"Ac 10:1: There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius: a centurion of the band called the Italian band: Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Heb 13:24: Greet all them that have the rule over you: and all the saints. They of Italy greet you."a centurion"Ac 27:11: 43: Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship: more than those things which were spoken by Paul.Ac 10:22: They said: Cornelius the centurion: a just man: and one that fears God: and of good report among all the nation of the Jews: was warned from God by an holy angel to send for you into His house: and to hear words of you.Ac 21:32: Who immediately took soldiers and centurions: and ran down to them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers: they left beating of Paul.Ac 22:26: When the centurion heard that: he went and told the chief captain: saying: Take heed what you do: for this man is a Roman.Ac 23:17: Then Paul called one of the centurions to him: and said: Bring this young man to the chief captain: for he has a certain thing to tell him.Ac 24:23: He commanded a centurion to keep Paul: and to let him have liberty: and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come to him.Ac 28:16: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.Mt 8:5-10: When Jesus was entered into Capernaum: there came to Him a centurion: beseeching Him: Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God.Lu 7:2: A certain centurion's servant: who was dear to him: was sick: and ready to die.Lu 23:47: Now when the centurion saw what was done: He glorified God: saying: Certainly this was a righteous man."Augustus'"Ac 25:25: But when I found that he had not committedhing worthy of death: and that he himself has appealed to Augustus: I have determined to send him.
επιβαντες δε πλοιω αδραμυττηνω μελλοντες πλειν τους κατα την ασιαν τοπους ανηχθημεν οντος συν ημιν αρισταρχου μακεδονος θεσσαλονικεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1910ἐπιβάντεςepibantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1910 ἐπιβαίνω epibaínō ep-ee-bah-ee-no from ἐπί and the base of βάσις; to walk upon, i.e. mount, ascend, embark, arrive:--come (into), enter into, go abroad, sit upon, take ship.
|
ἐπιβάντεςepibantes
|
Having boarded
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
a ship
|
N-DNS
|
G98ἈδραμυττηνῷAdramyttēnō (Adj-DNS)
G98 Ἀδραμυττηνός Adramyttēnós ad-ram-oot-tay-nos from (a place in Asia Minor); Adramyttene or belonging to Adramyttium:--of Adramyttium.
|
ἈδραμυττηνῷAdramyttēnō
|
of Adramyttium
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3195μέλλοντιmellonti (V-PPA-DNS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντιmellonti
|
being about
|
V-PPA-DNS
|
G4126πλεῖνplein (V-PNA)
G4126 πλέω pléō plyoo-o probably a form of πλύνω (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also πλήθω.
|
πλεῖνplein
|
to sail
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
along
|
Prep
|
G773ἈσίανAsian (N-AFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
ἈσίανAsian
|
Asia
|
N-AFS
|
G5117τόπουςtopous (N-AMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπουςtopous
|
places,
|
N-AMP
|
G321ἀνήχθημεν,anēchthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήχθημεν,anēchthēmen
|
we set sail —
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G708ἈριστάρχουAristarchou (N-GMS)
G708 Ἀρίσταρχος Arístarchos ar-is-tar-khos from the same as ἄριστον and ἄρχω; best ruling; Aristarchus, a Macedonian:--Aristarchus.
|
ἈριστάρχουAristarchou
|
Aristarchus,
|
N-GMS
|
G3110ΜακεδόνοςMakedonos (N-GMS)
G3110 Μακεδών Makedṓn mak-ed-ohn of uncertain derivation; a Macedon (Macedonian), i.e. inhabitant of Macedonia:--of Macedonia, Macedonian.
|
ΜακεδόνοςMakedonos
|
a Macedonian
|
N-GMS
|
G2331Θεσσαλονικέως·Thessalonikeōs (N-GMS)
G2331 Θεσσαλονικεύς Thessalonikeús thes-sal-on-ik-yoos from Θεσσαλονίκη; a Thessalonican, i.e. inhabitant of Thessalonice:--Thessalonian.
|
Θεσσαλονικέως·Thessalonikeōs
|
of Thessalonica.
|
N-GMS
|
2
Entering into a ship of Adramyttium, we launched, meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica, being with us.Acts 27:2
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 21 words, 123 letters, 52 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιβαντες δε πλοιω αδραμυττηνω μελλοντες πλειν τους κατα την ασιαν τοπους ανηχθημεν οντος συν ημιν αρισταρχου μακεδονος θεσσαλονικεως
Lit: Having boarded then a ship of Adramyttium being about to sail to the along Asia places, we set sail — being with us Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica.
KJV: And entering into a ship of Adramyttium, we launched, meaning to sail by the coasts of Asia; one Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica, being with us.
References
"we"Ac 21:1: It came to pass: that after we were gotten from them: and had launched: we came with a straight course to Coos: and the day following to Rhodes: and from there to Patara:Lu 8:22: Now it came to pass on a certain day: that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said to them: Let us go over to the other side of the lake. And they launched forth."to sail"Ac 20:15: 16: We sailed there: and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos: and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus.Ac 21:1-3: It came to pass: that after we were gotten from them: and had launched: we came with a straight course to Coos: and the day following to Rhodes: and from there to Patara:"Aristarchus"Ac 19:19: Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together: and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them: and found it 50000 pieces of silver.Ac 20:4: There accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians: Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe: and Timotheus; and of Asia: Tychicus and Trophimus.Col 4:10: Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salutes you: and Marcus: sister's son to Barnabas: (touching whom you received commandments: if he come to you: receive him;)Phm 1:24: Marcus: Aristarchus: Demas: Lucas: my fellowlabourers."with us"Ac 16:10-13: 17: After He had seen the vision: immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia: assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel to them.Ac 20:5: These going before tarried for us at Troas.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ac 28:2: 10: 12: 16: The barbarous people showed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire: and received us every one: because of the present rain: and because of the cold.
τη τε ετερα κατηχθημεν εις σιδωνα φιλανθρωπως τε ο ιουλιος τω παυλω χρησαμενος επετρεψεν προς {VAR2: τους } φιλους πορευθεντα επιμελειας τυχειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
The
|
Art-DFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2087ἑτέρᾳhetera (Adj-DFS)
G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρᾳhetera
|
next day,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2609κατήχθημενkatēchthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
κατήχθημενkatēchthēmen
|
we landed
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4605Σιδῶνα,Sidōna (N-AFS)
G4605 Σιδών Sidṓn sid-one of Hebrew origin (צִידוֹן); Sidon (i.e. Tsidon), a place in Palestine:--Sidon.
|
Σιδῶνα,Sidōna
|
Sidon.
|
N-AFS
|
G5364φιλανθρώπωςphilanthrōpōs (Adv)
G5364 φιλανθρώπως philanthrṓpōs fil-an-thro-poce adverb from a compound of φίλος and ἄνθρωπος; fondly to man (philanthropically), i.e. humanely:--courteously.
|
φιλανθρώπωςphilanthrōpōs
|
Considerately
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2457ἸούλιοςIoulios (N-NMS)
G2457 Ἰούλιος Ioúlios ee-oo-lee-os of Latin origin; Julius, a centurion:--Julius.
|
ἸούλιοςIoulios
|
Julius,
|
N-NMS
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G5530χρησάμενοςchrēsamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
χρησάμενοςchrēsamenos
|
having treated,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2010ἐπέτρεψενepetrepsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπέτρεψενepetrepsen
|
allowed him
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
his
|
Art-AMP
|
G5384φίλουςphilous (Adj-AMP)
G5384 φίλος phílos fee-los properly, dear, i.e. a friend; actively, fond, i.e. friendly (still as a noun, an associate, neighbor, etc.):--friend.
|
φίλουςphilous
|
friends
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4198πορευθέντιporeuthenti (V-APP-DMS)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορευθέντιporeuthenti
|
having gone,
|
V-APP-DMS
|
G1958ἐπιμελείαςepimeleias (N-GFS)
G1958 ἐπιμέλεια epiméleia ep-ee-mel-i-ah from ἐπιμελέομαι; carefulness, i.e. kind attention (hospitality):--+ refresh self.
|
ἐπιμελείαςepimeleias
|
care
|
N-GFS
|
G5177τυχεῖν.tychein (V-ANA)
G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυχεῖν.tychein
|
to receive.
|
V-ANA
|
3
The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul, and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Acts 27:3
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 21 words, 113 letters, 44 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη τε ετερα κατηχθημεν εις σιδωνα φιλανθρωπως τε ο ιουλιος τω παυλω χρησαμενος επετρεψεν προς {VAR2: τους } φιλους πορευθεντα επιμελειας τυχειν
Lit: The then next day, we landed at Sidon. Considerately then Julius, Paul having treated, allowed him to his friends having gone, care to receive.
KJV: And the next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul, and gave [him] liberty to go unto his friends to refresh himself.
References
"Sidon"Ac 12:20: Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: but they came with one accord to him: and: having made Blastus the king's chamberlain their friend: desired peace; because their country was nourished by the king's country.Ge 10:15: Canaan begot Sidon his firstborn: and Heth: Ge 49:13: Zebulun will dwell at the haven of the sea; and he will be for an haven of ships; and his border will be to Zidon.Isa 23:2-4: 12: Be still: you inhabitants of the isle; you whom the merchants of Zidon: that pass over the sea: have replenished.Zec 9:2: Hamath also will border thereby; Tyrus: and Zidon: though it be very wise."Julius"Ac 24:23: He commanded a centurion to keep Paul: and to let him have liberty: and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come to him.Ac 27:1: 3: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.Ac 28:16: When we came to Rome: the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.
κακειθεν αναχθεντες υπεπλευσαμεν την κυπρον δια το τους ανεμους ειναι εναντιους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
And from there
|
Conj
|
G321ἀναχθέντεςanachthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναχθέντεςanachthentes
|
having set sail,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G5284ὑπεπλεύσαμενhypepleusamen (V-AIA-1P)
G5284 ὑποπλέω hypopléō hoop-op-leh-o from ὑπό and πλέω; to sail under the lee of:--sail under.
|
ὑπεπλεύσαμενhypepleusamen
|
we sailed under
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2954ΚύπρονKypron (N-AFS)
G2954 Κύπρος Kýpros koo-pros of uncertain origin; Cyprus, an island in the Mediterranean:--Cyprus.
|
ΚύπρονKypron
|
Cyprus,
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G417ἀνέμουςanemous (N-AMP)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμουςanemous
|
winds
|
N-AMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
being
|
V-PNA
|
G1727ἐναντίους,enantious (Adj-AMP)
G1727 ἐναντίος enantíos en-an-tee-os from ἔναντι; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic:--(over) against, contrary.
|
ἐναντίους,enantious
|
contrary.
|
Adj-AMP
|
4
When we had launched from there, we sailed under Cyprus, because the winds were contrary.Acts 27:4
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 14 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν αναχθεντες υπεπλευσαμεν την κυπρον δια το τους ανεμους ειναι εναντιους
Lit: And from there having set sail, we sailed under Cyprus, because of the winds being contrary.
KJV: And when we had launched from thence, we sailed under Cyprus, because the winds were contrary.
References
"Cyprus"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:19: 20: Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled as far as Phenice: and Cyprus: and Antioch: preaching the word to none but to the Jews only.Ac 13:4: So they: being sent forth by the Holy Ghost: departed to Seleucia; and from there they sailed to Cyprus.Ac 15:39: The contention was so sharp between them: that they departed asunder one from the other: and so Barnabas took Mark: and sailed to Cyprus;Ac 21:3: 16: Now when we had discovered Cyprus: we left it on the left hand: and sailed into Syria: and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden."the winds"Mt 14:24: But the ship was now in the middle of the sea: tossed with waves: for the wind was contrary.Mr 6:48: He saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary to them: and about the fourth watch of the night he comes to them: walking upon the sea: and would have passed by them.
το τε πελαγος το κατα την κιλικιαν και παμφυλιαν διαπλευσαντες κατηλθομεν εις μυρα της λυκιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3989πέλαγοςpelagos (N-ANS)
G3989 πέλαγος pélagos pel-ag-os of uncertain affinity; deep or open sea, i.e. the main:--depth, sea.
|
πέλαγοςpelagos
|
then
|
N-ANS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
along
|
Prep
|
G2791ΚιλικίανKilikian (N-AFS)
G2791 Κιλικία Kilikía kil-ik-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Cilicia, a region of Asia Minor:--Cilicia.
|
ΚιλικίανKilikian
|
Cilicia
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3828ΠαμφυλίανPamphylian (N-AFS)
G3828 Παμφυλία Pamphylía pam-fool-ee-ah from a compound of πᾶς and πυρά; every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (χώρα being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor:--Pamphylia.
|
ΠαμφυλίανPamphylian
|
Pamphylia,
|
N-AFS
|
G1277διαπλεύσαντεςdiapleusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1277 διαπλέω diapléō dee-ap-leh-o from διά and πλέω; to sail through:--sail over.
|
διαπλεύσαντεςdiapleusantes
|
having sailed across the sea,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2718κατήλθομεν*katēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2718 κατέρχομαι katérchomai kat-er-khom-ahee from κατά and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come (or go) down (literally or figuratively):--come (down), depart, descend, go down, land.
|
κατήλθομεν*katēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3460Μύρα*Myra (N-ANP)
G3460 Μύρα Mýra moo-rah of uncertain derivation; Myra, a place in Asia Minor:--Myra.
|
Μύρα*Myra
|
Myra
|
N-ANP
|
G3073Λυκίας.Lykias (N-GFS)
G3073 Λυκία Lykía loo-kee-ah probably remotely from λύκος; Lycia, a province of Asia Minor:--Lycia.
|
Λυκίας.Lykias
|
of Lycia.
|
N-GFS
|
5
When we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia.Acts 27:5
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 18 words, 73 letters, 31 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: το τε πελαγος το κατα την κιλικιαν και παμφυλιαν διαπλευσαντες κατηλθομεν εις μυρα της λυκιας
Lit: And then along Cilicia and Pamphylia, having sailed across the sea, we came to Myra of Lycia.
KJV: And when we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia.
References
"Cilicia"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 15:23: 41: They wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brothers send greeting to the brothers which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia:Ac 21:39: But Paul said: I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: a citizen of no mean city: and: I beseech you: suffer me to speak to the people.Ac 22:3: I am truly a man which am a Jew: born in Tarsus: a city in Cilicia: yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel: and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers: and was zealous toward God: as you all are this day.Ga 1:21: Afterwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia;"Pamphylia"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 13:13: Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos: they came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to Jerusalem.Ac 15:38: But Paul not thought good to take him with them: who departed from them from Pamphylia: and not went with them to the work.
κακει ευρων ο εκατονταρχος πλοιον αλεξανδρινον πλεον εις την ιταλιαν ενεβιβασεν ημας εις αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2546ΚἀκεῖKakei (Conj)
G2546 κἀκεῖ kakeî kak-i from καί and ἐκεῖ; likewise in that place:--and there, there (thither) also.
|
ΚἀκεῖKakei
|
And there,
|
Conj
|
G2147εὑρὼνheurōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρὼνheurōn
|
having found
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs
|
centurion
|
N-NMS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
a ship
|
N-ANS
|
G222ἈλεξανδρῖνονAlexandrinon (Adj-ANS)
G222 Ἀλεξανδρῖνος Alexandrînos al-ex-an-dree-nos from the same as Ἀλεξανδρεύς; Alexandrine, or belonging to Alexandria:--of Alexandria.
|
ἈλεξανδρῖνονAlexandrinon
|
of Alexandria
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4126πλέονpleon (V-PPA-ANS)
G4126 πλέω pléō plyoo-o probably a form of πλύνω (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also πλήθω.
|
πλέονpleon
|
sailing
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2482ἸταλίανItalian (N-AFS)
G2482 Ἰταλία Italía ee-tal-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Italia, a region of Europe:--Italy.
|
ἸταλίανItalian
|
Italy,
|
N-AFS
|
G1688ἐνεβίβασενenebibasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1688 ἐμβιβάζω embibázō em-bib-ad-zo from ἐν and (to mount; causative of ἐμβαίνω); to place on, i.e. transfer (aboard a vessel):--put in.
|
ἐνεβίβασενenebibasen
|
he placed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτό.auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό.auto
|
it.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
6
There the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein.Acts 27:6
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 75 letters, 32 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακει ευρων ο εκατονταρχος πλοιον αλεξανδρινον πλεον εις την ιταλιαν ενεβιβασεν ημας εις αυτο
Lit: And there, having found the centurion a ship of Alexandria sailing to Italy, he placed us into it.
KJV: And there the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein.
References
"Alexandria"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 18:24: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 28:11: After 3 months we departed in a ship of Alexandria: which had wintered in the isle: whose sign was Castor and Pollux.
εν ικαναις δε ημεραις βραδυπλοουντες και μολις γενομενοι κατα την κνιδον μη προσεωντος ημας του ανεμου υπεπλευσαμεν την κρητην κατα σαλμωνην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
For
|
Prep
|
G2425ἱκαναῖςhikanais (Adj-DFP)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκαναῖςhikanais
|
many
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days,
|
N-DFP
|
G1020βραδυπλοοῦντεςbradyploountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1020 βραδυπλοέω bradyploéō brad-oo-plo-eh-o from βραδύς and a prolonged form of πλέω; to sail slowly:--sail slowly.
|
βραδυπλοοῦντεςbradyploountes
|
sailing slowly
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3433μόλιςmolis (Adv)
G3433 μόλις mólis mol-is probably by variation for μόγις; with difficulty:--hardly, scarce(-ly), + with much work.
|
μόλιςmolis
|
with difficulty,
|
Adv
|
G1096γενόμενοιgenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοιgenomenoi
|
having arrived
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
off
|
Prep
|
G2834Κνίδον,Knidon (N-AFS)
G2834 Κνίδος Knídos knee-dos probably of foreign origin; Cnidus, a place in Asia Minor:--Cnidus.
|
Κνίδον,Knidon
|
Cnidus,
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4330προσεῶντοςproseōntos (V-PPA-GMS)
G4330 προσεάω proseáō pros-eh-ah-o from πρός and ἐάω; to permit further progress:--suffer.
|
προσεῶντοςproseōntos
|
permitting
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G417ἀνέμου,anemou (N-GMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμου,anemou
|
wind,
|
N-GMS
|
G5284ὑπεπλεύσαμενhypepleusamen (V-AIA-1P)
G5284 ὑποπλέω hypopléō hoop-op-leh-o from ὑπό and πλέω; to sail under the lee of:--sail under.
|
ὑπεπλεύσαμενhypepleusamen
|
we sailed under
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2914ΚρήτηνKrētēn (N-AFS)
G2914 Κρήτη Krḗtē kray-tay of uncertain derivation; Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:--Crete.
|
ΚρήτηνKrētēn
|
Crete,
|
N-AFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
off
|
Prep
|
G4534Σαλμώνην,Salmōnēn (N-AFS)
G4534 Σαλμώνη Salmṓnē sal-mo-nay perhaps of similar origin to Σαλαμίς; Salmone, a place in Crete:--Salmone.
|
Σαλμώνην,Salmōnēn
|
Salmone.
|
N-AFS
|
7
When we had sailed slowly many days, and scarce were come over against Cnidus, the not wind suffering us, we sailed under Crete, over against Salmone;Acts 27:7
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 23 words, 123 letters, 47 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ικαναις δε ημεραις βραδυπλοουντες και μολις γενομενοι κατα την κνιδον μη προσεωντος ημας του ανεμου υπεπλευσαμεν την κρητην κατα σαλμωνην
Lit: For many now days, sailing slowly and with difficulty, having arrived off Cnidus, not permitting us the wind, we sailed under Crete, off Salmone.
KJV: And when we had sailed slowly many days, and scarce were come over against Cnidus, the wind not suffering us, we sailed under Crete, over against Salmone;
References
"we sailed"Ac 27:12: 13: 21: Because the haven not was commodious to winter in: the more part advised to depart there also: if by any means they might attain to Phenice: and there to winter; which is an haven of Crete: and lies toward the south west'>west and north west'>west.Ac 2:11: Cretes and Arabians: we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God.Tit 1:5: 12: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:
μολις τε παραλεγομενοι αυτην ηλθομεν εις τοπον τινα καλουμενον καλους λιμενας ω εγγυς ην πολις λασαια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3433μόλιςmolis (Adv)
G3433 μόλις mólis mol-is probably by variation for μόγις; with difficulty:--hardly, scarce(-ly), + with much work.
|
μόλιςmolis
|
With difficulty
|
Adv
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3881παραλεγόμενοιparalegomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G3881 παραλέγομαι paralégomai par-al-eg-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of λέγω (in its original sense); (specially), to lay ones course near, i.e. sail past:--pass, sail by.
|
παραλεγόμενοιparalegomenoi
|
coasting along
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
certain
|
IPro-AMS
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2570ΚαλοὺςKalous (Adj-AMP)
G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
ΚαλοὺςKalous
|
Fair
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3040Λιμένας,Limenas (N-AMP)
G3040 λιμήν limḗn lee-mane apparently a primary word; a harbor:--haven. Compare Καλοὶ Λιμένες.
|
Λιμένας,Limenas
|
Havens,
|
N-AMP
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to which
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G1451ἐγγὺςengys (Prep)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγὺςengys
|
near
|
Prep
|
G1510ἦν ⇔ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν ⇔ēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
the city
|
N-NFS
|
G2996Λασαία.Lasaia (N-NFS)
G2996 Λασαία Lasaía las-ah-yah of uncertain origin; Lasæa, a place in Crete:--Lasea.
|
Λασαία.Lasaia
|
of Lasea.
|
N-NFS
|
8
And, hardly passing it, came to a place which is called The fair havens; nigh to what was the city of Lasea.Acts 27:8
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 88 letters, 33 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: μολις τε παραλεγομενοι αυτην ηλθομεν εις τοπον τινα καλουμενον καλους λιμενας ω εγγυς ην πολις λασαια
Lit: With difficulty and coasting along it, we came to a place certain called Fair Havens, to which near was the city of Lasea.
KJV: And, hardly passing it, came unto a place which is called The fair havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea.
ικανου δε χρονου διαγενομενου και οντος ηδη επισφαλους του πλοος δια το και την νηστειαν ηδη παρεληλυθεναι παρηνει ο παυλος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2425ἹκανοῦHikanou (Adj-GMS)
G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἹκανοῦHikanou
|
Much
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνουchronou (N-GMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνουchronou
|
time
|
N-GMS
|
G1230διαγενομένουdiagenomenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1230 διαγίνομαι diagínomai dee-ag-in-om-ahee from διά and γίνομαι; to elapse meanwhile:--X after, be past, be spent.
|
διαγενομένουdiagenomenou
|
having passed,
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G2000ἐπισφαλοῦςepisphalous (Adj-GMS)
G2000 ἐπισφαλής episphalḗs ep-ee-sfal-ace from a compound of ἐπί and (to trip); figuratively, insecure:--dangerous.
|
ἐπισφαλοῦςepisphalous
|
dangerous
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4144πλοὸςploos (N-GMS)
G4144 πλόος plóos plo-os from πλέω; a sail, i.e. navigation:--course, sailing, voyage.
|
πλοὸςploos
|
voyage,
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3521ΝηστείανNēsteian (N-AFS)
G3521 νηστεία nēsteía nace-ti-ah from νηστεύω; abstinence (from lack of food, or voluntary and religious); specially, the fast of the Day of Atonement:-- fast(-ing).
|
ΝηστείανNēsteian
|
Fast
|
N-AFS
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv)
G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G3928παρεληλυθέναι,parelēlythenai (V-RNA)
G3928 παρέρχομαι parérchomai par-er-khom-ahee from παρά and ἔρχομαι; to come near or aside, i.e. to approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert:--come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress.
|
παρεληλυθέναι,parelēlythenai
|
being over,
|
V-RNA
|
G3867παρῄνειparēnei (V-IIA-3S)
G3867 παραινέω parainéō par-ahee-neh-o from παρά and αἰνέω; to mispraise, i.e. recommend or advise (a different course):--admonish, exhort.
|
παρῄνειparēnei
|
was admonishing them
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
9
Now when much time was spent, and when sailing was now dangerous, because the fast was now already past, Paul admonished them,
Acts 27:9
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 19 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ικανου δε χρονου διαγενομενου και οντος ηδη επισφαλους του πλοος δια το και την νηστειαν ηδη παρεληλυθεναι παρηνει ο παυλος
Lit: Much now time having passed, and being already dangerous the voyage, because of even the Fast already being over, was admonishing them Paul,
KJV: Now when much time was spent, and when sailing was now dangerous, because the fast was now already past, Paul admonished them,
References
"the fast"Le 16:29: this will be a statute for ever to you: that in the seventh month: on the tenth day of the month: you will afflict your souls: and do no work at all: whether it be one of your own country: or a stranger that sojourns among you:Le 23:27-29: Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there will be a day of atonement: it will be an holy convocation to you; and you will afflict your souls: and offer an offering made by fire to the LORD.Nu 29:7: you will have on the tenth day of this seventh month an holy convocation; and you will afflict your souls: you will not do any work therein:
λεγων αυτοις ανδρες θεωρω οτι μετα υβρεως και πολλης ζημιας ου μονον του φορτου και του πλοιου αλλα και των ψυχων ημων μελλειν εσεσθαι τον πλουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G435Ἄνδρες,Andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
Ἄνδρες,Andres
|
Men,
|
N-VMP
|
G2334θεωρῶtheōrō (V-PIA-1S)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρῶtheōrō
|
I understand
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5196ὕβρεωςhybreōs (N-GFS)
G5196 ὕβρις hýbris hoo-bris from ὑπέρ; insolence (as over-bearing), i.e. insult, injury:--harm, hurt, reproach.
|
ὕβρεωςhybreōs
|
disaster
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλῆςpollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῆςpollēs
|
much
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2209ζημίαςzēmias (N-GFS)
G2209 ζημία zēmía dzay-mee-ah probably akin to the base of δαμάζω (through the idea of violence); detriment:--damage, loss.
|
ζημίαςzēmias
|
loss,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv)
G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5413φορτίουphortiou (N-GNS)
G5413 φορτίον phortíon for-tee-on diminutive of φόρτος; an invoice (as part of freight), i.e. (figuratively) a task or service:--burden.
|
φορτίουphortiou
|
cargo
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίουploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίουploiou
|
ship,
|
N-GNS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5590ψυχῶνpsychōn (N-GFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῶνpsychōn
|
lives
|
N-GFP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
is about
|
V-PNA
|
G1510ἔσεσθαιesesthai (V-FNM)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθαιesesthai
|
to be
|
V-FNM
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4144πλοῦν.ploun (N-AMS)
G4144 πλόος plóos plo-os from πλέω; a sail, i.e. navigation:--course, sailing, voyage.
|
πλοῦν.ploun
|
voyage.
|
N-AMS
|
10
Said to them, Sirs, I perceive that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage, not only of the lading and ship, but also of our lives.
Acts 27:10
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 25 words, 111 letters, 42 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων αυτοις ανδρες θεωρω οτι μετα υβρεως και πολλης ζημιας ου μονον του φορτου και του πλοιου αλλα και των ψυχων ημων μελλειν εσεσθαι τον πλουν
Lit: saying to them, Men, I understand that with disaster and much loss, not only of the cargo and of the ship, but also the lives of us, is about to be the voyage.
KJV: And said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage, not only of the lading and ship, but also of our lives.
References
"I perceive"Ac 27:21-26: 31: 34: But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the middle of them: and said: Sirs: you should have listened to me: not and have loosed from Crete: and to have gained this harm and loss.Ge 41:16-25: 38: 39: Joseph answered Pharaoh: saying: It is not in me: God will give Pharaoh an answer of peace.2Ki 6:9: 10: The man of God sent to the king of Israel: saying: Beware that you not pass such a place; for there the Syrians are come down.Ps 25:14: The secret of the LORD is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.Da 2:30: But as for me: this secret not is revealed to me for any wisdom that I have more than any living: but for their sakes that will make known the interpretation to the king: and that you might know the thoughts of your heart.Am 3:7: Surely the Lord GOD will not dohing: but He reveals His secret to His servants the prophets."damage, or, injury"Ac 27:20: 41-44: When neither sun nor stars in many days appeared: and no small tempest lay on us: all hope that we should be saved was then taken away.1Pe 4:18: If the righteous scarcely be saved: where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?
ο δε εκατονταρχος τω κυβερνητη και τω ναυκληρω επειθετο μαλλον η τοις υπο του παυλου λεγομενοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs
|
the centurion
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
by the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2942κυβερνήτῃkybernētē (N-DMS)
G2942 κυβερνήτης kybernḗtēs koo-ber-nay-tace from the same as κυβέρνησις; helmsman, i.e. (by implication) captain:--(ship) master.
|
κυβερνήτῃkybernētē
|
pilot
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3490ναυκλήρῳnauklērō (N-DMS)
G3490 ναύκληρος naúklēros now-klay-ros from ναῦς and κλῆρος (clerk); a captain:--owner of a ship.
|
ναυκλήρῳnauklērō
|
ship owner
|
N-DMS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv)
G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G3982ἐπείθετοepeitheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἐπείθετοepeitheto
|
was persuaded,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
by the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λεγομένοις.legomenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένοις.legomenois
|
spoken.
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
11
Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship, more than those things which were spoken by Paul.Acts 27:11
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 20 words, 101 letters, 36 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εκατονταρχος τω κυβερνητη και τω ναυκληρω επειθετο μαλλον η τοις υπο του παυλου λεγομενοις
Lit: But the centurion by the pilot and the ship owner rather was persuaded, than by the things by Paul spoken.
KJV: Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship, more than those things which were spoken by Paul.
References
"believed"Ac 27:21: But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the middle of them: and said: Sirs: you should have listened to me: not and have loosed from Crete: and to have gained this harm and loss.Ex 9:20: 21: He who feared the word of the LORD among the servants of Pharaoh made His servants and His cattle flee into the houses:2Ki 6:10: The king of Israel sent to the place which the man of God told Him and warned Him of: and saved Himself there: not once nor twice.Pr 27:12: A prudent man foreseeth the evil: and hides himself; but the simple pass on: and are punished.Eze 3:17: 18: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Eze 33:4: Then whoever hears the sound of the trumpet: and takes not warning; if the sword come: and take him away: his blood will be upon his own head.Heb 11:7: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.
ανευθετου δε του λιμενος υπαρχοντος προς παραχειμασιαν οι πλειους εθεντο βουλην αναχθηναι κακειθεν ειπως δυναιντο καταντησαντες εις φοινικα παραχειμασαι λιμενα της κρητης βλεποντα κατα λιβα και κατα χωρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G428ἀνευθέτουaneuthetou (Adj-GMS)
G428 ἀνεύθετος aneúthetos an-yoo-the-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and εὔθετος; not well set, i.e. inconvenient:--not commodious.
|
ἀνευθέτουaneuthetou
|
Unsuitable
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3040λιμένοςlimenos (N-GMS)
G3040 λιμήν limḗn lee-mane apparently a primary word; a harbor:--haven. Compare Καλοὶ Λιμένες.
|
λιμένοςlimenos
|
harbor
|
N-GMS
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντοςhyparchontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντοςhyparchontos
|
being
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3915παραχειμασίανparacheimasian (N-AFS)
G3915 παραχειμασία paracheimasía par-akh-i-mas-ee-ah from παραχειμάζω; a wintering over:--winter in.
|
παραχειμασίανparacheimasian
|
winter in,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4119πλείονεςpleiones (Adj-NMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείονεςpleiones
|
majority
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G5087ἔθεντοethento (V-AIM-3P)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθεντοethento
|
reached
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1012βουλὴνboulēn (N-AFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὴνboulēn
|
a decision
|
N-AFS
|
G321ἀναχθῆναιanachthēnai (V-ANP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναχθῆναιanachthēnai
|
to set sail
|
V-ANP
|
G1564ἐκεῖθεν,ekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθεν,ekeithen
|
from there,
|
Adv
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4459πωςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πωςpōs
|
somehow
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναιντοdynainto (V-POM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναιντοdynainto
|
they might be able,
|
V-POM/P-3P
|
G2658καταντήσαντεςkatantēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
καταντήσαντεςkatantēsantes
|
having arrived
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G5405ΦοίνικαPhoinika (N-AMS)
G5405 Φοῖνιξ Phoînix foy-nix probably the same as φοῖνιξ; Phœnix, a place in Crete:--Phenice.
|
ΦοίνικαPhoinika
|
Phoenix,
|
N-AMS
|
G3914παραχειμάσαι,paracheimasai (V-ANA)
G3914 παραχειμάζω paracheimázō par-akh-i-mad-zo from παρά and χειμάζω; to winter near, i.e. stay with over the rainy season:--winter.
|
παραχειμάσαι,paracheimasai
|
to winter there —
|
V-ANA
|
G3040λιμέναlimena (N-AMS)
G3040 λιμήν limḗn lee-mane apparently a primary word; a harbor:--haven. Compare Καλοὶ Λιμένες.
|
λιμέναlimena
|
a harbor
|
N-AMS
|
G2914ΚρήτηςKrētēs (N-GFS)
G2914 Κρήτη Krḗtē kray-tay of uncertain derivation; Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:--Crete.
|
ΚρήτηςKrētēs
|
of Crete,
|
N-GFS
|
G991βλέπονταbleponta (V-PPA-AMS)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπονταbleponta
|
looking
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3047λίβαliba (N-AMS)
G3047 λίψ líps leeps probably from (to pour a libation); the south(- west) wind (as bringing rain, i.e. (by extension) the south quarter):--southwest.
|
λίβαliba
|
the southwest
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G5566χῶρον.chōron (N-AMS)
G5566 χῶρος chōros kho-ros of Latin origin; the north-west wind:--north west.
|
χῶρον.chōron
|
the northwest.
|
N-AMS
|
12
Because the haven not was commodious to winter in, the more part advised to depart there also, if by any means they might attain to Phenice, and there to winter; which is an haven of Crete, and lies toward the south west'>west and north west'>west.Acts 27:12
Stats
Counts: 244 characters, 40 words, 191 letters, 72 vowels, 119 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανευθετου δε του λιμενος υπαρχοντος προς παραχειμασιαν οι πλειους εθεντο βουλην αναχθηναι κακειθεν ειπως δυναιντο καταντησαντες εις φοινικα παραχειμασαι λιμενα της κρητης βλεποντα κατα λιβα και κατα χωρον
Lit: Unsuitable now the harbor being to winter in, the majority reached a decision to set sail from there, if somehow they might be able, having arrived at Phoenix, to winter there — a harbor of Crete, looking toward the southwest and toward the northwest.
KJV: And because the haven was not commodious to winter in, the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means they might attain to Phenice, and there to winter; [which is] an haven of Crete, and lieth toward the south west and north west.
References
"the haven"Ac 27:8: And: hardly passing it: came to a place which is called The fair havens; nigh to what was the city of Lasea.Ps 107:30: Then are they glad because they be quiet; so he brings them to their desired haven.
The Storm at Sea
υποπνευσαντος δε νοτου δοξαντες της προθεσεως κεκρατηκεναι αραντες ασσον παρελεγοντο την κρητην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5285ὙποπνεύσαντοςHypopneusantos (V-APA-GMS)
G5285 ὑποπνέω hypopnéō hoop-op-neh-o from ὑπό and πνέω; to breathe gently, i.e. breeze:--blow softly.
|
ὙποπνεύσαντοςHypopneusantos
|
Having blown gently
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3558νότουnotou (N-GMS)
G3558 νότος nótos not-os of uncertain affinity; the south(-west) wind; by extension, the southern quarter itself:--south (wind).
|
νότουnotou
|
a south wind,
|
N-GMS
|
G1380δόξαντεςdoxantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δόξαντεςdoxantes
|
having thought
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4286προθέσεωςprotheseōs (N-GFS)
G4286 πρόθεσις próthesis proth-es-is from προτίθεμαι; a setting forth, i.e. (figuratively) proposal (intention); specially, the show-bread (in the Temple) as exposed before God:--purpose, shew(-bread).
|
προθέσεωςprotheseōs
|
purpose
|
N-GFS
|
G2902κεκρατηκέναι,kekratēkenai (V-RNA)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κεκρατηκέναι,kekratēkenai
|
to have obtained,
|
V-RNA
|
G142ἄραντεςarantes (V-APA-NMP)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄραντεςarantes
|
having weighed anchor,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G788ἆσσονasson (Adv)
G788 ἆσσον âsson as-son neuter comparative of the base of ἐγγύς; more nearly, i.e. very near:--close.
|
ἆσσονasson
|
very near
|
Adv
|
G3881παρελέγοντοparelegonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3881 παραλέγομαι paralégomai par-al-eg-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of λέγω (in its original sense); (specially), to lay ones course near, i.e. sail past:--pass, sail by.
|
παρελέγοντοparelegonto
|
they began coasting along
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2914Κρήτην.Krētēn (N-AFS)
G2914 Κρήτη Krḗtē kray-tay of uncertain derivation; Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:--Crete.
|
Κρήτην.Krētēn
|
Crete.
|
N-AFS
|
13
When the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained their purpose, loosing there, they sailed close by Crete.Acts 27:13
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 17 words, 104 letters, 36 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: υποπνευσαντος δε νοτου δοξαντες της προθεσεως κεκρατηκεναι αραντες ασσον παρελεγοντο την κρητην
Lit: Having blown gently now a south wind, having thought the purpose to have obtained, having weighed anchor, very near they began coasting along Crete.
KJV: And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained their purpose, loosing [thence], they sailed close by Crete.
References
"the south"Job 37:17: How your garments are warm: when he quiets the earth by the south wind?Ps 78:26: He caused an east wind to blow in the heaven: and by his power he brought in the south wind.Song 4:16: Awake: O north wind; and come: you south; blow upon my garden: that the spices thereof may flow out. Let my beloved come into his garden: and eat his pleasant fruits.Lu 12:55: When you see the south wind blow: you say: There will be heat; and it comes to pass.
μετ ου πολυ δε εβαλεν κατ αυτης ανεμος τυφωνικος ο καλουμενος ευροκλυδων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
long
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
there came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
down
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
from it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G417ἄνεμοςanemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμοςanemos
|
a wind
|
N-NMS
|
G5189τυφωνικὸςtyphōnikos (Adj-NMS)
G5189 τυφωνικός typhōnikós too-fo-nee-kos from a derivative of τύφω; stormy (as if smoky):--tempestuous.
|
τυφωνικὸςtyphōnikos
|
tempestuous,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2564καλούμενοςkaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενοςkaloumenos
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2148Εὐρακύλων·Eurakylōn (N-NMS)
G2148 Εὐροκλύδων Euroklýdōn yoo-rok-loo-dohn from (the east wind) and κλύδων; a storm from the East (or southeast), i.e. (in modern phrase) a Levanter:--Euroklydon.
|
Εὐρακύλων·Eurakylōn
|
the Northeaster.
|
N-NMS
|
14
not But long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind, called Euroclydon.Acts 27:14
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 12 words, 66 letters, 27 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετ ου πολυ δε εβαλεν κατ αυτης ανεμος τυφωνικος ο καλουμενος ευροκλυδων
Lit: After not long however, there came down from it a wind tempestuous, called the Northeaster.
KJV: But not long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind, called Euroclydon.
References
"not"Ex 14:21-27: Moses stretched out His hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night: and made the sea dry land: and the waters were divided.Jon 1:3-5: But Jonah rose up to flee to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD: and went down to Joppa; and He found a ship going to Tarshish: so He paid the fare thereof: and went down into it: to go with them to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD."arose, or beat"Ps 107:25-27: For he commands: and raises the stormy wind: which lifts up the waves thereof.Eze 27:26: Your rowers have brought you into great waters: the east wind has broken you in the middle of the seas.Mt 8:24: And: look: there arose a great tempest in the sea: insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep.Mr 4:37: There arose a great storm of wind: and the waves beat into the ship: so that it was now full.
συναρπασθεντος δε του πλοιου και μη δυναμενου αντοφθαλμειν τω ανεμω επιδοντες εφερομεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4884συναρπασθέντοςsynarpasthentos (V-APP-GNS)
G4884 συναρπάζω synarpázō soon-ar-pad-zo from σύν and ἁρπάζω; to snatch together, i.e. seize:--catch.
|
συναρπασθέντοςsynarpasthentos
|
Having been caught
|
V-APP-GNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίουploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίουploiou
|
ship,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυναμένουdynamenou (V-PPM/P-GNS)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναμένουdynamenou
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-GNS
|
G503ἀντοφθαλμεῖνantophthalmein (V-PNA)
G503 ἀντοφθαλμέω antophthalméō ant-of-thal-meh-o from a compound of ἀντί and ὀφθαλμός; to face:--bear up into.
|
ἀντοφθαλμεῖνantophthalmein
|
to face
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G417ἀνέμῳanemō (N-DMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμῳanemō
|
wind,
|
N-DMS
|
G1929ἐπιδόντεςepidontes (V-APA-NMP)
G1929 ἐπιδίδωμι epidídōmi ep-ee-did-o-mee from ἐπί and δίδωμι; to give over (by hand or surrender):--deliver unto, give, let (+ (her drive)), offer.
|
ἐπιδόντεςepidontes
|
having given way
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G5342ἐφερόμεθα.epherometha (V-IIM/P-1P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἐφερόμεθα.epherometha
|
we were driven along.
|
V-IIM/P-1P
|
15
When the ship was caught, and not could bear up into the wind, we let her drive.Acts 27:15
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 16 words, 64 letters, 23 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: συναρπασθεντος δε του πλοιου και μη δυναμενου αντοφθαλμειν τω ανεμω επιδοντες εφερομεθα
Lit: Having been caught then the ship, and not being able to face to the wind, having given way we were driven along.
KJV: And when the ship was caught, and could not bear up into the wind, we let her drive.
References
"we"Ac 27:27: But when the fourteenth night was come: as we were driven up and down in Adria: about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country;Jas 3:4: Look also the ships: which though they be so great: and are driven of fierce winds: yet are they turned about with a very small helm: wherever the governor listeth.
νησιον δε τι υποδραμοντες καλουμενον κλαυδην μολις ισχυσαμεν περικρατεις γενεσθαι της σκαφης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3519Νησίονnēsion (N-ANS)
G3519 νησίον nēsíon nay-see-on diminutive of νῆσος; an islet:--island.
|
Νησίονnēsion
|
An Island
|
N-ANS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
certain
|
IPro-ANS
|
G5295ὑποδραμόντεςhypodramontes (V-APA-NMP)
G5295 ὑποτρέχω hypotréchō hoop-ot-rekh-o from ὑπό and τρέχω (including its alternate); to run under, i.e. (specially), to sail past:--run under.
|
ὑποδραμόντεςhypodramontes
|
having run under,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-ANS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G2802ΚαῦδαKauda (N-ANS)
G2802 Κλαύδη Klaúdē klow-day of uncertain derivation; Claude, an island near Crete:--Clauda.
|
ΚαῦδαKauda
|
Cauda,
|
N-ANS
|
G2480ἰσχύσαμενischysamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἰσχύσαμενischysamen
|
we were able
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3433μόλιςmolis (Adv)
G3433 μόλις mólis mol-is probably by variation for μόγις; with difficulty:--hardly, scarce(-ly), + with much work.
|
μόλιςmolis
|
with difficulty
|
Adv
|
G4031περικρατεῖςperikrateis (Adj-NMP)
G4031 περικρατής perikratḗs per-ee-krat-ace from περί and κράτος; strong all around, i.e. a master (manager):--+ come by.
|
περικρατεῖςperikrateis
|
control
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to gain
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4627σκάφης,skaphēs (N-GFS)
G4627 σκάφη skáphē skaf-ay, Noun Feminine
|
σκάφης,skaphēs
|
lifeboat,
|
N-GFS
|
16
Running under a certain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat:Acts 27:16
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: νησιον δε τι υποδραμοντες καλουμενον κλαυδην μολις ισχυσαμεν περικρατεις γενεσθαι της σκαφης
Lit: An Island then certain having run under, called Cauda, we were able with difficulty control to gain of the lifeboat,
KJV: And running under a certain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat:
ην αραντες βοηθειαις εχρωντο υποζωννυντες το πλοιον φοβουμενοι τε μη εις την συρτιν εκπεσωσιν χαλασαντες το σκευος ουτως εφεροντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G142ἄραντεςarantes (V-APA-NMP)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄραντεςarantes
|
having taken up,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G996βοηθείαιςboētheiais (N-DFP)
G996 βοήθεια boḗtheia bo-ay-thi-ah from βοηθός; aid; specially, a rope or chain for frapping a vessel:--help.
|
βοηθείαιςboētheiais
|
supports
|
N-DFP
|
G5530ἐχρῶντο,echrōnto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
ἐχρῶντο,echrōnto
|
they began using,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G5269ὑποζωννύντεςhypozōnnyntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5269 ὑποζώννυμι hypozṓnnymi hoop-od-zone-noo-mee from ὑπό and ζώννυμι; to gird under, i.e. frap (a vessel with cables across the keel, sides and deck):--undergirt.
|
ὑποζωννύντεςhypozōnnyntes
|
undergirding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον·ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον·ploion
|
ship.
|
N-ANS
|
G5399φοβούμενοίphoboumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοίphoboumenoi
|
Fearing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4950ΣύρτινSyrtin (N-AFS)
G4950 σύρτις sýrtis soor-tis from σύρω; a shoal (from the sand drawn thither by the waves), i.e. the Syrtis Major or great bay on the north coast of Africa:--quicksands.
|
ΣύρτινSyrtin
|
sandbars of Syrtis
|
N-AFS
|
G1601ἐκπέσωσιν,ekpesōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpíptō ek-pip-to from ἐκ and πίπτω; to drop away; specially, be driven out of ones course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:--be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect.
|
ἐκπέσωσιν,ekpesōsin
|
they should fall,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G5465χαλάσαντεςchalasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G5465 χαλάω chaláō khal-ah-o from the base of χάσμα; to lower (as into a void):--let down, strike.
|
χαλάσαντεςchalasantes
|
having lowered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4632σκεῦος,skeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦος,skeuos
|
gear,
|
N-ANS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G5342ἐφέροντο.epheronto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἐφέροντο.epheronto
|
they were driven along.
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
17
Which when they had taken up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands, strake sail, and so were driven.Acts 27:17
Stats
Counts: 158 characters, 21 words, 125 letters, 42 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην αραντες βοηθειαις εχρωντο υποζωννυντες το πλοιον φοβουμενοι τε μη εις την συρτιν εκπεσωσιν χαλασαντες το σκευος ουτως εφεροντο
Lit: which having taken up, supports they began using, undergirding the ship. Fearing then lest into the sandbars of Syrtis they should fall, having lowered the gear, thus they were driven along.
KJV: Which when they had taken up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands, strake sail, and so were driven.
References
"fearing"Ac 27:29: 41: Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks: they cast 4 anchors out of the stern: and wished for the day.
σφοδρως δε χειμαζομενων ημων τη εξης εκβολην εποιουντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4971Σφοδρῶςsphodrōs (Adv)
G4971 σφοδρῶς sphodrōs sfod-roce adverb from the same as σφόδρα; very much:--exceedingly.
|
Σφοδρῶςsphodrōs
|
Violently
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5492χειμαζομένωνcheimazomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G5492 χειμάζω cheimázō khi-mad-zo from the same as χειμών; to storm, i.e. (passively) to labor under a gale:--be tossed with tempest.
|
χειμαζομένωνcheimazomenōn
|
being storm-tossed
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1836ἑξῆςhexēs (Adv)
G1836 ἑξῆς hexēs hex-ace from ἔχω (in the sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining); successive:--after, following, X morrow, next.
|
ἑξῆςhexēs
|
next day
|
Adv
|
G1546ἐκβολὴνekbolēn (N-AFS)
G1546 ἐκβολή ekbolḗ ek-bol-ay from ἐκβάλλω; ejection, i.e. (specially) a throwing overboard of the cargo:--+ lighten the ship.
|
ἐκβολὴνekbolēn
|
a jettison of cargo
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ἐποιοῦντο,epoiounto (V-IIM-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποιοῦντο,epoiounto
|
they began to make,
|
V-IIM-3P
|
18
We being exceedingly tossed with a tempest, the next day they lightened the ship;Acts 27:18
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 14 words, 69 letters, 23 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: σφοδρως δε χειμαζομενων ημων τη εξης εκβολην εποιουντο
Lit: Violently now being storm-tossed of us, on the next day a jettison of cargo they began to make,
KJV: And we being exceedingly tossed with a tempest, the next day they lightened the ship;
References
"being"Ps 107:27: They reel to and fro: and stagger like a drunken man: and are at their wits' end."the next"Ac 27:19: 38: The third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship.Jon 1:5: Then the mariners were afraid: and cried every man to his god: and cast forth the wares that were in the ship into the sea: to lighten it of them. But Jonah was gone down into the sides of the ship; and he lay: and was fast asleep.Mt 16:26: For what is a man profited: if he will gain the whole world: and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?Lu 16:8: The lord commended the unjust steward: because he had done wisely: for the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light.Php 3:7: 8: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us:
και τη τριτη αυτοχειρες την σκευην του πλοιου ερριψαμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
on the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5154τρίτῃtritē (Adj-DFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτῃtritē
|
third day,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G849αὐτόχειρεςautocheires (Adj-NMP)
G849 αὐτόχειρ autócheir ow-tokh-ire from αὐτός and χείρ; self-handed, i.e. doing personally:--with … own hands.
|
αὐτόχειρεςautocheires
|
with their own hands
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4631σκευὴνskeuēn (N-AFS)
G4631 σκευή skeuḗ skyoo-ay from σκεῦος; furniture, i.e. spare tackle:--tackling.
|
σκευὴνskeuēn
|
tackle
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίουploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίουploiou
|
ship
|
N-GNS
|
G4496ἔρριψαν*.erripsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4496 ῥίπτω rhíptō hrip-to a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of ῥαπίζω, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (properly, with a quick toss, thus differing from βάλλω, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from (see in ἐκτείνω), which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extension, to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.
|
ἔρριψαν*.erripsan
|
they cast away.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
19
The third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship.Acts 27:19
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 16 words, 58 letters, 19 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τη τριτη αυτοχειρες την σκευην του πλοιου ερριψαμεν
Lit: and on the third day, with their own hands the tackle of the ship they cast away.
KJV: And the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship.
References
"we"Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.Jon 1:5: Then the mariners were afraid: and cried every man to his god: and cast forth the wares that were in the ship into the sea: to lighten it of them. But Jonah was gone down into the sides of the ship; and he lay: and was fast asleep.Mr 8:35-37: For whoever will save his life will lose it; but whoever will lose his life for my sake and the gospel's: the same will save it.Lu 9:24: 25: For whoever will save his life will lose it: but whoever will lose his life for my sake: the same will save it.
μητε δε ηλιου μητε αστρων επιφαινοντων επι πλειονας ημερας χειμωνος τε ουκ ολιγου επικειμενου λοιπον περιηρειτο πασα ελπις του σωζεσθαι ημας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2246ἡλίουhēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίουhēliou
|
sun
|
N-GMS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G798ἄστρωνastrōn (N-GNP)
G798 ἄστρον ástron as-tron neuter from ἀστήρ; properly, a constellation; put for a single star (natural or artificial):--star.
|
ἄστρωνastrōn
|
stars
|
N-GNP
|
G2014ἐπιφαινόντωνepiphainontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G2014 ἐπιφαίνω epiphaínō ep-ee-fah-ee-no from ἐπί and φαίνω; to shine upon, i.e. become (literally) visible or (figuratively) known:--appear, give light.
|
ἐπιφαινόντωνepiphainontōn
|
appearing
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4119πλείοναςpleionas (Adj-AFP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναςpleionas
|
many
|
Adj-AFP-C
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G5494χειμῶνόςcheimōnos (N-GMS)
G5494 χειμών cheimṓn khi-mone from a derivative of (to pour; akin to the base of 5490 through the idea of a channel), meaning a storm (as pouring rain); by implication, the rainy season, i.e. winter:--tempest, foul weather, winter.
|
χειμῶνόςcheimōnos
|
tempest
|
N-GMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3641ὀλίγουoligou (Adj-GMS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγουoligou
|
small
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1945ἐπικειμένου,epikeimenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G1945 ἐπίκειμαι epíkeimai ep-ik-i-mahee from ἐπί and κεῖμαι; to rest upon (literally or figuratively):--impose, be instant, (be) laid (there-, up-)on, (when) lay (on), lie (on), press upon.
|
ἐπικειμένου,epikeimenou
|
lying on us,
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS)
G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
from then on
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4014περιῃρεῖτοperiēreito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G4014 περιαιρέω periairéō per-ee-ahee-reh-o from περί and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to remove all around, i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); figuratively, to expiate:--take away (up).
|
περιῃρεῖτοperiēreito
|
was abandoned
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1680ἐλπὶςelpis (N-NFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπὶςelpis
|
hope
|
N-NFS
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4982σῴζεσθαιsōzesthai (V-PNM/P)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῴζεσθαιsōzesthai
|
being saved
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1473ἡμᾶς.hēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶς.hēmas
|
of us.
|
PPro-A1P
|
20
When neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away.Acts 27:20
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 26 words, 109 letters, 39 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: μητε δε ηλιου μητε αστρων επιφαινοντων επι πλειονας ημερας χειμωνος τε ουκ ολιγου επικειμενου λοιπον περιηρειτο πασα ελπις του σωζεσθαι ημας
Lit: Neither now sun nor stars appearing for many days, tempest and no small lying on us, from then on was abandoned hope all being saved of us.
KJV: And when neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away.
References
"neither"Ex 10:21-23: The LORD said to Moses: Stretch out your hand toward heaven: that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt: even darkness which may be felt.Ps 105:28: He sent darkness: and made it dark; and they not rebelled against his word.Mt 24:29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days will the sun be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: and the stars will fall from heaven: and the powers of the heavens will be shaken:"and no"Ps 107:25-27: For he commands: and raises the stormy wind: which lifts up the waves thereof.Jon 1:4: 11-14: But the LORD sent out a great wind into the sea: and there was a mighty tempest in the sea: so that the ship was like to be broken.Mt 8:24: 25: And: look: there arose a great tempest in the sea: insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;"all"Isa 57:10: You are wearied in the greatness of your way; yet said you not: There is no hope: you have found the life of your hand; therefore you were not grieved.Jer 2:25: Withhold your foot from being unshod: and your throat from thirst: but you said: There is no hope: no; for I have loved strangers: and after them will I go.Eze 37:11: Then He said to me: Son of man: these bones are the whole house of Israel: look: they say: Our bones are dried: and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts.Eph 2:12: That at that time you were without Christ: being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel: and strangers from the covenants of promise: having no hope: and without God in the world:1Th 4:13: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.
πολλης δε ασιτιας υπαρχουσης τοτε σταθεις ο παυλος εν μεσω αυτων ειπεν εδει μεν ω ανδρες πειθαρχησαντας μοι μη αναγεσθαι απο της κρητης κερδησαι τε την υβριν ταυτην και την ζημιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4183ΠολλῆςPollēs (Adj-GFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
ΠολλῆςPollēs
|
Much
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G776ἀσιτίαςasitias (N-GFS)
G776 ἀσιτία asitía as-ee-tee-ah from ἄσιτος; fasting (the state):--abstinence.
|
ἀσιτίαςasitias
|
time without food
|
N-GFS
|
G5225ὑπαρχούσηςhyparchousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπαρχούσηςhyparchousēs
|
there being,
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
at that time
|
Adv
|
G2476σταθεὶςstatheis (V-APP-NMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθεὶςstatheis
|
having stood up
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
he said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1163ἜδειEdei (V-IIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ἜδειEdei
|
It behooved you
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3303μέν,men (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μέν,men
|
indeed,
|
Conj
|
G5599ὦō (I)
G5599 ὦ ō o a primary interjection; as a sign of the vocative case, O; as a note of exclamation, oh:--O.,
|
ὦō
|
O
|
I
|
G435ἄνδρες,andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρες,andres
|
men,
|
N-VMP
|
G3980πειθαρχήσαντάςpeitharchēsantas (V-APA-AMP)
G3980 πειθαρχέω peitharchéō pi-tharkh-eh-o from a compound of πείθω and ἄρχω; to be persuaded by a ruler, i.e. (genitive case) to submit to authority; by analogy, to conform to advice:--hearken, obey (magistrates).
|
πειθαρχήσαντάςpeitharchēsantas
|
having been obedient
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G321ἀνάγεσθαιanagesthai (V-PNM/P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνάγεσθαιanagesthai
|
to have set sail
|
V-PNM/P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2914ΚρήτηςKrētēs (N-GFS)
G2914 Κρήτη Krḗtē kray-tay of uncertain derivation; Crete, an island in the Mediterranean:--Crete.
|
ΚρήτηςKrētēs
|
Crete,
|
N-GFS
|
G2770κερδῆσαίkerdēsai (V-ANA)
G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδῆσαίkerdēsai
|
to have incurred
|
V-ANA
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5196ὕβρινhybrin (N-AFS)
G5196 ὕβρις hýbris hoo-bris from ὑπέρ; insolence (as over-bearing), i.e. insult, injury:--harm, hurt, reproach.
|
ὕβρινhybrin
|
disaster
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2209ζημίαν.zēmian (N-AFS)
G2209 ζημία zēmía dzay-mee-ah probably akin to the base of δαμάζω (through the idea of violence); detriment:--damage, loss.
|
ζημίαν.zēmian
|
loss.
|
N-AFS
|
21
But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the middle of them, and said, Sirs, you should have listened to me, not and have loosed from Crete, and to have gained this harm and loss.
Acts 27:21
Stats
Counts: 185 characters, 30 words, 145 letters, 55 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολλης δε ασιτιας υπαρχουσης τοτε σταθεις ο παυλος εν μεσω αυτων ειπεν εδει μεν ω ανδρες πειθαρχησαντας μοι μη αναγεσθαι απο της κρητης κερδησαι τε την υβριν ταυτην και την ζημιαν
Lit: Much also time without food there being, at that time having stood up Paul in midst of them, he said, It behooved you indeed, O men, having been obedient to me, not to have set sail from Crete, to have incurred then the disaster this and loss.
KJV: But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have hearkened unto me, and not have loosed from Crete, and to have gained this harm and loss.
References
"after"Ac 27:33-35: While the day was coming on: Paul besought them all to take meat: saying: This day is the fourteenth day that you have tarried and continued fasting: having not takenhing.Ps 107:5: 6: Hungry and thirsty: their soul fainted in them."ye should"Ac 27:9: 10: Now when much time was spent: and when sailing was now dangerous: because the fast was now already past: Paul admonished them: Ge 42:22: Reuben answered them: saying: Spoke not I to you: saying: not Do sin against the child; and you not would hear? therefore: look: also his blood is required.
και {VAR1: τανυν } {VAR2: τα νυν } παραινω υμας ευθυμειν αποβολη γαρ ψυχης ουδεμια εσται εξ υμων πλην του πλοιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And yet
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv)
G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G3867παραινῶparainō (V-PIA-1S)
G3867 παραινέω parainéō par-ahee-neh-o from παρά and αἰνέω; to mispraise, i.e. recommend or advise (a different course):--admonish, exhort.
|
παραινῶparainō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2114εὐθυμεῖν·euthymein (V-PNA)
G2114 εὐθυμέω euthyméō yoo-thoo-meh-o from εὔθυμος; to cheer up, i.e. (intransitively) be cheerful; neuter comparative (adverbially) more cheerfully:--be of good cheer (merry).
|
εὐθυμεῖν·euthymein
|
to keep up your courage;
|
V-PNA
|
G580ἀποβολὴapobolē (N-NFS)
G580 ἀποβολή apobolḗ ap-ob-ol-ay from ἀποβάλλω; rejection; figuratively, loss:--casting away, loss.,
|
ἀποβολὴapobolē
|
loss
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G3762οὐδεμίαoudemia (Adj-NFS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεμίαoudemia
|
none
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Prep)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
only
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίου.ploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίου.ploiou
|
ship.
|
N-GNS
|
22
Now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there will be no loss of any man's life among you, but of the ship.Acts 27:22
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 24 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και {VAR1: τανυν } {VAR2: τα νυν } παραινω υμας ευθυμειν αποβολη γαρ ψυχης ουδεμια εσται εξ υμων πλην του πλοιου
Lit: And yet now I exhort you to keep up your courage; loss for of life none there will be from among you, only of the ship.
KJV: And now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there shall be no loss of any man's life among you, but of the ship.
References
"I exhort"Ac 27:25: 36: For what reason: sirs: be of good cheer: for I believe God: that it will be even as it was told me.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.1Sa 30:6: David was greatly distressed; for the people spoke of stoning Him: because the soul of all the people was grieved: every man for His sons and for His daughters: but David encouraged Himself in the LORD His God.Ezr 10:2: Shechaniah the son of Jehiel: one of the sons of Elam: answered and said to Ezra: We have trespassed against our God: and have taken strange wives of the people of the land: yet now there is hope in Israel concerning this thing.Job 22:29: 30: When men are cast down: then you will say: There is lifting up; and he will save the humble person.Ps 112:7: He will not be afraid of evil tidings: His heart is fixed: trusting in the LORD.Isa 43:1: 2: But now thus says the LORD that created you: O Jacob: and He that'>He who formed you: O Israel: not Fear: for I have redeemed you: I have called you by your name; you are my.2Co 1:4-6: Who comforts us in all our tribulation: that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble: by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God.2Co 4:8: 9: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;"for"Ac 27:31: 34: 44: Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers: Except these abide in the ship: you cannot be saved.Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.
παρεστη γαρ μοι τη νυκτι ταυτη αγγελος του θεου ου ειμι ω και λατρευω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3936παρέστηparestē (V-AIA-3S)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παρέστηparestē
|
Stood by
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
- ,
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1473[ἐγώ]egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
[ἐγώ]egō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3000λατρεύω,latreuō (V-PIA-1S)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύω,latreuō
|
I serve,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
an angel,
|
N-NMS
|
23
For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve,Acts 27:23
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 16 words, 60 letters, 22 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρεστη γαρ μοι τη νυκτι ταυτη αγγελος του θεου ου ειμι ω και λατρευω
Lit: Stood by for me this night - , of God, whose am I whom and I serve, an angel,
KJV: For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve,
References
"there"Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 12:8-11: 23: The angel said to him: Gird yourself: and bind on your sandals. And so he did. And he says to him: Cast your garment about you: and follow me.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star."whose"Ex 19:5: Now therefore: if you will obey my voice indeed: and keep my covenant: then you will be a peculiar treasure to me above all people: for all the earth is my:De 32:9: For the LORD's portion is His people; Jacob is the lot of His inheritance.Ps 135:4: For the LORD has chosen Jacob to Himself: and Israel for His peculiar treasure.Song 2:16: My beloved is my: and I am his: he feeds among the lilies.Song 6:3: I am my beloved's: and my beloved is my: he feeds among the lilies.Isa 44:5: one will say: I am the LORD's; and another will call Himself by the name of Jacob; and another will subscribe with His hand to the LORD: and surname Himself by the name of Israel.Jer 31:33: But this will be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days: says the LORD: I will put my law in their inward parts: and write it in their hearts; and will be their God: and they will be my people.Jer 32:38: They will be my people: and I will be their God:Eze 36:38: As the holy flock: as the flock of Jerusalem in her solemn feasts; so will the waste cities be filled with flocks of men: and they will know that I am the LORD.Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Mal 3:17: They will be my: says the LORD of hosts: in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them: as a man spares His own son that serves Him.Joh 17:9: 10: I pray for them: I not pray for the world: but for them which you have given me; for they are your.1Co 6:20: For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body: and in your spirit: which are God's.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 2:9: 10: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:"and"Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ps 116:16: O LORD: truly I am your servant; I am your servant: and the son of your handmaid: you have loosed my bonds.Ps 143:12: Of your mercy cut off my enemies: and destroy all them that afflict my soul: for I am your servant.Isa 44:21: Remember these: O Jacob and Israel; for you are my servant: I have formed you; you are my servant: O Israel: you will not be forgotten of me.Da 3:17: 26: 28: If it be so: our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace: and He will deliver us out of your hand: O king.Da 6:16: 20: Then the king commanded: and they brought Daniel: and cast Him into the den of lions. Now the king spoke and said to Daniel: Your God whom you serve continually: He will deliver you.Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Ro 1:1: 9: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ro 6:22: But now being made free from sin: and become servants to God: you have your fruit to holiness: and the end everlasting life.2Ti 1:3: I thank God: whom I serve from my forefathers with pure conscience: that without ceasing I have remembrance of you in my prayers night and day;2Ti 2:24: The servant of the Lord not must strive; but be gentle to all men: apt to teach: patient: Tit 1:1: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;
λεγων μη φοβου παυλε καισαρι σε δει παραστηναι και ιδου κεχαρισται σοι ο θεος παντας τους πλεοντας μετα σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβοῦ,phobou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβοῦ,phobou
|
fear,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G3972Παῦλε·Paule (N-VMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλε·Paule
|
Paul;
|
N-VMS
|
G2541ΚαίσαρίKaisari (N-DMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
ΚαίσαρίKaisari
|
Caesar
|
N-DMS
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3936παραστῆναι,parastēnai (V-ANA)
G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παραστῆναι,parastēnai
|
to stand before.
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5483κεχάρισταίkecharistai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G5483 χαρίζομαι charízomai khar-id-zom-ahee middle voice from χάρις; to grant as a favor, i.e. gratuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:--deliver, (frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.
|
κεχάρισταίkecharistai
|
has granted
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4126πλέονταςpleontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4126 πλέω pléō plyoo-o probably a form of πλύνω (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also πλήθω.
|
πλέονταςpleontas
|
sailing
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ.sou
|
you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
24
Saying, not Fear, Paul; you must be brought before Caesar: and, indeed, God has given you all them that sail with you.
Acts 27:24
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 16 words, 90 letters, 35 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων μη φοβου παυλε καισαρι σε δει παραστηναι και ιδου κεχαρισται σοι ο θεος παντας τους πλεοντας μετα σου
Lit: saying, Not fear, Paul; Caesar you it behooves to stand before. And behold, has granted to you God all those sailing with you.
KJV: Saying, Fear not, Paul; thou must be brought before Caesar: and, lo, God hath given thee all them that sail with thee.
References
"Fear not"Ac 18:9: 10: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ge 15:1: After these things the word of the LORD came to Abram in a vision: saying: not Fear: Abram: I am your shield: and your exceeding great reward.Ge 46:3: He said: I am God: the God of your father: not fear to go down into Egypt; for I will there make of you a great nation:1Ki 17:13: Elijah said to her: not Fear; go and do as you have said: but make me thereof a little cake first: and bring it to me: and after make for you and for your son.2Ki 6:16: He answered: not Fear: for they that be with us are more than they that be with them.Isa 41:10-14: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 43:1-5: But now thus says the LORD that created you: O Jacob: and He that'>He who formed you: O Israel: not Fear: for I have redeemed you: I have called you by your name; you are my.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Re 1:17: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:"thou"Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 25:11: For if I be an offender: or have committed any thing worthy of death: I not refuse to die: but if there be none of these things whereof these accuse me: no man may deliver me to them. I appeal to Caesar.Mt 10:18: you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them and the Gentiles.Joh 11:9: Jesus answered: Are not there 12 hours in the day? If any man walk in the day: He stumbles not: because He sees the light of this world.2Ti 4:16: 17: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge.Re 11:5-7: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed."lo"Ac 27:37: We were in all in the ship 200 threescore and 16 souls.Ge 12:2: I will make of you a great nation: and I will bless you: and make your name great; and you will be a blessing:Ge 18:23-32: Abraham drew near: and said: Will you also destroy the righteous with the wicked?Ge 19:21: 22: 29: He said to him: See: I have accepted you concerning this thing also: that I not will overthrow this city: for the which you have spoken.Ge 30:27: Laban said to Him: I pray you: if I have found favour in your eyes: tarry: for I have learned by experience that the LORD has blessed me for your sake.Ge 39:5: 23: It came to pass from the time that He had made Him overseer in His house: and over all that He had: that the LORD blessed the Egyptian's house for Joseph's sake; and the blessing of the LORD was upon all that He had in the house: and in the field.Isa 58:11: 12: The LORD will guide you continually: and satisfy your soul in drought: and make fat your bones: and you will be like a watered garden: and like a spring of water: whose waters not fail.Mic 5:7: The remnant of Jacob will be in the middle of many people as a dew from the LORD: as the showers upon the grass: that tarries not for man: nor waits for the sons of men.Jas 5:16: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much.
διο ευθυμειτε ανδρες πιστευω γαρ τω θεω οτι ουτως εσται καθ ον τροπον λελαληται μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1352Διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
Διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2114εὐθυμεῖτε,euthymeite (V-PMA-2P)
G2114 εὐθυμέω euthyméō yoo-thoo-meh-o from εὔθυμος; to cheer up, i.e. (intransitively) be cheerful; neuter comparative (adverbially) more cheerfully:--be of good cheer (merry).
|
εὐθυμεῖτε,euthymeite
|
take courage,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G435ἄνδρες·andres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρες·andres
|
men;
|
N-VMP
|
G4100πιστεύωpisteuō (V-PIA-1S)
G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύωpisteuō
|
I believe
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be,
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
the
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5158τρόπονtropon (N-AMS)
G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.
|
τρόπονtropon
|
way
|
N-AMS
|
G2980λελάληταίlelalētai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λελάληταίlelalētai
|
it has been said
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1473μοι.moi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι.moi
|
to me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
25
For what reason, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it will be even as it was told me.Acts 27:25
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 29 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο ευθυμειτε ανδρες πιστευω γαρ τω θεω οτι ουτως εσται καθ ον τροπον λελαληται μοι
Lit: Therefore take courage, men; I believe for God that thus it will be, according to the way it has been said to me.
KJV: Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even as it was told me.
References
"I believe"Ac 27:11: 21: Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship: more than those things which were spoken by Paul.Nu 23:19: God is not a man: that He should lie; neither the son of man: that He should repent: has He said: and will He not">not He do it? or has He spoken: and will He not">not He make it good?2Ch 20:20: They rose early in the morning: and went forth into the wilderness of Tekoa: and as they went forth: Jehoshaphat stood and said: Hear me: O Judah: and you inhabitants of Jerusalem; Believe in the LORD your God: so will you be established; believe His prophets: so will you prosper.Lu 1:45: Blessed is she that believed: for there will be a performance of those things which were told her from the Lord.Ro 4:20: 21: He not staggered at the promise of God through unbelief; but was strong in faith: giving glory to God;2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.
εις νησον δε τινα δει ημας εκπεσειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
Upon
|
Prep
|
G3520νῆσονnēson (N-AFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νῆσονnēson
|
an island
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AFS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
certain
|
IPro-AFS
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1601ἐκπεσεῖν.ekpesein (V-ANA)
G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpíptō ek-pip-to from ἐκ and πίπτω; to drop away; specially, be driven out of ones course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:--be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect.
|
ἐκπεσεῖν.ekpesein
|
to fall.
|
V-ANA
|
26
Howbeit we must be cast upon a certain island.Acts 27:26
Stats
Counts: 46 characters, 9 words, 37 letters, 15 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις νησον δε τινα δει ημας εκπεσειν
Lit: Upon an island however certain it behooves us to fall.
KJV: Howbeit we must be cast upon a certain island.
References
"a certain"Ac 28:1: When they were escaped: then they knew that the island was called Melita.
The Shipwreck
ως δε τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη νυξ εγενετο διαφερομενων ημων εν τω αδρια κατα μεσον της νυκτος υπενοουν οι ναυται προσαγειν τινα αυτοις χωραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5065τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτηtessareskaidekatē (Adj-NFS)
G5065 τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος tessareskaidékatos tes-sar-es-kahee-dek-at-os from τέσσαρες and καί and δέκατος; fourteenth:--fourteenth.
|
τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτηtessareskaidekatē
|
the fourteenth
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3571νὺξnyx (N-NFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νὺξnyx
|
night
|
N-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
had come,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1308διαφερομένωνdiapheromenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G1308 διαφέρω diaphérō dee-af-er-o from διά and φέρω; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to differ, or (by implication) surpass:--be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value.,
|
διαφερομένωνdiapheromenōn
|
being driven about
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G99Ἀδρίᾳ,Adria (N-DMS)
G99 Ἀδρίας Adrías ad-ree-as from (a place near its shore); the Adriatic sea (including the Ionian):--Adria.
|
Ἀδρίᾳ,Adria
|
Adriatic,
|
N-DMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσονmeson (Adj-ANS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσονmeson
|
the middle
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night,
|
N-GFS
|
G5282ὑπενόουνhypenooun (V-IIA-3P)
G5282 ὑπονοέω hyponoéō hoop-on-o-eh-o from ὑπό and νοιέω; to think under (privately), i.e. to surmise or conjecture:--think, suppose, deem.
|
ὑπενόουνhypenooun
|
began sensing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3492ναῦταιnautai (N-NMP)
G3492 ναύτης naútēs now-tace from ναῦς; a boatman, i.e. seaman:--sailor, shipman.
|
ναῦταιnautai
|
sailors
|
N-NMP
|
G4317προσάγεινprosagein (V-PNA)
G4317 προσάγω proságō pros-ag-o from πρός and ἄγω; to lead towards, i.e. (transitively) to conduct near (summon, present), or (intransitively) to approach:--bring, draw near.
|
προσάγεινprosagein
|
to be drawing near
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AFS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
some
|
IPro-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5561χώραν.chōran (N-AFS)
G5561 χώρα chṓra kho-rah feminine of a derivative of the base of χάσμα through the idea of empty expanse; room, i.e. a space of territory (more or less extensive; often including its inhabitants):--coast, county, fields, ground, land, region. Compare τόπος.
|
χώραν.chōran
|
land.
|
N-AFS
|
27
But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven up and down in Adria, about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country;Acts 27:27
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 120 letters, 45 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατη νυξ εγενετο διαφερομενων ημων εν τω αδρια κατα μεσον της νυκτος υπενοουν οι ναυται προσαγειν τινα αυτοις χωραν
Lit: When then the fourteenth night had come, being driven about of us in the Adriatic, toward the middle of the night, began sensing the sailors to be drawing near some to them land.
KJV: But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven up and down in Adria, about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country;
References
"the shipmen"Ac 27:30: As the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship: when they had let down the boat into the sea: under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship: 1Ki 9:27: Hiram sent in the navy his servants: shipmen that had knowledge of the sea: with the servants of Solomon.Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish.Re 18:17: For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster: and all the company in ships: and sailors: and as many as trade by sea: stood afar off:
και βολισαντες ευρον οργυιας εικοσι βραχυ δε διαστησαντες και παλιν βολισαντες ευρον οργυιας δεκαπεντε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1001βολίσαντεςbolisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1001 βολίζω bolízō bol-id-zo from βολίς; to heave the lead:--sound.
|
βολίσαντεςbolisantes
|
having taken soundings,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
they found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3712ὀργυιὰςorguias (N-AFP)
G3712 ὀργυιά orguiá org-wee-ah from ὀρέγομαι; a stretch of the arms, i.e. a fathom:--fathom.
|
ὀργυιὰςorguias
|
fathoms
|
N-AFP
|
G1501εἴκοσι,eikosi (Adj-AFP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσι,eikosi
|
twenty.
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1024βραχὺbrachy (Adj-ANS)
G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).
|
βραχὺbrachy
|
A little
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1339διαστήσαντεςdiastēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1339 διΐστημι diḯstēmi dee-is-tay-mee from διά and ἵστημι; to stand apart, i.e. (reflexively) to remove, intervene:--go further, be parted, after the space of.
|
διαστήσαντεςdiastēsantes
|
having gone farther
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1001βολίσαντεςbolisantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1001 βολίζω bolízō bol-id-zo from βολίς; to heave the lead:--sound.
|
βολίσαντεςbolisantes
|
having taken soundings,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2147εὗρονheuron (V-AIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρονheuron
|
they found
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3712ὀργυιὰςorguias (N-AFP)
G3712 ὀργυιά orguiá org-wee-ah from ὀρέγομαι; a stretch of the arms, i.e. a fathom:--fathom.
|
ὀργυιὰςorguias
|
fathoms
|
N-AFP
|
G1178δεκαπέντε·dekapente (Adj-AFP)
G1178 δεκαπέντε dekapénte dek-ap-en-teh from δέκα and πέντε; ten and five, i.e. fifteen:--fifteen.
|
δεκαπέντε·dekapente
|
fifteen.
|
Adj-AFP
|
28
Sounded, and found it 20 fathoms: and when they had gone a little further, they sounded again, and found it 15 fathoms.Acts 27:28
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 17 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και βολισαντες ευρον οργυιας εικοσι βραχυ δε διαστησαντες και παλιν βολισαντες ευρον οργυιας δεκαπεντε
Lit: And having taken soundings, they found fathoms twenty. A little then having gone farther and again having taken soundings, they found fathoms fifteen.
KJV: And sounded, and found it twenty fathoms: and when they had gone a little further, they sounded again, and found [it] fifteen fathoms.
φοβουμενοι τε μηπως εις τραχεις τοπους {VAR1: εκπεσωσιν } {VAR2: εκπεσωμεν } εκ πρυμνης ριψαντες αγκυρας τεσσαρας ηυχοντο ημεραν γενεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5399φοβούμενοίphoboumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοίphoboumenoi
|
Fearing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4225πουpou (Adv)
G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.
|
πουpou
|
somewhere
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
on
|
Prep
|
G5138τραχεῖςtracheis (Adj-AMP)
G5138 τραχύς trachýs trakh-oos perhaps strengthened from the base of ῥήγνυμι (as if jagged by rents); uneven, rocky (reefy):--rock, rough.
|
τραχεῖςtracheis
|
rocky
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5117τόπουςtopous (N-AMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπουςtopous
|
places
|
N-AMP
|
G1601ἐκπέσωμεν,ekpesōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpíptō ek-pip-to from ἐκ and πίπτω; to drop away; specially, be driven out of ones course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:--be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect.
|
ἐκπέσωμεν,ekpesōmen
|
we might fall,
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of the
|
Prep
|
G4403πρύμνηςprymnēs (N-GFS)
G4403 πρύμνα prýmna proom-nah feminine of (hindmost); the stern of a ship:--hinder part, stern.
|
πρύμνηςprymnēs
|
stern
|
N-GFS
|
G4496ῥίψαντεςrhipsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4496 ῥίπτω rhíptō hrip-to a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of ῥαπίζω, through the idea of sudden motion); to fling (properly, with a quick toss, thus differing from βάλλω, which denotes a deliberate hurl; and from (see in ἐκτείνω), which indicates an extended projection); by qualification, to deposit (as if a load); by extension, to disperse:--cast (down, out), scatter abroad, throw.
|
ῥίψαντεςrhipsantes
|
having cast
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G45ἀγκύραςankyras (N-AFP)
G45 ἄγκυρα ánkyra ang-koo-rah from the same as ἀγκάλη; an anchor (as crooked):--anchor.
|
ἀγκύραςankyras
|
anchors
|
N-AFP
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2172ηὔχοντοēuchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2172 εὔχομαι eúchomai yoo-khom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to wish; by implication, to pray to God:--pray, will, wish.
|
ηὔχοντοēuchonto
|
they were praying for
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G1096γενέσθαι.genesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαι.genesthai
|
to come.
|
V-ANM
|
29
Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks, they cast 4 anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day.Acts 27:29
Stats
Rank: #5447 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: φοβουμενοι τε μηπως εις τραχεις τοπους {VAR1: εκπεσωσιν } {VAR2: εκπεσωμεν } εκ πρυμνης ριψαντες αγκυρας τεσσαρας ηυχοντο ημεραν γενεσθαι
Lit: Fearing then lest somewhere on rocky places we might fall, out of the stern having cast anchors four, they were praying for day to come.
KJV: Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks, they cast four anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day.
References
"fallen"Ac 27:17: 41: Which when they had taken up: they used helps: undergirding the ship; and: fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands: strake sail: and so were driven."anchors"Ac 27:30: 40: As the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship: when they had let down the boat into the sea: under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship: Heb 6:19: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul: both sure and stedfast: and which enters into that within the veil;"and wished"De 28:67: In the morning you will say: Would God it were even! and at even you will say: Would God it were morning! for the fear of your heart wherewith you will fear: and for the sight of your eyes which you will see.Ps 130:6: My soul waiteth for the Lord more than they that watch for the morning: I say: more than they that watch for the morning.
των δε ναυτων ζητουντων φυγειν εκ του πλοιου και χαλασαντων την σκαφην εις την θαλασσαν προφασει ως εκ πρωρας μελλοντων αγκυρας εκτεινειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῶνTōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῶνTōn
|
Of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3492ναυτῶνnautōn (N-GMP)
G3492 ναύτης naútēs now-tace from ναῦς; a boatman, i.e. seaman:--sailor, shipman.
|
ναυτῶνnautōn
|
sailors
|
N-GMP
|
G2212ζητούντωνzētountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητούντωνzētountōn
|
seeking
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G5343φυγεῖνphygein (V-ANA)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
φυγεῖνphygein
|
to flee
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίουploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίουploiou
|
ship
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5465χαλασάντωνchalasantōn (V-APA-GMP)
G5465 χαλάω chaláō khal-ah-o from the base of χάσμα; to lower (as into a void):--let down, strike.
|
χαλασάντωνchalasantōn
|
having let down
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4627σκάφηνskaphēn (N-AFS)
G4627 σκάφη skáphē skaf-ay, Noun Feminine
|
σκάφηνskaphēn
|
lifeboat
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G4392προφάσειprophasei (N-DFS)
G4392 πρόφασις próphasis prof-as-is from a compound of πρό and φαίνω; an outward showing, i.e. pretext:--cloke, colour, pretence, show.
|
προφάσειprophasei
|
under pretense
|
N-DFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4408πρῴρηςprōrēs (N-GFS)
G4408 πρῶρα prōra pro-ra feminine of a presumed derivative of πρό as noun; the prow, i.e. forward part of a vessel:--forepart(-ship).
|
πρῴρηςprōrēs
|
the bow
|
N-GFS
|
G45ἀγκύραςankyras (N-AFP)
G45 ἄγκυρα ánkyra ang-koo-rah from the same as ἀγκάλη; an anchor (as crooked):--anchor.
|
ἀγκύραςankyras
|
anchors
|
N-AFP
|
G3195μελλόντωνmellontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλόντωνmellontōn
|
being about
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1614ἐκτείνειν,ekteinein (V-PNA)
G1614 ἐκτείνω ekteínō ek-ti-no from ἐκ and teino (to stretch); to extend:--cast, put forth, stretch forth (out).
|
ἐκτείνειν,ekteinein
|
to cast out,
|
V-PNA
|
30
As the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship,Acts 27:30
Stats
Rank: #9338 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 173 characters, 33 words, 136 letters, 54 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: των δε ναυτων ζητουντων φυγειν εκ του πλοιου και χαλασαντων την σκαφην εις την θαλασσαν προφασει ως εκ πρωρας μελλοντων αγκυρας εκτεινειν
Lit: Of the then sailors seeking to flee out of the ship and having let down the lifeboat into the sea under pretense as from the bow anchors being about to cast out,
KJV: And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship,
References
"the boat"Ac 27:16: 32: Running under a certain island which is called Clauda: we had much work to come by the boat:
ειπεν ο παυλος τω εκατονταρχη και τοις στρατιωταις εαν μη ουτοι μεινωσιν εν τω πλοιω υμεις σωθηναι ου δυνασθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē (N-DMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχῃhekatontarchē
|
centurion
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4757στρατιώταιςstratiōtais (N-DMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώταιςstratiōtais
|
soldiers,
|
N-DMP
|
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3306μείνωσινmeinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μείνωσινmeinōsin
|
remain
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳ,ploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳ,ploiō
|
ship,
|
N-DNS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G4982σωθῆναιsōthēnai (V-ANP)
G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῆναιsōthēnai
|
to be saved
|
V-ANP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθε.dynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθε.dynasthe
|
are able.
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
31
Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, you cannot be saved.
Acts 27:31
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπεν ο παυλος τω εκατονταρχη και τοις στρατιωταις εαν μη ουτοι μεινωσιν εν τω πλοιω υμεις σωθηναι ου δυνασθε
Lit: said Paul to the centurion and to the soldiers, If not these remain in the ship, you to be saved not are able.
KJV: Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved.
References
"said"Ac 27:11: 21: 42: 43: Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship: more than those things which were spoken by Paul."Except"Ac 27:22-24: Now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there will be no loss of any man's life among you: but of the ship.Ps 91:11: 12: For he will give his angels charge over you: to keep you in all your ways.Jer 29:11-13: For I know the thoughts that I think toward you: says the LORD: thoughts of peace: not and of evil: to give you an expected end.Eze 36:36: 37: Then the heathen that are left round about you will know that I the LORD build the ruined places: and plant that that was desolate: I the LORD have spoken it: and I will do it.Lu 1:34: 35: Then said Mary to the angel: How will this be: seeing I not know a man?Lu 4:9-12: He brought Him to Jerusalem: and set Him on a pinnacle of the temple: and said to Him: If you be the Son of God: cast yourself down from here:Joh 6:37: All that the Father gives me will come to me; and Him that comes to me I will in no wise cast out.2Th 2:13: 14: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:
τοτε οι στρατιωται απεκοψαν τα σχοινια της σκαφης και ειασαν αυτην εκπεσειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G609ἀπέκοψανapekopsan (V-AIA-3P)
G609 ἀποκόπτω apokóptō ap-ok-op-to from ἀπό and κόπτω; to amputate; reflexively (by irony) to mutilate (the privy parts):--cut off. Compare κατατομή.
|
ἀπέκοψανapekopsan
|
cut away
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4757στρατιῶταιstratiōtai (N-NMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιῶταιstratiōtai
|
soldiers
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4979σχοινίαschoinia (N-ANP)
G4979 σχοινίον schoiníon skhoy-nee-on diminutive of (a rush or flag-plant; of uncertain derivation); a rushlet, i.e. grass-withe or tie (generally):--small cord, rope.
|
σχοινίαschoinia
|
ropes
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4627σκάφηςskaphēs (N-GFS)
G4627 σκάφη skáphē skaf-ay, Noun Feminine
|
σκάφηςskaphēs
|
lifeboat,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1439εἴασανeiasan (V-AIA-3P)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴασανeiasan
|
allowed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1601ἐκπεσεῖν.ekpesein (V-ANA)
G1601 ἐκπίπτω ekpíptō ek-pip-to from ἐκ and πίπτω; to drop away; specially, be driven out of ones course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:--be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect.
|
ἐκπεσεῖν.ekpesein
|
to fall away.
|
V-ANA
|
32
Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off.Acts 27:32
Stats
Rank: #8032 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 14 words, 54 letters, 19 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε οι στρατιωται απεκοψαν τα σχοινια της σκαφης και ειασαν αυτην εκπεσειν
Lit: Then cut away the soldiers the ropes of the lifeboat, and allowed her to fall away.
KJV: Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off.
References
"Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off."Lu 16:8: The lord commended the unjust steward: because he had done wisely: for the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light.Php 3:7-9: But what things were gain to me: those I counted loss for Christ.
αχρι δε ου εμελλεν ημερα γινεσθαι παρεκαλει ο παυλος απαντας μεταλαβειν τροφης λεγων τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατην σημερον ημεραν προσδοκωντες ασιτοι διατελειτε μηδεν προσλαβομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G891ἌχριAchri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἌχριAchri
|
Until
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2250ἡμέραhēmera (N-NFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραhēmera
|
day
|
N-NFS
|
G3195ἤμελλενēmellen (V-IIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἤμελλενēmellen
|
was about
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1096γίνεσθαι,ginesthai (V-PNM/P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαι,ginesthai
|
to come,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3870παρεκάλειparekalei (V-IIA-3S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλειparekalei
|
kept urging
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G537ἅπανταςhapantas (Adj-AMP)
G537 ἅπας hápas hap-as from Α (as a particle of union) and πᾶς; absolutely all or (singular) every one:--all (things), every (one), whole.
|
ἅπανταςhapantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3335μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein (V-ANA)
G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein
|
to partake
|
V-ANA
|
G5160τροφῆςtrophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆςtrophēs
|
of food,
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5065ΤεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτηνTessareskaidekatēn (Adj-AFS)
G5065 τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος tessareskaidékatos tes-sar-es-kahee-dek-at-os from τέσσαρες and καί and δέκατος; fourteenth:--fourteenth.
|
ΤεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτηνTessareskaidekatēn
|
The fourteenth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv)
G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
is day
|
N-AFS
|
G4328προσδοκῶντεςprosdokōntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokáō pros-dok-ah-o from πρός and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await:--(be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for.
|
προσδοκῶντεςprosdokōntes
|
watching
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G777ἄσιτοιasitoi (Adj-NMP)
G777 ἄσιτος ásitos as-ee-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and σῖτος; without (taking) food:--fasting.
|
ἄσιτοιasitoi
|
without eating
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1300διατελεῖτε,diateleite (V-PIA-2P)
G1300 διατελέω diateléō dee-at-el-eh-o from διά and τελέω; to accomplish thoroughly, i.e. (subjectively) to persist:--continue.
|
διατελεῖτε,diateleite
|
you continue,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3367μηθὲνmēthen (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηθὲνmēthen
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4355προσλαβόμενοι.proslabomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσλαβόμενοι.proslabomenoi
|
having taken.
|
V-APM-NMP
|
33
While the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that you have tarried and continued fasting, having not takenhing.
Acts 27:33
Stats
Rank: #8427 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 27 words, 139 letters, 52 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: αχρι δε ου εμελλεν ημερα γινεσθαι παρεκαλει ο παυλος απαντας μεταλαβειν τροφης λεγων τεσσαρεσκαιδεκατην σημερον ημεραν προσδοκωντες ασιτοι διατελειτε μηδεν προσλαβομενοι
Lit: Until then that day was about to come, kept urging Paul all to partake of food, saying, The fourteenth today is day watching without eating you continue, nothing having taken.
KJV: And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing.
διο παρακαλω υμας προσλαβειν τροφης τουτο γαρ προς της υμετερας σωτηριας υπαρχει ουδενος γαρ υμων θριξ εκ της κεφαλης πεσειται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1352διὸdio (Conj)
G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλῶparakalō (V-PIA-1S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶparakalō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3335μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein (V-ANA)
G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G5160τροφῆς·trophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆς·trophēs
|
food;
|
N-GFS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5212ὑμετέραςhymeteras (PPro-GF2P)
G5212 ὑμέτερος hyméteros hoo-met-er-os from ὑμεῖς; yours, i.e. pertaining to you:--your (own).,
|
ὑμετέραςhymeteras
|
of you
|
PPro-GF2P
|
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαςsōtērias
|
preservation
|
N-GFS
|
G5225ὑπάρχει·hyparchei (V-PIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχει·hyparchei
|
is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3762οὐδενὸςoudenos (Adj-GMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὸςoudenos
|
not one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2359θρὶξthrix (N-NFS)
G2359 θρίξ thríx threeks genitive case , etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair. Compare κόμη.
|
θρὶξthrix
|
a hair
|
N-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2776κεφαλῆςkephalēs (N-GFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆςkephalēs
|
head
|
N-GFS
|
G622ἀπολεῖται.apoleitai (V-FIM-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολεῖται.apoleitai
|
will perish.
|
V-FIM-3S
|
34
For what reason I pray you to take some meat: for this is for your health: for there will not an hair fall from the head of any of you.Acts 27:34
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 26 words, 100 letters, 41 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο παρακαλω υμας προσλαβειν τροφης τουτο γαρ προς της υμετερας σωτηριας υπαρχει ουδενος γαρ υμων θριξ εκ της κεφαλης πεσειται
Lit: Therefore I exhort you to take food; this indeed for of you preservation is; not one for of you a hair of the head will perish.
KJV: Wherefore I pray you to take some meat: for this is for your health: for there shall not an hair fall from the head of any of you.
References
"for this"Mt 15:32: Then Jesus called His disciples to Him: and said: I have compassion on the multitude: because they continue with me now 3 days: and not havehing to eat: and I not will send them away fasting: lest they faint in the way.Mr 8:2: 3: I have compassion on the multitude: because they have now been with me 3 days: and not havehing to eat:Php 2:5: Let this mind be in you: which was also in Christ Jesus:1Ti 5:23: Drink no longer water: but use a little wine for your stomach's sake and your often infirmities."for there"1Ki 1:52: Solomon said: If he will show himself a worthy man: there will not an hair of him fall to the earth: but if wickedness will be found in him: he will die.Mt 10:30: But the very hairs of your head are all numbered.Lu 12:7: But even the very hairs of your head are all numbered. not Fear therefore: you are of more value than many sparrows.Lu 21:18: But there will not an hair of your head perish.
ειπων δε ταυτα και λαβων αρτον ευχαριστησεν τω θεω ενωπιον παντων και κλασας ηρξατο εσθιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004Εἴπαςeipas (V-APA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
Εἴπαςeipas
|
Having said
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS)
G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
G2168εὐχαρίστησενeucharistēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαρίστησενeucharistēsen
|
he gave thanks
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2806κλάσαςklasas (V-APA-NMS)
G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
κλάσαςklasas
|
having broken it,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G756ἤρξατοērxato (V-AIM-3S)
G756 ἄρχομαι árchomai ar-khom-ahee middle voice of ἄρχω (through the implication, of precedence); to commence (in order of time):--(rehearse from the) begin(-ning).
|
ἤρξατοērxato
|
he began
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2068ἐσθίειν.esthiein (V-PNA)
G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίειν.esthiein
|
to eat.
|
V-PNA
|
35
When He had thus spoken, He took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when He had broken it, He began to eat.Acts 27:35
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 102 letters, 38 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειπων δε ταυτα και λαβων αρτον ευχαριστησεν τω θεω ενωπιον παντων και κλασας ηρξατο εσθιειν
Lit: Having said now these things and having taken bread, he gave thanks to God before all, and having broken it, he began to eat.
KJV: And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat.
References
"and gave"Ac 2:46: 47: They: continuing daily with one accord in the temple: and breaking bread from house to house: did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart: 1Sa 9:13: As soon as you be come into the city: you will straightway find him: before he go up to the high place to eat: for the people not will eat until he come: because he does bless the sacrifice; and afterwards they eat that be bidden. Now therefore get you up; for about this time you will find him.Mt 15:36: He took the 7 loaves and the fishes: and gave thanks: and brake them: and gave to his disciples: and the disciples to the multitude.Mr 8:6: He commanded the people to sit down on the ground: and he took the 7 loaves: and gave thanks: and brake: and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set them before the people.Lu 24:30: It came to pass: as he sat at meat with them: he took bread: and blessed it: and brake: and gave to them.Joh 6:11: 23: Jesus took the loaves; and when He had given thanks: He distributed to the disciples: and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would.Ro 14:6: He who regards'>regards'>regards the day: regards'>regards'>regards it to the Lord; and He that'>He who regards'>regards'>regards not the day: to the Lord He does not regard it. He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: eats'>eats'>eats'>eats to the Lord: for He gives'>gives God thanks; and He that'>He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: to the Lord He eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: and gives'>gives God thanks.1Co 10:30: 31: For if I by grace be a partaker: why am I evil spoken of for that for which I give thanks?1Ti 4:3: 4: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth."in"Ps 119:46: I will speak of your testimonies also before kings: and not will be ashamed.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.2Ti 1:8: 12: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;1Pe 4:16: Yet if any man suffer as a Christian: let Him not">not Him be ashamed; but let Him glorify God on this behalf.
ευθυμοι δε γενομενοι παντες και αυτοι προσελαβοντο τροφης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2115εὔθυμοιeuthymoi (Adj-NMP)
G2115 εὔθυμος eúthymos yoo-thoo-mos from εὖ and θυμός; in fine spirits, i.e. cheerful:--of good cheer, the more cheerfully.
|
εὔθυμοιeuthymoi
|
Encouraged
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γενόμενοιgenomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοιgenomenoi
|
having been,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
themselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G4355προσελάβοντοproselabonto (V-AIM-3P)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσελάβοντοproselabonto
|
took
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G5160τροφῆς.trophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆς.trophēs
|
food.
|
N-GFS
|
36
Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat.Acts 27:36
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 49 letters, 20 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευθυμοι δε γενομενοι παντες και αυτοι προσελαβοντο τροφης
Lit: Encouraged then having been, all also themselves took food.
KJV: Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat.
References
"they all"Ps 27:14: Wait on the LORD: be of good courage: and He will strengthen your heart: wait: I say: on the LORD.2Co 1:4-6: Who comforts us in all our tribulation: that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble: by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God.
ημεν δε εν τω πλοιω αι πασαι ψυχαι διακοσιαι εβδομηκονταεξ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510ἤμεθαēmetha (V-IIM-1P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμεθαēmetha
|
We were
|
V-IIM-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G3956πᾶσαιpasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαιpasai
|
altogether
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5590ψυχαὶpsychai (N-NFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχαὶpsychai
|
souls
|
N-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
ship,
|
N-DNS
|
G1250διακόσιαιdiakosiai (Adj-NFP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακόσιαιdiakosiai
|
two hundred
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1440ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta (Adj-NFP)
G1440 ἑβδομήκοντα hebdomḗkonta heb-dom-ay-kon-tah from ἕβδομος and a modified form of δέκα; seventy:--seventy, three score and ten.
|
ἑβδομήκονταhebdomēkonta
|
seventy
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1803ἕξ.hex (Adj-NFP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἕξ.hex
|
six.
|
Adj-NFP
|
37
We were in all in the ship 200 threescore and 16 souls.Acts 27:37
Stats
Counts: 72 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 22 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεν δε εν τω πλοιω αι πασαι ψυχαι διακοσιαι εβδομηκονταεξ
Lit: We were then the altogether souls in the ship, two hundred seventy six.
KJV: And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls.
References
"souls"Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 7:14: Then sent Joseph: and called his father Jacob to him: and all his kindred: threescore and 15 souls.Ro 13:1: Let every soul be subject to the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God.1Pe 3:20: Which sometime were disobedient: when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah: while the ark was a preparing: wherein few: that is: 8 souls were saved by water.
κορεσθεντες δε τροφης εκουφιζον το πλοιον εκβαλλομενοι τον σιτον εις την θαλασσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2880κορεσθέντεςkoresthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2880 κορέννυμι korénnymi kor-en-noo-mee a primary verb; to cram, i.e. glut or sate:--eat enough, full.
|
κορεσθέντεςkoresthentes
|
Having been filled
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5160τροφῆςtrophēs (N-GFS)
G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆςtrophēs
|
with food,
|
N-GFS
|
G2893ἐκούφιζονekouphizon (V-IIA-3P)
G2893 κουφίζω kouphízō koo-fid-zo from (light in weight); to unload:--lighten.
|
ἐκούφιζονekouphizon
|
they began to lighten
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖονploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖονploion
|
ship,
|
N-ANS
|
G1544ἐκβαλλόμενοιekballomenoi (V-PPM-NMP)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἐκβαλλόμενοιekballomenoi
|
casting out
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4621σῖτονsiton (N-AMS)
G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σῖτονsiton
|
wheat
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν.thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν.thalassan
|
sea.
|
N-AFS
|
38
When they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea.Acts 27:38
Stats
Rank: #9965 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: κορεσθεντες δε τροφης εκουφιζον το πλοιον εκβαλλομενοι τον σιτον εις την θαλασσαν
Lit: Having been filled then with food, they began to lighten the ship, casting out the wheat into the sea.
KJV: And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea.
References
"they lightened"Ac 27:18: 19: We being exceedingly tossed with a tempest: the next day they lightened the ship;Job 2:4: Satan answered the LORD: and said: Skin for skin: yes: all that a man has will He give for His life.Jon 1:5: Then the mariners were afraid: and cried every man to his god: and cast forth the wares that were in the ship into the sea: to lighten it of them. But Jonah was gone down into the sides of the ship; and he lay: and was fast asleep.Mt 6:25: Therefore I say to you: Take no thought for your life: what you will eat: or what you will drink; nor yet for your body: what you will put on. not Is the life more than meat: and the body than clothing?Mt 16:26: For what is a man profited: if he will gain the whole world: and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us:
οτε δε ημερα εγενετο την γην ουκ επεγινωσκον κολπον δε τινα κατενοουν εχοντα αιγιαλον εις ον εβουλευσαντο ει δυναιντο εξωσαι το πλοιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὍτεHote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὍτεHote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραhēmera (N-NFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραhēmera
|
day
|
N-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετο,egeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετο,egeneto
|
it was,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1921ἐπεγίνωσκον,epeginōskon (V-IIA-3P)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπεγίνωσκον,epeginōskon
|
they did recognize;
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2859κόλπονkolpon (N-AMS)
G2859 κόλπος kólpos kol-pos apparently a primary word; the bosom; by analogy, a bay:--bosom, creek.
|
κόλπονkolpon
|
a bay
|
N-AMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
certain
|
IPro-AMS
|
G2657κατενόουνkatenooun (V-IIA-3P)
G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατενόουνkatenooun
|
they noticed,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G123αἰγιαλὸν,aigialon (N-AMS)
G123 αἰγιαλός aigialós ahee-ghee-al-os from aisso (to rush) and ἅλς (in the sense of the sea); a beach (on which the waves dash):--shore.
|
αἰγιαλὸν,aigialon
|
a shore,
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1011ἐβουλεύοντοebouleuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1011 βουλεύω bouleúō bool-yoo-o from βουλή; to advise, i.e. (reflexively) deliberate, or (by implication) resolve:--consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, purpose.
|
ἐβουλεύοντοebouleuonto
|
they determined,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1410δύναιντοdynainto (V-POM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναιντοdynainto
|
they should be able,
|
V-POM/P-3P
|
G1856ἐξῶσαιexōsai (V-ANA)
G1856 ἐξωθέω exōthéō ex-o-tho from ἐκ and (to push); to expel; by implication, to propel:--drive out, thrust in.
|
ἐξῶσαιexōsai
|
to drive
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4143πλοῖον.ploion (N-ANS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖον.ploion
|
ship.
|
N-ANS
|
39
When it was day, they not knew the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship.Acts 27:39
Stats
Counts: 171 characters, 29 words, 132 letters, 47 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε ημερα εγενετο την γην ουκ επεγινωσκον κολπον δε τινα κατενοουν εχοντα αιγιαλον εις ον εβουλευσαντο ει δυναιντο εξωσαι το πλοιον
Lit: When now day it was, the land not they did recognize; a bay however certain they noticed, having a shore, on which they determined, if they should be able, to drive the ship.
KJV: And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship.
και τας αγκυρας περιελοντες ειων εις την θαλασσαν αμα ανεντες τας ζευκτηριας των πηδαλιων και επαραντες τον αρτεμονα τη πνεουση κατειχον εις τον αιγιαλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G45ἀγκύραςankyras (N-AFP)
G45 ἄγκυρα ánkyra ang-koo-rah from the same as ἀγκάλη; an anchor (as crooked):--anchor.
|
ἀγκύραςankyras
|
anchors
|
N-AFP
|
G4014περιελόντεςperielontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4014 περιαιρέω periairéō per-ee-ahee-reh-o from περί and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to remove all around, i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); figuratively, to expiate:--take away (up).
|
περιελόντεςperielontes
|
having cut away,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1439εἴωνeiōn (V-IIA-3P)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴωνeiōn
|
they left them
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν,thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν,thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G260ἅμαhama (Adv)
G260 ἅμα háma ham-ah a primary particle; properly, at the same time, but freely used as a preposition or adverb denoting close association:--also, and, together, with(-al).
|
ἅμαhama
|
at the same time
|
Adv
|
G447ἀνέντεςanentes (V-APA-NMP)
G447 ἀνίημι aníēmi an-ee-ay-mee from ἀνά and (to send); to let up, i.e. (literally) slacken or (figuratively) desert, desist from:--forbear, leave, loose.
|
ἀνέντεςanentes
|
having loosened
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2202ζευκτηρίαςzeuktērias (N-AFP)
G2202 ζευκτηρία zeuktēría dzook-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative (at the second stage) from the same as ζυγός; a fastening (tiller-rope):--band.
|
ζευκτηρίαςzeuktērias
|
ropes
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4079πηδαλίων,pēdaliōn (N-GNP)
G4079 πηδάλιον pēdálion pay-dal-ee-on neuter of a (presumed) derivative of (the blade of an oar; from the same as πέδη); a pedal, i.e. helm:--rudder.
|
πηδαλίων,pēdaliōn
|
rudders.
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1869ἐπάραντεςeparantes (V-APA-NMP)
G1869 ἐπαίρω epaírō ep-ahee-ro from ἐπί and αἴρω; to raise up (literally or figuratively):--exalt self, poise (lift, take) up.
|
ἐπάραντεςeparantes
|
having hoisted
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G736ἀρτέμωναartemōna (N-AMS)
G736 ἀρτέμων artémōn ar-tem-ohn from a derivative of ἄρτι; properly, something ready (or else more remotely from αἴρω (compare ἄρτος); something hung up), i.e. (specially) the topsail (rather foresail or jib) of a vessel:--mainsail.
|
ἀρτέμωναartemōna
|
foresail
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4154πνεούσῃpneousē (V-PPA-DFS)
G4154 πνέω pnéō pneh-o a primary word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Compare ψύχω.
|
πνεούσῃpneousē
|
blowing wind,
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G2722κατεῖχονkateichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατεῖχονkateichon
|
they began making
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G123αἰγιαλόν.aigialon (N-AMS)
G123 αἰγιαλός aigialós ahee-ghee-al-os from aisso (to rush) and ἅλς (in the sense of the sea); a beach (on which the waves dash):--shore.
|
αἰγιαλόν.aigialon
|
shore.
|
N-AMS
|
40
When they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves to the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore.Acts 27:40
Stats
Rank: #9714 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 27 words, 136 letters, 50 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τας αγκυρας περιελοντες ειων εις την θαλασσαν αμα ανεντες τας ζευκτηριας των πηδαλιων και επαραντες τον αρτεμονα τη πνεουση κατειχον εις τον αιγιαλον
Lit: And the anchors having cut away, they left them in the sea, at the same time having loosened the ropes of the rudders. And having hoisted the foresail to the blowing wind, they began making for the shore.
KJV: And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore.
References
"taken up, etc"Ac 27:29: 30: Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks: they cast 4 anchors out of the stern: and wished for the day."the rudder bands"Isa 33:23: Your tacklings are loosed; they not could well strengthen their mast: they not could spread the sail: then is the prey of a great spoil divided; the lame take the prey.
περιπεσοντες δε εις τοπον διθαλασσον επωκειλαν την ναυν και η μεν πρωρα ερεισασα εμεινεν ασαλευτος η δε πρυμνα ελυετο υπο της βιας των κυματων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4045περιπεσόντεςperipesontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4045 περιπίπτω peripíptō per-ee-pip-to from περί and πίπτω; to fall into something that is all around, i.e. light among or upon, be surrounded with:--fall among (into).
|
περιπεσόντεςperipesontes
|
Having fallen
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G1337διθάλασσονdithalasson (Adj-AMS)
G1337 διθάλασσος dithálassos dee-thal-as-sos from δίς and θάλασσα; having two seas, i.e. a sound with a double outlet:--where two seas meet.
|
διθάλασσονdithalasson
|
between two seas,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2027ἐπέκειλανepekeilan (V-AIA-3P)
G2027 ἐποκέλλω epokéllō ep-ok-el-lo from ἐπί and (to urge); to drive upon the shore, i.e. to beach a vessel:--run aground.
|
ἐπέκειλανepekeilan
|
they ran aground
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3491ναῦν,naun (N-AFS)
G3491 ναῦς naûs nowce from or (to float); a boat (of any size):--ship.
|
ναῦν,naun
|
vessel;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4408πρῷραprōra (N-NFS)
G4408 πρῶρα prōra pro-ra feminine of a presumed derivative of πρό as noun; the prow, i.e. forward part of a vessel:--forepart(-ship).
|
πρῷραprōra
|
bow
|
N-NFS
|
G2043ἐρείσασαereisasa (V-APA-NFS)
G2043 ἐρείδω ereídō er-i-do of obscure affinity; to prop, i.e. (reflexively) get fast:--stick fast.
|
ἐρείσασαereisasa
|
having stuck fast,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3306ἔμεινενemeinen (V-AIA-3S)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
ἔμεινενemeinen
|
it remained
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G761ἀσάλευτος,asaleutos (Adj-NFS)
G761 ἀσάλευτος asáleutos as-al-yoo-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of σαλεύω; unshaken, i.e. (by implication) immovable (figuratively):--which cannot be moved, unmovable.
|
ἀσάλευτος,asaleutos
|
immovable,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4403πρύμναprymna (N-NFS)
G4403 πρύμνα prýmna proom-nah feminine of (hindmost); the stern of a ship:--hinder part, stern.
|
πρύμναprymna
|
the stern
|
N-NFS
|
G3089ἐλύετοelyeto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ἐλύετοelyeto
|
was being broken up
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G970βίας.bias (N-GFS)
G970 βία bía bee-ah probably akin to βίος (through the idea of vital activity); force:--violence.
|
βίας.bias
|
violence
|
N-GFS
|
G3588[τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2949κυμάτων]kymatōn (N-GNP)
G2949 κῦμα kŷma koo-mah from (to swell (with young), i.e. bend, curve); a billow (as bursting or toppling):--wave.
|
κυμάτων]kymatōn
|
waves.
|
N-GNP
|
41
Falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmoveable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves.Acts 27:41
Stats
Counts: 188 characters, 30 words, 150 letters, 56 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: περιπεσοντες δε εις τοπον διθαλασσον επωκειλαν την ναυν και η μεν πρωρα ερεισασα εμεινεν ασαλευτος η δε πρυμνα ελυετο υπο της βιας των κυματων
Lit: Having fallen however into a place between two seas, they ran aground the vessel; and the indeed bow having stuck fast, it remained immovable, and the stern was being broken up by the violence of the waves.
KJV: And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmoveable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves.
References
"they ran"Ac 27:17: 26-29: Which when they had taken up: they used helps: undergirding the ship; and: fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands: strake sail: and so were driven.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;"broken"1Ki 22:48: Jehoshaphat made ships of Tharshish to go to Ophir for gold: but they not went; for the ships were broken at Eziongeber.2Ch 20:37: Then Eliezer the son of Dodavah of Mareshah prophesied against Jehoshaphat: saying: Because you have joined yourself with Ahaziah: the LORD has broken your works. And the ships were broken: that they not were able to go to Tarshish.Eze 27:26: 34: Your rowers have brought you into great waters: the east wind has broken you in the middle of the seas.2Co 11:25: 26: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;
των δε στρατιωτων βουλη εγενετο ινα τους δεσμωτας αποκτεινωσιν μη τις εκκολυμβησας διαφυγοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῶνTōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῶνTōn
|
Of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4757στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn (N-GMP)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιωτῶνstratiōtōn
|
soldiers,
|
N-GMP
|
G1012βουλὴboulē (N-NFS)
G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὴboulē
|
the plan
|
N-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1202δεσμώταςdesmōtas (N-AMP)
G1202 δεσμώτης desmṓtēs des-mo-tace from the same as δεσμωτήριον; (passively) a captive:--prisoner.
|
δεσμώταςdesmōtas
|
prisoners
|
N-AMP
|
G615ἀποκτείνωσιν,apokteinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωσιν,apokteinōsin
|
they should kill,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1579ἐκκολυμβήσαςekkolymbēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1579 ἐκκολυμβάω ekkolymbáō ek-kol-oom-bah-o from ἐκ and κολυμβάω; to escape by swimming:--swim out.
|
ἐκκολυμβήσαςekkolymbēsas
|
having swum away,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1309διαφύγῃ·diaphygē (V-ASA-3S)
G1309 διαφεύγω diapheúgō dee-af-yoo-go from διά and φεύγω; to flee through, i.e. escape:--escape.
|
διαφύγῃ·diaphygē
|
should escape.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
42
The soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape.Acts 27:42
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 15 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: των δε στρατιωτων βουλη εγενετο ινα τους δεσμωτας αποκτεινωσιν μη τις εκκολυμβησας διαφυγοι
Lit: Of the now soldiers, the plan was that the prisoners they should kill, lest anyone, having swum away, should escape.
KJV: And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape.
References
"And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape."Ps 74:20: Have respect to the covenant: for the dark places of the earth are full of the habitations of cruelty.Pr 12:10: A righteous man regards the life of his beast: but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruel.Ec 9:3: This is an evil among all things that are done under the sun: that there is one event to all: yes: also the heart of the sons of men is full of evil: and madness is in their heart while they live: and after that they go to the dead.Mr 15:15-20: so Pilate: willing to content the people: released Barabbas to them: and delivered Jesus: when He had scourged Him: to be crucified.Lu 23:40: 41: But the other answering rebuked Him: saying: Do not you fear God: seeing you are in the same condemnation?
ο δε εκατονταρχος βουλομενος διασωσαι τον παυλον εκωλυσεν αυτους του βουληματος εκελευσεν τε τους δυναμενους κολυμβαν απορριψαντας πρωτους επι την γην εξιεναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1543ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατοντάρχηςhekatontarchēs
|
the centurion,
|
N-NMS
|
G1014βουλόμενοςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενοςboulomenos
|
desiring
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1295διασῶσαιdiasōsai (V-ANA)
G1295 διασώζω diasṓzō dee-as-odze-o from διά and σώζω; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc.:--bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.
|
διασῶσαιdiasōsai
|
to save
|
V-ANA
|
G3972ΠαῦλονPaulon (N-AMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλονPaulon
|
Paul,
|
N-AMS
|
G2967ἐκώλυσενekōlysen (V-AIA-3S)
G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
ἐκώλυσενekōlysen
|
hindered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GNS
|
G1013βουλήματος,boulēmatos (N-GNS)
G1013 βούλημα boúlēma boo-lay-mah from βούλομαι; a resolve:--purpose, will.
|
βουλήματος,boulēmatos
|
the purpose;
|
N-GNS
|
G2753ἐκέλευσένekeleusen (V-AIA-3S)
G2753 κελεύω keleúō kel-yoo-o from a primary (to urge on); hail; to incite by word, i.e. order:--bid, (at, give) command(-ment).
|
ἐκέλευσένekeleusen
|
he commanded
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1410δυναμένουςdynamenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυναμένουςdynamenous
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G2860κολυμβᾶνkolymban (V-PNA)
G2860 κολυμβάω kolymbáō kol-oom-bah-o from (a diver); to plunge into water:--swim.
|
κολυμβᾶνkolymban
|
to swim,
|
V-PNA
|
G641ἀπορίψανταςaporipsantas (V-APA-AMP)
G641 ἀποῤῥίπτω aporrhíptō ap-or-hrip-to from ἀπό and ῥίπτω; to hurl off, i.e. precipitate (oneself):--cast.
|
ἀπορίψανταςaporipsantas
|
having cast themselves off
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G4413πρώτουςprōtous (Adj-AMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτουςprōtous
|
first,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
land
|
N-AFS
|
G1826ἐξιέναι,exienai (V-PNA)
G1826 ἔξειμι éxeimi ex-i-mee from ἐκ and (to go); to issue, i.e. leave (a place), escape (to the shore):--depart, get (to land), go out.
|
ἐξιέναι,exienai
|
to go out,
|
V-PNA
|
43
But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land:Acts 27:43
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 23 words, 137 letters, 47 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε εκατονταρχος βουλομενος διασωσαι τον παυλον εκωλυσεν αυτους του βουληματος εκελευσεν τε τους δυναμενους κολυμβαν απορριψαντας πρωτους επι την γην εξιεναι
Lit: But the centurion, desiring to save Paul, hindered them of the purpose; he commanded then those being able to swim, having cast themselves off first, on the land to go out,
KJV: But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast [themselves] first [into the sea], and get to land:
References
"willing"Ac 27:3: 11: 31: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Ac 23:10: 24: When there arose a great dissension: the chief captain: fearing lest Paul should have been pulled in pieces of them: commanded the soldiers to go down: and to take him by force from among them: and to bring him into the castle.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;
και τους λοιπους ους μεν επι σανισιν ους δε επι τινων των απο του πλοιου και ουτως εγενετο παντας διασωθηναι επι την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3062λοιποὺςloipous (Adj-AMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὺςloipous
|
rest,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
some
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G4548σανίσιν,sanisin (N-DFP)
G4548 σανίς sanís san-ece of uncertain affinity; a plank:--board.
|
σανίσιν,sanisin
|
boards,
|
N-DFP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
some
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπίepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπίepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G5100τινωνtinōn (IPro-GNP)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινωνtinōn
|
things
|
IPro-GNP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4143πλοίου.ploiou (N-GNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίου.ploiou
|
ship.
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it came to pass that
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1295διασωθῆναιdiasōthēnai (V-ANP)
G1295 διασώζω diasṓzō dee-as-odze-o from διά and σώζω; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc.:--bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.
|
διασωθῆναιdiasōthēnai
|
were brought safely
|
V-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν.gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν.gēn
|
land.
|
N-AFS
|
44
The rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land.Acts 27:44
Stats
Rank: #7535 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 23 words, 97 letters, 37 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τους λοιπους ους μεν επι σανισιν ους δε επι τινων των απο του πλοιου και ουτως εγενετο παντας διασωθηναι επι την γην
Lit: and the rest, some indeed on boards, some then on things from the ship. And thus it came to pass that all were brought safely to the land.
KJV: And the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land.
References
"that"Ac 27:22: 24: Now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there will be no loss of any man's life among you: but of the ship.Ps 107:28-30: Then they cry to the LORD in their trouble: and He brings them out of their distresses.Am 9:9: For: indeed: I will command: and I will sift the house of Israel among all nations: like as grain is sifted in a sieve: yet will not the least grain fall upon the earth.Joh 6:39: 40: This is the Father's will which has sent me: that of all which He has given me I should not losehing: but should raise it up again at the last day.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:1Pe 4:18: If the righteous scarcely be saved: where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?
28
Ashore on Malta
και διασωθεντες τοτε επεγνωσαν οτι μελιτη η νησος καλειται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1295διασωθέντεςdiasōthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G1295 διασώζω diasṓzō dee-as-odze-o from διά and σώζω; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc.:--bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.
|
διασωθέντεςdiasōthentes
|
having been saved,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv)
G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1921ἐπέγνωμενepegnōmen (V-AIA-1P)
G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπέγνωμενepegnōmen
|
we found out
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3194ΜελίτηMelitē (N-NFS)
G3194 Μελίτη Melítē mel-ee-tay of uncertain origin; Melita, an island in the Mediterranean:--Melita.
|
ΜελίτηMelitē
|
Malta
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3520νῆσοςnēsos (N-NFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νῆσοςnēsos
|
island
|
N-NFS
|
G2564καλεῖται.kaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖται.kaleitai
|
is called.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
1
And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita.Acts 28:1
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 13 words, 62 letters, 21 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διασωθεντες τοτε επεγνωσαν οτι μελιτη η νησος καλειται
Lit: And having been saved, then we found out that Malta the island is called.
KJV: And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita.
References
"the island"Ac 27:26: 44: Howbeit we must be cast upon a certain island.
οι δε βαρβαροι παρειχον ου την τυχουσαν φιλανθρωπιαν ημιν αναψαντες γαρ πυραν προσελαβοντο παντας ημας δια τον υετον τον εφεστωτα και δια το ψυχος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
And
|
Conj
|
G915βάρβαροιbarbaroi (Adj-NMP)
G915 βάρβαρος bárbaros bar-bar-os of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. non-Greek):--barbarian(-rous).
|
βάρβαροιbarbaroi
|
the natives
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3930παρεῖχον*pareichon (V-IIA-3P)
G3930 παρέχω paréchō par-ekh-o from παρά and ἔχω; to hold near, i.e. present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion:--bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble.
|
παρεῖχον*pareichon
|
were showing
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not just
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5177τυχοῦσανtychousan (V-APA-AFS)
G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυχοῦσανtychousan
|
ordinary
|
V-APA-AFS
|
G5363φιλανθρωπίανphilanthrōpian (N-AFS)
G5363 φιλανθρωπία philanthrōpía fil-an-thro-pee-ah from the same as φιλανθρώπως; fondness of mankind, i.e. benevolence (philanthropy):--kindness, love towards man.
|
φιλανθρωπίανphilanthrōpian
|
kindness
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῖν·hēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν·hēmin
|
to us.
|
PPro-D1P
|
G681ἅψαντεςhapsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G681 ἅπτω háptō hap-to a primary verb; properly, to fasten to, i.e. (specially) to set on fire:--kindle, light.
|
ἅψαντεςhapsantes
|
Having kindled
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4443πυρὰνpyran (N-AFS)
G4443 πυρά pyrá poo-rah from πῦρ; a fire (concretely):--fire.
|
πυρὰνpyran
|
a fire,
|
N-AFS
|
G4355προσελάβοντοproselabonto (V-AIM-3P)
G4355 προσλαμβάνω proslambánō pros-lam-ban-o from πρός and λαμβάνω; to take to oneself, i.e. use (food), lead (aside), admit (to friendship or hospitality):--receive, take (unto).
|
προσελάβοντοproselabonto
|
they received
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
of us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5205ὑετὸνhyeton (N-AMS)
G5205 ὑετός hyetós hoo-et-os from a primary (to rain); rain, especially a shower:--rain.
|
ὑετὸνhyeton
|
rain
|
N-AMS
|
G2186ἐφεστῶταephestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2186 ἐφίστημι ephístēmi ef-is-tay-mee from ἐπί and ἵστημι; to stand upon, i.e. be present (in various applications, friendly or otherwise, usually literal); --assault, come (in, to, unto, upon), be at hand (instant), present, stand (before, by, over).
|
ἐφεστῶταephestōta
|
coming on
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
of the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5592ψῦχος.psychos (N-ANS)
G5592 ψύχος psýchos psoo-khos from ψύχω; coolness:--cold.
|
ψῦχος.psychos
|
cold.
|
N-ANS
|
2
The barbarous people showed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.Acts 28:2
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 25 words, 127 letters, 52 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε βαρβαροι παρειχον ου την τυχουσαν φιλανθρωπιαν ημιν αναψαντες γαρ πυραν προσελαβοντο παντας ημας δια τον υετον τον εφεστωτα και δια το ψυχος
Lit: And the natives were showing not just the ordinary kindness to us. Having kindled for a fire, they received all of us because of the rain coming on and because of the cold.
KJV: And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.
References
"barbarous"Ac 28:4: When the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand: they said among themselves: No doubt this man is a murderer: whom: though he has escaped the sea: yet vengeance suffers not to live.Ro 1:14: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise.1Co 14:11: Therefore if I not know the meaning of the voice: I will be to him that speaks'>speaks a barbarian: and he who speaks'>speaks will be a barbarian to me.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."shewed"Ac 27:3: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Le 19:18: 34: You will not avenge: nor bear any grudge against the children of your people: but you will love your neighbour as yourself: I am the LORD.Pr 24:11: 12: If you forbear to deliver them that are drawn to death: and those that are ready to be killed;Mt 10:42: whoever will give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple: truly I say to you: he will in no wise lose his reward.Lu 10:30-37: Jesus answering said: A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho: and fell among thieves: which stripped Him of His clothing: and wounded Him: and departed: leaving Him half dead.Ro 2:14: 15: 27: For when the Gentiles: which not have the law: do by nature the things contained in the law: these: not having the law: are a law to themselves:Heb 13:2: not Be forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares."because"Ezr 10:9: Then all the men of Judah and Benjamin gathered themselves together to Jerusalem within 3 days. It was the ninth month: on the twentieth day of the month; and all the people sat in the street of the house of God: trembling because of this matter: and for the great rain.Joh 18:18: The servants and officers stood there: who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them: and warmed himself.2Co 11:27: In weariness and painfulness: in watchings often: in hunger and thirst: in fastings often: in cold and nakedness.
συστρεψαντος δε του παυλου φρυγανων πληθος και επιθεντος επι την πυραν εχιδνα εκ της θερμης εξελθουσα καθηψεν της χειρος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4962Συστρέψαντοςsystrepsantos (V-APA-GMS)
G4962 συστρέφω systréphō soos-tref-o from σύν and στρέφω; to twist together, i.e. collect (a bundle, a crowd):--gather.
|
Συστρέψαντοςsystrepsantos
|
Having gathered
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G5434φρυγάνωνphryganōn (N-GNP)
G5434 φρύγανον phrýganon froo-gan-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (to roast or parch; akin to the base of φλόξ); something desiccated, i.e. a dry twig:--stick.
|
φρυγάνωνphryganōn
|
of sticks
|
N-GNP
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
a
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4128πλῆθοςplēthos (N-ANS)
G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλῆθοςplēthos
|
quantity,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2007ἐπιθέντοςepithentos (V-APA-GMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθέντοςepithentos
|
having laid them
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4443πυράν,pyran (N-AFS)
G4443 πυρά pyrá poo-rah from πῦρ; a fire (concretely):--fire.
|
πυράν,pyran
|
fire,
|
N-AFS
|
G2191ἔχιδναechidna (N-NFS)
G2191 ἔχιδνα échidna ekh-id-nah of uncertain origin; an adder or other poisonous snake (literally or figuratively):--viper.
|
ἔχιδναechidna
|
a viper
|
N-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2329θέρμηςthermēs (N-GFS)
G2329 θέρμη thérmē ther-may from the base of θέρος; warmth:--heat.
|
θέρμηςthermēs
|
heat
|
N-GFS
|
G1831ἐξελθοῦσαexelthousa (V-APA-NFS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθοῦσαexelthousa
|
having come,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G2510καθῆψενkathēpsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2510 καθάπτω katháptō kath-ap-to from κατά and ἅπτομαι; to seize upon:--fasten on.
|
καθῆψενkathēpsen
|
fastened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
on the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
3
When Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand.Acts 28:3
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 104 letters, 41 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: συστρεψαντος δε του παυλου φρυγανων πληθος και επιθεντος επι την πυραν εχιδνα εκ της θερμης εξελθουσα καθηψεν της χειρος αυτου
Lit: Having gathered now Paul of sticks a quantity, and having laid them on the fire, a viper out from the heat having come, fastened on the hand of him.
KJV: And when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand.
References
"came"Job 20:16: He will suck the poison of asps: the viper's tongue will kill him.Isa 30:6: The burden of the beasts of the south: into the land of trouble and anguish: from where come the young and old lion: the viper and fiery flying serpent: they will carry their riches upon the shoulders of young asses: and their treasures upon the bunches of camels: to a people that will not profit them.Isa 41:24: Look: you are not ofhing: and your work of nought: an abomination is he who chooses you.Isa 59:5: They hatch cockatrice' eggs: and weave the spider's web: he who eats of their eggs dies: and that which is crushed breaks out into a viper.Mt 3:7: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?Mt 12:34: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Mt 23:33: You serpents: you generation of vipers: how can you escape the damnation of hell?"fastened"Ac 28:4: When the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand: they said among themselves: No doubt this man is a murderer: whom: though he has escaped the sea: yet vengeance suffers not to live.Am 5:19: As if a man did flee from a lion: and a bear met him; or went into the house: and leaned his hand on the wall: and a serpent bit him.2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.
ως δε ειδον οι βαρβαροι κρεμαμενον το θηριον εκ της χειρος αυτου ελεγον προς αλληλους παντως φονευς εστιν ο ανθρωπος ουτος ον διασωθεντα εκ της θαλασσης η δικη ζην ουκ ειασεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G915βάρβαροιbarbaroi (Adj-NMP)
G915 βάρβαρος bárbaros bar-bar-os of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. non-Greek):--barbarian(-rous).
|
βάρβαροιbarbaroi
|
natives
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2910κρεμάμενονkremamenon (V-PPM-ANS)
G2910 κρεμάννυμι kremánnymi krem-an-noo-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb; to hang:--hang.
|
κρεμάμενονkremamenon
|
hanging
|
V-PPM-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they began to say,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3843ΠάντωςPantōs (Adv)
G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
ΠάντωςPantōs
|
By all means
|
Adv
|
G5406φονεύςphoneus (N-NMS)
G5406 φονεύς phoneús fon-yooce from φόνος; a murderer (always of criminal (or at least intentional) homicide; which ἀνθρωποκτόνος does not necessarily imply; while σικάριος is a special term for a public bandit):--murderer.
|
φονεύςphoneus
|
a murderer
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3778οὗτος,houtos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτος,houtos
|
this,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1295διασωθένταdiasōthenta (V-APP-AMS)
G1295 διασώζω diasṓzō dee-as-odze-o from διά and σώζω; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc.:--bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save.
|
διασωθένταdiasōthenta
|
having been saved
|
V-APP-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G1349ΔίκηDikē (N-NFS)
G1349 δίκη díkē dee-kay probably from δεικνύω; right (as self-evident), i.e. justice (the principle, a decision, or its execution):--judgment, punish, vengeance.
|
ΔίκηDikē
|
Justice
|
N-NFS
|
G2198ζῆνzēn (V-PNA)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆνzēn
|
to live
|
V-PNA
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1439εἴασεν.eiasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
εἴασεν.eiasen
|
has permitted.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
4
When the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he has escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffers not to live.
Acts 28:4
Stats
Counts: 200 characters, 31 words, 159 letters, 60 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως δε ειδον οι βαρβαροι κρεμαμενον το θηριον εκ της χειρος αυτου ελεγον προς αλληλους παντως φονευς εστιν ο ανθρωπος ουτος ον διασωθεντα εκ της θαλασσης η δικη ζην ουκ ειασεν
Lit: When then saw the natives hanging the beast from the hand of him, to one another they began to say, By all means a murderer is the man this, whom having been saved from the sea, Justice to live not has permitted.
KJV: And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not to live.
References
"beast"Ac 28:5: He shook off the beast into the fire: and felt no harm.Ge 3:1: Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And He said to the woman: Yes: has God said: You will not eat of every tree of the garden?Isa 13:21: 22: But wild beasts of the desert will lie there; and their houses will be full of doleful creatures; and owls will dwell there: and satyrs will dance there.Isa 43:20: The beast of the field will honour me: the dragons and the owls: because I give waters in the wilderness: and rivers in the desert: to give drink to my people: my chosen.Zep 2:15: This is the rejoicing city that dwelt carelessly: that said in her heart: I am: and there is none beside me: how is she become a desolation: a place for beasts to lie down in! every one that passs by her will hiss: and wag his hand."No doubt"Lu 13:2: 4: Jesus answering said to them: Suppose you that these Galilaeans were sinners above all the Galilaeans: because they suffered such things?Joh 7:24: not Judge according to the appearance: but judge righteous judgment.Joh 9:1: 2: As Jesus passed by: He saw a man which was blind from His birth."a murderer"Ge 4:8-11: Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass: when they were in the field: that Cain rose up against Abel his brother: and killed him.Ge 9:5: 6: Surely your blood of your lives will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it: and at the hand of man; at the hand of every man's brother will I require the life of man.Ge 42:21: 22: They said one to another: We are truly guilty concerning our brother: in that we saw the anguish of his soul: when he besought us: and we not would hear; therefore is this distress come upon us.Nu 35:31-34: Moreover you will take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer: which is guilty of death: but he will be surely put to death.Pr 28:17: A man that does violence to the blood of any person will flee to the pit; let no man stay him.Isa 26:21: For: look: the LORD comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also will disclose her blood: and will no more cover her killed.Mt 23:35: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.Mt 27:25: Then answered all the people: and said: His blood be on us: and on our children.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
ο μεν ουν αποτιναξας το θηριον εις το πυρ επαθεν ουδεν κακον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G660ἀποτινάξαςapotinaxas (V-APA-NMS)
G660 ἀποτινάσσω apotinássō ap-ot-in-as-so from ἀπό and (to jostle); to brush off:--shake off.
|
ἀποτινάξαςapotinaxas
|
having shaken off
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
creature
|
N-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-ANS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire,
|
N-ANS
|
G3958ἔπαθενepathen (V-AIA-3S)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
ἔπαθενepathen
|
he suffered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
no
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2556κακόν·kakon (Adj-ANS)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακόν·kakon
|
injury.
|
Adj-ANS
|
5
He shook off the beast into the fire, and felt no harm.Acts 28:5
Stats
Counts: 59 characters, 12 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο μεν ουν αποτιναξας το θηριον εις το πυρ επαθεν ουδεν κακον
Lit: The one indeed then, having shaken off the creature into the fire, he suffered no injury.
KJV: And he shook off the beast into the fire, and felt no harm.
References
"felt"Nu 21:6-9: The LORD sent fiery serpents among the people: and they bit the people; and much people of Israel died.Ps 91:13: You will tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon will you trample under feet.Mr 16:18: They will take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing: it will not hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick: and they will recover.Lu 10:19: Look: I give to you power to tread on serpents and scorpions: and over all the power of the enemy: not andhing will by any means hurt you.Joh 3:14: 15: As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness: even so must the Son of man be lifted up:Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Re 9:3: 4: There came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and to them was given power: as the scorpions of the earth have power.
οι δε προσεδοκων αυτον μελλειν πιμπρασθαι η καταπιπτειν αφνω νεκρον επι πολυ δε αυτων προσδοκωντων και θεωρουντων μηδεν ατοπον εις αυτον γινομενον μεταβαλλομενοι ελεγον θεον αυτον ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4328προσεδόκωνprosedokōn (V-IIA-3P)
G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokáō pros-dok-ah-o from πρός and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await:--(be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for.
|
προσεδόκωνprosedokōn
|
they were expecting
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3195μέλλεινmellein (V-PNA)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλεινmellein
|
to be about
|
V-PNA
|
G4092πίμπρασθαιpimprasthai (V-PNM/P)
G4092 πίμπρημι pímprēmi preh-o a reduplicated and prolonged form of a primary ; which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to fire, i.e. burn (figuratively and passively, become inflamed with fever):--be (X should have) swollen.,
|
πίμπρασθαιpimprasthai
|
to become inflamed,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2667καταπίπτεινkatapiptein (V-PNA)
G2667 καταπίπτω katapíptō kat-ap-ip-to from κατά and πίπτω; to fall down:--fall (down).
|
καταπίπτεινkatapiptein
|
to fall down
|
V-PNA
|
G869ἄφνωaphnō (Adv)
G869 ἄφνω áphnō af-no adverb from ἀφανής (contraction); unawares, i.e. unexpectedly:--suddenly.
|
ἄφνωaphnō
|
suddenly
|
Adv
|
G3498νεκρόν.nekron (Adj-AMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρόν.nekron
|
dead.
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
A while
|
Prep
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4328προσδοκώντωνprosdokōntōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G4328 προσδοκάω prosdokáō pros-dok-ah-o from πρός and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await:--(be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for.
|
προσδοκώντωνprosdokōntōn
|
waiting
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2334θεωρούντωνtheōrountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωρούντωνtheōrountōn
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G824ἄτοπονatopon (Adj-ANS)
G824 ἄτοπος átopos at-op-os from Α (as a negative particle) and τόπος; out of place, i.e. (figuratively) improper, injurious, wicked:--amiss, harm, unreasonable.
|
ἄτοπονatopon
|
amiss
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1096γινόμενον,ginomenon (V-PPM/P-ANS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινόμενον,ginomenon
|
happening,
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G3328μεταβαλόμενοιmetabalomenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G3328 μεταβάλλω metabállō met-ab-al-lo from μετά and βάλλω; to throw over, i.e. (middle voice figuratively) to turn about in opinion:--change mind.
|
μεταβαλόμενοιmetabalomenoi
|
having changed their opinion,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
they began declaring
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G2316θεόν.theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεόν.theon
|
a god.
|
N-AMS
|
6
Howbeit they looked when he should have swollen, or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god.Acts 28:6
Stats
Counts: 202 characters, 34 words, 158 letters, 58 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε προσεδοκων αυτον μελλειν πιμπρασθαι η καταπιπτειν αφνω νεκρον επι πολυ δε αυτων προσδοκωντων και θεωρουντων μηδεν ατοπον εις αυτον γινομενον μεταβαλλομενοι ελεγον θεον αυτον ειναι
Lit: But they were expecting him to be about to become inflamed, or to fall down suddenly dead. A while great however of them waiting and seeing nothing amiss to him happening, having changed their opinion, they began declaring him to be a god.
KJV: Howbeit they looked when he should have swollen, or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god.
References
"said"Ac 12:22: The people gave a shout: saying: It is the voice of a god: not and of a man.Ac 14:11-13: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.Mt 21:9: The multitudes that went before: and that followed: cried: saying: Hosanna to the Son of David: Blessed is He that'>He who comes in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest.Mt 27:22: Pilate says to them: What will I do then with Jesus which is called Christ? They all say to Him: Let Him be crucified.
εν δε τοις περι τον τοπον εκεινον υπηρχεν χωρια τω πρωτω της νησου ονοματι ποπλιω ος αναδεξαμενος ημας τρεις ημερας φιλοφρονως εξενισεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the parts
|
Art-DNP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G1565ἐκεῖνονekeinon (DPro-AMS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνονekeinon
|
that
|
DPro-AMS
|
G5225ὑπῆρχενhypērchen (V-IIA-3S)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπῆρχενhypērchen
|
were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5564χωρίαchōria (N-NNP)
G5564 χωρίον chōríon kho-ree-on diminutive of χώρα; a spot or plot of ground:--field, land, parcel of ground, place, possession.
|
χωρίαchōria
|
lands
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
belonging to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G4413πρώτῳprōtō (Adj-DMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτῳprōtō
|
chief
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3520νήσουnēsou (N-GFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νήσουnēsou
|
island,
|
N-GFS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
named
|
N-DNS
|
G4196Ποπλίῳ,Popliō (N-DMS)
G4196 Πόπλιος Póplios pop-lee-os of Latin origin; apparently popular; Poplius (i.e. Publius), a Roman:--Publius.
|
Ποπλίῳ,Popliō
|
Publius,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G324ἀναδεξάμενοςanadexamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G324 ἀναδέχομαι anadéchomai an-ad-ekh-om-ahee from ἀνά and δέχομαι; to entertain (as a guest):--receive.
|
ἀναδεξάμενοςanadexamenos
|
having received
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2250ἡμέρας ⇔hēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας ⇔hēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5390φιλοφρόνωςphilophronōs (Adv)
G5390 φιλοφρόνως philophrónōs fil-of-ron-oce adverb from φιλόφρων; with friendliness of mind, i.e. kindly:--courteously.
|
φιλοφρόνωςphilophronōs
|
hospitably
|
Adv
|
G3579ἐξένισεν.exenisen (V-AIA-3S)
G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ἐξένισεν.exenisen
|
entertained us.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
7
In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island, whose name was Publius; who received us, and lodged us 3 days courteously.Acts 28:7
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 23 words, 119 letters, 48 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν δε τοις περι τον τοπον εκεινον υπηρχεν χωρια τω πρωτω της νησου ονοματι ποπλιω ος αναδεξαμενος ημας τρεις ημερας φιλοφρονως εξενισεν
Lit: In now the parts around the place that were lands belonging to the chief of the island, named Publius, who having received us days three, hospitably entertained us.
KJV: In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island, whose name was Publius; who received us, and lodged us three days courteously.
References
"the chief"Ac 13:7: Which was with the deputy of the country: Sergius Paulus: a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul: and desired to hear the word of God.Ac 18:12: When Gallio was the deputy of Achaia: the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul: and brought him to the judgment seat: Ac 23:24: Provide them beasts: that they may set Paul on: and bring him safe to Felix the governor."who"Ac 28:2: The barbarous people showed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire: and received us every one: because of the present rain: and because of the cold.Mt 10:40: 41: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives you receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me: and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Lu 19:6-9: He made haste: and came down: and received him joyfully.
εγενετο δε τον πατερα του ποπλιου πυρετοις και δυσεντερια συνεχομενον κατακεισθαι προς ον ο παυλος εισελθων και προσευξαμενος επιθεις τας χειρας αυτω ιασατο αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3962πατέραpatera (N-AMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραpatera
|
father
|
N-AMS
|
G4196ΠοπλίουPopliou (N-GMS)
G4196 Πόπλιος Póplios pop-lee-os of Latin origin; apparently popular; Poplius (i.e. Publius), a Roman:--Publius.
|
ΠοπλίουPopliou
|
of Publius,
|
N-GMS
|
G4446πυρετοῖςpyretois (N-DMP)
G4446 πυρετός pyretós poo-ret-os from πυρέσσω; inflamed, i.e. (by implication) feverish (as noun, fever):--fever.
|
πυρετοῖςpyretois
|
fevers
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1420δυσεντερίῳdysenteriō (N-DNS)
G1420 δυσεντερία dysentería doos-en-ter-ee-ah from δυσ- and a comparative of ἐντός (meaning a bowel); a dysentery:--bloody flux.
|
δυσεντερίῳdysenteriō
|
dysentery
|
N-DNS
|
G4912συνεχόμενονsynechomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G4912 συνέχω synéchō soon-ekh-o from σύν and ἔχω; to hold together, i.e. to compress (the ears, with a crowd or siege) or arrest (a prisoner); figuratively, to compel, perplex, afflict, preoccupy:--constrain, hold, keep in, press, lie sick of, stop, be in a strait, straiten, be taken with, throng.
|
συνεχόμενονsynechomenon
|
oppressed with,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2621κατακεῖσθαι,katakeisthai (V-PNM/P)
G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατακεῖσθαι,katakeisthai
|
was lying,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4336προσευξάμενος,proseuxamenos (V-APM-NMS)
G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευξάμενος,proseuxamenos
|
having prayed,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2007ἐπιθεὶςepitheis (V-APA-NMS)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθεὶςepitheis
|
having laid
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
on him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2390ἰάσατοiasato (V-AIM-3S)
G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἰάσατοiasato
|
healed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
him.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
8
It came to pass, that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him.Acts 28:8
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 31 words, 128 letters, 49 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε τον πατερα του ποπλιου πυρετοις και δυσεντερια συνεχομενον κατακεισθαι προς ον ο παυλος εισελθων και προσευξαμενος επιθεις τας χειρας αυτω ιασατο αυτον
Lit: It came to pass then, the father of Publius, fevers and dysentery oppressed with, was lying, toward whom Paul, having entered and having prayed, having laid the hands on him, healed him.
KJV: And it came to pass, that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever and of a bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him.
References
"the father"Mr 1:30: 31: But Simon's wife's mother lay sick of a fever: and soon they tell him of her."prayed"Ac 9:40: But Peter put them all forth: and kneeled down: and prayed; and turning him to the body said: Tabitha: arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Peter: she sat up.1Ki 17:20-22: He cried to the LORD: and said: O LORD my God: have you also brought evil upon the widow with whom I sojourn: by slaying her son?Jas 5:14-16: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:"laid"Ac 9:17: 18: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Mt 9:18: While he spoke these things to them: look: there came a certain ruler: and worshipped him: saying: My daughter is even now dead: but come and lay your hand upon her: and she will live.Mr 6:5: He could there do no mighty work: save that he laid his hands upon a few sick folk: and healed them.Mr 7:32: They bring to him one that was deaf: and had an impediment in his speech; and they beseech him to put his hand upon him.Mr 16:18: They will take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing: it will not hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick: and they will recover.Lu 4:40: Now when the sun was setting: all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them to him; and he laid his hands on every one of them: and healed them.Lu 13:13: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God."and healed"Mt 10:1: 8: When he had called to him his 12 disciples: he gave them power against unclean spirits: to cast them out: and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease.Lu 9:1-3: Then he called his 12 disciples together: and gave them power and authority over all devils: and to cure diseases.Lu 10:8: 9: Into whatever city you enter: and they receive you: eat such things as are set before you:1Co 12:9: 28: To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;
τουτου ουν γενομενου και οι λοιποι οι εχοντες ασθενειας εν τη νησω προσηρχοντο και εθεραπευοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
Of this
|
DPro-GNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GNS)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένουgenomenou
|
having taken place,
|
V-APM-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
rest
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3520νήσῳnēsō (N-DFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νήσῳnēsō
|
island
|
N-DFS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G769ἀσθενείαςastheneias (N-AFP)
G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθενείαςastheneias
|
infirmities
|
N-AFP
|
G4334προσήρχοντοprosērchonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσήρχοντοprosērchonto
|
were coming
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2323ἐθεραπεύοντο,etherapeuonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεραπεύοντο,etherapeuonto
|
were healed,
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
9
So when this was done, others also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed:Acts 28:9
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 13 words, 71 letters, 28 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτου ουν γενομενου και οι λοιποι οι εχοντες ασθενειας εν τη νησω προσηρχοντο και εθεραπευοντο
Lit: Of this then having taken place, also the rest in the island having infirmities were coming and were healed,
KJV: So when this was done, others also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed:
References
"others"Ac 5:12: 15: By the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch.Mt 4:24: His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought to him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments: and those which were possessed with devils: and those which were lunatick: and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.Mr 6:54-56: When they were come out of the ship: straightway they knew him:
οι και πολλαις τιμαις ετιμησαν ημας και αναγομενοις επεθεντο τα προς την χρειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλαῖςpollais (Adj-DFP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλαῖςpollais
|
with many
|
Adj-DFP
|
G5092τιμαῖςtimais (N-DFP)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμαῖςtimais
|
honors
|
N-DFP
|
G5091ἐτίμησανetimēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G5091 τιμάω timáō tim-ah-o from τίμιος; to prize, i.e. fix a valuation upon; by implication, to revere:--honour, value.
|
ἐτίμησανetimēsan
|
honored
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us,
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G321ἀναγομένοιςanagomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναγομένοιςanagomenois
|
on setting sail,
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G2007ἐπέθεντοepethento (V-AIM-3P)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπέθεντοepethento
|
they laid on us
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5532χρείας.chreias (N-AFP)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείας.chreias
|
needs.
|
N-AFP
|
10
Who also honoured us with many honours; and when we departed, they laded us with such things as were necessary.Acts 28:10
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 32 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι και πολλαις τιμαις ετιμησαν ημας και αναγομενοις επεθεντο τα προς την χρειαν
Lit: who also with many honors honored us, and on setting sail, they laid on us the things for the needs.
KJV: Who also honoured us with many honours; and when we departed, they laded us with such things as were necessary.
References
"honoured"Mt 15:5: 6: But you say: Whoever will say to his father or his mother: It is a gift: by whatever you might be profited by me;1Th 2:6: Nor of men sought we glory: neither of you: nor yet of others: when we might have been burdensome: as the apostles of Christ.1Ti 5:3: 4: 17: 18: Honour widows that are widows indeed."laded"2Ki 8:9: So Hazael went to meet him: and took a present with him: even of every good thing of Damascus: 40 camels' burden: and came and stood before him: and said: Your son Benhadad king of Syria has sent me to you: saying: Will I recover of this disease?Ezr 7:27: Blessed be the LORD God of our fathers: which has put such a thing as this in the king's heart: to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem:Mt 6:31-34: Therefore take no thought: saying: What will we eat? or: What will we drink? or: With what will we be clothed?Mt 10:8-10: Heal the sick: cleanse the lepers: raise the dead: cast out devils: freely you have received: freely give.2Co 8:2-6: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.2Co 9:5-11: Therefore I thought it necessary to exhort the brothers: that they would go before to you: and make up beforehand your bounty: whereof you not hadice before: that the same might be ready: as a matter of bounty: not and as of covetousness.Php 4:11: 12: 19: Not that I speak in respect of want: for I have learned: in whatever state I am: therewith to be content.
Paul Arrives in Italy
μετα δε τρεις μηνας ανηχθημεν εν πλοιω παρακεχειμακοτι εν τη νησω αλεξανδρινω παρασημω διοσκουροις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months,
|
N-AMP
|
G321ἀνήχθημενanēchthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀνήχθημενanēchthēmen
|
we sailed
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4143πλοίῳploiō (N-DNS)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίῳploiō
|
a ship
|
N-DNS
|
G3914παρακεχειμακότιparakecheimakoti (V-RPA-DNS)
G3914 παραχειμάζω paracheimázō par-akh-i-mad-zo from παρά and χειμάζω; to winter near, i.e. stay with over the rainy season:--winter.
|
παρακεχειμακότιparakecheimakoti
|
having wintered
|
V-RPA-DNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3520νήσῳ,nēsō (N-DFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νήσῳ,nēsō
|
island,
|
N-DFS
|
G222Ἀλεξανδρινῷ,Alexandrinō (Adj-DNS)
G222 Ἀλεξανδρῖνος Alexandrînos al-ex-an-dree-nos from the same as Ἀλεξανδρεύς; Alexandrine, or belonging to Alexandria:--of Alexandria.
|
Ἀλεξανδρινῷ,Alexandrinō
|
Alexandrian,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3902παρασήμῳparasēmō (Adj-DNS)
G3902 παράσημος parásēmos par-as-ay-mos from παρά and the base of σημαίνω; side-marked, i.e. labelled (with a badge (figure-head) of a ship):--sign.
|
παρασήμῳparasēmō
|
with a figurehead of
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1359Διοσκούροις.Dioskourois (N-DMP)
G1359 Διόσκουροι Dióskouroi dee-os-koo-roy from the alternate of Ζεύς and a form of the base of κοράσιον; sons of Jupiter, i.e. the twins Dioscuri:--Castor and Pollux.
|
Διοσκούροις.Dioskourois
|
the Dioscuri.
|
N-DMP
|
11
After 3 months we departed in a ship of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pollux.Acts 28:11
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε τρεις μηνας ανηχθημεν εν πλοιω παρακεχειμακοτι εν τη νησω αλεξανδρινω παρασημω διοσκουροις
Lit: After then three months, we sailed in a ship having wintered in the island, Alexandrian, with a figurehead of the Dioscuri.
KJV: And after three months we departed in a ship of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pollux.
References
"a ship"Ac 6:9: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 27:6: There the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein."whose"Isa 45:20: Assemble yourselves and come; draw near together: you that are escaped of the nations: they have no knowledge that set up the wood of their graven image: and pray to a god that cannot save.Jon 1:5: 16: Then the mariners were afraid: and cried every man to his god: and cast forth the wares that were in the ship into the sea: to lighten it of them. But Jonah was gone down into the sides of the ship; and he lay: and was fast asleep.1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.
και καταχθεντες εις συρακουσας επεμειναμεν ημερας τρεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2609καταχθέντεςkatachthentes (V-APP-NMP)
G2609 κατάγω katágō kat-ag-o from κατά and ἄγω; to lead down; specially, to moor a vessel:--bring (down, forth), (bring to) land, touch.
|
καταχθέντεςkatachthentes
|
having put in
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4946ΣυρακούσαςSyrakousas (N-ANP)
G4946 Συράκουσαι Syrákousai soo-rak-oo-sahee plural of uncertain derivation; Syracuse, the capital of Sicily:--Syracuse.
|
ΣυρακούσαςSyrakousas
|
Syracuse,
|
N-ANP
|
G1961ἐπεμείναμενepemeinamen (V-AIA-1P)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπεμείναμενepemeinamen
|
we stayed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-AFP
|
12
Landing at Syracuse, we tarried there 3 days.Acts 28:12
Stats
Counts: 53 characters, 8 words, 43 letters, 16 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καταχθεντες εις συρακουσας επεμειναμεν ημερας τρεις
Lit: And having put in at Syracuse, we stayed days three,
KJV: And landing at Syracuse, we tarried there three days.
οθεν περιελθοντες κατηντησαμεν εις ρηγιον και μετα μιαν ημεραν επιγενομενου νοτου δευτεραιοι ηλθομεν εις ποτιολους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3606ὅθενhothen (Adv)
G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
from where
|
Adv
|
G4014περιελόντες*perielontes (V-APA-NMP)
G4014 περιαιρέω periairéō per-ee-ahee-reh-o from περί and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to remove all around, i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); figuratively, to expiate:--take away (up).
|
περιελόντες*perielontes
|
having gone around,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2658κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατηντήσαμενkatēntēsamen
|
we arrived
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4484Ῥήγιον.Rhēgion (N-ANS)
G4484 Ῥήγιον Rhḗgion hrayg-ee-on of Latin origin; Rhegium, a place in Italy:--Rhegium.
|
Ῥήγιον.Rhēgion
|
Rhegium.
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G1920ἐπιγενομένουepigenomenou (V-APM-GMS)
G1920 ἐπιγίνομαι epigínomai ep-ig-in-om-ahee from ἐπί and γίνομαι; to arrive upon, i.e. spring up (as a wind):--blow.
|
ἐπιγενομένουepigenomenou
|
having come on
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G3558νότουnotou (N-GMS)
G3558 νότος nótos not-os of uncertain affinity; the south(-west) wind; by extension, the southern quarter itself:--south (wind).
|
νότουnotou
|
a south wind,
|
N-GMS
|
G1206δευτεραῖοιdeuteraioi (Adj-NMP)
G1206 δευτεραῖος deuteraîos dyoo-ter-ah-yos from δεύτερος; secondary, i.e. (specially) on the second day:--next day.
|
δευτεραῖοιdeuteraioi
|
on the second day
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2064ἤλθομενēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθομενēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4223Ποτιόλους,Potiolous (N-AMP)
G4223 Ποτίολοι Potíoloi pot-ee-ol-oy of Latin origin; little wells, i.e. mineral springs; Potioli (i.e. Puteoli), a place in Italy:--Puteoli.
|
Ποτιόλους,Potiolous
|
Puteoli,
|
N-AMP
|
13
From there we fetched a compass, and came to Rhegium: and after one day the south wind blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli:Acts 28:13
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 24 words, 104 letters, 40 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν περιελθοντες κατηντησαμεν εις ρηγιον και μετα μιαν ημεραν επιγενομενου νοτου δευτεραιοι ηλθομεν εις ποτιολους
Lit: from where having gone around, we arrived at Rhegium. And after one day, having come on a south wind, on the second day we came to Puteoli,
KJV: And from thence we fetched a compass, and came to Rhegium: and after one day the south wind blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli:
References
"the south"Ac 27:13: When the south wind blew softly: supposing that they had obtained their purpose: loosing there: they sailed close by Crete.
ου ευροντες αδελφους παρεκληθημεν επ αυτοις επιμειναι ημερας επτα και ουτως εις την ρωμην ηλθομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρόντεςheurontes (V-APA-NMP)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρόντεςheurontes
|
having found
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
some brothers,
|
N-AMP
|
G3870παρεκλήθημενpareklēthēmen (V-AIP-1P)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκλήθημενpareklēthēmen
|
we were entreated
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1961ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai (V-ANA)
G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai
|
to remain
|
V-ANA
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτά·hepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά·hepta
|
seven.
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4516ῬώμηνRhōmēn (N-AFS)
G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.
|
ῬώμηνRhōmēn
|
Rome
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἤλθαμεν.ēlthamen (V-AIA-1P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἤλθαμεν.ēlthamen
|
we came.
|
V-AIA-1P
|
14
Where we found brothers, and were desired to tarry with them 7 days: and so we went toward Rome.Acts 28:14
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 28 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου ευροντες αδελφους παρεκληθημεν επ αυτοις επιμειναι ημερας επτα και ουτως εις την ρωμην ηλθομεν
Lit: where having found some brothers, we were entreated with them to remain days seven. And so to Rome we came.
KJV: Where we found brethren, and were desired to tarry with them seven days: and so we went toward Rome.
References
"we found"Ac 9:42: 43: It was known throughout all Joppa; and many believed in the Lord.Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: Ac 21:4: 7: 8: Finding disciples: we tarried there 7 days: who said to Paul through the Spirit: that He not should go up to Jerusalem.Ps 119:63: I am a companion of all them that fear you: and of them that keep your precepts.Mt 10:11: Into whatever city or town you will enter: inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till you go there."and were"Ac 20:6: We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread: and came to them to Troas in 5 days; where we abode 7 days.Ge 7:4: For yet 7 days: and I will cause it to rain upon the earth 40 days and 40 nights; and every living substance that I have made will I destroy from off the face of the earth.Ge 8:10-12: He stayed yet other 7 days; and again he sent forth the dove out of the ark;
κακειθεν οι αδελφοι ακουσαντες τα περι ημων εξηλθον εις απαντησιν ημιν αχρις αππιου φορου και τριων ταβερνων ους ιδων ο παυλος ευχαριστησας τω θεω ελαβεν θαρσος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2547Κἀκεῖθενkakeithen (Conj)
G2547 κἀκεῖθεν kakeîthen kak-i-then from καί and ἐκεῖθεν; likewise from that place (or time):--and afterward (from) (thence), thence also.
|
Κἀκεῖθενkakeithen
|
And from there
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-NMP
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2064ἦλθανēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθανēlthan
|
came out
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G529ἀπάντησινapantēsin (N-AFS)
G529 ἀπάντησις apántēsis ap-an-tay-sis from ἀπαντάω; a (friendly) encounter:--meet.
|
ἀπάντησινapantēsin
|
meet
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G675ἈππίουAppiou (N-GMS)
G675 Ἄππιος Áppios ap-pee-os of Latin origin; (in the genitive, i.e. possessive case) of Appius, the name of a Roman:--Appii.
|
ἈππίουAppiou
|
of Appius
|
N-GMS
|
G5410ΦόρουPhorou (N-GNS)
G5410 Φόρον Phóron for-on of Latin origin; a forum or market-place; only in comparative with Ἄππιος; a station on the Appian road:--forum.
|
ΦόρουPhorou
|
the market
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5140ΤριῶνTriōn (Adj-GFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
ΤριῶνTriōn
|
the Three
|
Adj-GFP
|
G4999Ταβερνῶν,Tabernōn (N-GFP)
G4999 Ταβέρναι Tabérnai tab-er-nahee plural of Latin origin; huts or wooden-walled buildings; Tabernæ:--taverns.
|
Ταβερνῶν,Tabernōn
|
Taverns,
|
N-GFP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2168εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas
|
having given thanks
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G2983ἔλαβεelabe (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβεelabe
|
took
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2294θάρσος.tharsos (N-ANS)
G2294 θάρσος thársos thar-sos akin (by transposition) to (daring); boldness (subjectively):--courage.
|
θάρσος.tharsos
|
courage.
|
N-ANS
|
15
From there, when the brothers heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii forum, and The 3 taverns: whom when Paul saw, He thanked God, and took courage.Acts 28:15
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 27 words, 129 letters, 49 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: κακειθεν οι αδελφοι ακουσαντες τα περι ημων εξηλθον εις απαντησιν ημιν αχρις αππιου φορου και τριων ταβερνων ους ιδων ο παυλος ευχαριστησας τω θεω ελαβεν θαρσος
Lit: And from there the brothers, having heard the things concerning us, came out to meet us as far as of Appius the market and the Three Taverns, whom having seen Paul, having given thanks to God, took courage.
KJV: And from thence, when the brethren heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii forum, and The three taverns: whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage.
References
"when"Ac 10:25: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ex 4:14: The anger of the LORD was kindled against Moses: and He said: Is not Aaron the Levite your brother? I know that He can speak well. And also: look: He comes forth to meet you: and when He sees you: He will be glad in His heart.Joh 12:13: Took branches of palm trees: and went forth to meet Him: and cried: Hosanna: Blessed is the King of Israel that comes in the name of the Lord.Ro 15:24: Whensoever I take my journey into Spain: I will come to you: for I trust to see you in my journey: and to be brought on my way thitherward by you: if first I be somewhat filled with your company.Ga 4:14: My temptation which was in my flesh you not despised: nor rejected; but received me as an angel of God: even as Christ Jesus.Heb 13:3: Remember them that are in bonds: as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity: as being yourselves also in the body.3Jo 1:6-8: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:"he thanked"Jos 1:6: 7: 9: Be strong and of a good courage: for to this people will you divide for an inheritance the land: which I sware to their fathers to give them.1Sa 30:6: David was greatly distressed; for the people spoke of stoning Him: because the soul of all the people was grieved: every man for His sons and for His daughters: but David encouraged Himself in the LORD His God.Ps 27:14: Wait on the LORD: be of good courage: and He will strengthen your heart: wait: I say: on the LORD.1Co 12:21: 22: The eye cannot say to the hand: I have no need of you: nor again the head to the feet: I have no need of you.2Co 2:14: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.2Co 7:5-7: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.1Th 3:7: Therefore: brothers: we were comforted over you in all our affliction and distress by your faith:
Paul Preaches at Rome
οτε δε ηλθομεν εις ρωμην ο εκατονταρχος παρεδωκεν τους δεσμιους τω στρατοπεδαρχη τω δε παυλω επετραπη μενειν καθ εαυτον συν τω φυλασσοντι αυτον στρατιωτη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3753ὍτεHote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὍτεHote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσήλθομενeisēlthomen (V-AIA-1P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσήλθομενeisēlthomen
|
we came
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4516Ῥώμην,Rhōmēn (N-AFS)
G4516 Ῥώμη Rhṓmē hro-may from the base of ῥώννυμι; strength; Roma, the capital of Italy:--Rome.
|
Ῥώμην,Rhōmēn
|
Rome,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588⧼ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
⧼ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1543ἑκατόνταρχοςhekatontarchos (N-NMS)
G1543 ἑκατοντάρχης hekatontárchēs hek-at-on-tar-khos from ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; the captain of one hundred men:--centurion.
|
ἑκατόνταρχοςhekatontarchos
|
centurion
|
N-NMS
|
G3860παρέδωκενparedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκενparedōken
|
delivered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1198δεσμίουςdesmious (N-AMP)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δεσμίουςdesmious
|
prisoners
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4759στρατοπεδάρχῃ⧽.stratopedarchē (N-DMS)
G4759 στρατοπεδάρχης stratopedárchēs strat-op-ed-ar-khace from στρατόπεδον and ἄρχω; a ruler of an army, i.e. (specially), a Prætorian præfect:--captain of the guard.,
|
στρατοπεδάρχῃ⧽.stratopedarchē
|
captain of the guard.
|
N-DMS
|
G2010ἐπετράπηepetrapē (V-AIP-3S)
G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπετράπηepetrapē
|
was allowed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3972ΠαύλῳPaulō (N-DMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλῳPaulō
|
Paul
|
N-DMS
|
G3306μένεινmenein (V-PNA)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένεινmenein
|
to stay
|
V-PNA
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself,
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep)
G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5442φυλάσσοντιphylassonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G5442 φυλάσσω phylássō foo-las-so probably from φυλή through the idea of isolation; to watch, i.e. be on guard (literally of figuratively); by implication, to preserve, obey, avoid:--beward, keep (self), observe, save. Compare τηρέω.
|
φυλάσσοντιphylassonti
|
guarding
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4757στρατιώτῃ.stratiōtē (N-DMS)
G4757 στρατιώτης stratiṓtēs strat-ee-o-tace from a presumed derivative of the same as στρατιά; a camper-out, i.e. a (common) warrior (literally or figuratively):--soldier.
|
στρατιώτῃ.stratiōtē
|
soldier.
|
N-DMS
|
16
When we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.Acts 28:16
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 29 words, 131 letters, 49 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε δε ηλθομεν εις ρωμην ο εκατονταρχος παρεδωκεν τους δεσμιους τω στρατοπεδαρχη τω δε παυλω επετραπη μενειν καθ εαυτον συν τω φυλασσοντι αυτον στρατιωτη
Lit: When now we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard. was allowed Paul to stay by himself, with the guarding him soldier.
KJV: And when we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.
References
"Rome"Ac 2:10: Phrygia: and Pamphylia: in Egypt: and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene: and strangers of Rome: Jews and proselytes: Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ro 1:7-15: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.Ro 15:22-29: For which cause also I have been much hindered from coming to you.Re 17:9: 18: Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains: on which the woman sits."the centurion"Ac 27:3: 31: 43: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself."captain"Ge 37:36: The Midianites sold him into Egypt to Potiphar: an officer of Pharaoh's: and captain of the guard.2Ki 25:8: In the fifth month: on the seventh day of the month: which is the nineteenth year of king Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon: came Nebuzaradan: captain of the guard: a servant of the king of Babylon: to Jerusalem:Jer 40:2: The captain of the guard took Jeremiah: and said to Him: The LORD your God has pronounced this evil upon this place."but"Ac 28:30: 31: Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house: and received all that came in to him: Ac 24:23: He commanded a centurion to keep Paul: and to let him have liberty: and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come to him.Ac 27:3: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Ge 39:21-23: But the LORD was with Joseph: and showed Him mercy: and gave Him favour in the sight of the keeper of the prison.
εγενετο δε μετα ημερας τρεις συγκαλεσασθαι τον παυλον τους οντας των ιουδαιων πρωτους συνελθοντων δε αυτων ελεγεν προς αυτους ανδρες αδελφοι εγω ουδεν εναντιον ποιησας τω λαω η τοις εθεσιν τοις πατρωοις δεσμιος εξ ιεροσολυμων παρεδοθην εις τας χειρας των ρωμαιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
It came to pass
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4779συνκαλέσασθαιsynkalesasthai (V-ANM)
G4779 συγκαλέω synkaléō soong-kal-eh-o from σύν and καλέω; to convoke:--call together.
|
συνκαλέσασθαιsynkalesasthai
|
called together
|
V-ANM
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
he
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1510ὄνταςontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταςontas
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4413πρώτους·prōtous (Adj-AMP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτους·prōtous
|
leaders.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4905συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn (V-APA-GMP)
G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνελθόντωνsynelthontōn
|
Having come together
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004ἔλεγενelegen (V-IIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγενelegen
|
he was saying
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1473Ἐγώ,Egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγώ,Egō
|
I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G435ἄνδρεςandres (N-VMP)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρεςandres
|
men,
|
N-VMP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1727ἐναντίονenantion (Adj-ANS)
G1727 ἐναντίος enantíos en-an-tee-os from ἔναντι; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic:--(over) against, contrary.
|
ἐναντίονenantion
|
against
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
having done
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1485ἔθεσιethesi (N-DNP)
G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθεσιethesi
|
customs
|
N-DNP
|
G3971πατρῴοις,patrōois (Adj-DNP)
G3971 πατρῷος patrōios pat-ro-os from πατήρ; paternal, i.e. hereditary:--of fathers.
|
πατρῴοις,patrōois
|
of our fathers,
|
Adj-DNP
|
G1198δέσμιοςdesmios (N-NMS)
G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δέσμιοςdesmios
|
a prisoner
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2414ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn (N-GNP)
G2414 Ἱεροσόλυμα Hierosólyma hee-er-os-ol-oo-mah of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierosolyma (i.e. Jerushalaim), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱερουσαλήμ.
|
ἹεροσολύμωνHierosolymōn
|
Jerusalem
|
N-GNP
|
G3860παρεδόθηνparedothēn (V-AIP-1S)
G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδόθηνparedothēn
|
was delivered
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4514Ῥωμαίων,Rhōmaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G4514 Ῥωμαῖος Rhōmaîos hro-mah-yos from Ῥώμη; Romæan, i.e. Roman (as noun):--Roman, of Rome.
|
Ῥωμαίων,Rhōmaiōn
|
Romans,
|
Adj-GMP
|
17
It came to pass, that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together, he said to them, Men and brothers, though I have not committedhing against the people, or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.
Acts 28:17
Stats
Counts: 310 characters, 49 words, 247 letters, 93 vowels, 154 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενετο δε μετα ημερας τρεις συγκαλεσασθαι τον παυλον τους οντας των ιουδαιων πρωτους συνελθοντων δε αυτων ελεγεν προς αυτους ανδρες αδελφοι εγω ουδεν εναντιον ποιησας τω λαω η τοις εθεσιν τοις πατρωοις δεσμιος εξ ιεροσολυμων παρεδοθην εις τας χειρας των ρωμαιων
Lit: It came to pass then, after days three called together he those being of the Jews leaders. Having come together then of them, he was saying to them, I, men, brothers, nothing against having done the people or the customs of our fathers, a prisoner from Jerusalem was delivered into the hands of the Romans,
KJV: And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together, he said unto them, Men and brethren, though I have committed nothing against the people, or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.
References
"though"Ac 23:1-11: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 24:10-16: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Ac 25:8: 10: While he answered for himself: Neither against the law of the Jews: neither against the temple: nor yet against Caesar: have I offended any thing at all.Ge 40:15: For indeed I was stolen away out of the land of the Hebrews: and here also have I not donehing that they should put me into the dungeon."was"Ac 21:33-40: Then the chief captain came near: and took him: and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was: and what he had done.Ac 23:33: Who: when they came to Caesarea: and delivered the epistle to the governor: presented Paul also before him.
οιτινες ανακριναντες με εβουλοντο απολυσαι δια το μηδεμιαν αιτιαν θανατου υπαρχειν εν εμοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G350ἀνακρίναντέςanakrinantes (V-APA-NMP)
G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίναντέςanakrinantes
|
having examined
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1014ἐβούλοντοeboulonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
ἐβούλοντοeboulonto
|
were wanting
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G630ἀπολῦσαιapolysai (V-ANA)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολῦσαιapolysai
|
to let me go,
|
V-ANA
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3367μηδεμίανmēdemian (Adj-AFS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεμίανmēdemian
|
not one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
cause
|
N-AFS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G5225ὑπάρχεινhyparchein (V-PNA)
G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχεινhyparchein
|
existing
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοί·emoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοί·emoi
|
me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
18
Who, when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me.Acts 28:18
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 73 letters, 32 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες ανακριναντες με εβουλοντο απολυσαι δια το μηδεμιαν αιτιαν θανατου υπαρχειν εν εμοι
Lit: who having examined me, were wanting to let me go, on account of not one cause of death existing in me.
KJV: Who, when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me.
References
"Who, when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me."Ac 22:24: 25: 30: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him.Ac 24:10: 22: Then Paul: after that the governor had beckoned to him to speak: answered: Forasmuch as I know that you have been of many years a judge to this nation: I do the more cheerfully answer for myself:Ac 25:7: 8: When he was come: the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about: and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul: which they not could prove.Ac 26:31: When they were gone aside: they talked between themselves: saying: This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds.
αντιλεγοντων δε των ιουδαιων ηναγκασθην επικαλεσασθαι καισαρα ουχ ως του εθνους μου εχων τι κατηγορησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G483ἀντιλεγόντωνantilegontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G483 ἀντιλέγω antilégō an-til-eg-o from ἀντί and λέγω; to dispute, refuse:--answer again, contradict, deny, gainsay(-er), speak against.
|
ἀντιλεγόντωνantilegontōn
|
Objecting
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn (Adj-GMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίωνIoudaiōn
|
Jews,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G315ἠναγκάσθηνēnankasthēn (V-AIP-1S)
G315 ἀναγκάζω anankázō an-ang-kad-zo from ἀνάγκη; to necessitate:--compel, constrain.
|
ἠναγκάσθηνēnankasthēn
|
I was compelled
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G1941ἐπικαλέσασθαιepikalesasthai (V-ANM)
G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλέσασθαιepikalesasthai
|
to appeal to
|
V-ANM
|
G2541Καίσαρα,Kaisara (N-AMS)
G2541 Καῖσαρ Kaîsar kah-ee-sar of Latin origin; Cæsar, a title of the Roman emperor:--Cæsar.
|
Καίσαρα,Kaisara
|
Caesar,
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1484ἔθνουςethnous (N-GNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνουςethnous
|
nation
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2723κατηγορεῖν.katēgorein (V-PNA)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορεῖν.katēgorein
|
to lay against.
|
V-PNA
|
19
But when the Jews spoke against it, I was constrained to appeal to Caesar; not that I had ought to accuse my nation of.
Acts 28:19
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 39 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: αντιλεγοντων δε των ιουδαιων ηναγκασθην επικαλεσασθαι καισαρα ουχ ως του εθνους μου εχων τι κατηγορησαι
Lit: Objecting however of the Jews, I was compelled to appeal to Caesar, not as the nation of me having anything to lay against.
KJV: But when the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; not that I had ought to accuse my nation of.
References
"I was"Ac 25:10-12: 21: 25: Then said Paul: I stand at Caesar's judgment seat: where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong: as you very well knowest.Ac 26:32: Then said Agrippa to Festus: This man might have been set at liberty: if he not had appealed to Caesar."not"Ro 12:19-21: Dearly beloved: not avenge yourselves: but rather give place to wrath: for it is written: Vengeance is my; I will repay: says the Lord.1Pe 2:22: 23: Who did no sin: neither was guile found in his mouth:
δια ταυτην ουν την αιτιαν παρεκαλεσα υμας ιδειν και προσλαλησαι ενεκεν γαρ της ελπιδος του ισραηλ την αλυσιν ταυτην περικειμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
For
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS)
G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
cause
|
N-AFS
|
G3870παρεκάλεσαparekalesa (V-AIA-1S)
G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσαparekalesa
|
I have called
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4354προσλαλῆσαι·proslalēsai (V-ANA)
G4354 προσλαλέω proslaléō pros-lal-eh-o from πρός and λαλέω; to talk to, i.e. converse with:--speak to (with).
|
προσλαλῆσαι·proslalēsai
|
to speak to you;
|
V-ANA
|
G1752ἕνεκεν*heneken (Prep)
G1752 ἕνεκα héneka hi-nek-en of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake), (where-)fore, by reason of, that.
|
ἕνεκεν*heneken
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS)
G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
hope
|
N-GFS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G254ἅλυσινhalysin (N-AFS)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἅλυσινhalysin
|
chain
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G4029περίκειμαι.perikeimai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G4029 περίκειμαι períkeimai per-ik-i-mahee from περί and κεῖμαι; to lie all around, i.e. inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively):--be bound (compassed) with, hang about.
|
περίκειμαι.perikeimai
|
I have around me.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
20
For this cause therefore have I called for you, to see you, and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.Acts 28:20
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 26 words, 113 letters, 50 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια ταυτην ουν την αιτιαν παρεκαλεσα υμας ιδειν και προσλαλησαι ενεκεν γαρ της ελπιδος του ισραηλ την αλυσιν ταυτην περικειμαι
Lit: For this therefore cause I have called you, to see and to speak to you; because of for the hope of Israel, the chain this I have around me.
KJV: For this cause therefore have I called for you, to see you, and to speak with [you]: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.
References
"this cause"Ac 28:17: It came to pass: that after 3 days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together: he said to them: Men and brothers: though I have not committedhing against the people: or customs of our fathers: yet was I delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans.Ac 10:29: 33: Therefore came I to you without gainsaying: as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent you have sent for me?"for the"Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 24:15: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.Ac 26:6: 7: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:"this chain"Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds.Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.Php 1:13: So that my bonds in Christ are manifest in all the palace: and in all other places;Col 4:18: The salutation by the hand of me Paul. Remember my bonds. Grace be with you. Amen. Written from Rome to the Colossians by Tychicus and Onesimus.>>2Ti 1:10: But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ: who has abolished death: and has brought life and immortality to light through the gospel:2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound.Phm 1:10: 13: I beseech you for my son Onesimus: whom I have begotten in my bonds:
οι δε προς αυτον ειπον ημεις ουτε γραμματα περι σου εδεξαμεθα απο της ιουδαιας ουτε παραγενομενος τις των αδελφων απηγγειλεν η ελαλησεν τι περι σου πονηρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3004εἶπανeipan (V-AIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπανeipan
|
they said,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1473ἩμεῖςHēmeis (PPro-N1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἩμεῖςHēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1121γράμματαgrammata (N-ANP)
G1121 γράμμα grámma gram-mah from γράφω; a writing, i.e. a letter, note, epistle, book, etc.; plural learning:--bill, learning, letter, scripture, writing, written.
|
γράμματαgrammata
|
letters
|
N-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1209ἐδεξάμεθαedexametha (V-AIM-1P)
G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
ἐδεξάμεθαedexametha
|
received
|
V-AIM-1P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2449Ἰουδαίας,Ioudaias (N-GFS)
G2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaía ee-oo-dah-yah feminine of Ἰουδαῖος (with γῆ implied); the Judæan land (i.e. Judæa), a region of Palestine:--Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαίας,Ioudaias
|
Judea,
|
N-GFS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3854παραγενόμενόςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS)
G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενόςparagenomenos
|
having arrived
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G518ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen (V-AIA-3S)
G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπήγγειλενapēngeilen
|
reported
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλησένelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησένelalēsen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4190πονηρόν.ponēron (Adj-ANS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρόν.ponēron
|
evil.
|
Adj-ANS
|
21
They said to him, We neither received letters out of Judaea concerning you, neither any of the brothers that came showed or spoke any harm of you.
Acts 28:21
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 26 words, 124 letters, 50 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε προς αυτον ειπον ημεις ουτε γραμματα περι σου εδεξαμεθα απο της ιουδαιας ουτε παραγενομενος τις των αδελφων απηγγειλεν η ελαλησεν τι περι σου πονηρον
Lit: And to him they said, We neither letters concerning you received from Judea, nor having arrived any of the brothers reported or said anything concerning you evil.
KJV: And they said unto him, We neither received letters out of Judaea concerning thee, neither any of the brethren that came shewed or spake any harm of thee.
References
"We"Ex 11:7: But against any of the children of Israel will not a dog move His tongue: against man or beast: that you may know how that the LORD does put a difference between the Egyptians and Israel.Isa 41:11: Look: all they that were incensed against you will be ashamed and confounded: they will be not ashing; and they that strive with you will perish.Isa 50:8: He is near that justifies me; who will contend with me? let us stand together: who is my adversary? let him come near to me.Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.
αξιουμεν δε παρα σου ακουσαι α φρονεις περι μεν γαρ της αιρεσεως ταυτης γνωστον εστιν ημιν οτι πανταχου αντιλεγεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G515ἀξιοῦμενaxioumen (V-PIA-1P)
G515 ἀξιόω axióō ax-ee-o-o from ἄξιος; to deem entitled or fit:--desire, think good, count (think) worthy.
|
ἀξιοῦμενaxioumen
|
We deem it worthy
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G191ἀκοῦσαιakousai (V-ANA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκοῦσαιakousai
|
to hear
|
V-ANA
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G5426φρονεῖς·phroneis (V-PIA-2S)
G5426 φρονέω phronéō fron-eh-o from φρήν; to exercise the mind, i.e. entertain or have a sentiment or opinion; by implication, to be (mentally) disposed (more or less earnestly in a certain direction); intensively, to interest oneself in (with concern or obedience):--set the affection on, (be) care(-ful), (be like-, + be of one, + be of the same, + let this) mind(-ed), regard, savour, think.
|
φρονεῖς·phroneis
|
you think,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Prtcl
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G139αἱρέσεωςhaireseōs (N-GFS)
G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἱρέσεωςhaireseōs
|
sect
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G1110γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
γνωστὸνgnōston
|
known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3837πανταχοῦpantachou (Adv)
G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦpantachou
|
everywhere
|
Adv
|
G483ἀντιλέγεται.antilegetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G483 ἀντιλέγω antilégō an-til-eg-o from ἀντί and λέγω; to dispute, refuse:--answer again, contradict, deny, gainsay(-er), speak against.
|
ἀντιλέγεται.antilegetai
|
it is spoken against.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
22
But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect, we know that every where it is spoken against.Acts 28:22
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 99 letters, 37 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: αξιουμεν δε παρα σου ακουσαι α φρονεις περι μεν γαρ της αιρεσεως ταυτης γνωστον εστιν ημιν οτι πανταχου αντιλεγεται
Lit: We deem it worthy however from you to hear what you think, concerning truly for the sect this, known to us it is that everywhere it is spoken against.
KJV: But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, we know that every where it is spoken against.
References
"for"Ac 16:20: 21: Brought them to the magistrates: saying: These men: being Jews: do exceedingly trouble our city: Ac 17:6: 7: When they found not them: they drew Jason and certain brothers to the rulers of the city: crying: These that have turned the world upside down are come here also;Ac 24:5: 6: 14: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;1Pe 2:12: Having your conversation ho among the Gentiles: that: whereas they speak against you as evildoers: they may by your good works: which they will look: glorify God in the day of visitation.1Pe 3:16: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ.1Pe 4:14-16: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified."sect"Ac 5:17: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 15:5: But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed: saying: That it was needful to circumcise them: and to command them to keep the law of Moses.Ac 26:5: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.1Co 11:19: For there must be also heresies among you: that they which are approved may be made manifest among you.
ταξαμενοι δε αυτω ημεραν ηκον προς αυτον εις την ξενιαν πλειονες οις εξετιθετο διαμαρτυρομενος την βασιλειαν του θεου πειθων τε αυτους τα περι του ιησου απο τε του νομου μωσεως και των προφητων απο πρωι εως εσπερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5021ΤαξάμενοιTaxamenoi (V-APM-NMP)
G5021 τάσσω tássō tas-so a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose (to a certain position or lot):--addict, appoint, determine, ordain, set.
|
ΤαξάμενοιTaxamenoi
|
Having appointed
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
a day,
|
N-AFS
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
came
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3578ξενίανxenian (N-AFS)
G3578 ξενία xenía xen-ee-ah from ξένος; hospitality, i.e. (by implication) a place of entertainment:--lodging.
|
ξενίανxenian
|
lodging
|
N-AFS
|
G4119πλείονες,pleiones (Adj-NMP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείονες,pleiones
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G1620ἐξετίθετοexetitheto (V-IIM-3S)
G1620 ἐκτίθημι ektíthēmi ek-tith-ay-mee from ἐκ and τίθημι; to expose; figuratively, to declare:--cast out, expound.
|
ἐξετίθετοexetitheto
|
he expounded,
|
V-IIM-3S
|
G1263διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διαμαρτυρόμενοςdiamartyromenos
|
fully testifying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
to the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3982πείθωνpeithōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πείθωνpeithōn
|
persuading
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπόapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπόapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS)
G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
law
|
N-GMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν,prophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν,prophētōn
|
Prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4404πρωῒprōi (Adv)
G4404 πρωΐ prōḯ pro-ee adverb from πρό; at dawn; by implication, the day-break watch:--early (in the morning), (in the) morning.
|
πρωῒprōi
|
morning
|
Adv
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2073ἑσπέρας.hesperas (N-GFS)
G2073 ἑσπέρα hespéra hes-per-ah feminine of an adjective hesperos (evening); the eve (ὥρα being implied):--evening(-tide).
|
ἑσπέρας.hesperas
|
evening.
|
N-GFS
|
23
When they had appointed Him a day, there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God, persuading them concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the prophets, from morning till evening.Acts 28:23
Stats
Counts: 252 characters, 38 words, 198 letters, 73 vowels, 125 consonants
Translation
Greek: ταξαμενοι δε αυτω ημεραν ηκον προς αυτον εις την ξενιαν πλειονες οις εξετιθετο διαμαρτυρομενος την βασιλειαν του θεου πειθων τε αυτους τα περι του ιησου απο τε του νομου μωσεως και των προφητων απο πρωι εως εσπερας
Lit: Having appointed then him a day, came to him to the lodging many, to whom he expounded, fully testifying to the kingdom of God, persuading then them concerning Jesus from both the law of Moses and the Prophets, from morning to evening.
KJV: And when they had appointed him a day, there came many to him into his lodging; to whom he expounded and testified the kingdom of God, persuading them concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and [out of] the prophets, from morning till evening.
References
"there came"Phm 1:2: To our beloved Apphia: and Archippus our fellowsoldier: and to the church in your house:"he expounded"Ac 17:2: 3: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 18:4: 28: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ac 19:8: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:"both"Ac 26:6: 22: Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God to our fathers:Lu 24:26: 27: 44: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?"from"Ac 20:9-11: There sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus: being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching: he sunk down with sleep: and fell down from the third loft: and was taken up dead.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.
και οι μεν επειθοντο τοις λεγομενοις οι δε ηπιστουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj)
G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3982ἐπείθοντοepeithonto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ἐπείθοντοepeithonto
|
were persuaded of
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G3004λεγομένοις,legomenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένοις,legomenois
|
he is speaking;
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
some
|
Art-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G569ἠπίστουν·ēpistoun (V-IIA-3P)
G569 ἀπιστέω apistéō ap-is-teh-o from ἄπιστος; to be unbelieving, i.e. (transitively) disbelieve, or (by implication) disobey:--believe not.
|
ἠπίστουν·ēpistoun
|
refused to believe.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
24
Some believed the things which were spoken, and some not believed.Acts 28:24
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι μεν επειθοντο τοις λεγομενοις οι δε ηπιστουν
Lit: And some indeed were persuaded of the things he is speaking; some however refused to believe.
KJV: And some believed the things which were spoken, and some believed not.
References
"And some believed the things which were spoken, and some believed not."Ac 13:48-50: When the Gentiles heard this: they were glad: and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed.Ac 14:4: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews: and part with the apostles.Ac 17:4: 5: Some of them believed: and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude: and of the chief not women a few.Ac 18:6-8: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 19:8: 9: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God.Ro 3:3: For what if some not did believe? will their unbelief make the faith of God without effect?Ro 11:4-6: But what says the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to myself 7000 men: who not have bowed the knee to the image of Baal.
ασυμφωνοι δε οντες προς αλληλους απελυοντο ειποντος του παυλου ρημα εν οτι καλως το πνευμα το αγιον ελαλησεν δια ησαιου του προφητου προς τους πατερας ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G800ἀσύμφωνοιasymphōnoi (Adj-NMP)
G800 ἀσύμφωνος asýmphōnos as-oom-fo-nos from Α (as a negative particle) and σύμφωνος; inharmonious (figuratively):--agree not.
|
ἀσύμφωνοιasymphōnoi
|
Discordant
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ὄντεςontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντεςontes
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G630ἀπελύοντο,apelyonto (V-IIM-3P)
G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπελύοντο,apelyonto
|
they began to leave,
|
V-IIM-3P
|
G3004εἰπόντοςeipontos (V-APA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντοςeipontos
|
having spoken
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS)
G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G4487ῥῆμαrhēma (N-ANS)
G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥῆμαrhēma
|
word
|
N-ANS
|
G1520ἓν,hen (Adj-ANS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓν,hen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G2573ΚαλῶςKalōs (Adv)
G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
ΚαλῶςKalōs
|
Rightly
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2268ἨσαΐουĒsaiou (N-GMS)
G2268 Ἡσαΐας Hēsaḯas hay-sah-ee-as of Hebrew origin (יְשַׁעְיָה); Hesaias (i.e. Jeshajah), an Israelite:--Esaias.
|
ἨσαΐουĒsaiou
|
Isaiah
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4396προφήτουprophētou (N-GMS)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτουprophētou
|
prophet
|
N-GMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
25
When they not agreed among themselves, they departed, after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers,
Acts 28:25
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 46 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ασυμφωνοι δε οντες προς αλληλους απελυοντο ειποντος του παυλου ρημα εν οτι καλως το πνευμα το αγιον ελαλησεν δια ησαιου του προφητου προς τους πατερας ημων
Lit: Discordant then being with one another, they began to leave, having spoken Paul word one - : Rightly the Spirit Holy spoke by Isaiah the prophet to the fathers of you,
KJV: And when they agreed not among themselves, they departed, after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Ghost by Esaias the prophet unto our fathers,
References
"well"Mt 15:7: You hypocrites: well did Isaiah prophesy of you: saying: Mr 7:6: He answered and said to them: Well has Isaiah prophesied of you hypocrites: as it is written: This people honours me with their lips: but their heart is far from me.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.
λεγον πορευθητι προς τον λαον τουτον και ειπε ακοη ακουσετε και ου μη συνητε και βλεποντες βλεψετε και ου μη ιδητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4198ΠορεύθητιPoreuthēti (V-AMP-2S)
G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
ΠορεύθητιPoreuthēti
|
Go
|
V-AMP-2S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἰπόνeipon (V-AMA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόνeipon
|
say,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G189ἈκοῇAkoē (N-DFS)
G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἈκοῇAkoē
|
In hearing
|
N-DFS
|
G191ἀκούσετεakousete (V-FIA-2P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσετεakousete
|
you will hear
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4920συνῆτε,synēte (V-ASA-2P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνῆτε,synēte
|
understand;
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G991βλέποντεςblepontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέποντεςblepontes
|
in seeing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G991βλέψετεblepsete (V-FIA-2P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέψετεblepsete
|
you will see
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708ἴδητε·idēte (V-ASA-2P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδητε·idēte
|
perceive.
|
V-ASA-2P
|
26
Saying, Go to this people, and say, Hearing you will hear, and will not understand; and seeing you will see, not and perceive:
Acts 28:26
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 17 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγον πορευθητι προς τον λαον τουτον και ειπε ακοη ακουσετε και ου μη συνητε και βλεποντες βλεψετε και ου μη ιδητε
Lit: saying: Go to the people this and say, In hearing you will hear and no not understand; and in seeing you will see and no not perceive.
KJV: Saying, Go unto this people, and say, Hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and seeing ye shall see, and not perceive:
References
"Go"Isa 6:9: 10: He said: Go: and tell this people: Hear you indeed: but not understand; and see you indeed: but not perceive.Eze 12:2: Son of man: you dwell in the middle of a rebellious house: which have eyes to see: and not see; they have ears to hear: and not hear: for they are a rebellious house.Mt 13:14: 15: In them is fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah: which says: By hearing you will hear: and will not understand; and seeing you will see: and will not perceive:Mr 4:12: That seeing they may see: not and perceive; and hearing they may hear: not and understand; lest at any time they should be converted: and their sins should be forgiven them.Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand.Joh 12:38-40: That the saying of Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled: which He spoke: Lord: who has believed our report? and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?Ro 11:8-10: (According as it is written: God has given them the spirit of slumber: eyes that they not should see: and ears that they not should hear;) to this day."Hearing"De 29:4: Yet the LORD has not given you an heart to perceive: and eyes to see: and ears to hear: to this day.Ps 81:11: 12: But my people not would listen to my voice; and Israel would none of me.Isa 29:10: 14: For the LORD has poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep: and has closed your eyes: the prophets and your rulers: the seers has He covered.Isa 42:19: 20: Who is blind: but my servant? or deaf: as my messenger that I sent? who is blind as He that'>He who is perfect: and blind as the LORD's servant?Isa 66:4: I also will choose their delusions: and will bring their fears upon them; because when I called: none did answer; when I spoke: they not did hear: but they did evil before my eyes: and chose that in which I not delighted.Jer 5:21: Hear now this: O foolish people: and without understanding; which have eyes: and not see; which have ears: and not hear:Eze 3:6: 7: Not to many people of a strange speech and of an hard language: whose words you not canst understand. Surely: had I sent you to them: they would have listened to you.Eze 12:2: Son of man: you dwell in the middle of a rebellious house: which have eyes to see: and not see; they have ears to hear: and not hear: for they are a rebellious house.Mr 8:17: 18: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Lu 24:25: 45: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:2Co 4:4-6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.
επαχυνθη γαρ η καρδια του λαου τουτου και τοις ωσιν βαρεως ηκουσαν και τους οφθαλμους αυτων εκαμμυσαν μηποτε ιδωσιν τοις οφθαλμοις και τοις ωσιν ακουσωσιν και τη καρδια συνωσιν και επιστρεψωσιν και ιασωμαι αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3975ἐπαχύνθηepachynthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3975 παχύνω pachýnō pakh-oo-no from a derivative of πήγνυμι (meaning thick); to thicken, i.e. (by implication) to fatten (figuratively, stupefy or render callous):--wax gross.
|
ἐπαχύνθηepachynthē
|
Has grown dull
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
heart
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου,toutou (DPro-GMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου,toutou
|
this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3775ὠσὶνōsin (N-DNP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὠσὶνōsin
|
ears
|
N-DNP
|
G917βαρέωςbareōs (Adv)
G917 βαρέως baréōs bar-eh-oce adverb from βαρύς; heavily (figuratively):--dull.
|
βαρέωςbareōs
|
barely
|
Adv
|
G191ἤκουσαν,ēkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαν,ēkousan
|
they hear,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2576ἐκάμμυσαν·ekammysan (V-AIA-3P)
G2576 καμμύω kammýō kam-moo-o from a compound of κατά and the base of μυστήριον; to shut down, i.e. close the eyes:--close.
|
ἐκάμμυσαν·ekammysan
|
they have closed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G3708ἴδωσινidōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδωσινidōsin
|
they should see
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois (N-DMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois
|
eyes,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3775ὠσὶνōsin (N-DNP)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
ὠσὶνōsin
|
ears
|
N-DNP
|
G191ἀκούσωσινakousōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσωσινakousōsin
|
they should hear,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳkardia (N-DFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳkardia
|
heart
|
N-DFS
|
G4920συνῶσινsynōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4920 συνίημι syníēmi soon-ee-ay-mee from σύν and (to send); to put together, i.e. (mentally) to comprehend; by implication, to act piously:-- consider, understand, be wise.
|
συνῶσινsynōsin
|
they should understand,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψωσιν,epistrepsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψωσιν,epistrepsōsin
|
should turn,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2390ἰάσομαιiasomai (V-FIM-1S)
G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἰάσομαιiasomai
|
I will heal
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.’
|
PPro-AM3P
|
27
For the heart of this people is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and I should heal them.Acts 28:27
Stats
Counts: 263 characters, 37 words, 204 letters, 77 vowels, 127 consonants
Translation
Greek: επαχυνθη γαρ η καρδια του λαου τουτου και τοις ωσιν βαρεως ηκουσαν και τους οφθαλμους αυτων εκαμμυσαν μηποτε ιδωσιν τοις οφθαλμοις και τοις ωσιν ακουσωσιν και τη καρδια συνωσιν και επιστρεψωσιν και ιασωμαι αυτους
Lit: Has grown dull for the heart of the people this, and with the ears barely they hear, and the eyes of them they have closed, lest ever they should see with the eyes, and with the ears they should hear, and with the heart they should understand, and should turn, and I will heal them.’
KJV: For the heart of this people is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with [their] ears, and understand with [their] heart, and should be converted, and I should heal them.
γνωστον ουν εστω υμιν οτι τοις εθνεσιν απεσταλη το σωτηριον του θεου αυτοι και ακουσονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1110Γνωστὸνgnōston (Adj-NNS)
G1110 γνωστός gnōstós gnoce-tos from γινώσκω; well-known:--acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable.
|
Γνωστὸνgnōston
|
Known
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔστωestō (V-PMA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστωestō
|
be it
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G649ἀπεστάληapestalē (V-AIP-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεστάληapestalē
|
has been sent
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G4992σωτήριονsōtērion (Adj-NNS)
G4992 σωτήριον sōtḗrion so-tay-ree-on neuter of the same as σωτηρία as (properly, concretely) noun; defender or (by implication) defence:--salvation.
|
σωτήριονsōtērion
|
salvation
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God;
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσονται.akousontai (V-FIM-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσονται.akousontai
|
will listen!”
|
V-FIM-3P
|
28
Be it known therefore to you, that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles, and that they will hear it.Acts 28:28
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 34 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωστον ουν εστω υμιν οτι τοις εθνεσιν απεσταλη το σωτηριον του θεου αυτοι και ακουσονται
Lit: Known therefore be it to you that to the Gentiles has been sent this salvation of God; they then will listen!”
KJV: Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and that they will hear it.
References
"it known"Ac 2:14: But Peter: standing up with the 11: lifted up his voice: and said to them: You men of Judaea: and all you that dwell at Jerusalem: be this known to you: and listen to my words:Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 13:38: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Eze 36:32: Not for your sakes do I this: says the Lord GOD: be it known to you: be ashamed and confounded for your own ways: O house of Israel."the salvation"Ps 98:2: 3: The LORD has made known His salvation: His righteousness has He openly showed in the sight of the heathen.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.La 3:26: It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.Lu 2:30-32: For my eyes have seen your salvation: Lu 3:6: All flesh will see the salvation of God."sent"Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 13:46: 47: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 15:14: 17: Simeon has declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles: to take out of them a people for His name.Ac 18:6: When they opposed themselves: and blasphemed: he shook his clothing: and said to them: your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles.Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ac 26:17: 18: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: Mt 21:41-43: They say to him: He will miserably destroy those wicked men: and will let out his vineyard to other husbandmen: which will render him the fruits in their seasons.Ro 3:29: 30: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 4:11: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ro 11:11: I say then: Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come to the Gentiles: for to provoke them to jealousy.Ro 15:8-16: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:
και ταυτα αυτου ειποντος απηλθον οι ιουδαιοι πολλην εχοντες εν εαυτοις συζητησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532⧼ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
⧼ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
he
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004εἰπόντος,eipontos (V-APA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόντος,eipontos
|
having said,
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G565ἀπῆλθονapēlthon (V-AIA-1S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθονapēlthon
|
went away
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi (Adj-NMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖοι,Ioudaioi
|
Jews,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4183πολλὴνpollēn (Adj-AFS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὴνpollēn
|
much
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
themselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G4803συζήτησιν⧽.syzētēsin (N-AFS)
G4803 συζήτησις syzḗtēsis sood-zay-tay-sis from συζητέω; mutual questioning, i.e. discussion:--disputation(-ting), reasoning.
|
συζήτησιν⧽.syzētēsin
|
reasoning.
|
N-AFS
|
29
When he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves.Acts 28:29
Stats
Rank: #4029 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 14 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα αυτου ειποντος απηλθον οι ιουδαιοι πολλην εχοντες εν εαυτοις συζητησιν
Lit: And these things he having said, went away the Jews, much having among themselves reasoning.
KJV: And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves.
References
"great reasoning"Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: Mt 10:34-36: not Think that I am come to send peace on earth: I not came to send peace: but a sword.Lu 12:51: Suppose you that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you: No; but rather division:Joh 7:40-53: Many of the people therefore: when they heard this saying: said: Of a truth this is the Prophet.
εμεινεν δε ο παυλος διετιαν ολην εν ιδιω μισθωματι και απεδεχετο παντας τους εισπορευομενους προς αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1696ἘνέμεινενEnemeinen (V-AIA-3S)
G1696 ἐμμένω emménō em-men-o from ἐν and μένω; to stay in the same place, i.e. (figuratively) persevere:--continue.
|
ἘνέμεινενEnemeinen
|
He stayed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1333διετίανdietian (N-AFS)
G1333 διετία dietía dee-et-ee-a from διετής; a space of two years (biennium):--two years.
|
διετίανdietian
|
two years
|
N-AFS
|
G3650ὅληνholēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληνholēn
|
whole
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2398ἰδίῳidiō (Adj-DNS)
G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίῳidiō
|
his own
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3410μισθώματι,misthōmati (N-DNS)
G3410 μίσθωμα místhōma mis-tho-mah from μισθόω; a rented building:--hired house.
|
μισθώματι,misthōmati
|
rented house,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G588ἀπεδέχετοapedecheto (V-IIM/P-3S)
G588 ἀποδέχομαι apodéchomai ap-od-ekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and δέχομαι; to take fully, i.e. welcome (persons), approve (things):--accept, receive (gladly).
|
ἀπεδέχετοapedecheto
|
was welcoming
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1531εἰσπορευομένουςeisporeuomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G1531 εἰσπορεύομαι eisporeúomai ice-por-yoo-om-ahee from εἰς and πορεύομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--come (enter) in, go into.
|
εἰσπορευομένουςeisporeuomenous
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
30
Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and received all that came in to him,Acts 28:30
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 18 words, 74 letters, 30 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: εμεινεν δε ο παυλος διετιαν ολην εν ιδιω μισθωματι και απεδεχετο παντας τους εισπορευομενους προς αυτον
Lit: He stayed then two years whole in his own rented house, and was welcoming all coming unto him,
KJV: And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and received all that came in unto him,
κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου και διδασκων τα περι του κυριου ιησου χριστου μετα πασης παρρησιας ακωλυτως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2784κηρύσσωνkēryssōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσωνkēryssōn
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκωνdidaskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκωνdidaskōn
|
teaching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3954παρρησίαςparrēsias (N-GFS)
G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίαςparrēsias
|
boldness
|
N-GFS
|
G209ἀκωλύτως.akōlytōs (Adv)
G209 ἀκωλύτως akōlýtōs ak-o-loo-toce adverb from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of κωλύω; in an unhindered manner, i.e. freely:--no man forbidding him.
|
ἀκωλύτως.akōlytōs
|
unhinderedly.
|
Adv
|
31
Preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding Him.Acts 28:31
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 19 words, 111 letters, 35 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου και διδασκων τα περι του κυριου ιησου χριστου μετα πασης παρρησιας ακωλυτως
Lit: proclaiming the kingdom of God and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness unhinderedly.
KJV: Preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him.
References
"Preaching"Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ac 8:12: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 20:25: Now: look: I know that you all: among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God: will see my face no more.Mt 4:23: Jesus went about all Galilee: teaching in their synagogues: and preaching the gospel of the kingdom: and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people.Mr 1:14: Now after that John was put in prison: Jesus came into Galilee: preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God: Lu 8:1: It came to pass afterward: that He went throughout every city and village: preaching and shewing the glad tidings of the kingdom of God: and the 12 were with Him: "and teaching"Ac 5:42: Daily in the temple: and in every house: they not ceased to teach and preach Jesus Christ.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome."with"Ac 4:29: 31: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Php 1:14: Many of the brothers in the Lord: waxing confident by my bonds: are much more bold to speak the word without fear.Col 4:3: 4: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.